__________

HIGHLIGHTS

REVISION NO. 47 Jan 01/07

Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CHAPTER 52
__________

L.E.P. 1-30 Revised to Reflect this revision indicating

new,revised, and/or deleted pages
T. OF C. Revised to reflect this revision
2, 9,
19, 22,
27, 29-
46
52-00-00 CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED ALL
801, 814 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

52-10-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

1 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-10-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

208, 228, INSPECTION PROCEDURE CLARIFIED
231, 233 TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED ALL

52-10-00 Layout Improved or Effectivity Updated

301, 305

52-10-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

414 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-11-18 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

405- 406

52-11-18 CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED ALL

801 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

52-11-21 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

407, 428- ITEM 39 IS REPEATED. IT WILL BE MODIFIED BY I
430, 433- TEM 58.
436

52-11-21 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

503, 512 DELETED THE WRONG REFERENCE TO A IPC FIGURE

52-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 8
REVISION NO. 47 Jan 01/07

THY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR THE ITEMS 94 AND 95

TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

52-11-22 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

502, 511 DELETED: TWO REFERENCES TO IPC FIGURES
TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

52-12-14 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 101-149, 151-199,

502, 512, CLERICAL CORRECTION
515 TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

52-12-18 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

401, 405

52-12-21 Effectivity updated

501- 505, TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 101-149, 151-199,
520- 551 CLERICAL CORRECTION
CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-099, 101-149, 151-199,
IN ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE OF LIFTING SHAFT
ASSEMBLY PN OF NEW TOOL KIT ADDED
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

52-12-22 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 101-149, 151-199,

421, 427 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-12-22 Effectivity updated

501, 519, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 101-149, 151-199,
521- 523, IN ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE OF ARMED/DISARMED
525- 536, UNIT AND CONTROL HANDLE MECHANISM PN OF NEW
539- 540 TOOL KIT ADDED

52-12-31 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 101-149, 151-199,

422 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-13-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

37 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-13-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 101-149, 151-199,

515, 518- CLERICAL CORRECTION
519, 540,
544, 549

52-13-11 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

411- 414 CLERICAL CORRECTION
TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

52-13-12 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 101-149, 151-199,

52-HIGHLIGHTS Page 2 of 8
REVISION NO. 47 Jan 01/07

THY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

426- 427 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-13-14 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 101-149, 151-199,

502, 512, CLERICAL CORRECTION
515 TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

52-13-18 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

401, 405

52-13-21 Effectivity updated

501- 505, TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 101-149, 151-199,
508- 513, CLERICAL CORRECTION
515- 517, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-099, 101-149, 151-199,
519- 552 IN ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE OF LIFTING SHAFT
ASSEMBLY PN OF NEW TOOL KIT ADDED
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

52-13-22 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 101-149, 151-199,

421, 427, CLERICAL CORRECTION
440

52-13-22 Effectivity updated

501, 519- CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION 001-099, 101-149, 151-199,
527, 529- IN ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE OF ARMED/DISARMED
531, 534- UNIT AND CONTROL HANDLE MECHANISM PN OF NEW
547 TOOL KIT ADDED

52-13-31 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

416 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-20-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 001-099, 101-149, 151-199,

215- 216, CLERICAL CORRECTION
224, 226

52-22-00 Layout Improved or Effectivity Updated

301, 305-
306

52-22-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

512 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-22-14 Layout Improved or Effectivity Updated

502

52-22-18 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

401, 405

52-HIGHLIGHTS Page 3 of 8
REVISION NO. 47 Jan 01/07

THY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-22 Effectivity updated

522, 526, TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 151-199,
529, 533- CLERICAL CORRECTION
535, 537- EFFECTIVITY UPDATED (THROUGHOUT THE TEXT) ALL
545

52-22-31 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

416 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-30-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

4 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-30-00 Effectivity updated

223- 224, TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL
229- 230, CLERICAL CORRECTION
239- 240, WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL
252

52-31-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 151-199,

15, 18, CLERICAL CORRECTION
32, 50,
52, 55,
57- 58,
60

52-31-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

629 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-31-11 Layout Improved or Effectivity Updated

413, 416

52-31-11 Effectivity updated

509, 512- TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 001-099, 101-149,
514, 530, CLERICAL CORRECTION
539, 548

52-31-18 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

401- 402,
411- 413

52-31-21 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 151-199,

446, 468, CLERICAL CORRECTION
481, 485, WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL
487, 489,
A435-A436,
A438-A440

52-31-31 MOD.40012D16529 REMOVED 001-099, 101-149, 151-199,

52-HIGHLIGHTS Page 4 of 8
REVISION NO. 47 Jan 01/07

THY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

402 A330/A340 DOORS,AFT CARGO DOOR SECTION

17-DEFINE THE BASIC AFT CARGO DOOR
TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL
CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-32-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

17, 32, CLERICAL CORRECTION
44, 52,
59

52-32-00 TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED 151-199,

501- 502, WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL
506, 509,
512

52-32-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

634, 636 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-32-11 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 151-199,

512, 519, CLERICAL CORRECTION
525, 529,
535, 540,
547, 553

52-32-18 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

401- 402, CLERICAL CORRECTION
409- 410, WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL
413

52-32-21 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 151-199,

431, 435, CLERICAL CORRECTION
442, 450, TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
452, 454,
A427-A431,
A461

52-32-31 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

407- 408, CLERICAL CORRECTION
416

52-33-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

6, 9 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-33-00 Layout Improved or Effectivity Updated

612- 613

52-33-11 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

501- 502 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-HIGHLIGHTS Page 5 of 8
REVISION NO. 47 Jan 01/07

THY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-33-12 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

404, 406 CLERICAL CORRECTION
TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

52-33-18 WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

401, 404

52-33-21 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

402, 406, CLERICAL CORRECTION
410 TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

52-33-32 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 001-099, 101-149,

424 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-33-41 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 001-099,

403, 405, CLERICAL CORRECTION
408- 409,
416- 419

52-36-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

15 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-36-15 Effectivity updated

403, 407- TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL
408, 411- CLERICAL CORRECTION
412, 426,
431, 442-
444

52-40-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

1 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-41-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

1 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-41-11 Layout Improved or Effectivity Updated

404- 406

52-41-11 Effectivity updated

604- 607, CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
609- 611 ADDED TPS TYPE 2 APPLICATION.
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

52-41-14 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

407 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-HIGHLIGHTS Page 6 of 8
REVISION NO. 47 Jan 01/07

THY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-41-16 CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED ALL

404, 406

52-41-23 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS 151-199,

406, 412 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-41-25 CONSUMABLE INGREDIENT DATA UPDATED ALL

405

52-42-00 MOD.40327D18027 INCORPORATED ALL

402, 406- ELETRICS-GENERATION/DISTRIBUTION-
437 VU
S AND AVIONICS-COMPLETE BASIC
A/C DEFINITION
MOD.40901D18520 INCORPORATED ALL
EQUIPMENT/FURNISHINGS-PAX COMPARTMENT-
INSTALL A 3 CLASS SEAT LAYOUT ON THY1
A/C AND THY2 VERSION
MOD.42462D19616 INCORPORATED ALL
WATER/WASTE - VACCUUM GENERATOR -
CHANGE C/B RATING
MPI44293D40401 INCORPORATED ALL
No definition
SB 38-4013 INCORPORATED ALL
WATER/WASTE- TOILET SYSTEM - CHANGE C/B RATIN
G OF VACCUUM GENERATOR
TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL
CLERICAL CORRECTION
CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
CLEANING PROCEDURE CLARIFIED
LAYOUT IMPROVED/MATERIAL RELOCATED ALL
TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL
WARNING/NOTE/REASON FOR THE JOB AMENDED ALL

52-42-11 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

407 ADJUSTMENT OF THE WASTE SERVICE DOOR
CLARIFIED

52-42-13 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

411 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-42-14 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

406- 408 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-51-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

7, 9- SYSTEM DESCRIPTION OF EQUIPMENT CIRCUIT
12 BREAKER CLARIFIED

52-51-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

52-HIGHLIGHTS Page 7 of 8
REVISION NO. 47 Jan 01/07

THY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

802, 804 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-51-11 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

411- 416, CLERICAL CORRECTION
424- 427 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
PREPARATION OF WASHER (27) ADDED

52-51-18 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

401- 402, CLERICAL CORRECTION
404- 408 TITLE OF TASK(S) DATA UPDATED ALL

52-52-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

5- 7 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-70-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

3- 4 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-70-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

402 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-71-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

1, 3, CLERICAL CORRECTION
10, 21,
23, 32-
33, 41-
42, 50-
53, 56,
59, 64

52-71-00 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL

401- 412, DEACTIVATION PROCEDURE CLARIFIED
417- 418,
426, 429-
430, 433,
435

52-71-00 Effectivity updated

508, 512- TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL
520, 524, CLERICAL CORRECTION
533 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL
CLOSE-UP PROCEDURE AMENDED

52-71-18 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

401- 402 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-91-00 TECHNICAL CORRECTIONS ALL

1 CLERICAL CORRECTION

52-HIGHLIGHTS Page 8 of 8
REVISION NO. 47 Jan 01/07

THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

RECORD T. of C. R 38 Jan01/07 52-00-00 827 Jan01/02

OF TEMP. T. of C. R 39 Jan01/07 52-00-00 828 Jan01/02
REVISION T. of C. R 40 Jan01/07 52-00-00 829 Jan01/02
T. of C. R 41 Jan01/07 52-00-00 830 Jan01/02
L.E.P. R 1-30 Jan01/07 T. of C. R 42 Jan01/07 52-00-00 831 Jan01/02
T. of C. 1 Jul01/06 T. of C. R 43 Jan01/07 52-00-00 832 Jan01/02
T. of C. R 2 Jan01/07 T. of C. R 44 Jan01/07 52-00-00 833 Jan01/02
T. of C. 3 Jul01/06 T. of C. R 45 Jan01/07
T. of C. 4 Jul01/06 T. of C. N 46 Jan01/07 52-10-00 R 1 Jan01/07
T. of C. 5 Jul01/06 52-10-00 2 Jan01/05
T. of C. 6 Jul01/06 52-00-00 1 Jul01/04 52-10-00 3 Jan01/05
T. of C. 7 Jul01/06 52-00-00 2 Jan01/93 52-10-00 201 Jul01/06
T. of C. 8 Jul01/06 52-00-00 3 Apr01/97 52-10-00 202 Jul01/06
T. of C. R 9 Jan01/07 52-00-00 4 Oct01/98 52-10-00 203 Jul01/06
T. of C. 10 Jul01/06 52-00-00 5 Jul01/04 52-10-00 204 Jul01/06
T. of C. 11 Jul01/06 52-00-00 6 Jul01/04 52-10-00 205 Jul01/06
T. of C. 12 Jul01/06 52-00-00 R 801 Jan01/07 52-10-00 206 Jul01/06
T. of C. 13 Jul01/06 52-00-00 802 Jan01/02 52-10-00 207 Jul01/06
T. of C. 14 Jul01/06 52-00-00 803 Jan01/02 52-10-00 R 208 Jan01/07
T. of C. 15 Jul01/06 52-00-00 804 Jan01/02 52-10-00 209 Jul01/06
T. of C. 16 Jul01/06 52-00-00 805 Jan01/02 52-10-00 210 Jul01/06
T. of C. 17 Jul01/06 52-00-00 806 Jan01/02 52-10-00 211 Jul01/06
T. of C. 18 Jul01/06 52-00-00 807 Jan01/02 52-10-00 212 Jul01/06
T. of C. R 19 Jan01/07 52-00-00 808 Jan01/02 52-10-00 213 Jul01/06
T. of C. 20 Jul01/06 52-00-00 809 Jan01/02 52-10-00 214 Jul01/06
T. of C. 21 Jul01/06 52-00-00 810 Jan01/02 52-10-00 215 Jul01/06
T. of C. R 22 Jan01/07 52-00-00 811 Jan01/02 52-10-00 216 Jul01/06
T. of C. 23 Jul01/06 52-00-00 812 Jan01/02 52-10-00 217 Jul01/06
T. of C. 24 Jul01/06 52-00-00 813 Jan01/02 52-10-00 218 Jul01/06
T. of C. 25 Jul01/06 52-00-00 R 814 Jan01/07 52-10-00 219 Jul01/06
T. of C. 26 Jul01/06 52-00-00 815 Jan01/02 52-10-00 220 Jul01/06
T. of C. R 27 Jan01/07 52-00-00 816 Jan01/02 52-10-00 221 Jul01/06
T. of C. 28 Jul01/06 52-00-00 817 Jan01/02 52-10-00 222 Jul01/06
T. of C. R 29 Jan01/07 52-00-00 818 Jan01/02 52-10-00 223 Jul01/06
T. of C. R 30 Jan01/07 52-00-00 819 Jan01/02 52-10-00 224 Jul01/06
T. of C. R 31 Jan01/07 52-00-00 820 Jan01/02 52-10-00 225 Jul01/06
T. of C. R 32 Jan01/07 52-00-00 821 Jan01/02 52-10-00 226 Jul01/06
T. of C. R 33 Jan01/07 52-00-00 822 Jan01/02 52-10-00 227 Jul01/06
T. of C. R 34 Jan01/07 52-00-00 823 Jan01/02 52-10-00 R 228 Jan01/07
T. of C. R 35 Jan01/07 52-00-00 824 Jan01/02 52-10-00 229 Jul01/06
T. of C. R 36 Jan01/07 52-00-00 825 Jan01/02 52-10-00 230 Jul01/06
T. of C. R 37 Jan01/07 52-00-00 826 Jan01/02 52-10-00 R 231 Jan01/07

52-L.E.P. Page 1
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-10-00 232 Jul01/06 52-10-00 613 Jul01/06 52-11-00 516 Oct01/98

52-10-00 R 233 Jan01/07 52-10-00 614 Jul01/06 52-11-00 517 Oct01/98
52-10-00 234 Jul01/06 52-10-00 615 Jul01/06 52-11-00 518 Jul01/05
52-10-00 235 Jul01/06 52-10-00 616 Jul01/06 52-11-00 519 Jan01/04
52-10-00 236 Jul01/06 52-10-00 617 Jul01/06 52-11-00 520 Oct01/00
52-10-00 237 Jul01/06 52-10-00 618 Jul01/06 52-11-00 521 Jan01/04
52-10-00 238 Jul01/06 52-10-00 619 Jul01/06 52-11-00 522 Jan01/04
52-10-00 239 Jul01/06 52-11-00 523 Jul01/05
52-10-00 R 301 Jan01/07 52-11-00 1 Jan01/05 52-11-00 524 Jul01/05
52-10-00 302 Jan01/05 52-11-00 2 Jan01/05 52-11-00 525 Jul01/05
52-10-00 303 Jan01/05 52-11-00 3 Jan01/05 52-11-00 526 Jul01/05
52-10-00 304 Jan01/05 52-11-00 4 Jan01/93 52-11-00 527 Jul01/05
52-10-00 R 305 Jan01/07 52-11-00 5 Jan01/93 52-11-00 528 Apr01/96
52-10-00 306 Jan01/05 52-11-00 6 Jan01/93 52-11-00 529 Apr01/96
52-10-00 401 Jul01/04 52-11-00 7 Jan01/93 52-11-00 530 Jul01/05
52-10-00 402 Jul01/04 52-11-00 8 Jan01/93 52-11-00 531 Jan01/04
52-10-00 403 Jan01/95 52-11-00 9 Jan01/93 52-11-00 532 Jan01/04
52-10-00 404 Jul01/04 52-11-00 10 Jan01/99 52-11-00 533 Jul01/05
52-10-00 405 Jul01/04 52-11-00 11 Jan01/93 52-11-00 534 Oct01/00
52-10-00 406 Jan01/04 52-11-00 12 Jan01/99 52-11-00 535 Jul01/05
52-10-00 407 Jan01/04 52-11-00 13 Jan01/99 52-11-00 536 Oct01/00
52-10-00 408 Jan01/04 52-11-00 14 Jan01/99 52-11-00 537 Jul01/05
52-10-00 409 Jan01/04 52-11-00 15 Jan01/99 52-11-00 538 Jan01/04
52-10-00 410 Jan01/04 52-11-00 16 Jan01/99 52-11-00 539 Jul01/05
52-10-00 411 Jan01/04 52-11-00 17 Jan01/99 52-11-00 540 Jul01/05
52-10-00 412 Jan01/04 52-11-00 18 Jan01/99 52-11-00 541 Jan01/04
52-10-00 413 Jan01/04 52-11-00 19 Jan01/99 52-11-00 542 Jan01/04
52-10-00 R 414 Jan01/07 52-11-00 20 Jan01/99 52-11-00 543 Jan01/04
52-10-00 415 Jan01/04 52-11-00 21 Jan01/99 52-11-00 544 Jan01/04
52-10-00 416 Jan01/04 52-11-00 22 Jan01/99 52-11-00 601 Jul01/03
52-10-00 501 Apr01/98 52-11-00 23 Jan01/99 52-11-00 602 Jul01/03
52-10-00 502 Jan01/93 52-11-00 24 Jan01/99 52-11-00 603 Jul01/03
52-10-00 503 Apr01/01 52-11-00 25 Jan01/05 52-11-00 604 Jan01/99
52-10-00 504 Oct01/94 52-11-00 26 Jan01/99 52-11-00 605 Jul01/03
52-10-00 505 Oct01/94 52-11-00 27 Jan01/99 52-11-00 606 Jul01/03
52-10-00 506 Apr01/98 52-11-00 28 Jan01/99 52-11-00 607 Jan01/04
52-10-00 507 Jul01/02 52-11-00 501 Jan01/06 52-11-00 608 Jan01/04
52-10-00 508 Jul01/02 52-11-00 502 Jan01/06 52-11-00 609 Oct01/01
52-10-00 509 Jul01/02 52-11-00 503 Jan01/04 52-11-00 610 Jan01/04
52-10-00 601 Jan01/94 52-11-00 504 Jan01/04 52-11-00 611 Jul01/03
52-10-00 602 Apr01/01 52-11-00 505 Jul01/05 52-11-00 612 Jul01/03
52-10-00 603 Jul01/06 52-11-00 506 Oct01/00 52-11-00 613 Jul01/03
52-10-00 604 Jul01/06 52-11-00 507 Oct01/00 52-11-00 614 Jul01/03
52-10-00 605 Jul01/06 52-11-00 508 Jan01/04 52-11-00 801 Jan01/05
52-10-00 606 Jul01/06 52-11-00 509 Jan01/04 52-11-00 802 Jul01/06
52-10-00 607 Jul01/06 52-11-00 510 Apr01/96 52-11-00 803 Jul01/96
52-10-00 608 Jul01/06 52-11-00 511 Apr01/96 52-11-00 804 Jul01/96
52-10-00 609 Jul01/06 52-11-00 512 Apr01/96 52-11-11 401 Jan01/06
52-10-00 610 Jul01/06 52-11-00 513 Apr01/96 52-11-11 402 Jul01/05
52-10-00 611 Jul01/06 52-11-00 514 Apr01/96 52-11-11 403 Jul01/05
52-10-00 612 Jul01/06 52-11-00 515 Jan01/04 52-11-11 404 Jul01/05

52-L.E.P. Page 2
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-11-11 405 Jul01/05 52-11-11 456 Jul01/05 52-11-14 410 Jul01/06

52-11-11 406 Oct01/94 52-11-11 457 Jan01/04 52-11-14 411 Jul01/06
52-11-11 407 Jul01/05 52-11-11 458 Jul01/05 52-11-14 412 Jul01/06
52-11-11 408 Jul01/05 52-11-11 459 Jan01/04 52-11-14 413 Jul01/06
52-11-11 409 Jul01/05 52-11-12 401 Jul01/05 52-11-14 414 Jul01/06
52-11-11 410 Jan01/06 52-11-12 402 Jul01/05 52-11-14 415 Jul01/99
52-11-11 411 Jan01/06 52-11-12 403 Jan01/93 52-11-14 416 Jul01/99
52-11-11 412 Jul01/05 52-11-12 404 Jul01/05 52-11-14 417 Jul01/06
52-11-11 413 Jul01/05 52-11-12 405 Jan01/93 52-11-14 418 Oct01/98
52-11-11 414 Jul01/05 52-11-12 406 Jan01/93 52-11-14 419 Oct01/98
52-11-11 415 Jan01/04 52-11-12 407 Jul01/05 52-11-14 420 Oct01/98
52-11-11 416 Jan01/04 52-11-12 408 Jul01/05 52-11-14 421 Jul01/06
52-11-11 417 Jan01/04 52-11-12 409 Jul01/05 52-11-14 422 Oct01/98
52-11-11 418 Jan01/04 52-11-12 410 Jul01/05 52-11-14 423 Oct01/98
52-11-11 419 Oct01/00 52-11-12 411 Jan01/96 52-11-14 424 Oct01/98
52-11-11 420 Jul01/99 52-11-12 412 Jan01/96 52-11-14 501 Jul01/05
52-11-11 421 Jul01/05 52-11-12 413 Apr01/97 52-11-14 502 Jan01/04
52-11-11 422 Jul01/99 52-11-12 414 Apr01/97 52-11-14 503 Jan01/04
52-11-11 423 Jul01/05 52-11-12 415 Jan01/97 52-11-14 504 Jan01/04
52-11-11 424 Oct01/00 52-11-12 416 Jan01/97 52-11-14 505 Jul01/04
52-11-11 425 Oct01/00 52-11-12 417 Jan01/97 52-11-14 506 Jan01/04
52-11-11 426 Oct01/00 52-11-12 418 Jan01/93 52-11-14 507 Jan01/04
52-11-11 427 Oct01/00 52-11-12 419 Jan01/97 52-11-14 508 Jul01/04
52-11-11 428 Jul01/05 52-11-12 420 Jul01/05 52-11-14 509 Jul01/04
52-11-11 429 Jul01/05 52-11-12 421 Jul01/05 52-11-14 510 Jul01/04
52-11-11 430 Jul01/05 52-11-12 422 Jul01/05 52-11-14 601 Apr01/97
52-11-11 431 Jul01/05 52-11-12 423 Apr01/97 52-11-14 602 Apr01/03
52-11-11 432 Jul01/05 52-11-12 424 Jul01/96 52-11-14 603 Oct01/98
52-11-11 433 Jul01/05 52-11-12 425 Jan01/96 52-11-14 604 Oct01/98
52-11-11 434 Jul01/05 52-11-12 426 Jan01/96 52-11-14 605 Oct01/98
52-11-11 435 Oct01/00 52-11-12 601 Jul01/96 52-11-14 606 Jul01/99
52-11-11 436 Jul01/05 52-11-12 602 Jul01/03 52-11-14 607 Oct01/98
52-11-11 437 Jul01/05 52-11-12 603 Jul01/96 52-11-14 608 Apr01/03
52-11-11 438 Oct01/00 52-11-12 604 Jul01/96 52-11-14 609 Jul01/03
52-11-11 439 Jul01/05 52-11-12 605 Jul01/96 52-11-14 610 Oct01/98
52-11-11 440 Oct01/00 52-11-12 606 Jul01/96 52-11-14 611 Oct01/98
52-11-11 441 Jul01/05 52-11-12 607 Jul01/96 52-11-14 612 Oct01/98
52-11-11 442 Jul01/05 52-11-12 608 Jul01/96 52-11-14 613 Oct01/98
52-11-11 443 Jan01/04 52-11-12 609 Jul01/96 52-11-14 614 Oct01/98
52-11-11 444 Oct01/00 52-11-12 610 Jul01/96 52-11-14 615 Oct01/98
52-11-11 445 Jul01/05 52-11-12 611 Oct01/96 52-11-14 616 Oct01/98
52-11-11 446 Oct01/00 52-11-12 612 Jul01/03 52-11-14 617 Apr01/03
52-11-11 447 Oct01/00 52-11-14 401 Jul01/06 52-11-14 618 Oct01/98
52-11-11 448 Jan01/04 52-11-14 402 Jul01/06 52-11-14 619 Oct01/98
52-11-11 449 Jan01/04 52-11-14 403 Oct01/98 52-11-14 620 Jul01/03
52-11-11 450 Oct01/00 52-11-14 404 Oct01/98 52-11-18 401 Apr01/97
52-11-11 451 Jul01/05 52-11-14 405 Oct01/98 52-11-18 402 Jul01/94
52-11-11 452 Jul01/05 52-11-14 406 Oct01/98 52-11-18 403 Apr01/97
52-11-11 453 Jan01/04 52-11-14 407 Oct01/98 52-11-18 404 Jan01/93
52-11-11 454 Jul01/05 52-11-14 408 Oct01/98 52-11-18 R 405 Jan01/07
52-11-11 455 Jan01/04 52-11-14 409 Jul01/06 52-11-18 R 406 Jan01/07

52-L.E.P. Page 3
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-11-18 407 Jul01/94 52-11-21 443 Jul01/02 52-11-22 427 Jan01/04

52-11-18 408 Jan01/02 52-11-21 444 Jul01/02 52-11-22 428 Jan01/04
52-11-18 409 Jul01/94 52-11-21 445 Jul01/02 52-11-22 429 Apr01/01
52-11-18 410 Jul01/94 52-11-21 446 Jan01/04 52-11-22 430 Apr01/01
52-11-18 R 801 Jan01/07 52-11-21 447 Jan01/04 52-11-22 501 Jan01/06
52-11-18 802 Apr01/00 52-11-21 448 Jan01/04 52-11-22 R 502 Jan01/07
52-11-18 803 Apr01/00 52-11-21 449 Jul01/02 52-11-22 503 Jan01/05
52-11-18 804 Apr01/00 52-11-21 501 Jul01/05 52-11-22 504 Jan01/05
52-11-18 805 Apr01/00 52-11-21 502 Jan01/06 52-11-22 505 Apr01/03
52-11-21 401 Jan01/04 52-11-21 R 503 Jan01/07 52-11-22 506 Jul01/05
52-11-21 402 Jan01/06 52-11-21 504 Jan01/04 52-11-22 507 Jan01/05
52-11-21 403 Jan01/04 52-11-21 505 Jan01/04 52-11-22 508 Jan01/05
52-11-21 404 Jul01/02 52-11-21 506 Jan01/04 52-11-22 509 Jan01/05
52-11-21 405 Jul01/02 52-11-21 507 Jan01/94 52-11-22 510 Jan01/05
52-11-21 406 Oct01/93 52-11-21 508 Jul01/05 52-11-22 R 511 Jan01/07
52-11-21 R 407 Jan01/07 52-11-21 509 Jul01/05 52-11-22 512 Jan01/05
52-11-21 408 Jan01/94 52-11-21 510 Jan01/04 52-11-22 513 Jan01/05
52-11-21 409 Jan01/03 52-11-21 511 Jan01/04 52-11-22 514 Jul01/05
52-11-21 410 Jul01/02 52-11-21 R 512 Jan01/07 52-11-22 515 Jul01/05
52-11-21 411 Jan01/94 52-11-21 513 Jan01/04 52-11-31 401 Oct01/97
52-11-21 412 Jul01/02 52-11-21 514 Jul01/05 52-11-31 402 Jan01/06
52-11-21 413 Jan01/94 52-11-21 515 Jan01/03 52-11-31 403 Jan01/03
52-11-21 414 Jan01/94 52-11-21 516 Jul01/05 52-11-31 404 Jan01/03
52-11-21 415 Jul01/02 52-11-21 517 Jan01/04 52-11-31 405 Jan01/03
52-11-21 416 Jan01/94 52-11-21 518 Jan01/04 52-11-31 406 Jan01/03
52-11-21 417 Jul01/02 52-11-22 401 Jan01/04 52-11-31 407 Oct01/00
52-11-21 418 Jul01/02 52-11-22 402 Jan01/06 52-11-31 408 Jan01/03
52-11-21 419 Jan01/94 52-11-22 403 Jan01/04 52-11-31 409 Jan01/03
52-11-21 420 Jul01/02 52-11-22 404 Oct01/93 52-11-31 410 Jan01/03
52-11-21 421 Jul01/06 52-11-22 405 Apr01/01 52-11-31 411 Oct01/00
52-11-21 422 Jan01/94 52-11-22 406 Oct01/93 52-11-31 412 Jan01/03
52-11-21 423 Jan01/04 52-11-22 407 Apr01/01 52-11-31 413 Jan01/03
52-11-21 424 Jan01/94 52-11-22 408 Oct01/93 52-11-31 414 Jan01/03
52-11-21 425 Jan01/04 52-11-22 409 Apr01/01 52-11-31 415 Jan01/03
52-11-21 426 Jan01/04 52-11-22 410 Jul01/95 52-11-31 416 Jul01/05
52-11-21 427 Jan01/94 52-11-22 411 Apr01/01 52-11-31 417 Jan01/06
52-11-21 R 428 Jan01/07 52-11-22 412 Jan01/04 52-11-31 418 Jul01/05
52-11-21 R 429 Jan01/07 52-11-22 413 Jan01/94 52-11-31 419 Apr01/03
52-11-21 R 430 Jan01/07 52-11-22 414 Apr01/01 52-11-31 420 Apr01/03
52-11-21 431 Jan01/04 52-11-22 415 Apr01/01 52-11-31 421 Apr01/03
52-11-21 432 Jan01/99 52-11-22 416 Jul01/05 52-11-31 422 Apr01/03
52-11-21 R 433 Jan01/07 52-11-22 417 Jan01/06 52-11-31 423 Apr01/03
52-11-21 R 434 Jan01/07 52-11-22 418 Jan01/06 52-11-31 424 Apr01/03
52-11-21 R 435 Jan01/07 52-11-22 419 Jan01/04 52-11-31 425 Apr01/03
52-11-21 R 436 Jan01/07 52-11-22 420 Apr01/01 52-11-31 426 Apr01/03
52-11-21 437 Jan01/04 52-11-22 421 Jan01/04 52-11-31 427 Apr01/03
52-11-21 438 Jan01/04 52-11-22 422 Jan01/04 52-11-31 601 Jul01/96
52-11-21 439 Jan01/04 52-11-22 423 Jan01/04 52-11-31 602 Jul01/03
52-11-21 440 Jan01/04 52-11-22 424 Apr01/01 52-11-31 603 Jul01/96
52-11-21 441 Jan01/04 52-11-22 425 Jul01/04 52-11-31 604 Jul01/96
52-11-21 442 Jan01/04 52-11-22 426 Jul01/04 52-11-31 605 Jul01/96

52-L.E.P. Page 4
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-11-31 606 Jul01/96 52-12-00 509 Jul01/05 52-12-00 560 Jul01/05

52-11-31 607 Jul01/03 52-12-00 510 Jul01/05 52-12-00 561 Jul01/05
52-12-00 511 Oct01/00 52-12-00 601 Jul01/03
52-12-00 1 Jan01/05 52-12-00 512 Oct01/00 52-12-00 602 Jul01/06
52-12-00 2 Jan01/05 52-12-00 513 Oct01/00 52-12-00 603 Jul01/04
52-12-00 3 Jan01/05 52-12-00 514 Jul01/05 52-12-00 604 Jul01/04
52-12-00 4 Jan01/93 52-12-00 515 Jul01/05 52-12-00 605 Jul01/03
52-12-00 5 Jan01/93 52-12-00 516 Jul01/05 52-12-00 606 Jul01/06
52-12-00 6 Jan01/93 52-12-00 517 Jul01/05 52-12-00 607 Jul01/06
52-12-00 7 Jan01/93 52-12-00 518 Jul01/05 52-12-00 608 Jul01/06
52-12-00 8 Jan01/93 52-12-00 519 Jul01/05 52-12-00 609 Jul01/06
52-12-00 9 Jan01/93 52-12-00 520 Jul01/05 52-12-00 610 Jul01/06
52-12-00 10 Oct01/98 52-12-00 521 Jul01/05 52-12-00 611 Jul01/06
52-12-00 11 Jan01/93 52-12-00 522 Oct01/00 52-12-11 401 Jan01/06
52-12-00 12 Oct01/98 52-12-00 523 Oct01/00 52-12-11 402 Jul01/05
52-12-00 13 Oct01/98 52-12-00 524 Jul01/05 52-12-11 403 Jan01/04
52-12-00 14 Oct01/98 52-12-00 525 Jul01/05 52-12-11 404 Jul01/00
52-12-00 15 Oct01/98 52-12-00 526 Jul01/05 52-12-11 405 Jul01/00
52-12-00 16 Oct01/98 52-12-00 527 Jul01/05 52-12-11 406 Jul01/00
52-12-00 17 Apr01/03 52-12-00 528 Jul01/05 52-12-11 407 Jul01/00
52-12-00 18 Oct01/98 52-12-00 529 Jul01/05 52-12-11 408 Jul01/00
52-12-00 19 Apr01/03 52-12-00 530 Jul01/05 52-12-11 409 Jul01/00
52-12-00 20 Oct01/98 52-12-00 531 Jul01/05 52-12-11 410 Jan01/06
52-12-00 21 Jul01/00 52-12-00 532 Jul01/05 52-12-11 411 Jan01/06
52-12-00 22 Jul01/00 52-12-00 533 Jul01/05 52-12-11 412 Jan01/06
52-12-00 23 Oct01/98 52-12-00 534 Jan01/06 52-12-11 413 Jul01/02
52-12-00 24 Oct01/98 52-12-00 535 Jul01/05 52-12-11 414 Jul01/05
52-12-00 25 Apr01/03 52-12-00 536 Jan01/06 52-12-11 415 Jul01/05
52-12-00 26 Apr01/03 52-12-00 537 Jan01/06 52-12-11 416 Jul01/05
52-12-00 27 Oct01/98 52-12-00 538 Jul01/05 52-12-11 417 Jul01/05
52-12-00 28 Oct01/98 52-12-00 539 Jul01/05 52-12-11 418 Jul01/05
52-12-00 29 Oct01/98 52-12-00 540 Jul01/05 52-12-11 419 Jul01/05
52-12-00 30 Oct01/98 52-12-00 541 Jul01/05 52-12-11 420 Jul01/05
52-12-00 31 Oct01/98 52-12-00 542 Jul01/05 52-12-11 421 Jul01/05
52-12-00 32 Oct01/98 52-12-00 543 Jul01/05 52-12-11 422 Jul01/05
52-12-00 33 Apr01/03 52-12-00 544 Jul01/05 52-12-12 401 Jan01/06
52-12-00 34 Jul01/00 52-12-00 545 Jul01/05 52-12-12 402 Oct01/98
52-12-00 35 Oct01/98 52-12-00 546 Jul01/05 52-12-12 403 Apr01/98
52-12-00 36 Apr01/03 52-12-00 547 Jul01/05 52-12-12 404 Apr01/98
52-12-00 37 Jan01/05 52-12-00 548 Jul01/05 52-12-12 405 Jul01/00
52-12-00 38 Jan01/05 52-12-00 549 Jul01/05 52-12-12 406 Oct01/98
52-12-00 39 Apr01/03 52-12-00 550 Jul01/05 52-12-12 407 Jul01/00
52-12-00 40 Oct01/98 52-12-00 551 Jul01/05 52-12-12 408 Oct01/00
52-12-00 501 Jan01/06 52-12-00 552 Jul01/05 52-12-12 409 Jul01/98
52-12-00 502 Jan01/06 52-12-00 553 Jul01/05 52-12-12 410 Jul01/00
52-12-00 503 Jan01/06 52-12-00 554 Jul01/05 52-12-12 411 Jul01/00
52-12-00 504 Jul01/05 52-12-00 555 Jul01/05 52-12-12 412 Apr01/98
52-12-00 505 Jul01/05 52-12-00 556 Jul01/05 52-12-12 413 Jul01/00
52-12-00 506 Jul01/05 52-12-00 557 Jul01/05 52-12-12 414 Jul01/00
52-12-00 507 Jul01/00 52-12-00 558 Jul01/05 52-12-12 415 Oct01/98
52-12-00 508 Oct01/00 52-12-00 559 Jul01/05 52-12-12 416 Jul01/00

52-L.E.P. Page 5
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-12-12 417 Oct01/00 52-12-14 R 515 Jan01/07 52-12-21 441 Jul01/00

52-12-12 418 Apr01/98 52-12-14 516 Jul01/01 52-12-21 442 Jul01/00
52-12-12 419 Jan01/06 52-12-18 R 401 Jan01/07 52-12-21 443 Jul01/00
52-12-12 420 Jan01/06 52-12-18 402 Oct01/97 52-12-21 444 Jul01/00
52-12-12 421 Jan01/06 52-12-18 403 Jan01/93 52-12-21 445 Jul01/00
52-12-12 422 Apr01/98 52-12-18 404 Jul01/00 52-12-21 446 Jul01/00
52-12-12 423 Jan01/06 52-12-18 R 405 Jan01/07 52-12-21 447 Jul01/00
52-12-12 424 Jan01/06 52-12-18 406 Apr01/95 52-12-21 448 Jul01/00
52-12-12 425 Jan01/06 52-12-18 407 Apr01/94 52-12-21 449 Jul01/00
52-12-12 426 Jan01/06 52-12-18 408 Oct01/97 52-12-21 450 Jul01/00
52-12-12 427 Jan01/06 52-12-18 409 Apr01/95 52-12-21 451 Jul01/00
52-12-12 428 Jan01/06 52-12-21 401 Jan01/06 52-12-21 452 Jul01/00
52-12-12 429 Jan01/06 52-12-21 402 Jul01/05 52-12-21 453 Jul01/00
52-12-12 430 Jan01/06 52-12-21 403 Jul01/05 52-12-21 454 Jul01/00
52-12-12 431 Jan01/06 52-12-21 404 Jul01/05 52-12-21 455 Jul01/00
52-12-12 432 Jan01/06 52-12-21 405 Jul01/05 52-12-21 456 Jul01/00
52-12-12 433 Jan01/06 52-12-21 406 Jul01/00 52-12-21 457 Jul01/00
52-12-14 401 Jul01/05 52-12-21 407 Jul01/00 52-12-21 458 Jul01/00
52-12-14 402 Apr01/98 52-12-21 408 Jul01/00 52-12-21 459 Jul01/00
52-12-14 403 Jul01/05 52-12-21 409 Jul01/00 52-12-21 460 Jul01/00
52-12-14 404 Jul01/00 52-12-21 410 Jul01/00 52-12-21 461 Jul01/00
52-12-14 405 Jul01/05 52-12-21 411 Jul01/00 52-12-21 462 Jul01/00
52-12-14 406 Jul01/00 52-12-21 412 Jul01/00 52-12-21 463 Jul01/00
52-12-14 407 Jul01/05 52-12-21 413 Jul01/00 52-12-21 464 Jul01/00
52-12-14 408 Jul01/05 52-12-21 414 Jul01/00 52-12-21 465 Jul01/00
52-12-14 409 Jul01/05 52-12-21 415 Jul01/00 52-12-21 466 Jul01/00
52-12-14 410 Jul01/05 52-12-21 416 Jul01/00 52-12-21 467 Jul01/00
52-12-14 411 Jul01/01 52-12-21 417 Jul01/00 52-12-21 468 Jul01/00
52-12-14 412 Jul01/01 52-12-21 418 Jul01/00 52-12-21 469 Jul01/00
52-12-14 413 Jan01/06 52-12-21 419 Jul01/00 52-12-21 470 Jul01/00
52-12-14 414 Jul01/01 52-12-21 420 Jul01/00 52-12-21 471 Jul01/00
52-12-14 415 Jul01/05 52-12-21 421 Jul01/00 52-12-21 472 Jul01/00
52-12-14 416 Jul01/05 52-12-21 422 Jul01/00 52-12-21 473 Jul01/00
52-12-14 417 Jan01/06 52-12-21 423 Jul01/00 52-12-21 474 Jul01/00
52-12-14 418 Jan01/06 52-12-21 424 Jul01/00 52-12-21 475 Jul01/00
52-12-14 419 Jul01/01 52-12-21 425 Jul01/00 52-12-21 476 Jul01/00
52-12-14 420 Jul01/01 52-12-21 426 Jul01/00 52-12-21 477 Jul01/00
52-12-14 501 Jul01/05 52-12-21 427 Jul01/00 52-12-21 478 Jul01/00
52-12-14 R 502 Jan01/07 52-12-21 428 Jul01/00 52-12-21 479 Jul01/00
52-12-14 503 Jul01/01 52-12-21 429 Jul01/00 52-12-21 480 Jul01/05
52-12-14 504 Jul01/02 52-12-21 430 Jul01/00 52-12-21 481 Jul01/05
52-12-14 505 Jul01/02 52-12-21 431 Jul01/00 52-12-21 482 Jul01/05
52-12-14 506 Jul01/02 52-12-21 432 Jul01/00 52-12-21 483 Jul01/05
52-12-14 507 Jul01/02 52-12-21 433 Jul01/00 52-12-21 484 Jul01/05
52-12-14 508 Jul01/02 52-12-21 434 Jul01/05 52-12-21 485 Jul01/05
52-12-14 509 Jul01/02 52-12-21 435 Jul01/00 52-12-21 486 Jan01/06
52-12-14 510 Jul01/02 52-12-21 436 Jul01/00 52-12-21 487 Jan01/06
52-12-14 511 Jul01/02 52-12-21 437 Jul01/00 52-12-21 488 Jan01/06
52-12-14 R 512 Jan01/07 52-12-21 438 Jul01/00 52-12-21 489 Jan01/06
52-12-14 513 Jul01/02 52-12-21 439 Jul01/00 52-12-21 490 Jan01/06
52-12-14 514 Jul01/02 52-12-21 440 Jul01/00 52-12-21 491 Jan01/06

52-L.E.P. Page 6
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-12-21 492 Jan01/06 52-12-21 506 Jul01/05 52-12-22 406 Jul01/00

52-12-21 493 Jan01/06 52-12-21 507 Jul01/05 52-12-22 407 Apr01/98
52-12-21 494 Jan01/06 52-12-21 508 Jul01/05 52-12-22 408 Oct01/00
52-12-21 495 Jul01/05 52-12-21 509 Jul01/05 52-12-22 409 Jul01/00
52-12-21 496 Jul01/05 52-12-21 510 Jul01/05 52-12-22 410 Oct01/00
52-12-21 497 Jan01/06 52-12-21 511 Jan01/06 52-12-22 411 Jul01/00
52-12-21 498 Jan01/06 52-12-21 512 Jul01/05 52-12-22 412 Apr01/98
52-12-21 499 Jan01/06 52-12-21 513 Jul01/05 52-12-22 413 Jul01/00
52-12-21 A400 Jan01/06 52-12-21 514 Jul01/05 52-12-22 414 Jul01/04
52-12-21 A401 Jan01/06 52-12-21 515 Jan01/06 52-12-22 415 Apr01/98
52-12-21 A402 Jan01/06 52-12-21 516 Jul01/05 52-12-22 416 Jul01/04
52-12-21 A403 Jan01/06 52-12-21 517 Jul01/05 52-12-22 417 Jul01/00
52-12-21 A404 Jan01/06 52-12-21 518 Jul01/05 52-12-22 418 Apr01/98
52-12-21 A405 Jan01/06 52-12-21 519 Jan01/06 52-12-22 419 Jul01/00
52-12-21 A406 Jul01/05 52-12-21 R 520 Jan01/07 52-12-22 420 Oct01/00
52-12-21 A407 Jul01/05 52-12-21 R 521 Jan01/07 52-12-22 R 421 Jan01/07
52-12-21 A408 Jul01/05 52-12-21 R 522 Jan01/07 52-12-22 422 Oct01/98
52-12-21 A409 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 523 Jan01/07 52-12-22 423 Oct01/98
52-12-21 A410 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 524 Jan01/07 52-12-22 424 Apr01/98
52-12-21 A411 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 525 Jan01/07 52-12-22 425 Oct01/00
52-12-21 A412 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 526 Jan01/07 52-12-22 426 Oct01/00
52-12-21 A413 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 527 Jan01/07 52-12-22 R 427 Jan01/07
52-12-21 A414 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 528 Jan01/07 52-12-22 428 Oct01/00
52-12-21 A415 Jul01/05 52-12-21 R 529 Jan01/07 52-12-22 429 Jul01/00
52-12-21 A416 Jul01/05 52-12-21 R 530 Jan01/07 52-12-22 430 Jul01/98
52-12-21 A417 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 531 Jan01/07 52-12-22 431 Jul01/00
52-12-21 A418 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 532 Jan01/07 52-12-22 432 Apr01/98
52-12-21 A419 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 533 Jan01/07 52-12-22 433 Jul01/00
52-12-21 A420 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 534 Jan01/07 52-12-22 434 Apr01/98
52-12-21 A421 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 535 Jan01/07 52-12-22 435 Oct01/00
52-12-21 A422 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 536 Jan01/07 52-12-22 436 Jan01/06
52-12-21 A423 Jul01/05 52-12-21 R 537 Jan01/07 52-12-22 437 Jan01/06
52-12-21 A424 Jul01/05 52-12-21 R 538 Jan01/07 52-12-22 438 Jan01/06
52-12-21 A425 Jul01/05 52-12-21 R 539 Jan01/07 52-12-22 439 Oct01/98
52-12-21 A426 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 540 Jan01/07 52-12-22 440 Oct01/98
52-12-21 A427 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 541 Jan01/07 52-12-22 441 Apr01/98
52-12-21 A428 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 542 Jan01/07 52-12-22 442 Jan01/06
52-12-21 A429 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 543 Jan01/07 52-12-22 443 Jan01/06
52-12-21 A430 Jul01/05 52-12-21 R 544 Jan01/07 52-12-22 444 Jan01/06
52-12-21 A431 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 545 Jan01/07 52-12-22 445 Jan01/06
52-12-21 A432 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 546 Jan01/07 52-12-22 446 Jan01/06
52-12-21 A433 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 547 Jan01/07 52-12-22 447 Jan01/06
52-12-21 A434 Jan01/06 52-12-21 R 548 Jan01/07 52-12-22 448 Jan01/06
52-12-21 A435 Jan01/06 52-12-21 N 549 Jan01/07 52-12-22 449 Jan01/06
52-12-21 A436 Jan01/06 52-12-21 N 550 Jan01/07 52-12-22 450 Jan01/06
52-12-21 A437 Jan01/06 52-12-21 N 551 Jan01/07 52-12-22 451 Jan01/06
52-12-21 R 501 Jan01/07 52-12-22 401 Jan01/06 52-12-22 452 Jan01/06
52-12-21 R 502 Jan01/07 52-12-22 402 Oct01/98 52-12-22 453 Jan01/06
52-12-21 R 503 Jan01/07 52-12-22 403 Oct01/98 52-12-22 454 Jan01/06
52-12-21 R 504 Jan01/07 52-12-22 404 Apr01/98 52-12-22 455 Jan01/06
52-12-21 R 505 Jan01/07 52-12-22 405 Apr01/98 52-12-22 456 Jan01/06

52-L.E.P. Page 7
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-12-22 457 Jan01/06 52-12-31 404 Jul01/00 52-13-00 28 Oct01/98

52-12-22 458 Jan01/06 52-12-31 405 Jul01/00 52-13-00 29 Oct01/98
52-12-22 R 501 Jan01/07 52-12-31 406 Jul01/94 52-13-00 30 Oct01/98
52-12-22 502 Jul01/05 52-12-31 407 Jul01/00 52-13-00 31 Oct01/98
52-12-22 503 Jul01/05 52-12-31 408 Jul01/00 52-13-00 32 Oct01/98
52-12-22 504 Jul01/05 52-12-31 409 Jul01/00 52-13-00 33 Oct01/98
52-12-22 505 Jul01/05 52-12-31 410 Jul01/94 52-13-00 34 Oct01/98
52-12-22 506 Jan01/02 52-12-31 411 Jul01/00 52-13-00 35 Oct01/98
52-12-22 507 Jan01/02 52-12-31 412 Jan01/06 52-13-00 36 Oct01/98
52-12-22 508 Jan01/03 52-12-31 413 Jan01/06 52-13-00 R 37 Jan01/07
52-12-22 509 Apr01/03 52-12-31 414 Jan01/06 52-13-00 38 Jan01/05
52-12-22 510 Jul01/05 52-12-31 415 Jan01/06 52-13-00 39 Apr01/03
52-12-22 511 Jul01/05 52-12-31 416 Jan01/06 52-13-00 40 Oct01/98
52-12-22 512 Jul01/05 52-12-31 417 Jan01/06 52-13-00 501 Jan01/06
52-12-22 513 Jul01/05 52-12-31 418 Jan01/06 52-13-00 502 Jan01/06
52-12-22 514 Jul01/05 52-12-31 419 Jan01/06 52-13-00 503 Jan01/06
52-12-22 515 Jul01/05 52-12-31 420 Jan01/06 52-13-00 504 Jan01/06
52-12-22 516 Jul01/05 52-12-31 421 Jan01/06 52-13-00 505 Jan01/06
52-12-22 517 Jul01/05 52-12-31 R 422 Jan01/07 52-13-00 506 Jan01/06
52-12-22 518 Jul01/05 52-12-31 423 Jan01/06 52-13-00 507 Apr01/97
52-12-22 R 519 Jan01/07 52-12-31 424 Jan01/06 52-13-00 508 Apr01/97
52-12-22 520 Jul01/05 52-12-31 425 Jan01/06 52-13-00 509 Jan01/06
52-12-22 R 521 Jan01/07 52-12-31 426 Jan01/06 52-13-00 510 Jan01/06
52-12-22 R 522 Jan01/07 52-13-00 511 Apr01/97
52-12-22 R 523 Jan01/07 52-13-00 1 Jan01/05 52-13-00 512 Apr01/97
52-12-22 524 Jul01/05 52-13-00 2 Jan01/05 52-13-00 513 Jan01/06
52-12-22 R 525 Jan01/07 52-13-00 3 Jan01/05 52-13-00 514 Jan01/06
52-12-22 R 526 Jan01/07 52-13-00 4 Jan01/93 52-13-00 R 515 Jan01/07
52-12-22 R 527 Jan01/07 52-13-00 5 Jan01/93 52-13-00 516 Jan01/06
52-12-22 R 528 Jan01/07 52-13-00 6 Jan01/93 52-13-00 517 Jan01/06
52-12-22 R 529 Jan01/07 52-13-00 7 Jan01/93 52-13-00 R 518 Jan01/07
52-12-22 R 530 Jan01/07 52-13-00 8 Jan01/93 52-13-00 R 519 Jan01/07
52-12-22 R 531 Jan01/07 52-13-00 9 Jan01/93 52-13-00 520 Jan01/06
52-12-22 R 532 Jan01/07 52-13-00 10 Oct01/98 52-13-00 521 Jan01/06
52-12-22 R 533 Jan01/07 52-13-00 11 Jan01/93 52-13-00 522 Jan01/06
52-12-22 R 534 Jan01/07 52-13-00 12 Oct01/98 52-13-00 523 Jan01/06
52-12-22 R 535 Jan01/07 52-13-00 13 Oct01/98 52-13-00 524 Jan01/06
52-12-22 R 536 Jan01/07 52-13-00 14 Oct01/98 52-13-00 525 Jan01/06
52-12-22 537 Apr01/03 52-13-00 15 Oct01/98 52-13-00 526 Jan01/06
52-12-22 538 Jan01/03 52-13-00 16 Oct01/98 52-13-00 527 Jan01/06
52-12-22 R 539 Jan01/07 52-13-00 17 Oct01/98 52-13-00 528 Jan01/06
52-12-22 R 540 Jan01/07 52-13-00 18 Oct01/98 52-13-00 529 Jan01/06
52-12-22 541 Jul01/05 52-13-00 19 Oct01/98 52-13-00 530 Jan01/06
52-12-22 542 Jan01/04 52-13-00 20 Oct01/98 52-13-00 531 Jan01/06
52-12-22 543 Jul01/05 52-13-00 21 Oct01/98 52-13-00 532 Jan01/06
52-12-22 544 Jul01/05 52-13-00 22 Oct01/98 52-13-00 533 Jan01/06
52-12-22 545 Jul01/05 52-13-00 23 Oct01/98 52-13-00 534 Jan01/06
52-12-22 546 Jul01/05 52-13-00 24 Oct01/98 52-13-00 535 Jan01/06
52-12-31 401 Jan01/06 52-13-00 25 Oct01/98 52-13-00 536 Jan01/06
52-12-31 402 Apr01/95 52-13-00 26 Oct01/98 52-13-00 537 Jan01/06
52-12-31 403 Jul01/94 52-13-00 27 Oct01/98 52-13-00 538 Jan01/06

52-L.E.P. Page 8
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-13-00 539 Jan01/06 52-13-11 416 Jan01/06 52-13-14 415 Jul01/05

52-13-00 R 540 Jan01/07 52-13-11 417 Jan01/06 52-13-14 416 Jul01/05
52-13-00 541 Jan01/06 52-13-11 418 Jan01/06 52-13-14 417 Jul01/01
52-13-00 542 Jan01/06 52-13-11 419 Jan01/06 52-13-14 418 Jul01/01
52-13-00 543 Jan01/06 52-13-11 420 Jan01/06 52-13-14 419 Jul01/01
52-13-00 R 544 Jan01/07 52-13-11 421 Jan01/06 52-13-14 420 Jul01/01
52-13-00 545 Jan01/06 52-13-11 422 Jan01/06 52-13-14 501 Jul01/05
52-13-00 546 Jan01/06 52-13-11 423 Jan01/06 52-13-14 R 502 Jan01/07
52-13-00 547 Jan01/06 52-13-12 401 Jan01/06 52-13-14 503 Jan01/01
52-13-00 548 Jan01/06 52-13-12 402 Oct01/98 52-13-14 504 Jul01/02
52-13-00 R 549 Jan01/07 52-13-12 403 Apr01/98 52-13-14 505 Jul01/02
52-13-00 550 Jan01/06 52-13-12 404 Apr01/98 52-13-14 506 Jul01/02
52-13-00 551 Jan01/06 52-13-12 405 Apr01/97 52-13-14 507 Jul01/02
52-13-00 552 Jan01/06 52-13-12 406 Oct01/98 52-13-14 508 Jul01/02
52-13-00 553 Jan01/06 52-13-12 407 Apr01/98 52-13-14 509 Jul01/02
52-13-00 554 Jan01/06 52-13-12 408 Oct01/98 52-13-14 510 Jul01/02
52-13-00 555 Jan01/06 52-13-12 409 Apr01/98 52-13-14 511 Jul01/02
52-13-00 556 Jan01/06 52-13-12 410 Apr01/98 52-13-14 R 512 Jan01/07
52-13-00 557 Jan01/06 52-13-12 411 Apr01/98 52-13-14 513 Jul01/02
52-13-00 558 Jan01/06 52-13-12 412 Apr01/98 52-13-14 514 Jul01/02
52-13-00 559 Jan01/06 52-13-12 413 Apr01/98 52-13-14 R 515 Jan01/07
52-13-00 560 Jan01/06 52-13-12 414 Apr01/98 52-13-14 516 Jul01/01
52-13-00 561 Jan01/06 52-13-12 415 Oct01/98 52-13-14 517 Jul01/01
52-13-00 562 Jan01/06 52-13-12 416 Oct01/98 52-13-18 R 401 Jan01/07
52-13-00 601 Jul01/03 52-13-12 417 Apr01/98 52-13-18 402 Oct01/97
52-13-00 602 Jul01/06 52-13-12 418 Jan01/06 52-13-18 403 Jan01/93
52-13-00 603 Jul01/04 52-13-12 419 Jan01/06 52-13-18 404 Apr01/93
52-13-00 604 Jul01/04 52-13-12 420 Oct01/98 52-13-18 R 405 Jan01/07
52-13-00 605 Jul01/06 52-13-12 421 Apr01/98 52-13-18 406 Apr01/95
52-13-00 606 Jul01/06 52-13-12 422 Apr01/98 52-13-18 407 Apr01/94
52-13-00 607 Jul01/06 52-13-12 423 Apr01/98 52-13-18 408 Oct01/97
52-13-00 608 Jul01/06 52-13-12 424 Oct01/98 52-13-18 409 Apr01/95
52-13-00 609 Jul01/06 52-13-12 425 Apr01/98 52-13-21 401 Jan01/06
52-13-00 610 Jul01/06 52-13-12 R 426 Jan01/07 52-13-21 402 Oct01/98
52-13-00 611 Jul01/06 52-13-12 R 427 Jan01/07 52-13-21 403 Oct01/98
52-13-00 612 Jul01/06 52-13-12 428 Apr01/98 52-13-21 404 Oct01/98
52-13-11 401 Jan01/06 52-13-12 429 Apr01/98 52-13-21 405 Apr01/98
52-13-11 402 Jan01/06 52-13-14 401 Jul01/05 52-13-21 406 Apr01/98
52-13-11 403 Jan01/06 52-13-14 402 Apr01/98 52-13-21 407 Apr01/98
52-13-11 404 Jan01/93 52-13-14 403 Jul01/05 52-13-21 408 Oct01/01
52-13-11 405 Jan01/06 52-13-14 404 Apr01/00 52-13-21 409 Oct01/01
52-13-11 406 Jan01/93 52-13-14 405 Jul01/05 52-13-21 410 Oct01/01
52-13-11 407 Jan01/93 52-13-14 406 Oct01/98 52-13-21 411 Oct01/01
52-13-11 408 Jan01/06 52-13-14 407 Jul01/05 52-13-21 412 Apr01/98
52-13-11 409 Jan01/06 52-13-14 408 Jul01/05 52-13-21 413 Oct01/01
52-13-11 410 Jan01/06 52-13-14 409 Jul01/05 52-13-21 414 Apr01/98
52-13-11 R 411 Jan01/07 52-13-14 410 Jul01/05 52-13-21 415 Oct01/98
52-13-11 R 412 Jan01/07 52-13-14 411 Jul01/01 52-13-21 416 Apr01/98
52-13-11 R 413 Jan01/07 52-13-14 412 Jul01/01 52-13-21 417 Oct01/01
52-13-11 R 414 Jan01/07 52-13-14 413 Jul01/05 52-13-21 418 Oct01/98
52-13-11 415 Jan01/06 52-13-14 414 Jul01/01 52-13-21 419 Apr01/98

52-L.E.P. Page 9
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-13-21 420 Oct01/01 52-13-21 471 Apr01/98 52-13-21 R 501 Jan01/07

52-13-21 421 Oct01/98 52-13-21 472 Jul01/98 52-13-21 R 502 Jan01/07
52-13-21 422 Apr01/98 52-13-21 473 Apr01/98 52-13-21 R 503 Jan01/07
52-13-21 423 Oct01/98 52-13-21 474 Jul01/98 52-13-21 R 504 Jan01/07
52-13-21 424 Apr01/98 52-13-21 475 Jul01/98 52-13-21 R 505 Jan01/07
52-13-21 425 Oct01/01 52-13-21 476 Jul01/98 52-13-21 506 Jul01/05
52-13-21 426 Oct01/98 52-13-21 477 Jan01/06 52-13-21 507 Jul01/05
52-13-21 427 Apr01/98 52-13-21 478 Jul01/02 52-13-21 R 508 Jan01/07
52-13-21 428 Oct01/01 52-13-21 479 Jan01/06 52-13-21 R 509 Jan01/07
52-13-21 429 Oct01/98 52-13-21 480 Jul01/05 52-13-21 R 510 Jan01/07
52-13-21 430 Apr01/98 52-13-21 481 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 511 Jan01/07
52-13-21 431 Oct01/98 52-13-21 482 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 512 Jan01/07
52-13-21 432 Apr01/98 52-13-21 483 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 513 Jan01/07
52-13-21 433 Oct01/01 52-13-21 484 Oct01/98 52-13-21 514 Jul01/01
52-13-21 434 Oct01/01 52-13-21 485 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 515 Jan01/07
52-13-21 435 Oct01/98 52-13-21 486 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 516 Jan01/07
52-13-21 436 Apr01/98 52-13-21 487 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 517 Jan01/07
52-13-21 437 Oct01/98 52-13-21 488 Oct01/98 52-13-21 518 Jul01/01
52-13-21 438 Oct01/98 52-13-21 489 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 519 Jan01/07
52-13-21 439 Apr01/98 52-13-21 490 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 520 Jan01/07
52-13-21 440 Oct01/98 52-13-21 491 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 521 Jan01/07
52-13-21 441 Apr01/98 52-13-21 492 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 522 Jan01/07
52-13-21 442 Oct01/98 52-13-21 493 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 523 Jan01/07
52-13-21 443 Apr01/98 52-13-21 494 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 524 Jan01/07
52-13-21 444 Apr01/98 52-13-21 495 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 525 Jan01/07
52-13-21 445 Apr01/98 52-13-21 496 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 526 Jan01/07
52-13-21 446 Oct01/98 52-13-21 497 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 527 Jan01/07
52-13-21 447 Oct01/98 52-13-21 498 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 528 Jan01/07
52-13-21 448 Oct01/98 52-13-21 499 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 529 Jan01/07
52-13-21 449 Oct01/98 52-13-21 A400 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 530 Jan01/07
52-13-21 450 Oct01/98 52-13-21 A401 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 531 Jan01/07
52-13-21 451 Oct01/98 52-13-21 A402 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 532 Jan01/07
52-13-21 452 Oct01/98 52-13-21 A403 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 533 Jan01/07
52-13-21 453 Oct01/98 52-13-21 A404 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 534 Jan01/07
52-13-21 454 Oct01/98 52-13-21 A405 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 535 Jan01/07
52-13-21 455 Oct01/98 52-13-21 A406 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 536 Jan01/07
52-13-21 456 Oct01/98 52-13-21 A407 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 537 Jan01/07
52-13-21 457 Jul01/98 52-13-21 A408 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 538 Jan01/07
52-13-21 458 Apr01/98 52-13-21 A409 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 539 Jan01/07
52-13-21 459 Apr01/98 52-13-21 A410 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 540 Jan01/07
52-13-21 460 Jul01/98 52-13-21 A411 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 541 Jan01/07
52-13-21 461 Apr01/98 52-13-21 A412 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 542 Jan01/07
52-13-21 462 Jul01/98 52-13-21 A413 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 543 Jan01/07
52-13-21 463 Apr01/98 52-13-21 A414 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 544 Jan01/07
52-13-21 464 Apr01/98 52-13-21 A415 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 545 Jan01/07
52-13-21 465 Jul01/98 52-13-21 A416 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 546 Jan01/07
52-13-21 466 Apr01/98 52-13-21 A417 Oct01/98 52-13-21 R 547 Jan01/07
52-13-21 467 Apr01/98 52-13-21 A418 Oct01/98 52-13-21 N 548 Jan01/07
52-13-21 468 Jul01/98 52-13-21 A419 Oct01/98 52-13-21 N 549 Jan01/07
52-13-21 469 Apr01/98 52-13-21 A420 Oct01/98 52-13-21 N 550 Jan01/07
52-13-21 470 Jul01/98 52-13-21 A421 Apr01/98 52-13-21 N 551 Jan01/07

52-L.E.P. Page 10
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-13-21 N 552 Jan01/07 52-13-22 451 Jul01/04 52-13-22 R 544 Jan01/07

52-13-22 401 Jan01/06 52-13-22 452 Jul01/04 52-13-22 R 545 Jan01/07
52-13-22 402 Jul01/02 52-13-22 453 Jul01/04 52-13-22 R 546 Jan01/07
52-13-22 403 Jul01/02 52-13-22 454 Jul01/04 52-13-22 N 547 Jan01/07
52-13-22 404 Jul01/02 52-13-22 455 Jul01/04 52-13-31 401 Jan01/06
52-13-22 405 Apr01/98 52-13-22 456 Jul01/04 52-13-31 402 Apr01/95
52-13-22 406 Apr01/98 52-13-22 457 Jul01/04 52-13-31 403 Jan01/94
52-13-22 407 Apr01/98 52-13-22 458 Jul01/04 52-13-31 404 Jan01/93
52-13-22 408 Oct01/98 52-13-22 R 501 Jan01/07 52-13-31 405 Jan01/93
52-13-22 409 Apr01/98 52-13-22 502 Jul01/05 52-13-31 406 Jan01/93
52-13-22 410 Oct01/98 52-13-22 503 Jul01/05 52-13-31 407 Oct01/93
52-13-22 411 Apr01/98 52-13-22 504 Jul01/05 52-13-31 408 Oct01/93
52-13-22 412 Apr01/98 52-13-22 505 Jul01/05 52-13-31 409 Jan01/93
52-13-22 413 Oct01/98 52-13-22 506 Jan01/02 52-13-31 410 Jul01/93
52-13-22 414 Jul01/04 52-13-22 507 Jan01/02 52-13-31 411 Oct01/93
52-13-22 415 Apr01/98 52-13-22 508 Apr01/03 52-13-31 412 Jan01/06
52-13-22 416 Jul01/04 52-13-22 509 Apr01/03 52-13-31 413 Jan01/06
52-13-22 417 Apr01/98 52-13-22 510 Jul01/05 52-13-31 414 Apr01/95
52-13-22 418 Apr01/98 52-13-22 511 Jul01/05 52-13-31 415 Jan01/94
52-13-22 419 Oct01/98 52-13-22 512 Jul01/05 52-13-31 R 416 Jan01/07
52-13-22 420 Apr01/98 52-13-22 513 Jul01/05 52-13-31 417 Jan01/94
52-13-22 R 421 Jan01/07 52-13-22 514 Jul01/05 52-13-31 418 Jan01/94
52-13-22 422 Oct01/98 52-13-22 515 Jul01/05 52-13-31 419 Jan01/94
52-13-22 423 Oct01/98 52-13-22 516 Jul01/05 52-13-31 420 Apr01/95
52-13-22 424 Apr01/98 52-13-22 517 Jul01/05
52-13-22 425 Oct01/98 52-13-22 518 Jul01/05 52-20-00 1 Jan01/05
52-13-22 426 Apr01/98 52-13-22 R 519 Jan01/07 52-20-00 2 Jan01/05
52-13-22 R 427 Jan01/07 52-13-22 R 520 Jan01/07 52-20-00 201 Jul01/04
52-13-22 428 Apr01/98 52-13-22 R 521 Jan01/07 52-20-00 202 Jul01/05
52-13-22 429 Apr01/98 52-13-22 R 522 Jan01/07 52-20-00 203 Jul01/03
52-13-22 430 Apr01/98 52-13-22 R 523 Jan01/07 52-20-00 204 Jul01/05
52-13-22 431 Apr01/98 52-13-22 R 524 Jan01/07 52-20-00 205 Jul01/03
52-13-22 432 Apr01/98 52-13-22 R 525 Jan01/07 52-20-00 206 Jul01/03
52-13-22 433 Apr01/98 52-13-22 R 526 Jan01/07 52-20-00 207 Jul01/06
52-13-22 434 Apr01/98 52-13-22 R 527 Jan01/07 52-20-00 208 Jul01/06
52-13-22 435 Apr01/98 52-13-22 528 Jan01/04 52-20-00 209 Jul01/06
52-13-22 436 Jan01/06 52-13-22 R 529 Jan01/07 52-20-00 210 Jul01/06
52-13-22 437 Oct01/01 52-13-22 R 530 Jan01/07 52-20-00 211 Jul01/06
52-13-22 438 Jan01/06 52-13-22 R 531 Jan01/07 52-20-00 212 Jul01/06
52-13-22 439 Oct01/98 52-13-22 532 Apr01/03 52-20-00 213 Jul01/06
52-13-22 R 440 Jan01/07 52-13-22 533 Apr01/03 52-20-00 214 Jul01/06
52-13-22 441 Jul01/98 52-13-22 R 534 Jan01/07 52-20-00 R 215 Jan01/07
52-13-22 442 Jul01/04 52-13-22 R 535 Jan01/07 52-20-00 R 216 Jan01/07
52-13-22 443 Jul01/04 52-13-22 R 536 Jan01/07 52-20-00 217 Jul01/06
52-13-22 444 Jul01/04 52-13-22 R 537 Jan01/07 52-20-00 218 Jul01/06
52-13-22 445 Jul01/04 52-13-22 R 538 Jan01/07 52-20-00 219 Jul01/06
52-13-22 446 Jul01/04 52-13-22 R 539 Jan01/07 52-20-00 220 Jul01/06
52-13-22 447 Jul01/04 52-13-22 R 540 Jan01/07 52-20-00 221 Jul01/06
52-13-22 448 Jul01/04 52-13-22 R 541 Jan01/07 52-20-00 222 Jul01/06
52-13-22 449 Jul01/04 52-13-22 R 542 Jan01/07 52-20-00 223 Jul01/06
52-13-22 450 Jul01/04 52-13-22 R 543 Jan01/07 52-20-00 R 224 Jan01/07

52-L.E.P. Page 11
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-20-00 225 Jul01/06 52-22-00 41 Jul01/05 52-22-00 542 Jan01/01

52-20-00 R 226 Jan01/07 52-22-00 42 Jul01/05 52-22-00 543 Jan01/02
52-20-00 227 Jul01/06 52-22-00 43 Jul01/05 52-22-00 544 Jan01/01
52-20-00 228 Jul01/06 52-22-00 44 Jul01/05 52-22-00 545 Jan01/05
52-20-00 229 Jul01/06 52-22-00 R 301 Jan01/07 52-22-00 546 Jan01/05
52-20-00 230 Jul01/06 52-22-00 302 Jan01/05 52-22-00 547 Jan01/05
52-20-00 231 Jul01/06 52-22-00 303 Jan01/05 52-22-00 548 Jan01/05
52-20-00 232 Jul01/06 52-22-00 304 Jan01/05 52-22-00 549 Jan01/05
52-20-00 233 Jul01/06 52-22-00 R 305 Jan01/07 52-22-00 550 Jan01/05
52-20-00 234 Jul01/06 52-22-00 R 306 Jan01/07 52-22-00 551 Jan01/03
52-22-00 501 Jan01/06 52-22-00 552 Jan01/03
52-22-00 1 Jan01/05 52-22-00 502 Jan01/06 52-22-00 553 Jan01/03
52-22-00 2 Jan01/05 52-22-00 503 Jul01/05 52-22-00 554 Jul01/04
52-22-00 3 Jan01/05 52-22-00 504 Jul01/05 52-22-00 555 Jul01/04
52-22-00 4 Jan01/05 52-22-00 505 Jul01/05 52-22-00 601 Jan01/03
52-22-00 5 Jan01/05 52-22-00 506 Jul01/05 52-22-00 602 Jul01/06
52-22-00 6 Apr01/03 52-22-00 507 Jul01/05 52-22-00 603 Jul01/03
52-22-00 7 Apr01/03 52-22-00 508 Jul01/05 52-22-00 604 Jul01/06
52-22-00 8 Jan01/93 52-22-00 509 Jul01/05 52-22-00 605 Jul01/04
52-22-00 9 Jan01/93 52-22-00 510 Jul01/05 52-22-00 606 Jul01/04
52-22-00 10 Apr01/03 52-22-00 511 Jul01/05 52-22-00 607 Jul01/06
52-22-00 11 Jan01/99 52-22-00 R 512 Jan01/07 52-22-00 608 Jul01/06
52-22-00 12 Oct01/98 52-22-00 513 Jul01/05 52-22-00 609 Jan01/02
52-22-00 13 Jul01/05 52-22-00 514 Apr01/94 52-22-00 610 Jan01/02
52-22-00 14 Oct01/98 52-22-00 515 Apr01/94 52-22-00 611 Jul01/06
52-22-00 15 Oct01/98 52-22-00 516 Jul01/05 52-22-00 612 Jul01/06
52-22-00 16 Jul01/05 52-22-00 517 Jul01/05 52-22-00 613 Jul01/06
52-22-00 17 Jul01/05 52-22-00 518 Jul01/05 52-22-00 614 Jul01/06
52-22-00 18 Jul01/05 52-22-00 519 Jul01/05 52-22-00 615 Jul01/06
52-22-00 19 Jul01/05 52-22-00 520 Apr01/03 52-22-00 616 Jul01/06
52-22-00 20 Jul01/05 52-22-00 521 Jul01/05 52-22-00 617 Jul01/06
52-22-00 21 Jul01/05 52-22-00 522 Jul01/05 52-22-00 618 Jul01/06
52-22-00 22 Jul01/05 52-22-00 523 Oct01/98 52-22-00 619 Jul01/06
52-22-00 23 Jul01/05 52-22-00 524 Oct01/00 52-22-00 620 Jul01/06
52-22-00 24 Jul01/05 52-22-00 525 Oct01/00 52-22-00 621 Jul01/06
52-22-00 25 Jul01/05 52-22-00 526 Jul01/05 52-22-00 622 Jul01/06
52-22-00 26 Jul01/05 52-22-00 527 Jul01/05 52-22-00 623 Jul01/06
52-22-00 27 Jul01/05 52-22-00 528 Jul01/05 52-22-00 624 Jul01/06
52-22-00 28 Jul01/05 52-22-00 529 Jul01/05 52-22-00 625 Jul01/06
52-22-00 29 Jul01/05 52-22-00 530 Jul01/05 52-22-00 626 Jul01/06
52-22-00 30 Jul01/05 52-22-00 531 Jul01/05 52-22-00 627 Jul01/06
52-22-00 31 Jul01/05 52-22-00 532 Jul01/05 52-22-00 628 Jul01/06
52-22-00 32 Jul01/05 52-22-00 533 Jan01/01 52-22-00 629 Jul01/06
52-22-00 33 Jul01/05 52-22-00 534 Jul01/05 52-22-00 630 Jul01/06
52-22-00 34 Jul01/05 52-22-00 535 Jul01/05 52-22-00 631 Jul01/06
52-22-00 35 Jul01/05 52-22-00 536 Jan01/02 52-22-00 632 Jul01/06
52-22-00 36 Jul01/05 52-22-00 537 Jan01/01 52-22-11 401 Jul01/05
52-22-00 37 Jul01/05 52-22-00 538 Jan01/03 52-22-11 402 Jul01/05
52-22-00 38 Jul01/05 52-22-00 539 Jan01/03 52-22-11 403 Jan01/02
52-22-00 39 Jul01/05 52-22-00 540 Jan01/01 52-22-11 404 Jan01/02
52-22-00 40 Jul01/05 52-22-00 541 Jan01/01 52-22-11 405 Jan01/02

52-L.E.P. Page 12
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-22-11 406 Jan01/02 52-22-14 504 Oct01/94 52-22-21 440 Jan01/06

52-22-11 407 Apr01/97 52-22-14 505 Jul01/02 52-22-21 441 Jan01/06
52-22-11 408 Jan01/93 52-22-14 506 Jan01/06 52-22-21 442 Jan01/06
52-22-11 409 Jan01/93 52-22-18 R 401 Jan01/07 52-22-21 443 Jan01/06
52-22-11 410 Jan01/06 52-22-18 402 Jul01/02 52-22-21 444 Jan01/06
52-22-11 411 Jul01/05 52-22-18 403 Apr01/94 52-22-21 445 Jan01/06
52-22-11 412 Jul01/05 52-22-18 404 Jul01/02 52-22-21 446 Jan01/06
52-22-11 413 Apr01/94 52-22-18 R 405 Jan01/07 52-22-21 447 Jan01/06
52-22-11 414 Jul01/05 52-22-18 406 Apr01/95 52-22-21 448 Jan01/06
52-22-11 415 Jul01/05 52-22-18 407 Apr01/94 52-22-21 449 Jan01/06
52-22-11 416 Jul01/05 52-22-18 408 Oct01/97 52-22-21 450 Jan01/06
52-22-11 417 Jul01/05 52-22-18 409 Apr01/95 52-22-21 451 Jan01/06
52-22-11 418 Jul01/05 52-22-21 401 Jan01/06 52-22-21 452 Jan01/06
52-22-11 419 Jul01/05 52-22-21 402 Jan01/06 52-22-21 453 Jan01/06
52-22-12 401 Jan01/02 52-22-21 403 Jan01/06 52-22-21 454 Jan01/06
52-22-12 402 Jul01/05 52-22-21 404 Jan01/06 52-22-21 455 Jan01/06
52-22-12 403 Jan01/05 52-22-21 405 Jan01/06 52-22-21 456 Jan01/06
52-22-12 404 Jan01/93 52-22-21 406 Jan01/06 52-22-21 457 Jan01/06
52-22-12 405 Jan01/93 52-22-21 407 Jan01/06 52-22-21 458 Jan01/06
52-22-12 406 Jan01/93 52-22-21 408 Jan01/06 52-22-21 459 Jan01/06
52-22-12 407 Jan01/93 52-22-21 409 Jan01/06 52-22-21 460 Jan01/06
52-22-12 408 Jul01/05 52-22-21 410 Jan01/06 52-22-21 461 Jan01/06
52-22-12 409 Jan01/93 52-22-21 411 Jan01/06 52-22-21 462 Jan01/06
52-22-12 410 Oct01/98 52-22-21 412 Jan01/06 52-22-21 463 Jan01/06
52-22-12 411 Oct01/98 52-22-21 413 Jan01/06 52-22-21 464 Jan01/06
52-22-12 412 Jul01/05 52-22-21 414 Jan01/06 52-22-21 465 Jan01/06
52-22-12 413 Jul01/05 52-22-21 415 Jan01/06 52-22-21 466 Jan01/06
52-22-12 414 Jan01/06 52-22-21 416 Jan01/06 52-22-21 467 Jan01/06
52-22-12 415 Jul01/05 52-22-21 417 Jan01/06 52-22-21 468 Jan01/06
52-22-12 416 Jul01/05 52-22-21 418 Jan01/06 52-22-21 469 Jan01/06
52-22-12 417 Jul01/05 52-22-21 419 Jan01/06 52-22-21 470 Jan01/06
52-22-12 418 Jul01/05 52-22-21 420 Jan01/06 52-22-21 471 Jan01/06
52-22-12 419 Jul01/05 52-22-21 421 Jan01/06 52-22-21 472 Jan01/06
52-22-12 420 Jul01/05 52-22-21 422 Jan01/06 52-22-21 473 Jan01/06
52-22-12 421 Jul01/05 52-22-21 423 Jan01/06 52-22-21 474 Jan01/06
52-22-14 401 Jul01/04 52-22-21 424 Jan01/06 52-22-21 475 Jan01/06
52-22-14 402 Apr01/97 52-22-21 425 Jan01/06 52-22-21 476 Jan01/06
52-22-14 403 Jul01/04 52-22-21 426 Jan01/06 52-22-21 477 Jan01/06
52-22-14 404 Apr01/00 52-22-21 427 Jan01/06 52-22-21 478 Jan01/06
52-22-14 405 Jul01/05 52-22-21 428 Jan01/06 52-22-21 479 Jan01/06
52-22-14 406 Jan01/02 52-22-21 429 Jan01/06 52-22-21 480 Jan01/06
52-22-14 407 Jul01/01 52-22-21 430 Jan01/06 52-22-21 481 Jan01/06
52-22-14 408 Jul01/05 52-22-21 431 Jan01/06 52-22-21 482 Jan01/06
52-22-14 409 Jul01/01 52-22-21 432 Jan01/06 52-22-21 483 Jan01/06
52-22-14 410 Jul01/05 52-22-21 433 Jan01/06 52-22-21 484 Jan01/06
52-22-14 411 Jul01/04 52-22-21 434 Jan01/06 52-22-21 485 Jan01/06
52-22-14 412 Jul01/04 52-22-21 435 Jan01/06 52-22-21 486 Jan01/06
52-22-14 413 Jul01/04 52-22-21 436 Jan01/06 52-22-21 487 Jan01/06
52-22-14 501 Jul01/05 52-22-21 437 Jan01/06 52-22-21 488 Jan01/06
52-22-14 R 502 Jan01/07 52-22-21 438 Jan01/06 52-22-21 489 Jan01/06
52-22-14 503 Jul01/02 52-22-21 439 Jan01/06 52-22-21 490 Jan01/06

52-L.E.P. Page 13
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-22-21 491 Jan01/06 52-22-21 A442 Jan01/06 52-22-22 409 Oct01/98

52-22-21 492 Jan01/06 52-22-21 A443 Jan01/06 52-22-22 410 Jul01/99
52-22-21 493 Jan01/06 52-22-21 A444 Jan01/06 52-22-22 411 Oct01/98
52-22-21 494 Jan01/06 52-22-21 A445 Jan01/06 52-22-22 412 Oct01/98
52-22-21 495 Jan01/06 52-22-21 A446 Jan01/06 52-22-22 413 Jul01/99
52-22-21 496 Jan01/06 52-22-21 A447 Jan01/06 52-22-22 414 Jul01/04
52-22-21 497 Jan01/06 52-22-21 A448 Jan01/06 52-22-22 415 Oct01/98
52-22-21 498 Jan01/06 52-22-21 501 Jan01/06 52-22-22 416 Oct01/98
52-22-21 499 Jan01/06 52-22-21 502 Jan01/06 52-22-22 417 Jul01/04
52-22-21 A400 Jan01/06 52-22-21 503 Jul01/05 52-22-22 418 Oct01/98
52-22-21 A401 Jan01/06 52-22-21 504 Jul01/05 52-22-22 419 Jul01/99
52-22-21 A402 Jan01/06 52-22-21 505 Jul01/05 52-22-22 420 Jul01/99
52-22-21 A403 Jan01/06 52-22-21 506 Oct01/98 52-22-22 421 Oct01/98
52-22-21 A404 Jan01/06 52-22-21 507 Oct01/98 52-22-22 422 Jul01/99
52-22-21 A405 Jan01/06 52-22-21 508 Jul01/05 52-22-22 423 Jul01/99
52-22-21 A406 Jan01/06 52-22-21 509 Jul01/05 52-22-22 424 Jul01/99
52-22-21 A407 Jan01/06 52-22-21 510 Oct01/98 52-22-22 425 Jul01/99
52-22-21 A408 Jan01/06 52-22-21 511 Oct01/98 52-22-22 426 Jul01/99
52-22-21 A409 Jan01/06 52-22-21 512 Oct01/98 52-22-22 427 Oct01/99
52-22-21 A410 Jan01/06 52-22-21 513 Jul01/05 52-22-22 428 Jul01/99
52-22-21 A411 Jan01/06 52-22-21 514 Jul01/05 52-22-22 429 Oct01/99
52-22-21 A412 Jan01/06 52-22-21 515 Oct01/98 52-22-22 430 Oct01/99
52-22-21 A413 Jan01/06 52-22-21 516 Jul01/05 52-22-22 431 Jul01/99
52-22-21 A414 Jan01/06 52-22-21 517 Jul01/05 52-22-22 432 Oct01/99
52-22-21 A415 Jan01/06 52-22-21 518 Jul01/05 52-22-22 433 Jul01/99
52-22-21 A416 Jan01/06 52-22-21 519 Jul01/05 52-22-22 434 Jul01/99
52-22-21 A417 Jan01/06 52-22-21 520 Jul01/05 52-22-22 435 Jul01/99
52-22-21 A418 Jan01/06 52-22-21 521 Jul01/05 52-22-22 436 Jul01/99
52-22-21 A419 Jan01/06 52-22-21 522 Jul01/05 52-22-22 437 Jul01/99
52-22-21 A420 Jan01/06 52-22-21 523 Jul01/05 52-22-22 438 Jan01/06
52-22-21 A421 Jan01/06 52-22-21 524 Jul01/05 52-22-22 439 Jul01/02
52-22-21 A422 Jan01/06 52-22-21 525 Jul01/05 52-22-22 440 Jul01/04
52-22-21 A423 Jan01/06 52-22-21 526 Jan01/03 52-22-22 441 Jul01/99
52-22-21 A424 Jan01/06 52-22-21 527 Jan01/03 52-22-22 442 Jul01/99
52-22-21 A425 Jan01/06 52-22-21 528 Jul01/05 52-22-22 443 Jul01/99
52-22-21 A426 Jan01/06 52-22-21 529 Jul01/05 52-22-22 444 Jul01/04
52-22-21 A427 Jan01/06 52-22-21 530 Jul01/05 52-22-22 445 Jul01/04
52-22-21 A428 Jan01/06 52-22-21 531 Jul01/05 52-22-22 446 Jul01/04
52-22-21 A429 Jan01/06 52-22-21 532 Jul01/05 52-22-22 447 Jul01/04
52-22-21 A430 Jan01/06 52-22-21 533 Jul01/05 52-22-22 448 Jul01/04
52-22-21 A431 Jan01/06 52-22-21 534 Jul01/05 52-22-22 449 Jul01/04
52-22-21 A432 Jan01/06 52-22-21 535 Jul01/05 52-22-22 450 Jul01/04
52-22-21 A433 Jan01/06 52-22-21 536 Jul01/05 52-22-22 451 Jul01/04
52-22-21 A434 Jan01/06 52-22-22 401 Jul01/04 52-22-22 452 Jul01/04
52-22-21 A435 Jan01/06 52-22-22 402 Jan01/01 52-22-22 453 Jul01/04
52-22-21 A436 Jan01/06 52-22-22 403 Jan01/01 52-22-22 454 Jul01/04
52-22-21 A437 Jan01/06 52-22-22 404 Oct01/98 52-22-22 455 Jul01/04
52-22-21 A438 Jan01/06 52-22-22 405 Oct01/98 52-22-22 456 Jul01/04
52-22-21 A439 Jan01/06 52-22-22 406 Oct01/98 52-22-22 457 Jul01/99
52-22-21 A440 Jan01/06 52-22-22 407 Oct01/98 52-22-22 458 Jul01/99
52-22-21 A441 Jan01/06 52-22-22 408 Jul01/99 52-22-22 459 Jul01/99

52-L.E.P. Page 14
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-22-22 460 Jul01/99 52-22-31 405 Jan01/93 52-30-00 231 Jul01/05

52-22-22 461 Jul01/99 52-22-31 406 Jan01/03 52-30-00 232 Jul01/05
52-22-22 501 Jan01/06 52-22-31 407 Oct01/93 52-30-00 233 Jul01/06
52-22-22 502 Jan01/06 52-22-31 408 Oct01/93 52-30-00 234 Jul01/06
52-22-22 503 Jan01/03 52-22-31 409 Jan01/01 52-30-00 235 Apr01/99
52-22-22 504 Jul01/05 52-22-31 410 Jan01/03 52-30-00 236 Apr01/99
52-22-22 505 Jul01/05 52-22-31 411 Jan01/93 52-30-00 237 Apr01/99
52-22-22 506 Apr01/03 52-22-31 412 Jan01/06 52-30-00 238 Apr01/99
52-22-22 507 Apr01/03 52-22-31 413 Jan01/02 52-30-00 R 239 Jan01/07
52-22-22 508 Apr01/03 52-22-31 414 Jan01/02 52-30-00 R 240 Jan01/07
52-22-22 509 Apr01/03 52-22-31 415 Jan01/01 52-30-00 241 Apr01/99
52-22-22 510 Apr01/03 52-22-31 R 416 Jan01/07 52-30-00 242 Apr01/99
52-22-22 511 Jul01/05 52-22-31 417 Jan01/01 52-30-00 243 Apr01/99
52-22-22 512 Jul01/05 52-22-31 418 Jan01/01 52-30-00 244 Jul01/04
52-22-22 513 Jul01/05 52-22-31 419 Jan01/01 52-30-00 245 Jul01/06
52-22-22 514 Jul01/05 52-22-31 420 Jul01/01 52-30-00 246 Apr01/99
52-22-22 515 Jan01/03 52-30-00 247 Apr01/99
52-22-22 516 Apr01/03 52-30-00 1 Jan01/05 52-30-00 248 Apr01/99
52-22-22 517 Jul01/05 52-30-00 2 Jan01/93 52-30-00 249 Apr01/99
52-22-22 518 Jul01/05 52-30-00 3 Jan01/05 52-30-00 250 Jul01/04
52-22-22 519 Jul01/05 52-30-00 R 4 Jan01/07 52-30-00 251 Jul01/04
52-22-22 520 Jan01/03 52-30-00 201 Jul01/05 52-30-00 R 252 Jan01/07
52-22-22 521 Jul01/05 52-30-00 202 Jul01/05 52-30-00 253 Jul01/06
52-22-22 R 522 Jan01/07 52-30-00 203 Jul01/04 52-30-00 254 Jul01/06
52-22-22 523 Jul01/05 52-30-00 204 Apr01/99 52-30-00 255 Jan01/02
52-22-22 524 Jul01/05 52-30-00 205 Apr01/99 52-30-00 256 Jul01/06
52-22-22 525 Jul01/05 52-30-00 206 Jan01/02 52-30-00 257 Apr01/99
52-22-22 R 526 Jan01/07 52-30-00 207 Jan01/02 52-30-00 401 Jul01/05
52-22-22 527 Apr01/03 52-30-00 208 Jan01/02 52-30-00 402 Jul01/05
52-22-22 528 Jul01/05 52-30-00 209 Jul01/05 52-30-00 403 Jan01/02
52-22-22 R 529 Jan01/07 52-30-00 210 Jan01/02 52-30-00 404 Jul01/05
52-22-22 530 Apr01/03 52-30-00 211 Jan01/02 52-30-00 405 Jul01/94
52-22-22 531 Apr01/03 52-30-00 212 Jan01/02 52-30-00 406 Jul01/99
52-22-22 532 Apr01/03 52-30-00 213 Jan01/02 52-30-00 407 Oct01/96
52-22-22 R 533 Jan01/07 52-30-00 214 Jul01/05 52-30-00 408 Jul01/99
52-22-22 R 534 Jan01/07 52-30-00 215 Jul01/05 52-30-00 409 Oct01/96
52-22-22 R 535 Jan01/07 52-30-00 216 Jul01/05 52-30-00 410 Jan01/93
52-22-22 536 Jan01/03 52-30-00 217 Jan01/02 52-30-00 411 Jul01/94
52-22-22 R 537 Jan01/07 52-30-00 218 Jul01/05 52-30-00 412 Jul01/99
52-22-22 R 538 Jan01/07 52-30-00 219 Jan01/02 52-30-00 413 Oct01/96
52-22-22 R 539 Jan01/07 52-30-00 220 Jan01/02 52-30-00 414 Jul01/99
52-22-22 R 540 Jan01/07 52-30-00 221 Jan01/02 52-30-00 415 Oct01/96
52-22-22 R 541 Jan01/07 52-30-00 222 Jan01/02 52-30-00 416 Jul01/94
52-22-22 R 542 Jan01/07 52-30-00 R 223 Jan01/07 52-30-00 417 Jan01/93
52-22-22 R 543 Jan01/07 52-30-00 R 224 Jan01/07 52-30-00 418 Jul01/99
52-22-22 R 544 Jan01/07 52-30-00 225 Jan01/02 52-30-00 419 Jul01/05
52-22-22 N 545 Jan01/07 52-30-00 226 Jan01/02 52-30-00 420 Jan01/93
52-22-31 401 Jan01/02 52-30-00 227 Jul01/05 52-30-00 421 Jul01/94
52-22-31 402 Jan01/01 52-30-00 228 Jul01/05 52-30-00 422 Jul01/99
52-22-31 403 Jan01/03 52-30-00 R 229 Jan01/07 52-30-00 423 Jul01/02
52-22-31 404 Jan01/93 52-30-00 R 230 Jan01/07 52-30-00 424 Apr01/00

52-L.E.P. Page 15
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-30-00 425 Jul01/02 52-31-00 49 Jul01/05 52-31-00 540 Jan01/02

52-30-00 426 Apr01/00 52-31-00 R 50 Jan01/07 52-31-00 541 Jan01/02
52-31-00 51 Jul01/05 52-31-00 542 Jan01/02
52-31-00 1 Jan01/05 52-31-00 R 52 Jan01/07 52-31-00 543 Jan01/02
52-31-00 2 Jan01/05 52-31-00 53 Jul01/05 52-31-00 544 Jan01/02
52-31-00 3 Jan01/05 52-31-00 54 Jul01/05 52-31-00 601 Jul01/03
52-31-00 4 Jan01/99 52-31-00 R 55 Jan01/07 52-31-00 602 Jul01/03
52-31-00 5 Jan01/05 52-31-00 56 Jul01/05 52-31-00 603 Jul01/05
52-31-00 6 Jan01/05 52-31-00 R 57 Jan01/07 52-31-00 604 Jan01/94
52-31-00 7 Jan01/05 52-31-00 R 58 Jan01/07 52-31-00 605 Jul01/03
52-31-00 8 Jan01/05 52-31-00 59 Jul01/05 52-31-00 606 Jul01/03
52-31-00 9 Jan01/05 52-31-00 R 60 Jan01/07 52-31-00 607 Jul01/03
52-31-00 10 Jan01/05 52-31-00 501 Jul01/96 52-31-00 608 Jul01/03
52-31-00 11 Jan01/05 52-31-00 502 Jul01/05 52-31-00 609 Jul01/03
52-31-00 12 Jul01/99 52-31-00 503 Jan01/93 52-31-00 610 Jul01/05
52-31-00 13 Jan01/05 52-31-00 504 Jul01/05 52-31-00 611 Jul01/03
52-31-00 14 Jan01/05 52-31-00 505 Jul01/05 52-31-00 612 Jul01/03
52-31-00 R 15 Jan01/07 52-31-00 506 Jul01/05 52-31-00 613 Jul01/03
52-31-00 16 Jul01/99 52-31-00 507 Jul01/05 52-31-00 614 Jan01/05
52-31-00 17 Jul01/99 52-31-00 508 Apr01/01 52-31-00 615 Jul01/05
52-31-00 R 18 Jan01/07 52-31-00 509 Jan01/99 52-31-00 616 Jul01/03
52-31-00 19 Jul01/99 52-31-00 510 Jan01/02 52-31-00 617 Jul01/03
52-31-00 20 Jul01/99 52-31-00 511 Jul01/05 52-31-00 618 Jul01/03
52-31-00 21 Jul01/99 52-31-00 512 Jul01/04 52-31-00 619 Jul01/03
52-31-00 22 Jul01/99 52-31-00 513 Jul01/99 52-31-00 620 Jan01/05
52-31-00 23 Jul01/99 52-31-00 514 Jul01/04 52-31-00 621 Jul01/03
52-31-00 24 Jul01/05 52-31-00 515 Jan01/99 52-31-00 622 Jul01/03
52-31-00 25 Jul01/99 52-31-00 516 Jul01/99 52-31-00 623 Jul01/03
52-31-00 26 Jul01/99 52-31-00 517 Jan01/00 52-31-00 624 Jul01/03
52-31-00 27 Jul01/05 52-31-00 518 Jan01/00 52-31-00 625 Jul01/05
52-31-00 28 Jul01/05 52-31-00 519 Jan01/00 52-31-00 626 Jul01/03
52-31-00 29 Jul01/05 52-31-00 520 Jan01/00 52-31-00 627 Jul01/03
52-31-00 30 Jul01/05 52-31-00 521 Jul01/04 52-31-00 628 Jul01/03
52-31-00 31 Jul01/05 52-31-00 522 Jul01/04 52-31-00 R 629 Jan01/07
52-31-00 R 32 Jan01/07 52-31-00 523 Jan01/00 52-31-00 630 Jul01/03
52-31-00 33 Jul01/05 52-31-00 524 Jan01/00 52-31-00 631 Jul01/03
52-31-00 34 Jul01/05 52-31-00 525 Jan01/00 52-31-00 632 Jul01/03
52-31-00 35 Jul01/05 52-31-00 526 Jul01/04 52-31-00 633 Jul01/03
52-31-00 36 Jul01/05 52-31-00 527 Jan01/02 52-31-00 634 Jul01/03
52-31-00 37 Jul01/05 52-31-00 528 Jan01/02 52-31-00 635 Jul01/06
52-31-00 38 Jul01/05 52-31-00 529 Jan01/02 52-31-00 636 Jan01/04
52-31-00 39 Jul01/05 52-31-00 530 Jan01/02 52-31-00 637 Jul01/06
52-31-00 40 Jul01/05 52-31-00 531 Jan01/02 52-31-00 638 Jan01/04
52-31-00 41 Jul01/05 52-31-00 532 Jan01/02 52-31-00 639 Jan01/04
52-31-00 42 Jul01/05 52-31-00 533 Jan01/02 52-31-00 640 Jan01/04
52-31-00 43 Jul01/05 52-31-00 534 Jul01/04 52-31-00 641 Jul01/06
52-31-00 44 Jul01/05 52-31-00 535 Jan01/02 52-31-00 642 Jul01/06
52-31-00 45 Jul01/05 52-31-00 536 Jan01/02 52-31-00 643 Jul01/04
52-31-00 46 Jul01/05 52-31-00 537 Jul01/04 52-31-11 401 Jul01/05
52-31-00 47 Jul01/05 52-31-00 538 Jul01/04 52-31-11 402 Jul01/04
52-31-00 48 Jul01/05 52-31-00 539 Jan01/02 52-31-11 403 Jul01/05

52-L.E.P. Page 16
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-31-11 404 Jan01/93 52-31-11 R 530 Jan01/07 52-31-18 408 Jul01/99

52-31-11 405 Jul01/99 52-31-11 531 Apr01/01 52-31-18 409 Jan01/06
52-31-11 406 Jan01/93 52-31-11 532 Apr01/01 52-31-18 410 Jan01/06
52-31-11 407 Jan01/93 52-31-11 533 Apr01/01 52-31-18 R 411 Jan01/07
52-31-11 408 Jan01/93 52-31-11 534 Apr01/01 52-31-18 R 412 Jan01/07
52-31-11 409 Jan01/93 52-31-11 535 Apr01/01 52-31-18 R 413 Jan01/07
52-31-11 410 Oct01/99 52-31-11 536 Apr01/01 52-31-18 414 Oct01/99
52-31-11 411 Oct01/99 52-31-11 537 Apr01/01 52-31-18 415 Jul01/99
52-31-11 412 Oct01/94 52-31-11 538 Apr01/01 52-31-18 416 Jan01/06
52-31-11 R 413 Jan01/07 52-31-11 R 539 Jan01/07 52-31-18 417 Jul01/06
52-31-11 414 Jul01/06 52-31-11 540 Apr01/01 52-31-18 418 Jul01/06
52-31-11 415 Jul01/05 52-31-11 541 Jul01/01 52-31-18 419 Jul01/06
52-31-11 R 416 Jan01/07 52-31-11 542 Apr01/01 52-31-21 401 Oct01/98
52-31-11 417 Jul01/05 52-31-11 543 Apr01/01 52-31-21 402 Jul01/99
52-31-11 418 Jul01/05 52-31-11 544 Apr01/01 52-31-21 403 Jul01/99
52-31-11 419 Jul01/01 52-31-11 545 Apr01/01 52-31-21 404 Jul01/99
52-31-11 420 Jul01/01 52-31-11 546 Apr01/01 52-31-21 405 Oct01/98
52-31-11 421 Jul01/06 52-31-11 547 Apr01/01 52-31-21 406 Jul01/99
52-31-11 422 Jul01/06 52-31-11 R 548 Jan01/07 52-31-21 407 Jul01/99
52-31-11 423 Jul01/05 52-31-11 549 Apr01/01 52-31-21 408 Jul01/99
52-31-11 424 Jul01/05 52-31-11 550 Apr01/01 52-31-21 409 Jul01/99
52-31-11 425 Jan01/93 52-31-11 551 Apr01/01 52-31-21 410 Oct01/98
52-31-11 501 Jul01/05 52-31-11 552 Apr01/01 52-31-21 411 Oct01/98
52-31-11 502 Oct01/98 52-31-11 553 Apr01/01 52-31-21 412 Jul01/99
52-31-11 503 Apr01/96 52-31-11 554 Apr01/01 52-31-21 413 Jul01/99
52-31-11 504 Oct01/98 52-31-11 555 Apr01/01 52-31-21 414 Jul01/99
52-31-11 505 Oct01/98 52-31-11 556 Apr01/01 52-31-21 415 Jul01/99
52-31-11 506 Oct01/98 52-31-11 557 Jul01/05 52-31-21 416 Jul01/99
52-31-11 507 Jul01/05 52-31-11 558 Apr01/01 52-31-21 417 Jul01/99
52-31-11 508 Oct01/00 52-31-11 559 Apr01/01 52-31-21 418 Jul01/99
52-31-11 R 509 Jan01/07 52-31-11 560 Apr01/01 52-31-21 419 Jul01/99
52-31-11 510 Oct01/00 52-31-11 561 Jul01/05 52-31-21 420 Jul01/99
52-31-11 511 Oct01/00 52-31-11 562 Apr01/01 52-31-21 421 Jul01/99
52-31-11 R 512 Jan01/07 52-31-11 563 Apr01/01 52-31-21 422 Jul01/99
52-31-11 R 513 Jan01/07 52-31-11 564 Apr01/01 52-31-21 423 Jul01/99
52-31-11 R 514 Jan01/07 52-31-11 565 Jul01/05 52-31-21 424 Apr01/03
52-31-11 515 Apr01/01 52-31-11 566 Apr01/01 52-31-21 425 Jul01/06
52-31-11 516 Apr01/01 52-31-11 567 Apr01/01 52-31-21 426 Jul01/06
52-31-11 517 Apr01/01 52-31-15 401 Jan01/93 52-31-21 427 Jul01/05
52-31-11 518 Apr01/01 52-31-15 402 Jul01/05 52-31-21 428 Jul01/05
52-31-11 519 Jul01/01 52-31-15 403 Jan01/94 52-31-21 429 Jul01/05
52-31-11 520 Apr01/01 52-31-15 404 Jan01/93 52-31-21 430 Jul01/06
52-31-11 521 Apr01/01 52-31-15 405 Jul01/05 52-31-21 431 Jul01/06
52-31-11 522 Apr01/01 52-31-15 406 Jul01/05 52-31-21 432 Jul01/06
52-31-11 523 Apr01/01 52-31-18 R 401 Jan01/07 52-31-21 433 Jul01/06
52-31-11 524 Jul01/01 52-31-18 R 402 Jan01/07 52-31-21 434 Jul01/06
52-31-11 525 Apr01/01 52-31-18 403 Jul01/05 52-31-21 435 Jul01/06
52-31-11 526 Apr01/01 52-31-18 404 Jul01/99 52-31-21 436 Jul01/06
52-31-11 527 Apr01/01 52-31-18 405 Jul01/99 52-31-21 437 Jul01/06
52-31-11 528 Apr01/01 52-31-18 406 Jul01/99 52-31-21 438 Jul01/06
52-31-11 529 Apr01/01 52-31-18 407 Jul01/99 52-31-21 439 Jul01/06

52-L.E.P. Page 17
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-31-21 440 Jul01/06 52-31-21 491 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A442 Jul01/06

52-31-21 441 Jul01/06 52-31-21 492 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A443 Jul01/06
52-31-21 442 Jul01/06 52-31-21 493 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A444 Jul01/06
52-31-21 443 Jul01/06 52-31-21 494 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A445 Jul01/06
52-31-21 444 Jul01/06 52-31-21 495 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A446 Jul01/06
52-31-21 445 Jul01/06 52-31-21 496 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A447 Jul01/06
52-31-21 R 446 Jan01/07 52-31-21 497 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A448 Jul01/06
52-31-21 447 Jul01/06 52-31-21 498 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A449 Jul01/06
52-31-21 448 Jul01/06 52-31-21 499 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A450 Jul01/06
52-31-21 449 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A400 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A451 Jul01/06
52-31-21 450 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A401 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A452 Jul01/06
52-31-21 451 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A402 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A453 Jul01/06
52-31-21 452 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A403 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A454 Jul01/06
52-31-21 453 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A404 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A455 Jul01/06
52-31-21 454 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A405 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A456 Jul01/06
52-31-21 455 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A406 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A457 Jul01/06
52-31-21 456 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A407 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A458 Jul01/06
52-31-21 457 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A408 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A459 Jul01/06
52-31-21 458 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A409 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A460 Jul01/06
52-31-21 459 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A410 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A461 Jul01/06
52-31-21 460 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A411 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A462 Jul01/06
52-31-21 461 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A412 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A463 Jul01/06
52-31-21 462 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A413 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A464 Jul01/06
52-31-21 463 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A414 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A465 Jul01/06
52-31-21 464 Jul01/99 52-31-21 A415 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A466 Jul01/06
52-31-21 465 Jul01/99 52-31-21 A416 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A467 Jul01/06
52-31-21 466 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A417 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A468 Jul01/06
52-31-21 467 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A418 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A469 Jul01/06
52-31-21 R 468 Jan01/07 52-31-21 A419 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A470 Jul01/06
52-31-21 469 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A420 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A471 Jul01/06
52-31-21 470 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A421 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A472 Jul01/06
52-31-21 471 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A422 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A473 Jul01/06
52-31-21 472 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A423 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A474 Jul01/06
52-31-21 473 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A424 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A475 Jul01/06
52-31-21 474 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A425 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A476 Jul01/06
52-31-21 475 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A426 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A477 Jul01/06
52-31-21 476 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A427 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A478 Jul01/06
52-31-21 477 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A428 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A479 Jul01/06
52-31-21 478 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A429 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A480 Jul01/06
52-31-21 479 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A430 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A481 Jul01/06
52-31-21 480 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A431 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A482 Jul01/06
52-31-21 R 481 Jan01/07 52-31-21 A432 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A483 Jul01/06
52-31-21 482 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A433 Jul01/06 52-31-31 401 Oct01/94
52-31-21 483 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A434 Jul01/06 52-31-31 R 402 Jan01/07
52-31-21 484 Jul01/06 52-31-21 R A435 Jan01/07 52-31-31 403 Jan01/94
52-31-21 R 485 Jan01/07 52-31-21 R A436 Jan01/07 52-31-31 404 Jul01/06
52-31-21 486 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A437 Jul01/06 52-31-31 405 Jul01/05
52-31-21 R 487 Jan01/07 52-31-21 R A438 Jan01/07 52-31-31 406 Jul01/06
52-31-21 488 Jul01/06 52-31-21 R A439 Jan01/07 52-31-31 407 Jul01/06
52-31-21 R 489 Jan01/07 52-31-21 R A440 Jan01/07 52-31-31 408 Jul01/06
52-31-21 490 Jul01/06 52-31-21 A441 Jul01/06 52-31-32 401 Jan01/93

52-L.E.P. Page 18
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-31-32 402 Jul01/05 52-32-00 41 Jul01/05 52-32-00 533 Jul01/05

52-31-32 403 Jul01/04 52-32-00 42 Jul01/05 52-32-00 534 Jul01/05
52-31-32 404 Jul01/05 52-32-00 43 Jul01/05 52-32-00 535 Jul01/05
52-31-32 405 Jul01/06 52-32-00 R 44 Jan01/07 52-32-00 536 Jul01/05
52-31-32 406 Jul01/06 52-32-00 45 Jul01/05 52-32-00 537 Jul01/05
52-31-32 407 Jul01/05 52-32-00 46 Jul01/05 52-32-00 538 Jul01/05
52-31-32 408 Jul01/05 52-32-00 47 Jul01/05 52-32-00 539 Jul01/05
52-31-32 409 Jul01/06 52-32-00 48 Jul01/05 52-32-00 540 Jul01/05
52-31-32 410 Jul01/06 52-32-00 49 Jul01/05 52-32-00 541 Jul01/05
52-31-32 411 Jul01/06 52-32-00 50 Jul01/05 52-32-00 542 Jul01/05
52-32-00 51 Jul01/05 52-32-00 543 Jul01/05
52-32-00 1 Jan01/05 52-32-00 R 52 Jan01/07 52-32-00 544 Jul01/05
52-32-00 2 Jan01/05 52-32-00 53 Jul01/05 52-32-00 545 Jul01/05
52-32-00 3 Oct01/98 52-32-00 54 Jul01/05 52-32-00 601 Jul01/03
52-32-00 4 Jan01/05 52-32-00 55 Jul01/05 52-32-00 602 Jul01/03
52-32-00 5 Jan01/05 52-32-00 56 Jul01/05 52-32-00 603 Jul01/05
52-32-00 6 Jan01/05 52-32-00 57 Jul01/05 52-32-00 604 Jan01/94
52-32-00 7 Jul01/05 52-32-00 58 Jul01/05 52-32-00 605 Jul01/03
52-32-00 8 Jan01/05 52-32-00 R 59 Jan01/07 52-32-00 606 Jul01/03
52-32-00 9 Jan01/05 52-32-00 R 501 Jan01/07 52-32-00 607 Jul01/03
52-32-00 10 Jan01/05 52-32-00 R 502 Jan01/07 52-32-00 608 Jul01/03
52-32-00 11 Jan01/05 52-32-00 503 Jan01/93 52-32-00 609 Jul01/03
52-32-00 12 Jul01/99 52-32-00 504 Jul01/05 52-32-00 610 Jul01/05
52-32-00 13 Jul01/05 52-32-00 505 Jul01/05 52-32-00 611 Jan01/05
52-32-00 14 Jan01/06 52-32-00 R 506 Jan01/07 52-32-00 612 Jul01/03
52-32-00 15 Jul01/05 52-32-00 507 Jul01/05 52-32-00 613 Jul01/03
52-32-00 16 Jul01/05 52-32-00 508 Apr01/01 52-32-00 614 Jul01/03
52-32-00 R 17 Jan01/07 52-32-00 R 509 Jan01/07 52-32-00 615 Jul01/03
52-32-00 18 Jul01/05 52-32-00 510 Jul01/05 52-32-00 616 Jul01/05
52-32-00 19 Jul01/05 52-32-00 511 Jul01/05 52-32-00 617 Jul01/03
52-32-00 20 Jul01/05 52-32-00 R 512 Jan01/07 52-32-00 618 Jul01/05
52-32-00 21 Jul01/05 52-32-00 513 Jul01/05 52-32-00 619 Jul01/03
52-32-00 22 Jul01/05 52-32-00 514 Jul01/05 52-32-00 620 Jul01/05
52-32-00 23 Jul01/05 52-32-00 515 Jul01/05 52-32-00 621 Jul01/03
52-32-00 24 Jul01/05 52-32-00 516 Jul01/05 52-32-00 622 Jul01/03
52-32-00 25 Jul01/05 52-32-00 517 Jul01/05 52-32-00 623 Jul01/03
52-32-00 26 Jul01/05 52-32-00 518 Jul01/05 52-32-00 624 Jul01/03
52-32-00 27 Jul01/05 52-32-00 519 Jul01/05 52-32-00 625 Jul01/03
52-32-00 28 Jul01/05 52-32-00 520 Jul01/05 52-32-00 626 Jul01/03
52-32-00 29 Jul01/05 52-32-00 521 Jul01/05 52-32-00 627 Jul01/03
52-32-00 30 Jul01/05 52-32-00 522 Jul01/05 52-32-00 628 Jul01/03
52-32-00 31 Jul01/05 52-32-00 523 Jul01/05 52-32-00 629 Jul01/05
52-32-00 R 32 Jan01/07 52-32-00 524 Jul01/05 52-32-00 630 Jul01/05
52-32-00 33 Jul01/05 52-32-00 525 Jul01/05 52-32-00 631 Jul01/03
52-32-00 34 Jul01/05 52-32-00 526 Jul01/05 52-32-00 632 Jul01/04
52-32-00 35 Jul01/05 52-32-00 527 Jul01/05 52-32-00 633 Jul01/03
52-32-00 36 Jul01/05 52-32-00 528 Jul01/05 52-32-00 R 634 Jan01/07
52-32-00 37 Jul01/05 52-32-00 529 Jul01/05 52-32-00 635 Jul01/03
52-32-00 38 Jul01/05 52-32-00 530 Jul01/05 52-32-00 R 636 Jan01/07
52-32-00 39 Jan01/06 52-32-00 531 Jul01/05 52-32-00 637 Jul01/03
52-32-00 40 Jul01/05 52-32-00 532 Jul01/05 52-32-00 638 Jul01/03

52-L.E.P. Page 19
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-32-00 639 Jul01/04 52-32-11 524 Oct01/00 52-32-15 402 Jul01/05

52-32-00 640 Jul01/05 52-32-11 R 525 Jan01/07 52-32-15 403 Jan01/94
52-32-00 641 Jul01/04 52-32-11 526 Apr01/01 52-32-15 404 Jan01/93
52-32-11 401 Jul01/05 52-32-11 527 Oct01/01 52-32-15 405 Jul01/05
52-32-11 402 Jan01/93 52-32-11 528 Oct01/00 52-32-15 406 Jul01/05
52-32-11 403 Jul01/05 52-32-11 R 529 Jan01/07 52-32-18 R 401 Jan01/07
52-32-11 404 Jan01/93 52-32-11 530 Oct01/01 52-32-18 R 402 Jan01/07
52-32-11 405 Jul01/99 52-32-11 531 Oct01/00 52-32-18 403 Jul01/05
52-32-11 406 Jan01/93 52-32-11 532 Apr01/01 52-32-18 404 Jul01/94
52-32-11 407 Jan01/93 52-32-11 533 Oct01/01 52-32-18 405 Jul01/94
52-32-11 408 Jan01/93 52-32-11 534 Oct01/00 52-32-18 406 Jul01/99
52-32-11 409 Jan01/93 52-32-11 R 535 Jan01/07 52-32-18 407 Jan01/06
52-32-11 410 Jul01/94 52-32-11 536 Apr01/03 52-32-18 408 Oct01/94
52-32-11 411 Jan01/93 52-32-11 537 Apr01/03 52-32-18 R 409 Jan01/07
52-32-11 412 Oct01/94 52-32-11 538 Apr01/03 52-32-18 R 410 Jan01/07
52-32-11 413 Jul01/05 52-32-11 539 Apr01/03 52-32-18 411 Jul01/06
52-32-11 414 Jul01/06 52-32-11 R 540 Jan01/07 52-32-18 412 Jan01/06
52-32-11 415 Jul01/05 52-32-11 541 Apr01/03 52-32-18 R 413 Jan01/07
52-32-11 416 Jan01/93 52-32-11 542 Apr01/03 52-32-18 414 Jan01/06
52-32-11 417 Jul01/94 52-32-11 543 Apr01/03 52-32-21 401 Oct01/98
52-32-11 418 Apr01/95 52-32-11 544 Apr01/03 52-32-21 402 Jul01/99
52-32-11 419 Apr01/95 52-32-11 545 Apr01/03 52-32-21 403 Jul01/99
52-32-11 420 Apr01/95 52-32-11 546 Apr01/03 52-32-21 404 Jul01/99
52-32-11 421 Jul01/06 52-32-11 R 547 Jan01/07 52-32-21 405 Oct01/98
52-32-11 422 Jul01/05 52-32-11 548 Apr01/03 52-32-21 406 Jul01/99
52-32-11 423 Jul01/05 52-32-11 549 Apr01/03 52-32-21 407 Jul01/99
52-32-11 424 Jul01/05 52-32-11 550 Apr01/03 52-32-21 408 Jul01/99
52-32-11 425 Jul01/05 52-32-11 551 Apr01/03 52-32-21 409 Jul01/99
52-32-11 501 Jul01/05 52-32-11 552 Apr01/03 52-32-21 410 Oct01/98
52-32-11 502 Jan01/97 52-32-11 R 553 Jan01/07 52-32-21 411 Oct01/98
52-32-11 503 Jan01/97 52-32-11 554 Apr01/03 52-32-21 412 Jul01/99
52-32-11 504 Jan01/97 52-32-11 555 Oct01/01 52-32-21 413 Jul01/99
52-32-11 505 Oct01/00 52-32-11 556 Oct01/01 52-32-21 414 Jul01/99
52-32-11 506 Oct01/98 52-32-11 557 Oct01/01 52-32-21 415 Jul01/99
52-32-11 507 Oct01/00 52-32-11 558 Oct01/01 52-32-21 416 Jul01/99
52-32-11 508 Jul01/05 52-32-11 559 Oct01/01 52-32-21 417 Jul01/99
52-32-11 509 Oct01/00 52-32-11 560 Oct01/01 52-32-21 418 Jul01/99
52-32-11 510 Oct01/00 52-32-11 561 Oct01/01 52-32-21 419 Jul01/99
52-32-11 511 Oct01/00 52-32-11 562 Oct01/01 52-32-21 420 Jul01/99
52-32-11 R 512 Jan01/07 52-32-11 563 Oct01/01 52-32-21 421 Jul01/99
52-32-11 513 Oct01/00 52-32-11 564 Jul01/05 52-32-21 422 Jul01/99
52-32-11 514 Oct01/00 52-32-11 565 Oct01/01 52-32-21 423 Jul01/06
52-32-11 515 Jul01/02 52-32-11 566 Jul01/05 52-32-21 424 Jul01/06
52-32-11 516 Oct01/00 52-32-11 567 Oct01/01 52-32-21 425 Jul01/06
52-32-11 517 Oct01/00 52-32-11 568 Oct01/01 52-32-21 426 Jul01/06
52-32-11 518 Oct01/01 52-32-11 569 Oct01/01 52-32-21 427 Jul01/06
52-32-11 R 519 Jan01/07 52-32-11 570 Oct01/01 52-32-21 428 Jul01/06
52-32-11 520 Oct01/00 52-32-11 571 Jul01/05 52-32-21 429 Jul01/06
52-32-11 521 Oct01/00 52-32-11 572 Oct01/01 52-32-21 430 Jul01/06
52-32-11 522 Oct01/00 52-32-11 573 Oct01/01 52-32-21 R 431 Jan01/07
52-32-11 523 Oct01/00 52-32-15 401 Jan01/93 52-32-21 432 Jul01/06

52-L.E.P. Page 20
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-32-21 433 Jul01/06 52-32-21 484 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A435 Jul01/06

52-32-21 434 Jul01/06 52-32-21 485 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A436 Jul01/06
52-32-21 R 435 Jan01/07 52-32-21 486 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A437 Jul01/06
52-32-21 436 Jul01/06 52-32-21 487 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A438 Jul01/06
52-32-21 437 Jul01/06 52-32-21 488 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A439 Jul01/06
52-32-21 438 Jul01/06 52-32-21 489 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A440 Jul01/06
52-32-21 439 Jul01/06 52-32-21 490 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A441 Jul01/06
52-32-21 440 Jul01/06 52-32-21 491 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A442 Jul01/06
52-32-21 441 Jul01/06 52-32-21 492 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A443 Jul01/06
52-32-21 R 442 Jan01/07 52-32-21 493 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A444 Jul01/06
52-32-21 443 Jul01/06 52-32-21 494 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A445 Jul01/06
52-32-21 444 Jul01/06 52-32-21 495 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A446 Jul01/06
52-32-21 445 Jul01/06 52-32-21 496 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A447 Jul01/06
52-32-21 446 Jul01/06 52-32-21 497 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A448 Jul01/06
52-32-21 447 Jul01/06 52-32-21 498 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A449 Jul01/06
52-32-21 448 Jul01/06 52-32-21 499 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A450 Jul01/06
52-32-21 449 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A400 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A451 Jul01/06
52-32-21 R 450 Jan01/07 52-32-21 A401 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A452 Jul01/06
52-32-21 451 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A402 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A453 Jul01/06
52-32-21 R 452 Jan01/07 52-32-21 A403 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A454 Jul01/06
52-32-21 453 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A404 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A455 Jul01/06
52-32-21 R 454 Jan01/07 52-32-21 A405 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A456 Jul01/06
52-32-21 455 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A406 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A457 Jul01/06
52-32-21 456 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A407 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A458 Jul01/06
52-32-21 457 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A408 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A459 Jul01/06
52-32-21 458 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A409 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A460 Jul01/06
52-32-21 459 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A410 Jul01/06 52-32-21 R A461 Jan01/07
52-32-21 460 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A411 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A462 Jul01/06
52-32-21 461 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A412 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A463 Jul01/06
52-32-21 462 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A413 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A464 Jul01/06
52-32-21 463 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A414 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A465 Jul01/06
52-32-21 464 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A415 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A466 Jul01/06
52-32-21 465 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A416 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A467 Jul01/06
52-32-21 466 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A417 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A468 Jul01/06
52-32-21 467 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A418 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A469 Jul01/06
52-32-21 468 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A419 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A470 Jul01/06
52-32-21 469 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A420 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A471 Jul01/06
52-32-21 470 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A421 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A472 Jul01/06
52-32-21 471 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A422 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A473 Jul01/06
52-32-21 472 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A423 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A474 Jul01/06
52-32-21 473 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A424 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A475 Jul01/06
52-32-21 474 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A425 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A476 Jul01/06
52-32-21 475 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A426 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A477 Jul01/06
52-32-21 476 Jul01/06 52-32-21 R A427 Jan01/07 52-32-21 A478 Jul01/06
52-32-21 477 Jul01/06 52-32-21 R A428 Jan01/07 52-32-21 A479 Jul01/06
52-32-21 478 Jul01/06 52-32-21 R A429 Jan01/07 52-32-21 A480 Jul01/06
52-32-21 479 Jul01/06 52-32-21 R A430 Jan01/07 52-32-21 A481 Jul01/06
52-32-21 480 Jul01/06 52-32-21 R A431 Jan01/07 52-32-21 A482 Jul01/06
52-32-21 481 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A432 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A483 Jul01/06
52-32-21 482 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A433 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A484 Jul01/06
52-32-21 483 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A434 Jul01/06 52-32-21 A485 Jul01/06

52-L.E.P. Page 21
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-32-21 A486 Jul01/06 52-33-00 610 Jul01/03 52-33-12 410 Jan01/93

52-32-21 A487 Jul01/06 52-33-00 611 Jul01/03 52-33-15 401 Jan01/93
52-32-31 401 Oct01/94 52-33-00 R 612 Jan01/07 52-33-15 402 Jan01/94
52-32-31 402 Jul01/05 52-33-00 R 613 Jan01/07 52-33-15 403 Jan01/93
52-32-31 403 Jan01/94 52-33-00 614 Jul01/03 52-33-15 404 Jan01/93
52-32-31 404 Jul01/06 52-33-00 D 615 52-33-15 405 Jan01/94
52-32-31 405 Oct01/94 52-33-11 401 Jan01/93 52-33-15 406 Jan01/93
52-32-31 406 Jul01/06 52-33-11 402 Jan01/93 52-33-18 R 401 Jan01/07
52-32-31 R 407 Jan01/07 52-33-11 403 Jan01/93 52-33-18 402 Jan01/93
52-32-31 R 408 Jan01/07 52-33-11 404 Jan01/93 52-33-18 403 Jan01/93
52-32-31 409 Jul01/06 52-33-11 405 Apr01/03 52-33-18 R 404 Jan01/07
52-32-31 410 Jul01/06 52-33-11 406 Jul01/05 52-33-18 405 Jan01/93
52-32-31 411 Jul01/06 52-33-11 407 Jan01/93 52-33-18 406 Jul01/05
52-32-31 412 Jul01/06 52-33-11 408 Jan01/93 52-33-18 407 Jan01/93
52-32-31 413 Jul01/06 52-33-11 409 Jul01/05 52-33-21 401 Oct01/01
52-32-31 414 Jul01/06 52-33-11 410 Jan01/93 52-33-21 R 402 Jan01/07
52-32-31 415 Jul01/06 52-33-11 R 501 Jan01/07 52-33-21 403 Apr01/97
52-32-31 R 416 Jan01/07 52-33-11 R 502 Jan01/07 52-33-21 404 Oct01/99
52-32-31 417 Jul01/06 52-33-11 503 Jul01/05 52-33-21 405 Apr01/97
52-32-31 418 Jul01/06 52-33-11 504 Jan01/00 52-33-21 R 406 Jan01/07
52-32-32 401 Jan01/93 52-33-11 505 Jan01/99 52-33-21 407 Apr01/97
52-32-32 402 Jul01/05 52-33-11 506 Jan01/93 52-33-21 408 Oct01/99
52-32-32 403 Jan01/93 52-33-11 507 Jul01/06 52-33-21 409 Apr01/03
52-32-32 404 Jul01/05 52-33-11 508 Jul01/06 52-33-21 R 410 Jan01/07
52-32-32 405 Jul01/06 52-33-11 509 Jul01/06 52-33-21 411 Apr01/99
52-32-32 406 Jul01/06 52-33-11 510 Jul01/06 52-33-21 412 Apr01/99
52-32-32 407 Jul01/05 52-33-11 511 Jul01/06 52-33-21 413 Apr01/99
52-32-32 408 Jul01/05 52-33-11 512 Jul01/06 52-33-21 414 Apr01/99
52-32-32 409 Jul01/06 52-33-11 513 Jul01/06 52-33-21 415 Apr01/03
52-32-32 410 Jul01/06 52-33-11 514 Jul01/06 52-33-21 416 Apr01/99
52-32-32 411 Jul01/06 52-33-11 515 Jul01/06 52-33-31 401 Jan01/93
52-33-11 516 Jul01/06 52-33-31 402 Jan01/93
52-33-00 1 Jan01/05 52-33-11 517 Jul01/06 52-33-31 403 Jan01/93
52-33-00 2 Jan01/05 52-33-11 518 Jul01/06 52-33-31 404 Jan01/05
52-33-00 3 Jan01/93 52-33-11 519 Jul01/06 52-33-31 405 Jul01/93
52-33-00 4 Jan01/93 52-33-11 520 Jul01/06 52-33-31 406 Jan01/05
52-33-00 5 Jan01/93 52-33-11 521 Jul01/06 52-33-31 407 Jan01/00
52-33-00 R 6 Jan01/07 52-33-11 522 Jul01/06 52-33-31 408 Jul01/93
52-33-00 7 Jan01/93 52-33-11 523 Jul01/06 52-33-32 401 Jul01/93
52-33-00 8 Jan01/93 52-33-11 524 Jul01/06 52-33-32 402 Jul01/93
52-33-00 R 9 Jan01/07 52-33-11 525 Jul01/06 52-33-32 403 Jan01/93
52-33-00 10 Jan01/93 52-33-11 526 Jul01/06 52-33-32 404 Apr01/03
52-33-00 601 Jul01/03 52-33-12 401 Jan01/93 52-33-32 405 Jan01/93
52-33-00 602 Oct01/01 52-33-12 402 Jan01/93 52-33-32 406 Jul01/05
52-33-00 603 Jul01/03 52-33-12 403 Jan01/93 52-33-32 407 Jan01/00
52-33-00 604 Jul01/04 52-33-12 R 404 Jan01/07 52-33-32 408 Jan01/00
52-33-00 605 Jul01/03 52-33-12 405 Apr01/03 52-33-32 409 Oct01/98
52-33-00 606 Jul01/03 52-33-12 R 406 Jan01/07 52-33-32 410 Oct01/98
52-33-00 607 Jul01/03 52-33-12 407 Jan01/93 52-33-32 411 Oct01/98
52-33-00 608 Jul01/03 52-33-12 408 Jan01/93 52-33-32 412 Oct01/98
52-33-00 609 Jul01/03 52-33-12 409 Jan01/93 52-33-32 413 Oct01/98

52-L.E.P. Page 22
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-33-32 414 Oct01/98 52-36-00 12 Jul01/01 52-36-15 418 Jul01/05

52-33-32 415 Oct01/98 52-36-00 13 Jul01/01 52-36-15 419 Jul01/05
52-33-32 416 Oct01/98 52-36-00 14 Jul01/01 52-36-15 420 Jul01/05
52-33-32 417 Oct01/98 52-36-00 R 15 Jan01/07 52-36-15 421 Jul01/96
52-33-32 418 Oct01/98 52-36-00 16 Jul01/01 52-36-15 422 Jul01/96
52-33-32 419 Oct01/98 52-36-00 17 Jul01/01 52-36-15 423 Oct01/93
52-33-32 420 Jan01/06 52-36-00 18 Jul01/01 52-36-15 424 Jul01/05
52-33-32 421 Jul01/05 52-36-00 19 Jul01/01 52-36-15 425 Jul01/05
52-33-32 422 Oct01/98 52-36-00 20 Jul01/01 52-36-15 R 426 Jan01/07
52-33-32 423 Oct01/98 52-36-00 21 Jul01/01 52-36-15 427 Apr01/96
52-33-32 R 424 Jan01/07 52-36-12 401 Jul01/05 52-36-15 428 Apr01/96
52-33-32 425 Oct01/98 52-36-12 402 Jul01/05 52-36-15 429 Jul01/05
52-33-32 426 Oct01/98 52-36-12 403 Jan01/02 52-36-15 430 Jul01/05
52-33-32 427 Oct01/98 52-36-12 404 Apr01/96 52-36-15 R 431 Jan01/07
52-33-32 428 Oct01/98 52-36-12 405 Jul01/05 52-36-15 432 Jul01/96
52-33-32 429 Oct01/98 52-36-12 406 Jul01/05 52-36-15 433 Jul01/96
52-33-32 430 Oct01/98 52-36-12 407 Jul01/05 52-36-15 434 Jul01/96
52-33-41 401 Oct01/98 52-36-12 408 Jul01/05 52-36-15 435 Jul01/05
52-33-41 402 Oct01/98 52-36-12 409 Jul01/06 52-36-15 436 Jul01/05
52-33-41 R 403 Jan01/07 52-36-12 410 Jul01/06 52-36-15 437 Jul01/05
52-33-41 404 Apr01/97 52-36-13 401 Jul01/02 52-36-15 438 Apr01/96
52-33-41 R 405 Jan01/07 52-36-13 402 Jul01/02 52-36-15 439 Jul01/05
52-33-41 406 Oct01/98 52-36-13 403 Jul01/02 52-36-15 440 Jul01/05
52-33-41 407 Apr01/97 52-36-13 404 Jul01/02 52-36-15 441 Jan01/06
52-33-41 R 408 Jan01/07 52-36-13 405 Jul01/02 52-36-15 R 442 Jan01/07
52-33-41 R 409 Jan01/07 52-36-13 406 Jul01/02 52-36-15 R 443 Jan01/07
52-33-41 410 Oct01/98 52-36-13 407 Jan01/05 52-36-15 R 444 Jan01/07
52-33-41 411 Apr01/97 52-36-13 408 Jul01/02 52-36-15 445 Jul01/96
52-33-41 412 Oct01/97 52-36-13 409 Jul01/02 52-36-17 401 Jul01/05
52-33-41 413 Oct01/98 52-36-13 410 Jul01/02 52-36-17 402 Jul01/05
52-33-41 414 Apr01/97 52-36-13 411 Jul01/02 52-36-17 403 Jul01/05
52-33-41 415 Apr01/97 52-36-13 412 Jul01/01 52-36-17 404 Jul01/05
52-33-41 R 416 Jan01/07 52-36-13 413 Jul01/01 52-36-17 405 Jul01/05
52-33-41 R 417 Jan01/07 52-36-13 414 Jul01/01 52-36-17 406 Jan01/05
52-33-41 R 418 Jan01/07 52-36-15 401 Jul01/05 52-36-17 407 Jul01/05
52-33-41 R 419 Jan01/07 52-36-15 402 Jul01/93 52-36-17 408 Jul01/05
52-33-41 420 Apr01/97 52-36-15 R 403 Jan01/07 52-36-17 409 Jul01/05
52-36-15 404 Oct01/93 52-36-17 410 Jul01/05
52-35-00 1 Jan01/93 52-36-15 405 Oct01/93 52-36-18 401 Jul01/06
52-36-15 406 Oct01/93 52-36-18 402 Jul01/06
52-36-00 1 Jan01/05 52-36-15 R 407 Jan01/07 52-36-18 403 Jul01/06
52-36-00 2 Jan01/05 52-36-15 R 408 Jan01/07 52-36-18 404 Jul01/06
52-36-00 3 Jan01/05 52-36-15 409 Jul01/05 52-36-18 405 Jan01/94
52-36-00 4 Jan01/05 52-36-15 410 Jul01/94 52-36-18 406 Jan01/06
52-36-00 5 Jan01/05 52-36-15 R 411 Jan01/07 52-36-18 407 Jul01/94
52-36-00 6 Jan01/05 52-36-15 R 412 Jan01/07 52-36-18 408 Jan01/06
52-36-00 7 Jul01/01 52-36-15 413 Jul01/05 52-36-18 409 Jul01/05
52-36-00 8 Apr01/93 52-36-15 414 Oct01/93 52-36-18 410 Jul01/05
52-36-00 9 Jul01/01 52-36-15 415 Jul01/05 52-36-18 411 Jan01/05
52-36-00 10 Jul01/01 52-36-15 416 Oct01/93 52-36-18 412 Jul01/06
52-36-00 11 Apr01/96 52-36-15 417 Oct01/93 52-36-18 413 Jul01/06

52-L.E.P. Page 23
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-36-18 414 Jul01/06 52-41-11 603 Jul01/05 52-41-25 403 Jan01/93

52-36-18 415 Jul01/94 52-41-11 R 604 Jan01/07 52-41-25 404 Oct01/93
52-36-18 416 Jul01/05 52-41-11 R 605 Jan01/07 52-41-25 R 405 Jan01/07
52-36-18 417 Jul01/05 52-41-11 R 606 Jan01/07 52-41-25 406 Jul01/96
52-36-18 418 Jul01/94 52-41-11 R 607 Jan01/07 52-41-25 407 Apr01/96
52-36-18 419 Jan01/06 52-41-11 608 Jan01/04 52-41-25 408 Apr01/96
52-36-18 420 Jan01/06 52-41-11 R 609 Jan01/07 52-41-25 409 Jul01/96
52-36-18 421 Jul01/05 52-41-11 R 610 Jan01/07 52-41-25 410 Jul01/06
52-36-18 422 Jul01/05 52-41-11 R 611 Jan01/07 52-41-25 411 Jul01/06
52-36-18 423 Jul01/06 52-41-11 612 Jan01/04 52-41-25 412 Jul01/06
52-36-18 424 Jul01/06 52-41-14 401 Jul01/06 52-41-25 413 Jul01/06
52-36-18 425 Jul01/06 52-41-14 402 Oct01/93 52-41-25 414 Jul01/06
52-41-14 403 Apr01/93 52-41-27 401 Oct01/98
52-40-00 R 1 Jan01/07 52-41-14 404 Apr01/93 52-41-27 402 Oct01/98
52-41-14 405 Jul01/06 52-41-27 403 Oct01/98
52-41-00 R 1 Jan01/07 52-41-14 406 Jul01/06 52-41-27 404 Oct01/97
52-41-00 2 Apr01/97 52-41-14 R 407 Jan01/07 52-41-27 405 Oct01/98
52-41-00 3 Oct01/98 52-41-14 408 Jul01/06 52-41-27 406 Oct01/98
52-41-00 4 Jan01/05 52-41-16 401 Jul01/02 52-41-27 407 Oct01/98
52-41-00 5 Jan01/05 52-41-16 402 Jul01/96
52-41-00 6 Oct01/98 52-41-16 403 Jul01/02 52-42-00 1 Jan01/05
52-41-00 7 Apr01/97 52-41-16 R 404 Jan01/07 52-42-00 2 Jan01/93
52-41-00 8 Apr01/97 52-41-16 405 Jul01/96 52-42-00 3 Jan01/93
52-41-00 9 Apr01/97 52-41-16 R 406 Jan01/07 52-42-00 4 Jan01/93
52-41-00 10 Oct01/98 52-41-16 407 Oct01/93 52-42-00 5 Jan01/93
52-41-00 11 Oct01/98 52-41-16 408 Jul01/96 52-42-00 6 Oct01/94
52-41-00 12 Oct01/98 52-41-21 401 Jan01/04 52-42-00 7 Oct01/94
52-41-00 13 Oct01/98 52-41-21 402 Jan01/04 52-42-00 8 Oct01/94
52-41-00 14 Oct01/98 52-41-21 403 Jan01/04 52-42-00 9 Oct01/94
52-41-00 15 Oct01/98 52-41-21 404 Jan01/04 52-42-00 10 Oct01/94
52-41-00 16 Oct01/98 52-41-21 405 Jul01/05 52-42-00 11 Oct01/94
52-41-00 17 Oct01/98 52-41-21 406 Jul01/96 52-42-00 12 Oct01/94
52-41-00 18 Oct01/98 52-41-21 407 Jan01/04 52-42-00 13 Oct01/94
52-41-00 19 Oct01/98 52-41-21 408 Jan01/04 52-42-00 14 Oct01/94
52-41-00 20 Oct01/98 52-41-21 409 Jan01/04 52-42-00 15 Jan01/05
52-41-00 21 Oct01/98 52-41-23 401 Oct01/98 52-42-00 16 Oct01/94
52-41-00 22 Oct01/98 52-41-23 402 Oct01/98 52-42-00 17 Apr01/01
52-41-00 23 Oct01/98 52-41-23 403 Oct01/98 52-42-00 18 Oct01/94
52-41-00 24 Oct01/98 52-41-23 404 Oct01/98 52-42-00 19 Oct01/94
52-41-00 25 Oct01/98 52-41-23 405 Oct01/98 52-42-00 20 Oct01/94
52-41-11 401 Oct01/96 52-41-23 R 406 Jan01/07 52-42-00 401 Jan01/03
52-41-11 402 Oct01/96 52-41-23 407 Jul01/05 52-42-00 R 402 Jan01/07
52-41-11 403 Jan01/93 52-41-23 408 Oct01/98 52-42-00 403 Jan01/06
52-41-11 R 404 Jan01/07 52-41-23 409 Oct01/98 52-42-00 404 Jan01/06
52-41-11 R 405 Jan01/07 52-41-23 410 Oct01/98 52-42-00 405 Jan01/06
52-41-11 R 406 Jan01/07 52-41-23 411 Oct01/98 52-42-00 R 406 Jan01/07
52-41-11 407 Apr01/97 52-41-23 R 412 Jan01/07 52-42-00 R 407 Jan01/07
52-41-11 408 Oct01/98 52-41-23 413 Oct01/98 52-42-00 R 408 Jan01/07
52-41-11 409 Apr01/97 52-41-23 414 Oct01/98 52-42-00 R 409 Jan01/07
52-41-11 601 Jul01/05 52-41-25 401 Jul01/04 52-42-00 R 410 Jan01/07
52-41-11 602 Jul01/05 52-41-25 402 Jul01/96 52-42-00 R 411 Jan01/07

52-L.E.P. Page 24
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-42-00 R 412 Jan01/07 52-42-13 412 Apr01/96 52-42-18 423 Oct01/98

52-42-00 R 413 Jan01/07 52-42-14 401 Jul01/02 52-42-18 424 Oct01/98
52-42-00 R 414 Jan01/07 52-42-14 402 Jan01/93 52-42-18 425 Oct01/98
52-42-00 R 415 Jan01/07 52-42-14 403 Jan01/95 52-42-18 426 Oct01/98
52-42-00 R 416 Jan01/07 52-42-14 404 Jul01/02 52-42-18 427 Oct01/98
52-42-00 R 417 Jan01/07 52-42-14 405 Jan01/95 52-42-18 428 Apr01/97
52-42-00 R 418 Jan01/07 52-42-14 R 406 Jan01/07 52-42-18 429 Oct01/98
52-42-00 R 419 Jan01/07 52-42-14 R 407 Jan01/07 52-42-18 430 Jan01/05
52-42-00 R 420 Jan01/07 52-42-14 R 408 Jan01/07 52-42-18 431 Oct01/98
52-42-00 N 421 Jan01/07 52-42-15 401 Jan01/99 52-42-18 432 Oct01/98
52-42-00 N 422 Jan01/07 52-42-15 402 Jan01/93 52-42-18 433 Oct01/98
52-42-00 N 423 Jan01/07 52-42-15 403 Jan01/93 52-42-18 434 Oct01/98
52-42-00 N 424 Jan01/07 52-42-15 404 Jan01/93 52-42-19 401 Apr01/96
52-42-00 N 425 Jan01/07 52-42-15 405 Jan01/99 52-42-19 402 Apr01/96
52-42-00 N 426 Jan01/07 52-42-15 406 Apr01/94 52-42-19 403 Jan01/93
52-42-00 N 427 Jan01/07 52-42-15 407 Jan01/93 52-42-19 404 Jan01/06
52-42-00 N 428 Jan01/07 52-42-15 408 Jan01/93 52-42-19 405 Apr01/97
52-42-00 N 429 Jan01/07 52-42-15 409 Jul01/94 52-42-19 406 Oct01/98
52-42-00 N 430 Jan01/07 52-42-17 401 Jul01/02 52-42-19 407 Oct01/98
52-42-00 N 431 Jan01/07 52-42-17 402 Jul01/02 52-42-19 408 Apr01/97
52-42-00 N 432 Jan01/07 52-42-17 403 Jan01/99 52-42-21 401 Jan01/96
52-42-00 N 433 Jan01/07 52-42-17 404 Jul01/02 52-42-21 402 Jan01/93
52-42-00 N 434 Jan01/07 52-42-17 405 Jul01/02 52-42-21 403 Jan01/05
52-42-00 N 435 Jan01/07 52-42-17 406 Jan01/06 52-42-21 404 Jul01/05
52-42-00 N 436 Jan01/07 52-42-17 407 Jul01/02 52-42-21 405 Jul01/06
52-42-00 N 437 Jan01/07 52-42-17 408 Jul01/02 52-42-21 406 Jul01/04
52-42-11 401 Apr01/96 52-42-17 409 Jul01/02 52-42-21 407 Oct01/98
52-42-11 402 Jan01/94 52-42-17 410 Jul01/02 52-42-21 408 Oct01/98
52-42-11 403 Jul01/06 52-42-17 411 Jul01/02 52-42-21 409 Oct01/98
52-42-11 404 Jan01/99 52-42-18 401 Jan01/96 52-42-21 410 Jan01/04
52-42-11 405 Jan01/95 52-42-18 402 Jan01/96 52-42-21 411 Jan01/04
52-42-11 406 Apr01/96 52-42-18 403 Jan01/95 52-42-21 412 Oct01/98
52-42-11 R 407 Jan01/07 52-42-18 404 Oct01/97 52-42-23 401 Apr01/97
52-42-11 408 Jan01/95 52-42-18 405 Jan01/95 52-42-23 402 Oct01/98
52-42-12 401 Jul01/02 52-42-18 406 Jan01/96 52-42-23 403 Apr01/97
52-42-12 402 Apr01/93 52-42-18 407 Jan01/02 52-42-23 404 Apr01/97
52-42-12 403 Apr01/93 52-42-18 408 Jan01/02 52-42-23 405 Oct01/98
52-42-12 404 Apr01/93 52-42-18 409 Jan01/02 52-42-23 406 Oct01/98
52-42-12 405 Apr01/93 52-42-18 410 Jan01/02 52-42-23 407 Jan01/05
52-42-12 406 Jul01/94 52-42-18 411 Oct01/98 52-42-23 408 Oct01/98
52-42-13 401 Jul01/06 52-42-18 412 Jan01/05 52-42-23 409 Oct01/98
52-42-13 402 Oct01/98 52-42-18 413 Jan01/02 52-42-23 410 Apr01/97
52-42-13 403 Jul01/06 52-42-18 414 Oct01/98 52-42-23 411 Oct01/98
52-42-13 404 Jul01/06 52-42-18 415 Oct01/98 52-42-23 412 Apr01/97
52-42-13 405 Jul01/06 52-42-18 416 Apr01/97 52-42-25 401 Oct01/98
52-42-13 406 Jul01/06 52-42-18 417 Oct01/98 52-42-25 402 Oct01/98
52-42-13 407 Oct01/98 52-42-18 418 Jan01/02 52-42-25 403 Oct01/98
52-42-13 408 Jul01/06 52-42-18 419 Oct01/98 52-42-25 404 Apr01/97
52-42-13 409 Apr01/97 52-42-18 420 Oct01/98 52-42-25 405 Oct01/98
52-42-13 410 Jul01/06 52-42-18 421 Jan01/05 52-42-25 406 Jan01/06
52-42-13 R 411 Jan01/07 52-42-18 422 Oct01/98 52-42-25 407 Oct01/98

52-L.E.P. Page 25
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-42-25 408 Jul01/06 52-42-32 421 Jan01/05 52-51-00 418 Jul01/04

52-42-25 409 Oct01/98 52-42-32 422 Jan01/05 52-51-00 419 Jul01/04
52-42-25 410 Oct01/98 52-42-32 423 Jan01/05 52-51-00 420 Jul01/04
52-42-25 411 Jul01/98 52-42-33 401 Oct01/00 52-51-00 421 Jul01/04
52-42-25 412 Oct01/98 52-42-33 402 Oct01/00 52-51-00 422 Jul01/04
52-42-25 413 Oct01/98 52-42-33 403 Oct01/00 52-51-00 423 Jan01/04
52-42-25 414 Jul01/98 52-42-33 404 Oct01/00 52-51-00 424 Jan01/04
52-42-27 401 Jan01/96 52-42-33 405 Oct01/00 52-51-00 425 Jan01/04
52-42-27 402 Jan01/96 52-42-33 406 Oct01/00 52-51-00 426 Jan01/04
52-42-27 403 Jan01/93 52-42-33 407 Oct01/00 52-51-00 427 Jan01/04
52-42-27 404 Jan01/93 52-42-33 408 Jul01/02 52-51-00 428 Jan01/04
52-42-27 405 Jul01/06 52-42-33 409 Jul01/02 52-51-00 429 Jul01/05
52-42-27 406 Jan01/96 52-42-33 410 Oct01/00 52-51-00 430 Jul01/05
52-42-27 407 Jul01/06 52-42-33 411 Oct01/00 52-51-00 431 Jul01/05
52-42-27 408 Jan01/93 52-42-33 412 Oct01/00 52-51-00 432 Jul01/05
52-42-29 401 Jan01/05 52-42-33 413 Oct01/00 52-51-00 433 Jul01/05
52-42-29 402 Apr01/96 52-51-00 434 Jul01/05
52-42-29 403 Jan01/05 52-50-00 1 Jan01/05 52-51-00 435 Jul01/05
52-42-29 404 Jan01/05 52-51-00 436 Jul01/05
52-42-29 405 Jan01/05 52-51-00 1 Jul01/05 52-51-00 437 Jul01/05
52-42-29 406 Apr01/96 52-51-00 2 Jul01/05 52-51-00 438 Jul01/05
52-42-29 407 Jul01/06 52-51-00 3 Jul01/05 52-51-00 439 Jul01/05
52-42-29 408 Jan01/05 52-51-00 4 Jul01/05 52-51-00 440 Jul01/05
52-42-29 409 Jan01/05 52-51-00 5 Jul01/05 52-51-00 441 Jul01/05
52-42-29 410 Jan01/05 52-51-00 6 Jul01/06 52-51-00 442 Jul01/05
52-42-29 411 Apr01/96 52-51-00 R 7 Jan01/07 52-51-00 443 Jul01/05
52-42-29 412 Jan01/05 52-51-00 8 Jul01/05 52-51-00 501 Jul01/04
52-42-29 413 Jan01/05 52-51-00 R 9 Jan01/07 52-51-00 502 Jul01/05
52-42-29 414 Apr01/96 52-51-00 R 10 Jan01/07 52-51-00 503 Jan01/04
52-42-29 415 Jan01/05 52-51-00 R 11 Jan01/07 52-51-00 504 Jan01/04
52-42-29 416 Jul01/06 52-51-00 R 12 Jan01/07 52-51-00 505 Jul01/04
52-42-32 401 Oct01/00 52-51-00 13 Jul01/06 52-51-00 506 Jul01/04
52-42-32 402 Oct01/00 52-51-00 14 Jul01/06 52-51-00 507 Jan01/04
52-42-32 403 Oct01/00 52-51-00 15 Jul01/06 52-51-00 508 Jan01/04
52-42-32 404 Oct01/00 52-51-00 401 Jan01/05 52-51-00 509 Jul01/04
52-42-32 405 Oct01/00 52-51-00 402 Jan01/05 52-51-00 510 Jul01/04
52-42-32 406 Jan01/05 52-51-00 403 Jan01/04 52-51-00 511 Jan01/04
52-42-32 407 Oct01/00 52-51-00 404 Jul01/04 52-51-00 512 Jan01/04
52-42-32 408 Jan01/05 52-51-00 405 Jul01/04 52-51-00 513 Jul01/04
52-42-32 409 Oct01/00 52-51-00 406 Jul01/04 52-51-00 514 Jul01/05
52-42-32 410 Oct01/00 52-51-00 407 Jul01/04 52-51-00 515 Jul01/06
52-42-32 411 Oct01/00 52-51-00 408 Jan01/06 52-51-00 516 Jul01/06
52-42-32 412 Oct01/00 52-51-00 409 Jan01/06 52-51-00 517 Jul01/06
52-42-32 413 Jan01/05 52-51-00 410 Jan01/06 52-51-00 518 Jul01/06
52-42-32 414 Oct01/00 52-51-00 411 Jan01/06 52-51-00 519 Jul01/06
52-42-32 415 Oct01/00 52-51-00 412 Jan01/06 52-51-00 520 Jul01/06
52-42-32 416 Oct01/00 52-51-00 413 Jul01/04 52-51-00 521 Jul01/04
52-42-32 417 Oct01/00 52-51-00 414 Jul01/04 52-51-00 522 Jul01/04
52-42-32 418 Jan01/05 52-51-00 415 Jul01/04 52-51-00 523 Jul01/04
52-42-32 419 Jan01/05 52-51-00 416 Jul01/04 52-51-00 524 Jul01/04
52-42-32 420 Jan01/05 52-51-00 417 Jul01/04 52-51-00 525 Jul01/04

52-L.E.P. Page 26
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-51-00 526 Jul01/04 52-51-11 501 Jul01/05 52-51-21 405 Jan01/04

52-51-00 527 Jul01/04 52-51-11 502 Jul01/05 52-51-21 406 Jan01/04
52-51-00 528 Jul01/05 52-51-11 503 Jul01/05 52-51-21 407 Jan01/04
52-51-00 529 Jul01/06 52-51-11 504 Jul01/04 52-51-21 408 Jan01/04
52-51-00 530 Jul01/06 52-51-11 505 Jul01/04 52-51-21 409 Jan01/04
52-51-00 531 Jul01/06 52-51-11 506 Jan01/04 52-51-21 410 Jan01/04
52-51-00 532 Jul01/05 52-51-11 507 Jul01/05
52-51-00 533 Jan01/05 52-51-11 508 Jul01/05 52-52-00 1 Jul01/05
52-51-00 534 Jan01/05 52-51-12 401 Jan01/05 52-52-00 2 Jul01/04
52-51-00 535 Jan01/05 52-51-12 402 Jul01/04 52-52-00 3 Jan01/93
52-51-00 536 Jan01/05 52-51-12 403 Jan01/04 52-52-00 4 Jul01/04
52-51-00 537 Jan01/05 52-51-12 404 Jul01/04 52-52-00 R 5 Jan01/07
52-51-00 601 Jul01/04 52-51-12 405 Jul01/04 52-52-00 R 6 Jan01/07
52-51-00 602 Jan01/04 52-51-12 406 Jul01/04 52-52-00 R 7 Jan01/07
52-51-00 603 Jan01/04 52-51-13 401 Jan01/04 52-52-11 401 Apr01/98
52-51-00 604 Jan01/04 52-51-13 402 Jan01/04 52-52-11 402 Apr01/98
52-51-00 605 Jan01/04 52-51-13 403 Jan01/03 52-52-11 403 Jul01/02
52-51-00 606 Jan01/04 52-51-13 404 Jan01/04 52-52-11 404 Apr01/98
52-51-00 607 Jan01/04 52-51-13 405 Jan01/04 52-52-11 405 Jul01/98
52-51-00 801 Jan01/05 52-51-13 406 Jan01/04 52-52-12 401 Jan01/06
52-51-00 R 802 Jan01/07 52-51-14 401 Jan01/04 52-52-12 402 Jan01/06
52-51-00 803 Jan01/05 52-51-14 402 Jan01/04 52-52-12 403 Jan01/06
52-51-00 R 804 Jan01/07 52-51-14 403 Jan01/03 52-52-12 404 Jan01/06
52-51-11 401 Jul01/05 52-51-14 404 Jul01/04 52-52-12 405 Jan01/06
52-51-11 402 Jul01/05 52-51-14 405 Jul01/04
52-51-11 403 Jul01/05 52-51-14 406 Jul01/04 52-70-00 1 Jan01/05
52-51-11 404 Jul01/05 52-51-15 401 Jan01/04 52-70-00 2 Jan01/05
52-51-11 405 Jul01/05 52-51-15 402 Jan01/04 52-70-00 R 3 Jan01/07
52-51-11 406 Jul01/05 52-51-15 403 Jan01/03 52-70-00 R 4 Jan01/07
52-51-11 407 Jul01/05 52-51-15 404 Jan01/04 52-70-00 401 Jan01/06
52-51-11 408 Jan01/06 52-51-15 405 Jan01/04 52-70-00 R 402 Jan01/07
52-51-11 409 Jan01/06 52-51-15 406 Jan01/04 52-70-00 403 Jul01/99
52-51-11 410 Jan01/06 52-51-16 401 Jul01/05
52-51-11 R 411 Jan01/07 52-51-16 402 Jul01/05 52-71-00 R 1 Jan01/07
52-51-11 R 412 Jan01/07 52-51-16 403 Jul01/06 52-71-00 2 Jan01/05
52-51-11 R 413 Jan01/07 52-51-16 404 Jul01/06 52-71-00 R 3 Jan01/07
52-51-11 R 414 Jan01/07 52-51-16 405 Jul01/06 52-71-00 4 Jul01/94
52-51-11 R 415 Jan01/07 52-51-16 406 Jul01/06 52-71-00 5 Jul01/94
52-51-11 R 416 Jan01/07 52-51-16 407 Jul01/06 52-71-00 6 Apr01/94
52-51-11 417 Jul01/05 52-51-18 R 401 Jan01/07 52-71-00 7 Apr01/94
52-51-11 418 Jan01/05 52-51-18 R 402 Jan01/07 52-71-00 8 Jan01/05
52-51-11 419 Jul01/05 52-51-18 403 Jul01/05 52-71-00 9 Jan01/05
52-51-11 420 Jul01/05 52-51-18 R 404 Jan01/07 52-71-00 R 10 Jan01/07
52-51-11 421 Jan01/06 52-51-18 R 405 Jan01/07 52-71-00 11 Apr01/94
52-51-11 422 Jan01/06 52-51-18 R 406 Jan01/07 52-71-00 12 Apr01/94
52-51-11 423 Jan01/06 52-51-18 R 407 Jan01/07 52-71-00 13 Apr01/94
52-51-11 R 424 Jan01/07 52-51-18 R 408 Jan01/07 52-71-00 14 Apr01/94
52-51-11 R 425 Jan01/07 52-51-21 401 Jan01/04 52-71-00 15 Apr01/94
52-51-11 R 426 Jan01/07 52-51-21 402 Jan01/04 52-71-00 16 Apr01/94
52-51-11 R 427 Jan01/07 52-51-21 403 Jan01/04 52-71-00 17 Apr01/94
52-51-11 428 Jul01/05 52-51-21 404 Jan01/04 52-71-00 18 Apr01/97

52-L.E.P. Page 27
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-71-00 19 Oct01/95 52-71-00 R 406 Jan01/07 52-71-00 521 Jul01/05

52-71-00 20 Jan01/96 52-71-00 R 407 Jan01/07 52-71-00 522 Jul01/95
52-71-00 R 21 Jan01/07 52-71-00 R 408 Jan01/07 52-71-00 523 Jul01/95
52-71-00 22 Jan01/02 52-71-00 R 409 Jan01/07 52-71-00 R 524 Jan01/07
52-71-00 R 23 Jan01/07 52-71-00 R 410 Jan01/07 52-71-00 525 Jul01/95
52-71-00 24 Jan01/02 52-71-00 R 411 Jan01/07 52-71-00 526 Jul01/95
52-71-00 25 Jul01/02 52-71-00 R 412 Jan01/07 52-71-00 527 Jan01/01
52-71-00 26 Jan01/05 52-71-00 413 Jul01/06 52-71-00 528 Jul01/05
52-71-00 27 Jan01/02 52-71-00 414 Jul01/06 52-71-00 529 Jul01/05
52-71-00 28 Jan01/05 52-71-00 415 Jul01/06 52-71-00 530 Apr01/03
52-71-00 29 Jan01/05 52-71-00 416 Jul01/06 52-71-00 531 Apr01/96
52-71-00 30 Apr01/98 52-71-00 R 417 Jan01/07 52-71-00 532 Apr01/03
52-71-00 31 Jan01/02 52-71-00 R 418 Jan01/07 52-71-00 R 533 Jan01/07
52-71-00 R 32 Jan01/07 52-71-00 419 Jul01/06 52-71-00 534 Apr01/96
52-71-00 R 33 Jan01/07 52-71-00 420 Jul01/06 52-71-00 535 Jul01/95
52-71-00 34 Jan01/02 52-71-00 421 Jul01/06 52-71-00 536 Jul01/95
52-71-00 35 Jan01/02 52-71-00 422 Jul01/06 52-71-00 537 Jul01/98
52-71-00 36 Jan01/02 52-71-00 423 Jul01/06 52-71-00 538 Jan01/96
52-71-00 37 Jan01/02 52-71-00 424 Jul01/06 52-71-00 539 Jul01/04
52-71-00 38 Jan01/05 52-71-00 425 Jul01/06 52-71-00 540 Oct01/97
52-71-00 39 Jan01/02 52-71-00 R 426 Jan01/07 52-71-11 401 Oct01/01
52-71-00 40 Jan01/02 52-71-00 427 Jul01/06 52-71-11 402 Apr01/01
52-71-00 R 41 Jan01/07 52-71-00 428 Jul01/06 52-71-11 403 Apr01/01
52-71-00 R 42 Jan01/07 52-71-00 R 429 Jan01/07 52-71-11 404 Apr01/01
52-71-00 43 Jan01/02 52-71-00 R 430 Jan01/07 52-71-11 405 Apr01/01
52-71-00 44 Jan01/02 52-71-00 431 Jul01/06 52-71-11 406 Apr01/01
52-71-00 45 Jan01/02 52-71-00 432 Jul01/06 52-71-11 407 Apr01/93
52-71-00 46 Jan01/02 52-71-00 R 433 Jan01/07 52-71-11 408 Apr01/01
52-71-00 47 Jan01/02 52-71-00 434 Jul01/06 52-71-11 409 Oct01/01
52-71-00 48 Jan01/02 52-71-00 R 435 Jan01/07 52-71-11 410 Jul01/01
52-71-00 49 Jan01/02 52-71-00 436 Jul01/06 52-71-11 411 Apr01/01
52-71-00 R 50 Jan01/07 52-71-00 501 Jul01/04 52-71-11 412 Apr01/01
52-71-00 R 51 Jan01/07 52-71-00 502 Jul01/05 52-71-11 413 Oct01/01
52-71-00 R 52 Jan01/07 52-71-00 503 Jul01/04 52-71-11 414 Oct01/01
52-71-00 R 53 Jan01/07 52-71-00 504 Jan01/93 52-71-11 415 Oct01/01
52-71-00 54 Jan01/02 52-71-00 505 Jul01/01 52-71-11 416 Oct01/01
52-71-00 55 Jan01/02 52-71-00 506 Jul01/04 52-71-11 417 Apr01/95
52-71-00 R 56 Jan01/07 52-71-00 507 Jul01/04 52-71-11 418 Apr01/95
52-71-00 57 Jan01/02 52-71-00 R 508 Jan01/07 52-71-11 419 Oct01/01
52-71-00 58 Jan01/02 52-71-00 509 Jul01/04 52-71-11 420 Apr01/94
52-71-00 R 59 Jan01/07 52-71-00 510 Jul01/04 52-71-11 421 Apr01/01
52-71-00 60 Jul01/00 52-71-00 511 Jan01/06 52-71-11 422 Oct01/01
52-71-00 61 Jul01/00 52-71-00 R 512 Jan01/07 52-71-11 423 Jul01/01
52-71-00 62 Jul01/00 52-71-00 R 513 Jan01/07 52-71-11 424 Oct01/01
52-71-00 63 Jul01/00 52-71-00 R 514 Jan01/07 52-71-11 425 Oct01/01
52-71-00 R 64 Jan01/07 52-71-00 R 515 Jan01/07 52-71-11 426 Oct01/01
52-71-00 R 401 Jan01/07 52-71-00 R 516 Jan01/07 52-71-11 501 Jan01/03
52-71-00 R 402 Jan01/07 52-71-00 R 517 Jan01/07 52-71-11 502 Jan01/03
52-71-00 R 403 Jan01/07 52-71-00 R 518 Jan01/07 52-71-11 503 Jan01/03
52-71-00 R 404 Jan01/07 52-71-00 R 519 Jan01/07 52-71-11 504 Jul01/01
52-71-00 R 405 Jan01/07 52-71-00 R 520 Jan01/07 52-71-11 505 Jan01/03

52-L.E.P. Page 28
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-71-11 506 Jul01/94 52-71-13 409 Apr01/94 52-71-16 508 Apr01/99

52-71-11 507 Jan01/03 52-71-13 410 Apr01/94 52-71-16 509 Apr01/99
52-71-11 508 Jan01/03 52-71-13 411 Apr01/98 52-71-16 510 Jul01/05
52-71-11 509 Jan01/03 52-71-13 412 Apr01/94 52-71-16 511 Jul01/05
52-71-11 510 Jan01/03 52-71-13 413 Apr01/94 52-71-16 512 Oct01/01
52-71-11 511 Jan01/03 52-71-13 414 Apr01/94 52-71-16 513 Jan01/99
52-71-11 512 Jan01/03 52-71-13 415 Jan01/94 52-71-16 514 Jan01/99
52-71-11 513 Jan01/03 52-71-13 416 Jul01/02 52-71-18 R 401 Jan01/07
52-71-11 514 Jan01/03 52-71-13 417 Jul01/05 52-71-18 R 402 Jan01/07
52-71-11 515 Jan01/03 52-71-13 418 Apr01/95 52-71-18 403 Jul01/02
52-71-11 516 Jan01/03 52-71-13 419 Oct01/97 52-71-18 404 Jan01/00
52-71-11 517 Jan01/03 52-71-13 420 Apr01/94 52-71-18 405 Jan01/00
52-71-11 518 Jan01/03 52-71-13 501 Jul01/94 52-71-18 406 Jan01/04
52-71-11 519 Jan01/03 52-71-13 502 Jul01/94 52-71-18 407 Jul01/05
52-71-11 520 Jan01/03 52-71-13 503 Jan01/96 52-71-18 408 Jul01/05
52-71-11 521 Jan01/03 52-71-13 504 Jan01/96 52-71-18 409 Jul01/05
52-71-12 401 Oct01/01 52-71-13 505 Apr01/95 52-71-18 410 Jul01/05
52-71-12 402 Oct01/01 52-71-13 506 Apr01/95 52-71-18 411 Jan01/04
52-71-12 403 Jul01/01 52-71-13 507 Jan01/03 52-71-18 412 Jul01/05
52-71-12 404 Apr01/93 52-71-13 508 Jan01/03 52-71-18 413 Jul01/02
52-71-12 405 Oct01/01 52-71-13 509 Apr01/95 52-71-18 414 Jan01/04
52-71-12 406 Jul01/01 52-71-13 510 Jan01/03 52-71-18 415 Jul01/05
52-71-12 407 Jul01/01 52-71-14 401 Jan01/94 52-71-18 416 Jul01/05
52-71-12 408 Jul01/01 52-71-14 402 Apr01/94 52-71-18 417 Jul01/05
52-71-12 409 Jul01/01 52-71-14 403 Jan01/93 52-71-18 418 Jul01/05
52-71-12 410 Jan01/02 52-71-14 404 Oct01/97 52-71-19 401 Jan01/06
52-71-12 411 Oct01/01 52-71-14 405 Oct01/97 52-71-19 402 Jan01/06
52-71-12 412 Apr01/93 52-71-14 406 Oct01/97 52-71-19 403 Oct01/94
52-71-12 413 Oct01/01 52-71-14 407 Jan01/94 52-71-19 404 Jul01/06
52-71-12 414 Apr01/94 52-71-14 501 Oct01/97 52-71-19 405 Jan01/06
52-71-12 415 Jul01/01 52-71-14 502 Oct01/97 52-71-19 406 Jul01/06
52-71-12 416 Apr01/94 52-71-14 503 Jul01/93 52-71-19 407 Jan01/93
52-71-12 501 Jan01/06 52-71-14 504 Oct01/97 52-71-21 401 Jan01/05
52-71-12 502 Jan01/06 52-71-16 401 Oct01/01 52-71-21 402 Jan01/05
52-71-12 503 Jul01/06 52-71-16 402 Jan01/99 52-71-21 403 Jan01/02
52-71-12 504 Jul01/06 52-71-16 403 Oct01/98 52-71-21 404 Jan01/02
52-71-12 505 Jul01/06 52-71-16 404 Apr01/97 52-71-21 405 Jan01/02
52-71-12 506 Jul01/06 52-71-16 405 Oct01/98 52-71-21 406 Jul01/02
52-71-12 507 Jul01/06 52-71-16 406 Apr01/97 52-71-21 407 Jul01/02
52-71-12 508 Jan01/06 52-71-16 407 Oct01/01 52-71-21 408 Jan01/02
52-71-12 509 Jan01/06 52-71-16 408 Jan01/99 52-71-21 409 Jan01/02
52-71-12 510 Jan01/06 52-71-16 409 Jan01/99 52-71-21 410 Jan01/05
52-71-12 511 Jan01/06 52-71-16 410 Oct01/01 52-71-21 411 Jan01/05
52-71-13 401 Jul01/02 52-71-16 411 Apr01/97 52-71-21 412 Jan01/05
52-71-13 402 Jul01/02 52-71-16 501 Apr01/99 52-71-21 413 Apr01/94
52-71-13 403 Jul01/05 52-71-16 502 Oct01/01 52-71-21 414 Apr01/94
52-71-13 404 Jul01/02 52-71-16 503 Apr01/99 52-71-21 415 Apr01/93
52-71-13 405 Apr01/93 52-71-16 504 Apr01/97 52-71-21 416 Apr01/94
52-71-13 406 Jul01/05 52-71-16 505 Jan01/99 52-71-21 417 Apr01/95
52-71-13 407 Jul01/05 52-71-16 506 Oct01/98 52-71-21 418 Apr01/94
52-71-13 408 Jul01/05 52-71-16 507 Apr01/99 52-71-21 419 Apr01/94

52-L.E.P. Page 29
Jan 01/07

THY
CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

52-71-34 401 Apr01/00 52-83-00 207 Oct01/98

52-71-34 402 Jan01/93 52-83-00 208 Apr01/97
52-71-34 403 Jan01/93 52-83-00 209 Jul01/02
52-71-34 404 Apr01/00 52-83-00 210 Jul01/06
52-71-34 405 Apr01/00 52-83-00 211 Jul01/06
52-71-34 406 Apr01/00 52-83-00 212 Jul01/06
52-71-36 401 Jan01/94 52-83-00 601 Apr01/03
52-71-36 402 Apr01/94 52-83-00 602 Jul01/03
52-71-36 403 Jan01/93 52-83-00 603 Jul01/03
52-71-36 404 Jul01/04 52-83-00 604 Jul01/03
52-71-36 405 Apr01/94 52-83-00 605 Jul01/03
52-71-36 406 Jul01/04 52-83-00 606 Jul01/03
52-71-36 407 Jan01/94 52-83-00 607 Jul01/03
52-71-36 408 Jan01/94 52-83-00 608 Jul01/03
52-71-36 409 Jan01/94 52-83-00 609 Jul01/03
52-71-36 410 Oct01/99 52-83-00 610 Jul01/03
52-71-36 411 Oct01/99
52-90-00 1 Jan01/05
52-80-00 1 Jul01/04
52-91-00 R 1 Jan01/07
52-81-00 1 Jul01/06 52-91-00 2 Jan01/93
52-81-00 2 Apr01/95 52-91-11 401 Jan01/93
52-81-00 3 Jan01/93 52-91-11 402 Apr01/95
52-81-00 601 Jul01/03 52-91-11 403 Apr01/95
52-81-00 602 Jul01/03 52-91-11 404 Apr01/94
52-81-00 603 Jul01/03 52-91-11 405 Oct01/93
52-81-00 604 Jul01/03 52-91-11 406 Jan01/01
52-81-00 605 Apr01/03 52-91-11 407 Oct01/95
52-81-00 606 Jul01/03 52-91-11 408 Jan01/95
52-81-00 607 Jul01/03
52-81-00 608 Apr01/03 52-92-00 1 Jan01/05
52-81-00 609 Jul01/03 52-92-00 2 Jan01/93
52-81-00 610 Jul01/03 52-92-11 401 Jul01/02
52-92-11 402 Jul01/02
52-82-00 1 Jul01/06 52-92-11 403 Jan01/93
52-82-00 2 Apr01/01 52-92-11 404 Jan01/93
52-82-00 601 Apr01/03 52-92-11 405 Jan01/06
52-82-00 602 Jul01/03 52-92-11 406 Jul01/02
52-82-00 603 Jul01/03 52-92-11 407 Apr01/95
52-82-00 604 Jul01/03 52-92-11 408 Jan01/06
52-82-00 605 Jul01/03

52-83-00 1 Jan01/01
52-83-00 2 Apr01/94
52-83-00 3 Jan01/01
52-83-00 201 Jul01/02
52-83-00 202 Oct01/98
52-83-00 203 Jan01/96
52-83-00 204 Jan01/96
52-83-00 205 Jan01/96
52-83-00 206 Oct01/98

52-L.E.P. Page 30
Jan 01/07

THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
DOORS - GENERAL
_______________ 52-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 5 ALL
Passenger/Crew Doors 5 ALL
Emergency Exits 5 ALL
Cargo Compartment Doors 5 ALL
Access and Service Doors 5 ALL
Fixed Interior Doors 5 ALL
Landing Gear Doors 6 ALL
Miscellaneous Doors 6 ALL
Door Warning 6 ALL

________________
DOORS - GENERAL 52-00-00
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of the Seal at the 801 ALL
Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency
Exit Doors
Repair of the Seal at the Cargo 814 ALL
Compartment Doors

______________
PASSENGER/CREW 52-10-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
FWD Passenger/Crew Doors (1L/1R) 1 ALL
MID Passenger/Crew Doors (2L/2R) 1 ALL
AFT Passenger/Crew Doors (4L/4R) 1 ALL
Component Description 3 ALL
Operation 3 ALL

_____________________
PASSENGER/CREW DOORS 52-10-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door 201 ALL
Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door 206 ALL
Special Precautions before Work on 208 ALL
the Passenger/Crew Door
Special Precautions after Work on 214 ALL
the Passenger/Crew Door
Installation/Removal of the 218 ALL
Hoisting Sling
Replacement of the Diaphragm in 222 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 1
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
the Percussion Mechanism of the
Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder at the
Passenger/Crew Door
Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door 231 ALL
from inside with activated Door
Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder (Door stucks in the door
frame).
Installation of the Ballast Weight 234 ALL
at the Passenger/Crew Door
Removal of the Ballast Weight from 237 ALL
the Passenger/Crew Door

_______________
PASSENGER/CREW 52-10-00
SERVICING 301 ALL
Discharging/Charging of the Door 301 ALL
Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder

_______________
PASSENGER/CREW 52-10-00
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of the Passenger Exit 401 ALL
Stop Fittings
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-10-03 401 ALL
Reactivation of the Passenger Exit 404 ALL
Stop Fittings
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-10-03 404 ALL
Deactivation of the Spring Rod 406 ALL
Assembly
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-10-07 406 ALL
Reactivation of the Spring Rod 413 ALL
Assembly
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-10-07 413 ALL

_______________
PASSENGER/CREW 52-10-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Check of the Door 501 ALL
Latching in the fully open
Position
Operational Check of the Ecsape 503 ALL
Slide Disarming when the Door is
opened from the Outside

52-CONTENTS Page 2
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Operational Check to ensure that 505 ALL
the Escape-Slide Arming Lever is
locked in the DISARMED Position
when the Door is open
Functional Check of the Locking 507 ALL
Mechanism

_______________
PASSENGER/CREW 52-10-00
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Visual Check to Confirm the 601 ALL
Presence of the Door Stop Fittings
Inspection/Check of the Door 603 ALL
Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder at the FWD, MID and AFT
Passenger/Crew Doors
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 609 001-099, 101-149
Striker Mechanism at the Door
Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder for Corrosion
Functional Check and Lubrication 615 ALL
of Door Girt Bar Slider Mechanism

FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR 52-11-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Component Description 3 ALL
Door Structure 3 ALL
Door Lining and Insulation 3 ALL
Door Seal 6 ALL
Door Fittings 6 ALL
Door Suspension 6 ALL
Door Damper and Emergency 10 ALL
Operation Cylinder
Door Locking Mechanism 14 ALL
Emergency Escape-Slide 17 ALL
Release-Mechanism
Operation 25 ALL
Operation (Normal Mode) 25 ALL
Operation (Emergency Mode) 27 ALL

FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR 52-11-00

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 3
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Adjustment of the FWD 501 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 1L/1R)
Functional Test of the FWD 541 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 1L/1R)

FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR 52-11-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Inspection of Door 1 601 ALL
(Forward Passenger/Crew Door),
Internal Structure
Detailed Inspection of Door Stop 607 ALL
Assemblies on Door 1 (Forward
Passenger/Crew Door)
General Visual Inspection of Door 611 ALL
1 (FWD Passenger/Crew Door) Skin,
External Surface.

FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR 52-11-00

REPAIRS 801 ALL
Replacement of the Bushes 801 ALL
DOOR - PASSENGER/CREW, FWD 52-11-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the FWD Passenger/Crew 401 ALL
Door (Door 1L/1R)
Installation of the FWD 410 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 1L/1R)
SUSPENSION - DOOR 52-11-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Support Arm, 401 ALL
Door Buffer and Door Stay
Mechanism.
Installation of the Door Support 407 ALL
Arm, Door buffer and Door Stay
Mechanism.
Removal of the Upper and Lower 413 ALL
Guide Arms and the Guide Arm
Hinge-Fittings.
Installation of the Upper and 420 ALL
Lower Guide Arms and the Guide Arm
Hinge-Fittings.
SUSPENSION - DOOR 52-11-12
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 601 ALL
Door Suspension Mechanism

52-CONTENTS Page 4
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY 52-11-14
OPERATION
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door-Damper and 401 ALL
Emergency-Operation Cylinder
360RH1 (360RH2).
Installation of the Door-Damper 409 ALL
and Emergency-Operation Cylinder
360RH1 (360RH2).
Removal of the Telescopic Rod 417 ALL
Installation of the Telescopic 421 ALL
Rod.
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY 52-11-14
OPERATION
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Door-Damper and 501 ALL
Emergency-Operation Cylinder
360RH1 (360RH2)
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY 52-11-14
OPERATION
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Inspection of the Door Damper and 601 ALL
Emergency Operation Cylinder
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 608 ALL
Mechanism of the Door-Damper and
Emergency- Operation Cylinder
SEAL - DOOR 52-11-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Seal 401 ALL
Installation of the Door Seal 405 ALL
SEAL - DOOR 52-11-18
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of the FWD Passenger/Crew 801 ALL
Door - Seal
MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING 52-11-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Locking 401 ALL
Mechanism - FWD Passenger/Crew
Door 831 (841)
Installation of the Locking 428 ALL
Mechanism - FWD Passenger/Crew
Door 831 (841)
MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING 52-11-21
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Door Locking 501 ALL
Mechanism of the FWD

52-CONTENTS Page 5
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Passenger/Crew Door
MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE 52-11-22
RELEASE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Emergency Escape 401 ALL
Slide Release Mechanism- FWD
Passenger/Crew Door (831) (841)
Installation of the Emergency 416 ALL
Escape Slide Mechanism- FWD
Passenger/Crew Door (831) (841)
MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE 52-11-22
RELEASE
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Emergency Escape 501 ALL
Slide Release Mechanism- FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
FITTINGS - DOOR, LATCH AND STOP 52-11-31
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Forward 401 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door Latch and Stop
Fittings
Installation of the Forward 416 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door Latch and Stop
Fittings
FITTINGS - DOOR, LATCH AND STOP 52-11-31
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 601 ALL
Door Latch and Guide Rollers

MID PASSENGER/CREW DOOR 52-12-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Component Description 3 ALL
Door Structure 3 ALL
Door Lining and Insulation 3 ALL
Door Seal 6 ALL
Door Fittings 6 ALL
Door Suspension 6 ALL
Door Damper and Emergency 10 ALL
Operation Cylinder
Door Locking Mechanism 14 ALL
Emergency Escape-Slide 28 ALL
Release-Mechanism
Operation 37 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 6
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Passenger door opening in 37 ALL
(Normal Mode)
Passenger door closing 38 ALL
Operation (Emergency Mode) 39 ALL

MID PASSENGER/CREW DOOR 52-12-00

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the MID 501 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)
Functional Test of the MID 555 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)

MID PASSENGER/CREW DOOR 52-12-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 601 ALL
Internal Structure of the MID
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 605 ALL
Door Stop Assemblies of the MID
Passenger/ Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)
General Visual Inspection of Door 609 ALL
2 (MID Passenger/Crew Door) Skin,
External Surface
DOOR - PASSENGER/CREW 52-12-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the MID Passenger/Crew 401 ALL
Door (Door 2L/2R)
Installation of the MID 410 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)
SUSPENSION - DOOR 52-12-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Suspension of the 401 ALL
MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R)
Installation of the Suspension of 419 ALL
the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R)
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY 52-12-14
OPERATION
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Damper and 401 ALL
Emergency Operation Cylinder (Door
2L/2R)
Installation of the Door Damper 409 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 7
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
and Emergency Operation Cylinder
(Door 2L/2R)
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY 52-12-14
OPERATION
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Door Damper and 501 ALL
Emergency Operation Cylinder
(360RH3, 360RH4) (Door 2L/2R)
SEAL - DOOR 52-12-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Seal (Door 401 ALL
2L/2R)
Installation of the Door Seal 405 ALL
(Door 2L/2R)
MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING 52-12-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Locking 401 ALL
Mechanism from the MID
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)
Installation of the Door Locking 486 ALL
Mechanism in the MID
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)
MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING 52-12-21
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Door Locking 501 ALL
Mechanism of the MID
Passenger/Crew Doors (Door 2L/2R)
MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE 52-12-22
RELEASE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Emergency 401 ALL
Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism
from the MID Passenger/Crew Door
(Door 2L/2R)
Installation of the Emergency 436 ALL
Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism in
the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R)
MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE 52-12-22
RELEASE
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Emergency 501 ALL
Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism of
the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R)
FITTINGS - DOOR, LATCH AND STOP 52-12-31

52-CONTENTS Page 8
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door, Latch and 401 ALL
Stop Fittings (Door 2L/2R)
Installation of the Door, Latch 412 ALL
and Stop Fittings (Door 2L/2R)

AFT PASSENGER/CREW DOOR 52-13-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Component Description 3 ALL
Door Structure 3 ALL
Door Lining and Insulation 3 ALL
Door Seal 6 ALL
Door Fittings 6 ALL
Door Suspension 6 ALL
Door Damper and Emergency 10 ALL
Operation Cylinder
Door Locking Mechanism 14 ALL
Emergency Escape-Slide 28 ALL
Release-Mechanism
Operation 37 ALL
Passenger door opening in Normal 37 ALL
Mode
Passenger door closing 38 ALL
Operation (Emergency Mode) 39 ALL

AFT PASSENGER/CREW DOOR 52-13-00

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the AFT 501 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)
Functional Test of the AFT 556 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)

AFT PASSENGER/CREW DOOR 52-13-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 601 ALL
Internal Structure of the AFT
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 605 ALL
Door Stop Assemblies of the AFT
Passenger/ Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)
General Visual Inspection of Door 610 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 9
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
4 (AFT Passenger/Crew Door) Skin,
External Surface
DOOR - PASSENGER/CREW 52-13-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the AFT Passenger/Crew 401 ALL
Door (Door 4L/4R)
Installation of the AFT 411 ALL
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)
SUSPENSION - DOOR 52-13-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Suspension of the 401 ALL
AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door
4L/4R)
Installation of the Suspension of 418 ALL
the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door
4L/4R)
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY 52-13-14
OPERATION
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Damper and 401 ALL
Emergency Operation Cylinder
(360RH7, 360RH8) (Door 4L/4R)
Installation of the Door Damper 409 ALL
and Emergency Operation Cylinder
(360RH7, 360RH8) (Door 4L/4R)
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY 52-13-14
OPERATION
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Door Damper and 501 ALL
Emergency Operation Cylinder
(360RH7, 360RH8) (Door 4L/4R)
SEAL - DOOR 52-13-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Seal (Door 401 ALL
4L/4R)
Installation of the Door Seal 405 ALL
(Door 4L/4R)
MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING 52-13-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Locking 401 ALL
Mechanism from the AFT
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)
Installation of the Door Locking 477 ALL
Mechanism in the AFT
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)
MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING 52-13-21

52-CONTENTS Page 10
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Door Locking 501 ALL
Mechanism of the AFT
Passenger/Crew Doors (Door 4L/4R)
MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE 52-13-22
RELEASE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Emergency 401 ALL
Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism
from the AFT Passenger/Crew Door
(Door 4L/4R)
Installation of the Emergency 436 ALL
Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism in
the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door
4L/4R)
MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE 52-13-22
RELEASE
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Emergency 501 ALL
Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism of
the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door
4L/4R)
FITTINGS - DOOR, LATCH AND STOP 52-13-31
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Latch and Stop 401 ALL
Fittings (Door 4L/4R)
Installation of the Door Latch and 412 ALL
Stop Fittings (Door 4L/4R)

______________
EMERGENCY EXIT 52-20-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Operation 1 ALL

_______________
EMERGENCY EXIT 52-20-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Opening of the Emergency Exit Door 201 ALL
Closing of the Emergency Exit Door 206 ALL
Special Precautions before Work on 208 ALL
the Emergency Exit Door
Special Precautions after Work on 213 ALL
the Emergency Exit Door
Installation/Removal of the 217 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 11
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Hoisting Sling
Replacement of the Diaphragm in 221 ALL
the Percussion Mechanism of the
Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder at the
Emergency Exit Door
Installation of the Ballast Weight 230 ALL
at the Emergency Exit Door
Removal of the Ballast Weight from 233 ALL
the Emergency Exit Door

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT EMERGENCY EXIT 52-22-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Component Description 4 ALL
Door Structure 4 ALL
Door Lining and Insulation 4 ALL
Door Seal 4 ALL
Door Fittings 7 ALL
Door Suspension 7 ALL
Door Damper and Emergency 10 ALL
Operation Cylinder
Door Locking Mechanism 13 ALL
Emergency Escape-Slide 27 ALL
Release-Mechanism
Operation 38 ALL
Opening of the Door (3L/3R) from 38 ALL
the Passenger Compartment in
Armed Mode
Closing the Emergency Exit Door 43 ALL
(3L/3R)
Operation (Emergency Mode) 44 ALL

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT EMERGENCY EXIT 52-22-00

SERVICING 301 ALL
Discharging/Charging of the Door 301 ALL
Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder (Door 3L/3R)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT EMERGENCY EXIT 52-22-00

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Emergency Exit 501 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 12
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Door (Door 3L/3R)
Functional Test of the Emergency 536 ALL
Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)
Operational Check of Door 543 ALL
Unlocking/Locking, Door
Opening/Closing from Inside and
the Outside and Door Latching in
fully open Position (Door 3L/3R)
Operational Test of Interlock 545 ALL
Mechanism, Door Damping and Escape
Slide Release-Mechanism Disarming
Operational Check of the Escape 549 ALL
Slide Disarming when the Door is
opened from the Outside (Door
3L/3R)
Operational Check to ensure that 552 ALL
the Escape-Slide Arming Lever is
locked in the DISARMED Position
when the Door is open (Door 3L/3R)
Functional Check of the Locking 554 ALL
Mechanism (Door 3L/3R)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT EMERGENCY EXIT 52-22-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Check to Confirm the Presence of 601 ALL
the Door Stop Fittings (Door
3L/3R)
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 603 ALL
Internal Structure of the
Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)
Inspection/Check of the Damper and 607 ALL
Emergency Operation Cylinder of
the Emergency Exit Doors (Door
3L/3R)
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 613 001-099, 101-149
Striker Mechanism at the Door
Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder for Corrosion (Door
3L/3R)
Functional Check and Lubrication 620 ALL
of Door Girt Bar Slider Mechanism
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 625 ALL
Door Stop Assemblies on the
Emergency Exit Door (3L/3R)
General Visual Inspection of the 629 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 13
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Door 3 (Emergency/Passenger/Crew
Door) Skin, External Surface
EXIT - EMERGENCY 52-22-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Emergency Exit Door 401 ALL
(Door 3L/3R)
Installation of the Emergency Exit 410 ALL
Door (Door 3L/3R)
SUSPENSION - DOOR 52-22-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Suspension of the 401 ALL
Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)
Installation of the Suspension of 414 ALL
the Emergency Exit Door (Door
3L/R)
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY 52-22-14
OPERATION
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Damper and 401 ALL
Emergency Operation Cylinder
(360RH5, 360RH6) from the
Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)
Installation of the Door Damper 405 ALL
and Emergency Operation Cylinder
(360RH5, 360RH6) in the Emergency
Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY 52-22-14
OPERATION
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Door Damper and 501 ALL
Emergency Operation Cylinder
(360RH5, 360RH6) Door Type 1 (Door
3L/3R)
SEAL - DOOR 52-22-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Seal (Door 401 ALL
3L/3R)
Installation of the Door Seal 405 ALL
(Door 3L/3R)
MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING 52-22-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Locking 401 ALL
Mechanism from the Emergency Exit
Door (Door 3L/3R)
Installation of the Door Locking 497 ALL
Mechanism in the Emergency Exit

52-CONTENTS Page 14
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Door (Door 3L/3R)
MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING 52-22-21
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Door Locking 501 ALL
Mechanism of the Emergency Exit
Doors (Door 3L/3R)
MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE 52-22-22
RELEASE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Emergency 401 ALL
Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism
from the Emergency Exit Door (Door
3L/3R)
Installation of the Emergency 438 ALL
Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism in
the Emergency Exit Door (Door
3L/3R)
MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE 52-22-22
RELEASE
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Emergency 501 ALL
Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism of
the Emergency Exit Door (Door
3L/3R)
FITTINGS - DOOR, LATCH AND STOP 52-22-31
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door, Latch and 401 ALL
Stop Fittings (Door 3L/3R)
Installation of the Door, Latch 412 ALL
and Stop Fittings (Door 3L/3R)

_____
CARGO 52-30-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
FWD Cargo-Compartment Door 1 ALL
(Z821)
AFT Cargo-Compartment Door 1 ALL
(Z822)
BULK Cargo-Compartment Door 1 ALL
(Z823)
Cargo-Compartment Door 3 ALL
Hydraulic-System
Component Description 3 ALL
FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment 3 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 15
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Doors
BULK Cargo-Compartment Door 3 ALL
The Doors and Escape Slides 3 ALL
Control System (DSCS) (Ref.
52-71-00)
Operation 4 ALL

______
CARGO 52-30-00
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Opening of the FWD and AFT 201 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Doors with the
Yellow Electric Pump
Opening of the FWD and AFT 208 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Doors with the
Yellow Engine Driven Pump of the
Engine No. 3
Closing of the FWD and AFT 212 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Doors with the
Yellow Electric Pump
Closing of the FWD and AFT 217 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Doors with the
Yellow Engine Driven Pump of the
Engine No. 3
Opening of the FWD and AFT 222 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Doors with the
Hand Pump
Closing of the FWD and AFT 229 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Doors with the
Hand Pump
Opening of the BULK 234 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door
Closing of the BULK 235 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door
Opening of the FWD and AFT 236 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Doors with a
Crane
Closing of the FWD and AFT 241 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Doors with a
Crane
Installation of the Safety Support 244 ALL
Equipment
Removal of the Safety Support 250 ALL
Equipment
Bleeding of the Door Hydraulic 252 ALL
System with Cargo Compartment

52-CONTENTS Page 16
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Door(s) open

______
CARGO 52-30-00
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of the Inoperative 401 ALL
Cargo Door Actuator (2502MJ,
2504MJ)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-30-02 401 ALL
Reactivation of the Cargo Door 407 ALL
Actuator (2502MJ, 2504MJ)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-30-02 407 ALL
Deactivation of the Inoperative 409 ALL
Latching Unit/Latch Fitting
Components
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-30-04 409 ALL
Reactivation of the Latching 413 ALL
Unit/Latch Fitting Components
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-30-04 413 ALL
Deactivation of the Inoperative 415 ALL
Door Hinge Connection
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-30-05 415 ALL
Reactivation of the Door Hinge 419 ALL
Connection
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-30-05 419 ALL
Visual Check of the Locked Cargo 423 ALL
Doors with Inoperative Indication
Flags
Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-10 423 ALL
Reactivation of the Inoperative 425 ALL
Indication Flags
Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-10 425 ALL

FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR 52-31-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 5 ALL
Component Description 5 ALL
Door Structure 7 001-099, 101-149
Door Structure 7 151-199,
Door Structure 7 001-099, 101-149
Door Lining/Insulation 14 001-099, 101-149
Door Seal 15 001-099, 101-149
Door Lining and Insulation 15 151-199,
Door Lining and Insulation 15 001-099, 101-149

52-CONTENTS Page 17
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Door Fittings 18 001-099, 101-149
Door Fittings 21 151-199,
Door Fittings 21 001-099, 101-149
Proximity Switches 22 151-199,
Door Mechanism 24 ALL
Operation 55 ALL
Release Mode 55 ALL
Locking Mode 58 001-099, 101-149
Locking Mode 59 151-199,
Locking Mode 59 001-099, 101-149

FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR 52-31-00

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the FWD Cargo 501 ALL
Compartment Door
Functional Test of the FWD Cargo 508 ALL
Compartment Door

FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR 52-31-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 601 ALL
FWD Cargo Compartment Door,
Internal Structure
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 608 ALL
Hinge Arms of the FWD Cargo
Compartment Door at FR20B to FR25
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 614 ALL
Latching Hooks of the FWD Cargo
Compartment Door
General Visual Inspection of the 620 ALL
FWD Cargo Compartment Door,
External Surface
Special Detailed Inspection of the 624 ALL
Actuator Attach Fitting of the FWD
Cargo Compartment Door at FR22A
Calculation Procedure for 628 ALL
Structural Deviations of FWD Cargo
Compartment Door
Detailed Inspection of the FWD 635 ALL
Cargo Compartment Door, Door Frame
C20B Between Beam 3 and Beam 4
Measurement of Wear Limits at 641 ALL
Eccentric Bushes
DOOR - CARGO COMPARTMENT 52-31-11

52-CONTENTS Page 18
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the FWD 401 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door
Installation of the FWD 413 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door
DOOR - CARGO COMPARTMENT 52-31-11
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of Gaps at FWD 501 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door
Adjustment of Skin Offset at FWD 507 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door
Adjustment of the Door Mechanism 514 ALL
PROTECTION - DOOR 52-31-15
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Protection Linings 401 ALL
Installation of the Protection 404 ALL
Linings
SEAL - DOOR 52-31-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Seal 401 ALL
Installation of the Door Seal 411 ALL
MECHANISM - DOOR LATCHING/LOCKING 52-31-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Locking Handle 401 ALL
Assembly and the Related Linkage
Mechanism
Installation of the Locking Handle 424 ALL
Mechanism and the Related Linkage
Mechanism
Removal of the Locking Shaft 446 ALL
Assembly
Installation of the Locking Shaft 468 ALL
Assembly
Removal of the Latching Handle 482 ALL
Assembly
Installation of the Latching 490 ALL
Handle Assembly
Removal of the Latching Shaft 497 ALL
Assembly
Installation of the Latching Shaft A428 ALL
Assembly
Removal of the Interlock Mechanism A442 ALL
Installation of the Interlock A452 ALL
Mechanism
Removal of the Target Mechanism A463 ALL
and the Sequence Assembly

52-CONTENTS Page 19
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Target A476 ALL
Mechanism and the Sequence
Assembly
FITTINGS - ACTUATOR AND STOP 52-31-31
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Stop Bolts 401 ALL
Installation of the Stop Bolts 404 ALL
FITTINGS - DOOR FRAME 52-31-32
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Latch Fitting 401 ALL
Components
Installation of the Latch Fitting 405 ALL
Components

AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR 52-32-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 6 ALL
Component Description 7 ALL
Door Structure 7 ALL
Door Lining/Insulation 16 ALL
Door Seal 17 ALL
Proximity Switches 17 151-199,
Proximity Switches 20 001-099, 101-149
Door Fittings 20 ALL
Door Mechanism 22 ALL
Operation 54 ALL
Release Mode 54 ALL
Locking Mode 56 001-099, 101-149
Locking Mode 57 151-199,
Locking Mode 58 001-099, 101-149

AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR 52-32-00

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the AFT Cargo 501 ALL
Compartment Door
Functional Test of the AFT Cargo 508 ALL
Compartment Door

AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR 52-32-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 601 ALL
AFT Cargo Compartment Door,

52-CONTENTS Page 20
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Internal Structure
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 608 ALL
Hinge Arms of the AFT Cargo
Compartment Door at FR60 to FR64A
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 614 001-003,
AFT Cargo Compartment Door at the
lower Corner between FR 64A and
FR65
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 619 ALL
Latching Hooks of the AFT Cargo
Compartment Door
General Visual Inspection of the 625 ALL
AFT Cargo Compartment Door Skin,
External Surface
Special Detailed Inspection of the 629 ALL
Actuator Attach Fitting of the AFT
Cargo Compartment Door at FR62A
Calculation Procedure for 633 ALL
Structural Deviations of AFT Cargo
Compartment Door
Measurement of Wear Limits at 639 ALL
Eccentric Bushes
DOOR - CARGO COMPARTMENT 52-32-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the AFT 401 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door
Installation of the AFT Cargo 413 ALL
Compartment Door
DOOR - CARGO COMPARTMENT 52-32-11
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Gaps at the AFT 501 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door
Adjustment of the Skin Offset at 508 ALL
the AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
Adjustment of the Door Mechanism 515 ALL
PROTECTION - DOOR 52-32-15
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Protection Linings 401 ALL
Installation of the Protection 404 ALL
Linings
SEAL - DOOR 52-32-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Seal 401 ALL
Installation of the Door Seal 409 ALL
MECHANISM - DOOR LATCHING/LOCKING 52-32-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 21
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Locking Handle 401 ALL
Assembly and the Related Linkage
Mechanism
Installation of the Locking Handle 423 ALL
Assembly and the Related Linkage
Mechanism
Removal of the Locking Shaft 443 ALL
Assembly
Installation of the Locking Shaft 461 ALL
Assembly
Removal of the Latching Handle 473 ALL
Assembly
Installation of the Latching 481 ALL
Handle Assembly
Removal of the Latching Shaft 488 ALL
Assembly
Installation of the Latching Shaft A419 ALL
Assembly
Removal of the Interlock Mechanism A435 ALL
Installation of the Interlock A443 ALL
Mechanism
Removal of the Target Mechanism A451 ALL
and the Sequence Assembly
Installation of the Target A461 ALL
Mechanism and the Sequence
Assembly
Removal of the Switch Assembly A471 ALL
Installation of the Switch A478 ALL
Assembly
FITTINGS - ACTUATOR AND STOP 52-32-31
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Stop Bolts 401 ALL
Installation of the Stop Bolts 404 ALL
Removal of the X-Stops 410 ALL
Installation of the X-Stops 414 ALL
FITTINGS - DOOR FRAME 52-32-32
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Latch Fitting 401 ALL
Components
Installation of the Latch Fitting 405 ALL
Components

BULK CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR 52-33-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 22
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Description 1 ALL
Component Description 1 ALL
Door Structure 1 ALL
Door Suspension 4 ALL
Door Lining/Insulation 4 ALL
Door Seal 4 ALL
Door Fittings 4 ALL
Balance Mechanism 6 ALL
Door Locking Mechanism 9 ALL
Operation 9 ALL
Opening from Outside 9 ALL
Closing from Outside 10 ALL
Opening from Inside 10 ALL
Closing from Inside 10 ALL

BULK CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR 52-33-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 601 ALL
BULK Cargo Compartment Door,
Internal Structure
Detailed Visual Inspection of the 607 ALL
Stop Fittings on the BULK Cargo
Compartment Door
General Visual Inspection of BULK 612 ALL
Cargo Compartment Door Skin,
External Surface
DOOR - CARGO COMPARTMENT 52-33-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the BULK 401 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door
Installation of the BULK 405 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door
DOOR - CARGO COMPARTMENT 52-33-11
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Check of the Door 501 ALL
Balance Mechanism and of the Door
Latching in the Fully Open
Position
Adjustment of the BULK 504 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door
Adjustment of the Locking 515 ALL
Mechanism
SUSPENSION - DOOR 52-33-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Suspension 401 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 23
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Installation of the Door 405 ALL
Suspension
PROTECTION - DOOR 52-33-15
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Protection Lining 401 ALL
Installation of the Protection 404 ALL
Lining
SEAL - DOOR 52-33-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Bulk Door Seal 401 ALL
Installation of the Bulk Door Seal 404 ALL
MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING 52-33-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Locking 401 ALL
Mechanism
Installation of the Door Locking 409 ALL
Mechanism
FITTINGS - LATCH AND STOP 52-33-31
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Stop Fittings 401 ALL
Installation of the Stop Fittings 404 ALL
FITTINGS - DOOR FRAME 52-33-32
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Support Assembly 401 ALL
Installation of the Support 404 ALL
Assembly
Removal of the Latch Spigot 409 ALL
Assembly
Installation of the Latch Spigot 420 ALL
Assembly
MECHANISM - BALANCE 52-33-41
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Balance Mechanism 401 ALL
Installation of the Balance 412 ALL
Mechanism

DOOR AND ESCAPE SLIDE CONTROL SYSTEM 52-35-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL

CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 52-36-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
System Description 4 ALL
Power Supply 6 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 24
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
FLT/GND Bus 6 ALL
DC Bus 6 ALL
Interface 6 ALL
Component Description 6 ALL
Control Panel 6 ALL
Manual Selector Valve 6 ALL
Selector Valve 2500MJ 9 ALL
Door Actuator 9 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 15 ALL
Normal Operation of the Door 15 ALL
Hydraulic System with the
Electrical Pump
Manual Operation of the Door 20 ALL
Hydraulic System with the Hand
Pump
VALVE - ELECTRICAL SELECTOR 52-36-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Electrical Selector 401 ALL
Valve (2500MJ)
Installation of the Electrical 405 ALL
Selector Valve (2500MJ)
CHECK VALVE - DOUBLE 52-36-13
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
REMOVAL OF THE DOUBLE CHECK VALVE 401 ALL
(6334MJ)
INSTALLATION OF THE DOUBLE CHECK 407 ALL
VALVE (6334MJ)
VALVE - MANUAL SELECTOR 52-36-15
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Manual Selector 401 ALL
Valve 2501MJ
Installation of the Manual 407 ALL
Selector Valve 2501MJ
Removal of the Manual Selector 413 ALL
Valve 2503MJ
Installation of the Manual 418 ALL
Selector Valve 2503MJ
Removal of the Proximity Sensor 424 ALL
Installation of the Proximity 429 ALL
Sensor
Removal of the Proximity Sensor 435 ALL
Installation of the Proximity 439 ALL
Sensor
CHECK VALVE - RESTRICTOR 52-36-17
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-002,
Removal of the Restrictor/Check 401 001-002,

52-CONTENTS Page 25
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Valve (6335MJ, 6336MJ)
Installation of the 406 001-002,
Restrictor/Check Valve (6335MJ,
6336MJ)
ACTUATOR - DOOR 52-36-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door Actuators 401 ALL
(2502MJ, 2504MJ)
Installation of the Door Actuators 411 ALL
(2502MJ, 2504MJ)

_______
SERVICE 52-40-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Access Doors 1 ALL
Service Doors 1 ALL

ACCESS DOORS 52-41-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Avionics-Compartment Access Door 1 ALL
811
Cargo Loading-System (CLS) 6 ALL
Control-Panel Doors 122DR and
152MR
Air-Seperator Drainage 6 001-099,
Access-Door 311AL
Maintenance Door 312AR 6 001-099, 101-149
Maintenance Door 312AR 11 151-199,
Accessory-Compartment Access 11 ALL
Door 313AL
APU Access Doors 315AL, 316AR 11 ALL
APU-Exhaust Access Fairing 317AL 15 ALL
Component Description 15 ALL
Avionics-Compartment Access Door 15 ALL
CLS Control-Panel Door 122DR and 17 ALL
152MR
Air-Seperator Drainage 18 001-099,
Access-Door 311AL
Maintenance Door 312AR 19 ALL
Accessory-Compartment Access 20 ALL
Door 313AL
APU-Compartment Access Doors 20 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 26
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
315AL and 316AR
APU-Exhaust Access Fairing 317AL 21 ALL
Operation 22 ALL
Avionics-Compartment Access Door 22 ALL
121BL
CLS Control-Panel Door 122DR and 22 ALL
152MR
Air-Seperator Drainage 23 001-099,
Access-Door 311AL
Maintenance-Compartment Access 23 ALL
Door 312AR
Accessory-Compartment Access 24 ALL
Door 313AL
APU-Compartment Access Doors 24 ALL
315AL, 316AR
APU-Exhaust Access Fairing 317AL 25 ALL
DOOR - AVIONICS COMPARTMENT FWD 52-41-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Avionics 401 ALL
Compartment FWD Door.
Installation of the Avionics 404 ALL
Compartment FWD Door.
DOOR - AVIONICS COMPARTMENT FWD 52-41-11
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Inspection of Avionics 601 ALL
Compartment Lower Access Door
Skin, External Surface
Detailed Inspection of the 604 ALL
Avionics Compartment Lower Access
Door Internal Structure, including
Door Stops and Hinge Fittings on
Fuselage
Detailed Inspection of Fuselage 609 ALL
Internal Structure, Avionics
Compartment Lower Access-Door
Cross-Members
ACCESS DOOR - CARGO LOADING SYSTEM 52-41-14
CONTROL PANEL, FWD AND AFT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Access Doors 122DR 401 ALL
and 152MR
Installation of the Access Doors 405 ALL
122DR and 152MR
DOOR - ACCESSORY COMPARTMENT ACCESS 52-41-16
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Access Door of the 401 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 27
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Accessory Compartment
Installation of the Access Door of 404 ALL
the Accessory Compartment
DOOR - APU ACCESS 52-41-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the APU Access Doors 401 ALL
315AL and 316AR
Installation of the APU Access 405 ALL
Doors 315AL and 316AR
DOOR - MAINTENANCE 52-41-23
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Maintenance Door 401 ALL
312AR
Installation of the Maintenance 407 ALL
Door 312AR
ACCESS FAIRING - APU EXHAUST 52-41-25
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the APU Exhaust Access 401 ALL
Fairing
Installation of the APU Exhaust 405 ALL
Access Fairing
Replacement of the APU Tail Cone 410 ALL
Fairing P-Seal
ACCESS DOOR - APU FUEL/AIR 52-41-27
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 001-099, 151-199
Removal of the Access Door 311AL 401 001-099, 151-199
Installation of the Access Door 404 001-099,
311AL

SERVICE DOORS 52-42-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Door 121EL - External Power 1 ALL
Receptacle
Door 133BL - Potable-Water FWD 1 ALL
Drain-Panel
Door 122CR/152NR - FWD/AFT 1 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door
Control-Panel
Door 154AR - Potable-Water AFT 1 ALL
Drain-Panel
Door 164AR - Potable-Water 8 ALL
Service-Panel
Door 171AL - Waste Service-Panel 8 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 28
Jul 01/06
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Door 191EB - LP Ground 8 ALL
Air-Connector
Door 193CB - HP Ground 8 ALL
Air-Connector
Door 195EB - Blue 8 ALL
Hydraulic-System Ground-Service
Panel
Door 196BB - Yellow 8 ALL
Hydraulic-System Ground-Service
Panel
Door 197CB - Green 15 ALL
Hydraulic-System Ground-Service
Panel
Door 198DB - Refuel/Defuel 15 ALL
Control Panel
Component Description 15 ALL
Door 121EL 15 ALL
Door 133BL 15 ALL
Door 122CR/152NR 15 ALL
Door 154AR 18 ALL
Door 164AR 18 ALL
Door 171AL 19 ALL
Door 191EB 19 ALL
Door 193CB 19 ALL
Door 195BB 19 ALL
Door 196BB 20 ALL
Door 197CB 20 ALL
Door 198DB 20 ALL

SERVICE DOORS 52-42-00

DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of Refuel/Defuel 401 ALL
Control Panel 990VU
Refer to the CDL TASK: 28-2 401 ALL
Reactivation of Refuel/Defuel 404 ALL
Control Panel 990VU
Refer to the CDL TASK: 28-2 404 ALL
Deactivation of the Waste Service 406 ALL
Panel
Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-8 406 ALL
Reactivation of the Waste Service 414 ALL
Panel
Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-8 414 ALL
Deactivation of the Fuel-CTR-Tank 419 ALL
Water-Drain Panel

52-CONTENTS Page 29
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Refer to the CDL TASK: TBD 419 ALL
Reactivation of the Fuel-CTR-Tank 423 ALL
Water-Drain Panel
Refer to the CDL TASK: TBD 423 ALL
Deactivation of the Potable Water 425 ALL
Service Panel
Refer to the CDL TASK: TBD 425 ALL
Reactivation of the Potable Water 433 ALL
Service Panel
Refer to the CDL TASK: TBD 433 ALL
DOOR - WASTE SERVICE PANEL 52-42-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Waste Service Door 401 ALL
(171AL)
Installation of the Waste Service 404 ALL
Door (171AL)
DOOR - POTABLE WATER FWD DRAIN PANEL 52-42-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Drain Panel 133BL 401 ALL
of the FWD Potable Water Door
Installation of the Drain Panel 404 ALL
133BL
DOOR - POTABLE WATER SERVICE 52-42-13
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Potable Water 401 ALL
Service Door
Installation of the Potable Water 406 ALL
Service Door
DOOR - POTABLE WATER AFT DRAIN PANEL 52-42-14
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Potable Water AFT 401 ALL
Drain Panel Door
Installation of the Potable Water 404 ALL
AFT Drain Panel Door
DOOR - CONTROL PANEL, FWD/AFT CARGO 52-42-15
COMPARTMENT DOOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Control Panel Doors 401 ALL
of the FWD and AFT
Cargo-Compartment Doors (122CR,
152NR)
Installation of the Control Panel 405 ALL
Doors of the FWD and AFT
Cargo-Compartment Doors (122CR,
152NR)
DOOR - REFUEL/DEFUEL CONTROL PANEL 52-42-17

52-CONTENTS Page 30
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Refuel/Defuel 401 ALL
Control-Panel Door (198DB).
Installation of Refuel/Defuel 406 ALL
Control-Panel Door (198DB).
DOOR - HP AIR GROUND CONNECTOR 52-42-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the HP Air 401 ALL
Ground-Connector Door (193FB).
Installation of the HP Air 404 ALL
Ground-Connector Door (193FB).
Removal of the Air Conditioning 407 004-099, 101-149
Access Door (193GB) 151-199,
Installation of the Air 412 004-099, 101-149
Conditioning Access Door (193GB) 151-199,
Removal of the Air Conditioning 419 004-099, 101-149
Access Door (193EB). 151-199,
Installation of the Air 421 004-099, 101-149
Conditioning Access Door (193EB). 151-199,
Removal of the Air Conditioning 426 004-099, 101-149
Access Door (192SB). 151-199,
Installation of the Air 430 004-099, 101-149
Conditioning Access Door (192SB). 151-199,
DOOR - LP GROUND AIR CONNECTOR 52-42-19
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the LP Ground 401 ALL
Air-Connector Door (191EB)
Installation of the LP Ground 404 ALL
Air-Connector Door (191EB)
DOOR - EXTERNAL POWER RECEPTACLE 52-42-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the External-Power 401 ALL
Receptacle Door (121EL)
Installation of the External-Power 404 ALL
Receptacle Door (121EL)
Removal of the Seal of the 407 ALL
External Power Receptacle Door
121EL
Installation of the Seal of the 410 ALL
External Power Receptacle Door
121EL
DOOR - BLUE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUND 52-42-23
SERVICE PANEL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door - Blue 401 ALL
Hydraulic System Ground Service

52-CONTENTS Page 31
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Panel (195BB).
Installation of the Door - Blue 407 ALL
Hydraulic System Ground Service
Panel (195BB).
DOOR - YELLOW HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUND 52-42-25
SERVICE PANEL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door of the Ground 401 ALL
Service Panel (196BB) of the
Yellow Hydraulic System
Installation of the Door of the 406 ALL
Ground Service Panel (196BB) of
the Yellow Hydraulic System
DOOR - GREEN HYDRAULIC SYSTEM GROUND 52-42-27
SERVICE PANEL
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Door of the Ground 401 ALL
Service Panel (197CB) of the Green
Hydraulic System
Installation of the Door of the 405 ALL
Ground Service Panel (197CB) of
the Green Hydraulic System
OVERPRESSURE DOOR - BELLY FAIRING 52-42-29
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Overpressure Door 401 ALL
of the Panel 193DB
Installation of the Overpressure 404 ALL
Door of the Panel 193DB
Removal of the Overpressure Door 409 ALL
at Zone 147
Installation of the Overpressure 412 ALL
Door at Zone 147
ACCESS DOOR - CLG AND MLG DOOR GROUND 52-42-32
OPENING HANDLE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Access Door of the 401 ALL
CLG Door Ground Opening Handle
(149BB)
Installation of the Access Door of 406 ALL
the CLG Door Ground Opening Handle
(149BB)
Removal of the Access Door of the 411 ALL
MLG Door Ground Opening Handle
(149AB, 149CB)
Installation of the Access Door of 419 ALL
the MLG Door Ground Opening Handle

52-CONTENTS Page 32
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
(149AB, 149CB)
ACCESS DOOR - CENTER TANK WATER DRAIN 52-42-33
VALVE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Access Doors of the 401 ALL
Center Tank Water Drain Valve
(191RB, 192RB)
Installation of the Access Doors 408 ALL
of the Center Tank Water Drain
Valve (191RB, 192RB)

______________
FIXED INTERIOR 52-50-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Passenger-Compartment 1 ALL
Fixed-Partitions Interior-Doors
Underfloor-Compartment 1 ALL
Fixed-Partitions Interior-Doors

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FIXED PARTITION 52-51-00

INTERIOR DOORS
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 6 ALL
Cockpit Door 6 ALL
Cockpit Door Lock System (CDLS) 6 ALL
Component Description 9 ALL
Components of the Cockpit Door 9 ALL
Components of the Cockpit Door 10 ALL
Lock-System
Components of the Back-Up System 12 ALL
Operation 13 ALL
Normal Mode 13 ALL
Emergency Mode 14 ALL
Override Mode 15 ALL

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FIXED PARTITION 52-51-00

INTERIOR DOORS
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of the Key Pad 401 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 401 ALL
52-50-02-5)

52-CONTENTS Page 33
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Reactivation of the Key Pad 405 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 405 ALL
52-50-02-5)
Deactivation of the Buzzer 408 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 408 ALL
52-50-02-4)
Reactivation of the Buzzer 409 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 409 ALL
52-50-02-4)
Deactivation of the Lock Function 410 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 410 ALL
52-50-02-1)b)
Reactivation of the Lock Function 411 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 411 ALL
52-50-02-1)b)
Deactivation of the Cockpit Door 412 ALL
Locking System (CDLS)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-50-02 412 ALL
Reactivation of the Cockpit Door 414 ALL
Locking System (CDLS)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-50-02 414 ALL
Deactivation of the Key Pad 415 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 415 ALL
52-50-02-I)a)
Reactivation of the Key Pad 418 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 418 ALL
52-50-02-I)a)
Check of the Pressure Rate Sensor 421 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 421 ALL
52-50-02-6)
Check of the Pressure Rate Sensor 425 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 425 ALL
52-50-02-K)a)
Check of the Pressure Rate Sensor 428 ALL
of the Back Up Control Panel
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 428 ALL
52-50-02-K)b)
Deactivation of the Door Locking 431 ALL
System Selector on the Back Up
Control Panel
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 431 ALL
52-50-02-D)c)
Reactivation of the Door Locking 433 ALL
System Selector on the Back Up
Control Panel
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 433 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 34
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
52-50-02-D)c)
Deactivation of the Electrical 436 ALL
Release Strikes
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 436 ALL
52-50-02-J)
Reactivation of the Electrical 441 ALL
Release Strikes
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 441 ALL
52-50-02-J)

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FIXED PARTITION 52-51-00

INTERIOR DOORS
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Test of the 501 ALL
Cockpit-Door Lock System (CDLS)
Operational Test of the 505 ALL
Cockpit-Door Routine-Access
Operational Test of the 509 ALL
Cockpit-Door Emergency-Access
Operational Test of the 514 ALL
Cockpit-Door Back-Up-System
Operational Check of all Sensing 520 ALL
Channels for Rapid Decompression,
check of Door Opening in Case of
Power Off and by using the
Emergency Code
Operational Check of the Manual 528 ALL
Switch Over
Functional Test of the Door 531 ALL
Opening Force
Functional Test of the 535 ALL
Decompression Event

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FIXED PARTITION 52-51-00

INTERIOR DOORS
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Inspection of Mechanical 601 ALL
Parts of Door Locking System

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FIXED PARTITION 52-51-00

INTERIOR DOORS
REPAIRS 801 ALL
Repair of Cockpit Door Upper Edge 801 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 35
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
DOOR - COCKPIT 52-51-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Cockpit Door 401 ALL
Installation of the Cockpit Door 404 ALL
Replacement of the Spy Hole 406 ALL
Removal of the Door Post, the 410 ALL
Fixed Partition and the Door Frame
Panel
Installation of the Door Post, the 421 ALL
Fixed Partition and the Door Frame
Panel
DOOR - COCKPIT 52-51-11
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Cockpit Door and 501 ALL
Door Latch Mechanism
STRIKE - ELECTRIC RELEASE 52-51-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Electric Release 401 ALL
Strike of the Cockpit Door
Installation of the Electric 404 ALL
Release Strike of the Cockpit Door
BUZZER - COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING SYSTEM 52-51-13
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Buzzer of the 401 ALL
Cockpit-Door Locking System
Installation of the Buzzer of the 404 ALL
Cockpit-Door Locking System
CONTROL UNIT - COCKPIT DOOR LOCKING 52-51-14
SYSTEM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Control Unit of the 401 ALL
Cockpit-Door Locking System
Installation of the Control Unit 404 ALL
of the Cockpit-Door Locking System
KEYPAD 52-51-15
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Keypad 401 ALL
Installation of the Keypad 404 ALL
BACKUP CONTROL UNIT - COCKPIT DOOR 52-51-16
LOCKING SYSTEM
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Backup Control-Unit 401 ALL
Assembly of the Cockpit-Door
Locking System
Installation of the Backup 405 ALL
Control-Unit Assembly of the

52-CONTENTS Page 36
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Cockpit-Door Locking System
CIRCUIT BREAKER BOX 52-51-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Circuit Breaker Box 401 ALL
40MQ
Installation of the Circuit 405 ALL
Breaker Box 40MQ
LATCH - MECHANISM 52-51-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Latch Mechanism 401 ALL
Installation of the Latch 404 ALL
Mechanism

UNDERFLOOR COMPARTMENT FIXED PARTITION 52-52-00

INTERIOR DOORS
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Door 132AZ in the 1 ALL
Avionics-Compartment Fixed
Partition
Door 162ZW in Bulk 1 ALL
Cargo-Compartment
Fixed-Partition
Component Description 1 ALL
Interior Door 132AZ 1 ALL
Interior Door 162ZW 4 ALL
Operation 5 ALL
Opening/Closing Procedure of the 5 ALL
Interior Door 132AZ
Opening/Closing Procedure of the 6 ALL
Interior Door 162ZW
DOOR - AVIONICS COMPARTMENT 52-52-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Avionics 401 ALL
Compartment Door 132AZ
Installation of the Avionics 404 ALL
Compartment Door 132AZ
DOOR - AFT CABIN UNDERFLOOR 52-52-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Interior Door of 401 ALL
the BULK-Cargo
Compartment-Partition
Installation of the Interior Door 404 ALL
of the BULK-Cargo

52-CONTENTS Page 37
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Compartment-Partition

____________
DOOR WARNING 52-70-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Doors and Escape Slides Control 1 ALL
System
Mechanical Indicators 3 ALL
Component Description 3 ALL
Door Warnings 3 ALL
Emergency Escape-Slide Warnings 3 ALL
Residual Pressure Warnings 3 ALL
Cargo-Compartment Door 3 ALL
Electrical-Control-System
Operation 4 ALL

_____________
DOOR WARNING 52-70-00
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Verification Test (Doors) 401 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-70-01 401 ALL
Reactivation of Indications on 403 ALL
ECAM DOOR/OXY Page

DOOR AND ESCAPE SLIDE CONTROL SYSTEM 52-71-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 2 ALL
System Description 21 ALL
Door Monitoring Function 21 ALL
Escape-Slide Release-Warning 23 ALL
Function
Residual-Pressure Warning 23 ALL
Function
Control of the FWD and AFT Cargo 26 ALL
Compartment Door
Power Supply 26 ALL
Interface 28 ALL
Component Description 28 ALL
Proximity Switch Control Unit 28 ALL
(PSCU)
Compensation Panel (5062VE) 31 ALL
Autonomous Standby Power Supply 31 ALL
Unit (ASPSU)

52-CONTENTS Page 38
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Proximity Sensor 33 ALL
Indicator Lights 33 ALL
Operation/Control and Indicating 37 ALL
Door Monitoring Function 37 ALL
Escape-Slide Release-Warning 44 ALL
System
Escape-Slide Release Status 44 ALL
Indication
Residual-Pressure Warning 46 ALL
Indication
Indications on the Display Units 47 ALL
of the ECAM System
Indications on the Programming 48 ALL
and Indication Module (PIM)
Cargo-Compartment Door 50 ALL
Electrical-Control-System
System Reset 51 ALL
BITE Test 52 ALL
System BITE Function of the PSCU 52 ALL
Fault Classification. 52 ALL
System BITE Function of the 56 ALL
ASPSU

DOOR AND ESCAPE SLIDE CONTROL SYSTEM 52-71-00

DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
Deactivation of a Proximity Sensor 401 ALL
of the Passenger/Crew Doors No.1,
2, 4, the FWD and AFT
Cargo-Compartment Door and the
Bulk Cargo-Compartment Door
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 401 ALL
52-71-01-B)a)b)
Reactivation of a Proximity Sensor 413 ALL
of the Passenger/Crew Doors No.1,
2, 4, the FWD and AFT
Cargo-Compartment Door and the
Bulk-Compartment Door
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 413 ALL
52-71-01-B)a)b)
Verification Test (Doors) 417 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 417 ALL
52-71-01-A)
Reactivation of the Proximity 419 ALL
Switch Control Unit (PSCU)
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 419 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 39
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

SUBJECT
_______ CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
52-71-01-A)
Deactivation of a Proximity Switch 420 ALL
of the Cabin Emergency Passenger
Door No.3
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 420 ALL
52-71-01-B)b)b)
Reactivation of a Proximity Switch 428 ALL
of the Cabin Emergency Passenger
Door No.3
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 428 ALL
52-71-01-B)b)b)
Verification Test of the Avionics 432 ALL
Door
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 432 ALL
52-71-01-B)d)
Reactivation of the Proximity 435 ALL
Switch of the Avionics Door
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 435 ALL
52-71-01-B)d)

DOOR AND ESCAPE SLIDE CONTROL SYSTEM 52-71-00

ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Check of the Door 501 ALL
Monitoring System
Operational Check of the 510 ALL
Escape-Slide Release-Warning
System
Operational Check of the 515 ALL
Residual-Pressure Warning System
(with Functional Test of the
Pressure Switch 40MJ)
Operational Test of the Electrical 519 ALL
Control System for the FWD (AFT)
Cargo-Compartment Door
BITE Test of the Proximity Switch 527 ALL
Control Unit (PSCU) (5MJ)
BITE Test of the Autonomous 529 ALL
Standby Power Supply Unit (ASPSU)
(101MJ) from the Built-In Test
Panel
Battery Capacity Test of the 533 ALL
Autonomous Standby Power Supply
Unit (ASPSU) (101MJ) from the
Built-In Test Panel
Alternative Procedure to the 537 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 40
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Battery Capacity Check via the
MCDU
BITE Test of the Autonomous 538 ALL
Standby Power Supply Unit (ASPSU)
(101MJ) from the MCDU
PROXIMITY SENSOR - PASSENGER/CREW DOOR 52-71-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Proximity Sensors 401 ALL
from the Door Locking Mechanism
Installation of the Proximity 409 ALL
Sensors on the Door Locking
Mechanism
Removal of the Proximity Sensors 419 ALL
from the Escape Slide Release
Mechanism
Installation of the Proximity 422 ALL
Sensors on the Escape Slide
Release Mechanism
PROXIMITY SENSOR - PASSENGER/CREW DOOR 52-71-11
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Actuation 501 ALL
Clearance of the Proximity Sensors
Adjustment of the Actuation 516 ALL
Clearance of the Proximity Sensors
PROXIMITY SENSOR - EMERGENCY EXIT DOOR 52-71-12
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Proximity Sensors 401 ALL
from the Door Locking Mechanism
Installation of the Proximity 405 ALL
Sensors on the Door Locking
Mechanism
Removal of the Proximity Sensors 410 ALL
from the Escape Slide Release
Mechanism
Installation of the Proximity 413 ALL
Sensors on the Escape Slide
Release Mechanism
PROXIMITY SENSOR - EMERGENCY EXIT DOOR 52-71-12
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Proximity 501 ALL
Sensors at the Locking Mechanism
Adjustment of the Proximity Sensor 508 ALL
at the Slide Release Mechanism
PROXIMITY SENSOR - LOWER DECK CARGO 52-71-13
DOOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 41
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the Proximity Sensors 401 ALL
(6MJ, 8MJ, 26MJ, 28MJ, 38MJ, 39MJ)
Installation of the Proximity 406 ALL
Sensors (6MJ, 8MJ, 26MJ, 28MJ,
38MJ, 39MJ)
Removal of the Proximity Sensors 412 ALL
(27MJ, 29MJ)
Installation of the Proximity 417 ALL
Sensors (27MJ, 29MJ)
PROXIMITY SENSOR - LOWER DECK CARGO 52-71-13
DOOR
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Actuation 501 ALL
Clearance of the Proximity Sensors
(6MJ, 8MJ, 26MJ, 28MJ, 38MJ, 39MJ)
Adjustment of the Actuation 507 ALL
Clearance of the Proximity Sensors
(27MJ, 29MJ)
PROXIMITY SENSOR - AVIONICS 52-71-14
COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Proximity Sensor 401 ALL
(7MJ)
Installation of the Proximity 404 ALL
Sensor (7MJ)
PROXIMITY SENSOR - AVIONICS 52-71-14
COMPARTMENT ACCESS DOOR
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Actuation 501 ALL
Clearance of the Proximity Sensor
(7MJ)
PROXIMITY SENSOR - LOWER DECK MOBILE 52-71-16
CREW REST
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Proximity Sensors 401 ALL
(200MJ, 201MJ)
Installation of the Proximity 407 ALL
Sensors (200MJ, 201MJ)
PROXIMITY SENSOR - LOWER DECK MOBILE 52-71-16
CREW REST
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Adjustment of the Actuation 501 ALL
Clearance of the Proximity Sensors
(200MJ, 201MJ)
Operational Test of the Proximity 510 ALL
Sensors (200MJ, 201MJ)

52-CONTENTS Page 42
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
LIMIT SWITCH 52-71-18
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Limit Switch 401 ALL
2507MJ/2509MJ
Installation of the Limit Switch 406 ALL
2507MJ/2509MJ
Removal of the Limit Switch 2508MJ 411 ALL
Installation of the Limit Switch 414 ALL
2508MJ
SWITCH - CABIN PRESSURE 52-71-19
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Cabin Pressure 401 ALL
Switch (40MJ)
Installation of the Cabin Pressure 404 ALL
Switch (40MJ)
INDICATOR LIGHT 52-71-21
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Indicator Light 401 ALL
Installation of the Indicator 406 ALL
Light
Removal of the Indicator Light 413 ALL
(103MJ, 104MJ)
Installation of the Indicator 416 ALL
Light (103MJ, 104MJ)
CONTROL UNIT - PROXIMITY SWITCH 52-71-34
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Proximity Switch 401 ALL
Control Unit (5MJ).
Installation of the Proximity 404 ALL
Switch Control Unit (5MJ).
POWER SUPPLY UNIT - AUTONOMOUS, 52-71-36
STANDBY
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Autonomous Standby 401 ALL
Power-Supply-Unit (ASPSU) (101MJ)
Installation of the Autonomous 404 ALL
Standby Power-Supply-Unit (ASPSU)
(101MJ)
Removal of the Battery from the 407 ALL
Autonomous Standby
Power-Supply-Unit
Installation of the Battery on the 410 ALL
Autonomous Standby
Power-Supply-Unit

LANDING GEAR
____________ 52-80-00

52-CONTENTS Page 43
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL

MAIN GEAR DOORS 52-81-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Main Gear Door Assembly 1 ALL

MAIN GEAR DOORS 52-81-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Inspection of Main 601 ALL
Landing Gear Main Door, Forward
and Aft Fittings, LH/RH
Detailed Inspection of the Main 606 ALL
Landing Gear Main Door, Center
Fitting and Surrounding Area (300
mm Around), LH/RH

NOSE GEAR DOORS 52-82-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Forward doors. 1 ALL
Aft doors 1 ALL
Leg door fixed fairing 1 ALL

NOSE GEAR DOORS 52-82-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Inspection of the Nose 601 ALL
Landing Gear Forward Door, Hinges
(No.1, No.2, No.3) Including
Fittings on Fuselage, LH/RH

CENTERLINE GEAR DOORS 52-83-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Forward Door 1 ALL
Aft Doors 1 ALL
Leg Fixed Fairings 1 ALL

CENTERLINE GEAR DOORS 52-83-00

52-CONTENTS Page 44
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
MAINTENANCE PRACTICES 201 ALL
Opening of the Movable Part of the 201 ALL
AFT-Door Center Line Gear.
Closing of the Movable Part of the 208 ALL
AFT-Door Center Line Gear.

CENTERLINE GEAR DOORS 52-83-00

INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Detailed Inspection of Center 601 ALL
Landing Gear, Main Door Fittings,
LH/RH
Detailed Inspection of Center 606 ALL
Landing Gear, Aft Door, Forward
Fittings LH/RH

______________________________
MISCELLANEOUS DOORS ((RAT...)) 52-90-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Description 1 ALL
Ram Air Turbine (RAT) Door 1 ALL
APU-Compartment Overpressure 1 ALL
Release-Door

RAM AIR TURBINE DOORS 52-91-00

DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Description 1 ALL
Operation 1 ALL
DOOR - RAM AIR TURBINE 52-91-11
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Ram Air Turbine 401 ALL
(RAT) Door
Installation of the Ram Air 405 ALL
Turbine (RAT) Door

APU COMPARTMENT OVERPRESSURE RELEASE 52-92-00

DOOR
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Description 1 ALL
Operation 1 ALL
APU COMPARTMENT OVERPRESSURE RELEASE 52-92-11
DOOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the APU-Compartment 401 ALL

52-CONTENTS Page 45
Jan 01/07
R
THY
 CHAPTER 52
__________

DOORS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Overpressure Release-Door
Installation of the 405 ALL
APU-Compartment Overpressure
Release-Door

52-CONTENTS Page 46
Jan 01/07

THY
 DOORS - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________

1. General
_______
R
R The doors are installed in the aircraft to give you access to the different
R compartments. Each door has a special function. There are:
R - doors used as an entrance and an exit for the passengers and the crew,
R - doors which are used for the loading and unloading of cargo and baggage,
R - doors which are used for maintenance,
R - some internal doors,
R - miscellaneous doors.
R You can operate the doors mechanically or hydraulically. All external doors
R are in line with the fuselage when they are closed.
R The aircraft has a Doors and Escape Slides Control System (DSCS) which
R monitors the position of some of the doors. Mechanical indicators are also
R installed on some doors. They show the CLOSED/LOCKED or UNLOCKED position of
R the related door.
The aircraft has six passenger/crew doors (Type A) and two emergency exit
doors (Type 1).

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 002)

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 002A)

**ON A/C ALL

The main components are:

- passenger/crew doors (Ref. 52-10-00),
- emergency exits (Ref. 52-20-00),
- cargo compartment doors (Ref. 52-30-00),
- access and service doors (Ref. 52-40-00),
- fixed interior doors (Ref. 52-50-00),
- door warning (Ref. 52-70-00),
- landing gear doors (Ref. 52-80-00),
- miscellaneous doors (Ref. 52-90-00).


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 1
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 Location of the Door Zones
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 2
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Location of the Access and Service Doors
Figure 002

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-00-00

Page 3
Apr 01/97
 
THY 
 Location of the Access and Service Doors
Figure 002A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-00-00

Page 4
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 3. Description
___________

A. Passenger/Crew Doors
R

B. Emergency Exits
R The aircraft has two emergency exit doors, one on each side of the cabin.
R They are called door 3L(Z834) and door 3R(Z844).
R They are used for the evacuation of the passengers and the crew in an
R emergency only. The emergency exits are plug-type doors which open out
and parallel to the fuselage. You can operate them from the inside and
R the outside of the aircraft.
Each emergency exit door has an evacuation facility which is kept in a
container in the lower part of the door.

C. Cargo Compartment Doors

R The aircraft has three lower cargo compartment doors. They give you
R access to the three cargo compartments for the loading and unloading of
R cargo and baggage. The cargo doors are installed on the lower right side
R of the fuselage.
R The FWD and the AFT cargo-compartment doors (Z821 and Z822) open out and
R away from the fuselage. They are locked and unlocked manually from
R outside of the aircraft. There is a cargo-compartment door
R hydraulic-system which opens and closes the doors.
R The BULK cargo-compartment door (Z833) opens up into the fuselage. You
R can operate it from the inside and the outside of the aircraft. It is
R locked and unlocked manually.

D. Access and Service Doors

Access doors are installed in the aircraft for inspection of the
structure and to give access for maintenance.
Service doors are installed in the fuselage to give access for the
servicing of systems.
All access and service doors are opened and closed manually.

E. Fixed Interior Doors

Several fixed interior doors are installed in the aircraft. They give you
access from one compartment to another.
The doors are installed in fixed partitions which divide adjacent
compartments.
They give you access to the installation position of systems and
equipment for maintenance


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 5
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 F. Landing Gear Doors
The landing gear doors give protection to the landing gear when the
aircraft is in flight. The landing gear doors are attached to the
fuselage at the landing gear bays. They are operated hydraulically and
controlled electrically. They open/close during extension and retraction
of the landing gear. You can operate the landing gear doors independently
for maintenance.

G. Miscellaneous Doors
Included in the miscellaneous doors are:
- the Ram Air Turbine (RAT) door,
- the APU-compartment overpressure-release door,

H. Door Warning
Warnings related to the doors are indicated electrically and
mechanically. They are given as a visual or an aural indication.
The type of warnings given are:
- door warnings,
- emergency escape slide warnings,
- residual pressure warnings.
A doors and escape slides control-system gives the electrical warnings.
It also controls the function of the cargo-compartment door
electrical-control-system.


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 6
Jul 01/04
R  
THY 
 DOORS - GENERAL - REPAIRS
_________________________

TASK 52-00-00-300-801

Repair of the Seal at the Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Doors

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific emery cloth
No specific lint-free cloth
No specific spatula
No specific very fine emery cloth
No specific wooden bonding block

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-023 USA MIL-I-631

POLYTEREPTHALATE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-024
FABRIC (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-004 AIB AIMS-04-05-003
ADHESIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-026
ADHESIVE/SEALANT ONE PART,RTV SILICONE RUBBER
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-016 USA BOEING BAC 5000 BAC 5504 BAC 5750
CLEANING SOLVENT (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 801
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-11-18-000-801 Removal of the Door Seal
52-11-18-400-801 Installation of the Door Seal
52-12-18-000-801 Removal of the Door Seal (Door 2L/2R)
52-12-18-400-801 Installation of the Door Seal (Door 2L/2R)
52-13-18-000-801 Removal of the Door Seal (Door 4L/4R)
52-13-18-400-801 Installation of the Door Seal (Door 4L/4R)
52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-22-18-000-801 Removal of the Door Seal (Door 3L/3R)
52-22-18-400-801 Installation of the Door Seal (Door 3L/3R)
52-00-00-991-001 Fig. 801
52-00-00-991-002 Fig. 802
52-00-00-991-003 Fig. 803
52-00-00-991-004 Fig. 804

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-00-00-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 802
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-00-00-865-051

B. Get access to the avionics compartment. Then open, safety and tag
this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-00-00-010-050

C. Get Access

(1) Open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801)

or the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-010-801).

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the

passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801) or the emergency
exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

(3) If necessary, remove the door seal from the applicable door
(Ref. TASK 52-11-18-000-801), (Ref. TASK 52-12-18-000-801),
(Ref. TASK 52-13-18-000-801) or the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK
52-22-18-000-801).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 52-00-00-991-001, 802/TASK 52-00-00-991-002, 803/TASK

52-00-00-991-003, 804/TASK 52-00-00-991-004)

Subtask 52-00-00-350-050

A. Repair of the Chafe Marks

NOTE : If the chafe marks are in the contact area of the door seal,
____
replace the section (splice repair).

(1) Prepare the chafe mark with very fine emery cloth.

(2) Carefully degrease the chafe mark with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-016) and a lint-free cloth.

(3) Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-004) to the chafe mark with a spatula.


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 803
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Repair of the Seal at the Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Doors
Figure 801/TASK 52-00-00-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 804
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Repair of the Seal at the Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Doors
Figure 801/TASK 52-00-00-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 805
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Repair of the Seal at the Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Doors
Figure 802/TASK 52-00-00-991-002- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 806
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Repair of the Seal at the Passenger/Crew Doors and Emergency Exit Doors
Figure 802/TASK 52-00-00-991-002- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 807
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Wooden Bonding Block before SIL 52-044
Figure 803/TASK 52-00-00-991-003


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 808
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Wooden Bonding Block after SIL 52-044
Figure 804/TASK 52-00-00-991-004


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 809
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 (4) Prevent a dust layer on the treated chafe marks during the BONDING
AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) drying period of 10 to
12 hours.

Subtask 52-00-00-330-050

B. Repair of Minor Cuts and Small Punctures

NOTE : A repair of the minor cuts is only permitted if:

____
- the cuts are not longer than 25.4 mm (1.0 in.)
- the cuts are not in the contact area of the door seal.
A repair of the small punctures is only permitted if:
- the punctures are less than 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) and the distance
between each puncture is more than 25.4 mm (1.0 in.)
- there are not more than three punctures within a section of
200.0 mm (7.87 in.) and not in the contact area of the door
seal.

In all other cases prepare a splice repair of the door seal

(refer to para: Repair of Heavily Damaged Areas).

(1) Drill stop holes of 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) dia. at each end of the cut.

(2) Push the seal to open the cut and very carefully prepare the surfaces
of the cut or the puncture with a very fine emery cloth.

(3) Carefully remove the first layer of the reinforced tissue from the
door seal for a distance of 10.0 mm (0.3937 in.) around the cut.

(4) Prepare the surface of the repair area with a very fine emery cloth .

(5) Carefully degrease the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-016) and a lint-free cloth.

(6) Apply a thin coat of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
004) or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to the
opposite surfaces of the cut.

(7) Press the surfaces of the cut/puncture together and leave them to dry
for some minutes.

(8) Cut a piece of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) to the size of
the repair area.

(9) Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-004) or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to
the repair area and fill the stop holes.


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 810
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 (10) Put the prepared replacement tissue onto the repair area so that it
is as smooth as the seal surface.

(11) Cover the repair area with a layer of foil SPECIAL MATERIALS
(Material No. 05-023) and put the seal in the wooden bonding block.

(12) Compress the seal over a period of 24 hours in the wooden bonding
block with a clamp.

(13) Remove the wooden bonding block and the foil from the repair area of
the seal.

(14) Prepare the repair area with very fine emery cloth to get a smooth
surface on the seal.

Subtask 52-00-00-330-051

C. Repair of Heavily Damaged Areas (Splice Repair)

(1) Cut the seal at a minimum distance of 50.0 mm (1.97 in.) from the
next inflation hole to remove the damaged section of the seal.

NOTE : The minimum repair length of the replacement section is:

____
- for a straight section, 200.0 mm (7.87 in.)
- for a curved section, 200.0 mm (7.87 in.) measured from the
edge of the corner.

(2) For the straight and the curved section, cut a section of the
replacement seal to the same length as the removed section.

NOTE : Make sure that the quantity of the inflation holes are the
____
same as in the removed section.

(3) Carefully remove the first layer of tissue reinforcement from the
ends of the seal and the replacement sections over a length of 25.4
mm (1.0 in.) (repair area).

(4) Prepare the surfaces of the repair areas with emery cloth.

(5) Carefully degrease the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
016) and a lint-free cloth.

(6) Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-004) or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to
the ends of the seal and the replacement sections.


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 811
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 (7) Press and hold the ends of the replacement section and the seal
together and let them dry for some minutes.

(8) Cut a piece of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) to the size of
the repair area.

(9) Apply a layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004)
or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to the
contact surface of the replacement tissue and the repair areas.

(10) Wind the replacement tissue around the repair areas.

(11) Cover the repair area with a layer of foil SPECIAL MATERIALS
(Material No. 05-023) and put the seal in the wooden bonding block.

(12) Compress the seal over a period of 24 hours in the wooden bonding
block with a clamp.

(13) Remove the wooden bonding block and the foil from the repair area of
the seal.

(14) Prepare the repair area with very fine emery cloth to get a smooth
surface on the seal.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-00-00-410-052

A. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other items.

(1) Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and support equipment used
during this procedure.

(2) If removed, install the repaired door seal on the applicable

passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-11-18-400-801) (Ref. TASK 52-12-18-
400-801) (Ref. TASK 52-13-18-400-801) or emergency exit door
(Ref. TASK 52-22-18-400-801).

Subtask 52-00-00-865-050

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 812
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-00-00-410-050

C. Close Access

(1) Close the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801)

or the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-801).

(2) Do the special precautions after work on the passenger/crew door

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-802) or the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK
52-20-00-860-802).

Subtask 52-00-00-862-050

D. De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 813
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 TASK 52-00-00-300-802

Repair of the Seal at the Cargo Compartment Doors

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific emery cloth

No specific lint-free cloth
No specific spatula
No specific very fine emery cloth
No specific wooden bonding block

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-023 USA MIL-I-631

POLYTEREPTHALATE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-024
FABRIC (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-004 AIB AIMS-04-05-003
ADHESIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-026
ADHESIVE/SEALANT ONE PART,RTV SILICONE RUBBER
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-016 USA BOEING BAC 5000 BAC 5504 BAC 5750
CLEANING SOLVENT (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 814
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-010-803 Opening of the BULK Cargo-Compartment Door
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-410-803 Closing of the BULK Cargo-Compartment Door
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-18-000-801 Removal of the Door Seal
52-31-18-400-801 Installation of the Door Seal
52-32-18-000-801 Removal of the Door Seal
52-32-18-400-801 Installation of the Door Seal
52-33-18-000-801 Removal of the Bulk Door Seal
52-33-18-400-801 Installation of the Bulk Door Seal

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-00-00-991-005 Fig. 805

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-00-00-991-005-A Fig. 805A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-00-00-991-006 Fig. 806

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-00-00-991-006-A Fig. 806A

**ON A/C ALL

52-00-00-991-007 Fig. 807

52-00-00-991-008 Fig. 808
52-00-00-991-009 Fig. 809
52-00-00-991-010 Fig. 810


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 815
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-00-00-010-052

A. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-
801) or the BULK cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-803) as required.

(2) Install the applicable support equipment to hold the cargo door open
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).

(3) If necessary remove the applicable damaged door seal (Ref. TASK 52-
31-18-000-801), (Ref. TASK 52-32-18-000-801) or (Ref. TASK 52-33-18-
000-801).

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 805/TASK 52-00-00-991-005)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 805A/TASK 52-00-00-991-005-A)

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 806/TASK 52-00-00-991-006)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 806A/TASK 52-00-00-991-006-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. 807/TASK 52-00-00-991-007, 808/TASK 52-00-00-991-008, 809/TASK

52-00-00-991-009, 810/TASK 52-00-00-991-010)


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 816
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-00-00-350-051

A. Repair of the Chafe Marks

NOTE : If the chafe marks are in the contact area of the door seal,
____
replace the section (splice repair).

(1) Prepare the chafe mark with very fine emery cloth.

(2) Carefully degrease the chafe mark with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-016) and a lint-free cloth.

(3) Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-004) to the chafe mark with a spatula.

(4) Prevent a dust layer on the treated chafe marks during the BONDING
AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) drying period of 10 to
12 hours.

Subtask 52-00-00-330-052

B. Repair of Minor Cuts and Small Punctures

NOTE : A repair of the minor cuts is only permitted if:

____
- the cuts are not longer than 25.4 mm (1.0 in.)
- the cuts are not in the contact area of the door seal
A repair of the small punctures is only permitted if:
- the punctures are less than 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) and the distance
between each puncture is more than 25.4 mm (1.0 in.),
- there are not more than three punctures within a section of
200.0 mm (7.87 in.) and they are not in the contact area of the
door seal.

In all other cases prepare a splice repair of the door seal

(refer to para: Repair of Heavily Damaged Areas).

(1) Drill stop holes of 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) dia. at each end of the cut.

(2) Push the seal to open the cut and very carefully prepare the surfaces
of the cut or the puncture with a very fine emery cloth.

(3) Carefully remove the first layer of the reinforced tissue from the
door seal for a distance of 10 mm (0.3937 in.) around the cut.

(4) Prepare the surface of the repair area with a very fine emery cloth .


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 817
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Repair of the Seal at the FWD Cargo Compartment Door
Figure 805/TASK 52-00-00-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-00-00

Page 818
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Repair of the Seal at the FWD Cargo Compartment Door
Figure 805/TASK 52-00-00-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-00-00

Page 819
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Repair of the Seal at the FWD Cargo Compartment Door
Figure 805A/TASK 52-00-00-991-005-A12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

151-199,  52-00-00

Page 820
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Repair of the Seal at the FWD Cargo Compartment Door
Figure 805A/TASK 52-00-00-991-005-A22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

151-199,  52-00-00

Page 821
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Wooden Bonding Block for FWD Cargo Compartment Door
Figure 806/TASK 52-00-00-991-006


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-00-00

Page 822
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Wooden Bonding Block for FWD Cargo Compartment Door
Figure 806A/TASK 52-00-00-991-006-A


EFF :

151-199,  52-00-00

Page 823
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Repair of the Seal at the AFT Cargo Compartment Door
Figure 807/TASK 52-00-00-991-007- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 824
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Repair of the Seal at the AFT Cargo Compartment Door
Figure 807/TASK 52-00-00-991-007- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 825
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Wooden Bonding Block for AFT Cargo Compartment Door
Figure 808/TASK 52-00-00-991-008


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 826
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 52-00-00

Page 827
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Repair of the Seal at the BULK Cargo Compartment Door
Figure 809/TASK 52-00-00-991-009- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 828
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Repair of the Seal at the BULK Cargo Compartment Door
Figure 809/TASK 52-00-00-991-009- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 829
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Wooden Bonding Block for BULK Cargo Compartment Door
Figure 810/TASK 52-00-00-991-010


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 830
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 (5) Carefully degrease the repair area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-016) and a lint-free cloth.

(6) Apply a thin coat of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-
004) or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to the
opposite surfaces of the cut.

(7) Press the surfaces of the cut/puncture together and leave them to dry
for some minutes.

(8) Cut a piece of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) to the size of
the repair area.

(9) Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-004) or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to
the repair area and fill the stop holes.

(10) Put the prepared replacement tissue onto the repair area so that it
is as smooth as the seal surface.

(11) Cover the repair area with a layer of foil SPECIAL MATERIALS
(Material No. 05-023) and put the seal in the wooden bonding block.

(12) Compress the seal over a period of 24 hours in the wooden bonding
block with a clamp.

(13) Remove the wooden bonding block and the foil from the repair area of
the seal.

(14) Prepare the repair area with very fine emery cloth to get a smooth
surface on the seal.

Subtask 52-00-00-330-053

C. Repair of Heavily Damaged Areas (Splice Repair)

(1) Cut the seal at a minimum distance of 50.0 mm (1.97 in.) from the
next inflation hole to remove the damaged section of the seal.

NOTE : The minimum repair length of the replacement section is:

____
- for a straight section, 200.0 mm (7.87 in.)
- for a curved section, 200.0 mm (7.87 in.) measured from the
edge of the corner.


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 831
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 (2) For the straight and the curved section, cut a section of the
replacement seal to the same length as the removed section.

NOTE : Make sure that the quantity of the inflation holes are the
____
same as in the removed section.

(3) Carefully remove the first layer of tissue reinforcement from the
ends of the seal and the replacement sections over a length of 25.4
mm (1.0 in.) (repair area).

(4) Prepare the surfaces of the repair areas with emery cloth.

(5) Carefully degrease the surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
016) and a lint-free cloth.

(6) Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-004) or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to
the ends of the seal and the replacement sections.

(7) Press and hold the ends of the replacement section and the seal
together and let them dry for some minutes.

(8) Cut a piece of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) to the size of
the repair area.

(9) Apply a layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004)
or BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-026) to the
contact surface of the replacement tissue and the repair areas.

(10) Wind the replacement tissue around the repair areas.

(11) Cover the repair area with a layer of foil SPECIAL MATERIALS
(Material No. 05-023) and put the seal in the wooden bonding block.

(12) Compress the seal over a period of 24 hours in the wooden bonding
block with a clamp.

(13) Remove the wooden bonding block and the foil from the repair area of
the seal.

(14) Prepare the repair area with very fine emery cloth to get a smooth
surface on the seal.


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 832
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-00-00-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) If removed,install the repaired door seal (Ref. TASK 52-31-18-400-

801) on the applicable Cargo Door,Bulk Cargo Door (Ref. TASK 52-32-
18-400-801) (Ref. TASK 52-33-18-400-801).

(2) Close the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-
801) or the BULK Cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-803).


EFF :

ALL  52-00-00

Page 833
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 PASSENGER/CREW - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________

1. _______
General
R The aircraft has six passenger/crew doors (referred to as door), three on
R each side of the cabin.
They have the subsequent locations:
- LH FWD door (1L/Z831) and RH FWD door (1R/Z841) between FR 14 and FR16A,
- LH MID door (2L/Z832) and RH MID door (2R/Z842) between FR 33 and FR 36,
- LH AFT door (4L/Z833) and RH AFT door (4R/Z843) between FR 73A and FR 75A.
They are used as entrance and exit doors for the passengers and the crew.
The passenger/crew doors are of the plug-type design and open out and
parallel to the fuselage. You can operate them from the inside and the
outside of the aircraft.
Each passenger/crew door has an escape facility which is kept in a
container in the lower part of the door.

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The passenger/crew doors which are installed in the aircraft are:
- two FWD passenger/crew doors (1L/1R) (Ref. 52-11-00),
- two MID passenger/crew doors (2L/2R) (Ref. 52-12-00),
- two AFT passenger/crew doors (4L/4R) (Ref. 52-13-00).

3. Description
___________

A. FWD Passenger/Crew Doors (1L/1R)

The aircraft has two FWD passenger/crew doors, one on each side of the
cabin. They are installed in Zone 220 between FR14 and FR16A. The FWD
passenger/crew doors are of the plug-type design and open out and
parallel to the fuselage. They give you access to the FWD cabin area. You
can operate them from the inside and the outside of the aircraft.

B. MID Passenger/Crew Doors (2L/2R)

The aircraft has two MID passenger/crew doors, one on each side of the
cabin. They are installed in Zone 240 between FR33 and FR35A. The MID
passenger/crew doors are of the plug-type design and open out and
parallel to the fuselage. They give you access to the MID cabin area. You
can operate them from the inside and the outside of the aircraft.

C. AFT Passenger/Crew Doors (4L/4R)

The aircraft has two AFT passenger/crew doors, one on each side of the
cabin. They are installed in Zone 270 between FR73A and FR75A. The AFT
passenger/crew doors are of the plug-type design and open out and
parallel to the fuselage. They give you access to the AFT cabin area. You
can operate them from the inside and the outside of the aircraft.


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 1
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Location of Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 2
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 4. Component
_____________________
Description
R All of the passenger/crew doors have the same structure and mechanisms. The
R passenger/crew doors on the right of the fuselage are a mirror-image of
R those on the left. The geometry of the FWD passenger/crew doors is different
R from that of the MID and the AFT passenger/crew doors (which have the same
R geometry).
R The passenger/crew doors are of a fail-safe plug-type design. They open out
R and parallel to the fuselage.
R An emergency escape facility is kept in a container which is attached to the
R lower part of each passenger/crew door.

5. _________
Operation
R Each passenger/crew door has two operation modes:
R - normal operation,
R - emergency operation.
R Normal operation of the passenger/crew doors is possible from the inside and
R from the outside of the aircraft.
R Emergency operation of the passenger/crew doors is only possible from the
R inside of the aircraft. An attempted emergency operation from the outside of
R the cabin causes a normal operation of the door.


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 3
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 PASSENGER/CREW DOORS - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
____________________________________________

TASK 52-10-00-010-801

Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

R 52-10-00-991-001 Fig. 201
R 52-10-00-991-002 Fig. 202

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-861-055

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-10-00-941-050

B. Put the access platform in position.


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 201
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50
KNOTS.

CAUTION : YOU MUST CLOSE THE DOOR BEFORE THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 60
_______
KNOTS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.

NOTE : If you put the aircraft nose into the wind, the maximum wind speed
____
can be 50 knots.

Subtask 52-10-00-010-050

A. Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door

(1) Opening of the passenger/crew door from the outside.

R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-10-00-991-001)

WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOORS WHILE THE RED WARNING
_______
LIGHT FLASHES, IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES, REMAINING
PRESSURE COULD CAUSE DOOR TO OPEN SUDDENLY AND COULD:
- KILL OR CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONS
- CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.

NOTE : The red warning light is installed in the door window.

____

(a) Push the flap (3) which lets you hold the external control handle
(1).

NOTE : When you open the door, the control handle of the
____
emergency escape-slide release-mechanism is automatically
put in the
DISARMED
position.

(b) Fully lift the external control handle (1) until it is level with
the horizontal green line (the door moves up).

(c) Pull the door out and move it forward.

(d) Make sure that the door stay mechanism locks the door in the open
position.


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 202
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 External Control of the Passenger/Crew Door
R Figure 201/TASK 52-10-00-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 203
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (2) Opening of the passenger/crew door from the inside.
R (Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 52-10-00-991-002)

WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOORS WHILE THE RED WARNING
_______
LIGHT FLASHES, IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES, REMAINING
PRESSURE COULD CAUSE DOOR TO OPEN SUDDENLY AND COULD:
- KILL OR CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONS
- CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.

NOTE : The red warning light is installed in the door window.

____

(a) Make sure that the emergency control handle is in the
DISARMED

position and the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE is installed.

(b) Fully lift the internal control handle (5) to the
OPEN
position
until the door is in the fully lifted position.

(c) Use the assist handle (7) to push the door out and forward.

NOTE : If there is no access platform, put the safety barrier

____
strap in position across the door frame before you fully
open the door.

(d) Make sure that the door stay mechanism locks the door in the open
position.


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 204
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Internal Control of the Passenger/Crew Door
R Figure 202/TASK 52-10-00-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 205
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 TASK 52-10-00-410-801

Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 52-10-00-991-001 Fig. 201
R 52-10-00-991-002 Fig. 202

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position.

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-10-00-410-050

A. Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door

(1) Closing of the passenger/crew door from the outside.

R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-10-00-991-001)

(a) Push the pushbutton (2) of the door stay mechanism to release the
door from the fuselage.


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 206
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (b) Push the door aft and into the door frame.

(c) Fully lower the external control handle (1) (the door moves
down).

(d) Make sure that :

- the door is fully closed and level with the fuselage contour,
- the external control handle (1) is in the correct position in
its housing and level with the contour of the door,
- the flap (3) is level with the contour of the door.

(2) Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door from the Inside

R (Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 52-10-00-991-002)

(a) Push the pushbutton (2) of the door stay mechanism to release the
door from the fuselage:

(b) Use the assist handle (7) to pull the door into the door frame.

NOTE : If the safety barrier is in position, you must remove it

____
before you fully close the door.

(c) Fully lower the internal control handle (5) (the door moves
down).

(d) Make sure that the door is fully closed and the indication plates
(4) show
LOCKED
.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-10-00-942-050

A. Close-up

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 207
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 TASK 52-10-00-860-801

Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
701-2978000 1 PIN - RIGGING
98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-019

R NO LONGER AVALAIBLE (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-10-00-991-003 Fig. 203


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 208
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-10-00-991-003-A Fig. 203A

R **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-10-00-010-059

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put an access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-10-00-865-054

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-10-00-860-052

R A. Special Precautions

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 52-10-00-991-003)


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 209
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R Special Precautions
R Figure 203/TASK 52-10-00-991-003

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-10-00

Page 210
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 203A/TASK 52-10-00-991-003-A)

R **ON A/C ALL

R (1) Safety the escape-slide release-mechanism as follows:

R (a) Put the emergency control handle (1) in the DISARMED position.

R (b) Install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) (2) to make sure
R that you cannot move the emergency control handle (1) to the
R
ARMED
position.

R (2) Open the related passenger/crew door until you get access to the door
R damper and emergency operation cylinder (referred to as door damper)
R (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).
R

R (3) Put the percussion mechanism of the door damper in its disarmed
R position as follows:
R

R (a) Install the PIN - RIGGING (701-2978000) (3) into the percussion
R housing (4) to prevent accidental operation of the door damper.

R NOTE : For the MID passenger/crew doors (2L and 2R):

____
R It is recommended to install the rigging pin in the
R opposite direction. Its head must point to the door
R support arm. This prevents an interference of the rigging
R pin with a lever of the door locking mechanism during the
R maintenance.

R (b) Cut and remove the lockwire from the knurled screw (7) and the
R lever pin (6).

R (c) Loosen the knurled screw (7) until you can move the release lever
R (8).

R (d) Retract the release lever (8) until the knurled screw (7) can
R engage with its first bore.


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 211
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R Special Precautions
R Figure 203A/TASK 52-10-00-991-003-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-10-00

Page 212
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R (e) Tighten the knurled screw (7) and safety it with lockwire,
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-019) on the lever pin (6).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 213
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 TASK 52-10-00-860-802

Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

701-2978000 1 PIN - RIGGING

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R 52-10-00-991-003 Fig. 203


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 214
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-10-00-991-003-A Fig. 203A

R **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-860-057

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the related passenger/crew door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-010-801).

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

(4) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

Subtask 52-10-00-865-055

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 215
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-10-00-860-053

A. Special Precautions

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 52-10-00-991-003)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 203A/TASK 52-10-00-991-003-A)

R **ON A/C ALL

R (1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the knurled screw (7) and the lever
R pin (6).

R (2) Loosen the knurled screw (7) until you can move the release lever
R (8).

R (3) Put the percussion mechanism of the door damper and emergency
R operation cylinder in its armed position as follows:

R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE RELEASE LEVER IS FULLY EXTENDED AND THE
_______
R KNURLED NUT TOUCHES THE END OF THE LEVER SLOT. A DIFFERENT
R POSITION WILL PREVENT THE CORRECT OPERATION OF THE DOOR
R DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION CYLINDER IN THE EMERGENCY
R MODE.

R (a) Make sure that the release lever (8) aligns with the flanged nut
R of the valve guide (5).

R (b) Move the release lever (8) against the spring of the valve guide
R (5) to its fully extended position and hold it.

R (c) Make sure that the recess of the knurled screw (7) can fully
R engage in the rear bore of the release lever (8).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 216
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R (d) Tighten the knurled screw (7) and safety it with lockwire,
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the lever pin (6).
R

R (4) Remove the PIN - RIGGING (701-2978000) (3) from the percussion
R housing (4).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-10-00-865-056

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-10-00-860-066

B. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

R (1) Close the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-

801).

(2) Close the access door 811.

R (3) Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and support equipment used
R during this procedure.

Subtask 52-10-00-862-050

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 217
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 TASK 52-10-00-940-801

Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific hoist 500 kg (1102.3110 lb)
98A52108004001 1 SLING - PASSENGER DOOR

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-052

SELF-ADHES.PVC DISKS FOR HOISTING POINT BLANKING
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 52-10-00-991-007 Fig. 204

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-010-070

A. Put an access platform in position at the related door.


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 218
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-10-00-941-059

A. Installation of the SLING - PASSENGER DOOR

R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 52-10-00-991-007)

(1) Remove and discard the self-adhesive PVC disks (3) from the hoisting
points.

(2) Remove the blanking plugs (4).

(3) Remove the hoist fittings (2) from the sling (1) and install them in
the door.

(4) Attach the sling (1) to the hoist.

(5) Put the hoist in position at the door.

(6) Attach the sling (1) to the hoist fittings (2).

(7) Operate the hoist and slowly tighten the sling cable.

NOTE : Adjust the cable adjuster as necessary to get equal tension.

____

(8) Operate the hoist to remove the weight of the door from the door
suspension.

Subtask 52-10-00-942-059

B. Removal of the Hoisting Sling from the Door

R (Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 52-10-00-991-007)

(1) Remove the sling (1) from the hoist fittings (2).

(2) Move the hoist away from the door and remove the sling (1).

(3) Remove the hoist fittings (2) from the door and attach them to the
sling (1).

(4) Install the blanking plugs (4) in the door hoisting points.

(5) Install the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-052) on the hoisting
points.


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 219
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Hoisting Sling - Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 204/TASK 52-10-00-991-007


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 220
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-10-00-410-063

A. Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 221
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-10-00-860-803

Replacement of the Diaphragm in the Percussion Mechanism of the Door Damper and
Emergency Operation Cylinder at the Passenger/Crew Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
701-2978000 2 PIN - RIGGING

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 2 shear pin 52-11-14 02 -080

R 2 shear pin 52-11-14 02A-080
R 2 shear pin 52-11-14 02B-080
R
8 diaphragm 52-11-14 02 -050
8 diaphragm 52-11-14 02A-050
8 diaphragm 52-11-14 02A-050A
8 diaphragm 52-11-14 02B-050


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 222
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

9 seal 52-11-14 02 -040

9 seal 52-11-14 02A-040
9 seal 52-11-14 02B-040
10 packings 52-11-14 02 -030
10 packings 52-11-14 02A-030
10 packings 52-11-14 02B-030

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-600-802 Discharging/Charging of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder
R 52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
R Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-600-802 Discharging/Charging of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder (for corrective action)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-10-00-991-004 Fig. 205

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-10-00-991-004-A Fig. 205A


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 223
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-861-052

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-10-00-010-056

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-10-00-865-058

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-10-00-010-057

D. Get Access

R (1) Open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

R

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 224
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-10-00-020-050

R A. Removal of the Diaphragm

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 52-10-00-991-004)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 205A/TASK 52-10-00-991-004-A)

R **ON A/C ALL

R (1) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (701-2978000) (3) is installed in
R the percussion housing (5).

R (2) Make sure that there is no pressure on the door damper and emergency
R operation cylinder (referred to as door damper) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
600-802).

R (3) Cut and remove the lockwire from the knuled screw (13) and the lever
R pin (14).

R (4) Loosen the knurled screw (13) until you can move the release lever
R (1).

R (5) Retract the release lever (1) until it does not engage with the guide
R (4).

R (6) Turn the release lever (1) 90 degrees to get access to the valve
R guide (11).
R


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 225
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
Figure 205/TASK 52-10-00-991-004

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-10-00

Page 226
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
R Figure 205A/TASK 52-10-00-991-004-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-10-00

Page 227
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (7) Tighten the knurled screw (13) to attach the release lever (1) in its
stowed position.

(8) Remove and discard the shear pin (2) from the percussion housing (5).

(9) Remove the screws (12) from the valve guide (11).

(10) Remove the valve guide (11) from the percussion housing (5).

(11) Remove the diaphragm (8), the spring (7) and the spacer (6) from the
percussion housing (5).

(12) Remove and discard the packings (10) and the seal (9) from the valve
guide (11).

(13) Make sure that all pieces of unwanted material are removed from the
hole of the percussion housing (5).

Subtask 52-10-00-420-050

B. Installation of the Diaphragm

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 52-10-00-991-004)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 205A/TASK 52-10-00-991-004-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(1) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(4) Install the spacer (6), the spring (7) and the new diaphragm (8) in
the percussion housing (5).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 228
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
R (5) Install the two new packings (10) on the valve guide (11).

R (6) Install the new seal (9) on the valve guide (11).

R (7) Put the valve guide (11) in position on the percussion housing (5).

R (8) Install the screws (12) as follows:

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED TORQUE TO THE SCREWS
_______
OF THE GUIDE. OVERTORQUE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE DIAPHRAGM
AND WILL THUS CAUSE LEAKAGE OF NITROGEN FROM THE CYLINDER.

R (a) Put the screws (12) in position on the valve guide (11) and
R torque them to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN (35.39 and 44.24
lbf.in).

NOTE : When the screws (12) are tight, there is a clearance of

____
between 0.30 mm (0.0118 in.) and 0.40 mm (0.0157 in.)
R between the valve guide (11) and the percussion housing
R (5).

R (9) Install the shear pin (2) as follwos:

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE CORRECT (ALUMINUM) SHEAR PIN
_______
ON THE DOOR DAMPER PERCUSSION DEVICE.
INSTALLATION OF AN INCORRECT SHEAR PIN WILL PREVENT
OPERATION OF THE ACTUATOR IN THE EMERGENCY MODE.

R (a) Put the new shear pin (2) into the percussion housing (5).

R (10) Loosen the knurled screw (13) and turn the release lever (13) 90
R degrees to its straight position.

R (11) Extend the release lever (1) in its armed position as follows:

R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE RELEASE LEVER IS FULLY EXTENDED AND THE
_______
R KNURLED NUT TOUCHES THE END OF THE LEVER SLOT. A DIFFERENT
R POSITION WILL PREVENT THE CORRECT OPERATION OF THE DOOR
R DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION CYLINDER IN THE EMERGENCY
R MODE.

R (a) Make sure that the release lever (1) aligns with the flanged nut
R of the valve guide (11).
R

R (b) Move the release lever (1) against the spring load of the valve
R guide (11) until it can engage into the guide (4).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 229
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R (c) Move the release lever (1) to its fully extended position and
R hold it.

R (d) Make sure that the recess of the knurled screw (13) can fully
R engage in the rear bore of the release lever (1).
R

R (e) Tighten the knurled screw (13) and safety it with lockwire,
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the lever pin (14).

R (12) Fill the gas bottle to the pressure shown on the pressure gage
R (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-600-802).

R (13) Remove the PIN - RIGGING (701-2978000) (3) from the percussion
R housing (5).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-10-00-410-053

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

R (2) Close the related passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

R

R (3) Make sure that the special precautions after work on the door are
R done (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-802).

(4) Close the access door 811.

(5) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-10-00-865-059

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-10-00-860-062

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 230
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 TASK 52-10-00-010-806

Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door from inside with activated Door Damper and
R Emergency Operation Cylinder (Door stucks in the door frame).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific safety barriers

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

25-23-49-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Forward Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
25-23-49-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Forward
Passenger/Crew Door(s)
25-23-51-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Middle Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
25-23-51-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Middle
Passenger/Crew Door(s)
25-23-52-000-802 Removal of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-52-400-802 Installation of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew
Door
25-62-00-860-801 Safety the Pack-Assembly
52-10-00-600-802 Discharging/Charging of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-803 Replacement of the Diaphragm in the Percussion
Mechanism of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder at the Passenger/Crew Door


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 231
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-861-061

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-10-00-941-060

B. Put the access platform in position

Subtask 52-10-00-010-080

C. Get Access to the Cylinder

(1) Remove the applicable upper lining of the door suspension:

- for the FWD door, the lining 831HZ (841HZ) (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-000-
801),
- for the MID door, the lining 832HZ (842HZ) (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-000-
801),
- for the AFT door, the lining 833HZ (843HZ) (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-000-
802).

Subtask 52-10-00-860-072

D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Do the Special Precautions before you work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-860-801).

(2) Make sure that the pack assembly is safe (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-
801).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-10-00-040-051

A. Discharge the Cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-600-802)

(1) Open the door.

(2) Put the safety barriers in position.


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 232
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-10-00-810-050

R B. Inspection Procedure

R (1) Do a visual inspection to make sure that the subsequent components

R are in good condition:
R - the door damper and emergency operation cylinder
R - the door locking mechanism
R - the door structure and related door stop fittings
R - the door frame fittings.

R (2) Open and close the door and make sure that the door move easily.

Subtask 52-10-00-614-054

C. Charging of the Cylinder

(1) Replace the diaphragm of the percussion mechanism of the cylinder

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-803).

(2) Charge the Cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-600-802).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-10-00-410-070

A. Close Access

(1) Install the upper lining of the door suspension:

- for the FWD door, the lining 831HZ (841HZ) (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-400-
801),
- for the MID door, the lining 832HZ (842HZ) (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-400-
801),
- for the AFT door, the lining 833HZ (843HZ) (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-400-
802).

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(3) Remove the safety barrier.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-10-00-862-056

B. De-energize the ground service network


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 233
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 TASK 52-10-00-480-801

Installation of the Ballast Weight at the Passenger/Crew Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

98A52108008001 1 SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS
98F52108431000 1 BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-23-49-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Forward Passenger/Crew

Door(s)
R 25-23-51-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Middle Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
R 25-23-52-000-802 Removal of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-991-020 Fig. 206

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-860-078

A. Get Access

(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the

related door.

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 234
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (3) Remove the escape facility (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-000-801).

(4) Remove the door lining:

- for the forward passenger/crew door(s) (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-000-801)
- for the mid passenger/crew door(s) (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-000-801)
- for the aft passenger/crew door(s) (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-000-802).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-10-00-480-055

A. Installation of the Support Frame and the Ballast Weight

(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 52-10-00-991-020)

(1) Install the SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS (98A52108008001)

(7), as follows:

(a) Put the support frame (7) with the cylinder pins (4) on the hooks
(5).

(b) Install the installation bolt (1) and the knurled head screw (8).

(2) Install the BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT (98F52108431000) (3), as

follows:

(a) Put the ballast weight (3) in its correct position in the support
frame (7).

(b) Install the installation bolts (2) with the washers (6).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 235
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 Ballast Weight - Slide Raft
Figure 206/TASK 52-10-00-991-020


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 236
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 TASK 52-10-00-080-801

Removal of the Ballast Weight from the Passenger/Crew Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

98A52108008001 1 SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS
98F52108431000 1 BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-23-49-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Forward

R Passenger/Crew Door(s)
R 25-23-51-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Middle
R Passenger/Crew Door(s)
R 25-23-52-400-802 Installation of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew
Door
25-62-41-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-991-020 Fig. 206


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 237
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-860-080

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
position at the related door.

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-10-00-080-054

A. Removal of the Support Frame and the Ballast Weight

(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 52-10-00-991-020)

(1) Remove the BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT (98F52108431000) (3), as

follows:

(a) Remove the installation bolts (2) and the washers (6).

(b) Remove the ballast weight (3) from the support frame (7).

(2) Remove the SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS (98A52108008001)

(7), as follows:

(a) Remove the installation bolt (1) and the knurled head screw (8).

(b) Remove the support frame (7) from the passenger/crew door.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-10-00-860-081

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

(1) Install the door lining:

- for the forward passenger/crew door(s) (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-400-801)
- for the mid passenger/crew door(s) (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-400-801)
- for the aft passenger/crew door(s) (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-400-802).

(2) Install the escape facility (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-400-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 238
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (3) Do the special precautions after you do work on the door (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-860-802).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 239
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 PASSENGER/CREW - SERVICING
__________________________

TASK 52-10-00-600-802

Discharging/Charging of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

R No specific extension adapter and a union, dia. 0.30 inch., 32
R threads per inch.
No specific filling system (Dry air or Nitrogen) with a pressure
gage
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-991-012-A Fig. 301


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 301
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-861-058

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-10-00-010-076

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-10-00-865-066

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-10-00-010-077

D. Get Access

(1) Open the passenger/crew door (referred to as door) (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-801) to get access to the applicable door damper and emergency
operation cylinder (referred to as cylinder):
- FOR 360RH1
open the door 831
- FOR 360RH2
open the door 841
- FOR 360RH3
open the door 832
- FOR 360RH4
open the door 842
- FOR 360RH7
open the door 833
- FOR 360RH8
open the door 843

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 302
Jan 01/05
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-10-00-614-052

A. Discharging of the Cylinder

R
R (Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 52-10-00-991-012-A)
R

WARNING : DO NOT LET HIGH PRESSURE GAS TOUCH YOUR SKIN. GAS BUBBLES IN
_______
YOUR BLOOD CAN KILL YOU.

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED TORQUE TO THE NUT OF THE
_______
FILLING VALVE.
OVERTORQUE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE VALVE, AND WILL THUS CAUSE
LEAKAGE OF NITROGEN FROM THE CYLINDER.

(1) Remove the blanking cap (3) from the filling valve (1).

(2) Slowly loosen the filling valve nut (2) to release the pressure as
required.

(3) TORQUE the filling valve nut (2) to 1.0 m.daN (88.49 lbf.in) when the
pressure gage shows the correct pressure.

NOTE : When the pressure is decreased to zero, then you can tighten
____
the filling valve nut (2) with your hand.

(4) Install the blanking cap (3) on the filling valve (1).
R

Subtask 52-10-00-614-053-A

B. Charging of the Cylinder

R (Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 52-10-00-991-012-A)

WARNING : DO NOT LET HIGH PRESSURE GAS TOUCH YOUR SKIN. GAS BUBBLES IN
_______
YOUR BLOOD CAN KILL YOU.

WARNING : DO NOT FILL THE DOOR-DAMPER AND EMERGENCY-OPERATION CYLINDER TO

_______
A PRESSURE OF MORE THAN 123 BAR (1783 PSI). TOO MUCH PRESSURE
WHEN YOU FILL THE CYLINDER CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED TORQUE TO THE NUT OF THE
_______
FILLING VALVE.
OVERTORQUE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE VALVE, AND WILL THUS CAUSE
LEAKAGE OF NITROGEN FROM THE CYLINDER.


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 303
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Charging/ Discharging of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
R Figure 301/TASK 52-10-00-991-012-A

R

EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 304
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 (1) Remove the blanking cap (3) from the filling valve (1).

(2) Connect a filling system (Dry air or Nitrogen) with a pressure gage
to the filling valve (1) as follows:

R (a) Install the extension adapter and a union, dia. 0.30 inch., 32
R threads per inch. to the filling valve (1).

R (b) Connect the extension adapter on the filling system.

(3) Loosen the filling valve nut (2) to open the filling valve (1).

(4) Fill the cylinder with the correct pressure as follows:

(a) Slowly open the control valve of the filling system and close it
when the pressure gage shows 55 bar (797.7073 psi).

(b) After 3 seconds open the control valve again and close it when
the pressure gage shows 83 bar (1203.8129 psi).

(c) After 3 more seconds open the control valve again and close it
when the pressure gage shows 123 bar (1783.9637 psi).

NOTE : The cylinder is correctly pressurized when the pointer of

____
the pressure gage is in the green area.

(d) Tighten the filling valve nut (2) with your hand.

(5) Remove the extension adapter from the filling valve (1) when the
pressure is stable.

(6) TORQUE the filling valve nut (2) to 1.0 m.daN (88.49 lbf.in).

(7) Install the blanking cap (3) on the filling valve (1).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-10-00-865-067

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 305
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-10-00-410-066

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(3) Make sure that the applicable door is closed (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
801).

(4) Make sure that the access door 811 is closed.

(5) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-10-00-862-053

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 306
Jan 01/05
R  
THY 
 PASSENGER/CREW - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
__________________________________________

TASK 52-10-00-040-801

Deactivation of the Passenger Exit Stop Fittings

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-10-03

Passenger Crew
Passenger Exit Stop Fitting

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-11-31-000-801 Removal of the Forward Passenger/Crew Door Latch and
Stop Fittings
52-11-31-400-801 Installation of the Forward Passenger/Crew Door Latch
and Stop Fittings
R 52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
R 52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
52-10-00-991-011 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-861-057

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-10-00-010-075

B. Get Access

R (1) Open the applicable door as required:

R - passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801)
R - emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-010-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 401
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-10-00-040-050

R A. Deactivation of the Stop Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-10-00-991-011)

R (1) Do a visual inspection of the stop-fittings around the applicable

R door.

R NOTE : One stop-fitting at each door can be inoperative (damaged) if:

____
- there is no visable damage to the other stop-fittings at the
applicable door.

(2) The stop-fittings at beams 1, 2, 7 and 8 on the FWD doors must be in

the correct condition.

(3) If the stop-fittings at beam 1,2,7 and 8 on the FWD doors are not in
the correct condition replace them (Ref. TASK 52-11-31-000-801)
(Ref. TASK 52-11-31-400-801).

(4) Make an entry in the logbook to record the deactivation.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-10-00-410-069

A. Close Access

R (1) Close the applicable doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801) or (Ref. TASK
R 52-20-00-410-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 402
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
R Passenger Exit Stop Fittings
R Figure 401/TASK 52-10-00-991-011


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 403
Jan 01/95
 
THY 
 TASK 52-10-00-440-801

Reactivation of the Passenger Exit Stop Fittings

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-10-03

Passenger Crew
Passenger Exit Stop Fitting

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-11-31-000-801 Removal of the Forward Passenger/Crew Door Latch and
Stop Fittings
52-11-31-400-801 Installation of the Forward Passenger/Crew Door Latch
and Stop Fittings
52-12-31-000-801 Removal of the Door, Latch and Stop Fittings (Door
2L/2R)
52-12-31-400-801 Installation of the Door, Latch and Stop Fittings
(Door 2L/2R)
52-13-31-000-801 Removal of the Door Latch and Stop Fittings (Door
4L/4R)
52-13-31-400-801 Installation of the Door Latch and Stop Fittings
(Door 4L/4R)
R 52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
R 52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
R 52-22-31-000-801 Removal of the Door, Latch and Stop Fittings (Door
R 3L/3R)
R 52-22-31-400-801 Installation of the Door, Latch and Stop Fittings
R (Door 3L/3R)
52-10-00-991-011 Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 404
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-860-070

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

R (2) Make sure that the applicable door is opened:

R - passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801)
R - emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-010-801).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-10-00-440-050

R A. Reactivation of the Stop Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-10-00-991-011)

(1) Do a visual inspection of the stop fittings.

R (2) Replace the damaged fittings of the:

R - doors 1L/1R (Ref. TASK 52-11-31-000-801) (Ref. TASK 52-11-31-400-
801),
R - doors 2L/2R (Ref. TASK 52-12-31-000-801) (Ref. TASK 52-12-31-400-
801),
R - doors 3L/3R (Ref. TASK 52-22-31-000-801) (Ref. TASK 52-22-31-400-
R 801)
R - doors 4L/4R (Ref. TASK 52-13-31-000-801) (Ref. TASK 52-13-31-400-
801).

(3) Make an entry in the logbook to record the reactivation.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-10-00-860-071

A. Close Access

R (1) Close the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801) or (Ref. TASK
R 52-20-00-410-801).

(2) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 405
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
R TASK 52-10-00-040-802

R Deactivation of the Spring Rod Assembly

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-10-07

R Passenger Crew
R Spring Rod Assembly

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific nut NAS 509-4

R B. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

R 24-42-00-862-801
R 52-10-00-010-801
R 52-10-00-410-801
R 52-20-00-010-801
R 52-20-00-410-801
R 52-10-00-991-016
R 52-10-00-991-017
R 52-10-00-991-018
R 52-10-00-991-019
De-energize the Ground Service Network
Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
Fig. 402
Fig. 403
Fig. 404
Fig. 405

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 52-10-00-861-064

R A. Energize the electrical network

R (1) Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 406
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R Subtask 52-10-00-010-082

R B. Get Access

R (1) Open the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801) or (Ref. TASK
R 52-20-00-010-801).

R 4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-10-00-991-016, 403/TASK 52-10-00-991-017, 404/TASK

R 52-10-00-991-018, 405/TASK 52-10-00-991-019)

R Subtask 52-10-00-040-052

R A. Deactivation of the Spring Rod Assembly

R (1) Do a visual inspection to find at which end the bolt is broken. The
R bolt can be broken at the eye end or the gimbal end of the spring rod
R assembly.

R (2) If the bolt is broken at the eye end of the spring rod assembly, do
R the subsequent procedure:

R (a) Install the nut NAS 509-4 (6) to safety the spring rod assembly
R (10).

R (b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

R (c) Remove the nut (8) and washer (7).

R (d) Remove the bolt (4) and washer (5).

R (e) Disconnect and remove the remaining parts of the spring rod
R assembly (10).

R (3) If the bolt is broken at the gimbal end of the spring rod assembly,
R follow the subsequent procedure:

R (a) Install the nut NAS 509-4 (6) to safety the spring rod assembly
R (10).

R (b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (3).

R (c) Remove the nut (2) and washer (1).

R (d) Disconnect and remove the remaining parts of the spring rod
R assembly (10).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 407
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R Deactivation/Reactivation of the Spring Rod Assembly
R FWD Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 402/TASK 52-10-00-991-016


EFF :

ALL 

52-10-00 Page 408
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R Deactivation/Reactivation of the Spring Rod Assembly
R MID Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 403/TASK 52-10-00-991-017


EFF :

ALL 

52-10-00 Page 409
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R Deactivation/Reactivation of the Spring Rod Assembly
R AFT Passenger/Crew Doors
R Figure 404/TASK 52-10-00-991-018


EFF :

ALL 

52-10-00 Page 410
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R Deactivation/Reactivation of the Spring Rod Assembly
R Passenger Compartment Emergency Exits
R Figure 405/TASK 52-10-00-991-019


EFF :

ALL 

52-10-00 Page 411
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 52-10-00-410-072

R A. Close Access

R (1) Close the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801) or (Ref. TASK
R 52-20-00-410-801).

R (2) Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and support equipment used
R during this procedure.

R Subtask 52-10-00-862-059

R B. De-energize the electrical network.

R (1) De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 412
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R TASK 52-10-00-440-802

R Reactivation of the Spring Rod Assembly

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-10-07

R Passenger Crew
R Spring Rod Assembly

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific nut NAS 509-4

R B. Expendable Parts

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 3 cotter pin 52-11-01 01 -010

R 9 cotter pin 52-11-01 01 -210

R C. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

R 24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
R 52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
R 52-11-11-000-801 Removal of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door (Door 1L/1R)
R 52-11-11-400-801 Installation of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door (Door
R 1L/1R)
R 52-11-14-000-801 Removal of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation
R Cylinder 360RH1 (360RH2).
R 52-11-14-400-801 Installation of the Door-Damper and
R Emergency-Operation Cylinder 360RH1 (360RH2).
R 52-12-11-000-801 Removal of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 413
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-12-11-400-801 Installation of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door

2L/2R)
52-12-14-000-801 Removal of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder (Door 2L/2R)
52-12-14-400-801 Installation of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder (Door 2L/2R)
52-13-11-400-801 Installation of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door
4L/4R)
52-13-14-000-801 Removal of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder (360RH7,360RH8) (Door 4L/4R)
52-13-14-400-801 Installation of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder (360RH7, 360RH8) (Door 4L/4R)
52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
52-22-11-000-801 Removal of the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)
52-22-11-400-801 Installation of the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)
52-22-14-000-801 Removal of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder (360RH5,360RH6) from the Emergency Exit Door
(Door 3L/3R)
52-22-14-400-801 Installation of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder (360RH5,360RH6) in the Emergency
Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)
52-10-00-991-016 Fig. 402
52-10-00-991-017 Fig. 403
52-10-00-991-018 Fig. 404
52-10-00-991-019 Fig. 405

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-860-076

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Open the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801) or (Ref. TASK
52-20-00-010-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 414
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R 4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-10-00-991-016, 403/TASK 52-10-00-991-017, 404/TASK

R 52-10-00-991-018, 405/TASK 52-10-00-991-019)

R Subtask 52-10-00-440-051

R A. Reactivation of the Spring Rod Assembly

R (1) Do a visual inspection to find at which end the bolt is broken. The
R bolt can be broken at the eye end or the gimbal end of the spring rod
R assembly.

R (2) If the bolt is broken at the eye end of the spring rod assembly, do
R the related procedure to replace the bolt:
R - for the FWD passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-000-801) and
R (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-400-801)
R - for the MID passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-12-14-000-801) and
R (Ref. TASK 52-12-14-400-801)
R - for the AFT passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-13-14-000-801) and
R (Ref. TASK 52-13-14-400-801)
R - for the passenger-compartment emergency exits (Ref. TASK 52-22-14-
R 000-801) and (Ref. TASK 52-22-14-400-801).

R (3) If the bolt is broken at the gimbal end of the spring rod assembly,
R do the related procedure to replace the bolt:
R - for the FWD passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-11-11-000-801) and
R (Ref. TASK 52-11-11-400-801)
R - for the MID passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-12-11-000-801) and
R (Ref. TASK 52-12-11-400-801).
R - for the AFT passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-12-11-000-801) and
R (Ref. TASK 52-13-11-400-801)
R - for the passenger-compartment emergency exits (Ref. TASK 52-22-11-
R 000-801) and (Ref. TASK 52-22-11-400-801).

R (4) Install the spring rod assembly:

R (a) Install the nut NAS 509-4 (6) to safety the spring rod assembly
R (10).

R (b) Hold the spring rod assembly in its correct position.

R (c) Install the washer (5) and bolt (4).

R (d) Install the washer (7) and nut (8).

R (e) Safety the nut (8) with the new cotter pin (9).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 415
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R (f) Install the washer (1) and the nut (2).

R (g) Safety the nut with the new cotter pin (3).

R (h) Remove the nut NAS 509-4 (6) from the spring rod assembly (10).

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 52-10-00-860-077

R A. Close Access

R (1) Close the applicable door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801) or (Ref. TASK
R 52-20-00-410-801).

R (2) Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and support equipment used
R during this procedure.

R (3) De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 416
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 PASSENGER/CREW - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________

TASK 52-10-00-710-802

Operational Check of the Door Latching in the fully open Position

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 521000-03

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door

52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-010-063

A. Get access to the cabin

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-10-00-710-050

A. Operational Check of the Door Latching in the fully open Position

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
R - THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
R THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
R - THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY
R OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY
R PIN INSTALLED.
R THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
R IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) Open the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

(2) Make sure that the latching of the door in the open position is
correct.


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 501
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 (3) Close the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-10-00-410-058

A. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 502
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 TASK 52-10-00-710-804

Operational Check of the Ecsape Slide Disarming when the Door is opened from
the Outside

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 521000-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-62-00-860-801 Safety the Pack-Assembly

R 25-62-00-860-803 Arm the Pack-Assembly
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-010-065

A. Get Access

(1) Get access to the cabin.

(2) Do the special precautions before work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-801).

(3) Safety the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 503
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-10-00-710-052

A. Operational Check of the Escape Slide Disarming when the Door is opened
from the Outside

(1) Make sure that the door is closed and locked (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
801).

R (2) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) and put the emergency
control handle in the
ARMED
position.

(3) Slowly lift the external control handle and make sure that the
emergency control handle moves to the
DISARMED
position.

(4) Fully open the door and make sure that the girt bar is correctly
attached to the door.

(5) Close the door.

(6) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position and
R install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-10-00-410-060

A. Close Access

(1) Arm the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-803).

(2) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 504
Oct 01/94
 
THY 
 TASK 52-10-00-710-805

Operational Check to ensure that the Escape-Slide Arming Lever is locked in the
DISARMED Position when the Door is open

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 521000-04

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door

52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-010-066

A. Get access to the cabin


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 505
Oct 01/94
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-10-00-710-053

A. Operational Check to ensure that the Escape-Slide Arming Lever is locked

in the DISARMED Position when the Door is open

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
R - THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
R THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
R - THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY
R OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY
R PIN INSTALLED.
R THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
R IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) Do the special precautions before work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-801).

(2) Open the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

(3) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) from the emergency
control handle.

(4) Try to move the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

NOTE : The locking unit should lock the emergency control handle in
____
the
DISARMED
position.

(5) Install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

(6) Close the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

(7) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-10-00-410-061

A. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 506
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 TASK 52-10-00-720-801

Functional Check of the Locking Mechanism

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 521000-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN (48 LBF)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-11-21-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism of the FWD
Passenger/Crew Door (for corrective action)
52-12-21-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism of the MID
Passenger/Crew Doors (Door 2L/2R) (for corrective
action)
52-13-21-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism of the AFT
Passenger/Crew Doors (Door 4L/4R) (for corrective
action)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-010-068

A. Get access to the cabin

Subtask 52-10-00-861-063

B. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 507
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-10-00-720-050

R A. Functional Check of the Locking Mechanism

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY
OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY
PIN INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

R (1) Do the functional check at the FDW passenger/crew doors as follows:

R

R (a) Make sure that the applicable door is closed (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-801).
R

R (b) Operate the interior control handle and measure the force which
R is necessary to lift the door with a SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN (48
R LBF).

R NOTE : The force must not be more than 16 daN (35.9694 lbf).
____

R (c) If the operation force is too great, adjust the locking mechanism
R (Ref. TASK 52-11-21-820-801).

R (2) Do the functional check at the MID and AFT passenger/crew doors as
R follows:

R (a) Make sure that the applicable door is closed (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-801).

R (b) Operate the interior control handle and measure the force which
R is necessary to lift the door with a SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN (48
R LBF).

R NOTE : The force must not be more than 15 daN (33.7213 lbf).
____

R (c) If necessary, adjust the locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-12-21-

R 820-801) and (Ref. TASK 52-13-21-820-801)


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 508
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-10-00-862-058

A. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

Subtask 52-10-00-410-062

B. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 509
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 PASSENGER/CREW - INSPECTION/CHECK
_________________________________

TASK 52-10-00-200-802

Visual Check to Confirm the Presence of the Door Stop Fittings

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 521000-05

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door

52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-991-009 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-010-072

A. Open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-10-00-991-009)

Subtask 52-10-00-210-055

A. Make sure that all stop fittings (door and frame) are serviceable and
free from cracks and other damage.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-10-00-410-065

A. Close the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 601
Jan 01/94
 
THY 
R Door Stop Fittings
Figure 601/TASK 52-10-00-991-009


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 602
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 TASK 52-10-00-200-803

R Inspection/Check of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder at the

R FWD, MID and AFT Passenger/Crew Doors

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network

52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-600-802 Discharging/Charging of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-10-00-991-013 Fig. 602

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-10-00-991-013-A Fig. 602A


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 603
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-010-078

A. Get Access

WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOORS WHILE THE RED WARNING
_______
LIGHT FLASHES, IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES, REMAINING
PRESSURE COULD CAUSE DOOR TO OPEN SUDDENLY AND COULD:
- KILL OR CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONS
- CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50
KNOTS.

R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE at the applicable
R passenger/crew door.

R (2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

R

R (3) Do the special precautions before you start work on the

R passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-10-00-210-057

R A. Inspection of the Door Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-10-00-991-013)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 602A/TASK 52-10-00-991-013-A)


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 604
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder of the Passenger/Crew Doors
Figure 602/TASK 52-10-00-991-013

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-10-00

Page 605
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder of the Passenger/Crew Doors
Figure 602A/TASK 52-10-00-991-013-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-10-00

Page 606
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

R (1) Do a visual inspection of the door damper and emergency-operation

R cylinder (referred to as door damper) as follows:
R

R (a) Make sure that there are no fluid leakage around the door damper.

R (b) Make sure that there is no corrosion, cracks or dents on the door
R damper.

R (c) Make sure that the attachment components are correctly installed.
R

R (d) Make sure that the paint of the door damper is not damaged.
R

R (2) Do a pressure check of the door damper as follows:

R (a) Make sure that the pointer in the pressure gage is in the green
R zone.
R

R NOTE : Bubbles in the pressure gage with a maximum diameter equal

____
R to the dial itself are permitted.
If the oil level, in the pressure gauge, is not sufficient
to have the pointer in the liquid (with the dial
horizontal) you must discard the pressure gage.

R (b) If the pressure is not correct, pressurize the door damper.

R (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-600-802)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-10-00-410-067

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

R (2) Close the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-

801).
R

R

EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 607
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (3) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-10-00-862-054

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 608
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

TASK 52-10-00-200-804

R Detailed Visual Inspection of the Striker Mechanism at the Door Damper and
R Emergency Operation Cylinder for Corrosion

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 521000-06

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R 701-2978000 1 PIN - RIGGING

R B. Expendable Parts

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 9 seal 52-11-14 02 -040

R 9 seal 52-11-14 02A-040
R 9 seal 52-11-14 02B-040
R 10 packings 52-11-14 02 -030
R 10 packings 52-11-14 02A-030
R 10 packings 52-11-14 02B-030


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-10-00

Page 609
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801
R 25-23-49-000-801
R 25-23-49-400-801
R Passenger/Crew Door(s)
R 25-23-51-000-801
R 25-23-51-400-801
R Passenger/Crew Door(s)
R 25-23-52-000-802
R 25-23-52-400-802
52-10-00-010-801
52-10-00-410-801
52-10-00-600-802
52-10-00-860-801
52-10-00-860-802
R CMM 521104
52-10-00-991-014
De-energize the Ground Service Network
Removal of the Lining of the Forward Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
Installation of the Lining of the Forward
Removal of the Lining of the Middle Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
Installation of the Lining of the Middle
Removal of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
Installation of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew
Door
Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
Discharging/Charging of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder
Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
(for corrective action)
Fig. 603

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-861-060

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-10-00-010-079

B. Get Access

WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOORS WHILE THE RED WARNING
_______
LIGHT FLASHES, IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES, REMAINING
PRESSURE COULD CAUSE DOOR TO OPEN SUDDENLY AND COULD:
- KILL OR CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONS
- CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-10-00

Page 610
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50
KNOTS.

R (1) Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE at the applicable
R passenger/crew door.

R (2) Open the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

R

R (3) Do the special precautions before you start work on the applicable
R passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(4) Remove the upper support arm lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-000-801)
(Ref. TASK 25-23-51-000-801) (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-000-802).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-10-00-220-050

A. Inspection of the Striker Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 52-10-00-991-014)

R (1) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (701-2978000) (2) is installed in
R the percussion housing (4).

R (2) Set the release lever (1) from its straight position to its stowed
R position as follows:

R (a) Loosen the knurled nut (14) and retract the release lever (1)
R until it does not engage in the guide (3).

R (b) Turn the release lever (1) to 90 degrees in its stowed position
R and tighten the knurled nut (14).
R

R (3) Open the filling valve (5) to release the pressure from the door
R damper (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-600-802).
R

R (4) Remove the valve guide (12) from the percussion housing (4) as
R follows:

R (a) Remove the screws (13) from the valve guide (12).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-10-00

Page 611
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R Striker Mechanism of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
Figure 603/TASK 52-10-00-991-014


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-10-00

Page 612
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Carefully remove the valve guide (12) from the percussion housing
R (4).
R

R (5) Do an inspection of the striker (11) as follows:

R

R (a) Make sure that there is no corrosion on the striker tip.

R

R (b) Make sure that the striker (11) moves satisfactorily into the
R valve guide (12).

R (c) If necessary, replace the striker (11) (Ref. CMM 521104).

R

R (6) Prepare the valve guide (12) as follows:

R (a) Replace the packings (10) of the valve guide (12).

R (b) Replace the seal (9) of the striker (11).

R (7) Install the valve guide (12) as follows:

R CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED TORQUE TO THE SCREWS
_______
R OF THE GUIDE. OVERTORQUE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE DIAPHRAGM
R AND WILL THUS CAUSE LEAKAGE OF NITROGEN FROM THE CYLINDER.

R (a) Make sure that the diaphragm (8) is not damaged.

R (b) Put the valve guide (12) on the percussion housing (4) and
R install the screws (13).

R (c) TORQUE the screws (13) to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN (35.39 and
R 44.24 lbf.in).

R NOTE : When the screws (13) are torqued, there is a clearance of

____
R between 03. mm (0.1181 in.) and 0.4 mm (0.0157 in.)
R between the valve guide (12) and the percussion housing
R (4).

R (8) Set the release lever (1) from its stowed position to its straight
R position as follows:

R (a) Loosen the knurled nut (14) and turn the release lever (1) to 90
R degrees in its straight position.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-10-00

Page 613
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Make sure that the release lever (1) aligns with the flange nut
R of the valve guide (12).

R (c) Carefully move the release lever (1) against the spring load of
R the valve guide (12) until it engages into the guide (3).

R (d) Extend the release lever (1) until the knurled nut (14) can
R engage into its center hole.

R (e) Tighten the knurled nut (14) to attach the release lever (1) in
R this position.
R

R (9) Fill the door damper to the correct pressure (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-600-
802).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-10-00-410-068

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Install the upper support arm lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-400-801)
(Ref. TASK 25-23-51-400-801) (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-400-802).

R (3) Close the applicable passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-

801).
R

(4) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(5) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-10-00-862-055

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-10-00

Page 614
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 52-10-00-200-805

Functional Check and Lubrication of Door Girt Bar Slider Mechanism

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 521000-07

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 FLASHLIGHT
No specific 1 SCREWDRIVER - FLAT HEAD

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-017A
SILICONE GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-004 USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 615
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-52-600-809 Lubrication of the Slider Mechanism on all Pax/Crew

and Emergency Exit Doors
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
25-62-00-010-801 Removal of the Decorative-Covers
25-62-00-410-801 Installation of the Decorative-Covers
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
CMM 52-12-16 (for corrective action)
R 25-62-42-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities (for corrective
action)
25-62-42-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities (for corrective
action)
52-10-00-991-015 Fig. 604

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-10-00-861-062

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-10-00-010-081

B. Get Access

WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOORS WHILE THE RED WARNING
_______
LIGHT FLASHES, IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES, REMAINING
PRESSURE COULD CAUSE DOOR TO OPEN SUDDENLY AND COULD:
- KILL OR CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONS
- CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEMS.

_______
MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPORARY PROTECTION DOES NOT GET :
- ON COMPOSITE PARTS, CONTROL CABLES, PULLEYS, TEFLON BEARINGS,
- ON LUBRICATED SURFACES,
- IN DRAIN VALVES OR OTHER ORIFICES.
TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON OR IN THESE PARTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 616
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50
KNOTS.

(1) Get access to the cabin.

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Remove the decorative cover of the escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-
010-801).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-10-00-210-058

A. Functional Check and Lubrication of the Girt Bar Slider-Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 52-10-00-991-015)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER IS
_______
IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
TO MAKE SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND OR DAMAGE.

(1) Make sure that the door is closed and locked.

(2) Put the slide control handle to the ARMED position.

(3) Put a SCREWDRIVER - FLAT HEAD approximately 250 mm (9.8425 in.) long
between the pawl (2) and the guide pin (5) (see Gap
a
). Use a
FLASHLIGHT to help you see Gap
a
.

(4) Turn the screwdriver and operate the pawl (2) of the slider against
the spring mechanism, from the locked to the unlocked position.

(5) Release the screwdriver and make sure that the spring mechanism
causes the pawl (2) to go back to the locked position.

(6) If the spring mechanism does not operate correctly:

- replace the slider (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-000-801) and (Ref. TASK 25-
62-42-400-801) or
- repair the slider (Ref. CMM 52-12-16).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 617
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 Sliders and Girt Bar
Figure 604/TASK 52-10-00-991-015

R

EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 618
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (7) Lubricate the mating surfaces of the sliders (4) and the girt bar (3)
with the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-600-
809).

NOTE : It is permitted to apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-

____
017A) as an alternative to the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004).

(8) Apply a layer of the corrosion preventive compound, STORAGE

PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004) on the spring guide (1) and the
pawl (2) to make sure that they move freely (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-600-
809).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-10-00-410-071

A. Close Access

(1) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(2) Install the decorative cover of the escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-
410-801).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

Subtask 52-10-00-862-057

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-10-00

Page 619
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________

1. _______
General
R The aircraft has two FWD passenger/crew doors (door 1L and door 1R ), one on
R each side of the cabin. They are installed in Zones 831 and 841 between
R FR13B and FR16A. The forward doors are of the plug-type design and open out
R and parallel to the fuselage. They give you access to the forward cabin
R area. You can operate them from the inside and the outside of the aircraft.

2. Component
__________________
Location
R The main components of the passenger door are:
R - door structure (Ref. 52-11-11),
R - door lining (Ref. 25-23-00),
R - door seal (Ref 52-11-18),
R - door fittings (Ref. 52-11-31),
R - door suspension (Ref. 52-11-12),
R - door damper and emergency operation cylinder (Ref. 52-11-14),
R - door locking mechanism (Ref. 52-11-21).
R - emergency escape-slide release-mechanism (Ref. 52-11-22).

3. Description
___________

R NOTE : The description which follows is related to the LH passenger/crew

____
R door (installed on the left of the fuselage, here referred to as
R passenger door). It is an example which you can also use for the RH
R passenger/crew door.

R Passenger/Crew Door
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R The passenger door is of the fail-safe plug-type design. It has an emergency
R evacuation system (ref. 25-62-00) which is kept in a container attached to
R the lower part of the door.
R The passenger door opens out and parallel to the fuselage. It is possible to
R open the passenger door in winds of up to 40 knots. You can leave the door
R latched open (or close it) in winds of up to 60 knots without structural
R damage.
R The passenger door has a free passage of 1930 mm (75.9842 in.) in height and
R 1070 mm (42.1260 in.) in width. The weight of the passenger door (without
R emergency escape slide and door lining) is approximately 125 kg (275.5777
R lb).
The passenger door has two operation modes:
- normal operation (the passenger door is opened and closed manually),
- emergency operation (an emergency operation cylinder pushes the door fully
open and releases the emergency escape slide).
Normal operation of the passenger door is possible from inside and outside
the aircraft.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 1
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
R FWD Passenger/Crew Door - General View
R Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 2
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Emergency operation of the passenger door is only possible from inside the
cabin. An attempted emergency operation from outside the cabin causes a
normal operation of the passenger door.
The passenger door has proximity switches which show if it is fully closed
and locked. The operation mode (that is the condition of the emergency
escape-slide release-mechanism) is also monitored. The Doors and Escape
Slides Control System (DSCS) (Ref. 52-71-00) monitors the position of each
passenger door and gives the necessary warnings.
A visual indication is also given at each door, to show:
- the LOCKED/UNLOCKED position of the door,
- the ARMED/DISARMED condition of the emergency escape slide,
- residual cabin pressure.

4. _____________________
Component Description

R A. Door Structure
R (Ref. Fig. 002)
R The primary components of the passenger door structure are:
R - an outer skin (chemically etched),
R - an inner skin (formed from sheet),
R - vertical edge members (formed from sheet),
R - upper and lower members (milled from plate),
R - horizontal beams (milled from plate),
R - vertical frames (formed from sheet or milled from plate).
R These formed and milled components are made of aluminum alloy. Rivets
R attach the primary components of the door structure together. Bolts and
R rivets attach the fittings and the components of the electrical and
R mechanical systems to the door structure.
R The inner skin, the horizontal beams and the vertical frames have cutouts
R which give you access to the components. They also decrease the weight of
R the passenger door.
R The outer skin has two openings. One opening is for the door window,
R (Ref. 56-30-00), the other is for the external control handle. A
R pressure-tight box covers the opening for the external control handle to
R seal it.
R Two hoisting points are installed in the door structure. Self-adhesive
R disks are put on to the hoisting points to make a smooth surface with the
R outer skin of the door.

B. Door Lining and Insulation

(Ref. Fig. 003)
There is a lining on the inner side of the door which gives insulation
against heat and sound. The lining is installed in several pieces. Quick
release pins and VELCRO tape attach them to the inner door structure. The
material and color of the lining is the same as the cabin lining.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 3
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Structure
Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 4
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Lining
Figure 003


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 5
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 C. Door Seal
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The passenger door has a round hose-type seal which is made of silicone
rubber. It is installed at the edge of the passenger door, on the inner
face of the outer skin. Retainers with bolts and nuts hold the door seal
in position.
The door seal has holes which make sure that the pressure in the seal is
the same as that in the cabin. When the passenger door is closed, a
sealing section on the door frame compresses the door seal. The
differential pressure between the cabin and the outside inflates the door
seal to make it pressure-tight.

D. Door Fittings
The passenger door has:
- stop fittings,
- rollers.

(1) Stop Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 004)
There are eight adjustable door stop fittings on each side of the
passenger door. When the door is closed, they touch mating stop
fittings, which are attached to the door frame. They take the load
when the cabin is pressurized. The door stop fittings are made of
titanium alloy, which is forged. Bolts attach the door stop fittings
to the ends of the horizontal beams of the door structure.

(2) Rollers
(Ref. Fig. 005)
There are two rollers on each side of the passenger door. They engage
in guide fittings which are attached to the door frame. The rollers
align the passenger door when it is lifted or lowered.

E. Door Suspension
The suspension has:
- a support arm,
- guide arms,
- a door buffer,
- a door stay mechanism.

(1) Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 006)
A support arm holds the passenger door when it is open. Support arm
fittings attach the support arm to one side of the door frame. An
upper and a lower connection link attach the support arm to the door
structure, at the center of the passenger door. The lower connection
link (which you can adjust) also connects with the lifting shaft of
the passenger door.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 6
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Seal and Door Stop Fittings
Figure 004


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 7
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Fittings
Figure 005


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 8
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Suspension
Figure 006


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 9
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 A mid connection link connects the support arm with the actuating rod
of the door damper and emergency operation cylinder.

(2) Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 006)
Two guide arms are attached to the upper part of the passenger door
and to the door frame. They make sure that the door moves parallel to
the fuselage when you open it.

(3) Door Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 005)
A door buffer is attached to the inner face of the support arm. It
has the function of a shock absorber when the door is fully opened or
closed. It prevents structural damage to the fuselage and the
passenger door.

(4) Door Stay Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 007)
A door stay mechanism is installed in the support arm. It has a hook
which holds the passenger door in position when it is fully opened (a
tension spring keeps the hook latched to a pin which is installed in
the door frame). You press the pushbutton on the upper side of the
support arm to release the door stay mechanism.

F. Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 008)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 008A)

R **ON A/C ALL

A door damper and emergency operation cylinder (referred to as the damper

cylinder) is attached to the support arm. Its primary components are:
- a hydraulic damping system,
- an operating rod,
- a percussion mechanism,
- a shear pin,
- a gas cylinder,
- a pressure gage,


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 10
Jan 01/99
 
THY 
 Door Stay Mechanism
Figure 007


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 11
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
Figure 008

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-11-00

Page 12
Jan 01/99
 
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
R Figure 008A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-11-00

Page 13
Jan 01/99
 
THY 
 - a charging valve.
The damper cylinder has a pressure gage, which is temperature
compensated. It indicates the pressure in the gas cylinder. If the
pressure is too low it is possible to refill the cylinder through the
charging valve.
The Cabin Intercomunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00) also
monitors the pressure in the cylinder. If there is a low pressure an
indication is given on the Programming and Indication Module (PIM) of the
Forward Attendants Panel (FAP) (Ref. 52-71-00).
The damper cylinder has two functions:

(1) Normal Operation

During normal operation of the passenger door, it controls the speed
with which the door moves (this is important if the wind speed is
high).

(2) Emergency Operation

During emergency operation, the door damper helps to open the door
(the door damper is then an actuator).

G. Door Locking Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 009)
The door locking mechanism locks and unlocks the passenger door. It also
causes the operation of two proximity switches. There is an internal and
an external control handle for manual operation. The two handles are
attached to a gear-box. The gear-box makes sure that the external control
handle does not move when the internal control handle is operated. Rods
connect the gear-box to the lifting and locking shafts of the door
locking mechanism.
The main components of the door locking mechanism are:
- a lifting shaft,
- a lowering shaft,
- a locking shaft,
- a switch mechanism.

(1) Lifting Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 010)
The lifting shaft lifts the door (so that the door stop fittings move
clear of the door-frame stop fittings). Two bearings with lifting
arms support the lifting shaft in the door structure. A lever
connects the lifting shaft to the torque shaft and the torsion bar
spring. They decrease the force necessary to lift the passenger door.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 14
Jan 01/99
R  
THY 
 Door Locking Mechanism
Figure 009


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 15
Jan 01/99
R  
THY 
 Lifting Shaft
Figure 010


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 16
Jan 01/99
R  
THY 
 (2) Lowering Shaft
(Ref. Fig. 011)
The lowering shaft makes sure that the passenger door stays in the
lifted position when it is open. Two bearings support the lowering
shaft in the door structure. A guide roller, which comes out of the
door structure, is installed on one end of the lowering shaft. On the
other end of the lowering shaft there is a crank lever with a rod and
a tension spring. The rod is attached to a safety catch which blocks
the gear-box (and thus the door locking mechanism) when the passenger
door is open.

(3) Locking Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 012)
The locking shaft keeps the passenger door in the closed position
with two locking hooks. These engage with lock fittings in the door
frame when the passenger door is closed. Rods connect the locking
hooks to crank levers which are installed on each end of the locking
shaft. Each crank lever has an indication plate which shows if the
door is locked or unlocked. When the passenger door is locked, two
spring units hold the locking shaft in an overcenter position.
A link lever assembly and connection plate (which is for the
attachment of the guide arm lining) are installed to the door
structure and connected to the locking hooks. This lets the guide arm
lining move when the door is lifted and lowered.
A proximity switch is installed at the forward end of the locking
shaft. A target lever, with the related target, is attached to the
end of the locking shaft. As the locking shaft turns, the target
moves to or away from a proximity sensor. The proximity sensor is
installed on the door structure.

(4) Switch Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 013)
The switch mechanism is installed in the door frame above the aft
locking hook. It has an operating lever, a target lever (which you
can adjust) and a spring.
As the door closes, the aft locking hook pushes against the operating
lever. The lever then moves the target lever (and thus its related
target) to a proximity sensor. Simultaneously, the spring is put
under tension. When the door is opened, the tension in the spring
causes the target to move away from the sensor.

H. Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 014)
The emergency escape-slide release-mechanism (referred to as release
mechanism) helps to open the door in an emergency and releases the
emergency escape slide.
The main components of the release mechanism are:


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 17
Jan 01/99
R  
THY 
 Lowering Shaft
Figure 011


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 18
Jan 01/99
R  
THY 
 Locking Shaft
Figure 012


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 19
Jan 01/99
R  
THY 
 Switch Mechanism
Figure 013


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 20
Jan 01/99
R  
THY 
 Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism
Figure 014


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 21
Jan 01/99
R  
THY 
 - an emergency control handle with locking unit,
- a girt bar with linkage guides,
- a safety pin.

(1) Emergency Handle with Locking Unit

(Ref. Fig. 015)
The emergency handle controls the operation of the release mechanism.
It has two positions:
- DISARMED (for normal operation of the passenger door),
- ARMED (for emergency operation of the door).
A cam and cam disk connect the emergency handle with the external
control handle of the passenger door. When a person operates the
external control handle (with the emergency handle in the ARMED
position) the cam returns the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED position.
Rods and a bellcrank also connect the emergency control handle to a
locking unit. The locking unit connects the release mechanism with
the lifting shaft of the door locking mechanism. When the emergency
control handle is in the DISARMED position (and the passenger door is
open) the locking unit blocks the release mechanism. When the
emergency control handle is in the ARMED position the release
mechanism can operate.
There is a proximity switch which monitors the position of the
emergency handle. A target, which is attached to the bellcrank, moves
to or away from a proximity sensor. The sensor is attached to a
mounting bracket on the door structure.

(2) Girt Bar with Linkage Guides

(Ref. Fig. 016)
The emergency escape slide (which is kept in a container at the lower
part of the passenger door) is attached to the girt bar. The girt bar
locks the emergency escape slide to the passenger door (DISARMED) or
to the cabin floor (ARMED).
Rods and bellcranks connect the locking unit with two linkage guides.
The linkage guides are attached to the lower part of the door
structure. Each linkage guide has a lock jaw which holds the girt bar
when the release mechanism is disarmed. There are two sliders on each
end of the girt bar. They lock it to the locking fittings on the
cabin floor when the release mechanism is armed.

(3) Safety Pin

The safety pin keeps the emergency control handle in the DISARMED
position. It locates in the door structure and is put in position
after every flight. The safety pin stops the accidental movement of
the emergency control handle from the DISARMED to the ARMED position.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 22
Jan 01/99
R  
THY 
 Emergency Handle and Locking Unit
Figure 015


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 23
Jan 01/99
R  
THY 
 Girt Bar with Quick Release Mechanism
Figure 016


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 24
Jan 01/99
R  
THY 
 5. Operation
_________

R A. Operation (Normal Mode)

R (1) Passenger door opening

R NOTE : If there is residual pressure in the cabin, a red warning

____
R light (installed in the door window) will flash. If this
R occurs you must not open the door.

R It is possible to open the passenger door manually from inside and

R outside the aircraft. The door is operated normally when the
R emergency control handle is in the DISARMED position (so that the
R release mechanism does not operate).
R When the internal or the external control handle is operated the
R gear-box transmits the movement to the components of the locking
R mechanism. The external control handle does not move when the
R internal control handle is operated.
R The two spring units leave the overcenter position and allow the
R locking shaft to turn. As the locking shaft turns it lowers the
R locking hooks until they move clear of the door-frame lock fittings.
R The two indication plates (on the crank levers of the locking shaft)
R show that the passenger door is unlocked.
R Simultaneously, the two proximity switches send a (door open) signal
R to the DSCS.
R The locking shaft also lowers the guide arm lining to permit the
R movement of the upper and lower guide arm.
Rods and bellcranks transmit the movement of the internal or the
external control handle from the gear-box to the lifting shaft. The
lifting arms of the lifting shaft (which support the passenger door
in roller fittings attached to the door frame) move the passenger
door a small distance into the cabin and then upwards. The rod which
connects the lifting shaft with the support arm helps to lift the
passenger door.
As the lifting shaft turns, it compresses the spring of the locking
unit and the pawl engages with the notched sleeve. The emergency
control handle is then locked in the DISARMED position.
The torque shaft and torsion bar spring help to lift the passenger
door. They decrease the force necessary to operate the internal and
external control handle.
As the passenger door is lifted and moved out, the guide roller of
the lowering shaft moves clear of the lowering stop. The spring
causes the lowering shaft to turn. The safety catch then engages with
the stop lever of the gear-box. The gear-box is thus blocked and the
passenger door is kept in the lifted position.
The door is fully lifted when:
- the door stop fittings are clear of the door-frame stop fittings,


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 25
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 - the lifting arms are clear of door-frame roller fittings,
- the guide roller of the lowering shaft is clear of the lowering
stop.
It is only possible to push the passenger door open when it is fully
lifted. The passenger door then moves parallel to the fuselage. The
door buffer, which is attached to the support arm, prevents
structural damage to the passenger door or the fuselage.
The damper cylinder controls the speed with which the passenger door
moves. Hydraulic fluid is forced through a restrictor in the
hydraulic damper as the operating rod extends.
When the passenger door is fully open, the door stay mechanism in the
support arm locks it to the door frame and holds it open. The hook of
the door stay mechanism engages with a pin on the lower attachment
fitting of the support arm. A tension spring keeps the hook engaged.

(2) Passenger door closing

When the passenger door is fully open you push the pushbutton of the
door stay mechanism (on the support arm). This disengages the hook of
the door stay mechanism from the pin and permits the movement of the
passenger door. The damper cylinder controls the speed with which the
passenger door moves.
As the passenger door closes the guide roller of the lowering shaft
contacts the lowering stop of the door frame. This causes the
lowering shaft to turn (against the tension from the spring) and lift
the safety catch clear of the stop lever. You can then lower the
passenger door.
The lifting arms of the lifting shaft engage with the roller fittings
of the door frame.
When the internal or the external control handle is lowered, movement
is transmitted to the gear-box. The gear-box causes the lifting shaft
to turn. The lifting arms lower the passenger door so that the door
stop fittings engage with the door-frame stop fittings.
The pawl of the locking unit disengages from the notched sleeve and
unlocks the emergency control handle of the escape slide. You can
then move the emergency control handle to the ARMED position.
The locking shaft turns when the passenger door is closed and causes
the operation of the two proximity switches. The switches send a
(door closed) signal to the DSCS.
The locking hooks lift and engage with the lock fittings of the door
frame. The two spring units move overcenter and keep the locking
shaft in the locked position. The two indication plates (on the crank
levers of the locking shaft) show that the passenger door is locked.
The locking shaft also lifts the guide arm lining so that it is in
line with the cabin lining.
When the passenger door is closed and locked, you must move the
emergency control handle to the ARMED position.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 26
Jan 01/99
R  
THY 
 Rods and bellcranks transmit the movement of the emergency handle to
the linkage guides. They move the sliders (which are attached to the
two ends of the girt bar) to the end of the locking fittings on the
cabin floor, where they engage. The lock jaws release the girt bar,
which they hold during normal operation of the passenger door.
When the emergency handle is moved from the DISARMED to the ARMED
position, the target (of the proximity switch) moves away from the
sensor. This sends a SLIDE ARMED signal to the DSCS which then gives
the necessary warnings.

B. Operation (Emergency Mode)

(1) Passenger door opening from inside

For emergency operation of the passenger door the emergency handle is
in the ARMED position (so that the release mechanism can operate).
Initial movement of the internal control handle opens the passenger
door. The emergency operation cylinder then pushes the door to the
fully open position and releases the emergency escape facility.
It can do this automatically in winds of up to 25 knots. In winds
above 25 knots additional manual help is necessary to open the
passenger door.
During emergency operation the damper cylinder has the function of an
actuator. Rods and bellcranks transmit the movement of the lifting
shaft to the stop lever, which operates the release lever of the
damper cylinder. If the safety pin (of the damper cylinder) is not in
position, the release lever operates the percussion mechanism. The
gas in the gas cylinder then expands into the damper cylinder. The
operating rod is forced to extend and thus helps to push the
passenger door open.
As the passenger door opens, the escape facility (which is attached
to the girt bar) is released and inflated automatically (Ref.
25-62-00).
When the door is fully open, the pressure in the damper cylinder
decreases so that it is possible (after approximately 3 seconds) to
close the door manually.

(2) Passenger door opening from outside

Operation of the external control handle moves the emergency handle
from the ARMED to the DISARMED position. The cam and cam disk, which
connect the emergency handle with the external control handle, move
the emergency handle to the DISARMED position.
The target of the proximity switch moves to the sensor. This sends a
SLIDE DISARMED signal to the DSCS which stops the necessary warnings.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 27
Jan 01/99
 
THY 
 (3) Passenger door closing
After an emergency operation of the passenger door, it is necessary
to remove the inflated emergency escape facility (Ref. 25-62-00). It
is then possible to close the passenger door manually. The procedure
is the same as in normal operation of the door.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 28
Jan 01/99
 
THY 
 FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________

TASK 52-11-00-820-801

Adjustment of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door (Door 1L/1R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

NOTE : You must do the adjustment/test procedure only after maintenance work
____
with door rigging, e.g. replacement of components or malfunction of
the door.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific rigging pin dia. 5.3 mm (0.2086 in.)
No specific removable shim 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.)
No specific access platform 2.6 m (8 ft. 6 in.)
No specific dynamometer 20 daN (44.9617 lbf)
No specific access platform 4.5 m (14 ft. 9 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE
98A52108008001 1 SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS
98D52003002000 1 TOOL - COVER PLATE PRE-CRUSHING
98F52108431000 1 BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-043

R Material No. 09-013
Material No. 09-018
Material No. 19-010
VARNISH P.T.F.E SPRAY (Ref. 20-31-00)
C Z-16.127
CORROSION INHIBITING BRUSH CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
USA AMS 3267/3
CORROSION INHIBITING LOW ADHESION SEALANT
(Ref. 20-31-00)
USA AMS 5687
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 501
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7 cotter pin 52-11-01 05 -040

8 cotter pin 52-11-01 06 -190

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 25-23-45-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Forward
Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-45-400-801 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the Forward
Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-49-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Forward Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
R 25-23-49-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Forward
R Passenger/Crew Door(s)
25-61-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Rope (5012MS1, 5012MS2)
25-62-41-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling
52-11-12-000-802 Removal of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms and the
Guide Arm Hinge-Fittings.
52-11-12-400-802 Installation of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms and
the Guide Arm Hinge-Fittings.
52-71-11-820-801 Adjustment of the Actuation Clearance of the
Proximity Sensors (10MJ,11MJ,12MJ,
13MJ,14MJ,15MJ,16MJ,17MJ,22MJ,23MJ,24MJ,25MJ)
52-11-00-991-002 Fig. 501


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 502
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-11-00-991-004 Fig. 502

52-11-00-991-017 Fig. 503
52-11-00-991-007 Fig. 504
52-11-00-991-019 Fig. 505

**ON A/C 001-003,

52-11-00-991-006 Fig. 506

**ON A/C 004-099, 101-149, 151-199,

52-11-00-991-006-A Fig. 506A

**ON A/C ALL

52-11-00-991-005 Fig. 507

52-11-00-991-003 Fig. 508
52-11-00-991-008 Fig. 509

**ON A/C 001-002,

52-11-00-991-018 Fig. 510

**ON A/C 003-099, 101-149, 151-199,

52-11-00-991-018-A Fig. 510A

**ON A/C ALL

52-11-00-991-009 Fig. 511

52-11-00-991-010 Fig. 512
52-11-00-991-013 Fig. 513


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 503
Jan 01/04
R  
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-00-861-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-11-00-010-051

B. Get Access

R (1) Put an access platform in position at zone 811 and an access platform
R at zones 831 and 841.
R

(2) Open the access door 811.

(3) Open the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

Subtask 52-11-00-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-00-860-050

D. Safety Precautions

(1) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 504
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-00-010-053

E. Equipment Removal

(1) Remove the escape slide raft (Ref. TASK 25-61-41-000-801).

(2) Remove the door lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-000-801).

R (a) For the door 831, remove the door lining panels 831BZ, 831CZ,
R 831DZ, 831EZ, 831FZ, 831GZ, 831HZ, 831JZ.

R (b) For the door 841, remove the door lining panels 841BZ, 841CZ,
R 841DZ, 841EZ, 841FZ, 841GZ, 841HZ, 841JZ.

R (3) Remove the door-frame lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-801).

(a) For the door 831, remove the lining panel 221BW.

(b) For the door 841, remove the lining panel 222BW.

(4) Install the SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS (98A52108008001)

and BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT (98F52108431000).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-11-00-820-050

A. Adjustment of the Door During Closing Operation

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-11-00-991-002, 502/TASK 52-11-00-991-004, 503/TASK
52-11-00-991-017)

(1) Make sure that when you start to open the door, the clearance H1 is 4
mm (0.1574 in.) minimum between the door stops (101) and the door
frame stops (102).
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-11-00-991-017)

(2) Slowly close the door and make sure that the lifting shaft rollers
(1) move freely in the slide fittings (2) and the clearance A1 is 0.4
mm (0.0157 in.) maximum.

(3) If necessary, adjust the rod (5) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (4) and (6).

(b) Loosen the nuts (4) and (6).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 505
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Attachment to the Support Arm
Figure 501/TASK 52-11-00-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 506
Oct 01/00
R  
THY 
 Stop and Guide Fittings
Figure 502/TASK 52-11-00-991-004


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 507
Oct 01/00
R  
THY 
R Adjustment of the Door Stop Fittings
Figure 503/TASK 52-11-00-991-017


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 508
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R (c) Adjust the length of the rod (5) between the lifting shaft (7)
R and the lower connection link (3) until the clearance is in the
R limits.

R (d) Tighten the nuts (4) and (6).

R (e) Safety the nuts (4) and (6) with a lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).

R (4) If necessary, adjust the door on the X axis with washers (14) of a
R different thickness.

R NOTE : The washers (14) are available at different thicknesses for

____
R adjustment on the X axis. The total thickness must be equal to
R the nominal thickness to get a clearance A2 of 0.1 mm (0.0039
R in.) maximum.

R (5) Make sure that there is no hard contact between the door stops (101)
R and the door frame stops (102). The clearance H2 must be 0.2 mm
R (0.0078 in.) minimum for the overlap H3 of 4 mm (0.1574 in.).

R (6) If the clearance H2 is not in the tolerances, adjust the upper and
R lower guide fittings (1), (2) and (6) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-11-00-991-004)

R (a) Open the door and identify the position of the serrations on the
R plates (8) and (9) and the upper and lower guide fittings (1),
R (2) and (6).

R (b) Loosen the nuts (7) and move the guide fittings (1), (2) and (6)
R to get the clearance H2.

R (c) Tighten the nuts (7).

Subtask 52-11-00-820-054

B. Check and Adjustment of the Door in its Frame (Door Closed)

(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-11-00-991-007, 505/TASK 52-11-00-991-019)

**ON A/C 001-003,

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-11-00-991-006)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 509
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R Door Adjustment - Closed Position (Round Section Seal)
R Figure 504/TASK 52-11-00-991-007- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 510
Apr 01/96
 
THY 
R Door Adjustment - Closed Position (Round Section Seal)
R Figure 504/TASK 52-11-00-991-007- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 511
Apr 01/96
 
THY 
R Door Adjustment - Closed Position (Square Section Seal)
R Figure 505/TASK 52-11-00-991-019- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 512
Apr 01/96
 
THY 
R Door Adjustment - Closed Position (Square Section Seal)
R Figure 505/TASK 52-11-00-991-019- 22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 513
Apr 01/96
 
THY 
R Upper Locking Hook
R Figure 506/TASK 52-11-00-991-006

R

EFF :

001-003,  52-11-00

Page 514
Apr 01/96
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 004-099, 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 506A/TASK 52-11-00-991-006-A)

**ON A/C ALL

R (1) Close the door and make sure that the lifting shaft rollers touch the
R upper lip of the roller fittings.

(2) Do a check of the peripheral clearances between the door and the door
frame:
- clearance F1 is 3 +3 -1 mm (0.1181 +0.1181 -0.0393 in.)
- clearance F2 is 70 +0.7 -0.7 mm (2.7559 +0.0275 -0.0275 in.)
- clearance E3 is 5 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.1968 +0.0590 -0.0590 in.)
- clearance F3 is 4 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0590 in.).

R (3) Make sure that the overlap clearance F4 of the stops on the X axis is
R 12 +3 -1 mm (0.4724 +0.1181 -0.0393 in.).

R (4) Make sure that the clearance F8 is 0 +1 -1 mm (0.0000 +0.0393 -0.0393

R in.).

(5) Make sure that the out-of-flushness tolerances between the door and
R the door frame are:
- tolerance F5: 0 +1.3 -0.7 mm (0.0000 +0.0511 -0.0275 in.)
R - tolerance F6: 0 +0 -2 mm (0.0000 +0.0000 -0.0787 in.)

R (6) Make sure that when you start to open the door, the clearance F10
R between the door stops and the door frame is 4 mm (0.1574 in.)
minimum.

(7) Make sure that the seal is compressed by the dimension:

R (a) F9 of 4 +2 -1 mm (0.1574 +0.0787 -0.0393 in.) for the round

section seal,

R (b) F9 of 5 +3 -2 mm (0.1968 +0.1181 -0.0787 in.) for the square

section seal.

(8) If the clearances F1, F2, F4 and E2 are not in the tolerances on the
R X axis, adjust the door position as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-11-00-991-002)

(a) Install the hoisting sling on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-
801).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 515
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 Upper Locking Hook - Clearance Adjustment
Figure 506A/TASK 52-11-00-991-006-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

004-099, 101-149, 151-199,  52-11-00

Page 516
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Upper Locking Hook - Clearance Adjustment
Figure 506A/TASK 52-11-00-991-006-A22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

004-099, 101-149, 151-199,  52-11-00

Page 517
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (b) Disconnect the upper and lower guide arms from the door
(Ref. TASK 52-11-12-000-802).

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (8).

(d) Remove the nut (9) and the washer (10).

(e) Carefully remove the bolt (14), the washers (12), (13) and (11).

(f) Do the adjustment on the X axis with the adjustable washers (13).
Make sure that the clearance A2 is less than or equal to 0.1 mm
(0.0039 in.).

NOTE : The total thickness of the 2 washers (13) is equal to the

____
nominal thickness. The clearance A2 must be in the
tolerances.

(g) Install the washers (11), (12) and (13) and the bolt (14).

(h) Install the washer (10) and the nut (9).

(i) TORQUE the nut (9) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in) and safety with a new cotter pin (8).

(j) Connect the upper and lower guide arms to the door (Ref. TASK 52-
11-12-400-802).

(k) Remove the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).

(9) If the clearances F3, E3 are not in the tolerances on the Z axis,
adjust the door position as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-11-00-991-002)

(a) Remove the lockwire from the nuts (4), (6) and discard it.

(b) Loosen the nuts (4) and (6).

(c) Adjust the length of the rod (5) until you get the correct
configuration.

R (d) Tighten the nuts (4) and (6).

(e) Safety the nuts (4) and (6) with a lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 518
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (10) If the clearances F5, F6 and F9 are not in the tolerances on the Y
R axis, adjust the door position as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 52-11-00-991-005)

(a) Loosen the nuts (3) and (4).

(b) Adjust the stop screws (1) and (6) to get the conditions that
follow:

1
_ The clearance between the stop and the door frame must be 0 +0
+0.5 mm (0 +0 +0.02 in.).
- The dimension D1 must be between 3.5 mm (0.138 in.) and 6 mm
(0.236 in.) for the 14 lower stops.
- The dimension D2 must be between 3.5 mm (0.138 in.) and 5.5
mm (0.216 in.) for the 2 upper stops.

R 2
_ Three stops can touch each other, with 2 of them on the same
R frame piece.

(c) Install the nuts (3) and (4).

R (d) TORQUE the nuts (3) and (4) to between 2 and 2.2 m.daN (14.74 and
16.22 lbf.ft).

(e) Fold the lugs of the lockwashers (2) and (5).

Subtask 52-11-00-820-051

R C. Check on the Door Z Axis

(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 52-11-00-991-003)

(1) Put a removable shim between the screw head (3) of the lower
guide-fitting stops and the rollers (6).

(2) Close the door.

R (3) Make sure that the lifting shaft rollers (1) touch the upper lip of
R the roller fittings (2).
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-11-00-991-002)

R (4) Make sure that the screw head (3), the removable shim and the roller
R (6) touch each other.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 519
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R Stop Fittings
Figure 507/TASK 52-11-00-991-005


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 520
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
 Door Attachment to the Support Arm
Figure 508/TASK 52-11-00-991-003


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 521
Jan 01/04
R  
THY 
R (5) If they do not touch, adjust as follows:

(a) Open the door and remove the removable shim.

R (b) Loosen the nut (5), remove the screw (3). Use an adjustable
R washer (4) to make them touch.

(c) Install the bolt (3), the adjustable washer (4) and the nut (5).

R (d) Tighten the nut (5).

R

R (e) Install the removable shim between the screw head (3) and the
roller (6).

R (f) Close the door.

R (6) Make sure that the upper hooks (24) touch the roller (25).

**ON A/C 001-003,

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-11-00-991-006)

**ON A/C 004-099, 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 506A/TASK 52-11-00-991-006-A)

**ON A/C ALL

R (7) If they do not touch, adjust as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (21), (23).

(b) Loosen the nuts (21), (23).

R (c) Turn the barrel of the rod (22) until the locking hooks (24)
R touch the roller (25).

R (d) Tighten the nuts (21), (23) and safety with a lockwire
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 522
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 (8) Make sure that the clearance B1 between the cardan yoke (1) and the
lower connection link of the support arm (2) is 0.04 mm (0.0015 in.)
minimum.

NOTE : To do a check of this clearance, it is necessary to remove the

____
loads from the cardan yoke. If the clearance B1 is correct,
the weight of the door is not on the support arm when the door
is closed.

**ON A/C 001-003,

Subtask 52-11-00-820-053

D. Check and Adjustment of the Upper Hook

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-11-00-991-006)

(1) Make sure that the removable shim is in position.

(2) Make sure that the clearance E1 is between 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) and 1
mm (0.0393 in.).

**ON A/C 004-099, 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-11-00-820-053-A

D. Check and Adjustment of the Upper Hook

(Ref. Fig. 506A/TASK 52-11-00-991-006-A)

(1) Make sure that the removable shim is in position.

(2) Make sure that the clearance E1 is between 0.4 mm (0.0157 in.) and 1
mm (0.0393 in.).

(3) If the clearance E1 is not in the tolerances, adjust as follows:

R (a) Remove the cotter pin (11) and discard it.

R (b) Remove the nut (10) and the washer (9).

R (c) Remove the stop plate (7).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 523
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (d) Adjust the RC radius. To do this, turn the octagonal bush (8) to
R adjust its position until the index (12) engraved on the
R octagonal bush (8) is the same as the correct value of the
R clearance that you must get (Refer to the table for the correct
clearances).

R (e) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) between the fitting and the
stop plate (7).

R (f) Install the stop plate (7).

R (g) Install the washer (9) and the nut (10).

R (h) Tighten the nut (10).

R (i) Install the new cotter pin (11).

R (j) Make sure that the clearance E2 is 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.) minimum.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-11-00-820-052

E. Check and Adjustment of Clearances between the Rollers and the Guide
Fittings
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-11-00-991-004)

**ON A/C 001-003,

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-11-00-991-006)

**ON A/C 004-099, 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 506A/TASK 52-11-00-991-006-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(1) Open the door.

(2) Remove the removable shim.

(3) Operate the door more than one time.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 524
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (4) With the door in the up position, make sure that:

(a) The rollers move off from the upper guide fittings (1) and (2)
R with the clearances that follows:
- C1: 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) minimum at FR14,
- C2: 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.) at FR16A.

(b) The rollers move off from the lower guide fittings (6) with a
clearance C3 of 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) minimum.

(5) If the clearances C1, C2, C3 are not in the tolerances, adjust the
R guide fittings (1), (2) and (6) as follows:

(a) Open the door and identify the position of the serrations of the
R plates (8) and (9) and on the upper and lower guide fittings (1),
R (2) and (6).

(b) Loosen the nuts (7) and move the guide fittings (1), (2) and (6)
to get the correct clearances C1, C2 and C3.

(c) Temporarily tighten the nuts (7).

(6) With the door in the down position, make sure that:

(a) The rollers of the upper guide fittings (1) and (2) turn freely.
R The clearance C4 must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.8 mm
(0.0314 in.).

(b) The rollers of the lower guide fitting (6) touch their stops
while the rollers of the upper hooks turn freely. The clearance
C4 must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).

R (7) Adjust the guide fittings (1), (2) and (6) if the clearance is not in
R the tolerances.

(a) Open the door and identify the related position of the serrations
R on the plates (8) and (9) and the upper and lower guide fittings
R (1), (2) and (6).

R (b) Loosen the nuts (7) and move the guide fittings (1), (2) and (6)
R to get clearance C4.

(c) Tighten the nuts (7).

NOTE : Because there are friction points and deformations on the

____
R aircraft, some adjustments are not necessary.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 525
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 - The two rollers of the upper guide fitting must turn
freely
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-11-00-991-004)
- One of the two lifting shaft rollers must turn freely
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-11-00-991-002)
- On the two rollers (25) of the upper hook (24) and the
two rollers of the lower guide fittings, two rollers
minimum must turn freely

**ON A/C 001-003,

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-11-00-991-006)

**ON A/C 004-099, 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 506A/TASK 52-11-00-991-006-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(8) Make sure that you correctly install the rigging pin dia. 8.5 mm
(0.3346 in.) of the universal joint.

(9) If it twists the support arm, adjust the radius R of the upper
connection link as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-11-00-991-002)

(a) Disconnect the upper connection link from the support arm.

(b) Remove the nut (9), the washers (10), the bolt (14) and the
washers (12) and (13).

(c) Disengage the support arm from the upper connection link.

(d) Loosen the end of the upper connection link.

(e) Adjust the thickness of the set of washers (87) on the upper
connection link to adjust the radius R.

(f) Tighten the end of the upper connection link and install the
washers (13).

(g) Install the support arm on the upper and lower connection links.

(h) Install the washers (10), the bolt (14), the nut (9).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 526
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (i) Temporarily tighten them.

Subtask 52-11-00-820-055

F. Adjustment of the Girt Bar Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 52-11-00-991-008)

(1) Close the door.

(2) Adjust the emergency control handle in the ARMED position with PIN -
SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000).

(3) Make sure that the clearance G4 is between 0 mm (0.0000 in.) and 0.1
mm (0.0039 in.).

(4) If the clearance G4 is not in the tolerances, do the adjustment

below:

(a) Disarm the emergency control handle.

(b) Remove the nut (5), the bolt (6) and the adjustable washer (7).

(c) Install another adjustable washer (7), the bolt (6) and the nut
(5).

(d) Tighten the nut (5).

(e) Arm the emergency control handle and install the rigging pin.

(5) Make sure that:

R - the clearance G1 is between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.8 mm (0.0314
in.).
- the clearances G2 are equal with a tolerance of 0.3 mm (0.0118
in.).
- the clearances G3 are equal with a tolerance of one spline.

(6) If the clearances are not correct, do the adjustment as follows:

(a) Put the emergency control handle in the DISARMED position and
open the door.

(b) Remove the sealant from the head of the screws (4) and the girt
bar fitting (2).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 527
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Girt Bar Fittings
R Figure 509/TASK 52-11-00-991-008- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 528
Apr 01/96
 
THY 
 Girt Bar Fittings
R Figure 509/TASK 52-11-00-991-008- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 529
Apr 01/96
 
THY 
 (c) Loosen the screws (4) until you can move the girt bar fitting (2)
in the aft and forward directions only.

NOTE : Do not change the position of the girt bar fitting (2) on
____
the serrated plate (3).

(d) Close the door and put the emergency control handle in the ARMED
position.

(e) Adjust the clearances G1, G2 and G3 with the serrated plates (3).

(f) Temporarily tighten the screws (4).

(g) Put the emergency control handle in the DISARMED position and
open the door.

(h) Tighten the screws (4).

(i) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) around the girt
bar fitting (3) and on the heads of the screws (4).

Subtask 52-11-00-820-056

G. Check of the Preload of the Cover Plate

**ON A/C 001-002,

(Ref. Fig. 510/TASK 52-11-00-991-018)

**ON A/C 003-099, 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 510A/TASK 52-11-00-991-018-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(1) With the door closed and locked, make sure that you do not hear a
hollow sound when you tap the cover plate at points 1 to 9.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 530
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
R Adjustment of the Cover Plate
Figure 510/TASK 52-11-00-991-018


EFF :

001-002,  52-11-00

Page 531
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Cover Plate
Figure 510A/TASK 52-11-00-991-018-A


EFF :

003-099, 101-149, 151-199,  52-11-00

Page 532
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 (2) If you hear a hollow sound:

R (a) Get a TOOL - COVER PLATE PRE-CRUSHING (98D52003002000) (110).

(b) Measure the preload of the cover plate (111).

1
_ Door open:
Pi = Initial preload

2
_ Door closed:
Pf = Final preload

(3) Calculate the effective preload: Pef

Pef = Pi - Pf

(a) Make sure that Pef is 0.5 +0 +0.5 mm (0.0196 +0.0000 +0.0196
in.).

(b) If Pef is not in the tolerances, correct the preload. To do this,

manually fold the cover plate (111).

Subtask 52-11-00-820-057

H. Adjustment of the Door Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 52-11-00-991-009)

(1) Fully open the door against the fuselage.

(2) Make sure that the door stay mechanism locks the door in the open
position.

(3) Make sure that clearance R1 between the buffer (15) and the fuselage
is between 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) and 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.).

(4) If the clearance R1 is not correct, do the adjustment below.

(a) Push the button of the door stay mechanism and move the door away
from the fuselage.

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (7).

(c) Remove the nut (8), the washer (9) and the spherical cup (10).

(d) Remove the bolt (1), the washer (9), the buffer (15) and the
spherical cup (14).

(e) Remove the guide bush (13) and the washers (3) and (4).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 533
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Buffer
Figure 511/TASK 52-11-00-991-009


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 534
Oct 01/00
R  
THY 
 (f) Remove the guide bush (6) and the washers (5) and (11).

(g) Adjust the adjustable washers (5) and (12) to get the correct
clearance R1 and the dimension R2 90 +0.0 +0.5 mm (3.5433 +0.0000
+0.0196 in.).

(h) Install the washers (5) and (11) and the guide bush (6).

(i) Install the washers (3) and (4) and the guide bush (13).

(j) Install the spherical cup (14), the buffer (15), the washer (2)
and the bolt (1).

(k) Install the spherical cup (10), the washer (9) and the nut (8).

(l) Fully open the door against the fuselage (door locked) and make
sure that the clearance R1 is correct.

R (m) If necessary, do the adjustment procedure again.

(n) Tighten the nut (8) and safety with cotter pin (7).

Subtask 52-11-00-820-058

J. Load Adjustment of the Control Handle

(Ref. Fig. 512/TASK 52-11-00-991-010)

(1) Use a dynamometer.

(2) Make sure that the load necessary to open and close the door with the
R inner control handle (1) is less than or equal to 16 daN (35.9694
R lbf). Make sure that the dimension J1 is 35 mm (1.3779 in.) maximum.

NOTE : During initial adjustments, the load can be 18 daN (40.4656

____
R lbf) maximum with the door and its lining. It must give the
R most positive handle return possible in the up and down
R direction.

(3) If the load and the dimension J1 are not in the tolerances, do the
adjustment as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the tension bolt (2).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 535
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Torque Shaft Fitting
Figure 512/TASK 52-11-00-991-010


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 536
Oct 01/00
R  
THY 
 (b) Adjust the tension bolt (2) and safety it with a lockwire
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

R NOTE : To decrease the operating load on the handle, it is

____
R possible to apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-043)
R to the door seals.

Subtask 52-11-00-820-059

K. Check of the Door Locking

(Ref. Fig. 513/TASK 52-11-00-991-013)

(1) Move the door against the door seal. Make sure that when you close
the door with the operating handle, you feel no hard point caused by
the non-retraction of the hooks.

(2) If necessary, do the adjustment below:

(a) Remove the lockwire from the nuts (2) and (4) and discard it.

(b) Make the rod (3) shorter to make sure that when you close the
door, there is no hard point caused by the non-retraction of the
hook with the door in the high position.

(c) Tighten the nuts (2) and (4) and safety them with a lockwire
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

R (d) Make sure that you can correctly install the rigging pin dia. 5.3
R mm (0.2086 in.).

Subtask 52-11-00-820-062

L. Adjustment of the Proximity Switches

(1) Do an adjustment of the proximity switches (12MJ or 13MJ) of the door

locking hook (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-820-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 537
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Lowering Shaft
Figure 513/TASK 52-11-00-991-013


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 538
Jan 01/04
R  
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-00-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Remove the SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS (98A52108008001) and
BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT (98F52108431000).

(2) Install the door lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-400-801).

R (a) For the door 831, install the door lining panels 831BZ, 831CZ,
R 831DZ, 831EZ, 831FZ, 831GZ, 831HZ, 831JZ.

R (b) For the door 841, install the door lining panels 841BZ, 841CZ,
R 841DZ, 841EZ, 841FZ, 841GZ, 841HZ, 841JZ.

R (3) Install the door-frame lining panels (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-801).

R (a) For the door 831, install the door-frame lining panel 221BW.

R (b) For the door 841, install the door-frame lining panel 222BW.

(4) Install the escape slide raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-400-801).

(5) Obey the special precautions after the work on the door (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-860-801).

Subtask 52-11-00-865-051

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-11-00-942-051

C. Close Access

(1) Close the access door 811.

(2) Close the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 539
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (5) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-11-00-862-050

D. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

(1) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 540
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-11-00-720-801

Functional Test of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door (Door 1L/1R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific compression dynamometer
No specific dynamometer
No specific access platform 2.6 m (8 ft. 6 in.)
No specific access platform 4.5 m (14 ft. 9 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-00-861-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 541
Jan 01/04
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-00-010-052

B. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the zone 811 and an access
platform in position at the zone 831 and 841.

(2) Open the access door 811.

(3) Open the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

Subtask 52-11-00-865-052

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-00-860-051

D. Safety Precautions

(1) Obey the special precautions when you start the work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-11-00-720-050

A. Functional Test of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Attach a dynamometer to the inner The force necessary to lift and lower
handle and lift and lower the the door is less than or equal to 16
door. daN (35.97 lbf).

2. Attach a dynamometer to the The force necessary to move the

emergency control handle and move emergency control handle is 7 daN
it to the ARMED position. (15.74 lbf) maximum.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 542
Jan 01/04
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3. Attach a dynamometer to the The force necessary to move the
emergency control handle and move emergency control handle is 7 daN
it to the DISARMED position. (15.74 lbf) maximum.

4. Close the door and operate the Make sure that the outer handle flap
outer handle. goes back to its correct position.

5. Open and close the door more than Make sure that you do not feel a hard
one time. point when you open and close the door
or when you lock it.

6. Fully open the door and take a The force necessary to unlock the door
compression dynamometer and apply stay mechanism is 5 daN (11.24 lbf)
on the pushbutton switch a force. maximum.

5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 52-11-00-860-057

R A. Safety Precautions

R (1) Obey the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
R 00-860-802).

Subtask 52-11-00-865-053

R B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-11-00-410-051

R C. Close Access

(1) Close the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

(2) Close the access door 811.

R

R (3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 543
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R Subtask 52-11-00-862-051

R D. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
R items.

R (2) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 544
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________

TASK 52-11-00-200-801

Detailed Inspection of Door 1 (Forward Passenger/Crew Door), Internal Structure

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 521104-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific masking paper

Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-006 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 601
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-23-49-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the FWD Passenger/Crew

Door(s)
25-23-49-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the FWD Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
R
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
SRM 511100 P.Block 001 (for corrective action)
SRM 512200 P.Block 001 (for corrective action)
52-11-00-991-016 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-00-010-050

A. Get Access

R (1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the FWD
R Passenger/Crew Doors 831 and 841.
R

R (2) Open the FWD Passenger/Crew Doors 831 and 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
010-801).

R (3) Do the special precaution procedures before you start the work on the
R door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

Subtask 52-11-00-020-054

R B. Removal of the Components

R

R (1) Remove the lining of the FWD Passenger/Crew door (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-
000-801).

R (2) Lift the door insulation.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 602
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-00-110-050

C. Cleaning of the Structure

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), if
necessary.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-11-00-210-050

A. Inspection
(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-11-00-991-016)

R (1) Do a detailed inspection of the internal structure of the FWD

R Passenger/Crew door.

(2) Make sure that there is no:

(a) Corrosion damage:

- If you find corrosion damage, refer to the Structural Repair
Manual (Ref. SRM 512200 P.Block 001) for types, inspection,
removal and corrosion protection.

(b) Other damage (cracks, scratches, stress, marks, dents, bumps,..):

- If you find this type of damage, refer to the Structural Repair
Manual (Ref. SRM 511100 P.Block 001) for damage classification
and corrective action.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 603
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 Internal Structure of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 601/TASK 52-11-00-991-016


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 604
Jan 01/99
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-00-916-051

B. Application of Temporary Protection

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEMS.

_______
MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPORARY PROTECTION DOES NOT GET :
- ON COMPOSITE PARTS, CONTROL CABLES, PULLEYS, TEFLON BEARINGS,
- ON LUBRICATED SURFACES,
- IN DRAIN VALVES OR OTHER ORIFICES.
TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON OR IN THESE PARTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY STORAGE PRESERVATION ON THE DOOR CONTROL

_______
MECHANISMS. THIS IS BECAUSE STORAGE PRESERVATION CAN PREVENT
CORRECT OPERATION OF THE MECHANISMS.

(1) Apply masking paper or masking tape BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-074) on the equipment and fittings adjacent to the
area.

R (2) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) or

R STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the inspection area.

(3) Remove the masking paper or the masking tape.

5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 52-11-00-420-052

R A. Installation of the Components

R (1) Put the insulation back in position.

R (2) Install the lining of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door (Ref. TASK 25-23-
R 49-400-801).

Subtask 52-11-00-410-050

R B. Close Access

R (1) Do the special precaution procedures after the work on the door
R (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-802) .

R (2) Close the FWD Passenger/Crew Door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

R


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 605
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-00-860-052

C. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

(1) Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and support equipment used
during this procedure.

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 606
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-11-00-200-802

R Detailed Inspection of Door Stop Assemblies on Door 1 (Forward Passenger/Crew

Door)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 521101-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door

52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-11-31-000-801 Removal of the Forward Passenger/Crew Door Latch and
Stop Fittings
52-11-31-400-801 Installation of the Forward Passenger/Crew Door Latch
and Stop Fittings
52-11-00-991-021 Fig. 602


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 607
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-00-010-055

A. Get Access

(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the FWD
passenger/crew door.

(2) Open the FWD passenger/crew doors 831 and 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
010-801).

(3) Obey the special precautions before you start the work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-11-00-220-050

A. Inspection
(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-11-00-991-021)

R (1) Do a detailed inspection of the door stop assemblies of the FWD

R passenger/crew doors.

(2) Make sure that there are no cracks or signs of corrosion on the stop
fittings and the stop screws.

R (3) Do a check of the wear at the door stop screws.

(a) Make sure that the minimum thickness for all stop screw heads is
2.5 mm (0.0984 in.).

(b) If the thickness is less than 2.5 mm (0.0984 in.), replace the
door stop screws (Ref. TASK 52-11-31-000-801) (Ref. TASK 52-11-
31-400-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-00-410-053

A. Close Access

(1) Obey the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(2) Close the FWD passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 608
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R Door Stop Assemblies
R Figure 602/TASK 52-11-00-991-021


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 609
Oct 01/01
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-00-860-053

R B. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

R (1) Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and support equipment used
R during this procedure.

R (2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
R items.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 610
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R TASK 52-11-00-210-801

R General Visual Inspection of Door 1 (FWD Passenger/Crew Door) Skin, External

R Surface.

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Refer to the MPD TASK: 521103-01

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

R B. Consumable Materials

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533

R 1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

R C. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R SRM 511100 P.Block 001 (for corrective action)

R SRM 512200 P.Block 001 (for corrective action)
R 52-11-00-991-024 Fig. 603


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 611
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 52-11-00-010-057

R A. Get Access

R (1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the FWD
R Passenger/Crew doors 831 and 841.

R Subtask 52-11-00-110-052

R B. Cleaning of the Structure

R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
R MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R (1) Clean the inspection surface with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
R 004) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
R 003), if necessary.

R 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 52-11-00-210-051

R A. Inspection
R (Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 52-11-00-991-024)

R (1) Do a general inspection of the external surface of the the FWD

R passenger/crew door.

R (2) Make sure that there is no:

R (a) Corrosion damage:

R - If you find corrosion damage, refer to the Structural Repair
R Manual (Ref. SRM 512200 P.Block 001) for types, inspection,
R removal and corrosion protection.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 612
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
R Door 1 (Passenger/Crew Door), External Surface
R Figure 603/TASK 52-11-00-991-024


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 613
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
R (b) Other damage (cracks, scratches, stress, marks, dents, bumps,..):
R - If you find this type of damage, refer to the Structural Repair
R Manual (Ref. SRM 511100 P.Block 001) for damage classification
R and corrective action.

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 52-11-00-860-055

R A. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

R (1) Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and support equipment used
R during this procedure.

R (2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
R items.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 614
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - REPAIRS
_________________________________

TASK 52-11-00-915-801

Replacement of the Bushes

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-043

VARNISH P.T.F.E SPRAY (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-009 USA MIL-R-46082
PRIMER, ACTIVATOR FOR ANAEROBIC (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-034 USA MIL-R-46082
ADHESIVE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 11-003 USA ASTM D 740
METHYL-ETHYL-KETONE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-11-00-991-020 Fig. 801


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 801
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-00-869-050

A. Not applicable.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-11-00-020-052

A. Removal of the Bushes

(1) Mechanically remove the bush.

(2) Make sure that you do not heat the part on which the bush is
R installed, you can damage the internal structure of the part because
R it is made of aluminum alloy.

(3) Clean the part with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-003) and a cloth
to remove the remaining bonding compound and sealant.

(4) Dry carefully.

(5) Make sure that the surface is clean.

Subtask 52-11-00-420-051

B. Installation of the Bush

(1) Cold-curing with an activator.

(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-043) on the inner side
of the bush in order to prevent damage by the sealing compound.

(b) Apply the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-009) on
the areas that you must bond and then apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE
COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-034).

(c) Rotate the bush to insert it.

(d) The bonded surfaces must not come into contact with your fingers.

(e) Hold the bush in its hole with a tool.

(f) Let cure for 4 hours at 23 deg.C (73.40 deg.F).

NOTE : Use the activator in less than 2 minutes.

____


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 802
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (2) Warm-curing without activator

(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-043) on the inner side
of the bush in order to prevent damage by the sealing compound.

(b) Apply the activator BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No.
08-034) on the areas that you must bond.

(c) Rotate the bush to insert it.

(d) The bonded surfaces must not come into contact with your fingers.

(e) Hold the bush in its hole with a tool.

(f) Let cure for 4 hours at 84 deg.C (183.20 deg.F) with the
thermocouples which are in the bush.

Subtask 52-11-00-916-050

C. Application of Protection Sealant

(Ref. Fig. 801/TASK 52-11-00-991-020)

(1) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on the periphery of the seal
between the two parts and use STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-003)
to protect the sealant bead in the skydrol areas.

(2) Remove the protection sealant from the inside of the bush with
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003) and CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-004).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 803
Jul 01/96
 
THY 
 Bush - Typical Installation
Figure 801/TASK 52-11-00-991-020


EFF :

ALL  52-11-00

Page 804
Jul 01/96
 
THY 
 DOOR - PASSENGER/CREW, FWD - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________

TASK 52-11-11-000-801

Removal of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door (Door 1L/1R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific nut NSA 509-4
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 4.4 m (14 ft. 5 in.)
98A52108004001 1 SLING - PASSENGER DOOR

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-23-45-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Forward

Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-49-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Forward Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling
52-11-12-000-802 Removal of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms and the
Guide Arm Hinge-Fittings.
52-11-11-991-003 Fig. 401
52-11-11-991-004 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 401
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-11-010-051

A. Get Access

R (1) Put an access platform in position at zone 811 and an access platform
R in position at zone 831 for the left door and at zone 841 for the
right door.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-11-11-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-11-941-051

C. Safety Precautions

R (1) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
R (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

Subtask 52-11-11-010-050

D. Get Access

R (1) Remove an escape slide/raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-000-801).

(2) Remove the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-000-801).

R (a) For the left door, remove the lining panels 831BZ, 831CZ, 831DZ,
R 831EZ, 831FZ, 831GZ, 831HZ, 831JZ.

R (b) For the right door, remove the lining panels 841BZ, 841CZ, 841DZ,
R 841EZ, 841FZ, 831GZ, 831HZ, 831JZ.

(3) Remove the door frame lining.

(a) For the left door, remove the lining panel 221BW (Ref. TASK 25-
23-45-000-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 402
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (b) For the right door, remove the lining panel 222BW (Ref. TASK 25-
23-45-000-801).

Subtask 52-11-11-480-050

E. Installation of the sling

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-11-991-003)

(1) Install the SLING - PASSENGER DOOR (98A52108004001) on the door

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).

(2) Lock the spring rod in the compressed position.

NOTE : Keep the door closed in the disarmed position during this
____
operation.

(a) Install a nut NSA 509-4 (54) to safety the spring rod (55).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149, 151-151,

Subtask 52-11-11-020-050

A. Removal of the Door

(1) Disconnect the electrical cable harness.

(a) On the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder, disconnect

the connector 360RH1A (360RH2A).

R (b) At FR13, disconnect the connector 1357VCA (1352VCA).

R (c) On the support arm and at FR13A and FR13B, remove the attachment
R clamps of the cable harness.

(d) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 403
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder - Connection Linkage
Figure 401/TASK 52-11-11-991-003

R

EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 404
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (e) Attach the cable harness to the door structure.

R (2) Disconnect the upper and lower guide arms from the door (Ref. TASK
52-11-12-000-802).

R NOTE : When the door is removed from the structure, hold the guide
____
R arms until they are in the vertical position to prevent damage
R to a bolt or a structure component.

(3) Disconnect the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-11-991-003)

NOTE : Keep the door closed in the disarmed position during this
____
operation.

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (53).

(b) Remove the nut (52) and the washer (51), disconnect the spring
rod (55) and remove the washer (56).

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (50).

(d) Remove the nut (49) and the washer (48).

(e) Remove the bolt (60), the lockwasher (59) and the sleeve (57).

(f) Disengage the end fitting (58) from the gimbal (61).

(4) Remove the gimbal (61) from the door fitting.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-11-991-003)

R (a) Remove the nut (47), the bolts (44) and the washers (45).

(b) Remove the flange (46).

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (40).

(d) Remove the nut (41) and the washer (42).

(e) Remove the gimbal (61) with the washer (62) and the bush (43).

(5) Disconnect the upper and lower connection links (84) and (78) from
the support arm (63).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-11-991-004)

R (a) Remove the screw (77) and the washer (76) and disconnect the
R bonding strips (75) from the support arm (63).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149, 151-151,  52-11-11

Page 405
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Attachment to the Support Arm
Figure 402/TASK 52-11-11-991-004


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 406
Oct 01/94
R  
THY 
 (b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (81).

R (c) Remove the nuts (82), the washer (83) and the bushes (80).

(d) Remove the bolts (86), the washer (85) and the bushes (80).

NOTE : When you remove the bolt (86), make sure the hinge pins
____
(70) do not fall out.

R (e) Carefully move the support arm (63) away from the door and remove
R the washers (73) and (74).

R NOTE : Identify the washers (73) and (74) for subsequent

____
R installation.

(f) Remove the hinge pins (70), the distance tubes (79) and the
washers (71) and (72).

R NOTE : Identify the washers (71) and (72) for subsequent

____
R installation.

R (6) Carefully move the door away from the fuselage and lower it on an
R applicable support.

**ON A/C 152-199,

Subtask 52-11-11-020-050-A

A. Removal of the Door

(1) Disconnect the electrical cable harness.

(a) On the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder, disconnect

the connector 360RH1A(360RH2A).

(b) Disconnect the connector 1357VCA(1352VCA) between FR13A and FR14.

(c) On the support arm and at FR13A and FR13B, remove the attachment
clamps from the cable harness.

(d) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(e) Attach the cable harness to the door structure.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 407
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (2) Disconnect the upper and lower guide arms from the door (Ref. TASK
52-11-12-000-802).

NOTE : When the door is removed from the structure, hold the guide
____
arms until they are in the vertical position to prevent damage
to a bolt or a structure component.

(3) Disconnect the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-11-991-003)

R NOTE : Keep the door closed in the disarmed position during the
____
R operation.

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (53).

(b) Remove the nut (52), the washer (51), disconnect the spring rod
(55) and remove the washer (56).

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (50).

(d) Remove the nut (49) and the washer (48).

R (e) Remove the bolt (60), the lockwasher (59) and the sleeve (57).

(f) Disengage the end fitting (58) from the gimbal (61).

(4) Remove the gimbal (61) from the door fitting.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-11-991-003)

R (a) Remove the nut (47), the bolts (44) and the washers (45).

(b) Remove the flange (46).

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (40).

(d) Remove the nut (41) and the washer (42).

(e) Remove the gimbal (61) with the washer (62) and the bush (43).

(5) Disconnect the upper and lower connection links (84) and (78) from
the support arm (63).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-11-991-004)

R (a) Remove the screw (77) and the washer (76) and disconnect the
R bonding strips (75) from the support arm (63).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (81).


EFF :

152-199,  52-11-11

Page 408
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (c) Remove the nuts (82), the washer (83) and the bushes (80).

R (d) Remove the bolts (86), the washer (85) and the bushes (80).

R NOTE : When you remove the bolt (86), make sure the hinge pins
____
R (70) do not fall out.

R (e) Carefully move the support arm (63) away from the door and remove
R the washers (73) and (74).

R NOTE : Identify the washers (73) and (74) for subsequent

____
R installation.

(f) Remove the hinge pins (70), the distance tubes (79) and the
washers (71) and (72).

R NOTE : Identify the washers (71) and (72) for subsequent

____
R installation.

R (6) Carefully move the door away from the fuselage and lower it on an
R applicable support.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-11-080-050

A. Removal of the sling

(1) Remove the SLING - PASSENGER DOOR (98A52108004001) from the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 409
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 TASK 52-11-11-400-801

Installation of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door (Door 1L/1R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific rigging pin dia. 5.3 mm (0.2086 in.)

No specific removable shim 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.)
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific dynamometer 20 daN (44.9617 lbf)
No specific access platform 4.4 m (14 ft. 5 in.)
No specific rigging pin 5.8 mm (0.2283 in.)
No specific templates 70 mm (2.7559 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE
98A52108004001 1 SLING - PASSENGER DOOR
98A52108008001 1 SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS
98D52003002000 1 TOOL - COVER PLATE PRE-CRUSHING
98F52108431000 1 BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-043

VARNISH P.T.F.E SPRAY (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 09-013 C Z-16.127
CORROSION INHIBITING BRUSH CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-018 USA AMS 3267/3
CORROSION INHIBITING LOW ADHESION SEALANT
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 410
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7 cotter pin 52-11-01 05 -040

50 cotter pin 52-11-01 02 -010
53 cotter pin 52-11-01 06 -190
81 cotter pin 52-11-01 06 -190

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-912-802 Electrical Bonding of Components with Conductive

Screws and Bolts and Bonding Straps
R 25-23-45-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Forward
Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-45-400-801 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the Forward
Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-49-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Forward Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
R 25-23-49-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Forward
R Passenger/Crew Door(s)
25-62-41-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling
52-11-00-820-801 Adjustment of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door (Door
1L/1R)
52-11-12-400-801 Installation of the Door Support Arm, Door buffer and
Door Stay Mechanism.
52-11-14-820-801 Adjustment of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation
Cylinder 360RH1 (360RH2)
52-11-22-820-801 Adjustment of the Emergency Escape Slide Release
Mechanism- FWD Passenger/Crew Door
52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 411
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 52-71-00-710-802 Operational Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Warning

System
52-71-11-820-801 Adjustment of the Actuation Clearance of the
R Proximity Sensors (10MJ,11MJ,12MJ,
R 13MJ,14MJ,15MJ,16MJ,17MJ,22MJ,23MJ,24MJ,25MJ)
52-11-11-991-003 Fig. 401
52-11-11-991-004 Fig. 402
52-11-11-991-019 Fig. 403
52-11-11-991-020 Fig. 404
52-11-11-991-021 Fig. 405
52-11-11-991-022 Fig. 406
52-11-11-991-009 Fig. 407
52-11-11-991-008 Fig. 408
52-11-11-991-023 Fig. 409

**ON A/C 001-003,

52-11-11-991-010 Fig. 410

**ON A/C 004-099, 101-149, 151-199,

52-11-11-991-010-A Fig. 410A

**ON A/C ALL

52-11-11-991-011 Fig. 411

52-11-11-991-026 Fig. 412
52-11-11-991-012 Fig. 413
52-11-11-991-013 Fig. 414
52-11-11-991-024 Fig. 415
52-11-11-991-014 Fig. 416
52-11-11-991-015 Fig. 417

**ON A/C 001-002,

52-11-11-991-025 Fig. 418


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 412
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 003-099, 101-149, 151-199,

52-11-11-991-025-A Fig. 418A

**ON A/C ALL

52-11-11-991-016 Fig. 419

52-11-11-991-017 Fig. 420
52-11-11-991-018 Fig. 421

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-11-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Make sure that an access platform is in position at zone 831 for the
R left door and at zone 841 for the right door and that an access
R platform is in position at zone 811.

(2) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

R (3) Make sure that the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-000-801) and the
R door frame lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-801) are removed.

R (4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

R (5) Make sure that the drain holes in the door structure are not blocked.

Subtask 52-11-11-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 413
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-11-480-051

C. Installation of the Sling

(1) Install the SLING - PASSENGER DOOR (98A52108004001) on the door

(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801) and adjust it if necessary to get equal
tension.

(2) Carefully move the door into the installation position.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-11-11-210-050

A. Check of the Riggings

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-11-991-019, 404/TASK 52-11-11-991-020, 405/TASK
52-11-11-991-021, 406/TASK 52-11-11-991-022)

(1) Before you install the door, install the rigging pin.
- For the door in the down position: points B, F.
- For the door in the up position: points C, E.
- For the escape slide in the ARMED position: points I, J, K, S.

Subtask 52-11-11-420-053

B. Removal of the Z Stops in the Lower Guide Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-11-11-991-009)

(1) Remove the nuts (3), the washers (4) and the bolts (5) from the lower
guide fittings (6).

Subtask 52-11-11-420-059-A

C. Temporary Installation of the Door on the Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-11-991-004, 408/TASK 52-11-11-991-008)

(1) Connect the upper and lower connection links (84) and (78) to the
support arm (63).

(a) Install the washers (71) and (72), the distance tubes (79) and
the hinge pins (70) on the support arm (63).

NOTE : Make sure that the hinge pins (70) do not fall before you
____
install the bolts (86).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 414
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
R Rigging Pin of the Left Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 403/TASK 52-11-11-991-019


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 415
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R Rigging Pin of the Left Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 404/TASK 52-11-11-991-020


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 416
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R Rigging Pin of the Left Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 405/TASK 52-11-11-991-021


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 417
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R Rigging Pin of the Left Passenger/Crew Door
Figure 406/TASK 52-11-11-991-022


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 418
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 Stop and Guide Fittings
Figure 407/TASK 52-11-11-991-009


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 419
Oct 01/00
R  
THY 
 Door Attachment to the Support Arm
Figure 408/TASK 52-11-11-991-008


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 420
Jul 01/99
R  
THY 
R (b) Put the door in position on the support arm (63) and install the
R washer (73) and the adjustable washer (74).

NOTE : The washers (74) are available in different thicknesses

____
for adjustment on the X axis. The total thickness of the
washers must be equal to the nominal thickness to get a
clearance B of 0 +0 +0.1 mm (0.0000 +0.0000 +0.0039 in.).

(c) Install the bushes (80), the washers (85) and the bolts.

(d) Install the washers (83) and the nuts (82).

(2) Install the SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS (98A52108008001)

and the BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT (98F52108431000).

(3) Slowly put the door in position in the door frame (the upper and the
R lower guide arms are not installed).

(4) Make sure that the clearance A is 0 +0 +0.4 mm (0.0000 +0.0000

+0.0157 in.).

(5) If necessary, adjust the rod (5) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-11-991-008)

(a) Remove the lockwire from the nuts (4) and (6). Discard the
lockwire and loosen the nuts (4) and (6).

(b) Adjust the length of the rod (5) between the lifting shaft and
R the lower connection link (7). The clearance A between the
R lifting shaft roller (1) and the upper lip of the roller fitting
R (2) must be 0 +0 +0.4 mm (0.0000 +0.0000 +0.0157 in.).

Subtask 52-11-11-820-052

D. Adjustment of the Door in its Frame during the Door Closing Operation
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-11-11-991-009, 409/TASK 52-11-11-991-023)

(1) Make sure that when you start to open the door, the clearance H1 is 4
mm (0.1574 in.) between the door stops (101) and the door frame stops
(102). The clearance H2 must be 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) minimum for an
overlap H3 of 4 mm (0.1574 in.).

(2) Slowly close the door and make sure that there is no hard contact
between the door stops (101) and the frame stops (102).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 421
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Door Stop Fittings
Figure 409/TASK 52-11-11-991-023

R

EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 422
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 (3) If the clearance H2 is not in the tolerance, adjust the upper and
lower guide fittings (1), (2) and (6) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-11-11-991-009)

(a) Open the door and identify the position of the serrations on the
plates (8) and (9) and the upper and lower guide fittings (1),
(2) and (6).

(b) Loosen the nuts (7) and move the guide fittings (1), (2) and (6)
to get the clearance H2.

(c) Temporarily tighten the nuts (7).

(4) Release the upper hooks to move down the door weight on the lifting
shaft. Do the procedure below:

**ON A/C 001-003,

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-11-11-991-010)

**ON A/C 004-099, 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 410A/TASK 52-11-11-991-010-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (1) and (3).

R (b) Loosen the barrel of the rod (2) until the locking hook (4) does
R not touch the latch fitting (5).

R NOTE : At this adjustment step, the lifting shaft rollers (1)

____
R touch the upper lip of the roller fittings (2).
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-11-991-008)

Subtask 52-11-11-820-053

E. Check and Adjustment of Clearances between the Door and the Door Frame

**ON A/C 001-003,

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-11-11-991-010)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 423
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Upper Locking Hook
Figure 410/TASK 52-11-11-991-010

R

EFF :

001-003,  52-11-11

Page 424
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-11-11

Page 425
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
 Upper Locking Hook - Clearance Adjustment
Figure 410A/TASK 52-11-11-991-010-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

004-099, 101-149, 151-199,  52-11-11

Page 426
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
 Upper Locking Hook - Clearance Adjustment
Figure 410A/TASK 52-11-11-991-010-A22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

004-099, 101-149, 151-199,  52-11-11

Page 427
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 004-099, 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 410A/TASK 52-11-11-991-010-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-11-11-991-011, 412/TASK 52-11-11-991-026)

(1) Close the door and make sure that the lifting shaft rollers (1) touch
the upper lip of the roller fittings (2).

(2) Install two positioning templates on the X axis on the door FR16A.

(a) Install one template between the longerons L6 and L7.

(b) Install the other template between the longerons L2 and L3.

(3) If the templates do not touch the door frame or the door contour on
the X axis:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-11-991-004)

(a) Disconnect the upper and lower connection links (84) and (78)
from the support arm (63).

(b) Remove the nuts (82), the washers (83), (85) and the bolts (86)
to disconnect the upper and lower connection links (84) and (79).

(c) Adjust the door on the X axis with washers (74) of a different
thickness.

(d) Make sure that the clearance B is less than or equal to 0.1 mm
(0.0039 in.)

R NOTE : The thickness of the two washers (74) on the lower and
____
R upper connection links (84) and (78) is equal to the
nominal thickness. The clearance B must be in the
tolerances.

(e) Connect the upper and lower connection links (78) and (84).

(f) Install the washers (83) and (85), the bolts (86) and the nuts
(82).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 428
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (4) Do a check of the peripheral clearances between the door and the door
frame:
- clearance E1: 3 +3 -1 mm (0.1181 +0.1181 -0.0393 in.)
- clearance E2: 70 +0.7 -0.7 mm (2.7559 +0.0275 -0.0275 in.)
- clearance E3: 4 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0590 in.)
- clearance G1: 5 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.1968 +0.0590 -0.0590 in.).

(5) Make sure that the overlap clearance E4 of the stops on the X axis is
12 +3 -1 mm (0.4724 +0.1181 -0.0393 in.).

(6) Make sure that the clearance E7 is 0 -1 +1 mm (0.0000 -0.0393 +0.0393

in.).

(7) Make sure that the clearance G2 on the Y axis between the locking
hook and the latch fitting is 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.) minimum.

R (8) Make sure that the out-of-flush tolerance between the door and the
R door frame is:
- tolerance E5: 0 +1.3 -0.7 mm (0.0000 +0.0511 -0.0275 in.)
- tolerance E6: 0 +0 -2 mm (0.0000 +0.0000 -0.0787 in.)

(9) Make sure that, when you start to open the door, the H1 clearance
between the door stop and the door frame is 4 mm (0.1574 in.)
minimum.

(10) Make sure that the seal is compressed by the dimension:

(a) E8 of 4 +2 -1 mm (0.1574 +0.0787 -0.0393 in.) for the round

section seal

(b) E8 of 5 +3 -2 mm (0.1968 +0.1181 -0.0787 in.) for the square

section seal

(11) If the clearances E1, E2, E4 and G2 are not in the tolerances on the
X axis, adjust the door position as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-11-991-004)

(a) Disconnect the upper and lower connection links (84) and (78)
from the support arm (63).

(b) Remove the nuts (82), the washers (83), (85) and the bolts (86).

(c) Do the adjustment on the X axis with adjustable washers (74) of

different thicknesses.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 429
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Adjustment - Closed Position (Round Section Seal)
Figure 411/TASK 52-11-11-991-011- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 430
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Door Adjustment - Closed Position (Round Section Seal)
Figure 411/TASK 52-11-11-991-011- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 431
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Door Adjustment - Closed Position (Square Section Seal)
Figure 412/TASK 52-11-11-991-026- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 432
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Door Adjustment - Closed Position (Square Section Seal)
Figure 412/TASK 52-11-11-991-026- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 433
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (d) Make sure that clearance B is less than or equal to 0.1 mm
(0.0039 in.).

R NOTE : The total thickness of the washers (74) on the upper and
____
R lower connection links (84) and (79) must be equal to the
nominal thickness. The clearance B must be in the
tolerances.

(e) Connect the upper and lower connection links (84) and (78) to the
support arm (63).

(f) Install the washers (83), (85), the bolts (86) and the nuts (82).

R NOTE : At this step the door is adjusted in its frame.

____

(12) If the clearances E3, G1 are not in the tolerances on the Z axis,
adjust the door position as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-11-991-008)

R (a) Remove the lockwire from the nuts (4) and (6) and discard it.

(b) Loosen the nuts (4) and (6).

(c) Adjust the length of the rod (5) until you get the correct
configuration.

(d) Tighten the nuts (4) and 6).

(13) If the clearances E5, E6 and E8 are not in the tolerances on the Y
axis, adjust the door position as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-11-11-991-012)

(a) Loosen the nuts (3) and (4).

(b) Adjust the stop screws (1) and (6) to get the conditions that
follow:

1
_ The clearance between the stop and the door frame must be 0 +0
+0.5 mm (0 +0 +0.02 in.).
- The dimension J1 must be between 3.5 mm (0.138 in.) and 6 mm
(0.236 in.) for the 14 lower stops.
- The dimension J2 must be between 3.5 mm (0.138 in.) and 5.5
mm (0.216 in.) for the 2 upper stops.

R 2
_ Three stops can touch each other, with two of them on the same
R frame piece.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 434
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Stop Fittings
Figure 413/TASK 52-11-11-991-012


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 435
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
 (c) Install the nuts (3) and (4).

(d) Tighten the nuts (3) and (4). TORQUE to between 2 and 2.2 m.daN
(14.74 and 16.22 lbf.ft).

(e) Fold the lugs of the lockwashers (2) and (5).

(14) Remove the templates installed at frame 16A.

Subtask 52-11-11-820-054

F. Adjustment of the Lower Guide Fitting Stops and the Upper Hook
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-11-11-991-009)

(1) Adjust the lower guide fitting stops as follows:

(a) Open the door.

(b) Install the bolt (5) in its housing.

(c) Install a removable shim between the screw head (5) of the lower
guide-fitting stops and the roller (10).

(d) Close the door.

(e) Make sure that the lifting shaft rollers touch the upper lip of
the roller fittings (2).

(f) Measure the dimension between the bolt (5) underhead and the
R bottom of the lower guide fitting (6). Use the adjustable washers
R related to this thickness.

(g) Open the door.

(h) Install the bolt (5), the adjustable washer (4) and the nut (3).

(i) Tighten the nut (3).

R NOTE : After this adjustment, the removable shim stays in

____
R position.

R (2) Put the upper hook in a position where it touches the roller.

**ON A/C 001-003,

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-11-11-991-010)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 436
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 004-099, 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 410A/TASK 52-11-11-991-010-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(a) Close the door

R (b) Loosen the rod (2) until the locking hook (4) touches the roller
R (5).
R

R NOTE : The removable shim must stay in position between the lower
____
R guide fittings and the lifting shaft rollers.

Subtask 52-11-11-820-055

G. Check of the Z Clearance for the Lower Connection Link

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-11-11-991-013)

(1) Make sure that the door is closed.

(2) Make sure that clearance K between the cardan yoke (1) and the lower
connection link of the support arm (2) is 0.04 mm (0.0015 in.)
minimum.

R NOTE : At this step, the removable shim stays in the lower guide
____
R fitting.

**ON A/C 001-003,

Subtask 52-11-11-820-056

H. Check and Adjustment of the Upper Hooks

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-11-11-991-010)

(1) Make sure that the clearance G3 is between 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) and 1
mm (0.0393 in.).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 437
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Support Arm Connection Links
Figure 414/TASK 52-11-11-991-013


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 438
Oct 01/00
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C 004-099, 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-11-11-820-056-A

H. Check and Adjustment of the Upper Hooks

(Ref. Fig. 410A/TASK 52-11-11-991-010-A)

(1) Make sure that the clearance G3 is between 0.4 mm (0.016 in.) and 1
mm (0.039 in.).

R (2) If the clearance G3 is not in the tolerances, adjust as follows:

(a) Remove the cotter pin (11), the nut (10) and the washer (9).

(b) Remove the stop plate (7).

R (c) Adjust the RC radius. To do this, turn the octagonal bush (8) to
R adjust its position until the index (12) engraved on the bush (8)
R equals the correct value of the necessary clearance (Refer to the
R table for the correct clearances).

(d) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) between the fitting and the
stop plate (7).

(e) Install the stop plate (7).

(f) Install the washer (9) and the nut (10).

(g) Tighten the nut (10).

(h) Install the cotter pin (11).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-11-11-820-057

J. Check and Adjustment of Clearances between the Rollers and the Guide
Fittings
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-11-991-004, 407/TASK 52-11-11-991-009, 415/TASK
52-11-11-991-024)

(1) Open the door.

(2) Remove the removable shim.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 439
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Upper Connection Link
Figure 415/TASK 52-11-11-991-024


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 440
Oct 01/00
R  
THY 
 (3) Operate the door more than one time.

(4) With the door in the up position, make sure that:

(a) The rollers move off the upper guide fittings (1) and (2) with
the clearances below:
- C1: 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) minimum at FR14A.
- C2: 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.) at FR16

(b) The rollers move off the lower guide fittings (6) with a
clearance C3 of 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) minimum.

(5) If the clearances C1, C2 and C3 are not in the tolerances, adjust the
guide fittings (1), (2) and (6) as specified below:

R (a) Open the door and identify the related position of the serrations
R on the plates (8) and (9) and the upper and lower guide fittings
R (1), (2) and (3).

(b) Loosen the nuts (7) and move the guide fittings (1), (2) and (6)
to get the correct clearances C1, C2 and C3.

(c) Temporarily tighten the nuts (7).

(6) With the door in the down position, make sure that:

(a) The rollers of the upper guide fittings (1) and (2) turn freely.
The clearance C4 must be 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) to 0.8 mm (0.0314
in.).

(b) The rollers of the lower guide fittings (6) touch their stops
while the rollers of the upper hooks turn freely. The clearance
R C4 must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.) on
R the Y axis.

(7) Adjust the guide fittings (1), (2) and (3) if the clearance is not in
the tolerances.

(a) Open the door and identify the related position of the serrations
on the plates (8) and (9) and the upper and lower guide fittings
(1), (2) and (3).

(b) Loosen the nuts (7) and move the guide fittings (1), (2) and (3)
to get the clearance C4.

(c) Tighten the nuts (7).

(d) Close the door.

(8) Make sure that you can correctly install the rigging pin dia. 8.5 mm
(0.3346 in.) of the universal joint.
(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 52-11-11-991-024)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 441
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (9) If it twists the support arm (63), adjust the radius R of the upper
connection link (84) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-11-991-004, 415/TASK 52-11-11-991-024)

R (a) Disconnect the connection link (84) from the support arm (63).

(b) Remove the nuts (82), the washers (83) and (85), the bolts (86)
and the washers (74) and (73).

(c) Disengage the support arm (63) from the connection link.

(d) Loosen the upper connection link (84) end.

(e) Adjust the thickness of the set of washers (87) on the upper
R connection link (84) to change the radius R.

(f) Tighten the end of the upper connection link (84) and install the
washers (74).

(g) Install the support arm (63) on the upper and lower connection
links.

(h) Install the washers (85) and the bolts (86).

R (i) Install the washers (83) and the nuts (82).

R (j) Temporarily tighten them.

(10) Do a check of the riggings with a 5.8 mm (0.2283 in.) dia. gage
except for point C.

Subtask 52-11-11-420-054

K. Final Installation of the Door

(1) Final installation of the support arm

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-11-991-004)

(a) TORQUE the nuts (82) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in) and safety them with a cotter pin (81).

(b) Install the bonding straps (75) on the support arm (63), then
install the washers (76) and the screws (77).

(c) Do an electrical bonding of the bonding straps (75) (Ref. TASK

20-28-00-912-802).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 442
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (2) Final installation of the rod (5)
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-11-991-008)

R (a) Tighten the nuts (4) and (6) and safety them with a lockwire
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

(3) Final installation of the rod (2)

**ON A/C 001-003,

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-11-11-991-010)

**ON A/C 004-099, 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 410A/TASK 52-11-11-991-010-A)

**ON A/C ALL

R (a) Tighten the nuts (1) and (3) and safety them with a lockwire
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

Subtask 52-11-11-420-058

L. Removal of the Sling

(1) Remove the sling from the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).

Subtask 52-11-11-420-055

M. Installation and Adjustment of the Lower Guide Arm

(1) Connect the support arm and lower guide arm on the door (Ref. TASK
52-11-12-400-801).

Subtask 52-11-11-820-058

N. Check of Locking with the Door in the Up Position

(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 52-11-11-991-014)

R (1) Move the door against the door seal. Make sure that when you close
R the door with the control handle you feel no hard point caused by the
non-retraction of the hooks.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 443
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 Lowering Shaft
Figure 416/TASK 52-11-11-991-014


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 444
Oct 01/00
R  
THY 
 (2) If necessary, do the adjustment below:

(a) Remove the lockwire from the nuts (2) and (4) and discard it.

R (b) Make the rod (3) shorter. Thus, when you close the door, there
R are no hard points caused by the non-retraction of the hook with
R the door in the up position.

(c) Tighten the nuts (2) and (4) and safety them with a lockwire
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

(3) Make sure that you can correctly install the rigging pin dia. 5.3 mm
(0.2086 in.).

Subtask 52-11-11-820-059

P. Check of the Handle Operation

(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 52-11-11-991-015)

R (1) Make sure that the handle flap comes back to its usual position when
R you close the door from the outer side.

(2) If necessary, do the adjustment specified below.

(a) Loosen the nuts (2), remove the stop (3) and the adjustable shim
(1).

R (b) Adjust the shim (1) to get the correct position of the flap when
R the handle is in the closed position.

(c) Install the stop (3), the shim (1) and the nuts (2).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (2) to 0.68 m.daN (60.17 lbf.in).

R (e) Make sure that the handle flap comes back to its usual position.

Subtask 52-11-11-820-064

Q. Check of the Preload of the Cover Plate

**ON A/C 001-002,

(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 52-11-11-991-025)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 445
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Outer Handle
Figure 417/TASK 52-11-11-991-015


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 446
Oct 01/00
R  
THY 
 Adjustment of the Cover Plate
Figure 418/TASK 52-11-11-991-025

R

EFF :

001-002,  52-11-11

Page 447
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 003-099, 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 418A/TASK 52-11-11-991-025-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(1) With the door closed and locked, make sure that you do not hear a
hollow sound when you tap the cover plate at points 1 to 9.

(2) If you hear a hollow sound:

(a) Take a TOOL - COVER PLATE PRE-CRUSHING (98D52003002000) (110).

(b) Measure the preload of the cover plate (111).

1
_ Door open:
Pi = Initial preload

2
_ Door closed:
Pf = Final preload

(3) Calculate the effective preload: Pef

Pef = Pi - Pf

(a) Make sure that Pef is 0.5 +0 +0.5 mm (0.0196 +0.0000 +0.0196
in.).

R (b) If Pef is not in the tolerances, correct the preload. To do this,

R manually fold the cover plate (111).

Subtask 52-11-11-820-060

R. Adjustment of the Compensation Mechanism

R
(Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 52-11-11-991-016)
R

R (1) Remove and discard the lockwire from the tension bolt (2).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 448
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Cover Plate
Figure 418A/TASK 52-11-11-991-025-A

R

EFF :

003-099, 101-149, 151-199,  52-11-11

Page 449
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 Torque Shaft Fittings
Figure 419/TASK 52-11-11-991-016


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 450
Oct 01/00
R  
THY 
 (2) Adjust the tension bolt to get a load less than or equal to 16 daN
(35.9694 lbf) on the inner handle (1) to open and close the door. Use
a dynamometer to measure the load.

NOTE : During initial adjustments, the load can be 18 daN (40.4656

____
R lbf) maximum with the door and its lining. It must give the
R most positive handle return possible in the up and down
R direction.

(3) Make sure that the dimension M is 35 mm (1.3779 in.) maximum.

(4) Safety the tension bolt (2) with a lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010).

R NOTE : To decrease the operating load on the handle, it is possible

____
R to apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-043) to the door
R seals.

Subtask 52-11-11-420-056

S. Installation of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-11-991-003)

R (1) Install the gimbal (61) on the door fitting.

(a) Install the gimbal (61) with the washer (62) and the bush (43).

(b) Install the flange (46).

(c) Install the bolts (44), the washers (45) and the nuts (47).
Tighten the nuts (47).

(d) Install the washer (42) and the nut (41). Tighten the nuts (41).

(e) Safety the nut (41) with a new cotter pin (40).

(2) Connect the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder.

R NOTE : When you do this, the door must be closed and disarmed.
____

(a) Put the end fitting (58) in position on the gimbal (61).

(b) Install the sleeve (57) and the bolt (60) with the lockwasher
(59).

(c) Install the washer (48) and the nut (49).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 451
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (d) Install the spring rod (55) with the washers (56) and (51) and
the nut (52).

(e) Tighten the nut (52).

(f) Safety the nut (49) with a new cotter pin (50).

(g) Safety the nut (52) with a new cotter pin (53).

(3) Release the spring rod.

R NOTE : When you do this, the door must be closed and disarmed.
____

(4) Remove the NSA 509-4 (54) from the spring rod (55).

(5) Adjust the door-damper and emergency operation cylinder (Ref. TASK
52-11-14-820-801).

Subtask 52-11-11-820-061

T. Adjustment of the Girt Bar Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 52-11-11-991-017)

(1) Close the door.

(2) Do the rigging of the emergency control handle in the ARMED position
with the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000).

(3) Make sure that:

- the clearance P1 is between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.8 mm (0.0314
in.).
- the clearances P2 are equal, with a tolerance of 0.3 mm (0.0118
in.).
- the clearances P3 are equal, with a tolerance of one spline.

(4) If the clearances are not correct, do the adjustments that follow:

(a) Put the emergency control handle in the DISARMED position and
open the door.

(b) Remove the sealant from the head of the screws (4) and the girt
bar fitting (2).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 452
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Girt Bar Fittings
Figure 420/TASK 52-11-11-991-017


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 453
Jan 01/04
R  
THY 
 (c) Loosen the screws (4) until you can move the girt bar fitting (2)
in the aft and forward direction only.

NOTE : Do not change the position of the girt bar fitting (2) on
____
the serrated plate (3).

(d) Close the door and put the emergency control handle in the ARMED
position.

(e) Adjust clearances P1, P2 and P3 with the serrated plates (3).

(f) Temporarily tighten the screws (4).

(g) Put the emergency control handle in the DISARMED position and
open the door.

(h) Tighten the screws (4).

(i) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) around the girt
bar fitting (3) and on the heads of the screws (4).

Subtask 52-11-11-820-062

U. Adjustment of the Door Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 52-11-11-991-018)

(1) Fully open the door against the fuselage.

(2) Make sure that the door stay mechanism locks the door in the open
position.

(3) Make sure that clearance R1 between the buffer (15) and the fuselage
is between 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) and 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.) .

R (4) If clearance R1 is not correct, do the adjustment below:

(a) Push the button of the door stay mechanism and move the door away
from the fuselage.

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (7).

(c) Remove the nut (8), the washer (9) and the spherical cup (10).

(d) Remove the bolt (1), the washer (9), the buffer (15) and the
spherical cup (14).

(e) Remove the guide bush (13) and the washers (3) and (4).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 454
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Buffer
Figure 421/TASK 52-11-11-991-018


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 455
Jan 01/04
R  
THY 
 (f) Remove the guide bush (6) and the washers (5) and (11).

(g) Adjust the adjustable washers (5) and (12) to get the correct
clearance R1 and the dimension R2 90 +0.0 +0.5 mm (3.5433 +0.0000
+0.0196 in.).

(h) Install the washers (5) and (11) and the guide bush (6).

(i) Install the washers (3) and (4) and the guide bush (13).

(j) Install the spherical cup (14), the buffer (15), the washer (2)
and the bolt (1).

(k) Install the spherical cup (10), the washer (9) and the nut (8).

(l) Fully open the door against the fuselage (door locked) and make
sure that the clearance R1 is correct.

(m) If necessary, do another adjustment procedure.

R (n) Tighten the nut (8) and safety with the cotter pin (7).

Subtask 52-11-11-820-063

V. Adjustment of the Proximity Sensors

R (1) Adjust the operation clearance of the proximity sensors 10MJ, 11MJ,
R 12MJ, 13MJ, 30MJ and 31MJ (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-820-801).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149, 151-151,

Subtask 52-11-11-420-057

W. Installation of the Cable Harnesses 360RH1A (360RH2A) and 1357VCA

(1352VCA)

R (1) Remove the adhesive tape which holds the cable harness on the door
R structure.

R (2) Install the attachment clamps of the cable harness on the support
R arm.

(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 456
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (5) Connect the connectors 360RH1A (360RH2A) and 1357VCA (1352VCA).

**ON A/C 152-199,

Subtask 52-11-11-420-057-A

W. Installation of the Cable Harnesses 360RH1A(360RH2A) and 1357VCA(1352VCA)

(1) Remove the adhesive tape which holds the cable harness on the door
structure.

(2) Install the attachment clamps of the cable harness on the support
arm.

(3) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(4) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(5) Connect the connector 360RH1A(360RH2A).

(6) Connect the connector 1357VCA(1352VCA) between FR13A and FR14.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-11-11-730-050

R X. Adjustment/Test of the components

R (1) Adjust the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-820-801).

R (2) Adjust the emergency escape-slide release-mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-11-

22-820-801).

R (3) Do an operational test of the door and escape-slide control-system

R (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-710-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 457
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-11-710-052

Y. Adjustment/Test of the System

(1) Do an operational test of the door warning system (Ref. TASK 52-71-
00-710-801).

R (2) Do an operational test of the escape-slide warning system for the FWD
passenger/crew door. (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-710-802).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-11-410-050-A

A. Close Access

R (1) Remove the SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS (98A52108008001) and
R the BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT (98F52108431000).

(2) Install the door frame lining.

R (a) For the left door, install the panel 221BW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-
400-801).

R (b) For the right door, install the panel 222BW (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-
400-801).

(3) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-400-801).

R (a) For the left door, install the panels 831BZ, 831CZ, 831DZ, 831EZ,
R 831FZ, 831GZ, 831HZ, 831JZ.

R (b) For the right door, install the panels 841BZ, 841CZ, 841DZ,
R 841EZ, 841FZ, 841GZ, 841HZ, 841JZ.

(4) Install the escape slide/raft (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-400-801).

Subtask 52-11-11-865-059

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 458
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Subtask 52-11-11-942-054

R C. Close Access

R (1) Close the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

R (2) Close the access door 811.

R (3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
R items.

R (4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.

R (5) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-11

Page 459
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 SUSPENSION - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________

TASK 52-11-12-000-801

Removal of the Door Support Arm, Door Buffer and Door Stay Mechanism.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 4.4 m (14 ft. 5 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
R 52-11-11-000-801 Removal of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door (Door 1L/1R)
52-11-14-000-801 Removal of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation
Cylinder 360RH1 (360RH2).
52-11-12-991-001 Fig. 401
52-11-12-991-002 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-12-860-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 401
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-12-010-050

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

R (1) Put an access platform in position at zone 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-11-12-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-12-010-051

D. Get Access

R (1) Put an access platform in position at zones 831 and 841.

(2) Open the passenger/crew door 831, 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

R (3) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the door
R (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-11-12-020-050

A. Removal of the Door Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-12-991-001)

(1) Remove the door damper and emergency operation cylinder (Ref. TASK
52-11-14-000-801).

(2) Remove the forward passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-11-11-000-801).

(3) Removal of the support arm from the door frame

(a) Remove the screw (2), the washer (3) and disconnect the bonding
straps (4) from the support (5).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (6).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 402
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Support Arm and Door Buffer
Figure 401/TASK 52-11-12-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 403
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 (c) Remove the nuts (7) and the washers (8).

(d) Hold the support arm (5).

(e) At the lower attach fitting, remove the bolt (13) and the
lockwasher (12).

(f) At the upper attach fitting, remove the bolt (1) and the washer
(17).

(g) Remove the support arm (5) from the attach fittings (9) and (14).

(h) Remove the bushings (10), (11), (15) and the shouldered bushing
(16) from the support arm.

Subtask 52-11-12-020-051

B. Removal of the Door Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-12-991-001)

(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (19).

R (2) Remove the nut (20), the washers (21) and (22) and the spherical cup
R (23).

R (3) Remove the bolt (34), the washer (33), the buffer (32) and the
R spherical cup (31).

(4) Remove the guide bush (24), the washers (25) and (26).

R (5) Remove the guide bush (30), the washers (29) and (28).

(6) Remove the nuts (18), the washer (17) and the bolt (16).

(7) Remove the buffer fitting (27).

Subtask 52-11-12-020-052

C. Removal of the Stay Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-12-991-002)

(1) Removal of the plunger assembly

(a) Remove the nuts (49), the washers (50) and the bolts (41).

(b) Remove the handle (42).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 404
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Stay Mechanism
Figure 402/TASK 52-11-12-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 405
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 (c) Remove the plunger assembly (43) from the support arm (44).

(2) Removal of the locking device

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (45).

(b) Remove the nuts (46) and the washers (47).

(c) Remove the locking device (48) from the support arm (44).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 406
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 TASK 52-11-12-400-801

Installation of the Door Support Arm, Door buffer and Door Stay Mechanism.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN

R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-011 USA MIL-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6 cotter pins 52-11-01 06 -040

19 cotter pin 52-11-01 05 -040
45 cotter pins 52-11-01 08 -010


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 407
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-912-802 Electrical Bonding of Components with Conductive

Screws and Bolts and Bonding Straps
R 24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
R 52-11-11-400-801 Installation of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door (Door
R 1L/1R)
52-11-12-220-801 Detailed Visual Inspection of the Door Suspension
Mechanism
52-11-14-400-801 Installation of the Door-Damper and
Emergency-Operation Cylinder 360RH1 (360RH2).
52-11-12-991-001 Fig. 401
52-11-12-991-002 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-12-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

Subtask 52-11-12-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 408
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-12-210-050

C. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(Ref. TASK 52-11-12-220-801).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-12-991-001)

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-11-12-420-051

A. Installation of the Door Stay Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-12-991-002)

(1) Installation of the locking device

(a) Install the locking device (48) on the support arm (44).

(b) Install the washers (47) and the nuts (46).

(c) TORQUE the nuts (46) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).

(d) Safety the nuts (46) with the new cotter pins (45).

(2) Installation of the plunger assembly

(a) Install the plunger assembly (43) in the support arm (44).

R (b) Put the grip (42) in position on the support arm and install the
R bolt (41), the washers (50) and the nuts (49).

(c) Tighten the nuts (49).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 409
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-12-420-052

B. Installation of the Door Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-12-991-001)

(1) Put the buffer fitting (27) in position on the support arm and
install the bolts (16) and the washers (17).

(2) Install the nuts (18).

(3) Tighten the nuts (18).

(4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) on the guide bush (30).

(5) Install the guide bush together with the washers (28) and (29).

(6) Install the guide bush (24) together with the washers (25) and (26).

(7) Install the bolt (34) together with the washer (33), the buffer (32)
and the spherical cup (31).

R (8) Install the spherical cup (23), the washers (22) and (21) and the nut
R (20).

(9) Tighten the nut (20).

(10) Install the new cotter pin (19).

Subtask 52-11-12-420-053

C. Installation of the Door Support

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-12-991-001)

(1) Install the support arm (5) on the door frame.

(a) Install the bushes (16), (15), (11) and (10) on the support arm.

(b) Put the support arm (5) in position on the attach fittings.

(c) At the upper attach fitting (14) install the washer (17) and the
bolt (1).

(d) At the lower attach fitting (9) install the lockwasher (12) and
the bolt (13).

(e) Install the washers (8) and the nuts (7).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 410
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (f) Tighten the nuts (7).

(g) Safety the nuts (7) with the new cotter pins (6).

(h) Put the bonding straps (4) in position on the support arm (5) and
install the washer (3) and the screw (2).

(i) Do an electrical bonding (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

(j) Tighten the screw (2).

(2) Install the door damper and emergency operation cylinder (Ref. TASK
52-11-14-400-801).

(3) Install the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-11-11-400-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-12-942-050

A. Close Access

(1) Arm the percussion mechanism of the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-802).

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

R (3) Close the passenger/crew door 831 and 841.(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
801)

Subtask 52-11-12-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 411
Jan 01/96
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-12-860-053

C. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

R (1) Close the access door 811.

(2) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 412
Jan 01/96
 
THY 
 TASK 52-11-12-000-802

Removal of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms and the Guide Arm Hinge-Fittings.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 4.4 m (14 ft. 5 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-11-12-991-003 Fig. 403
52-11-12-991-005 Fig. 404
52-11-12-991-004 Fig. 405

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-12-860-054

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-11-12-020-053

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position in the zone 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 413
Apr 01/97
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-12-865-053

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-12-010-052

D. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position in the zone 831 and 841.

(2) Open the passenger/crew door 831, 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

(3) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
R - THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
R THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
R CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
R INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-11-12-020-054

A. Removal of the Upper and Lower Guide Arm

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-12-991-003, 404/TASK 52-11-12-991-005)

R (1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (68).

(2) Remove the nut (67) and the washer (66).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 414
Apr 01/97
 
THY 
 Hinge Fittings of the Upper Guide Arm
Figure 403/TASK 52-11-12-991-003


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 415
Jan 01/97
R  
THY 
 Hinge Fittings of the Lower Guide Arm
Figure 404/TASK 52-11-12-991-005


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 416
Jan 01/97
R  
THY 
 (3) Remove the bolt (61) and the washer (62).

(4) Hold the upper guide arm, and remove the nut (75).

(5) Remove the countersunk head screw (77).

(6) Remove the pin (76).

(7) Hold the lower guide arm, and remove the nut (69).

(8) Remove the bolt (72) and the washer (71).

(9) Remove the pin (70).

(10) Disengage the guide arms from the door fittings (65) and then remove
it from the door frame fittings.

(11) Remove the bushings (63) and (64) from the door fitting (65).

Subtask 52-11-12-020-055

B. Removal of the Guide Arm Hinge Fittings

(1) Removal of the upper hinge fitting

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-12-991-004)

(a) Removal of the spring rod

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (8).

2
_ Remove the nut (7) and the washer (6).

3
_ Remove the bolt (4) and the washer (5).

4
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (14).

5
_ Remove the nut (13) and the washer (12).

6
_ Remove the countersunk head screw (11).

7
_ Remove the spring rod (9).

(b) Removal of the link

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (16).

2
_ Remove the nut (15) and the washer (17).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 417
Jan 01/97
R  
THY 
 Upper and Lower Guide Arms
Figure 405/TASK 52-11-12-991-004


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 418
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 3
_ Remove the bolt (10) and the washer (18).

4
_ Remove the link (36).

(c) Removal of the junction fitting

1
_ Remove the nuts (1).

2
_ Remove the bolts (34), the washer (35) and the shim (37).

3
_ Remove junction fitting (38).

(d) Removal of the hinge fitting

1
_ Remove the bolts (3) and (32).

2
_ Remove the washers (2) and (33).

3
_ Remove the hinge fitting (39).

(2) Removal of the lower hinge fitting

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-12-991-004)

(a) Removal of the junction fitting

1
_ Remove the nut (25).

2
_ Remove the bolt (26) and the washer (27).

3
_ Remove the nuts (19) and the bolts (21).

4
_ Remove the washers (20) and the shim (22).

5
_ Remove the junction fitting (31).

(b) Removal of the hinge fitting

1
_ Remove the nuts (24).

2
_ Remove the bolts (29), the washers (28).

3
_ Remove the shim (23).

4
_ Remove the hinge fitting (30).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 419
Jan 01/97
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-11-12-400-802

Installation of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms and the Guide Arm
Hinge-Fittings.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

No specific access platform 4.4 m (14 ft. 5 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8 cotter pin 52-11-11 08 -010

14 cotter pin 52-11-11 08 -010
16 cotter pin 52-11-11 08 -010
68 cotter pin 52-11-01 03 -020

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network

52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-11-12-220-801 Detailed Visual Inspection of the Door Suspension
Mechanism
52-11-12-991-003 Fig. 403

R

EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 420
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-11-12-991-005 Fig. 404

52-11-12-991-004 Fig. 405

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-12-860-055

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the access platform in the zone 811 is in position.

(2) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position in the zone 831 and
841.

Subtask 52-11-12-865-054

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-12-210-051

C. Preparation for Installation

(1) Make sure that the emergency control handle is in the disarmed
position with the safety pin in position.

(2) Make sure that the percussion mechanism of the door damper and
emergency operation cylinder is disarmed with the safety pin in
position.

(3) If necessary obey the special precautions before you start work on
the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(4) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 421
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-11-12

Page 422
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (5) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent
area.

(6) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(Ref. TASK 52-11-12-220-801).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
R - THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
R THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
R CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
R INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-11-12-420-054

A. Installation of the Guide Arm Hinge-Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-12-991-004)

(1) Installation of the upper hinge fitting

(a) Install the upper hinge fitting (39).

(b) Install the washers (2); (33) and the bolts (3); (32).

(c) Tighten the bolts (3); (32).

(2) Installation of the junction fitting

(a) Install the shim (37).

(b) Install the junction fitting (38).

(c) Install the washers (35) and the bolts (34).

(d) Install the nuts (1).

(e) Torque the nuts (1) to between 0.70 and 0.80 m.daN (61.94 and
70.79 lbf.in).

(3) Installation of the link (36)

(a) Install the washer (18) and the bolt (10).

(b) Install the washer (17) and the nuts (15).

(c) TORQUE the nut (15) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 423
Apr 01/97
 
THY 
R (d) Install the new cotter pins cotter pin (16).

(4) Installation of the spring rod

(a) Install the spring rod (9).

(b) Install the washer (5) and the bolt (4).

(c) Install the washer (6) and the nut (7).

(d) Torque the nut (7) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).

R (e) Install the new cotter pins cotter pin (8).

(f) Install the countersunk head screw (11).

(g) Install the washer (12) the nut (13).

(h) Torque the nut (13) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).

R (i) Install the new cotter pin cotter pin (14).

(5) Installation of the lower hinge fitting

(a) Install the lower hinge fitting (30).

(b) Install the washers (28) and the bolts (29).

(c) Install the nuts (24).

(d) Torque the nuts (24) to between 0.70 and 0.80 m.daN (61.94 and
70.79 lbf.in).

(e) Install the shim (22) and the junction fitting (31).

(f) Install the washers (20) and the bolts (21).

(g) Install the nuts (19).

(h) Install the washer (27) and the hexagonal head bolt (26).

(i) Install the nut (25).

(j) Torque the nut (25) to between 0.80 and 1.00 m.daN (70.79 and
88.49 lbf.in).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 424
Jul 01/96
 
THY 
 (k) Torque the nuts (19) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and
39.82 lbf.in).

Subtask 52-11-12-420-055

B. Installation of the upper and lower guide arms.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-12-991-003, 404/TASK 52-11-12-991-005)

(1) Install the plain bushing (64) and the shouldered bushing (63) in the
attach fitting (65).

(2) Put the guide arms in position in the attach fittings (65).

(3) Install the washers (62) and the bolts (61).

(4) Install the washers (66) and the nuts (67).

(5) Torque the nuts (67) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
lbf.in).

R (6) Install the cotter pin cotter pin (68) cotter pin (68).

(7) Installation of the upper guide arm on the upper fuselage

attach-fitting.

(a) Install the upper guide arm on the fuselage upper attach fitting
(74).

(b) Install the pin (76).

(c) Install the countersunk head screw (77).

(d) Install the washer (74) and the nut (75).

(e) Torque the nut (75) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and
39.82 lbf.in).

(8) Installation of the lower guide arm on the fuselage lower guide-arm
fitting

(a) Install the lower guide arm on the lower fuselage attach-fitting
(73).

(b) Install the pin (70).

(c) Install the washer (71) and the hexagonal head bolt (72).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 425
Jan 01/96
 
THY 
 (d) Install the nut (69).

(e) Torque the nut (69) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and
39.82 lbf.in).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-12-942-051

A. Close Access

(1) Arm the percussion mechanism of the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-802).

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

R (3) Close the AFT passenger/crew door 831 and 841. (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
860-802)

Subtask 52-11-12-865-055

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-12-942-052

C. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

R (1) Close the access door 811.

(2) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 426
Jan 01/96
 
THY 
 SUSPENSION - DOOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________

TASK 52-11-12-220-801

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Door Suspension Mechanism

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 4.4 m (14 ft. 5 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-11-00-915-801 Replacement of the Bushes
52-11-12-000-801 Removal of the Door Support Arm, Door Buffer and Door
Stay Mechanism.
52-11-12-400-801 Installation of the Door Support Arm, Door buffer and
Door Stay Mechanism.
52-11-12-991-006 Fig. 601
52-11-12-991-007 Fig. 602
52-11-12-991-008 Fig. 603
52-11-12-991-009 Fig. 604


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 601
Jul 01/96
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-12-861-050

A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-11-12-010-053

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put an access platform in position in zone 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

R

Subtask 52-11-12-865-056

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-12-010-054

D. Get Access

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY
OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY
PIN INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) Put on access platform in front of zone 831 or 841.

(2) Open the applicable FWD passenger/crew door 831 or 841. (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-010-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 602
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 (3) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

Subtask 52-11-12-020-056

E. Removal of the Door Suspension Mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-11-12-000-801)

(1) Remove the upper and lower guide arms, if not removed.

(2) Remove the door stay mechanism, if not removed.

(3) Remove the support arm, if not removed.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-11-12-220-050

A. Inspection of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-11-12-991-006, 602/TASK 52-11-12-991-007)

(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushes, the connection links

and the parts of the guide arms.

(2) Make sure that the dimensions are correct.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIG. | ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS | IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS |
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| AND | DIMENSION | ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE| DIMENSION LIMITS | MAX. |
| ITEM | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | ALLOW. |
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------| CLEAR |
| | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. |MM (IN.)|
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| EE | | | | | | | |
| OD1 | 9.546 | 9.555 | | | 9.540 | | |
| | (0.3758)| (0.3761)| | | (0.3755)| | |
| | | | -0.015 | 0.017 | | | 0.034 |
| | | |-(0.0005)| (0.0006)| | |(0.0013)|
| ID2 | 9.540 | 9.563 | | | | 9.574 | |
| | (0.3756)| (0.3764)| | | |(0.3769) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| EE | | | | | | | |
| OD1 | 15.900 | 15.911 | | | 15.894 | | |
| | (0.6256)| (0.6264)| | | (0.6256)| | |
| | | | -0.018 | +0.018 | | | 0.036 |
| | | |-(0.0007)| (0.0009)| | |(0.0014)|
| ID3 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.930 | |


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 603
Jul 01/96
 
THY 
 Upper Guide Arms
Figure 601/TASK 52-11-12-991-006


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 604
Jul 01/96
 
THY 
 Lower Guide Arm
Figure 602/TASK 52-11-12-991-007


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 605
Jul 01/96
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIG. | ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS | IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS |
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| AND | DIMENSION | ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE| DIMENSION LIMITS | MAX. |
| ITEM | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | ALLOW. |
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------| CLEAR |
| | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. |MM (IN.)|
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| | (0.6259)| (0.6267)| | | |(0.6271) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| EE | | | | | | | |
| OD4 | 9.546 | 9.555 | | | 9.540 | | |
| | (0.3758)| (0.3761)| | | (0.3755)| | |
| | | | -0.015 | 0.017 | | | 0.034 |
| | | |-(0.0005)| (0.0006)| | |(0.0013)|
| ID5 | 9.540 | 9.563 | | | | 9.574 | |
| | (0.3756)| (0.3764)| | | | (0.376) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| EE | | | | | | | |
| OD10 | 9.546 | 9.555 | | | 9.540 | | |
| | (0.3758)| (0.3761)| | | (0.3755)| | |
| | | | -0.015 | 0.017 | | | 0.034 |
| | | |-(0.0005)| (0.0006)| | |(0.0013)|
| ID11 | 9.540 | 9.563 | | | | 9.574 | |
| | (0.3756)| (0.3764)| | | |(0.3769) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| EE | | | | | | | |
| OD10 | 15.900 | 15.911 | | | 15.894 | | |
| | (0.6256)| (0.6264)| | | (0.6256)| | |
| | | | -0.018 | 0.018 | | | 0.036 |
| | | |-(0.0007)| (0.0007)| | |(0.0014)|
| ID12 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.930 | |
| | (0.6259)| (0.6267)| | | |(0.6271) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| EE | | | | | | | |
| OD13 | 9.546 | 9.555 | | | 9.540 | | |
| | (0.3758)| (0.3761)| | | (0.3755)| | |
| | | | -0.015 | 0.017 | | | 0.034 |
| | | |-(0.0005)| (0.0006)| | |(0.0013)|
| ID14 | 9.540 | 9.563 | | | | 9.574 | |
| |(0.3756) |(0.3764) | | | | (0.3769)| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 606
Jul 01/96
 
THY 
 (3) If the wear of the bushes is not in the tolerances:

(a) Replace the bushes (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-915-801)

(b) or replace the parts on which they are installed.

Subtask 52-11-12-220-051

B. Inspection of the Door Stay Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 52-11-12-991-008)

(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushes and the parts of the
door stay mechanism.

(2) Make sure that the dimensions are correct.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIG. | ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS | IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS |
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| AND | DIMENSION | ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE| DIMENSION LIMITS | MAX. |
| ITEM | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | ALLOW. |
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------| CLEAR |
| | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. |MM (IN.)|
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD21 | 7.956 | 7.965 | | | 7.947 | | |
| | (0.3132)| (0.3136)| | | (0.3129)| | |
| | | | -0.015 | 0.017 | | | 0.036 |
| | | |-(0.0006)| (0.0007)| | |(0.0013)|
| ID20 | 7.950 | 7.973 | | | | 7.981 | |
| | (0.3130)| (0.3139)| | | |(0.3142) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD23 | 7.956 | 7.965 | | | 7.947 | | |
| | (0.3132)| (0.3136)| | | (0.3129)| | |
| | | | -0.015 | 0.017 | | | 0.034 |
| | | |-(0.0006)| (0.0007)| | |(0.0013)|
| ID22 | 7.950 | 7.973 | | | | 7.981 | |
| | (0.3130)| (0.3139)| | | |(0.3142) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD25 | 7.956 | 7.965 | | | 7.947 | | |
| | (0.3132)| (0.3136)| | | (0.3129)| | |
| | | | -0.015 | 0.017 | | | 0.034 |
| | | |-(0.0006)| (0.0007)| | |(0.0013)|
| ID24 | 7.950 | 7.973 | | | | 7.981 | |
| | (0.3130)| (0.3139)| | | |(0.3142) | |


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 607
Jul 01/96
 
THY 
 Door Stay Mechanism
Figure 603/TASK 52-11-12-991-008


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 608
Jul 01/96
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIG. | ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS | IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS |
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| AND | DIMENSION | ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE| DIMENSION LIMITS | MAX. |
| ITEM | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | ALLOW. |
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------| CLEAR |
| | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. |MM (IN.)|
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| DD | | | | | | | |
| OD27 | 3.992 | 4.000 | | | 3.987 | | |
| | (0.1572)| (0.1575)| | | (0.1570)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.020 | | | 0.030 |
| | | | (0.000) | (0.0028)| | |(0.0012)|
| ID26 | 4.000 | 4.012 | | | | 4.017 | |
| | (0.1575)| (0.1580)| | | |(0.1581) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| D-D | | | | | | | |
| OD28 | 3.992 | 4.000 | | | 3.987 | | |
| | (0.1572)| (0.1575)| | | (0.1570)| | |
| | | | 0.000 | 0.020 | | | 0.030 |
| | | | (0.000) | (0.0028)| | |(0.0012)|
| ID29 | 4.000 | 4.012 | | | | 4.017 | |
| | (0.1575)| (0.1580)| | | |(0.1581) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(3) If the wear of the bushes is not in the tolerances:

(a) Replace the bushes (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-915-801)

(b) or replace the parts on which they are installed.

Subtask 52-11-12-220-052

C. Inspection of the Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 52-11-12-991-009)

(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushes and the part of the
support arms.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 609
Jul 01/96
 
THY 
 Door Support Arm
Figure 604/TASK 52-11-12-991-009


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 610
Jul 01/96
 
THY 
 (2) Make sure that the dimensions are correct.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIG. | ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS | IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS |
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| AND | DIMENSION | ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE| DIMENSION LIMITS | MAX. |
| ITEM | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | ALLOW. |
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------| CLEAR |
| | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. |MM (IN.)|
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| BB | | | | | | | |
R | OD30 | 15.880 | 15.893 | | | 15.867 | | |
R | | (0.6251)| (0.6257)| | | (0.6246)| | |
R | | | | 0.000 | 0.038 | | | 0.078 |
R | | | | (0.0000)| (0.0015)| | |(0.0030)|
R | ID31 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.944 | |
R | | (0.6257)| (0.6266)| | | | (0.6277)| |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
R | OD33 | 12.722 | 12.733 | | | 12.715 | | |
| | (0.5009)| (0.5013)| | | (0.5005)| | |
R | | | | -0.018 | 0.019 | | | 0.0038 |
R | | | |-(0.0007)| (0.007)| | |(0.0014)|
R | ID32 | 12.715 | 12.741 | | | | 15.753 | |
R | | (0.5006)| (0.5016)| | | | (0.5020)| |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(3) If the wear of the bushes is not in the tolerances:

(a) Replace the bushes (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-915-801)

(b) or replace the part on which they are installed.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-12-420-056

A. Installation of the Door Suspension Mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-11-12-400-

801).

(1) Install the upper and lower guide arms.

(2) Install the door stay mechanism.

(3) Install the support arm.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 611
Oct 01/96
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-12-865-057

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ.

Subtask 52-11-12-410-050

C. Close Access

(1) Obey the special precautions after the work on the door (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-860-802).

(2) Close the FWD passenger/crew door 831 or 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
801).
R

R (3) Close the access door 811.

R (4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

R (5) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-11-12-862-050

D. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-12

Page 612
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 ______________________________________________________________
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION (360RH1,360RH2)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

TASK 52-11-14-000-801

Removal of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder 360RH1 (360RH2).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific nut NAS 509-4
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 4.4 m (14 ft. 5 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-73-00-862-801 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System

(CIDS)
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
R 25-23-49-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Forward Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-11-14-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-11-14-991-001-A Fig. 401A


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 401
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-14-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) De-energize of the CIDS system (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-801).

Subtask 52-11-14-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position under the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-11-14-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-14-010-051

D. Get Access

WARNING : STOP THE OPENING PROCEDURE IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES.
_______
RESIDUAL PRESSURE COULD CAUSE THE DOOR TO OPEN WITH A SUDDEN
FORCE AND INJURE PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50
KNOTS.

(1) Put the access platform in position in the zone 831 et 841.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 402
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 (2) Open the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).
- FOR 360RH1
Open the door 831
- FOR 360RH2
Open the door 841.

Subtask 52-11-14-860-051

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

Subtask 52-11-14-020-052

F. Removal of the Lining

(1) Remove the support door lining 831HZ (841HZ), 831GZ (841GZ);
(Ref. TASK 25-23-49-000-801)

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-11-14-020-050

A. Removal of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-14-991-001)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-11-14-991-001-A)

R **ON A/C ALL

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY
OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY
PIN INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 403
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder 360RH1 (360RH2)
Figure 401/TASK 52-11-14-991-001- 12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-11-14

Page 404
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder 360RH1 (360RH2)
Figure 401/TASK 52-11-14-991-001- 22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-11-14

Page 405
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder 360RH1 (360RH2)
R Figure 401A/TASK 52-11-14-991-001-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-11-14

Page 406
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder 360RH1 (360RH2)
R Figure 401A/TASK 52-11-14-991-001-A22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-11-14

Page 407
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (1) Install the nut NAS 509-4 (12) to safety the spring rod (11).

(2) Disconnect the electrical connector (29) of the receptacle housing

(28).

(3) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(4) Remove and discard the cotter pin (10).

(5) Remove the nut (9) and the washer (8).

(6) Disconnect the spring rod (11) from the door fitting (6) and remove
the washer (7).

(7) Remove and discard the cotter pin (1).

(8) Remove the nut (2) and the washer (3).

(9) Remove the threaded pin (13) together with the washer (14) and the
spring rod (11).

(10) Remove the bush (4) from the fork (30).

(11) Remove the bolt (17) and the washer (20).

(12) Disconnect the bonding strap (16).

(13) Remove and discard the cotter pin (25).

(14) Remove the nut (26) and the washer (24).

(15) Remove the bolt (18) and the washer (19).

(16) Remove the sleeve (23) and disconnect the damper and emergency
operation cylinder (15) from the door.

(17) Remove the hinge pin (27) and the yoke (22) from the damper and
emergency operation cylinder (15).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 408
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-11-14-400-801

Installation of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder 360RH1

(360RH2).

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

No specific access platform 4.4 m (14 ft. 5 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 cotter pin 52-11-01 01 -090

R 10 cotter pin 52-11-01 01 -010
R 25 cotter pin 52-11-01 01 -010

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-912-802 Electrical Bonding of Components with Conductive

Screws and Bolts and Bonding Straps
23-73-00-740-801 Interface and Power-Up Test of the CIDS
23-73-00-861-801 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-801 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 409
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-23-49-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Forward

R Passenger/Crew Door(s)
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-600-802 Discharging/Charging of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-11-14-220-801 Detailed Visual Inspection of the Mechanism of the
Door-Damper and Emergency- Operation Cylinder
52-11-14-820-801 Adjustment of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation
Cylinder 360RH1 (360RH2)

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-11-14-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-11-14-991-001-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-14-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the CIDS is de-energized (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-801).

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the zone 811.

(4) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 410
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (5) Make sure that the access platform is in position in the zone 831 and
841.

(6) Make sure that the passenger/crew door is open (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
010-801).
- FOR 360RH1
open the door 831
- FOR 360RH2
open the door 841.

Subtask 52-11-14-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-14-941-050

C. Safety Precautions

(1) Make sure that the special precautions are obeyed before you start
work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

Subtask 52-11-14-210-050

D. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(Ref. TASK 52-11-14-220-801)

(4) Make sure that the pressure gage shows the same pressure as that on
the placard.

NOTE : The placard is located on the lining of the door support arm.
____


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 411
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 (5) If necessary adjust the pressure in the gas bottle (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-600-802).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-11-14-420-050

A. Installation of the Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-14-991-001)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-11-14-991-001-A)

**ON A/C ALL

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY
OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY
PIN INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) Put the yoke (22) in position in the damper and emergency operation
cylinder (15) and install the hinge pin (27).

(2) Put the damper and emergency-operation cylinder (15) in position in

the support arm fitting (21) and install the sleeve (23).

(3) Install the washer (19) and the bolt (18).

(4) Install the washer (24) and the nut (26).

(5) Connect the bonding strap (16)

(6) Install the washer (20) and the bolt (17).

(7) Do an electrical bonding of the bonding strap (16). (Ref. TASK 20-28-
00-912-802)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 412
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
R (8) Tighten the bolt (17).

Subtask 52-11-14-820-051

B. Adjustment of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

(1) Put the door in up closed position, in contact with the seal, at
front and rear frame vertical section.

(2) Attach the fork (30), the telescopic rod (5) and the door-damper and
emergency-operation cylinder (15) together. To do this install the
threaded pin (13) in the axis hole of these parts. You must maintain
the telescopic rod (5) against the short configuration stop.

(3) Measure the clearance J1 between the stop bolt (35) located on the
fork (30) and the support arm (34). Use a feeler gage.

(4) If the clearance J1 is not 1.2 +0.1 -0.1 mm (0.0472 +0.0039 -0.0039
in.), adjust as follows:

(a) Fully open the passenger/crew door.

(b) Remove the nut (39) and the washer (38).

(c) Remove the bolt (35)

(d) Adjust the washer (37) as necessary to give the correct

clearance.

(e) Install the washer (38).

(f) Install the stop bolt (35) and nut (39).

(g) TORQUE the nut (39) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).

(5) Remove the threaded pin (13).

(6) Adjust the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder (15) to

correct length.

(a) Put the fork (30) in contact with the support arm.

(b) Measure the dimension A.

(c) Put the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder (15) in the

fully compressed position.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 413
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (d) In this configuration, adjust the length of the door-damper and
emergency-operation cylinder as follows:

1
_ Adjust the length of the door-damper and emergency operation
cylinder (15) to get the dimension A.

2
_ Remove the lockwire from the nut (31).

3
_ Loosen the nut (31).

4
_ Adjust the cylinder length (15), decrease the length. To do
this loosen the head (32) of the cylinder by 3.5 turns.

5
_ Tighten the nut (31) and safety with corrosion resistant steel
lockwire, 0.8mm (0.03 in.) dia.

Subtask 52-11-14-420-052

C. Installation of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

(1) Install the eye end of the damper and emergency-operation cylinder
(15) in the telescopic rod (5).

(2) Put the fork (30) in position and install the bush (4).

(3) Install the washer (14) and the threaded pin (13) together with the
spring rod (11).

(4) Install the washer (3) and the nut (2).

(5) Install the washer (7) and the spring rod (11) on the door connection
fitting (6).

(6) Install the washer (8) and the bolt (9).

(7) TORQUE the nuts (26) and (9) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).

(8) TORQUE the nuts (2) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and 95.57
lbf.in).

R (9) Safety the nut (26) with the new cotter pin (25).

R (10) Safety the nut (9) with the new cotter pin (10).

(11) Safety the nut (2) with the new cotter pin (1).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 414
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (12) Close the door

(13) Remove the nut (12) from the spring rod (11).

(14) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(15) Connect the electrical connector (29)

Subtask 52-11-14-820-052

D. Adjustment/test of the door damper and emergency-operation cylinder

(1) Do an adjustment/test of the door damper and emergency-operation

cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-820-801).

R Subtask 52-11-14-740-050

R E. BITE Test

R (1) Do the interface and power-up test of the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-
R 740-801).

Subtask 52-11-14-420-053

R F. Installation of the Linings

(1) Install the door support lining 831HZ (831GZ);841HZ (841GZ);

(Ref. TASK 25-23-49-400-801)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-14-410-053

A. Close Access

(1) Obey the special precaution after you do work on the door cylinder
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-802).

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(3) Close the aft passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

- FOR 360RH1
close the door 831.
- FOR 360RH2
close the door 841.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 415
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-14-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-11-14-942-051

C. Close Access

(1) Close the access door 811.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-11-14-860-053

D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Energize the CIDS (Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-801).

R (2) De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 416
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 TASK 52-11-14-000-802

Removal of the Telescopic Rod

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE
SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 4.4 m (14 ft. 5 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

R 25-23-49-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Forward Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-11-14-991-004 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-14-861-051

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 417
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-14-941-051

B. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position under the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-11-14-865-055

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-14-010-056

D. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position in front of the applicable

passenger crew/door 831(832).

(2) Open the passenger crew/door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

Subtask 52-11-14-860-058

E. Safety Precautions

(1) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

Subtask 52-11-14-020-054

F. Removal of the Door Support Arm Lining

(1) Remove the door support arm lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-000-801).

(a) For the left passenger crew/door 831HZ, 831GZ, 831JZ.

(b) For the right passenger crew/door 841HZ, 841GZ, 841JZ.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 418
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-11-14-020-051

A. Removal of the Telescopic Rod

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-14-991-004)

(1) Install the nut, dia 0.25 in., 28 threads per in. (6) on the spring
rod (2) (threaded side).

(2) Remove the cotter pin (5) and discard it.

(3) Remove the nut (4) and the washer (3).

(4) Disconnect the spring rod assembly (2) and remove the washer (1).

(5) Remove the cotter pin (17) and discard it.

(6) Remove the nut (16) and the washer (15).

(7) Remove the bolt (7), the washer (11) and the spring rod assembly (2).

(8) Remove the bushing (13) and remove the fork (12) from the telescopic
rod assembly (18).

(9) Remove the end of the door damper and emergency operation cylinder
(14).

(10) Remove the cotter pin (21) and discard it.

(11) Remove the nut (20) and the washer (19).

(12) Remove the bolt (8), the lockplate (9) and the spacer (10).

(13) Remove the telescopic rod (18).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 419
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 Rod Telescopic
Figure 402/TASK 52-11-14-991-004


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 420
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-11-14-400-802

Installation of the Telescopic Rod.

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE
SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platforms 4.4 m (14 ft. 5 in.)

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 25-23-49-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Forward
R Passenger/Crew Door(s)
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-11-14-220-801 Detailed Visual Inspection of the Mechanism of the
Door-Damper and Emergency- Operation Cylinder
52-11-14-991-004 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 421
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-14-860-059

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the access platforms are in position in the zone 831,
841.

(3) Make sure that the forward passenger/crew door is open (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-010-801).

(4) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

(5) Make sure that the special precautions are obeyed (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-801).

Subtask 52-11-14-865-056

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-14-210-053

C. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(Ref. TASK 52-11-14-220-801)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 422
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-11-14-420-051

A. Installation of the Telescopic Rod

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-14-991-004)

(1) Install the spacer (10), the lockplate (9), the bolt (8), the washer
(19) and the nut (20).

(2) TORQUE the nut (20) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
lbf.in).

(3) Install the cotter pin (21).

(4) Install the washer (11), the bushes (13), the end of the door damper
and emergency operation cylinder (14), the washer (15), the threaded
pin (7) and the nut (16).

(5) Assemble the spring rod (2) and the washer (1).

(6) Install the washer (3) and the nut (4).

(7) TORQUE the nut (4) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
lbf.in) and the nut (16) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

(8) Install the cotter pin (5) and the cotter pin (17).

(9) Remove the nut (6) for the spring rod (2).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 423
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-14-420-055

A. Installation of the Support Door Lining

(1) Install the door support arm lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-400-801).

(a) For the left passenger/crew door 831HZ, 831GZ, 831JZ.

(b) For the right passenger/crew door 841HZ, 841GZ, 841JZ.

Subtask 52-11-14-865-057

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-11-14-942-052

C. Close Access

(1) Obey the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(2) Close the access door 811.

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(4) Close the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

(5) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-11-14-862-050

D. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 424
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 ______________________________________________________________
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION (360RH1,360RH2)
_______________
ADJUSTMENT/TEST

TASK 52-11-14-820-801

Adjustment of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder 360RH1 (360RH2)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
98A52107632000 2 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

9 cotter pin 52-11-22 04 -140

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-801 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power A
24-41-00-862-801 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power A
25-23-49-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the FWD Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
25-23-49-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the FWD Passenger/Crew
Door(s)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 501
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door

52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-11-14-991-002 Fig. 501
FOR FIN 360RH2
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-14-010-052

A. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

R (1) Put an access platform in position at zone 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-11-14-861-050

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-11-14-865-053

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-14-010-053

D. Get Access

WARNING : STOP THE OPENING PROCEDURE IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES.
_______
RESIDUAL PRESSURE COULD CAUSE THE DOOR TO OPEN WITH A SUDDEN
FORCE AND INJURE PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 502
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY
OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY
PIN INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50
KNOTS.

(1) Open the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801)

FOR 360RH1
- Open the door 831.
FOR 360RH2
- Open the door 841.

(2) Do the special applicable procedure before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Put a warning notice in position at the bottom of the access platform
to tell persons to keep away from the door area.

Subtask 52-11-14-020-053

E. Removal of the Door Lining

(1) Remove the door lining from the support arm: (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-000-
801)
FOR 360RH1
remove the panels 831HZ, 831GZ
FOR 360RH2
remove the panels 841HZ, 841GZ.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 503
Jan 01/04
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-11-14-869-050

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R

(1) Make sure that the door is in the closed position.

R (2) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) and put the emergency
R control handle in the ARMED position.

(3) Put the door in the full up position :

R

R (a) Carefully move the door next to the frame to enable:

R - the guide rollers to enter their guide fittings,
R - the door to rest on its seal at the front and at the rear.
R

R (b) Hold the door in this position to avoid deployment of the slide
R or the slide/raft during the adjustment.

Subtask 52-11-14-820-050

R B. Adjustment of the Percussion Bellcrank Finger

R
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-11-14-991-002)
R

R (1) Adjustment of the finger of the percussion bellcrank on the Z axis:

R (a) Loosen the nut (1).

R (b) Remove the finger (3).

R (c) Remove and discard the adjustable washer (2).

R (d) Install the finger (3) and a new adjustable washer (2) to get the
R clearance J1 of 5 +1 -1 mm (0.1968 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).

R (e) Install the nut (1).

R (f) TORQUE the nut (1) to between 0.5 and 0.6 m.daN (44.24 and 53.09
lbf.in).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 504
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-11-14

Page 505
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Percussion Bellcrank
Figure 501/TASK 52-11-14-991-002- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 506
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Percussion Bellcrank
Figure 501/TASK 52-11-14-991-002- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 507
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 (g) If the clearance J1 is not in the tolerances, do the adjustment
as follows:

1
_ Adjust the shim thickness J3.

(2) Adjustment of the finger of the percussion bellcrank on the X axis:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

(b) Remove the nut (8), the washers (7) and the screw (4).

(c) Remove and discard the adjustable washers (5) and (6).

(d) Install the new adjustable washers (5) and (6) to get the
clearance J2 of 7 +1 -1 mm (0.2755 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).

(e) If the clearance J2 is not in the tolerances, do the adjustment

as follows:

1
_ Remove the adjustable washers (5) and (6).

2
_ Move the finger (3) to the correct position.

R 3
_ Use a gage to measure the clearances between the angle gearbox
R lugs (10) and the link (11).

R 4
_ Install the adjustable washers (5) and (6) correctly to get
R the measured clearances between the angle gearbox lugs (10)
R and the link (11). The possible adjustment is between 0 mm
R (0.0000 in.) and 5 mm (0.1968 in.).

(f) Install the washers (7), the screw (4) and the nut (8).

(g) Tighten the nut.

(h) Install the new cotter pin (9).

Subtask 52-11-14-869-051

C. Door Configuration

(1) Close the door.

(2) Put the emergency control handle in the DISARMED position.

(3) Install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 508
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-14-420-054

A. Installation of the Door Lining

(1) Install the door lining on the support arm (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-400-
801)
FOR 360RH1
Install the panels 831HZ, 831GZ.
FOR 360RH2
Install the panels 841HZ, 841GZ.

Subtask 52-11-14-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Remove the warning notice(s).

(2) Obey the special precaution after the work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-860-802).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(4) Close the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

Subtask 52-11-14-865-054

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-14-860-054

D. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

(1) Put the AVNCS LT switch 1LS in the OFF position.

(2) Close Access

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 509
Jul 01/04
R  
THY 
 (4) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits
(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 510
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 ______________________________________________________________
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION (360RH1,360RH2)
________________
INSPECTION/CHECK

TASK 52-11-14-200-801

Inspection of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder

R WARNING : DO NOT OPEN OR GO NEAR PRESSURE-SEALED DOORS WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS

_______
R PRESSURIZED. A PRESSURE-SEALED DOOR THAT OPENS WHEN THE AIRCRAFT IS
R PRESSURIZED:
R - WILL CAUSE EXPLOSIVE DECOMPRESSION.
R - CAN KILL OR CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
R AIRCRAFT/EQUIPMENT.

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
R - THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE
R SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
R - THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
R CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
R THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
R IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50 KNOTS.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

No specific access platform 4.4 m (14 ft. 5 in.)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 601
Apr 01/97
 
THY 
 B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 25-23-49-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the FWD Passenger/Crew
R Door(s)
25-23-49-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the FWD Passenger/Crew
R Door(s)
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-600-802 Discharging/Charging of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-11-14-991-003 Fig. 601

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-11-14-991-003-A Fig. 601A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-14-010-054

A. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position under the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 602
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-14-860-055

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-11-14-010-055

C. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position in the zone 831 and 841.

(2) Open the FWD passenger/crew doors (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

Subtask 52-11-14-860-056

D. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Obey the safety precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

Subtask 52-11-14-010-058

E. Removal of the Lining

(1) Remove the lining of the door support arm 831HZ, 841HZ 831GZ, 841GZ
(Ref. TASK 25-23-49-000-801).

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-11-14-991-003)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 601A/TASK 52-11-14-991-003-A)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 603
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
Figure 601/TASK 52-11-14-991-003

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-11-14

Page 604
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
R Figure 601A/TASK 52-11-14-991-003-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-11-14

Page 605
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-11-14-210-051

A. Inspection of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder

(1) Visually inspect the door damper and emergency operation cylinder.
Make sure that there are no fluid leakage, corrosion, cracks, marks
or dents and that the components are correctly attached.

(2) Visually inspect the paint. Make sure that the paint is not flaked or
peeled.

Subtask 52-11-14-210-052

B. Check of the Pressure

R (1) Make sure that the pointer located in the pressure gauge is in the
R green zone. Make that the pressure value corresponds to the values
R indicated on the door label.

NOTE : Bubbles in the pressure gauge with a maximum diameter equal to

____
the dial itself are acceptable.
If the oil level, in the pressure gauge, is not sufficient to
have the pointer in the liquid (with the dial horizontal) the
pressure gauge must be rejected.

NOTE : Let the air bottle stabilize to the ambient temperature before
____
you do the inspection . This is to get the correct pressure
value.

(2) If the pressure is not correct charge the cylinder. (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-600-802)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-14-860-057

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)

(2) Obey the safety precautions after work on the door. (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 606
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-14-410-054

B. Installation of the Lining

(1) Install the lining of the door support arm. 831HZ, 841HZ 831GZ, 841GZ
(Ref. TASK 25-23-49-400-801)

Subtask 52-11-14-410-051

C. Close Access

(1) Close the access door 811.

(2) Close the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 607
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-11-14-220-801

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Mechanism of the Door-Damper and Emergency-

Operation Cylinder

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 4.4 m (14 ft. 5 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-11-00-915-801 Replacement of the Bushes
52-11-12-400-801 Installation of the Door Support Arm, Door buffer and
Door Stay Mechanism.
52-11-12-400-802 Installation of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms and
the Guide Arm Hinge-Fittings.
52-11-14-000-801 Removal of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation
Cylinder 360RH1 (360RH2).
52-11-14-000-802 Removal of the Telescopic Rod
R 52-11-14-400-801 Installation of the Door-Damper and
R Emergency-Operation Cylinder 360RH1 (360RH2).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 608
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-11-14-991-005 Fig. 602

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-11-14-991-005-A Fig. 602A

**ON A/C ALL

52-11-14-991-006 Fig. 603

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-14-861-052

A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-11-14-010-059

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put an access platform in position in zone 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

R

Subtask 52-11-14-865-058

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 609
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-14-010-060

D. Get Access

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY
OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY
PIN INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) Put an access platform in front of zone 831 or 841.

(2) Open the applicable FWD passenger/crew door 831 or 841 (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-010-801).

(3) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

Subtask 52-11-14-020-055

E. Removal of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

(1) Remove the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder, if not

removed (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-000-801).

(2) Remove the telescopic rod (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-000-802).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-11-14-220-050

A. Inspection of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-11-14-991-005)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 602A/TASK 52-11-14-991-005-A)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 610
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-11-14

Page 611
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder
Figure 602/TASK 52-11-14-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-11-14

Page 612
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder
Figure 602/TASK 52-11-14-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-11-14

Page 613
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder
R Figure 602A/TASK 52-11-14-991-005-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-11-14

Page 614
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder
R Figure 602A/TASK 52-11-14-991-005-A22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-11-14

Page 615
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R **ON A/C ALL

(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushes, the parts, the

connection links of the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder.

(2) Make sure that the dimensions are correct.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIG. | ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS | IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS |
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| AND | DIMENSION | ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE| DIMENSION LIMITS | MAX. |
| ITEM | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | ALLOW. |
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------| CLEAR |
| | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. |MM (IN.)|
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| C-C | | | | | | | |
| OD2 | 15.900 | 15.911 | | | 15.890 | | |
| | (0.6260)| (0.6264)| | | (0.6256)| | |
| | | | -0.018 | 0.018 | | | 0.036 |
| | | |-(0.0007)| (0.0007)| | | (0.014)|
| ID1 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.926 | |
| | (0.6257)| (0.6267)| | | |(0.6270) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| D-D | | | | | | | |
| OD4 | 12.983 | 12.994 | | | 12.965 | | |
| | (0.5111)| (0.5116)| | | (0.5104)| | |
| | | | 0.006 | 0.035 | | | 0.070 |
| | | | (0.0002)| (0.0014)| | |(0.0028)|
| ID3 | 13.000 | 13.018 | | | | 13.035 | |
| | (0.5118)| (0.5125)| | | |(0.5132) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| F-F | | | | | | | |
| OD12 | 19.070 | 190088 | | | 19.069 | | |
| | (0.7510)| (0.7514)| | | (0.7507)| | |
| | | | -0.018 | 0.024 | | | 0.048 |
| | | |-(0.0007)| (0.0009)| | |(0.0018)|
| ID6 | 19.070 | 19.101 | | | | 19.117 | |
| | (0.7507)| (0.7520)| | | |(0.7526) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(3) If the wear of the bushes (1) and (3) is not in the tolerances.

(a) Replace the bushes (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-915-801).

(b) Or replace the parts on which the bushes are installed.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 616
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (4) If the wear of the bushes (13) is not in the tolerances and the
connection link (11) is worn or unserviceable.

R (a) Replace the Door Damper and the Emergency-Operation Cylinder

R (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-000-801) (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-400-801).

Subtask 52-11-14-220-051

B. Inspection of the Telescopic Rod Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 52-11-14-991-006)

(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bushes, the parts and the
connection links of the telescopic rod mechanism.

(2) Make sure that the dimensions are correct.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIG. | ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS | IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS |
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| AND | DIMENSION | ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE| DIMENSION LIMITS | MAX. |
| ITEM | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | ALLOW. |
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------| CLEAR |
| | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. |MM (IN.)|
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| C-C | | | | | | | |
| OD11 | 15.900 | 15.906 | | | 15.891 | | |
| | (0.6260)| (0.6262)| | | (0.6256)| | |
| | | | -0.013 | 0.018 | | | 0.036 |
| | | |-(0.0005)| (0.0007)| | |(0.0014)|
| ID10 | 15.893 | 15.918 | | | | 15.927 | |
| | (0.6257)| (0.6267)| | | |(0.6270) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| C-C | | | | | | | |
| OD13 | 19.078 | 19.091 | | | 19.070 | | |
| | (0.7511)| (0.7516)| | | (0.7508)| | |
| | | | -0.021 | 0.023 | | | 0.048 |
| | | |-(0.0008)| (0.0009)| | |(0.0018)|
| ID12 | 19.070 | 19.101 | | | | 19.117 | |
| | (0.7508)| (0.7520)| | | |(0.7526) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| C-C | | | | | | | |
| OD14 | 7.956 | 7.965 | | | 7.947 | | |
| | (0.3132)| (0.3136)| | | (0.3129)| | |
| | | | -0.015 | 0.017 | | | 0.034 |
| | | |-(0.0006)| (0.0007)| | |(0.0013)|
| ID15 | 7.950 | 7.973 | | | | 7.981 | |
| | (0.3150)| (0.3139)| | | |(0.3142) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 617
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 Telescopic Rod
Figure 603/TASK 52-11-14-991-006


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 618
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIG. | ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS | IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS |
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| AND | DIMENSION | ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE| DIMENSION LIMITS | MAX. |
| ITEM | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | ALLOW. |
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------| CLEAR |
| | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. |MM (IN.)|
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| C-C | | | | | | | |
| OD19 | 15.900 | 15.911 | | | 15.891 | | |
| | (0.6260)| (0.6264)| | | (0.6256)| | |
| | | | -0.018 | 0.018 | | | 0.036 |
| | | |-(0.0007)| (0.0007)| | |(0.0014)|
| ID20 | 15.839 | 15.918 | | | | 15.297 | |
| | (0.6236)| (0.6267)| | | |(0.6270) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| D-D | | | | | | | |
| OD22 | 12.722 | 12.733 | | | 12.715 | | |
| | (0.5009)| (0.5013)| | | (0.5005)| | |
| | | | -0.018 | 0.018 | | | 0.036 |
| | | |-(0.0007)| (0.0007)| | |(0.0014)|
| ID21 | 12.715 | 12.741 | | | | 12.753 | |
| | (0.5006)| (0.5021)| | | |(0.5020) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| D-D | | | | | | | |
| OD23 | 12.722 | 12.733 | | | 12.715 | | |
| | (0.5009)| (0.5013)| | | (0.5005)| | |
| | | | -0.018 | 0.0018 | | | 0.036 |
| | | |-(0.0007)| (0.0007)| | |(0.0014)|
| ID24 | 12.715 | 12.741 | | | | 12.753 | |
| | (0.5006)| (0.5021)| | | |(0.5020) | |
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| C-C | | | | | | | |
| OD17 | 6.986 | 6.995 | | | 6.970 | | |
| | (0.2750)| (0.2754)| | | (0.2744)| | |
| | | | 0.005 | 0.029 | | | 0.060 |
| | | | (0.0002)| (0.0011)| | |(0.0024)|
| ID16 | 7.000 | 7.015 | | | | 7.030 | |
| | (0.2756)| (0.2762)| | | |(0.2768) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(3) If the wear of the bushes are not in the tolerances.

(a) Replace the bushes (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-915-801).

(b) Or replace the parts on which they are installed.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 619
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (4) If the connection link (18) is worn or unserviceable.

(a) Replace the fitting eye end (17).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-14-420-056

A. Installation of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder

(1) Install the door-damper and emergency-operation cylinder (Ref. TASK

52-11-12-400-801).

(2) Install the telescopic rod (Ref. TASK 52-11-12-400-802).

Subtask 52-11-14-865-059

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ.

Subtask 52-11-14-410-055

C. Close Access

(1) Obey the special precautions after the work on the door (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-860-802).

(2) Close the FWD passenger/crew door 831 or 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
801).
R

R (3) Close the access door 811

R (4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

R (5) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-11-14-862-051

D. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-14

Page 620
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 SEAL - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________

TASK 52-11-18-000-801

Removal of the Door Seal

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
_______
POSITION BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR INJURE PERSONS.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific warning notice

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-11-18-991-001 Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  52-11-18

Page 401
Apr 01/97
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-18-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(1) Energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-11-18-010-050

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

R (1) Open the access door 811

(2) Set the light switch 1LS to the ON position.

Subtask 52-11-18-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-18-010-051

D. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD passenger/crew door 831 (841) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-
801).

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-18

Page 402
Jul 01/94
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-18-991-001)

Subtask 52-11-18-020-050

A. Removal of the Door Seal

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
R - THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
R THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
R - THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY
R OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY
R PIN INSTALLED.
R THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
R IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

R (1) Remove the nuts (5).

(2) Remove the screws (6) and the four corner retainers (1), (3), (7) and
(9).

(3) Remove the screws (6) and the retainers (2), (4), (8) and (10).

(4) Remove the door seal (11) from the passenger/crew door.

(5) Put a warning notice on the door to tell persons that the door seal
has been removed.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-18

Page 403
Apr 01/97
 
THY 
 Door Seal
Figure 401/TASK 52-11-18-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-11-18

Page 404
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 TASK 52-11-18-400-801

Installation of the Door Seal

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
_______
POSITION BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR INJURE PERSONS.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

R NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings

____

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth

No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-011 USA MIL-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-025 USA MIL-PRF-81733
CORROSION INHIBITING SEALANT SPRAYABLE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-18

Page 405
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536

POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11 seal 52-11-18 01 -200

11 seal 52-11-18 01 -200A

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
51-75-12-300-801 Repair of Paint Damage on Aluminum and Composite
Material (more than the Topcoat)
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-11-18-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-18-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized (Ref. TASK 24-
42-00-861-801)

(2) Make sure that the FWD passenger/crew door is open (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-801)

(3) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-18

Page 406
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-18-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

R Subtask 52-11-18-110-050

R C. Cleaning

R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
R MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R (1) Do the special precautions before work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
R 00-860-801).

R (2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (3) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

R area.

R (4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
R clean and in the correct condition.

R (5) Clean the countersinks with a nonmetallic scraper and CLEANING AGENTS
R (Material No. 11-004).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-18

Page 407
Jul 01/94
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-18-991-001)

Subtask 52-11-18-420-050

A. Installation of the Door Seal.

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY
OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY
PIN INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Put the door seal (11) in position on the passenger/crew door.

R (2) Apply a sealing bead SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on the leading
R edge of the forward pax door before you install the screws.

(3) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-025) to the screws (6) and install
through the door.

(4) Install the retainers (1), (3), (7) and (9) to screws (6) and the
nuts (5).

(5) Install the retainers (2), (4), (8) and (10) to screws (6) and the
nuts (5).

NOTE : Make sure that the seal (11) is installed correctly.

____

(6) TORQUE tighten the nuts (6) to between 0.17 and 0.2 m.daN (15.04 and
17.69 lbf.in)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-18

Page 408
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 (7) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the door seal (11).

(8) Remove the unwanted sealant from around the screw heads with a lint
free cloth.

(9) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and STRUCTURE
PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts (5).

(10) Do a repair of any paint damage caused to the outer skin panel of the
door by the removal/installation of screws (6) with (Ref. TASK 51-75-
12-300-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-18-942-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

(3) Close the FWD passenger/crew door 831 (841) (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
801).

(4) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

Subtask 52-11-18-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
R

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
R 722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41


EFF :

ALL  52-11-18

Page 409
Jul 01/94
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-18-860-052

C. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

(1) Set the light switch 1LS to the OFF position.

R (2) Close the access door 811

(3) De-energize the ground service network (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-18

Page 410
Jul 01/94
 
THY 
 SEAL - DOOR - REPAIRS
_____________________

TASK 52-11-18-300-802

Repair of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door - Seal

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Sefl explanatory

R NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings

____

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific clamp
No specific emery cloth, 320-400 grade
No specific lint free cloth
No specific spatula
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-023 USA MIL-I-631

POLYTEREPTHALATE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-024
FABRIC (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 08-004 AIB AIMS-04-05-003
ADHESIVE SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-18

Page 801
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-11-18-000-801 Removal of the Door Seal
52-11-18-400-801 Installation of the Door Seal

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-18-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-11-18-010-052

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-11-18-865-053

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41


EFF :

ALL  52-11-18

Page 802
Apr 01/00
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-18-010-053

D. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD passenger/crew door Z831 and Z841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
010-801).

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) If necessary remove the door seal (Ref. TASK 52-11-18-000-801).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-11-18-350-050

A. Repair of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door-Seal

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Repair to signs of chafing on the seal.

(a) Lightly rub the chafing area with a emery cloth, 320-400 grade.

(b) Carefully clean the chafing area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material
No. 11-004) and a lint free cloth.

(c) Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material

No. 08-004) to the chafing area and make it smooth with a
spatula.

(d) Make sure that dust does not touch the chafing area.

NOTE : Let the adhesive dry for 24 hours.

____

(2) Repair to cuts with a depth of not more than one third of the
thickness of the seal.

(a) Lightly rub the cut area with emery cloth, 320-400 grade.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-18

Page 803
Apr 01/00
 
THY 
 (b) Carefully clean the cut area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-004) and a lint free cloth.

(c) Apply BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-004) to the
cut and make it smooth with a spatula.

(d) Make sure that dust does not touch the cut.

NOTE : Let the adhesive dry for 24 hours.

____

(3) Repair to cuts with a large depth.

(a) Open the cut and push on the seal.

(b) Lightly rub the cut with emery cloth, 320-400 grade.

(c) Carefully clean the cut with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004) and a lint free cloth.

(d) Apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material

No. 08-004) to the surface of the cut.

(e) Put pressure to the edges of the cut as much as possible.

NOTE : Let the adhesive dry for approx. 5 minutes.

____

(f) Cut a piece of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) to cover

the cut and apply a thin layer of BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS
(Material No. 08-004).

NOTE : If the cuts have a large depth, it is recommended to put

____
SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) around the seal.

(g) Put the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-024) around the cut.

(h) Put the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-023) on it and attach
it with a clamp to a wooden plank.

(i) Compress the seal with the wooden plank and a clamp.

NOTE : Let it dry for 24 hours.

____


EFF :

ALL  52-11-18

Page 804
Apr 01/00
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-18-865-054

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-11-18-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) If removed install the door seal (Ref. TASK 52-11-18-400-801).

(3) Close the FWD passenger/crew door Z831 and Z841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-801).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

(5) Close the access door 811.

(6) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-11-18-862-050

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-18

Page 805
Apr 01/00
 
THY 
 MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________

TASK 52-11-21-000-801

Removal of the Door Locking Mechanism - FWD Passenger/Crew Door 831 (841)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
_______
POSITION BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR INJURE PERSONS.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE CORRECTLY INSTALLED ON THE
_______
LANDING GEAR.
THIS PREVENTS UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE LANDING GEAR.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific clamp
No specific safety barriers
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 4.6 m (15 ft. 1 in.)
98A52108004001 1 SLING - PASSENGER DOOR
98A52108008001 1 SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS
R 98F52108431000 1 BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 401
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-22-00-000-801 Removal of the STA-LOK Nuts

R 25-23-49-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Forward Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling
52-11-21-991-001 Fig. 401
52-11-21-991-002 Fig. 402
52-11-21-991-003 Fig. 403
52-11-21-991-004 Fig. 404
52-11-21-991-005 Fig. 405
52-11-21-991-006 Fig. 406
52-11-21-991-007 Fig. 407
52-11-21-991-008 Fig. 408
52-11-21-991-009 Fig. 409
52-11-21-991-010 Fig. 410
52-11-21-991-011 Fig. 411
52-11-21-991-012 Fig. 412
52-11-21-991-013 Fig. 413
52-11-21-991-014 Fig. 414

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-21-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

(2) You must obey the safety precautions when you do work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

Subtask 52-11-21-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the applicable door.

(2) Put the access platform in position below the door 811.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 402
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (3) Open the applicable door 831, 841.

(4) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-11-21-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-21-010-051

D. Preparation for Removal

(1) Remove the applicable escape slide/raft 7908MX (/909MX) (Ref. TASK
25-62-41-000-801).

(2) Remove the door lining from the applicable door (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-
000-801).

Subtask 52-11-21-480-050

E. Install Support Equipment

(1) Install the SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS together with the
R BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT to the applicable door.

(2) Install the SLING - PASSENGER DOOR to the applicable door (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-940-801)

Subtask 52-11-21-941-053

F. Relief of the Torsion Bar.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-21-991-001)

NOTE : It is
____ only necessary to release the tension for the removal of:
- the external control handle
- the gearbox control handle
- the twin lever
- the lifting shaft
- the upper and lower connection links.

(1) Loosen the tension bolt (1) until the tension is released from the
torsion bar.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 403
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R Tension Bolt
Figure 401/TASK 52-11-21-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 404
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO WORK WITH THE LOCKSPRINGS. THEY ARE IN
_______
R TENSION OR COMPRESSION WHICH CAN BE DANGEROUS.

Subtask 52-11-21-020-050

R A. Removal of the Shaft and Cover Assembly.

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-21-991-002)

R (1) Remove the link

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

R (b) Remove the nut (8), washer (7), spacer (6) and screw (5).

R (c) Release the link from the bellcrank of the backing shaft.

R (2) Remove the upper arms

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (9).

R (b) Remove the nut (8), washer (7), spacer (6), washers (19) and
R bolts (18).

R (c) Release the upper arms from the supports in the door structure.

R (3) Remove and discard the cotter pins (9).

R (4) Remove the nuts (16), washers (15), bushes (14), spacers (13), bushes
R (12), washers (11) and bolts (10).

R (5) Remove the shaft and cover assembly (17) from the fitting hinge.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 405
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 Shaft and Cover Assembly
Figure 402/TASK 52-11-21-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 406
Oct 01/93
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-21-020-052

B. Removal of the Hook Assembly and Locking Shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-21-991-003, 404/TASK 52-11-21-991-004)

(1) Remove the bracket (30).

(a) Remove the nuts (31), washers (32) and bolts (29).

(b) Remove the bracket (30) from the door structure.

(2) Remove the locking shaft (38)

(a) Remove the rod (50).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

2
_ Remove the nut (49), washers, (48) and (46), and bolt (45).

3
_ Release the rod (50) from the bellcrank of the locking shaft
(38).

4
_ Remove the bushes (51) and (47).

(b) Cut and remove the lockwire (52).

(c) Remove the bolt (53), washer (54) and target (55).

(d) Install a 7/16.20.UNF screw at each end of the splined shaft

(56), with these screws remove the splined shaft sufficiently to
release the adaptors (57).

(e) Remove the nuts (37), screws (39), washer (36) and bolt (35).

(f) Release the locking shaft (38) from the mounting plates.

(g) Remove the locking shaft from the door.

(3) Disconnect the electrical connector (56).

(a) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(4) Remove the hook assembly (44)

R (a) Remove the nuts, (58) and (43), bolts, (40) and (41), and washer
R (42).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 407
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Hook Assembly and Locking Shaft
Figure 403/TASK 52-11-21-991-003


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 408
Jan 01/94
R  
THY 
R Hook Assembly and Locking Shaft
Figure 404/TASK 52-11-21-991-004


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 409
Jan 01/03
 
THY 
R (b) Remove the hook assembly (44) from the door structure.

R Subtask 52-11-21-020-053

R C. Removal of the Lowering Shaft.

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-21-991-005)

R (1) Disconnect the rod (76)

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

R (b) Remove the nut (79), washer (78) and bolt (77).

R (c) Disconnect the rod (76) and remove the bush (80).

R (2) Disconnect the spring rod assembly (81).

R (a) Remove the nut (65) and bolt (82).

R (b) Put a clamp on the spring rod assembly (81) to hold the spring
R tension.

R (c) Remove the retaining ring (85), washer (84) and pin (83).

R (d) Remove the spring rod assembly (81).

R (3) Remove the lowering shaft assembly (72).

R (a) Remove the nut (68) and bolt (66).

R (b) Remove the lever assembly (67).

R (c) Remove the four nuts (69) and bolts (71).

R (d) Remove the mounting plate (70) from the door structure.

R (e) Release the lowering shaft assembly (72) from the bearing plate
R assembly.

R (f) Remove the lowering shaft assembly (72) through the openings of
R the door structure.

R (4) Remove the bearing plate assembly (74).

R (a) Remove the three nuts (75) and bolts (73).

R (b) Remove the bearing plate assembly (74) from the door structure.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 410
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 Lowering Shaft
Figure 405/TASK 52-11-21-991-005


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 411
Jan 01/94
R  
THY 
R Subtask 52-11-21-020-054

R D. Removal of the Internal Control Handle.

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-21-991-006)

R (1) Disengage the handle from the latch assembly (105).

R (2) Remove and discard the cotter pin (96).

R (3) Remove the nut (95) and washer (97).

R NOTE : Identify the position of the internal handle (98) on the

____
R splined shaft (99) for the installation procedure.

R (4) Remove the internal handle (98) from the splined shaft (99).

R Subtask 52-11-21-020-055

R E. Removal of the Internal Control Handle Latch Assembly.

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-21-991-006)

R (1) Disengage the internal control handle (98) from the latch assembly
R (105).

R (2) Cut and remove the lockwire from the nut (102).

R (3) Remove the locking washers (101) and (100).

R (4) Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

R (5) Remove the nut (103) and washer (104).

R (6) Remove the latch assembly (105) from the door structure.

R Subtask 52-11-21-020-056

R F. Removal of the External Control Handle.

R (Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-11-21-991-007)

R (1) Open the external control handle (118) until it is locked.

R (2) Remove the screws (121) and cover (116).

R (3) Remove and discard the cotter pin (96).

R (4) Remove the nut (120) and washer (119).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 412
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 Internal Control Handle and Latch Assembly
Figure 406/TASK 52-11-21-991-006


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 413
Jan 01/94
R  
THY 
 External Control Handle
Figure 407/TASK 52-11-21-991-007


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 414
Jan 01/94
R  
THY 
R (5) Push the splined shaft (115) into the gearbox until the handle (118)
R can be removed

R (6) Remove the handle (118) and adjusting washer (117).

R Subtask 52-11-21-020-057

R G. Removal of the Gearbox and Locking Hook.

R (Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-21-991-008)

R (1) Remove the internal control handle (98).

R (2) Remove the external control handle (118).

R (3) Remove the three nuts (148), mounting fitting (149), adjusting washer
R (147) and three bolts (146).

R (4) Disconnect the rods (50) and (154).

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

R (b) Remove the nut (134), bolt (131) and washers, (132) and (133).

R (c) Disconnect the applicable rod (50) or (154) and remove the bushes
R (136) and (135).

R (5) Disconnect the rod (76).

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

R (b) Remove the nut (137), washer (138) and bolt (141).

R (c) Disconnect the rod (76) from the locking hook (140) and remove
R the spacer (130).

R (6) Remove and discard the cotter pin (96).

R (7) Remove the nut (145), washer (144) and bolt (142).

R (8) Disconnect the locking hook (140) and remove the spacer (143).

R (9) Remove the four nuts (150) and screws (153).

R (10) Remove the gearbox (151) through the opening in the door structure.

R (11) Remove and discard the O-ring (152).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 415
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 Gearbox and Locking Hook
Figure 408/TASK 52-11-21-991-008


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 416
Jan 01/94
R  
THY 
R Subtask 52-11-21-020-058

R H. Removal of the Twin Lever.

R (Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-11-21-991-009)

R (1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

R (2) Remove the nut (177), washers, (178) and (179), and bolt (180).

R (3) Disconnect the rod (154) from the twin lever (171).

R (4) Remove the rod (164).

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

R (b) Remove the nut (167), washers, (166) and (169), and bolt (168).

R (c) Disconnect the rod (164) from the twin lever (171).

R (d) Remove the bushes (165) and (170).

R (5) Remove and discard the cotter pin (181).

R (6) Remove the nut (182), washers, (183) and (185), and bolt (186).

R (7) Remove and discard the cotter pin (96).

R (8) Remove the nut (176) and special washer (175).

R (9) Remove the shaft (172), stop (184) and twin lever (171).

R (10) Remove the bush (174) and adjusting washer (173).

R Subtask 52-11-21-020-059

R J. Removal of the Lifting Shaft.

R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-11-21-991-010)

R (1) Disconnect the rods (217) and (164).

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

R (b) Remove the nut (199), washers, (198) and (197), and bolt (196).

R (c) Disconnect the rods (217) and (164) and remove the bushes (200)
R and (201).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 417
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 Twin Lever
Figure 409/TASK 52-11-21-991-009


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 418
Jul 01/02
R  
THY 
 Lifting Shaft
R Figure 410/TASK 52-11-21-991-010


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 419
Jan 01/94
 
THY 
R (2) Disconnect the rod (216).

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (205).

R (b) Remove the nut (206), washers, (204) and (207), and bolt (208).

R (c) Disconnect the rod (216) and remove the bushes (202) and (203).

R (3) Disconnect the guide strut (225).

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

R (b) Remove the nut (223), washers, (224) and (226), and bolt (227).

R (c) Disconnect the guide strut (225).

R NOTE : The rod (216) can become detached from the guide strut
____
R (225), keep the guide and the rod together.

R (4) Disconnect the spring (234).

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

R (b) Remove the washer (232) and the pin (231).

R (c) Disconnect the spring (234) and remove the washers (232) and
R (233).

R (5) Remove the crank assemblies (211).

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

R (b) Remove the nut (209), washer (210) and bolt (212).

R (c) Remove the crank assemblies (211) from the splined shaft ends of
R the lifting shaft (215).

R (d) Remove the washers (213).

R (6) Remove the nuts, (221) and (228), washers, (219) and (229), and
R bolts, (218) and (230).

R (7) Remove the four nuts (221), four washers (219) and four bolts (218).

R (8) Hold the lifting shaft assembly (215) and remove the bearing housing
R (222).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 420
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 (9) Remove the bearings (214) from their housings.

(10) Move the lifting shaft assembly (215) through the forward part of the
door. Continue to do this until the splined shaft at the end of the
lifting shaft assembly (215) is free.

NOTE : If necessary loosen the bolt (235) and release the bellcrank
____
(236) (vertical frame being next to the bellcrank could
prevent lifting shaft removal).

(11) Remove the lifting shaft assembly (215) from the door structure.

NOTE : Care must be taken when you remove the lifting shaft assembly.
____
Damage can be caused to the splined shaft and the bellcranks.

Subtask 52-11-21-020-060

R K. Removal of the Compensation Mechanism.

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-11-21-991-011)

(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the bolt (1).

(2) Remove the bolt (1) and joint (269).

(3) Remove the nuts (246), bolts (271) and bearing housing (270).

(4) Remove the rod (217).

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

(b) Remove the nut (199), washers, (198) and (197), and bolt (196).

(c) Disconnect the rod (217) and remove the bushes (200) and (201).

(5) Remove the circlips (244) and the washers (245).

(6) Remove the clamp (260) and the two anti-vibration half bushes (259).

(7) Push and remove the torsion shaft (249) through the forward part of
the door.

NOTE : Care must be taken when you remove the torsion shaft (249).
____
Damage can be caused to the splined ends.

(8) Remove the lockwashers (258) and nuts (257) (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-
801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 421
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Compensation Mechanism
R Figure 411/TASK 52-11-21-991-011


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 422
Jan 01/94
 
THY 
 (9) Remove the washers (253) and (265).

(10) Remove the nuts (246) and bolts (268).

(11) Move the torsion tube (262) through the aft part of the door.

(12) Remove the carrier (267) and bush (266).

(13) Remove the spacer (264), crank (263) with the link and spacer (254).

(14) Remove the torsion tube (262).

(15) Remove the nuts (246), bolts (248) and carrier (247).

(16) Remove the nuts (272), bolts (256) and mounting assembly (255).

NOTE : Care must be taken with the torsion tube to prevent damage to
____
the splined ends.

(17) Remove the spacer (254), washer (253), crank (252) and spacer (251).

(18) Remove the torsion tube (250).

(19) Remove the nuts (246), bolts (248) and carrier (261).

Subtask 52-11-21-020-061

L. Disconnection of the Upper and Lower Connections Links.

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-11-21-991-012)

(1) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and that there is no
load on the torsion bar.

R (2) Remove the nuts (285), washers (284), bolts (281) and bonding straps
R (282) and (283).

R (3) Remove and discard the cotter pin (286).

R (4) Remove the nut (287), washers, (288) and (290), and bolt (291).

R (5) Disconnect the upper and the lower links and remove the bushes (289)
R and washers (292) from the yokes.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 423
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 Upper and Lower Connection Linkage
R Figure 412/TASK 52-11-21-991-012


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 424
Jan 01/94
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-21-020-062

M. Removal of the Upper Connection Links.

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-11-21-991-013)

(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (96).

(2) Remove the nut (307), safety bush (306) and hinge bolt (300).

(3) Remove the upper connection link (302).

(4) Remove the bushes, (301) and (304), and adjusting washers, (303) and
(305).

Subtask 52-11-21-020-063

N. Removal of the Lower Connection Link.

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-11-21-991-014)

(1) Remove the rod (216).

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (205).

R (b) Remove the nut (206), washers, (204) and (207), and bolt (208).

(c) Remove the rod (216).

(d) Remove the bushes (200) and (201).

(2) Remove and discard the cotter pin (96).

(3) Remove the nut (307), safety bush (306) and hinge bolt (300).

R (4) Remove the lower connection link (317).

(5) Remove the bushes, (301) and (304), and adjusting washers, (303) and
(305).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 425
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 Upper Connection Link
Figure 413/TASK 52-11-21-991-013


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 426
Jan 01/04
R  
THY 
 Lower Connection Link
R Figure 414/TASK 52-11-21-991-014


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 427
Jan 01/94
 
THY 
 TASK 52-11-21-400-801

Installation of the Locking Mechanism - FWD Passenger/Crew Door 831 (841)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
_______
POSITION BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR INJURE PERSONS.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE CORRECTLY INSTALLED ON THE
_______
LANDING GEAR.
THIS PREVENTS UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE LANDING GEAR.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth

R
No specific safety barriers
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 4.6 m (15 ft. 1 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98A52108004001 2 SLING - PASSENGER DOOR
98A52108008001 2 SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS
98F52108241000 1 BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT
98F52108431000 1 BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 428
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm

(0.032in)dia
No specific lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0,032 in)
dia.
No specific lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8mm
(0.032in)dia.
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-008
(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

9 cotter pin 52-11-21 04 -080

9 cotter pin 52-11-21 05 -030
9 cotter pin 52-11-21 05 -120
9 cotter pin 52-11-21 07 -010
9 cotter pin 52-11-21 11A-010
9 cotter pin 52-11-21 14 -020
9 cotter pin 52-11-21 14 -150
9 cotter pin 52-11-21 18 -020
9 cotter pin 52-11-21 20 -010
9 cotter pin 52-11-22 06 -190
96 cotter pin 52-11-21 08 -010
96 cotter pin 52-11-21 11A-010
96 cotter pin 52-11-21 12 -010
96 cotter pin 52-11-21 14 -290
96 cotter pin 52-11-21 15 -040
96 cotter pin 52-11-21 16 -040
152 O-ring 52-11-21 12 -170
181 cotter pin 52-11-21 14 -360


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 429
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

205 cotter pin 52-11-21 18 -120

286 cotter pin 52-11-01 06 -190

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-52-600-802 Lubrication of the Telescopic Arm and Exterior

Control Handle
20-22-00-400-801 Installation of the Nuts
25-23-49-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Forward Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
25-23-49-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Forward
Passenger/Crew Door(s)
25-62-41-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling
52-11-00-720-801 Functional Test of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door (Door
1L/1R)
52-11-21-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism of the FWD
Passenger/Crew Door
52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System
52-71-11-820-801 Adjustment of the Actuation Clearance of the
Proximity Sensors (10MJ,11MJ,12MJ,
13MJ,14MJ,15MJ,16MJ,17MJ,22MJ,23MJ,24MJ,25MJ)
52-11-21-991-001 Fig. 401
52-11-21-991-002 Fig. 402
52-11-21-991-003 Fig. 403
R 52-11-21-991-004 Fig. 404
52-11-21-991-005 Fig. 405
52-11-21-991-006 Fig. 406
52-11-21-991-007 Fig. 407
52-11-21-991-008 Fig. 408
52-11-21-991-009 Fig. 409
52-11-21-991-010 Fig. 410


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 430
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-11-21-991-011 Fig. 411

52-11-21-991-012 Fig. 412
52-11-21-991-013 Fig. 413
52-11-21-991-014 Fig. 414

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-21-941-051

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Make sure that the safety barriers are in position.

(2) You must obey the safety precautions when you do work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801)

Subtask 52-11-21-010-052

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the applicable
door.

(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the door 811.

(3) Make sure that the applicable door 831, 841 is open. (Ref. TASK 52-
10-00-010-801)

(4) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

(5) Make sure that the escape slide/raft 7908 MX/7909 MX is removed.

(6) Make sure that the lining is removed from the applicable door
(Ref. TASK 25-23-49-000-801).

Subtask 52-11-21-480-051

C. Installation of Support Equipment

(1) Make sure that the SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS and the
R BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT is installed in the applicable door.

(2) Make sure that the SLING - PASSENGER DOOR is installed on the
applicable door.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 431
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-21-865-051

D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-21-110-050

E. Cleaning

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (2) Clean all the components which are coated with

R Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
008) and clean lint free cloth.

(3) Clean all the other components with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004) and clean lint free cloth.

(4) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to all of the bushes
before installation.

(5) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(6) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 432
Jan 01/99
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO WORK WITH THE LOCKSPRINGS. THEY ARE IN
_______
TENSION OR COMPRESSION WHICH CAN BE DANGEROUS.

Subtask 52-11-21-420-050

A. Installation of the Hook Assembly and Locking Shaft.

R
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-21-991-003, 404/TASK 52-11-21-991-004)
R

R (1) Install the hook assembly (44).

R (a) Install each hook assembly (44) in position.

R (b) Install the bolt (40) and nut (58).

R (c) Torque tighten the nut (58) to between 1.4 and 1.6 m.daN (10.32
and 11.79 lbf.ft).

(d) Install the bolt (41), washer (42) and nut (43).

(e) Torque tighten the nut (43) to between 0.70 and 0.80 m.daN (61.94
and 70.79 lbf.in).
R

R (2) Install the locking shaft (38).

(a) Put one end of the locking shaft into the adaptor (57) installed
on one of the hook assemblies.

(b) Put the free adaptor (57) into the other end of the locking shaft
(38).

(c) Align the adaptor (57) and splined shaft (56). Put the splined
shaft (56) into the adaptor (57).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 433
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (d) Install the target (55), washer (54) and bolt (53). Tighten the
R bolt (53) and safety with lockwire corrosion-resistant steel
R 0.8mm (0.032in)dia. (52)

(e) Put the flange of the locking shaft (38) between the two mounting
plates.

R (f) Install the bolts (39) and (35), washer (36) and nuts (37).

(g) Torque tighten the nuts to between 0.70 and 0.80 m.daN (61.94 and
70.79 lbf.in).

R (3) Install the rod (50).

(a) Install the bushes (47) and (51) to the bellcrank.

(b) Put the rod (50) in position and install the washer (46) and bolt
(45).

(c) Install the washer (48) and nut (49).

(d) Torque tighten the nut (49) to between 0.30 and 00.35 m.daN
(26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in).

(e) Safety the nut (49) with a new cotter pin (9).

R (4) Install the bracket (30).

(a) Put the locking hook in the closed position.

(b) Put the bracket (30) in position.

(c) Install the bolts (29), washers (32) and nuts (31).

(d) Torque tighten the nuts (31) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).

R (5) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(a) Connect the electrical connector (56).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 434
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-21-420-052

B. Installation of the Shaft and Cover Assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-21-991-002)

(1) Install the bushes (12) and (14) to the yokes of the shaft and cover
assembly (17).

(2) Align the yokes and fitting hinges.

(3) Install the bolts (10), washers (11), spacers (13), washers (15) and
nuts (16).

(4) Torque the nuts (16) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
lbf.in).

(5) Safety the nuts (16) with a new cotter pin (9).

(6) Install the spacers (6) to the upper arms.

(7) Align the upper arms and support in the door structure.

(8) Install the bolts (18), washers, (19) and (7), and nuts (8).

(9) Torque the nuts (8) to between 0.17 and 0.20 m.daN (15.04 and 17.69
lbf.in).

(10) Safety the nuts (8) with a new cotter pin (9).

(11) Install the link.

(a) Install the spacer (6) to the link.

(b) Align the link and bellcrank.

(c) Install the screw (5), washer (7) and nut (8).

(d) Torque tighten the nut (8) to between 0.17 and 0.20 m.daN (15.04
and 17.69 lbf.in).

(e) Safety the nut (8) with a new cotter pin (9).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 435
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-21-420-053

C. Installation of the Lowering Shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-21-991-005)

(1) Put the bearing plate assembly (74) in position and install the bolts
(73) and nuts (75).

(2) Torque the nuts (75) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and 39.82
lbf.in).

(3) Put the lowering shaft assembly (72) through the holes of the door
structure.

(4) Put the lowering shaft end into the bearing plate (74).

(5) Install the mounting plate (70) to the splined shaft end of the
lowering shaft assembly (72).

(6) Install the four bolts (71) and nuts (69).

(7) Torque the nuts (69) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and 39.82
lbf.in).

(8) Install the spring rod assembly (81).

(a) Install the spring rod assembly (81) to the door structure with
the two bolts (82) and the nuts (65).

(b) Torque tighten the nuts (65) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).

(c) Install the spring rod assembly (81) to the crank with the pin
(83), washer (84) and retaining ring (85).

(9) Install the lever assembly (67).

(a) Install the lever assembly (67) to the splined shaft end of the
lowering shaft assembly (72).

NOTE : Make sure that the marks on the lever assembly and the
____
spined shaft are aligned.

(b) Install the bolt (66) and nut (68).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 436
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 (c) Torque tighten the nuts (68) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in)

(10) Install the rod (76).

(a) Install the bush (80) to the lowering shaft.

(b) Put the rod (76) in position and install the bolt (77), washer
(78) and nut (79).

(c) Torque tighten the nut (79) to between 0.17 and 0.20 m.daN (15.04
and 17.69 lbf.in).

(d) Safety the nut (79) with a new cotter pin (9).

Subtask 52-11-21-420-054

D. Installation of the Internal Control Handle.

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-21-991-006)

(1) Install the handle (98) on the splined shaft (99) in the position of
the marks made in the removal procedure.

(2) Install the washer (97) and nut (95).

(3) Torque the nut (95) to between 0.57 and 0.65 m.daN (50.44 and 57.52
lbf.in).

(4) Safety the nut (95) with a new cotter pin (96).

Subtask 52-11-21-420-055

E. Installation of the Internal Control Handle Latch Assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-21-991-006)

(1) Install the latch assembly in the door structure.

(2) Install the washer (104) and nut (103).

(3) Torque the nut (103) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
lbf.in).

R (4) Safety the nut (103) with a new cotter pin (9).

(5) Install the locking washers, (101) and (100), and nut (102).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 437
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 (6) Tighten the nut (102) and safety with lockwire corrosion-resistant
steel 0.8 mm (0,032 in) dia.

Subtask 52-11-21-420-056

F. Installation of the External Control Handle.

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-11-21-991-007)

(1) Push the splined shaft (115) into the gearbox.

(2) Install the adjusting washer (117) and external handle (118) into the
housing.

(3) Push the splined shaft (115) through the gearbox and into the
external handle (118).

(4) Install the washer (119) and nut (120).

(5) Torque the nut (120) to between 0.57 and 0.65 m.daN (50.44 and 57.52
lbf.in).

R (6) Safety the nut (120) with a new cotter pin (96).

(7) Close the door with the internal control handle. Make sure that the
external control (118) is level with the outer skin of the door.

(8) Install the cover (116) with the screws (121).

Subtask 52-11-21-420-057

G. Installation of the Gearbox and the Locking Hook.

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-21-991-008)

(1) Install a new O-ring (152) on the gearbox (151).

(2) Install the gearbox (151) through the opening in the door structure.

(3) Install the screws (153) and nuts (150).

(4) Torque the nuts (150) to between 0.70 and 0.80 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in).

(5) Install the mounting fitting (149) to the gearbox (151).

(6) Install the bolts (146), adjusting washers (147) and nuts (148).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 438
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 (7) Torque the nuts (148) to between 0.70 and 0.80 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in).

(8) Install the locking hook (140)

(a) Install the spacer (143) to the locking hook (140).

(b) Put the locking hook (140) in position and install the bolt
(142), washer (144) and nut (145).

(c) Torque tighten the nut (145) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN
(26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in).

(d) Safety the nut (145) with a new cotter pin (96).

(9) Install the rod (76).

(a) Install the spacer (139) to the locking hook (140).

(b) Put the rod (76) in position and install the bolt (141), washer
(138) and nut (137).

(c) Torque tighten the nut (137) to between 0.17 and 0.20 m.daN
(15.04 and 17.69 lbf.in).

(d) Safety the nut (137) with a new cotter pin (9).

(10) Install the rods (50) and (154).

(a) Install the bushes (135) and (136).

(b) Install the bolt (131), washers, (132) and (133), and nut (134).

(c) Torque tighten the nut (134) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN
(26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in)

R (d) Safety the nut (134) with a new cotter pin (9).

(11) Install the internal handle.

(12) Install the external handle.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 439
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-21-420-058

H. Installation of the Twin Lever.

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-11-21-991-009)

(1) Put the bush (174) into the hole in the door structure.

(2) Install the shaft (172) through the hole in the door structure.

(3) Install the stop (184), twin lever (171) and adjusting washer (173)
to the shaft (172).

(4) Put the shaft (172) into the bush (174).

(5) Install the washer (175) and nut (176).

(6) Torque the nut (176) to between 0.57 and 0.65 m.daN (50.44 and 57.52
lbf.in).

R (7) Safety the nut (176) with a new cotter pin (96).

(8) Install the stop (184) with the bolt (186), washers, (185) and (183),
and nut (182). Do not tighten the nut at this time.

(9) Check that there is a clearance of 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) and 0.3 mm
(0.0118 in.) at X (see view B). If the clearance is not correct
remove the twin lever and make an adjustment with the washer (173).

(10) Torque the nut (182) to between 0.17 and 0.20 m.daN (15.04 and 17.69
lbf.in).

(11) Safety the nut (182) with a new cotter pin (181).

(12) Install the rod (154).

(a) Put the rod (154) in position.

(b) Install the bolt (180), washers, (179) and (178), and nut (177).

(c) Torque tighten the nut (177) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN
(26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in).

R (d) Safety the nut (177) with a new cotter pin (9).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 440
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 (13) Install the rod (164).

(a) Install the bushes (165) and (170).

(b) Put the rod (164) in position.

(c) Install the bolt (168), washers, (169) and (166), and nut (167).

(d) Torque tighten the nut (167) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN
(26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in).

R (e) Safety the nut (167) with a new cotter pin (9).

Subtask 52-11-21-420-059

J. Installation of the Lifting Shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-11-21-991-010)

(1) Install the lifting shaft assembly (215) through the openings in the
door structure.

(2) Install the bearing housing (220) to the door structure with the
bolts (218) and (230), washers, (219) and (229), and nuts, (221) and
(228).

(3) Torque the nuts (221) to between 0.70 and 0.80 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in).

(4) Torque the nuts (228) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and 39.82
lbf.in).

(5) Install the bearing (214) into the housing of the door structure.

(6) Install the bearing (214) into the bearing housing (222).

(7) Install the bearing housing (222) with the bolts (218), washers (219)
and nuts (221).

(8) Torque the nuts (221) to between 0.70 and 0.80 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in).

NOTE : If bellcrank (236) was released in the removal put the

____
bellcrank (236) in position and tighten the bolt (235)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 441
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 (9) Install the rods (216).

(a) Install the bushes (202) and (203).

(b) Put the rod (216) in position.

(c) Install the bolt (208), washers, (207) and (204), and nut (206).

(d) Torque tighten the nut (206) to between 0.57 and 0.65 m.daN
(50.44 and 57.52 lbf.in).

(e) Safety the nut (206) with a new cotter pin (205).

(10) Install the rods (164) and (217).

(a) Install the bushes (200) and (201).

(b) Put the rod in position.

(c) Install the bolt (196), washers, (197) and (198), and nut (199).

(d) Torque tighten the nut (199) to between 0.70 and 0.80 m.daN
(61.94 and 70.79 lbf.in).

R (e) Safety the nut (199) with a new cotter pin (9).

(11) Install the spring (234).

(a) Put the spring in position.

(b) Install the pin (231), washers, (232) and (233), and a new cotter
pin (9).

(12) Install the guide strut (225).

(a) Put the guide strut in position.

(b) Install the bolt (227), washers, (226) and (224), and nut (223).

(c) Torque tighten the nut (223) to between 0.17 and 0.20 m.daN
(15.04 and 17.69 lbf.in).

(d) Safety the nut (223) with a new cotter pin (9)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 442
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R (13) Install the crank assemblies (211).

R (a) Install the washers (213) splined shaft ends.

R (b) Align the marks on the splined shaft ends of the lifting shaft
R and cranks (211).

R (c) Install the cranks (211) to the splined shaft ends.

R (d) Install the bolts (212), washers (210) and nuts (209).

R (e) Torque tighten the nuts (209) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
R (30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).

R (f) Safty the nuts (209) with a new cotter pin (9).

R Subtask 52-11-21-420-060

R K. Installation of the Compensation Mechanism.

R (Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-11-21-991-011)

R (1) Install the torsion tube (250).

R (a) Put the torsion tube (250) through the opening in the door
R structure.

R (b) Install the spacer (251) and crank (252).

R (c) Install the carrier (247) with the three bolts (248) and three
R nuts (246).

R (d) Torque tighten the nuts (246) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
R (30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).

R (e) Put the torsion tube (250) in the carrier (247).

R (f) Install the spacer (254) to the mounting assembly (255).

R (g) Install the washer (253) and mounting assembly (255) to the
R torsion tube (250).

R (h) Install the bolts (256) and nuts (272) to the mounting assembly
R (255).

R (i) Torque tighten the nuts (272) to between 0.70 and 0.80 m.daN
R (61.94 and 70.79 lbf.in).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 443
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
R (j) Install the washer (253), nut (257) and lockwasher (258)
R (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-801).

R (2) Install the torsion tube (262).

R (a) Install the carrier (261) with the four bolts (248) and nuts
R (246).

R (b) Torque tighten the nuts (246) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
R (30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).

R (c) Install the torsion tube (262) through the opening in the door
R structure.

R (d) Install the spacer (254) and crank (263) with the link and spacer
R (264) to the torsion tube (262).

R (e) Install the carrier (267) with the four bolts (268) and nuts
R (246).

R (f) Torque tighten the nuts (246) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
R (30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).

R (g) Install the bush (266) into the carrier (267).

R (h) Install the torsion tube (262) into the carrier (267).

R (i) Install the washer (265), nut (257) and lockwasher (258)
R (Ref. TASK 20-22-00-400-801).

R (3) Install the torsion shaft (249).

R NOTE : Before the installation of the torsion shaft (249), make sure
____
R that there is an angle of 90 degrees between the cranks (252)
R and (263).

R (a) Install the torsion shaft (249) into the tubes (262) and (250).

R (b) Install the washers (245) and circlips (244) to the shaft (249).

R (c) Install the two anti-vibration half bushes (259).

R (d) Install and tighten the clamp (260).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 444
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
R (4) Install the rod (217).

R (a) Install the bushes (200) and (201).

R (b) Put the rod (217) in position.

R (c) Install the bolt (196), washers, (197) and (198), and nut (199).

R (d) Torque tighten the nut (199) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN
R (26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in).

R (e) Safety the nut (199) with a new cotter pin (9).

R (5) Install the bearing housing (270) with the bolts (271) and nuts
R (246).

R (6) Torque the nuts (246) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and 39.82
R lbf.in).

R (7) Safety the bolts (246) with lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm
R (0.032in)dia.

R (8) Install the joint (269) into the link.

R (9) Install the bolt (1) into the joint (269). Do not tighten the bolt
R (1) at this time.

R Subtask 52-11-21-420-061

R L. Installation of the Upper Connection Link.

R (Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-11-21-991-013)

R (1) Install the bush (301) into the housing.

R (2) Install the adjusting washer (305) and bush (304) to the door
R structure.

R (3) Install the hinge bolt (300) into the bush (301) and upper connection
R link (302).

R (4) Install the washer (303) and put the hinge bolt (300) into the bush
R (304).

R (5) Install the safety bush (306) and nut (307).

R (6) Torque the nut (307) to between 1.17 and 1.35 m.daN (103.53 and
R 119.46 lbf.in).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 445
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 (7) Check the clearance at A (see view B-B).

NOTE : If the clearance is not correct, install a new washer (303) of

____
the required dimension.

R (8) Safety the nut (307) with a new cotter pin (96).

Subtask 52-11-21-420-062

M. Installation of the Lower Connection Link.

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-11-21-991-014)

(1) Install the bush (301) into the housing.

(2) Install the adjusting washer (305) and bush (304) to the door
structure.

(3) Install the hinge bolt (300) into the bush (301) and lower connection
link (317).

(4) Install the washer (303) and hinge bolt (300) into the bush (304).

(5) Install the safety bush (306) and nut (307).

(6) Torque the nut to between 1.17 and 1.35 m.daN (103.53 and 119.46
lbf.in).

(7) Check the clearance at B (see view B-B).

NOTE : If the clearance is not correct, install a new washer (303) of

____
the required dimension.

R (8) Safety the nut (307) with a new cotter pin (96).

(9) Install the rod (216).

(a) Install the bushes (200) and (201).

(b) Put the rod (216) in position.

R (c) Install the bolt (208), washers, (204) and (207), and nut (206).

R (d) Torque tighten the nut (206) to between 0.57 and 0.65 m.daN
(50.44 and 57.52 lbf.in).

R (e) Safety the nut (206) with a new cotter pin (205).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 446
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-21-420-063

N. Installation of the Upper and Lower Connection Links to the Support Arm
Assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-11-21-991-012)

(1) Install the bushes (289) to the yokes.

(2) Put the yoke of each connection link in position and install the
washers (292).

(3) Install the bolt (291), washers, (290) and (288), and nut (287).

(4) Torque the nut (287) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and 52.21
lbf.in).

(5) Safety the nut (287) with a new cotter pin (286).

R (6) Install the bonding straps (282) and (283) with the bolts (281),
R washers (284) and nuts (285).

Subtask 52-11-21-942-052

P. Strength of the Torsion Bar.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-21-991-001)

(1) If previously loosened, tighten the tension bolt (1) until the
tension is back to the torsion bar.

Subtask 52-11-21-820-050

Q. Adjustment

(1) Make an adjustment of the door locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-11-21-
820-801)

(2) Make an adjustment of the door proximity sensors, as necessary

(Ref. TASK 52-71-11-820-801).

Subtask 52-11-21-916-050

R. Protective Treatment

(1) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and STRUCTURE
PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and the bolts which attach
components directly to the door structure.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 447
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 (2) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and the
bolts which are in the door mechanism.

(3) Lubricate the external control handle mechanism (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-
600-802).

(4) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the

installed components.

Subtask 52-11-21-080-050

S. Remove Support Equipment

(1) Remove the SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS together with the
BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT.

(2) Remove the SLING - PASSENGER DOOR from the applicable door (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-940-801).

Subtask 52-11-21-410-051

T. Install Equipment

(1) Install the escape slide/raft 7908MX (7909 MX) (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-
400-801).

(2) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-400-801).

Subtask 52-11-21-865-052

U. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-21-720-050

V. Functional Test

(1) Do a functional test of the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-11-
00-720-801) .


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 448
Jan 01/04
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-21-710-050

R W. Operational Test

(1) Do a operational test of the FWD passenger/crew door warning system

(Ref. TASK 52-71-00-710-801).

(2) Do a operational test of the FWD passenger/crew door escape slide

warning system (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-710-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-21-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Close the access door 811.

Subtask 52-11-21-942-050

B. Removal of Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 449
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________________

TASK 52-11-21-820-801

Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
_______
POSITION BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR INJURE PERSONS.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE CORRECTLY INSTALLED ON THE
_______
LANDING GEAR.
THIS PREVENTS UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE LANDING GEAR.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific base plate

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific dial test indicator
No specific rigging pin
No specific safety barriers
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 4.6 m (15 ft. 1 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
98A52108007000 1 TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS
98A52108008001 1 SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS
98F52108431000 1 BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 501
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032 in)

dia
No specific lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032 in)
dia.
No specific lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.32 in)
dia.
No specific lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8mm
(0.032in)dia
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

94 cotter pin 52-11-21 11A-010

95 cotter pin 52-11-21 11A-010


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 502
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 12-22-52-600-802 Lubrication of the Telescopic Arm and Exterior

Control Handle
25-23-49-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Forward Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
25-23-49-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Forward
Passenger/Crew Door(s)
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
25-62-41-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-11-00-720-801 Functional Test of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door (Door
1L/1R)
52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System
52-71-00-710-802 Operational Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Warning
System
52-11-21-991-015 Fig. 501
52-11-21-991-016 Fig. 502
52-11-21-991-017-A Fig. 503
52-11-21-991-018 Fig. 504
52-11-21-991-019 Fig. 505

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-21-941-052

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

(2) You must obey the safety precautions when you do work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

Subtask 52-11-21-010-053

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the applicable door.

(2) Put the access platform in position below the door 811

(3) Open the applicable door.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 503
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (4) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-11-21-865-053

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-21-010-054

D. Preparation

(1) Remove the escape slide/raft 7908MX (7909MX) (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-000-
801).

(2) Remove the lining from the applicable door (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-000-
801).

(3) Install the SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS together with the
R BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT.

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO WORK WITH THE LOCKSPRINGS. THEY ARE IN
_______
TENSION OR COMPRESSION WHICH CAN BE DANGEROUS.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 504
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-21-820-051

A. Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism

NOTE : The rigging pins (9), (25), (30), and (45) are taken from the TOOL
____
SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(1) Lowering Shaft and Locking Hook

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-11-21-991-015)

(a) Open the door.

(b) Check that the roller (7) is fully engaged in the hook (8).

(c) Install a rigging pin (9) in the lever (10) of the lowering
shaft.

(d) If the rigging pin (9) cannot be installed, adjust the rod (4).

1
_ Remove the lockwire (3) from the nuts (2) and (5).

2
_ Loosen the nuts (2) and (5).

3
_ Adjust the rod until the rigging pin (9) can be installed.

NOTE : The roller (7) has to be fully engaged in the hook (8).
____

4
_ Tighten the nuts (2) and (5) and safety with lockwire
corrosion-resistant steel 0.8mm (0.032in)dia

Subtask 52-11-21-820-052

B. Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism

(1) Gearbox, Twin Lever and Lifting Shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-11-21-991-016)

(a) Open the door.

(b) Install a rigging pin (30) in the crank (31) of the lifting
shaft.

(c) Install a rigging pin (25) in the twin lever (24).

(d) If the rigging pin (25) cannot be installed, adjust the rod (22).

1
_ Remove the lockwire (21) from the nuts (20) and (23).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 505
Jan 01/04
R  
THY 
 Lowering Shaft and Locking Hook
Figure 501/TASK 52-11-21-991-015


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 506
Jan 01/04
R  
THY 
 Gearbox, Twin Lever and Lifting Shaft
Figure 502/TASK 52-11-21-991-016


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 507
Jan 01/94
R  
THY 
 2
_ Loosen the nuts (20) and (23).

3
_ Adjust the rod (22) until the rigging pin (25) can be
installed.

4
_ Tighten the nuts (20) and (23) and safety with lockwire
corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.32 in) dia.

(e) If the rigging pin (30) cannot be installed, adjust the rod (28).

1
_ Remove the lockwire (26) from the nuts (27) and (29).

2
_ Loosen the nuts (27) and (29).

3
_ Adjust the rod (28) until you can install the rigging pin
(30).

4
_ Tighten the nuts (27) and (29).

5
_ Safety the nuts (27) and (29) with lockwire corrosion-
resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032 in) dia.

(f) Remove the rigging pins (25) and (30) and put the internal
control handle in the closed position.

(g) Install the rigging pin (30) in the crank (31) of the lifting
shaft (door closed position).

NOTE : To get the open door out of the fuselage frame at door
____
closed position:
- partially open the door, about 0.40 m (1.31 ft.), to
allow the internal-control handle range
- release the hook (8) and low the door with the internal
control handle

(h) If the rigging pin (30) cannot be installed, do the following

procedures.

1
_ Cut and remove the lockwire (35).

2
_ Remove the nut (36).

3
_ Remove the rod (22) from the twin lever (24).

R 4
_ Find the required adjustment washer (37) until the rigging pin
R (30) and the rod (22) can be installed.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 508
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R NOTE : The thickness of the adjustment washer (37) is between
____
R 1 mm (0.0393 in.) and 7 mm (0.2755 in.)

5
_ Install the washers (37) and the nut (36).

6
_ Torque tighten the nut (36) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN
(26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in)

7
_ Safety the nut (36) with lockwire corrosion-resistant steel
0.8 mm (0.032 in) dia

(i) Remove the rigging pin (30).

(j) Put the internal control handle in the open and upper position.

(k) If the rigging pins (30) and (25) cannot be installed, do the
relevant adjustments again.

(l) Check that the stop (32) touches the rod (22).

(m) If the stop (32) does not touch the rod (22) do the following
procedure.

1
_ Measure the gap A

NOTE : The gap A= bolt head plus adjusting spacer (34).
____

2
_ Remove the rigging pins (25) and (30).

3
_ Put the internal control handle in the closed position.

4
_ Remove the nut (33), the spacer (34) and the stop (32).

5
_ Adjust the spacer (34) again as necessary.

6
_ Install the stop (32), the spacer (34) and the nut (33).

7
_ Torque tighten the nut (33) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 509
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-21-820-053

C. Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism

(1) Locking Shaft and Gearbox Connection.

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-11-21-991-017-A)

(a) Close the door.

(b) Install the rigging pin (45) in the hook assembly (50) and check
that the backlash device (55) is correctly install at the rear
end of the locking shaft with a gap of 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.)
located at the lower side.

(c) If the rigging pin (45) cannot be installed, adjust the rod (48).

1
_ Cut and remove the lockwire (47).

2
_ Loosen the nuts (46) and (49).

3
_ Adjust the rod (48) until the rigging pin (45) can be
installed.

(d) Check that the clearance between the bellcrank and stop (40) is 1
mm (0.0393 in.). If necessary make the adjustment in the
following procedure.

1
_ Remove the nut (42).

2
_ Adjust the adjustment washers (41) as required.

3
_ Install the nut (42).

4
_ Torque tighten the nut (42) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).

(e) Check that the gap B between the placard (54) and the cover
(53) is 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.). If necessary make the adjustment in
the following procedure.

1
_ Remove the nut (52) and the cover (53).

2
_ Adjust the adjustment washers (51) as required.

3
_ Install the cover (53) and the nuts (52).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 510
Jan 01/04
R  
THY 
 Locking Shaft/Gearbox connection
Figure 503/TASK 52-11-21-991-017-A


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 511
Jan 01/04
R  
THY 
 4
_ Torque tighten the nuts (52) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN
(30.97 and 39.82 lbf.in).

Subtask 52-11-21-820-054

D. Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism

(1) External Control Handle.

(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-11-21-991-018)

(a) Open the door with the external control handle (65).

(b) Unlock the flap (72) and move the external control handle (65)
down.

(c) Make sure that the clearance C between the roller (67) and the
drive hook(68) is between 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.) and 1.50 mm (0.0590
in.)

(d) If the clearance C is not correct, adjust as in the following

procedure.

1
_ Cut and remove the lockwire (69).

2
_ Loosen the nut (70).

3
_ Adjust with the nut (71).

NOTE : The maximum adjustment allowed is one revolution of the

____
nut (71).

(e) Close the door with the internal control handle and make sure
that:
- the flap (72) automatically goes to the locked position, a
click will be heard
R - the flap (72) is in alignment with the external control handle
R (65).

(f) If the flap (72) is not in the locked position, adjust as in the
following procedure.

1
_ Open the door with the external control handle (65).

2
_ Remove the nuts (77), the screws (80), the stop (79) and the
shims (78).

3
_ Adjust the shims (78) as necessary.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 512
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 External Control Handle
Figure 504/TASK 52-11-21-991-018


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 513
Jan 01/04
R  
THY 
 4
_ Install the shims (78), the stop (79) the screws (80) and the
nuts (77).

5
_ Tighten the nuts (77).

(g) If the flap (72) is not aligned with the external control handle,
adjust as in the following procedure.

1
_ Open the door with the external control handle.

2
_ Remove the nuts (76), the bolts (74), the hook (73) and the
shims (75).

3
_ Adjust the shims (75) as necessary.

4
_ Install the shims (75), the bolts (74) the hook (73) and the
nuts (76).

5
_ Tighten the nuts (76).

Subtask 52-11-21-820-055

E. Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism

(1) Internal Control Handle.

(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-11-21-991-019)

(a) Close the door.

(b) Set the base plate on the inner surface of the door and fit it.

R (c) Set the dial test indicator on the handle knob perpendicular to
R the surface of the door.

R (d) Take note of the test indicator value.

R (e) Pull up from the handle knob until the roller on the handle makes
R contact with the locking latch (91).

R (f) Maintain that position and take note of the new dial test
indicator value.

R (g) The clearance D between both values must be from 1 mm (0.0393
in.) to 3 mm (0.1181 in.).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 514
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Internal Control Handle
Figure 505/TASK 52-11-21-991-019


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 515
Jan 01/03
R  
THY 
R (h) If the clearance D is not correct, adjust the length of latch
as in the following procedure.

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (94).

2
_ Loosen the nut (93) and adjust the serration parts as
necessary.

3
_ Torque tighten the nut (93) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN
(26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in).

4
_ Safety the nut (93) with a new cotter pin (94).

NOTE : For unlocking the internal control handle, the load of

____
spring (99) must be about 10 daN (22.4808 lbf).
(Friction point plus normal operating load).

R (i) Adjust the load of the spring (99) after the steps (f), (g) and
in internal-control handle-locked position, as follows:

1
_ Remove the cotter pin (95)

2
_ Loosen the nut (96)

3
_ Adjust the threaded washer (97) to between 1 mm (0.0393 in.)
and 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.)

4
_ Adjust the spacer (98) to 5 +4 -4 mm (0.1968 +0.1574 -0.1574
in.)

5
_ Torque the nut (96) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).

6
_ Safety the nut (96) with a new cotter pin (95).

Subtask 52-11-21-916-051

F. Protective Treatment

(1) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and STRUCTURE
PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and the bolts which attach
components directly to the door structure.

(2) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and the
bolts which are in the door mecha nism.

(3) Lubricate the external control handle mechanism (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-
600-802).

(4) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the

installed components.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 516
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-21-080-051

G. Remove Support Equipment

R (1) Remove the SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS together with the
R BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT.

Subtask 52-11-21-410-053

H. Install Equipment

(1) Install the escape slide/raft 7908MX (7909MX) (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-
400-801).

(2) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-400-801).

Subtask 52-11-21-865-054

J. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-21-720-051

K. Functional Test

(1) Do a functional test of the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-11-
00-720-801) .

Subtask 52-11-21-710-051

L. Operational Test

(1) Do a operational test of the FWD passenger/crew door warning system

(Ref. TASK 52-71-00-710-801).

(2) Do a operational test of the FWD passenger/crew door escape slide

warning system (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-710-802).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 517
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-21-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Close the access door 811.

Subtask 52-11-21-942-051

B. Removal 0f Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-21

Page 518
Jan 01/04
R  
THY 
 MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE RELEASE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________

TASK 52-11-22-000-801

Removal of the Emergency Escape Slide Release Mechanism- FWD Passenger/Crew

Door (831) (841)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
_______
POSITION BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR INJURE PERSONS.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE CORRECTLY INSTALLED ON THE
_______
LANDING GEAR.
THIS PREVENTS UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE LANDING GEAR.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific clamp
No specific safety barriers
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 4.6 m (15 ft. 1 in.)
98A52108003000 1 SET - SAFETY PIN, EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE (SUPERS.
BY
98A52108008001 1 SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS
R 98F52108431000 1 BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 401
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-23-49-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Forward Passenger/Crew

Door(s)
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-11-21-000-801 Removal of the Door Locking Mechanism - FWD
Passenger/Crew Door 831 (841)
52-71-11-000-802 Removal of the Proximity Sensors from the Escape
Slide Release Mechanism (30MJ,
31MJ,32MJ,33MJ,36MJ,37MJ)
52-11-22-991-001 Fig. 401
52-11-22-991-007 Fig. 402
52-11-22-991-008 Fig. 403
52-11-22-991-009 Fig. 404
52-11-22-991-010 Fig. 405
52-11-22-991-011 Fig. 406

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-22-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

(2) You must obey the safety precautions when you do work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

Subtask 52-11-22-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the applicable door.

(2) Put the access platform in position below the door 811.

(3) Open the applicable door.

(4) Open the access door 811.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 402
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-22-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-22-010-051

D. Preparation for Removal

(1) Remove the escape slide/raft 7908MX (7909MX) from the applicable door
(Ref. TASK 25-62-41-000-801).

(2) Remove the door lining from the applicable door (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-
000-801).

Subtask 52-11-22-480-050

E. Install Support Equipment

R (1) Install the SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS together with the
R BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT to the applicable door.

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-11-22-020-050

A. Removal of the Emergency Escape Slide Release Mechanism

(1) Remove the Release Mechanism and Emergency Control Handle.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-22-991-001)

(a) Remove the external control handle (Ref. TASK 52-11-21-000-801)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 403
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 Release Mechanism and Emergency Control Handle
Figure 401/TASK 52-11-22-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 404
Oct 01/93
 
THY 
 (b) Disconnect the pushrod (10).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (6).

2
_ Remove the nut (8),the washer (7),the bolt (4) and the washer
(5).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrod (10) and remove the bushes (9) and
(11).

(c) Remove the roller assemblies from the lever.

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (23).

2
_ Remove the nut (22) and the washer (24).

3
_ Remove the bolt (25), the spacer (26), the roller (27) and the
washer (28).

(d) Remove the nuts (2) and the bolts (1).

(e) Remove the nuts (12) and (18), the bolts (14) and (15) and the
washers (13) and (16).

(f) Remove the release mechanism and emergency control handle (29)
together with the fitting (21) from the door structure.

R (g) Remove and discard the packing (17).

(h) Remove the nuts (3), the bolts (19) and the washers (20).

(i) Remove the fitting (21).

(2) Remove the Stop Lever and Bellcrank Unit.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-22-991-007)

(a) Remove the proximity sensor (42) (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-000-802).

(b) Disconnect the pushrods (10) and (65).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (6).

2
_ Remove the nuts (66), the washers (67), the bolts (71) and the
washers (70).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrods (10) and (65) and remove the bushes
(68) and (69).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 405
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 Stop Lever and Bellcrank Unit
Figure 402/TASK 52-11-22-991-007


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 406
Oct 01/93
 
THY 
 (c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (15).

(d) Remove the nut (38) and the washer (39).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (15).

(f) Remove the nut (53), the washer (54), the bolt (56) and the
washer (55).

(g) Disconnect the stop lever (52) together with the bellcrank (60).

(h) Remove the washer (39).

(i) Remove the bushes (49) and the spacer (50).

(j) Remove and discard the cotter pin (15).

(k) Remove the nut (57), the washer (58) and the bolt (59).

(l) Remove the bellcrank (60) from the stop lever (52).

(m) Remove the bellcrank (64).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (6).

2
_ Remove the nut (61), the washer (62) and the bolt (44).

3
_ Remove the spacer (40) and the washer (41).

4
_ Remove the bellcrank (64).

5
_ Remove the bush (63).

(n) Remove the nuts (48), the bolts (46) and the washers (47).

(o) Remove the support (45) from the door.

(3) Remove the Locking Unit.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-22-991-008)

(a) Disconnect the rods (85) and (96).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

2
_ Remove the nut (98) and the washer (99), the bolt (103) and
the washer (102).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 407
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 Locking Unit
Figure 403/TASK 52-11-22-991-008


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 408
Oct 01/93
 
THY 
R 3
_ Disconnect the rod and remove the bushes (100) and (101).

(b) Remove the spring (84).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

2
_ Remove the nut (105), the washer (106), the bolt (110) and the
washer (109).

3
_ Disconnect the spring (84) and remove the bushes (107) and
(108).

(c) Disconnect the guide strut (88).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

2
_ Remove the nut (94), the washer (95), the bolt (86) and the
washer (87).

3
_ Disconnect the guide strut (88).

NOTE : The guide of the guide strut can become detached from
____
the rod. Keep the rod and the guide together.

(d) Remove the spring (90).

1
_ Put a clamp on the spring assembly to hold the spring tension.

2
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

3
_ Remove the washer (91) and the pin (89) and remove the spring
(90).

(e) Remove the nuts (82) and the bolts (81).

(f) Remove the locking unit (83) from the door

(4) Remove the Lateral Bellcrank Unit (See view A).

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-22-991-009)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (85) and (124).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (6).

2
_ Remove the nuts (140), the washers (141), the bolts (145) and
the washers (144).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 409
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 Bellcrank Unit - Lateral and Mid
Figure 404/TASK 52-11-22-991-009


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 410
Jul 01/95
R  
THY 
 3
_ Disconnect the pushrods (85) and (124) and remove the bushes
(142) and (143).

(b) Remove the nuts (123), the bolts (120) and the washers (121).

(c) Remove the lateral bellcrank (122) from the door.

(5) Remove the Middle Bellcrank Unit (See view B).

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (124), (128) and 134).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (6).

2
_ Remove the nuts (140), the washers (141), the bolts (145) and
the washers (144).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrods (124), (128) and (134) and remove the
bushes (142) and (143).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (15).

(c) Remove the nut (133), the washer (132), the bolt (125) and the
washer (126).

(d) Remove the middle bellcrank (135), the washers (127) and the
spacers (130) and (131).

(6) Remove the Sliders and the Girt Bar (See view D).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-22-991-009)

(a) Close and lock the door.

(b) Put the emergency control handle to the ARMED position.

(c) Open the door.

(d) Push the hooks (136) to release the sliders (138) and move the
sliders (138) to the middle of the door until the sliders (138)
disengage from the girt bar fitting (139).

(e) Lift the girt bar (137) and the sliders (138).

(f) Push the hooks (136) to release the sliders (138) and push the
sliders (138) to the ends of the girt bar (137).

(g) Remove the sliders (138) and the girt bar (137) from the door.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 411
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 (7) Remove the Linkage Guide.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-22-991-010)

(a) Close and lock the door.

(b) Move the emergency control handle to the ARMED position and
open the door.

(c) Remove the pushrods (134) and (128).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (6).

2
_ Remove the nut (175), the washer (176), the bolt (180) and the
washer (179).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrods (134) and (128) and remove the bushes
(177)and (178).

(d) Remove the guide pin (159) from the lever.

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (156).

2
_ Remove the nut (155), the washer (157) and the guide pin
(159).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (15).

(f) Remove the nut (174), the washer (173), the bolt (169) and the
washer (168).

R (g) Remove and discard the cotter pin (15).

(h) Remove the nut (165), the washer (164) and the spacer (166).

(i) Remove the fork (167), the bolt (171) and the washer (170).

(j) Remove the bushes (181) and (182) and the spacer (172).

(k) Remove the nuts (162), the bolts (160) and the washer (161).

(l) Remove the linkage guide (163) from the door.

(8) Remove the Emergency Handle Blanking- Device.

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-22-991-011)

(a) Put a warning notice on the outside of the door to tell persons
not to open the door.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 412
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 Linkage Guide
Figure 405/TASK 52-11-22-991-010


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 413
Jan 01/94
R  
THY 
 Emergency Control Handle - Blanking-Device
Figure 406/TASK 52-11-22-991-011


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 414
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 (b) Close the door.

R (c) Remove the SET - SAFETY PIN, EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE (SUPERS. BY
R 202) and move the emergency control handle to the ARMED
position.

R (d) Remove the nut (201), the washer (200) and the pin (198).

R (e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (192).

R (f) Remove the washer (193).

R (g) Remove the DISARMED placard (197) from the tube assembly (194).

R (h) Remove the pin (195) together with the lever (196) and the spring
R (199).

(i) Move the emergency control handle to the DISARMED position and
install the SET - SAFETY PIN, EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE (SUPERS.
BY.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 415
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 TASK 52-11-22-400-801

Installation of the Emergency Escape Slide Mechanism- FWD Passenger/Crew Door

(831) (841)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
_______
POSITION BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR INJURE PERSONS.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE CORRECTLY INSTALLED ON THE
_______
LANDING GEAR.
THIS PREVENTS UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE LANDING GEAR.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth

No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 4.6 m (15 ft. 1 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R
98A52108003000 1 SET - SAFETY PIN, EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE (SUPERS.
BY
98A52108004001 1 SLING - PASSENGER DOOR
98A52108008001 1 SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS
98F52108431000 1 BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 416
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-008
(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6 cotter pin 52-11-22 05 -020

6 cotter pin 52-11-22 05 -210
6 cotter pin 52-11-22 07 -020
9 cotter pin 52-11-22 06 -020
9 cotter pin 52-11-22 06 -190
15 cotter pin 52-11-22 04 -010
15 cotter pin 52-11-22 07 -110
15 cotter pin 52-11-22 08 -010
17 O-ring 52-11-22 02 -470
23 cotter pin 52-11-22 03 -010
156 cotter pin 52-11-22 08 -130
192 cotter pin 52-11-22 02 -510


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 417
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-52-600-802 Lubrication of the Teleskopic Arm and Exterior

Control Handle
R 25-23-49-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Forward
R Passenger/Crew Door(s)
25-62-41-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling
52-11-00-720-801 Functional Test of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door (Door
1L/1R)
52-11-14-820-801 Adjustment of the Door-Damper and Emergency-Operation
Cylinder 360RH1 (360RH2)
52-11-22-820-801 Adjustment of the Emergency Escape Slide Release
Mechanism- FWD Passenger/Crew Door
52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System
52-71-00-710-802 Operational Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Warning
System
52-11-22-991-001 Fig. 401
52-11-22-991-007 Fig. 402
52-11-22-991-008 Fig. 403
52-11-22-991-009 Fig. 404
52-11-22-991-010 Fig. 405
52-11-22-991-011 Fig. 406

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-22-941-051

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Make sure that the safety barriers are in position.

(2) You must obey the safety precautions when you do work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 418
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-22-010-052

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the applicable
door.

(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the door 811.

(3) Make sure that the door 831 (841) is in the correct open or closed
position.

(4) Make sure that the door 811 is open.

Subtask 52-11-22-480-051

C. Installation of Support Equipment

(1) Make sure that the escape slide/raft 7908 MX (7909 MX) is removed.

(2) Make sure that the SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS together
R with the BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT is installed.

Subtask 52-11-22-865-051

D. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-22-110-050

E. Cleaning

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 419
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Clean all components which are coated with Polytetraflouroethylene

(PTFE) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-008) and clean lint free
cloth.

(3) CLean all other components with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and clean lint free cloth.

(4) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to all of the bushes
before you install them.

(5) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(6) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-11-22-420-050

A. Installation of the Emergency Escape Slide Release Mechanism

(1) Install the Release Mechanism and Emergency Control Handle

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-22-991-001)

R (a) Install a new O-ring (17) on the release mechanism.

(b) Put the release mechanism and emergency control handle in

position in the door and install the bolts (14), the washers (13)
and the nuts (12). Do not fully tighten the nuts (12) at this
time.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 420
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 (c) Put the fitting (21) in position and install the bolts (1) and
the nuts (3), hand tighten the nuts (2).

(d) Install the bolts (19), the washers (20) and the nuts (3), hand
tighten the nuts (3).

(e) Install the bolts (15),the washers (16) and the nuts (18), hand
tighten the nuts (18).

(f) Torque the nuts (2), (3) and (18) to between 0.70 and 0.80 m.daN
(61.94 and 70.79 lbf.in).

(g) Torque the nuts (12) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and
39.82 lbf.in).

(h) Install the roller assembly on the lever.

1
_ Install the bolt (25), the spacer (26), the roller (27) and
the washer (28).

2
_ Install the washer (24) and the nut (22).

3
_ Torque tighten the nut (22) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN
(26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in).

R 4
_ Safety the nut (22) with a new cotter pin (23).

(i) Install the rod (10).

1
_ Install the bushes (9) and (11).

2
_ Put the rod (10) in position and install the bolt (4), the
washer (5), the washer (7) and the nut (8).

3
_ Torque tighten the nut (8) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN
(26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in).

4
_ Safety the nut (8) with a new cotter pin (6).

(2) Install the Stop Lever and Bellcrank Unit

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-22-991-007)

(a) Put the support (45) in position on the door.

(b) Install the bolts (46), the washers (47) and the nuts (48).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 421
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 (c) Torque the nuts (48) to between 0.35 and 0.45 m.daN (30.97 and
39.82 lbf.in).

(d) Install the bushes (63) to the support (45).

(e) Install the bellcrank (64).

1
_ Put the bellcrank in position and install the spacer (40) and
the washer (41).

2
_ Install the bolt (44), the washer (62) and the nut (61).

3
_ Tighten the nut (61) and safety with a new cotter pin (6) .

(f) Assemble the stop lever (52) and the bellcrank (60).

1
_ Put the bellcrank (60) in position on the stop lever (52).

2
_ Install the bolt (59), the washer (58) and the nut (57).

3
_ Tighten the nut (57) and safety with a new cotter pin (15).

(g) Install the washer (39) to the bellcrank (60).

(h) Install the spacer (50) into the hole in the door structure.

(i) Put the stop lever (52) and the bellcrank (60) assembly in
position on the structure and into the bellcrank (64).

(j) Install the bolt (56), the washer (55), the washer (54) and the
nut (53).

R (k) Tighten the nut (53) and safety with a new cotter pin (15).

(l) Install the washer (39) and the nut (38).

(m) Tighten the nut (38) and safety with a new cotter pin (15).

(n) Install the rods (10) and (65).

1
_ Install the bushes (68) and (69).

2
_ Put the rod (10) in position.

3
_ Install the bolt (71), the washer (70), the washer (67) and
the nut (66).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 422
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 4
_ Torque tighten the nut (66) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN
(26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in).

5
_ Safety the nut (66) with a new cotter pin (6).

(3) Install the Locking Unit.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-22-991-008)

(a) Put the locking unit (83) in position and install the bolts (81)
and the nuts (82).

(b) Torque the nuts (82) to between 0.70 and 0.80 m.daN (61.94 and
70.79 lbf.in).

(c) Install the spring (84).

1
_ Install the bushes (107) and (108).

2
_ Put the spring (84) in position.

3
_ Install the bolt (110), the washer (109), the washer (106) and
the nut (105).

4
_ Torque tighten the nut (105) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN
(26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in).

5
_ Safety the nut (105) with a new cotter pin (9).

(d) Install the guide strut (88).

1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004).to the sliding parts
of the guide strut (88).

2
_ Put the guide strut (88) in position.

3
_ Install the bolt (86), the washer (87), the washer (95) and
the nut (94).

4
_ Torque tighten the nut (94) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN
(26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in)

R 5
_ Safety the nut (94) with a new cotter pin (9).

(e) Install the spring (90).

1
_ Put the spring (90) in position.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 423
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R 2
_ Install the pin (89), the washer (91) and a new cotter pin
R (9).

(f) Install the rods (85) and (65).

1
_ Install the bushes (100) and (101).

2
_ Put the rod in position.

3
_ Install the bolt (103), the washer (102), the washer (99) and
the nut (98).

4
_ Torque tighten the nut (98) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN
(26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in).

R 5
_ Safety the nut (98) with a new cotter pin (9).

(4) Install the Lateral Bellcrank Unit.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-22-991-009)

(a) Put the bellcrank unit (122) in position.

(b) Install the bolts (120), the washers (121) and the nuts (123).

(c) Torque the nuts (123) to between 0.070 and 0.80 m.daN (6.19 and
70.79 lbf.in).

(d) Install the rods (124) and (85).

1
_ Install the bushes (142) and (143).

2
_ Put the rod in position.

3
_ Install the bolt (145), the washer (144), the washer (141) and
the nut (140).

4
_ Torque tighten the nut (140) to between 0.330 and 0.35 m.daN
(29.20 and 30.97 lbf.in).

R 5
_ Safety the nut (140) with a new cotter pin (6).

(5) Install the Middle Bellcrank Unit.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-22-991-009)

(a) Install the spacer (131) into the bearing in the door structure.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 424
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 (b) Put the bellcrank (135) in position with the washers (127) and
the spacer (130).

(c) Install the bolt (125), the washer (126), the washer (132) and
the nut (133).

(d) Torque the nut (133) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).

(e) Safety the nut (133) with a new cotter pin (15).

(f) Install thr rods (128), (124) and (134).

1
_ Install the bushes (142) and (143).

2
_ Put the rod in position.

3
_ Install the bolt (145), the washers (144) and (141) and the
nut (140).

4
_ Torque tighten the nut (140) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN
(26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in).

5
_ Safety the nut (140) with a new cotter pin (6).

(6) Install the Sliders and Girt Bar.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-22-991-009, 405/TASK 52-11-22-991-010)

(a) Push the hook (136) and fully engage the sliders (138) on the
girt bar (137).

R NOTE : Make sure that the girt bar chamfers are down for its
____
R correct installation.

(b) Put the girt bar (137) together with the sliders (138) in the
girt bar fittings (139).

(c) Push the hook (136) and fully install the sliders (138) in the
girt bar fittings (139).

(d) Move the emergency control handle to the ARMED position.

(e) Slowly close the door and make sure that the guide pin (159) of
the linkage guide (163) correctly engages with the sliders (138).

(f) Move the emergency control handle to the DISARMED position.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 425
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (g) Slowly open the door and make sure that the girt bar (137) is
attached to the door.

(7) Install the Linkage Guide

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-22-991-009, 405/TASK 52-11-22-991-010)

NOTE : Make sure that the emergency control handle is in the ARMED
____
position and the door is open.

(a) Install the spacer (166) into the bearing in the door structure.

(b) Install the bolt (171) and the washer (170) into the fork (167).

(c) Install the washer (164) and the nut (165).

(d) Torque the nut (165) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).

(e) Safety the nut (165) with a new cotter pin (15).

(f) Install the linkage guide (163) to the door structure with the
bolts (160), the washers (161) and the nuts (162).

(g) Torque the nuts (162) to between 0.70 and 0.80 m.daN (61.94 and
70.79 lbf.in).

(h) Install the bushes (181) and (182).

(i) Install the spacer (172) to the linkage guide (163).

(j) Put the fork (167) in position.

(k) Install the bolt (169), the washer (168), the washer (173) and
the nut (174).

(l) Torque the nut (174) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).

(m) Safety the nut (174) with a new cotter pin (15).

(n) Install the guide pin (159), the washer (158), the washer (157)
and the nut (155).

(o) Torque the nut (155) to between 0.57 and 0.65 m.daN (50.44 and
57.52 lbf.in).

(p) Safety the nut (155) with a new cotter pin (156).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 426
Jul 01/04
R  
THY 
R (q) Install the rods (128) and (134).

1
_ Install the bushes (177) and (178).

2
_ Put the rod in position.

3
_ Install the bolt (180), the washer (179), the washer (176) and
the nut (175).

4
_ Torque tighten the nut (175) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN
(26.54 and 30.97 lbf.in).

5
_ Safety the nut (175) with a new cotter pin (6).

R (r) Slowly close the door and make sure that the guide pin (159) of
the linkage guide (163) correctly engages with the sliders (138).

R (s) Move the emergency control handle to the DISARMED position.

(8) Install the Emergency Control Handle, Blanking-Device.

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-22-991-011)

(a) Put a warning notice on the outside of the door to tell persons
not to open the door.

(b) Make sure that:

- the door is closed
- the emergency control handle is in the ARMED position.

(c) Put the lever (196) together with the spring (199) in position in
the tube assembly (194).

(d) Install the pin (195) through the tube assembly (194) with the
spring (199) and the lever (196).

(e) Install the washer (193) and a new cotter pin (192).

(f) Move the emergency handle to the DISARMED position.

(g) Move the lever (196) by hand until the SET - SAFETY PIN,
EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE (SUPERS. BY can be installed.

R (h) Install the pin (198), the washer (200) and the nut (201).

R (i) Adjust the pin (198) until it touches the emergency control
R handle.

(j) Install a new DISARMED placard (197) on the tube assembly

(194).

(k) Remove the warning notice.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 427
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-22-820-050

B. Adjustment

(1) Do the adjustment of the emergency escape slide release mechanism

(Ref. TASK 52-11-22-820-801).

(2) Do the adjustment of the door damper and the emergency operation
cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-11-14-820-801).

Subtask 52-11-22-916-050

C. Protective Treatment

(1) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and STRUCTURE
PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and the bolts which attach
components directly to the door structure.

(2) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and the
bolts which are in the door mechanism.

(3) Lubricate the external control handle mechanism (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-
600-802)

(4) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the

installed components.

Subtask 52-11-22-080-050

D. Remove Support Equipment

R (1) Remove the SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS together with the
R BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT from the applicable door.

(2) Remove the SLING - PASSENGER DOOR from the applicable door (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-940-801).

Subtask 52-11-22-410-050

E. Install Equipment

(1) Install the escape slide/raft 7908 MX (7909 MX) (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-
400-801).

(2) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-400-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 428
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-22-865-052

F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-22-720-050

G. Functional Test

(1) Do a functional test of the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-11-
00-720-801) .

Subtask 52-11-22-710-050

H. Operational Test

(1) Do an operational test of the FWD passenger/crew door warning system

(Ref. TASK 52-71-00-710-802).

(2) Do an operational test of the FWD passenger/crew door escape slide

warning system. (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-710-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-22-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Close the access door 811.

Subtask 52-11-22-942-050

B. Remval of Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 429
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 (4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 430
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE RELEASE - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________________________

TASK 52-11-22-820-801

Adjustment of the Emergency Escape Slide Release Mechanism- FWD Passenger/Crew

Door

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE SAFETY DEVICES AND THE WARNING NOTICES ARE IN
_______
POSITION BEFORE YOU START A TASK ON OR NEAR:
- THE FLIGHT CONTROLS
- THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
- THE LANDING GEAR AND THE RELATED DOORS
- COMPONENTS THAT MOVE.
MOVEMENT OF COMPONENTS CAN KILL OR INJURE PERSONS.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE GROUND SAFETY-LOCKS ARE CORRECTLY INSTALLED ON THE
_______
LANDING GEAR.
THIS PREVENTS UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE LANDING GEAR.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific feeler gage
No specific safety barriers
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 4.6 m (15 ft. 1 in.)
98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE
98A52108007000 1 TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS
98A52108008001 1 SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS
98F52108431000 1 BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 501
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm

(0.032in)dia
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

34 placard 52-11-22 02 -630

34 placard 52-11-22 02 -640

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 12-22-52-600-802 Lubrication of the Telescopic Arm and Exterior

Control Handle
25-23-49-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Forward Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
25-23-49-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Forward
Passenger/Crew Door(s)
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
25-62-41-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-11-00-720-801 Functional Test of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door (Door
1L/1R)
52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 502
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-71-00-710-802 Operational Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Warning

System
52-11-22-991-002 Fig. 501
52-11-22-991-003 Fig. 502
R 52-11-22-991-004 Fig. 503
R 52-11-22-991-012 Fig. 504

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-22-941-052

A. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the safety barriers in position.

(2) You must obey the safety precautions when you do work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

Subtask 52-11-22-010-053

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the applicable door.

(2) Put the access platform in postion below the door 811.

(3) Open the applicable door.

(4) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-11-22-865-053

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 503
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-22-010-054

D. Preparation

(1) Remove the escape slide/raft 7908 MX (7909 MX) from the applicable
door (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-000-801).

(2) Remove the lining from the applicable door (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-000-
801).

(3) Install the SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS together with the
BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT.

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU DO WORK WITH THE LOCKSPRINGS. THEY ARE IN
_______
TENSION OR COMPRESSION WHICH CAN BE DANGEROUS.

Subtask 52-11-22-820-051

A. Adjustment of the Emergency Escape Slide Release Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-11-22-991-002, 502/TASK 52-11-22-991-003, 503/TASK
52-11-22-991-004)

R NOTE : The rigging pins are taken from the TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW
____
DOORS (98A52108007000).
R

(1) Close the door and remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (35).

(2) Move the emergency control handle (1) to the
ARMED
position.

(3) Install the rigging pins (13), (10), (5) and (3), in sequence
beginning at the bottom of door and working upwards.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 504
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
R Rigging Pin Location and Adjustment of the Rods
Figure 501/TASK 52-11-22-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 505
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
R Slider, Jaws and Girt Box
Figure 502/TASK 52-11-22-991-003


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 506
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Emergency Control Handle nd Blanking Device
R Figure 503/TASK 52-11-22-991-004


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 507
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 (4) If you cannot install the rigging pins, adjust the following
pushrods:
- for the rigging pin (13) adjust the pushrod (12).
- for the rigging pin (10) adjust the pushrod (6)
- for the rigging pin (5) adjust the pushrod (4)
- for the rigging pin (3) adjust the pushrod (2)

(a) Remove the lockwire from the nuts (8) and (9).

(b) Loosen the nuts (8) and (9).

(c) Adjust the pushrod as necessary.

(d) Tighten the nuts (8) and (9).

(5) Remove the rigging pins (3), (5), (10) and (13).

(6) Make sure that the rigging pins remove smoothly. If they will not
remove smoothly or they stick do the adjustment of the pushrods
again.

Subtask 52-11-22-820-052

B. Adjustment of the jaws

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-11-22-991-002, 502/TASK 52-11-22-991-003)

(1) Move the emergency control handle (1) to the
DISARMED
position.

(2) Lift the door until it is in the High Closed position.

(3) Make sure that the clearance
B
between the sliders (23) and the
jaws (21) at both ends of the girt bar (20) are equal.

NOTE : The clearance
A
and
C
must be zero.

____

(4) If the clearances
A
,
B
and
C
are not correct, adjust the
pushrod(s) (11) and/or (14).

(a) Remove the lockwire from the nuts (8) and (9).

(b) Loosen the nuts (8) and (9).

(c) Adjust the pushrod as necessary.

(d) Tighten the nuts (8) and (9).

(5) Make sure the girt bar is centered.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 508
Jan 01/05
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-22-820-053

C. Inspect the Release Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-11-22-991-002, 502/TASK 52-11-22-991-003)

(1) Lower and lock the door.

(2) Move the emergency control handle (1) to the
ARMED
position.

(3) Make sure the girt bar is centered.

(4) Make sure that the dimension
D
between the sliders (23) and the
girt bar (20) is between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 3.0 mm (0.1181 in.).

(5) If the dimension
D
is not correct, adjust the pushrods (11) and
(14) as follows.

(a) Move the emergency control handle (1) to the
DISARMED
position
and open the door.

(b) Loosen the nuts (8) and (9).

(c) Adjust the pushrods (11)and (14) as necessary.

(d) Tighten the nuts (8) and (9).

(e) Close the door and move the emergency control handle (1) to the

ARMED
position.

(6) Make sure that the dimension
D
is correct, if necessary do the
adjustment of the pushrods (11) and (14) again.

Subtask 52-11-22-820-054-A

D. Inspect the Girt Bar Attachment Fittings

R (Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-11-22-991-012)

(1) Push back the sliders (23) until they make contact with the linkage
guide (22) and make sure that the gap between the sliders (23) and
the stops (40) is between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.8 mm (0.0314
in.).

(2) Make sure that the gap between the sliders (23) and the girt bar (20)
is between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 3.0 mm (0.1181 in.).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 509
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Girt Bar Inspection
R Figure 504/TASK 52-11-22-991-012


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 510
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-22-820-055

E. Check the Girt Bar Extension Through the Sliders

(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-11-22-991-012)

(1) Open the door with the emergency control handle in the ARMED
position.

(2) At each end of the girt bar (20), manually push the slider (23)
slightly against the stop (24) of the locking plate, (the slider is
R still in the ARMED position and the locking hook is engaged).

(3) Check that the the end of the girt bar (20) extends through the
slider (23) by a minimum of 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.).

NOTE : if the extension is not correct, rework the affected end(s) of

____
the girt bar or replace the girt bar assembly according to
SB52-4076 / SB52-3064.

Subtask 52-11-22-820-056

F. Control Handle Adjustment

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-11-22-991-002, 503/TASK 52-11-22-991-004)

(1) Move the emergency control handle (1) to the
DISARMED
position.

(2) Move the lever (31) until the safety pin hole is aligned with the
hole in the structure and install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (35).

(3) If you cannot install the safety pin (35) because the emergency
control handle (1) is too far forward, adjust the pushrod (2).

(a) Loosen the nuts (8) and (9).

(b) Adjust the pushrod (2) until you can install the safety pin (35).

(c) Make sure that the clearance
G
between the emergency control
handle (1) and the safety pin (35) is between 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.)
and 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).

(d) If the clearance
G
is not correct, adjust the pushrod (2) as
necessary.

(e) Tighten the nuts (8) and (9).

(4) Safety the nuts (8) and (9) on all of the pushrods you have adjusted
with lockwire corrosion-resistant steel 0.8 mm (0.032in)dia.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 511
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (5) Make sure that the emergency control handle (1) touches the bolt (30)
of the blanking device. If necessary adjust as follows.

(a) Loosen the nut (32).

(b) Move the bolt (30) until it touches the emergency control handle
(1).

(c) Tighten the nut (32).

R (6) Remove the safety pin (35) and move the emergency control handle to
R the
ARMED
position.

(7) Install the rigging pin (35).

(8) If you cannot install the rigging pin (35) smoothly and/or the
clearance
F
is not
zero
, adjust as follows.

(a) Move the emergency control handle (1) to the
DISARMED
position.

(b) Remove the nut (36), the stop (38) and the washers (37).

(c) Install the stop (38).

(d) Move the emergency control handle (1) to the
ARMED
position.

(e) Install the rigging pin (35).

(f) Measure the clearance
F
between the stop (38) and the bellcrank
(33). Use a feeler gage.

NOTE : During the measuring procedure push the emergency control

____
handle (1) in the
ARMED
direction.

(g) Adjust the number of the washers (37) to agree with the clearance

F
.

(h) Remove the rigging pin (35).

(i) Move the emergency control handle (1) to the
DISARMED
position.

(j) Remove the stop (38).

(k) Install the washers (37), the stop (38) and the nut (36).

(l) Move the emergency control handle (1) to the
ARMED
position.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 512
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 (9) Make sure that you can install the rigging pin (35) smoothly and that
the clearance
F
is
zero
. If necessary do the adjustment again.

(10) Remove the rigging pin (35).

(11) Make sure that the clearance
E
between the emergency control handle
(1) and the line which divides the green and the red area of the
placard (34) is a maximum of 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).

(12) If the clearance
E
is not in the given limit, install a new placard
(34).

Subtask 52-11-22-916-051

G. Protective Treatment

(1) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and STRUCTURE
PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and the bolts which attach
components directly to the door structure.

(2) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and the
bolts which are in the door mechanism.

(3) Lubricate the external control handle mechanism (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-
600-802)

(4) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the

installed components.

Subtask 52-11-22-080-051

H. Remove Support Equipment

(1) Remove the SUPPORT FRAME - BALLAST WEIGHT, DOORS together with the
BALLAST WEIGHT - SLIDE RAFT.

Subtask 52-11-22-410-052

J. Install Equipment

(1) Install the the escape slide/raft 7908 MX (7909 MX) (Ref. TASK 25-62-
41-400-801) to the applicable door.

R (2) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-400-801) in the

R applicable door.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 513
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-22-865-054

K. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-22-720-051

L. Functional Test

(1) Do a functional test of the FWD passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-11-
00-720-801) .

Subtask 52-11-22-710-051

M. Operational Test

(1) Do an operational test of the FWD passenger/crew door warning system

(Ref. TASK 52-71-00-710-801).

(2) Do an operational test of the FWD passenger/crew door escape slide

warning system (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-710-802).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-22-410-053

A. Close Access

(1) Close the access door 811.

Subtask 52-11-22-942-051

B. Removal of Equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Remove the safety barriers.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 514
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-22

Page 515
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 FITTINGS - DOOR, LATCH AND STOP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________

TASK 52-11-31-000-801

Removal of the Forward Passenger/Crew Door Latch and Stop Fittings

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE
SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE YOU INSTALL THE CORRECT STOP FITTINGS ON THE PASSENGER/CREW
_______
DOORS.
THE STOP FITTINGS OF THE FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR ARE NOT
INTERCHANGEABLE WITH THOSE OF THE MID AND AFT PASSENGER/CREW DOORS.
IF YOU TRY TO INSTALL THE WRONG STOP FITTINGS:
- YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
- THERE IS A RISK THAT THE DOOR WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 4.4 m (14 ft. 5 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 09-005 USA MIL-S-81733 CLASS C

R CORROSION INHIBITIVE INTERFAY SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 401
Oct 01/97
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network

R 25-23-45-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Forward
Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-49-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Forward Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
30-46-11-000-801 Removal of the Heated Slide Fitting (electrical part)
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-71-11-000-801 Removal of the Proximity Sensors from the Door
Locking Mechanism (10MJ,11MJ,
13MJ,14MJ,15MJ,16MJ,17MJ,22MJ,23MJ,24MJ,25MJ)
52-11-31-991-001 Fig. 401
52-11-31-991-003 Fig. 402
52-11-31-991-004 Fig. 403
52-11-31-991-005 Fig. 404
52-11-31-991-006 Fig. 405
52-11-31-991-010-A Fig. 406
52-11-31-991-007 Fig. 407

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-31-860-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

Subtask 52-11-31-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position in zone 811 and the access
platform in position in zone 831 for the left door and in zone 841
for the right door.

(2) Open the access door 811.

(3) Open the passenger/crew doors 831, 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 402
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-31-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-31-941-050-A

D. Get Access

(1) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(2) Remove the related door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-000-801).

(3) Remove the insulation from the lateral section of the door.

(4) Remove the related door frame lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-000-801).

(5) Remove the electrical harness (Ref. TASK 30-46-11-000-801).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-31-991-001)

Subtask 52-11-31-020-050

A. Removal of the Upper Stop Fittings

(1) Remove the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) around the door stop (1).

(2) Unlock the nut (3).

(3) Remove the nut (3) with the washer (4).

(4) Remove the screw (7).

(5) Remove the nut (2).

(6) Remove the screw (6) and the washer (5).

(7) Remove the stop fittings (1).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 403
Jan 01/03
R  
THY 
 Door Stop Fittings
Figure 401/TASK 52-11-31-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 404
Jan 01/03
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-31-020-051

B. Removal of the Lower Stop Fittings

(1) Remove the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) around the door stop (8).

(2) Unlock the nut (11).

(3) Remove the nut (11) with the washer (10).

(4) Remove the screw (14).

(5) Remove the nut (9).

(6) Remove the screw (13) and the washer (12).

(7) Remove the stop fittings (8).

Subtask 52-11-31-020-052

C. Removal of the Girt Bar Fittings

NOTE : Mark the position of the girt bar fittings and serrated plate.
____

(1) Disconnect the heating system harness (32) from the control unit.

(2) Remove the old sealant from the bolts (36) and the girt bar fittings
(34).

(3) Remove the bolts (36), the washers (35) and the girt bar fittings
(34).

(4) Remove the nut plate (33).

(5) Cap the ends of the harness (32) and the connection to the control
unit.

Subtask 52-11-31-020-053

D. Removal of the Roller Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-31-991-003)

(1) Remove the nuts (42), the bolts (41)

(2) Remove the roller fittings (43).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 405
Jan 01/03
R  
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-11-31

Page 406
Jan 01/03
 
THY 
 Roller Fittings
Figure 402/TASK 52-11-31-991-003


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 407
Oct 01/00
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-31-020-054

E. Removal of the Guide Fittings

(1) Remove the lower fittings

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-31-991-004)

(a) Remove the nuts (56), (57), (62) and the washers (58), (63).

(b) Remove the fittings (59), (64).

(c) Remove the serrated plates (60), (65), the bolts (51), (53), (54)
and the washers (52), (55), (61).

(2) Remove the upper fittings

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-31-991-005)

(a) Remove the nuts (76), (82) and the washers (75), (81).

(b) Remove the fittings (74), (80).

(c) Remove the serrated plate (73), (79), the bolts (71), (77) and
the washers (72), (73).

Subtask 52-11-31-020-055

F. Removal of the Latch Fitting

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-31-991-006)

(1) Remove the cotter pin (95) from the nuts (96).

(2) Remove the nuts (96) and the washer (94).

(3) Remove the bolt (92) and the roller (93).

(4) Remove the nuts (97) and the bolts (98).

(5) Remove the latch fitting (91).

R


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 408
Jan 01/03
 
THY 
 Lower Guide Fittings
Figure 403/TASK 52-11-31-991-004


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 409
Jan 01/03
R  
THY 
 Upper Guide Fittings
Figure 404/TASK 52-11-31-991-005


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 410
Jan 01/03
R  
THY 
 Latch Fitting
Figure 405/TASK 52-11-31-991-006


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 411
Oct 01/00
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-31-020-059-A

G. Removal of the Mechanism of the Latch Fitting

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-31-991-010-A)

(1) Remove the proximity sensors (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-000-801).

(2) Do these steps to remove the mechanism of the latch fitting.

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (125).

(b) Remove the nut (126), the washers (121) and (124), and the bolt
(122).

(c) Remove the spacer (123).

(d) Remove the bellcrank assy (130), the bush (129) and the washer
(119).

(e) Remove the bolt (131), the yoke (132) and the spring (133).

(f) Remove and discard the retaining ring (134).

(g) Remove the pin (115), the washers (116) and (135), the bush
(117), the spring (118) and the actuator (112).

(h) Remove the yoke (114), the nut (113) and the circular target
(111).

(i) Remove and discard the retaining ring (127).

(j) Remove the washer (128) and the pin (120).

R

Subtask 52-11-31-020-056

H. Removal of Guide Rollers

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-11-31-991-007)

(1) Remove the nuts (105), the bolts (103).

(2) Remove the fitting (104) with the roller (101).

(3) Remove and discard the cotter pin (108).

(4) Remove the nut (107), the washer (106), the bolt (100), the roller
(101) and the spacer (102).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 412
Jan 01/03
 
THY 
 Mechanism of the Latch Fitting
R Figure 406/TASK 52-11-31-991-010-A


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 413
Jan 01/03
 
THY 
 Guide Rollers
Figure 407/TASK 52-11-31-991-007


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 414
Jan 01/03
R  
THY 
 (5) Remove the old sealant from the fitting (104).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 415
Jan 01/03
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-11-31-400-801

Installation of the Forward Passenger/Crew Door Latch and Stop Fittings

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE
SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

CAUTION : MAKE SURE YOU INSTALL THE CORRECT STOP FITTINGS ON THE PASSENGER/CREW
_______
DOORS.
THE STOP FITTINGS OF THE FWD PASSENGER/CREW DOOR ARE NOT
INTERCHANGEABLE WITH THOSE OF THE MID AND AFT PASSENGER/CREW DOORS.
IF YOU TRY TO INSTALL THE WRONG STOP FITTINGS:
- YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.
- THERE IS A RISK THAT THE DOOR WILL NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint free cloth

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 4.4 m (14 ft. 5 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 416
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-005 USA MIL-S-81733 CLASS C
CORROSION INHIBITIVE INTERFAY SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 09-013 C Z-16.127
CORROSION INHIBITING BRUSH CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

95 cotter pin 53-16-01 55A-010

125 cotter pin 53-16-01 55A-100
127 retaining ring 53-16-01 55A-170
134 retaining ring 53-16-01 55A-170

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 25-23-45-400-801 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the Forward
Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-49-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Forward
R Passenger/Crew Door(s)
30-46-11-400-801 Installation of the Heated Slide Fitting (electrical
part)
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 417
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew

Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-11-00-820-801 Adjustment of the FWD Passenger/Crew Door (Door
1L/1R)
52-11-31-220-801 Detailed Visual Inspection of the Door Latch and
Guide Rollers
52-71-11-400-801 Installation of the Proximity Sensors on the Door
R Locking Mechanism (10MJ,11MJ,
R 12MJ,13MJ,14MJ,15MJ,16MJ,17MJ,22MJ,23MJ,24MJ,25MJ)
52-71-11-820-801 Adjustment of the Actuation Clearance of the
R Proximity Sensors (10MJ,11MJ,12MJ,
R 13MJ,14MJ,15MJ,16MJ,17MJ,22MJ,23MJ,24MJ,25MJ)
52-11-31-991-001 Fig. 401
52-11-31-991-003 Fig. 402
52-11-31-991-004 Fig. 403
52-11-31-991-005 Fig. 404
52-11-31-991-006 Fig. 405
52-11-31-991-010-A Fig. 406
52-11-31-991-007 Fig. 407
52-11-31-991-002 Fig. 408

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-31-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position under the access
door 811.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 418
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (3) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position in zone 831 for the
left door, and in zone 841 for the right door.

(5) Make sure that the passenger/crew doors 831 and 841 are open
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

Subtask 52-11-31-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-31-991-001)

Subtask 52-11-31-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Remove the old sealant from the latch and stop fittings.

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Clean the contact surfaces of the latch and stop fittings and the
structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004) and with a lint
free cloth.

(4) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or adjacent

area.

(5) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.
(Ref. TASK 52-11-31-220-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 419
Apr 01/03
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-31-420-050

B. Installation of the Upper Stop Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-31-991-001)

(1) Install the stop fitting (1).

(2) Install the washer (5) and the screw (6).

(3) Install and tighten the nut (2).

(4) Install the screw (7).

(5) Install the lock plate (4).

(6) Install the nut (3).

(7) Adjust the position of the screw (7) (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-820-801).

(8) TORQUE the nut (3) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in).

(9) Lock the nut (3) with the lock plate (4).

(10) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) around the door stop (1).

Subtask 52-11-31-420-056

C. Installation of the Lower Stop Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-11-31-991-001)

(1) Install the stop fitting (8).

(2) Install the washer (12), the screw (13) and the nut (9).

(3) Tighten the nut (9).

(4) Install the screw (14).

(5) Install the lock plate (10).

(6) Install the nut (11).

(7) Adjust the position of the screw (14) (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-820-801).

(8) TORQUE the nut (11) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in)

R

EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 420
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 (9) Lock the nut (11) with the lock plate (10).

(10) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) around the door stop (8).

Subtask 52-11-31-420-051

D. Installation of the Girt Bar Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-11-31-991-002)

NOTE : Make sure that the harness (32) of the girt bar fitting is not
____
damaged.

(1) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the contact
surface of the fitting (34) and the serrated plate.

(2) Put the girt bar fitting (34) in position on the serrated plate (31).

NOTE : Use the position marks made before removal.

____

(3) Put the plate in position (33).

(4) Install the washers (35) and the bolts (36).

(5) Adjust the girt bar fitting (34) (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-820-801).

(6) Connect the harness (32) to the control unit in the avionics
compartment.

(7) TORQUE the bolts (36), to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and 44.24
lbf.in).

(8) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) around the girt bar fitting
contact surface and around the heads of bolts (36).

Subtask 52-11-31-420-052

E. Installation of the Roller Fitting (43)

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-11-31-991-003)

(1) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the contact

surface of the fitting (43).

(2) Put the fitting (43) in position.

(3) Install the bolts (41) and the nut (42).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 421
Apr 01/03
R  
THY 
 Girt Bar Fitting
Figure 408/TASK 52-11-31-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 422
Apr 01/03
R  
THY 
 (4) Tighten the nut (42) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and 44.24
lbf.in).

Subtask 52-11-31-420-053

F. Installation of the Lower Guide Fitting

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-11-31-991-004)

(1) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the contact
surface of the fittings (59), (64) and the serrated plates (60),
(65).

(2) Put the serrated plates (60), (65) and fittings (59), (64) in
position and install the washers (52), (55), (61).

(3) Install the bolts (51), (53), (54).

(4) Install the washers (58), (63).

(5) Install the nuts (56), (57), (62).

(6) Adjust the lower guide fittings (59), (64) (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-820-
801).

(7) TORQUE the nuts (56), (57), (62) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82
and 44.24 lbf.in).

Subtask 52-11-31-420-054

G. Installation of the Upper Guide Fitting

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-11-31-991-005)

(1) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the contact
surface of the fitting (74), (80), and the serrated plate (73), (79).

(2) Put the serrated plate (73), (79) and fittings (74), (80) in position
and install the washers (72), (78).

(3) Install the bolts (71), (77).

(4) Install the washers (75), (81).

(5) Install the nuts (76), (82).

(6) Adjust the upper guide fittings (74), (80) (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-820-
801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 423
Apr 01/03
R  
THY 
 (7) TORQUE the nuts (76), (82) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

Subtask 52-11-31-420-059-A

H. Installation of the Mechanism of the Latch Fitting

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-11-31-991-010-A)

(1) Do these steps to install the mechanism of the latch fitting.

(a) Install the washer (128), the pin (120) and a new retaining ring
(127).

(b) Install the circular target (111), the nut (113) and the yoke
(114) on the actuator (112).

(c) Install the actuator (112), the bush (117), the spring (118), the
washers (116) and (135), the pin (115) and a new retaining ring
(134).

(d) Install the spring (133), the yoke (132) and the bolt (131).

(e) Install the bush (129), the bellcrank assy (130) and the washer
(119) on the latch fitting.

(f) Install the spacer (123), the washers (121) and (124), the bolt
(122) and the nut (126) and tighten.

(g) Install a new cotter pin (125).

(2) Install the proximity sensors (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-400-801).

Subtask 52-11-31-820-050

J. Adjust the actuation clearance of the proximity sensors (Ref. TASK 52-71-
11-820-801).

Subtask 52-11-31-420-055

K. Installation of the Latch Fitting and the Roller

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-11-31-991-006)

(1) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the roller
(93).

(2) Install the roller (93), the bolts (92), the washer (94) and the nut
(96).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 424
Apr 01/03
R  
THY 
 (3) Tighten the nut (96) to 0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in) and turn it back to
the next cotter pin hole.

(4) Install the new cotter pin (95)

(5) Put the latch fitting (91) in position.

(6) Install the bolts (98) and the nuts (97).

(7) Adjust the latch fitting (91) (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-820-801).

(8) Make sure that the upper hooks touch the roller (93).

(a) If they do not touch the roller (93), adjust the upper hooks
(Ref. TASK 52-11-00-820-801).

(9) Tighten the nut (97) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and 44.24
lbf.in).

Subtask 52-11-31-420-057

L. Installation of the Guide Rollers

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-11-31-991-007)

(1) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the contact

surface of the fitting (104).

(2) Install the spacer (102), the roller (101) and the bolt (100) in the
fitting (104).

(3) Install the washer (106) and the nut (107).

(4) TORQUE the nut (107) to 0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in).

(5) Install a new cotter pin (108).

(6) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the contact

surface of the fitting (104).

(7) Put the fitting (104) in position and install the bolts (103) and the
nuts (105).

(8) TORQUE the nuts (105) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 425
Apr 01/03
R  
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-31-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) around the edges of
the installed latch guide fittings and stop fittings.

(3) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and STRUCTURE
PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts which attach the
components to the fuselage structure.

(4) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) on the

installed components.

(5) Obey the special precautions after the work on the door (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-860-801).

Subtask 52-11-31-410-051

B. Installation of the Components

(1) Install the insulation on the lateral section of the door.

(2) Install the related door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-49-400-801).

(3) Install the related door frame lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-45-400-801).

(4) Arm the percussion mechanism of the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-802).

(5) Install the electrical harness (Ref. TASK 30-46-11-400-801).

Subtask 52-11-31-865-052

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 426
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-31-860-052

D. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

(1) Close the access door 811, 831 and 841.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 52-11-31-862-050

E. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 427
Apr 01/03
R  
THY 
 FITTINGS - DOOR, LATCH AND STOP - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________________

TASK 52-11-31-220-801

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Door Latch and Guide Rollers

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific access platform 4.4 m (14 ft. 5 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-11-00-915-801 Replacement of the Bushes
52-11-31-000-801 Removal of the Forward Passenger/Crew Door Latch and
Stop Fittings
52-11-31-400-801 Installation of the Forward Passenger/Crew Door Latch
and Stop Fittings
52-11-31-991-008 Fig. 601
52-11-31-991-009 Fig. 602


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 601
Jul 01/96
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-11-31-861-050

A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)

Subtask 52-11-31-010-051

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put an access platform in position in zone 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

R

Subtask 52-11-31-865-053

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-11-31-010-052

D. Get Access

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY
OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY
PIN INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) Put an access platform on front of zone 831 or 841.

(2) Open the applicable FWD passenger/crew door 831 or 841.

(3) Obey the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 602
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-31-020-058

E. Removal of the Guide Rollers and the Latch Fitting

(1) Remove the guide rollers, if not removed (Ref. TASK 52-11-31-000-
801).

(2) Remove the latch fitting, if not removed (Ref. TASK 52-11-31-000-
801).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-11-31-220-050

A. Inspection of the Guide Rollers

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-11-31-991-008)

(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the bush, and the parts of the
guide rollers.

(2) Make sure that the dimensions are correct.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIG. | ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS | IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS |
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| AND | DIMENSION | ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE| DIMENSION LIMITS | MAX. |
| ITEM | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | ALLOW. |
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------| CLEAR |
| | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. |MM (IN.)|
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD2 | 9.540 | 9.563 | | | 9.535 | | |
| | (0.375) | (0.376) | -0.023 | 0.013 | (0.3754)| | 0.026 |
| | | |-(0.0009)| (0.0005)| | |(0.0010)|
| ID1 | 9.540 | 9.563 | | | | 9.571 | |
| |(0.375) |(0.376) | | | |(0.377) | |
| | | | | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(3) If the wear of the bush is not in the tolerances.

(a) Replace the bush (Ref. TASK 52-11-00-915-801).

(b) or replace the part on which it is installed.


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 603
Jul 01/96
 
THY 
 Guide Rollers
Figure 601/TASK 52-11-31-991-008


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 604
Jul 01/96
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-31-220-051

B. Inspection of the Latch Fitting

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-11-31-991-009)

(1) Do a detailed visual inspection of the parts of the latch fitting.

(2) Make sure that the dimensions are correct.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| FIG. | ORIGINAL MANUFACTURING LIMITS | IN-SERVICE WEAR LIMITS |
| DETAIL |---------------------------------------|----------------------------|
| AND | DIMENSION | ASSEMBLY CLEARANCE| DIMENSION LIMITS | MAX. |
| ITEM | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | MM (IN.) | ALLOW. |
| NO. |-------------------|-------------------|-------------------| CLEAR |
| | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. | MIN. | MAX. |MM (IN.)|
|--------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|---------|--------|
| CC | | | | | | | |
| OD11 | 9.526 | 9.535 | | | 9.516 | | |
| | (0.3750)|(0.3753) | 0.005 | 0.029 | (0.374) | |(0.058) |
| ID10 | 9.540 | 9.555 | (0.0002)| (0.0011)| | 9.575 |(0.0022)|
| | (0.375) | (0.376) | | | | (0.377) | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-11-31-420-058

A. Installation of the Guide Rollers and the Latch Fitting

(1) Install the guide rollers (Ref. TASK 52-11-31-400-801).

(2) Install the latch fitting (Ref. TASK 52-11-31-400-801).

Subtask 52-11-31-865-054

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 605
Jul 01/96
 
THY 
 Latch Fitting
Figure 602/TASK 52-11-31-991-009


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 606
Jul 01/96
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-11-31-410-052

C. Close Access

(1) Obey the special precautions after the work on the door (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-860-802).

(2) Close the FWD passenger/crew door 831 or 841 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-
801).
R

R (3) Close the access door 811.

R (4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

R (5) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-11-31-862-051

D. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-11-31

Page 607
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 MID PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________

1. _______
General
R The aircraft has two MID passenger/crew doors (door 2L and door 2R), one on
R each side of the cabin. They are installed in Zone 240 between FR33 and
R FR36. The MID passenger/crew doors (2L/2R) are of the plug-type design and
R open out and parallel to the fuselage. They give you access to the MID cabin
R area. You can operate them from the inside and the outside of the aircraft.

2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R The main components of the passenger door are:
R - door structure (AMM. 52-12-11),
R - door lining (Ref. 25-23-00),
R - door seal (AMM 52-12-18),
R - door fittings (AMM. 52-12-31),
R - door suspension (AMM. 52-12-12),
R - door damper and emergency operation cylinder (AMM. 52-12-14),
R - door locking mechanism (AMM. 52-12-21).
R - emergency escape-slide release-mechanism (AMM. 52-12-22).

3. Description
___________

R NOTE : The description which follows is related to the LH passenger/crew

____
R door (installed on the left of the fuselage, here referred to as
R passenger door). It is an example which you can also use for the RH
R passenger/crew door.

R Passenger/Crew Door
R The passenger door is of the fail-safe plug-type design. It has an emergency
R evacuation system (ref. 25-62-00) which is kept in a container attached to
R the lower part of the door.
R The passenger door opens out and parallel to the fuselage. It is possible to
R open the passenger door in winds of up to 40 knots. You can leave the door
R latched open (or close it) in winds of up to 60 knots without structural
R damage.
R The passenger door has a free passage of 1930 mm (75.9842 in.) in height and
R 1070 mm (42.1260 in.) in width. The weight of the passenger door without
R emergency escape slide and door lining is approximately 125 kg (275.5777
R lb).
The passenger door has two operation modes:
- normal operation (the passenger door is opened and closed manually),
- emergency operation (an emergency operation cylinder pushes the door fully
open and releases the emergency escape slide).
Normal operation of the passenger door is possible from inside and outside
the aircraft.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 1
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
R MID Passenger/Crew Door - General View
R Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 2
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Emergency operation of the passenger door is only possible from inside the
cabin. An attempted emergency operation from outside the cabin causes a
normal operation of the passenger door.
The passenger door has proximity switches which show if it is fully closed
and locked. The operation mode (that is the condition of the emergency
escape-slide release-mechanism) is also monitored. The Doors and Escape
Slides Control System (DSCS) (Ref. 52-71-00) monitors the position of each
passenger door and gives the necessary warnings.
A visual indication is also given at each door, to show:
- the LOCKED/UNLOCKED position of the door,
- the ARMED/DISARMED condition of the emergency escape slide,
- residual cabin pressure.

4. _____________________
Component Description

R A. Door Structure
R (Ref. Fig. 002)
R The primary components of the passenger door structure are:
R - an outer skin (chemically etched),
R - an inner skin (formed from sheet),
R - vertical edge members (formed from sheet),
R - upper and lower members (milled from plate),
R - horizontal beams (milled from plate),
R - vertical frames (formed from sheet or milled from plate).
R These formed and milled components are made of aluminum alloy. Rivets
R attach the primary components of the door structure together. Bolts and
R rivets attach the fittings and the components of the electrical and
R mechanical systems to the door structure.
R The inner skin, the horizontal beams and the vertical frames have cutouts
R which give you access to the components. They also decrease the weight of
R the passenger door.
R The outer skin has two openings. One opening is for the door window,
R (Ref. 56-30-00), the other is for the external control handle. A
R pressure-tight box covers the opening for the external control handle to
R seal it.
R Two hoisting points are installed in the door structure. Self-adhesive
R disks are put on to the hoisting points to make a smooth surface with the
R outer skin of the door.

B. Door Lining and Insulation

(Ref. Fig. 003)
There is a lining on the inner side of the door which gives insulation
against heat and sound. The lining is installed in several pieces. Quick
release pins and VELCRO tape attach them to the inner door structure. The
material and color of the lining is the same as the cabin lining.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 3
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Structure
Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 4
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Lining
Figure 003


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 5
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 C. Door Seal
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The passenger door has a round hose-type seal which is made of silicone
rubber. It is installed at the edge of the passenger door, on the inner
face of the outer skin. Retainers with bolts and nuts hold the door seal
in position.
The door seal has holes which make sure that the pressure in the seal is
the same as that in the cabin. When the passenger door is closed, a
sealing section on the door frame compresses the door seal. The
differential pressure between the cabin and the outside inflates the door
seal to make it pressure-tight.

D. Door Fittings
The passenger door has:
- stop fittings,
- rollers.

(1) Stop Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 004)
There are eight adjustable door stop fittings on each side of the
passenger door. When the door is closed, they touch mating stop
fittings, which are attached to the door frame. They take the load
when the cabin is pressurized. The door stop fittings are made of
titanium alloy, which is forged. Bolts attach the door stop fittings
to the ends of the horizontal beams of the door structure.

(2) Rollers
(Ref. Fig. 005)
There are two rollers on each side of the passenger door. They engage
in guide fittings which are attached to the door frame. The rollers
align the passenger door when it is lifted or lowered.

E. Door Suspension
The suspension has:
- a support arm,
- guide arms,
- a door buffer,
- a door stay mechanism.

(1) Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 006)
A support arm holds the passenger door when it is open. Support arm
fittings attach the support arm to one side of the door frame. An
upper and a lower connection link attach the support arm to the door
structure, at the center of the passenger door. The lower connection
link is also connected with the lifting shaft of the passenger door.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 6
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Seal and Door Stop Fittings
Figure 004


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 7
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Fittings
Figure 005


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 8
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Suspension
Figure 006


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 9
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 A mid connection link connects the support arm with the actuating rod
of the door damper and emergency operation cylinder.

(2) Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 006)
Two guide arms are attached to the upper part of the passenger door
and to the door frame. They make sure that the door moves parallel to
the fuselage when you open it.

(3) Door Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 005)
A door buffer is attached to the inner face of the support arm. It
has the function of a shock absorber when the door is fully opened or
closed. It prevents structural damage to the fuselage and the
passenger door.

(4) Door Stay Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 007)
A door stay mechanism is installed in the support arm. It has a hook
which holds the passenger door in position when it is fully opened (a
tension spring keeps the hook latched to a pin which is installed in
the door frame). You press the pushbutton on the upper side of the
support arm to release the door stay mechanism.

F. Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 008)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 008A)

R **ON A/C ALL

A door damper and emergency operation cylinder (referred to as the damper

cylinder) is attached to the support arm. Its primary components are:
- a hydraulic damping system,
- an operating rod,
- a percussion mechanism,
- a shear pin,
- a gas cylinder,
- a pressure gage,


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 10
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Door Stay Mechanism
Figure 007


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 11
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
Figure 008

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-12-00

Page 12
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
R Figure 008A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-12-00

Page 13
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 - a charging valve.
The damper cylinder has a pressure gage, which is temperature
compensated. It indicates the pressure in the gas cylinder. If the
pressure is too low it is possible to refill the cylinder through the
charging valve.
The Cabin Intercomunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00) also
monitors the pressure in the cylinder. If there is a low pressure an
indication is given on the Programming and Indication Module (PIM) of the
Forwards Attendants Panel (FAP) (Ref. 52-71-00).
The damper cylinder has two functions:

(1) Normal Operation

During normal operation of the passenger door, it controls the speed
with which the door moves (this is important if the wind speed is
high).

(2) Emergency Operation

During emergency operation, the door damper helps to open the door
(the door damper is then an actuator).

G. Door Locking Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 009)
The door locking mechanism locks and unlocks the passenger door. It also
causes the operation of two proximity switches. There is an internal and
an external control handle for manual operation. The two handles are
attached to a gear-box. The gear-box makes sure that the external control
handle does not move when the internal control handle is operated. Rods
connect the gear-box to the lifting and locking shafts of the door
locking mechanism.
The main components of the door locking mechanism are:
- a lifting shaft,
- a lowering shaft,
- a locking shaft,
- a switch mechanism.

(1) Lifting Shaft

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 010)

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 010A)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 14
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Door Locking Mechanism
Figure 009

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 15
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Lifting Shaft on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 010

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 16
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Lifting Shaft
Figure 010A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-00

Page 17
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 011)

**ON A/C ALL

The lifting shaft lifts the door (so that the door stop fittings move
clear of the door-frame stop fittings). Two bearings with lifting
arms support the lifting shaft in the door structure. A lever
connects the lifting shaft to the torque shaft and the torsion bar
spring. They decrease the force necessary to lift the passenger door.

(2) Lowering Shaft

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 012)

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 012A)

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 013)

**ON A/C ALL

The lowering shaft makes sure that the passenger door stays in the
lifted position when it is open. Two bearings support the lowering
shaft in the door structure. A guide roller, which comes out of the
door structure, is installed on one end of the lowering shaft. On the
other end of the lowering shaft there is a crank lever with a rod and
a tension spring. The rod is attached to a safety catch which blocks
the gear-box (and thus the door locking mechanism) when the passenger
door is open.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 18
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Lifting Shaft for Doors Serial No.1212 and subsequent
Figure 011


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 19
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 Lowering Shaft on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 012

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 20
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Lowering Shaft
Figure 012A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-00

Page 21
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Lowering Shaft for Doors Serial No.1212 and subsequent
Figure 013


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 22
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (3) Locking Shaft

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 014)

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 014A)

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 015)

**ON A/C ALL

The locking shaft keeps the passenger door in the closed position
with two locking hooks. These engage with lock fittings in the door
frame when the passenger door is closed. Rods connect the locking
hooks to crank levers which are installed on each end of the locking
shaft. Each crank lever has an indication plate which shows if the
door is locked or unlocked. When the passenger door is locked, two
spring units hold the locking shaft in an overcenter position.
A link lever assembly and connection plate (which is for the
attachment of the guide arm lining) are installed to the door
structure and connected to the locking hooks. This lets the guide arm
lining move when the door is lifted and lowered.
A proximity switch is installed at the forward end of the locking
shaft. A target lever, with the related target, is attached to the
end of the locking shaft. As the locking shaft turns, the target
moves to or away from a proximity sensor. The proximity sensor is
installed on the door structure.

(4) Switch Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 016)
The switch mechanism operates a proximity switch. It is installed in
the fuselage above the passenger door.
An operating lever is attached to the lower end of a connecting rod
in the door frame. The upper end of the rod is attached to a bracket
assembly. A target is installed on the end of the bracket assembly.
As the door closes, the aft locking hook pushes against the operating
lever. The lever moves the rod (and thus the target) to the proximity
sensor and causes the spring to expand.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 23
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Locking Shaft on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 014

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 24
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Locking Shaft
Figure 014A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-00

Page 25
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
R Locking Shaft for Doors Serial No.1212 and subsequent
Figure 015


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 26
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 Switch Mechanism
Figure 016


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 27
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 When the door is opened, the tension in the spring causes the target
to move away from the sensor.

H. Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 017)

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 017A)

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 018)

**ON A/C ALL

The emergency escape-slide release-mechanism (referred to as release

mechanism) helps to open the door in an emergency and releases the
emergency escape slide.
The main components of the release mechanism are:
- an emergency control handle with locking unit,
- a girt bar with linkage guides,
- a safety pin.

(1) Emergency Handle with Locking Unit

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 019)

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 019A)

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 020)

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 28
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 017

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 29
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism
Figure 017A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-00

Page 30
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism for Doors Serial No.1212 and
subsequent
Figure 018


EFF :

001-099, 

52-12-00 Page 31
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 Emergency Handle and Locking Unit on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 019

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 32
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Emergency Handle and Locking Unit
Figure 019A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-00

Page 33
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
R Emergency Handle and Locking Unit for Doors Serial No.1212 and subsequent
Figure 020


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 34
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

The emergency handle controls the operation of the release mechanism.

It has two positions:
- DISARMED (for normal operation of the passenger door),
- ARMED (for emergency operation of the door).
A cam and cam disk connect the emergency handle with the external
control handle of the passenger door. When a person operates the
external control handle (with the emergency handle in the ARMED
position) the cam returns the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED position.
Rods and a bellcrank also connect the emergency control handle to a
locking unit. The locking unit connects the release mechanism with
the lifting shaft of the door locking mechanism. When the emergency
control handle is in the DISARMED position (and the passenger door is
open) the locking unit blocks the release mechanism. When the
emergency control handle is in the ARMED position the release
mechanism can operate.
There is a proximity switch which monitors the position of the
emergency handle. A target, which is attached to the bellcrank, moves
to or away from a proximity sensor. The sensor is attached to the
bellcrank mounting bracket on the door structure.

(2) Girt Bar with Linkage Guides

(Ref. Fig. 021)
The emergency escape slide (which is kept in a container at the lower
part of the passenger door) is attached to the girt bar. The girt bar
locks the emergency escape slide to the passenger door (DISARMED) or
to the cabin floor (ARMED).
Rods and bellcranks connect the locking unit with two linkage guides.
The linkage guides are attached to the lower part of the door
structure. Each linkage guide has a lock jaw which holds the girt bar
when the release mechanism is disarmed. There are two sliders on each
end of the girt bar. They lock it to the locking fittings on the
cabin floor when the release mechanism is armed.

(3) Safety Pin

The safety pin keeps the emergency control handle in the DISARMED
position. It locates in the door structure and is put in position
after every flight. The safety pin stops the accidental movement of
the emergency control handle from the DISARMED to the ARMED position.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 35
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
R Girt Bar with Quick Release Mechanism
Figure 021


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 36
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 5. Operation
_________

R A. Passenger door opening in (Normal Mode)

R NOTE : If there is residual pressure in the cabin, a red warning light

____
R (installed in the door window) will flash. If this occurs you must
R not open the door.

R It is possible to open the passenger door manually from inside and

R outside the aircraft. The door is operated normally when the emergency
R control handle is in the DISARMED position (so that the release mechanism
R does not operate).
R When the internal or the external control handle is operated the gear-box
R transmits the movement to the components of the locking mechanism. The
R external control handle does not move when the internal control handle is
R operated.
R The two spring units leave the overcenter position and allow the locking
R shaft to turn. As the locking shaft turns it lowers the locking hooks
R until they move clear of the door-frame lock fittings.
R The two indication plates (on the crank levers of the locking shaft) show
R that the passenger door is unlocked.
R Simultaneously, the two proximity switches send a (door open) signal to
R the DSCS.
R The locking shaft also lowers the guide arm lining to permit the movement
R of the upper and lower guide arm.
Rods and bellcranks transmit the movement of the internal or the external
control handle from the gear-box to the lifting shaft. The lifting arms
of the lifting shaft (which support the passenger door in roller fittings
attached to the door frame) move the passenger door a small distance into
the cabin and then upwards. The rod which connects the lifting shaft with
the support arm helps to lift the passenger door.
As the lifting shaft turns, it compresses the spring of the locking unit
and the pawl engages with the notched sleeve. The emergency control
handle is then locked in the DISARMED position.
The torque shaft and torsion bar spring help to lift the passenger door.
They decrease the force necessary to operate the internal and external
control handle.
As the passenger door is lifted and moved out, the guide roller of the
lowering shaft moves clear of the lowering stop. The spring causes the
lowering shaft to turn. The safety catch then engages with the stop lever
of the gear-box. The gear-box is thus blocked and the passenger door is
kept in the lifted position.
The door is fully lifted when:
- the door stop fittings are clear of the door-frame stop fittings,
- the lifting arms are clear of door-frame roller fittings,
- the guide roller of the lowering shaft is clear of the lowering stop.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 37
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 It is only possible to push the passenger door open when it is fully
lifted. The passenger door then moves parallel to the fuselage. The door
buffer, which is attached to the support arm, prevents structural damage
to the passenger door or the fuselage.
The damper cylinder controls the speed with which the passenger door
moves. Hydraulic fluid is forced through a restrictor in the hydraulic
damper as the operating rod extends.
When the passenger door is fully open, the door stay mechanism in the
support arm locks it to the door frame and holds it open. The hook of the
door stay mechanism engages with a pin on the lower attachment fitting of
the support arm. A tension spring keeps the hook engaged.

B. Passenger door closing

When the passenger door is fully open you push the pushbutton of the door
stay mechanism (on the support arm). This disengages the hook of the door
stay mechanism from the pin and permits the movement of the passenger
door. The damper cylinder controls the speed with which the passenger
door moves.
As the passenger door closes the guide roller of the lowering shaft
contacts the lowering stop of the door frame. This causes the lowering
shaft to turn (against the tension from the spring) and lift the safety
catch clear of the stop lever. You can then lower the passenger door.
The lifting arms of the lifting shaft engage with the roller fittings of
the door frame.
When the internal or the external control handle is lowered, movement is
transmitted to the gear-box. The gear-box causes the lifting shaft to
turn. The lifting arms lower the passenger door so that the door stop
fittings engage with the door-frame stop fittings.
The pawl of the locking unit disengages from the notched sleeve and
unlocks the emergency control handle of the escape slide. You can then
move the emergency control handle to the ARMED position.
The locking shaft turns when the passenger door is closed and causes the
operation of the two proximity switches. The switches send a (door
closed) signal to the DSCS.
The locking hooks lift and engage with the lock fittings of the door
frame. The two spring units move overcenter and keep the locking shaft in
the locked position. The two indication plates (on the crank levers of
the locking shaft) show that the passenger door is locked.
The locking shaft also lifts the guide arm lining so that it is in line
with the cabin lining.
When the passenger door is closed and locked, you must move the emergency
control handle to the ARMED position.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 38
Jan 01/05
R  
THY 
 Rods and bellcranks transmit the movement of the emergency handle to the
linkage guides. They move the sliders (which are attached to the two ends
of the girt bar) to the end of the locking fittings on the cabin floor,
where they engage. The lock jaws release the girt bar, which they hold
during normal operation of the passenger door.
When the emergency handle is moved from the DISARMED to the ARMED
position, the target (of the proximity switch) moves away from the
sensor. This sends a SLIDE ARMED signal to the DSCS which then gives the
necessary warnings.

R C. Operation (Emergency Mode)

(1) Passenger door opening from inside

For emergency operation of the passenger door the emergency handle is
in the ARMED position (so that the release mechanism can operate).
Initial movement of the internal control handle opens the passenger
door. The emergency operation cylinder then pushes the door to the
fully open position and releases the emergency escape slide.
It can do this automatically in winds of up to 25 knots. In winds
above 25 knots additional manual help is necessary to open the
passenger door.
During emergency operation the damper cylinder has the function of an
actuator. Rods and bellcranks transmit the movement of the lifting
shaft to the stop lever, which operates the release lever of the
damper cylinder. If the safety pin (of the damper cylinder) is not in
position, the release lever operates the percussion mechanism. The
gas in the gas cylinder then expands into the damper cylinder. The
operating rod is forced to extend and thus helps to push the
passenger door open.
As the passenger door opens, the escape facility (which is attached
to the girt bar) is released and inflated automatically (Ref.
25-62-00).
When the door is fully open, the pressure in the damper cylinder
decreases so that it is possible (after approximately 3 seconds) to
close the door manually.

(2) Passenger door opening from outside.

Operation of the external control handle moves the emergency handle
from the ARMED to the DISARMED position. The cam and cam disk, which
connect the emergency handle with the external control handle, move
the emergency handle to the DISARMED position.
The target of the proximity switch moves to the sensor. This sends a
SLIDE DISARMED signal to the DSCS which stops the necessary warnings.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 39
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 (3) Passenger door closing
After an emergency operation of the passenger door, it is necessary
to remove the inflated emergency escape facility (Ref. 25-62-00). It
is then possible to close the passenger door manually. The procedure
is the same as in normal operation of the door.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 40
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 MID PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________

TASK 52-12-00-820-801

Adjustment of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

NOTE : The adjustment/test procedure must be only done after maintenance

____
activities requiring door rigging, e.g. replacement of components or
malfunction of the door.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific feeler gage
R
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific 1 GAGE - FEELER
R No specific 1 SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN (48 LBF)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 1.00 to 10.00 m.daN
(8.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)
98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE
98D52003002000 1 TOOL - COVER PLATE PRE-CRUSHING


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 501
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 09-013 C Z-16.127
CORROSION INHIBITING BRUSH CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 lockwasher 52-12-31 01 -160

2 lockwasher 52-12-31 31 -140
4 cotter pins 52-12-02 03 -200
5 tab washer 52-12-02 26 -150
8 cotter pin 52-12-02 06 -200
11 cotter pin 52-12-02 03 -200
19 washers 52-12-02 04 -200
19 washers 52-12-02 24 -260
21 cotter pin 52-12-02 04 -070
21 cotter pin 52-12-02 24 -070


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 502
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-11-28-650-803 Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control from the Panel

990VU
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
28-25-00-650-801 Pressure Defuel Procedure
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-080-801 Removal of the Ballast Weight from the Passenger/Crew
Door
R 52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-480-801 Installation of the Ballast Weight at the
Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling
52-12-00-720-801 Functional Test of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R)
52-12-21-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism of the MID
Passenger/Crew Doors (Door 2L/2R) (for corrective
action)
52-12-00-991-001 Fig. 501
52-12-00-991-002 Fig. 502

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-00-991-003 Fig. 503

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-00-991-003-A Fig. 503A

**ON A/C ALL

52-12-00-991-004 Fig. 504

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-00-991-012 Fig. 505


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 503
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C ALL

52-12-00-991-005 Fig. 506

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-00-991-006 Fig. 507

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-00-991-006-A Fig. 507A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-00-991-013 Fig. 508

**ON A/C ALL

52-12-00-991-007 Fig. 509

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-00-991-010 Fig. 510

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-00-991-010-A Fig. 510A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-00-991-014 Fig. 511

52-12-00-991-011 Fig. 512


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 504
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-00-991-011-A Fig. 512A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-00-991-015 Fig. 513

**ON A/C ALL

52-12-00-991-016 Fig. 514

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-00-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-12-00-860-052

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the trim tank is without fuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-650-
801).

Subtask 52-12-00-010-051

C. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 505
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-00-865-050

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

R Subtask 52-12-00-860-054

R E. Install the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-801).

4. Procedure
_________

R **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-00-820-051

A. Door Adjustment at the Support-Arm Connection Links

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-12-00-991-001, 502/TASK 52-12-00-991-002)

(1) Slowly close the door and make sure that the lifting shaft rollers
(10) engage in the center of the roller fittings (9).

R (2) If the offset is more than 0.80 mm (0.0314 in.), adjust it as

R follows.

(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (12) and (14).

(b) Adjust the length of the rod (13) (between the lifting shaft (11)
and the lower connection link) until the offset is in the given
limits.

(c) If the adjustment of the rod (13) does not give the correct
offset, change the adjustment washers in the upper and/or lower
connection link.

R 1
_ Install the hoisting sling on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
940-801).

2
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (4).

3
_ Remove the nuts (5), the washers (6), the bolts (8) and the
washers (7).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 506
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Door Adjustment at the Support-Arm Connection Links
Figure 501/TASK 52-12-00-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 507
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Vertical Clearances between the Door and the Fuselage
Figure 502/TASK 52-12-00-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 508
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
 4
_ Disconnect the guide arms (1) and remove the bushes (3) and
(23).

5
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (21).

6
_ Remove the nut (20) and the washer (17).

7
_ Carefully remove the bolt (16) and the washers (17), (18) and
(19).

8
_ Replace the adjustment washers (19) with new washers (19) of a
different thickness.

9
_ Install the washers (19), (18) and (17) and the bolt (16).
R

R 10
__ Make sure that the clearance
a
is max. 0.05 mm (0.0019 in.).

R 11
__ Install the washer (17) and the nut (20).

R 12
__ TORQUE the nut (20) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

R 13
__ Safety the nut (20) with a new cotter pin (21).

NOTE : If necessary do the same adjustment again at the lower

____
connection link.

R 14
__ Install the bushes (3) and (23).

R 15
__ Put the guide arms (1) in position and install the washers
(7), the bolts (8), the washers (6) and the nuts (5).

R 16
__ TORQUE the nuts (5) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

R 17
__ Safety the nuts (5) with the new cotter pins (4).

R 18
__ Remove the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (12) and (14) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09
and 61.94 lbf.in).

R (e) Safety the nuts (12) and (14) with lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 509
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (3) Close the door and make sure that the clearances
b
,
c
and
d
are
correct.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-12-00-991-002)

R (a) The clearance
b
between the door beams 1 and 8 and the forward
R fuselage frame (FR33) is 70 +1.5 -1.5 mm (2.7559 +0.0590 -0.0590
in.).

(b) The clearance
c
between the door beams 1 and 8 and the aft
fuselage frame (FR35A) is 70 +1.5 -0.7 mm (2.7559 +0.0590 -0.0275
in.).

(c) The clearance
d
between the door skin and the fuselage skin is
4.0 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0590 in.).

(4) If necessary do the adjustment of the washers (19) (at the

support-arm connection links) again.
R

Subtask 52-12-00-820-052

B. Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arm

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211.

____

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-12-00-991-003, 504/TASK 52-12-00-991-004)

(1) Open the door and remove the lower guide arm (7).

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (11).

(b) Remove the nut (12), the washer (13), the bolt (20) and the
washer (19).

(c) Disconnect the lower guide arm (7) and remove the bush (8).

(2) Move the door until it is approximately 80.0 mm (3.1496 in.) away
from the fuselage skin.

(3) Make sure that the dimension
a
between the fuselage and the fwd and
aft edges of the door is 80 +2 -2 mm (3.1496 +0.0787 -0.0787 in.).

NOTE : Measure the dimension
a
at the approximate horizontal center

____
line of the door.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 510
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Upper and Lower Guide Arm Adjustment on Door Serial No. 1001 to 1211
Figure 503/TASK 52-12-00-991-003


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 511
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
R Upper and Lower Guide Arm Adjustment
Figure 503A/TASK 52-12-00-991-003-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-00

Page 512
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
R MID Passenger/Crew Door Adjustment Position
Figure 504/TASK 52-12-00-991-004


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 513
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
 (4) If the dimension
a
is not in the given limits, adjust as follows.

(a) Loosen the nuts (1) of the upper guide-arm fitting (2) (fuselage
side).

(b) Move the guide arm fitting (2) on the serrated plates (5) and (6)
until the dimension
a
is correct.

(c) TORQUE the nuts (1) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(5) Move the door until it is approximately 80.0 mm (3.1496 in.) away
from the fuselage skin.

(6) Install the lower guide arm (7) to the door attach fitting (15).

(a) Install the bush (8).

(b) Put the guide arm (7) in position and install the washer (19),
the bolt (20), the washer (13) and the nut (12).

NOTE : Make sure that you can install the bolt (20) smoothly.
____

(c) If you cannot install the bolt (20) smoothly, adjust as follows.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3) of the lower guide-arm fitting (4)
(fuselage side).

2
_ Move the guide arm fitting (4) on the serrated plates (5) and
(6) until you can install the bolt (20) smoothly.

3
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(d) Move the door until the support arm attachment points (on the
fuselage and on the door) are aligned at approximate right angles
to the longitudinal center line of the aircraft.

(e) Make sure that the bolt (20) moves smoothly. If necessary adjust
the door attachment fitting (15).

1
_ Remove the nuts (18), the washers (17), the bolts (9) and the
washers (10).

2
_ Move the attachment fitting away from the door and adjust the
shims (16) to get smooth movement of the bolt (20).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 514
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 3
_ Install the washers (10), the bolts (9), the washers (17) and
the nuts (18).

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (18) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(f) TORQUE the nuts (12) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(g) Safety the nuts (12) with the new cotter pin (11).

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

R Subtask 52-12-00-820-051-A

R A. Door Adjustment at the Support-Arm Connection Links

R (Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-12-00-991-001, 502/TASK 52-12-00-991-002)

R (1) Slowly close the door and make sure that the lifting shaft rollers
R (10) engage in the center of the roller fittings (9).

R (2) If the offset is more than 0.80 mm (0.0314 in.), adjust as follows.

R (a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (12) and (14).

R (b) Adjust the length of the rod (13) (between the lifting shaft (11)
R and the lower connection link) until the offset is in the given
R limits.

R (c) If the adjustment of the rod (13) does not give the correct
R offset, change the adjustment washers in the upper and/or lower
R connection link.

R 1
_ Install the hoisting sling on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
R 940-801).

R 2
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (4).

R 3
_ Remove the nuts (5), the washers (6), the bolts (8) and the
R washers (7).

R 4
_ Disconnect the guide arms (1) and remove the bushes (3) and
R (23).

R 5
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (21).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 515
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R 6
_ Remove the nut (20) and the washer (17).

R 7
_ Carefully remove the bolt (16) and the washers (17), (18) and
R (19).

R 8
_ Replace the adjustment washers (19) with new washers (19) of a
R different thickness.

R 9
_ Install the washers (19), (18) and (17) and the bolt (16).

R 10
__ Make sure that the clearance
A
is max. 0.05 mm (0.0019 in.).

R 11
__ Install the washer (17) and the nut (20).

R 12
__ TORQUE the nut (20) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
R 52.21 lbf.in).

R 13
__ Safety the nut (20) with a new cotter pin (21).

R NOTE : If necessary do the same adjustment again at the lower

____
R connection link.

R 14
__ Install the bushes (3) and (23).

R 15
__ Put the guide arms (1) in position and install the washers
R (7), the bolts (8), the washers (6) and the nuts (5).

R 16
__ TORQUE the nuts (5) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
R 30.08 lbf.in).

R 17
__ Safety the nuts (5) with the new cotter pins (4).

R 18
__ Remove the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).

R (d) TORQUE the nuts (12) and (14) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09
R and 61.94 lbf.in).

R (e) Safety the nuts (12) and (14) with lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-010).

R (3) Close the door and make sure that the clearances
B
,
C
and
D
are
R correct.
R (Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-12-00-991-002)

R (a) The clearance
B
between the door beams 1 and 8 and the forward
R fuselage frame (FR33) is 70 +1.5 -1.5 mm (2.7559 +0.0590 -0.0590
R in.).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-00

Page 516
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (b) The clearance
C
between the door beams 1 and 8 and the aft
R fuselage frame (FR35A) is 70 +1.5 -0.7 mm (2.7559 +0.0590 -0.0275
R in.).

R (c) The clearance
D
between the door skin and the fuselage skin is
R 4.0 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0590 in.).

R (4) If necessary do the adjustment of the washers (19) (at the

R support-arm connection links) again.
R

Subtask 52-12-00-820-052-A

R B. Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arm

(Ref. Fig. 503A/TASK 52-12-00-991-003-A, 504/TASK 52-12-00-991-004)

(1) Open the door and remove the lower guide arm (7).

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (11).

(b) Remove the nut (12), the washer (13), the bolt (20) and the
washer (19).

R (c) Disconnect the lower guide arm (7) and remove the bushes (8) and
R (10).

(2) Move the door until it is approximately 80.0 mm (3.1496 in.) away
from the fuselage skin.

R (3) Make sure that the dimension
a
between the fuselage and the forward
R and aft edges of the door is 80 +2 -2 mm (3.1496 +0.0787 -0.0787
R in.).

NOTE : Measure the dimension
a
at the approximate horizontal center

____
line of the door.

R (4) If the dimension
a
is not in the given limits, adjust it as

R follows:

(a) Loosen the nuts (1) of the upper guide-arm fitting (2) (fuselage
side).

(b) Move the guide arm fitting (2) on the serrated plates (5) and (6)
until the dimension
a
is correct.

(c) TORQUE the nuts (1) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-00

Page 517
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (5) Move the door until it is approximately 80.0 mm (3.1496 in.) away
from the fuselage skin.

R (6) Install the lower guide arm (7) on the door attach fitting (15).

R (a) Install the bushes (8) and (10).

(b) Put the guide arm (7) in position and install the washer (19),
the bolt (20), the washer (13) and the nut (12).
R

R (c) Make sure that you can install the bolt (20) smoothly.

R (d) If you cannot install the bolt (20) smoothly, adjust it as

R follows:

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3) of the lower guide-arm fitting (4)
(fuselage side).

2
_ Move the guide arm fitting (4) on the serrated plates (5) and
(6) until you can install the bolt (20) smoothly.

3
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

R (e) Move the door until the support arm attachment points (on the
fuselage and on the door) are aligned at approximate right angles
to the longitudinal center line of the aircraft.

R (f) Make sure that the bolt (20) moves smoothly.

R (g) TORQUE the nuts (12) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

R (h) Safety the nuts (12) with the new cotter pins (11).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-00-820-058

R C. Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arm

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1212 and
____
R subsequent.

(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-12-00-991-004, 505/TASK 52-12-00-991-012)

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 518
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Upper and Lower Guide Arm Adjustment on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
Figure 505/TASK 52-12-00-991-012


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 519
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (1) Open the door and remove the lower guide arm (7).

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (11).

(b) Remove the nut (12), the washer (13), the bolt (20) and the
washer (19).

R (c) Disconnect the lower guide arm (7) and remove the bushes (8) and
R (10).

(2) Move the door until it is approximately 80.0 mm (3.1496 in.) away
from the fuselage skin.

R (3) Make sure that the dimension
a
between the fuselage and the forward
R and aft edges of the door is 80 +2 -2 mm (3.1496 +0.0787 -0.0787
R in.).

NOTE : Measure the dimension
a
at the approximate horizontal center

____
line of the door.

R (4) If the dimension
a
is not in the given limits, adjust it as

R follows:

(a) Loosen the nuts (1) of the upper guide-arm fitting (2) (fuselage
side).

(b) Move the guide arm fitting (2) on the serrated plates (5) and (6)
until the dimension
a
is correct.

(c) TORQUE the nuts (1) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(5) Move the door until it is approximately 80.0 mm (3.1496 in.) away
from the fuselage skin.

R (6) Install the lower guide arm (7) on the door attach fitting (15).

R (a) Install the bushes (8) and (10).

(b) Put the guide arm (7) in position and install the washer (19),
the bolt (20), the washer (13) and the nut (12).
R

R (c) Make sure that you can install the bolt (20) smoothly.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 520
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (d) If you cannot install the bolt (20) smoothly, adjust it as
R follows:

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3) of the lower guide-arm fitting (4)
(fuselage side).

2
_ Move the guide arm fitting (4) on the serrated plates (5) and
(6) until you can install the bolt (20) smoothly.

3
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

R (e) Move the door until the support arm attachment points (on the
fuselage and on the door) are aligned at approximate right angles
to the longitudinal center line of the aircraft.

R (f) Make sure that the bolt (20) moves smoothly.

R (g) TORQUE the nuts (12) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

R (h) Safety the nuts (12) with the new cotter pin (11).
R

Subtask 52-12-00-820-053

D. Adjustment of the Stop Fittings and the Upper and Lower Guide Fittings
(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-12-00-991-005)

R NOTE : If the aircraft is in-service, the subsequent values can be

____
R different from the initial values. This can occur because of
R changes in the temperature and the loading condition of the
R aircraft.

(1) Close the door and make sure that the door stop fittings (1) touch
the fuselage stop fittings (5). If less than two stop fittings (1)
R and (5) on each side do not touch, continue as follows:

(a) Open the door and identify the related position of the serrations
on the plates (8) and (9) and the upper and lower guide fittings
(6) and (14).

(b) Loosen the nuts (10) and move the guide fittings (6) and (14)
R outboard on the serrated plates (8) and (9). Do this until a
R minimum of two stop fittings on each side touch.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 521
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Stop and Guide Fittings
Figure 506/TASK 52-12-00-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 522
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
R Stop and Guide Fittings
Figure 506/TASK 52-12-00-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 523
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
 (c) Set the clearance
e
of 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) between the rollers
(7) and (13) and the guide fittings (6) and (14). Use a feeler
gage.

(d) Lightly tighten the nuts (10).

(2) Close the door and make sure that:

R - minimum of two stop bolts (4) on each side touch the stop fittings
R (5),
- the stop bolts (4) which do not touch the stop fittings (5), have a
clearance
a
(see detail
A
) of max. 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

(3) If less than two stop bolts on each side do not touch the stop
R fittings and/or the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust as follows:

(a) Open the door.

(b) Release the lockwashers (2).

(c) Remove the nuts (3) and the lockwashers (2). Discard the
lockwashers (2).

(d) Close the door.

(e) Turn the stop bolts (4) until they touch the related stop
fittings (5).

(f) Turn the other stop bolts (4) to give the clearance
a
.

(g) Make sure that the offset of the door to the fuselage is:
R - at the forward edge (section F-F) 0 +1.5 -2.0 mm (0.0000
+0.0590 -0.0787 in.),
- at the aft edge (section E-E) 0 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0590 -
0.0590 in.).
R

R (h) If necessary, adjust the stop bolts until the offset is correct.

R (i) Make sure that the dimension
c
(see detail
C
) is max. 6.0 mm
(0.2362 in.).
R

R (j) If the dimension
c
is not correct, turn all of the stop bolts
R to the initial dimension
b
and do the adjustment again.

R (k) Install a new lockwasher (2).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 524
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (l) Install the nuts (3).

R (m) TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 2 and 2.2 m.daN (14.74 and 16.22
lbf.ft).

R (n) Safety the nuts (3) with the lockwashers (2).

(4) Make sure that:

- the offset of the stop bolts to the stop fittings is 0 +1.0 -1.0 mm
(0.0000 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.) (see detail
B
),
- there is a clearance of 3.8 +3.0 -2.5 mm (0.1496 +0.1181 -0.0984
in.) between the bottom of the door and the scuff plate (see detail

D
).
R

R (5) If necessary adjust the
door closed position
of the door locking
R mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-12-21-820-801).

R (6) Open the door and TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN
(39.82 and 44.24 lbf.in).

R (7) Make sure that:

- there is a clearance of min. 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) between the stop
bolts (4) (of the door stop fittings (1)) and the fuselage stop
fittings (5) (as the stop fittings start to overlap when you close
the door),
- the clearances
e
are correct.

(a) If necessary, do the adjustment of the stop fittings again.

R (8) Make sure that the rollers (7) and (13) engage smoothly in the guide
fittings (6) and (14). If necessary adjust as follows.

(a) Open the door and remove the stop (11) and the adjustment washers
(12) from the upper guide fittings (14).

(b) Install the stop (11) (without the adjustment washers).

(c) Put the door in the
high closed
position.

R (d) Loosen the nuts (10) of the upper and lower guide fittings (6)
R and (14).

(e) Move the guide fittings on the serrated plates until the
clearance
f
is between 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) and 0.85 mm (0.0334
in.).
R

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 525
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (f) Prevent movement of the guide fittings in the inboard/outboard
R direction if you adjust the clearance f.

R (g) Lightly tighten the nuts (10) and open the door.

R (h) TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

R (i) Close the door and measure the clearance
g
between the stops
(11) and the rollers (13). Use a feeler gage.

R (j) Open the door and remove the stops (11).

R (k) Install the stops (11) with the adjustment washers (12) of the
correct thickness to give a clearance
g
of max. 0.2 mm (0.0078
in.).

R (l) TORQUE the nut of the stops (11) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN
(39.82 and 44.24 lbf.in).

R (9) Close the door and make sure that the clearance
d
(between the
rollers (7) and the lower guide fittings (6)) is between 4.65 mm
(0.1830 in.) and 5.65 mm (0.2224 in.). If necessary adjust as
follows.

(a) Open the door and loosen the nuts (10) of the lower guide
fittings (6).

(b) Close the door and move the guide fittings (6) on the serrated
plates until the clearance
d
is correct.
R

R 1
_ Identify the related position of the serrations on the plates
R (8) and (9) and the guide fittings (6) before you do the
adjustment.
R

R 2
_ Prevent movement of the guide fittings in the inboard/outboard
R direction during the adjustment.

(c) If the clearance
e
is not in the given limit, decrease the
clearance
d
until the clearance
e
is correct.

(d) Lightly tighten the nuts (10) and open the door.

(e) TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 526
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

R Subtask 52-12-00-820-053-A

R D. Adjustment of the Stop Fittings and the Upper and Lower Guide Fittings
R (Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-12-00-991-005)

R NOTE : Deviation to the reference door stop rigging values is acceptable

____
R on in-service aircraft, as they can fluctuate from initial value
R due to temperature and loading of aircraft.

R (1) Close the door and make sure that the door stop fittings (1) touch
R the fuselage stop fittings (5). If less than two stop fittings (1)
R and (5) on each side do not touch, continue as follows.

R (a) Open the door and identify the related position of the serrations
R on the plates (8) and (9) and the upper and lower guide fittings
R (6) and (14).

R (b) Loosen the nuts (10) and move the guide fittings (6) and (14)
R outboard on the serrated plates (8) and (9) until a minimum of
R two stop fittings on each side touch.

R (c) Set the clearance
e
of 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) between the rollers
R (7) and (13) and the guide fittings (6) and (14). Use a GAGE -
R FEELER.

R (d) Lightly tighten the nuts (10).

R (2) Close the door and make sure that:

R - minimum two stop bolts (4) on each side touch the stop fittings
R (5),
R - the stop bolts (4) which do not touch the stop fittings (5), have a
R clearance
a
(see detail
A
) of max. 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

R (3) If less than two stop bolts on each side do not touch the stop
R fittings and/or the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust as follows.

R (a) Open the door.

R (b) Release the lockwashers (2).

R (c) Remove the nuts (3) and the lockwashers (2). Discard the
R lockwashers (2).

R (d) Close the door.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-00

Page 527
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (e) Turn the stop bolts (4) until they touch the related stop
R fittings (5).

R (f) Turn the other stop bolts (4) to give the clearance
a
.

R (g) Make sure that the offset of the door to the fuselage is:
R - at the fwd edge (section F-F) 0 +1.5 -2.0 mm (0.0000 +0.0590 -
R 0.0787 in.),
R - at the aft edge (section E-E) 0 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0590 -
R 0.0590 in.).

R NOTE : If necessary, adjust the stop bolts until the offset is

____
R correct.

R (h) Make sure that the dimension
c
(see detail
C
) is max. 6.0 mm
R (0.2362 in.).

R NOTE : If the dimension
c
is not correct, turn all of the stop
____
R bolts to the initial dimension
b
and do the adjustment
R again.

R (i) Install a new lockwasher (2).

R (j) Install the nuts (3).

R (k) TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 2 and 2.2 m.daN (14.74 and 16.22
R lbf.ft).

R (l) Safety the nuts (3) with the lockwashers (2).

R (4) Make sure that:

R - the offset of the stop bolts to the stop fittings is 0 +1.0 -1.0 mm
R (0.0000 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.) (see detail
B
),
R - there is a clearance of 3.8 +3.0 -2.5 mm (0.1496 +0.1181 -0.0984
R in.) between the bottom of the door and the scuff plate (see detail
R
D
).

R NOTE : If necessary adjust the
door closed position
of the door

____
R locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-12-21-820-801).

R (5) Open the door and TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN
R (39.82 and 44.24 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-00

Page 528
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (6) Make sure that:
R - there is a clearance of min. 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) between the stop
R bolts (4) (of the door stop fittings (1)) and the fuselage stop
R fittings (5) (as the stop fittings start to overlap when you close
R the door),
R - the clearances
e
are correct.

R (a) If necessary, do the adjustment of the stop fittings again.

R (7) Make sure that the rollers (7) and (13) engage smoothly in the guide
R fittings (6) and (14). If necessary adjust as follows.

R (a) Open the door and remove the stop (11) and the adjustment washers
R (12) from the upper guide fittings (14).

R (b) Install the stop (11) (without the adjustment washers).

R (c) Put the door in the
high closed
position.

R (d) Loosen the nuts (10) of the upper and lower guide fittings (6)and
R (14).

R (e) Move the guide fittings on the serrated plates until the
R clearance
f
is between 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) and 0.85 mm (0.0334
R in.).

R NOTE : Prevent movement of the guide fittings in the

____
R inboard/outboard direction.

R (f) Lightly tighten the nuts (10) and open the door.

R (g) TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
R 44.24 lbf.in).

R (h) Close the door and measure the clearance
g
between the stops
R (11) and the rollers (13). Use a feeler gage.

R (i) Open the door and remove the stops (11).

R (j) Install the stops (11) with the adjustment washers (12) of the
R correct thickness to give a clearance
g
of max. 0.2 mm (0.0078
R in.).

R (k) TORQUE the nut of the stops (11) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN
R (39.82 and 44.24 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-00

Page 529
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (8) Close the door and make sure that the clearance
d
(between the
R rollers (7) and the lower guide fittings (6)) is between 4.65 mm
R (0.1830 in.) and 5.65 mm (0.2224 in.). If necessary adjust as
R follows.

R (a) Open the door and loosen the nuts (10) of the lower guide
R fittings (6).

R (b) Close the door and move the guide fittings (6) on the serrated
R plates until the clearance
d
is correct.

R NOTE : 1. Identify the related position of the serrations on the

____
R plates (8) and (9) and the guide fittings (6) before you
R do the adjustment.
R
R 2. Prevent movement of the guide fittings in the
R inboard/outboard direction during the adjustment.

R (c) If the clearance
e
is not in the given limit, decrease the
R clearance
d
until the clearance
e
is correct.

R (d) Lightly tighten the nuts (10) and open the door.

R (e) TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
R 44.24 lbf.in).

R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-12-00-820-054

E. Adjustment of the Door Latches

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 52-12-00-991-006)

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 507A/TASK 52-12-00-991-006-A)

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 52-12-00-991-013)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 530
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Latches on Door Serial No. 1001 to 1211
Figure 507/TASK 52-12-00-991-006

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 531
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Latches
Figure 507A/TASK 52-12-00-991-006-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-00

Page 532
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Latches on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
Figure 508/TASK 52-12-00-991-013


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 533
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

(1) Close the door and make sure that the clearances
a
and
b
(between
the door latches (7) and the rollers (8)) are between 0.1 mm (0.0039
in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.). Use a feeler gage.

(2) If the clearance
b
is not correct, adjust as follows.

(a) Loosen the clamps (4) from the gaiter (3).

(b) Remove the lockwire from the nuts (2) and (6).

(c) Loosen the nuts (2) and (6).

(d) Adjust the rod (5) until the clearance
b
is correct.

(e) Tighten the nuts (2) and (6).

(f) Safety the nuts (2) and (6) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).

(g) Tighten the clamp (4) on the gaiter (3).

(3) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust as follows.

(a) Open the door and loosen the nuts (11).

(b) Close the door and move the latch fittings (1) on the serrated
plates (9) and (10) until the clearance
a
is correct.

(c) Lightly tighten the nuts (11).

(d) Open the door and TORQUE the nuts (11) to between 0.45 and 0.5
m.daN (39.82 and 44.24 lbf.in).

Subtask 52-12-00-820-055

R F. Adjustment of the Girt Bar Fittings

R (Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 52-12-00-991-007)

R (1) Close the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

R (2) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) from the emergency
R control handle (7).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 534
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Girt Bar Fittings
Figure 509/TASK 52-12-00-991-007

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 535
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (3) Measure the operation force necessary to move the emergency control
R handle (7) as follows:

R (a) Put a SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN (48 LBF) on the emergency control
R handle (7).

R (b) Move the emergency control handle (7) from the
DISARMED
to the
R
ARMED
position and then back to the
DISARMED
position.

R (c) Make sure that the operation force necessary to move the
R emergency control handle (7) in each direction is not than more
R 10.0 daN (22.4808 lbf).

R (4) If the operation force is more than 10.0 daN (22.4808 lbf), adjust
R the girt bar fittings (3) as follows:

R (a) Put the emergency control handle (7) in the neutral position
R (between
ARMED
and
DISARMED
).

R (b) Manually move the sliders (2) in the jaws (1) until the
R clearances
A
are equal.

R (c) Put the emergency control handle (7) in the
DISARMED
position.

R (d) Open the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

R (e) Loosen the bolts (8) and move the girt bar fittings (3) on the
R serrated plates (4) until the clearances
B
are equal.

R (f) TORQUE the bolts (8) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

R (g) Make sure that the clearances
A
and
B
are correctly adjusted.

R (5) Close the door and put the emergency control handle (7) to the
R
ARMED
position.

R (6) Make sure that the sliders (2) touch the linkage guide (5) (clearance
R
C
is zero).

R (7) Measure the clearance
D
between the sliders (2) and the stops (6)
R which must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).

R (8) If the clearance
D
is not in the given limits:

R (a) Put the emergency control handle in the
DISARMED
position and
R open the door.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 536
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Loosen the bolts (8) until you can move the girt bar fittings (3)
R in the longitudinal direction.

R (c) Move the girt bar fittings (3) in the forward or rear direction
R until the clearance
D
is correct.

R NOTE : Do not change the position of the girt bar fittings (3) on
____
R the serrated plate (4).

R (d) Put the emergency control handle in the
DISARMED
position and
R install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

R (e) Open the door again.

R (f) TORQUE the bolts (8) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

R (9) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) around the girt bar
R fittings (3) and the heads of the bolts (8).
R

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-00-820-056

G. Adjustment of the Lowering Stop and Torsion Bar Spring

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211.

____

(Ref. Fig. 510/TASK 52-12-00-991-010)

(1) Adjustment of the lowering stop.

(a) Lift the door and then lower it again.

(b) During the lowering procedure, make sure that the clearance
a

between the hook (4) and the roller (5) (on the gearbox) is min.
1.0 mm (0.0393 in.).

(c) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust the lowering stop (2)
in the outboard direction.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3).

2
_ Move the lowering stop (2) outboard on the serrated plate (1).

3
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and make sure that the clearance
a
is
correct.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 537
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Lowering Stop and Torsion Bar on Door Serial No. 1001 to 1211
Figure 510/TASK 52-12-00-991-010


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 538
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 4
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(d) Lift the door and move it to the open position.

(e) Make sure that the hook (4) engages with the roller (5) before
the door disengages from the guide fittings. If necessary, adjust
the lowering stop (2) in the inboard direction.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3).

2
_ Move the lowering stop (2) inboard on the serrated plate (1).

3
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and make sure that the hook engages
correctly.

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(2) Adjustment of the torsion bar spring.

(a) Operate the interior control handle and make sure that the force
necessary to lift and lower the door is not more than 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf). Use a spring balance.

(b) If the forces are not correct, adjust the tension bolt (8).

1
_ Loosen the nut (6) and move the lockplate (7) away from the
tension bolt (8).

2
_ Turn the tension bolt (8) to adjust the force.

3
_ Open the door and make sure that the door stays in fully
lifted position. If not, increase the tension of the torsion
bar spring.

NOTE : To increase the force you turn the tension bolt

____
clockwise, to decrease the force you turn it
counterclockwise.

4
_ Safety the tension bolt (8) with the lockplate (7) and tighten
the nut (6).

5
_ TORQUE the nut (6) to between 0.25 and 0.3 m.daN (22.12 and
26.54 lbf.in).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 539
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-00-820-056-A

G. Adjustment of the Lowering Stop and Torsion Bar Spring

(Ref. Fig. 510A/TASK 52-12-00-991-010-A)

(1) Adjustment of the lowering stop.

(a) Lift the door and then lower it again.

(b) During the lowering procedure, make sure that the clearance
a

between the hook (4) and the roller (5) (on the gearbox) is min.
1.0 mm (0.0393 in.).

(c) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust the lowering stop (2)
in the outboard direction.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3).

2
_ Move the lowering stop (2) outboard on the serrated plate (1).

3
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and make sure that the clearance
a
is
correct.

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(d) Lift the door and move it to the open position.

(e) Make sure that the hook (4) engages with the roller (5) before
the door disengages from the guide fittings. If necessary, adjust
the lowering stop (2) in the inboard direction.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3).

2
_ Move the lowering stop (2) inboard on the serrated plate (1).

3
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and make sure that the hook engages
correctly.

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-00

Page 540
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Lowering Stop and Torsion Bar
Figure 510A/TASK 52-12-00-991-010-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-00

Page 541
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (2) Adjustment of the torsion bar spring.

(a) Operate the interior control handle and make sure that the force
necessary to lift and lower the door is not more than 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf). Use a spring balance.

(b) If the forces are not correct, adjust the tension bolt (8).

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the tension bolt (8).

2
_ Turn the tension bolt (8) to adjust the force.

3
_ Open the door and make sure that the door stays in fully
lifted position. If not, increase the tension of the torsion
bar spring.

NOTE : To increase the force you turn the tension bolt

____
clockwise, to decrease the force you turn it
counterclockwise.

4
_ Safety the tension bolt (8) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-00-820-059

H. Adjustment of the Lowering Stop and Torsion Bar Spring

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No.1212 and

____
subsequent.

(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 52-12-00-991-014)

(1) Adjustment of the lowering stop.

(a) Lift the door and then lower it again.

(b) During the lowering procedure, make sure that the clearance
a

between the hook (4) and the roller (5) (on the gearbox) is min.
1.0 mm (0.0393 in.).

(c) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust the lowering stop (2)
in the outboard direction.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 542
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Lowering Stop and Torsion Bar on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
Figure 511/TASK 52-12-00-991-014

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 543
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 2
_ Move the lowering stop (2) outboard on the serrated plate (1).

3
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and make sure that the clearance
a
is
correct.

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(d) Lift the door and move it to the open position.

(e) Make sure that the hook (4) engages with the roller (5) before
the door disengages from the guide fittings. If necessary, adjust
the lowering stop (2) in the inboard direction.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3).

2
_ Move the lowering stop (2) inboard on the serrated plate (1).

3
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and make sure that the hook engages
correctly.

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(2) Adjustment of the torsion bar spring.

(a) Operate the interior control handle and make sure that the force
necessary to lift and lower the door is not more than 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf). Use a spring balance.

(b) If the forces are not correct, adjust the tension bolt (8).

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the tension bolt (8).

2
_ Turn the tension bolt (8) to adjust the force.

3
_ Open the door and make sure that the door stays in fully
lifted position. If not, increase the tension of the torsion
bar spring.

NOTE : To increase the force you turn the tension bolt

____
clockwise, to decrease the force you turn it
counterclockwise.

4
_ Safety the tension bolt (8) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 544
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-00-820-057

J. Adjustment of the Door Buffer

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211.

____

(Ref. Fig. 512/TASK 52-12-00-991-011)

(1) Open the door against the fuselage and make sure that:
- the door stay mechanism locks the door in the open position,
- there is a clearance
a
of 1.0 +0.5 -0 mm (0.0393 +0.0196 -0.0000
in.) between the door buffer (15) and the fuselage skin.

(2) If necessary, adjust the washers (4) and (5) in the door buffer.

(a) Move the door away from the fuselge.

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (8).

(c) Remove the nut (7), the washer (9) and the spherical cup (6).

(d) Remove the bolt (1), the washer (2), the stop (15) and the
spherical cup (14).

(e) Remove the guide bush (3) and the washers (13) and (4).

(f) Remove the guide bush (10) and the washers (11) and (5).

(g) Adjust the washers (4) and (5) to get the correct clearance
a
.

(h) Install the washers (5) and (11) and the guide bush (10).

(i) Install the washers (4) and (13) and the guide bush (3).

(j) Install the spherical cup (14), the stop (15), the washer (2) and
the bolt (1).

(k) Install the spherical cup (6), the washer (9) and the nut (7).

(l) Open the door against the fuselage and make sure that the
clearance
a
is correct. If necessary do the adjustment again.

(m) TORQUE the nut (7) to between 0.88 and 0.98 m.daN (77.87 and
86.72 lbf.in).

(n) Safety the nut (7) with a new cotter pin (8).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 545
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Door Buffer on Door Serial No. 1001 to 1211
Figure 512/TASK 52-12-00-991-011

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 546
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-00-820-057-A

J. Adjustment of the Door Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 512A/TASK 52-12-00-991-011-A)

(1) Open the door against the fuselage and make sure that:
- the door stay mechanism locks the door in the open position
- the stop (8) is parallel to the fuselage
- there is a clearance
a
of 1.0 +0.5 -0 mm (0.0393 +0.0196 -0.0000
in.) between the door stop (8) and the fuselage skin.

(2) If necessary, adjust the door stop (8).

(a) Move the door away from the fuselage.

(b) Loosen the tab washer (5) and the nut (6).

(c) Remove the stop (8) with the bolt (7), the nut (6) and the tab
washer (5) from the support.

(d) Discard the tab washer (5).

(e) Install the new tab washer (5) and apply COMMON GREASE (Material
No. 04-004) to the thread of the bolt (7).

(f) Install the stop (8).

(g) Open the door against the fuselage and make sure that the
clearance
a
is correct. If necessary do the adjustment again.

(h) Make sure that the stop (8) is parallel to the fuselage, if not
loosen the nut (2) and adjust the stop (8).

(i) TORQUE the nut (2) to between 1.4 and 1.6 m.daN (10.32 and 11.79
lbf.ft).

(j) TORQUE the nut (6) to between 8.2 and 9.5 m.daN (60.47 and 70.05
lbf.ft).

(3) Safety the nut (8) with the tab washer (5).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-00

Page 547
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Buffer
Figure 512A/TASK 52-12-00-991-011-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-00

Page 548
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-00-820-060

K. Adjustment of the Door Buffer

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1212 and

____
subsequent.

(Ref. Fig. 513/TASK 52-12-00-991-015)

(1) Open the door against the fuselage and make sure that:
- the door stay mechanism locks the door in the open position
- that the stop (8) is parallel to the fuselage
- there is a clearance
a
of 1.0 +0.5 -0 mm (0.0393 +0.0196 -0.0000
in.) between the door stop (8) and the fuselage skin.

(2) If necessary, adjust the door stop (8).

(a) Move the door away from the fuselge.

(b) Loosen the tab washer (5) and the nut (6).

(c) Remove the stop (8) together with the bolt (7), the nut (6) and
the tab washer (5) from the support.

(d) Discard the tab washer (5).

(e) Install new tab washer (5) and apply COMMON GREASE (Material No.
04-004) to the thread of the bolt (7).

(f) Install the stop (8).

(g) Open the door against the fuselage and make sure that the
clearance
a
is correct. If necessary do the adjustment again.

(h) Make sure that the stop (8) is parallel to the fuselage, if not
loosen the screw (2) and adjust the stop (8).

(i) TORQUE the nut (2) to between 1.4 and 1.6 m.daN (10.32 and 11.79
lbf.ft).

(j) TORQUE the nut (6) to between 8.2 and 9.5 m.daN (60.47 and 70.05
lbf.ft).

(3) Safety the nut (8) with the tab washer (5).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 549
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Buffer on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
Figure 513/TASK 52-12-00-991-015

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-00

Page 550
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-12-00-820-061

L. Check of the Preload of the Cover Plate

(Ref. Fig. 514/TASK 52-12-00-991-016)

(1) Measure the preload of the cover plate (2) as follows. Use the TOOL -
COVER PLATE PRE-CRUSHING (98D52003002000) (1).

(a) Open the door.

(b) Put the tool (1) in position at points 1 to 9, measure the

distance
a
and write down.

(2) Close the door.

(a) Put the tool (1) in position at points 1 to 9, measure the

distance
b
and write down.

(3) Calculate the preload (
a
-
b
).

(a) Make sure that the preload is max. 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

(b) If the preload is not in the tolerance, correct the preload. To

do this manually bend the cover plate (2).

NOTE : Bend marks at the cover plate are permitted, if the

____
preload tolerance is correct.

Subtask 52-12-00-720-050

M. Do the functional test of the MID passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-12-
00-720-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 551
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Cover Plate
Figure 514/TASK 52-12-00-991-016


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 552
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-12-00-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

R (2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R (a) Apply a layer of the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and
R the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
R which attach components directly to the door structure.

R (b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
R bolts which are in the door mechanism.

R (c) Apply a layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to

R the installed components.

R (3) Remove the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-801).

R (4) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

R (5) Close the access door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

R (6) Remove the access platform(s).

R (7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R

Subtask 52-12-00-865-051

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 553
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-00-410-054

C. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

(1) Close the access door 811.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) If necessary, refuel the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-803).

Subtask 52-12-00-862-050

D. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 554
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-12-00-720-801

Functional Test of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific soft pencil
No specific spring balance
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-11-28-650-803 Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control from the Panel

990VU
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
25-62-00-860-801 Safety the Pack-Assembly
25-62-00-860-803 Arm the Pack-Assembly
28-25-00-650-801 Pressure Defuel Procedure
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-00-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 555
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-00-860-053

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the trim tank is without fuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-650-
801).

Subtask 52-12-00-010-053

C. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-12-00-865-052

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-12-00-010-054

E. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the related door.

(2) Do the special precautions before work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-801).

(3) Safety the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 556
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-12-00-720-051

A. Functional Test of the MID Passenger/Crew Door

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Attach a spring balance to the The force necessary to lift the door is
interior control handle and lift not more than 15 daN (33.7213 lbf).
the door.

2. Attach a spring balance to the The force necessary to lower the door
interior control handle and lower is not more than 15 daN (33.7213 lbf).
the door.

3. Put the door in the
high closed

position and move it out until
the guide rollers leave the guide
fittings.

Put a load on the interior The interior control handle is locked

control handle of 10 daN (22.4808 in the open position.
lbf).

4. With the door in the
high The emergency control handle is blocked
closed
position. in the
DISARMED
position.

5. Open the door to be clear of the

fuselage.

Turn the lowering shaft with your The door stays in the high position.
hand until it touches the
lowering stop.

6. Close and lock the door. The interior control handle stays in
the locked position.

7. Pull the interior control handle
until it is 14 mm (0.5511 in.)
away from the locked position. Do
the measurement at the handle
bar.
You can see the line which divides the
red and green areas of the locking
indicator.

8. Close and lock the door.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 557
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. Make a horizontal line on the
door and the fuselage
approximately 180 mm (7.0866 in.)
from the lower edge of the door.
Use a soft pencil.

10. Operate the interior control The door is lifted a minimum of 48 mm

handle and put the door in the (1.8897 in.).

high closed
position.

11. Lower the door and then operate The door is lifted a minimum of 48 mm
the exterior control handle to (1.8897 in.).
put the door in the
high
closed
position.

12. Lift and lower the door again The lines you made on the door and
two times and then lock the fuselage are level to a limit of 0 +1 -
door. 1 mm (0.0000 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).

13. Close the door and remove the

PIN - SAFETY SLIDE
(98A52107632000).

14. Put the emergency control handle The girt bar engages smoothly in the
to the
ARMED
position. girt bar fittings.

15. Slowly lift the door with the The emergency control handle moves to
exterior control handle. (and is locked in) the
DISARMED

position.

16. Lower and lock the door with the The exterior control handle is closed
exterior control handle. and level with the fuselage.

The handle flap is level with the

contour of the exterior control handle.

The interior control handle stays in

the locked position.

17. Lift the door with the exterior The exterior control handle moves
control handle and slowly lower quickly to the locked position.
it again with the interior
control handle.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 558
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The locking indicator shows
LOCKED
.

18. Lift the door with the interior The interior control handle moves
control handle and slowly lower quickly to the locked position.
it again with the exterior
control handle.

The locking indicator shows
LOCKED
.

19. Attach a spring balance to the The force necessary is not more than 10
emergency control handle and daN (22.4808 lbf).
move it from the
ARMED
to the

DISARMED
position.

20. Move the emergency control The force necessary is not more than 10
handle from the
DISARMED
to daN (22.4808 lbf).
the
ARMED
position.

21. Install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

22. Unlock the door with the The door locking mechanism operates
interior control handle. smoothly.

23. Lift the door with the interior The lifting action of the door is
control handle. smooth.

24. Lower the door with the exterior The lowering action of the door is
control handle. smooth.

25. Lock the door with the exterior The locking mechanism operates
control handle. smoothly.

26. Attach the spring balance to the The force necessary to push the door
interior control handle and open open is not more than 15 daN (33.7213
the door. lbf).

The door stay mechanism is locked.

27. Unlock the door stay mechanism The force necessary to push the door to
and close and lock the door. the
high closed
position is not more
than 15 daN (33.7213 lbf).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 559
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
28. Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE
and put the emergency control
handle to the
ARMED
position.

29. Put the door in the
high
closed
position.
The dimension between the release lever
(of the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder) and the stop on the
door is 5 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.1968 +0.0196-
0.0196 in.).

30. Lower and lock the door, put the

emergency control handle to the

DISARMED
position and install
the safety pin.

31. Lift the door and push it open. The movement of the door is damped just
before the end of its travel.

32. Push the door closed. The movement of the door is damped just
before the end of its travel.

33. Do a check of the vertical The vertical clearance is 4.0 +1.5 -1.5
clearance between the door and mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0590 in.).
the fuselage skin.

34. Do a check of the clearance The clearance is 3.8 +3.0 -2.5 mm

between the bottom of the door (0.1496 +0.1181 -0.0984 in.).
and the scuff plate.

35. Do a visual check of: The result is:

- the external skin, - no damage,
- the door buffer, - no signs of ageing,
- the door seal, - no damage,
- the guide rollers, - free movement,
- the door and fuselage stop - no damage or signs of wear.
fittings.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 560
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-12-00-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Arm the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-803).

(2) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-12-00-865-053

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-12-00-860-051

C. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

(1) Close the access door 811.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) If necessary, refuel the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-803).

(4) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 561
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 MID PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________

TASK 52-12-00-200-801

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Internal Structure of the MID Passenger/Crew

Door (Door 2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 521202-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific masking paper
No specific masking tape

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533

R 1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-006 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 601
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-23-51-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Middle Passenger/Crew

Door(s)
R 25-23-51-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Middle
R Passenger/Crew Door(s)
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
25-62-41-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-00-010-055

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the MID passenger/crew door.

(2) Open the MID passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

(3) Do the special precautions before you start the work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(4) Remove the lining of the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-000-
801).

(5) Remove the emergency escape facility from the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-
41-000-801).

(6) Remove the door insulation.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 602
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-00-110-050

B. Cleaning of the Structure

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), if
necessary.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-12-00-210-050

A. Visual inspection of the internal structure of the door.

(1) Make sure that there are no signs of corrosion, cracks, scratches on:
- the inner skin
- the vertical frame segment
- the vertical edge member
- the beam.

Subtask 52-12-00-916-050

R B. Application of Temporary Protection

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEMS.

_______
MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPORARY PROTECTION DOES NOT GET :
- ON COMPOSITE PARTS, CONTROL CABLES, PULLEYS, TEFLON BEARINGS,
- ON LUBRICATED SURFACES,
- IN DRAIN VALVES OR OTHER ORIFICES.
TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON OR IN THESE PARTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

R CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY STORAGE PRESERVATION ON THE DOOR CONTROL

_______
R MECHANISMS. THIS IS BECAUSE STORAGE PRESERVATION CAN PREVENT
R CORRECT OPERATION OF THE MECHANISMS.

R (1) Apply masking paper or masking tape to the equipment and fittings
R installed adjacent to the inspection area, if necessary.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 603
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
R (2) Apply a layer of the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) or
R STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the inspection area.

(3) Remove the masking paper or the masking tape.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-12-00-410-053

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Install the door insulation.

(3) Install the emergency escape facility on the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-
41-400-801).

(4) Install the lining of the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-
400-801).

(5) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802) .

(6) Close the MID passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

(7) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 604
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 TASK 52-12-00-200-802

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Door Stop Assemblies of the MID Passenger/
Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 521203-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

R B. Consumable Materials

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533

R 1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

R C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door

52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-12-31-000-801 Removal of the Door, Latch and Stop Fittings (Door
2L/2R)
52-12-31-400-801 Installation of the Door, Latch and Stop Fittings
(Door 2L/2R)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 605
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 52-12-00-991-021 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-00-010-056

A. Get Access

WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOORS WHILE THE RED WARNING
_______
LIGHT FLASHES, IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES, REMAINING
PRESSURE COULD CAUSE DOOR TO OPEN SUDDENLY AND COULD:
- KILL OR CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONS
- CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50
KNOTS.

(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position at the related door.

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Open the MID door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

Subtask 52-12-00-110-051

B. Cleaning of the Structure

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), if
necessary.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 606
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-12-00-210-051

R A. Detailed Visual Inspection of the Door Stop Assemblies of the MID

R Passenger/Crew Doors
R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-12-00-991-021)

R (1) Examine the door stop fittings as follows:

R

R (a) Make sure that all stop bolt assemblies are serviceable and
R tight.
R

R (b) Make sure that all door stop fittings are correctly tightened and
R have no cracks and other damage.

R (c) If necessary, replace the applicable door stop fitting (Ref. TASK
R 52-12-31-000-801) and (Ref. TASK 52-12-31-400-801).

R (2) Examine all stop fittings of the door frame as follows:

R

R (a) Make sure that all door stop fittings are correctly tightened and
R have no cracks and other damage.
R

R (b) If necessary, replace the applicable stop fitting (Ref. TASK 52-
R 12-31-000-801) and (Ref. TASK 52-12-31-400-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-12-00-410-055

A. Close Access

(1) Close the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

(2) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 607
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R Door Stop Assemblies on Door 2 (MID Passenger/Crew Door)
R Figure 601/TASK 52-12-00-991-021


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 608
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 TASK 52-12-00-200-803

General Visual Inspection of Door 2 (MID Passenger/Crew Door) Skin, External

Surface

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 521201-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

51-73-11-300-801 Repair of Minor Damage on Aluminum Clad Components

51-73-11-300-804 Repair of Dents in Skin Panels
51-75-12-300-801 Repair of Paint Damage on Aluminum and Composite
Material (more than the Topcoat)
51-75-12-300-803 Repair of Paint Damage (Topcoat Only)
ASRM 52-12-00-101
ASRM 52-12-00-201
R 52-12-00-991-018 Fig. 602

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-00-941-050

A. Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the closed
MID passenger/crew door.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 609
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-12-00-991-018)

Subtask 52-12-00-210-052

A. General Visual Inspection Procedure

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Examine the external surface of the door 2 for scratches, dents or
damage to the surface protection:

(a) If you find damage to the surface protection only:

1
_ Find the dimensions of the damage and the allowable limits
(Ref. ASRM 52-12-00-101).

a
_ If you find damage that is less than the limits, repair it
(Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-803) or (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-
801).

b
_ If you find damage that is more than the limits, repair it
(Ref. ASRM 52-12-00-201).

(b) If you find other damage:

1
_ Find the dimensions of the damage and the allowable limits
(Ref. ASRM 52-12-00-101).

a
_ If you find damage that is less than the limits, repair it
(Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-801) or (Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-
804).

b
_ If you find damage that is more than the limits, repair it
(Ref. ASRM 52-12-00-201).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-12-00-942-050

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 610
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Door 2 (MID Passenger/Crew Door) External Surface
R Figure 602/TASK 52-12-00-991-018


EFF :

ALL  52-12-00

Page 611
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 DOOR - PASSENGER/CREW - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________

TASK 52-12-11-000-801

Removal of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific nut (NAS 509-4)
No specific support
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

R 25-23-51-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Middle Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling
52-12-11-991-003 Fig. 401
52-12-11-991-009 Fig. 402
52-12-11-991-004 Fig. 403


EFF :

ALL  52-12-11

Page 401
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-11-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-12-11-010-053

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-12-11-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU CAB EMER LT 3WL C03
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41
742VU EMER CAB LT 1WL E70
742VU EMER CAB LT 2WL E69

R Subtask 52-12-11-010-056

R D. Get Access

R (1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the

R related door.

R (2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
R (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

R (3) Remove the escape facility (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-000-801).

R (4) Remove the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-000-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-11

Page 402
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-12-11-020-050

A. Removal of the door.

(1) Install the hoisting sling to the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).

(2) Disconnect the electrical cable harness 5795VB (5794VB).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-11-991-003)

(a) At the support arm (see detail
B
).

1
_ Remove the nuts (12) and the washers (11).

2
_ Remove the bolts (9) and the washers (10).

3
_ Remove the P-clips (13) from the cable harness (7).

(b) At the door frame (see detail
D
).

R 1
_ Remove the bolt (22), the washer (23) and the spacer (24).

2
_ Remove the P-clip (13) from the cable harness (7).

(c) Disconnect the electrical connector 360RH3A (360RH4A) (8).

(d) Disconnect the electrical connector 5169VC (5168VC) (6).

(e) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(f) Attach the cable harness (7) to the door structure.

(3) Disconnect the upper and lower guide arms.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-11-991-003)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (19).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-11

Page 403
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R Guide Arms and Cable Attachment
Figure 401/TASK 52-12-11-991-003


EFF :

ALL  52-12-11

Page 404
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (b) Remove the nuts (20) and the washers (21).

(c) Remove the bolts (14) and the washers (15).

(d) Disengage the guide arms (17) and remove the bushes (18) and
(16).

(e) To prevent damage, attach the guide arms to the door frame
structure.

(4) Disconnect the door damper and emergency operation cylinder.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-11-991-009)

(a) Install a nut (NAS 509-4) (88) to safety the spring rod (87).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (86).

(c) Remove the nut (85) and the washer (83).

(d) Disconnect the spring rod (87) and remove the washer (82).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (84).

(f) Remove the nut (79) and the washer (80).

(g) Remove the bolt (89), the lockwasher (90) and the sleeve (81).

(h) Disengage the end fitting from the gimbal (91).

(5) Remove the gimbal (91) from the door.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-11-991-009)

(a) Remove the nuts (78), the washers (77) and the bolts (75).

(b) Remove the flange (76).

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (96).

(d) Remove the nut (95) and the washer (94).

(e) Remove the gimbal (91) together with the washer (92) and the bush
(93).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-11

Page 405
Jul 01/00
R  
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder Linkage
Figure 402/TASK 52-12-11-991-009


EFF :

ALL  52-12-11

Page 406
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (6) Disconnect the support arm.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-12-11-991-004)

(a) Remove the screws (43), the washers (42) and disconnect the
bonding straps (41).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (51).

(c) Remove the nuts (52) and the washers (50).

(d) Remove the bolts (46), the washers (47) and the bushes (48).

(e) Carefully move the support arm clear of the door and remove the
washers (33) and (34).

NOTE : The washers (34) are available in different thicknesses,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.

(f) Remove the hinge pins (30), the yokes (45) and the washers (31),
(32) and (35).

NOTE : The washers (32) are available in different thicknesses,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.

(7) Carefully move the door clear of the fuselage and put it on a
support.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-11

Page 407
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Door Attachment to the Support Arm
Figure 403/TASK 52-12-11-991-004- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-11

Page 408
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Door Attachment to the Support Arm
Figure 403/TASK 52-12-11-991-004- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-11

Page 409
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 TASK 52-12-11-400-801

Installation of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116

PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-11

Page 410
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

19 cotter pin 52-12-02 03 -200

19 cotter pin 52-12-02 23 -210
32 washer 52-12-02 04 -170
32 washer 52-12-02 24 -170
51 cotter pins 52-12-02 04 -070
51 cotter pins 52-12-02 24 -070
84 cotter pin 52-12-02 01 -290
84 cotter pin 52-12-02 21 -310
86 cotter pin 52-12-02 01 -290
86 cotter pin 52-12-02 21 -310
96 cotter pin 52-12-02 01 -290
96 cotter pin 52-12-02 21 -310

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-52-600-807 Lubrication of the Teleskopic Arm and Exterior

Control Handle
20-28-00-912-802 Electrical Bonding of Components with Conductive
Screws and Bolts and Bonding Straps
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 25-23-46-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Middle
Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-51-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Middle Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-080-801 Removal of the Ballast Weight from the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-480-801 Installation of the Ballast Weight at the
Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling


EFF :

ALL  52-12-11

Page 411
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-12-00-720-801 Functional Test of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door

2L/2R)
52-12-00-820-801 Adjustment of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R)
52-12-14-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder (360RH3,360RH4) (Door 2L/2R)
52-12-21-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism of the MID
Passenger/Crew Doors (Door 2L/2R)
52-12-22-820-801 Adjustment of the Emergency Escape-Slide
Release-Mechanism of the MID Passenger/Crew Door
(Door 2L/2R)
52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System
52-71-00-710-802 Operational Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Warning
System
52-12-00-820-801 Adjustment of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R) (for corrective action)
52-12-11-991-003 Fig. 401
52-12-11-991-009 Fig. 402
52-12-11-991-004 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-11-860-055

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the door lining is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-000-
801).

(3) Make sure that the escape facility is removed (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-
000-801).

(4) Make sure that the door frame linings are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
46-000-801).

(5) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

(6) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-11

Page 412
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-11-865-054

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU CAB EMER LT 3WL C03
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41
742VU EMER CAB LT 1WL E70
742VU EMER CAB LT 2WL E69

Subtask 52-12-11-210-050

C. Preparation for Installation

(1) Make sure that the hoisting sling is attached to the door (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-940-801).

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(5) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-11

Page 413
Jul 01/02
R  
THY 
R **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-11-420-050

R A. Installation of the Door

(1) Carefully move the door into the installation position.

(2) Attach the support arm to the door.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-12-11-991-004)

R (a) Install the washers (31), (32) and (35) and the yokes (45) on the
R support arm.

NOTE : The washers (32) are available in different thicknesses,

____
install them as identified in the removal procedure.

(b) Make sure that the clearance
a
(see section C-C) is 0.05 +0.05-
0 mm (0.0019 +0.0019 -0.0000 in.).
R

R (c) If the clearance
a
is not correct, install a new washer (32) of
R a different thickness.

R (d) Install the hinge pins (30).

R (e) Put the door in position on the support arm and install the
washers (33) and (34).

NOTE : The washers (34) are available in different thicknesses,

____
install them as identified in the removal procedure.

R (f) Install the bushes (48), the washers (47) and the bolts (46).

R (g) Install the washers (50) and the nuts (52).

R (3) Install the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-801).

R

R (4) Put the door in position in the door frame.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-12-11-991-004)

(a) Operate the hoist until the weight of the door is on the support
arm.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-11

Page 414
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (b) Pull the exterior control handle of the door into the fully open
position.

(c) Close the door but do not lock it.

(d) Make sure that:

- the lifting arms (of the lifting shaft) engage correctly in the
R roller fittings on the door frame,
R - the vertical clearances between the door and the fuselage are
R 4.0 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0590 in.) and parallel,
- the clearances
b
(see section D-D) are 0.05 +0.05 -0 mm
(0.0019 +0.0019 -0.0000 in.).
R

R (e) If necessary adjust the support arm and/or the connection links
R (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

R (f) TORQUE the nuts (52) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

R (g) Safety the nuts (52) with the new cotter pins (51).

R (h) Put the bonding straps (41) in position on the support arm and
install the washers (42) and the screws (43) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-802).

R (5) Install the gimbal on the door fitting.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-11-991-009)

R (a) Install the gimbal (91) with the bush (93) and the washer (92).

(b) Install the flange (76).

(c) Install the bolts (75), the washers (77) and the nuts (78).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (78) to between 0.25 and 0.29 m.daN (22.12 and
25.66 lbf.in).

(e) Install the washer (94) and the nut (95).

(f) TORQUE the nut (95) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

(g) Safety the nut (95) with the new cotter pin (96).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-11

Page 415
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (6) Connect the door damper and emergency operation cylinder.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-11-991-009)

(a) Put the end fitting in position on the gimbal (91).

(b) Install the sleeve (81), the lockwasher (90) and the bolt (89).

(c) Install the washer (80) and the nut (79).

(d) Install the spring rod (87), the washers (82) and (83) and the
nut (85).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (79) and (85) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN
(25.66 and 30.08 lbf.in).

(f) Safety the nut (79) with the new cotter pin (84).

(g) Safety the nut (85) with the new cotter pin (86).

(h) Remove the nut (88) from the spring rod (87).

R (7) Connect the upper and lower guide arms to the door.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-11-991-003)

(a) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- REMOVE IT IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH YOUR SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

R 1
_ Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the
R bushes (18).

(b) Install the bushes (16) and (18).

(c) Put the guide arms (17) in position in the door fittings.

(d) Install the washers (15) and the bolts (14).

(e) Install the washers (21) and the nuts (20).

(f) TORQUE the nuts (20) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(g) Safety the nuts (20) with a new cotter pin (19).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-11

Page 416
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (8) Install the cable harness 5795VB (5794VB).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-11-991-003)

(a) At the support arm (see detail
B
).

1
_ Install the P-clips (13) on the cable harness (7).

2
_ Install the washers (10) and the bolts (9).

3
_ Install the washers (11) and the nuts (12).

(b) At the door frame (see detail
D
).

1
_ Install the P-clip (13) on the cable harness (7).

2
_ Install the spacer (24), the washer (23) and the bolt (22).

(c) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(d) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(e) Connect the electrical connector 5169VC (5168VC) (6).

(f) Connect the electrical connector 360RH3A (360RH4A) (8).

R (9) Remove the hoisting sling from the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

R Subtask 52-12-11-420-050-A

R A. Installation of the Door

R (1) Carefully move the door into the installation position.

R (2) Attach the support arm to the door as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-12-11-991-004)

R (a) Install the washers (31), (32) and (35) and the yokes (45) on the
R support arm.

R NOTE : The washers (32) are available in different thicknesses,

____
R install them as identified in the removal procedure.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-11

Page 417
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (b) Make sure that the clearance
a
(see section C-C) is 0.05 +0.05-
R 0 mm (0.0019 +0.0019 -0.0000 in.).

R (c) If the clearance
a
is not correct, install a new washer (32) of
R a different thickness.

R (d) Install the hinge pins (30).

R (e) Put the door in position on the support arm and install the
R washers (33) and (34).

R NOTE : The washers (34) are available in different thicknesses,

____
R install them as identified in the removal procedure.

R (f) Install the bushes (48), the washers (47) and the bolts (46).

R (g) Install the washers (50) and the nuts (52).

R (3) Install the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-801) on the door.

R (4) Put the door in position in the door frame as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-12-11-991-004)

R (a) Operate the hoist until the weight of the door is on the support
R arm.

R (b) Pull the exterior control handle of the door into the fully open
R position.

R (c) Close the door but do not lock it.

R (d) Make sure that:

R - the lifting arms (of the lifting shaft) engage correctly in the
R roller fittings on the door frame.
R - the vertical clearance between the door and the fuselage are
R 4.0 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0590 in.) and parallel.
R - the clearances
b
(see section D-D) are 0.05 +0.05 -0 mm
R (0.0019 +0.0019 -0.0000 in.).

R (e) If necessary adjust the support arm and/or the connection links
R (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

R (f) TORQUE the nuts (52) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
R 52.21 lbf.in).

R (g) Safety the nuts (52) with the new cotter pins (51).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-11

Page 418
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (h) Put the bonding straps (41) in position on the support arm and
R install the washers (42) and the screws (43) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
R 912-802).

R (5) Install the gimbal to the door fitting as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-11-991-009)

R (a) Install the gimbal (91) with the bush (93) and the washer (92).

R (b) Install the flange (76).

R (c) Install the bolts (75), the washers (77) and the nuts (78).

R (d) TORQUE the nuts (78) to between 0.25 and 0.29 m.daN (22.12 and
R 25.66 lbf.in).

R (e) Install the washer (94) and the nut (95).

R (f) TORQUE the nut (95) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
R 52.21 lbf.in).

R (g) Safety the nut (95) with the new cotter pin (96).

R (6) Connect the door damper and emergency operation cylinder as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-11-991-009)

R (a) Put the end fitting in position on the gimbal (91).

R (b) Install the sleeve (81), the lockwasher (90) and the bolt (89).

R (c) Install the washer (80) and the nut (79).

R (d) Install the spring rod (87), the washers (82) and (83) and the
R nut (85).

R (e) TORQUE the nuts (79) and (85) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN
R (25.66 and 30.08 lbf.in).

R (f) Safety the nut (79) with the new cotter pin (84).

R (g) Safety the nut (85) with the new cotter pin (86).

R (h) Remove the nut (88) from the spring rod (87).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-11

Page 419
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (7) Connect the upper and lower guide arms to the door as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-11-991-003)

R (a) Apply the special materials.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
R IF YOU DO:
R - REMOVE IT IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
R - WASH YOUR SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

R 1
_ Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the
R bushes (18).

R (b) Install the bushes (16) and (18).

R (c) Put the guide arms (17) in position in the door fittings.

R (d) Install the washers (15) and the bolts (14).

R (e) Install the washers (21) and the nuts (20).

R (f) TORQUE the nuts (20) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
R 30.08 lbf.in).

R (g) Safety the nuts (20) with a new cotter pin (19).

R (8) Install the cable harness 5795VB (5794VB) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-11-991-003)

R (a) At the support arm (see detail
B
).

R 1
_ Install the P-clips (13) on the cable harness (7).

R 2
_ Install the washers (10) and the bolts (9).

R 3
_ Install the washers (11) and the nuts (12).

R (b) At the door frame (see detail
D
).

R 1
_ Install the P-clip (13) on the cable harness (7).

R 2
_ Install the spacer (24), the washer (23) and the bolt (22).

R (c) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

R (d) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
R correct condition.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-11

Page 420
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (e) Connect the electrical connector 5169VC (5168VC) (6).

R (f) Connect the electrical connector 360RH3A (360RH4A) (8).

R (9) Remove the hoisting sling from the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).

R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-12-11-820-050

B. Do an adjustment/test of:

(1) The MID passenger/crew door 832 (842) (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

(2) The door locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-12-21-820-801).

(3) The door damper and emergency operation cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-12-14-
820-801).

(4) The emergency escape-slide release-mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-12-22-820-

801).

Subtask 52-12-11-720-050

C. Do the functional test of the MID passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-12-
00-720-801).

Subtask 52-12-11-865-052

D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ, 1WL, 2WL, 3WL

Subtask 52-12-11-710-050

R E. Test Procedure

R (1) Do the operational test of the door monitoring system (Ref. TASK 52-
71-00-710-801).

R (2) Do the operational test of the escape-slide warning system (Ref. TASK
52-71-00-710-802).

NOTE : Do these tests only for the MID passenger/crew door 832 (842).
____


EFF :

ALL  52-12-11

Page 421
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-12-11-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

R (2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R (a) Apply a layer of the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and
R the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
R which attach components directly to the door structure.

R (b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
R bolts which are in the door mechanism.

(c) Lubricate the external control-handle mechanism (Ref. TASK 12-22-

52-600-807).

R (d) Apply a layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to

R the installed components.

R (3) Remove the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-801).

R (4) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

R (5) Close the access door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

R (6) Remove the access platform(s).

R (7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R

Subtask 52-12-11-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-11

Page 422
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 SUSPENSION - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________

TASK 52-12-12-000-801

Removal of the Suspension of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
98A52108007000 1 TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-22-00-000-801 Removal of the STA-LOK Nuts

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
R 25-23-46-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Middle
Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-51-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Middle Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-12-11-000-801 Removal of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)
52-12-14-000-801 Removal of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder (Door 2L/2R)
52-12-12-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-12-991-002 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 401
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-12-991-002-A Fig. 402A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-12-991-006 Fig. 403

**ON A/C ALL

52-12-12-991-003 Fig. 404

52-12-12-991-004 Fig. 405

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-12-991-005 Fig. 406

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-12-991-005-A Fig. 406A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-12-991-007 Fig. 407

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-12-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 402
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-12-010-052

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-12-12-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-12-12-010-050

D. Get Access

(1) Open the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801)

(3) Remove the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-000-801).

(a) For the LH door remove the panels 832BZ, 832CZ, 832FZ, 832GZ,
832HZ, 832JZ.

(b) For the RH door remove the panels 842BZ, 842CZ, 842FZ, 842GZ,
842HZ, 842JZ.

(4) Remove the door frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-801).

(a) For the LH door remove the panels 241BW, 241CW, 241DW, 241EW,
241FW, 241JW.

(b) For the RH door remove the panels 242BW, 242CW, 242DW, 242EW,
242FW, 242JW.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 403
Apr 01/98
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-12-12-020-050

A. Removal of the Door Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-12-991-001)

(1) Remove the door damper and emergency operation cylinder (Ref. TASK
52-12-14-000-801).

(2) Remove the MID passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-12-11-000-801).

(3) Remove the support arm from the door frame.

(a) Remove the screws (12), the washers (11) and disconnect the
bonding straps (10).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (6).

(c) Remove the nuts (7) and the washers (8).

(d) Hold the support arm so that it can not fall.

(e) At the lower attach fitting remove the bolt (4) and the
lockwasher (9).

(f) At the upper attach fitting remove the bolt (4) and the washer
(3).

(g) Remove the support arm from the attach fittings.

(h) Remove the bushes (1), (2) and (5) from the support arm.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 404
Apr 01/98
R  
THY 
R Support Arm
Figure 401/TASK 52-12-12-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 405
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-12-020-051

B. Removal of the Door Buffer

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211

____

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-12-991-002)

(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (23).

(2) Remove the nut (24), the washer (25) and the spherical cup (26).

(3) Remove the bolt (31), the washer (32), the stop (33) and the
spherical cup (34).

(4) Remove the guide bush (35) and the washers (36) and (37).

(5) Remove the guide bush (27) and the washers (28) and (29).

(6) Remove the nuts (22).

(7) Remove the bolts (20), the washers (21) and the stop fitting (38).

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-12-020-051-A

B. Removal of the Door Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-12-12-991-002-A)

(1) Remove the nuts (4), the washers (3), the bolts (1), the washers (2)
and the door buffer (13).

(2) Remove the nut (11), the washer (12), the stop (10) and the washer
(9).

(3) Loosen the tab washer (7), remove the nut (8) and the bolt (6).

(4) Discard the tab washer (7).

(5) Remove the nut (16), the washers (15, 14) and the bolt (5).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 406
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Door Buffer on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 402/TASK 52-12-12-991-002


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-12

Page 407
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Door Buffer
Figure 402A/TASK 52-12-12-991-002-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-12

Page 408
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-12-020-057

C. Removal of the Door Buffer

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1212 and

____
subsequent

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-12-12-991-006)

(1) Remove the nuts (4), the washers (3), the bolts (1), the washers (2)
and the door buffer (13).

(2) Remove the nut (11), the washer (12), the stop (10) and the washer
(9).

(3) Loosen the tab washer (7), remove the nut (8) and the bolt (6).

R (4) Discard the tab washer (7).

R (5) Remove the nut (16), the washers (15, 14) and the bolt (5).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-12-12-020-052

D. Removal of the Door Stay Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-12-12-991-003)

(1) Removal of the pushbutton rod assembly.

(a) Remove the nuts (42) and the washers (41).

(b) Remove bolts (40) and the handle (48).

(c) Remove the pushbutton rod assembly (47) from the support arm.

(2) Removal of the locking device.

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (45).

(b) Remove the nuts (44) and the washers (46).

(c) Remove the locking device (43) from the support arm.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 409
Jul 01/98
 
THY 
R Door Buffer on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
Figure 403/TASK 52-12-12-991-006


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-12

Page 410
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Door Stay Mechanism
Figure 404/TASK 52-12-12-991-003


EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 411
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-12-020-055

R E. Removal of the upper and lower guide arms.

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-12-12-991-004)

NOTE : The removal procedure for the upper and lower guide arms is the
____
same.

(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (57).

(2) Remove the nut (58) and the washer (59).

(3) Remove the lockwasher (54), the nut (53) and the washer (52)
(Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-801). Use the tool (P/N 98A52108007126) and
the socket wrench (P/N 98A52108007330), part of the TOOL SET - R/I
PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(4) Hold the guide arm (55) and remove the bolt (62) and the washer (61).

(5) Disengage the guide arm from the door fitting (60) and then remove it
from the door frame fitting (51).

(6) Remove the bushes (56) and (63) from the door fitting (60).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-12-020-056

R F. Removal of the guide arm hinge-fittings.

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211

____

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-12-12-991-005)

(1) Remove the upper hinge fitting (see detail B).

(a) Remove the nuts (70) and the bolts (81) and (82).

(b) Remove the bolt (83), the washer (84) and remove the fitting
assembly (80) from the door.

NOTE : Make sure that the barrel nut (85) does not fall out when
____
you remove the fitting assembly (80).

(c) Remove the nuts (77) and the washers (76).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 412
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R Upper and Lower Guide Arms
Figure 405/TASK 52-12-12-991-004


EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 413
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Upper and Lower Guide Arm Hinge-Fittings on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 406/TASK 52-12-12-991-005


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-12

Page 414
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (d) Remove the bolts (71), the washers (72), the end fitting (79) and
the shims (78).

(e) Identify the shims (78) for the installation procedure.

(2) Remove the lower hinge fitting (see detail A).

(a) Remove the nuts (70) and the bolts (81) and (82).

(b) Remove the bolt (83), the washer (84) and remove the fitting
assembly (75) from the door.

NOTE : Make sure that the barrel nut (85) does not fall out when
____
you remove the fitting assembly (75).

(c) Remove the nuts (77) and the washers (76).

(d) Remove the bolts (71), the washers (72), the end fitting (73) and
the shims (74).

(e) Identify the shims (74) for the installation procedure.

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-12-020-056-A

F. Removal of the guide arm hinge-fittings.

(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-12-12-991-005-A)

(1) Remove the guide arm hinge-fittings (72, 73).

(a) Remove the nuts (70), the washers (71), the bolts (74, 75, 76),
the hinge-fittings (72, 73) and the filling sheets (77, 78).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-12-020-058

G. Removal of the guide arm hinge-fittings.

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1212 and

____
subsequent

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-12-12-991-007)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 415
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Upper and Lower Guide Arm Hinge-Fittings
Figure 406A/TASK 52-12-12-991-005-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-12

Page 416
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Upper and Lower Guide Arm Hinge-Fittings on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
Figure 407/TASK 52-12-12-991-007


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-12

Page 417
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
R (1) Remove the guide arm hinge-fittings (72, 73).

R (a) Remove the nuts (70), the washers (71), the bolts (74, 75, 76),
R the hinge-fittings (72, 73) and the filling sheets (77, 78).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-12

Page 418
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 52-12-12-400-801

Installation of the Suspension of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R
98A52108007000 1 TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116

PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 419
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6 cotter pins 52-12-02 04 -120

R 6 cotter pins 52-12-02 24 -120
R 7 tab washer 52-12-02 26 -150
23 cotter pin 52-12-02 06 -200
45 cotter pins 52-13-12 02 -330
R 45 cotter pins 52-13-12 12 -020
57 cotter pin 52-12-02 03 -200
R 57 cotter pin 52-12-02 23 -210

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-912-802 Electrical Bonding of Components with Conductive

Screws and Bolts and Bonding Straps
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 25-23-46-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Middle
Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-46-400-801 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the Middle
Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-51-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Middle Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
R 25-23-51-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Middle
R Passenger/Crew Door(s)
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-12-00-820-801 Adjustment of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R)
52-12-11-400-801 Installation of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R)
52-12-14-400-801 Installation of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder (Door 2L/2R)
52-12-12-991-001 Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 420
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-12-991-002 Fig. 402

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-12-991-002-A Fig. 402A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-12-991-006 Fig. 403

**ON A/C ALL

52-12-12-991-003 Fig. 404

52-12-12-991-004 Fig. 405

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-12-991-005 Fig. 406

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-12-991-005-A Fig. 406A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-12-991-007 Fig. 407


EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 421
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-12-860-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the MID passenger/crew door is open (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-801):

NOTE : This is not necessary for the installation of the support arm
____
as the door is removed.

(3) Make sure that you do the special precautions before work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(4) Make sure that the door lining is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-000-
801).

(a) For the LH door the panels 832BZ, 832CZ, 832FZ, 832GZ, 832HZ and
832JZ.

(b) For the RH door the panels 842BZ, 842CZ, 842FZ, 842GZ, 842HZ and
842JZ.

(5) Make sure that the door frame lining is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-
000-801).

(a) For the LH door the panels 241BW, 241CW, 241DW, 241EW, 241FW and
241JW.

(b) For the RH door the panels 242BW, 242CW, 242DW, 242EW, 242FW and
242JW.

(6) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

(7) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 422
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-12-865-052

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-12-12-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

R **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-12-420-050

B. Installation of the Door Stay Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-12-12-991-003)

(1) Install the locking device.

(a) Install the locking device (43) on the support arm (6).

(b) Install the washers (46) and the nuts (44).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 423
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (c) TORQUE the nuts (44) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).

(d) Safety the nuts (44) with the new cotter pins (45).

(2) Install the pushbutton rod assembly.

(a) Install the pushbutton rod assembly (47) in the support arm (6).

(b) Put the handle (48) in position on the support arm and install
the bolts (40), the washers (41) and the nuts (42).
R

Subtask 52-12-12-420-051

C. Installation of the Door Buffer

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211

____

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-12-991-002)

(1) Put the stop fitting (38) in position on the support arm and install
the bolts (20) together with the washers (21).

(2) Install the nuts (22).

(3) TORQUE the nuts (22) to between 0.44 and 0.49 m.daN (38.93 and 43.36
lbf.in).

(4) Install the guide bush (27) together with the washers (28) and (29).

(5) Install the guide bush (35) together with the washers (36) and (37).

(6) Install the bolt (31) together with the washer (32), the stop (33)
and the spherical cup (34).

(7) Install the spherical cup (26), the washer (25) and the nut (24).

(8) TORQUE the nut (24) to between 0.88 and 0.98 m.daN (77.87 and 86.72
lbf.in)

(9) Safety the nut (24) with the new cotter pin (23).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-12

Page 424
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

R Subtask 52-12-12-420-050-A

R B. Installation of the Door Stay Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-12-12-991-003)

R (1) Install the locking device (43) as follows:

R (a) Install the locking device (43) on the support arm (6).

R (b) Install the washers (46) and the nuts (44).

R (c) Tighten the nuts (44) and safety them with the new cotter pins
R (45).

R (2) Install the pushbutton rod assembly (47) as follows:

R (a) Install the pushbutton rod assembly (47) in the support arm (6).

R (b) Put the handle (48) in position on the support arm and install
R the bolts (40), the washers (41) and the nuts (42).

R (c) Tighten the nuts (42).

R

Subtask 52-12-12-420-051-A

C. Installation of the Door Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-12-12-991-002-A)

R (1) Put the bolt (5) in position on the stop fitting (13), and install
R the washers (14, 15) and the nut (16).

R (2) Install the bolt (6), new tab washer (7), nut (8), washer (9), stop
R (10), washer (12) and the nut (11).

R (3) Put the stop fitting (13) in position and install the washers (2),
R bolts (1), washers (3) and the nuts (4).

R (4) Tighten the nuts (4).

(5) Adjust the door buffer (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

R (6) TORQUE the nuts (11) and (16) to between 0.9 and 1.0 m.daN (79.64 and
R 88.49 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-12

Page 425
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (7) TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.8 and 1.0 m.daN (70.79 and 88.49
R lbf.in).

(8) Safety the nut (8) with the tab washer (7).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-12-420-057

D. Installation of the Door Buffer

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1212 and

____
subsequent

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-12-12-991-006)

R (1) Put the bolt (5) in position on the stop fitting (13), and install
R the washers (14, 15) and the nut (16).

R (2) Install the bolt (6), new tab washer (7), nut (8), washer (9), stop
R (10), washer (12) and the nut (11).

R (3) Put the stop fitting (13) in position on the support arm and install
R the washers (2), bolts (1), washers (3) and the nuts (4).

R (4) Tighten the nuts (4).

R (5) Adjust the door buffer (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

R (6) TORQUE the nuts (11) and (16) to between 0.9 and 1.0 m.daN (79.64 and
R 88.49 lbf.in).

R (7) TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.8 and 1.0 m.daN (70.79 and 88.49
R lbf.in).

R (8) Safety the nut (8) with the tab washer (7).
R


EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 426
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-12-420-052

E. Installation of the Door Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-12-991-001)

R (1) Install the support arm on the door frame as follows:

R (a) Install the bushes (1), (2) and (5) in the support arm.

R (b) Put the support arm in position on the attach fittings.

R (c) Install the washer (3) and the bolt (4) at the upper attach
R fitting.

R (d) Install the lockwasher (9) and the bolt (4) at the lower attach
R fitting.

R (e) Install the washers (8) and the nuts (7).

R (f) TORQUE the nuts (7) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

R (g) Safety the nuts (7) with the new cotter pins (6).

R (h) Put the bonding straps (10) in position on the support arm and
R install the washers (11) and the screws (12) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-802).

R (2) Install the door damper and emergency operation cylinder (Ref. TASK
R 52-12-14-400-801).

R (3) Install the MID passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-12-11-400-801).

R

Subtask 52-12-12-420-055

F. Installation of the Guide Arm Hinge-Fittings

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211

____

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-12-12-991-005)

(1) Install the upper hinge fitting.

(a) Put the fitting assembly (80) in position on the door and install
the bolts (81) and (82) and the nuts (70).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-12

Page 427
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (b) Make sure that the barrel nut (85) is in the correct position and
install the washer (84) and the bolt (83).

(c) Install the end fitting (79) together with the shims (78), the
washers (72) and the bolts (71).

(d) Install the washers (76) and the nuts (77).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (77) to between 0.44 and 0.49 m.daN (38.93 and
43.36 lbf.in).

(2) Install the lower hinge fitting.

(a) Put the fitting assembly (75) in position on the door and install
the bolts (81) and (82) and the nuts (70).

(b) Make sure that the barrel nut (85) is in the correct position and
install the washer (84) and the bolt (83).

(c) Install the end fitting (73) together with the shims (74), the
washers (72) and the bolts (71).

(d) Install the washers (76) and the nuts (77).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (77) to between 0.44 and 0.49 m.daN (38.93 and
43.36 lbf.in).

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

R Subtask 52-12-12-420-052-A

R E. Installation of the Door Support Arm

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-12-991-001)

R (1) Install the support arm on the door frame as follows:

R (a) Install the bushes (1), (2) and (5) in the support arm.

R (b) Put the support arm in position on the attach fittings.

R (c) Install the washer (3) and the bolt (4) at the upper attach
R fitting.

R (d) Install the lockwasher (9) and the bolt (4) at the lower attach
R fitting.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 428
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (e) Install the washers (8) and the nuts (7).

R (f) TORQUE the nuts (7) to between 0.55 and 0.60 m.daN (48.67 and
R 53.09 lbf.in).

R (g) Safety the nuts (7) with the new cotter pins (6).

R (h) Put the bonding straps (10) in position on the support arm and
R install the washers (11) and the screws (12) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
R 912-802).

R (2) Install the door damper and emergency operation cylinder (Ref. TASK
R 52-12-14-400-801).

R (3) Install the MID passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-12-11-400-801).

R

Subtask 52-12-12-420-055-A

F. Installation of the Guide Arm Hinge-Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-12-12-991-005-A)

(1) Install the guide arm hinge-fittings (72, 73).

(a) Put the hinge-fittings (72, 73) and the filling sheets (77, 78)
in position and install the bolts (74, 75, 76), the washers (71)
and the nuts (70).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-12-420-058

G. Installation of the Guide Arm Hinge-Fittings

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1212 and

____
subsequent

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-12-12-991-007)

(1) Install the guide arm hinge-fittings (72, 73).

(a) Put the hinge-fittings (72, 73) and the filling sheets (77, 78)
in position and install the bolts (74, 75, 76), the washers (71)
and the nuts (70).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 429
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R

Subtask 52-12-12-420-056

H. Installation of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-12-12-991-004)

NOTE : The installation procedure for the upper and lower guide arm is
____
the same.

(1) Install the guide arm (55) on the door frame fitting (51).

(2) Install the washer (52) and the nut (53).

(3) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- REMOVE IT IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH YOUR SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the bushes (56)
and (63).

(4) Install the bushes (56) and (63).

(5) Put the guide arm (55) in position in the door fitting (60) and
install the washer (61) and the bolt (62).

(6) Install the washer (59) and the nut (58).

(7) TORQUE the nut (58) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and 30.08
lbf.in).

(8) Safety the nut (58) with the new cotter pin (57).

(9) TORQUE the nut (53) to between 1.47 and 1.57 m.daN (10.84 and 11.57
lbf.ft). Use the socket wrench (P/N 98A52108007330), part of the TOOL
SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(10) Safety the nut (53) with the lockwasher (54). Use the tool (P/N
98A52108007126), part of the TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS
(98A52108007000).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-12

Page 430
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

R Subtask 52-12-12-420-056-A

R H. Installation of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-12-12-991-004)

R NOTE : The installation procedure for the upper and lower guide arm is
____
R the same.

R (1) Install the guide arm (55) on the door frame fitting (51).

R (2) Install the washer (52) and the nut (53).

R (3) Apply the special materials as follows:

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
R IF YOU DO:
R - REMOVE IT IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
R - WASH YOUR SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

R (a) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the bushes
R (56) and (63).

R (4) Install the bushes (56) and (63) in the door fitting (60).

R (5) Put the guide arm (55) in position in the door fitting (60) and
R install the washer (61) and the bolt (62).

R (6) Install the washer (59) and the nut (58).

R (7) TORQUE the nut (58) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
R lbf.in).

R (8) Safety the nut (58) with the new cotter pin (57).

R (9) TORQUE the nut (53) to between 1.5 and 1.6 m.daN (11.06 and 11.79
R lbf.ft). Use the socket wrench (P/N 98A52108007330), part of the TOOL
R SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

R (10) Safety the nut (53) with the lockwasher (54). Use the tool (P/N
R 98A52108007126), part of the TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS
R (98A52108007000).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-12

Page 431
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R **ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-12-12-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and

STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
which attach components directly to the door structure.

(b) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
bolts which are in the door mechanism.

(c) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the

installed components.

(3) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-400-801).

(a) For the LH door install the panels 832BZ, 832CZ, 832FZ, 832GZ,
832HZ, 832JZ.

(b) For the RH door install the panels 842BZ, 842CZ, 842FZ, 842GZ,
842HZ, 842JZ.

(4) Install the door frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-801).

(a) For the LH door install the panels 241BW, 241CW, 241DW, 241EW,
241FW, 241JW.

(b) For the RH door install the panels 242BW, 242CW, 242DW, 242EW,
242FW, 242JW.

(5) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 432
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

(7) Close the MID passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

(8) Close the access door 811.

(9) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-12-12-865-053

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-12-12-862-050

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-12

Page 433
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 ______________________________________________________________
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION (360RH3,360RH4)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

TASK 52-12-14-000-801

R Removal of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder (Door 2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific NAS 509-4
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

25-62-00-860-801 Safety the Pack-Assembly
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-14-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-14-991-001-A Fig. 401A


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 401
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-099,

R 52-12-14-991-003 Fig. 402

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-14-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-12-14-010-052

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-12-14-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-12-14-010-050

D. Get Access

(1) Open the MID passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801):

- FOR 360RH3
open the door 832
- FOR 360RH4
open the door 842


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 402
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 (2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Safety the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-801).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-14-020-050

A. Removal of the Damper Cylinder

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211

____

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-14-991-001)

(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (12).

(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(3) Install the nut NAS 509-4 (11) to safety the spring rod (10).

(4) Remove and discard the cotter pin (1) and (9).

(5) Remove the nut (2), (8), the washer (3), (7) and disconnect the
spring rod (10) from the door fitting and remove the washer (6).

(6) Remove the bolt (21) together with the spring rod (10) and the washer
(5) from the telescopic rod.

(7) Remove the bush (4).

(8) Remove and discard the cotter pin (20).

(9) Remove the nut (19), the washer (18), the bolt (14), the washer (15),
the sleeve (17) and disconnect the damper cylinder from the door.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 403
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 401/TASK 52-12-14-991-001


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-14

Page 404
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (10) Remove the hinge pin (16) and the yoke (13) from the damper cylinder.

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-14-020-050-A

A. Removal of the Damper Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-12-14-991-001-A)

(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (12).

(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(3) Install the nut NAS 509-4 (11) to safety the spring rod (10).

(4) Remove and discard the cotter pin (1) and (9).

(5) Remove the nut (2), (8), the washer (3), (7) and disconnect the
spring rod (10) from the door fitting and remove the washer (6).

(6) Remove the bolt (21) together with the spring rod (10) and the washer
(5) from the telescopic rod.

(7) Remove the bush (4).

(8) Remove and discard the cotter pin (20).

(9) Remove the nut (19) and the washer (18), the bolt (14), the washer
(15) and disconnect the damper cylinder from the door.

(10) Remove the hinge pin (16) and the yoke (13) from the damper cylinder.

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-14-020-051

B. Removal of the Damper Cylinder

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1212 and

____
subsequent

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-14-991-003)

(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (12).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 405
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
Figure 401A/TASK 52-12-14-991-001-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-14

Page 406
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder on Door Serial No. 1212 and
subsequent
Figure 402/TASK 52-12-14-991-003


EFF :

001-099, 

52-12-14 Page 407
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(3) Install the nut NAS 509-4 (11) to safety the spring rod (10).

(4) Remove and discard the cotter pin (1) and (9).

(5) Remove the nut (2), (8), the washer (3), (7) and disconnect the
spring rod (10) from the door fitting and remove the washer (6).

(6) Remove the bolt (21) together with the spring rod (10) and the washer
(5) from the telescopic rod.

(7) Remove the bush (4).

(8) Remove and discard the cotter pin (20).

(9) Remove the nut (19), the washer (18), the bolt (14), the washer (15)
and disconnect the damper cylinder from the door.

(10) Remove the hinge pin (16) and the yoke (13) from the damper cylinder.


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-14

Page 408
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 52-12-14-400-801

R Installation of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder (Door 2L/2R)
R

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 CALIPER
R No specific 1 GAGE - FEELER
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 1.00 to 10.00 m.daN
(8.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 409
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 cotter pin 52-12-02 02 -210

1 cotter pin 52-12-02 22 -210
9 cotter pin 52-12-02 01 -290
9 cotter pin 52-12-02 21 -310
20 cotter pin 52-12-02 02 -130
20 cotter pin 52-12-02 22 -130

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-73-00-861-801 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System

(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-801 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-801 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power A
24-41-00-862-801 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power A
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
25-62-00-860-801 Safety the Pack-Assembly
25-62-00-860-803 Arm the Pack-Assembly
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-12-14-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
R Cylinder (360RH3,360RH4) (Door 2L/2R)

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-14-991-001 Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 410
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-14-991-001-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-14-991-003 Fig. 402

R **ON A/C ALL

R 52-12-14-991-005 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-14-860-056

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the MID passenger/crew door is open (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-801):
- FOR 360RH3
the door Z832
- FOR 360RH4
the door Z842

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

(4) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 411
Jul 01/01
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-14-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-12-14-860-058

C. Preparation for Installation

(1) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(2) Make sure that the pack assembly is safe (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-
801).

(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(5) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(6) Make sure that the pressure in the gas bottle is correct.

NOTE : If necessary adjust the pressure in the gas bottle.

____

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 412
Jul 01/01
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-14-560-051

A. Preparation of the Replacement Component

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-14-991-001)

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-12-14-991-001-A)

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-14-991-003)

**ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-12-14-991-005)

(1) Adjust the length of the damper cylinder.

(a) Compress the damper cylinder fully.

(b) Move the piston rod 4.5 mm (0.1771 in.) out of the damper
cylinder.

(c) Measure the dimension
A
. Use a CALIPER.

(d) The dimension
A
must be 432.8 +0.5 -0.5 mm (17.0393 +0.0196 -
0.0196 in.).

(e) If the dimension
A
is not in the given limits adjust the length
as follows:

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nut (30).

2
_ Loosen the nut (30).

3
_ Turn the eye end until the dimension
A
is correct.

4
_ Tighten and TORQUE the nut (30) to between to 4.4 m.daN (32.44
R lbf.ft) and 4.9 m.daN (36.13 lbf.ft).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 413
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
R Figure 403/TASK 52-12-14-991-005


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 414
Jul 01/01
 
THY 
 5
_ Safety the nut (30) with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).

(2) Adjust the gap
B
between the support arm and the bellcrank.

(a) Put the bellcrank and the telescopic rod in position and install
bush (4), the washer (5) and the bolt (21).

(b) Install the washer (3) and the nut (2).

(c) Install the washer (6) and the spring rod (10) on the door
fitting.

(d) Install the washer (7) and the nut (8).

(e) Remove the nut (11).

(f) Move the door into the door frame until the upper guide rollers
contact the guide fittings. Do not lower the door.

R (g) Compress the telescopic rod and measure the gap
B
. Use a GAGE -
R FEELER. The gap
B
must be between 1.2 mm (0.0472 in.) and 1.3
mm (0.0511 in.).

(h) If the gap
B
is not in the given limit adjust as follws:

(i) Fully open the door and remove the nut (31), the washer (32), the
stop bolt (35)and the washers (33) and (34).

(j) Adjust the washers (33) and (34) as necessary to give the correct
clearance.

(k) Install the weshers (33) and (34), the stop bolt (35), the washer
(32) and the nut (31).

(l) TORQUE the nut (31) to between to 0.9 m.daN (79.64 lbf.in) and to
1.0 m.daN (88.49 lbf.in).

(3) Remove the bolt (21) and the spring rod (10).

(a) Install the nut (11).

(b) Remove the nut (2), (8) and the washer (3), (7).

R (c) Remove the bolt (21) together with the spring rod (10), the
R washers (5), (6) and the bush (4).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 415
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-14-420-050

B. Installation of the Damper Cylinder

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211

____

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-14-991-001)

(1) Put the yoke (13) in position in the damper cylinder and install the
hinge pin (16).

(2) Put the damper cylinder in position in the support arm fitting and
install the sleeve (17).

(3) Install the washer (15) and the bolt (14).

(4) Install the washer (18) and the nut (19).

(5) Install the eye end of the damper cylinder in the telescopic rod and
install the bush (4).

(6) Put the bellcrank in position and install the washer (5) and the bolt
(21).

(7) Install the washer (3) and the nut (2).

(8) Install the spring rod (10) together with the washer (6) on the door
fitting.

(9) Install the washer (7) and the nut (8).

(10) Remove the nut (11).

(11) TORQUE the nuts (19) and (8) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).

(12) TORQUE the nut (2) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and 95.57
lbf.in).

(13) Safety the nut (19) with the new cotter pin (20).

(14) Safety the nut (8) with the new cotter pin (9).

(15) Safety the nut (2) with the new cotter pin (1).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-14

Page 416
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (16) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(17) Connect the electrical connector (12).

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-14-420-050-A

B. Installation of the Damper Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-12-14-991-001-A)

(1) Put the yoke (13) in position in the damper cylinder and install the
hinge pin (16).

(2) Put the damper cylinder in position in the support arm fitting and
install the washer (15) and the bolt (14).

(3) Install the washer (18) and the nut (19).

(4) Install the eye end of the damper cylinder in the telescopic rod and
install the bush (4).

(5) Put the bellcrank in position and install the washer (5) and the bolt
(21).

(6) Install the washer (3) and the nut (2).

R (7) Install the spring rod (10) with the washer (6) on the door fitting.

(8) Install the washer (7) and the nut (8).

(9) Remove the nut (11).

R (10) Tighten the nuts (19) and (8).

R

R (11) Safety the nut (19) with the new cotter pin (20).

R (12) Safety the nut (8) with the new cotter pin (9).

R (13) TORQUE the nut (2) to between 1.0 and 1.1 m.daN (88.49 and 97.34
R lbf.in).

(14) Safety the nut (2) with the new cotter pin (1).

(15) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 417
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (16) Connect the electrical connector (12).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-14-420-051

C. Installation of the Damper Cylinder

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1212 and

____
subsequent

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-14-991-003)

(1) Put the yoke (13) in position in the damper cylinder and install the
hinge pin (16).

(2) Put the damper cylinder in position in the support arm fitting and
install the washer (15), (18) and the bolt (14).

(3) Install the washer (18) and the nut (19).

(4) Install the eye end of the damper cylinder in the telescopic rod and
install the bush (4).

(5) Put the bellcrank in position and install the washer (5) and the bolt
(21).

(6) Install the washer (3) and the nut (2).

(7) Install the spring rod (10) together with the washer (6) on the door
fitting.

(8) Install the washer (7) and the nut (8).

(9) Remove the nut (11).

(10) TORQUE the nuts (19) and (8) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).

(11) TORQUE the nut (2) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and 95.57
lbf.in).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 418
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 (12) Safety the nut (19) with the new cotter pin (20).

(13) Safety the nut (8) with the new cotter pin (9).

(14) Safety the nut (2) with the new cotter pin (1).

R (15) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

R (16) Connect the electrical connector (12).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-12-14-820-051

R D. Do an adjustment/test of the door damper and emergency operation cylinder

(Ref. TASK 52-12-14-820-801).

Subtask 52-12-14-865-052

R E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-12-14-710-050

R F. Do an Operational Test of the CIDS Connection

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).

(2) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-801).

(3) On the Programming and Indication Module (PIM):

- push the hardkey
DOORS
,
- make sure that the indication
CHECK DOOR PRESSURE
is not shown.

(4) De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-801).

(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 419
Jul 01/01
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-12-14-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Arm the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-803).

(2) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(4) Close the MID Passenger/Crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801):

- FOR 360RH3
close the door 832
- FOR 360RH4
close the door 842

(5) Close the access door 811.

(6) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-12-14-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 420
Jul 01/01
 
THY 
 ______________________________________________________________
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION (360RH3,360RH4)
_______________
ADJUSTMENT/TEST

TASK 52-12-14-820-801

Adjustment of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder (360RH3,360RH4)

(Door 2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific measuring equipment
No specific sharp pencil
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
701-2978000 2 PIN - RIGGING
98A52107632000 2 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 501
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 25-23-51-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Middle Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
R 25-23-51-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Middle
R Passenger/Crew Door(s)
25-62-00-860-801 Safety the Pack-Assembly
25-62-00-860-803 Arm the Pack-Assembly
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-14-991-002 Fig. 501

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-14-991-002-A Fig. 501A

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Post SB 52-4073 For A/C 101-149,151-199,

52-12-14-991-002-B Fig. 501B

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-14-991-004 Fig. 502


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 502
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-14-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-12-14-010-053

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-12-14-865-053

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-12-14-010-051

D. Get Access

(1) Open the MID passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801):

- FOR 360RH3
open the door Z832
- FOR 360RH4
open the door Z842

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Safety the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-801).

(4) Put a warning notice in position at the bottom of the access platform
to tell persons to keep away from the door area.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 503
Jul 01/01
R  
THY 
 (5) Remove the door lining from the support arm (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-000-
801):
- FOR 360RH3
remove 832HZ, 832GZ, 832JZ
- FOR 360RH4
remove 842HZ, 842GZ, 842JZ

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-14-820-050

R A. Adjustment of the Cylinder Kinematics

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211

____

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-12-14-991-002)

(1) At the Percussion Mechanism:

(a) Fully close and lock the passenger/crew door.

(b) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE and move the emergency control
handle to the
ARMED
position.

(c) Slowly lift the door to its highest position and hold it, do not
push it open (high and closed position).

(d) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (7) is installed.

(e) Loosen the knurled screw (12).

(f) Move the release lever (13) forward until it touches the stop
(11).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 504
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder Kinematics on Door Serial No. 1001
to 1211
Figure 501/TASK 52-12-14-991-002


EFF :

001-099, 

52-12-14 Page 505
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 (g) Make a mark where the lower edge of the release lever (13)
touches the stop (11). Use a sharp pencil.

(h) Move the release lever (13) back to the disarmed position and
tighten the knurled screw (12).

(i) Lower and lock the door.

(j) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position and
install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

(k) Measure the distance between the pencil mark and the highest
point of the stop (11). Use the measuring equipment.

(l) If the dimension
b
is not 5 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.1968 +0.0196 -

0.0196 in.), adjust as follows.

1
_ Fully open the passenger/crew door.

2
_ Remove the nut (8).

3
_ Remove the stop (11) and the lockwasher (10).

4
_ Adjust the washers (9) as necessary to give the correct
dimension.

5
_ Install the lockwasher (10) and the stop (11).

6
_ Install the nut (8).

7
_ TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.49 and 0.59 m.daN (43.36 and
52.21 lbf.in) and close the door.

R (2) Measure the distance a between the retracted release lever (13) and
R the stop (11).

(a) Put the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

(b) Lift the door to the fully-lifted position, but do not open the
door.

NOTE : This prevents the deployment of the slide/raft during

____
measurement.

R (c) Measure the distance a. The distance a is between 4.5 mm
R (0.1771 in.) and 8.5 mm (0.3346 in.).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-14

Page 506
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-14-820-050-A

R A. Adjustment of the Cylinder Kinematics

(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-12-14-991-002-A)

(1) At the Percussion Mechanism:

(a) Fully close and lock the passenger/crew door.

(b) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE and move the emergency control
handle to the
ARMED
position.

(c) Slowly lift the door to its highest position and hold it, do not
push it open (high and closed position).

(d) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (7) is installed.

(e) Loosen the knurled screw (12).

(f) Move the release lever (13) forward until it touches the stop
(11).

(g) Make a mark where the lower edge of the release lever (13)
touches the stop (11). Use a sharp pencil.

(h) Move the release lever (13) back to the disarmed position and
tighten the knurled screw (12).

(i) Lower and lock the door.

(j) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position and
install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

(k) Measure the distance between the pencil mark and the highest
point of the stop (11). Use the measuring equipment.

(l) If the dimension
b
is not 5 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.1968 +0.0196 -

0.0196 in.), adjust as follows.

1
_ Fully open the passenger/crew door.

2
_ Remove the nut (8).

3
_ Remove the stop (11) and the lockwasher (10).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-14

Page 507
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder Kinematics
Figure 501A/TASK 52-12-14-991-002-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-14

Page 508
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 4
_ Adjust the washers (9) as necessary to give the correct
dimension.

5
_ Install the lockwasher (10) and the stop (11).

6
_ Install the nut (8).

7
_ TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.49 and 0.59 m.daN (43.36 and
52.21 lbf.in) and close the door.

R (2) Measure the distance a between the retracted release lever (13) and
R the stop (11).

(a) Put the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

(b) Lift the door to the fully-lifted position, but do not open the
door.

NOTE : This prevents the deployment of the slide/raft during

____
measurement.

R (c) Measure the distance a. The distance a is between 4.5 mm
R (0.1771 in.) and 8.5 mm (0.3346 in.).

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Post SB 52-4073 For A/C 101-149,151-199,

Subtask 52-12-14-820-050-B

R A. Adjustment of the Cylinder Kinematics

(Ref. Fig. 501B/TASK 52-12-14-991-002-B)

(1) At the Percussion Mechanism:

(a) Fully close and lock the passenger/crew door.

(b) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE and move the emergency control
handle to the
ARMED
position.

(c) Slowly lift the door to its highest position and hold it, do not
push it open (high and closed position).

(d) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (7) is installed.

(e) Loosen the knurled screw (12).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-14

Page 509
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder Kinematics
Figure 501B/TASK 52-12-14-991-002-B


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-14

Page 510
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 (f) Move the release lever (13) forward until it touches the stop
(11).

(g) Make a mark where the lower edge of the release lever (13)
touches the stop (11). Use a sharp pencil.

(h) Move the release lever (13) back to the disarmed position and
tighten the knurled screw (12).

(i) Lower and lock the door.

(j) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position and
install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

(k) Measure the distance between the pencil mark and the highest
point of the stop (11). Use the measuring equipment.

(l) If the dimension
b
is not 5 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.1968 +0.0196 -

0.0196 in.), adjust as follows.

1
_ Fully open the passenger/crew door.

2
_ Remove the nut (8).

3
_ Remove the stop (11) and the lockwasher (10).

4
_ Adjust the washers (9) as necessary to give the correct
dimension.

5
_ Install the lockwasher (10) and the stop (11).

6
_ Install the nut (8).

7
_ TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.49 and 0.59 m.daN (43.36 and
52.21 lbf.in) and close the door.

R (2) Measure the the distance a between the retracted release lever (13)
R and the stop (11).

(a) Put the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

(b) Lift the door to the fully-lifted position, but do not open the
door.

NOTE : This prevents the deployment of the slide/raft during

____
measurement.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-14

Page 511
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 (c) Measure the distance a. The distance a is between 4.5 mm
(0.1771 in.) and 8.5 mm (0.3346 in.).

(3) If the distance a is out of tolerance, adjust the position of the
stop (11) as follows.

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (14).

(b) Remove the nut (20), the washers (15), and the bolt (17).

(c) Remove the sleeve (18) and the washers (16) and (19).

(d) Adjust the distance a by adding or removing of the washers (16)
and/or (19).

(e) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the sleeve (18).

(f) Install the sleeve (18).

R (g) Measure the distance a as described in para. (3) (a) thru (c).
R If necessary repeat the adjustment.

(h) Install the bolt (17), the washers (15), and the nut (20).

(i) Make sure that the dimension between the guide rod (21) and the
lever assembly (22) is 0.1 +0.05 -0.05 mm (0.0039 +0.0019 -0.0019
in.).

(j) Safety the nut (20) with a new cotter pin (14).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-14-820-052

B. Adjustment of the Cylinder Kinematics

NOTE : On door serial No. 1212 and subsequent

____
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-12-14-991-004)

(1) At the Percussion Mechanism:

(a) Fully close and lock the passenger/crew door.

(b) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE and move the emergency control
handle to the
ARMED
position.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 512
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder on Door Serial No. 1212 and
subsequent
Figure 502/TASK 52-12-14-991-004


EFF :

001-099, 

52-12-14 Page 513
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 (c) Slowly lift the door to its highest position and hold it, do not
push it open (high and closed position).

(d) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (7) is installed.

(e) Loosen the knurled screw (12).

(f) Move the release lever (13) forward until it touches the stop
(11).

(g) Make a mark where the lower edge of the release lever (13)
touches the stop (11). Use a sharp pencil.

(h) Move the release lever (13) back to the disarmed position and
tighten the knurled screw (12).

(i) Lower and lock the door.

(j) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position and
install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

(k) Measure the distance between the pencil mark and the highest
point of the stop (11). Use the measuring equipment.

(l) If the dimension
b
is not 5 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.1968 +0.0196 -

0.0196 in.), adjust as follows.

1
_ Fully open the passenger/crew door.

2
_ Remove the nut (8).

3
_ Remove the stop (11) and the lockwasher (10).

4
_ Adjust the washers (9) as necessary to give the correct
dimension.

5
_ Install the lockwasher (10) and the stop (11).

6
_ Install the nut (8).

7
_ TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.49 and 0.59 m.daN (43.36 and
52.21 lbf.in) and close the door.

R (2) Measure the the distance a between the retracted release lever (13)
R and the stop (11).

(a) Put the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-14

Page 514
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 (b) Lift the door to the fully-lifted position, but do not open the
door.

NOTE : This prevents the deployment of the slide/raft during

____
measurement.

(c) Measure the distance a. The distance a is between 4.5 mm
(0.1771 in.) and 8.5 mm (0.3346 in.).

(3) If the distance a is out of tolerance, adjust the position of the
stop (11) as follows.

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (14).

(b) Remove the nut (20), the washers (15), and the bolt (17).

(c) Remove the sleeve (18) and the washers (16) and (19).

(d) Adjust the distance a by adding or removing of the washers (16)
and/or (19).

(e) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the sleeve (18).

(f) Install the sleeve (18).

R (g) Measure the distance a as described in para. (3) (a) thru (c).
R If necessary repeat the adjustment.

(h) Install the bolt (17), the washers (15), and the nut (20).

(i) Make sure that the dimension between the guide rod (21) and the
lever assembly (22) is 0.1 +0.05 -0.05 mm (0.0039 +0.0019 -0.0019
in.).

(j) Safety the nut (20) with a new cotter pin (14).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-14

Page 515
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-12-14-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Install the door lining to the support arm (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-400-
801):
- FOR 360RH3
install 832HZ, 832GZ, 832JZ
- FOR 360RH4
install 842HZ, 842GZ, 842JZ

(2) Arm the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-803).

(3) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(6) Close the MID passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801):

- FOR 360RH3
close the door 832
- FOR 360RH4
close the door 842

(7) Close the access door 811.

(8) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-12-14-865-054

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-12-14-862-051

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-14

Page 516
Jul 01/01
 
THY 
 SEAL - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________

TASK 52-12-18-000-801

Removal of the Door Seal (Door 2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

R NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-12-18-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-18-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-18

Page 401
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-18-010-052

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-12-18-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-12-18-010-050

D. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the related door.

(2) Open the MID passenger/crew door Z832 and Z842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
010-801).

(3) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
R - THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
R THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
R - THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
R CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
R INSTALLED.
R THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
R IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-18

Page 402
Oct 01/97
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-18-020-050

A. Removal of the Door Seal

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-18-991-001)

(1) Remove the nuts (4).

(2) Remove the screws (5) and the retainers (2), (3), (7) and (8) (refer
to detail
B
).

(3) Remove the screws (6) and the retainers (1), (7) and (10) (refer to
detail
C
).

NOTE : Identify the screws (5) and (6) for the installation
____
procedure.

(4) Remove the door seal (9) from the passenger/crew door.

(5) Put a warning notice in position on the door to tell persons that the
door seal is removed.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-18

Page 403
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
R Door Seal
Figure 401/TASK 52-12-18-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-12-18

Page 404
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 TASK 52-12-18-400-801

Installation of the Door Seal (Door 2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

R NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific lint-free cloth
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-011 USA MIL-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-18

Page 405
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
51-75-12-300-801 Repair of Paint Damage on Aluminum and Composite
Material (more than the Topcoat)
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-12-18-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-18-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the related
door.

(3) Make sure that the MID passenger/crew door is open (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-801):

(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

R (5) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-18

Page 406
Apr 01/95
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-18-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-12-18-860-050

C. Preparation for Installation

(1) Do the special precautions before work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-801).

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(4) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(a) Clean the countersinks with a nonmetallic scraper and CLEANING

AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-18

Page 407
Apr 01/94
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
R - THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
R THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
R - THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
R CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
R INSTALLED.
R THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
R IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-12-18-420-050

A. Installation of the Door Seal

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-18-991-001)

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Put the door seal (9) in position on the passenger/crew door.

(2) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the countersinks before
you install the screws (5) and (6).

(3) Install the retainers (2), (3), (7) and (8) with the screws (5) (as
identified) and the nuts (4) (refer to detail
B
).

(4) Install the retainers (1), (7) and (10) with the screws (6) (as
identified) and the nuts (4) (refer to detail
C
).

NOTE : Make sure that the door seal (9) is installed correctly.
____

(5) TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 0.25 and 0.30 m.daN (22.12 and 26.54
lbf.in).

(6) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the door seal (9).

(7) Remove the unwanted sealant from the passenger/crew door and/or the
adjacent area with a lint-free cloth.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-18

Page 408
Oct 01/97
 
THY 
 (8) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and STRUCTURE
PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts (4).

(9) Do a repair of the paint damage caused to the outer skin of the door
by the removal/installation of the screws (5) and (6) (Ref. TASK 51-
75-12-300-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-12-18-865-052

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-12-18-410-054

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R (3) Close the MID passenger/crew door Z832 and Z842 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-801).

(4) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

R (5) Close the access door 811.

(6) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-12-18-862-050

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-18

Page 409
Apr 01/95
 
THY 
 MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________

TASK 52-12-21-000-801

Removal of the Door Locking Mechanism from the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
98A52108004001 2 SLING - PASSENGER DOOR
98A52108007000 1 TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

R 25-23-51-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Middle Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-002 Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 401
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-002-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-024 Fig. 402

52-12-21-991-003 Fig. 403

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-003-A Fig. 403A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-004 Fig. 404

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-004-A Fig. 404A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-005 Fig. 405

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-005-A Fig. 405A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-037 Fig. 406

52-12-21-991-025 Fig. 407
52-12-21-991-026 Fig. 408
52-12-21-991-006 Fig. 409


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 402
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-006-A Fig. 409A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-027 Fig. 410

52-12-21-991-007 Fig. 411

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-007-A Fig. 411A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-008 Fig. 412

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-008-A Fig. 412A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-009 Fig. 413

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-009-A Fig. 413A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-010 Fig. 414


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 403
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-010-A Fig. 414A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-028 Fig. 415

52-12-21-991-029 Fig. 416
52-12-21-991-030 Fig. 417
52-12-21-991-031 Fig. 418
52-12-21-991-011 Fig. 419

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-011-A Fig. 419A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-012 Fig. 420

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-012-A Fig. 420A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-039 Fig. 421

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-039-A Fig. 421A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-032 Fig. 422


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 404
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-12-21-991-033 Fig. 423

52-12-21-991-013 Fig. 424

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-013-A Fig. 424A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-014 Fig. 425

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-014-A Fig. 425A

**ON A/C ALL

52-12-21-991-015 Fig. 426

R **ON A/C 001-099,

R 52-12-21-991-038 Fig. 427

R **ON A/C ALL

R 52-12-21-991-023 Fig. 428

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-21-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-12-21-010-050

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 405
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-21-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-12-21-010-051

D. Get Access

(1) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(2) Put an access platform in position below the opened door.

(3) Remove the escape facility from the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-000-
801).

(4) Remove the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-000-801).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-21-941-050

A. Preparation for Removal

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211

____

(1) Install the SLING - PASSENGER DOOR (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 406
Jul 01/00
R  
THY 
 (2) Unload the torsion bar.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-21-991-002)

NOTE : This is only necessary for the removal of:

____
- the external control handle,
- the gearbox and locking hook,
- the twin lever,
- the lifting shaft,
- the upper and lower connection links.

(a) Remove the nut (7), the washer (8) and the lockplate (9).

(b) Loosen the tension bolt (6) until the torsion bar is unloaded.

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-21-941-050-A

A. Preparation for Removal

(1) Install the SLING - PASSENGER DOOR on the opened door to safety it in
its lifted position (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).

(2) Unload the pre-tension of the torsion bar (5) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-12-21-991-002-A)

NOTE : This procedure is only necessary for the removal of:

____
- the external control handle,
- the gearbox and locking hook,
- the twin lever,
- the lifting shaft,
- the upper and lower connection links.

(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the tension bolt (2) and the
lead seal rivet (4) .

(b) Loosen the tension bolt (2) until the torsion bar (5) is without
pre-tension.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 407
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Torsion Bolt on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 401/TASK 52-12-21-991-002

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 408
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Torsion Bolt
Figure 401A/TASK 52-12-21-991-002-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 409
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-21-941-051

B. Preparation for Removal

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1212 and

____
subsequent

(1) Install the SLING - PASSENGER DOOR on the opened door to safety it in
its lifted position (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).

(2) Unload the pre-tension of the torsion bar (5) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-21-991-024)

NOTE : This procedure is only necessary for the removal of:

____
- the external control handle,
- the gearbox and locking hook,
- the twin lever,
- the lifting shaft,
- the upper and lower connection links.

(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the tension bolt (2) and the
lead seal rivet (4) .

(b) Loosen the tension bolt (2) until the torsion bar (5) is without
pre-tension.

Subtask 52-12-21-020-050

C. Removal of the Locking Shaft Assembly

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211

____

NOTE : For the removal procedure use the special tools from the TOOL SET-
____
R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(1) Remove the lining hinge arm (28) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-12-21-991-003)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (25) from the nuts (26).

(b) Remove the nuts (26), the washers (27) and (33) and the the bolts
(32) from the door fitting.

(c) Remove the pushrods (29) from the door fitting.


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 410
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Torsion Bolt on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
R Figure 402/TASK 52-12-21-991-024


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 411
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Locking Hooks and Lining Hinge Arms
R Figure 403/TASK 52-12-21-991-003


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 412
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (d) If necessary, remove the bushes (30) and (31) from the door
fitting.

(e) Remove the nuts (26), the washers (27) and (33) and the the bolts
(35) from the door fitting.

(f) Remove the lining hinge arm (28) from the locking hooks (15).

(g) If necessary, remove the bushes (23) and (24) from the locking
hooks (15).

(2) Remove the locking hooks (15) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-12-21-991-003)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (20) from the nuts (19).

(b) Remove the nuts (19), the bolts (12) and the washers (13) and
(18).

(c) Move the pushrods (21) away from the locking hook (15) and remove
the bushes (16) and (17).

(d) Remove the nuts (19) and the spacers (22).

(e) Remove the bolts (11) together with the wahers (14) and the
locking hooks (15).

(3) Remove the bolts (43),the washers (42) and the indicator covers (41)
and together with the shims (40) from the door structure.
R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-12-21-991-004)

NOTE : Identify the shims (40) for the installation procedure.

____

(4) Remove the locking shaft as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-12-21-991-005)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (64) and (70) (see detail B) and the
spring rods (55) (see detail C).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (63).

2
_ Remove the nuts (62), the bolts (59) and the washers (60) and
(61).

3
_ Disconnect the rods and remove the bushes (57) and (58).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 413
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Locking Hooks and Lining Hinge Arms
R Figure 403A/TASK 52-12-21-991-003-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 414
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Indicator Covers on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
R Figure 404/TASK 52-12-21-991-004

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 415
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Indicator Covers
R Figure 404A/TASK 52-12-21-991-004-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 416
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Locking Shaft on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
R Figure 405/TASK 52-12-21-991-005

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 417
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (b) Remove the lockwashers (45), use the extraction tool
98A52108007650.

(c) Remove the nuts (46), use the socket wrench 98A52108007052.

(d) Remove the bush (47) and the lever assembly (65).

(e) Turn the locking shaft until you have access to the taper pin
nuts (52).

(f) Remove and discard the cotter pins (51).

(g) Remove the nuts (52), the washers (53) and the taper pins (56).

NOTE : Identify the taper pins (56) for the installation

____
procedure.

(h) Remove the nuts (68), the bolts (67) and release the bearing
flange (69).

(i) Remove the nuts (50), the bolts (48) and the flange assemblies
(49) and (66).

(j) Remove the bellcranks (54).

NOTE : Identify the bellcranks (54) for the installation

____
procedure.

(k) Remove the locking shaft from the door.

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-21-020-050-A

C. Removal of the Locking Shaft Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 52-12-21-991-003-A, 404A/TASK 52-12-21-991-004-A,
405A/TASK 52-12-21-991-005-A)

(1) Remove the lining hinge arm (24) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (36) from the nuts (35).

(b) Remove the nuts (35), the washers (34) and (32) and the bolt (31)
from the door fitting (33).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 418
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Locking Shaft
R Figure 405A/TASK 52-12-21-991-005-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 419
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (c) Disconnect the push rods (26) from the door fitting (33) and if
necessary remove the bushes (25) and (27).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pins (20) from the nuts (21).

(e) Remove the nuts (21), the washers (22) and (30) and the bolts
(29) from the locking hooks (16) .

(f) Disconnect the lining hinge arms (24) from the locking hooks (16)
and if necessary remove the bushes (28) and (23).

(2) Remove the locking hooks (15) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (18) from the nuts (19).

(b) Remove the nuts (19), the washers (13) and (18) and the bolts
(12) from the locking hooks (15).

(c) Disconnect the push rods (39) from the locking hook (15) and if
necessary remove the bushes (17) and (41).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pins (18) from the nuts (19).

(e) Remove the nuts (14) and the washers (12) from the bolts (11).

(f) Remove the bolts (11), the locking hooks (16) and the washers
(15) from the door structure.

(3) Remove the bolts (53), the washers (52) and the indicator covers (51)
together with the shim washers (59) from the door structure.

NOTE : Identify the thickness of the shim washers (59) for the
____
installation procedure.

(4) Remove and discard the cable-ties (42) and (44) and disassemble the
bellows (43) from the door structure.

(5) Remove the push rods (39) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (18) from the nuts (19).

(b) Remove the nuts (19), the washers (13) and (18) and the bolts
(12) from the locking hooks (15).

(c) Disconnect the push rods (39) from the locking hooks (15) and if
necessary remove the bushes (17) and (41).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 420
Jul 01/00
R  
THY 
 (d) Remove and discard the cotter pins (48) from the nuts (49).

(e) Remove the nuts (49), the washers (47) and (46), the bolts (54)
and disconnect the push rods (39) from the indication levers
(71).

(f) Remove the push rods (39) from the door structure and disassemble
the bellows (43).

(6) Remove the spring units (67) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (57) from the nuts (58).

(b) Remove the nuts (58), the washers (56) and the bolts (54).

(c) Disconnect the spring housings (55) from the indication levers
(71).

(d) Disassemble the spring housings (55) and the springs (66) from
the sleeves (65).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pins (62) from the nuts (63).

(f) Remove the nuts (63), the washers (61) and the bolts (60).

(g) Disconnect the sleeves (65) from the structure brackets (64).

(7) Remove the control rods (90) as follows:.

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (93)from the nuts (94).

(b) Remove the nuts (94), the washers (92) and the bolts (91).

(c) Disconnect the control rods (90) from the shaft levers (73).

(8) Remove the target lever (77) from the locking shaft as follows:.

(a) Identify the position of the target lever (77) for the
installation procedure.

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (74) from the nut (75).

(c) Remove the nut (75), the washer (76) and disassemble the target
lever (77).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 421
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (9) Remove the flanges bearings (80) and (89) as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (81) and (85) the washers (79) and (86) and the
bolts (78) and (88).

(b) Carefully disconnect the flange bearings (80) and (89) from the
door structure and disassemble them from the locking shaft.

(10) Remove the locking shaft as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (84), the washers (83) and the bolts (82) and
disconnect the bearing flange (72) from the door structure.

(b) Remove the locking shaft from the door structure.

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-21-020-051

D. Removal of the Door Locking Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1212 and

____
subsequent

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-12-21-991-037, 407/TASK 52-12-21-991-025, 408/TASK

52-12-21-991-026)

(1) Remove the lining hinge arm (24) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (36) from the nuts (35).

(b) Remove the nuts (35), the washers (34) and (32) and the bolt (31)
from the door fitting (33).

(c) Disconnect the push rods (26) from the door fitting (33) and if
necessary remove the bushes (25) and (27).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pins (20) from the nuts (21).

(e) Remove the nuts (21), the washers (22) and (30) and the bolts
(29) from the locking hooks (16) .

(f) Disconnect the lining hinge arms (24) from the locking hooks (16)
and if necessary remove the bushes (28) and (23).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 422
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Locking Hooks and Lining Hinge Arms on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
R Figure 406/TASK 52-12-21-991-037


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 423
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Indicator Covers on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
R Figure 407/TASK 52-12-21-991-025


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 424
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Locking Shaft on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
R Figure 408/TASK 52-12-21-991-026


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 425
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (2) Remove the locking hooks (15) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (18) from the nuts (19).

(b) Remove the nuts (19), the washers (13) and (18) and the bolts
(12) from the locking hooks (15).

(c) Disconnect the push rods (39) from the locking hook (15) and if
necessary remove the bushes (17) and (41).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pins (18) from the nuts (19).

(e) Remove the nuts (14) and the washers (12) from the bolts (11).

(f) Remove the bolts (11), the locking hooks (16) and the washers
(15) from the door structure.

(3) Remove the bolts (53), the washers (52) and the indicator covers (51)
together with the shim washers (59) from the door structure.

NOTE : Identify the thickness of the shim washers (59) for the
____
installation procedure.

(4) Remove and discard the cable-ties (42) and (44) and disassemble the
bellows (43) from the door structure.

(5) Remove the push rods (39) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (18) from the nuts (19).

(b) Remove the nuts (19), the washers (13) and (18) and the bolts
(12) from the locking hooks (15).

(c) Disconnect the push rods (39) from the locking hooks (15) and if
necessary remove the bushes (17) and (41).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pins (48) from the nuts (49).

(e) Remove the nuts (49), the washers (47) and (46), the bolts (54)
and disconnect the push rods (39) from the indication levers
(71).

(f) Remove the push rods (39) from the door structure and disassemble
the bellows (43).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 426
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (6) Remove the spring units (67) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (57) from the nuts (58).

(b) Remove the nuts (58), the washers (56) and the bolts (54).

(c) Disconnect the spring housings (55) from the indication levers
(71).

(d) Disassemble the spring housings (55) and the springs (66) from
the sleeves (65).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pins (62) from the nuts (63).

(f) Remove the nuts (63), the washers (61) and the bolts (60).

(g) Disconnect the sleeves (55) from the structure brackets (64).

(7) Remove the control rods (90) as follows:.

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (93)from the nuts (94).

(b) Remove the nuts (94), the washers (92) and the bolts (91).

(c) Disconnect the control rods (90) from the shaft levers (73).

(8) Remove the target lever (77) from the locking shaft as follows:.

(a) Identify the position of the target lever (77) for the
installation procedure.

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (74) from the nut (75).

(c) Remove the nut (75), the washer (76) and disassemble the target
lever (77).

(9) Remove the flanges bearings (80) and (89) as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (81) and (85) the washers (79) and (86) and the
bolts (78) and (88).

(b) Carefully disconnect the flange bearings (80) and (89) from the
door structure and disassemble them from the locking shaft.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 427
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (10) Remove the locking shaft as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (84), the washers (83) and the bolts (82) and
disconnect the bearing flange (72) from the door structure.

(b) Remove the locking shaft from the door structure.

Subtask 52-12-21-020-052

E. Removal of the Lowering Shaft

R (Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-12-21-991-006)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211

____

NOTE : For the removal procedure use the special tools from the TOOL SET-
____
R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(1) Make sure that the door is opened so that the tension of the spring
(94) is released.

(2) Disconnect the spring (94) from the crank lever (85).

(3) Disconnect the pushrod (86).

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (91).

(b) Remove the nut (92), the bolt (96) and the washers (93) and (95).

(c) Disconnect the rod and remove the bushes (97) and (99).

(4) Remove the lockwashers (75), use the extraction tool 98A52108007850.

(5) Remove the nuts (76), use the socket wrench 98A52108007051.

(6) Identify the position of the lever (78) for the installation
procedure.

(7) Remove the washer (77) and the lever (78).

(8) Remove the roller assembly from the lever (78).

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (84).

(b) Remove the nut (83) and the washer (82).

(c) Remove the bolt (79) together with the bush (81) and the roller
(80).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 428
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Lowering Shaft on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
R Figure 409/TASK 52-12-21-991-006


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 429
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (9) Remove the nuts (90), the bolts (88) and the washers (89).

(10) Push the lowering shaft out of the edge beam and remove the bearing
(98).

(11) Remove the lowering shaft together with the bearing flange (87).

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-21-020-052-A

E. Removal of the Lowering Shaft

R (Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-12-21-991-006-A)

(1) Make sure that the door is opened so that the tension of the spring
(102) is released.

(2) Disconnect the spring (102) from the crank lever (103) and from the
bracket (101).

(3) Remove the connection rod (125) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (128) from the nut (127).

(b) Remove the nut (127), the washers (124) and (126) and the bolt
(123).

(c) Disconnect the connection rod (125) from the crank lever (103).

(4) Remove the nut (108), the washer (107) and disassemble the roller
lever (106) from the lowering shaft (114).

(5) If necessary, remove the roller (110) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (113) from the nut (112).

(b) Remove the nut (112), the washer (111), the bolt (109) and the
roller (110) from the roller lever (106).

(6) Remove the nuts (118), the washers (121), the bolts (122) and
disconnect the flange bearing (120) from the door structure.

(7) Move the lowering shaft (114) so that its splined end comes free from
the flange bearing (117).

(8) Remove the lowering shaft (114) from the door structure.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 430
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Lowering Shaft
R Figure 409A/TASK 52-12-21-991-006-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 431
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (9) Remove the nuts (115), the washers (116) and (104) and the bolts
(105) and disconnect the flange bearing (117) from the door
structure.

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-21-020-053

F. Removal of the Lowering Shaft

R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-12-21-991-027)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1212 and

____
subsequent

(1) Make sure that the door is opened so that the tension of the spring
(102) is released.

(2) Disconnect the spring (102) from the crank lever (103) and from the
bracket (101).

(3) Remove the connection rod (125) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (128) from the nut (127).

(b) Remove the nut (127), the washers (124) and (126) and the bolt
(123).

(c) Disconnect the connection rod (125) from the crank lever (103).

(4) Remove the nut (108), the washer (107) and disassemble the roller
lever (106) from the lowering shaft (114).

(5) If necessary, remove the roller (110) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (113) from the nut (112).

(b) Remove the nut (112), the washer (111), the bolt (109) and the
roller (110) from the roller lever (106).

(6) Remove the nuts (118), the washers (121), the bolts (122) and
disconnect the flange bearing (120) from the door structure.

(7) Move the lowering shaft (114) so that its splined end comes free from
the flange bearing (117).

(8) Remove the lowering shaft (114) from the door structure.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 432
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Lowering Shaft on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
R Figure 410/TASK 52-12-21-991-027

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 433
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (9) Remove the nuts (115), the washers (116) and (104) and the bolts
(105) and disconnect the flange bearing (117) from the door
structure.

Subtask 52-12-21-020-054

G. Removal of the Door Handle Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-12-21-991-007, 412/TASK 52-12-21-991-008, 413/TASK
52-12-21-991-009, 414/TASK 52-12-21-991-010)

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1211
____

NOTE : For the removal procedure use the special tools from the TOOL SET-
____
R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(1) Remove the internal control handle as follows:

(a) Disengage the handle (112) from the latch assembly (115).

(b) Remove the screw (124), the washer (123) and disconnect the
bonding strap (122).

(c) Remove the bolt (125) and the lockwasher (126).

(d) Identify the position of the handle (112) on the splined shaft
(111) for the installation procedure.

(e) Remove the handle (112) and the spacer (127).

(2) Remove the internal control-handle latch-assembly as follows:

(a) Disengage the internal control handle (112) from the latch
assembly (115).

(b) Remove the nut (113), the bolt (119), the washer (120) and
disconnect the bonding strap (114).

(c) Remove the nuts (113), the bolts (121) and the washers (120).

(d) Remove the nuts (116), the bolts (118) and the washers (117).

(e) Remove the latch assembly (115) from the door structure.

(3) Remove the external control handle as follows:

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the torsion bar.


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 434
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Internal Control Handle and Latch Assembly on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
R Figure 411/TASK 52-12-21-991-007

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 435
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Internal Control Handle and Latch Assembly
R Figure 411A/TASK 52-12-21-991-007-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 436
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R External Control Handle on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
R Figure 412/TASK 52-12-21-991-008


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 437
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Linkages of the Gearbox
R Figure 412A/TASK 52-12-21-991-008-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 438
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Gearbox and Locking Hook on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
R Figure 413/TASK 52-12-21-991-009

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 439
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Gearbox and Locking Hook
R Figure 413A/TASK 52-12-21-991-009-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 440
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Twin Lever on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
R Figure 414/TASK 52-12-21-991-010

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 441
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (b) Open the external control handle (131) to approximately 90 deg.
and identify its position on the splined shaft (137) for the
installation procedure.

(c) Remove the screws (130) and the cover (132).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (133).

(e) Remove the nut (134) and the washer (135).

(f) Extract the splined shaft (137) through the gearbox until you can
remove the handle (131), use the extraction tool 98A52108007600.

NOTE : Access to the splined shaft is given through the gearbox

____
flange on the inside of the door.

(g) Remove the handle (131) and the spacer (136).

(4) Remove the gearbox and locking hook as follows:

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the torsion bar.

(b) Remove the internal control handle.

(c) Remove the external control handle.

(d) Remove the nuts (158), the bolts (161), the washers (162) and
(160) and disconnect the bonding straps (159) and (164).

(e) Remove the gearbox flange (163).

(f) Disconnect the pushrods (147), (152) and (154) (see detail B).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (173).

2
_ Remove the nut (174), the bolt (170) and the washers (171) and
(172).

3
_ Disconnect the rods and remove the bushes (168) and (169).

(g) Remove and discard the cotter pin (157).

(h) Remove the nut (156) and the washer (155).

(i) Remove the locking hook assembly (148) and the lockplate (167).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 442
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (j) Remove the nuts (150), the bolts (165) and the washers (166).

(k) Remove the gearbox (153) through the opening in the door
structure.

(l) Remove and discard the O-ring (151).

(5) Remove the twin lever as follows:

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the torsion bar.

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (186).

(c) Remove the nuts (184), the bolts (191) and the washers (185) and
(190).

(d) Disconnect the rods (187) and (192) and remove the bushes (188)
and (189).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (193).

(f) Remove the nut (194) and the washer (195).

(g) Remove the bolt (180), the washers (181) and (183) and the twin
lever (196).

(h) Remove the sleeve (197) from the twin lever (196).

(i) Remove the bushes (182) from the door structure.

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-21-020-054-A

G. Removal of the Door Handle Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 411A/TASK 52-12-21-991-007-A, 412A/TASK 52-12-21-991-008-A,
R 413A/TASK 52-12-21-991-009-A, 414A/TASK 52-12-21-991-010-A)

NOTE : For the removal procedure use the special tools from the TOOL SET-
____
R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(1) Make sure that the door is opened so that the internal control handle
is released from the latch assembly (141).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 443
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Twin Lever
R Figure 414A/TASK 52-12-21-991-010-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 444
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (2) Remove the internal control handle (133) from the gear box shaft
(131) as follows:

(a) Remove the bolt (134), the lockwasher (135) and the washer (130).

(b) Remove the internal control handle (133) and the spacer (132)
from the gear box shaft (131).

(3) Remove the latch assembly (141) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (145) from the pin (142).

(b) Remove the pin (142), the washer (144) and disconnect the spring
(146) from the bracket (143).

(c) Remove the nuts (138), the washers (137) and the bolts (148).

(d) Remove the nut (140), the washer (139) and the bonding bolt (147)
and disconnect the latch assembly (141) from the door structure.

(4) Remove the external control handle (200) as follows:

(a) Move the external control handle (200) in its horizontal

position.

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (201) from the nut (202).

(c) Remove the nut (202) and the washer (203) from the splined shaft
of the gear box (175).

(d) Assemble the extraction tool (PN 98A52108007600) thru the

mounting hole of the gear box flange (190) in the splined shaft.

(e) Move the splined shaft rearward until it comes free from the
external control handle (131).

(f) Remove the external control handle (200), the spacer (181) and
the washer set (182) from the door structure.

(5) Remove the connection rod (125) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (169) from the nut (168).

(b) Remove the nut (168), the washers (166) and (167) and the bolt
(157).

(c) Disconnect the connection rod (125) from the latch (174).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 445
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (6) If necessary, remove the latch (174) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (171) from the nut (170).

(b) Remove the nut (170), the washers (164) and (172) and the bolt
(163).

(c) Disconnect the latch (174) from the fitting of the gear box
(175).

(7) Remove the upper control rod (90) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (154) from the nut (155).

(b) Remove the nut (155), the washers (152) and (163) and the bolt
(151).

(c) Disconnect the control rod (90) from the double lever (156).

(8) Remove the lower control rod (160) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (157) from the nut (158).

(b) Remove the nut (158), the washers (159) and (162) and the bolt
(161).

(c) Disconnect the lower control rod (160) from the double lever
(156).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (240) from the nut (241).

(e) Remove the nut (241), the washers (238) and (239) and the bolt
(237).

(f) Disconnect the lower control rod (160) from the twin lever (222).

(9) Remove the gear box flange (190) as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (183) and (211) , the washers (184), (186), (196)
and (197) and the bolts (187) and (196).

(b) Disconnect the bonding straps (185) and (209) from the door
structure.

(c) Remove the nuts (192) and (194), the washers (189), (191), (195)
and (198) and the bolts (188) and (199).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 446
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (d) Remove the gearbox flange (190) from the door structure.

(10) Remove the gear box (175) as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (204), the washers (205) and (207) and the bolts
(208) and disconnect the flange bearing (206) from the door
structure.

(b) Move the gearbox (175) rearward through the cut out of the door
structure and remove it.

(11) Remove the twin lever (222) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (224) from the nut (225).

(b) Remove the nuts (225), the washers (226) and (228) and the bolts
(229).

(c) disconnect the connection rod (227) from the twin lever (222).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (231).

(e) Remove the nut (230), the washer (232), the bolt (221) and the
twin lever (222).

(12) If necessary, remove the nuts (242), the washers (235) and (243), the
bolts (234) and the stop (236).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-21-020-055

H. Removal of the Door Handle Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1212 and

____
subsequent.

R (Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 52-12-21-991-028, 416/TASK 52-12-21-991-029, 417/TASK

R 52-12-21-991-030, 418/TASK 52-12-21-991-031)

NOTE : For the removal procedure use the special tools from the TOOL SET-
____
R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(1) Make sure that the door is opened so that the internal control handle
is released from the latch assembly (141).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 447
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Internal Control Handle and Latch Assembly on Door Serial No. 1212 and
subsequent
R Figure 415/TASK 52-12-21-991-028


R EFF :

001-099, 

52-12-21 Page 448
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Linkages of the Gearbox on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
R Figure 416/TASK 52-12-21-991-029


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 449
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Gearbox and External Door Handle on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
R Figure 417/TASK 52-12-21-991-030


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 450
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Twin Lever on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
R Figure 418/TASK 52-12-21-991-031


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 451
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (2) Remove the internal control handle (133) from the gear box shaft
(131) as follows:

(a) Remove the bolt (134), the lockwasher (135) and the washer (130).

(b) Remove the internal control handle (133) and the spacer (132)
from the gear box shaft (131).

(3) Remove the latch assembly (141) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (145) from the pin (142).

(b) Remove the pin (142), the washer (144) and disconnect the spring
(146) from the bracket (143).

(c) Remove the nuts (138), the washers (137) and the bolts (148).

(d) Remove the nut (140), the washer (139) and the bonding bolt (147)
and disconnect the latch assembly (141) from the door structure.

(4) Remove the external control handle (200) as follows:

(a) Move the external control handle (200) in its horizontal

position.

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (201) from the nut (202).

(c) Remove the nut (202) and the washer (203) from the splined shaft
of the gear box (175).

(d) Assemble the extraction tool (PN 98A52108007600) thru the

mounting hole of the gear box flange (190) in the splined shaft.

(e) Move the splined shaft rearward until it comes free from the
external control handle (131).

(f) Remove the external control handle (200), the spacer (181) and
the washer set (182) from the door structure.

(5) Remove the connection rod (125) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (169) from the nut (168).

(b) Remove the nut (168), the washers (166) and (167) and the bolt
(157).

(c) Disconnect the connection rod (125) from the latch (174).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 452
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (6) If necessary, remove the latch (174) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (171) from the nut (170).

(b) Remove the nut (170), the washers (164) and (172) and the bolt
(163).

(c) Disconnect the latch (174) from the fitting of the gear box
(175).

(7) Remove the upper control rod (90) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (154) from the nut (155).

(b) Remove the nut (155), the washers (152) and (163) and the bolt
(151).

(c) Disconnect the control rod (90) from the double lever (156).

(8) Remove the lower control rod (160) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (157) from the nut (158).

(b) Remove the nut (158), the washers (159) and (162) and the bolt
(161).

(c) Disconnect the lower control rod (160) from the double lever
(156).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (240) from the nut (241).

(e) Remove the nut (241), the washers (238) and (239) and the bolt
(237).

(f) Disconnect the lower control rod (160) from the twin lever (222).

(9) Remove the gear box flange (190) as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (183) and (211) , the washers (184), (186), (196)
and (197) and the bolts (187) and (196).

(b) Disconnect the bonding straps (185) and (209) from the door
structure.

(c) Remove the nuts (192) and (194), the washers (189), (191), (195)
and (198) and the bolts (188) and (199).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 453
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (d) Remove the gearbox flange (190) from the door structure.

(10) Remove the gear box (175) as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (204), the washers (205) and (207) and the bolts
(208) and disconnect the flange bearing (206) from the door
structure.

(b) Move the gearbox (175) rearward through the cut out of the door
structure and remove it.

(11) Remove the twin lever (222) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (224) from the nut (225).

(b) Remove the nuts (225), the washers (226) and (228) and the bolts
(229).

(c) Disconnect the connection rod (227) from the twin lever (222).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (231).

(e) Remove the nut (230), the washer (232), the bolt (221) and the
twin lever (222).

(12) If necessary, remove the nuts (242), the washers (235) and (243), the
bolts (234) and the stop (236).

Subtask 52-12-21-020-056

J. Removal of the Lifting Shaft Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 52-12-21-991-011, 420/TASK 52-12-21-991-012)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211

____

NOTE : For the removal procedure use the special tools from the TOOL SET-
____
R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(1) Remove the lifting shaft as follows:

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the torsion bar.

(b) Disconnect the pushrods (233), (225), (226) and (237) (see detail
C).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (210).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 454
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Lifting Shaft on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
R Figure 419/TASK 52-12-21-991-011

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 455
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Lifting Shaft
R Figure 419A/TASK 52-12-21-991-011-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 456
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Torsion Bar and Torque Shaft on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
R Figure 420/TASK 52-12-21-991-012


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 457
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 2
_ Remove the nut (212), the bolt (215) and the washers (213) and
(214).

3
_ Disconnect the rods and remove the bushes (211) and (216).

(c) Disconnect the spring (208) from the lever (209).

(d) Remove the lockwashers (243), use the extraction tool

98A52108007550.

(e) Remove the nuts (244), use the socket wrench 98A52108007053.

(f) Identify the position of the lifting arms (245) for the
installation procedure.

(g) Remove and discard the cotter pins (242).

(h) Loosen the nuts (241) and remove the the lifting arms (245).

(i) Remove the roller assembly from the lifting arms (245).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (205).

2
_ Remove the nuts (206) and the washers (207).

3
_ Remove the bolts (238) together with the bushes (239) and the
rollers (240).

(j) Remove and discard the cotter pin (218).

(k) Remove the nut (219) and the washer (220).

(l) Remove the bolt (227) together with the washer (228), the bushes
(221) and the sleeve (217).

(m) Disconnect the two halves of the lifting shaft (224) and (236)
and remove the bearing block (229).

(n) Push the half-shaft (236) forward through the door structure and
remove the bearing (246).

(o) Pull the half-shaft (236) back through the door structure and
remove it.

(p) Remove the lockwasher (235), use the extraction tool

98A52108007350.


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 458
Jul 01/00
R  
THY 
 (q) Remove the nut (234), use the socket wrench 98A52108007066.

(r) Remove the nuts (233), the bolts (231) and the washers (232).

(s) Push the half-shaft (224) aft through the door structure and
remove the bearing flange (247) and the ring (230).

(t) Remove the bearing (246) from the shaft end.

(u) Remove the half-shaft (224) forwards through the door structure.

(2) Remove the torsion bar and torque shaft as follows:

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed.

(b) Remove the nut (259), the washer (260) and the lockwasher (261).

(c) Carefully remove the tension bolt (258).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (256).

(e) Remove the nut (255) and the washer (254).

(f) Remove the bolt (270) together with the washer (271), the fork
end (257) and the axle (253).

(g) Remove and discard the cotter pin (273).

(h) Remove the nut (274) and the washer (275).

(i) Remove the bolt (278), the washer (277) and disconnect the lever
(272).

(j) Remove the clamp (264) and the bush halves (263).

(k) Remove the circlips (251) and the covers (252).

(l) Extract the torsion bar (262) aft through the torsion shaft
(269).

(m) Remove the lockwashers (282), use the extraction tool

98A52108007450.

(n) Remove the nuts (283), use the socket wrench 98A52108007054.

(o) Remove the nuts (291), the bolts (288) and the washers (289) from
the bearing flange (290).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 459
Jul 01/00
R  
THY 
 (p) Remove and discard the cotter pin (279).

(q) Remove the nut (280), the bolt (287) and the washers (281) and
(286).

(r) Move the torque shaft (269) aft and remove the bearing flange
(290) and the crank lever (276).

(s) Remove the torque shaft (285) together with the bearing (284).

(t) Remove the nuts (265), the bolts (268), the washers (267) and the
bearing flange (266).

(u) Remove the torsion shaft (269).

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-21-020-056-A

J. Removal of the Lifting Shaft Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 414A/TASK 52-12-21-991-010-A, 419A/TASK 52-12-21-991-011-A,
R 420A/TASK 52-12-21-991-012-A, 421A/TASK 52-12-21-991-039-A)

NOTE : For the removal procedure use the special tools from the TOOL SET-
____
R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(1) Remove the connection rod (227) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (224) from the nut (225).

(b) Remove the nuts (225), the washers (226) and (228) and the bolts
(229).

(c) Disconnect the connection rod (227) from the twin lever (222).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (242) from the nut (243).

(e) Remove the nuts (243), the washers (244) and (253) and the bolts
(252).

(f) Disconnect the connection rod (227) from the double lever (245).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 460
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Torsion Bar and Bearing Rod
R Figure 420A/TASK 52-12-21-991-012-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 461
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Torsion Shaft on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
R Figure 421/TASK 52-12-21-991-039

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 462
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Torsion Shaft
R Figure 421A/TASK 52-12-21-991-039-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 463
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (2) Disconnect the push rod (257) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (259) from the nut (260).

(b) Remove the nut (260), the washers (225) and (261) and the bolt
(254).

(c) Remove the push rod (257) from the shaft lever (262).

(d) If necessary, remove the bushes (256) and (258) from the shaft
lever (262).

(3) Remove the support levers (270) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (268) from the nuts (269).

(b) Remove the nuts (269) from the lifting shaft (241).

(c) Move the support levers (270) from the splined ends of the
lifting shaft (241).

(4) If necessary, disassemble the support levers (270) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (267) from the nuts (266).

(b) Remove the nuts (266), the bushes (264), the rollers (263) and
the bolts (262).

(5) Carefully remove the bearing (271) from the lifting shaft (241) and
the door structure.

(6) Remove the spring sleeve (296) as follows:

(a) Remove the tension bolt (302) and the washer (303) from the
spring sleeve (296).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (301) from the nut (300).

(c) Remove the nut (300), the washers (298) and (299) and the bolt
(297).

(d) Disconnect the spring sleeve (296) from the torque shaft lever
(306).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 464
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (7) Remove the bearing rod (286) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (289) from the nut (288).

(b) Remove the nut (288), the washers (290) and (293) and the bolt
(284).

(c) Disconnect the bearing rod (286) from the crank lever (292) and
collect the washer (287).

(d) If necessary, remove the bushes (285) and (291).

(8) Remove the torsion bar (281) as follows:

(a) Remove the clamp (294) and the bush halves (295) from the torsion
bar(281).

(b) Remove the circlips (305) and the covers (304) from the door
structure.

(c) Move the torsion bar (281) until it comes free from the door
structure.

(9) Remove the flange bearing (316) as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (315), the washers (314) and (313) and the bolts
(312).

(b) Remove the flange bearing (316) from the door structure.

(c) If necessary, remove the torque shaft (311) from the door
structure.

(10) Remove the torsion shaft (320) as follows:

(a) Remove the lock washers (317) and (325) from the nuts (318) and
(326).

NOTE : Use the extraction tool (PN 98A52108007450).

____

(b) Remove the nuts (318) and (326) from the torsion shaft (320).

NOTE : Use the socket wrench (PN 98A52108007054).

____

(c) Remove the nuts (324), the washers (322) and (323), the bolts
(321) and the bearing flange (327).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 465
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (d) Disassemble the torsion shaft (320), the bearing flange (327) and
the bearing (319) from the door structure.

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-21-020-057

K. Removal of the Lifting Shaft Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 52-12-21-991-031, 421/TASK 52-12-21-991-039, 422/TASK
R 52-12-21-991-032, 423/TASK 52-12-21-991-033)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1212 and

____
subsequent.

NOTE : For the removal procedure use the special tools from the TOOL SET-
____
R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(1) Remove the connection rod (227) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (224) from the nut (225).

(b) Remove the nuts (225), the washers (226) and (228) and the bolts
(229).

(c) Disconnect the connection rod (227) from the twin lever (222).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (242) from the nut (243).

(e) Remove the nuts (243), the washers (244) and (253) and the bolts
(252).

(f) Disconnect the connection rod (227) from the double lever (245).

(2) Disconnect the push rod (257) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (259) from the nut (260).

(b) Remove the nut (260), the washers (225) and (261) and the bolt
(254).

(c) Remove the push rod (257) from the shaft lever (262).

(d) If necessary, remove the bushes (256) and (258) from the shaft
lever (262).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 466
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Lifting Shaft on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
R Figure 422/TASK 52-12-21-991-032

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 467
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Torsion Bar and Bearing Rod on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
R Figure 423/TASK 52-12-21-991-033

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 468
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (3) Remove the support levers (270) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (268) from the nuts (269).

(b) Remove the nuts (269) from the lifting shaft (241).

(c) Move the support levers (270) from the splined ends of the
lifting shaft (241).

(4) If necessary, disassemble the support levers (270) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (267) from the nuts (266).

(b) Remove the nuts (266), the bushes (264), the rollers (263) and
the bolts (262).

(5) Carefully remove the bearing (271) from the lifting shaft (241) and
the door structure.

(6) Remove the spring sleeve (296) as follows:

(a) Remove the tension bolt (302) and the washer (303) from the
spring sleeve (296).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (301) from the nut (300).

(c) Remove the nut (300), the washers (298) and (299) and the bolt
(297).

(d) Disconnect the spring sleeve (296) from the torque shaft lever
(306).

(7) Remove the bearing rod (286) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (289) from the nut (288).

(b) Remove the nut (288), the washers (290) and (293) and the bolt
(284).

(c) Disconnect the bearing rod (286) from the crank lever (292) and
collect the washer (287).

(d) If necessary, remove the bushes (285) and (291).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 469
Jul 01/00
R  
THY 
 (8) Remove the torsion bar (281) as follows:

(a) Remove the clamp (294) and the bush halves (295) from the torsion
bar(281).

(b) Remove the circlips (305) and the covers (304) from the door
structure.

(c) Move the torsion bar (281) until it comes free from the door
structure.

(9) Remove the flange bearing (316) as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (315), the washers (314) and (313) and the bolts
(312).

(b) Remove the flange bearing (316) from the door structure.

(c) If necessary, remove the torque shaft (311) from the door
structure.

(10) Remove the torsion shaft (320) as follows:

(a) Remove the lock washers (317) and (325) from the nuts (318) and
(326).

NOTE : Use the extraction tool (PN98A52108007450).

____

(b) Remove the nuts (318) and (326) from the torsion shaft (320).

NOTE : Use the socket wrench (PN 98A52108007054).

____

(c) Remove the nuts (324), the washers (322) and (323), the bolts
(321) and the bearing flange (327).

(d) Disassemble the torsion shaft (320), the bearing flange (327) and
the bearing (319) from the door structure.

Subtask 52-12-21-020-058

L. Removal of the Upper and Lower Connection Links

R (Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 52-12-21-991-013, 425/TASK 52-12-21-991-014, 426/TASK
52-12-21-991-015)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211

____

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 470
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Upper Connection Link on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
R Figure 424/TASK 52-12-21-991-013

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 471
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Upper Connection Link
R Figure 424A/TASK 52-12-21-991-013-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 472
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Lower Connection Link
R Figure 425/TASK 52-12-21-991-014

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 473
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Lower Connection Link
R Figure 425A/TASK 52-12-21-991-014-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 474
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Upper and Lower Connection Linkage at the Support Arm
R Figure 426/TASK 52-12-21-991-015


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 475
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (1) Remove the upper connection link as follows:

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the torsion bar.

(b) Disconnect the upper connection link from the support arm.

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (371).

2
_ Remove the nut (372) and the washer (370).

3
_ Remove the bolt (367), the washer (368) and the bushes (369).

4
_ Disconnect the upper connection link and remove the washers
(363) and (364).

NOTE : The washers (364) are available in different

____
thicknesses, identify them for the installation
procedure.

5
_ Remove the hinge pin (360), the yoke (366) and the washers
(361), (362) and (365).

NOTE : The washers (362) are available in different

____
thicknesses, identify them for the installation
procedure.

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (308).

(d) Remove the nut (309), the bolt (312) and the washers (310) and
(311).

(e) Disconnect the pushrod (301) and remove the bushes (302) and
(303).

(f) Remove the bolt (306), the washer (305) and disconnect the
bonding straps (304) and (307).

(g) Remove and discard the cotter pins (313).

(h) Remove the nuts (314) and the washers (315).

(i) Remove the shaft (320) forwards through the connection link and
remove the washers (317) and (321).

NOTE : The washers (317) and (321) are of a different thickness,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 476
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (j) Remove the upper connection link (300) from the door and remove
the washers (319) and the sleeve (318).

(k) Remove the bush (316) from the door fitting.

(2) Remove the lower connection link as follows:

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the torsion bar.

(b) Disconnect the lower connection link from the support arm.

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (371).

2
_ Remove the nut (372) and the washer (370).

3
_ Remove the bolt (367), the washer (368) and the bushes (369).

4
_ Disconnect the upper connection link and remove the washers
(363) and (364).

NOTE : The washers (364) are available in different

____
thicknesses, identify them for the installation
procedure.

5
_ Remove the hinge pin (360), the yoke (366) and the washers
(361), (362) and (365).

NOTE : The washers (362) are available in different

____
thicknesses, identify them for the installation
procedure.

(c) Remove the bolt (355), the washer (354) and disconnect the
bonding strap (353).

(d) Remove the bolt (352), the washer (351) and disconnect the
bonding strap (342).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (344).

(f) Remove the nut (345), the bolt (350) and the washers (343) and
(349).

(g) Disconnect the pushrod (346) and remove the bushes (347) and
(348).

(h) Remove and discard the cotter pins (331).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 477
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (i) Remove the nuts (332) and the washers (333).

(j) Remove the shaft (335) forward through the connection link and
remove the washers (334) and (339).

NOTE : The washers (334) and (339) are of a different thickness,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.

(k) Remove the lower connection link (337) from the door and remove
the washers (336) and the sleeve (338).

(l) Remove the bush (340) from the door fitting.

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-21-020-058-A

L. Removal of the Upper and Lower Connection Links

R (Ref. Fig. 424A/TASK 52-12-21-991-013-A, 425A/TASK 52-12-21-991-014-A,
426/TASK 52-12-21-991-015)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1212 ans

____
subsequent

(1) Remove the upper and lower connection link from the support arm as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (371) from the nut (372).

(b) Remove the nut (372),the washers (368) and (370), the bushes
(369) and the bolt (367).

(c) Disconnect the upper connection link and collect the washers
(363) and (364).

NOTE : The washers (364) are available in different thicknesses,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.

(d) If necessary, remove the hinge pin (360), the yoke (366) and the
washers (361), (362) and (365).

NOTE : The washers (362) are available in different thicknesses,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 478
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (2) Remove the connection rod (125) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (128) from the nut (127).

(b) Remove the nut (127), the washers (124) and (126) and the bolt
(123).

(c) Disconnect the connection (125) from the crank lever (103).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (169) from the nut (168).

(e) Remove the nut (168), the washers (166) and (167) and the bolt
(165).

(f) Disconnect the connection rod (125) from the latch (174) and
remove it.

(3) Remove the bolt (333), the washer (332) and disconnect the bonding
straps (331) from the upper connection link (334).

(4) Remove the upper connection link (334) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (335) and (347) from the nuts
(336) and (346).

(b) Remove the nuts (336) and (337) and the washers (343) and (345)
from the shaft (344).

(c) Move the shaft (344) until it comes free from the door structure
and collect the washers (339) and (343).

NOTE : The washers (339) and (343) are of a different thickness,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.

(d) Disassemble the upper connection link (334) from the door
structure.

(e) Remove the washers (340) and (342) and the sleeve (318) from the
upper connection link (334).

(f) If necessary, remove the bush (338) from the door structure.

(5) Remove the lower connection link (390) as follows:

(a) Remove the bolts (387) and (402), the washers (388) and (401) and
disconnect the bonding straps (389) and (400) from the lower
connection link (390).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 479
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (b) Disconnect the push rod (256) from the lower connection link
(390) as follows:

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (403) from the nut (404).

2
_ Remove the nut (404), the washers (405) and (399) and the bolt
(398).

3
_ Disconnect the push rod (256) and remove the bushes (406) and
(407).

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pins (384) and (396) from the nuts
(383) and (396).

(d) Remove the nuts (383) and (396) and the washers (382) and (395)
from the shaft (381).

(e) Move the shaft (381) until it comes free from the door structure
and collect the washers (385) and (393).

NOTE : The washers (385) and (393) are of a different thickness,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.

(f) Remove the lower connection link (390) from the door structure.

(g) Remove the washers (393) and (386) and the sleeve (338) from the
lower connection link (390).

(h) If necessary, remove the bush (394) from the door structure.

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-21-020-059

M. Removal of the Upper and Lower Connection Links

R (Ref. Fig. 426/TASK 52-12-21-991-015, 427/TASK 52-12-21-991-038)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1212 and

____
subsequent.

(1) Remove the upper and lower connection links from the support arm as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (371) from the nut (372).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 480
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Lower Connection Link on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
R Figure 427/TASK 52-12-21-991-038


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 481
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (b) Remove the nut (372),the washers (368) and (370), the bushes
(369) and the bolt (367).

(c) Disconnect the upper connection link and collect the washers
(363) and (364).

NOTE : The washers (364) are available in different thicknesses,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.

(d) If necessary, remove the hinge pin (360), the yoke (366) and the
washers (361), (362) and (365).

NOTE : The washers (362) are available in different thicknesses,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.

(2) Remove the connection rod (125) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (128) from the nut (127).

(b) Remove the nut (127), the washers (124) and (126) and the bolt
(123).

(c) Disconnect the connection (125) from the crank lever (103).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (169) from the nut (168).

(e) Remove the nut (168), the washers (166) and (167) and the bolt
(165).

(f) Disconnect the connection rod (125) from the latch (174) and
remove it.

(3) Remove the bolt (333), the washer (332) and disconnect the bonding
straps (331) from the upper connection link (334).

(4) Remove the upper connection link (334) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (335) and (347) from the nuts
(336) and (346).

(b) Remove the nuts (336) and (337) and the washers (343) and (345)
from the shaft (344).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 482
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (c) Move the shaft (344) until it comes free from the door structure
and collect the washers (339) and (343).

NOTE : The washers (339) and (343) are of a different thickness,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.

(d) Disassemble the upper connection link (334) from the door
structure.

(e) Remove the washers (340) and (342) and the sleeve (318) from the
upper connection link (334).

(f) If necessary, remove the bush (338) from the door structure.

(5) Remove the lower connection link (390) as follows:

(a) Remove the bolts (387) and (402), the washers (388) and (401) and
disconnect the bonding straps (389) and (400) from the lower
connection link (390).

(b) Disconnect the push rod (256) from the lower connection link
(390) as follows:

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (403) from the nut (404).

2
_ Remove the nut (404), the washers (405) and (399) and the bolt
(398).

3
_ Disconnect the push rod (256) and remove the bushes (406) and
(407).

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pins (384) and (396) from the nuts
(383) and (396).

(d) Remove the nuts (383) and (396) and the washers (382) and (395)
from the shaft (381).

(e) Move the shaft (381) until it comes free from the door structure
and collect the washers (385) and (393).

NOTE : The washers (385) and (393) are of a different thickness,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.

(f) Remove the lower connection link (390) from the door structure.

(g) Remove the washers (393) and (386) and the sleeve (338) from the
lower connection link (390).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 483
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (h) If necessary, remove the bush (394) from the door structure.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-12-21-020-060

N. Removal of the Sensor Actuation Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 428/TASK 52-12-21-991-023)

(1) Remove the spring (425) from the rollers (423) and (414).

(2) Remove the actuation lever (430) as follows:

(a) Remove the circlips (431), the washers (432) and the pin (434)
from the door frame fitting (433).

(b) Disassemble the actuation lever (430) and the bushes (429) from
the door frame fitting (433).

(c) Remove the circlips (427), the washers (428) and the pin (435)
and disconnect the push rod (436) from the actuation lever (430).

(3) Remove the push rod (436) from the target lever (426) as follows:

(a) Remove the circlips (441), the washers (440) and the pin (439)
from the target lever (426).

(b) Disconnect the push rod (436) and the bushes (437) from the
target lever (426).

(4) Remove the target lever (426) from the switch bracket (410) as
follows:

(a) Remove the circlips (418), the washers (417) and the pin (416)
from the switch bracket (410).

(b) Disassemble the target lever (426) and the bushes (421) from the
switch bracket (410).

(5) Remove the circlips (412), the washers (411) and the pin (415) from
the switch bracket (410) and disassemble the roller (414) and the
bushes (413).

(6) Remove the circlips (419), the washers (420) and the pin (438) from
the target lever (426) and disassemble the roller (423) and the
bushes (422).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 484
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Sensor Actuation Assembly
R Figure 428/TASK 52-12-21-991-023


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 485
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 TASK 52-12-21-400-801

Installation of the Door Locking Mechanism in the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint-free cloth

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98A52108007000 1 TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-005 USA MIL-S-81733 CLASS C
CORROSION INHIBITIVE INTERFAY SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-008
(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 486
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536

POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

13 cotter pins 52-12-21 32 -030

18 cotter pins 52-12-21 32 -030
20 cotter pins 52-12-02 25 -130
20 cotter pins 52-12-21 02 -070
25 cotter pins 52-12-02 05 -130
36 cotter pins 52-12-02 25 -130
R 42 cable ties 52-12-21 32 -120
R 44 cable ties 52-12-21 32 -120
48 cotter pins 52-12-21 32 -030
51 cotter pins 52-12-21 05 -020
57 cotter pins 52-12-21 35 -070
62 cotter pins 52-12-21 35 -070
63 cotter pins 52-12-21 05 -110
74 cotter pin 52-12-21 34 -010
84 cotter pin 52-12-21 07 -130
91 cotter pins 52-12-21 07 -190
R 93 cotter pin 52-12-21 35 -070
113 cotter pin 52-12-21 37 -120
R 128 cotter pin 52-12-21 37 -120
133 cotter pin 52-12-21 08 -040
151 O-ring 52-12-21 12 -320
154 cotter pin 52-12-21 35 -070
157 cotter pin 52-12-21 12 -180
157 cotter pin 52-12-21 44 -140
R 169 cotter pin 52-12-21 37 -120
171 cotter pin 52-12-21 42 -060
173 cotter pins 52-12-21 07 -300
186 cotter pins 52-12-21 14 -090
193 cotter pin 52-12-21 14 -450
201 cotter pin 52-12-21 38 -030
205 cotter pins 52-12-21 20 -070
210 cotter pins 52-12-21 18 -080
218 cotter pin 52-12-21 20 -240


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 487
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

224 cotter pin 52-12-21 44 -140

R 231 cotter pin 52-12-21 44 -220
240 cotter pin 52-12-21 44 -140
242 cotter pins 52-12-21 20 -100
R 242 cotter pin 52-12-21 44 -140
256 cotter pin 52-12-21 21 -170
259 cotter pin 52-12-21 48 -080
267 cotter pins 52-12-21 49 -110
R
273 cotter pin 52-12-21 18 -240
279 cotter pin 52-12-21 22 -120
R 289 cotter pin 52-12-21 48 -080
301 cotter pin 52-12-21 51 -100
308 cotter pin 52-12-21 07 -300
313 cotter pins 52-12-21 15 -250
319 washers 52-12-21 15 -280
331 cotter pins 52-12-21 16 -260
335 cotter pin 52-12-21 45 -190
336 washers 52-12-21 16 -290
344 cotter pin 52-12-21 18 -080
347 cotter pin 52-12-21 45 -190
371 cotter pin 52-12-02 04 -070
R 371 cotter pin 52-12-02 24 -070
384 cotter pin 52-12-21 46 -200
397 cotter pin 52-12-21 46 -200
403 cotter pin 52-12-21 48 -080

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-52-600-802 Lubrication of the Teleskopic Arm and Exterior

Control Handle
20-21-11-911-801 Tightening Torques of the Standard Threaded Fasteners
20-28-00-912-802 Electrical Bonding of Components with Conductive
Screws and Bolts and Bonding Straps
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 25-23-51-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Middle Passenger/Crew
Door(s)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 488
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-23-51-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Middle

R Passenger/Crew Door(s)
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
25-62-41-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-12-00-720-801 Functional Test of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R)
52-12-00-820-801 Adjustment of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R)
52-12-21-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism of the MID
Passenger/Crew Doors (Door 2L/2R)
52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System
52-71-00-710-802 Operational Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Warning
System
52-71-11-820-801 Adjustment of the Actuation Clearance of the
Proximity Sensors (10MJ,11MJ,12MJ,
13MJ,14MJ,15MJ,16MJ,17MJ,22MJ,23MJ,24MJ,25MJ)

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-003 Fig. 403

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-003-A Fig. 403A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-004 Fig. 404

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-004-A Fig. 404A


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 489
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-005 Fig. 405

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-005-A Fig. 405A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-037 Fig. 406

52-12-21-991-025 Fig. 407
52-12-21-991-026 Fig. 408
52-12-21-991-006 Fig. 409

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-006-A Fig. 409A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-027 Fig. 410

52-12-21-991-007 Fig. 411

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-007-A Fig. 411A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-008 Fig. 412

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-008-A Fig. 412A


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 490
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-009 Fig. 413

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-009-A Fig. 413A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-010 Fig. 414

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-010-A Fig. 414A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-028 Fig. 415

52-12-21-991-029 Fig. 416
52-12-21-991-030 Fig. 417
52-12-21-991-031 Fig. 418
52-12-21-991-011 Fig. 419

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-011-A Fig. 419A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-012 Fig. 420

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-012-A Fig. 420A


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 491
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-099,

R 52-12-21-991-039 Fig. 421

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

R 52-12-21-991-039-A Fig. 421A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-032 Fig. 422

52-12-21-991-033 Fig. 423
52-12-21-991-013 Fig. 424

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-013-A Fig. 424A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-014 Fig. 425

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-014-A Fig. 425A

**ON A/C ALL

52-12-21-991-015 Fig. 426

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-038 Fig. 427


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 492
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C ALL

52-12-21-991-023 Fig. 428

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-034 Fig. 429

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-21-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the special precautions on the door are done before
you start the work (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Make sure that the door lining is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-000-
801).

(4) Make sure that the escape facility is removed from the door
(Ref. TASK 25-62-41-000-801).

(5) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

(6) Make sure that the opended door is safetied with the SLING -
PASSENGER DOOR.

(7) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 493
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-21-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-12-21-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(1) Clean all components which are coated with Polytetrafluoroethylene

(PTFE) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-008) and a lint-free
cloth.

(2) Clean all other components with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and a lint-free cloth.

(3) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(5) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the shafts of each
bolts.

(6) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) to the contact surfaces of each
part attached on the door structure.

(7) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all surfaces of parts
which move.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 494
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-21-420-050

B. Installation of the Locking Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-12-21-991-003, 404/TASK 52-12-21-991-004, 405/TASK
52-12-21-991-005)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211

____

NOTE : For the installation procedure use the special tools from the TOOL
____
SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

NOTE : Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts and bolts (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-
____
911-801).

(1) Install the locking hooks (15) as follows:

(a) Put the locking hooks (15) together with the washers (14) in
position and install the bolts (11), the spacers (22) and the
nuts (19).

(b) If removed, install the bushes (16) and (17) in the locking hooks
(15).

(c) Put the pushrods (21) in the locking hooks (15) and install the
bolts (12), the washers (13) and (18) and the nuts (19).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (19) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in) and safety them with new cotter pins (20).

(2) Install the lining hinge arm (28) as follows:

(a) Install the bushes (23) and (24) in the locking hooks (15).

(b) Put the lining hinge arm (28) in position and install the bolts
(35), the washers (27) and (33) and the nuts (26).

(c) If removed, install the bushes (30) and (31) in the door fitting.

(d) Put the pushrods (29) in position and install the bolts (32), the
washers (27) and (33) and the nuts (26).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (26) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in) and safety them with new cotter pins (25).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 495
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (3) Install the locking shaft as follows:

(a) Put the locking shaft in position the door.

(b) Install the bellcranks (54) as identified in the removal

procedure.

(c) Install the flange assemblies (49) and (66) together with the
bolts (48) and the nuts (50).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (50) to between 0.24 and 0.29 m.daN (21.23 and
25.66 lbf.in).

(e) Put the bearing flange (69) in position and install the bolts
(67) and the nuts (68).

(f) TORQUE the nuts (68) to between 0.44 and 0.49 m.daN (38.93 and
43.36 lbf.in).

(g) Put the bellcranks (54) in the correct position and install the
taper pins (56) as identified in the removal procedure.

(h) Install the washers (53) and the nuts (52).

(i) TORQUE the nuts (52) to between 0.19 and 0.24 m.daN (16.81 and
21.23 lbf.in) and safety them with new cotter pins (51).

(j) Install the lever assembly (65) and the bush (47) on the locking
shaft.

(k) Install the nuts (46), use the socket wrench (PN
98A52108007052)..

(l) TORQUE the nuts (46) to between 0.98 and 1.47 m.daN (86.72 and
130.08 lbf.in).

(m) Install the lockwashers (45), use the striker (PN

98A52108007975).

(n) Install the pushrods (64) and (70) (see detail B) and the spring
rods (55) (see detail C).

1
_ Install the bushes (57) and (58).

2
_ Put the rods in position and install the washers (60) and the
bolts (59).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 496
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 3
_ Install the washers (61) and the nuts (62).

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (62) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in) and. safety them with new cotter pins (63).

(4) Install the indicator covers (41) together with the shims (40), the
washers (42) and the bolts (43).

NOTE : Install the shims (40) as identified in the removal procedure.

____

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-21-420-050-A

B. Installation of the Locking Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 52-12-21-991-003-A, 404A/TASK 52-12-21-991-004-A,
405A/TASK 52-12-21-991-005-A)

NOTE : Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts and bolts (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-
____
911-801).

(1) Install the locking hooks (16) as follows:

R (a) Put the locking hooks (16) with the washers (15) in position and
R install the bolts (11), the washers (12) and the nuts (14).

R (b) Tighten the nuts (14) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(13).

(c) If removed, install the bushes (37) and (38) in the locking hooks
(16).

(d) Put the pushrods (39) in the locking hooks (16) and install the
bolts (40), the washers (17) and (41) and the nuts (19).

R (e) Tighten the nuts (19) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(18).

(2) Install the lining hinge arm (24) as follows:

(a) Install the bushes (23) and (28) in the locking hooks (16).

(b) Put the lining hinge arm (24) in position and install the bolts
(29), the washers (22) and (30) and the nuts (21).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 497
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (c) Tighten the nuts (21) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(20).

(d) If removed, install the bushes (25) and (27) in the door fitting.

R (e) Put the pushrods (26) in position and install the bolts (31), the
R washers (32) and (34) and the nuts (35).

R (f) Tighten the nuts (35) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(36).

(3) Install the locking shaft as follows:

R (a) Put the locking shaft in position at the door. Make sure that the
R attachment holes of the bearing flange assy (72) and the door
R structure align.

R (b) Attach the bearing flange assy (72) with the bolts (82), the
R washers (83) and the nuts (84).

R (c) Tighten the nuts (84).

R (4) Install the flange bearing assys (80) and (89) as follows:

R (a) Assemble the flange bearing assys (80) and (89) on the locking
R shaft until the attachment holes align with the door structure.

R (b) Attach the flange bearing assys (80) and (89) with the bolts (78)
R and (88), the washers (79) and (86) and the nuts (81) and (85).

R (c) Tighten the nuts (81) and (85).

R

(5) Install the target lever (77) on the locking shaft as follows:

(a) Put the target lever (77) on the splined end of the locking shaft
as identified in the removal procedure.

R (b) Install the washer (76) and the nut (75) on the locking shaft.

R (c) Tighten the nut (75) and safety it with the new cotter pin (74).

R (6) Install the control rod (90) as follows:

R (a) Put the control rod (90) on the shaft lever (73) and install the
R bolt (91), the washer (92) and the nut (94).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 498
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Tighten the nut (94) and safety it with the new cotter pin (93).

(7) Install the pushrods (39) as follows:

R (a) Install the bellows (43) on the pushrods (39).

R (b) Put the pushrods (39) on the indication levers (71) and install
R the bolts (45), the washers (46) and (47) and the nuts (49).

R (c) Tighten the nuts (49) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(48).

R (d) Put the pushrods (39) on the locking hooks (16) and install the
R bolts (40), the washers (17) and (41) and the nuts (19).

R (e) Tighten the nuts (19) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(18).

(8) Install the spring units (67) as follows:

R (a) Put the spring housings (65) on the structure brackets (64) and
R install the bolts (60), the washers (61) and the nuts (63).

R (b) Tighten the nuts (63) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(62).

R (c) Install the springs (66) and the spring housings (67) on the
R spring housings (65).

R (d) Put the spring housings (67) on the indication levers (71) and
R install the bolts (54), the washers (56) and the nuts (58).

R (e) Tighten the nuts (58) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(57).

R (9) Install the indicator covers (51) with the shim washers (59), the
R washers (52) and the bolts (53) and tighten them.

NOTE : Install the shim washers (59) as identified in the removal

____
procedure.

R (10) Assemble the bellows (43) on the door structure and attach them with
R the new cable ties (44).

R (11) Attach the bellows to the push rod (39) with the new cable ties (42).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 499
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-21-420-051

C. Installation of the Locking Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-12-21-991-037, 407/TASK 52-12-21-991-025, 408/TASK
52-12-21-991-026)

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1212 and
____
R subsequent

R NOTE : Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts and bolts (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-
____
911-801).

R (1) Install the locking hooks (16) as follows:

R (a) Put the locking hooks (16) with the washers (15) in position and
R install the bolts (11), the washers (12) and the nuts (14).

R (b) Tighten the nuts (14) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(13).

R (c) If removed, install the bushes (37) and (38) in the locking hooks
R (16).

R (d) Put the pushrods (39) in the locking hooks (16) and install the
R bolts (40), the washers (17) and (41) and the nuts (19).

R (e) Tighten the nuts (19) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(18).

R (2) Install the lining hinge arm (24) as follows:

R (a) Install the bushes (23) and (28) in the locking hooks (16).

R (b) Put the lining hinge arm (24) in position and install the bolts
R (29), the washers (22) and (30) and the nuts (21).

R (c) Tighten the nuts (21) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(20).

R (d) If removed, install the bushes (25) and (27) in the door fitting.

R (e) Put the pushrods (26) in position and install the bolts (31), the
R washers (32) and (34) and the nuts (35).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A400
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (f) Tighten the nuts (35) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(36).

R (3) Install the locking shaft as follows:

R (a) Put the locking shaft in position at the door. Make sure that the
R attachment holes of the bearing flange assy (72) and the door
R structure align.

R (b) Attach the bearing flange assy (72) with the bolts (82), the
R washers (83) and the nuts (84).

R (c) Tighten the nuts (84).

R (4) Install the flange bearing assys (80) and (89) as follows:

R (a) Assemble the flange bearing assys (80) and (89) on the locking
R shaft until the attachment holes align with the door structure.

R (b) Attach the flange bearing assys (80) and (89) with the bolts (78)
R and (88), the washers (79) and (86) and the nuts (81) and (85).

R (c) Tighten the nuts (81) and (85).

R (5) Install the target lever (77) on the locking shaft as follows:

R (a) Put the target lever (77) on the splined end of the locking shaft
R as identified in the removal procedure.

R (b) Install the washer (76) and the nut (75) on the locking shaft.

R (c) Tighten the nut (75) and safety it with the new cotter pin (74).

R (6) Install the control rod (90) as follows:

R (a) Put the control rod (90) on the shaft lever (73) and install the
R bolt (91), the washer (92) and the nut (94).

R (b) Tighten the nut (94) and safety it with the new cotter pin (93).

R (7) Install the pushrods (39) as follows:

R (a) Install the bellows (43) on the pushrods (39).

R (b) Put the pushrods (39) on the indication levers (71) and install
R the bolts (45), the washers (46) and (47) and the nuts (49).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A401
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (c) Tighten the nuts (49) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(48).

R (d) Put the pushrods (39) on the locking hooks (16) and install the
R bolts (40), the washers (17) and (41) and the nuts (19).

R (e) Tighten the nuts (19) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(18).

R (8) Install the spring units (67) as follows:

R (a) Put the spring housings (65) on the structure brackets (64) and
R install the bolts (60), the washers (61) and the nuts (63).

R (b) Tighten the nuts (63) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(62).

R (c) Install the springs (66) and the spring housings (67) on the
R spring housings (65).

R (d) Put the spring housings (67) on the indication levers (71) and
R install the bolts (54), the washers (56) and the nuts (58).

R (e) Tighten the nuts (58) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(57).

R (9) Install the indicator covers (51) with the shim washers (59), the
R washers (52) and the bolts (53) and tighten them.

R NOTE : Install the shim washers (59) as identified in the removal

____
R procedure.

R (10) Assemble the bellows (43) on the door structure and attach them with
R the new cable ties (44).

R (11) Attach the bellows to the push rod (39) with the new cable ties (42).
R


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A402
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-21-420-052

D. Installation of the Lowering Shaft

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211

____

(1) Install the lowering shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-12-21-991-006)

(a) Install the bearing flange (87) and the bearing (98) on the
lowering shaft.

(b) Put the lowering shaft in position in the door and install the
bolts (88), the washers (89) and the nuts (90).

(c) TORQUE the nuts (90) to between 0.24 and 0.29 m.daN (21.23 and
25.66 lbf.in).

(d) Install the roller assembly to the lever (78).

1
_ Install the bolt (79) together with the bush (81) and the
roller (80).

2
_ Install the washer (82) and the nut (83).

3
_ Safety the nut (83) with a new cotter pin (84).

(e) Install the lever (78) and the washer (77).

NOTE : Install the lever (78) as identified in the removal

____
procedure.

(f) Install the nuts (76), use the socket wrench (PN 98A52108007051).

(g) TORQUE the nuts (76) to between 0.78 and 0.88 m.daN (69.02 and
77.87 lbf.in).

(h) Install the lockwashers (75), use the striker tool (PN
98A52108007073).

(i) Install the bushes (97) and (99).

(j) Put the pushrod (86) in position and install the washer (95) and
the bolt (96).

(k) Install the washer (93) and the nut (92).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A403
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 (l) TORQUE the nut (92) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(m) Safety the nut (92) with the new cotter pins (91).

(n) Install the spring (94) on the crank lever (85).

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-21-420-052-A

D. Installation of the Lowering Shaft

(Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-12-21-991-006-A)

R (1) Put the flange bearing assy (117) in position and install the bolts
R (105), the washers (104) and (116) and the nuts (115).

R (2) Put the lowering shaft (114) in position. Make sure that the splined
R end engages in the flange bearing assy (117).

R (3) Assemble the flange bearing assy (120) on the lowering shaft (114)
R and install the bolt (122), washers (119) and (121) and the nut
R (118).

(4) If removed, install the roller (110) as follows:

R (a) Put the roller (110) on the lever (106) and install the bolt
R (109), the washer (111) and the nut (112).

(b) Tighten the nut (112) and safety it with a new cotter pin (113).

R (5) Assemble the lever (106) on the lowering shaft (114) and install the
R washer (107) and the nut (108).

(6) Install the connection rod (125) as follows:

R (a) Put the connection rod (125) on the crank lever (103) and install
R the bolt (123), washers (124) and (126) and the nut (127).

R (b) Tighten the nut (127) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (128).

R (7) Install the spring (102) on the crank lever (103) and the end fitting
R (101).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page A404
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-21-420-053

E. Installation of the Lowering Shaft

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1212 and
____
R subsequent

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-12-21-991-027)

R (1) Put the flange bearing assy (117) in position and install the bolts
R (105), washers (104) and (116) and the nuts (115).

R (2) Put the lowering shaft (114) in position. Make sure that the splined
R end engages in the flange bearing assy (117).

R (3) Assemble the flange bearing assy (120) on the lowering shaft (114)
R and install the bolt (122), washers (119) and (121) and the nut
R (118).

R (4) If removed, install the roller (110) as follows:

R (a) Put the roller (110) on the lever (106) and install the bolt
R (109), washer (111) and the nut (112).

R (b) Tighten the nut (112) and safety it with a new cotter pin (113).

R (5) Assemble the lever (106) on the lowering shaft (114) and install the
R washer (107) and the nut (108).

R (6) Install the connection rod (125) as follows:

R (a) Put the connection rod (125) on the crank lever (103) and install
R the bolt (123), washers (124) and (126) and the nut (127).

R (b) Tighten the nut (127) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (128).

R (7) Install the spring (102) on the crank lever (103) and the end fitting
R (101).
R


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A405
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-21-420-054

F. Installation of the Door Handle Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211

____

(1) Install the gearbox and locking hook.

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-12-21-991-009)

(a) Install a new O-ring (151) on the gearbox (153).

(b) Install the gearbox (153) through the opening in the door
structure.

(c) Install the washers (166), the bolts (165) and the nuts (150).

(d) Install the lockplate (167) and the locking hook assembly (149).

(e) Install the washer (155) and the nut (156).

(f) TORQUE the nut (156) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

(g) Safety the nut (156) with the new cotter pin (157).

(h) Install the pushrods (147), (152) and (154) (see detail B).

1
_ Install the bushes (168) and (169).

2
_ Put the rods in position and install the washers (171) and the
bolts (170).

3
_ Install the washers (172) and the nuts (174).

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (174) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66
and 30.08 lbf.in).

5
_ Safety the nuts (174) with the new cotter pins (173).

(i) Install the gearbox flange (162) as follows:

1
_ Put the gearbox flange (162) on the door structure and attach
it with the bolts (161), the washers (162) and the nuts (158).

2
_ Put the bonding straps (159) and (164) in position and install
the washers (160), the bolts (161) and the nuts (158)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A406
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 3
_ TORQUE the nuts (158) to between 0.44 and 0.49 m.daN (38.93
and 43.36 lbf.in).

(2) Install the internal control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-12-21-991-007)

(a) Install the spacer (127).

(b) Install the handle (112) on the splined shaft (111) as identified
in the removal procedure.

(c) Install the lockwasher (126) and the bolt (125).

(d) Put the bonding strap (122) in position on the handle and install
the washer (123) and the screw (124) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-
802).

(3) Install the internal control-handle latch-assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-12-21-991-007)

(a) Install the latch assembly (115) in the door structure.

(b) Install the washers (117), the bolts (118) and the nuts (116).

(c) Install the washers (120), the bolts (121) and the nuts (113).

(d) Install the washer (120) and the bolt (119).

(e) Put the bonding strap (114) in position and install the nut (113)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

(f) TORQUE the nut (113) to between 0.24 and 0.29 m.daN (21.23 and
25.66 lbf.in).

(4) Install the external control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-12-21-991-008)

(a) Install the spacer (136).

(b) Install the handle (131) as identified in the removal procedure.

(c) Push the splined shaft (137) through the gearbox and into the
handle (131).

NOTE : If necessary, use the extraction tool (PN 98A52108007600).

____
Access to the splined shaft is given through the gearbox
flange (162).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A407
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (d) Install the washer (135) and the nut (134).

(e) TORQUE the nut (134) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

(f) Safety the nut (134) with a new cotter pin (133).

(g) Close the door with the internal control handle and make sure
that the external control handle (131) is level with the outer
skin of the door.

(h) Install the cover (130) and the screws (132).

(5) Install the twin lever.

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-12-21-991-010)

(a) Install the bushes (182) in the door structure.

(b) Install the sleeve (197) in the twin lever (196).

(c) Install the twin lever (196) together with the washers (183) and
(181) and the bolt (180).

(d) Install the washer (195) and the nut (194).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (194) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

(f) Safety the nut (194) with a new cotter pin (193).

(g) Install the bushes (188) and (189).

(h) Put the rods (187) and (192) in position and install the washers
(190) and the bolts (191).

(i) Install the washers (185) and the nuts (184).

(j) TORQUE the nuts (184) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(k) Safety the nuts (184) with the new cotter pins (186).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A408
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-21-420-054-A

F. Installation of the Door Handle Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 411A/TASK 52-12-21-991-007-A, 412A/TASK 52-12-21-991-008-A,
413A/TASK 52-12-21-991-009-A, 414A/TASK 52-12-21-991-010-A)

(1) Install the gear box (175) as follows:

(a) Move the gear box (175) thru the cut out of the door structure
until the flange bearing (206) touches the door structure.

R (b) Make sure that the attachment holes of the flange bearing (206)
R and the door structure align.

(c) Attach the flange bearing (206) with the bolts (208) the washers
(205) and (207) and the nuts (204).

(2) Install the gearbox flange (190) as follows:

R (a) Put the gearbox flange (190) in position and install the bolts
R (188) and (199), washers (189), (191), (195) and (198) and the
R nuts (192) and (194).

R (b) Put the bonding straps (185) and (209) in position and install
R the bolts (187) and (196), washers (184), (186), (195) and (210)
R and the nuts (183) and (211) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

(3) Install the upper control rod (90)) as follows:

R (a) Put the upper control rod (90) on the double lever (156) and
R install the bolt (151), washers (152) and (153) and the nut
R (155).

(b) Tighten the nut (155) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(154).

R (4) If removed, install the stop (236) with the bolts (234), washers
R (235) and (243) and the nut (242).

(5) Install the twin lever (222) as follows:

R (a) Put the twin lever (222) in position and install the bolt (221),
R washer (232) and the nut (230).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page A409
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Tighten the nut (230) and safety it with a new cotter pin (231).

R (c) Put the connection rod (227) on the twin lever (222) and install
R the bolt (229), washers (226) and (228) and the nut (225).

(d) Tighten the nut (225) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(224).

(6) Install the lower control rod (160)) as follows:

R (a) Put the lower control rod (160) on the twin lever (222) and
R install the bolt (237), washers (238) and (239) and the nut
R (241).

(b) Tighten the nut (241) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(240).

R (c) Put the lower control rod (160) on the double lever (156) and
R install the bolt (161), washers (159) and (162) and the nut
R (158).

(d) Tighten the nut (158) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(157).

(7) If removed, install the latch (174) as follows:

R (a) Put the latch (174) on the fitting of the gear box (175).

R (b) Install the bolt (163), washers (164) and (172), spacer (173) and
R the nut (170).

(c) Tighten the nut (170) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(171).

(8) Install the connection rod (125) as follows:

R (a) Put the connection rod (125) on the latch (174) and install the
R bolt (165), washers (166) and (167) and the nut (168).

R (b) Tighten the nut (168) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (169).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page A410
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (9) Install the external control handle (200) as follows:

R (a) Make sure that the splined shaft of the gear box (175) is
R retracted.

NOTE : If necessary, use the extraction tool (PN 98A52108007600).

____
Access to the splined shaft is given thru the gearbox
flange (190).

R (b) Put the external control handle (200) with the spacer (181) and
R the washer set (182) in position on the door structure.

R (c) Push the splined shaft in the forward direction until it engages
R with the external control handle (200).

(d) Install the washer (203) and the nut (202) on the splined shaft.

(e) Tighten the nut (202) and safety it with a new cotter pin (201).

R (10) Install the internal control handle (133) as follows:

(a) Put the spacer (132) and the internal control handle on the gear
box shaft (131).

(b) Install the washer (136), the lockwasher (135) and the bolt
(134).

(11) Install the latch assembly (141) as follows:

R (a) Put the latch assembly (141) on the door structure and install
R the bolts (148), washers (137) and the nuts (138).

(b) Install the bonding bolt (147), the washer (139) and the nut
(140) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-21-420-055

G. Installation of the Door Handle Mechanism

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1212 and
____
R subsequent.

(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 52-12-21-991-028, 416/TASK 52-12-21-991-029, 417/TASK

52-12-21-991-030, 418/TASK 52-12-21-991-031)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page A411
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (1) Install the gear box (175) as follows:

(a) Move the gear box (175) thru the cut out of the door structure
until the flange bearing (206) touches the door structure.

R (b) Make sure that the attachment holes of the flange bearing (206)
R and the door structure align.

(c) Attach the flange bearing (206) with the bolts (208) the washers
(205) and (207) and the nuts (204).

(2) Install the gearbox flange (190) as follows:

R (a) Put the gearbox flange (190) in position and install the bolts
R (188) and (199), washers (189), (191), (195) and (198) and the
R nuts (192) and (194).

(b) Put the bonding straps (185) and (209) in position and attach
them with the bolts (187) and (196), the washers (184), (186),
R (195) and (210) and the nuts (183) and (211) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-802).

(3) Install the upper control rod (90)) as follows:

R (a) Put the upper control rod (90) on the double lever (156) and
R install the bolt (151), washers (152) and (153) and the nut
R (155).

(b) Tighten the nut (155) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(154).

(4) If removed, install the stop (236) with the bolts (234), the washers
R (235) and (243) and the nut (242).

(5) Install the twin lever (222) as follows:

R (a) Put the twin lever (222) in position and install the bolt (221),
R washer (232) and the nut (230).

R (b) Tighten the nut (230) and safety it with a new cotter pin (231).

R (c) Put the connection rod (227) on the twin lever (222) and install
R the bolt (229), washers (226) and (228) and the nut (225).

(d) Tighten the nut (225) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(224).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A412
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (6) Install the lower control rod (160)) as follows:

R (a) Put the lower control rod (160) on the twin lever (222) and
R install the bolt (237), washers (238) and (239) and the nut
R (241).

(b) Tighten the nut (241) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(240).

R (c) Put the lower control rod (160) on the double lever (156) and
R install the bolt (161), washers (159) and (162) and the nut
R (158).

(d) Tighten the nut (158) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(157).

(7) If removed, install the latch (174) as follows:

R (a) Put the latch (174) on the fitting of the gear box (175).

R (b) Install the bolt (163), washers (164) and (172), spacer (173) and
R the nut (170).

(c) Tighten the nut (170) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(171).

(8) Install the connection rod (125) as follows:

R (a) Put the connection rod (125) on the latch (174) and install the
R bolt (165), washers (166) and (167) and the nut (168).

R (b) Tighten the nut (168) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (169).

(9) Install the external control handle (200) as follows:

R (a) Make sure that the splined shaft of the gear box (175) is
R retracted.

NOTE : If necessary, use the extraction tool (PN 98A52108007600).

____
Access to the splined shaft is given thru the gearbox
flange (190).

R (b) Put the external control handle (200) with the spacer (181) and
R the washer set (182) in position on the door structure.


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A413
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (c) Push the splined shaft in the forward direction until it engages
R with the external control handle (200).

(d) Install the washer (203) and the nut (202) on the splined shaft.

(e) Tighten the nut (202) and safety it with a new cotter pin (201).

R (10) Install the internal control handle (133) as follows:

(a) Put the spacer (132) and the internal control handle on the gear
box shaft (131).

(b) Install the washer (136), the lockwasher (135) and the bolt
(134).

(11) Install the latch assembly (141) as follows:

R (a) Put the latch assembly (141) on the door structure and install
R the bolts (148), washers (137) and the nuts (138).

(b) Install the bonding bolt (147), the washer (139) and the nut
(140) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

Subtask 52-12-21-420-056

H. Installation of the Lifting Shaft Assembly

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211.

____

(Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 52-12-21-991-011)

(1) Install the lifting shaft.

(a) Put the half-shaft (224) in position in the door and install the
bearing (246).

(b) Install the ring (230) and the bearing flange (247).

(c) Install the washers (232), the bolts (231) and the nuts (233).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (233) to between 0.24 and 0.29 m.daN (21.23 and
25.66 lbf.in).

(e) Install the nut (234), use the socket wrench 98A52108007066.

(f) TORQUE the nuts (234) to between 1.96 and 2.94 m.daN (14.45 and
21.68 lbf.ft).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A414
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (g) Install the lockwashers (235), use the striker tool
98A52108007069.

(h) Put the half-shaft (236) in position in the door and install the
bearing (246).

(i) Put the bearing block (229) in position and connect the two
halves of the lifting shaft (224) and (236).

(j) Install the sleeve (217), the bushes (221), the washer (228) and
the bolt (227).

(k) Install the washer (220) and the nut (219).

(l) TORQUE the nut (219) to between 0.20 and 0.25 m.daN (17.69 and
22.12 lbf.in).

(m) Safety the nut (219) with a new cotter pin (218).

(2) Install the roller assembly to the lifting arms (245).

(a) Install the rollers (239), the bushes (240) and the bolts (238).

(b) Install the washers (207) and the nuts (206).

(c) Safety the nuts (206) with the new cotter pins (205).

(3) Install the lifting arms (245) as identified in the removal procedure
and tighten the nuts (241).

(a) Safety the nuts (241) with the new cotter pins (242).

(b) Install the nuts (244), use the socket wrench 98A52108007053.

(c) TORQUE the nuts (244) to between 1.47 and 1.96 m.daN (10.84 and
14.45 lbf.ft).

(d) Install the lockwashers (243), use the striker tool

98A52108007071.

(4) Install the spring (208) on the lever (209).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A415
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (5) Install the pushrods (223), (225), (226) and (237) (see detail C).

(a) Install the bushes (211) and (216).

(b) Put the rods in position and install the washers (214) and the
bolts (215).

(c) Install the washers (213) and the nuts (212).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (212) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(e) Safety the nuts (212) with the new cotter pins (210).

(6) Install the torsion bar and torque shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 52-12-21-991-012)

(a) Install the torsion shaft (269) in the door.

(b) Install the bearing flange (266), the washers (267), the bolts
(268) and the nuts (265).

(c) Install the torque shaft (285) together with the bearing (284),
the crank lever (276) and the bearing flange (290).

(d) Install the washers (289), the bolts (288) and the nuts (291).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (291) to between 0.24 and 0.29 m.daN (21.23 and
25.66 lbf.in).

(f) Install the bolt (287), the washers (286) and (281) and the nut
(280).

(g) Safety the nut (280) with a new cotter pin (279).

(h) Install the nuts (283), use the socket wrench 98A52108007054.

(i) TORQUE the nuts (283) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

(j) Install the lockwashers (282), use the striker tool

98A52108007070.

(k) Install the torsion bar (262) through the torsion shaft (269).

(l) Install the covers (252) and the circlips (251).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A416
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (m) Put the bush halves (263) in position and install the clamp
(264).

NOTE : Make sure that the clearance between the bush halves (263)
____
and the torsion bar (262) is correct (see detail A).

(n) Put the lever (272) in position and install the washer (277) and
the bolt (278).

(o) Install the washer (275) and the nut (274).

(p) TORQUE the nut (274) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(q) Safety the nut (274) with a new cotter pin (273).

(r) Install the fork end (257) together with the axle (253), the
washer (271) and the bolt (270).

(s) Install the washer (254) and the nut (255).

(t) TORQUE the nut (255) to between 0.20 and 0.25 m.daN (17.69 and
22.12 lbf.in).

(u) Safety the nut (255) with a new cotter pin (256).

(v) Install the tension bolt (258).

(w) Install the lockwasher (261), the washer (260) and the nut (259).

(x) TORQUE the nut (259) to between 0.20 and 0.25 m.daN (17.69 and
22.12 lbf.in).

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-21-420-056-A

H. Installation of the Lifting Shaft Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 419A/TASK 52-12-21-991-011-A, 420A/TASK 52-12-21-991-012-A,
421A/TASK 52-12-21-991-039-A)

R (1) Carefully assemble the bearing (271) on the lifting shaft (241) until
R it engages correctly with the door structure.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page A417
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (2) If required, assemble the support levers (270) as follows:

R (a) Put the rollers (263) and the bushes (264) in position and
R install the bolts (262), washers (265) and the nuts (266).

(b) Tighten the nuts (266) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(267).

(3) Install the support levers (270) as follows:

R (a) Assemble the support levers (270) on the lifting shaft (241) and
R install the nuts (269).

R (b) Tighten the nuts (269) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(268).

(4) Connect the push rod (257) as follows:

R (a) If removed, install the bushes (256) and (258) in the shaft Lever
R (262).

R (b) Put the push rod (257) in the shaft lever (262) and install the
R bolt (254), washers (255) and (261) and the nut (260).

(c) Tighten the nut (260) and safety it with a new cotter pin (259).

(5) Install the connection rod (227) as follows:

R (a) Put the connection rod (227) on the twin lever (245) and install
R the bolt (252), washers (244) and (253) and the nut (243).

R (b) Tighten the nut (243) and safety it with a new cotter pin (242).

(6) Install the torsion shaft (320) as follows:

R (a) Assemble the bearing flange assy (327) on the torsion shaft
R (320).

R (b) Put the torsion shaft (320) in position until the attachment hole
R of the bearing flange (327) and the door structure align.

R (c) Attach the bearing flange (327) with the bolts (321), the washers
R (322) and (323) and nuts (324).

R (d) Use the socket wrench (PN 98A52108007054) and install the nuts
R (318) and (326) on the torsion shaft (320).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page A418
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (e) TORQUE the nuts (283) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

R (f) Use the striker tool (PN 98A52108007070) and install the
R lockwashers (317) and (325) on the torsion shaft (320).

(7) Install the flange bearing (316) as follows:

R (a) If removed, put the torque shaft (311) in position at the door
R structure.

R (b) Assemble the flange bearing (316) on the door structure and
R install the bolts (312), washers (313) and (314) and the nuts
R (315).

(8) Install the torsion bar (281) as follows:

(a) Move the torsion bar (281) thru the torsion shaft (320) until it
R engages correctly in the torque shaft (311).

(b) Install the covers (304) and the circlips (305).

R (c) Put the bush halves (295) in position and install the clamp
R (294).

(d) Make sure that the clearance A between the bush halves (295)
and the torsion bar (320) is correct.

NOTE : The clearance A must be between 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.) and
____
2.5 mm (0.0984 in.).

(9) Install the bearing rod (286) as follows:

R (a) If removed, install the bushes (285) and (291) in the crank lever
R (292).

R (b) Put the bearing rod (286) and the washer (287) in position and
R install the bolt (284), washers (293) and (290) and the nut
R (288).

R (c) Tighten the nut (288) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (289).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page A419
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (10) Install the spring sleeve (296) as follows:

R (a) Put the spring sleeve (296) on the torque shaft lever (306) and
R install the bolt (297), washers (298) and (299) and the nut
R (300).

(b) Tighten the nut (300) and safety it with a new cotter pin (301).

R (c) Install the tension bolt (302) with the washer (303) in the
R spring sleeve (296). Tighten the tension bolt (302) with your
R hand at this time.
R

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-21-420-057

J. Installation of the Lifting Shaft Assembly

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1212 and
____
R subsequent.

R (Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 52-12-21-991-039, 422/TASK 52-12-21-991-032, 423/TASK

52-12-21-991-033)

R (1) Carefully assemble the bearing (271) on the lifting shaft (241) until
R it engages correctly with the door structure.

(2) If required, assemble the support levers (270) as follows:

R (a) Put the rollers (263) and the bushes (264) in position and
R install the bolts (262), washers (265) and the nuts (266).

(b) Tighten the nuts (266) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(267).

(3) Install the support levers (270) as follows:

R (a) Assemble the support levers (270) on the lifting shaft (241) and
R install the nuts (269).

R (b) Tighten the nuts (269) and safety them with the new cotter pin
R (268).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page A420
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (4) Connect the push rod (257) as follows:

R (a) If removed, install the bushes (256) and (258) in the shaft Lever
R (262).

R (b) Put the push rod (257) in the shaft lever (262) and install the
R bolt (254), washers (255) and (261) and the nut (260).

(c) Tighten the nut (260) and safety it with a new cotter pin (259).

(5) Install the connection rod (227) as follows:

R (a) Put the connection rod (227) on the twin lever (245) and install
R the bolt (252), washers (244) and (253) and the nut (243).

R (b) Tighten the nut (243) and safety it with a new cotter pin (242).

(6) Install the torsion shaft (320) as follows:

R (a) Assemble the bearing flange assy (327) on the torsion shaft
R (320).

R (b) Put the torsion shaft (320) in position until the attachment hole
R of the bearing flange (327) and the door structure align.

R (c) Attach the bearing flange (327) with the bolts (321), the washers
R (322) and (323) and nuts (324).

R (d) Use the socket wrench (PN 98A52108007054) and install the nuts
R (318) and (326) on the torsion shaft (320).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (283) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

R (f) Use the striker tool (PN 98A52108007070) and install the
R lockwashers (317) and (325) on the torsion shaft (320).

(7) Install the flange bearing (316) as follows:

R (a) If removed, put the torque shaft (311) in position at the door
R structure.

R (b) Assemble the flange bearing (316) on the door structure and
R install the bolts (312), washers (313) and (314) and the nuts
R (315).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A421
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (8) Install the torsion bar (281) as follows:

(a) Move the torsion bar (281) thru the torsion shaft (320) until it
R engages correctly in the torque shaft (311).

(b) Install the covers (304) and the circlips (305).

R (c) Put the bush halves (295) in position and install the clamp
R (294).

(d) Make sure that the clearance A between the bush halves (295)
and the torsion bar (320) is correct.

NOTE : The clearance A must be between 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.) and
____
2.5 mm (0.0984 in.).

(9) Install the bearing rod (286) as follows:

R (a) If removed, install the bushes (285) and (291) in the crank lever
R (292).

R (b) Put the bearing rod (286) and the washer (287) in position and
R install the bolt (284), washers (293) and (290) and the nut
R (288).

R (c) Tighten the nut (288) safety it with the new cotter pin (289).

(10) Install the spring sleeve (296) as follows:

R (a) Put the spring sleeve (296) on the torque shaft lever (306) and
R install the bolt (297), washers (298) and (299) and the nut
R (300).

(b) Tighten the nut (300) and safety it with a new cotter pin (301).

R (c) Install the tension bolt (302) with the washer (303) in the
R spring sleeve (296). Tighten the tension bolt (302) with your
R hand at this time.
R


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A422
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-21-420-058

K. Installation of the Upper and Lower Connection Links

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211.

____

(1) Install the upper connection link.

(Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 52-12-21-991-013, 426/TASK 52-12-21-991-015)

(a) Install the bush (316) in the door fitting.

(b) Install the sleeve (318) together with the washers (319) in the
upper connection link (300).

(c) Put the upper connection link (300) in position and install the
shaft (320) and the washers (317) and (321).

NOTE : The washers (317) and (321) are of a different thickness,

____
install them as identified in the removal procedure.

(d) Install the washers (315) and the nuts (314).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (314) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

(f) Make sure that the clearance
a
is correct (see section C-C).

NOTE : If the clearance
a
is not in the given limit, install

____
new washers (319) of a different diferent thickness.

(g) Safety the nuts (314) with the new cotter pins (313).

(h) Put the bonding straps (307) and (304) in position and install
the washer (305) and the bolt (306) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

(i) Install the bushes (303) and (302).

(j) Put the pushrod (301) in position and install the washer (311)
and the bolt (312).

(k) Install the washer (310) and the nut (309).

(l) TORQUE the nut (309) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(m) Safety the nut (309) with a new cotter pin (308).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A423
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (n) Install the upper connection link to the support arm.

1
_ Install the washers (361), (362) and (365), the yoke (366) and
the hinge pin (360) to the support arm.

NOTE : The washers (362) are available in different

____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

2
_ Put the upper connection link in position on the support arm
and install the washers (363) and (364).

NOTE : The washers (364) are available in different

____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

3
_ Install the bushes (369), the washer (368) and the bolt (367).

4
_ Install the washer (370) and the nut (372).

5
_ TORQUE the nut (372) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

6
_ Safety the nut (372) with a new cotter pin (371).

(2) Install the lower connection link.

(Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 52-12-21-991-014, 426/TASK 52-12-21-991-015)

(a) Install the bush (340) in the door fitting.

(b) Install the sleeve (338) together with the washers (336) in the
lower connection link (337).

(c) Put the lower connection link (337) in position and install the
shaft (335) and the washers (334) and (339).

NOTE : The washers (334) and (339) are of a different thickness,

____
install them as identified in the removal procedure.

(d) Install the washers (333) and the nuts (332).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (332) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A424
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (f) Make sure that the clearance
a
is correct (see section B-B).

NOTE : If the clearance
a
is not in the given limit, install

____
new washers (336) of a diferent thickness.

(g) Safety the nuts (332) with the new cotter pins (331).

(h) Install the bushes (347) and (348).

(i) Put the pushrod (346) in position and install the washer (349)
and the bolt (350).

(j) Install the washer (343) and the nut (345).

(k) TORQUE the nut (345) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(l) Safety the nut (345) with a new cotter pin (344).

(m) Install the lower connection link to the support arm.

1
_ Install the washers (361), (362) and (365), the yoke (366) and
the hinge pin (360) to the support arm.

NOTE : The washers (362) are available in different

____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

2
_ Put the lower connection link in position on the support arm
and install the washers (363) and (364).

NOTE : The washers (364) are available in different

____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

3
_ Install the bushes (369), the washer (368) and the bolt (367).

4
_ Install the washer (370) and the nut (372).

5
_ TORQUE the nut (372) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

6
_ Safety the nut (372) with a new cotter pin (371).

(n) Put the bonding strap (342) in position and install the washer
(351) and the bolt (352) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A425
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (o) Put the bonding strap (353) in position and install the washer
(354) and the bolt (355) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-21-420-058-A

K. Installation of the Upper and Lower Connection Links

(Ref. Fig. 424A/TASK 52-12-21-991-013-A, 425A/TASK 52-12-21-991-014-A,
426/TASK 52-12-21-991-015)

R (1) Install the upper connection link (334) on the door structure as
R follows:

R (a) Install the bush (338) in the door fitting.

R (b) Install the sleeve (341) in the upper connection link (334).

R (c) Put the upper connection link (334) in position until it aligns
R with the door structure.

R (d) Install the shaft (344) and the washers (339), (340), (342) and
R (343) in the upper connection link (334).

R (e) Make sure that the clearance B between the washers (339) and
R (340) are correct.

R NOTE : The clearance B must be between 0.01 mm (0.0003 in.) and
____
R 0.025 mm (0.0009 in.).

R (f) Make sure that the clearance B between the washers (342) and
R (343) are correct.

R NOTE : The clearance B must be between 0.01 mm (0.0003 in.) and
____
R 0.025 mm (0.0009 in.).

R (g) If one of the clearances B is not in the limits, change the
R thickness of the washers (340) or (342) as necessary.

R (h) Install the washers (337) and (345) and the nuts (336) and (346).

R (i) Safety the nut (336) with the new cotter pin (335).

R (j) Safety the nut (346) with the new cotter pin (347).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page A426
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (k) Put the bonding strap (331) on the upper connection link (334)
R and install the bolt (333) and the washer (332) (Ref. TASK 20-28-
00-912-802).

R (2) Install the connection rod (125) as follows:

R (a) Put the connection rod (125) on the latch (174) and install the
R bolt (165), washers (166) and (167) and the nut (168).

R (b) Tighten the nut (168) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (169).

R (c) Put the connection rod (125) on the crank lever (103) and install
R the bolt (123), washers (124) and (126) and the nut (127).

R (d) Tighten the nut (127) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (128).

R (3) Install the lower connection link (390) on the door structure as
R follows:

R (a) Install the bush (394) in the door fitting.

R (b) Install the sleeve (391) in the lower connection link (390).

R (c) Put the lower connection link (390) in position until it aligns
R with the door structure.

R (d) Install the shaft (381) with the washers (385), (386), (392) and
R (393) in the lower connection link (390).

R (e) Make sure that the clearance B between the washers (392) and
R (393) is correct.

R NOTE : The clearance B must be between 0.01 mm (0.0003 in.) and
____
R 0.025 mm (0.0009 in.).

R (f) Make sure that the clearance B between the washers (385) and
R (386) is correct.

R NOTE : The clearance B must be between 0.01 mm (0.0003 in.) and
____
R 0.025 mm (0.0009 in.).

R (g) If one of the clearances B is not in the limits, change the
R thickness of the washers (386) or (392) as necessary.

R (h) Install the washers (382) and (395) and the nuts (383) and (396).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page A427
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (i) Safety the nut (383) with the new cotter pin (384).

R (j) Safety the nut (346) with the new cotter pin (397).

R (4) Put the bonding straps (389) and (400) on the lower connection link
R (390) and install the bolts (387) and (402) and the washers (388) and
R (401) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

R (5) Connect the push rod (256) as follows:

R (a) If removed, install the bushes (406) and (407) in the lower
R connection link (390).

R (b) Put the push rod (257) in the lower connection link (390) and
R install the bolt (398), washers (399) and (405) and the nut
R (404).

R (c) Tighten the nut (404) and safety it with a new cotter pin (403).

R (6) Install the upper connection link (334) at the support arm as
R follows:

R (a) Install the washers (361), (362) and (365), the yoke (366) and
R the hinge pin (360) at the support arm.

R NOTE : The washers (362) are available in different thicknesses,

____
R install them as identified in the removal procedure.

R (b) Put the upper connection link (334) in position in the support
R arm and install the washers (363) and (364).

R NOTE : The washers (364) are available in different thicknesses,

____
R install them as identified in the removal procedure.

R (c) Install the bushes (369), the bolt (367) with the washers (368)
R and (370) and the nut (372) in the upper connection link (334).

R (d) Tighten the nut (372) and safety it with a new cotter pin (371).

R (7) Install the lower connection link (390) at the support arm as
R follows:

R (a) Install the washers (361), (362) and (365), yoke (366) and the
R hinge pin (360) to the support arm.

R NOTE : The washers (362) are available in different thicknesses,

____
R install them as identified in the removal procedure.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page A428
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Put the lower connection link (390) in position in the support
R arm and install the washers (363) and (364).

R NOTE : The washers (364) are available in different thicknesses,

____
R install them as identified in the removal procedure.

R (c) Install the bushes (369), bolt (367), washers (368) and (370) and
R the nut (372) in the lower connection link (390).

R (d) Tighten the nut (372) and safety it with a new cotter pin (371).
R

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-21-420-059

L. Installation of the Upper and Lower Connection Links

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1212 and
____
R subsequent.

(Ref. Fig. 426/TASK 52-12-21-991-015, 427/TASK 52-12-21-991-038, 429/TASK

52-12-21-991-034)

R (1) Install the upper connection link (334) on the door structure as
R follows:

R (a) Install the bush (338) in the door fitting.

R (b) Install the sleeve (341) in the upper connection link (334).

R (c) Put the upper connection link (334) in position until it aligns
R with the door structure.

R (d) Install the shaft (344) and the washers (339), (340), (342) and
R (343) in the upper connection link (334).

R (e) Make sure that the clearance B between the washers (339) and
R (340) are correct.

R NOTE : The clearance B must be between 0.01 mm (0.0003 in.) and
____
R 0.025 mm (0.0009 in.).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page A429
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Upper Connection Link on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
R Figure 429/TASK 52-12-21-991-034


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A430
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (f) Make sure that the clearance B between the washers (342) and
R (343) are correct.

R NOTE : The clearance B must be between 0.01 mm (0.0003 in.) and
____
R 0.025 mm (0.0009 in.).

R (g) If one of the clearances B is not in the limits, change the
R thickness of the washers (340) or (342) as necessary.

R (h) Install the washers (337) and (345) and the nuts (336) and (346).

R (i) Safety the nut (336) with the new cotter pin (335).

R (j) Safety the nut (346) with the new cotter pin (347).

R (k) Put the bonding strap (331) on the upper connection link (334)
R and install the bolt (333) and the washer (332) (Ref. TASK 20-28-
00-912-802).

R (2) Install the connection rod (125) as follows:

R (a) Put the connection rod (125) on the latch (174) and install the
R bolt (165), washers (166) and (167) and the nut (168).

R (b) Tighten the nut (168) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (169).

R (c) Put the connection rod (125) on the crank lever (103) and install
R the bolt (123), washers (124) and (126) and the nut (127).

R (d) Tighten the nut (127) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (128).

R (3) Install the lower connection link (390) on the door structure as
R follows:

R (a) Install the bush (394) in the door fitting.

R (b) Install the sleeve (391) in the lower connection link (390).

R (c) Put the lower connection link (390) in position until it aligns
R with the door structure.

R (d) Install the shaft (381) with the washers (385), (386), (392) and
R (393) in the lower connection link (390).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A431
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (e) Make sure that the clearance B between the washers (392) and
R (393) is correct.

R NOTE : The clearance B must be between 0.01 mm (0.0003 in.) and
____
R 0.025 mm (0.0009 in.).

R (f) Make sure that the clearance B between the washers (385) and
R (386) is correct.

R NOTE : The clearance B must be between 0.01 mm (0.0003 in.) and
____
R 0.025 mm (0.0009 in.).

R (g) If one of the clearances B is not in the limits, change the
R thickness of the washers (386) or (392) as necessary.

R (h) Install the washers (382) and (395) and the nuts (383) and (396).

R (i) Safety the nut (383) with the new cotter pin (384).

R (j) Safety the nut (346) with the new cotter pin (397).

R (4) Put the bonding straps (389) and (400) on the lower connection link
R (390) and install the bolts (387) and (402) and the washers (388) and
R (401) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

R (5) Connect the push rod (256) as follows:

R (a) If removed, install the bushes (406) and (407) in the lower
R connection link (390).

R (b) Put the push rod (257) in the lower connection link (390) and
R install the bolt (398), washers (399) and (405) and the nut
R (404).

R (c) Tighten the nut (404) and safety it with a new cotter pin (403).

R (6) Install the upper connection link (334) at the support arm as
R follows:

R (a) Install the washers (361), (362) and (365), yoke (366) and the
R hinge pin (360) at the support arm.

R NOTE : The washers (362) are available in different thicknesses,

____
R install them as identified in the removal procedure.


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page A432
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Put the upper connection link (334) in position in the support
R arm and install the washers (363) and (364).

R NOTE : The washers (364) are available in different thicknesses,

____
R install them as identified in the removal procedure.

R (c) Install the bushes (369), the bolt (367) with the washers (368)
R and (370) and the nut (372) in the upper connection link (334).

R (d) Tighten the nut (372) and safety it with a new cotter pin (371).

R (7) Install the lower connection link (390) at the support arm as
R follows:

R (a) Install the washers (361), (362) and (365), yoke (366) and the
R hinge pin (360) at the support arm.

R NOTE : The washers (362) are available in different thicknesses,

____
R install them as identified in the removal procedure.

R (b) Put the lower connection link (390) in position in the support
R arm and install the washers (363) and (364).

R NOTE : The washers (364) are available in different thicknesses,

____
R install them as identified in the removal procedure.

R (c) Install the bushes (369), the bolt (367) the washers (368) and
R (370) and the nut (372) in the lower connection link (390).

R (d) Tighten the nut (372) and safety it with a new cotter pin (371).
R

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-12-21-420-060

M. Installation of the Sensor Actuation Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 428/TASK 52-12-21-991-023)

(1) Put the bushes (413), the roller (414) on the switch bracket (410)
and attach them with the pin (414), the washer (411) and the circlip
(412).

(2) Put the bushes (422), the roller (423) on the target lever (426) and
attach them with the pin (438), the washer (420) and the circlip
(419).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page A433
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (3) Install the target lever (426) on the switch bracket (410) as
follows:

(a) Put the bushes (421) and the target lever (426) in position and
attach them with the pin (416), the washer (417).

(b) Safety the pin (416) with the the circlip (418).

(4) Install the push rod (436) on the target lever (426) as follows:

(a) Put the push rod (436) in position and install the pin (439), the
washer (440).

(b) Safety the pin (439) with the circlip (441).

(5) Install the actuation lever (430) as follows:

(a) Put the push rod (436) on the actuation lever (430) and attach it
with the pin (435), the washer (428) and the circlip (427).

(b) Assemble the bushes (429) in the door frame fitting (433).

(c) Put the actuation lever (430) in position and attach it with the
pin (434), the washer (432) and the circlip (431).

(6) Install the spring (383) on the rollers (414) and (423).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-21-820-053

N. Adjustment

(1) Do the adjustment of the door locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-12-21-
820-801).

(2) Do the adjustment of the actuation clearance for the proximity sensor
17MJ (16MJ) (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-820-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page A434
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-21-820-053-A

N. Adjustment Procedure

(1) Adjust the differend rods of the door locking mechanism as required
(Ref. TASK 52-12-21-820-801).

(2) Pre-adjust the torsion bar (5) as follows:

(a) Carefully tighten the tension bolt (3) to set the torsion bar (5)
under tension.

(b) Carefully lower the sling with the crane and make sure that the
door does not move downward.

(c) If the door moves down, turn the tension bolt (3) to decrease the
tension until the door is in balance.

(d) Adjust the operation force of the door (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-
801).

(3) Make sure that the actuation clearance of the proximity sensor 17MJ
(16MJ) is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-820-801).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-12-21-720-051

P. Do the functional test of the MID passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-12-
00-720-801).

Subtask 52-12-21-865-052

Q. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page A435
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-21-710-050

R. Operational Test

(1) Do the operational test of the door warning system (Ref. TASK 52-71-
00-710-801).

(2) Do the operational test of the escape-slide warning system (Ref. TASK
52-71-00-710-802).

NOTE : Do these tests only for the MID passenger/crew door 832 (842).
____

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-12-21-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and

STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
which attach components directly to the door structure.

(b) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
bolts which are in the door mechanism.

(c) Lubricate the external control-handle mechanism (Ref. TASK 12-22-

52-600-802).

(d) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the

installed components.

(3) Install the escape facility on the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-400-801).

(4) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-400-801).

(5) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page A436
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 (6) Close the access door 811.

(7) Remove the access platform(s).

(8) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 52-12-21-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page A437
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________________

TASK 52-12-21-820-801

Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism of the MID Passenger/Crew Doors (Door
2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

NOTE : Do this adjustment procedure only after maintenance activities when a

____
R replacement of components or a malfunction of the door locking
R mechanism occurred.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific feeler gage
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific 1 GAGE - SET, FEELER
No specific 2 SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN (48 LBF)
98A52108007000 1 TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS
R 98F52108507000 3 TOOL - ADJUSTMENT PAX DOORS

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific corrosion-resistant steel lockwire dia. 0.8 mm

(0.032 in.)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 501
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

18 tab washer 52-12-21 14 -530

35 tab washer 52-12-21 06 -020
36 tab washer 52-12-21 44 -170
43 cotter pins 52-12-21 32 -030
53 cotter pins 52-12-21 32 -030
58 cable ties 52-12-21 32 -120
60 cable ties 52-12-21 32 -120
67 cotter pins 52-12-02 25 -130
74 cotter pins 52-12-02 25 -130
R 74 cotter pins 52-12-21 32 -030
82 cotter pin 52-12-21 35 -070
R 86 tab washers 52-12-21 36 -030
R 86 tab washers 52-12-21 44 -170

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-10-00-080-801 Removal of the Ballast Weight from the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-480-801 Installation of the Ballast Weight at the
Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-12-00-720-801 Functional Test of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R)
52-12-00-820-801 Adjustment of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 502
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System
52-71-00-710-802 Operational Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Warning
System
52-71-11-000-801 Removal of the Proximity Sensors from the Door
Locking Mechanism (10MJ,11MJ,
13MJ,14MJ,15MJ,16MJ,17MJ,22MJ,23MJ,24MJ,25MJ)
52-71-11-400-801 Installation of the Proximity Sensors on the Door
Locking Mechanism (10MJ,11MJ,
12MJ,13MJ,14MJ,15MJ,16MJ,17MJ,22MJ,23MJ,24MJ,25MJ)
52-71-11-820-801 Adjustment of the Actuation Clearance of the
Proximity Sensors (10MJ,11MJ,12MJ,
13MJ,14MJ,15MJ,16MJ,17MJ,22MJ,23MJ,24MJ,25MJ)
52-71-11-820-801 Adjustment of the Actuation Clearance of the
Proximity Sensors (10MJ,11MJ,12MJ,
13MJ,14MJ,15MJ,16MJ,17MJ,22MJ,23MJ,24MJ,25MJ) (for
corrective action)

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-016 Fig. 501

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-016-A Fig. 501A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-017 Fig. 502

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-017-A Fig. 502A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-21-991-018 Fig. 503


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 503
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-21-991-018-A Fig. 503A

R 52-12-21-991-041 Fig. 504

R **ON A/C 001-099,

R 52-12-21-991-035 Fig. 505

R 52-12-21-991-036 Fig. 506
R 52-12-21-991-042 Fig. 507
R 52-12-21-991-040 Fig. 508

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-21-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-12-21-010-052

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-12-21-865-053

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 504
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-21-860-054

D. Install the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-801).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-21-820-052

A. Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for doors with serial Nos. 1001 thru
____
1211

NOTE : The overcenter adjustment gage (30) (P/N 98A52108007100), the

____
R rigging pins (15) and (10) (P/N 98A52108007200) and the special
R lever are part of the TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS
(98A52108007000).

(1) Door Locking Mechanism.

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-12-21-991-016)

(a) Close the door.

(b) Install the rigging pin (15) in the twin lever (3) and the
rigging pin (10) in the lifting arm (11).

(c) If you cannot install the rigging pin (15) easily, adjust the
pushrod (2) as follows:

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (1) and (4).

2
_ Loosen the nuts (1) and (4) and turn the pushrod (2) until you
can install the rigging pin (15) easily.

3
_ Tighten the nuts (1) and (4).

4
_ Safety the nuts (1) and (4) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 505
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Door Locking Mechanism on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 501/TASK 52-12-21-991-016- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 506
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Door Locking Mechanism on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 501/TASK 52-12-21-991-016- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 507
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (d) If you cannot install the rigging pin (10) easily, adjust the
R pushrod (5) as follows:

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (6) and (16).

R 2
_ Loosen the nuts (6) and (16) and turn the pushrod (5) until
R you can install the rigging pin (10) easily.
R

R 3
_ Tighten the nuts (6) and (16).

R 4
_ Safety the nuts (6) and (16) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).

(e) Remove the rigging pins (15) and (10) and open the door.

R (f) Install the rigging pin (10) in the lifting arm (11) and make
R sure that the twin lever (3) touches the stop (19).

R (g) If you cannot install the rigging pin (10) easily, or the twin
R lever (3) does not touch the stop (19), continue as follows:

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (26).

R 2
_ Loosen the nuts (26) and turn the connecting rod (13) to its
R maximum length.

3
_ Close the door to get access to the stop (19).

R 4
_ Release the tab washer (18) and remove the stop (19).

R 5
_ Remove and discard the tab washer (18) from the stop (19).
R

R 6
_ Install the stop (19) with a new tab washer (18) .

R 7
_ Open the door and adjust the stop (19) until you can install
R the rigging pin (10) easily in the lifting arm (11).
R

R 8
_ Make sure that the stop (19) touches the twin lever (3).

R 9
_ Tighten the nut (17) and safety it with the tab washer (18).
R


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 508
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (h) Make sure that the clearance
a
between the bellcrank (8) and
R the lever (7) is between 4.0 mm (0.1574 in.) and 5.0 mm (0.1968
R in.). Use a GAGE - SET, FEELER to check this.

R (i) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust the connecting rod
R (13) as necessary.

R (j) Tighten the nuts (26) and safety them with the lockwire,
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).
R

R (k) Remove the rigging pin (10).

R (l) Make sure that the clearance
b
between the hook (22) and the
roller (20) is max. 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).

R (m) If the clearance
b
is not correct, adjust it as follows:

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (25).

R 2
_ Turn the nuts (25) as necessary until the clearance
b
is
R correct.

3
_ Tighten the nuts (25).

R (n) Close the door and make sure that:

R - the internal control handle (12) is in the locked position
R - you can install the rigging pin (15) easily in the twin lever
R (3).
R

R (o) If necessary, adjust the pushrod (5) as follows:

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (6) and (16).

R 2
_ Loosen the nuts (6) and (16) and turn the pushrod (5) as
R necessary.
R

R 3
_ Tighten the nuts (6) and (16).

R (p) Open the door and make sure that the clearance
b
between the
R hook (22) and the roller (20) is max. 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.)
R

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 509
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (q) Close the door and make sure that:
R - the internal control handle (12) is in the locked position
R - you can install the rigging pin (15) easily in the twin lever
R (3).
If these conditions are not correct, do the necessary adjustment
again.

R (r) Safety the nuts (6), (16) and (25) with the lockwire,
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

(2) Adjustment of the Door Locking Overcenter-Position

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-12-21-991-017)

(a) Turn the stop (37) fully in to get a maximum clearance to the
bellcrank (31) when the door is closed.

1
_ Open the door to get access to the stop (37).

R 2
_ Release the tab washer (35).

R 3
_ Turn the nut (36) until it touches the head of the stop (37).

R 4
_ Remove the stop (37) and the lockwasher (35). Discard the tab
R washer (35).

R 5
_ Install the stop (37) with a new tab washer (35).

6
_ Turn the stop (37) fully in until the nut (36) touches the
door structure.

(b) Close and lock the door.

(c) Remove the pushrod (38).

(d) Put the overcenter adjustment gage (30) in the position of the
R removed pushrod (38) and install the rigging pin (42).
R

R (e) Install the rigging pin (43).

R (f) If you cannot install the rigging pin (43) easily adjust the
R pushrod (33) as follows:

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (32) and (34).

R 2
_ Loosen the nuts (32) and (34) and turn the pushrod (33) until
R you can install the rigging pin (43) easily.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 510
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (g) Make sure that the contact surface
A
of the overcenter
adjustment gage (30) is on the locking shaft and not on the hub
of the bellcrank (31).

(h) Adjust the stop (37) until it touches the bellcrank (31) to get
the overcenter dimension
b
this must be between 3.5 mm (0.1377
in.) and 4.5 mm (0.1771 in.).

(i) Tighten the nut (36) against the door structure.

(j) Safety the nut (36) with the tab washer (35).

(k) Remove the rigging pins (42) and (43) and the overcenter
adjustment gage (30).

(l) Tighten the nuts (32) and (34).

(m) Safety the nuts (32) and (34) with corrosion-resistant steel
lockwire dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.).

(n) Install the pushrod (38).

(o) Make sure that the clearances
e
and
d
are between 0.1 mm
(0.0039 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

(p) If the clearances
e
and
d
are not correct adjust the pushrod
(38) as follows:

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (44) and (45).

2
_ Loosen the nuts (44) and (45) and turn the pushrod (38) until
the clearances
e
and
d
are correct.

3
_ Tighten the nuts (44) and (45).

4
_ Safety the nuts (44) and (45) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).

(q) Lift the internal control handle until you can install a feeler
gage of 0.9 mm (0.0354 in.) between the stop (37) and the
bellcrank (31).

(r) Make sure that the line which divides the green and red area of
the bellcrank (31) is 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) below the upper edge of
the indicator window (39). If necessary adjust it as follows:


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 511
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 Door Locking Mechanism
Figure 501A/TASK 52-12-21-991-016-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 512
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Locking Mechanism
Figure 501A/TASK 52-12-21-991-016-A22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 513
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Locking Overcenter-Position on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 502/TASK 52-12-21-991-017

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 514
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 1
_ Loosen the bolts (41) and move the indicator windows (39) to
the correct position.

2
_ Tighten the bolts (41).

(3) External Control Handle

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-12-21-991-018)

(a) Close and lock the door.

(b) Pull and push the external control handle (51).

(c) Make sure that the travel
b
of the external control handle (51)
is between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

(d) If the travel
b
is not in the given limits, adjust it as

follows:

1
_ Unlock the external control handle (51).

2
_ Loosen the nut (61).

3
_ Turn the eccentric roller (62).

4
_ Tighten the nut (61).

(e) Make sure that the travel
b
is correct. If necessary do the
adjustment of the eccentric roller (62) again.

(f) Make sure that the external control handle (51) is flush with the
contour of the door with a tolerance between -1.5 mm (-0.0590
in.) and 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.).

(g) If the tolerance is not correct adjust it as follows:

1
_ Measure the diference between the external control handle (51)
and the contour of the door.

2
_ Open the external control handle (51).

3
_ Remove the nuts (64), the screws (66), the hook fitting (56)
and the shims (65).

4
_ Adjust the shims (65) as necessary.

5
_ Install the shims (65), the hook fitting (56), the screws (66)
and the nuts (64).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 515
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 Adjustment of the Locking Shaft Assembly
Figure 502A/TASK 52-12-21-991-017-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 516
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Locking Shaft Assembly
Figure 502A/TASK 52-12-21-991-017-A22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 517
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 External Control Handle
Figure 503/TASK 52-12-21-991-018


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 518
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 6
_ Tighten the nuts (64).

(h) Make sure that:

- the travel
b
is correct,
- the external control handle (51) is aligned with the contour of
the door.
If these conditions are not correct, do the necessary adjustment
again.

(i) Make sure that the clearance
a
between the lever (52) and the
stop (53) is between 0.15 mm (0.0059 in.) and 0.3 mm (0.0118
in.).

(j) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust it as follows:

1
_ Remove the plug (50).

2
_ Remove the lockwire from the nut (54).

3
_ Loosen the nut (54).

4
_ Turn the adjustment screw (55) to get the correct clearance

a
.

NOTE : The external control handle (51) must touch the

____
eccentric roller (62).

5
_ Tighten the nut (54).

6
_ Safety the nut (54) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010).

7
_ Install the plug (50).

(k) Open the door with the external control handle (51).

(l) Close the door with the internal control handle (12) and make
sure that:
- the flap (63) goes automatically to the locked position with a
click
- the flap (63) alignes with the contour of the external control
handle (51).

(m) If the flap (63) is not in the locked position, adjust it as

follows:

1
_ Open the door.


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 519
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 2
_ Remove the nuts (57), the screws (59), the stop (60) and the
shims (58).

3
_ Adjust the shims (58) as necessary.

4
_ Install the shims (58), the stop (60), the screws (59) and the
nuts (57).

5
_ Tighten the nuts (57).

(n) Make sure that the condition of the flap (63) is correct, if
necessary do the adjustment again.

(4) Do a check, and if necessary adjust, the actuation clearance of the

proximity sensor 17MJ (16MJ) (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-820-801).

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-21-820-052-A

A. Adjustment of the Lifting Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-12-21-991-016-A)

R NOTE : The rigging pins (2) (PN 98F52108507052) and (17) (PN
____
R 98F52108507054) are part of the tool kit TOOL - ADJUSTMENT PAX
R DOORS (98F52108507000).

(1) Make sure that the applicable door is in its correct installation
position at the fuselage (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

(2) Make sure that the roller (3) of the inboard handle (1) engages
correctly in the recess of the detent lever (4).

R (3) Install the rigging pin (2) (98F52108507052) in the twin lever (10)
R and make sure that it goes easily into the door structure.

(4) If you cannot install the rigging pin (2) easily, adjust the length
of the lower control rod (6) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

(a) Remove the upper control rod (5) from the bellcrank lever (48) of
the locking shaft (47) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 52-12-21-991-017-A)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 520
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 1
_ If necessary, remove and discard the cotter pin (82) from the
nut (81).

2
_ Remove the nut (81), the washers (80) and the bolt (79) and
disconnect the upper control rod (5) from the bellcrank lever
(48).

R (b) If neceesary, cut and remove the lockwire from the upper and
R lower jam nuts (7) and the safety devices (8).

(c) Loosen the upper and lower jam nuts (7).

(d) Turn the rod body (9) until the rigging pin (2) goes easily into
the door structure.

(e) Tighten the upper and lower jam nuts (7) and safety them with the
lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety
devices (8).

(f) Install the upper control rod (5) on the bellcrank lever (48) of
the locking shaft (47) as follows:

1
_ Put the upper control rod (5) on the bellcrank lever (48) and
install the bolt (79), the washers (80) and the nut (81).

2
_ Tighten the nut (81) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(82).

R (5) Install the rigging pin (17) (98F52108507054) into the flange bearing
R (18) of the door edge member and the lifting arm (16) as follows:

(a) Remove and retain the plastic plug (15) from the upper rigging
hole of the flange bearing (18).

(b) Install the rigging pin (17) into the upper rigging hole of the
flange bearing (18).

(c) Make sure that the rigging pin (17) goes easily into the lifting
arm (16).

(6) If you cannot install the rigging pin (17) easily into the lifting
arm (16), adjust the length of the connection rod (11) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 521
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the upper and
R lower jam nuts (13) and the safety devices (12).

(b) Loosen the upper and lower jam nuts (13).

(c) Turn the rod body (14) until the rigging pin (17) goes easily
into the lifting arm (16).

(d) Make sure that the connection rod (26) between the lifting shaft
and the lower connection link of the support arm is correctly
adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

(e) Tighten the upper and lower jam nuts (13) and safety them with
the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety
devices (12).

(7) Remove the rigging pins (2) and (17) and operate the inboard lever
(1) to lift the door.

R (8) Install the rigging pin (17) (98F52108507054) into the flange bearing
R (18) of the door edge member and the lifting arm (16) as follows:

(a) If necessary, remove and keep the plastic plug (15) from the
lower rigging hole of the flange bearing (18).

(b) Install the rigging pin (17) into the lower rigging hole of the
flange bearing (18).

(c) Make sure that the rigging pin (17) goes easily into the lifting
arm (16).

(9) If you cannot install the rigging pin (17) easily into the lifting
arm (16), adjust the twin lever stop (37) as follows:

(a) To install the rigging pin (17) make sure that there is
sufficient clearance between the stop bolt (34) and the twin
lever (10).

R (b) If necessary, bend the tab washer (36) to release the jam nut
R (35). If you do this, replace the tab washer (36).

(c) Loosen the jam nut (35) and turn the stop bolt (34) until it is
fully in.

(d) Move the inboard handle (1) until the rigging pin (17) goes
easily into the lifting arm (16).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 522
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (e) Turn the stop bolt (34) until it touches the twin lever (10).

(f) Tighten the jam nut (35) and safety it with the new tab washer
(36).

R (10) Measure the distance X between the crank rod (20) and the crank
R lever (30). The distance X must be between 4.0 mm (0.1574 in.) and
R 8.0 mm (0.3149 in.).
R

(11) If the distance X is not in the limits, adjust the length of the
crank rod (20) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

R (a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the jam nuts (32)
R and the safety devices (31).

(b) Loosen the jam nuts (32) and turn the rod (33) until the distance
X is correct.

(c) Tighten the jam nuts (32) and safety them with the lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (31).

(12) Remove the rigging pin (17) from the flange bearing (18) and install
the plastic plugs (15).

R (13) Measure the operation force necessary to lower and lift the
R applicable door as follows:

R (a) Put a SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN (48 LBF) on the inboard handle (1)
R and move it down and up.

R (b) Make sure that the operation force necessary to move the inboard
R handle (1) is less than 15.0 daN (33.7213 lbf).

R (14) If the operation force is more than permitted, adjust the torsion bar
R (19) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

R (a) If necessary, remove and discard the lockwire from the tension
R bolt (21) and the lead seal rivet (22).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 523
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (b) Turn the tension bolt (21) until the operation force is correct
and the door stays in its lifted position.

(c) Safety the tension bolt (21) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010) on the lead seal rivet (22).

Subtask 52-12-21-820-055

B. Adjustment of the Locking Shaft Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-12-21-991-016-A, 502A/TASK 52-12-21-991-017-A,
504/TASK 52-12-21-991-041)

R NOTE : The overcenter adjustment gage (84) (PN 98F52108507040), the

____
R rigging pins (2) (PN 98F52108507052) and (17) (PN 98F52108507054)
R and the special lever (PN 98F52108507058) are part of the tool kit
R TOOL - ADJUSTMENT PAX DOORS (98F52108507000).

(1) Make sure that the applicable door is in its correct installation
position at the fuselage (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

(2) Make sure that the lifting shaft assembly is in the subsequent
condition:
(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-12-21-991-016-A)
- The roller (3) of the inboard handle (1) engages correctly in the
recess of the detent lever (4)
R - The rigging pin (2) (98F52108507052) engages with the twin lever
R (10) and the door structure
R - The rigging pin (17) (98F52108507054) engages with the upper
R rigging hole of the flange bearing (18) and the lifting arm (16).

R (3) If necessary, remove the lining hinge arm (61) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (67) from the nuts (68).

(b) Remove the nuts (68), the washers (63) and the bolt (62) from the
door fitting (50).

(c) Disconnect the push rods (65) from the door fitting (50) and if
necessary remove the bushes (64) and (66).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pins (74) from the nuts (73).

(e) Remove the nuts (73), the washers (70) and the bolts (69) from
the locking hooks (45) .

(f) Disconnect the lining hinge arms (61) from the locking hooks (45)
R and if necessary, remove the bushes (71) and (72).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 524
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 External Control Handle
Figure 503A/TASK 52-12-21-991-018-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 525
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
R Door Lowering Safety-Device
R Figure 504/TASK 52-12-21-991-041


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 526
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (4) Remove the bolts (76), the washers (77), the indicator covers (75)
and the shim washers (78) from the door structure.

(a) Record the thickness of the shim washers (78) for the
installation procedure.

R (5) Remove and discard the cable-ties (58) and (60) and remove the
R bellows (59) from the door fitting (50).

(6) Remove the push rods (55) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (43) from the nuts (44).

(b) Remove the nuts (44), the washers (42) and the bolts (41) from
the locking hooks (45).

(c) Disconnect the push rods (55) from the locking hooks (45) and if
necessary remove the bushes (56) and (57).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pins (53) from the nuts (54).

(e) Remove the nuts (54), the washers (52), the bolts (51) and
disconnect the push rods (55) from the indication levers (46).

(f) Remove the push rods (55) from the door structure and disassemble
the bellows (59).

(7) Remove the upper control rod (5) from the bellcrank lever (48) as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (82) from the nut (81).

(b) Remove the nut (81), the washers (80) and the bolt (79).

(c) Disconnect the upper control rod (5) from the bellcrank lever
(48).

(8) Remove the proximity sensor 14MJ or 15MJ to get clearance during the
adjustment procedure (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-000-801).

R (9) If necessary, set the stop bolts (88) of the bellcrank stops (49) to
R their minimum position as follows:

R (a) If necessary, bend the tab washers (86) to release the jam nuts
R (87). If you do this, replace the tab washers (86).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 527
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (b) Loosen the jam nuts (87) and wind the stop bolts (88) into the
R bellcrank stops (49).

R (10) Install the overcenter adjustment gage (84) (98F52108507040) as

R follows:

R (a) Put the upper end of the adjustment gage (84) on the locking hook
R (45) and attach them with the related rigging pin (83).

R (b) Move the lower end of the adjustment gage (84) to the indication
R lever (46) and attach them with the related rigging pin (85).

R (c) Make sure that the contact surface of the adjustment gage (84)
R touches the locking shaft (47).

R (d) If not, turn the locking shaft (47) with the special lever (90)
R (PN 98F52108507058) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove the pin (89) to open the special lever (90).

R 2
_ Put the opened special lever (90) on the splined area of the
R locking shaft (47).

R 3
_ Close the special lever (90) and install the pin (89).

R 4
_ Turn the special lever (90) until the contact surface of the
R adjustment gage (84) touches the locking shaft (47).

(11) Adjust the bellcrank stops (49) as follows:

R (a) Turn the stop bolts (88) until they touch the indication levers
R (46).

R (b) Tighten the jam nuts (87) and safety them with the new tab
R washers (86).

R (12) Remove the rigging pins (83) and (85) and disconnect the adjustment
R gage (84) from the door structure.

R (13) Install the push rods (55) as follows:

R (a) Install the bellows (59) on the pushrods (55).

R (b) Put the push rods (55) on the indication levers (46) and attach
R them with the bolts (51), the washers (52) and the nuts (54).
R


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 528
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (c) Tighten the nuts (54) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(53).

R (d) Make sure that the bushes (56) and (57) are installed in the
R locking hooks (45).

R (e) Put the push rods (55) on the locking hooks (45) and install the
R bolts (41), the washers (42) and the nuts (44).

(f) Tighten the nuts (44) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(43).

R (g) Make sure the clearance between the locking hooks (45) and the
R related fuselage lock fittings are correct. If not, adjust the
R length of the push rods (55) (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

(14) Adjust the visual locking indication as follows:

(a) Install the indicator covers (75), the shim washers (78), the
washers (77) and the screws (76) on the door structure.

(b) Install the shim washers (78) as identified in the removal

procedure.

R (c) Turn the locking shaft (47) with the special lever (90) until
R there is a clearance of 0.9 mm (0.0354 in.) between the stop bolt
R (88) and the indication lever (46).
R

(d) Make sure that the dividing line is 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) below the
upper indicator window edge of the indicator cover (75).

NOTE : The dividing line divides the green and red area of the
____
indication lever (46).

(e) If necessary, loosen the screws (76) and move the indicator cover
(75) to its correct position and tighten the screws (76) again.

R (15) Remove the special lever (90) from the locking shaft (47).

R (16) Connect the upper control rod (5) on the bellcrank lever (48) as
follows:

(a) Make sure that the roller (3) of the inboard handle (1) engages
correctly in the recess of the detent lever (4).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 529
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (b) Make sure that the stop bolts (88) touch the indication levers
R (46).

(c) Put the upper control rod (5) in position on the bellcrank lever
(48) and install the bolt (79) with the washer (80).

(d) If you cannot install the bolt (79) easily, adjust the length of
the upper control rod (5) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE
R TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

R 1
_ If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the upper and
R lower jam nuts (93) and the safety devices (94).

R 2
_ Loosen the upper and lower jam nuts (93).

R 3
_ Turn the rod body (95) until the bolt (79) engages easily.

R 4
_ Tighten the upper and lower jam nuts (93) and safety them with
R the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the
R safety devices (94).

(e) Install the washers (80) and the nut (81) on the bolt (79).

(f) Tighten the nut (81) and safety it with the new cotter pin (82).

R (17) Make sure that the riggings pins (2) and (17) are removed.

R (18) Do a check of the lowering safety device as follows:

R (a) Move the inboard lever (1) up to lift the door.

R (b) Measure the clearance Z which can be max. 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.)
R between the safety hook (91) and the bracket roller (92).

R (19) Install the bellows (59) on the door fitting (50) and attach them
R with the cable ties (58).

R (20) Attach the bellows (59) to the push rod (55) with the cable ties
(60).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 530
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (21) Install the lining hinge arm (61) as follows:

(a) Install the bushes (71) and (72) in the locking hooks (45).

(b) Put the lining hinge arms (61) in position in the locking hooks
(45) and install the bolts (69), the washers (70) and the nuts
(73).

(c) Tighten the nuts (73) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(74).

(d) If removed, install the bushes (64) and (66) in the door fitting
(50).

R (e) Put the push rods (65) in position and install the bolts (62),
R the washers (63) and the nuts (68).

(f) Tighten the nuts (68) and safety them with new cotter pins (67).

R (22) Install the proximity sensor 14MJ or 15MJ on the door structure
(Ref. TASK 52-71-11-400-801) and make sure that its actuation
clearance is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-820-801).

Subtask 52-12-21-820-056

C. Adjustment of the Outer Control Handle

(Ref. Fig. 503A/TASK 52-12-21-991-018-A)

(1) Make sure that the applicable door is closed and the outer control
handle (102) aligns with the door skin.

(a) Measure the skin offset between the contour of the door skin and
the outer control handle (102).

NOTE : A skin offset of 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.) into or out of wind

____
is permitted.

(2) If the skin offset is nit in the limits, adjust it as follows:

(a) Move the outer control handle (102) fully up.

(b) Loosen the screw (114) and turn the eccentric roller (115) as
required until the skin offset is correct.

(c) Tighten the screw (114) again.

(d) Move the outer control handle (102) fully down.

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-21

Page 531
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (3) Pull and push the external control handle (102) to find the clearance
W between the roller (103) and the support fitting (104).

NOTE : The clearance W must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.5
____
mm (0.0196 in.).

(4) If the clearance W is not in the limits, adjust the thickness of
the shim set (106) as follows:

(a) Move the outer control handle (102) fully up.

(b) Remove the screws (108), the washers (107) and the support
fitting (104) with the shim set (106) from the door fitting
(113).

(c) Add or remove shims until the thickness of the shim set (106) is
correct and the clearance W is in the limits.

(d) Put the support fitting (104) and the shim set (106) on the door
fitting (113) and attach them with the screws (108) and the
washers (107).

(5) Operate the outer control handle (102) and make sure that the safety
handle (101) aligns with the outer control handle (102).

(6) If the safety handle (101) does not align, adjust the thickness of
the shim set (105) as follows:

(a) Remove the screws (109) and the shim set (105) from the door
fitting (113).

(b) Add or remove the shims (110), (111) and (112) as required.

(c) Put the shim set (105) on the door fitting (113) and install the
screws (109).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-21-820-054

D. Adjustment of the Lifting Shaft Assembly

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1212 and
____
subsequent.

R (Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-12-21-991-035)

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 532
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R NOTE : The rigging pins (2) (PN 98F52108507052) and (17) (PN
____
R 98F52108507054) are part of the tool kit TOOL - ADJUSTMENT PAX
R DOORS (98F52108507000).

(1) Make sure that the applicable door is in its correct installation
R position at the fuselage (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

(2) Make sure that the roller (3) of the inboard handle (1) engages
correctly in the recess of the detent lever (4).

R (3) Install the rigging pin (2) (PN 98F52108507052) in the twin lever
R (10) and make sure that it goes freely into the door structure.

(4) If you cannot install the rigging pin (2) easily, adjust the length
of the lower control rod (6) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

(a) Remove the upper control rod (5) from the bellcrank lever (48) of
the locking shaft (47) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-12-21-991-036)

1
_ If necessary, remove and discard the cotter pin (82) from the
nut (81).

2
_ Remove the nut (81), the washers (80) and the bolt (79) and
disconnect the upper control rod (5) from the bellcrank lever
(48).

R (b) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the upper and
R lower jam nuts (7) and the safety devices (8).

(c) Loosen the upper and lower jam nuts (7).

(d) Turn the rod body (9) until the rigging pin (2) goes freely into
the door structure.

(e) Tighten the upper and lower jam nuts (7) and safety them with the
lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety
devices (8).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 533
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Door Locking Mechanism on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
R Figure 505/TASK 52-12-21-991-035- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 534
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Door Locking Mechanism on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
R Figure 505/TASK 52-12-21-991-035- 22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 535
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Door Locking Shaft Assembly on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
R Figure 506/TASK 52-12-21-991-036- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 536
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Door Locking Shaft Assembly on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
R Figure 506/TASK 52-12-21-991-036- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 537
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (f) Install the upper control rod (5) on the bellcrank lever (48) of
the locking shaft (47) as follows:

1
_ Put the upper control rod (5) on the bellcrank lever (48) and
attach them with the bolt (79), the washers (80) and the nut
(81).

R 2
_ Tighten the nut (81) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (82).

R (5) Install the rigging pin (17) (PN 98F52108507054) into the flange
R bearing (18) of the door edge member and the lifting arm (16) as
R follows:

(a) Remove and retain the plastic plug (15) from the upper rigging
hole of the flange bearing (18).

(b) Install the rigging pin (17) into the upper rigging hole of the
flange bearing (18).

(c) Make sure that the rigging pin (17) goes freely into the lifting
arm (16).

(6) If you cannot install the rigging pin (17) easily into the lifting
arm (16), adjust the length of the connection rod (11) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

R (a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the upper and
R lower jam nuts (13) and the safety devices (12).

(b) Loosen the upper and lower jam nuts (13).

(c) Turn the rod body (14) until the rigging pin (17) goes freely
into the lifting arm (16).

(d) Make sure that the connection rod (26) between the lifting shaft
and the lower connection link of the support arm is correctly
R adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

(e) Tighten the upper and lower jam nuts (13) and safety them with
lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety
devices (12).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 538
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (7) Remove the rigging pins (2) and (17) and operate the inboard lever
(1) to lift the door.

R (8) Install the rigging pin (17) (PN 98F52108507054) into the flange
R bearing (18) of the door edge member and the lifting arm (16) as
R follows:

(a) If necessary, remove and retain the plastic plug (15) from the
lower rigging hole of the flange bearing (18).

(b) Install the rigging pin (17) into the lower rigging hole of the
flange bearing (18).

(c) Make sure that the rigging pin (17) goes freely into the lifting
arm (16).

(9) If you cannot install the rigging pin (17) easily into the lifting
arm (16), adjust the twin lever stop (37) as follows:

(a) To install the rigging pin (17) make sure that there is
sufficient clearance between the stop bolt (21) and the crank
lever (30).

R (b) If necessary, bend the tab washer (36) to release the jam nut
R (35). If you do this, replace the tab washer (36).

(c) Loosen the jam nut (35) and turn the stop bolt (34) until it is
fully in.

(d) Move the inboard handle (1) until the rigging pin (17) goes
freely into the lifting arm (16).

(e) Turn the stop bolt (34) until it touches the twin lever (10).

(f) Tighten the jam nut (35) and safety it with the new tab washer
(36).

R (10) Measure the distance X between the crank rod (20) and the crank
R lever (30). The distance X must be between 4.0 mm (0.1574 in.) and
R 8.0 mm (0.3149 in.).
R


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 539
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (11) If the distance X is not in the limits, adjust the length of the
crank rod (20) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

R (a) If neceesary, cut and remove the lockwire from the jam nuts (32)
R and the safety devices (31).

(b) Loosen the jam nuts (32) and turn the rod (33) until the distance
X is correct.

(c) Tighten the jam nuts (32) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (31).

(12) Remove the rigging pin (17) from the flange bearing (18) and install
the retained plastic plugs (15).

R (13) Measure the operation force necessary to lower and lift the
R applicable door as follows:

R (a) Put a SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN (48 LBF) on the inboard handle (1)
R and move it down and up.
R

R (b) Make sure that the operation force is less than 15.0 daN (33.7213
lbf).

(14) If the the operation force is more than permitted, adjust the torsion
bar (19) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

R (a) If necessary, remove and discard the lockwire from the tension
R bolt (24) and the lead seal rivet (22).

(b) Turn the tension bolt (21) until the operation force is correct
and the door stays in its lifted position.

(c) Safety the tension bolt (21) with lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS

(Material No. 19-010) on the lead seal rivet (22).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 540
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-21-820-057

E. Adjustment of the Locking Shaft Assembly

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1212 and
____
subsequent

R (Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-12-21-991-035, 506/TASK 52-12-21-991-036, 507/TASK

52-12-21-991-042)

R NOTE : The overcenter adjustment gage (84) (PN 98F52108507040), the

____
R rigging pins (2) (PN 98F52108507052) and (17) (PN 98F52108507054)
R and the special lever (PN 98F52108507058) are part of the tool kit
R TOOL - ADJUSTMENT PAX DOORS (98F52108507000).

(1) Make sure that the applicable door is in its correct installation
R position at the fuselage (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

(2) Make sure that the lifting shaft assembly is in the subsequent
condition:
R (Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-12-21-991-035)
- The roller (3) of the inboard handle (1) engages correctly in the
recess of the detent lever (4).
R - The rigging pin (2) (PN 98F52108507052) engages with the twin lever
R (10) and the door structure.
R - The rigging pin (17) (PN 98F52108507054) engages with the upper
R rigging hole of the flange bearing (18) and the lifting arm (16).

R (3) If neceesary, remove the lining hinge arm (61) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (67) from the nuts (68).

(b) Remove the nuts (68), the washers (63) and the bolt (62) from the
door fitting (50).

(c) Disconnect the push rods (65) from the door fitting (50) and if
necessary remove the bushes (64) and (66).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pins (74) from the nuts (73).

(e) Remove the nuts (73), the washers (70) and the bolts (69) from
the locking hooks (45) .

(f) Disconnect the lining hinge arms (61) from the locking hooks (45)
and if necessary remove the bushes (71) and (72).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 541
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Door Lowering Safety-Device on Door Serial Number 1212 and subsequent
R Figure 507/TASK 52-12-21-991-042


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 542
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (4) Remove the bolts (76), the washers (77) and the indicator covers (75)
together with the shim washers (78) from the door structure.
R

R (a) Record the thickness of the shim washers (78) for the
R installation procedure.

R (5) Remove and discard the cable-ties (58) and (60) and remove the
R bellows (59) from the door fitting (50).

R (6) Remove the push rods (55) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (43) from the nuts (44).

(b) Remove the nuts (44), the washers (42) and the bolts (41) from
the locking hooks (45).

(c) Disconnect the push rods (55) from the locking hooks (45) and if
necessary remove the bushes (56) and (57).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pins (53) from the nuts (54).

(e) Remove the nuts (54), the washers (52), the bolts (51) and
disconnect the push rods (55) from the indication levers (46).

R (f) Remove the push rods (55) from the door structure and remove the
R bellows (59).
R

R (7) Remove the upper control rod (5) from the bellcrank lever (48) as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (82) from the nut (81).

(b) Remove the nut (81), the washers (80) and the bolt (79).

(c) Disconnect the upper control rod (5) from the bellcrank lever
(48).

R (8) Remove the proximity sensor 14MJ or 15MJ to get clearance during the
R adjustment procedure (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-000-801).

R (9) If neceesary, set the stop bolts (88) of the bellcrank stops (49) to
R their minimum position as follows:

R (a) If necessary, bend the tab washers (86) to release the jam nuts
R (87). If you do this, replace the tab washers (86).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 543
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (b) Loosen the jam nuts (87) and wind the stop bolts (88) into the
R bellcrank stops (49).

R (10) Install the overcenter adjustment gage (84) (PN 98F52108507040) as

R follows:

R (a) Put the upper end of the adjustment gage (84) to the locking hook
R (45) and install the rigging pin (83).

R (b) Move the lower end of the adjustment gage (84) to the indication
R lever (46) and install the rigging pin (91).

R (c) Make sure that the contact surface of the adjustment gage (84)
R touches the locking shaft (47).

R (d) If not, turn the locking shaft (47) with the special lever (90)
R (PN 98F52108507058) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove the pin (89) to open the special lever (90).

R 2
_ Put the opened special lever (90) on the splined area of the
R locking shaft (47).

R 3
_ Close the special lever (90) and install the pin (89).

R 4
_ Turn the special lever (90) until the contact surface of the
R adjustment gage (84) touches the locking shaft (47).

R (11) Adjust the bellcrank stops (49) as follows:

R (a) Turn the stop bolts (88) until they touch the indication levers
R (46).

R (b) Tighten the jam nuts (87) and safety them with the new tab
R washers (86).

R (12) Remove the rigging pins (83) and (85) and disconnect the adjustment
R gages (84) from the door structure.

R (13) Install the pushrods (55) as follows:

R (a) Install the bellows (59) on the pushrods (55).

(b) Put the pushrods (55) on the indication levers (46) and attach
them with the bolts (51), the washers (52) and the nuts (54).
R


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 544
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (c) Tighten the nuts (54) and safety them with the new cotter pins
R (53).

R (d) Make sure that the busches (56) and (57) are installed in the
R locking hooks (45).

(e) Put the pushrods (55) on the locking hooks (45) and attach them
with the bolts (41), the washers (42) and the nuts (44).

R (f) Tighten the nuts (44) and safety them with new cotter pins (43).

R (g) Make sure the clearance between the locking hooks (45) and the
R related fuselage lock fittings is correct. If necessary, adjust
R the length of the push rods (55) (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

R (14) Adjust the visual locking indication as follows:

(a) Install the indicator covers (75) with the shim washers (78), the
washers (77) and the screws (76) on the door structure.

(b) Install the shim washers (78) as identified in the removal

procedure.

R (c) Turn the locking shaft (47) with the special lever (90) until
R there is a clearance of 0.9 mm (0.0354 in.) between the stop bolt
R (88) and the indication lever (46).
R

(d) Make sure that the dividing line is 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) below the
upper indicator window edge of the indicator cover (75).

NOTE : The dividing line divides the green and red area of the
____
indication lever (46).

(e) If necessary, loosen the screws (76) and move the indicator cover
(75) to its correct position and tighten the screws (76) again.

R (15) Remove the special lever (90) from the locking shaft (47).

(16) Connect the upper control rod (5) on the bellcrank lever (48) as
follows:

(a) Make sure that the roller (3) of the inboard handle (1) engages
correctly in the recees of the detent lever (4).

R (b) Make sure that the stop bolts (88) touch the indication levers
R (46).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 545
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (c) Put the upper control rod (5) in position to the bellcrank lever
(48) and install the bolt (79) with the washer (80).

R (d) If you cannot install the bolt (79) easily, adjust the length of
R the upper control rod (5) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE
R TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

R 1
_ If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the upper and
R lower jam nuts (93) and the safety devices (94).

R 2
_ Loosen the upper and lower jam nuts (93).

R 3
_ Turn the rod body (95) until the bolt (79) engages freely.

R 4
_ Tighten the upper and lower jam nuts (93) and safety them with
R the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the
R safety devices (94).

(e) Install the washers (80) and the nut (81) on the bolt (79).

R (f) Tighten the nut (81) and safety it with the new cotter pin (82).

R (17) Make sure that the riggings pins (2) and (17) are removed.

R (18) Do a check of the lowering safety device as follows:

R (a) Move the inboard lever (1) up to lift the door.

R (b) Measure the clearance Z which can be max. 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.)
R between the safety hook (91) and the bracket roller (92).

R (19) Install the bellows (59) on the door fitting (50) and attach them
R with the cable ties (58).

R (20) Attach the bellows (59) to the push rod (55) with cable ties (60).

R (21) Install the lining hinge arm (61) as follows:

(a) Install the bushes (71) and (72) in the locking hooks (45).

(b) Put the lining hinge arm (61) in position and install the bolts
(69), the washers (70) and the nuts (73).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 546
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (c) Tighten the nuts (73) and safety them with the new cotter pins
R (74).

(d) If removed, install the bushes (64) and (66) in the door fitting
(50).

(e) Put the pushrods (65) in position and install the bolts (62), the
washers (63) and the nuts (68).

R (f) Tighten the nuts (68) and safety them with the new cotter pins
R (67).

R (22) Install the proximity sensor 14MJ or 15MJ on the door structure
R (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-400-801) and make sure that its actuation
clearance is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-820-801).

Subtask 52-12-21-820-058

F. Adjustment of the Outer Control Handle

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1212 and
____
subsequent

R (Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 52-12-21-991-040)

(1) Make sure that the applicable door is closed and the outer control
handle (102) aligns with the door skin.

(a) Measure the skin offset between the contour of the door skin and
the outer control handle (102).

NOTE : A skin offset of 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.) into or out of wind

____
is permitted.

(2) If the skin offset is not in the limit, adjust it as follows:

(a) Move the outer control handle (102) fully up.

(b) Loosen the screw (114) and turn the eccentric roller (115) as
required until the skin offset is correct.

(c) Tighten the screw (114. again.

(d) Move the outer control handle (102) fully down.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 547
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 External Control Handle on Door Serial Number 1212 and subsequent
R Figure 508/TASK 52-12-21-991-040

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-21

Page 548
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (3) Pull and push the external control handle (102) to find the clearance
W between the roller (103) and the support fitting (104).

NOTE : The clearance W must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.5
____
mm (0.0196 in.).

(4) If the clearance W is not in the limit, adjust the thickness of the
shim set (106) as follows:

(a) Move the outer control handle (102) fully up.

(b) Remove the screws (108), the washers (107) and the support
fitting (104) with the shim set (106) from the door fitting
(113).

(c) Add or remove shims until the thickness of the shim set (106) is
correct and the clearance W is in the limits.

(d) Put the support fitting (104) and the shim set (106) on the door
fitting (113) and attach them with the screws (108) and the
washers (107).

(5) Operate the outer control handle (102) and make sure that the safety
handle (101) aligns with the outer control handle (102).

(6) If the safety handle (101) does not align, adjust the thickness of
the shim set (105) as follows:

(a) Remove the screws (109) and the shim set (105) from the door
fitting (113).

(b) Add or remove the shims (110), (111) and (112) as required.

(c) Put the shim set (105) on the door fitting (113) and install the
screws (109).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-12-21-720-050

G. Do the functional test of the MID passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-12-
00-720-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 549
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-21-865-054

H. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-12-21-710-051

J. Operational Test

(1) Do the operational test of the door monitoring system (Ref. TASK 52-
71-00-710-801).

(2) Do the operational test of the escape-slide warning system (Ref. TASK
52-71-00-710-802).

NOTE : Do these tests only for the MID passenger/crew door 832 (842).
____

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-12-21-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Apply the subsequent special materials:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Apply a layer of the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and
the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
which attach components directly to the door structure.

(b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
bolts which are in the door mechanism.

(c) Apply a layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to

the installed components.

(3) Remove the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-801).

(4) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 550
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (5) Close the access door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

(6) Remove the access platform(s).

(7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 52-12-21-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-21

Page 551
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE RELEASE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________

TASK 52-12-22-000-801

Removal of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism from the MID

Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
98A52107632000 2 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

R 25-23-51-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Middle Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-12-21-000-801 Removal of the Door Locking Mechanism from the MID
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)
52-71-11-000-802 Removal of the Proximity Sensors from the Escape
R Slide Release Mechanism (30MJ,
R 31MJ,32MJ,33MJ,36MJ,37MJ)

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-22-991-001 Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 401
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-22-991-001-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-22-991-002 Fig. 402

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-22-991-002-A Fig. 402A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-22-991-003 Fig. 403

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-22-991-003-A Fig. 403A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-22-991-004 Fig. 404

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-22-991-004-A Fig. 404A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-22-991-005 Fig. 405


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 402
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-22-991-005-A Fig. 405A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-22-991-006 Fig. 406

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-22-991-006-A Fig. 406A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-22-991-013 Fig. 407

52-12-22-991-014 Fig. 408
52-12-22-991-015 Fig. 409
52-12-22-991-016 Fig. 410
52-12-22-991-017 Fig. 411
52-12-22-991-018 Fig. 412

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-22-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-12-22-010-052

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 403
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-22-865-052

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-12-22-010-053

D. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the related door.

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Remove the escape facility from the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-000-
801).

(4) Remove the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-000-801).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 404
Apr 01/98
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-22-020-050

A. Removal of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211

____

(1) Remove the release mechanism and emergency control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-22-991-001)

(a) Remove the external control handle (Ref. TASK 52-12-21-000-801).

(b) Disconnect the pushrod (9).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (3).

2
_ Remove the nut (4), the washer (5), the bolt (8) and the
washer (7).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrod (9) and remove the bushes (6) and (10).

(c) Remove the roller assembly from the lever (14).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (31).

2
_ Remove the nut (30) and the washer (29).

3
_ Remove the bolt (25), the spacer (26), the roller (27) and the
washer (28).

(d) Remove the nuts (18), the bolts (16) and the washers (17).

(e) Remove the nuts (11), the washers (12) and the bolts (13).

(f) Remove the nuts (1), the washers (2) and the bolts (19).

(g) Remove the nuts (20) and the washers (21) together with the
bracket (22) and the plate (23).

(h) Remove the bolts (24) from the door structure.

(i) Remove the release mechanism and emergency control handle

together with the O-ring (15) from the door. Discard the O-ring
(15).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 405
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R Release Mechanism and Emergency Control Unit on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 401/TASK 52-12-22-991-001


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 406
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (2) Remove the stop lever and bellcrank unit.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-22-991-002)

(a) Remove the proximity sensor (56) (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-000-802).

(b) Disconnect the pushrods (40) and (43).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (63).

2
_ Remove the nuts (62), the washers (61), the bolts (57) and the
washers (58).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrods and remove the bushes (59) and (60).

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (53).

(d) Remove the nut (54), the washer (55), the bolt (42) and the
washer (41).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (48).

(f) Remove the nut (49) and the washer (50).

(g) Remove the stop lever (52) together with the fork assembly (51)

(h) Remove the nuts (44), the bolts (47) and the washers (46).

(i) Remove the bellcrank unit (45) from the door.

(3) Remove the locking unit.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-12-22-991-003)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (70), (72) and (84).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (91).

2
_ Remove the nuts (90), the washers (89), the bolts (85) and the
washers (86).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrods and remove the bushes (87) and (88).

(b) Remove the spring (71).

(c) Disconnect the spring rod (92).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (76).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 407
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R Release Mechanism and Emergency Control Unit
Figure 401A/TASK 52-12-22-991-001-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 408
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
R Stop Lever and Bellcrank Unit on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 402/TASK 52-12-22-991-002


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 409
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Stop Lever and Bellcrank Unit
Figure 402A/TASK 52-12-22-991-002-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 410
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
R Locking Unit on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 403/TASK 52-12-22-991-003


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 411
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 2
_ Remove the nut (77) and the washer (78).

3
_ Compress the spring rod (92) and carefully remove the bolt
(83) and the washer (82).

4
_ Disconnect the spring rod (92) and remove the bushes (73) and
(79).

(d) Remove the nuts (75), the washers (74) and the bolts (80).

(e) Remove the locking unit (81) from the door.

(4) Remove the middle bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-12-22-991-004)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (102), (118) and (121).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (103).

2
_ Remove the nuts (104), the washers (105), the bolts (109) and
the washers (108).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrods and remove the bushes (106) and (107).

(b) Remove the nuts (122), the bolts (120) and the washers (119).

(c) Remove the middle bellcrank unit (123) from the door.

(5) Remove the lateral bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-12-22-991-004)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (102) and (100).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (103).

2
_ Remove the nuts (104), the washers (105), the bolts (109) and
the washers (108).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrods and remove the bushes (106) and (107).

(b) Remove the nuts (111), the bolts (113) and the washers (112).

(c) Remove the lateral bellcrank unit (101) and the packing plate
(110) from the door.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 412
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R Locking Unit
Figure 403A/TASK 52-12-22-991-003-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 413
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Bellcrank Unit - Lateral and Mid on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 404/TASK 52-12-22-991-004


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 414
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (6) Remove the sliders and the girt bar.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-12-22-991-004)

(a) Close and lock the door.

(b) Put the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

(c) Open the door.

(d) Push the hooks (117) to release the sliders (116) and move the
sliders (116) to the middle of the door until they disengage from
the girt bar fittings (115).

(e) Lift the girt bar (114) and the sliders (116).

(f) Push the hooks (117) to release the sliders (116) and push the
sliders (116) to the ends of the girt bar (114).

(g) Remove the sliders (116) and the girt bar (114) from the door.

(7) Remove the linkage guide.

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-12-22-991-005)

(a) Close and lock the door.

(b) Move the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position and
open the door.

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (151).

(d) Remove the nut (152), the washer (153), the bolt (157) and the
washer (156).

(e) Disconnect the pushrod (158) and remove the bushes (154) and
(155).

(f) Remove the conical pin (145) from the lever (147).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (150).

2
_ Remove the nut (149), the washer (148), the conical pin (145)
and the washer (146).

(g) Remove and discard the cotter pin (139).

(h) Remove the nut (138), the washer (137), the bolt (135) and the
washer (136).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 415
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R Bellcrank Unit - Lateral and Mid
Figure 404A/TASK 52-12-22-991-004-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 416
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
R Linkage Guide on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 405/TASK 52-12-22-991-005


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 417
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (i) Remove the nuts (143), the bolts (160) and the washers (159).

(j) Remove and discard the cotter pin (130).

(k) Remove the nut (131) and the washer (132).

(l) Pull out the bolt (141) as far as possible and remove the linkage
guide (144) together with the fork end (134).

(m) Remove the spacer (142) and the fork end (134) from the linkage
guide (144).

(n) Remove the spacer (133), the bolt (141) and the washer (140) from
the fork end (134).

(8) Remove the emergency control-handle blanking-device.

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-12-22-991-006)

(a) Put a warning notice on the outside of the door to tell persons
not to open the door.

(b) Close the door.

(c) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) (180) and move the
emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

(d) Remove the nut (176), the washer (175) and the pin (173).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (177).

(f) Remove the washer (178).

(g) Remove the
DISARMED
placard (170) from the tube assembly (179).

(h) Remove the pin (171) together with the lever (172) and the spring
(174).

(i) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position and
install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 418
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R Linkage Guide
Figure 405A/TASK 52-12-22-991-005-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 419
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Emergency Control-Handle Blanking-Device on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 406/TASK 52-12-22-991-006


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 420
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-22-020-050-A

A. Removal of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

(1) Remove the release mechanism and emergency control handle (16).
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-12-22-991-001-A)

(a) Remove the external control handle (Ref. TASK 52-12-21-000-801).

(b) Disconnect the pushrod (7).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (6).

2
_ Remove the nut (5), the washer (4), the bolt (1) and the
washer (2).

R 3
_ Disconnect the pushrod (7) and remove the bush (3).

(c) Remove the lever (14).

1
_ Remove the nut (12), the washer (13), the bolt (15) and the
lever (14).

(d) Remove the nuts (8), the washers (9), the bolts (10, 11) and the
release mechanism (16).

(2) Remove the stop lever and bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-12-22-991-002-A)

(a) Remove the proximity sensor (57) (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-000-802).

(b) Disconnect the pushrods (43) and (51).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (40).

2
_ Remove the nuts (41), the washers (42) and the bolts (52).

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (55).

(d) Remove the nut (54) and the washer (53).

(e) Remove the nuts (47), the washers (45) and the bolts (44).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 421
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (f) Remove the bellcrank unit (46) and the stop lever (56) from the
door.

(3) Remove the locking unit (80).

(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 52-12-22-991-003-A)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (71) and (79).

NOTE : Make sure that the spring rod (84) has no tension.
____

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (74, 78).

2
_ Remove the nuts (77, 73), the washers (72, 76), the bolts (70,
75) and disconnect the pushrods (71, 79).

(b) Remove the spring rod (84).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (88, 91).

2
_ Remove the nuts (87, 92) and the washers (90, 86).

3
_ Compress the spring rod (84) and carefully remove the bolts
(85, 89)

(c) Remove the locking unit (80).

1
_ Remove the nuts (81), the washers (82), the bolts (83) and the
locking unit (80).

(4) Remove the middle bellcrank unit (121).

(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-12-22-991-004-A)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (122), (123) and (124).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (106).

2
_ Remove the nuts (107), the washers (108), the bolts (104) and
disconnect the pushrods (122, 123, 124).

(b) Remove the nuts (120), the washers (119, 118) the bolts (117) and
the middle bellcrank unit (124) from the door.

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 422
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (5) Remove the lateral bellcrank unit (113).
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-12-22-991-004-A)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (115) and (116).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (106).

2
_ Remove the nuts (107), the washers (108), the bolts (104) and
disconnect the pushrods (105, 115).

3
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (109).

4
_ Remove the nut (110), the washers (111, 112), the bolt (114)
and the bellcrank unit (113).

(6) Remove the sliders (102) and the girt bar (103).
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-12-22-991-004-A)

(a) Close and lock the door.

(b) Put the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

(c) Open the door.

(d) Push the hooks (101) to release the sliders (102) and move the
sliders (102) to the middle of the door until they disengage from
the girt bar fittings (100).

(e) Lift the girt bar (103) and the sliders (102).

(f) Push the hooks (101) to release the sliders (102) and push the
sliders (102) to the ends of the girt bar (103).

(g) Remove the sliders (102) and the girt bar (103) from the door.

(7) Remove the linkage guide (133).

(Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 52-12-22-991-005-A)

(a) Close and lock the door.

(b) Move the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position and
open the door.

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (137).

(d) Remove the nut (136), the washer (353), the bolt (134) and
disconnect the pushrod (138).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 423
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (e) Remove the conical pin (142) from the lever (133).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (140).

2
_ Remove the nut (139), the washer (141) and the conical pin
(142).

(f) Remove the nuts (132), the washers (131), the bolts (130) and the
linkage guide (133).

(8) Remove the emergency control-handle blanking-device (171).

(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-12-22-991-006-A)

(a) Put a warning notice on the outside of the door to tell persons
not to open the door.

(b) Close the door.

(c) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) (177) and move the
emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

(d) Remove the nuts (174), the washers (173) and the bolts (172).

(e) Remove the
DISARMED
placard (176) from the tube assembly.

(f) Remove the nut (182), the washer (183), the bolt (175), the
spring (181) and the lever (178).

(g) Remove the nut (180), the washer (179) and the pin (177).

R **ON A/C 001-099,

R Subtask 52-12-22-020-051

R B. Removal of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1212 and

____
R subsequent

R (1) Remove the release mechanism and emergency control handle (16).
R (Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-12-22-991-013)

R (a) Remove the external control handle (Ref. TASK 52-12-21-000-801).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 424
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R Emergency Control-Handle Blanking-Device
Figure 406A/TASK 52-12-22-991-006-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 425
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
R Release Mechanism and Emergency Control Handle on Door Serial No. 1212 and
subsequent
Figure 407/TASK 52-12-22-991-013


EFF :

001-099, 

52-12-22 Page 426
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
 (b) Disconnect the pushrod (7).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (6).

2
_ Remove the nut (5), the washer (4), the bolt (1) and the
washer (2).

R 3
_ Disconnect the pushrod (7) and remove the bush (3).

(c) Remove the lever (14).

1
_ Remove the nut (12), the washer (13), the bolt (15) and the
lever (14).

(d) Remove the nuts (8), the washers (9), the bolts (10, 11) and the
release mechanism (16).

(2) Remove the stop lever and bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-12-22-991-014)

(a) Remove the proximity sensor (57) (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-000-802).

(b) Disconnect the pushrods (43) and (51).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (40).

2
_ Remove the nuts (41), the washers (42) and the bolts (52).

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (55).

(d) Remove the nut (54) and the washer (53).

(e) Remove the nuts (47), the washers (45) and the bolts (44).

(f) Remove the bellcrank unit (46) and the stop lever (56) from the
door.

(3) Remove the locking unit (80).

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-12-22-991-015)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (71) and (79).

NOTE : Make sure that the spring rod (84) has no tension.
____

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (74, 78).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 427
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Stop Lever and Bellcrank Unit on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
Figure 408/TASK 52-12-22-991-014


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 428
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
R Locking Unit on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
Figure 409/TASK 52-12-22-991-015


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 429
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 2
_ Remove the nuts (77, 73), the washers (72, 76), the bolts (70,
75) and disconnect the pushrods (71, 79).

(b) Remove the spring rod (84).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (88, 91).

2
_ Remove the nuts (87, 92) and the washers (90, 86).

3
_ Compress the spring rod (84) and carefully remove the bolts
(85, 89)

(c) Remove the locking unit (80).

1
_ Remove the nuts (81), the washers (82), the bolts (83) and the
locking unit (80).

(4) Remove the middle bellcrank unit (121).

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-12-22-991-016)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (122), (123) and (124).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (106).

2
_ Remove the nuts (107), the washers (108), the bolts (104) and
disconnect the pushrods (122, 123, 124).

R (b) Remove the nuts (120), the washers (119, 118) the bolts (117) and
R the middle bellcrank unit (124) from the door.

(5) Remove the lateral bellcrank unit (113).

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-12-22-991-016)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (115) and (116).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (106).

2
_ Remove the nuts (107), the washers (108), the bolts (104) and
disconnect the pushrods (105, 115).

3
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (109).

4
_ Remove the nut (110), the washers (111, 112), the bolt (114)
and the bellcrank unit (113).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 430
Jul 01/98
 
THY 
R Bellcrank Unit - Lateral and Mid on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
Figure 410/TASK 52-12-22-991-016


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 431
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R (6) Remove the sliders (102) and the girt bar (103).
R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-12-22-991-016)

R (a) Close and lock the door.

R (b) Put the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

R (c) Open the door.

R (d) Push the hooks (101) to release the sliders (102) and move the
R sliders (102) to the middle of the door until they disengage from
R the girt bar fittings (100).

R (e) Lift the girt bar (103) and the sliders (102).

R (f) Push the hooks (101) to release the sliders (102) and push the
R sliders (102) to the ends of the girt bar (103).

R (g) Remove the sliders (102) and the girt bar (103) from the door.

R (7) Remove the linkage guide (133).

R (Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-12-22-991-017)

R (a) Close and lock the door.

R (b) Move the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position and
R open the door.

R (c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (137).

R (d) Remove the nut (136), the washer (353), the bolt (134) and
R disconnect the pushrod (138).

R (e) Remove the conical pin (142) from the lever (133).

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (140).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (139), the washer (141) and the conical pin
R (142).

R (f) Remove the nuts (132), the washers (131), the bolts (130) and the
R linkage guide (133).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 432
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R Linkage Guide on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
Figure 411/TASK 52-12-22-991-017


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 433
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R (8) Remove the emergency control-handle blanking-device (171).
R (Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-12-22-991-018)

R (a) Put a warning notice on the outside of the door to tell persons
R not to open the door.

R (b) Close the door.

R (c) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) (177) and move the
R emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

R (d) Remove the nuts (174), the washers (173) and the bolts (172).

R (e) Remove the
DISARMED
placard (176) from the tube assembly.

R (f) Remove the nut (182), the washer (183), the bolt (175), the
R spring (181) and the lever (178).

R (g) Remove the nut (180), the washer (179) and the pin (177).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 434
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R Emergency Control-Handle Blanking-Device on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
Figure 412/TASK 52-12-22-991-018


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 435
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 52-12-22-400-801

Installation of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism in the MID

Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint-free cloth

98A52107632000 2 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73
RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 09-013 C Z-16.127
CORROSION INHIBITING BRUSH CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-008
(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 436
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 16-001

ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 cotter pin 52-12-22 05 -090

6 cotter pin 52-12-22 35 -020
15 O-ring 52-12-22 02 -530
31 cotter pin 52-12-22 03 -140
R 40 cotter pins 52-12-22 35 -020
48 cotter pin 52-12-22 04 -280
53 cotter pin 52-12-22 05 -440
55 cotter pin 52-12-22 34 -010
55 cotter pin 52-12-22 34A-010
R 63 cotter pins 52-12-22 05 -110
74 cotter pin 52-12-22 35 -020
76 cotter pin 52-12-22 06 -480
78 cotter pin 52-12-22 36 -030
88 cotter pin 52-12-22 36 -030
R 91 cotter pins 52-12-22 06 -480
91 cotter pin 52-12-22 36 -030
R 103 cotter pins 52-12-22 07 -230
R 106 cotter pins 52-12-22 37 -130
109 cotter pin 52-12-22 37 -130
130 cotter pin 52-12-22 08 -290
137 cotter pin 52-12-22 37 -130
139 cotter pin 52-12-22 08 -290
R 140 cotter pin 52-12-22 38 -010
150 cotter pin 52-12-22 08 -510
151 cotter pin 52-12-22 07 -230
R 170
DISARMED
placard 11-32-52 01 -010
R 176
DISARMED
placard 11-32-52 01 -010
177 cotter pin 52-12-22 02 -660


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 437
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 25-23-51-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Middle Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
R 25-23-51-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Middle
R Passenger/Crew Door(s)
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
25-62-41-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-12-00-720-801 Functional Test of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R)
52-12-14-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder (360RH3,360RH4) (Door 2L/2R)
52-12-21-400-801 Installation of the Door Locking Mechanism in the MID
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)
52-12-22-820-801 Adjustment of the Emergency Escape-Slide
Release-Mechanism of the MID Passenger/Crew Door
(Door 2L/2R)
52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System
52-71-00-710-802 Operational Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Warning
System
52-71-11-400-802 Installation of the Proximity Sensors on the Escape
R Slide Release Mechanism
R (30MJ,31MJ,32MJ,33MJ,36MJ,37MJ)

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-22-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-22-991-001-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-22-991-002 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 438
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-22-991-002-A Fig. 402A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-22-991-003 Fig. 403

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-22-991-003-A Fig. 403A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-22-991-004 Fig. 404

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-22-991-004-A Fig. 404A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-22-991-005 Fig. 405

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-22-991-005-A Fig. 405A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-22-991-006 Fig. 406


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 439
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-22-991-006-A Fig. 406A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-22-991-013 Fig. 407

52-12-22-991-014 Fig. 408
52-12-22-991-015 Fig. 409
52-12-22-991-016 Fig. 410
52-12-22-991-017 Fig. 411
52-12-22-991-018 Fig. 412

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-22-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the door lining is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-000-
801).

(3) Make sure that the escape facility is removed from the door
(Ref. TASK 25-62-41-000-801).

(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

(5) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 440
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-22-865-054

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-12-22-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Clean all components which are coated with

Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-008) and a lint-free cloth.

(b) Clean all other components with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004) and a lint-free cloth.

(c) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all of the bushes
and the bolts before you install them.

(3) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 441
Apr 01/98
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-22-420-050

R B. Installation of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for doors serial No. 1001 to 1168
____

R (1) Install the release mechanism and emergency control handle as

R follows:
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-22-991-001)

(a) Install a new O-ring (15) on the release mechanism.

R (b) Put the release mechanism and emergency control handle in

R position in the door.
R

R (c) Install the bolts (13), the washers (12) and the nuts (11). Do
R not fully tighten the nuts (11).

R (d) Put the bracket (22) with the plate (23) in position and install
the bolts (24), the washers (21) and the nuts (20). Do not fully
tighten the nuts (20).

R (e) Install the bolts (19), the washers (2) and the nuts (1). Do not
fully tighten the nuts (1).

R (f) Install the bolts (16), the washers (17) and the nuts (18).

R (g) Fully tighten the nuts (18), (11), (20) and (1).

R (h) Install the pushrod (9) as follows:

1
_ Install the bushes (6) and (10).

R 2
_ Put the pushrod in position and install the bolt (8), the
R washer (7) and (5) and the nut (4).

R 3
_ Tighten the nut (4) and safety it with a new cotter pin (3).

R (i) Install the roller assembly on the lever (14) as follows:

R 1
_ Install the bolt (25), the spacer (26), the roller (27) and
R the washer (28) in the lever (14).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 442
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 2
_ Install the washer (29) and the nut (30).

R 3
_ Tighten the nut (30) and safety it with a new cotter pin (31).

R (j) Install the external control handle (Ref. TASK 52-12-21-400-801).

R (2) Install the stop lever (52) and bellcrank unit (45) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-22-991-002)

(a) Put the bellcrank unit (45) in position and install the bolts
(47), the washers (46) and the nuts (44).

(b) Put the stop lever (52) with the fork assembly (51) in position
in the door.

R (c) Install the bolt (42), the washers (41) and (55) and the nut
R (54).

R (d) Tighten the nut (54) and safety it with a new cotter pin (53).

(e) Install the washer (50) and the nut (49).

R (f) Tighten the nut (49) and safety it with a new cotter pin (48).

R (g) Install the pushrods (40) and (43) as follows:

1
_ Install the bushes (59) and (60).

2
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (57) and
the washers (58).

3
_ Install the washers (61) and the nuts (62).

R 4
_ Tighten the nuts (62) and safety them with the new cotter pins
R (63).

(h) Install the proximity sensor (56) (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-400-802).

R (3) Install the locking unit (81) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-12-22-991-003)

(a) Put the locking unit (81) in position and install the bolts (80),
the washers (74) and the nuts (75).

R (b) Install the spring rod (92) as follows:

1
_ Install the bushes (73) and (79).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 443
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 2
_ Put the spring rod (92) in position and install the bolt (83)
and the washer (82).

3
_ Install the washer (78) and the nut (77).

R 4
_ Tighten the nut (77) and safety it with a new cotter pin (76).

R (c) Install the pushrods (70), (72) and (84) as follows:

1
_ Install the bushes (87) and (88).

2
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (85) and
the washers (86).

3
_ Install the washers (89) and the nuts (90).

R 4
_ Tighten the nuts (90) and safety them with the new cotter pins
R (91).

(d) Install the spring (71).

R (4) Install the middle bellcrank unit (123) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-12-22-991-004)

R (a) Put the middle bellcrank unit (123) in position and install the
R bolts (120), the washers (119) and the nuts (122).

R (b) Install the pushrods (102), (118) and (121) as follows:

1
_ Install the bushes (106) and (107).

2
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (109) and
the washers (108).

3
_ Install the washers (105) and the nuts (104).

R 4
_ Tighten the nuts (104) and safety them with the new cotter
R pins (103).

R (5) Install the lateral bellcrank unit (101) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-12-22-991-004)

R (a) Put the lateral bellcrank unit (101) and the packing plate (110)
R in position.
R

R (b) Install the bolts (113), the washers (112) and the nuts (111).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 444
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (c) Install the pushrods (102) and (100) as follows:

1
_ Install the bushes (106) and (107).

2
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (109) and
the washers (108).

3
_ Install the washers (105) and the nuts (104).

R 4
_ Tighten the nuts (104) and safety them with the new cotter
R pins (103).

R (6) Install the sliders (116) and the girt bar (114) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-12-22-991-004, 405/TASK 52-12-22-991-005)

R (a) Apply the special materials as follows:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

1
_ Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the sliders
(116), the girt bar (114), the girt bar fittings (115) and the
conical pin (145).

(b) Put the girt bar (114) in its correct installation position on
the sliders (116).

NOTE : The chamfer on the girt bar end must be at the bottom of
____
the girt bar (114).

(c) Push the hook (117) and fully engage the sliders (116) on the
girt bar (114).

(d) Put the girt bar (114) with the sliders (116) in the girt bar
fittings (115).

(e) Push the hooks (117) and fully install the sliders (116) in the
girt bar fittings (115).
R

R (7) Install the linkage guide (144) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-12-22-991-004, 405/TASK 52-12-22-991-005)

(a) Make sure that the emergency control handle is in the
ARMED

position and the door is open.


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 445
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (b) Install the bolt (141) and the washer (140) in the fork end
(134).

(c) Put the fork end (134) in position and install the spacer (133),
the washer (132) and the nut (131).

R (d) Put the fork end (134) in position on the linkage guide (144).

R (e) Install the spacer (142), the washer (136), the bolt (135), the
R washer (137) and the nut (138).

R (f) Install the bolts (160), the washers (159) and the nuts (143).

R (g) Tighten the nut (131) and safety it with a new cotter pin (130).

R (h) Tighten the nut (138) and safety it with a new cotter pin (139).

R (i) Install the bushes (154) and (155).

R (j) Put the pushrod (158) in position and install the bolt (157) and
the washer (156).

R (k) Install the washer (153) and the nut (152).

R (l) Tighten the nut (152) and safety it with a new cotter pin (151).

R (m) Install the conical pin (145) with the washer (146) in the
R linkage guide (147) and install the washer (148) and the nut
R (149).

R (n) Tighten the nut (149) and safety it with a new cotter pin (150).

R (o) Slowly close the door and make sure that the conical pin (145)
(of the linkage guide (144)) correctly engages with the sliders
(116).

R (p) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

R (q) Slowly open the door and make sure that the girt bar (114) is
R attached to the door.


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 446
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (8) Install the emergency control-handle blanking-device as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-12-22-991-006)

(a) Make sure that:

- the door is closed
- the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (180) is removed
- the emergency control handle is in the
ARMED
position.

(b) Put the lever (172) with the spring (174) in position in the tube
assembly (179).

(c) Install the pin (171) through the tube assembly (179), the spring
(174) and the lever (172).

(d) Install the washer (178) and a new cotter pin (177).

(e) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

(f) Move the lever (172) with your hand until you can install the PIN
- SAFETY SLIDE.

(g) Install the bolt (173), the washer (175) and the nut (176).

(h) Adjust the bolt (173) until it touches the emergency control
handle.

R (i) Install a new
DISARMED
placard (170) on the tube assembly

(179).
R

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-22-420-050-A

R B. Installation of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-12-22-991-001-A)

R (1) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to the mating
R surface of the release mechanism (16).

R (2) Apply the new SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the mating surface of
R the door structure.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 447
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (3) Install the release mechanism and emergency control handle (16) as
R follows:

R (a) Put the release mechanism and emergency control handle (16) in
R position in the door.

R (b) Install the bolts (10) and (11), the washers (9) and the nuts
R (8).

R (c) Install the pushrod (7) as follows:

1
_ Install the bush (3).

2
_ Put the pushrod in position and install the washer (2), the
bolt (1), the washer (4) and the nut (5).

R 3
_ Tighten the nut (5) and safety it with a new cotter pin (6).

R (d) Install the lever (14) as follows:

1
_ Put the lever (14) in position and install the bolt (15), the
washer (13) and the nut (12).

R (e) Install the external control handle (Ref. TASK 52-12-21-400-801).

R (4) Install the stop lever and bellcrank unit as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-12-22-991-002-A)

(a) Put the stop lever (56) in position in the door.

(b) Put the bellcrank unit (46) in position and connect it with the
R stop lever (56).

R (c) Put the washers (45) and the bolts (44) in position and install
R the nuts (47).
R

R (d) Install the the washer (53) and the nut (54).
R

R (e) Tighten the nut (54) and safety it with a new cotter pin (55).

R (f) Put the pushrods (43) and (51) in position and install the bolts
R (52), the washers (42) and the nuts (41).
R


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 448
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (g) Tighten the nuts (41) and safety them with the new cotter pins
R (40).

R (h) Install the proximity sensor (57) (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-400-802).

R (5) Install the locking unit (80) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 52-12-22-991-003-A)

(a) Put the locking unit (80) in position and install the bolts (83),
the washers (82) and the nuts (81).

R (b) Install the spring rod (84) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the spring rod (84) in position and install the bolts (85)
R and (89), the washers (86) and (90) and the nuts (87) and
R (92).

R 2
_ Tighten the nut (87) and safety it with a new cotter pin (88).

R 3
_ Tighten the nut (92) and safety it with a new cotter pin (91).

R (c) Install the pushrods (71) and (79) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the pushrods (71) and (79) in position and install the
R bolts (70) and (75), the washers (72) and (76) and the nuts
R (73) and (77).

R 2
_ Tighten the nut (73) and safety it with a new cotter pin (74).

R 3
_ Tighten the nut (77) and safety it with a new cotter pin (78).

R (6) Install the middle bellcrank unit (121) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-12-22-991-004-A)

R (a) Put the middle bellcrank (121) in position and install the bolts
R (117), the washers (118) and (119) and the nuts (120).

R (b) Install the pushrods (122), (123) and (124) as follows:

1
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (104), the
washers (108) and the nuts (107).

R 2
_ Tighten the nuts (107) and safety them with the new cotter
R pins (106).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 449
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (7) Install the lateral bellcrank unit (113) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-12-22-991-004-A)

(a) Put the lateral bellcrank (113) in position and install the bolt
R (114), the washers (112) and (111) and the nut (110).
R

R (b) Tighten the nut (110) and safety it with a new cotter pin (109).

R (c) Install the pushrods (115) and (116) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the pushrods (115) and (116) in position and install the
R bolts (104) the washers (108) and the nuts (107).

R 2
_ Tighten the nuts (107) and safety them with the new cotter
R pins (106).

R (8) Install the sliders (102) and the girt bar (103) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-12-22-991-004-A, 405A/TASK 52-12-22-991-005-
A)

R (a) Apply the special materials as follows:

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

1
_ Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the sliders
(102), the girt bar (103), the girt bar fittings (100) and the
conical pin (142).

(b) Put the girt bar (103) in its correct installation position on
the sliders (102).

NOTE : The chamfer on the girt bar end must be at the bottom of
____
the girt bar (103).

R (c) Push the hook (101) and fully engage the sliders (102) on the
R girt bar (103).

(d) Put the girt bar (103) with the sliders (102) in the girt bar
fittings (100).

R (e) Push the hooks (101) and fully install the sliders (102) in the
R girt bar fittings (100).
R


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 450
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (9) Install the linkage guide (133) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-12-22-991-004-A, 405A/TASK 52-12-22-991-005-
A)

(a) Make sure that the emergency control handle is in the
ARMED

position and the door is open.

R (b) Put the linkage guide (133) in position and install the bolts
R (130), the washers (131) and the nuts (132).

(c) Put the pushrod (138) in position and install the bolt (134), the
washer (135) and the nut (136).

R (d) Tighten the nut (136) and safety it with a new cotter pin (137).

R (e) Install the conical pin (142) in the linkage guide (133) and
R install the washer (141) and the nut (139).

R (f) Tighten the nut (139) and safety it with a new cotter pin (140).

(g) Slowly close the door and make sure that the conical pin (142)
(of the linkage guide (133)) correctly engages with the sliders
(102).

(h) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

R (i) Slowly open the door and make sure that the girt bar (103) is
R attached to the door.

R (10) Install the emergency control-handle blanking-device (171) as

R follows:
(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-12-22-991-006-A)

(a) Make sure that:

- the door is closed
- the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (177) is removed
- the emergency control handle is in the
ARMED
position.

(b) Put the lever (178) together with the spring (181) in position in
the tube assembly (171).

(c) Install the bolt (175), the washer (183) and the nut (182).
R

R (d) Put the tube assembly (171) in position and install the washers
(173), the bolts (172) and the nuts (174). Do not tighten the
nuts (174).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 451
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (e) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

R (f) Move the tube assembly (171) with your hand until you can install
the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

R (g) Tighten the nuts (174).

R (h) Install a new
DISARMED
placard (176) on the tube assembly

R (171).
R

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-22-420-051

R C. Installation of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for doors serial No. 1169 and
____
R subsequent

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-12-22-991-013)

R (1) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to the mating
R surface of the release mechanism (16).

R (2) Apply the new SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the mating surface of
R the door structure.

R (3) Install the release mechanism and emergency control handle (16) as
R follows:

R (a) Put the release mechanism and emergency control handle (16) in
R position in the door.

R (b) Install the bolts (10) and (11), the washers (9) and the nuts
R (8).

R (c) Install the pushrod (7) as follows:

R 1
_ Install the bush (3).

R 2
_ Put the pushrod in position and install the washer (2), the
R bolt (1), the washer (4) and the nut (5).

R 3
_ Tighten the nut (5) and safety it with a new cotter pin (6).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 452
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (d) Install the lever (14) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the lever (14) in position and install the bolt (15), the
R washer (13) and the nut (12).

R (e) Install the external control handle (Ref. TASK 52-12-21-400-801).

R (4) Install the stop lever and bellcrank unit as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-12-22-991-014)

R (a) Put the stop lever (56) in position in the door.

R (b) Put the bellcrank unit (46) in position and connect it with the
R stop lever (56).

R (c) Put the washers (45) and the bolts (44) in position and install
R the nuts (47).

R (d) Install the the washer (53) and the nut (54).

R (e) Tighten the nut (54) and safety it with a new cotter pin (55).

R (f) Put the pushrods (43) and (51) in position and install the bolts
R (52), the washers (42) and the nuts (41).

R (g) Tighten the nuts (41) and safety them with the new cotter pins
R (40).

R (h) Install the proximity sensor (57) (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-400-802).

R (5) Install the locking unit (80) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-12-22-991-015)

R (a) Put the locking unit (80) in position and install the bolts (83),
R the washers (82) and the nuts (81).

R (b) Install the spring rod (84) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the spring rod (84) in position and install the bolts (85)
R and (89), the washers (86) and (90) and the nuts (87) and
R (92).

R 2
_ Tighten the nut (87) and safety it with a new cotter pin (88).

R 3
_ Tighten the nut (92) and safety it with a new cotter pin (91).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 453
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (c) Install the pushrods (71) and (79) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the pushrods (71) and (79) in position and install the
R bolts (70) and (75), the washers (72) and (76) and the nuts
R (73) and (77).

R 2
_ Tighten the nut (73) and safety it with a new cotter pin (74).

R 3
_ Tighten the nut (77) and safety it with a new cotter pin (78).

R (6) Install the middle bellcrank unit (121) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-12-22-991-016)

R (a) Put the middle bellcrank (121) in position and install the bolts
R (117), the washers (118) and (119) and the nuts (120).

R (b) Install the pushrods (122), (123) and (124) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (104), the
R washers (108) and the nuts (107).

R 2
_ Tighten the nuts (107) and safety them with the new cotter
R pins (106).

R (7) Install the lateral bellcrank unit (113) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-12-22-991-016)

R (a) Put the lateral bellcrank (113) in position and install the bolt
R (114), the washers (112) and (111) and the nut (110).

R (b) Tighten the nut (110) and safety it with a new cotter pin (109).

R (c) Install the pushrods (115) and (116) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the pushrods (115) and (116) in position and install the
R bolts (104) the washers (108) and the nuts (107).

R 2
_ Tighten the nuts (107) and safety them with the new cotter
R pins (106).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 454
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (8) Install the sliders (102) and the girt bar (103) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-12-22-991-016, 411/TASK 52-12-22-991-017)

R (a) Apply the special materials as follows:

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
R SPECIAL MATERIAL.
R THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R 1
_ Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the sliders
R (102), the girt bar (103), the girt bar fittings (100) and the
R conical pin (142).

R (b) Put the girt bar (103) in its correct installation position on
R the sliders (102).

R NOTE : The chamfer on the girt bar end must be at the bottom of
____
R the girt bar (103).

R (c) Push the hook (101) and fully engage the sliders (102) on the
R girt bar (103).

R (d) Put the girt bar (103) with the sliders (102) in the girt bar
R fittings (100).

R (e) Push the hooks (101) and fully install the sliders (102) in the
R girt bar fittings (100).

R (9) Install the linkage guide (133) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-12-22-991-016, 411/TASK 52-12-22-991-017)

R (a) Make sure that the emergency control handle is in the
ARMED

R position and the door is open.

R (b) Put the linkage guide (133) in position and install the bolts
R (130), the washers (131) and the nuts (132).

R (c) Put the pushrod (138) in position and install the bolt (134), the
R washer (135) and the nut (136).

R (d) Tighten the nut (136) and safety it with a new cotter pin (137).

R (e) Install the conical pin (142) in the linkage guide (133) and
R install the washer (141) and the nut (139).

R (f) Tighten the nut (139) and safety it with a new cotter pin (140).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 455
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (g) Slowly close the door and make sure that the conical pin (142)
R (of the linkage guide (133)) correctly engages with the sliders
R (102).

R (h) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

R (i) Slowly open the door and make sure that the girt bar (103) is
R attached to the door.

R (10) Install the emergency control-handle blanking-device (171) as

R follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-12-22-991-018)

R (a) Make sure that:

R - the door is closed
R - the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (177) is removed
R - the emergency control handle is in the
ARMED
position.

R (b) Put the lever (178) together with the spring (181) in position in
R the tube assembly (171).

R (c) Install the bolt (175), the washer (183) and the nut (182).

R (d) Put the tube assembly (171) in position and install the washers
R (173), the bolts (172) and the nuts (174). Do not tighten the
R nuts (174).

R (e) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

R (f) Move the tube assembly (171) with your hand until you can install
R the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

R (g) Tighten the nuts (174).

R (h) Install a new
DISARMED
placard (176) on the tube assembly

R (171).
R

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 456
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-12-22-820-051

D. Adjustment

(1) Do the adjustment of the emergency escape-slide release mechanism

(Ref. TASK 52-12-22-820-801).

(2) Do the adjustment of the door damper and emergency operation cylinder
(Ref. TASK 52-12-14-820-801).

Subtask 52-12-22-720-050

E. Do the functional test of the MID passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-12-
00-720-801).

Subtask 52-12-22-865-055

F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-12-22-710-050

G. Operational Test

(1) Do the operational test of the door monitoring system (Ref. TASK 52-
71-00-710-801).

(2) Do the operational test of the escape-slide warning system (Ref. TASK
52-71-00-710-802).

NOTE : Do these tests only for the MID passenger/crew door 832 (842).
____


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 457
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-12-22-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and

STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
which attach components directly to the door structure.

(b) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
bolts which are in the door mechanism.

(c) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the

installed components.

(3) Install the escape facility on the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-400-801).

(4) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-400-801).

(5) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(6) Close the access door 811.

(7) Remove the access platform(s).

(8) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 52-12-22-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 458
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE RELEASE - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________________________

TASK 52-12-22-820-801

Adjustment of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism of the MID

Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
98A52107632000 2 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE
98A52108007000 1 TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS
R 98F52108507000 1 TOOL - ADJUSTMENT PAX DOORS

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 501
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 placard 11-32-52 43 -021

2 placard 11-32-52 43 -031
15 tab washer 52-12-22 32 -030
52 placard 11-32-52 43 -020
52 placard 11-32-52 43 -030
61 shim washer 52-12-22 02 -130

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 52-10-00-080-801 Removal of the Ballast Weight from the Passenger/Crew
R Door
R 52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
R 52-10-00-480-801 Installation of the Ballast Weight at the
R Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-12-00-720-801 Functional Test of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R)
R 52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System
R 52-71-00-710-802 Operational Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Warning
System
52-71-11-000-802 Removal of the Proximity Sensors from the Escape
R Slide Release Mechanism (30MJ,
R 31MJ,32MJ,33MJ,36MJ,37MJ)
52-71-11-400-802 Installation of the Proximity Sensors on the Escape
Slide Release Mechanism
R (30MJ,31MJ,32MJ,33MJ,36MJ,37MJ)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 502
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-71-11-820-802 Adjustment of the Actuation Clearance of the

R Proximity Sensors (30MJ,31MJ,32MJ, 33MJ,36MJ,37MJ)

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-22-991-010 Fig. 501

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-22-991-010-A Fig. 501A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-22-991-012 Fig. 502

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-22-991-012-A Fig. 502A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-22-991-011 Fig. 503

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-12-22-991-011-A Fig. 503A

52-12-22-991-022 Fig. 504
52-12-22-991-023 Fig. 505

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-12-22-991-019 Fig. 506

52-12-22-991-020 Fig. 507
52-12-22-991-021 Fig. 508
52-12-22-991-024 Fig. 509
52-12-22-991-025 Fig. 510


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 503
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-22-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-12-22-010-050

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-12-22-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

R Subtask 52-12-22-860-055

R D. Install the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-801).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 504
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-22-820-050

A. Adjustment of the Linkage Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211

____

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-12-22-991-010, 502/TASK 52-12-22-991-012)

NOTE : The rigging pins used are part of the TOOL SET - R/I
____
PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(1) Close the door and move the inboard lever down to lower the door.

(2) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) (63) from the
ARMED/DISARMED display (51) and move the control handle (1) to the

ARMED
position.

(3) Remove the proximity switch 32MJ or 33MJ to get sufficient clearance
during the adjustment procedure (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-000-802).

(4) Remove the nut (62), stop bolt (60) and the shim washer (61) from the
support lever (53) of the control handle (1).

(5) Put the rigging pin (3) into the rigging holes of the bellcrank
bracket (2) and the bellcrank lever (4).

NOTE : If necessarry, operate the control handle (1) to make sure

____
that the rigging pin (3) moves into the rigging holes freely.

(6) Put the rigging pin (6) into the rigging holes of the lever housing
(13) and the twin lever (12).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (6) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(7) If you cannot install the rigging pin (6) freely, adjust the length
of the control rod (5) as follows:

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(15) and the lock nuts (14).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (14) and turn the rod body (16) until you
can install the rigging pin (6) freely.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 505
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Linkage Rods on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
R Figure 501/TASK 52-12-22-991-010- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 506
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Linkage Rods on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
R Figure 501/TASK 52-12-22-991-010- 22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 507
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Armed/Disarmed Display and Control Handle Mechanism
R Figure 501A/TASK 52-12-22-991-010-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 508
Jan 01/03
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Control Handle and the ARMED/DISARMED Display
on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 502/TASK 52-12-22-991-012


R EFF :

001-099, 

52-12-22 Page 509
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 (c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (16) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod eye-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod eye-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (14) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (15).

(8) Put the rigging pin (22) into the rigging holes of the support
fitting (21) and the bellcrank lever (35).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (22) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(9) If you cannot install the rigging pin (22) freely, adjust the length
of the actuation rod (8) as follows:

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(10) and the lock nuts (9).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (9) and turn the rod body (11) until you can
install the rigging pin (6) freely.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (11) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod eye-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod eye-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (9) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (10).

(10) Put the rigging pin (33) into the rigging holes of the bearing
fitting (32) and the double lever (31).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (33) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 510
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (11) If you cannot install the rigging pin (33) freely, adjust the length
of the connetion rod (26) as follows:

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (22) is installed into the
____
bellcrank fitting (21).

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(24) and the lock nuts (23).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (23) and turn the rod body (25) until you
can install the rigging pin (33) freely.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (25) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod eye-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod eye-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (23) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (24).

(12) Remove the rigging pins (3),(6), (22) and (33).

Subtask 52-12-22-820-053

B. Adjustment of the Girt Bar Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-12-22-991-011)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211

____

(1) Move the control handle (1) in the DISARMED position and move the
inboard lever up so that the door lifts.

(2) Make sure the sliding surfaces of the sliders ((45) and the girt bar
(43) are lubricated with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004).

(3) Make sure that:

- the pins of the guide arms (46) touch the pawls (48)
- the sliders (45) touch the stops (47) of the girt bar (43).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 511
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Adjustment of the Control Rod
Figure 502A/TASK 52-12-22-991-012-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 512
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Girt Bar Assembly on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1211
Figure 503/TASK 52-12-22-991-011


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 513
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (4) If not, adjust the length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (27)
and (34) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-12-22-991-010)

NOTE : The adjustment of the rear girt bar rod (34) and forward girt
____
bar rod (27) is the same. Therefore only the adjustment of the
forward girt bar rod (27) is given.

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(29) and the lock nuts (28).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (28) and turn the rod body (30) so that
- the pins of the guide arms (46) have contact with the pawls
(48)
- the sliders (45) touch the stops (47).

(c) Measure the overlap Y from the slider surface (42) to the guide
fitting (41).

NOTE : The overlap Y must be the same dimension on the forward
____
and rear assemblies.

(d) If the overlap Y is not the same at each assemby, adjust the
length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (27) and (34) as
required.

NOTE : If you decrease (extend) the length at one girt bar rod,
____
you must also extend (decrease) the length of the other.
The adjustment of the girt bar rods must be equal but
opposite in direction.

(e) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (30) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod eye-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod eye-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(f) Tighten the lock nuts (28) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (29).

(5) Move the inboard lever down to lower the door.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 514
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (6) Make a reference mark on the floor panel and the girt bar (43) with
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).

NOTE : These marks define the center position of the girt bar (43)
____
necessary for further adjustment in the armed condition.

(7) Move the control handle (1) to the ARMED position.

(8) Install the rigging pin (22) in the bellcrank lever (35) and the
rigging pin (33) in the double lever (32).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pins (22) and (33) move into the
____
rigging holes freely.

(9) Make sure that the reference mark on the girt bar (43) aligns with
the reference mark on the floor panel (center position of the girt
bar).

NOTE : If necessary, move the girt bar (43) to its center position.
____

(10) Make sure that the sliders (45) touch the pins of the guide arms
(46).

NOTE : If necessary, push the sliders (45) against the pins of the
____
guide arms ( 46) so that they have contact.

(11) Measure the offset Z between the slider (45) and the girt bar end
(44).

NOTE : The offset Z must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 1.5 mm
____
(0.0590 in.)

(12) If the offset Z is out of tolerance, continues as follows:

(a) Manually hold the girt bar (43) and keep it in its center
position as adjusted before.

(b) Adjust the length of the forward and/or rear girt bar rods (27)
and/or (34) until the offset Z is correct.

(13) Remove the rigging pin (22) from the bellcrank lever (35) and the
rigging pin (33) from the double lever (31).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 515
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (14) Move the control handle (1) in the DISARMED position and move the
inboard lever up so that the door lifts.

NOTE : In this case, it is not necessary that the sliders (45) touch
____
the stops (47) of the girt bar (43).

(15) Move the girt bar (43) in the forward and rear direction to make sure
that the guide fittings (41) remain engaged with the slider surface
(42).

NOTE : This movement can cause an asymmetrical position of the girt

____
bar (43) which is permitted.

(16) If the sliders (45) disengage, repeat the adjustment procedure from
the center position ( refer to step 5)) to make sure that the offset
Z is correct.

(17) Measure the gap U between the nose of the spring pawl (7) and the
notched sleeve (17)
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-12-22-991-010)

NOTE : The gap U must be between 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) and 0.3 mm
____
(0.0118 in.).

(18) If the gap U is out of tolerance, you must adjust the length of the
forward and rear girt bar rods (27) and (34) again.

NOTE : If the gap U is more than 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.), extend the
____
length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (27) and (34)
symmetrically.
If the gap U is smaller than 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.), shorten
the length symmetrically.

(19) If the gap U is correctly adjusted, make sure that you can install
the rigging pins (3), (6), (22) and (33) freely.

NOTE : If necessary, repeat the adjustment of the linkage mechanism

____
(refer to para. A.).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 516
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-22-820-054

C. Adjustment of the Control Handle Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-12-22-991-012)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1211

____

(1) Make sure that the door is closed and the inboard lever is moved
down.

(2) Move the control handle (1) to the
DISARMED
position so that it
touches the pin (55) and install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (63) in the
ARMED/DISARMED display .

(3) Measure the gap X between the control handle (1) and the safety
slide pin (63) which must be between 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.) and 4.0 mm
(0.1574 in.).

(4) If the gap X is out of tolerance, adjust the length of the handle
rod (55) as follows:

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(57) and the lock nuts (56).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (56) and turn the rod body (58) until the
gap is correct.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (58) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod eye-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod eye-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (56) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (57).

(5) Adjust the ARMED position of the control handle (1) as follows:

(a) Temporarily install the stop bolt (60) and the nut (62) on the
support lever (53) of the control handle (1).

(b) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (63) from the ARMED/DISARMED
display (51) and move the control handle (1) to the
ARMED

position.


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 517
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (c) Put the rigging pin (3) into the rigging holes of the bellcrank
bracket (2) and the bellcrank lever (4).
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-12-22-991-010)

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (3) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(d) Measure the gap between the stop bolt (60) of the support lever
(53) and the driver lever (54).

(e) Remove the rigging pin (3) from the bellcrank bracket (2) move
the control handle (1) in the DISARMED position.

(f) Remove the nut (62) and the stop bolt (60) from the support lever
(53).

(g) Prepare the new shim washer (61) so that its thickness is the
same as the measured gap.

(h) Install the stop bolt (60) with the shim washer (61) and the nut
(62) on the support lever (53).

(6) Move the control handle (1) in the ARMED position and make sure that
the rigging pin (3) moves into the rigging holes freely.

(7) Measure the clearance W between the control handle (1) and the
divider line between the green and red area of the placard (52).

NOTE : The clearance W must be max. 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) and the
____
control handle (1) must be in the green area.

(8) If the clearance W is not in the given limit, bond a new placard
(52) in the correct position on the armed/disarmed display (1).

NOTE : For the RH door install opposite the placard (52).

____

(9) Install the proximity switch 32MJ or 33MJ on the bellcrank bracket
(28) (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-400-802) and adjust it correctly (Ref. TASK
52-71-11-820-802).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 518
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-12-22-820-050-A

A. Adjustment of the Armed/Disarmed Display and Control Handle Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-12-22-991-010-A, 503A/TASK 52-12-22-991-011-A)

R NOTE : The mounting device (29) (PN 98F52108507046) and the rigging pin
____
R (26) (PN 98F52108507050) are part of the tool set TOOL -
R ADJUSTMENT PAX DOORS (98F52108507000).

(1) Remove the target (25) from the bellcrank bracket (28) to get
sufficient clearance during the adjustment procedure (Ref. TASK 52-
71-11-000-802).

R NOTE : The target (25) is part of the proximity switch 32MJ or 33MJ.
____

R (2) Close and lock the door and make sure that the control handle (1) is
R in the ARMED position (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).
R

R (3) Do a location check of the armed/disarmed display (3) as follows:

R (a) Put the mounting device (29) (PN 98F52108507046) in the door
R structure.

R (b) Make sure that the slot of the mounting device engages with the
R web of the door beam.

R (c) Put the rigging pin (30) in the rigging hole of the mounting
R device (29) and the armed/disarmed display (3).

R (d) Make sure that the rigging pin (30) move freely into the rigging
R holes.

R (e) If you cannot install the rigging pin (30) easily, adjust the
R position of the armed/disarmed display (3) as follows:

R 1
_ Loosen the bolt (17)

R 2
_ Move the the armed/disarmed display (3) until you can install
R the rigging pin (30) easily.

R 3
_ Tighten the bolt (17).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 519
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Handle Rod
Figure 503A/TASK 52-12-22-991-011-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 520
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (f) Remove the rigging pin (30) from the mounting device (29) and the
R armed/disarmed display (3).

R (g) Remove the mounting device (29) from the door structure.

R (4) Move the control handle (1) is to the DISARMED position and make sure
R that the spring-loaded stop pin (12) is in its end position.

R (5) Install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (13) in the armed/disarmed display (3)
R to safety the control handle (1) in this position.

R (6) Move the inboard lever to its up position to lift the door.

R (7) Move the outboard lever (10) outboard between 30 and 90 degree and
R make sure that:
- the roller (8) moves freely in the circular segment of the cam
plate (7).
- the stop screw (16) of the support lever (5) touches the driver
lever (6).

NOTE : A clearance of max. 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) between the stop screw
____
(16) and the driver lever (6) is permitted.

R (8) If not, adjust the stop screw (16) as follows:

(a) Move the outboard lever (10) down to get access to the stop screw
(16).
R

R (b) Make sure that the control handle (1) is in the DISARMED
R position.

R (c) If necessary, bend the tab washer (15) to release the stop screw
R (16). In you do this, replace the tab washer (15).

R (d) Remove the stop screw (16), the tab washer (15) and the shim
washer (14).

R (e) Add shim washers (14) as necessary and make sure that:
- the roller (8) moves freely in the circular segment of the cam
R plate (7) if the outboard lever (10) is lifted
- the stop screw (16) touches the driver lever (6), when the
R control handle (1) is in the DISARMED position.

NOTE : A clearance of max. 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) between the stop

____
screw (16) and the driver lever (6) is permitted.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 521
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (f) Install the stop screw (16) with the correct quantity of shim
washers (14) and the new tab washer (15).

R (g) Tighten the stop screw (16) and safety it with the tab washer
(15).

R (9) Move the inboard lever down to lower the door.

R (10) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (13) from the armed/disarmed display
R (3) and put the control handle (1) in the ARMED position.

R (11) Measure the distance V between the door structure and the control
R handle (1). The distance V must be min. 18.5 mm (0.7283 in.).

R (12) Make sure that the control handle (1) touches the rubber stop (4).
R

R (13) If necessary, bond the rubber stop (4) into its correct position.

R (14) Put the rigging pin (26) (PN 98F52108507050) into the rigging holes
R of the bellcrank bracket (27) and the bellcrank lever (28).
R

R (a) Make sure that the rigging pin (26) moves freely into the rigging
R holes.

R (15) If you cannot install the rigging pin (26) easily, adjust the length
R of the handle rod (21) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

(a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(23) and the lock nuts (22).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (22) and turn the rod body (24) until you
R can install the rigging pin (26) easily.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (24) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

R NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes,

____
R the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly installed. If
R this occurs, turn the rod fork-end in and repeat the
R adjustment procedure.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 522
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (d) Tighten the lock nuts (22) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (23).
R

R (e) Remove the rigging pin (26) from the bellcrank bracket (27).

R (16) Measure the clearance W between the control handle (1) and the
divider line between the green and red area of the placard (2).
R

R (a) Make sure that the control handle (1) stays in the green area and
R the clearance W is not larger than 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).

R (17) If the clearance W is larger than permitted, bond a new placard (2)
R in the correct position on the armed/disarmed display (3).

NOTE : For the RH door install the opposite placard (2).

____

R (18) Install the target (25) on the bellcrank lever (28) (Ref. TASK 52-71-
11-000-802) and make sure the proximity switch 32MJ or 33MJ is
correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-820-802).

Subtask 52-12-22-820-053-A

B. Adjustment of the Linkage Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 52-12-22-991-012-A, 503A/TASK 52-12-22-991-011-A,
504/TASK 52-12-22-991-022)

R NOTE : The rigging pins (26) (PN 98F52108507050), (46) (PN

____
R 98F52108507056) and (52) (PN 98F52108507050) are part of the tool
R set TOOL - ADJUSTMENT PAX DOORS (98F52108507000).

R (1) Move the control handle (1) in the DISARMED position and lift the
R inboard lever up until the door moves up.

(2) Make sure that the notch of the locking arm (35) engages with the
nose of the cam (37).

(3) Carefully move the control handle (1) into the ARMED direction to
make sure that:
- the control handle (1) is blocked and
- the distance U between the control handle (1) and the stop pin
(12) is not more than 5.0 mm (0.1968 in.).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 523
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Girt Bar Linkage
Figure 504/TASK 52-12-22-991-022


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 524
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (4) If not, adjust the length of the blocking rod (31) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(33) and the lock nuts (32).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (32) and turn the rod body (34) until the
control handle (1) is blocked in the DISARMED position.

(c) Lightly move the control handle (1) in the ARMED direction until
you feel a resistance.

(d) Measure the distance U between the control handle (1) and the
stop pin (12) of the armed/disarmed unit.
R

R (e) Make sure that the distance U is not larger than 5.0 MM (0.1968
IN.).

R (f) If the distance U is larger, turn the rod body (34) to adjust
R the length of the blocking rod (31) correctly.

R (g) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (34) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

R NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes,

____
R the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly installed. If
R this occurs, turn the rod fork-end in and do the
R adjustment procedure again.

R (h) Tighten the lock nuts (32) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (33).

(5) Move the inboard lever down to lower the door and put the control
handle (1) in the ARMED position.

R (6) Install the rigging pin (26) (PN 98F52108507050) into the rigging
R holes of the bellcrank bracket (27) and the bellcrank lever (28).
R

R (a) Make sure that the rigging pin (26) moves freely into the rigging
R holes.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 525
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (7) Put the rigging pin (46) (PN 98F52108507056) into the rigging holes
R of the bellcrank fitting (45) and the bellcrank lever (51).
R

R (a) Make sure that the rigging pin (46) moves freely into the rigging
R holes.

R (8) If you cannot install the rigging pin (46) easily, adjust the length
R of the control rod (41) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

R (a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
R (43) and the lock nuts (42).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (42) and turn the rod body (44) until you
R can install the rigging pin (46) easily.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (44) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

R NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes,

____
R the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly installed. If
R this occurs, turn the rod fork-end in and do the
R adjustment procedure again.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (42) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (43).

R (9) Put the rigging pin (52) (PN 98F52108507050) into the rigging holes
R of the bearing fitting (54) and the double lever (55).
R

R (a) Make sure that the rigging pin (52) moves freely into the rigging
R holes.

R (10) If you cannot install the rigging pin (52) easily, adjust the length
R of the girt bar rod (50) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 526
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (a) Make sure that the rigging pin (46) is installed into the
R bellcrank fitting (45).

R (b) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(48) and the lock nuts (47).

R (c) Loosen the lock nuts (47) and turn the rod body (49) until you
R can install the rigging pin (52) easily.

R (d) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (49) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

R NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes,

____
R the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly installed. If
R this occurs, turn the rod fork-end in and do the
R adjustment procedure again.

R (e) Tighten the lock nuts (47) and safety them with lockwire,
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (48).

(11) Remove the rigging pins (26), (46) and (52) from the bellcrank
bracket (27), the bellcrank fitting (45) and the bearing fitting
(54).

Subtask 52-12-22-820-054-A

C. Adjustment of the Girt Bar Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-12-22-991-022, 505/TASK 52-12-22-991-023)

R NOTE : The rigging pins (26) (PN 98F52108507050), (46) (PN

____
R 98F52108507056) and (52) (PN 98F52108507050) are part of the tool
R set TOOL - ADJUSTMENT PAX DOORS (98F52108507000).

R (1) Move the control handle (1) to the DISARMED position and lift the
R inboard lever until the door moves up.

(2) Make sure that the sliding surfaces of the sliders (67) and the girt
bar (63) are lubricated with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004).

(3) Make sure that:

- the guide pins (66) touch the pawls (68) and
- the sliders (67) touch the stops (69) of the girt bar (63).
- the overlap Y from the slider surface (62) to the guide arm (61)
R has the same dimension on each side.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 527
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Adjustment of Girt Bar Assembly
Figure 505/TASK 52-12-22-991-023


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 528
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 (4) If not, adjust the length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (59)
and (53) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

NOTE : The adjustment of the rear girt bar rod (53) and the forward
____
girt bar rod (59) is the same. Therefore only the adjustment
of the forward girt bar rod (59) is given.

(a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(57) and the lock nuts (56).

R (b) Loosen the lock nuts (56) and turn the rod body (58) until:
R - the guide pins (66) touch the pawls (68)
- the sliders (67) touch the stops (69).

(c) Measure the overlap Y from the slider surface (62) to the guide
arm (61).

R NOTE : The overlap Y must have the same dimension at the
____
R forward and rear assemblies.

(d) If the overlap Y is not the same at each assembly, adjust the
R length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (59) and (53) as
R necessary.

R NOTE : If you decrease (increase) the length at one girt bar rod,
____
R you must also increase (decrease) the length of the other.
R The adjustment of girt bar rod must be equal but opposite
R in direction.

(e) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (58) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

R NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes,

____
R the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly installed. If
R this occurs, turn the rod fork-end in and do the
R adjustment procedure again.

(f) Tighten the lock nuts (56) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (57).

(5) Move the inboard lever down to lower the door.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 529
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (6) Make a reference mark on the floor panel and the girt bar (63) with
R the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).

R NOTE : These marks gives the center position of the girt bar (63)
____
R necessary for the subsequent adjustment in armed condition.

(7) Move the control handle (1) to the ARMED position.

R (8) Install the rigging pin (26) (PN 98F52108507050) into the rigging
R holes of the bellcrank bracket (27) and the bellcrank lever (28).

R (9) Install the rigging pin (46) (PN 98F52108507056) into the bellcrank
R lever (51) and the rigging pin (52) (PN 98F52108507050) into the
R double lever (55).
R

R (a) Make sure that the rigging pins (46) and (52) move freely into
R the rigging holes.

R (10) Make sure that the reference mark on the girt bar (63) aligns with
the reference mark on the floor panel (center position of the girt
bar).
R

R (a) If necessary, manually move the girt bar (63) to its center
R position.

R (11) Make sure that the sliders (67) touch the guide pins (66).
R

R (a) If necessary, manually push the sliders (67) until they touch the
R guide pins (66.

R (12) Measure the offset Z between the slider (67) and the girt bar end
(65).

NOTE : The offset Z must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 1.5 mm
____
(0.0590 in.)

R (13) If the offset Z is out of tolerance, continue as follows:

(a) Manually hold the girt bar (63) and keep it in its center
position, as adjusted before.

(b) Change the length of the forward and/or rear girt bar rods (59)
and/or (53) until the offset Z is correct.

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-22

Page 530
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (14) Remove the rigging pin (46) from the bellcrank lever (51) and the
rigging pin (52) from the double lever (55).

R (15) Move the control handle (1) to the DISARMED position and lift the
R inboard lever until the door moves up.

R NOTE : In this position, it is not necessary that the sliders (67)

____
R touch the stops (69) of the girt bar (63).

R (16) Move the girt bar (63) in the forward and rear direction to make sure
R that the guide arms (61) stay engaged with the slider surface (62).

NOTE : This movement can cause an asymmetrical position of the girt

____
bar (63) which is permitted.

R (17) If the sliders (67) disengage, dot the adjustment procedure again
R from the center position (refer to step (5)) to make sure that the
R offset Z is correct.

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-22-820-052

D. Adjustment of the Armed/Disarmed Display and Control Handle Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1212 and

____
subsequent.

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-12-22-991-019, 507/TASK 52-12-22-991-020)

NOTE : The rigging pin (26) is part of the TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW
____
DOORS (98A52108007000).

(1) Remove the target (25) from the bellcrank bracket (28) to get
sufficient clearance during the adjustment procedure (Ref. TASK 52-
71-11-000-802).

NOTE : The target (25) is part of the proximity switch 32MJ or 33MJ.
____

(2) Make sure that:

- the control handle (1) is in the DISARMED position and
- the spring-loaded stop pin (12) is in its end position.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 531
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Armed/Disarmed Display and the Control Handle Mechanism on
Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent.
Figure 506/TASK 52-12-22-991-019


EFF :

001-099, 

52-12-22 Page 532
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 Adjustment of the Handle Rod on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
Figure 507/TASK 52-12-22-991-020


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 533
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 (3) Measure the distance X between the inner side of the beam edge (11)
and the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) (13) installed in the
armed/disarmed display (3).

NOTE : The distance X must be between 73.8 mm (2.9055 in.) and 74.8
____
mm (2.9448 in.).

(4) If necessary, move the armed/disarmed display (3) in the correct

position so that the distance X is correct.

(5) Move the inboard lever in its up position so that the door lifts.

(6) Move the outboard lever (10) outboards between 30 and 90 degree so
that:
- the roller (8) moves freely in the circular segment of the cam
plate (7).
- the stop screw (16) of the support lever (5) touches the driver
lever (6).

NOTE : A clearance of max. 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) between the stop screw
____
(16) and the driver lever (6) is permitted.

(7) If not, adjust the stop screw (16) as follows:

(a) Move the outboard lever (10) down to get access to the stop screw
(10).

NOTE : Make sure that the control handle (1) is in the DISARMED
____
position.

(b) If necessary, bend the tab washer (15) to release the stop screw
(16).

NOTE : In this case, replace the tab washer (15).

____

(c) Remove the stop screw (16), the tab washer (15) and the shim
washer (14).

(d) Add shim washers (14) as necessary, so that:

- the roller (8) moves freely in the circular segment of the cam
plate (7) if the outboard lever (10) is lifted.
- the stop screw (16) touches the driver lever (6), when the
control handle (1) is in the DISARMED position,

NOTE : A clearance of max. 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) between the stop

____
screw (16) and the driver lever (6) is permitted.


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 534
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 (e) Install the stop screw (16) with the correct quantity of shim
washers (14) and the new tab washer (15).

(f) Tighten the stop screw (16) and safety it with the tab washer
(15).

(8) Move the inboard lever down to lower the door.

(9) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (13) from the armed/disarmed unit (3)
and put the control handle (1) in the ARMED position.

(10) Measure the distance V between the door structure and the control
handle (1).

NOTE : The distance V must be min. 18.5 mm (0.7283 in.).

____

(11) Make sure that the control handle (1) touches the rubber stop (4).

NOTE : If necessary, bond the rubber stop (4) into its correct
____
position.

(12) Put the rigging pin (26) into the rigging holes of the bellcrank
bracket (27) and the bellcrank lever (28).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (26) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(13) If you cannot install the rigging pin (26) freely, adjust the length
of the handle rod (21) as follows:

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(23) and the lock nuts (22).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (22) and turn the rod body (24) until you
can install the rigging pin (26) freely.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (24) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod fork-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (22) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (23).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 535
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 (14) Remove the rigging pin (26) from the bellcrank bracket (27).

(15) Measure the clearance W between the control handle (1) and the
divider line between the green and red area of the placard (2).

NOTE : The clearance W must be max. 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) and the
____
control handle (1) must be in the green area.

(16) If the clearance W is not in the given limit, bond a new placard
(2) in the correct position on the armed/disarmed display (3).

NOTE : For the RH door install the opposite placard (2).

____

(17) Install the target (25) on the bellcrank lever (28) (Ref. TASK 52-71-
11-000-802) and make sure the proximity switch 32MJ or 33MJ is
correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-820-802).

Subtask 52-12-22-820-055

E. Adjustment of the Linkage Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1212 and

____
subsequent.

(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 52-12-22-991-020, 508/TASK 52-12-22-991-021, 509/TASK

52-12-22-991-024)

NOTE : The rigging pins (26), (46) and (52) are part of the TOOL SET -
____
R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(1) Move the control handle (1) to the DISARMED position and move the
inboard lever up so that the door lifts.

(2) Make sure that the notch of the locking arm (35) engages with the
nose of the cam (37).

(3) Carefully move the control handle (1) into the ARMED direction to
make sure that:
- the control handle (1) is blocked and
- the distance U between the control handle (1) and the stop pin
(12) is not more than 5.0 MM (0.1968 IN.).

(4) If not, adjust the length of the blocking rod (31) as follows:

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(33) and the lock nuts (32).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 536
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Control Rod on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
Figure 508/TASK 52-12-22-991-021


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 537
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Girt Bar Linkage on Door Serial No. 1212 and subsequent
Figure 509/TASK 52-12-22-991-024


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 538
Jan 01/03
R  
THY 
 (b) Loosen the lock nuts (32) and turn the rod body (34) until the
control handle (1) is blocked in the DISARMED position.

(c) Lightly move the control handle (1) in the ARMED direction until
you feel a resistance.

(d) Measure the distance U between the control handle (1) and the
stop pin (12) of the armed/disarmed unit.

NOTE : The distance U must not more than 5.0 MM (0.1968 IN.).
____

(e) If the distance U is more, turn the rod body (34) to adjust the
length of the blocking rod (31) correctly.

(f) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (34) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod fork-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(g) Tighten the lock nuts (32) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (33).

(5) Move the inboard lever down to lower the door and put the control
handle (1) in the ARMED position.

(6) Install the rigging pin (26) into the rigging holes of the bellcrank
bracket (27) and the bellcrank lever (28).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (26) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(7) Put the rigging pin (46) into the rigging holes of the bellcrank
fitting (45) and the bellcrank lever (51).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (46) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(8) If you cannot install the rigging pin (46) freely, adjust the length
of the control rod (41) as follows:

(a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(43) and the lock nuts (42).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (42) and turn the rod body (44) until you
can install the rigging pin (46) freely.


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 539
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 (c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (44) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod fork-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (42) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (43).

(9) Put the rigging pin (52) into the rigging holes of the bearing
fitting (54) and the double lever (55).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (52) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(10) If you cannot install the rigging pin (52) freely, adjust the length
of the girt bar rod (50) as follows:

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (46) is installed into the
____
bellcrank fitting (45).

(a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(48) and the lock nuts (47).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (47) and turn the rod body (49) until you
can install the rigging pin (52) freely.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (49) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod fork-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

R (d) Tighten the lock nuts (47) and safety them with lockwire,
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (48).

(11) Remove the rigging pins (26), (46) and (52) from the bellcrank
bracket (27), the bellcrank fitting (45) and the bearing fitting
(54).


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 540
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-22-820-056

F. Adjustment of the Girt Bar Assembly

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1212 and

____
subsequent.

(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 52-12-22-991-024, 510/TASK 52-12-22-991-025)

NOTE : The rigging pins (46) and (52) are part of the TOOL SET - R/I
____
PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(1) Move the control handle (1) to the DISARMED position and move the
inboard lever up so that the door lifts.

(2) Make sure that the sliding surfaces of the sliders (67) and the girt
bar (63) are lubricated with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004).

(3) Make sure that:

- the guide pins (66) touch the pawls (68) and
- the sliders (67) touch the stops (69) of the girt bar (63).
- the overlap Y from the slider surface (62) to the guide arm (61)
has the same dimension at each side.

(4) If not, adjust the length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (59)
and (53) as follows:

NOTE : The adjustment of the rear girt bar rod (53) and the forward
____
girt bar rod (59) is the same. Therefore only the adjustment
of the forward girt bar rod (59) is given.

(a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(57) and the lock nuts (56).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (56) and turn the rod body (58) so that
- the guide pins (66) touch the pawls (68) and
- the sliders (67) touch the stops (69).

(c) Measure the overlap Y from the slider surface (62) to the guide
arm (61).

NOTE : The overlap Y must be the same dimension at the forward
____
and rear assemblies.

(d) If the overlap Y is not the same at each assembly, adjust the
length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (59) and (53) as
necessary.


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 541
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
R Adjustment of the Girt Bar Assembly on Door Serial No.1212 and subsequent
Figure 510/TASK 52-12-22-991-025


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 542
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 NOTE : If you decrease (extend) the length at one girt bar rod,
____
you must also extend (decrease) the length of the other.
The adjustment of girt bar rod must be equal but opposite
in direction.

(e) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (58) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod fork-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(f) Tighten the lock nuts (56) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (57).

(5) Move the inboard lever down to lower the door.

(6) Make a reference mark on the floor panel and the girt bar (63) with a
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).

NOTE : These marks define the center position of the girt bar (63)
____
necessary for the further adjustment in armed condition.

(7) Move the control handle (1) to the ARMED position.

(8) Install the rigging pin (46) into the bellcrank lever (51) and the
rigging pin (52) into the double lever (55).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pins (46) and (52) move into the
____
rigging holes freely.

(9) Make sure that the reference mark on the girt bar (63) aligns with
the reference mark on the floor panel (center position of the girt
bar).

NOTE : If necessary, manually move the girt bar (63) to its center
____
position.

(10) Make sure that the sliders (67) touch the guide pins (66).

NOTE : If necessary, manually push the sliders (67) against the guide
____
pins (66) so that they have contact.


EFF :

001-099,  52-12-22

Page 543
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (11) Measure the offset Z between the slider (67) and the girt bar end
(65).

NOTE : The offset Z must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 1.5 mm
____
(0.0590 in.)

(12) If the offset Z is out of tolerance, continue as follows:

(a) Manually hold the girt bar (63) and keep it in its center
position as adjusted before.

(b) Change the length of the forward and/or rear girt bar rods (59)
and/or (53) until the offset Z is correct.

(13) Remove the rigging pin (46) from the bellcrank lever (51) and the
rigging pin (52) from the double lever (55).

(14) Move the control handle (1) to the DISARMED position and move the
inboard lever up so that the door lifts.

NOTE : In this case, it is not necessary that the sliders (67) touch
____
the stops (69) of the girt bar (63).

(15) Move the girt bar (63) in the forward and rear direction to make sure
that the guide arms (61) remain engaged with the slider surface (62).

NOTE : This movement can cause an asymmetrical position of the girt

____
bar (63) which is permitted.

(16) If the sliders (67) disengage repeat the adjustment procedure from
the center position (refer to step (5)) to make sure that the offset
Z is correct.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-12-22-720-051

G. Do the functional test of the MID passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-12-
00-720-801).

Subtask 52-12-22-865-051

H. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

R

EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 544
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-22-710-051

J. Operational Test

(1) Do the operational test of the door monitoring system (Ref. TASK 52-
71-00-710-801).

(2) Do the operational test of the escape-slide warning system (Ref. TASK
52-71-00-710-802).

NOTE : Do these tests only for the MID passenger/crew door 832 (842).
____

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-12-22-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

R (2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R (a) Apply a layer of the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and
R the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
R which attach components directly to the door structure.

R (b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
R bolts which are in the door mechanism.

R (c) Apply a layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to

R the installed components.

R (3) Remove the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-801).

R (4) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

R (5) Close the access door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

R (6) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 545
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R

Subtask 52-12-22-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-22

Page 546
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 FITTINGS - DOOR, LATCH AND STOP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________

TASK 52-12-31-000-801

Removal of the Door, Latch and Stop Fittings (Door 2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

R 25-23-46-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Middle
Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-51-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Middle Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
25-52-00-000-801 Removal of the Ceiling Panels, the Partition Panels
and the Sidewall Panels in the FWD Cargo Compartment
30-46-11-000-801 Removal of the Heated Slide Fitting (electrical part)
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-12-11-000-801 Removal of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)
52-12-12-000-801 Removal of the Suspension of the MID Passenger/Crew
Door (Door 2L/2R)
52-12-31-991-001 Fig. 401
52-12-31-991-002 Fig. 402
52-12-31-991-003 Fig. 403
52-12-31-991-004 Fig. 404
52-12-31-991-005 Fig. 405
52-12-31-991-006 Fig. 406


EFF :

ALL  52-12-31

Page 401
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-31-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-12-31-010-050

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

R (2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-12-31-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-12-31-010-051-A

D. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the related door.

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Remove the related door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-000-801).

(4) Remove the related door frame lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-000-801).

(5) For the support arm fittings only.

(a) Remove the related door (Ref. TASK 52-12-11-000-801).

(b) Remove the support arm (Ref. TASK 52-12-12-000-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-31

Page 402
Apr 01/95
 
THY 
 (6) For the girt bar fittings only.

(a) Remove the panels 131UW, 131WW (132UW, 132WW) (Ref. TASK 25-52-
00-000-801).

(b) Remove the electrical harness (Ref. TASK 30-46-11-000-801).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-12-31-020-050

A. Removal of the Door, Latch and Stop Fittings

(1) Remove the door and fuselage stop fittings (1) and (5).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-31-991-001)

(a) Release the lockwasher (8).

(b) Remove the nuts (7), the lockwasher (8) and the adjustable bolt
(11) from the door stop fitting (5). Discard the lockwasher (8).

(c) Remove the nuts (6), the bolts (10), the washers (9) and the door
stop fitting (5).

(d) Remove the nuts (4), the bolts (2), the washers (3) and the
fuselage stop fitting (1).

(2) Remove the lowering stop (18).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-31-991-002)

(a) Remove the nuts (19), the bolts (16) the washers (17) and the
lowering stop (18).

(3) Remove the roller fitting (23).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-31-991-002)

(a) Remove the nuts (22), the bolts (21), the washers (20) and the
roller fitting (23).

(4) Remove the fitting (29) and the roller (36).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-31-991-002)

(a) Remove the nuts (30), the bolts (37) and the fitting with the
guide roller (36).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (31).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-31

Page 403
Jul 01/94
R  
THY 
R Door and Fuselage Stop Fittings
Figure 401/TASK 52-12-31-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-12-31

Page 404
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Lower Stop, Roller, Girt Bar Fitting and Fitting with Guide Roller
Figure 402/TASK 52-12-31-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-12-31

Page 405
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (c) Remove the nut (32), the washer (33), the bolt (35), the roller
(36) and the bush (34).

(5) Remove the girt bar fitting (26).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-31-991-002)

(a) Remove the old sealant from the bolts (28) and the girt bar
fittings (26).

(b) Remove the bolts (28), the washers (27) and the girt bar fitting
(26).

(c) Remove the nut plate (25).

(6) Remove the upper guide fittings (45).

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-12-31-991-003)

(a) Remove the nuts (50), the fitting (45), the serrated plate (46)
the bolts (47) and the washer (49).

(7) Remove the lower guide fittings (51).

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-12-31-991-003)

(a) Remove the nuts (56), the fitting (51), the serrated plate (52)
the bolts (53) and the washers (54).

(8) Remove the latch fitting (67) with roller (71).

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-12-31-991-004)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (65).

(b) Remove the nut (64), the washer (66), the bolt (72) and the
roller (71).

(c) Remove the nuts (60) and (68), the washers (62) and (69), the
bolts (61) and (70), the fitting (67) and the serrated plate
(63).

(9) Remove the upper support arm fitting (82).

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-12-31-991-005)

(a) Remove the nuts (83), the bolts (85), the washers (84), the
fitting (82) and the plate (86).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-31

Page 406
Jul 01/94
R  
THY 
R Upper and Lower Guide Fittings
Figure 403/TASK 52-12-31-991-003


EFF :

ALL  52-12-31

Page 407
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Latch Fitting with Roller
Figure 404/TASK 52-12-31-991-004


EFF :

ALL  52-12-31

Page 408
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
R Upper and Lower Support Arm Fitting
Figure 405/TASK 52-12-31-991-005


EFF :

ALL  52-12-31

Page 409
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 (10) Remove the lower support arm fitting (100).
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-12-31-991-005)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (93).

(b) Remove the nut (94), the washer (95), the bolt (97), the washer
(96) and the roller (98).

(c) Remove the nuts (92) and (89), the bolts (90) and (87), the
washers (91) and (88), the fitting (100) and the plate (99).

(11) Remove the guide arm fittings (105) and (106).

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-12-31-991-006)

(a) Remove the guide arms (Ref. TASK 52-12-12-000-801)

(b) Remove the nuts (112), the washers (111), the bolts (110), the
fittings (105) and (106) and the serrated plates (107).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-31

Page 410
Jul 01/94
R  
THY 
R Guide Arm Fittings
Figure 406/TASK 52-12-31-991-006


EFF :

ALL  52-12-31

Page 411
Jul 01/00
 
THY 
 TASK 52-12-31-400-801

Installation of the Door, Latch and Stop Fittings (Door 2L/2R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 09-013 C Z-16.127
CORROSION INHIBITING BRUSH CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-31

Page 412
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 8 lockwasher 52-12-31 01 -140

R 8 lockwasher 52-12-31 01 -140A
R 8 lockwasher 52-12-31 31 -140
31 cotter pin 52-12-31 01 -090
R 31 cotter pin 52-12-31 31 -070
65 cotter pin 53-26-02 50 -050
93 cotter pin 53-26-02 54 -070

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 25-23-46-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Middle
Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-46-400-801 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the Middle
Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-51-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Middle Passenger/Crew
Door(s)
R 25-23-51-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Middle
R Passenger/Crew Door(s)
25-52-00-000-801 Removal of the Ceiling Panels, the Partition Panels
and the Sidewall Panels in the FWD Cargo Compartment
25-52-00-400-801 Installation of the Ceiling Panels, the Partition
Panels and the Sidewall Panels in the FWD Cargo
Compartment
30-46-11-000-801 Removal of the Heated Slide Fitting (electrical part)
30-46-11-400-801 Installation of the Heated Slide Fitting (electrical
part)
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-12-00-820-801 Adjustment of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R)
52-12-11-000-801 Removal of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)
52-12-11-400-801 Installation of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R)
52-12-12-000-801 Removal of the Suspension of the MID Passenger/Crew
Door (Door 2L/2R)


EFF :

ALL  52-12-31

Page 413
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-12-12-400-801 Installation of the Suspension of the MID

Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)
52-12-31-991-001 Fig. 401
52-12-31-991-002 Fig. 402
52-12-31-991-003 Fig. 403
52-12-31-991-004 Fig. 404
52-12-31-991-005 Fig. 405
52-12-31-991-006 Fig. 406

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-12-31-860-050-A

A. Make sure that the Aircraft is in this Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the related door lining is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
51-000-801).

(3) Make sure that the related door frame lining is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-46-000-801).

(4) For the support arm fittings only.

(a) Make sure that the door is removed (Ref. TASK 52-12-11-000-801),

(b) Make sure that the support arm is removed (Ref. TASK 52-12-12-
000-801).

(5) For the girt bar fittings only.

(a) Make sure that the panels 131UW, 131WW, 132UW and 132WW are
removed (Ref. TASK 25-52-00-000-801).

(b) Make sure that the electrical harness is removed (Ref. TASK 30-
46-11-000-801).

(6) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

(7) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-31

Page 414
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-12-31-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-12-31-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Remove the old sealant from the latch and stop fittings.

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Clean the contact areas of the latch and stop fittings and the
structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).

(4) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-31

Page 415
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
R **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-12-31-420-050

R B. Installation of the Door Latch and Stop Fittings

R (1) Install the door and fuselage stop fittings (1) and (5) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-31-991-001)

R (a) Apply a layer of the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the

R contact area of the fittings (1) and (5) and the bolts (2) and
R (10).

(b) Put the fitting (1) in position and install the washers (3), the
bolts (2) and the nuts (4).

(c) TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in).

(d) Put the fitting (5) in position and install the washers (9), the
bolts (10) and the nuts (6).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (6) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in).

R (f) Install the bolt (11) in the door stop fitting (5) and adjust to
R give an initial dimension of 16.5 mm (0.6496 in.) (see detail

C
).

R (g) Install a new lockwasher (8) and the nut (7).

(h) Adjust the door stop fitting (5) (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

(i) TORQUE the nut (7) to between 2.0 and 2.2 m.daN (14.74 and 16.22
lbf.ft).

R (j) Safety the nut (7) with the lockwasher (8).

R (2) Install the stop fitting (18) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-31-991-002)

R (a) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the
R mating sufaces of the stop fitting (18).
R

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-31

Page 416
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Put the stop fitting (18) in position and install the washers
R (17), the bolts (16) and the nuts (19).

R (c) Adjust the stop fitting (18) (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (19) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

R (3) Install the roller fitting (23) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-31-991-002)

R (a) Apply a layer of the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the mating
R surfaces of the roller fitting (23).

R (b) Put the roller fitting (23) in position and install the washers
R (20), the bolts (21) and the nuts (22).

(c) TORQUE the nuts (22) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

R (4) Install the roller (36) and the fitting (29) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-31-991-002)

R (a) Apply a layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to

R the long end of the bush (34).

(b) Install the bush (34), the roller (36) and the bolt (35) in the
fitting (29).

(c) Install the washer (33) and the nut (32).

R (d) TORQUE the nut (32) MAX to 0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in) and turn it
R back to align the first cotter pin hole.

(e) Install a new cotter pin (31)

R (f) Apply a layer of the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the mating
R surfaces of the fitting (29).

(g) Put the fitting (29) in position and install the bolts (37) and
the nuts (30).

(h) TORQUE the nuts (30) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and
70.79 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-31

Page 417
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (5) Install the girt bar fitting (26) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-31-991-002)

R (a) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the
R mating surfaces of the girt bar fitting (26) and the serrated
R plate (24).

R (b) Put the girt bar fitting (26), the serrated plate and the nut
R plate (25) in position.

R (c) Install the washers (27) and the bolts (28).

R (d) Adjust the girt bar fitting (26) (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

R (e) TORQUE the bolts (28) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

R (6) Install the upper guide fitting (45) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-12-31-991-003)

R (a) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the
R mating surfaces of the upper guide fitting (45) and the serrated
R plate (46).

R (b) Put the serrated plate (46) and the upper guide fitting (45) in
R position.
R

R (c) Install the washers (48), the bolts (47) and the nuts (50).

R (d) Adjust the upper guide fitting (45) (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

R (e) TORQUE the nuts (50) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

R (7) Install the lower guide fitting (51) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-12-31-991-003)

R (a) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the
R mating surfaces of the lower guide fitting (51) and the serrated
R plate (52).

R (b) Put the serrated plate (52) and the lower guide fitting (51) in
R position.
R

R (c) Install the washer (54), the bolts (53) and the nuts (56).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-31

Page 418
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (d) Adjust the lower guide fitting (51) (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

R (e) TORQUE the nuts (56) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

R (8) Install the latch fitting (67) and the roller (71) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-12-31-991-004)

R (a) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the
R bolt (72) and the roller (71).

(b) Install the roller (71), the bolt (72), the washer (66) and the
nut (64).

R (c) TORQUE the nut (64) to 0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in) MAX and turn it
R back to align the first cotter pin hole.

(d) Install a new cotter pin (65)

R (e) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the
R mating surfaces of the latch fitting (67) and the serrated plate
R (63).

R (f) Put the serrated plate (63) and the latch fitting (67) in
R position.
R

R (g) Install the washers (69) and (62), the bolts (61) and (70) and
R the nuts (68) and (60).

R (h) Adjust the latch fitting (67) (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

R (i) TORQUE the nuts (60) and (68) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN
(39.82 and 44.24 lbf.in).

R (9) Install the upper support arm fitting (82) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-12-31-991-005)

R (a) Apply a layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to

R the mating surfaces of the upper support arm fitting (82) and the
R plate (86).

R (b) Put the plate (86) and the upper support arm fitting (82) in
R position.
R

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-31

Page 419
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (c) Install the washers (84), the bolts (81) and (85) and the nuts
R (83).

R (10) Install the lower support arm fitting (100) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-12-31-991-005)

R (a) Apply a layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to

R the mating surfaces of the lower support arm fitting (100) and
R the filler plate (99).

R (b) Put the filler plate (99) and the lower support arm fitting (100)
R in position.
R

R (c) Install the washers (88) and (91), the bolts (87) and (90) and
R the nuts (89) and (92).

R (d) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the
R bolt (97) and the roller (98).

R (e) Install the roller (98), the washers (96) and (95), the bolt (97)
R and the nut (94).

R (f) Tighten the nut (94) and install a new cotter pin (93)

R (11) Install the guide arm fittings (105) and (106) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-12-31-991-006)

R (a) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the
R mating surfaces of the guide arm fittings (105) and (106) and the
R serrated plates (107).

R (b) Put the serrated plates (107) and the guide arm fittings (105)
R and (106) in position.

R (c) Install the washers (111), the bolts (110) and the nuts (112).
R

(d) Adjust the guide arm fittings (105) and (106) (Ref. TASK 52-12-
00-820-801).

R (e) TORQUE the nuts (112) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and
70.79 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-12-31

Page 420
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

R Subtask 52-12-31-420-050-A

R B. Installation of the Door Latch and Stop Fittings

R (1) Install the door and fuselage stop fittings (1) and (5) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-12-31-991-001)

R (a) Apply a layer of the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the mating
R surfaces of the fittings (1) and (5) and the bolts (2) and (10).

R (b) Put the fitting (1) in position and install the washers (3), the
R bolts (2) and the nuts (4).

R (c) Tighten the nuts (4).

R (d) Put the fitting (5) in position and install the washers (9), the
R bolts (10) and the nuts (6).

R (e) TORQUE the nuts (6) to 1.0 m.daN (88.49 lbf.in).

R (f) Install the bolt (11) in the door stop fitting (5) and adjust to
R give an initial dimension of 16.5 mm (0.6496 in.) (see detail
R
C
).

R (g) Install a new lockwasher (8) and the nut (7).

R (h) Adjust the door stop fitting (5) (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

R (i) TORQUE the nut (7) to between 2.0 and 2.2 m.daN (14.74 and 16.22
R lbf.ft).

R (j) Safety the nut (7) with the new lockwasher (8).

R (2) Install the stop fitting (18) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-31-991-002)

R (a) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the
R mating surfaces of the stop fitting (18).

R (b) Put the stop fitting (18) in position and install the washers
R (17), the bolts (16) and the nuts (19).

R (c) Adjust the stop fitting (18) (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-31

Page 421
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (d) Tighten the nuts (19).

(3) Install the roller fitting (23) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-31-991-002)

(a) Apply a layer of the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the mating
surfaces of the roller fitting (23).

R (b) Put the roller fitting (23) in position and install the washers
R (20), the bolts (21) and the nuts (22).

(c) TORQUE the nuts (22) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(4) Install the roller (36) and the fitting (29) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-31-991-002)

(a) Apply a layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to

the long end of the bush (34).

(b) Install the bush (34), the roller (36) and the bolt (35) in the
fitting (29).

(c) Install the washer (33) and the nut (32).

(d) Tighten the nut (32) and install a new cotter pin (31).

(e) Apply a layer of the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the mating
surfaces of the fitting (29).

(f) Put the fitting (29) in position and install the bolts (37) and
the nuts (30).

(g) Tighten the nuts (30).

(5) Install the girt bar fitting (26) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-12-31-991-002)

(a) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the
mating surfaces of the girt bar fitting (26) and the serrated
plate (24).

(b) Put the girt bar fitting (26), the serrated plate and the nut
plate (25) in position.

(c) Install the washers (27) and the bolts (28).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-31

Page 422
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (d) Adjust the girt bar fitting (26) (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

R (e) Tighten the bolts (28).

R (6) Install the upper guide fitting (45) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-12-31-991-003)

R (a) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the
R mating surfaces of the upper guide fitting (45) and the serrated
R plate (46).

R (b) Put the serrated plate (46) and the upper guide fitting (45) in
R position.

R (c) Install the washers (48), the bolts (47) and the nuts (50).

R (d) Adjust the upper guide fitting (45) (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

R (e) Tighten the nuts (50).

R (7) Install the lower guide fitting (51) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-12-31-991-003)

R (a) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the
R mating surfaces of the lower guide fitting (51) and the serrated
R plate (52).

R (b) Put the serrated plate (52) and the lower guide fitting (51) in
R position.

R (c) Install the washer (54), the bolts (53) and the nuts (56).

R (d) Adjust the lower guide fitting (51) (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

R (e) Tighten the nuts (56).

R (8) Install the latch fitting (67) and the roller (71) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-12-31-991-004)

R (a) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the
R bolt (72) and the roller (71).

R (b) Install the roller (71), the bolt (72), the washer (66) and the
R nut (64).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-31

Page 423
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (c) TORQUE the nut (64) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
R 30.97 lbf.in), and turn it back to align the first cotter pin
R hole.

R (d) Install a new cotter pin (65)

R (e) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the
R contact area of the latch fitting (67) and the serrated plate
R (63).

R (f) Put the serrated plate (63) and the latch fitting (67) in
R position.

R (g) Install the washers (69) and (62), the bolts (61) and (70) and
R the nuts (68) and (60).

R (h) Adjust the latch fitting (67) (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

R (i) Tighten the nuts (60) and (68).

R (9) Install the upper support arm fitting (82) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-12-31-991-005)

R (a) Apply a layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to

R the mating surfaces of the upper support arm fitting (82) and the
R plate (86).

R (b) Put the plate (86) and the upper support arm fitting (82) in
R position.

R (c) Install the washers (84), the bolts (81) and (85) and the nuts
R (83).

R (10) Install the lower support arm fitting (100) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-12-31-991-005)

R (a) Apply a layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to

R the mating surfaces of the lower support arm fitting (100) and
R the filler plate (99).

R (b) Put the filler plate (99) and the lower support arm fitting (100)
R in position.

R (c) Install the washers (88) and (91), the bolts (87) and (90) and
R the nuts (89) and (92).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-12-31

Page 424
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (d) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the
R bolt (97) and the roller (98).

R (e) Install the roller (98), the washers (96) and (95), the bolt (97)
R and the nut (94).

R (f) TORQUE the nut (94) to between 3.0 and 3.5 m.daN (22.12 and 25.81
R lbf.ft).

R (g) Install a new cotter pin (93).

R (11) Install the guide arm fittings (105) and (106) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-12-31-991-006)

R (a) Apply a layer of the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the
R mating surfaces of the guide arm fittings (105) and (106) and the
R serrated plates (107).

R (b) Put the serrated plates (107) and the guide arm fittings (105)
R and (106) in position.

R (c) Install the washers (111), the bolts (110) and the nuts (112).

R (d) Adjust the guide arm fittings (105) and (106) (Ref. TASK 52-12-
R 00-820-801).

R (e) Tighten the nuts (112).

R **ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-12-31-410-050-A

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Apply a bead of sealant SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) around the
edges of of the installed latch and stop fittings.

(3) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and STRUCTURE
PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts which attach
components directly to the door and the fuselage structure.


EFF :

ALL  52-12-31

Page 425
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (4) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the
installed components.

(5) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(6) Install the related door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-51-400-801).

(7) Install the related door frame lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-46-400-801).

(8) For the support arm fittings only.

(a) Install the support arm (Ref. TASK 52-12-12-400-801).

(b) Install the related door (Ref. TASK 52-12-11-400-801) .

(9) For the girt bar fittings only.

(a) Install the electrical harness (Ref. TASK 30-46-11-400-801).

(b) Install the panels 131UW, 131WW (132UW, 132WW) (Ref. TASK 25-52-
00-400-801).

(10) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 52-12-31-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-12-31-860-051

C. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

(1) Close the access door 811.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-12-31-862-050

D. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-12-31

Page 426
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 AFT PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
___________________________________________________

1. _______
General
R The aircraft has two AFT passenger/crew doors (door 4L and door 4R), one on
R each side of the cabin. They are installed in Zone 240 between FR73A and
R FR75A. The AFT passenger/crew doors (4L/4R) are of the plug-type design and
R open out and parallel to the fuselage. They give you access to the AFT cabin
R area. You can operate them from the inside and the outside of the aircraft.

2. Component
__________________
Location
R The main components of the passenger door are:
R - door structure (AMM. 52-13-11),
R - door lining (AMM. 25-23-00),
R - door seal (AMM 52-13-18),
R - door fittings (AMM. 52-13-31),
R - door suspension (AMM. 52-13-12),
R - door damper and emergency operation cylinder (AMM. 52-13-14),
R - door locking mechanism (AMM. 52-13-21).
R - emergency escape-slide release-mechanism (AMM. 52-13-22).

3. Description
___________

R NOTE : The description which follows is related to the LH passenger/crew

____
R door (installed on the left of the fuselage, here referred to as
R passenger door). It is an example which you can also use for the RH
R passenger/crew door.

R Passenger/Crew Door
R (Ref. Fig. 001)
R The passenger door is of the fail-safe plug-type design. It has an emergency
R evacuation system (ref. 25-62-00) which is kept in a container attached to
R the lower part of the door.
R The passenger door opens out and parallel to the fuselage. It is possible to
R open the passenger door in winds of up to 40 knots. You can leave the door
R latched open (or close it) in winds of up to 60 knots without structural
R damage.
R The passenger door has a free passage of 1930 mm (75.9842 in.) in height and
R 1070 mm (42.1260 in.) in width. The weight of the passenger door without
R emergency escape slide and door lining is approximately 125 kg (275.5777
R lb).
The passenger door has two operation modes:
- normal operation (the passenger door is opened and closed manually),
- emergency operation (an emergency operation cylinder pushes the door fully
open and releases the emergency escape slide).
Normal operation of the passenger door is possible from inside and outside
the aircraft.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 1
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
R AFT Passenger/Crew Door - General View
R Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 2
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Emergency operation of the passenger door is only possible from inside the
cabin. An attempted emergency operation from outside the cabin causes a
normal operation of the passenger door.
The passenger door has proximity switches which show if it is fully closed
and locked. The operation mode (that is the condition of the emergency
escape-slide release-mechanism) is also monitored. The Doors and Escape
Slides Control System (DSCS) (Ref. 52-71-00) monitors the position of each
passenger door and gives the necessary warnings.
A visual indication is also given at each door, to show:
- the LOCKED/UNLOCKED position of the door,
- the ARMED/DISARMED condition of the emergency escape slide,
- residual cabin pressure.

4. _____________________
Component Description

R A. Door Structure
R (Ref. Fig. 002)
R The primary components of the passenger door structure are:
R - an outer skin (chemically etched),
R - an inner skin (formed from sheet),
R - vertical edge members (formed from sheet),
R - upper and lower members (milled from plate),
R - horizontal beams (milled from plate),
R - vertical frames (formed from sheet or milled from plate).
R These formed and milled components are made of aluminum alloy. Rivets
R attach the primary components of the door structure together. Bolts and
R rivets attach the fittings and the components of the electrical and
R mechanical systems to the door structure.
R The inner skin, the horizontal beams and the vertical frames have cutouts
R which give you access to the components. They also decrease the weight of
R the passenger door.
R The outer skin has two openings. One opening is for the door window,
R (Ref. 56-30-00), the other is for the external control handle. A
R pressure-tight box covers the opening for the external control handle to
R seal it.
R Two hoisting points are installed in the door structure. Self-adhesive
R disks are put on to the hoisting points to make a smooth surface with the
R outer skin of the door.

B. Door Lining and Insulation

(Ref. Fig. 003)
There is a lining on the inner side of the door which gives insulation
against heat and sound. The lining is installed in several pieces. Quick
release pins and VELCRO tape attach them to the inner door structure. The
material and color of the lining is the same as the cabin lining.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 3
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Structure
Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 4
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Lining
Figure 003


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 5
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 C. Door Seal
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The passenger door has a round hose-type seal which is made of silicone
rubber. It is installed at the edge of the passenger door, on the inner
face of the outer skin. Retainers with bolts and nuts hold the door seal
in position.
The door seal has holes which make sure that the pressure in the seal is
the same as that in the cabin. When the passenger door is closed, a
sealing section on the door frame compresses the door seal. The
differential pressure between the cabin and the outside inflates the door
seal to make it pressure-tight.

D. Door Fittings
The passenger door has:
- stop fittings,
- rollers.

(1) Stop Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 004)
There are eight adjustable door stop fittings on each side of the
passenger door. When the door is closed, they touch mating stop
fittings, which are attached to the door frame. They take the load
when the cabin is pressurized. The door stop fittings are made of
titanium alloy, which is forged. Bolts attach the door stop fittings
to the ends of the horizontal beams of the door structure.

(2) Rollers
(Ref. Fig. 005)
There are two rollers on each side of the passenger door. They engage
in guide fittings which are attached to the door frame. The rollers
align the passenger door when it is lifted or lowered.

E. Door Suspension
The suspension has:
- a support arm,
- guide arms,
- a door buffer,
- a door stay mechanism.

(1) Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 006)
A support arm holds the passenger door when it is open. Support arm
fittings attach the support arm to one side of the door frame. An
upper and a lower connection link attach the support arm to the door
structure, at the center of the passenger door. The lower connection
link (which you can adjust) is also connected with the lifting shaft
of the passenger door.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 6
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Seal and Door Stop Fittings
Figure 004


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 7
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Fittings
Figure 005


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 8
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Suspension
Figure 006


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 9
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 A mid connection link connects the support arm with the actuating rod
of the door damper and emergency operation cylinder.

(2) Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 006)
Two guide arms are attached to the upper part of the passenger door
and to the door frame. They make sure that the door moves parallel to
the fuselage when you open it.

(3) Door Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 005)
A door buffer is attached to the inner face of the support arm. It
has the function of a shock absorber when the door is fully opened or
closed. It prevents structural damage to the fuselage and the
passenger door.

(4) Door Stay Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 007)
A door stay mechanism is installed in the support arm. It has a hook
which holds the passenger door in position when it is fully opened (a
tension spring keeps the hook latched to a pin which is installed in
the door frame). You press the pushbutton on the upper side of the
support arm to release the door stay mechanism.

F. Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 008)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 008A)

R **ON A/C ALL

A door damper and emergency operation cylinder (referred to as the damper

cylinder) is attached to the support arm. Its primary components are:
- a hydraulic damping system,
- an operating rod,
- a percussion mechanism,
- a shear pin,
- a gas cylinder,
- a pressure gage,


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 10
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Door Stay Mechanism
Figure 007


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 11
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
Figure 008

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-13-00

Page 12
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
R Figure 008A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-13-00

Page 13
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 - a charging valve.
The damper cylinder has a pressure gage, which is temperature
compensated. It indicates the pressure in the gas cylinder. If the
pressure is too low it is possible to refill the cylinder through the
charging valve.
The Cabin Intercomunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00) also
monitors the pressure in the cylinder. If there is a low pressure an
indication is given on the Programming and Indication Module (PIM) of the
Forward Attendants Panel (FAP) (Ref. 52-71-00).
The damper cylinder has two functions:

(1) Normal Operation

During normal operation of the passenger door, it controls the speed
with which the door moves (this is important if the wind speed is
high).

(2) Emergency Operation

During emergency operation, the door damper helps to open the door
(the door damper is then an actuator).

G. Door Locking Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 009)
The door locking mechanism locks and unlocks the passenger door. It also
causes the operation of two proximity switches. There is an internal and
an external control handle for manual operation. The two handles are
attached to a gear-box. The gear-box makes sure that the external control
handle does not move when the internal control handle is operated. Rods
connect the gear-box to the lifting and locking shafts of the door
locking mechanism.
The main components of the door locking mechanism are:
- a lifting shaft,
- a lowering shaft,
- a locking shaft,
- a switch mechanism.

(1) Lifting Shaft

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 010)

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 010A)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 14
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Door Locking Mechanism
Figure 009

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 15
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Lifting Shaft on Door Serial No.1001 to 1168
Figure 010

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 16
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Lifting Shaft
Figure 010A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-00

Page 17
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 011)

**ON A/C ALL

The lifting shaft lifts the door (so that the door stop fittings move
clear of the door-frame stop fittings). Two bearings with lifting
arms support the lifting shaft in the door structure. A lever
connects the lifting shaft to the torque shaft and the torsion bar
spring. They decrease the force necessary to lift the passenger door.

(2) Lowering Shaft

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 012)

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 012A)

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 013)

**ON A/C ALL

The lowering shaft makes sure that the passenger door stays in the
lifted position when it is open. Two bearings support the lowering
shaft in the door structure. A guide roller, which comes out of the
door structure, is installed on one end of the lowering shaft. On the
other end of the lowering shaft there is a crank lever with a rod and
a tension spring. The rod is attached to a safety catch which blocks
the gear-box (and thus the door locking mechanism) when the passenger
door is open.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 18
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Lifting Shaft on Door Serial No.1169 and subsequent
Figure 011


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 19
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 Lowering Shaft on Door Serial No.1001 to 1168
Figure 012

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 20
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Lowering Shaft
Figure 012A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-00

Page 21
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Lowering Shaft on Door Serial No.1169 and subsequent
Figure 013


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 22
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (3) Locking Shaft

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 014)

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 014A)

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 015)

**ON A/C ALL

The locking shaft keeps the passenger door in the closed position
with two locking hooks. These engage with lock fittings in the door
frame when the passenger door is closed. Rods connect the locking
hooks to crank levers which are installed on each end of the locking
shaft. Each crank lever has an indication plate which shows if the
door is locked or unlocked. When the passenger door is locked, two
spring units hold the locking shaft in an overcenter position.
A link lever assembly and connection plate (which is for the
attachment of the guide arm lining) are installed to the door
structure and connected to the locking hooks. This lets the guide arm
lining move when the door is lifted and lowered.
A proximity switch is installed at the forward end of the locking
shaft. A target lever, with the related target, is attached to the
end of the locking shaft. As the locking shaft turns, the target
moves to or away from a proximity sensor. The proximity sensor is
installed on the door structure.

(4) Switch Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 016)
The switch mechanism operates a proximity switch. It is installed in
the fuselage above the passenger door.
An operating lever is attached to the lower end of a connecting rod
in the door frame. The upper end of the rod is attached to a bracket
assembly. A target is installed on the end of the bracket assembly.
As the door closes, the aft locking hook pushes against the operating
lever. The lever moves the rod (and thus the target) to the proximity
sensor and causes the spring to expand.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 23
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Locking Shaft on Door Serial No.1001 to 1168
Figure 014

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 24
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Locking Shaft
Figure 014A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-00

Page 25
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Locking Shaft on Door Serial No.1169 and subsequent
Figure 015

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 26
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Switch Mechanism
Figure 016


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 27
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 When the door is opened, the tension in the spring causes the target
to move away from the sensor.

H. Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 017)

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 017A)

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 018)

**ON A/C ALL

The emergency escape-slide release-mechanism (referred to as release

mechanism) helps to open the door in an emergency and releases the
emergency escape slide.
The main components of the release mechanism are:
- an emergency control handle with locking unit,
- a girt bar with linkage guides,
- a safety pin.

(1) Emergency Handle with Locking Unit

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 019)

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 019A)

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 020)

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 28
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism on Door Serial No.1001 to 1168
Figure 017

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 29
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism
Figure 017A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-00

Page 30
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism on Door Serial No.1169 and subsequent
Figure 018


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 31
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 Emergency Handle and Locking Unit on Door Serial No.1001 to 1168
Figure 019

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 32
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Emergency Handle and Locking Unit
Figure 019A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-00

Page 33
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Emergency Handle and Locking Unit on Door Serial No.1169 and subsequent
Figure 020

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 34
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

The emergency handle controls the operation of the release mechanism.

It has two positions:
- DISARMED (for normal operation of the passenger door),
- ARMED (for emergency operation of the door).
A cam and cam disk connect the emergency handle with the external
control handle of the passenger door. When a person operates the
external control handle (with the emergency handle in the ARMED
position) the cam returns the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED position.
Rods and a bellcrank also connect the emergency control handle to a
locking unit. The locking unit connects the release mechanism with
the lifting shaft of the door locking mechanism. When the emergency
control handle is in the DISARMED position (and the passenger door is
open) the locking unit blocks the release mechanism. When the
emergency control handle is in the ARMED position the release
mechanism can operate.
There is a proximity switch which monitors the position of the
emergency handle. A target, which is attached to the bellcrank, moves
to or away from a proximity sensor. The sensor is attached to the
bellcrank mounting bracket on the door structure.

(2) Girt Bar with Linkage Guides

(Ref. Fig. 021)
The emergency escape slide (which is kept in a container at the lower
part of the passenger door) is attached to the girt bar. The girt bar
locks the emergency escape slide to the passenger door (DISARMED) or
to the cabin floor (ARMED).
Rods and bellcranks connect the locking unit with two linkage guides.
The linkage guides are attached to the lower part of the door
structure. Each linkage guide has a lock jaw which holds the girt bar
when the release mechanism is disarmed. There are two sliders on each
end of the girt bar. They lock it to the locking fittings on the
cabin floor when the release mechanism is armed.

(3) Safety Pin

The safety pin keeps the emergency control handle in the DISARMED
position. It locates in the door structure and is put in position
after every flight. The safety pin stops the accidental movement of
the emergency control handle from the DISARMED to the ARMED position.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 35
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 Girt Bar with Quick Release Mechanism
Figure 021


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 36
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 5. Operation
_________

R A. Passenger door opening in Normal Mode

NOTE : If there is residual pressure in the cabin, a red warning light

____
(installed in the door window) will flash. If this occurs you must
not open the door.

It is possible to open the passenger door manually from inside and

outside the aircraft. The door is operated normally when the emergency
control handle is in the DISARMED position (so that the release mechanism
does not operate).
When the internal or the external control handle is operated the gear-box
transmits the movement to the components of the locking mechanism. The
external control handle does not move when the internal control handle is
operated.
The two spring units leave the overcenter position and allow the locking
shaft to turn. As the locking shaft turns it lowers the locking hooks
until they move clear of the door-frame lock fittings.
The two indication plates (on the crank levers of the locking shaft) show
that the passenger door is unlocked.
Simultaneously, the two proximity switches send a (door open) signal to
the DSCS.
The locking shaft also lowers the guide arm lining to permit the movement
of the upper and lower guide arm.
Rods and bellcranks transmit the movement of the internal or the external
control handle from the gear-box to the lifting shaft. The lifting arms
of the lifting shaft (which support the passenger door in roller fittings
attached to the door frame) move the passenger door a small distance into
the cabin and then upwards. The rod which connects the lifting shaft with
the support arm helps to lift the passenger door.
As the lifting shaft turns, it compresses the spring of the locking unit
and the pawl engages with the notched sleeve. The emergency control
handle is then locked in the DISARMED position.
The torque shaft and torsion bar spring help to lift the passenger door.
They decrease the force necessary to operate the internal and external
control handle.
As the passenger door is lifted and moved out, the guide roller of the
lowering shaft moves clear of the lowering stop. The spring causes the
lowering shaft to turn. The safety catch then engages with the stop lever
of the gear-box. The gear-box is thus blocked and the passenger door is
kept in the lifted position.
The door is fully lifted when:
- the door stop fittings are clear of the door-frame stop fittings,
- the lifting arms are clear of door-frame roller fittings,
- the guide roller of the lowering shaft is clear of the lowering stop.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 37
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 It is only possible to push the passenger door open when it is fully
lifted. The passenger door then moves parallel to the fuselage. The door
buffer, which is attached to the support arm, prevents structural damage
to the passenger door or the fuselage.
The damper cylinder controls the speed with which the passenger door
moves. Hydraulic fluid is forced through a restrictor in the hydraulic
damper as the operating rod extends.
When the passenger door is fully open, the door stay mechanism in the
support arm locks it to the door frame and holds it open. The hook of the
door stay mechanism engages with a pin on the lower attachment fitting of
the support arm. A tension spring keeps the hook engaged.

B. Passenger door closing

When the passenger door is fully open you push the pushbutton of the door
stay mechanism (on the support arm). This disengages the hook of the door
stay mechanism from the pin and permits the movement of the passenger
door. The damper cylinder controls the speed with which the passenger
door moves.
As the passenger door closes the guide roller of the lowering shaft
contacts the lowering stop of the door frame. This causes the lowering
shaft to turn (against the tension from the spring) and lift the safety
catch clear of the stop lever. You can then lower the passenger door.
The lifting arms of the lifting shaft engage with the roller fittings of
the door frame.
When the internal or the external control handle is lowered, movement is
transmitted to the gear-box. The gear-box causes the lifting shaft to
turn. The lifting arms lower the passenger door so that the door stop
fittings engage with the door-frame stop fittings.
The pawl of the locking unit disengages from the notched sleeve and
unlocks the emergency control handle of the escape slide. You can then
move the emergency control handle to the ARMED position.
The locking shaft turns when the passenger door is closed and causes the
operation of the two proximity switches. The switches send a (door
closed) signal to the DSCS.
The locking hooks lift and engage with the lock fittings of the door
frame. The two spring units move overcenter and keep the locking shaft in
the locked position. The two indication plates (on the crank levers of
the locking shaft) show that the passenger door is locked.
The locking shaft also lifts the guide arm lining so that it is in line
with the cabin lining.
When the passenger door is closed and locked, you must move the emergency
control handle to the ARMED position.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 38
Jan 01/05
R  
THY 
 Rods and bellcranks transmit the movement of the emergency handle to the
linkage guides. They move the sliders (which are attached to the two ends
of the girt bar) to the end of the locking fittings on the cabin floor,
where they engage. The lock jaws release the girt bar, which they hold
during normal operation of the passenger door.
When the emergency handle is moved from the DISARMED to the ARMED
position, the target (of the proximity switch) moves away from the
sensor. This sends a SLIDE ARMED signal to the DSCS which then gives the
necessary warnings.

R C. Operation (Emergency Mode)

(1) Passenger door opening from inside

For emergency operation of the passenger door the emergency handle is
in the ARMED position (so that the release mechanism can operate).
Initial movement of the internal control handle opens the passenger
door. The emergency operation cylinder then pushes the door to the
fully open position and releases the emergency escape facility.
It can do this automatically in winds of up to 25 knots. In winds
above 25 knots additional manual help is necessary to open the
passenger door.
During emergency operation the damper cylinder has the function of an
actuator. Rods and bellcranks transmit the movement of the lifting
shaft to the stop lever, which operates the release lever of the
damper cylinder. If the safety pin (of the damper cylinder) is not in
position, the release lever operates the percussion mechanism. The
gas in the gas cylinder then expands into the damper cylinder. The
operating rod is forced to extend and thus helps to push the
passenger door open.
As the passenger door opens, the escape facility (which is attached
to the girt bar) is released and inflated automatically (Ref.
25-62-00).
When the door is fully open, the pressure in the damper cylinder
decreases so that it is possible (after approximately 3 seconds) to
close the door manually.

(2) Passenger door opening from outside

Operation of the external control handle moves the emergency handle
from the ARMED to the DISARMED position. The cam and cam disk, which
connect the emergency handle with the external control handle, move
the emergency handle to the DISARMED position.
The target of the proximity switch moves to the sensor. This sends a
SLIDE DISARMED signal to the DSCS which stops the necessary warnings.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 39
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 (3) Passenger door closing
After an emergency operation of the passenger door, it is necessary
to remove the inflated emergency escape facility (Ref. 25-62-00). It
is then possible to close the passenger door manually. The procedure
is the same as in normal operation of the door.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 40
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 AFT PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________

TASK 52-13-00-820-801

Adjustment of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

NOTE : The adjustment/test procedure must be only done after maintenance

____
activities requiring door rigging, e.g. replacement of components or
malfunction of the door.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

R
No specific spring balance
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
R No specific 2 GAGE - FEELER
R No specific 3 SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN (48 LBF)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
R
98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE
98D52003002000 1 TOOL - COVER PLATE PRE-CRUSHING


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 501
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 09-013 C Z-16.127
CORROSION INHIBITING BRUSH CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 lockwasher 52-13-31 01 -150

R 2 lockwasher 52-13-31 31 -140
4 cotter pin 52-13-04 03 -200
R 4 cotter pins 52-13-04 23 -210
5 tab washer 52-13-04 26 -150
8 cotter pin 52-13-04 06 -100
R 11 cotter pins 52-13-04 03 -200
R 11 cotter pins 52-13-04 23 -210
19 washers 52-13-04 04 -190
R 19 washers 52-13-04 24 -260
21 cotter pin 52-13-04 04 -070
R 21 cotter pin 52-13-04 24 -070


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 502
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-11-28-650-803 Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control from the Panel

990VU
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
28-25-00-650-801 Pressure Defuel Procedure
R 52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-080-801 Removal of the Ballast Weight from the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-480-801 Installation of the Ballast Weight at the
Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling
52-13-00-720-801 Functional Test of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door
4L/4R)
R 52-13-21-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism of the AFT
R Passenger/Crew Doors (Door 4L/4R) (for corrective
R action)
52-13-00-991-001 Fig. 501
52-13-00-991-002 Fig. 502
52-13-00-991-003 Fig. 503
52-13-00-991-004 Fig. 504

R **ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-00-991-005 Fig. 505

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

R 52-13-00-991-005-A Fig. 505A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-00-991-006 Fig. 506


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 503
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-00-991-006-A Fig. 506A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-00-991-010 Fig. 507

**ON A/C ALL

52-13-00-991-007 Fig. 508

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-00-991-008 Fig. 509

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-00-991-008-A Fig. 509A

52-13-00-991-015 Fig. 510

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-00-991-011 Fig. 511

52-13-00-991-016 Fig. 512
52-13-00-991-009 Fig. 513

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-00-991-009-A Fig. 513A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-00-991-012 Fig. 514


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 504
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C ALL

52-13-00-991-013 Fig. 515

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-00-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-13-00-860-052

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the trim tank is without fuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-650-
801).

Subtask 52-13-00-010-050

C. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-13-00-865-050

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-13-00-860-054

E. Install the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 505
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

R **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-00-820-050

A. Door Adjustment at the Support Arm Connection Links

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-13-00-991-001, 502/TASK 52-13-00-991-002)

(1) Slowly close the door and make sure that the lifting shaft rollers
(10) engage in the center of the roller fittings (9).

(2) If the offset is more than 0.80 mm (0.0314 in.), adjust as follows.

(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (12) and (14).

(b) Adjust the length of the rod (13) (between the lifting shaft (11)
and the lower connection link) until the offset is in the given
limits.

(c) If the adjustment of the rod (13) does not give the correct
offset, change the adjustment washers in the upper and/or lower
connection link as follows:

1
_ Install the hoisting sling to the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
940-801).

2
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (4).

3
_ Remove the nuts (5), the washers (6), the bolts (8) and the
washers (7).

4
_ Disconnect the guide arms (1) and remove the bushes (3) and
(2).

5
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (21).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 506
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Door Adjustment at the Support Arm Connection Links
Figure 501/TASK 52-13-00-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 507
Apr 01/97
R  
THY 
 Vertical Clearances between the Door and the Fuselage
Figure 502/TASK 52-13-00-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 508
Apr 01/97
R  
THY 
 6
_ Remove the nut (20) and the washer (17).

7
_ Carefully remove the bolt (16) and the washers (17), (18) and
(19).

8
_ Replace the adjustment washers (19) with new washers (19) of a
different thickness.

9
_ Install the washers (19), (18) and (17) and the bolt (16).

NOTE : Make sure that the clearance
a
is between 0.5 mm

____
(0.0196 in.) and 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).

10
__ Install the washer (17) and the nut (20).

11
__ TORQUE the nut (20) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

12
__ Safety the nut (20) with a new cotter pin (21).

NOTE : If necessary do the same adjustment again at the lower

____
connection link.

13
__ Install the bushes (3) and (2).

14
__ Put the guide arms (1) in position and install the washers
(7), the bolts (8), the washers (6) and the nuts (5).

15
__ TORQUE the nuts (5) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

16
__ Safety the nuts (5) with the new cotter pin (4).

17
__ Remove the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (12) and (14) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09
and 61.94 lbf.in).

(e) Safety the nuts (12) and (14) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 509
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (3) Close the door and make sure that the clearances
b
,
c
and
d
are
correct.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-13-00-991-002)

(a) The clearance
b
between the door beams 1 and 8 and the fwd
fuselage frame (FR73) is 70 +1.5 -1.5 mm (2.7559 +0.0590 -0.0590
in.).

(b) The clearance
c
between the door beams 1 and 8 and the aft
fuselage frame (FR76) is 70 +1.5 -0.7 mm (2.7559 +0.0590 -0.0275
in.).

(c) The clearance
d
between the door skin and the fuselage skin is
4.0 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0590 in.).

(4) If necessary do the adjustment of the washers (19) (at the

support-arm connection links) again.

Subtask 52-13-00-820-051

R B. Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arm

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-13-00-991-003, 504/TASK 52-13-00-991-004)

R (1) Open the door and remove the lower guide arm (7) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (11).

R (b) Remove the nut (12), the washer (13), the bolt (20) and the
R washer (19).

R (c) Disconnect the lower guide arm (7) and remove the bushes (8) and
R (10).

(2) Move the door until it is approximately 80.0 mm (3.1496 in.) away
from the fuselage skin.

R (3) Make sure that the dimension
a
between the fuselage and the forward
R and rear edges of the door is 80 +2 -2 mm (3.1496 +0.0787 -0.0787
in.).

NOTE : Measure the dimension
a
at the approximate horizontal center

____
line of the door.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 510
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Upper and Lower Guide Arms
Figure 503/TASK 52-13-00-991-003


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 511
Apr 01/97
R  
THY 
 AFT Passenger/Crew Door Adjustment Position
Figure 504/TASK 52-13-00-991-004


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 512
Apr 01/97
R  
THY 
R (4) If the dimension
a
is not in the given limits, adjust it as
R follows:

(a) Loosen the nuts (1) of the upper guide-arm fitting (2) (fuselage
side).

(b) Move the guide arm fitting (2) on the serrated plates (5) and (6)
until the dimension
a
is correct.

(c) TORQUE the nuts (1) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(5) Move the door until it is approximately 80.0 mm (3.1496 in.) away
from the fuselage skin.

R (6) Install the lower guide arm (7) in the door attach fitting (12) as
R follows:

(a) Install the bush (8) and (10).

R (b) Put the guide arm (7) in position and install the washer (19),
R the bolt (20), the washer (13) and the nut (12).
R

R (c) Make sure that you can install the bolt (20) easily.

R (d) If you cannot install the bolt (20) easily, adjust it as follows.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3) of the lower guide-arm fitting (4)
(fuselage side).

2
_ Move the guide arm fitting (4) on the serrated plates (5) and
R (6) until you can install the bolt (20) easily.

3
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

R (e) TORQUE the nuts (12) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

R (f) Safety the nuts (12) with the new cotter pins (11).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 513
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-00-820-052

R C. Adjustment of the Stop Fittings and the Upper and Lower Guide Fittings
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-13-00-991-005)

R NOTE : If the aircraft is in-service, the subsequent values can be

____
R different from the initial values. This can occur because of
R changes in the temperature and the loading condition of the
R aircraft.

(1) Close the door and make sure that the door stop fittings (1) touch
the fuselage stop fittings (5). If less than two stop fittings (1)
R and (5) on each side do not touch, continue as follows:

R (a) Open the door and identify the related positions of the
R serrations on the plates (8) and (9) and the upper and lower
R guide fittings (6) and (14).

(b) Loosen the nuts (10) and move the guide fittings (6) and (14)
R outboard on the serrated plates (8) and (9). Do this until a
R minimum of two stop fittings on each side touch.

R (c) Set the clearance
E
of 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) between the rollers
R (7) and (13) and the guide fittings (6) and (14). Use a GAGE -
R FEELER to do this.

(d) Lightly tighten the nuts (10).

(2) Close the door and make sure that:

R - a minimum of two stop bolts (4) on each side touch the fuselage
R stop fittings (5),
- the stop bolts (4) which do not touch the stop fittings (5), have a
R clearance
a
(see detail
A
) of MAX 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

(3) If less than two stop bolts on each side do not touch the stop
R fittings and/or the clearance
A
is not correct, adjust as follows:

(a) Open the door.

(b) Release the lockwashers (2).

(c) Remove the nuts (3) and the lockwashers (2). Discard the
lockwashers (2).

(d) Close the door.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 514
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (e) Turn the stop bolts (4) until they touch the related stop
fittings (5).

(f) Turn the other stop bolts (4) to give the clearance
A
.

(g) Make sure that the offset of the door to the fuselage is:
- at the forward edge (section D-D) 0 +1.5 -2.0 mm (0.0000
+0.0590 -0.0787 in.),
- at the rear edge (section E-E) 0 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0590 -
0.0590 in.).

1
_ If necessary, adjust the stop bolts until the offset is
correct.

(h) Make sure that the dimension
C
(see detail
C
) is MAX 6.0 mm
(0.2362 in.).

1
_ If the dimension
c
is not correct, turn all of the stop
bolts to the initial dimension
B
of 16.5 mm (0.6496 in.) and
do the adjustment again.

(i) Install a new lockwasher (2).

(j) Install the nuts (3).

(k) TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 2 and 2.2 m.daN (14.74 and 16.22
lbf.ft).

(l) Safety the nuts (3) with the lockwashers (2).

(4) Make sure that:

- the offset of the stop bolts to the stop fittings is 0 +1.0 -1.0 mm
(0.0000 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.) (see detail
B
),
- there is a clearance of 3.8 +3.0 -2.5 mm (0.1496 +0.1181 -0.0984
in.) between the bottom of the door and the scuff plate (see detail

D
).

(a) If necessary adjust the
door closed position
of the door

locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-13-21-820-801).

(5) Open the door and TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN
(39.82 and 44.24 lbf.in).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 515
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 Stop and Guide Fittings
Figure 505/TASK 52-13-00-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 516
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Stop and Guide Fittings
Figure 505/TASK 52-13-00-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 517
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (6) Make sure that:
- there is a clearance of MIN 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) between the stop
bolts (4) (of the door stop fittings (1)) and the fuselage stop
fittings (5) (as the stop fittings start to overlap when you close
the door),
- the clearances
E
are correct.

(a) If necessary, do the adjustment of the stop fittings again.

(7) Make sure that the rollers (7) and (13) engage easily in the guide
fittings (6) and (14). If necessary adjust as follows.

(a) Open the door and remove the stop (11) and the adjustment washers
(12) from the upper guide fittings (14).

(b) Install the stop (11) (without the adjustment washers).

(c) Put the door in the
high closed
position.

(d) Loosen the nuts (10) of the upper and lower guide fittings (6)
and (14).

(e) Move the guide fittings on the serrated plates until the
clearance
F
is between 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.) and 0.85 mm (0.0334
in.).

1
_ Prevent movement of the guide fittings in the inboard/outboard
direction when you adjust the clearance F.

(f) Lightly tighten the nuts (10) and open the door.

(g) TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(h) Close the door and measure the clearance
G
between the stops
(11) and the rollers (13). Use a feeler gage to do this.

(i) Open the door and remove the stops (11).

(j) Install the stops (11) with the adjustment washers (12) of the
correct thickness to give a clearance
G
of MAX 0.2 mm (0.0078
in.).

(k) TORQUE the nut of the stops (11) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN
(39.82 and 44.24 lbf.in).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 518
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 (8) Close the door and make sure that the clearance
D
(between the
rollers (7) and the lower guide fittings (6)) is between 4.65 mm
(0.1830 in.) and 5.65 mm (0.2224 in.). If necessary adjust as
follows:

(a) Open the door and loosen the nuts (10) of the lower guide
fittings (6).

(b) Close the door and move the guide fittings (6) on the serrated
plates until the clearance
D
is correct.

1
_ Identify the related positions of the serrations on the plates
(8) and (9) and the guide fittings (6) before you do the
adjustment.

2
_ Prevent movement of the guide fittings in the inboard/outboard
direction during the adjustment.

(c) If the clearance
E
is not in the given limits, decrease the
clearance
D
until the clearance
E
is correct.

(d) Lightly tighten the nuts (10) and open the door.

(e) TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-13-00-820-050-A

A. Door Adjustment at the Support Arm Connection Links

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-13-00-991-001, 502/TASK 52-13-00-991-002)

(1) Slowly close the door and make sure that the lifting shaft rollers
(10) engage in the center of the roller fittings (9).

(2) If the offset is more than 0.80 mm (0.0314 in.), adjust it as

follows:

(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (12) and (14).

(b) Adjust the length of the rod (13) (between the lifting shaft (11)
and the lower connection link) until the offset is in the given
limits.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 519
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
R (c) If the adjustment of the rod (13) does not give the correct
R offset, change the adjustment washers in the upper and/or lower
R connection link as follows:

R 1
_ Install the hoisting sling on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
R 940-801).

R 2
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (4).

R 3
_ Remove the nuts (5), the washers (6), the bolts (8) and the
R washers (7).

R 4
_ Disconnect the guide arms (1) and remove the bushes (3) and
R (23).

R 5
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (21).

R 6
_ Remove the nut (20) and the washer (17).

R 7
_ Carefully remove the bolt (16) and the washers (17), (18) and
R (19).

R 8
_ Replace the adjustment washers (19) with new washers (19) of a
R different thickness.

R 9
_ Install the washers (19), (18) and (17) and the bolt (16).

R 10
__ Make sure that the clearance
a
is MAX 0.05 mm (0.0019 in.).

R 11
__ Install the washer (17) and the nut (20).

R 12
__ TORQUE the nut (20) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
R 52.21 lbf.in).

R 13
__ Safety the nut (20) with a new cotter pin (21).

R NOTE : If necessary do the same adjustment again at the lower

____
R connection link.

R 14
__ Install the bushes (3) and (23).

R 15
__ Put the guide arms (1) in position and install the washers
R (7), the bolts (8), the washers (6) and the nuts (5).

R 16
__ TORQUE the nuts (5) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
R 30.08 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-00

Page 520
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R 17
__ Safety the nuts (5) with the new cotter pins (4).

R 18
__ Remove the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).

R (d) TORQUE the nuts (12) and (14) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09
R and 61.94 lbf.in).

R (e) Safety the nuts (12) and (14) with the lockwire MISCELLANEOUS
R (Material No. 19-010).

R (3) Close the door and make sure that the clearances
b
,
c
and
d
are
R correct.
R (Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-13-00-991-002)

R (a) The clearance
b
between the door beams 1 and 8 and the forward
R fuselage frame (FR73) is 70 +1.5 -1.5 mm (2.7559 +0.0590 -0.0590
R in.).

R (b) The clearance
c
between the door beams 1 and 8 and the rear
R fuselage frame (FR75) is 70 +1.5 -0.7 mm (2.7559 +0.0590 -0.0275
R in.).

R (c) The clearance
d
between the door skin and the fuselage skin is
R 4.0 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0590 in.).

R (4) If necessary do the adjustment of the washers (19) (at the

R support-arm connection links) again.

R Subtask 52-13-00-820-051-A

R B. Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arm

R (Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-13-00-991-003, 504/TASK 52-13-00-991-004)

R (1) Open the door and remove the lower guide arm (7) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (11).

R (b) Remove the nut (12), the washer (13), the bolt (20) and the
R washer (19).

R (c) Disconnect the lower guide arm (7) and remove the bushes (8) and
R (10).

R (2) Move the door until it is approximately 80.0 mm (3.1496 in.) away
R from the fuselage skin.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-00

Page 521
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (3) Make sure that the dimension
a
between the fuselage and the forward
R and rear edges of the door is 80 +2 -2 mm (3.1496 +0.0787 -0.0787
R in.).

R NOTE : Measure the dimension
a
at the approximate horizontal center

____
R line of the door.

R (4) If the dimension
a
is not in the given limits, adjust it as

R follows:

R (a) Loosen the nuts (1) of the upper guide-arm fitting (2) (fuselage
R side).

R (b) Move the guide arm fitting (2) on the serrated plates (5) and (6)
R until the dimension
a
is correct.

R (c) TORQUE the nuts (1) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
R 44.24 lbf.in).

R (5) Move the door until it is approximately 80.0 mm (3.1496 in.) away
R from the fuselage skin.

R (6) Install the lower guide arm (7) in the door attach fitting (12) as
R follows:

R (a) Install the bush (8) and (10).

R (b) Put the guide arm (7) in position and install the washer (19),
R the bolt (20), the washer (13) and the nut (12).

R (c) Make sure that you can install the bolt (20) easily.

R (d) If you cannot install the bolt (20) easily, adjust it as follows.

R 1
_ Loosen the nuts (3) of the lower guide-arm fitting (4)
R (fuselage side).

R 2
_ Move the guide arm fitting (4) on the serrated plates (5) and
R (6) until you can install the bolt (20) easily.

R 3
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
R 44.24 lbf.in).

R (e) TORQUE the nuts (12) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
R 30.08 lbf.in).

R (f) Safety the nuts (12) with the new cotter pins (11).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-00

Page 522
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Subtask 52-13-00-820-052-A

R C. Adjustment of the Stop Fittings and the Upper and Lower Guide Fittings
R (Ref. Fig. 505A/TASK 52-13-00-991-005-A)

R NOTE : If the aircraft is in-service, the subsequent values can be

____
R different from the initial values. This can occur because of
R changes in the temperature and the loading condition of the
R aircraft.

R (1) Close the door and make sure that the door stop fittings (1) touch
R the fuselage stop fittings (5). If less than two stop fittings (1)
R and (5) on each side do not touch, continue as follows:

R (a) Open the door and identify the related positions of the
R serrations on the plates (8) and (9) and the upper and lower
R guide fittings (6) and (14).

R (b) Loosen the nuts (10) and move the guide fittings (6) and (14)
R outboard on the serrated plates (8) and (9). Do this until a
R minimum of two stop fittings on each side touch.

R (c) Set the clearance
E
to between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.7 mm
R (0.0275 in.) between the rollers (7) and (13) and the guide
R fittings (6) and (14). Use a GAGE - FEELER to do this.

R (d) Lightly tighten the nuts (10).

R (2) Close the door and make sure that:

R - a minimum of two stop bolts (4) on each side touch the fuselage
R stop fittings (5),
R - the stop bolts (4) which do not touch the stop fittings (5), have a
R clearance
A
(see detail
A
) of MAX. 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

R (3) If less than two stop bolts on each side do not touch the stop
R fittings and/or the clearance
A
is not correct, adjust as follows:

R (a) Open the door.

R (b) Release the lockwashers (2).

R (c) Remove the nuts (3) and the lockwashers (2). Discard the
R lockwashers (2).

R (d) Close the door.

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-00

Page 523
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Stop and Guide Fittings
R Figure 505A/TASK 52-13-00-991-005-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-00

Page 524
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Stop and Guide Fittings
R Figure 505A/TASK 52-13-00-991-005-A22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-00

Page 525
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (e) Turn the stop bolts (4) until they touch the related stop
R fittings (5).

R (f) Turn the other stop bolts (4) to give the clearance
A
.

R (g) Make sure that the offset of the door to the fuselage is:
R - at the forward edge (section D-D) 0 +1.5 -2.0 mm (0.0000
R +0.0590 -0.0787 in.),
R - at the rear edge (section E-E) 0 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0590 -
R 0.0590 in.).

R 1
_ If necessary, adjust the stop bolts until the offset is
R correct.

R (h) Make sure that the dimension
C
(see detail
C
) is MAX. 6.0 mm
R (0.2362 in.).

R 1
_ If the dimension
C
is not correct, turn all of the stop
R bolts to the initial dimension
B
to 16.5 mm (0.6496 in.) and
R do the adjustment again.

R (i) Install a new lockwasher (2).

R (j) Install the nuts (3).

R (k) TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 2 and 2.2 m.daN (14.74 and 16.22
R lbf.ft).

R (l) Safety the nuts (3) with the lockwashers (2).

R (4) Make sure that:

R - the offset of the stop bolts to the stop fittings is 0 +1.0 -1.0 mm
R (0.0000 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.) (see detail
B
),
R - there is a clearance of between 1.3 mm (0.0511 in.) and 6.8 mm
R (0.2677 in.) between the bottom of the door and the scuff plate
R (see detail
F
).

R (a) If necessary adjust the
door closed position
of the door

R locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-13-21-820-801).

R (5) Open the door and TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN
R (39.82 and 44.24 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-00

Page 526
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (6) Make sure that:
R - there is a clearance of MIN. 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) between the stop
R bolts (4) (of the door stop fittings (1)) and the fuselage stop
R fittings (5) (as the stop fittings start to overlap when you close
R the door),
R - the clearances
E
are correct.

R (a) If necessary, do the adjustment of the stop fittings again.

R (7) Make sure that the rollers (7) and (13) engage easily in the guide
R fittings (6) and (14). If necessary adjust as follows.

R (a) Open the door and remove the stop (11) and the adjustment washers
R (12) from the upper guide fittings (14).

R (b) Install the stop (11) (without the adjustment washers).

R (c) Put the door in the
high closed
position.

R (d) Loosen the nuts (10) of the upper and lower guide fittings (6)
R and (14).

R (e) Move the guide fittings on the serrated plates until the
R clearance
F
is 0.25 mm (0.0098 in.).

R 1
_ Prevent movement of the guide fittings in the inboard/outboard
R direction when you adjust the clearance F.

R (f) Lightly tighten the nuts (10) and open the door.

R (g) TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
R 44.24 lbf.in).

R (h) Close the door and measure the clearance
G
between the stops
R (11) and the rollers (13). Use a feeler gage to do this.

R (i) Open the door and remove the stops (11).

R (j) Install the stops (11) with the adjustment washers (12) of the
R correct thickness to give a clearance
G
of MAX. 0.2 mm (0.0078
R in.).

R (k) TORQUE the nut of the stops (11) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN
R (39.82 and 44.24 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-00

Page 527
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (8) Close the door and make sure that the clearance
D
(between the
R rollers (7) and the lower guide fittings (6)) is between 4.35 mm
R (0.1712 in.) and 6.35 mm (0.2500 in.). If necessary adjust as
R follows:

R (a) Open the door and loosen the nuts (10) of the lower guide
R fittings (6).

R (b) Close the door and move the guide fittings (6) on the serrated
R plates until the clearance
D
is correct.

R 1
_ Identify the related positions of the serrations on the plates
R (8) and (9) and the guide fittings (6) before you do the
R adjustment.

R 2
_ Prevent movement of the guide fittings in the inboard/outboard
R direction during the adjustment.

R (c) If the clearance
E
is not in the given limits, decrease the
R clearance
D
until the clearance
E
is correct.

R (d) Lightly tighten the nuts (10) and open the door.

R (e) TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
R 44.24 lbf.in).

R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-13-00-820-053

D. Adjustment of the Door Latches

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-13-00-991-006)

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 506A/TASK 52-13-00-991-006-A)

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 52-13-00-991-010)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 528
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Door Latches on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
Figure 506/TASK 52-13-00-991-006

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 529
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Door Latches
Figure 506A/TASK 52-13-00-991-006-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-00

Page 530
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 Door Latches on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
Figure 507/TASK 52-13-00-991-010

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 531
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

(1) Close the door and measure the clearances
a
and
b
between the
door latches (7) and the rollers (8) with a GAGE - FEELER.

NOTE : The clearances
a
and
b
must be between 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.)
____
and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

(2) If the clearance
b
is not correct, adjust it as follows.

(a) Loosen the clamps (4) from the gaiter (3).

(b) Remove the lockwire from the nuts (2) and (6).

(c) Loosen the nuts (2) and (6).

(d) Adjust the rod (5) until the clearance
b
is correct.

(e) Tighten the nuts (2) and (6).

(f) Safety the nuts (2) and (6) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).

(g) Tighten the clamp (4) on the gaiter (3).

(3) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust it as follows.

(a) Open the door and loosen the nuts (11).

(b) Close the door and move the latch fittings (1) on the serrated
plates (9) and (10) until the clearance
a
is correct.

(c) Lightly tighten the nuts (11).

(d) Open the door and TORQUE the nuts (11) to between 0.45 and 0.5
m.daN (39.82 and 44.24 lbf.in).

Subtask 52-13-00-820-054

E. Adjustment of the Girt Bar Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 52-13-00-991-007)

R (1) Close the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

(2) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) from the emergency
control handle (7).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 532
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Girt Bar Fittings
Figure 508/TASK 52-13-00-991-007

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 533
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (3) Measure the operation force necessary to move the emergency control
R handle (7) as follows:

R (a) Put a SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN (48 LBF) on the emergency control
R handle (7).
R

R (b) Move the emergency control handle (7) from the
DISARMED
to the
R
ARMED
position and then back to the
DISARMED
position.

R (c) Make sure that the operation force necessary to move the
R emergency control handle (7) in each direction is not than more
R 10.0 daN (22.4808 lbf).

R (4) If the operation force is more than 10.0 daN (22.4808 lbf), adjust
R the girt bar fittings (3) as follows:

R (a) Put the emergency control handle (7) in the neutral position
R (between
ARMED
and
DISARMED
).

R (b) Manually move the sliders (2) in the jaws (1) until the
R clearances
A
are equal.

R (c) Put the emergency control handle (7) in the
DISARMED
position.
R

R (d) Open the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

R (e) Loosen the bolts (8) and move the girt bar fittings (3) on the
R serrated plates (4) until the clearances
B
are equal.

(f) TORQUE the bolts (8) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

R (g) Make sure that the clearances
A
and
B
are correctly adjusted.
R

R (5) Close the door and put the emergency control handle (7) in the
R
ARMED
position.
R

R (6) Make sure that the sliders (2) touch the linkage guide (5) (clearance
R
C
is zero).
R

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 534
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (7) Measure the clearance
D
between the sliders (2) and the stops (6)
R which must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.8 mm (0.0314 in.).
R

R (8) If the clearance
D
is not in the given limits:

R

R (a) Put the emergency control handle in the
DISARMED
position and
R open the door.
R

R (b) Loosen the bolts (8) until you can move the girt bar fittings (3)
R in the longitudinal direction.

R (c) Move the girt bar fittings (3) in the forward or rear direction
R until the clearance
D
is correct.

R NOTE : Do not change the position of the girt bar fittings (3) on
____
R the serrated plate (4).

R (d) Put the emergency control handle in the
DISARMED
position and
R install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.
R

R (e) Open the door again.

R

R (f) TORQUE the bolts (8) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).
R

R (9) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) around the girt bar
R fittings (3) and the heads of the bolts (8).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-00-820-055

F. Adjustment of the Lowering Stop and Torsion Bar Spring

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1168

____

(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 52-13-00-991-008)

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 535
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Lowering Stop and Torsion Bar on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
Figure 509/TASK 52-13-00-991-008


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 536
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 (1) Adjustment of the lowering stop.

(a) Lift the door and then lower it again.

(b) During the lowering procedure, make sure that the clearance
a

between the hook (4) and the roller (5) (on the gearbox) is min.
1.0 mm (0.0393 in.).

(c) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust the lowering stop (2)
in the outboard direction.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3).

2
_ Move the lowering stop (2) outboard on the serrated plate (1).

3
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and make sure that the clearance
a
is
correct.

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(d) Lift the door and move it to the open position.

(e) Make sure that the hook (4) engages with the roller (5) before
the door disengages from the guide fittings. If necessary, adjust
the lowering stop (2) in the inboard direction.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3).

2
_ Move the lowering stop (2) inboard on the serrated plate (1).

3
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and make sure that the hook engages
correctly.

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(2) Adjustment of the torsion bar spring.

(a) Operate the interior control handle and make sure that the force
necessary to lift and lower the door is not more than 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf), use a spring balance.

(b) If the forces are not correct, adjust the tension bolt (8).

1
_ Remove and discard the lockwire from the tension bolt (6).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 537
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 2
_ Turn the tension bolt (6) until the torsion-shaft indicator
notch is aligned with the correct mark on the torsion
indicator placard (see detail
C
).

3
_ Open the door and make sure that the door stays in fully
lifted position. If not, increase the tension of the torsion
bar spring.

NOTE : To increase the force you turn the tension bolt

____
clockwise, to decrease the force you turn it
counterclockwise.

4
_ Safety the tension bolt (6) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-13-00-820-055-A

F. Adjustment of the Lowering Stop and Torsion Bar

(Ref. Fig. 509A/TASK 52-13-00-991-008-A)

(1) Adjust the lowering stop as follows:

(a) Lift the door and then lower it again.

(b) During the lowering procedure, make sure that the clearance
a

between the hook (4) and the roller (5) (on the gearbox) is min.
1.0 mm (0.0393 in.).

(c) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust the lowering stop (2)
in the outboard direction.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3).

2
_ Move the lowering stop (2) outboard on the serrated plate (1).

3
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and make sure that the clearance
a
is
correct.

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(d) Lift the door and move it to the open position.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 538
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Lowering Stop and Torsion Bar
Figure 509A/TASK 52-13-00-991-008-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-00

Page 539
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (e) Make sure that the hook (4) engages with the roller (5) before
the door disengages from the guide fittings.

(f) If necessary, adjust the lowering stop (2) in the inboard

direction as follows:

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3).

2
_ Move the lowering stop (2) inboard on the serrated plate (1).

3
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and make sure that the hook engages
correctly.

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(2) Adjust the torsion bar as follows:

(a) Operate the interior control handle and measure the operation
force necessary to lift and lower the door with a SPRING BALANCE
20 DAN (48 LBF).

NOTE : Make sure that the operation force is not more than 15 daN
____
(33.7213 lbf).

(b) If the operation force is not correct, adjust the tension bolt
(8) as follows:

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the tension bolt (8).

2
_ Turn the tension bolt (8) until the indicator notch of the
torsion shaft aligns with the correct mark of the indicator
placard.
(Ref. Fig. 510/TASK 52-13-00-991-015)

3
_ Open the door and make sure that the door remains in its fully
lifted position.

R 4
_ If necessary, turn the tension bolt (8) clockwise to increase
R the pre-tension of the torsion bar.

5
_ Safety the tension bolt (8) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-00

Page 540
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Load Indicator Placard of Torsion Bar
Figure 510/TASK 52-13-00-991-015

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-00

Page 541
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-00-820-057

G. Adjustment of the Lowering Stop and Torsion Bar

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1169 and

____
subsequent

(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 52-13-00-991-011)

(1) Adjustment of the lowering stop.

(a) Lift the door and then lower it again.

(b) During the lowering procedure, make sure that the clearance
a

between the hook (4) and the roller (5) (on the gearbox) is min.
1.0 mm (0.0393 in.).

(c) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust the lowering stop (2)
in the outboard direction.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3).

2
_ Move the lowering stop (2) outboard on the serrated plate (1).

3
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and make sure that the clearance
a
is
correct.

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(d) Lift the door and move it to the open position.

(e) Make sure that the hook (4) engages with the roller (5) before
the door disengages from the guide fittings.

(f) If necessary, adjust the lowering stop (2) in the inboard

direction as follows:

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3).

2
_ Move the lowering stop (2) inboard on the serrated plate (1).

3
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and make sure that the hook engages
correctly.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 542
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Lowering Stop and Torsion Bar on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
Figure 511/TASK 52-13-00-991-011

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 543
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 4
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(2) Adjust the torsion bar as follows:

(a) Operate the interior control handle and measure the operation
force necessary to lift and lower the door with a SPRING BALANCE
20 DAN (48 LBF).

NOTE : Make sure that the operation force is not more than 15 daN
____
(33.7213 lbf).

(b) If the operation force is not correct, adjust the tension bolt
(8) as follows:

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the tension bolt (8).

2
_ Turn the tension bolt (8) until the indicator notch of the
torsion shaft aligns with the correct mark of the indicator
placard.
(Ref. Fig. 512/TASK 52-13-00-991-016)

3
_ Open the door and make sure that the door remains in its fully
lifted position.

R 4
_ If necessary, turn the tension bolt (8) clockwise to increase
R the pre-tension of the torsion bar.

5
_ Safety the tension bolt (8) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).

Subtask 52-13-00-820-056

H. Adjustment of the Door Buffer

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1168

____

(Ref. Fig. 513/TASK 52-13-00-991-009)

(1) Open the door against the fuselage and make sure that:
- the door stay mechanism locks the door in the open position,
- there is a clearance
a
of 1.0 +2.0 -0 mm (0.0393 +0.0787 -0.0000
in.) between the door buffer (15) and the fuselage skin.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 544
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Load Indicator Placard of Torsion Bar on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
Figure 512/TASK 52-13-00-991-016

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 545
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Door Buffer on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
Figure 513/TASK 52-13-00-991-009

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 546
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (2) If necessary, adjust the washers (4) and (5) in the door buffer.

(a) Move the door away from the fuselge.

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (8).

(c) Remove the nut (7), the washer (9) and the spherical cup (6).

(d) Remove the bolt (1), the washer (2), the stop (15) and the
spherical cup (14).

(e) Remove the guide bush (3) and the washers (13) and (4).

(f) Remove the guide bush (10) and the washers (11) and (5).

(g) Adjust the washers (4) and (5) to get the correct clearance
a
.

(h) Install the washers (5) and (11) and the guide bush (10).

(i) Install the washers (4) and (13) and the guide bush (3).

(j) Install the spherical cup (14), the stop (15), the washer (2) and
the bolt (1).

(k) Install the spherical cup (6), the washer (9) and the nut (7).

(l) Open the door against the fuselage and make sure that the
clearance
a
is correct. If necessary do the adjustment again.

(m) TORQUE the nut (7) to between 0.88 and 0.98 m.daN (77.87 and
86.72 lbf.in).

(n) Safety the nut (7) with a new cotter pin (8).

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-13-00-820-056-A

R H. Adjustment of the Door Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 513A/TASK 52-13-00-991-009-A)

(1) Open the door against the fuselage and make sure that:
- the door stay mechanism locks the door in the open position
R - that the door stop (8) is parallel to the fuselage
R - there is a clearance
a
of 1.0 +2.0 -0 mm (0.0393 +0.0787 -0.0000
R in.) between the door stop (8) and the fuselage skin.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 547
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Door Buffer
Figure 513A/TASK 52-13-00-991-009-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-00

Page 548
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (2) If necessary, adjust the door stop (8) as follows:

(a) Move the door away from the fuselage.

(b) Loosen the tab washer (5) and the nut (6).

(c) Remove the door stop (8) with the bolt (7), nut (6) and the tab
washer (5) from the support.

(d) Discard the tab washer (5).

(e) Install a new tab washer (5) and apply the COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004) to the thread of the bolt (7).

(f) install the door stop (8) with the bolt (7), nut (6), and the new
tab washer (5) in the support.

(g) Open the door against the fuselage and make sure that the
clearance
a
is correct. If necessary do the adjustment again.

(h) Make sure that the door stop (8) is parallel to the fuselage, if
not loosen the nut(2) and adjust the door stop (8).

(i) TORQUE the nut (2) to between 0.9 and 1.0 m.daN (79.64 and 88.49
lbf.in).

(j) TORQUE the nut (6) to between 0.8 and 1.0 m.daN (70.79 and 88.49
lbf.in).

(k) Safety the nut (6) with the tab washer (5).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-00-820-058

J. Adjustment of the Door Buffer

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for doors serial No. 1169 and
____
subsequent

(Ref. Fig. 514/TASK 52-13-00-991-012)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 549
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
R Door Buffer on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
Figure 514/TASK 52-13-00-991-012

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 550
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (1) Open the door against the fuselage and make sure that:
R - the door stay mechanism locks the door in the open position
R - that the door stop (8) is parallel to the fuselage
R - there is a clearance
a
of 1.0 +2.0 -0 mm (0.0393 +0.0787 -0.0000
R in.) between the door stop (8) and the fuselage skin.

R (2) If necessary, adjust the door stop (8) as follows:

R (a) Move the door away from the fuselage.

R (b) Loosen the tab washer (5) and the nut (6).

R (c) Remove the door stop (8) with the bolt (7), nut (6) and the tab
R washer (5) from the support.

R (d) Discard the tab washer (5).

R (e) Install a new tab washer (5) and apply the COMMON GREASE
R (Material No. 04-004) to the thread of the bolt (7).

R (f) install the door stop (8) with the bolt (7), nut (6), and the new
R tab washer (5) in the support.

R (g) Open the door against the fuselage and make sure that the
R clearance
a
is correct. If necessary do the adjustment again.

R (h) Make sure that the door stop (8) is parallel to the fuselage, if
R not loosen the nut (2) and adjust the door stop (8).

R (i) TORQUE the nut (2) to between 0.9 and 1.0 m.daN (79.64 and 88.49
R lbf.in).

R (j) TORQUE the nut (6) to between 0.8 and 1.0 m.daN (70.79 and 88.49
R lbf.in).

R (k) Safety the nut (6) with the tab washer (5).
R

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-00

Page 551
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-13-00-820-059

K. Check of the Preload of the Cover Plate

(Ref. Fig. 515/TASK 52-13-00-991-013)

(1) Measure the preload of the cover plate (2) as follows. Use the TOOL -
COVER PLATE PRE-CRUSHING (98D52003002000) (1).

(a) Open the door.

(b) Put the tool (1) in position at points 1 to 9, measure the

distance
a
and write down.

(2) Close the door.

(a) Put the tool (1) in position at points 1 to 9, measure the

distance
b
and write down.

(3) Calculate the preload (
a
-
b
).

(a) Make sure that the preload is max. 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

(b) If the preload is not in the tolerance, correct the preload. To

do this manually bend the cover plate (2).

NOTE : Bend marks at the cover plate are permitted, if the

____
preload tolerance is correct.

Subtask 52-13-00-720-050

L. Do the functional test of the AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-
00-720-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 552
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Cover Plate
Figure 515/TASK 52-13-00-991-013


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 553
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-13-00-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Apply a layer of the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and
the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
which attach components directly to the door structure.

(b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
bolts which are in the door mechanism.

(c) Apply a layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to

the installed components.

(3) Remove the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-801).

(4) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(5) Close the access door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

(6) Remove the access platform(s).

(7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 52-13-00-865-051

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 554
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-00-410-053

C. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

(1) Close the access door 811.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) If necessary, refuel the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-803).

Subtask 52-13-00-862-050

D. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 555
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 TASK 52-13-00-720-801

Functional Test of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific soft pencil
No specific spring balance
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-11-28-650-803 Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control from the Panel

990VU
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
25-62-00-860-801 Safety the Pack-Assembly
25-62-00-860-803 Arm the Pack-Assembly
28-25-00-650-801 Pressure Defuel Procedure
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-00-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 556
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-00-860-053

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the aircraft is:

- unloaded,
- without fuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-650-801).

Subtask 52-13-00-010-052

C. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-13-00-865-052

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-13-00-010-053

E. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the related door.

(2) Do the special precautions before work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-801).

(3) Safety the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 557
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-13-00-720-051

A. Functional Test of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Attach a spring balance to the The force necessary to lift the door is
interior control handle and lift not more than 15 daN (33.7213 lbf).
the door.

2. Attach a spring balance to the The force necessary to lower the door
interior control handle and lower is not more than 15 daN (33.7213 lbf).
the door.

3. Put the door in the
high closed

position and move it out until
the guide rollers leave the guide
fittings.

Put a load on the interior The interior control handle is locked

control handle of 10 daN (22.4808 in the open position.
lbf).

4. With the door in the
high The emergency control handle is blocked
closed
position. in the
DISARMED
position.

5. Open the door to be clear of the

fuselage.

Turn the lowering shaft with your The door stays in the high position.
hand until it touches the
lowering stop.

6. Close and lock the door. The interior control handle stays in
the locked position.

7. Pull the interior control handle
until it is 14 mm (0.5511 in.)
away from the locked position. Do
the measurement at the handle
bar.
You can see the line which divides the
red and green areas of the locking
indicator.

8. Close and lock the door.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 558
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. Make a horizontal line on the
door and the fuselage
approximately 180 mm (7.0866 in.)
from the lower edge of the door.
Use a soft pencil.

10. Operate the interior control The door is lifted a minimum of 48 mm

handle and put the door in the (1.8897 in.).

high closed
position.

11. Lower the door and then operate The door is lifted a minimum of 48 mm
the exterior control handle to (1.8897 in.).
put the door in the
high
closed
position.

12. Lift and lower the door again The lines you made on the door and
two times and then lock the fuselage are level to a limit of 0 +1 -
door. 1 mm (0.0000 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).

13. Close the door and remove the

PIN - SAFETY SLIDE
(98A52107632000).

14. Put the emergency control handle The girt bar engages smoothly in the
to the
ARMED
position. girt bar fittings.

15. Slowly lift the door with the The emergency control handle moves to
exterior control handle. (and is locked in) the
DISARMED

position.

16. Lower and lock the door with the The exterior control handle is closed
exterior control handle. and level with the fuselage.

The handle flap is level with the

contour of the exterior control handle.

The interior control handle stays in

the locked position.

17. Lift the door with the exterior The exterior control handle moves
control handle and slowly lower quickly to the locked position.
it again with the interior
control handle.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 559
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The locking indicator shows
LOCKED
.

18. Lift the door with the interior The interior control handle moves
control handle and slowly lower quickly to the locked position.
it again with the exterior
control handle.

The locking indicator shows
LOCKED
.

19. Attach a spring balance to the The force necessary is not more than 10
emergency control handle and daN (22.4808 lbf).
move it from the
ARMED
to the

DISARMED
position.

20. Move the emergency control The force necessary is not more than 10
handle from the
DISARMED
to daN (22.4808 lbf).
the
ARMED
position.

21. Install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

22. Unlock the door with the The door locking mechanism operates
interior control handle. smoothly.

23. Lift the door with the interior The lifting action of the door is
control handle. smooth.

24. Lower the door with the exterior The lowering action of the door is
control handle. smooth.

25. Lock the door with the exterior The locking mechanism operates
control handle. smoothly.

26. Attach the spring balance to the The force necessary to push the door
interior control handle and open open is not more than 15 daN (33.7213
the door. lbf).

The door stay mechanism is locked.

27. Unlock the door stay mechanism The force necessary to push the door to
and close and lock the door. the
high closed
position is not more
than 15 daN (33.7213 lbf).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 560
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
28. Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE
and put the emergency control
handle to the
ARMED
position.

29. Put the door in the
high
closed
position.
The dimension between the release lever
(of the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder) and the stop on the
door is 5 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.1968 +0.0196-
0.0196 in.).

30. Lower and lock the door, put the

emergency control handle to the

DISARMED
position and install
the safety pin.

31. Lift the door and push it open. The movement of the door is damped just
before the end of its travel.

32. Push the door closed. The movement of the door is damped just
before the end of its travel.

33. Do a check of the vertical The vertical clearance is 4.0 +1.5 -1.5
clearance between the door and mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0590 in.).
the fuselage skin.

34. Do a check of the clearance The clearance is 3.8 +3.0 -2.5 mm

between the bottom of the door (0.1496 +0.1181 -0.0984 in.).
and the scuff plate.

35. Do a visual check of: The result is:

- the external skin, - no damage,
- the door buffer, - no signs of ageing,
- the door seal, - no damage,
- the guide rollers, - free movement,
- the door and fuselage stop - no damage or signs of wear.
fittings.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 561
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-13-00-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Arm the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-803).

(2) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-13-00-865-053

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-13-00-860-051

C. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

(1) Close the access door 811.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) If necessary, refuel the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-803).

(4) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 562
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 AFT PASSENGER/CREW DOOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
__________________________________________

TASK 52-13-00-200-801

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Internal Structure of the AFT Passenger/Crew

Door (Door 4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 521302-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific masking paper
No specific masking tape

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533

R 1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-006 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 601
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-23-52-000-802 Removal of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door

R 25-23-52-400-802 Installation of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew
Door
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
25-62-41-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-00-010-054

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the AFT passenger/crew door.

(2) Open the AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

(3) Do the special precautions before you start the work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(4) Remove the lining of the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-000-
802).

(5) Remove the emergency escape facility from the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-
41-000-801).

(6) Remove the door insulation.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 602
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-00-110-050

B. Cleaning of the Structure

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), if
necessary.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-13-00-210-050

A. Detailed visual inspection of the internal structure of the door.

(1) Make sure that there are no signs of corrosion, cracks, scratches on:
- the inner skin
- the vertical frame segment
- the vertical edge member
- the beam.

Subtask 52-13-00-916-050

B. Application of Temporary Protection

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEMS.

_______
MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPORARY PROTECTION DOES NOT GET :
- ON COMPOSITE PARTS, CONTROL CABLES, PULLEYS, TEFLON BEARINGS,
- ON LUBRICATED SURFACES,
- IN DRAIN VALVES OR OTHER ORIFICES.
TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON OR IN THESE PARTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

R CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY STORAGE PRESERVATION ON THE DOOR CONTROL

_______
R MECHANISMS. THIS IS BECAUSE STORAGE PRESERVATION CAN PREVENT
R CORRECT OPERATION OF THE MECHANISMS.

R (1) Apply masking paper or masking tape to the equipment and fittings
R installed adjacent to the inspection area, if necessary.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 603
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
R (2) Apply a layer of the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) or
R STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the inspection area.

(3) Remove the masking paper or the masking tape.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-13-00-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Install the door insulation.

(3) Install the emergency escape facility on the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-
41-400-801).

(4) Install the lining of the passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-
400-802).

(5) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802) .

(6) Close the AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

(7) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 604
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 TASK 52-13-00-200-802

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Door Stop Assemblies of the AFT Passenger/
Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 521303-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533

1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 25-23-52-000-802 Removal of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door

R 25-23-52-400-802 Installation of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 605
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 52-13-31-000-801 Removal of the Door Latch and Stop Fittings (Door

R 4L/4R)
R 52-13-31-400-801 Installation of the Door Latch and Stop Fittings
R (Door 4L/4R)
R 52-13-00-991-020 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-00-010-055

A. Get Access

WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOORS WHILE THE RED WARNING
_______
LIGHT FLASHES, IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES, REMAINING
PRESSURE COULD CAUSE DOOR TO OPEN SUDDENLY AND COULD:
- KILL OR CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONS
- CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50
KNOTS.

(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) below the AFT passenger/crew door
(referred to as door).

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Open the AFT door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801).

(4) Remove the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-000-802).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 606
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-00-110-051

B. Cleaning of the Structure

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), if
necessary.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-13-00-210-051

R A. Detailed visual Inspection of the Door Stop Assemblies of the AFT

R Passenger/Crew Doors
R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-13-00-991-020)

R (1) Examine the door stop fittings as follows:

R

R (a) Make sure that all stop bolt assemblies are serviceable and
R tight.
R

R (b) Make sure that all door stop fittings are correctly tightened and
R have no cracks and other damage.
R

R (c) If necessary, replace the applicable door stop fitting (Ref. TASK
R 52-13-31-000-801) and (Ref. TASK 52-13-31-400-801)

R (2) Examine all stop fittings of the door frame as follows:

R (a) Make sure that all stop fittings are correctly tightened and have
R no cracks and other damage.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 607
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R Door Stop Assemblies of Door 4 (AFT Passenger/Crew Door)
R Figure 601/TASK 52-13-00-991-020


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 608
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) If necessary, replace the applicable stop fitting (Ref. TASK 52-
R 13-31-000-801) and (Ref. TASK 52-13-31-400-801).
R

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-13-00-410-054

A. Close Access

(1) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-400-802).

(2) Close the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

(3) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(5) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 609
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 TASK 52-13-00-200-803

General Visual Inspection of Door 4 (AFT Passenger/Crew Door) Skin, External

Surface

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 521301-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

51-73-11-300-801 Repair of Minor Damage on Aluminum Clad Components

51-73-11-300-804 Repair of Dents in Skin Panels
51-75-12-300-801 Repair of Paint Damage on Aluminum and Composite
Material (more than the Topcoat)
51-75-12-300-803 Repair of Paint Damage (Topcoat Only)
ASRM 52-13-00-101
ASRM 52-13-00-201 (for corrective action)
R 52-13-00-991-017 Fig. 602

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-00-941-050

A. Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the closed
door 4 (AFT passenger/crew door) 833 (843).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 610
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-13-00-991-017)

Subtask 52-13-00-210-052

A. General Visual Inspection Procedure

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Examine the external surface of the door 4 for scratches, dents or
damage to the surface protection:

(a) If you find damage to the surface protection only:

1
_ Find the dimensions of the damage and the allowable limits
(Ref. ASRM 52-13-00-101).

a
_ If you find damage that is less than the limits, repair it
(Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-803) or (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-
801).

b
_ If you find damage that is more than the limits, repair it
(Ref. ASRM 52-13-00-201).

2
_ If you find other damage:

a
_ If you find damage that is less than the limits, repair it
(Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-801) or (Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-
804).

b
_ If you find damage that is more than the limits, repair it
(Ref. ASRM 52-13-00-201).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-13-00-942-050

A. Remove the equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 611
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Door 4 (AFT Passenger/Crew Door) External Surface
R Figure 602/TASK 52-13-00-991-017


EFF :

ALL  52-13-00

Page 612
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 DOOR - PASSENGER/CREW - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________

TASK 52-13-11-000-801

Removal of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific nut (NAS 509-4)
No specific support
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

R 25-23-52-000-802 Removal of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling
52-13-11-991-002 Fig. 401
52-13-11-991-007 Fig. 402
52-13-11-991-003 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-11-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-11

Page 401
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-11-010-055

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-13-11-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU CAB EMER LT 3WL C03
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41
742VU EMER CAB LT 1WL E70
742VU EMER CAB LT 2WL E69

Subtask 52-13-11-010-058

D. Get Access

(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the

related door.

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Remove the escape facility (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-000-801).

(4) Remove the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-000-802).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-11

Page 402
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-11-020-050

A. Removal of the door

(1) Install the hoisting sling to the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).

(2) Disconnect the electrical cable harness 5895VB (5894VB).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-11-991-002)

(a) At the support arm (see detail
B
).

1
_ Remove the nuts (12) and the washers (11).

2
_ Remove the bolts (9) and the washers (10).

3
_ Remove the P-clips (13) from the cable harness (7).

(b) At the door frame (see detail
D
).

1
_ Remove the bolt (22), the washer (23) and the spacer (24).

2
_ Remove the P-clip (13) from the cable harness (7).

(c) Disconnect the electrical connector 360RH7A (360RH8A) (8).

(d) Disconnect the electrical connector 5171VC (5170VC) (6).

(e) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(f) Attach the cable harness (7) to the door structure.

(3) Disconnect the upper and lower guide arms.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-11-991-002)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (19).

(b) Remove the nuts (20) and the washers (21).

(c) Remove the bolts (14) and the washers (15).

(d) Disengage the guide arms (17) and remove the bushes (18) and
(16).

(e) To prevent damage, attach the guide arms to the door frame
structure.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-11

Page 403
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 Guide Arms and Cable Attachment
Figure 401/TASK 52-13-11-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-13-11

Page 404
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 (4) Disconnect the door damper and emergency operation cylinder.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-11-991-007)

(a) Install the nut (NAS 509-4) (88) to safety the spring rod (87).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (86).

(c) Remove the nut (85) and the washer (83).

(d) Disconnect the spring rod (87) and remove the washer (82).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (84).

(f) Remove the nut (79) and the washer (80).

(g) Remove the bolt (89), the lockwasher (90) and the sleeve (81).

(h) Disengage the end fitting from the gimbal (91).

(5) Remove the gimbal (91) from the door.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-11-991-007)

(a) Remove the nuts (78), the washers (77) and the bolts (75).

(b) Remove the flange (76).

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (96).

(d) Remove the nut (95) and the washer (94).

(e) Remove the gimbal (91) together with the washer (92) and the bush
(93).

(6) Disconnect the support arm.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-11-991-003)

(a) Remove the screws (41), the washers (40) and disconnect the
bonding straps (39).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (44).

(c) Remove the nuts (43) and the washers (45).

(d) Remove the bolts (49), the washers (48) and the bushes (46).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-11

Page 405
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder Conection
Figure 402/TASK 52-13-11-991-007


EFF :

ALL  52-13-11

Page 406
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK




 52-13-11

Page 407
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
R Support Arm Attachment to the Door
Figure 403/TASK 52-13-11-991-003- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-11

Page 408
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Support Arm Attachment to the Door
Figure 403/TASK 52-13-11-991-003- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-11

Page 409
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (e) Carefully move the support arm clear of the door and remove the
washers (31) and (32).

NOTE : The washers (32) are available in different thicknesses,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.

(f) Remove the hinge pins (30), the yokes (42) and the washers (33)
and (34).

NOTE : The washers (34) are available in different thicknesses,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.

(g) Carefully move the door clear of the fuselage and put it on a
support.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-11

Page 410
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-13-11-400-801

Installation of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116

PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-11

Page 411
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

19 cotter pin 52-13-04 03 -200

19 cotter pin 52-13-04 23 -210
32 washer 52-13-04 04 -160
32 washer 52-13-04 24 -170
44 cotter pins 52-13-04 04 -070
44 cotter pins 52-13-04 24 -070
84 cotter pin 52-13-04 01 -290
84 cotter pin 52-13-04 21 -310
86 cotter pin 52-13-04 01 -290
86 cotter pin 52-13-04 21 -310
96 cotter pin 52-13-04 01 -290
96 cotter pin 52-13-04 21 -310

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 12-22-52-600-802 Lubrication of the Telescopic Arm and Exterior

Control Handle
20-28-00-912-802 Electrical Bonding of Components with Conductive
Screws and Bolts and Bonding Straps
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
25-23-47-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Aft
Passenger/Crew Door
25-23-52-000-802 Removal of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-080-801 Removal of the Ballast Weight from the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-480-801 Installation of the Ballast Weight at the
Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling
52-13-00-720-801 Functional Test of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door
4L/4R)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-11

Page 412
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-13-00-820-801 Adjustment of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door

4L/4R)
52-13-14-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder (360RH7,360RH8) (Door 4L/4R)
52-13-21-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism of the AFT
Passenger/Crew Doors (Door 4L/4R)
52-13-22-820-801 Adjustment of the Emergency Escape-Slide
Release-Mechanism of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door
(Door 4L/4R)
52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System
52-71-00-710-802 Operational Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Warning
System
52-13-00-820-801 Adjustment of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door
4L/4R) (for corrective action)
52-13-11-991-002 Fig. 401
52-13-11-991-007 Fig. 402
52-13-11-991-003 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-11-860-055

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the door lining is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-000-
802).

(3) Make sure that the escape facility is removed from the door
(Ref. TASK 25-62-41-000-801).

(4) Make sure that the door frame lining is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-
000-801).

(5) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

(a) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-11

Page 413
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-11-865-055

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU CAB EMER LT 3WL C03
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41
742VU EMER CAB LT 1WL E70
742VU EMER CAB LT 2WL E69

Subtask 52-13-11-210-050

C. Preparation for Installation

R (1) Make sure that the hoisting sling is attached to the door (Ref. TASK
52-10-00-940-801).

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(5) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-11

Page 414
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-11-420-050

R A. Installation of the door

(1) Carefully move the door into the installation position.

R (2) Attach the support arm to the door.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-11-991-003)

R (a) Install the washers (31) and (32) and the yokes (42) in the
R support arm.

NOTE : The washers (32) are available in different thicknesses,

____
install them as identified in the removal procedure.

R (b) Make sure that the clearance
A
(see section C-C) is between 0.0
R mm (0.0000 in.) and 0.05 mm (0.0019 in.).

R (c) If the clearance
A
is not correct, install a new washer (32) of
R a different thickness.

(d) Install the hinge pins (30).

(e) Put the door in position on the support arm and install the
washers (33) and (34).

NOTE : The washers (34) are available in different thicknesses,

____
install them as identified in the removal procedure.

(f) Install the bushes (46), the washers (48) and the bolts (49).

(g) Install the washers (45) and the nuts (43).

(3) Install the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-801).

(4) Put the door in position in the door frame.

(a) Operate the hoist until the weight of the door is on the support
arm.

(b) Pull the exterior control handle of the door into the fully open
position.

(c) Close the door but do not lock it.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-11

Page 415
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (d) Make sure that:
- the lifting arms (of the lifting shaft) engage correctly in the
roller fittings on the door frame,
- the vertical clearances between the door and the fuselage are
4.0 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0590 in.) and parallel,
R - the clearance
B
(see section D-D) is between 0.0 mm (0.0000
R in.) and 0.05 mm (0.0019 in.).

R (e) If necessary, adjust the support arm and/or the connection links
R (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-801).

(f) TORQUE the nuts (43) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

(g) Safety the nuts (43) with the new cotter pins (44).

(h) Put the bonding straps (39) in position on the support arm and
install the washers (40) and the screws (41) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-802).

(5) Install the gimbal on the door fitting.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-11-991-007)

(a) Install the gimbal (91) with the bush (93) and the washer (92).

(b) Install the flange (76).

(c) Install the bolts (75), the washers (77) and the nuts (78).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (78) to between 0.25 and 0.29 m.daN (22.12 and
25.66 lbf.in).

(e) Install the washer (94) and the nut (95).

(f) TORQUE the nut (95) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

(g) Safety the nut (95) with the new cotter pin (96).

(6) Connect the door damper and emergency operation cylinder.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-11-991-007)

(a) Put the end fitting in position on the gimbal (91).

(b) Install the sleeve (81), the lockwasher (90) and the bolt (89).

(c) Install the washer (80) and the nut (79).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-11

Page 416
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (d) Install the spring rod (87), the washers (82) and (83) and the
nut (85).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (79) and (85) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN
(25.66 and 30.08 lbf.in).

(f) Safety the nut (79) with the new cotter pin (84).

(g) Safety the nut (85) with the new cotter pin (86).

(h) Remove the nut (88) from the spring rod (87).

(7) Connect the upper and lower guide arms to the door.
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-11-991-002)

(a) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- REMOVE IT IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH YOUR SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

1
_ Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the
bushes (18).

(b) Install the bushes (18) and (16).

(c) Put the guide arms (17) in position in the door fitting.

(d) Install the washers (15) and the bolts (14).

(e) Install the washers (21) and the nuts (20).

(f) TORQUE the nuts (20) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(g) Safety the nuts (20) with a new cotter pin (19).

(8) Install the cable harness 5895VB (5894VB).

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-11-991-002)

(a) Put the cable harness (7) in position.

(b) At the support arm (see detail
B
).

1
_ Install the P-clips (13) on the cable harness (7).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-11

Page 417
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 2
_ Install the washers (10) and the bolts (9).

3
_ Install the washers (11) and the nuts (12).

(c) At the door frame (see detail
D
).

1
_ Install the P-clip (13) on the cable harness (7).

2
_ Install the spacer (24), the washer (23) and the bolt (22).

(d) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(e) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(f) Connect the electrical connector 5171VC (5170VC) (6).

(g) Connect the electrical connector 360RH7A (360RH8A) (8).

(9) Remove the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

R Subtask 52-13-11-420-050-A

R A. Installation of the door

R (1) Carefully move the door into the installation position.

R (2) Attach the support arm to the door.

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-11-991-003)

R (a) Install the washers (31) and (32) and the yokes (42) in the
R support arm.

R NOTE : The washers (32) are available in different thicknesses,

____
R install them as identified in the removal procedure.

R (b) Make sure that the clearance
A
(see section C-C) is between 0.0
R mm (0.0000 in.) and 0.05 mm (0.0019 in.).

R (c) If the clearance
A
is not correct, install a new washer (32) of
R a different thickness.

R (d) Install the hinge pins (30).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-11

Page 418
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (e) Put the door in position on the support arm and install the
R washers (33) and (34).

R NOTE : The washers (34) are available in different thicknesses,

____
R install them as identified in the removal procedure.

R (f) Install the bushes (46), the washers (48) and the bolts (49).

R (g) Install the washers (45) and the nuts (43).

R (3) Install the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-801).

R (4) Put the door in position in the door frame.

R (a) Operate the hoist until the weight of the door is on the support
R arm.

R (b) Pull the exterior control handle of the door into the fully open
R position.

R (c) Close the door but do not lock it.

R (d) Make sure that:

R - the lifting arms (of the lifting shaft) engage correctly in the
R roller fittings on the door frame,
R - the vertical clearances between the door and the fuselage are
R 4.0 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0590 in.) and parallel,
R - the clearance
B
(see section D-D) is between 0.0 mm (0.0000
R in.) and 0.05 mm (0.0019 in.).

R (e) If necessary adjust the support arm and/or the connection links
R (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-801).

R (f) TORQUE the nuts (43) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
R 52.21 lbf.in).

R (g) Safety the nuts (43) with the new cotter pins (44).

R (h) Put the bonding straps (39) in position on the support arm and
R install the washers (40) and the screws (41) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
R 912-802).

R (5) Install the gimbal on the door fitting.

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-11-991-007)

R (a) Install the gimbal (91) with the bush (93) and the washer (92).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-11

Page 419
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Install the flange (76).

R (c) Install the bolts (75), the washers (77) and the nuts (78).

R (d) TORQUE the nuts (78) to between 0.25 and 0.29 m.daN (22.12 and
R 25.66 lbf.in).

R (e) Install the washer (94) and the nut (95).

R (f) TORQUE the nut (95) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
R 52.21 lbf.in).

R (g) Safety the nut (95) with the new cotter pin (96).

R (6) Connect the door damper and emergency operation cylinder.

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-11-991-007)

R (a) Put the end fitting in position on the gimbal (91).

R (b) Install the sleeve (81), the lockwasher (90) and the bolt (89).

R (c) Install the washer (80) and the nut (79).

R (d) Install the spring rod (87), the washers (82) and (83) and the
R nut (85).

R (e) TORQUE the nuts (79) and (85) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN
R (25.66 and 30.08 lbf.in).

R (f) Safety the nut (79) with the new cotter pin (84).

R (g) Safety the nut (85) with the new cotter pin (86).

R (h) Remove the nut (88) from the spring rod (87).

R (7) Connect the upper and lower guide arms to the door.
R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-11-991-002)

R (a) Apply the special materials.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
R IF YOU DO:
R - REMOVE IT IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
R - WASH YOUR SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

R 1
_ Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the
R bushes (18).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-11

Page 420
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Install the bushes (18) and (16).

R (c) Put the guide arms (17) in position in the door fitting.

R (d) Install the washers (15) and the bolts (14).

R (e) Install the washers (21) and the nuts (20).

R (f) TORQUE the nuts (20) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
R 30.08 lbf.in).

R (g) Safety the nuts (20) with a new cotter pin (19).

R (8) Install the cable harness 5895VB (5894VB).

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-11-991-002)

R (a) Put the cable harness (7) in position.

R (b) At the support arm (see detail
B
).

R 1
_ Install the P-clips (13) on the cable harness (7).

R 2
_ Install the washers (10) and the bolts (9).

R 3
_ Install the washers (11) and the nuts (12).

R (c) At the door frame (see detail
D
).

R 1
_ Install the P-clip (13) on the cable harness (7).

R 2
_ Install the spacer (24), the washer (23) and the bolt (22).

R (d) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

R (e) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
R correct condition.

R (f) Connect the electrical connector 5171VC (5170VC) (6).

R (g) Connect the electrical connector 360RH7A (360RH8A) (8).

R (9) Remove the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-11

Page 421
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-13-11-820-050

B. Do an adjustment/test of:

(1) The AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-801).

(2) The door locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-13-21-820-801).

(3) The door damper and emergency operation cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-13-14-
820-801).

(4) The emergency escape-slide release-mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-13-22-820-

801).

Subtask 52-13-11-720-050

C. Do the functional test of the AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-
00-720-801).

Subtask 52-13-11-865-052

D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ, 1WL, 2WL, 3WL

Subtask 52-13-11-710-050

E. Test Procedure

(1) Do the operational test of the door warning system (Ref. TASK 52-71-
00-710-801).

(2) Do the operational test of the escape-slide warning system (Ref. TASK
52-71-00-710-802).

NOTE : Do these tests only for the AFT passenger/crew door 833 (843).
____


EFF :

ALL  52-13-11

Page 422
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-13-11-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Apply a layer of the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and
the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
which attach components directly to the door structure.

(b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
bolts which are in the door mechanism.

(c) Lubricate the external control-handle mechanism (Ref. TASK 12-22-

52-600-802).

(d) Apply a layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to

the installed components.

(3) Remove the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-801).

(4) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(5) Close the access door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

(6) Remove the access platform(s).

(7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 52-13-11-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-11

Page 423
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 SUSPENSION - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________

TASK 52-13-12-000-801

Removal of the Suspension of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
98A52108007000 1 TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-22-00-000-801 Removal of the STA-LOK Nuts

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
R 25-23-47-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Aft
Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-52-000-802 Removal of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-13-11-000-801 Removal of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)
52-13-14-000-801 Removal of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder (360RH7,360RH8) (Door 4L/4R)
52-13-12-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-12-991-002 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 401
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-12-991-002-A Fig. 402A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-12-991-006 Fig. 403

**ON A/C ALL

52-13-12-991-003 Fig. 404

52-13-12-991-004 Fig. 405

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-12-991-005 Fig. 406

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-12-991-005-A Fig. 406A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-12-991-007 Fig. 407

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-12-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 402
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-12-010-052

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-13-12-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-13-12-010-050

D. Get Access

(1) Open the AFT Passenger/Crew Door Z833 and Z843 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
010-801).

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Remove the door lining from the support arm (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-000-
802).

(a) For the LH door remove the panels 833BZ, 833CZ, 833FZ, 833GZ,
833HZ, 833JZ.

(b) For the RH door remove the panels 843BZ, 843CZ, 843FZ, 843GZ,
843HZ, 843JZ.

(4) Remove the door frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-801).

(a) For the LH door remove the panels 271BW, 271DW, 271EW, 271FW,
271NW.

(b) For the RH door remove the panels 272BW, 272DW, 272EW, 272FW,
272NW.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 403
Apr 01/98
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-13-12-020-050

A. Removal of the Door Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-12-991-001)

(1) Remove the door damper and emergency operation cylinder (Ref. TASK
52-13-14-000-801).

(2) Remove the AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-11-000-801).

(3) Remove the support arm from the door frame.

(a) Remove the screws (11), the washers (10) and disconnect the
bonding straps (9).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (6).

(c) Remove the nuts (5) and the washers (4).

(d) Hold the support arm so that it can not fall.

(e) At the lower attach fitting remove the bolt (1) and the
lockwasher (8).

(f) At the upper attach fitting remove the bolt (1) and the washer
(12).

(g) Remove the support arm from the attach fittings.

(h) Remove the bushes (2), (3) and (7) from the support arm.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 404
Apr 01/98
R  
THY 
 Support Arm
Figure 401/TASK 52-13-12-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 405
Apr 01/97
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-12-020-051

B. Removal of the Door Buffer

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1168

____

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-12-991-002)

(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (23).

(2) Remove the nut (24), the washer (25) and the spherical cup (26).

(3) Remove the bolt (31), the washer (32), the stop (33) and the
spherical cup (34).

(4) Remove the guide bush (35) and the washers (36) and (37).

(5) Remove the guide bush (27) and the washers (28) and (29).

(6) Remove the nuts (20).

(7) Remove the bolts (22), the washers (21) and the stop fitting (38).

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-13-12-020-051-A

B. Removal of the Door Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-13-12-991-002-A)

(1) Remove the nuts (4), the washers (3), the bolts (1), the washers (2)
and the door buffer (13).

(2) Remove the nut (11), the washer (12), the stop (10) and the washer
(9).

(3) Loosen the tab washer (7), remove the nut (8) and the bolt (6).

(4) Remove the nut (16), the washers (15, 14) and the bolt (5).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 406
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Door Buffer on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
Figure 402/TASK 52-13-12-991-002

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-12

Page 407
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 Door Buffer
Figure 402A/TASK 52-13-12-991-002-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-12

Page 408
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 001-099,

R Subtask 52-13-12-020-059

R C. Removal of the Door Buffer

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1169 and

____
R subsequent

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-12-991-006)

R (1) Remove the nuts (4), the washers (3), the bolts (1), the washers (2)
R and the door buffer (13).

R (2) Remove the nut (11), the washer (12), the stop (10) and the washer
R (9).

R (3) Loosen the tab washer (7), remove the nut (8) and the bolt (6).

R (4) Remove the nut (16), the washers (15, 14) and the bolt (5).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-13-12-020-052

R D. Removal of the Door Stay Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-12-991-003)

(1) Removal of the pushbutton rod assembly.

(a) Remove the nuts (42) and the washers (41).

(b) Remove bolts (40) and the handle (48).

(c) Remove the pushbutton rod assembly (47) from the support arm.

(2) Removal of the locking device.

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (45).

(b) Remove the nuts (44) and the washers (46).

(c) Remove the locking device (43) from the support arm.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 409
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R Door Buffer on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 403/TASK 52-13-12-991-006

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-12

Page 410
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 Door Stay Mechanism
R Figure 404/TASK 52-13-12-991-003


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 411
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-12-020-057

R E. Removal of the upper and lower guide arms.

R (Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-12-991-004)

NOTE : The removal procedure for the upper and lower guide arms is the
____
same.

(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (57).

(2) Remove the nut (58) and the washer (59).

(3) Remove the lockwasher (54), the nut (53) and the washer (52)
(Ref. TASK 20-22-00-000-801). Use the tool (P/N 98A52108007126) and
the socket wrench (P/N 98A52108007330), part of the TOOL SET - R/I
PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(4) Hold the guide arm (55) and remove the bolt (62) and the washer (61).

(5) Disengage the guide arm from the door fitting (60) and then remove it
from the door frame fitting (51).

(6) Remove the bush (56) and (63).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-12-020-058

R F. Removal of the guide arm hinge-fittings.

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1168

____

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-12-991-005)

(1) Remove the lower hinge fitting.

(a) Remove the nut (72) and the bolt (76).

(b) Remove the nuts (70), the bolts (74) and (75) and the fitting
assembly (71).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 412
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 Upper and Lower Guide Arms
R Figure 405/TASK 52-13-12-991-004

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 413
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R Guide Arm Hinge Fittings on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
R Figure 406/TASK 52-13-12-991-005

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-12

Page 414
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 (2) Remove the upper hinge fitting.

(a) Remove the nut (72) and the bolt (76).

(b) Remove the nuts (70), the bolts (74) and (75) and the fitting
assembly (73).

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-13-12-020-058-A

F. Removal of the guide arm hinge-fittings.

(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-13-12-991-005-A)

(1) Remove the guide arm hinge-fittings (72, 73).

(a) Remove the nuts (70), the washers (71), the bolts (74, 75, 76)
and the hinge-fittings (72, 73).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-12-020-060

G. Removal of the guide arm hinge-fittings.

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1169 and

____
subsequent

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-12-991-007)

(1) Remove the guide arm hinge-fittings (72, 73).

(a) Remove the nuts (70), the washers (71), the bolts (74, 75, 76)
and the hinge-fittings (72, 73).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 415
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Guide Arm Hinge Fittings
Figure 406A/TASK 52-13-12-991-005-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-12

Page 416
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Guide Arm Hinge Fittings on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 407/TASK 52-13-12-991-007

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-12

Page 417
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 52-13-12-400-801

Installation of the Suspension of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 1.00 to 10.00 m.daN
(8.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)
98A52108007000 1 TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116

PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 418
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6 cotter pins 52-13-04 04 -120

7 tab washer 52-13-04 26 -150
23 cotter pin 52-13-04 06 -200
45 cotter pins 52-13-12 02 -330
57 cotter pin 52-12-02 03 -200

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-912-802 Electrical Bonding of Components with Conductive

Screws and Bolts and Bonding Straps
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 25-23-47-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Aft
Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-47-400-801 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the Aft
Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-52-000-802 Removal of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-52-400-802 Installation of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-12-00-820-801 Adjustment of the MID Passenger/Crew Door (Door
2L/2R)
52-13-11-400-801 Installation of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door
4L/4R)
52-13-14-400-801 Installation of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder (360RH7, 360RH8) (Door 4L/4R)
52-13-12-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-12-991-002 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 419
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-12-991-002-A Fig. 402A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-12-991-006 Fig. 403

**ON A/C ALL

52-13-12-991-003 Fig. 404

52-13-12-991-004 Fig. 405

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-12-991-005 Fig. 406

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-12-991-005-A Fig. 406A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-12-991-007 Fig. 407


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 420
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-12-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the AFT passenger/crew door is open (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-801).

NOTE : This is not necessary for the installation of the support arm
____
as the door is removed.

(3) Make sure that you do the special precautions before work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(4) Make sure that the door lining is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-000-
802).

(a) For the LH door the panels 833BZ, 833CZ, 833FZ, 833GZ, 833HZ and
833JZ .

(b) For the RH door the panels 843BZ, 843CZ, 843FZ, 843GZ, 843HZ and
843JZ .

(5) Make sure that the door frame lining is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-
000-801).

(a) For the LH door the panels 271BW, 271DW, 271EW, 271FW and 271NW.

(b) For the RH door the panels 272BW, 272DW, 272EW, 272FW and 272NW.

(6) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

(7) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 421
Apr 01/98
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-12-865-052

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-13-12-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 52-13-12-420-050

B. Installation of the Door Stay Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-12-991-003)

(1) Install the locking device.

(a) Install the locking device (43) on the support arm.

(b) Install the washers (46) and the nuts (44).

(c) TORQUE the nuts (44) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 422
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 (d) Safety the nuts (44) with the new cotter pins (45).

(2) Install the pushbutton rod assembly.

(a) Install the pushbutton rod assembly (47) in the support arm.

(b) Put the handle (48) in position on the support arm and install
the bolts (40), the washers (41) and the nuts (42).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-12-420-051

C. Installation of the Door Buffer

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1168

____

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-12-991-002)

(1) Put the stop fitting (38) in position on the support arm and install
the bolts (22) together with the washers (21).

(2) Install the nuts (20).

(3) TORQUE the nuts (20) to between 0.44 and 0.49 m.daN (38.93 and 43.36
lbf.in).

(4) Install the guide bush (27) together with the washers (28) and (29).

(5) Install the guide bush (35) together with the washers (36) and (37).

(6) Install the bolt (31) together with the washer (32), the stop (33)
and the spherical cup (34).

(7) Install the spherical cup (26), the washer (25) and the nut (24).

(8) TORQUE the nut (24) to between 0.88 and 0.98 m.daN (77.87 and 86.72
lbf.in)

(9) Safety the nut (24) with the new cotter pin (23).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 423
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-13-12-420-051-A

C. Installation of the Door Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-13-12-991-002-A)

(1) Put the bolt (5) in position on the support (13), install the washers
(14, 15) and the nut (16).

(2) Install the bolt (6), the new tab washer (7), the nut (8), the washer
(9), the stop (10), the washer (12) and the nut (11).

(3) Put the support (13) in position on the support arm and install the
washers (2), the bolts (1), the washers (3) and the nuts (11).

(4) Torque the nuts (4) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
lbf.in).

(5) Adjust the door buffer (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

(6) Torque the nuts (11) and (16) to between 1.4 and 1.6 m.daN (10.32 and
11.79 lbf.ft).

(7) Torque the nut (8) to between 8.2 and 9.5 m.daN (60.47 and 70.05
lbf.ft).

(8) Safety the nut (8) with the tab washer (7).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-12-420-057

D. Installation of the Door Buffer

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1169 and

____
subsequent

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-12-991-006)

(1) Put the bolt (5) in position on the support (13), install the washers
(14, 15) and the nut (16).

(2) Install the bolt (6), the new tab washer (7), the nut (8), the washer
(9), the stop (10), the washer (12) and the nut (11).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 424
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R (3) Put the support (13) in position on the support arm and install the
R washers (2), the bolts (1), the washers (3) and the nuts (11).

R (4) Torque the nuts (4) to between 0.30 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
R lbf.in).

R (5) Adjust the door buffer (Ref. TASK 52-12-00-820-801).

R (6) Torque the nuts (11) and (16) to between 1.4 and 1.6 m.daN (10.32 and
R 11.79 lbf.ft).

R (7) Torque the nut (8) to between 8.2 and 9.5 m.daN (60.47 and 70.05
R lbf.ft).

R (8) Safety the nut (8) with the tab washer (7).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-13-12-420-052

R E. Installation of the Door Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-12-991-001)

(1) Install the support arm to the door frame.

(a) Install the bushes (2), (3) and (7) in the support arm.

(b) Put the support arm in position on the attach fittings.

(c) At the upper attach fitting install the washer (12) and the bolt
(1).

(d) At the lower attach fitting install the lockwasher (8) and the
bolt (1).

(e) Install the washers (4) and the nuts (5).

(f) TORQUE the nuts (5) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

(g) Safety the nuts (5) with the new cotter pins (6).

(h) Put the bonding straps (9) in position on the support arm and
install the washers (10) and the screws (11) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-802).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 425
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 (2) Install the door damper and emergency operation cylinder (Ref. TASK
52-13-14-400-801).

(3) Install the AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-11-400-801).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-12-420-055

F. Installation of the Guide Arm Hinge Fittings

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1168

____

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-12-991-005)

(1) Install the upper hinge fitting.

(a) Put the fitting assembly (73) in position on the door and install
the bolts (74) and (75) and the nuts (70).

(b) Install the bolt (76) and the nut (72).

(2) Install the lower hinge fitting.

(a) Put the fitting assembly (71) in position on the door and install
the bolts (74) and (75) and the nuts (70).

(b) Install the bolt (76) and the nut (72).

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-13-12-420-055-A

F. Installation of the Guide Arm Hinge-Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-13-12-991-005-A)

(1) Install the guide arm hinge-fittings (72, 73).

R (a) Put the hinge-fittings (72, 73) in position and install the bolts
R (74, 75, 76), the washers (71) and the nuts (70).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 426
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-12-420-058

G. Installation of the Guide Arm Hinge-Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-12-991-007)

(1) Install the guide arm hinge-fittings (72, 73).

R (a) Put the hinge-fittings (72, 73) in position and install the bolts
R (74, 75, 76), the washers (71) and the nuts (70).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-13-12-420-056

H. Installation of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-12-991-004)

NOTE : The installation procedure for the upper and lower guide arm is
____
the same.

(1) Install the guide arm (55) on the door frame fitting (51).

(2) Install the washer (52) and the nut (53).

(3) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- REMOVE IT IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH YOUR SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the bushes (56)
and (63).

(4) Install the bushes (56) and (63).

(5) Put the guide arm (55) in position in the door fitting (60) and
install the washer (61) and the bolt (62).

(6) Install the washer (59) and the nut (58).

(7) TORQUE the nut (58) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and 30.08
lbf.in).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 427
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (8) Safety the nut (58) with the new cotter pin (57).

(9) TORQUE the nut (53) to between 1.47 and 1.57 m.daN (10.84 and 11.57
lbf.ft). Use the socket wrench (P/N 98A52108007330), part of the TOOL
SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(10) Safety the nut (53) with the lockwasher (54). Use the tool (P/N
98A52108007126) part of the TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS
(98A52108007000).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-13-12-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and

STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
which attach components directly to the door structure.

(b) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
bolts which are in the door mechanism.

(c) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the

installed components.

(3) Install the door lining on the support arm (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-400-
802).

(a) For the LH door install the panels 833BZ, 833CZ, 833FZ, 833GZ,
833HZ, 833JZ.

(b) For the RH door install the panels 843BZ, 843CZ, 843FZ, 843GZ,
843HZ, 843JZ.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 428
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 (4) Install the door frame linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-801).

(a) For the LH door install the panels 271BW, 271DW, 271EW, 271FW,
271NW.

(b) For the RH door install the panels 272BW, 272DW, 272EW, 272FW,
272NW.

(5) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(6) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

(7) Close the AFT passenger/crew door Z833 and Z843 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-801).

(8) Close the access door 811.

(9) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-13-12-865-053

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-13-12-862-050

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-12

Page 429
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 ______________________________________________________________
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION (360RH7,360RH8)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

TASK 52-13-14-000-801

Removal of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder (360RH7,360RH8)

R (Door 4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific NAS 509-4
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

25-62-00-860-801 Safety the Pack-Assembly
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-14-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-14-991-001-A Fig. 401A


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 401
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-099,

R 52-13-14-991-003 Fig. 402

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-14-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-13-14-010-052

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-13-14-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-13-14-010-050

D. Get Access

(1) Open the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801):

- FOR 360RH7
open the door Z833
- FOR 360RH8
open the door Z843


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 402
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 (2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Safety the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-801).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-14-020-050

A. Removal

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1168

____

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-14-991-001)

(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (12).

(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(3) Install the nut NAS 509-4 (11) to safety the spring rod (10).

(4) Remove and discard the cotter pin (1) and (9).

(5) Remove the nut (2), (8), the washer (3), (7) and disconnect the
spring rod (10) from the door fitting and remove the washer (6).

(6) Remove the bolt (21) together with the spring rod (10) and the washer
(5) from the telescopic rod.

(7) Remove the bush (4).

(8) Remove and discard the cotter pin (20).

(9) Remove the nut (19), the washer (18), the bolt (14), the washer (15),
the sleeve (17) and disconnect the damper cylinder from the door.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 403
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
Figure 401/TASK 52-13-14-991-001


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-14

Page 404
Apr 01/00
 
THY 
 (10) Remove the hinge pin (16) and the yoke (13) from the damper cylinder.

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-13-14-020-050-A

A. Removal of the Damper Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-13-14-991-001-A)

(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (12).

(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(3) Install the nut NAS 509-4 (11) to safety the spring rod (10).

(4) Remove and discard the cotter pin (1) and (9).

(5) Remove the nut (2), (8), the washer (3), (7) and disconnect the
spring rod (10) from the door fitting and remove the washer (6).

(6) Remove the bolt (21) together with the spring rod (10) and the washer
(5) from the telescopic rod.

(7) Remove the bush (4).

(8) Remove and discard the cotter pin (20).

(9) Remove the nut (19), the washer (18), the bolt (14), the washer (15)
and disconnect the damper cylinder from the door.

(10) Remove the hinge pin (16) and the yoke (13) from the damper cylinder.

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-14-020-051

B. Removal of the Damper Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-14-991-003)

(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (12).

(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(3) Install the nut NAS 509-4 (11) to safety the spring rod (10).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 405
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
Figure 401A/TASK 52-13-14-991-001-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-14

Page 406
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder on Door Serial No. 1169 and
subsequent
Figure 402/TASK 52-13-14-991-003


EFF :

001-099, 

52-13-14 Page 407
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (4) Remove and discard the cotter pin (1) and (9).

(5) Remove the nut (2), (8), the washer (3), (7) and disconnect the
spring rod (10) from the door fitting and remove the washer (6).

(6) Remove the bolt (21) together with the spring rod (10) and the washer
(5) from the telescopic rod.

(7) Remove the bush (4).

(8) Remove and discard the cotter pin (20).

(9) Remove the nut (19), the washer (18), the bolt (14), the washer (15)
and disconnect the damper cylinder from the door.

(10) Remove the hinge pin (16) and the yoke (13) from the damper cylinder.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-14

Page 408
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 52-13-14-400-801

Installation of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder (360RH7,

R 360RH8) (Door 4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 CALIPER
R No specific 1 GAGE - FEELER
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 1.00 to 10.00 m.daN
(8.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 409
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 cotter pin 52-13-04 02 -200

1 cotter pin 52-13-04 22 -210
9 cotter pin 52-13-04 01 -290
9 cotter pin 52-13-04 21 -310
20 cotter pin 52-13-04 02 -120
20 cotter pin 52-13-04 22 -130

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-73-00-861-801 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System

(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-801 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-801 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power A
24-41-00-862-801 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power A
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
25-62-00-860-801 Safety the Pack-Assembly
25-62-00-860-803 Arm the Pack-Assembly
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-13-14-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
R Cylinder (360RH7,360RH8) (Door 4L/4R)

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-14-991-001 Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 410
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-14-991-001-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-14-991-003 Fig. 402

R **ON A/C ALL

R 52-13-14-991-005 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-14-860-056

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the AFT passenger/crew door is open (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-801):
- FOR 360RH7
the door Z833
- FOR 360RH8
the door Z843

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

(4) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 411
Jul 01/01
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-14-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-13-14-860-051

C. Preparation for Installation

(1) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(2) Make sure that the pack assembly is safe (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-
801).

(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(5) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(6) Make sure that the pressure in the gas bottle is correct.

NOTE : If necessary adjust the pressure in the gas bottle.

____

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 412
Jul 01/01
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-14-560-050

A. Preparation of the Replacement Component

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-14-991-001)

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-13-14-991-001-A)

**ON A/C 001-099,

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-14-991-003)

**ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-14-991-005)

(1) Adjust the length of the damper cylinder.

(a) Compress the damper cylinder fully.

(b) Move the piston rod 4.5 mm (0.1771 in.) out of the damper
cylinder.

R (c) Measure the dimension
A
. Use a CALIPER.

(d) The dimension
A
must be 432.8 +0.5 -0.5 mm (17.0393 +0.0196 -
0.0196 in.).

(e) If the dimension
A
is not in the given limits adjust the length
as follows:

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nut (30).

2
_ Loosen the nut (30).

3
_ Turn the eye end until the dimension
A
is correct.

4
_ Tighten and TORQUE the nut (30) to between to 4.4 m.daN (32.44
lbf.ft) and 4.9 m.daN (36.1356 lbf.ft).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 413
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
R Figure 403/TASK 52-13-14-991-005


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 414
Jul 01/01
 
THY 
 5
_ Safety the nut (30) with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).

(2) Adjust the gap
B
between the support arm and the bellcrank.

(a) Put the bellcrank and the telescopic rod in position and install
bush (4), the washer (5) and the bolt (21).

(b) Install the washer (3) and the nut (2).

(c) Install the washer (6) and the spring rod (10) on the door
fitting.

(d) Install the washer (7) and the nut (8).

(e) Remove the nut (11).

(f) Move the door into the door frame until the upper guide rollers
contact the guide fittings. Do not lower the door.

R (g) Compress the telescopic rod and measure the gap
B
. Use a GAGE -
R FEELER.

(h) The gap
B
must be between 1.2 mm (0.0472 in.) and 1.3 mm
(0.0511 in.). If the gap
B
is not in the given limit adjust as
follws:

(i) Fully open the door and remove the nut (31), the washer (32), the
stop bolt (35)and the washers (33) and (34).

(j) Adjust the washers (33) and (34) as necessary to give the correct
clearance.

(k) Install the weshers (33) and (34), the stop bolt (35), the washer
(32) and the nut (31).

(l) TORQUE the nut (31) to between to 0.9 m.daN (79.64 lbf.in) and to
1.0 m.daN (88.49 lbf.in).

(3) Remove the bolt (21) and the spring rod (10).

(a) Install the nut (11).

(b) Remove the nut (2), (8) and the washer (3), (7).

(c) Remove the bolt (21) together with the spring rod (10), the
washers (5), (6) and the bush (4).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 415
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-14-420-050

B. Installation of the Damper Cylinder

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1168

____

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-14-991-001)

(1) Put the yoke (13) in position in the damper cylinder and install the
hinge pin (16).

(2) Put the damper cylinder in position in the support arm fitting and
install the sleeve (17).

(3) Install the washer (15) and the bolt (14).

(4) Install the washer (18) and the nut (19).

(5) Install the eye end of the damper cylinder in the telescopic rod and
install the bush (4).

(6) Put the bellcrank in position and install the washer (5) and the bolt
(21).

(7) Install the washer (3) and the nut (2).

(8) Install the spring rod (10) together with the washer (6) on the door
fitting.

(9) Install the washer (7) and the nut (8).

(10) remove the nut (11).

(11) TORQUE the nuts (19) and (8) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).

(12) TORQUE the nut (2) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and 95.57
lbf.in).

(13) Safety the nut (19) with the new cotter pin (20).

(14) Safety the nut (8) with the new cotter pin (9).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-14

Page 416
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (15) Safety the nut (2) with the new cotter pin (1).

R (16) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

R (17) Connect the electrical connector (12).

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-13-14-420-050-A

R B. Installation of the Damper Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-13-14-991-001-A)

(1) Put the yoke (13) in position in the damper cylinder and install the
hinge pin (16).

(2) Put the damper cylinder in position in the support arm fitting and
install the washer (15), (18) and the bolt (14).

(3) Install the washer (18) and the nut (19).

(4) Install the eye end of the damper cylinder in the telescopic rod and
install the bush (4).

(5) Put the bellcrank in position and install the washer (5) and the bolt
(21).

(6) Install the washer (3) and the nut (2).

R (7) Install the spring rod (10) together with the washer (6) on the door
R fitting.
R

(8) Install the washer (7) and the nut (8).

(9) Remove the nut (11).

(10) TORQUE the nuts (19) and (8) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).

(11) TORQUE the nut (2) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and 95.57
lbf.in).

(12) Safety the nut (19) with the new cotter pin (20).

(13) Safety the nut (8) with the new cotter pin (9).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 417
Jul 01/01
 
THY 
 (14) Safety the nut (2) with the new cotter pin (1).

R (15) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

R (16) Connect the electrical connector (12).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-14-420-051

R C. Installation of the Damper Cylinder

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1169 and

____
subsequent

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-14-991-003)

(1) Put the yoke (13) in position in the damper cylinder and install the
hinge pin (16).

(2) Put the damper cylinder in position in the support arm fitting and
install the washer (15), (18) and the bolt (14).

(3) Install the washer (18) and the nut (19).

(4) Install the eye end of the damper cylinder in the telescopic rod and
install the bush (4).

(5) Put the bellcrank in position and install the washer (5) and the bolt
(21).

(6) Install the washer (3) and the nut (2).

R (7) Install the spring rod (10) together with the washer (6) on the door
R fitting.
R

(8) Install the washer (7) and the nut (8).

(9) Remove the nut (11).

(10) TORQUE the nuts (19) and (8) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and
30.97 lbf.in).

(11) TORQUE the nut (2) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and 95.57
lbf.in).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 418
Jul 01/01
 
THY 
 (12) Safety the nut (19) with the new cotter pin (20).

(13) Safety the nut (8) with the new cotter pin (9).

(14) Safety the nut (2) with the new cotter pin (1).

R (15) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

R (16) Connect the electrical connector (12).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-13-14-820-051

R D. Do an adjustment/test of the door damper and emergency operation cylinder

(Ref. TASK 52-13-14-820-801).

Subtask 52-13-14-865-052

R E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-13-14-710-050

R F. Do an Operational Test of the CIDS Connection

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).

(2) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-801).

(3) On the Programming and Indication Module (PIM):

- push the hardkey
DOORS
,
- make sure that the indication
CHECK DOOR PRESSURE
is not shown.

(4) De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-801).

(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 419
Jul 01/01
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-13-14-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Arm the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-803).

(2) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(4) Close the AFT Passenger/Crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801):

- FOR 360RH7
close the door Z833
- FOR 360RH8
close the door Z843

(5) Close the access door 811.

(6) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-13-14-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 420
Jul 01/01
 
THY 
 ______________________________________________________________
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION (360RH7,360RH8)
_______________
ADJUSTMENT/TEST

TASK 52-13-14-820-801

Adjustment of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder (360RH7,360RH8)

(Door 4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific measuring equipment
No specific sharp pencil
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
701-2978000 2 PIN - RIGGING
98A52107632000 2 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 501
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 25-23-52-000-802 Removal of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-52-400-802 Installation of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew
Door
25-62-00-860-801 Safety the Pack-Assembly
25-62-00-860-803 Arm the Pack-Assembly
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-14-991-002 Fig. 501

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-14-991-002-A Fig. 501A

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Post SB 52-4073 For A/C 101-149,151-199,

52-13-14-991-002-B Fig. 501B

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-14-991-004 Fig. 502


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 502
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-14-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-13-14-010-053

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-13-14-865-053

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-13-14-010-051

D. Get Access

(1) Open the AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-010-801):

- FOR 360RH7
open the door Z833
- FOR 360RH8
open the door Z843

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Safety the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-801).

(4) Put a warning notice in position at the bottom of the access platform
to tell persons to keep away from the door area.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 503
Jan 01/01
R  
THY 
 (5) Remove the door lining from the support arm (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-000-
802):
- FOR 360RH7
remove 833HZ, 833GZ, 833JZ
- FOR 360RH8
remove 843HZ, 843GZ, 843JZ

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-14-820-050

R A. Adjustment of the Cylinder Kinematics

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1168

____

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-13-14-991-002)

(1) At the Percussion Mechanism:

(a) Fully close and lock the passenger/crew door.

(b) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE and move the emergency control
handle to the
ARMED
position.

(c) Slowly lift the door to its highest position and hold it, do not
push it open (high and closed position).

(d) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (7) is installed.

(e) Loosen the knurled screw (12).

(f) Move the release lever (13) forward until it touches the stop
(11).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 504
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder Kinematics on Door Serial No. 1001
to 1168
Figure 501/TASK 52-13-14-991-002


EFF :

001-099, 

52-13-14 Page 505
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 (g) Make a mark where the lower edge of the release lever (13)
touches the stop (11). Use a sharp pencil.

(h) Move the release lever (13) back to the disarmed position and
tighten the knurled screw (12).

(i) Lower and lock the door.

(j) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position and
install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

(k) Measure the distance between the pencil mark and the highest
point of the stop (11). Use the measuring equipment.

(l) If the dimension
b
is not 5 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.1968 +0.0196 -

0.0196 in.), adjust as follows.

1
_ Fully open the passenger/crew door.

2
_ Remove the nut (8).

3
_ Remove the stop (11) and the lockwasher (10).

4
_ Adjust the washers (9) as necessary to give the correct
dimension.

5
_ Install the lockwasher (10) and the stop (11).

6
_ Install the nut (8).

7
_ TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.49 and 0.59 m.daN (43.36 and
52.21 lbf.in) and close the door.

R (2) Measure the distance a between the retracted release lever (13) and
R the stop (11).

(a) Put the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

(b) Lift the door to the fully-lifted position, but do not open the
door.

NOTE : This prevents the deployment of the slide/raft during

____
measurement.

R (c) Measure the distance a. The distance a is between 2.5 mm
R (0.0984 in.) and 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-14

Page 506
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-13-14-820-050-A

A. Adjustment of the Cylinder Kinematics

(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-13-14-991-002-A)

(1) At the Percussion Mechanism:

(a) Fully close and lock the passenger/crew door.

(b) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE and move the emergency control
handle to the
ARMED
position.

(c) Slowly lift the door to its highest position and hold it, do not
push it open (high and closed position).

(d) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (7) is installed.

(e) Loosen the knurled screw (12).

(f) Move the release lever (13) forward until it touches the stop
(11).

(g) Make a mark where the lower edge of the release lever (13)
touches the stop (11). Use a sharp pencil.

(h) Move the release lever (13) back to the disarmed position and
tighten the knurled screw (12).

(i) Lower and lock the door.

(j) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position and
install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

(k) Measure the distance between the pencil mark and the highest
point of the stop (11). Use the measuring equipment.

(l) If the dimension
b
is not 5 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.1968 +0.0196 -

0.0196 in.), adjust as follows.

1
_ Fully open the passenger/crew door.

2
_ Remove the nut (8).

3
_ Remove the stop (11) and the lockwasher (10).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-14

Page 507
Jul 01/02
R  
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder Kinematics
Figure 501A/TASK 52-13-14-991-002-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-14

Page 508
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 4
_ Adjust the washers (9) as necessary to give the correct
dimension.

5
_ Install the lockwasher (10) and the stop (11).

6
_ Install the nut (8).

7
_ TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.49 and 0.59 m.daN (43.36 and
52.21 lbf.in) and close the door.

R (2) Measure the distance a between the retracted release lever (13) and
R the stop (11).

(a) Put the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

(b) Lift the door to the fully-lifted position, but do not open the
door.

NOTE : This prevents the deployment of the slide/raft during

____
measurement.

R (c) Measure the distance a. The distance a is between 2.5 mm
R (0.0984 in.) and 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.).

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Post SB 52-4073 For A/C 101-149,151-199,

Subtask 52-13-14-820-050-B

R A. Adjustment of the Cylinder Kinematics

(Ref. Fig. 501B/TASK 52-13-14-991-002-B)

(1) At the Percussion Mechanism:

(a) Fully close and lock the passenger/crew door.

(b) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE and move the emergency control
handle to the
ARMED
position.

(c) Slowly lift the door to its highest position and hold it, do not
push it open (high and closed position).

(d) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (7) is installed.

(e) Loosen the knurled screw (12).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-14

Page 509
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder Kinematics
Figure 501B/TASK 52-13-14-991-002-B


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-14

Page 510
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 (f) Move the release lever (13) forward until it touches the stop
(11).

(g) Make a mark where the lower edge of the release lever (13)
touches the stop (11). Use a sharp pencil.

(h) Move the release lever (13) back to the disarmed position and
tighten the knurled screw (12).

(i) Lower and lock the door.

(j) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position and
install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

(k) Measure the distance between the pencil mark and the highest
point of the stop (11). Use the measuring equipment.

(l) If the dimension
b
is not 5 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.1968 +0.0196 -

0.0196 in.), adjust as follows.

1
_ Fully open the passenger/crew door.

2
_ Remove the nut (8).

3
_ Remove the stop (11) and the lockwasher (10).

4
_ Adjust the washers (9) as necessary to give the correct
dimension.

5
_ Install the lockwasher (10) and the stop (11).

6
_ Install the nut (8).

7
_ TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.49 and 0.59 m.daN (43.36 and
52.21 lbf.in) and close the door.

R (2) Measure the the distance a between the retracted release lever (13)
R and the stop (11).

(a) Put the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

(b) Lift the door to the fully lifted position, but do not open the
door.

NOTE : This prevents the deployment of the slide/raft during

____
measurement.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-14

Page 511
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 (c) Measure the distance a. The distance a is between 2.5 mm
(0.0984 in.) and 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.).

(3) If the distance a is out of tolerance, adjust the position of the
stop (11) as follows.

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (14).

(b) Remove the nut (20), the washers (15), and the bolt (17).

(c) Remove the sleeve (18) and the washers (16) and (19).

(d) Adjust the distance a by adding or removing of the washers (16)
and (19).

(e) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the sleeve (18).

(f) Install the sleeve (18).

R (g) Measure the distance a as described in para. (2) (a) thru (c).
R If necessary repeat the adjustment.

(h) Install the bolt (17), the washers (15), and the nut (20).

(i) Make sure that the dimension between the guide rod (21) and the
lever assembly (22) is 0.1 +0.05 -0.05 mm (0.0039 +0.0019 -0.0019
in.).

(j) Safety the nut (20) with a new cotter pin (14).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-14-820-052

B. Adjustment of the Cylinder Kinematics

NOTE : On door serial No. 1196 and subsequent

____
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-13-14-991-004)

(1) At the Percussion Mechanism:

(a) Fully close and lock the passenger/crew door.

(b) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE and move the emergency control
handle to the
ARMED
position.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 512
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder on Door Serial No. 1169 and
subsequent
Figure 502/TASK 52-13-14-991-004


EFF :

001-099, 

52-13-14 Page 513
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 (c) Slowly lift the door to its highest position and hold it, do not
push it open (high and closed position).

(d) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (7) is installed.

(e) Loosen the knurled screw (12).

(f) Move the release lever (13) forward until it touches the stop
(11).

(g) Make a mark where the lower edge of the release lever (13)
touches the stop (11). Use a sharp pencil.

(h) Move the release lever (13) back to the disarmed position and
tighten the knurled screw (12).

(i) Lower and lock the door.

(j) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position and
install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

(k) Measure the distance between the pencil mark and the highest
point of the stop (11). Use the measuring equipment.

(l) If the dimension
b
is not 5 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.1968 +0.0196 -

0.0196 in.), adjust as follows.

1
_ Fully open the passenger/crew door.

2
_ Remove the nut (8).

3
_ Remove the stop (11) and the lockwasher (10).

4
_ Adjust the washers (9) as necessary to give the correct
dimension.

5
_ Install the lockwasher (10) and the stop (11).

6
_ Install the nut (8).

7
_ TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.49 and 0.59 m.daN (43.36 and
52.21 lbf.in) and close the door.

R (2) Measure the the distance a between the retracted release lever (13)
R and the stop (11).

(a) Put the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-14

Page 514
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 (b) Lift the door to the fully-lifted position, but do not open the
door.

NOTE : This prevents the deployment of the slide/raft during

____
measurement.

(c) Measure the distance a. The distance a is between 4.5 mm
(0.1771 in.) and 6.5 mm (0.2559 in.).

(3) If the distance a is out of tolerance, adjust the position of the
stop (11) as follows.

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (14).

(b) Remove the nut (20), the washers (15), and the bolt (17).

(c) Remove the sleeve (18) and the washers (16) and (19).

(d) Adjust the distance a by adding or removing of the washers (16)
and/or (19).

(e) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the sleeve (18).

(f) Install the sleeve (18).

R (g) Measure the distance a as described in para. (2) (a) thru (c).
R If necessary repeat the adjustment.

(h) Install the bolt (17), the washers (15), and the nut (20).

(i) Make sure that the dimension between the guide rod (21) and the
lever assembly (22) is 0.1 +0.05 -0.05 mm (0.0039 +0.0019 -0.0019
in.).

(j) Safety the nut (20) with a new cotter pin (14).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-14

Page 515
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-13-14-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Install the door lining to the support arm (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-400-
802):
- FOR 360RH7
install 833HZ, 833GZ, 833JZ
- FOR 360RH8
install 843HZ, 843GZ, 843JZ

(2) Arm the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-803).

(3) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(4) Remove the warning notice(s).

(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(6) Close the AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801):

- FOR 360RH7
close the door Z833
- FOR 360RH8
close the door Z843

(7) Close the access door 811.

(8) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-13-14-865-054

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 516
Jul 01/01
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-14-862-051

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-14

Page 517
Jul 01/01
 
THY 
 SEAL - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________

TASK 52-13-18-000-801

Removal of the Door Seal (Door 4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

R NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-13-18-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-18-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-18

Page 401
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-18-010-051

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-13-18-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-13-18-010-050

D. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the related door.

(2) Open the AFT passenger/crew door Z833 and Z843 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
010-801).

(3) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801)

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
R - THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
R THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
R - THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
R CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
R INSTALLED.
R THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
R IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-18

Page 402
Oct 01/97
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-18-020-050

A. Removal of the Door Seal

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-18-991-001)

(1) Remove the nuts (4).

(2) Remove the screws (5) and the retainers (2), (3), (7) and (8) (refer
to detail
B
).

(3) Remove the screws (6) and the retainers (1) and (10) (refer to detail

C
).

NOTE : Identify the screws (5) and (6) for the installation
____
procedure.

(4) Remove the door seal (9) from the passenger/crew door.

(5) Put a warning notice in position on the door to tell persons that the
door seal is removed.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-18

Page 403
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
R Door Seal
Figure 401/TASK 52-13-18-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-13-18

Page 404
Apr 01/93
 
THY 
 TASK 52-13-18-400-801

Installation of the Door Seal (Door 4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

R NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific lint-free cloth
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-011 USA MIL-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-18

Page 405
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
51-75-12-300-801 Repair of Paint Damage on Aluminum and Composite
Material (more than the Topcoat)
52-10-00-010-801 Opening of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-13-18-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-18-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the related
door.

(3) Make sure that the AFT passenger/crew door is open (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-010-801):

(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

R (5) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-18

Page 406
Apr 01/95
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-18-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-13-18-860-050

C. Preparation for Installation

(1) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(4) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(a) Clean the countersinks with a nonmetallic scraper and CLEANING

AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-18

Page 407
Apr 01/94
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
R - THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
R THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
R - THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
R CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
R INSTALLED.
R THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
R IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-13-18-420-050

A. Installation of the Door Seal

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-18-991-001)

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Put the door seal (9) in position on the passenger/crew door.

(2) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the countersinks before
you install the screws (5) and (6).

(3) Install the retainers (2), (3), (7) and (8) with the screws (5) (as
identified) and the nuts (4) (refer to detail
B
).

(4) Install the retainers (1) and (10) with the screws (6) (as
identified) and the nuts (4) (refer to detail
C
).

NOTE : Make sure that the door seal (9) is installed correctly.
____

(5) TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 0.25 and 0.30 m.daN (22.12 and 26.54
lbf.in).

(6) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the door seal (9).

(7) Remove the unwanted sealant from the passenger/crew door and/or the
adjacent area with a lint-free cloth.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-18

Page 408
Oct 01/97
 
THY 
 (8) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and STRUCTURE
PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts (4).

(9) Do a repair of the paint damage caused to the outer skin of the door
by the removal/installation of the screws (5) and (6) (Ref. TASK 51-
75-12-300-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-13-18-865-052

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-13-18-410-052

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R (3) Close the AFT passenger/crew door Z833 and Z843 (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-
410-801).

(4) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

R (5) Close the access door 811.

(6) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-13-18-862-050

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-18

Page 409
Apr 01/95
 
THY 
 MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________

TASK 52-13-21-000-801

Removal of the Door Locking Mechanism from the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door
4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
98A52108004001 2 SLING - PASSENGER DOOR
98A52108007000 2 TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

R 25-23-52-000-802 Removal of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-002 Fig. 401

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-002-A Fig. 401A


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 401
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-023 Fig. 402

**ON A/C ALL

52-13-21-991-003 Fig. 403

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-004 Fig. 404

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-004-A Fig. 404A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-005 Fig. 405

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-005-A Fig. 405A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-006 Fig. 406

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-006-A Fig. 406A


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 402
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-007 Fig. 407

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-007-A Fig. 407A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-008 Fig. 408

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-008-A Fig. 408A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-009 Fig. 409

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-009-A Fig. 409A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-010 Fig. 410

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-010-A Fig. 410A


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 403
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-011 Fig. 411

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-011-A Fig. 411A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-012 Fig. 412

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-012-A Fig. 412A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-013 Fig. 413

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-013-A Fig. 413A

**ON A/C ALL

52-13-21-991-015 Fig. 414

52-13-21-991-014 Fig. 415
52-13-21-991-022 Fig. 416

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-024 Fig. 417

52-13-21-991-025 Fig. 418
52-13-21-991-026 Fig. 419


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 404
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 52-13-21-991-027 Fig. 420

R 52-13-21-991-028 Fig. 421
R 52-13-21-991-029 Fig. 422
R 52-13-21-991-030 Fig. 423
R 52-13-21-991-031 Fig. 424
R 52-13-21-991-032 Fig. 425
R 52-13-21-991-033 Fig. 426

R **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-21-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-13-21-010-050

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-13-21-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 405
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-21-010-051

D. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the related door.

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Remove the escape facility from the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-000-
801).

(4) Remove the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-000-802).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-21-941-050

A. Preparation for Removal

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1168

____

(1) Install the SLING - PASSENGER DOOR (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).

(2) Unload the torsion bar.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-21-991-002)

NOTE : This is only necessary for the removal of:

____
- the external control handle,
- the gearbox and locking hook,
- the twin lever,
- the lifting shaft,
- the upper and lower connection links.

(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the tension bolt (6).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 406
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R Torsion Indicator and Tension Bolt on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
Figure 401/TASK 52-13-21-991-002


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 407
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 (b) Loosen the tension bolt (6) until the torsion bar is unloaded.

NOTE : An indicator plate is installed on the side of the door

____
for the subsequent loading of the torsion bar.

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-13-21-941-050-A

R A. Preparation for Removal

R (1) Install the SLING - PASSENGER DOOR on the opened door to safety it in
R its lifted position (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).

R (2) Unload the pre-tension of the torsion bar as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-13-21-991-002-A)

R NOTE : This is only necessary for the removal of:

____
R - the external control handle,
R - the gearbox and locking hook,
R - the twin lever,
R - the lifting shaft,
R - the upper and lower connection links.

R (a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the tension bolt (2) and the
R lead seal rivet (4).

R (b) Loosen the tension bolt (2) until the torsion bar is unloaded.

R NOTE : Examine the indicator plate (6) on the door frame.

____

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-21-941-051

B. Preparation for Removal

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1169 and

____
subsequent

R (1) Install the SLING - PASSENGER DOOR on the opened door to safety it in
R its lifted position (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 408
Oct 01/01
 
THY 
R Tension Indicator and Tension Bolt
Figure 401A/TASK 52-13-21-991-002-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 409
Oct 01/01
 
THY 
R (2) Unload the pre-tension of the torsion bar (5) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-21-991-023)

R NOTE : This is only necessary for the removal of:

____
R - the external control handle,
R - the gearbox and locking hook,
R - the twin lever,
R - the lifting shaft,
R - the upper and lower connection links.

R (a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the tension bolt (2) and the
R lead seal rivet (4).

R (b) Loosen the tension bolt (2) until the torsion bar (5) is
R unloaded.

R NOTE : Examine the indicator plate (6) on the door frame.

____

Subtask 52-13-21-020-050

C. Removal of the Door Locking Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1168

____

NOTE : For the removal procedure use the special tools from the TOOL SET-
____
R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(1) Remove the lining hinge arms and the locking hooks.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-21-991-003)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (30).

(b) Remove the nuts (29) and the washers (28).

(c) Remove the bolts (33) together with the washers (31) and (32) and
move the pushrods (27) away from the door structure.

(d) Remove the nuts (29) and the washers (35).

(e) Remove the bolts (33), the washers (34) and the lining hinge arms
(26).

(f) Remove the bushes (24) and (25) from the locking hooks (15).

(g) Remove and discard the cotter pins (20).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 410
Oct 01/01
 
THY 
R Torsion Indicator and Tension Bolt on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
Figure 402/TASK 52-13-21-991-023


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 411
Oct 01/01
 
THY 
 Locking Hooks and Lining Hinge Arms
R Figure 403/TASK 52-13-21-991-003

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 412
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 (h) Remove the nuts (19), the bolts (12) and the washers (13) and
(21).

(i) Move the pushrods (17) away from the locking hooks (15) and
remove the bushes (16) and (18).

(j) Remove the nuts (22) and the washers (23).

(k) Remove the bolts (11) together with the washers (14) and the
locking hooks (15).

(2) Remove the indicator covers.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-21-991-004)

(a) Remove the bolts (42) and the washers (43) together with the fwd
indicator cover (44), the shims (40) and the washers (41) and
(45).

NOTE : Identify the shims (40) for the installation procedure.

____

(b) Remove the bolts (46) and the washers (47) together with the aft
indicator cover (44) and the washers (41) and (45).

(c) Remove the locking shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-21-991-005)

(d) Disconnect the pushrods (59) and (81) (see detail B) and the
spring rods (70) (see detail C).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (78).

2
_ Remove the nuts (77), the bolts (74) and the washers (75) and
(76).

3
_ Disconnect the rods and remove the bushes (72) and (73).

(e) Remove the lockwashers (60), use the extraction tool

98A52108007122.

(f) Remove the nuts (61), use the socket wrench 98A52108007292.

(g) Remove the bush (62) and the lever assembly (79).

(h) Turn the locking shaft until you have access to the taper pin
nuts (67).

(i) Remove and discard the cotter pins (66).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 413
Oct 01/01
R  
THY 
R Indicator Covers on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
R Figure 404/TASK 52-13-21-991-004


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 414
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 Indicator Covers
Figure 404A/TASK 52-13-21-991-004-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 415
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Locking Shaft on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
R Figure 405/TASK 52-13-21-991-005


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 416
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 (j) Remove the nuts (67), the washers (68) and the taper pins (71).

NOTE : Identify the taper pins (71) for the installation

____
procedure.

(k) Remove the nuts (84), the bolts (82) and release the bearing
flange (83).

(l) Remove the nuts (65), the bolts (63) and the flange assemblies
(64) and (80).

(m) Remove the bellcranks (69).

NOTE : Identify the bellcranks (69) for the installation

____
procedure.

(n) Remove the locking shaft from the door.

(3) Remove the lowering shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-21-991-006)

(a) Open the door to release the tension of the spring (112).

(b) Remove the nut (114), the end fitting (113) and the spring (112).

(c) Disconnect the pushrod (103).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (107).

2
_ Remove the nut (106), the bolt (100) and the washers (105) and
(101).

3
_ Disconnect the rod and remove the bushes (102) and (104).

(d) Remove the lockwashers (95), use the extraction tool

98A52108007130.

(e) Remove the nuts (96), use the socket wrench 98A52108007290.

(f) Identify the position of the lever (98) for the installation
procedure.

(g) Remove the washer (97) and the lever (98).

(h) Remove the roller assembly from the lever (98).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (115).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 417
Oct 01/01
R  
THY 
 Locking Shaft
Figure 405A/TASK 52-13-21-991-005-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 418
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Lowering Shaft on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
R Figure 406/TASK 52-13-21-991-006


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 419
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 2
_ Remove the nut (116) and the washer (117).

3
_ Remove the bolt (120) together with the bush (118) and the
roller (119).

(i) Remove the nuts (109) and the bolts (110).

(j) Push the lowering shaft (111) out of the edge beam and remove the
bearing (99).

(k) Remove the lowering shaft (111) and the bearing flange (108).

(4) Remove the internal control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-21-991-007)

(a) Disengage the handle (132) from the latch assembly (135).

(b) Remove the screw (144), the washer (143) and disconnect the
bonding strap (142).

(c) Remove the bolt (145) and the lockwasher (146).

(d) Identify the position of the handle (132) on the splined shaft
(131) for the installation procedure.

(e) Remove the handle (132).

(5) Remove the internal control-handle latch-assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-21-991-007)

(a) Disengage the internal control handle (132) from the latch
assembly (135).

(b) Remove the nut (133), the bolt (139), the washer (140) and
disconnect the bonding strap (134).

(c) Remove the nuts (133), the bolts (141) and the washers (140).

(d) Remove the nuts (136), the bolts (138) and the washers (137).

(e) Remove the latch assembly (135) from the door structure.

(6) Remove the external control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-13-21-991-008)

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the torsion bar.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 420
Oct 01/01
R  
THY 
 Lowering Shaft
Figure 406A/TASK 52-13-21-991-006-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 421
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Internal Control Handle and Latch Assembly on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
R Figure 407/TASK 52-13-21-991-007


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 422
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 Internal Control Handle and Latch Assembly
Figure 407A/TASK 52-13-21-991-007-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 423
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R External Control Handle on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
R Figure 408/TASK 52-13-21-991-008


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 424
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 (b) Remove the screws (158), the washers (157) and the cover (156).

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (159).

(d) Remove the nut (161) and the washer (160).

(e) Open the external control handle (162) to approximately 90 deg.

and identify its position on the splined shaft (165) for the
installation procedure.

(f) Extract the splined shaft (165) through the gearbox until you can
remove the handle (162), use the extraction tool 98A52108007120.

NOTE : Access to the splined shaft is given through the gearbox

____
flange on the inside of the door.

(g) Remove the handle (162), the spacer (166) and the spacer mount
(167).

(7) Remove the gearbox and locking hook.

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-13-21-991-009)

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the torsion bar.

(b) Remove the internal control handle.

(c) Remove the external control handle.

(d) Remove the nuts (193), the bolts (196), the washers (197) and
(195) and disconnect the bonding straps (194) and (199).

(e) Remove the gearbox flange (198).

(f) Disconnect the pushrods (182), (187) and (189) (see detail B).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (175).

2
_ Remove the nut (177), the bolt (181) and the washers (176) and
(181).

3
_ Disconnect the rods and remove the bushes (178) and (179).

(g) Remove and discard the cotter pin (192).

(h) Remove the nut (191) and the washer (190).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 425
Oct 01/01
R  
THY 
 External Control Handle
Figure 408A/TASK 52-13-21-991-008-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 426
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Gear Box and Locking Hook on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
R Figure 409/TASK 52-13-21-991-009


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 427
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 (i) Remove the locking hook assembly (184) and the lockplate (202).

(j) Remove the nuts (185), the bolts (200) and the washers (201).

(k) Remove the gearbox (188) through the opening in the door
structure.

(l) Remove and discard the O-ring (186).

(8) Remove the twin lever.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-21-991-010)

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the torsion bar.

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (216).

(c) Remove the nuts (214), the bolts (221) and the washers (215) and
(220).

(d) Disconnect the rods (217) and (222) and remove the bushes (218)
and (219).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (223).

(f) Remove the nut (224) and the washer (225).

(g) Remove the bolt (210), the washers (211) and (213) and the twin
lever (226).

(h) Remove the sleeve (227) from the twin lever (226).

(i) Remove the bushes (212) from the door structure.

(9) Remove the lifting shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-13-21-991-011)

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the torsion bar.

(b) Disconnect the pushrods (253), (255), (256) and (267) (see detail
C).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (242).

2
_ Remove the nut (242), the bolt (245) and the washers (243) and
(244).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 428
Oct 01/01
R  
THY 
 Gear Box and Locking Hook
Figure 409A/TASK 52-13-21-991-009-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 429
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Twin Lever on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
R Figure 410/TASK 52-13-21-991-010


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 430
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 Twin Lever
Figure 410A/TASK 52-13-21-991-010-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 431
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Lifting Shaft on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
R Figure 411/TASK 52-13-21-991-011

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 432
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 3
_ Disconnect the rods and remove the bushes (240) and (246).

(c) Disconnect the spring (237) from the lever (238).

(d) Remove the lockwashers (265), use the extraction tool

98A52108007118.

(e) Remove the nuts (264), use the socket wrench 98A52108007294.

(f) Identify the position of the lifting arms (273) for the
installation procedure.

(g) Remove and discard the cotter pins (271).

(h) Loosen the nuts (272) and remove the the lifting arms (273).

(i) Remove the roller assembly from the lifting arms (273).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (234).

2
_ Remove the nuts (235) and the washers (236).

3
_ Remove the bolts (268) together with the bushes (270) and the
rollers (269).

(j) Remove and discard the cotter pin (248).

(k) Remove the nut (249) and the washer (250).

(l) Remove the bolt (257) together with the washer (258), the bushes
(251) and the sleeve (247).

(m) Disconnect the two halves of the lifting shaft (239) and (254)
and remove the bearing block (259).

(n) Push the half-shaft (239) forward through the door structure and
remove the bearing (276).

(o) Pull the half-shaft (239) back through the door structure and
remove it.

(p) Remove the lockwasher (265), use the extaction tool

98A52108007110.

(q) Remove the nut (264), use the socket wrench 98A52108007328.

(r) Remove the nuts (263), the bolts (261) and the washers (262).

(s) Push the half-shaft (254) aft through the door structure and
remove the bearing flange (252) and the ring (260).

(t) Remove the bearing (276) from the shaft end.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 433
Oct 01/01
R  
THY 
 (u) Remove the half-shaft (254) forwards through the door structure.

(10) Remove the torsion bar and torque shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-13-21-991-012)

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed.

(b) Carefully remove the tension bolt (288) and the washer (287).

(c) Remove the barrel nut (315) and the bush (314).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (292).

(e) Remove the nut (293) and the washer (294).

(f) Remove the bolt (301) together with the washers (294) and (296).

(g) Disconnect the lever (291) and remove the bushes (311) and (312)
and the sleeve (297).

(h) Remove the clamp (311) and the bush halves (310).

(i) Remove the circlips (285) and the covers (286).

(j) Extract the torsion bar (304) aft through the torsion shaft
(316).

(k) Remove the lockwashers (289), use the extraction tool

98A52108007114.

(l) Remove the nuts (290), use the socket wrench 98A52108007296.

(m) Remove the nuts (309) and the bolts (307) from the bearing flange
(308).

(n) Remove and discard the cotter pin (300).

(o) Remove the nut (299) and the bolt (306).

(p) Move the torque shaft (302) aft and remove the bearing flange
(308) and the crank lever (305).

(q) Remove the torque shaft (302) together with the bearing (303).

(r) Remove the nuts (309), the bolts (313) and the bearing flange
(312).

(s) Remove the torsion shaft (316).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 434
Oct 01/01
R  
THY 
 Lifting Shaft
Figure 411A/TASK 52-13-21-991-011-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 435
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Torsion Bar and Torque Shaft on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
R Figure 412/TASK 52-13-21-991-012


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 436
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 (11) Remove the upper connection link.
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-13-21-991-013, 414/TASK 52-13-21-991-015)

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the torsion bar.

(b) Disconnect the upper connection link from the support arm.

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (388).

2
_ Remove the nut (387) and the washer (389).

3
_ Remove the bolt (393), the washer (392) and the bushes (390).

4
_ Disconnect the upper connection link and remove the washers
(383) and (384).

NOTE : The washers (384) are available in different

____
thicknesses, identify them for the installation
procedure.

5
_ Remove the hinge pin (380), the yoke (386) and the washers
(381) and (382).

NOTE : The washers (382) are available in different

____
thicknesses, identify them for the installation
procedure.

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (338).

(d) Remove the nut (337), the bolt (332) and the washers (333) and
(336).

(e) Disconnect the pushrod (331) from the hook (341) and remove the
bushes (334) and (335).

(f) Remove the bolt (323), the washer (322) and disconnect the
bonding straps (320) and (321).

(g) Remove and discard the cotter pins (324).

(h) Remove the nuts (325) and the washers (326).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 437
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 Torsion Bar and Torque Shaft
Figure 412A/TASK 52-13-21-991-012-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 438
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Upper Connection Link on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
R Figure 413/TASK 52-13-21-991-013


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 439
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 Upper Connection Link
Figure 413A/TASK 52-13-21-991-013-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 440
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Upper and Lower Connection Linkage at the Support Arm
R Figure 414/TASK 52-13-21-991-015

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 441
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 (i) Remove the shaft (328) forwards through the connection link and
remove the washers (327) and (340).

NOTE : The washers (327) and (340) are of a different thickness,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.

(j) Remove the upper connection link (330) from the door and remove
the washers (329) and the sleeve (342).

(k) Remove the bush (339) from the door fitting.

(12) Remove the lower connection link.

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-13-21-991-015, 415/TASK 52-13-21-991-014)

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the torsion bar.

(b) Disconnect the lower connection link from the support arm.

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (388).

2
_ Remove the nut (387) and the washer (389).

3
_ Remove the bolt (393), the washer (392) and the bushes (390).

4
_ Disconnect the upper connection link and remove the washers
(383) and (384).

NOTE : The washers (384) are available in different

____
thicknesses, identify them for the installation
procedure.

5
_ Remove the hinge pin (380), the yoke (386) and the washers
(381) and (382).

NOTE : The washers (382) are available in different

____
thicknesses, identify them for the installation
procedure.

(c) Remove the bolt (370), the washer (369) and disconnect the
bonding strap (360).

(d) Remove the bolt (373), the washer (372) and disconnect the
bonding strap (371).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 442
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 Lower Connection Link
R Figure 415/TASK 52-13-21-991-014


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 443
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R (e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (362).

R (f) Remove the nut (363), the bolt (368) and the washers (361) and
R (367).

R (g) Disconnect the pushrod (364) and remove the bushes (365) and
R (366).

R (h) Remove and discard the cotter pins (350).

R (i) Remove the nuts (351) and the washers (352).

R (j) Remove the shaft (354) forward through the connection link and
R remove the washers (353) and (358).

R NOTE : The washers (353) and (358) are of a different thickness,

____
R identify them for the installation procedure.

R (k) Remove the lower connection link (356) from the door and remove
R the washers (355) and the sleeve (357).

R (l) Remove the bush (359) from the door fitting.

R (13) Remove the sensor actuation assembly.

R (Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 52-13-21-991-022)

R (a) Remove the spring (403).

R (b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (412).

R (c) Remove the washer (411), the pin (407) and disconnect the pushrod
R (413).

R (d) Remove the washer (411), the pin (410), the bushes (409) and the
R actuating lever (408).

R (e) Remove the circlips (400) and the washers (401).

R (f) Remove the pins (414), the bushes (405), the roller (406) and the
R pushrod (413).

R (g) Remove the pin (415) together with the bushes (402) and the
R target lever assembly (404).

R (h) Remove the pin (415) together with the bushes (405) and the
R roller (416).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 444
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 Sensor Actuation Assmbly
R Figure 416/TASK 52-13-21-991-022

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 445
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-13-21-020-050-A

C. Removal of the Door Locking Mechanism

NOTE : For the removal procedure use the special tools from the TOOL SET-
____
R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(1) Remove the lining hinge arms and the locking hooks.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-21-991-003)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (30).

(b) Remove the nuts (29) and the washers (28).

(c) Remove the bolts (33) together with the washers (31) and (32) and
move the pushrods (27) away from the door structure.

(d) Remove the nuts (29) and the washers (35).

(e) Remove the bolts (33), the washers (34) and the lining hinge arms
(26).

(f) Remove the bushes (24) and (25) from the locking hooks (15).

(g) Remove and discard the cotter pins (20).

(h) Remove the nuts (19), the bolts (12) and the washers (13) and
(21).

(i) Move the pushrods (17) away from the locking hooks (15) and
remove the bushes (16) and (18).

(j) Remove the nuts (22) and the washers (23).

(k) Remove the bolts (11) together with the washers (14) and the
locking hooks (15).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 446
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (2) Remove the indicator covers (42).
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-13-21-991-004-A)

(a) Remove the bolts (41) and the washers (40, 43, 44) together with
the indicator covers (42).

NOTE : Identify the washers (43, 44) for the installation

____
procedure.

(3) Remove the locking shaft (59).

(Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 52-13-21-991-005-A)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (58).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (57).

2
_ Remove the nuts (56), the washers (55) and the bolts (54).

(b) Disconnect the pushrods (73).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (67).

2
_ Remove the nuts (66), the washers (65) and the bolts (63).

(c) Disconnect the spring units (64).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (67).

2
_ Remove the nuts (66), the washers (65) and the bolts (63, 68).

(d) Remove the lever assembly (48).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (45).

2
_ Remove the nut (46) the washer (47) and the lever assembly
(48).

NOTE : Identify the position of the lever assembly (48) for

____
the installation procedure.

(e) Remove the flanges (51).

1
_ Remove the nuts (52), the bolts (49), the washers (50) and the
flanges (51).

NOTE : Identify the position of the flanges (51) for the

____
installation procedure.

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 447
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (f) Disconnect the bearing flange (70).

1
_ Remove the nuts (72), the washers (71) and the bolts (69).

(g) Disconnect the bellcranks (62).

1
_ Remove the nuts (61), the washers (60) and the bolts (53).

(h) Remove the locking shaft from the door.

(i) Remove the bellcranks (62).

NOTE : Identify the bellcranks (62) for the installation

____
procedure.

(4) Remove the lowering shaft (79).

(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-13-21-991-006-A)

(a) Open the door to release the tension of the spring (85).

(b) Disconnect the spring (85) from the crank lever.

(c) Remove the nut (88), the washer (87) and the eye-bolt (86).

(d) Disconnect the pushrod (81).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (84).

2
_ Remove the nut (83), the washer (82) and the bolt (80).

(e) Remove the nut (95), the washer (95) and the lever (93).

(f) Remove the nut (99), the washer (98), the bolt (96) and the
roller (97) from the lever (93).

NOTE : Identify the position of the lever (93) for the

____
installation procedure.

(g) Remove the nuts (78, 89), the washers (76, 90), the bolts (75,
92) and the bearing flanges (77, 91).

NOTE : Identify the position of the bearing flanges (77, 91) for
____
the installation procedure.

(h) Remove the lowering shaft (79).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 448
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (5) Remove the internal control handle (113).
(Ref. Fig. 407A/TASK 52-13-21-991-007-A)

(a) Disengage the handle (113) from the latch assembly (121).

(b) Remove the bolt (128), the lockwasher (129) and the washer (130).

(c) Identify the position of the handle (113) on the splined shaft
(111) for the installation procedure.

(d) Remove the handle (113) and the spacer (112).

(6) Remove the internal control-handle latch-assembly (121).

(Ref. Fig. 407A/TASK 52-13-21-991-007-A)

(a) Disengage the internal control handle (113) from the latch
assembly (121).

(b) Remove the cotter pin (125), the washer (124) from the bracket
(123).

(c) Remove the nuts (134, 132), the washers (131, 133), the bolts
(126, 127) and the latch- assembly (121).

(7) Remove the external control handle (132).

(Ref. Fig. 408A/TASK 52-13-21-991-008-A)

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the torsion bar.

(b) Open the external control handle (132) to approximately 90 deg.

and identify its position on the splined shaft (137) for the
installation procedure.

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (133).

(d) Remove the nut (134) and the washer (135).

(e) Extract the splined shaft (137) through the gearbox until you can
remove the handle (131), use the extraction tool 98A52108007120.

NOTE : Access to the splined shaft is given through the gearbox

____
flange on the inside of the door.

(f) Remove the handle (132) and the spacer (136).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 449
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (8) Remove the gearbox and locking hook.
(Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-13-21-991-009-A)

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the torsion bar.

(b) Remove the internal control handle.

(c) Remove the external control handle.

(d) Remove the nuts (159), the bolts (161, 163) , the washers (158)
and disconnect the bonding strap (162).

(e) Remove the gearbox flange (164).

(f) Disconnect the pushrods (147), (156) and (160).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (150).

2
_ Remove the nuts (149), the bolts (157) and diconnect the
pushrods (147, 156, 160).

(g) Remove and discard the cotter pin (155).

(h) Remove the nut (154), the washer (153, 168), the bolt (167).

(i) Remove the locking hook (170) and the bushes (152, 151, 169).

(j) Remove the nuts (159), the bolts (166) and the washers (158).

(k) Remove the gearbox (165) through the opening in the door
structure.

(9) Remove the twin lever (186).

(Ref. Fig. 410A/TASK 52-13-21-991-010-A)

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the torsion bar.

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (183, 191).

(c) Remove the nuts (184, 190), the washers (182, 193) the bolts
(195, 180) and disconnect the rods (181, 194).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (188).

(e) Remove the nut (189) and the washer (187).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 450
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (f) Remove the bolt (185) and the twin lever (186).

(g) Remove the nuts (200), the bolts (196), the washers (197, 199)
and the stop (198).

(10) Remove the lifting shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 411A/TASK 52-13-21-991-011-A)

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the torsion bar.

(b) Disconnect the pushrods (239) and (234).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (235).

2
_ Remove the nut (236), the washers (237) and the bolts (238).

(c) Disconnect the rod (213).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (217).

2
_ Remove the nut (216), the washer (215) and the bolt (211).

3
_ Remove the bushers (212) and 214).

(d) Remove the roller assembly (208).

(e) Identify the position of the roller assembly (208) for the
installation procedure.

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (206).

2
_ Remove the nut (207) and the roller assembly (208).

3
_ Remove the cotter pin (205), the nut (204), the washer (203),
the bolt (200), the roller (201) and the bush (202).

(f) Remove and discard the cotter pin (221).

(g) Remove the nut (222) and the washer (223).

(h) Remove the bolt (219) together with the washer (220), the bushes
(218) and the sleeve (233).

(i) Disconnect the two halves of the lifting shaft (232) and (210)
and remove the bearing block (225).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 451
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (j) Push the half-shaft (232) forward through the door structure and
remove the bearing (209).

(k) Pull the half-shaft (232) back through the door structure and
remove it.

(l) Remove the lockwasher (231), use the extraction tool

98A52108007110.

(m) Remove the nut (230), use the socket wrench 98A52108007328.

(n) Remove the nuts (229), the bolts (227) and the washers (228).

(o) Push the half-shaft (210) aft through the door structure and
remove the bearing flange (224) and the ring (226).

(p) Remove the bearing (209) from the shaft end.

(q) Remove the half-shaft (210) forwards through the door structure.

(11) Remove the torsion bar (264) and torque shaft (286, 252).
(Ref. Fig. 412A/TASK 52-13-21-991-012-A)

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed.

(b) Remove the tension from the bolt (254).

1
_ Remove the bolt (254) and the washer (253).

(c) Remove the nut (258), the washer (257), the bolt (255) and the
fork end (256).

(d) Remove the nut (274), the washer (275), the bolt (280) and
disconnect the lever (278).

1
_ Remove the bushes (276), (279) and the washer (277).

(e) Remove the clamp (266) and the bush halves (265).

(f) Remove the circlips (250) and the covers (251).

(g) Extract the torsion bar (264) aft through the torsion shaft
(286).

(h) Remove the lockwashers (267), use the extraction tool

98A52108007114.

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 452
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (i) Remove the nuts (268), use the socket wrench 98A52108007296.

(j) Remove the nuts (269), the bolts (272) and the washers (270,
271), from the bearing flange (273).

(k) Remove the nut (283), the bolt (281) and the washer (284).

(l) Move the torque shaft (264) aft and remove the bearing flange
(273) and the crank lever (285).

(m) Remove the torque shaft (286) together with the bearing (282).

(n) Remove the nuts (262), the bolts (259), the washers (260, 261)
and the bearing flange (263).

(o) Remove the torsion shaft (252).

(12) Remove the upper connection link (300).

(Ref. Fig. 413A/TASK 52-13-21-991-013-A, 414/TASK 52-13-21-991-015)

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the torsion bar.

(b) Disconnect the upper connection link from the support arm.

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (388).

2
_ Remove the nut (387) and the washer (389).

3
_ Remove the bolt (393), the washer (392) and the bushes (390).

4
_ Disconnect the upper connection link and remove the washers
(383) and (384).

NOTE : The washers (384) are available in different

____
thicknesses, identify them for the installation
procedure.

5
_ Remove the hinge pin (380), the yoke (386) and the washers
(381) and (382).

NOTE : The washers (382) are available in different

____
thicknesses, identify them for the installation
procedure.

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (308).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 453
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (d) Remove the nut (309), the bolt (312) and the washers (310).

(e) Remove the bolt (306), the washer (305) and disconnect the
bonding strap (307).

(f) Remove and discard the cotter pins (313).

(g) Remove the nuts (314) and the washers (315).

(h) Remove the shaft (320) forwards through the connection link and
remove the washers (317) and (321).

NOTE : The washers (317) and (321) are of a different thickness,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.

(i) Remove the upper connection link (300) from the door and remove
the washers (319) and the sleeve (318).

(j) Remove the bush (316) from the door fitting.

(13) Remove the lower connection link.

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-13-21-991-015, 415/TASK 52-13-21-991-014)

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the torsion bar.

(b) Disconnect the lower connection link from the support arm.

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (388).

2
_ Remove the nut (387) and the washer (389).

3
_ Remove the bolt (393), the washer (392) and the bushes (390).

4
_ Disconnect the upper connection link and remove the washers
(383) and (384).

NOTE : The washers (384) are available in different

____
thicknesses, identify them for the installation
procedure.

5
_ Remove the hinge pin (380), the yoke (386) and the washers
(381) and (382).

NOTE : The washers (382) are available in different

____
thicknesses, identify them for the installation
procedure.

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 454
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (c) Remove the bolt (373), the washer (372) and disconnect the
bonding strap (371).

(d) Remove the bolt (370), the washer (369) and disconnect the
bonding strap (360).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (362).

(f) Remove the nut (363), the bolt (368) and the washers (361) and
(367).

(g) Disconnect the pushrod (364) and remove the bushes (365) and
(366).

(h) Remove and discard the cotter pins (350).

(i) Remove the nuts (351) and the washers (352).

(j) Remove the shaft (354) forward through the connection link and
remove the washers (353) and (358).

NOTE : The washers (353) and (358) are of a different thickness,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.

(k) Remove the lower connection link (356) from the door and remove
the washers (355) and the sleeve (357).

(l) Remove the bush (359) from the door fitting.

(14) Remove the sensor actuation assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 52-13-21-991-022)

(a) Remove the spring (403).

(b) Remove the circlips (400) and the washers (401).

(c) Remove the pin (407) and disconnect the pushrod (413).

(d) Remove the pin (410), the bushes (409) and the actuating lever
(408).

(e) Remove the pins (414), the bushes (405), the roller (406) and the
pushrod (413).

(f) Remove the pin (415) together with the bushes (402) and the
target lever assembly (404).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 455
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (g) Remove the pin (415) together with the bushes (405) and the
roller (416)

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-21-020-051

D. Removal of the Door Locking Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1169 and

____
subsequent

NOTE : For the removal procedure use the special tools from the TOOL SET-
____
R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(1) Remove the lining hinge arms and the locking hooks.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-21-991-003)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (30).

(b) Remove the nuts (29) and the washers (28).

(c) Remove the bolts (33) together with the washers (31) and (32) and
move the pushrods (27) away from the door structure.

(d) Remove the nuts (29) and the washers (35).

(e) Remove the bolts (33), the washers (34) and the lining hinge arms
(26).

(f) Remove the bushes (24) and (25) from the locking hooks (15).

(g) Remove and discard the cotter pins (20).

(h) Remove the nuts (19), the bolts (12) and the washers (13) and
(21).

(i) Move the pushrods (17) away from the locking hooks (15) and
remove the bushes (16) and (18).

(j) Remove the nuts (22) and the washers (23).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 456
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
R (k) Remove the bolts (11) together with the washers (14) and the
R locking hooks (15).

R (2) Remove the indicator covers (42).

R (Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 52-13-21-991-024)

R (a) Remove the bolts (41) and the washers (40, 43, 44) together with
R the indicator covers (42).

R NOTE : Identify the washers (43, 44) for the installation

____
R procedure.

R (3) Remove the locking shaft (59).

R (Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 52-13-21-991-025)

R (a) Disconnect the pushrods (58).

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (57).

R 2
_ Remove the nuts (56), the washers (55) and the bolts (54).

R (b) Disconnect the pushrods (73).

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (67).

R 2
_ Remove the nuts (66), the washers (65) and the bolts (63).

R (c) Disconnect the spring units (64).

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (67).

R 2
_ Remove the nuts (66), the washers (65) and the bolts (63, 68).

R (d) Remove the lever assembly (48).

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (45).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (46) the washer (47) and the lever assembly
R (48).

R NOTE : Identify the position of the lever assembly (48) for

____
R the installation procedure.

R (e) Remove the flanges (51).

R 1
_ Remove the nuts (52), the bolts (49), the washers (50) and the
R flanges (51).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 457
Jul 01/98
 
THY 
R Indicator Covers on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 417/TASK 52-13-21-991-024

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 458
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R Locking Shaft on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 418/TASK 52-13-21-991-025

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 459
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R NOTE : Identify the position of the flanges (51) for the
____
R installation procedure.

R (f) Disconnect the bearing flange (70).

R 1
_ Remove the nuts (72), the washers (71) and the bolts (69).

R (g) Disconnect the bellcranks (62).

R 1
_ Remove the nuts (61), the washers (60) and the bolts (53).

R (h) Remove the locking shaft from the door.

R (i) Remove the bellcranks (62).

R NOTE : Identify the bellcranks (62) for the installation

____
R procedure.

R (4) Remove the lowering shaft (79).

R (Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 52-13-21-991-026)

R (a) Open the door to release the tension of the spring (85).

R (b) Disconnect the spring (85) from the crank lever.

R (c) Remove the nut (88), the washer (87) and the eye-bolt (86).

R (d) Disconnect the pushrod (81).

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (84).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (83), the washer (82) and the bolt (80).

R (e) Remove the nut (95), the washer (95) and the lever (93).

R (f) Remove the nut (99), the washer (98), the bolt (96) and the
R roller (97) from the lever (93).

R NOTE : Identify the position of the lever (93) for the

____
R installation procedure.

R (g) Remove the nuts (78, 89), the washers (76, 90), the bolts (75,
R 92) and the bearing flanges (77, 91).

R NOTE : Identify the position of the bearing flanges (77, 91) for
____
R the installation procedure.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 460
Jul 01/98
 
THY 
R Lowering Shaft on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 419/TASK 52-13-21-991-026

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 461
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R (h) Remove the lowering shaft (79).

R (5) Remove the internal control handle (113).

R (Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 52-13-21-991-027)

R (a) Disengage the handle (113) from the latch assembly (121).

R (b) Remove the bolt (128), the lockwasher (129) and the washer (130).

R (c) Identify the position of the handle (113) on the splined shaft
R (111) for the installation procedure.

R (d) Remove the handle (113) and the spacer (112).

R (6) Remove the internal control-handle latch-assembly (121).

R (Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 52-13-21-991-027)

R (a) Disengage the internal control handle (113) from the latch
R assembly (121).

R (b) Remove the cotter pin (125), the washer (124) from the bracket
R (123).

R (c) Remove the nuts (134, 132), the washers (131, 133), the bolts
R (126, 127) and the latch- assembly (121).

R (7) Remove the external control handle (132).

R (Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 52-13-21-991-028)

R (a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
R load on the torsion bar.

R (b) Open the external control handle (132) to approximately 90 deg.

R and identify its position on the splined shaft (137) for the
R installation procedure.

R (c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (133).

R (d) Remove the nut (134) and the washer (135).

R (e) Extract the splined shaft (137) through the gearbox until you can
R remove the handle (131), use the extraction tool 98A52108007120.

R NOTE : Access to the splined shaft is given through the gearbox

____
R flange on the inside of the door.

R (f) Remove the handle (132) and the spacer (136).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 462
Jul 01/98
 
THY 
R Internal Control Handle and Latch Assembly on Door Serial No. 1169 and
R subsequent
R Figure 420/TASK 52-13-21-991-027


EFF :

001-099, 

52-13-21 Page 463
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R External Control Handle on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 421/TASK 52-13-21-991-028


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 464
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R (8) Remove the gearbox and locking hook.
R (Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 52-13-21-991-029)

R (a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
R load on the torsion bar.

R (b) Remove the internal control handle.

R (c) Remove the external control handle.

R (d) Remove the nuts (159), the bolts (161, 163) , the washers (158)
R and disconnect the bonding strap (162).

R (e) Remove the gearbox flange (164).

R (f) Disconnect the pushrods (147), (156) and (160).

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (150).

R 2
_ Remove the nuts (149), the bolts (157) and diconnect the
R pushrods (147, 156, 160).

R (g) Remove and discard the cotter pin (155).

R (h) Remove the nut (154), the washer (153, 168), the bolt (167).

R (i) Remove the locking hook (170) and the bushes (152, 151, 169).

R (j) Remove the nuts (159), the bolts (166) and the washers (158).

R (k) Remove the gearbox (165) through the opening in the door
R structure.

R (9) Remove the twin lever (186).

R (Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 52-13-21-991-030)

R (a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
R load on the torsion bar.

R (b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (183, 191).

R (c) Remove the nuts (184, 190), the washers (182, 193) the bolts
R (195, 180) and disconnect the rods (181, 194).

R (d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (188).

R (e) Remove the nut (189) and the washer (187).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 465
Jul 01/98
 
THY 
R Gear Box and Locking Hook on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 422/TASK 52-13-21-991-029


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 466
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R Twin Lever on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 423/TASK 52-13-21-991-030


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 467
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R (f) Remove the bolt (185) and the twin lever (186).

R (g) Remove the nuts (200), the bolts (196), the washers (197, 199)
R and the stop (198).

R (10) Remove the lifting shaft.

R (Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 52-13-21-991-031)

R (a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
R load on the torsion bar.

R (b) Disconnect the pushrods (239) and (234).

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (235).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (236), the washers (237) and the bolts (238).

R (c) Disconnect the rod (213).

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (217).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (216), the washer (215) and the bolt (211).

R 3
_ Remove the bushers (212) and 214).

R (d) Remove the roller assembly (208).

R (e) Identify the position of the roller assembly (208) for the
R installation procedure.

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (206).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (207) and the roller assembly (208).

R 3
_ Remove the cotter pin (205), the nut (204), the washer (203),
R the bolt (200), the roller (201) and the bush (202).

R (f) Remove and discard the cotter pin (221).

R (g) Remove the nut (222) and the washer (223).

R (h) Remove the bolt (219) together with the washer (220), the bushes
R (218) and the sleeve (233).

R (i) Disconnect the two halves of the lifting shaft (232) and (210)
R and remove the bearing block (225).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 468
Jul 01/98
 
THY 
R Lifting Shaft on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 424/TASK 52-13-21-991-031


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 469
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R (j) Push the half-shaft (232) forward through the door structure and
R remove the bearing (209).

R (k) Pull the half-shaft (232) back through the door structure and
R remove it.

R (l) Remove the lockwasher (231), use the extraction tool

R 98A52108007110.

R (m) Remove the nut (230), use the socket wrench 98A52108007328.

R (n) Remove the nuts (229), the bolts (227) and the washers (228).

R (o) Push the half-shaft (210) aft through the door structure and
R remove the bearing flange (224) and the ring (226).

R (p) Remove the bearing (209) from the shaft end.

R (q) Remove the half-shaft (210) forwards through the door structure.

R (11) Remove the torsion bar (264) and torque shaft (286, 252).
R (Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 52-13-21-991-032)

R (a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed.

R (b) Remove the tension from the bolt (254).

R 1
_ Remove the bolt (254) and the washer (253).

R (c) Remove the nut (258), the washer (257), the bolt (255) and the
R fork end (256).

R (d) Remove the nut (274), the washer (275), the bolt (280) and
R disconnect the lever (278).

R 1
_ Remove the bushes (276), (279) and the washer (277).

R (e) Remove the clamp (266) and the bush halves (265).

R (f) Remove the circlips (250) and the covers (251).

R (g) Extract the torsion bar (264) aft through the torsion shaft
R (286).

R (h) Remove the lockwashers (267), use the extraction tool

R 98A52108007114.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 470
Jul 01/98
 
THY 
R Torsion Bar and Torque Shaft on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 425/TASK 52-13-21-991-032


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 471
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R (i) Remove the nuts (268), use the socket wrench 98A52108007296.

R (j) Remove the nuts (269), the bolts (272) and the washers (270,
R 271), from the bearing flange (273).

R (k) Remove the nut (283), the bolt (281) and the washer (284).

R (l) Move the torque shaft (264) aft and remove the bearing flange
R (273) and the crank lever (285).

R (m) Remove the torque shaft (286) together with the bearing (282).

R (n) Remove the nuts (262), the bolts (259), the washers (260, 261)
R and the bearing flange (263).

R (o) Remove the torsion shaft (252).

R (12) Remove the upper connection link (300).

R (Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-13-21-991-015, 426/TASK 52-13-21-991-033)

R (a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
R load on the torsion bar.

R (b) Disconnect the upper connection link from the support arm.

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (388).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (387) and the washer (389).

R 3
_ Remove the bolt (393), the washer (392) and the bushes (390).

R 4
_ Disconnect the upper connection link and remove the washers
R (383) and (384).

R NOTE : The washers (384) are available in different

____
R thicknesses, identify them for the installation
R procedure.

R 5
_ Remove the hinge pin (380), the yoke (386) and the washers
R (381) and (382).

R NOTE : The washers (382) are available in different

____
R thicknesses, identify them for the installation
R procedure.

R (c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (308).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 472
Jul 01/98
 
THY 
R Upper Connection Link on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 426/TASK 52-13-21-991-033


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 473
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R (d) Remove the nut (309), the bolt (312) and the washers (310).

R (e) Remove the bolt (306), the washer (305) and disconnect the
R bonding strap (307).

R (f) Remove and discard the cotter pins (313).

R (g) Remove the nuts (314) and the washers (315).

R (h) Remove the shaft (320) forwards through the connection link and
R remove the washers (317) and (321).

R NOTE : The washers (317) and (321) are of a different thickness,

____
R identify them for the installation procedure.

R (i) Remove the upper connection link (300) from the door and remove
R the washers (319) and the sleeve (318).

R (j) Remove the bush (316) from the door fitting.

R (13) Remove the lower connection link.

R (Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-13-21-991-015, 415/TASK 52-13-21-991-014)

R (a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
R load on the torsion bar.

R (b) Disconnect the lower connection link from the support arm.

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (388).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (387) and the washer (389).

R 3
_ Remove the bolt (393), the washer (392) and the bushes (390).

R 4
_ Disconnect the upper connection link and remove the washers
R (383) and (384).

R NOTE : The washers (384) are available in different

____
R thicknesses, identify them for the installation
R procedure.

R 5
_ Remove the hinge pin (380), the yoke (386) and the washers
R (381) and (382).

R NOTE : The washers (382) are available in different

____
R thicknesses, identify them for the installation
R procedure.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 474
Jul 01/98
 
THY 
R (c) Remove the bolt (373), the washer (372) and disconnect the
R bonding strap (371).

R (d) Remove the bolt (370), the washer (369) and disconnect the
R bonding strap (360).

R (e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (362).

R (f) Remove the nut (363), the bolt (368) and the washers (361) and
R (367).

R (g) Disconnect the pushrod (364) and remove the bushes (365) and
R (366).

R (h) Remove and discard the cotter pins (350).

R (i) Remove the nuts (351) and the washers (352).

R (j) Remove the shaft (354) forward through the connection link and
R remove the washers (353) and (358).

R NOTE : The washers (353) and (358) are of a different thickness,

____
R identify them for the installation procedure.

R (k) Remove the lower connection link (356) from the door and remove
R the washers (355) and the sleeve (357).

R (l) Remove the bush (359) from the door fitting.

R (14) Remove the sensor actuation assembly.

R (Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 52-13-21-991-022)

R (a) Remove the spring (403).

R (b) Remove the circlips (400) and the washers (401).

R (c) Remove the pin (407) and disconnect the pushrod (413).

R (d) Remove the pin (410), the bushes (409) and the actuating lever
R (408).

R (e) Remove the pins (414), the bushes (405), the roller (406) and the
R pushrod (413).

R (f) Remove the pin (415) together with the bushes (402) and the
R target lever assembly (404).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 475
Jul 01/98
 
THY 
R (g) Remove the pin (415) together with the bushes (405) and the
R roller (416)


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 476
Jul 01/98
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 52-13-21-400-801

Installation of the Door Locking Mechanism in the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door
4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint-free cloth

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98A52108007000 2 TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

Material No. 05-002
Material No. 05-013
R Material No. 05-027
R Material No. 09-013
SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
D TV-53-3507/73
RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C Z-16.127
CORROSION INHIBITING BRUSH CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 477
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533

1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-008
(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20 cotter pin 52-13-21 02 -150

20 cotter pin 52-13-21 32 -030
30 cotter pin 52-13-04 05 -210
30 cotter pin 52-13-04 25 -130
45 cotter pins 52-13-21 34 -010
57 cotter pins 52-13-21 32 -030
66 cotter pins 52-13-21 05 -040
67 cotter pins 52-13-21 35 -070
78 cotter pins 52-13-21 05 -520
84 cotter pins 52-13-21 37 -130
107 cotter pins 52-13-21 07 -320
115 cotter pin 52-13-21 07 -130
125 cotter pin 52-13-21 41 -380
133 cotter pin 52-13-21 38 -030
150 cotter pins 52-13-21 37 -130
155 cotter pin 52-13-21 42 -060
159 cotter pin 52-13-21 08 -050
175 cotter pins 52-13-21 14 -110
183 cotter pin 52-12-21 44 -140
186 O-ring 52-13-21 12 -320
188 cotter pin 52-12-21 44 -220
191 cotter pin 52-12-21 44 -140
192 cotter pin 52-13-21 12 -180
205 cotter pins 52-13-21 49 -110
206 cotter pins 52-13-21 49 -010
216 cotter pins 52-13-21 14 -110


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 478
Jul 01/02
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

217 cotter pins 52-13-21 48 -080

221 cotter pin 52-12-21 20 -240
223 cotter pin 52-13-21 14 -530
234 cotter pins 52-13-21 20 -080
235 cotter pins 52-13-21 44 -140
241 cotter pins 52-13-21 18 -140
248 cotter pin 52-13-21 20 -270
271 cotter pins 52-13-21 20 -130
292 cotter pin 52-13-21 18 -420
300 cotter pin 52-13-21 22 -090
308 cotter pin 52-13-21 35 -070
313 cotter pins 52-13-21 45 -190
319 washers 52-13-21 45 -210
324 cotter pins 52-13-21 15 -260
329 washers 52-13-21 15 -280
338 cotter pin 52-13-21 07 -320
350 cotter pins 52-12-21 16 -280
350 cotter pins 52-13-21 46 -230
355 washers 52-12-21 16 -290
355 washers 52-13-21 46 -250
362 cotter pin 52-12-21 18 -140
362 cotter pin 52-13-21 48 -080
388 cotter pin 52-13-04 04 -070
388 cotter pin 52-13-04 24 -070
412 cotter pin 52-13-04 03 -200

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-52-600-802 Lubrication of the Teleskopic Arm and Exterior

Control Handle
20-21-11-911-801 Tightening Torques of the Standard Threaded Fasteners
20-28-00-912-802 Electrical Bonding of Components with Conductive
Screws and Bolts and Bonding Straps
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 25-23-52-000-802 Removal of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-52-400-802 Installation of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew
Door
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
25-62-41-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 479
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-10-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling

52-13-00-720-801 Functional Test of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door
4L/4R)
52-13-00-820-801 Adjustment of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door
4L/4R)
52-13-21-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism of the AFT
Passenger/Crew Doors (Door 4L/4R)
R 52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System
R 52-71-00-710-802 Operational Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Warning
System
52-71-11-820-801 Adjustment of the Actuation Clearance of the
R Proximity Sensors (10MJ,11MJ,12MJ,
R 13MJ,14MJ,15MJ,16MJ,17MJ,22MJ,23MJ,24MJ,25MJ)
52-13-21-991-003 Fig. 403

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-004 Fig. 404

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-004-A Fig. 404A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-005 Fig. 405

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-005-A Fig. 405A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-006 Fig. 406


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 480
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-006-A Fig. 406A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-007 Fig. 407

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-007-A Fig. 407A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-008 Fig. 408

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-008-A Fig. 408A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-009 Fig. 409

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-009-A Fig. 409A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-010 Fig. 410


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 481
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-010-A Fig. 410A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-011 Fig. 411

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-011-A Fig. 411A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-012 Fig. 412

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-012-A Fig. 412A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-013 Fig. 413

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-013-A Fig. 413A

**ON A/C ALL

52-13-21-991-015 Fig. 414

52-13-21-991-014 Fig. 415
52-13-21-991-022 Fig. 416


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 482
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-21-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the door lining is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-000-
802).

(3) Make sure that the escape facility is removed from the door
(Ref. TASK 25-62-41-000-801).

(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

(5) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

Subtask 52-13-21-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 483
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-21-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Clean all components which are coated with

Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-008) and a lint-free cloth.

(b) Clean all other components with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004) and a lint-free cloth.

(c) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all of the bushes
and bolts before you install them.

(3) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-21-420-050

B. Installation of the Door Locking Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1168

____

NOTE : For the installation procedure use the special tools from the TOOL
____
SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

NOTE : Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts and bolts (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-
____
911-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 484
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (1) Install the locking hooks and lining hinge arms
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-21-991-003)

(a) Install the locking hooks (15) together with the washers (14) and
the bolts (11).

(b) Install the washers (23) and the nuts (22).

(c) TORQUE the nuts (22) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(d) Install the bushes (16) and (18).

(e) Put the pushrods (17) in position at the locking hooks (15) and
install the washers (13) and the bolts (12).

(f) Install the washers (21) and the nuts (19).

(g) TORQUE the nuts (19) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

(h) Safety the nuts (19) with a new cotter pin (20).

(i) Install the bushes (24) and (25) in the locking hooks (15).

(j) Install the lining hinge arms (26) together with the washers (34)
and the bolts (33).

(k) Install the washers (35) and the nuts (29).

(l) Put the pushrods (27) in position in the door structure and
install the bolts (33) together with the washers (32) and (31).

(m) Install the washers (28) and the nuts (29).

(n) TORQUE the nuts (29) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(o) Safety the nuts (29) with a new cotter pin (30).

(2) Install the locking shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-21-991-005)

(a) Install the locking shaft in the door.

(b) Install the bellcranks (69) as identified in the removal

procedure.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 485
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (c) Install the flange assemblies (64) and (80) together with the
bolts (63) and the nuts (65).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (65) to between 0.24 and 0.29 m.daN (21.23 and
25.66 lbf.in).

(e) Put the bearing flange (83) in position and install the bolts
(82) and the nuts (84).

(f) TORQUE the nuts (84) to between 0.44 and 0.49 m.daN (38.93 and
43.36 lbf.in).

(g) Put the bellcranks (69) in the correct position and install the
taper pins (71) as identified in the removal procedure.

(h) Install the washers (68) and the nuts (67).

(i) TORQUE the nuts (67) to between 0.19 and 0.24 m.daN (16.81 and
21.23 lbf.in).

(j) Safety the nuts (67) with the new cotter pins (66).

(k) Install the lever assembly (79) and the bush (62).

(l) Install the nuts (61), use the socket wrench 98A52108007292.

(m) TORQUE the nuts (61) to between 0.98 and 1.47 m.daN (86.72 and
130.08 lbf.in).

(n) Install the lockwashers (60), use the striker tool

98A52108007138.

(o) Install the pushrods (59) and (81) (see detail B) and the spring
rods (70) (see detail C).

1
_ Install the bushes (72) and (73).

2
_ Put the rods in position and install the washers (75) and the
bolts (74).

3
_ Install the washers (76) and the nuts (77).

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (77) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

5
_ Safety the nuts (77) with the new cotter pins (78).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 486
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (3) Install the indicator covers.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-21-991-004)

(a) Install the fwd indicator cover (44) together with the shims
(40), the washers (41), (45) and (43) and the bolts (42).

NOTE : Install the shims (40) as identified in the removal

____
procedure.

(b) Install the aft indicator cover (44) together with the washers
(48), (49) and (47) and the bolts (46).

(4) Install the lowering shaft

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-21-991-006)

(a) Install the bearing flange (108) and the bearing (99) on the
lowering shaft (111).

(b) Put the lowering shaft (111) in position in the door and install
the bolts (110) and the nuts (109).

(c) TORQUE the nuts (109) to between 0.24 and 0.29 m.daN (21.23 and
25.66 lbf.in).

(d) Install the roller assembly to the lever (98).

1
_ Install the bolt (120) together with the bush (118) and the
roller (119).

2
_ Install the washer (117) and the nut (116).

3
_ Safety the nut (116) with a new cotter pin (115).

(e) Install the lever (98) and the washer (97).

NOTE : Install the lever (98) as identified in the removal

____
procedure.

(f) Install the nuts (96), use the socket wrench 98A52108007290.

(g) TORQUE the nuts (96) to between 0.78 and 0.88 m.daN (69.02 and
77.87 lbf.in).

(h) Install the lockwashers (95), use the striker tool

98A52108007342.

(i) Install the bushes (102) and (104).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 487
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (j) Put the pushrod (103) in position and install the washer (101)
and the bolt (100).

(k) Install the washer (105) and the nut (106).

(l) TORQUE the nut (106) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(m) Safety the nut (106) with the new cotter pins (107).

(n) Install the spring (112), the end fitting (113) and the nut
(114).

(5) Install the internal control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-21-991-007)

(a) Install the handle (132) on the splined shaft (131) as identified
in the removal procedure.

(b) Install the lockwasher (146) and the bolt (145).

(c) Put the bonding strap (142) in position on the handle and install
the washer (143) and the screw (144) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-
802).

(6) Install the internal control-handle latch-assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-21-991-007)

(a) Install the latch assembly (135) in the door structure.

(b) Install the washers (137), the bolts (138) and the nuts (136).

(c) Install the washers (140), the bolts (141) and the nuts (133).

(d) Install the washer (140) and the bolt (139).

(e) Put the bonding strap (134) in position and install the nut (133)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

(f) TORQUE the nuts (133) and (136) to between 0.24 and 0.29 m.daN
(21.23 and 25.66 lbf.in).

(7) Install the external control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-13-21-991-008)

(a) Install the spacer (166) and the spacer mount (167).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 488
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (b) Install the handle (162) as identified in the removal procedure.

(c) Push the splined shaft (165) through the gearbox and into the
handle (162).

NOTE : Access to the splined shaft is given through the gearbox

____
flange on the inside of the door.

(d) Install the washer (160) and the nut (161).

(e) TORQUE the nut (161) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

(f) Safety the nut (161) with a new cotter pin (159).

(g) Do the adjustment of the torsion bar (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-

801).

(h) Close the door with the internal control handle and make sure
that the external control handle (162) is level with the outer
skin of the door.

(i) Install the cover (156), the washers (157) and the screws (158).

(8) Install the gearbox and locking hook.

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-13-21-991-009)

(a) Install a new O-ring (186) on the gearbox (188).

(b) Install the gearbox (188) through the opening in the door
structure.

(c) Install the washers (201), the bolts (200) and the nuts (185).

(d) Install the lockplate (202) and the locking hook assembly (184).

(e) Install the washer (190) and the nut (191).

(f) TORQUE the nut (191) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

(g) Safety the nut (191) with the new cotter pin (192).

(h) Install the pushrods (182), (187) and (189) (see detail B).

1
_ Install the bushes (178) and (179).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 489
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 2
_ Put the rods in position and install the washers (181) and the
bolts (180).

3
_ Install the washers (176) and the nuts (177).

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (177) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66
and 30.08 lbf.in).

5
_ Safety the nuts (177) with the new cotter pins (175).

(i) Install the gearbox flange (198).

(j) Put the bonding straps (194) and (199) in position and install
the washers (195), the bolts (196) and the nuts (193) (Ref. TASK
20-28-00-912-802).

(k) Install the washers (197), the bolts (196) and the nuts (193).

(l) TORQUE the nuts (193) to between 0.44 and 0.49 m.daN (38.93 and
43.36 lbf.in).

(m) Install the external control handle.

(n) Install the internal control handle.

(9) Install the twin lever.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-21-991-010)

(a) Install the bushes (212) in the door structure.

(b) Install the sleeve (227) in the twin lever (226).

(c) Install the twin lever (226) together with the washers (211) and
(213) and the bolt (210).

(d) Install the washer (225) and the nut (224).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (224) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

(f) Safety the nut (224) with a new cotter pin (223).

(g) Install the bushes (218) and (219).

(h) Put the rods (217) and (222) in position and install the washers
(220) and the bolts (221).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 490
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (i) Install the washers (215) and the nuts (214).

(j) TORQUE the nuts (214) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(k) Safety the nuts (214) with the new cotter pins (216).

(10) Install the lifting shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-13-21-991-011)

(a) Put the half-shaft (254) in position in the door and install the
bearing (276).

(b) Install the ring (260) and the bearing flange (252).

(c) Install the washers (262), the bolts (261) and the nuts (263).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (263) to between 0.24 and 0.29 m.daN (21.23 and
25.66 lbf.in).

(e) Install the nut (264), use the socket wrench 98A52108007328.

(f) TORQUE the nut (264) to between 1.96 and 2.94 m.daN (14.45 and
21.68 lbf.ft).

(g) Install the lockwasher (265), use the striker tool

98A52108007334.

(h) Put the half-shaft (239) in position in the door and install the
bearing (276).

(i) Put the bearing block (259) in position and connect the two
halves of the lifting shaft (254) and (239).

(j) Install the sleeve (247), the bushes (251), the washer (258) and
the bolt (257).

(k) Install the washer (250) and the nut (249).

(l) TORQUE the nut (249) to between 0.20 and 0.25 m.daN (17.69 and
22.12 lbf.in).

(m) Safety the nut (249) with a new cotter pin (248).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 491
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (n) Install the roller assembly to the lifting arms (275).

1
_ Install the rollers (269), the bushes (270) and the bolts
(268).

2
_ Install the washers (236) and the nuts (235).

3
_ Safety the nuts (235) with the new cotter pins (234).

(o) Install the lifting arms (275) as identified in the removal

procedure and tighten the nuts (274).

(p) Safety the nuts (274) with the new cotter pins (271).

(q) Install the nuts (273), use the socket wrench 98A52108007294.

(r) TORQUE the nuts (273) to between 1.47 and 1.96 m.daN (10.84 and
14.45 lbf.ft).

(s) Install the lockwashers (272), use the striker tool

98A52108007338.

(t) Install the spring (237) on the lever (238).

(u) Install the pushrods (247), (253), (255) and (256) (see detail
C).

1
_ Install the bushes (240) and (246).

2
_ Put the rods in position and install the washers (244) and the
bolts (245).

3
_ Install the washers (243) and the nuts (242).

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (242) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66
and 30.08 lbf.in).

5
_ Safety the nuts (242) with the new cotter pins (241).

(11) Torsion bar and torque shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-13-21-991-012)

(a) Install the torsion shaft (316) in the door.

(b) Install the bearing flange (312), the bolts (313) and the nuts
(309).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 492
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (c) Install the torque shaft (302) together with the bearing (303),
the crank lever (305) and the bearing flange (308).

(d) Install the bolts (307) and the nuts (309).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (309) to between 0.24 and 0.29 m.daN (21.23 and
25.66 lbf.in).

(f) Install the bolt (306) and the nut (299).

(g) Safety the nut (299) with a new cotter pin (300).

(h) Install the nuts (290), use the socket wrench 98A52108007296.

(i) TORQUE the nuts (290) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

(j) Install the lockwashers (289), use the striker tool

98A52108007336.

(k) Install the torsion bar (304) through the torque shaft (316).

(l) Install the covers (286) and the circlips (285).

(m) Put the bush halves (310) in position and install the clamp
(311).

NOTE : Make sure that the clearance between the bush halves (310)
____
and the torsion bar (304) is 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) (see
detail A).

(n) Install the bushes (295) and (298).

(o) Install the sleeve (297) in the lever (291).

(p) Put the lever (291) in position and install the washers (294) and
(296) together with the bolt (301).

(q) Install the washer (294) and the nut (293).

(r) TORQUE the nut (293) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(s) Safety the nut (293) with a new cotter pin (292).

(t) Install the barrel nut (314) and the bush (315).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 493
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (u) Install the washer (287) and the tension bolt (288).

(12) Install the upper connection link.

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-13-21-991-013, 414/TASK 52-13-21-991-015)

(a) Install the bush (339) in the door fitting.

(b) Install the sleeve (342) together with the washers (329) in the
upper connection link (330).

(c) Put the upper connection link (330) in position and install the
shaft (328) and the washers (327) and (340).

NOTE : The washers (327) and (340) are of a different thickness,

____
install them as identified in the removal procedure.

(d) Install the washers (326) and the nuts (325).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (325) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

(f) Make sure that the clearance
a
is correct (see section C-C).

NOTE : If the clearance
a
is not in the given limit, install

____
new washers (329) of a different thickness.

(g) Safety the nuts (325) with the new cotter pins (324).

(h) Put the bonding straps (320) and (321) in position and install
the washer (322) and the bolt (323) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

(i) Install the bushes (334) and (335).

(j) Put the pushrod (331) in position and install the washer (333)
and the bolt (332).

(k) Install the washer (336) and the nut (337).

(l) TORQUE the nut (337) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(m) Safety the nut (337) with a new cotter pin (338).

(n) Install the upper connection link to the support arm.

1
_ Install the washers (381) and (382), the yoke (386) and the
hinge pin (380) to the support arm.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 494
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 NOTE : The washers (382) are available in different
____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

2
_ Put the upper connection link in position on the support arm
and install the washers (383) and (384).

NOTE : The washers (384) are available in different

____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

3
_ Install the bushes (390), the washer (392) and the bolt (393).

4
_ Install the washer (389) and the nut (387).

5
_ TORQUE the nut (387) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

6
_ Safety the nut (387) with a new cotter pin (388).

(13) Install the lower connection link.

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-13-21-991-015, 415/TASK 52-13-21-991-014)

(a) Install the bush (359) in the door fitting.

(b) Install the sleeve (357) together with the washers (355) in the
lower connection link (356).

(c) Put the lower connection link (356) in position and install the
shaft (354) and the washers (353) and (358).

NOTE : The washers (353) and (358) are of a different thickness,

____
install them as identified in the removal procedure.

(d) Install the washers (352) and the nuts (351).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (351) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

(f) Make sure that the clearance
b
is correct (see section B-B).

NOTE : If the clearance
b
is not in the given limit, install

____
new washers (355) of a different thickness.

(g) Safety the nuts (351) with the new cotter pins (350).

(h) Install the bushes (365) and (366).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 495
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (i) Put the pushrod (364) in position and install the washer (367)
and the bolt (368).

(j) Install the washer (361) and the nut (363).

(k) TORQUE the nut (363) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(l) Safety the nut (363) with a new cotter pin (362).

(m) Install the lower connection link (349) to the support arm.

1
_ Install the washers (381) and (382), the yoke (386) and the
hinge pin (380) to the support arm.

NOTE : The washers (382) are available in different

____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

2
_ Put the lower connection link in position on the support arm
and install the washers (383) and (384).

NOTE : The washers (384) are available in different

____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

3
_ Install the bushes (390), the washer (392) and the bolt (393).

4
_ Install the washer (389) and the nut (387).

5
_ TORQUE the nut (387) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

6
_ Safety the nut (387) with a new cotter pin (388).

(n) Put the bonding strap (360) in position and install the washer
(369) and the bolt (370) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

(o) Put the bonding strap (371) in position and install the washer
(372) and the bolt (373) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

(14) Install the sensor actuation assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 52-13-21-991-022)

(a) Install the bushes (405), the roller (416), the pin (415), the
washer (401) and the circlip (400).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 496
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (b) Install the bushes (402), the target lever assembly (404), the
pin (415), the washer (401) and the circlip (400).

(c) Install the bushes (405) in the target lever assembly (404).

(d) Put the pushrod (413) in position and install the pin (414), the
washer (401) and the circlip (400).

(e) Install the roller (406), the pin (414), the washer (401) and the
circlip (400).

(f) Install the bushes (409), the actuating lever (408), the pin
(410) and the washer (411).

(g) Safety the pin (410) with a new cotter pin (412).

(h) Put the pushrod (413) in position and install the pin (407) and
the washer (411).

(i) Safety the pin (413) with a new cotter pin (412).

(j) Install the spring (403).

(15) Remove the hoisting sling from the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-13-21-420-050-A

B. Installation of the Door Locking Mechanism

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY
OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY
PIN INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

NOTE : For the installation procedure use the special tools from the TOOL
____
SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

NOTE : Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts and bolts (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-
____
911-801).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 497
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (1) Install the locking hooks and lining hinge arms.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-21-991-003)

(a) Install the locking hooks (15) together with the washers (14) and
the bolts (11).

(b) Install the washers (23) and the nuts (22).

(c) TORQUE the nuts (22) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(d) Install the bushes (16) and (18).

(e) Put the pushrods (17) in position at the locking hooks (15) and
install the washers (13) and the bolts (12).

(f) Install the washers (21) and the nuts (19).

(g) TORQUE the nuts (19) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

(h) Safety the nuts (19) with a new cotter pin (20).

(i) Install the bushes (24) and (25) in the locking hooks (15).

(j) Install the lining hinge arms (26) together with the washers (34)
and the bolts (33).

(k) Install the washers (35) and the nuts (29).

(l) Put the pushrods (27) in position in the door structure and
install the bolts (33) together with the washers (32) and (31).

(m) Install the washers (28) and the nuts (29).

(n) TORQUE the nuts (29) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(o) Safety the nuts (29) with a new cotter pin (30).

(2) Install the locking shaft (59).

(Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 52-13-21-991-005-A)

(a) Install the bellcranks (62) on the shaft (59) as identified in

the removal procedure.

(b) Install the locking shaft in the door.

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 498
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (c) Install the flanges (51), the washers (50), the bolts (49) and
the nuts (52).

(d) Put the bearing flange (70) in position and install the bolts
(69), the washers (71) and the nuts (72).

(e) Put the lever (48) in position as identified in the removal

procedure and install the washer (47) and the nut (46).

(f) Safety the nuts (46) with the new cotter pins (45).

(g) Put the bellcranks (62) in the correct position as identified in

the removal procedure and install the bolts (53), the washers
(60) and the nuts (61).

(h) Put the spring units (64) in position and install the bolts (63,
68), the washers (65) and nuts (66).

(i) Safety the nuts (66) with the new cotter pins (67).

(j) Put the pushrod (73) in position and install the bolts (63), the
washers (65) and nuts (66).

(k) Safety the nuts (66) with the new cotter pins (67).

(l) Put the pushrods (58) in position and install the bolts (54), the
washers (55) and nuts (56).

(m) Safety the nuts (56) with the new cotter pins (57).

(3) Install the indicator covers (42).

(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-13-21-991-004-A)

(a) Install the indicator covers (42) together with the washers (40,
43, 44) and the bolts (41).

NOTE : Install the washers (43, 44) as identified in the removal

____
procedure.

(4) Install the lowering shaft (79).

(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-13-21-991-006-A)

(a) Put the lowering shaft (79) in position in the door and install
the bearing flanges (77, 91), the washers (90, 76), the bolts
(75, 92) and the nuts (78, 89).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 499
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (b) Put the pushrod (81) in position and install the bolt (80), the
washer (82) and the nut (83).

(c) Safety the nut (83) with the new cotter pins (84).

(d) Put the eye-bolt (86) in position and install the washer (87) and
the nut (88).

(e) Install the spring (85).

(f) Put the Lever (93) in position and install the washer (94) and
the nut (95).

NOTE : Install the lever (78) as identified in the removal

____
procedure.

(g) Install the roller (97), the bolt (96), the washer (98) and the
nut (99).

(5) Install the internal control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 407A/TASK 52-13-21-991-007-A)

(a) Install the spacer (112).

(b) Install the handle (113) on the splined shaft (111) as identified
in the removal procedure.

(c) Install the washer (130), the lockwasher (129) and the bolt
(128).

(6) Install the internal control-handle latch-assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 407A/TASK 52-13-21-991-007-A)

(a) Put the latch assembly (121) in position and install the pin
(122), the washer (124) and the cotter pin (125).

(b) Install bolts (126, 127), the washers (131, 133) and the nuts
(132, 134).

(7) Install the external control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 408A/TASK 52-13-21-991-008-A)

(a) Install the spacer (136).

(b) Install the handle (132) as identified in the removal procedure.

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page A400
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (c) Push the splined shaft (137) through the gearbox and into the
handle (132).

NOTE : Access to the splined shaft is given through the gearbox

____
flange on the inside of the door.

(d) Install the washer (135) and the nut (134).

(e) TORQUE the nut (134) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

(f) Safety the nut (134) with a new cotter pin (133).

(g) Close the door with the internal control handle and make sure
that the external control handle (131) is level with the outer
skin of the door.

(8) Install the gearbox and locking hook.

(Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-13-21-991-009-A)

(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to the matting

surface of the gearbox (165).

(b) apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the matting surface of

the door structure.

(c) Install the gearbox (165) through the opening in the door
structure.

(d) Install the washers (158), the bolts (166) and the nuts (159).

(e) Install the bushes (169, 151, 152), the hook (170), the washers
(168, 153), the bolt (167) and the nut (154).

(f) TORQUE the nut (154) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

(g) Safety the nut (154) with the new cotter pin (155).

(h) Install the pushrods (147, 156, 160).

1
_ Put the rods in position and install the bolts (157), the
washers (148) and the nuts (149).

2
_ TORQUE the nuts (149) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66
and 30.08 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page A401
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 3
_ Safety the nuts (149) with the new cotter pins (150).

(i) Install the gearbox flange (164).

(j) Put the bonding strap (162) in position and install the washers
(158), the bolts (163, 161) and the nuts (159) (Ref. TASK 20-28-
00-912-802).

(k) TORQUE the nuts (159) to between 0.44 and 0.49 m.daN (38.93 and
43.36 lbf.in).

(l) Install the external control handle.

(m) Install the internal control handle.

(9) Install the twin lever (186).

(Ref. Fig. 410A/TASK 52-13-21-991-010-A)

(a) Put the twin lever (186) in position and install the washer
(187), the nut (189).

(b) Safety the nut (189) with a new cotter pin (188).

(c) Put the rods (194, 181) in position and install the bolts (180,
195), the washers (182, 193) and the nuts (190, 184)

(d) TORQUE the nuts (184,190) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66
and 30.08 lbf.in).

(e) Safety the nuts (184, 190) with the new cotter pin (183) and
cotter pin (191).

(f) Put the stop (198) in position and install the washers (199, 197)
the bolts (196) and the nuts (200).

(10) Install the lifting shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 411A/TASK 52-13-21-991-011-A)

(a) Put the half-shaft (210) in position in the door and install the
bearing (209).

(b) Install the ring (226) and the bearing flange (224).

(c) Install the washers (228), the bolts (227) and the nuts (229).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (229) to between 0.24 and 0.29 m.daN (21.23 and
25.66 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page A402
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (e) Install the nut (230), use the socket wrench 98A52108007328.

(f) TORQUE the nuts (230) to between 1.96 and 2.94 m.daN (14.45 and
21.68 lbf.ft).

(g) Install the lockwasher (231), use the striker tool

98A52108007334.

(h) Put the half-shaft (232) in position in the door and install the
bearing (209).

(i) Put the bearing block (225) in position and connect the two
halves of the lifting shaft (232) and (210).

(j) Install the sleeve (233), the bushes (218), the washer (220) and
the bolt (219).

(k) Install the washer (223) and the nut (222).

(l) TORQUE the nut (222) to between 0.20 and 0.25 m.daN (17.69 and
22.12 lbf.in).

(m) Safety the nut (222) with a new cotter pin (221).

(n) Install the roller assembly (208) as identified during the

removal procedure.

1
_ Put the roller assembly (208) in position and install the nut
(207).

2
_ Safety the nuts (207) with the new cotter pins (206).

3
_ Install the bush (202), the roller (201) the bolt (200), the
washer (203) and the nut (204).

4
_ Safety the nuts (204) with the new cotter pins (205).

(o) Install the pushrods (234) and (239).

1
_ Put the rods in position and install the bolts (238), the
washers (237) and the nuts (236).

2
_ TORQUE the nuts (236) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66
and 30.08 lbf.in).

3
_ Safety the nuts (236) with the new cotter pins (235).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page A403
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (p) Install the bushes (212, 214).

(q) Put the rod (213) in position and install the bolt (211), the
washer (215) and the nut (216).

1
_ Safety the nut (216) with the new cotter pins (217).

(11) Install the torsion bar (264) and torque shaft (252, 286).
(Ref. Fig. 412A/TASK 52-13-21-991-012-A)

(a) Install the torsion shaft (252) in the door.

(b) Install the bearing flange (263), the washers (260, 261), the
bolts (259) and the nuts (262).

(c) Install the torque shaft (286) together with the bearing (282),
the crank lever (285) and the bearing flange (273).

(d) Install the washers (270, 271), the bolts (272) and the nuts
(269).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (269) to between 0.24 and 0.29 m.daN (21.23 and
25.66 lbf.in).

(f) Install the bolt (281), the washer (284) and the nut (283).

(g) Install the nuts (268), use the socket wrench 98A52108007296.

(h) TORQUE the nuts (268) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

(i) Install the lockwashers (267), use the striker tool

98A52108007336.

(j) Install the torsion bar (264) through the torsion shaft (286,
252).

(k) Install the covers (251) and the circlips (250).

(l) Put the bush halves (265) in position and install the clamp
(266).

NOTE : Make sure that the clearance between the bush halves (265)
____
and the torsion bar (286) is correct (see detail A).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page A404
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (m) Install the bushes (279, 276), the washer (277) and the lever
(278) in position and install the bolt (280), the washer (275)
and the nut (274).

(n) TORQUE the nut (274) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(o) Put the fork end (256) in position and install the bolt (255),
the washer (257) and the nut (258).

(p) Install the washer (253) and the bolt (254).

(12) Install the upper connection link.

(Ref. Fig. 413A/TASK 52-13-21-991-013-A, 414/TASK 52-13-21-991-015)

(a) Install the bush (316) in the door fitting.

(b) Install the sleeve (318) together with the washers (319) in the
upper connection link (300).

(c) Put the upper connection link (300) in position and install the
shaft (320) and the washers (317) and (321).

NOTE : The washers (317) and (321) are of a different thickness,

____
install them as identified in the removal procedure.

(d) Install the washers (315) and the nuts (314).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (314) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

(f) Make sure that the clearance
a
is correct (see section C-C).

NOTE : If the clearance
a
is not in the given limit, install

____
new washers (319) of a different thickness.

(g) Safety the nuts (314) with the new cotter pins (313).

(h) Put the bonding strap (307) in position and install the washer
(305) and the bolt (306) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

(i) Put the pushrod (301) in position and install the bolt (312), the
washer (310) and the nut (309).

(j) TORQUE the nut (309) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page A405
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (k) Safety the nut (309) with a new cotter pin (308).

(l) Install the upper connection link to the support arm.

1
_ Install the washers (381) and (382), the yoke (386) and the
hinge pin (380) to the support arm.

NOTE : The washers (382) are available in different

____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

2
_ Put the upper connection link in position on the support arm
and install the washers (383) and (384).

NOTE : The washers (384) are available in different

____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

3
_ Install the bushes (390), the washer (392) and the bolt (393).

4
_ Install the washer (389) and the nut (387).

5
_ TORQUE the nut (387) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

6
_ Safety the nut (387) with a new cotter pin (388).

(13) Install the lower connection link.

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-13-21-991-015, 415/TASK 52-13-21-991-014)

(a) Install the bush (359) in the door fitting.

(b) Install the sleeve (357) together with the washers (355) in the
lower connection link (356).

(c) Put the lower connection link (356) in position and install the
shaft (354) and the washers (353) and (358).

NOTE : The washers (353) and (358) are of a different thickness,

____
install them as identified in the removal procedure.

(d) Install the washers (352) and the nuts (351).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (351) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page A406
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (f) Make sure that the clearance
a
is correct (see section B-B).

NOTE : If the clearance
a
is not in the given limit, install

____
new washers (355) of a different thickness.

(g) Safety the nuts (351) with the new cotter pins (350).

(h) Install the bushes (365) and (366).

(i) Put the pushrod (364) in position and install the washer (367)
and the bolt (368).

(j) Install the washer (361) and the nut (363).

(k) TORQUE the nut (363) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(l) Safety the nut (363) with a new cotter pin (362).

(m) Install the lower connection link to the support arm.

1
_ Install the washers (381) and (382), the yoke (386) and the
hinge pin (380) to the support arm.

NOTE : The washers (382) are available in different

____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

2
_ Put the lower connection link in position on the support arm
and install the washers (383) and (384).

NOTE : The washers (384) are available in different

____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

3
_ Install the bushes (390), the washer (392) and the bolt (393).

4
_ Install the washer (389) and the nut (387).

5
_ TORQUE the nut (387) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

6
_ Safety the nut (387) with a new cotter pin (388).

(n) Put the bonding strap (360) in position and install the washer
(369) and the bolt (370) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page A407
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (o) Put the bonding strap (371) in position and install the washer
(372) and the bolt (373) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

(14) Install the sensor actuation assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 52-13-21-991-022)

(a) Install the bushes (405), the roller (416), the pin (415), the
washer (401) and the circlip (400).

(b) Install the bushes (402), the target lever assembly (404), the
pin (415), the washer (401) and the circlip (400).

(c) Install the bushes (405) in the target lever assembly (404).

(d) Put the pushrod (413) in position and install the pin (414), the
washer (401) and the circlip (400).

(e) Install the roller (406), the pin (414), the washer (401) and the
circlip (400).

(f) Install the bushes (409), the actuating lever (408), the pin
(410), the washer (401) and the circlip (400).

(g) Put the pushrod (413) in position and install the pin (407), the
washer (401) and the circlip (400).

(h) Install the spring (403).

(15) Remove the hoisting sling from the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-21-420-051

C. Installation of the Door Locking Mechanism

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY
OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY
PIN INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page A408
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1169 and
____
subsequent

NOTE : For the installation procedure use the special tools from the TOOL
____
SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

NOTE : Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts and bolts (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-
____
911-801).

(1) Install the locking hooks and lining hinge arms.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-21-991-003)

(a) Install the locking hooks (15) together with the washers (14) and
the bolts (11).

(b) Install the washers (23) and the nuts (22).

(c) TORQUE the nuts (22) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(d) Install the bushes (16) and (18).

(e) Put the pushrods (17) in position at the locking hooks (15) and
install the washers (13) and the bolts (12).

(f) Install the washers (21) and the nuts (19).

(g) TORQUE the nuts (19) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

(h) Safety the nuts (19) with a new cotter pin (20).

(i) Install the bushes (24) and (25) in the locking hooks (15).

(j) Install the lining hinge arms (26) together with the washers (34)
and the bolts (33).

(k) Install the washers (35) and the nuts (29).

(l) Put the pushrods (27) in position in the door structure and
install the bolts (33) together with the washers (32) and (31).

(m) Install the washers (28) and the nuts (29).

(n) TORQUE the nuts (29) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page A409
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (o) Safety the nuts (29) with a new cotter pin (30).

(2) Install the locking shaft (59).

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-21-991-005)

(a) Install the bellcranks (62) on the shaft (59) as identified in

the removal procedure.

(b) Install the locking shaft in the door.

(c) Install the flanges (51), the washers (50), the bolts (49) and
the nuts (52).

(d) Put the bearing flange (70) in position and install the bolts
(69), the washers (71) and the nuts (72).

(e) Put the lever (48) in position as identified in the removal

procedure and install the washer (47) and the nut (46).

(f) Safety the nuts (46) with the new cotter pins (45).

(g) Put the bellcranks (62) in the correct position as identified in

the removal procedure and install the bolts (53), the washers
(60) and the nuts (61).

(h) Put the spring units (64) in position and install the bolts (63,
68), the washers (65) and nuts (66).

(i) Safety the nuts (66) with the new cotter pins (67).

(j) Put the pushrod (73) in position and install the bolts (63), the
washers (65) and nuts (66).

(k) Safety the nuts (66) with the new cotter pins (67).

(l) Put the pushrods (58) in position and install the bolts (54), the
washers (55) and nuts (56).

(m) Safety the nuts (56) with the new cotter pins (57).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page A410
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (3) Install the indicator covers (42).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-21-991-004)

(a) Install the indicator covers (42) together with the washers (40,
43, 44) and the bolts (41).

NOTE : Install the washers (43, 44) as identified in the removal

____
procedure.

(4) Install the lowering shaft (79).

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-21-991-006)

(a) Put the lowering shaft (79) in position in the door and install
the bearing flanges (77, 91), the washers (90, 76), the bolts
(75, 92) and the nuts (78, 89).

(b) Put the pushrod (81) in position and install the bolt (80), the
washer (82) and the nut (83).

(c) Safety the nut (83) with the new cotter pins (84).

(d) Put the eye-bolt (86) in position and install the washer (87) and
the nut (88).

(e) Install the spring (85).

(f) Put the Lever (93) in position and install the washer (94) and
the nut (95).

NOTE : Install the lever (78) as identified in the removal

____
procedure.

(g) Install the roller (97), the bolt (96), the washer (98) and the
nut (99).

(5) Install the internal control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-21-991-007)

(a) Install the spacer (112).

(b) Install the handle (113) on the splined shaft (111) as identified
in the removal procedure.

(c) Install the washer (130), the lockwasher (129) and the bolt
(128).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page A411
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (6) Install the internal control-handle latch-assembly.
(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-21-991-007)

(a) Put the latch assembly (121) in position and install the pin
(122), the washer (124) and the cotter pin (125).

(b) Install bolts (126, 127), the washers (131, 133) and the nuts
(132, 134).

(7) Install the external control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-13-21-991-008)

(a) Install the spacer (136).

(b) Install the handle (132) as identified in the removal procedure.

(c) Push the splined shaft (137) through the gearbox and into the
handle (132).

NOTE : Access to the splined shaft is given through the gearbox

____
flange on the inside of the door.

(d) Install the washer (135) and the nut (134).

(e) TORQUE the nut (134) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

(f) Safety the nut (134) with a new cotter pin (133).

(g) Close the door with the internal control handle and make sure
that the external control handle (131) is level with the outer
skin of the door.

(8) Install the gearbox and locking hook.

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-13-21-991-009)

(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to the matting

surface of the gearbox (165).

(b) apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the matting surface of

the door structure.

(c) Install the gearbox (165) through the opening in the door
structure.

(d) Install the washers (158), the bolts (166) and the nuts (159).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page A412
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (e) Install the bushes (169, 151, 152), the hook (170), the washers
(168, 153), the bolt (167) and the nut (154).

(f) TORQUE the nut (154) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

(g) Safety the nut (154) with the new cotter pin (155).

(h) Install the pushrods (147, 156, 160).

1
_ Put the rods in position and install the bolts (157), the
washers (148) and the nuts (149).

2
_ TORQUE the nuts (149) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66
and 30.08 lbf.in).

3
_ Safety the nuts (149) with the new cotter pins (150).

(i) Install the gearbox flange (164).

(j) Put the bonding strap (162) in position and install the washers
(158), the bolts (163, 161) and the nuts (159) (Ref. TASK 20-28-
00-912-802).

(k) TORQUE the nuts (159) to between 0.44 and 0.49 m.daN (38.93 and
43.36 lbf.in).

(l) Install the external control handle.

(m) Install the internal control handle.

(9) Install the twin lever (186).

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-21-991-010)

(a) Put the twin lever (186) in position and install the washer
(187), the nut (189).

(b) Safety the nut (189) with a new cotter pin (188).

(c) Put the rods (194, 181) in position and install the bolts (180,
195), the washers (182, 193) and the nuts (190, 184)

(d) TORQUE the nuts (184,190) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66
and 30.08 lbf.in).

(e) Safety the nuts (184, 190) with the new cotter pin (183) and
cotter pin (191).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page A413
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (f) Put the stop (198) in position and install the washers (199, 197)
the bolts (196) and the nuts (200).

(10) Install the lifting shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-13-21-991-011)

(a) Put the half-shaft (210) in position in the door and install the
bearing (209).

(b) Install the ring (226) and the bearing flange (224).

(c) Install the washers (228), the bolts (227) and the nuts (229).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (229) to between 0.24 and 0.29 m.daN (21.23 and
25.66 lbf.in).

(e) Install the nut (230), use the socket wrench 98A52108007328.

(f) TORQUE the nuts (230) to between 1.96 and 2.94 m.daN (14.45 and
21.68 lbf.ft).

(g) Install the lockwasher (231), use the striker tool

98A52108007334.

(h) Put the half-shaft (232) in position in the door and install the
bearing (209).

(i) Put the bearing block (225) in position and connect the two
halves of the lifting shaft (232) and (210).

(j) Install the sleeve (233), the bushes (218), the washer (220) and
the bolt (219).

(k) Install the washer (223) and the nut (222).

(l) TORQUE the nut (222) to between 0.20 and 0.25 m.daN (17.69 and
22.12 lbf.in).

(m) Safety the nut (222) with a new cotter pin (221).

(n) Install the roller assembly (208) as identified during the

removal procedure.

1
_ Put the roller assembly (208) in position and install the nut
(207).

2
_ Safety the nuts (207) with the new cotter pins (206).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page A414
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 3
_ Install the bush (202), the roller (201) the bolt (200), the
washer (203) and the nut (204).

4
_ Safety the nuts (204) with the new cotter pins (205).

(o) Install the pushrods (234) and (239).

1
_ Put the rods in position and install the bolts (238), the
washers (237) and the nuts (236).

2
_ TORQUE the nuts (236) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66
and 30.08 lbf.in).

3
_ Safety the nuts (236) with the new cotter pins (235).

(p) Install the bushes (212, 214).

(q) Put the rod (213) in position and install the bolt (211), the
washer (215) and the nut (216).

1
_ Safety the nut (216) with the new cotter pins (217).

(11) Install the torsion bar (264) and torque shaft (252, 286).
(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-13-21-991-012)

(a) Install the torsion shaft (252) in the door.

(b) Install the bearing flange (263), the washers (260, 261), the
bolts (259) and the nuts (262).

(c) Install the torque shaft (286) together with the bearing (282),
the crank lever (285) and the bearing flange (273).

(d) Install the washers (270, 271), the bolts (272) and the nuts
(269).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (269) to between 0.24 and 0.29 m.daN (21.23 and
25.66 lbf.in).

(f) Install the bolt (281), the washer (284) and the nut (283).

(g) Install the nuts (268), use the socket wrench 98A52108007296.

(h) TORQUE the nuts (268) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page A415
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (i) Install the lockwashers (267), use the striker tool
98A52108007336.

(j) Install the torsion bar (264) through the torsion shaft (286,
252).

(k) Install the covers (251) and the circlips (250).

(l) Put the bush halves (265) in position and install the clamp
(266).

NOTE : Make sure that the clearance between the bush halves (265)
____
and the torsion bar (286) is correct (see detail A).

(m) Install the bushes (279, 276), the washer (277) and the lever
(278) in position and install the bolt (280), the washer (275)
and the nut (274).

(n) TORQUE the nut (274) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(o) Put the fork end (256) in position and install the bolt (255),
the washer (257) and the nut (258).

(p) Install the washer (253) and the bolt (254).

(12) Install the upper connection link.

(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-13-21-991-013, 414/TASK 52-13-21-991-015)

(a) Install the bush (316) in the door fitting.

(b) Install the sleeve (318) together with the washers (319) in the
upper connection link (300).

(c) Put the upper connection link (300) in position and install the
shaft (320) and the washers (317) and (321).

NOTE : The washers (317) and (321) are of a different thickness,

____
install them as identified in the removal procedure.

(d) Install the washers (315) and the nuts (314).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (314) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page A416
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (f) Make sure that the clearance
a
is correct (see section C-C).

NOTE : If the clearance
a
is not in the given limit, install

____
new washers (319) of a different thickness.

(g) Safety the nuts (314) with the new cotter pins (313).

(h) Put the bonding strap (307) in position and install the washer
(305) and the bolt (306) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

(i) Put the pushrod (301) in position and install the bolt (312), the
washer (310) and the nut (309).

(j) TORQUE the nut (309) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(k) Safety the nut (309) with a new cotter pin (308).

(l) Install the upper connection link to the support arm.

1
_ Install the washers (381) and (382), the yoke (386) and the
hinge pin (380) to the support arm.

NOTE : The washers (382) are available in different

____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

2
_ Put the upper connection link in position on the support arm
and install the washers (383) and (384).

NOTE : The washers (384) are available in different

____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

3
_ Install the bushes (390), the washer (392) and the bolt (393).

4
_ Install the washer (389) and the nut (387).

5
_ TORQUE the nut (387) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

6
_ Safety the nut (387) with a new cotter pin (388).

(13) Install the lower connection link.

(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-13-21-991-015, 415/TASK 52-13-21-991-014)

(a) Install the bush (359) in the door fitting.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page A417
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (b) Install the sleeve (357) together with the washers (355) in the
lower connection link (356).

(c) Put the lower connection link (356) in position and install the
shaft (354) and the washers (353) and (358).

NOTE : The washers (353) and (358) are of a different thickness,

____
install them as identified in the removal procedure.

(d) Install the washers (352) and the nuts (351).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (351) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

(f) Make sure that the clearance
a
is correct (see section B-B).

NOTE : If the clearance
a
is not in the given limit, install

____
new washers (355) of a different thickness.

(g) Safety the nuts (351) with the new cotter pins (350).

(h) Install the bushes (365) and (366).

(i) Put the pushrod (364) in position and install the washer (367)
and the bolt (368).

(j) Install the washer (361) and the nut (363).

(k) TORQUE the nut (363) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(l) Safety the nut (363) with a new cotter pin (362).

(m) Install the lower connection link to the support arm.

1
_ Install the washers (381) and (382), the yoke (386) and the
hinge pin (380) to the support arm.

NOTE : The washers (382) are available in different

____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

2
_ Put the lower connection link in position on the support arm
and install the washers (383) and (384).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page A418
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 NOTE : The washers (384) are available in different
____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

3
_ Install the bushes (390), the washer (392) and the bolt (393).

4
_ Install the washer (389) and the nut (387).

5
_ TORQUE the nut (387) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

6
_ Safety the nut (387) with a new cotter pin (388).

(n) Put the bonding strap (360) in position and install the washer
(369) and the bolt (370) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

(o) Put the bonding strap (371) in position and install the washer
(372) and the bolt (373) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

(14) Install the sensor actuation assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 52-13-21-991-022)

(a) Install the bushes (405), the roller (416), the pin (415), the
washer (401) and the circlip (400).

(b) Install the bushes (402), the target lever assembly (404), the
pin (415), the washer (401) and the circlip (400).

(c) Install the bushes (405) in the target lever assembly (404).

(d) Put the pushrod (413) in position and install the pin (414), the
washer (401) and the circlip (400).

(e) Install the roller (406), the pin (414), the washer (401) and the
circlip (400).

(f) Install the bushes (409), the actuating lever (408), the pin
(410), the washer (401) and the circlip (400).

(g) Put the pushrod (413) in position and install the pin (407), the
washer (401) and the circlip (400).

(h) Install the spring (403).

(15) Remove the hoisting sling from the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-940-801).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page A419
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-13-21-820-050

D. Adjustment

(1) Do the adjustment of the door locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-13-21-
820-801).

(2) Do the adjustment of the actuation clearance for the proximity sensor
25MJ (24MJ) (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-820-801).

Subtask 52-13-21-720-050

E. Do the functional test of the AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-
00-720-801).

Subtask 52-13-21-865-052

F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-13-21-710-050

G. Operational Test

(1) Do the operational test of the door warning system (Ref. TASK 52-71-
00-710-801).

(2) Do the operational test of the escape-slide warning system (Ref. TASK
52-71-00-710-802).

NOTE : Do these tests only for the AFT passenger/crew door 833 (843).
____


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page A420
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-13-21-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and

STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
which attach components directly to the door structure.

(b) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
bolts which are in the door mechanism.

(c) Lubricate the external control-handle mechanism (Ref. TASK 12-22-

52-600-802).

(d) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the

installed components.

(3) Install the escape facility on the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-400-801).

(4) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-400-802).

(5) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(6) Close the access door 811.

(7) Remove the access platform(s).

(8) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 52-13-21-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page A421
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________________

TASK 52-13-21-820-801

Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism of the AFT Passenger/Crew Doors (Door
4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

NOTE : Do this adjustment procedure only after maintenance activities when a

____
replacement of components or a malfunction of the door locking
R mechanism has occurred.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific feeler gage
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific 1 GAGE - SET, FEELER
No specific 2 SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN (48 LBF)
98A52108007000 1 TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS
R 98F52108507000 3 TOOL - ADJUSTMENT PAX DOORS

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116

PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 501
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

21 tab washer 52-13-21 14 -610

35 tab washer 52-13-21 06 -020
36 tab washer 52-13-21 44 -170
43 cotter pins 52-13-21 32 -030
53 cotter pins 52-13-21 32 -030
58 cable tie 52-13-21 32 -120
58 cable ties 52-13-21 32 -120
60 cable tie 52-13-21 32 -120
60 cable ties 52-13-21 32 -120
67 cotter pins 52-13-04 25 -170
74 cotter pins 52-13-21 32 -030
82 cotter pin 52-13-21 35 -070
R 86 tab washers 52-13-21 44 -170

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-10-00-080-801 Removal of the Ballast Weight from the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-480-801 Installation of the Ballast Weight at the
Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-13-00-720-801 Functional Test of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door
4L/4R)
52-13-00-820-801 Adjustment of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door
4L/4R)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 502
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System

52-71-00-710-802 Operational Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Warning
System
52-71-11-000-801 Removal of the Proximity Sensors from the Door
Locking Mechanism (10MJ,11MJ,
13MJ,14MJ,15MJ,16MJ,17MJ,22MJ,23MJ,24MJ,25MJ)
52-71-11-400-801 Installation of the Proximity Sensors on the Door
Locking Mechanism (10MJ,11MJ,
12MJ,13MJ,14MJ,15MJ,16MJ,17MJ,22MJ,23MJ,24MJ,25MJ)
52-71-11-820-801 Adjustment of the Actuation Clearance of the
Proximity Sensors (10MJ,11MJ,12MJ,
13MJ,14MJ,15MJ,16MJ,17MJ,22MJ,23MJ,24MJ,25MJ)

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-016 Fig. 501

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-016-A Fig. 501A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-017 Fig. 502

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-017-A Fig. 502A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-21-991-018 Fig. 503

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-21-991-018-A Fig. 503A

R 52-13-21-991-037 Fig. 504


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 503
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-099,

R 52-13-21-991-034 Fig. 505

R 52-13-21-991-035 Fig. 506
R 52-13-21-991-038 Fig. 507
R 52-13-21-991-036 Fig. 508

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-21-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-13-21-010-052

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-13-21-865-053

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-13-21-860-054

D. Install the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 504
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-21-820-051

A. Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for doors with serial Nos. 1001 thru
____
1168.

NOTE : The overcenter adjustment gage (30) (P/N 98A52108007150-AFT,

____
98A52108007250-FWD), the rigging pins (18) and (13) (P/N
98A52108007200) and all other special tools are part of the TOOL
SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(1) Door Locking Mechanism.

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-13-21-991-016)

(a) Close the door.

(b) Install the rigging pin (18) in the twin lever (3) and the
rigging pin (13) in the lifting arm (14).

(c) If you cannot install the rigging pin (18) easily, adjust the
pushrod (2) as follows:

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (1) and (4).

2
_ Loosen the nuts (1) and (4) and turn the pushrod (2) until you
can install the rigging pin (18) easily.

3
_ Tighten the nuts (1) and (4).

4
_ Safety the nuts (1) and (4) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 505
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Door Locking Mechanism on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
Figure 501/TASK 52-13-21-991-016- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 506
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Door Locking Mechanism on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
Figure 501/TASK 52-13-21-991-016- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 507
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (d) If you cannot install the rigging pin (13) easily, adjust the
pushrod (5) as follows:

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (6) and (19).

2
_ Loosen the nuts (6) and (19) and turn the pushrod (5) until
you can install the rigging pin (13) easily.

3
_ Tighten the nuts (6) and (19).

4
_ Safety the nuts (6) and (19) with lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).

(e) Remove the rigging pins (18) and (13) and open the door.

(f) Install the rigging pin (13) in the lifting arm (14) and make
sure that the twin lever (3) touches the stop (22).

(g) If you cannot install the rigging pin (13) easily, or the twin
lever (3) does not touch the stop (22), continue as follows:

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (27).

2
_ Loosen the nuts (27) and turn the connecting rod (16) to its
maximum length.

3
_ Close the door to get access to the stop (22).

4
_ Release the tab washer (21) and remove the stop (22).

5
_ Remove and discard the tab washer (21) from the stop (22).

6
_ Install the stop (22) with a new tab washer (21) .

7
_ Open the door and adjust the stop (22) until you can install
the rigging pin (13) easily in the lifting arm (14).

8
_ Make sure that the stop (22) touches the twin lever (3).

9
_ Tighten the nut (20) and safety it with the tab washer (21).

(h) Remove the rigging pin (13).

(i) Make sure that the clearance
a
between the bellcrank (11) and
the lever (7) is between 4.0 mm (0.1574 in.) and 8.0 mm (0.3149
in.). Use a GAGE - SET, FEELER to check this.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 508
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 (j) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust it as follows:

1
_ Close the door.

2
_ Remove the nut (10), the stop (8) and the shims (9).

3
_ Install the stop (8) and the nut (10).

4
_ Open the door and install the rigging pin (13).

5
_ Turn the connecting rod (16) until the clearance
a
is
correct.

6
_ Measure the clearance between the stop (8) and the bellcrank
(11) and adjust the shims (9) so that the clearance
a
is
correct.

7
_ Tighten the nuts (27).

8
_ Safety the nuts (27) with the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010).

9
_ Remove the rigging pin (13) and close the door.

10
__ Remove the nut (10) and the stop (8).

11
__ Install the shims (9), the stop (8) and the nut (9).

12
__ Tighten the nut (9).

(k) Make sure that the clearance
b
between the hook (25) and the
roller (23) is max. 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).

(l) If the clearance
b
is not correct, adjust it as follows:

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (26).

2
_ Turn the nuts (26) as necessary to get the correct clearance

b
.

3
_ Tighten the nuts (26).

(m) Close the door and make sure that:

- the internal control handle (15) is in the locked position,
- you can install the rigging pin (18) easily in the twin lever
(3).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 509
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 (n) If necessary, adjust the pushrod (2) as follows:

1
_ Loosen the nuts (1) and (4) and turn the pushrod (2) as
necessary.

2
_ Tighten the nuts (1) and (4).

(o) Open the door and make sure that the clearance
b
between the
hook (25) and the roller (23) is max. 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.),

(p) Close the door and make sure that:

- the internal control handle (15) is in the locked position
- you can install the rigging pin (13) easily in the twin lever
(3).
If these conditions are not correct, do the necessary adjustment
again.

(q) Safety the nuts (1), (4) and (26) with the lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

(2) Adjustment of the Door Locking Overcenter-Position

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-13-21-991-017)

(a) Turn the stop (37) fully in to get a maximum clearance to the
bellcrank (31) when the door is closed.

1
_ Open the door to get access to the stop (37).

2
_ Release the tab washer (35).

3
_ Turn the nut (36) until it touches the head of the stop (37).

4
_ Remove the stop (37) and the tab washer (35). Discard the tab
washer (35).

5
_ Install the stop (37) with a new tab washer (35).

6
_ Turn the stop (37) fully in until the nut (36) touches the
door structure.

(b) Close and lock the door.

(c) Remove the pushrod (38).

(d) Put the overcenter adjustment gage (30) in the position of the
removed pushrod (38) and install the rigging pin (42).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 510
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 (e) Install the rigging pin (43).

(f) If you cannot install the rigging pin (43) easily, adjust the
pushrod (33) as follows:

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (32) and (34).

2
_ Loosen the nuts (32) and (34) and turn the pushrod (33) until
the rigging pin (43) engage easily.

(g) Make sure that the contact surface
A
of the overcenter
adjustment gage (30) is on the locking shaft and not on the hub
of the bellcrank (31).

(h) Adjust the stop (37) until it touches the bellcrank (31) to get
the overcenter dimension
b
. This must be between 3.5 mm (0.1377
in.) and 4.5 mm (0.1771 in.).

(i) Tighten the nut (36) against the door structure.

(j) Safety the nut (36) with the tab washer (35).

(k) Remove the rigging pins (42) and (43) and the overcenter
adjustment gage (30).

(l) Tighten the nuts (32) and (34).

(m) Safety the nuts (32) and (34) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).

(n) Install the pushrod (38).

(o) Make sure that the clearances
c
and
d
are between 0.1 mm
(0.0039 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

(p) If the clearances
c
and
d
are not correct adjust the pushrod
(38) as follows:

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (44) and (45).

2
_ Loosen the nut (44) and (45) and turn the pushrod (38) until
the clearances
c
and
d
are correct.

3
_ Tighten the nuts (44) and (45).

4
_ Safety the nuts (44) and (45) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 511
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
R Adjustement of the Lifting Shaft Assembly
Figure 501A/TASK 52-13-21-991-016-A12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 512
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Adjustement of the Lifting Shaft Assembly
Figure 501A/TASK 52-13-21-991-016-A22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 513
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Door Locking Overcenter Position on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
Figure 502/TASK 52-13-21-991-017

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 514
Jul 01/01
 
THY 
 (q) Lift the internal control handle until you can install a feeler
gage of 0.9 mm (0.0354 in.) between the stop (37) and the
bellcrank (31).

(r) Make sure that the line which divides the green and red area of
the bellcrank (31) is 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) below the upper edge of
the indicator window (39). If necessary adjust it as follows:

1
_ Loosen the bolts (41) and move the indicator windows (39) to
the correct position.

2
_ Tighten the bolts (41).

(3) External Control Handle

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-13-21-991-018)

(a) Close and lock the door.

(b) Pull and push the external control handle (51).

(c) Make sure that the travel
b
of the external control handle (51)
is between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

(d) If the travel
b
is not in the given limits, adjust as follows.

1
_ Unlock the external control handle (51).

2
_ Loosen the nut (61).

3
_ Turn the eccentric roller (62).

4
_ Tighten the nut (61).

(e) Make sure that the travel
b
is correct. If necessary do the
adjustment of the eccentric roller (62) again.

(f) Make sure that the external control handle (51) is flush with the
contour of the door with a tolerance between -0.5 mm (-0.0196
in.) and 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.).

(g) If the tolerance is not correct adjust it as follows:

1
_ Measure the difference between the external control handle
(51) and the contour of the door.

2
_ Open the external control handle (51).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 515
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
R Adjustment of the Locking Shaft Assembly
Figure 502A/TASK 52-13-21-991-017-A12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 516
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Locking Shaft Assembly
Figure 502A/TASK 52-13-21-991-017-A22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 517
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R External Control Handle on Door Serial Number 1001 and 1168
Figure 503/TASK 52-13-21-991-018

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 518
Jul 01/01
 
THY 
 3
_ Remove the nuts (64), the screws (66), the hook fitting (56)
and the shims (65).

4
_ Adjust the shims (65) as necessary.

5
_ Install the shims (65), the hook fitting (56), the screws (66)
and the nuts (64).

6
_ Tighten the nuts (64).

(h) Make sure that:

- the travel
b
is correct,
- the external control handle (51) is flush with the contour of
the door.
If these conditions are not correct, do the necessary adjustment
again.

(i) Make sure that the clearance
a
between the lever (52) and the
stop (53) is between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

(j) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust it as follows:

1
_ Remove the plug (50).

2
_ Remove the lockwire from the nut (54).

3
_ Loosen the nut (54).

4
_ Turn the adjustment screw (55) to get the correct clearance

a
.

NOTE : The external control handle (51) must touch the

____
eccentric roller (62).

5
_ Tighten the nut (54).

6
_ Safety the nut (54) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010).

7
_ Install the plug (50).

(k) Open the door with the external control handle (51).

(l) Close the door with the internal control handle (12) and make
sure that:
- the flap (63) goes automatically to the locked position with a
click,


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 519
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 - the flap (63) aligns with the contour of the external control
handle (51).

(m) If the flap (63) is not in the locked position, adjust it as

follows:

1
_ Open the door.

2
_ Remove the nuts (57), the screws (59), the stop (60) and the
shims (58).

3
_ Adjust the shims (58) as necessary.

4
_ Install the shims (58), the stop (60), the screws (59) and the
nuts (57).

5
_ Tighten the nuts (57).

(n) Make sure that the condition of the flap (63) is correct. If
necessary do the adjustment again.

(4) Do a check, and if necessary adjust the actuation clearance of the

proximity sensor 25MJ (24MJ) (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-820-801).

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-13-21-820-051-A

A. Adjustment of the Lifting Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-13-21-991-016-A)

R NOTE : The rigging pins (2) (PN 98F52108507052) and (17) (PN
____
R 98F52108507054) are part of the tool set TOOL - ADJUSTMENT PAX
R DOORS (98F52108507000).

R (1) Make sure that the applicable door is in its correct installation
R position on the fuselage (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-801).

R (2) Make sure that the roller (3) of the inboard handle (1) engages
R correctly in the recess of the detent lever (4).

R (3) Install the rigging pin (2) (PN 98F52108507052) in the twin lever
R (10) and make sure that it goes freely into the door structure.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 520
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (4) If you cannot install the rigging pin (2) easily, adjust the length
of the lower control rod (6) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

(a) Remove the upper control rod (5) from the bellcrank lever (48) of
the locking shaft (47) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 52-13-21-991-017-A)

1
_ If necessary, remove and discard the cotter pin (82) from the
nut (81).

2
_ Remove the nut (81), the washers (80) and the bolt (79) and
disconnect the upper control rod (5) from the bellcrank lever
(48).

R (b) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the upper and
R lower jam nuts (7) and the safety devices (8).

(c) Loosen the upper and lower jam nuts (7).

(d) Turn the rod body (9) until the rigging pin (2) goes freely in
the door structure.

(e) Tighten the upper and lower jam nuts (7) and safety them with the
lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety
devices (8).

(f) Install the upper control rod (5) on the bellcrank lever (48) of
the locking shaft (47) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the upper control rod (5) on the bellcrank lever (48) and
R attach it with the bolt (79), the washers (80) and the nut
(81).

2
_ Tighten the nut (81) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(82).

R (5) Install the rigging pin (17) (PN 98F52108507054) into the flange
R bearing (18) of the door edge member and the lifting arm (16) as
R follows:

(a) Remove and retain the plastic plug (15) from the upper rigging
hole of the flange bearing (18).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 521
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (b) Install the rigging pin (17) into the upper rigging hole of the
flange bearing (18).

(c) Make sure that the rigging pin (17) goes freely into the lifting
arm (16).

(6) If you cannot install the rigging pin (17) easily into the lifting
arm (16), adjust the length of the connection rod (11) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

R (a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the upper and
R lower jam nuts (13) and the safety devices (12).

(b) Loosen the upper and lower jam nuts (13).

(c) Turn the rod body (14) until the rigging pin (17) goes freely
into the lifting arm (16).

(d) Make sure that the connection rod (26) between the lifting shaft
and the lower connection link of the support arm is correctly
adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-801).

R (e) Tighten the upper and lower jam nuts (13) and safety them with
R the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety
devices (12).

(7) Remove the rigging pins (2) and (17) and operate the inboard lever
(1) to lift the door.

(8) Install the rigging pin (17) into the flange bearing (18) of the door
edge member and the lifting arm (16) as follows:

(a) If necessary, remove and retain the plastic plug (15) from the
lower rigging hole of the flange bearing (18).

(b) Install the rigging pin (17) into the lower rigging hole of the
flange bearing (18).

(c) Make sure that the rigging pin (17) goes freely into the lifting
arm (16).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 522
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (9) If you cannot install the rigging pin (17) easily into the lifting
arm (16), adjust the twin lever stop (37) as follows:

(a) To install the rigging pin (17) make sure that there is
sufficient clearance between the stop bolt (21) and the crank
lever (30).

R (b) If necessary, bend the tab washer (36) to release the jam nut
R (35). If you do this, replace the tab washer (36).

(c) Loosen the jam nut (35) and turn the stop bolt (34) until it is
fully in.

(d) Move the inboard handle (1) until the rigging pin (17) goes
freely into the lifting arm (16).

(e) Turn the stop bolt (34) until it touches the twin lever (10).

(f) Tighten the jam nut (35) and safety it with the new tab washer
(36).

R (10) Measure the distance X between the crank rod (20) and the crank
R lever (30) . The distance X must be between 4.0 mm (0.1574 in.) and
R 8.0 mm (0.3149 in.).
R

R (11) If the distance X is not in the limits, adjust the length of the
R crank rod (20) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

R (a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the jam nuts (32)
R and the safety devices (31).

(b) Loosen the jam nuts (32) and turn the rod (33) until the distance
X is correct.

R (c) If you cannot adjust the distance X correctly, decrease the
R thickness of the washer set (22) on the crank rod (20).

(d) Tighten the jam nuts (32) and safety them with the lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (31).

(12) Remove the rigging pin (17) from the flange bearing (18) and install
the retained plastic plugs (15).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 523
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (13) Make sure that the stop bolt (21) of the crank rod (20) touches the
crank lever (30) when the door is lifted.

(14) If not, change the thickness of the washer set (22) as follows:

(a) Lower the door to get access to the stop bolt (21).

(b) Remove the nut (23), the stop bolt (21) and the washer set (22)
from the crank rod (20).

(c) Add or remove the quantity of the washers as necessary until the
stop bolt (21) touches the crank lever (30).

(d) Install the stop bolt (21) with the washer set (22) and the nut
(23) on the crank rod (20).

R (15) Measure the operation force necessary to lower and lift the
R applicable door as follows:

R (a) Put a SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN (48 LBF) on the inboard handle (1)
R and move it down and up.
R

R (b) Make sure that the operation force necessary to move the inboard
R lever (1) is than 15.0 daN (33.7213 lbf).

R (16) If the operation force is more than permitted, adjust the torsion bar
R (19) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

R (a) If necessary, discard the lockwire from the tension bolt (24) and
R the lead seal rivet (25).

(b) Turn the tension bolt (24) until the operation force is correct
and the door stays in its lifted position.

(c) Safety the tension bolt (24) with lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS

(Material No. 19-010) on the lead seal rivet (25).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 524
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-21-820-052

B. Adjustment of the Locking Shaft Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-13-21-991-016-A, 502A/TASK 52-13-21-991-017-A,
504/TASK 52-13-21-991-037)

R NOTE : The overcenter adjustment gages (84) (PN 98F52108507042 and PN

____
R 98F52108507044), the rigging pins (2) (PN 98F52108507052) and (17)
R (PN 98F52108507054) and the special lever (90) (PN 98F52108507090)
R are part of the tool kit TOOL - ADJUSTMENT PAX DOORS
R (98F52108507000).

R (1) Make sure that the applicable door is in its correct installation
R position on the fuselage (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-801).

(2) Make sure that the lifting shaft assembly is in the subsequent
condition:
(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-13-21-991-016-A)
- The roller (3) of the inboard handle (1) engages correctly in the
recess of the detent lever (4).
R - The rigging pin (2) (PN 98F52108507052) engages with the twin lever
R (10) and the door structure.
R - The rigging pin (17) (PN 98F52108507054) engages with the upper
R rigging hole of the flange bearing (18) and the lifting arm (16).

R (3) If necessary, remove the lining hinge arm (61) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (67) from the nuts (68).

(b) Remove the nuts (68), the washers (63) and the bolt (62) from the
door fitting (50).

(c) Disconnect the push rods (65) from the door fitting (50) and if
necessary remove the bushes (64) and (66).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pins (74) from the nuts (73).

(e) Remove the nuts (73), the washers (70) and the bolts (69) from
the locking hooks (45) .

(f) Disconnect the lining hinge arms (61) from the locking hooks (45)
and if necessary remove the bushes (71) and (72).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 525
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 External Control Handle
Figure 503A/TASK 52-13-21-991-018-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 526
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
R Door Lowering Safety-Device
R Figure 504/TASK 52-13-21-991-037


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 527
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (4) Remove the bolts (76), the washers (77) and the indicator covers (75)
with the shim washers (78) from the door structure.

(a) Record the thickness of the shim washers (78) for the
installation procedure.

R (5) Remove and discard the cable-ties (58) and (60) and disconnect the
R bellows (59) from the door fitting (50).

(6) Remove the push rods (55) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (43) from the nuts (44).

(b) Remove the nuts (44), the washers (42) and the bolts (41) from
the locking hooks (45).

(c) Disconnect the push rods (55) from the locking hooks (45) and if
necessary remove the bushes (56) and (57).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pins (53) from the nuts (54).

(e) Remove the nuts (54), the washers (52), the bolts (51) and
disconnect the push rods (55) from the indication levers (46).

R (f) Remove the push rods (55) from the door structure and disconnect
R the bellows (59).

(7) Remove the upper control rod (5) from the bellcrank lever (48) as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (82) from the nut (81).

(b) Remove the nut (81), the washers (80) and the bolt (79).

(c) Disconnect the upper control rod (5) from the bellcrank lever
(48).

(8) Remove the proximity sensor 22MJ or 23MJ to get clearance during the
adjustment procedure (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-000-801).

R (9) If necessary, set the stop bolts (88) of the bellcrank stops (49) to
R their minimum position as follows:

R (a) If necessary, bend the tab washers (86) to release the jam nuts
R (87).
R - If you do this, replace the tab washers (86).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 528
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (b) Loosen the jam nuts (87) and wind the stop bolts (88) into the
R bellcrank stops (49).

R (10) Install the adjustment gage (84) as follows:

R NOTE : For the LH door, you must use the adjustment gage with the PN
____
R 98F52108507044 andfor the RH door, the adjustment gage with
R the PN 98F52108507042.

R (a) Put the upper end of the adjustment gage (84) on the locking hook
R (45) and install the rigging pin (83).

R (b) Move the lower end of the adjustment gage (84) to the indication
R lever (46) and install the rigging pin (85).

(c) Make sure that the contact surface of the adjustment gage touches
the locking shaft (47).

R (d) If not, turn the locking shaft (47) with the special lever (90)
R (PN 98F5210807058) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove the pin (89) to open the special lever (90).

R 2
_ Put the special lever (90) on the splined area of the locking
R shaft(47).

R 3
_ Close the special lever (90) and install the pin (89).

R 4
_ Turn the special lever (90) until the contact surface of the
R adjustment gage touches the locking shaft(47).

(11) Adjust the bellcrank stops (49) as follows:

R (a) Turn the stop bolts (88) until they touch the indication levers
R (46).

R (b) Tighten the jam nuts (87) and safety them with the new tab
R washers (86).

R (12) Remove the rigging pins (83) and (85) and disconnect the adjustment
R gages (84) from the door structure.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 529
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (13) Install the pushrods (55) as follows:

R (a) Install the bellows (59) on the pushrods (55).

R (b) Put the push rods (55) on the indication levers (46) and attach
R them with the bolts (51), the washers (52) and the nuts (54).
R

R (c) Tighten the nuts (54) and safety them with new cotter pins (53).

R (d) Make sure that the bushes (56) and (57) are installed in the
R locking hooks (45).

R (e) Put the push rods (55) on the locking hooks (45) and install the
R bolts (41), the washers (42) and the nuts (44).

(f) Tighten the nuts (44) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(43).

R (g) Make sure the clearance between the locking hooks (45) and the
R related fuselage lock fittings is correct. If necessary, adjust
R the length of the push rods (55) (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-801).

(14) Adjust the visual locking indication as follows:

(a) Install the indicator covers (75) with the shim washers (78), the
washers (77) and the screws (76) on the door structure.

(b) Install the shim washers (78) as identified in the removal

procedure.

R (c) Turn the locking shaft (47) with the special lever (90) until
R there is a clearance of 0.9 mm (0.0354 in.) between the stop bolt
R (88) and the indication lever (46).
R

(d) Make sure that the dividing line is 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) below the
upper indicator window edge of the indicator cover (75).

NOTE : The dividing line divides the green and red area of the
____
indication lever (46).

(e) If necessary, loosen the screws (76) and move the indicator cover
(75) to its correct position and tighten the screws (76) again.

R (15) Remove the special lever (90) from the locking shaft (47).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 530
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (16) Connect the upper control rod (5) to the bellcrank lever (48) as
R follows:

(a) Make sure that the roller (3) of the inboard handle (1) engages
correctly in the recess of the detent lever (4).

R (b) Make sure that the stop bolts (88) touch the indication levers
R (46).

(c) Put the upper control rod (5) in position on the bellcrank lever
(48) and install the bolt (79) with the washer (80).

(d) If you cannot install the bolt (79) easily, adjust the length of
the upper control rod (5) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE
R TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

R 1
_ If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the upper and
R lower jam nuts (93) and the safety devices (94).

R 2
_ Loosen the upper and lower jam nuts (93).

3
_ Turn the rod body (95) until the bolt (79) goes in freely.

R 4
_ Tighten the upper and lower jam nuts (93) and safety them with
R the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the
R safety devices (94).

(e) Install the washers (80) and the nut (81) on the bolt (79).

(f) Tighten the nut (81) and safety it with the new cotter pin (82).

R (17) Make sure that the riggings pins (2) and (17) are removed.

R (18) Do a check of the lowering safety device as follows:

R (a) Move the inboard lever (1) up to lift the door.

R (b) Measure the clearance Z which can be max. 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.)
R between the safety hook (91) and the bracket roller (92).

R (19) Install the bellows (59) on the door fitting (50) and attach them
R with the cable tie (58).

R (20) Attach the bellows (59) to the push rod (55) with cable tie (60).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 531
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (21) Install the lining hinge arm (61) as follows:

(a) Install the bushes (71) and (72) in the locking hooks (45).

(b) Put the lining hinge arm (61) in position and install the bolts
(69), the washers (70) and the nuts (73).

(c) Tighten the nuts (73) and safety them with new cotter pins (74).

(d) If removed, install the bushes (64) and (66) in the door fitting
(50).

R (e) Put the push rods (65) in position and install the bolts (62),
R the washers (63) and the nuts (68).

(f) Tighten the nuts (68) and safety them with new cotter pins (67).

R (22) Install the proximity sensor 22MJ or 23MJ on the door structure
(Ref. TASK 52-71-11-400-801) and make sure that its actuation
clearance is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-820-801).

Subtask 52-13-21-820-053

C. Adjustment of the Outer Control Handle

(Ref. Fig. 503A/TASK 52-13-21-991-018-A)

(1) Make sure that the applicable door is closed and the outer control
handle (102) aligns with the door skin.

(a) Measure the skin offset between the contour of the door skin and
the outer control handle (102).

NOTE : A skin offset of 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.) into or out of wind

____
is permitted.

(2) If the skin offset is not in the limits, adjust it as follows:

(a) Move the outer control handle (102) fully up.

(b) Loosen the screw (114) and turn the eccentric roller (115) as
required until the skin offset is correct.

(c) Tighten the screw (114) again.

(d) Move the outer control handle (102) fully down.

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-21

Page 532
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (3) Pull and push the external control handle (102) to find the clearance
W between the roller (103) and the support fitting (104).

NOTE : The clearance W must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.5
____
mm (0.0196 in.).

(4) If the clearance W is not in the limits, adjust the thickness of
the shim set (106) as follows:

(a) Move the outer control handle (102) fully up.

(b) Remove the screws (108), the washers (107) and the support
fitting (104) with the shim set (106) from the door fitting
(113).

(c) Add or remove shims until the thickness of the shim set (106) is
correct and the clearance W is in the limits.

(d) Put the support fitting (104) and the shim set (106) on the door
fitting (113) and attach them with the screws (108) and the
washers (107).

(5) Operate the outer control handle (102) and make sure that the safety
handle (101) aligns with the outer control handle (102).

(6) If the safety handle (101) does not align, adjust the thickness of
the shim set (105) as follows:

(a) Remove the screws (109) and the shim set (105) from the door
fitting (113).

(b) Add or remove the shims (110), (111) and (112) as required.

(c) Put the shim set (105) on the door fitting (113) and attach them
with the screws (109).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-21-820-056

D. Adjustment of the Lifting Shaft Assembly

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No.1169 and

____
subsequent.

R (Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-13-21-991-034)

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 533
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Lifting Shaft Assembly on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 505/TASK 52-13-21-991-034- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 534
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Lifting Shaft Assembly on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 505/TASK 52-13-21-991-034- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 535
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R NOTE : The rigging pins (2) (PN 98F52108507052) and (17) (PN
____
R 98F52108507054) are part of the tool kit TOOL - ADJUSTMENT PAX
R DOORS (98F52108507000).

R (1) Make sure that the applicable door is in its correct installation
R position on the fuselage (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-801).

(2) Make sure that the roller (3) of the inboard handle (1) engages
correctly in the recess of the detent lever (4).

R (3) Install the rigging pin (2) (PN 98F52108507052) into the twin lever
R (10) and make sure that it goes freely into the door structure.

(4) If you cannot install the rigging pin (2) easily, adjust the length
of the lower control rod (6) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

(a) Remove the upper control rod (5) from the bellcrank lever (48) of
the locking shaft (47) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-13-21-991-035)

1
_ If necessary, remove and discard the cotter pin (82) from the
nut (81).

2
_ Remove the nut (81), the washers (80) and the bolt (79) and
disconnect the upper control rod (5) from the bellcrank lever
(48).

R (b) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the upper and
R lower jam nuts (7) and the safety devices (8).

(c) Loosen the upper and lower jam nuts (7).

(d) Turn the rod body (9) until the rigging pin (2) goes freely into
the door structure.

(e) Tighten the upper and lower jam nuts (7) and safety them with the
lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety
devices (8).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 536
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (f) Install the upper control rod (5) on the bellcrank lever (48) of
the locking shaft (47) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the upper control rod (5) on the bellcrank lever (48) and
R attach it with the bolt (79), the washers (80) and the nut
(81).

2
_ Tighten the nut (81) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(82).

R (5) Install the rigging pin (17) (PN 98F52108507054) into the flange
R bearing (18) of the door edge member and the lifting arm (16) as
R follows:

(a) Remove and retain the plastic plug (15) from the upper rigging
hole of the flange bearing (18).

(b) Install the rigging pin (17) into the upper rigging hole of the
flange bearing (18).

(c) Make sure that the rigging pin (17) goes freely into the lifting
arm (16).

(6) If you cannot install the rigging pin (17) easily into the lifting
arm (16), adjust the length of the connection rod (11) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

R (a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the upper and
R lower jam nuts (13) and the safety devices (12).

(b) Loosen the upper and lower jam nuts (13).

(c) Turn the rod body (14) until the rigging pin (17) goes freely
into the lifting arm (16).

(d) Make sure that the connection rod (26) between the lifting shaft
and the lower connection link of the support arm is correctly
adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-801).

(e) Tighten the upper and lower jam nuts (13) and safety them with
the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety
devices (12).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 537
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Locking Shaft Assembly on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 506/TASK 52-13-21-991-035- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 538
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Locking Shaft Assembly on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 506/TASK 52-13-21-991-035- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 539
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (7) Remove the rigging pins (2) and (17) and operate the inboard lever
(1) to lift the door.

R (8) Install the rigging pin (17) (PN 98F52108507054) into the flange
R bearing (18) of the door edge member and the lifting arm (16) as
R follows:

(a) If necessary, remove and retain the plastic plug (15) from the
lower rigging hole of the flange bearing (18).

(b) Install the rigging pin (17) into the lower rigging hole of the
flange bearing (18).

(c) Make sure that the rigging pin (17) goes freely in the lifting
arm (16).

(9) If you cannot install the rigging pin (17) easily into the lifting
arm (16), adjust the twin lever stop (37) as follows:

(a) To install the rigging pin (17) make sure that there is
sufficient clearance between the stop bolt (21) and the crank
lever (30).

R (b) If necessary, bend the tab washer (36) to release the jam nut
R (35). If you do this, replace the tab washer (36).

(c) Loosen the jam nut (35) and turn the stop bolt (34) so that it is
fully in.

(d) Move the inboard handle (1) until the rigging pin (17) goes
freely in the lifting arm (16).

(e) Turn the stop bolt (34) until it touches the twin lever (10).

(f) Tighten the jam nut (35) and safety it with the new tab washer
(36).

R (10) Measure the distance X between the crank rod (20) and the crank
R lever (30). The distance X must be between 4.0 mm (0.1574 in.) and
R 8.0 mm (0.3149 in.).

R (11) If the distance X is out of tolerance, adjust the length of the
R crank rod (20) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 540
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the jam nuts (32)
R and the safety devices (31).

(b) Loosen the jam nuts (32) and turn the rod (33) until the distance
X is correct.

R (c) If you cannot adjust the distance X correctly, decrease the
R thickness of the washer set (22) on the crank rod (20).

(d) Tighten the jam nuts (32) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (31).

(12) Remove the rigging pin (17) from the flange bearing (18) and install
the retained plastic plugs (15).

(13) Make sure that the stop bolt (21) of the crank rod (20) touches the
crank lever (30) when the door is lifted.

(14) If not, change the thickness of the washer set (22) as follows:

(a) Lower the door to get access to the stop bolt (21).

(b) Remove the nut (23), the stop bolt (21) and the washer set (22)
from the crank rod (20).

(c) Add or remove the quantity of the washers until the stop bolt
(21) touches the crank lever (30).

(d) Install the stop bolt (21) with the washer set (22) and the nut
(23) on the crank rod (20).

R (15) Measure the operation force necessary to lower and lift the
R applicable door as follows:

R (a) Put a SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN (48 LBF) on the inboard handle (1)
R and move it down and up.
R

R (b) Make sure that the operation force is less than 15.0 daN (33.7213
lbf).

(16) If the the operation force is more than permitted, adjust the torsion
bar (19) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 541
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (a) If necessary, remove and discard the lockwire from the tension
R bolt (24) and the lead seal rivet (25).

(b) Turn the tension bolt (24) until the operation force is correct
and the door stays in its lifted position.

(c) Safety the tension bolt (24) with the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010) on the lead seal rivet (25).

Subtask 52-13-21-820-057

E. Adjustment of the Locking Shaft Assembly

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No.1169 and

____
subsequent.

R (Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-13-21-991-034, 506/TASK 52-13-21-991-035, 507/TASK

52-13-21-991-038)

R NOTE : The overcenter adjustment gages (84) (PN 98F52108507042 or PN

____
R 98F52108507044), the rigging pins (2) (PN 98F52108507052) and (17)
R (PN 98F52108507054) and the special lever (PN 98F52108507058) are
R part of the TOOL - ADJUSTMENT PAX DOORS (98F52108507000).

R (1) Make sure that the applicable door is in its correct installation
R position on the fuselage (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-801).

(2) Make sure that lifting shaft assembly is in the subsequent condition:
R (Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-13-21-991-034)
- The roller (3) of the inboard handle (1) engages correctly in the
recess of the detent lever (4).
R - The rigging pin (2) (PN 98F52108507052) engages with the twin lever
R (10) and the door structure.
R - The rigging pin (17) (PN 98F52108507052) engages with the upper
R rigging hole of the flange bearing (18) and the lifting arm (16).

R (3) If necessary, remove the lining hinge arm (61) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (67) from the nuts (68).

(b) Remove the nuts (68), the washers (63) and the bolt (62) from the
door fitting (50).

(c) Disconnect the push rods (65) from the door fitting (50) and if
necessary remove the bushes (64) and (66).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pins (74) from the nuts (73).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 542
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Door Lowering Safety-Device on Door Serial No.1169 and subsequent
R Figure 507/TASK 52-13-21-991-038


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 543
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (e) Remove the nuts (73), the washers (70) and the bolts (69) from
the locking hooks (45) .

(f) Disconnect the lining hinge arms (61) from the locking hooks (45)
and if necessary remove the bushes (71) and (72).

(4) Remove the bolts (76), the washers (77) and the indicator covers (75)
with the shim washers (78) from the door structure.
R

R (a) Record the thickness of the shim washers (78) for the
R installation procedure.

R (5) Remove and discard the cable-ties (58) and (60) and disconnect the
R bellows (59) from the door fitting (50).

R (6) Remove the push rods (55) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (43) from the nuts (44).

(b) Remove the nuts (44), the washers (42) and the bolts (41) from
the locking hooks (45).

(c) Disconnect the push rods (55) from the locking hooks (45) and if
necessary remove the bushes (56) and (57).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pins (53) from the nuts (54).

(e) Remove the nuts (54), the washers (52), the bolts (51) and
disconnect the push rods (55) from the indication levers (46).

R (f) Remove the push rods (55) from the door structure and disconnect
R the bellows (59).

R (7) Remove the upper control rod (5) from the bellcrank lever (48) as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (82) from the nut (81).

(b) Remove the nut (81), the washers (80) and the bolt (79).

(c) Disconnect the upper control rod (5) from the bellcrank lever
(48).

R (8) Remove the proximity sensor 22MJ or 23MJ to get clearance during the
adjustment procedure (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-000-801).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 544
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (9) If necessary, set the stop bolts (88) of the bellcrank stops (49) to
R their minimum position as follows:

R (a) If necessary, bend the tab washers (86) to release the jam nuts
R (87). If you do this, replace the tab washers (86).

R (b) Loosen the jam nuts (87) and wind the stop bolts (88) into the
R bellcrank stops (49).

R (10) Install the adjustment gage (84) as follows:

R NOTE : For the LH door, you must use the overcenter adjustment gage
____
R with the PN 98F52108507044, and for the RH door, the
R overcenter adjustment gage the PN 98F52108507042.

R (a) Put the upper end of the adjustment gage (84) on the locking hook
R (45) and install the rigging pin (83).

R (b) Move the lower end of the adjustment gage (84) to the indication
R lever (46) and install the rigging pin (85).

R (c) Make sure that the contact surface of the adjustment gage (84)
R touches the locking shaft (47).

R (d) If not, turn the locking shaft (47) with the special lever (90)
R (PN 98F521085070580) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove the pin (89) to open the special lever (90).

R 2
_ Put the opened special lever (90) on the splined area of the
R locking shaft (47).

R 3
_ Close the special lever (90) and install the pin (89).

R 4
_ Turn the special lever (90) until the contact surface of the
R adjustment gage (84) touches the locking shaft (47).

R (11) Adjust the bellcrank stops (49) as follows:

R (a) Turn the stop bolts (88) until they touch the indication levers
R (46).

R (b) Tighten the jam nuts (87) and safety them with the new tab
R washers (86).

R (12) Remove the rigging pins (83) and (85) and disconnect the adjustment
R gage (84) from the door structure.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 545
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (13) Install the push rods (55) as follows:

R (a) Install the bellows (59) on the pushrods (55).

R (b) Put the push rods (55) on the indication levers (46) and attach
R them with the bolts (51), the washers (52) and the nuts (54).
R

R (c) Tighten the nuts (54) and safety them with new the cotter pins
(53).

R (d) Make sure that the bushes (56) and (57) are installed in the
R locking hooks (45).

R (e) Put the push rods (55) on the locking hooks (45) and attach them
R with the bolts (41), the washers (42) and the nuts (44).

(f) Tighten the nuts (44) and safety them with new cotter pins (43).

R (g) Make sure the clearance between the locking hooks (45) and the
R related fuselage lock fittings is correct. If necessary, adjust
R the length of the push rods (55) (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-801).

R (14) Adjust the visual locking indication as follows:

(a) Install the indicator covers (75) with the shim washers (78), the
washers (77) and the screws (76) on the door structure.

(b) Install the shim washers (78) as identified in the removal

procedure.

R (c) Turn the locking shaft (47) with the special lever (90) until
R there is a clearance of 0.9 mm (0.0354 in.) between the stop bolt
R (88) and the indication lever (46).
R

(d) Make sure that the dividing line is 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) below the
upper indicator window edge of the indicator cover (75).

NOTE : The dividing line divides the green and red area of the
____
indication lever (46).

(e) If necessary, loosen the screws (76) and move the indicator cover
(75) to its correct position and tighten the screws (76) again.

R (15) Remove the special lever (90) from the locking shaft (47).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 546
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (16) Connect the upper control rod (5) to the bellcrank lever (48) as
R follows:

R (a) Make sure that the roller (3) of the inboard handle (1) engages
R correctly in the recess of the detent lever (4).

R (b) Make sure that the stop bolts (88) touch the indication levers
R (46).

(c) Put the upper control rod (5) in position on the bellcrank lever
(48) and install the bolt (79) with the washer (80).

R (d) If you cannot install the bolt (79) easily, adjust the length of
R the upper control rod (5) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE
R TASK. LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

R 1
_ If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the upper and
R lower jam nuts (93) and the safety devices (94).

R 2
_ Loosen the upper and lower jam nuts (93).

3
_ Turn the rod body (95) until the bolt (79) goes in freely.

R 4
_ Tighten the upper and lower jam nuts (93) and safety them with
R the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the
R safety devices (94).

(e) Install the washers (80) and the nut (81) on the bolt (79).

(f) Tighten the nut (81) and safety it with the new cotter pin (82).

R (17) Make sure that the rigging pins (2) and (17) are removed.

R (18) Do a check of the lowering safety device as follows:

R (a) Move the inboard lever (19 up to lift the door.

R (b) Measure the clearance Z which can be max. 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.)
R between the safety hook (91) and the bracket roller (92).

R (19) Install the bellows (59) on the door fittings (50) and attach them
R with the cable ties (58).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 547
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (20) Attach the bellows (59) to the pushrods (55) with the cable ties
(60).

R (21) Install the lining hinge arm (61) as follows:

(a) Install the bushes (71) and (72) in the locking hooks (45).

(b) Put the lining hinge arm (61) in position and install the bolts
(69), the washers (70) and the nuts (73).

(c) Tighten the nuts (73) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(74).

(d) If removed, install the bushes (64) and (66) in the door fitting
(50).

R (e) Put the push rods (65) in position and install the bolts (62),
R the washers (63) and the nuts (68).

(f) Tighten the nuts (68) and safety them with the new cotter pins
(67).

R (22) Install the applicable sensor 22MJ or 23MJ on the door structure
(Ref. TASK 52-71-11-400-801) and make sure that its actuation
clearance is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-820-801).

Subtask 52-13-21-820-058

F. Adjustment of the Outer Control Handle

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No.1212 and

____
subsequent.

R (Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 52-13-21-991-036)

(1) Make sure that the applicable door is closed and the outer control
handle (102) aligns with the door skin.

(a) Measure the skin offset between the contour of the door skin and
the outer control handle (102).

NOTE : A skin offset of 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.) into or out of wind

____
is permitted.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 548
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the External Control Handle on Door Serial No.1169 and subsequent
R Figure 508/TASK 52-13-21-991-036


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 549
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (2) If the skin offset is not the in limits, adjust it as follows:

(a) Move the outer control handle (102) fully up.

(b) Loosen the screw (114) and turn the eccentric roller (115) as
required until the skin offset is correct.

(c) Tighten the screw (114) again.

(d) Move the outer control handle (102) fully down.

(3) Pull and push the external control handle (102) to find the clearance
W between the roller (103) and the support fitting (104).

NOTE : The clearance W must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.5
____
mm (0.0196 in.).

(4) If the clearance W is not in the limits, adjust the thickness of
the shim set (106) as follows:

(a) Move the outer control handle (102) fully up.

(b) Remove the screws (108), the washers (107) and the support
fitting (104) with the shim set (106) from the door fitting
(113).

(c) Add or remove shims until the thickness of the shim set (106) is
correct and the clearance W is in the limits.

(d) Put the support fitting (104) and the shim set (106) on the door
fitting (113) and attach them with the screws (108) and the
washers (107).

(5) Operate the outer control handle (102) and make sure that the safety
handle (101) aligns with the outer control handle (102).

(6) If the safety handle (101) does not align, adjust the thickness of
the shim set (105) as follows:

(a) Remove the screws (109) and the shim set (105) from the door
fitting (113).

(b) Add or remove the shims (110), (111) and (112) as required.

(c) Put the shim set (105) on the door fitting (113) and attach them
with the screws (109).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-21

Page 550
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-13-21-720-051

G. Do the functional test of the AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-
00-720-801) to make sure that the door locking mechanism operates
satisfactory.

Subtask 52-13-21-865-054

H. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-13-21-710-051

J. Operational Test

(1) Do the operational test of the door monitoring system (Ref. TASK 52-
71-00-710-801).

(2) Do the operational test of the escape-slide warning system (Ref. TASK
52-71-00-710-802).

NOTE : Do these tests only for the AFT passenger/crew door 833 (843).
____

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-13-21-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Apply a layer of the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and
the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
which attach components directly to the door structure.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 551
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
bolts which are in the door mechanism.

(c) Apply a layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to

the installed components.

(3) Remove the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-801).

(4) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(5) Close the access door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

(6) Remove the access platform(s).

(7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 52-13-21-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-21

Page 552
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE RELEASE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________

TASK 52-13-22-000-801

Removal of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism from the AFT

Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
98A52107632000 2 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

R 25-23-52-000-802 Removal of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-12-21-000-801 Removal of the Door Locking Mechanism from the MID
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)
52-13-21-000-801 Removal of the Door Locking Mechanism from the AFT
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)
52-71-11-000-802 Removal of the Proximity Sensors from the Escape
R Slide Release Mechanism (30MJ,
R 31MJ,32MJ,33MJ,36MJ,37MJ)

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-22-991-001 Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 401
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-22-991-001-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-22-991-005 Fig. 402

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-22-991-005-A Fig. 402A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-22-991-006 Fig. 403

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-22-991-006-A Fig. 403A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-22-991-007 Fig. 404

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-22-991-007-A Fig. 404A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-22-991-008 Fig. 405


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 402
Jul 01/02
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-22-991-008-A Fig. 405A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-22-991-009 Fig. 406

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-22-991-009-A Fig. 406A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-22-991-011 Fig. 407

52-13-22-991-012 Fig. 408
52-13-22-991-013 Fig. 409
52-13-22-991-014 Fig. 410
52-13-22-991-015 Fig. 411
52-13-22-991-016 Fig. 412

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-22-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-13-22-010-050

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 403
Jul 01/02
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-22-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-13-22-010-051

D. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the related door.

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Remove the escape facility from the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-000-
801).

(4) Remove the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-000-802).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 404
Jul 01/02
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-22-020-050

A. Removal of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1168

____

(1) Remove the release mechanism and emergency control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-22-991-001)

(a) Remove the external control handle (Ref. TASK 52-13-21-000-801).

(b) Disconnect the pushrod (9).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (3).

2
_ Remove the nut (4), the washer (5), the bolt (8) and the
washer (7).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrod (9) and remove the bushes (6) and (10).

(c) Remove the roller assembly from the lever (14).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (31).

2
_ Remove the nut (30) and the washer (29).

3
_ Remove the bolt (25), the spacer (26), the roller (27) and the
washer (28).

(d) Remove the nuts (18), the bolts (16) and the washers (17).

(e) Remove the nuts (11), the washers (12) and the bolts (13).

(f) Remove the nuts (1), the washers (2) and the bolts (19).

(g) Remove the nuts (20) and the washers (21) together with the
bracket (22) and the plate (23).

(h) Remove the bolts (24) from the door structure.

(i) Remove the release mechanism and emergency control handle

together with the O-ring (15) from the door. Discard the O-ring
(15).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 405
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R Release Mechanism and Emergency Control Handle on Door Serial Number 1001 to
R 1168
Figure 401/TASK 52-13-22-991-001


EFF :

001-099, 

52-13-22 Page 406
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 (2) Remove the stop lever and bellcrank unit.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-22-991-005)

(a) Remove the proximity sensor (65) (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-000-802).

(b) Disconnect the pushrods (40) and (43).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (64).

2
_ Remove the nuts (63), the washers (62), the bolts (58) and the
washers (59).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrods and remove the bushes (60) and (61).

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (53).

(d) Remove the nut (52), the washer (51), the bolt (42) and the
washer (41).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (57).

(f) Remove the nut (56) and the washers (55) and (54).

(g) Remove the stop lever (50) together with the fork assembly (48)

(h) Remove the nuts (44), the bolts (47) and the washers (46).

(i) Remove the bellcrank unit (45) from the door.

(3) Remove the locking unit.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-22-991-006)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (70), (72) and (84).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (91).

2
_ Remove the nuts (90), the washers (89), the bolts (85) and the
washers (86).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrods and remove the bushes (87) and (88).

(b) Remove the spring (71).

(c) Disconnect the spring rod (92).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (76).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 407
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 Release Mechanism and Emergency Control Handle
Figure 401A/TASK 52-13-22-991-001-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 408
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Stop Lever and Bellcrank Unit on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
Figure 402/TASK 52-13-22-991-005


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 409
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 Stop Lever and Bellcrank Unit
Figure 402A/TASK 52-13-22-991-005-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 410
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Locking Unit on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
Figure 403/TASK 52-13-22-991-006


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 411
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 2
_ Remove the nut (77) and the washer (78).

3
_ Compress the spring rod (92) and carefully remove the bolt
(83) and the washer (82).

4
_ Disconnect the spring rod (92) and remove the bushes (73) and
(79).

(d) Remove the nuts (75), the washers (74) and the bolts (80).

(e) Remove the locking unit (81) from the door.

(4) Remove the middle bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-22-991-007)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (110), (118) and (122).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (103).

2
_ Remove the nuts (104), the washers (105), the bolts (109) and
the washers (108).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrods and remove the bushes (106) and (107).

(b) Remove the nuts (119), the bolts (121) and the washers (120).

(c) Remove the middle bellcrank unit (123) from the door.

(5) Remove the lateral bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-22-991-007)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (110) and (111).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (103).

2
_ Remove the nuts (104), the washers (105), the bolts (109) and
the washers (108).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrods and remove the bushes (106) and (107).

(b) Remove the nuts (102), the bolts (100) and the washers (101).

(c) Remove the lateral bellcrank unit (112) from the door.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 412
Apr 01/98
R  
THY 
 Locking Unit
Figure 403A/TASK 52-13-22-991-006-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 413
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Bellcrank Unit - Lateral and Mid on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
Figure 404/TASK 52-13-22-991-007


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 414
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (6) Remove the sliders and the girt bar.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-22-991-007)

(a) Close and lock the door.

(b) Put the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

(c) Open the door.

(d) Push the hooks (117) to release the sliders (116) and move the
sliders (116) to the middle of the door until they disengage from
the girt bar fittings (115).

(e) Lift the girt bar (114) and the sliders (116).

(f) Push the hooks (117) to release the sliders (116) and push the
sliders (116) to the ends of the girt bar (114).

(g) Remove the sliders (116) and the girt bar (114) from the door.

(7) Remove the linkage guide.

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-22-991-008)

(a) Close and lock the door.

(b) Move the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position and
open the door.

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (151).

(d) Remove the nut (152), the washer (153), the bolt (157) and the
washer (156).

(e) Disconnect the pushrod (158) and remove the bushes (154) and
(155).

(f) Remove the conical pin (145) from the lever (147).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (150).

2
_ Remove the nut (149), the washer (148), the conical pin (145)
and the washer (146).

(g) Remove and discard the cotter pin (139).

(h) Remove the nut (138), the washer (137), the bolt (135) and the
washer (136).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 415
Apr 01/98
R  
THY 
R Bellcrank Unit - Lateral and Mid
Figure 404A/TASK 52-13-22-991-007-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 416
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
R Linkage Guide on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
Figure 405/TASK 52-13-22-991-008


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 417
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 (i) Remove the nuts (143), the bolts (160) and the washers (159).

(j) Remove and discard the cotter pin (130).

(k) Remove the nut (131) and the washer (132).

(l) Pull out the bolt (141) as far as possible and remove the linkage
guide (144) together with the fork end (134).

(m) Remove the spacer (142) and the fork end (134) from the linkage
guide (144).

(n) Remove the spacer (133), the bolt (141) and the washer (140) from
the fork end (134).

(8) Remove the emergency control-handle blanking-device.

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-22-991-009)

(a) Put a warning notice on the outside of the door to tell persons
not to open the door.

(b) Close the door.

(c) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) (180) and move the
emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

(d) Remove the nut (176), the washer (175) and the pin (173).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (177).

(f) Remove the washer (178).

(g) Remove the
DISARMED
placard (170) from the tube assembly (179).

(h) Remove the pin (171) together with the lever (172) and the spring
(174).

(i) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position and
install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 418
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 Linkage Guide
Figure 405A/TASK 52-13-22-991-008-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 419
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Emergency Control-Handle Blanking-Device on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
Figure 406/TASK 52-13-22-991-009


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 420
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-13-22-020-050-A

A. Removal of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

(1) Remove the release mechanism and emergency control handle (16).
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-13-22-991-001-A)

(a) Remove the external control handle (Ref. TASK 52-12-21-000-801).

(b) Disconnect the pushrod (7).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (6).

2
_ Remove the nut (5), the washer (4), the bolt (1) and the
washer (2).

R 3
_ Disconnect the pushrod (7) and remove the bush (3).

(c) Remove the lever (14).

1
_ Remove the nut (12), the washer (13), the bolt (15) and the
lever (14).

(d) Remove the nuts (8), the washers (9), the bolts (10, 11) and the
release mechanism (16).

(2) Remove the stop lever and bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-13-22-991-005-A)

(a) Remove the proximity sensor (57) (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-000-802).

(b) Disconnect the pushrods (43) and (51).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (40).

2
_ Remove the nuts (41), the washers (42) and the bolts (52).

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (55).

(d) Remove the nut (54) and the washer (53).

(e) Remove the nuts (47), the washers (45) and the bolts (44).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 421
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (f) Remove the bellcrank unit (46) and the stop lever (56) from the
door.

(3) Remove the locking unit (80).

(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 52-13-22-991-006-A)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (71) and (79).

NOTE : Make sure that the spring rod (84) has no tension.
____

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (74, 78).

2
_ Remove the nuts (77, 73), the washers (72, 76), the bolts (70,
75) and disconnect the pushrods (71, 79).

(b) Remove the spring rod (84).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (88, 91).

2
_ Remove the nuts (87, 92) and the washers (90, 86).

3
_ Compress the spring rod (84) and carefully remove the bolts
(85, 89)

(c) Remove the locking unit (80).

1
_ Remove the nuts (81), the washers (82), the bolts (83) and the
locking unit (80).

(4) Remove the middle bellcrank unit (121).

(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-13-22-991-007-A)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (122), (123) and (124).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (106).

2
_ Remove the nuts (107), the washers (108), the bolts (104) and
disconnect the pushrods (122, 123, 124).

(b) Remove the nuts (120), the the washers (119, 118) the bolts (117)
and the middle bellcrank unit (124) from the door.

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 422
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (5) Remove the lateral bellcrank unit (113).
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-13-22-991-007-A)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (115) and (116).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (106).

2
_ Remove the nuts (107), the washers (108), the bolts (104) and
disconnect the pushrods (105, 115).

3
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (109).

4
_ Remove the nut (110), the washers (111, 112), the bolt (114)
and the bellcrank unit (113).

(6) Remove the sliders (102) and the girt bar (103).
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-13-22-991-007-A)

(a) Close and lock the door.

(b) Put the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

(c) Open the door.

(d) Push the hooks (101) to release the sliders (102) and move the
sliders (102) to the middle of the door until they disengage from
the girt bar fittings (100).

(e) Lift the girt bar (103) and the sliders (102).

(f) Push the hooks (101) to release the sliders (102) and push the
sliders (102) to the ends of the girt bar (103).

(g) Remove the sliders (102) and the girt bar (103) from the door.

(7) Remove the linkage guide (133).

(Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 52-13-22-991-008-A)

(a) Close and lock the door.

(b) Move the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position and
open the door.

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (137).

(d) Remove the nut (136), the washer (353), the bolt (134) and
disconnect the pushrod (138).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 423
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (e) Remove the conical pin (142) from the lever (133).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (140).

2
_ Remove the nut (139), the washer (141) and the conical pin
(142).

(f) Remove the nuts (132), the washers (131), the bolts (130) and the
linkage guide (133).

(8) Remove the emergency control-handle blanking-device (171).

(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-13-22-991-009-A)

(a) Put a warning notice on the outside of the door to tell persons
not to open the door.

(b) Close the door.

(c) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) (177) and move the
emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

(d) Remove the nuts (174), the washers (173) and the bolts (172).

(e) Remove the
DISARMED
placard (176) from the tube assembly.

(f) Remove the nut (182), the washer (183), the bolt (175), the
spring (181) and the lever (178).

(g) Remove the nut (180), the washer (179) and the pin (177).

R **ON A/C 001-099,

R Subtask 52-13-22-020-051

R B. Removal of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1169 and

____
R subsequent

R (1) Remove the release mechanism and emergency control handle (16).
R (Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-22-991-011)

R (a) Remove the external control handle (Ref. TASK 52-12-21-000-801).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 424
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 Emergency Control-Handle Blanking-Device
Figure 406A/TASK 52-13-22-991-009-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 425
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Release Mechanism and Emergency Control Handle on Door Serial No. 1169 and
R subsequent
R Figure 407/TASK 52-13-22-991-011


R EFF :

001-099, 

52-13-22 Page 426
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 (b) Disconnect the pushrod (7).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (6).

2
_ Remove the nut (5), the washer (4), the bolt (1) and the
washer (2).

R 3
_ Disconnect the pushrod (7) and remove the bush (3).

(c) Remove the lever (14).

1
_ Remove the nut (12), the washer (13), the bolt (15) and the
lever (14).

(d) Remove the nuts (8), the washers (9), the bolts (10, 11) and the
release mechanism (16).

(2) Remove the stop lever and bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-13-22-991-012)

(a) Remove the proximity sensor (57) (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-000-802).

(b) Disconnect the pushrods (43) and (51).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (40).

2
_ Remove the nuts (41), the washers (42) and the bolts (52).

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (55).

(d) Remove the nut (54) and the washer (53).

(e) Remove the nuts (47), the washers (45) and the bolts (44).

(f) Remove the bellcrank unit (46) and the stop lever (56) from the
door.

(3) Remove the locking unit (80).

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-13-22-991-013)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (71) and (79).

NOTE : Make sure that the spring rod (84) has no tension.
____

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (74, 78).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 427
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Stop Lever and Bellcrank Unit on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 408/TASK 52-13-22-991-012

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 428
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R Locking Unit on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 409/TASK 52-13-22-991-013

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 429
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R 2
_ Remove the nuts (77, 73), the washers (72, 76), the bolts (70,
R 75) and disconnect the pushrods (71, 79).

R (b) Remove the spring rod (84).

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (88, 91).

R 2
_ Remove the nuts (87, 92) and the washers (90, 86).

R 3
_ Compress the spring rod (84) and carefully remove the bolts
R (85, 89)

R (c) Remove the locking unit (80).

R 1
_ Remove the nuts (81), the washers (82), the bolts (83) and the
R locking unit (80).

R (4) Remove the middle bellcrank unit (121).

R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-22-991-014)

R (a) Disconnect the pushrods (122), (123) and (124).

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (106).

R 2
_ Remove the nuts (107), the washers (108), the bolts (104) and
R disconnect the pushrods (122, 123, 124).

R (b) Remove the nuts (120), the the washers (119, 118) the bolts (117)
R and the middle bellcrank unit (124) from the door.

R (5) Remove the lateral bellcrank unit (113).

R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-22-991-014)

R (a) Disconnect the pushrods (115) and (116).

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (106).

R 2
_ Remove the nuts (107), the washers (108), the bolts (104) and
R disconnect the pushrods (105, 115).

R 3
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (109).

R 4
_ Remove the nut (110), the washers (111, 112), the bolt (114)
R and the bellcrank unit (113).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 430
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R Bellcrank Unit - Lateral and Mid on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 410/TASK 52-13-22-991-014

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 431
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R (6) Remove the sliders (102) and the girt bar (103).
R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-22-991-014)

R (a) Close and lock the door.

R (b) Put the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

R (c) Open the door.

R (d) Push the hooks (101) to release the sliders (102) and move the
R sliders (102) to the middle of the door until they disengage from
R the girt bar fittings (100).

R (e) Lift the girt bar (103) and the sliders (102).

R (f) Push the hooks (101) to release the sliders (102) and push the
R sliders (102) to the ends of the girt bar (103).

R (g) Remove the sliders (102) and the girt bar (103) from the door.

R (7) Remove the linkage guide (133).

R (Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-13-22-991-015)

R (a) Close and lock the door.

R (b) Move the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position and
R open the door.

R (c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (137).

R (d) Remove the nut (136), the washer (353), the bolt (134) and
R disconnect the pushrod (138).

R (e) Remove the conical pin (142) from the lever (133).

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (140).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (139), the washer (141) and the conical pin
R (142).

R (f) Remove the nuts (132), the washers (131), the bolts (130) and the
R linkage guide (133).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 432
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R Linkage Guide on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 411/TASK 52-13-22-991-015


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 433
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R (8) Remove the emergency control-handle blanking-device (171).
R (Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-13-22-991-016)

R (a) Put a warning notice on the outside of the door to tell persons
R not to open the door.

R (b) Close the door.

R (c) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) (177) and move the
R emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

R (d) Remove the nuts (174), the washers (173) and the bolts (172).

R (e) Remove the
DISARMED
placard (176) from the tube assembly.

R (f) Remove the nut (182), the washer (183), the bolt (175), the
R spring (181) and the lever (178).

R (g) Remove the nut (180), the washer (179) and the pin (177).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 434
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
R Emergency Control-Handle Blanking-Device on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
R Figure 412/TASK 52-13-22-991-016


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 435
Apr 01/98
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 52-13-22-400-801

Installation of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism in the AFT

Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lint-free cloth

98A52107632000 2 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-013 D TV-53-3507/73
RELEASE AGENT (OBSOLETE USE 05-013A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 09-013 C Z-16.127
CORROSION INHIBITING BRUSH CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-008
(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 436
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 16-001

ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 cotter pin 52-13-22 05 -090

6 cotter pin 52-13-22 35 -020
15 O-ring 52-13-22 02 -520
31 cotter pin 52-13-22 03 -140
40 cotter pin 52-13-22 35 -020
53 cotter pin 52-13-22 04 -200
55 cotter pin 52-13-22 34 -010
55 cotter pin 52-13-22 34A-010
57 cotter pin 52-13-22 04 -110
64 cotter pin 52-13-22 05 -110
74 cotter pin 52-13-22 35 -020
76 cotter pin 52-13-22 06 -450
78 cotter pin 52-13-22 36 -030
88 cotter pin 52-13-22 36 -030
91 cotter pin 52-13-22 06 -450
91 Cotter pin 52-13-22 36 -030
103 cotter pin 52-13-22 07 -500
106 cotter pin 52-13-22 37 -140
109 cotter pin 52-13-22 37 -140
130 cotter pin 52-13-22 08 -520
137 cotter pin 52-13-22 37 -140
139 cotter pin 52-13-22 08 -520
140 cotter pin 52-13-22 37 -140
150 cotter pin 52-13-22 08 -210
151 cotter pin 52-13-22 07 -500
177 cotter pin 52-12-22 02 -660


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 437
Oct 01/01
R  
THY 
 D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 25-23-52-000-802 Removal of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-52-400-802 Installation of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew
Door
25-62-41-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
25-62-41-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-12-21-400-801 Installation of the Door Locking Mechanism in the MID
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 2L/2R)
52-13-00-720-801 Functional Test of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door
4L/4R)
52-13-14-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder (360RH7,360RH8) (Door 4L/4R)
52-13-21-400-801 Installation of the Door Locking Mechanism in the AFT
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)
52-13-22-820-801 Adjustment of the Emergency Escape-Slide
Release-Mechanism of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door
(Door 4L/4R)
52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System
52-71-00-710-802 Operational Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Warning
System
52-71-11-400-802 Installation of the Proximity Sensors on the Escape
R Slide Release Mechanism
R (30MJ,31MJ,32MJ,33MJ,36MJ,37MJ)

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-22-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-22-991-001-A Fig. 401A


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 438
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-22-991-005 Fig. 402

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-22-991-005-A Fig. 402A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-22-991-006 Fig. 403

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-22-991-006-A Fig. 403A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-22-991-007 Fig. 404

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-22-991-007-A Fig. 404A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-22-991-008 Fig. 405

R **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-22-991-008-A Fig. 405A


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 439
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-22-991-009 Fig. 406

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-22-991-009-A Fig. 406A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-22-991-011 Fig. 407

52-13-22-991-012 Fig. 408
52-13-22-991-013 Fig. 409
52-13-22-991-014 Fig. 410
52-13-22-991-015 Fig. 411
52-13-22-991-016 Fig. 412

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-22-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the door lining is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-000-
802).

R (3) Make sure that the escape facility is removed from the door
R (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-000-801).

(4) Make sure that access platform is in position below the access door
811.

(5) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 440
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-22-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-13-22-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Clean all components which are coated with

Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-008) and a lint-free cloth.

(b) Clean all other components with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004) and a lint-free cloth.

(c) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all of the bushes
and the bolts before you install them.

(3) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 441
Jul 01/98
R  
THY 
 (4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-22-420-050

R B. Installation of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1168

____

(1) Install the release mechanism and emergency control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-22-991-001)

(a) Install a new O-ring (15) on the release mechanism.

(b) Put the release mechanism and emergency control handle in

position in the door and install the bolts (13), the washers (12)
and the nuts (11). Do not fully tighten the nuts (11).

(c) Put the bracket (22) together with the plate (23) in position and
install the bolts (24), the washers (21) and the nuts (20). Do
not fully tighten the nuts (20).

(d) Install the bolts (19), the washers (2) and the nuts (1). Do not
fully tighten the nuts (1).

(e) Install the bolts (16), the washers (17) and the nuts (18).

(f) Fully tighten the nuts (11), (20) and (1).

(g) Install the pushrod (9).

1
_ Install the bushes (6) and (10).

2
_ Put the pushrod in position and install the bolt (8), the
washer (7), the washer (5) and the nut (4).

3
_ Safety the nut (4) with a new cotter pin (3).

(h) Install the roller assembly on the lever (14).

R 1
_ Install the bolt (25), the spacer (26), the roller (27) and
R the washer (28).
R


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 442
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 2
_ Install the washer (29) and the nut (30).

3
_ Safety the nut (30) with a new cotter pin (31).

(i) Install the external control handle (Ref. TASK 52-13-21-400-801).

(2) Install the stop lever and bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-22-991-005)

(a) Put the bellcrank unit (45) in position and install the bolts
(47), the washers (46) and the nuts (44).

R (b) Put the stop lever (50) with the fork assembly (48) in position
R in the door.
R

(c) Install the bolt (42), the washers (41) and (51) and the nut
(52).

(d) Safety the nut (52) with a new cotter pin (53).

(e) Install the washers (54) and (55) and the nut (56).

(f) Safety the nut (56) with a new cotter pin (57).

(g) Install the pushrods (40) and (43).

1
_ Install the bushes (60) and (61).

2
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (58) and
the washers (59).

3
_ Install the washers (62) and the nuts (63).

4
_ Safety the nuts (63) with a new cotter pin (64).

(h) Install the proximity sensor (65) (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-400-802).

(3) Install the locking unit.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-22-991-006)

(a) Put the locking unit (81) in position and install the bolts (80),
the washers (74) and the nuts (75).

(b) Install the spring rod (92).

1
_ Install the bushes (73) and (79).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 443
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 2
_ Put the spring rod (92) in position and install the bolt (83)
and the washer (82).

3
_ Install the washer (78) and the nut (77).

4
_ Safety the nut (77) with a new cotter pin (76).

(c) Install the pushrods (70), (72) and (84).

1
_ Install the bushes (87) and (88).

2
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (85) and
the washers (86).

3
_ Install the washers (89) and the nuts (90).

4
_ Safety the nuts (90) with a new cotter pin (91).

(d) Install the spring (71).

(4) Install the middle bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-22-991-007)

(a) Put the middle bellcrank (123) in position and install the bolts
(121), the washers (120) and the nuts (119).

(b) Install the pushrods (110), (118) and (122).

1
_ Install the bushes (106) and (107).

2
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (109) and
the washers (108).

3
_ Install the washers (105) and the nuts (104).

4
_ Safety the nuts (104) with a new cotter pin (103).

(5) Install the lateral bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-22-991-007)

(a) Put the lateral bellcrank (112) in position and install the bolts
(100), the washers (101) and the nuts (102).

(b) Install the pushrods (110) and (111).

1
_ Install the bushes (106) and (107).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 444
Jul 01/04
R  
THY 
 2
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (109) and
the washers (108).

3
_ Install the washers (105) and the nuts (104).

4
_ Safety the nuts (104) with a new cotter pin (103).

(6) Install the sliders and the girt bar.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-22-991-007, 405/TASK 52-13-22-991-008)

R (a) Apply the special materials.

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
R SPECIAL MATERIAL.
R THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R 1
_ Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the sliders
R (116), the girt bar (114), the girt bar fittings (115) and the
R conical pin (145).

R (b) Put the girt bar (114) in its correct installation position on
R the sliders (116).

R NOTE : The chamfer on the girt bar end must be at the bottom of
____
R the girt bar (114).

R (c) Push the hook (117) and fully engage the sliders (116) on the
girt bar (114).

R (d) Put the girt bar (114) with the sliders (116) in the girt bar
R fittings (115).
R

R (e) Push the hooks (117) and fully install the sliders (116) in the
girt bar fittings (115).

R (f) Move the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

R (g) Slowly close the door and make sure that the conical pin (145)
(of the linkage guide (144)) correctly engages with the sliders
(116).

R (h) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

R (i) Slowly open the door and make sure that the girt bar (114) is
attached to the door.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 445
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (7) Install the linkage guide.
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-22-991-007, 405/TASK 52-13-22-991-008)
R

R (a) Make sure that the emergency control handle is in the
ARMED

R position and the door is open.

R (b) Install the bolt (141) and the washer (140) in the fork end
(134).

R (c) Put the fork end (134) in position and install the spacer (133),
the washer (132) and the nut (131).

R (d) Put the linkage guide (144) in position and install the spacer
(142), the washer (136), the bolt (135), the washer (137) and the
nut (138).

R (e) Install the bolts (160), the washers (159) and the nuts (143).

R (f) Safety the nut (131) with a new cotter pin (130).

R (g) Safety the nut (138) with a new cotter pin (139).

R (h) Install the bushes (154) and (155).

R (i) Put the pushrod (158) in position and install the bolt (157) and
the washer (156).

R (j) Install the washer (153) and the nut (152).

R (k) Safety the nut (152) with a new cotter pin (151).

R (l) Install the conical pin (145), the washers (146) and (148) and
the nut (149).

R (m) Safety the nut (149) with a new cotter pin (150).

R (n) Slowly close the door and make sure that the conical pin (145)
(of the linkage guide (144)) correctly engages with the sliders
(116).

R (o) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 446
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (8) Install the emergency control-handle blanking-device.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-22-991-009)

(a) Make sure that:

R - the door is closed
R - the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (180) is removed
- the emergency control handle is in the
ARMED
position.

R (b) Put the lever (172) with the spring (174) in position in the tube
R assembly (179).

(c) Install the pin (171) through the tube assembly (179), the spring
(174) and the lever (172).

(d) Install the washer (178) and a new cotter pin (177).

(e) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

(f) Move the lever (172) with your hand until you can install the PIN
- SAFETY SLIDE.

(g) Install the bolt (173), the washer (175) and the nut (176).

(h) Adjust the bolt (173) until it touches the emergency control
handle.

(i) Install a new
DISARMED
placard (170) on the tube assembly

(179).

(j) Remove the warning notice(s).

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-13-22-420-050-A

R B. Installation of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-13-22-991-001-A)

R (1) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to the mating
R surface of the release mechanism (16).

R (2) Apply the new SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the mating surface of
R the door structure.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 447
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (3) Install the release mechanism and emergency control handle (16).

(a) Put the release mechanism and emergency control handle in

position in the door and install the bolts (10, 11), the washers
(9) and the nuts (8).

(b) Install the pushrod (7).

1
_ Install the bush (3).

2
_ Put the pushrod in position and install the washer (2), the
bolt (1), the washer (4) and the nut (5).

3
_ Safety the nut (5) with a new cotter pin (6).

(c) Install the lever (14).

1
_ Put the lever (14) in position and install the bolt (15), the
washer (13) and the nut (12).

(d) Install the external control handle (Ref. TASK 52-12-21-400-801).

(4) Install the stop lever and bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-13-22-991-005-A)

(a) Put the stop lever (56) in position in the door.

(b) Put the bellcrank unit (46) in position and connect it with the
stop lever (56).

(c) Put the washers (45) and the bolts (44) in position and install
the washers (45) and the nuts (47).

(d) Install the the washer (53), the nut (54) and safety the nut (54)
with a new cotter pin (55).

(e) Put the pushrods (43, 51) in position and install the bolts (52),
the washers (42) and the nuts (41).

1
_ Safety the nuts (41) with a new cotter pin (40).

(f) Install the proximity sensor (57) (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-400-802).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 448
Jul 01/04
R  
THY 
 (5) Install the locking unit (80).
(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 52-13-22-991-006-A)

(a) Put the locking unit (80) in position and install the bolts (83),
the washers (82) and the nuts (81).

(b) Install the spring rod (84).

1
_ Put the spring rod (84) in position and install the bolts (85,
89), the washers (86, 90) and the nuts (87, 92).

R 2
_ Safety the nut (87) with a new cotter pin (88) and the nut
R (92) with a new Cotter pin (91).

(c) Install the pushrods (71) and (79).

1
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (70, 75),
the washers (72, 76) and the nuts (73, 77).

R 2
_ Safety the nut (73) with a new cotter pin (74) and the nut
R (77) with a new cotter pin (78).

(6) Install the middle bellcrank unit (121).

(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-13-22-991-007-A)

(a) Put the middle bellcrank (121) in position and install the
washers (118), the the bolts (117), the washers (119) and the
nuts (120).

(b) Install the pushrods (122, 123) and (124).

1
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (104), the
washers (108) and the nuts (107).

2
_ Safety the nuts (107) with a new cotter pin (106).

(7) Install the lateral bellcrank unit (113).

(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-13-22-991-007-A)

(a) Put the lateral bellcrank (113) in position and install the bolt
(114), the washers (112, 111) and the nut (110).

1
_ Safety the nut (110) with a new cotter pin (109).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 449
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (b) Install the pushrods (115) and (116).

1
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (104) the
washers (108) and the nuts (107).

2
_ Safety the nuts (107) with a new cotter pin (106).

(8) Install the sliders (102) and the girt bar (103).
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-13-22-991-007-A, 405A/TASK 52-13-22-991-008-
A)

R (a) Apply the special materials.

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
R SPECIAL MATERIAL.
R THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R 1
_ Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the sliders
R (102), the girt bar (103), the girt bar fittings (100) and the
R conical pin (142).

R (b) Put the girt bar (103) in its correct installation position on
R the sliders (102).

R NOTE : The chamfer on the girt bar end must be at the bottom of
____
R the girt bar (103).

R (c) Push the hook (107) and fully engage the sliders (102) on the
girt bar (103).

R (d) Put the girt bar (103) with the sliders (102) in the girt bar
R fittings (100).
R

R (e) Push the hooks (107) and fully install the sliders (102) in the
girt bar fittings (100).

R (f) Move the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

R (g) Slowly close the door and make sure that the conical pin (142)
(of the linkage guide (133)) correctly engages with the sliders
(102).

R (h) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

R (i) Slowly open the door and make sure that the girt bar (103) is
attached to the door.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 450
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (9) Install the linkage guide (133).
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-13-22-991-007-A, 405A/TASK 52-13-22-991-008-
A)
R

R (a) Make sure that the emergency control handle is in the
ARMED

R position and the door is open.

R (b) Put the linkage guide (133) in position and install the washers
(131) and the nuts (132).

R (c) Put the pushrod (138) in position and install the bolt (134), the
washer (135) and the nut (136).

R (d) Safety the nut (136) with a new cotter pin (137).

R (e) Install the conical pin (142), the washer (141) and the nut
(139).

R (f) Safety the nut (139) with a new cotter pin (140).

R (g) Slowly close the door and make sure that the conical pin (142)
(of the linkage guide (133)) correctly engages with the sliders
(102).

R (h) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

(10) Install the emergency control-handle blanking-device (171).

(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-13-22-991-009-A)

(a) Make sure that:

R - the door is closed
R - the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (177) is removed
- the emergency control handle is in the
ARMED
position.

R (b) Put the lever (178) with the spring (181) in position in the tube
R assembly (171).

(c) Install the bolt (175), the washer (183) and the nut (182).

(d) Install a new
DISARMED
placard (176) on the tube assembly

(171).

(e) Put the tube assembly (171) in position and install the washers
(173), the bolts (172) and the nuts (174). Do not tighten the
nuts (174).

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 451
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (f) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

(g) Move the tube assembly (171) with your hand until you can install
the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

(h) Tighten the nuts (174).

(i) Remove the warning notice(s).

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-22-420-051

C. Installation of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1169 and

____
subsequent

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-13-22-991-011)

(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-013) to the matting surface
of the release mechanism (16).

(2) Apply new SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the matting surface of
the door structure.

(3) Install the release mechanism and emergency control handle (16).

(a) Put the release mechanism and emergency control handle in

position in the door and install the bolts (10, 11), the washers
(9) and the nuts (8).

(b) Install the pushrod (7).

1
_ Install the bush (3).

2
_ Put the pushrod in position and install the washer (2), the
bolt (1), the washer (4) and the nut (5).

3
_ Safety the nut (5) with a new cotter pin (6).

(c) Install the lever (14).

1
_ Put the lever (14) in position and install the bolt (15), the
washer (13) and the nut (12).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 452
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (d) Install the external control handle (Ref. TASK 52-12-21-400-801).

(4) Install the stop lever and bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-13-22-991-012)

(a) Put the stop lever (56) in position in the door.

(b) Put the bellcrank unit (46) in position and connect it with the
stop lever (56).

(c) Put the washers (45) and the bolts (44) in position and install
the washers (45) and the nuts (47).

(d) Install the the washer (53), the nut (54) and safety the nut (54)
with a new cotter pin (55).

(e) Put the pushrods (43, 51) in position and install the bolts (52),
the washers (42) and the nuts (41).

1
_ Safety the nuts (41) with a new cotter pin (40).

(f) Install the proximity sensor (57) (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-400-802).

(5) Install the locking unit (80).

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-13-22-991-013)

(a) Put the locking unit (80) in position and install the bolts (83),
the washers (82) and the nuts (81).

(b) Install the spring rod (84).

1
_ Put the spring rod (84) in position and install the bolts (85,
89), the washers (86, 90) and the nuts (87, 92).

2
_ Safety the nut (87, 92) with a new cotter pin (88) Cotter pin
(91).

(c) Install the pushrods (71) and (79).

1
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (70, 75),
the washers (72, 76) and the nuts (73, 77).

2
_ Safety the nuts (73, 77) with a new cotter pin (74) cotter pin
(78).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 453
Jul 01/04
R  
THY 
 (6) Install the middle bellcrank unit (121).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-22-991-014)

(a) Put the middle bellcrank (121) in position and install the
washers (118), the the bolts (117), the washers (119) and the
nuts (120).

(b) Install the pushrods (122, 123) and (124).

1
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (104), the
washers (108) and the nuts (107).

2
_ Safety the nuts (107) with a new cotter pin (106).

(7) Install the lateral bellcrank unit (113).

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-22-991-014)

(a) Put the lateral bellcrank (113) in position and install the bolt
(114), the washers (112, 111) and the nut (110).

1
_ Safety the nut (110) with a new cotter pin (109).

(b) Install the pushrods (115) and (116).

1
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (104) the
washers (108) and the nuts (107).

2
_ Safety the nuts (107) with a new cotter pin (106).

(8) Install the sliders (102) and the girt bar (103).
(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-22-991-014, 411/TASK 52-13-22-991-015)

(a) Push the hook (107) and fully engage the sliders (102) on the
girt bar (103).

(b) Put the girt bar (103) together with the sliders (102) in the
girt bar fittings (100).

(c) Push the hooks (107) and fully install the sliders (102) in the
girt bar fittings (100).

(d) Move the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

(e) Slowly close the door and make sure that the conical pin (142)
(of the linkage guide (133)) correctly engages with the sliders
(102).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 454
Jul 01/04
R  
THY 
 (f) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

(g) Slowly open the door and make sure that the girt bar (103) is
attached to the door.

(9) Install the linkage guide (133).

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-13-22-991-014, 411/TASK 52-13-22-991-015)

NOTE : Make sure that the emergency control handle is in the
ARMED

____
position and the door is open.

(a) Put the linkage guide (133) in position and install the washers
(131) and the nuts (132).

(b) Put the pushrod (138) in position and install the bolt (134), the
washer (135) and the nut (136).

(c) Safety the nut (136) with a new cotter pin (137).

(d) Install the conical pin (142), the washer (141) and the nut
(139).

(e) Safety the nut (139) with a new cotter pin (140).

(f) Slowly close the door and make sure that the conical pin (142)
(of the linkage guide (133)) correctly engages with the sliders
(102).

(g) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

(10) Install the emergency control-handle blanking-device (171).

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-13-22-991-016)

(a) Make sure that:

- the door is closed,
- the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (177) is removed,
- the emergency control handle is in the
ARMED
position.

(b) Put the lever (178) together with the spring (181) in position in
the tube assembly (171).

(c) Install the bolt (175), the washer (183) and the nut (182).

(d) Install a new
DISARMED
placard (176) on the tube assembly

(171).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 455
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (e) Put the tube assembly (171) in position and install the washers
(173), the bolts (172) and the nuts (174). Do not tighten the
nuts (174).

(f) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

(g) Move the tube assembly (171) with your hand until you can install
the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

(h) Tighten the nuts (174).

(i) Remove the warning notice(s).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-13-22-820-050

D. Adjustment

(1) Do the adjustment of the emergency escape-slide release-mechanism

(Ref. TASK 52-13-22-820-801).

(2) Do the adjustment of the door damper and emergency operation cylinder
(Ref. TASK 52-13-14-820-801).

Subtask 52-13-22-720-050

E. Do the functional test of the AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-
00-720-801).

Subtask 52-13-22-865-052

F. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 456
Jul 01/04
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-22-710-050

G. Operational Test

(1) Do the operational test of the door monitoring system (Ref. TASK 52-
71-00-710-801).

(2) Do the operational test of the escape-slide warning system (Ref. TASK
52-71-00-710-802).

NOTE : Do these tests only for the AFT passenger/crew door 833 (843).
____

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-13-22-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and

STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
which attach components directly to the door structure.

(b) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
bolts which are in the door mechanism.

(c) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the

installed components.

(3) Install the escape facility on the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-41-400-801).

(4) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-400-802).

(5) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(6) Close the access door 811.

(7) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 457
Jul 01/04
R  
THY 
 (8) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 52-13-22-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 458
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE RELEASE - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________________________

TASK 52-13-22-820-801

Adjustment of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism of the AFT

Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
98A52107632000 2 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE
98A52108007000 1 TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS
R 98F52108507000 1 TOOL - ADJUSTMENT PAX DOORS

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 501
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 placard 11-32-52 43 -021

2 placard 11-32-52 43 -031
15 tab washer 52-12-22 32 -030
52 placard 11-32-52 43 -020
52 placard 11-32-52 43 -030
61 shim washer 52-12-22 02 -130

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 52-10-00-080-801 Removal of the Ballast Weight from the Passenger/Crew
R Door
R 52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
R 52-10-00-480-801 Installation of the Ballast Weight at the
R Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-13-00-720-801 Functional Test of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door
4L/4R)
R 52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System
R 52-71-00-710-802 Operational Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Warning
System
52-71-11-000-802 Removal of the Proximity Sensors from the Escape
R Slide Release Mechanism (30MJ,
R 31MJ,32MJ,33MJ,36MJ,37MJ)
52-71-11-400-802 Installation of the Proximity Sensors on the Escape
Slide Release Mechanism
R (30MJ,31MJ,32MJ,33MJ,36MJ,37MJ)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 502
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-71-11-820-802 Adjustment of the Actuation Clearance of the

R Proximity Sensors (30MJ,31MJ,32MJ, 33MJ,36MJ,37MJ)

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-22-991-002 Fig. 501

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-22-991-002-A Fig. 501A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-22-991-004 Fig. 502

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-22-991-004-A Fig. 502A

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-22-991-003 Fig. 503

**ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

52-13-22-991-003-A Fig. 503A

52-13-22-991-020 Fig. 504
52-13-22-991-022 Fig. 505

**ON A/C 001-099,

52-13-22-991-017 Fig. 506

52-13-22-991-018 Fig. 507
52-13-22-991-019 Fig. 508
52-13-22-991-021 Fig. 509
52-13-22-991-023 Fig. 510


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 503
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-22-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-13-22-010-052

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-13-22-865-053

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

R Subtask 52-13-22-860-054

R D. Install the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-480-801).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 504
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-22-820-051

A. Adjustment of the Linkage Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1168

____

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-13-22-991-002, 502/TASK 52-13-22-991-004)

NOTE : The rigging pins used are part of the TOOL SET - R/I
____
PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(1) Close the door and move the inboard lever down to lower the door.

(2) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) (63) from the
ARMED/DISARMED display (51) and move the control handle (1) to the

ARMED
position.

(3) Remove the proximity switch 36MJ or 37MJ to get sufficient clearance
during the adjustment procedure (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-000-802).

(4) Remove the nut (62), stop bolt (60) and the shim washer (61) from the
support lever (53) of the control handle (1).

(5) Put the rigging pin (3) into the rigging holes of the bellcrank
bracket (2) and the bellcrank lever (4).

NOTE : If necessarry, operate the control handle (1) to make sure

____
that the rigging pin (3) moves into the rigging holes freely.

(6) Put the rigging pin (6) into the rigging holes of the lever housing
(13) and the twin lever (12).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (6) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(7) If you cannot install the rigging pin (6) freely, adjust the length
of the control rod (5) as follows:

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(15) and the lock nuts (14).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (14) and turn the rod body (16) until you
can install the rigging pin (6) freely.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 505
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Linkage Rods on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
R Figure 501/TASK 52-13-22-991-002- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 506
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Linkage Rods on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
R Figure 501/TASK 52-13-22-991-002- 22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 507
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Armed/Disarmed Display and Control Handle Mechanism
Figure 501A/TASK 52-13-22-991-002-A


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 508
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Control Handle and the Armed/Disarmed Display on Doorr Serial
Number 1001 to 1168
Figure 502/TASK 52-13-22-991-004


R EFF :

001-099, 

52-13-22 Page 509
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 (c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (16) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod eye-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod eye-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (14) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (15).

(8) Put the rigging pin (22) into the rigging holdes of the support
fitting (21) and the bellcrank lever (35).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (22) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(9) If you cannot install the rigging pin (22) freely, adjust the length
of the actuation rod (8) as follows:

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(10) and the lock nuts (9).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (9) and turn the rod body (11) until you can
install the rigging pin (6) freely.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (11) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod eye-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod eye-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (9) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (10).

(10) Put the rigging pin (33) into the rigging holes of the bearing
fitting (32) and the double lever (31).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (33) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 510
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (11) If you cannot install the rigging pin (33) freely, adjust the length
of the connetion rod (26) as follows:

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (22) is installed into the
____
bellcrank fitting (21).

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(24) and the lock nuts (23).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (23) and turn the rod body (25) until you
can install the rigging pin (33) freely.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (25) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod eye-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod eye-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (23) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (24).

(12) Remove the rigging pins (3),(6), (22) and (33).

Subtask 52-13-22-820-053

B. Adjustment of the Girt Bar Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-13-22-991-003)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1168

____

(1) Move the control handle (1) in the DISARMED position and move the
inboard lever up so that the door lifts.

(2) Make sure that the sliding surfaces of the sliders (45) and the girt
bar (43) are lubricated with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004).

(3) Make sure that:

- the pins of the guide arms (46) touch the pawls (48) and
- the sliders (45) touch the stops (47) of the girt bar (43).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 511
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Adjustment of the Blocking Rod
Figure 502A/TASK 52-13-22-991-004-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 512
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Girt Bar Assembly on Door Serial Number 1001 to 1168
Figure 503/TASK 52-13-22-991-003


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 513
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (4) If not, adjust the length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (27)
and (34) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-13-22-991-002)

NOTE : The adjustment of the rear girt bar rod (34) and forward girt
____
bar rod (27) is the same. Therefore only the adjustment of the
forward girt bar rod (27) is given.

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(29) and the lock nuts (28).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (28) and turn the rod body (30) so that
- the pins of the guide arms (46) have contact with the pawls
(48),
- the sliders (45) touch the stops (47) of the girt bar (43).

(c) Measure the overlap Y from the slider surface (42) to the guide
fitting (41).

NOTE : The overlap Y must be the same dimension on the forward
____
and rear assembies.

(d) If the overlap Y is not the same at each assemby, adjust the
length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (27) and (34) as
required.

NOTE : If you decrease (extend) the length at one girt bar rod,
____
you must also extend (decrease) the length of the other.
The adjustment of the girt bar rods must be equal but
opposite in direction.

(e) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (30) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod eye-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod eye-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(f) Tighten the lock nuts (28) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (29).

(5) Move the inboard lever down to lower the door.

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 514
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (6) Make a reference mark on the floor panel and the girt bar (43) with
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).

NOTE : These marks define the center position of the girt bar (43)
____
necessary for further adjustment in the armed condition.

(7) Move the control handle (1) to the ARMED position.

(8) Install the rigging pin (22) into the bellcrank lever (35) and the
rigging pin (33) into the double lever (31).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pins (22) and (33) move into the
____
rigging holes freely.

(9) Make sure that the reference mark on the girt bar (43) aligns with
the reference mark on the floor panel (center position of the girt
bar).

NOTE : If necessary, move the girt bar (43) to its center position.
____

(10) Make sure that the sliders (45) touch the pins of the guide arms
(46).

NOTE : If necessary, push the sliders (45) against the pins of the
____
guide arms (46) so that they have contact.

(11) Measure the offset Z between the slider (45) and the girt bar end
(44).

NOTE : The offset Z must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 1.5 mm
____
(0.0590 in.)

(12) If the offset Z is out of tolerance, continue as follows:

(a) Manually hold the girt bar (43) and keep it in its center
position as adjusted before.

(b) Adjust the length of the forward and/or rear girt bar rods (27)
and/or (34) until the offset Z is correct.

(13) Remove the rigging pin (22) from the bellcrank lever (35) and the
rigging pin (33) from the double lever (31).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 515
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (14) Move the control handle (1) in the DISARMED position and move the
inboard lever up so that the door lifts.

NOTE : In this case, it is not necessary that the sliders (45) touch
____
the stops (47) of the girt bar (43).

(15) Move the girt bar (43) in the forward and rear direction to make sure
that the guide fittings (41) remain engaged with the slider surface
(42).

NOTE : This movement can cause an asymmetrical position of the girt

____
bar (43) which is permitted.

(16) If the sliders (45) disengage, repeat the adjustment procedure from
the center position (refer to step 5)) to make sure that the offset
Z is correct.

(17) Measure the gap U between the nose of the spring pawl (7) and the
notched sleeve (17).
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-13-22-991-002)

NOTE : The gap U must be between 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) and 0.3 mm
____
(0.0118 in.).

(18) If the gap U is out of tolerance, you must adjust the length of the
forward and rear girt bar rods (27) and (34) again.

NOTE : If the gap U is more than 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.), extend the
____
length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (27) and (34)
symmetrically.
If the gap U is smaller than 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.), shorten
the length symmetrically.

(19) If the gap U is correctly adjusted, make sure that you can install
the rigging pins (3), (6), (22) and (33) freely.

NOTE : If necessary, repeat the adjustment of the linkage mechanism

____
(refer to para. A.).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 516
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-13-22-820-054

C. Adjustment of the Control Handle Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-13-22-991-004)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1001 to 1168

____

(1) Make sure that the door is closed and the inboard lever is moved
down.

(2) Move the control handle (1) to the
DISARMED
position so that it
touches the pin (59) and install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (63) in the
ARMED/DISARMED display .

(3) Measure the gap X between the control handle (1) and the safety
slide pin (63) which must be between 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.) and 4.0 mm
(0.1574 in.).

(4) If the gap X is out of tolerance, adjust the length of the handle
rod (55) as follows:

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(57) and the lock nuts (56).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (56) and turn the rod body (58) until the
gap X is correct.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (58) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod eye-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod eye-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (56) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (57).

(5) Adjust the ARMED position of the control handle (1) as follows:

(a) Temporarily install the stop bolt (60) and the nut (62) on the
support lever (53) of the control handle (1).

(b) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (63) from the ARMED/DISARMED
display (51) and move the control handle (1) to the
ARMED

position.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 517
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (c) Put the rigging pin (3) into the rigging holes of the bellcrank
bracket (2) and the bellcrank lever (4).
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-13-22-991-002)

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (3) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(d) Measure the gap between the stop bolt (60) of the support lever
(53) and the driver lever (54).

(e) Remove the rigging pin (3) from the bellcrank bracket (2) move
the control handle (1) in the DISARMED position.

(f) Remove the nut (62) and the stop bolt (60) from the support lever
(53).

(g) Prepare the new shim washer (61) so that its thickness is the
same as measured gap.

(h) Install the stop bolt (60) with the shim washer (61) and the nut
(62) on the support lever (53).

(6) Move the control handle (1) in the ARMED position and make sure that
the rigging pin (3) moves into the rigging holes freely.

(7) Measure the clearance W between the control handle (1) and the
divider line between the green and red area of the placard (52).

NOTE : The clearance W must be max. 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) and the
____
control handle (1) must be in the green area.

(8) If the clearance W is not in the given limit, bond a new placard
(52) in the correct position on the armed/disarmed display (1).

NOTE : For the RH door install opposite the placard (52).

____

(9) Install the proximity switch 36MJ or 37MJ on the bellcrank bracket
(28) (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-400-802) and adjust it correctly (Ref. TASK
52-71-11-820-802).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 518
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C 101-149, 151-199,

Subtask 52-13-22-820-051-A

A. Adjustment of the Armed/Disarmed Display and Control Handle Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-13-22-991-002-A, 503A/TASK 52-13-22-991-003-A)

R NOTE : The mounting device (29) (PN 98F52108507048) and the rigging pin
____
R (26) (PN 98F52108507050) are part of the tool set TOOL -
R ADJUSTMENT PAX DOORS (98F52108507000).

(1) Remove the target (25) from the bellcrank bracket (28) to get
sufficient clearance during the adjustment procedure (Ref. TASK 52-
71-11-000-802).

NOTE : The target (25) is part of the proximity switch 36MJ or 37MJ.
____

R (2) Close and lock the door and make sure that the control handle (1) is
R in the ARMED position (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).
R

R (3) Do a location check of the armed/disarmed display (3) as follows:

R (a) Put the mounting device (29) (PN 98F52108507046) in the door
R structure.

R (b) Make sure that the slot of the mounting device engages with the
R web of the door beam.

R (c) Put the rigging pin (30) in the rigging hole of the mounting
R device (29) and the armed/disarmed display (3).

R (d) Make sure that the rigging pin (30) moves freely into the rigging
R holes.

R (e) If you cannot install the rigging pin (30) easily, adjust the
R position of the armed/disarmed display (3) as follows:

R 1
_ Loosen the bolt (17)

R 2
_ Move the the armed/disarmed display (3) until you can install
R the rigging pin (30) easily.

R 3
_ Tighten the bolt (17).

R (f) Remove the rigging pin (30) from the mounting device (29) and the


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 519
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Handle Rod
Figure 503A/TASK 52-13-22-991-003-A

R

EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 520
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (g) Remove the mounting device (29) from the door structure.
R

R (4) Move the control handle (1) to the DISARMED position and make sure
R that the spring-loaded stop pin (12) is in its end position.

R (5) Install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (13) in the armed/disarmed display (3)
R to safety the control handle (1) in the DISARMED position.

R (6) Move the inboard lever to its up position to lift the door.

R (7) Move the outboard lever (10) outboard between 30 and 90 degree until:
- the roller (8) moves freely in the circular segment of the cam
plate (7).
- the stop screw (16) of the support lever (5) touches the driver
lever (6).

NOTE : A clearance of max. 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) between the stop screw
____
(16) and the driver lever (6) is permitted.

R (8) If not, adjust the stop screw (16) as follows:

(a) Move the outboard lever (10) down to get access to the stop screw
(16).
R

R (b) Make sure that the control handle (1) is in the DISARMED
R position.

R (c) If necessary, bend the tab washer (15) to release the stop screw
R (16). If you do this, replace the tab washer (15).

R (d) Remove the stop screw (16), the tab washer (15) and the shim
washer (14).

R (e) Add shim washers
R - the roller (8)
R plate (7) when
R - the stop screw
R control handle
(14) as necessary and make sure that:
moves freely in the circular segment of the cam
the outboard lever (10) is lifted.
(16) touches the driver lever (6) when the
(1) is in the DISARMED position.

NOTE : A clearance of max. 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) between the stop

____
screw (16) and the driver lever (6) is permitted.

R (f) Install the stop screw (16) with the correct quantity of shim
washers (14) and the new tab washer (15).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 521
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (g) Tighten the stop screw (16) and safety it with the new tab washer
R (15).

R (9) Move the inboard lever down to lower the door.

R (10) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (13) from the armed/disarmed display
(3) and put the control handle (1) in the ARMED position.

R (11) Measure the distance V between the door structure and the control
R handle (1). The distance V must be min. 18.5 mm (0.7283 in.).

R (12) Make sure that the control handle (1) touches the rubber stop (4).

R (13) If necessary, bond the rubber stop (4) in its correct position.
R

R (14) Put the rigging pin (26) (PN 98F52108507050) into the rigging holes
R of the bellcrank bracket (27) and the bellcrank lever (28).
R

R (a) Make sure that the rigging pin (26) moves freely into the rigging
R holes.

R (15) If you cannot install the rigging pin (26) easily, adjust the length
R of the handle rod (21) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

(a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(23) and the lock nuts (22).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (22) and turn the rod body (24) until you
R can install the rigging pin (26) easily.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (24) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

R NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes,

____
R the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly installed. If
R this occurs, turn the rod fork-end in and do the
R adjustment procedure again.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 522
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (d) Tighten the lock nuts (22) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (23).
R

R (e) Remove the rigging pin (26) from the bellcrank bracket (27).

R (16) Measure the clearance W between the control handle (1) and the
divider line between the green and red area of the placard (2).
R

R (a) Make sure that the control handle (1) stays in the green area and
R the clearance W is not larger than 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).

R (17) If the clearance W is not in the given limit, bond a new placard
(2) in the correct position on the armed/disarmed display (3).

R NOTE : For the RH door, you must install the opposite placard (2).
____

R (18) Install the target (25) on the bellcrank bracket (28) (Ref. TASK 52-
71-11-000-802) and make sure the proximity switch 36MJ or 37MJ is
correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-820-802).

Subtask 52-13-22-820-053-A

B. Adjustment of the Linkage Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 52-13-22-991-004-A, 503A/TASK 52-13-22-991-003-A,
504/TASK 52-13-22-991-020)

R NOTE : The rigging pins (26) (PN 98F52108507050), (46) (PN

____
R 98F52108507046) and (52)(PN 98F52108507046) are part of the TOOL -
R ADJUSTMENT PAX DOORS (98F52108507000).

R (1) Move the control handle (1) in the DISARMED position and lift the
R inboard lever until that the door moves up.

(2) Make sure that the notch of the locking arm (35) engages with the
nose of the cam (37).

(3) Carefully move the control handle (1) into the ARMED direction to
make sure that:
- the control handle (1) is blocked and
- the distance U between the control handle (1) and the stop pin
(12) is not more than 5.0 mm (0.1968 in.).


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 523
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Girt Bar Linkage
Figure 504/TASK 52-13-22-991-020


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 524
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 (4) If not, adjust the length of the blocking rod (31) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

R (a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
R (33) and the lock nuts (32).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (32) and turn the rod body (34) until the
control handle (1) is blocked in the DISARMED position.

(c) Lightly move the control handle (1) in the ARMED direction until
you feel a resistance.

(d) Measure the distance U between the control handle (1) and the
stop pin (12) of the armed/disarmed unit.
R

R (e) Make sure that the distance U is not larger than 5.0 MM (0.1968
IN.).

R (f) If the distance U is larger, turn the rod body (34) to adjust
R the length of the blocking rod (31) correctly.

R (g) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (34) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

R NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection

____
R holes,the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly
R installed. If this occurs, turn the rod fork-end in and do
R the adjustment procedure again.

R (h) Tighten the lock nuts (32) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (33).

(5) Move the inboard lever down to lower the door and put the control
handle (1) in the ARMED position.

R (6) Install the rigging pin (26) (PN 98F52108507050) into the rigging
R holes of the bellcrank bracket (27) and the bellcrank lever (28).
R

R (a) Make sure that the rigging pin (26) moves freely into the rigging
R holes.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 525
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (7) Put the rigging pin (46) (PN 98F52108507050) into the rigging holes
R of the bellcrank fitting (45) and the bellcrank lever (51).
R

R (a) Make sure that the rigging pin (46) moves freely into the rigging
R holes.

(8) If you cannot install the rigging pin (46) freely, adjust the length
of the control rod (41) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(43) and the lock nuts (42).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (42) and turn the rod body (44) until you
R can install the rigging pin (46) easily.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (44) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

R NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes,

____
R the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly installed. If
R this occurs,turn the rod fork-end in and do the adjustment
R procedure again.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (42) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (43).

R (9) Put the rigging pin (52) (PN 98F52108507050) into the rigging holes
R of the bearing fitting (54) and the double lever (55).
R

R (a) Make sure that the rigging pin (52) moves freely into the rigging
R holes.

R (10) If you cannot install the rigging pin (52) easily, adjust the length
R of the girt bar rod (50) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 526
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (a) Make sure that the rigging pin (46) is installed into the
R bellcrank fitting (45).

R (b) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(48) and the lock nuts (47).

R (c) Loosen the lock nuts (47) and turn the rod body (49) until you
can install the rigging pin (52) freely.

R (d) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (49) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

R NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes,

____
R the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly installed. If
R this occurs, turn the rod fork-end in and do the
R adjustment procedure again.

R (e) Tighten the lock nuts (47) and safety them with lockwire,
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (48).

(11) Remove the rigging pins (26), (46) and (52) from the bellcrank
bracket (27), the bellcrank fitting (45) and the bearing fitting
(54).

Subtask 52-13-22-820-054-A

C. Adjustment of the Girt Bar Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-13-22-991-020, 505/TASK 52-13-22-991-022)

R NOTE : The rigging pins (26) (PN 98F52108507050), (46) (PN

____
R 98F52108507050) and (52) (PN 98F52108507050) are part of the TOOL-
R ADJUSTMENT PAX DOORS (98F52108507000).

(1) Move the control handle (1) to the DISARMED position and move the
R inboard lever up to lift the door.

(2) Make sure that the sliding surfaces of the sliders (67) and the girt
bar (63) are lubricated with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004).

(3) Make sure that:

- the guide pins (66) touch the pawls (68) and
- the sliders (67) touch the stops (69) of the girt bar (63).
- the overlap Y from the slider surface (62) to the guide arm (61)
R has the same dimension on each side.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 527
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Girt Bar Assembly
Figure 505/TASK 52-13-22-991-022


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 528
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 (4) If not, adjust the length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (59)
and (53) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

NOTE : The adjustment of the rear girt bar rod (53) and the forward
____
girt bar rod (59) is the same. Therefore only the adjustment
of the forward girt bar rod (59) is given.

(a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(57) and the lock nuts (56).

R (b) Loosen the lock nuts (56) and turn the rod body (58) until:
R - the guide pins (66) touch the pawls (68)
- the sliders (67) touch the stops (69).

(c) Measure the overlap Y from the slider surface (62) to the guide
arm (61).

R NOTE : The overlap Y must have the same dimension at the
____
R forward and rear assemblies.

(d) If the overlap Y is not the same at each assembly, adjust the
R length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (59) and (53) as
R necessary.

R NOTE : If you decrease (increase) the length at one girt bar rod,
____
R you must also increase (decrease) the length of the other.
R The adjustment of girt bar rod must be equal but opposite
R in direction.

(e) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (58) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

R NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes,

____
R the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly installed. If
R this occurs, turn the rod fork-end in and do the
R adjustment procedure again.

(f) Tighten the lock nuts (56) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (57).

(5) Move the inboard lever down to lower the door.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 529
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (6) Make a reference mark on the floor panel and the girt bar (63) with
R the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).

R NOTE : These marks give the center position of the girt bar (63)
____
R necessary for the subsequent adjustment in armed condition.

(7) Move the control handle (1) to the ARMED position.

R (8) Install the rigging pin (26) (PN 98F52108507050) into the rigging
R holes of the bellcrank lever (28) and the bellcrank bracket (27).

R (9) Install the rigging pin (46) (PN 98F52108507050) into the bellcrank
R lever (51) and the rigging pin (52) (PN 98F52108507050) into the
R double lever (55).
R

R (a) Make sure that the rigging pins (46) and (52) move freely into
R the rigging holes.

R (10) Make sure that the reference mark on the girt bar (63) aligns with
the reference mark on the floor panel (center position of the girt
bar).
R

R (a) If necessary, manually move the girt bar (63) to its center
R position.

R (11) Make sure that the sliders (67) touch the guide pins (66).
R

R (a) If necessary, manually push the sliders (67) until they touch the
R guide pins (66).

R (12) Measure the offset Z between the slider (67) and the girt bar end
(65).

NOTE : The offset Z must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 1.5 mm
____
(0.0590 in.)

R (13) If the offset Z is out of tolerance, continue as follows:

(a) Manually hold the girt bar (63) and keep it in its center
position, as adjusted before.

(b) Change the length of the forward and/or rear girt bar rods (59)
and/or (53) until the offset Z is correct.


EFF :

101-149, 151-199,  52-13-22

Page 530
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (14) Remove the rigging pin (46) from the bellcrank lever (51) and the
rigging pin (52) from the double lever (55).

R (15) Move the control handle (1) to the DISARMED position and move the
R inboard lever up to lift the door.

R NOTE : In this position, it is not necessary that the sliders (67)

____
R touch the stops (69) of the girt bar (63).

R (16) Move the girt bar (63) in the forward and rear direction to make sure
R that the guide arms (61) stay engaged with the slider surface (62).

NOTE : This movement can cause an asymmetrical position of the girt

____
bar (63) which is permitted.

R (17) If the sliders (67) disengage, do the adjustment procedure again from
R the center position (refer to step (5)) to make sure that the offset
R Z is correct.

**ON A/C 001-099,

Subtask 52-13-22-820-052

D. Adjustment of the Armed/Disarmed Display and Control Handle Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1169 and

____
subsequent.

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-13-22-991-017, 507/TASK 52-13-22-991-018)

R NOTE : The mounting device (29) (PN 98F52108507048) and the rigging pin
____
R (26) (PN 98F52108507050) are part of the tool set TOOL -
R ADJUSTMENT PAX DOORS (98F52108507000).

(1) Remove the target (25) from the bellcrank bracket (28) to get
sufficient clearance during the adjustment procedure (Ref. TASK 52-
71-11-000-802).

NOTE : The target (25) is part of the proximity switch 32MJ or 33MJ.
____

R (2) Close and lock the door and make sure that the control handle (1) is
R in the ARMED position (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).
R


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 531
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Armed/Disarmed Display and the Control Handle Mechanism on
Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
Figure 506/TASK 52-13-22-991-017


EFF :

001-099, 

52-13-22 Page 532
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Handle Rod on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
Figure 507/TASK 52-13-22-991-018


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 533
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
R (3) Do a location check of the armed/disarmed display (3) as follows:

R (a) Put the mounting device (29) (PN 98F52108507046) in the door
R structure.

R (b) Make sure that the slot of the mounting device engages with the
R web of the door beam.

R (c) Put the rigging pin (30) in the rigging hole of the mounting
R device (29) and the armed/disarmed display (3).

R (d) Make sure that the rigging pin (30) moves freely into the rigging
R holes.

R (e) If you cannot install the rigging pin (30) easily, adjust the
R position of the armed/disarmed display (3) as follows:

R 1
_ Loosen the bolt (17)

R 2
_ Move the the armed/disarmed display (3) until you can install
R the rigging pin (30) easily.

R 3
_ Tighten the bolt (17).

R (f) Remove the rigging pin (30) from the mounting device (29) and the
R armed/disarmed display (3).

R (g) Remove the mounting device (29) from the door structure.

R (4) Move the control handle (1) to the DISARMED position and make sure
R that the spring-loaded stop pin (12) is in its end position.

R (5) Install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) (13) in the

R armed/disarmed display (3) to safety the control handle (1) in this
R position.
R

R (6) Move the inboard lever to its up position to lift the door.

R (7) Move the outboard lever (10) outboard between 30 and 90 degree until:
- the roller (8) moves freely in the circular segment of the cam
plate (7).
- the stop screw (16) of the support lever (5) touches the driver
lever (6).

NOTE : A clearance of max. 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) between the stop screw
____
(16) and the driver lever (6) is permitted.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 534
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (8) If not, adjust the stop screw (16) as follows:

(a) Move the outboard lever (10) down to get access to the stop screw
(10).

NOTE : Make sure that the control handle (1) is in the DISARMED
____
position.

R (b) If necessary, bend the tab washer (15) to release the stop screw
R (16). If you do this, replace the tab washer (15).

(c) Remove the stop screw (16), the tab washer (15) and the shim
washer (14).

R (d) Add shim washers
R - the roller (8)
R plate (7) when
R - the stop screw
R control handle
(14) as necessary and make sure that:
moves freely in the circular segment of the cam
the outboard lever (10) is lifted.
(16) touches the driver lever (6) when the
(1) is in the DISARMED position.

NOTE : A clearance of max. 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) between the stop

____
screw (16) and the driver lever (6) is permitted.

(e) Install the stop screw (16) with the correct quantity of shim
washers (14) and the new tab washer (15).

(f) Tighten the stop screw (16) and safety it with the tab washer
(15).

R (9) Move the inboard lever down to lower the door.

R (10) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (13) from the armed/disarmed display
(3) and put the control handle (1) in the ARMED position.

R (11) Measure the distance V between the door structure and the control
R handle (1). The distance V must be min. 18.5 mm (0.7283 in.).

R (12) Make sure that the control handle (1) touches the rubber stop (4).
R

R (13) If necessary, bond the rubber stop (4) in its correct position.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 535
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (14) Put the rigging pin (26) (PN 98F52108507048) into the rigging holes
R of the bellcrank bracket (27) and the bellcrank lever (28).
R

R (a) Make sure that the rigging pin (26) moves freely into the rigging
R holes.

R (15) If you cannot install the rigging pin (26) easily, adjust the length
R of the handle rod (21) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(23) and the lock nuts (22).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (22) and turn the rod body (24) until you
R can install the rigging pin (26) easily.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (24) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

R NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes,

____
R the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly installed. If
R this occcurs, turn the rod fork-end in and do the
R adjustment procedure again.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (22) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (23).
R

R (e) Remove the rigging pin (26) from the bellcrank bracket (27).

R (16) Measure the clearance W between the control handle (1) and the
divider line between the green and red area of the placard (2).
R

R (a) Make sure that the control handle (1) stays in the green area and
R the clearance W is not larger than 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.).

R (17) If the clearance W is larger than permitted, bond a new placard (2)
R in the correct position on the armed/disarmed display (3).

NOTE : For the RH door install the opposite placard (2).

____


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 536
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (18) Install the target (25) on the bellcrank lever (28) (Ref. TASK 52-71-
11-000-802) and make sure the proximity switch 36MJ or 37MJ is
correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-820-802).

Subtask 52-13-22-820-055

E. Adjustment of the Linkage Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1169 and

____
subsequent.

(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 52-13-22-991-019, 509/TASK 52-13-22-991-021)

R NOTE : The rigging pins (26) (PN 98F52108507050), (46) (PN

____
R 98F52108507050) and (52) (PN 98F52108507050) are part of the TOOL-
R ADJUSTMENT PAX DOORS (98F52108507000).

(1) Move the control handle (1) to the DISARMED position and move the
R inboard lever up to lift the door.

(2) Make sure that the notch of the locking arm (35) engages with the
nose of the cam (37).

R (3) Move the control handle (1) into the ARMED direction to make sure
R that:
- the control handle (1) is blocked and
- the distance U between the control handle (1) and the stop pin
(12) is not more than 5.0 mm (0.1968 in.).

(4) If not, adjust the length of the blocking rod (31) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

R (a) If neceesary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
R (33) and the lock nuts (32).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (32) and turn the rod body (34) until the
control handle (1) is blocked in the DISARMED position.

(c) Lightly move the control handle (1) in the ARMED direction until
you feel a resistance.

(d) Measure the distance U between the control handle (1) and the
R stop pin (12) of the armed/disarmed unit (3).
R


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 537
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Blocking Rod on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
Figure 508/TASK 52-13-22-991-019


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 538
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 Adjustment orf the Girt Bar Linkage on Door Serial No. 1169 and subsequent
Figure 509/TASK 52-13-22-991-021


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 539
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
R (e) Make sure that the distance U is not larger than 5.0 MM (0.1968
IN.).

R (f) If the distance U is larger, turn the rod body (34) to adjust
R the length of the blocking rod (31) correctly.

R (g) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (34) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

R NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes,

____
R the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly installed. If
R this occurs, turn the rod fork-end in and do the
R adjustment procedure again.

R (h) Tighten the lock nuts (32) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (33).

(5) Move the inboard lever down to lower the door and put the control
handle (1) in the ARMED position.

R (6) Install the rigging pin (26) (PN 98F52108507050) into the rigging
R holes of the bellcrank bracket (27) and the bellcrank lever (28).
R

R (a) Make sure that the rigging pin (26) moves freely into the rigging
R holes.

R (7) Put the rigging pin (46) (PN 98F52108507050) into the rigging holes
R of the bellcrank fitting (45) and the bellcrank lever (51).
R

R (a) Make sure that the rigging pin (46) moves freely into the rigging
R holes.

(8) If you cannot install the rigging pin (46) freely, adjust the length
of the control rod (41) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

(a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(43) and the lock nuts (42).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (42) and turn the rod body (44) until you
R can install the rigging pin (46) easily.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 540
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (44) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

R NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes,

____
R the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly installed. If
R this occurs, turn the rod fork-end in and do the
R adjustment procedure again.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (42) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (43).

R (9) Put the rigging pin (52) (PN 98F52108507050) into the rigging holes
R of the bearing fitting (54) and the double lever (55).
R

R (a) Make sure that the rigging pin (52) moves freely into the rigging
R holes.

(10) If you cannot install the rigging pin (52) freely, adjust the length
R of the girt bar rod (50) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

R (a) Make sure that the rigging pin (46) is installed into the
R bellcrank fitting (45).

R (b) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(48) and the lock nuts (47).

R (c) Loosen the lock nuts (47) and turn the rod body (49) until you
R can install the rigging pin (52) easily.

R (d) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (49) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

R NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes,

____
R the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly installed. If
R this occurs, turn the rod fork-end in and do the
R adjustment procedure again.


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 541
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (e) Tighten the lock nuts (47) and safety them with lockwire,
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (48).

(11) Remove the rigging pins (26), (46) and (52) from the bellcrank
bracket (27), the bellcrank fitting (45) and the bearing fitting
(54).

Subtask 52-13-22-820-056

F. Adjustment of the Girt Bar Assembly

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 1169 and

____
subsequent.

(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 52-13-22-991-021, 510/TASK 52-13-22-991-023)

R NOTE : The rigging pins (26) (PN 98F52108507050), (46) (PN

____
R 98F52108507050) and (52) (PN 98F52108507050) are part of the TOOL-
R ADJUSTMENT PAX DOORS (98F52108507000).

(1) Move the control handle (1) to the DISARMED position and move the
R inboard lever up to lift the door.

(2) Make sure that the sliding surfaces of the sliders (67) and the girt
bar (63) are lubricated with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004).

(3) Make sure that:

- the guide pins (66) touch the pawls (68) and
- the sliders (67) touch the stops (69) of the girt bar (63).
- the overlap Y from the slider surface (62) to the guide arm (61)
R has the same dimension on each side.

(4) If not, adjust the length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (59)
and (53) as follows:

R WARNING : WEAR GOGGLES WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL LOCKWIRE.

_______
R CUT, REMOVE AND DISCARD THE LOCKWIRE AS YOU DO THE TASK.
R LOOSE LOCKWIRE CAN CUT OR BLIND YOU.

NOTE : The adjustment of the rear girt bar rod (53) and the forward
____
girt bar rod (59) is the same. Therefore only the adjustment
of the forward girt bar rod (59) is given.

(a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(57) and the lock nuts (56).


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 542
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Girt Bar Assembly on Door Serial No.1169 and subsequent
Figure 510/TASK 52-13-22-991-023


EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 543
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
R (b) Loosen the lock nuts (56) and turn the rod body (58) until:
R - the guide pins (66) touch the pawls (68)
- the sliders (67) touch the stops (69.)

(c) Measure the overlap Y from the slider surface (62) to the guide
arm (61).

R NOTE : The overlap Y must have the same dimension at the
____
R forward and rear assemblies.

(d) If the overlap Y is not the same at each assembly, adjust the
length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (59) and (53) as
necessary.

R NOTE : If you decrease (increase) the length at one girt bar rod,
____
R you must also increase (decrease) the length of the other.
R The adjustment of girt bar rod must be equal but opposite
R in direction.

(e) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (58) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

R NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes,

____
R the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly installed. If
R this occurs, turn the rod fork-end in and do the
R adjustment procedure again.

(f) Tighten the lock nuts (56) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (57).

(5) Move the inboard lever down to lower the door.

R (6) Make a reference mark on the floor panel and the girt bar (63) with
R the BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).

R NOTE : These marks give the center position of the girt bar (63)
____
R necessary for the subsequent adjustment in armed condition.

(7) Move the control handle (1) to the ARMED position.

R (8) Install the rigging pin (26) (PN 98F52108507050) into the rigging
R holes of the bellcrank lever (28) and the bellcrank bracket (27).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 544
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (9) Install the rigging pin (46) (PN 98F52108507050) into the bellcrank
R lever (51) and the rigging pin (52) (PN 98F52108507050) into the
R double lever (55).
R

R (a) Make sure that the rigging pins (46) and (52) move freely into
R the rigging holes.

R (10) Make sure that the reference mark on the girt bar (63) aligns with
the reference mark on the floor panel (center position of the girt
bar).
R

R (a) If necessary, manually move the girt bar (63) to its center
R position.

R (11) Make sure that the sliders (67) touch the guide pins (66).
R

R (a) If necessary, manually push the sliders (67) until they touch the
R guide pins (66).

R (12) Measure the offset Z between the slider (67) and the girt bar end
(65).

NOTE : The offset Z must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 1.5 mm
____
(0.0590 in.)

R (13) If the offset Z is out of tolerance, continue as follows:

(a) Manually hold the girt bar (63) and keep it in its center
position as adjusted before.

(b) Change the length of the forward and/or rear girt bar rods (59)
and/or (53) until the offset Z is correct.

R (14) Remove the rigging pin (46) from the bellcrank lever (51) and the
rigging pin (52) from the double lever (55).

R (15) Move the control handle (1) to the DISARMED position and move the
R inboard lever up to lift the door.

R NOTE : In this position, it is not necessary that the sliders (67)

____
R touch the stops (69) of the girt bar (63).

R

EFF :

001-099,  52-13-22

Page 545
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (16) Move the girt bar (63) in the forward and rear direction to make sure
R that the guide arms (61) stay engaged with the slider surface (62).

NOTE : This movement can cause an asymmetrical position of the girt

____
bar (63) which is permitted.

R (17) If the sliders (67) disengage, do the adjustment procedure again from
R the center position (refer to step (5)) to make sure that the offset
R Z is correct.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-13-22-720-051

G. Do the functional test of the AFT passenger/crew door (Ref. TASK 52-13-
00-720-801).

Subtask 52-13-22-865-054

H. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-13-22-710-051

J. Operational Test

(1) Do the operational test of the door monitoring system (Ref. TASK 52-
71-00-710-801).

(2) Do the operational test of the escape-slide warning system (Ref. TASK
52-71-00-710-802).

NOTE : Do these tests only for the AFT passenger/crew door 833 (843).
____


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 546
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-13-22-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Apply a layer of the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and
the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
which attach components directly to the door structure.

(b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
bolts which are in the door mechanism.

(c) Apply a layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to

the installed components.

(3) Remove the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-080-801).

(4) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(5) Close the access door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).

(6) Remove the access platform(s).

(7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 52-13-22-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-22

Page 547
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 FITTINGS - DOOR, LATCH AND STOP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________

TASK 52-13-31-000-801

Removal of the Door Latch and Stop Fittings (Door 4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

R 25-23-47-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Aft
Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-52-000-802 Removal of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
30-46-11-000-801 Removal of the Heated Slide Fitting (electrical part)
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-13-11-000-801 Removal of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)
52-13-12-000-801 Removal of the Suspension of the AFT Passenger/Crew
Door (Door 4L/4R)
52-13-31-991-001 Fig. 401
52-13-31-991-002 Fig. 402
52-13-31-991-003 Fig. 403
52-13-31-991-004 Fig. 404
52-13-31-991-005 Fig. 405
52-13-31-991-006 Fig. 406


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 401
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-31-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-13-31-010-050

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

R (2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-13-31-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-13-31-010-051-A

D. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the related door.

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Remove the related door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-000-802).

(4) Remove the related door frame lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-000-801).

(5) For the support arm fittings only.

(a) Remove the related door (Ref. TASK 52-13-11-000-801).

(b) Remove the support arm (Ref. TASK 52-13-12-000-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 402
Apr 01/95
 
THY 
R (6) For the girt bar fittings only.
R

R (a) Open the access door 162ZW.

R

R (b) Remove the electrical harness (Ref. TASK 30-46-11-000-801).

R

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-13-31-020-050

A. Removal of the Door Latch and Stop Fittings

(1) Remove the door and fuselage stop fittings (1) and (5).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-31-991-001)

(a) Release the lockwasher (8).

(b) Remove the nuts (7), the lockwasher (8) and the adjustable bolt
(11) from the door stop fitting (5). Discard the lockwasher (8).

(c) Remove the nuts (6), the bolts (10), the washers (9) and the door
stop fitting (5).

(d) Remove the nuts (4), the bolts (2), the washers (3) and the
fuselage stop fitting (1).

(2) Remove the lowering stop (18).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-31-991-002)

(a) Remove the nuts (19), the bolts (16) the washers (17) and the
lowering stop (18).

(3) Remove the roller fitting (23).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-31-991-002)

(a) Remove the nuts (22), the bolts (21), the washers (20) and the
roller fitting (23).

(4) Remove the fitting (29) and the roller (36).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-31-991-002)

(a) Remove the nuts (30), the bolts (37) and the fitting with the
guide roller (36).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (31).

(c) Remove the nut (32), the washer (33), the bolt (35), the roller
(36) and the bush (34).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 403
Jan 01/94
 
THY 
 Door and Fuselage Stop Fittings
Figure 401/TASK 52-13-31-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 404
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Lower Stop, Roller, Girt Bar Fittings and Fittings with Guide Roller
Figure 402/TASK 52-13-31-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 405
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 (5) Remove the girt bar fitting (26).
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-31-991-002)

(a) Remove the old sealant from the bolts (28) and the girt bar
fittings (26).

(b) Remove the bolts (28), the washers (27) and the girt bar fitting
(26).

(c) Remove the nut plate (25).

(6) Remove the upper guide fittings (45).

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-31-991-003)

(a) Remove the nuts (50), the washers (49), the fitting (45), the
serrated plate (46) and the bolts (47).

(7) Remove the lower guide fittings (51).

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-31-991-003)

(a) Remove the nuts (56), the washers (55), the fitting (51), the
serrated plate (52) and the bolts (53).

(8) Remove the latch fitting (67) with roller (71).

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-31-991-004)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (65).

(b) Remove the nut (64), the washer (66), the bolt (72) and the
roller (71).

(c) Remove the nuts (60) and (68), the washers (62) and (69), the
bolts (61) and (70), the fitting (67) and the serrated plate
(63).

(9) Remove the upper support arm fitting (82).

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-31-991-005)

(a) Remove the nuts (83), the bolts (85) and (81), the washers (84),
the fitting (82) and the plate (86).

(10) Remove the lower support arm fitting (100).

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-31-991-005)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (90).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 406
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
R Upper and Lower Guide Fittings
Figure 403/TASK 52-13-31-991-003


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 407
Oct 01/93
 
THY 
R Latch Fittings with Roller
Figure 404/TASK 52-13-31-991-004


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 408
Oct 01/93
 
THY 
 Upper and Lower Support Arm Fittings
Figure 405/TASK 52-13-31-991-005


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 409
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 (b) Remove the nut (94), the washer (95), the bolt (97), the washer
(96) and the roller (98).

(c) Remove the nuts (92) and (89), the bolts (90) and (87), the
washers (91) (88), the fitting (100) and the plate (99).

(11) Remove the guide arm fittings (105) and (106).

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-31-991-006)

R (a) Remove the guide arms (Ref. TASK 52-13-12-000-801)

(b) Remove the nuts (112), the washers (111), the bolts (110), the
fittings (105) and (106) and the serrated plates (107).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 410
Jul 01/93
 
THY 
R Guide Arm Fittings
Figure 406/TASK 52-13-31-991-006


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 411
Oct 01/93
 
THY 
 TASK 52-13-31-400-801

Installation of the Door Latch and Stop Fittings (Door 4L/4R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 09-013 C Z-16.127
CORROSION INHIBITING BRUSH CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 412
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

8 lockwasher 52-13-31 01 -150

31 cotter pin 52-13-31 01 -090
65 cotter pin 53-46-04 50 -060
93 cotter pin 53-46-04 54 -070

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 25-23-47-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Aft
Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-47-400-801 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the Aft
Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-52-000-802 Removal of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew Door
R 25-23-52-400-802 Installation of the Lining of the Aft Passenger/Crew
Door
30-46-11-000-801 Removal of the Heated Slide Fitting (electrical part)
30-46-11-400-801 Installation of the Heated Slide Fitting (electrical
part)
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-13-00-820-801 Adjustment of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door
4L/4R)
52-13-11-000-801 Removal of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)
52-13-11-400-801 Installation of the AFT Passenger/Crew Door (Door
4L/4R)
52-13-12-000-801 Removal of the Suspension of the AFT Passenger/Crew
Door (Door 4L/4R)
52-13-12-400-801 Installation of the Suspension of the AFT
Passenger/Crew Door (Door 4L/4R)
52-13-31-991-001 Fig. 401
52-13-31-991-002 Fig. 402
52-13-31-991-003 Fig. 403
52-13-31-991-004 Fig. 404
52-13-31-991-005 Fig. 405
52-13-31-991-006 Fig. 406


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 413
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-13-31-860-050-A

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the related door lining is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
52-000-802).

(3) Make sure that the related door frame lining is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-47-000-801).

(4) For the support arm fittings only.

(a) Make sure that the door is removed (Ref. TASK 52-13-11-000-801).

(b) Make sure that the support arm is removed (Ref. TASK 52-13-12-
000-801).

(5) For the girt bar fittings only.

R (a) Make sure that the access door 162ZW is open.

(b) Make sure that the electrical harness is removed (Ref. TASK 30-
46-11-000-801).

(6) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

R (7) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

Subtask 52-13-31-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 414
Apr 01/95
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-13-31-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Remove the old sealant from the latch and stop fittings.

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Clean the contact areas of the latch and stop fittings and the
structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).

(4) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

Subtask 52-13-31-420-050

B. Installation of the Door, Latch and Stop Fittings

(1) Install the door and fuselage stop fittings (1) and (5).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-13-31-991-001)

(a) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the contact

area of the fittings (1) and (5) and the bolts (2) and (10).

(b) Put the fitting (1) in position and install the washers (3), the
bolts (2) and the nuts (4).

(c) TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in).

(d) Put the fitting (5) in position and install the washers (9), the
bolts (10) and the nuts (6).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (6) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in).

(f) Install the bolt (11) to the door stop fitting (5) and adjust to
give an initial dimension of 16.5 mm (0.6496 in.) (see detail

C
).

(g) Install a new lockwasher (8) and the nut (7).

(h) Adjust the door stop fitting (5) (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 415
Jan 01/94
R  
THY 
 (i) TORQUE the nut (7) to between 2.0 and 2.2 m.daN (14.74 and 16.22
lbf.ft).

(j) Safety the nut (11) with the lockwasher (8).

(2) Install the lowering stop (18).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-31-991-002)

(a) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the

contact area of the lowering stop (5) and the serrated plate.

R (b) Put the lowering stop (18) in position and install the washers
R (17), the bolts (16) and the nut (19).

(c) Adjust the lowering stop (18) (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-801).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (19) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(3) Install the roller fitting (23).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-31-991-002)

(a) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the contact

area of the fitting (23).

R (b) Put the fitting (23) in position and install the washers (20),
R the bolts (21) and the nut (22).

(c) TORQUE the nuts (22) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(4) Install the roller (36) and the fitting (29).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-31-991-002)

(a) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the

long end of the bush (34).

(b) Install the bush (34), the roller (36) and the bolt (35) in the
fitting (29).

(c) Install the washer (33) and the nut (32).

(d) TORQUE the nut (32) to 0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in) max. and turn
back to the next cotter pin hole.

(e) Install a new cotter pin (31)


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 416
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (f) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the contact
area of the fitting (29).

(g) Put the fitting (29) in position and install the bolts (37) and
the nuts (30).

(h) TORQUE the nuts (30) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and
70.79 lbf.in).

(5) Install the girt bar fitting (26).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-13-31-991-002)

(a) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the

contact area of the fitting (26) and the serrated plate (24).

(b) Put the fitting (26) and the nut plate (25) in position and
install the washers (27) and the bolts (28).

(c) Adjust the girt bar fitting (26) (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-801).

(d) TORQUE the bolts (28) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(6) Install the upper guide fitting (45).

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-31-991-003)

(a) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the

contact area of the fitting (45) and the serrated plate (46).

(b) Put the serrated plate (46) and the fitting (45) in position and
install the washers (48), the bolts (47) and the nuts (50).

(c) Adjust the upper guide fitting (45) (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-801).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (50) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(7) Install the lower guide fitting (51).

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-13-31-991-003)

(a) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the

contact area of the fitting (51) and the serrated plate (52).

(b) Put the serrated plate (52) and the fitting (51) in position and
install the washer (54), the bolts (53) and the nuts (56).

(c) Adjust the lower guide fitting (51) (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 417
Jan 01/94
R  
THY 
 (d) TORQUE the nuts (50) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(8) Install the latch fitting (67) and the roller (71).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-13-31-991-004)

(a) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bolt
(70) and the roller (71).

(b) Install the roller (71), the bolt (72), the washer (66) and the
nut (64).

(c) TORQUE the nut (64) to 0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in) max. and turn it
back to the next cotter pin hole.

(d) Install a new cotter pin (65)

(e) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the

contact area of the fitting (67) and the serrated plate (63).

(f) Put the serrated plate (63) and the fitting (67) in position and
install the washers (69) and (62), the bolts (61) and (70) and
the nuts (68) and (60).

(g) Adjust the latch fitting (67) (Ref. TASK 52-13-00-820-801).

(h) TORQUE the nuts (60) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(9) Install the upper support arm fitting (82).

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-31-991-005)

(a) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the

contact area of the fitting (82) and the plate (86).

(b) Put the plate (86> and the fitting (82) in position and install
the washers (84), the bolts (85) and the nuts (83) and (81).

(10) Install the lower support arm fitting (100).

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-13-31-991-005)

(a) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the

contact area of the fitting (100) and the plate (99).

(b) Put the plate (99> and the fitting (100) in position and install
the washers (88) and (91), the bolts (87) and (90) and the nuts
(89) and (92).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 418
Jan 01/94
R  
THY 
 (c) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bolt
(97) and the roller (98).

(d) Install the roller (98), the washers (96) and (95), the bolt (97)
and the nut (94).

(e) Install a new cotter pin (93)

(11) Install the guide arm fittings (105) and (106).

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-13-31-991-006)

(a) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the

contact area of the fittings (105) and (106) and the serrated
plates (107).

(b) Put the serrated plates (107) and the fittings (105) and (106) in
position and install the washers (111), the bolts (110) and the
nuts (112).

(c) TORQUE the nuts (112) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and
70.79 lbf.in).

(d) Adjust the guide arm fittings (105) and (106) (Ref. TASK 52-13-
00-820-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-13-31-410-050-A

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) around the edges of of
the installed latch and stop fittings.

(3) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and STRUCTURE
PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts which attach
components directly to the door and the fuselage structure.

(4) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the

installed components.

(5) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 419
Jan 01/94
R  
THY 
 (6) Install the related door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-52-400-802).

(7) Install the related door frame lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-47-400-801).

(8) For the support arm fittings only.

(a) Install the support arm (Ref. TASK 52-13-12-400-801).

(b) Install the related door (Ref. TASK 52-13-11-400-801).

(9) For the girt bar fittings only.

(a) Install the electrical harness (Ref. TASK 30-46-11-400-801).

(b) Close the access door 162ZW.

(10) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 52-13-31-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-13-31-860-051

C. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

R (1) Close the access door 811.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-13-31-862-050

D. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-13-31

Page 420
Apr 01/95
 
THY 
 EMERGENCY EXIT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
__________________________________________

1. _______
General
R The aircraft has two emergency exit doors (door 3L/Zone 834 and door 3R/Zone
R 844), one on each side of the cabin. They are located in Zone 260, rear of
R the wings and used for the evacuation of the passengers and the crew in an
R emergency only. The emergency exit doors (3L/3R) are plug-type doors which
R open out and parallel to the fuselage. You can operate them from the inside
R and the outside of the aircraft.
R Each emergency exit door (3L/3R) has an evacuation system which is kept in a
R container in the lower part of the door.

2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)

3. ___________
Description
R The aircraft has two emergency exit doors (door 3L and door 3R), one on each
R side of the cabin. They are installed in Zone 260 between FR53.5A and
R FR53.7A. The emergency exit door 3L is a mirror-image of the emergency exit
R door 3R . Both doors (3L/3R) have the same structure and mechanisms.
R The emergency exit doors (3L/3R) are of the plug-type design and open out
R and parallel to the fuselage. You can operate them from the inside and the
R outside of the aircraft.
R The doors (3L/3R) are used for the easy evacuation of the passengers and the
R crew in an emergency only. An emergency escape facility is kept in a
R container which is attached to the lower part of each emergency exit door
R (3L/3R).

4. _________
Operation
R Each emergency exit door has two operation modes:
R - normal operation,
R - emergency operation.
R Normal operation of the emergency exit doors is possible from the inside and
R the outside of the aircraft.
R Emergency operation of the emergency exit doors is only possible from inside
R the aircraft. An attempted emergency operation from outside the cabin causes
R a normal operation of the door.


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 1
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
R Location of Emergency Exits
R Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 2
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 EMERGENCY EXIT - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
______________________________________

TASK 52-20-00-010-801

Opening of the Emergency Exit Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

52-20-00-991-001 Fig. 201
52-20-00-991-002 Fig. 202

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-20-00-861-054

A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-20-00-941-050

B. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the related door.


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 201
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50
KNOTS.

CAUTION : YOU MUST CLOSE THE DOOR BEFORE THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 60
_______
KNOTS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.

NOTE : If you put the aircraft nose into the wind, the maximum wind speed
____
can be 50 knots.

Subtask 52-20-00-010-050

R A. Opening of the Emergency Exit Door

(1) Opening of the emergency exit door from the outside.

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-20-00-991-001)

WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOORS WHILE THE RED WARNING
_______
LIGHT FLASHES, IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES, REMAINING
PRESSURE COULD CAUSE DOOR TO OPEN SUDDENLY AND COULD:
- KILL OR CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONS
- CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.

NOTE : The red warning light CABIN PRESSURE is installed in the door
____
window.

(a) Push the flap (3) which lets you hold the external control handle
(1).

NOTE : When you open the door, the control handle of the
____
emergency escape-slide release-mechanism is automatically
put in the
DISARMED
position.

(b) Fully lift the external control handle (1) until it is level with
the horizontal green line (the door moves up).

R (c) Pull the door out and move it forward.

(d) Make sure that the door stay mechanism locks the door in the open
position.


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 202
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 External Control of the Emergency Exit Door
R Figure 201/TASK 52-20-00-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 203
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 (2) Opening of the emergency exit door from the inside.
(Ref. Fig. 202/TASK 52-20-00-991-002)

WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOORS WHILE THE RED WARNING
_______
LIGHT FLASHES, IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES, REMAINING
PRESSURE COULD CAUSE DOOR TO OPEN SUDDENLY AND COULD:
- KILL OR CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONS
- CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.

NOTE : The red warning light CABIN PRESSURE is installed in the door
____
window.

(a) Make sure that the emergency-escape slide-handle is in the

R DISARMED position and the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE is installed.

R (b) Fully lift the internal control handle (5) to the
OPEN
position
R until the door is in the fully lifted position.
R

R (c) Use the assist handle (7) to push the door out and forward.

NOTE : If there is no access platform, put the safety barrier

____
strap in position across the door frame before you fully
open the door.

R (d) Make sure that the door stay mechanism locks the door in the open
position.


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 204
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Internal Control of the Emergency Exit Door
R Figure 202/TASK 52-20-00-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 205
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 TASK 52-20-00-410-801

Closing of the Emergency Exit Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 52-20-00-991-001 Fig. 201
R 52-20-00-991-002 Fig. 202

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-20-00-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-20-00-410-050

A. Closing of the Emergency Exit Door

R (Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-20-00-991-001, 202/TASK 52-20-00-991-002)

(1) Closing of the emergency exit door from the outside.

R

(a) Push the pushbutton (2) of the door stay mechanism to release the
door from the fuselage.

(b) Push the door aft and into the door frame.


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 206
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 (c) Fully lower the external control handle (1) (the door moves
down).

(d) Make sure that :

- the door is fully closed and level with the fuselage contour,
- the external control handle (1) is in the correct position in
its housing and level with the contour of the door,
- the flap (3) is level with the contour of the door.

(2) Closing of the emergency exit door from the inside.

(a) Push the pushbutton (2) of the door stay mechanism to release the
door from the fuselage frame.

(b) Use the assist handle (7) to pull the door aft and into the door
frame.

NOTE : If the safety barrier (6) is in position, you must remove

____
it before you fully close the door.

(c) Fully lower the internal control handle (5) (the door moves
down).

(d) Make sure that the door is fully closed and the indication plates
(4) show
LOCKED
.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-20-00-942-050

A. Close-up

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 207
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-20-00-860-801

Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
701-2978000 1 PIN - RIGGING
98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

R B. Consumable Materials

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

R LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
R (Ref. 20-31-00)

R C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-20-00-991-003 Fig. 203


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 208
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-20-00-991-003-A Fig. 203A

R **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-20-00-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-20-00-010-055

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put an access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-20-00-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-20-00-860-052

R A. Special Precautions

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 52-20-00-991-003)


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 209
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R Special Precautions
Figure 203/TASK 52-20-00-991-003

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-20-00

Page 210
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 203A/TASK 52-20-00-991-003-A)

R **ON A/C ALL

R (1) Safety the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism as follows:

(a) Put the emergency control handle (1) in the
DISARMED
position.

R (b) Install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) (2) to make sure
R that you cannot move the emergency control handle (1) to the
R ARMED position.

R (2) Open the related emergency exit door until you get access to the door
R damper and emergency operation cylinder (referred to as door damper)
R (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-010-801).
R

R (3) Put the percussion mechanism of the door damper in its disarmed
R position as follows:
R

R (a) Install the PIN - RIGGING (701-2978000) (3) in the percussion

R housing (4) to prevent an accidental operation of the door
R damper.

R (b) Cut and remove the lockwire from the knurled screw (7) and the
R lever pin (6).

R (c) Loosen the knurled screw (7) until you can move the release lever
R (8).

R (d) Retract the release lever (8) until the knurled screw (7) can
R engage with the first bore of the release lever (8).

R (e) Tighten the knurled screw (7) and safety it with lockwire,
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the lever pin (6).


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 211
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R Special Precautions
R Figure 203A/TASK 52-20-00-991-003-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-20-00

Page 212
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 TASK 52-20-00-860-802

Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

701-2978000 1 PIN - RIGGING

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

R LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
R (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
R 52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-20-00-991-003 Fig. 203


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 213
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-20-00-991-003-A Fig. 203A

R **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-20-00-860-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

R (2) Make sure that the related emergency exit door is opened (Ref. TASK
52-20-00-010-801).

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

(4) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

Subtask 52-20-00-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 214
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-20-00-860-054

A. Special Precautions

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 52-20-00-991-003)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 203A/TASK 52-20-00-991-003-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(1) Cut and remove the lockwire from the knurled screw (7) and the lever
pin (6).

(2) Loosen the knurled screw (7) until you can move the release lever
(8).

(3) Put the percussion mechanism of the door damper in its armed position
as follows:

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE RELEASE LEVER IS FULLY EXTENDED AND THE
_______
KNURLED NUT TOUCHES THE END OF THE LEVER SLOT. A DIFFERENT
POSITION WILL PREVENT THE CORRECT OPERATION OF THE DOOR
DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION CYLINDER IN THE EMERGENCY
MODE.

(a) Make sure that the release lever (8) aligns with the flanged nut
of the valve guide (5).

(b) Move the release lever (8) against the spring of the valve guide
(5) to its fully extended position and hold it.

(c) Make sure that the recess of the knurled screw (7) can fully
engage in the rear bore of the release lever (8).

(d) Tighten the knurled screw (7) and safety it with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the lever pin (6) .


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 215
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 (4) Remove the PIN - RIGGING (701-2978000) (3) from the percussion
housing (4).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-20-00-865-052

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-20-00-860-055

B. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

(1) Close the applicable emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-
801).

(2) Close the access door 811.

(3) Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and support equipment used
during this procedure.

Subtask 52-20-00-862-050

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 216
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-20-00-940-801

Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific hoist 500 kg (1102.3110 lb)
98A52108004001 1 SLING - PASSENGER DOOR

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-052

SELF-ADHES.PVC DISKS FOR HOISTING POINT BLANKING
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-20-00-991-007 Fig. 204

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-20-00-010-061

A. Put an access platform in position at the related door.


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 217
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-20-00-941-053

A. Installation of the SLING - PASSENGER DOOR

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 52-20-00-991-007)

(1) Remove and discard the self-adhesive PVC disks (3) from the hoisting
points.

(2) Remove the blanking plugs (4).

(3) Remove the hoist fittings (2) from the sling (1) and install them in
the door.

(4) Attach the sling (1) to the hoist.

(5) Put the hoist in position at the door.

(6) Attach the sling (1) to the hoist fittings (2).

(7) Operate the hoist and slowly tighten the sling cable.

NOTE : Adjust the cable adjuster as necessary to get equal tension.

____

(8) Operate the hoist to remove the weight of the door from the door
suspension.

Subtask 52-20-00-942-056

B. Removal of the Hoisting Sling from the Door

(Ref. Fig. 204/TASK 52-20-00-991-007)

(1) Remove the sling (1) from the hoist fittings (2).

(2) Move the hoist away from the door and remove the sling (1).

(3) Remove the hoist fittings (2) from the door and attach them to the
sling (1).

(4) Install the blanking plugs (4) in the door hoisting points.

(5) Install the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-052) on the hoisting
points.


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 218
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 Hoisting Sling - Emergency Exit Doors
Figure 204/TASK 52-20-00-991-007


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 219
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-20-00-410-053

A. Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 220
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-20-00-860-803

Replacement of the Diaphragm in the Percussion Mechanism of the Door Damper and
Emergency Operation Cylinder at the Emergency Exit Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R 701-2978000 1 PIN - RIGGING

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

R LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
R (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 2 shear pin 52-22-14 01 -030

R 2 shear pin 52-22-14 01A-030
R
8 diaphragm 52-22-14 01 -050
8 diaphragm 52-22-14 01 -050A
8 diaphragm 52-22-14 01A-050
9 seal 52-22-14 01 -080
9 seal 52-22-14 01A-080


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 221
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 10 packings 52-22-14 01 -090

R 10 packings 52-22-14 01A-090
R

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 52-10-00-600-802 Discharging/Charging of the Door Damper and Emergency
R Operation Cylinder
52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
R 52-22-00-600-801 Discharging/Charging of the Door Damper and Emergency
R Operation Cylinder (Door 3L/3R) (for corrective
R action)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-20-00-991-005 Fig. 205

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-20-00-991-005-A Fig. 205A

R **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-20-00-861-052

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 222
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-20-00-010-057

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-20-00-865-056

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-20-00-941-051

D. Get Access

(1) Open the applicable emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-010-801).

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801)

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-20-00-020-050

R A. Removal of the Diaphragm

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 52-20-00-991-005)


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 223
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R Diaphragm Replacement in the Percussion Mechanism of the Door Damper and
Emergency Operation Cylinder
Figure 205/TASK 52-20-00-991-005


EFF :

001-099, 101-149, 

52-20-00 Page 224
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 205A/TASK 52-20-00-991-005-A)

R **ON A/C ALL

R (1) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (701-2978000) (3) is installed in
R the percussion housing (5).

R (2) Make sure that there is no pressure on the door damper and emergency
R operation cylinder (referred to as door damper) (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
R 600-801).

R (3) Cut and remove the lockwire from the knurled screw (13) and the lever
R pin (14).

R (4) Loosen the knurled screw (13) until you can move the release lever
R (1).

R (5) Retract the release lever (1) until it does not engage with the guide
R (4).

R (6) Turn the release lever (1) 90 degrees in its stowed position to get
R access to the valve guide (11).

R (7) Tighten the knurled screw (13) to attach the release lever (1) in its
R stowed position.

R (8) Remove and discard the shear pin (2) from the percussion housing (5).

R (9) Remove the screws (12) from the valve guide (11).

R (10) Remove the valve guide (11) from the percussion housing (5).

R (11) Remove the diaphragm (8), the spring (7) and the spacer (6) from the
R percussion housing (5).

R (12) Remove and discard the packings (10) and the seal (9) from the valve
R guide (11).

R (13) Make sure that all pieces of unwanted material are removed from the
R hole of the percussion housing (5).
R


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 225
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R Diaphragm Replacement in the Percussion Mechanism of the Door Damper and
Emergency Operation Cylinder
Figure 205A/TASK 52-20-00-991-005-A


EFF :

151-199, 

52-20-00 Page 226
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-20-00-420-050

R B. Installation of the Diaphragm

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 52-20-00-991-005)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 205A/TASK 52-20-00-991-005-A)

R **ON A/C ALL

R (1) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

R (2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
R clean and in the correct condition.

R (4) Install the spacer (6), the spring (7) and the new diaphragm (8) in
R the percussion housing (5).

R (5) Install the two new packings (10) on the valve guide (11).

R (6) Install the new seal (9) on the valve guide (11).

R (7) Put the valve guide (11) in position on the percussion housing (5).

R (8) Install the screws (12) as follows:

R CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED TORQUE TO THE SCREWS
_______
R OF THE GUIDE. OVERTORQUE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE DIAPHRAGM
R AND WILL THUS CAUSE LEAKAGE OF NITROGEN FROM THE CYLINDER.

R (a) Put the screws (12) in position on the valve guide (11) and
R torque them to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN (35.39 and 44.24
R lbf.in).

R NOTE : When the screws (12) are tight, there is a clearance of

____
R between 0.30 mm (0.0118 in.) and 0.40 mm (0.0157 in.)


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 227
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R between the valve guide (11) and the percussion housing
R (5).

R (9) Install the shear pin (2) as follows:

R WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU INSTALL THE CORRECT (ALUMINUM) SHEAR PIN
_______
R ON THE DOOR DAMPER PERCUSSION DEVICE.
R INSTALLATION OF AN INCORRECT SHEAR PIN WILL PREVENT
R OPERATION OF THE ACTUATOR IN THE EMERGENCY MODE.

R (a) Put the new shear pin (2) into the percussion housing (5).

R (10) Loosen the knurled screw (13) and turn the release lever (1) 90
R degrees in its straight position.

R (11) Extend the release lever (1) in its armed position as follows:

R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT THE RELEASE LEVER IS FULLY EXTENDED AND THE
_______
R KNURLED NUT TOUCHES THE END OF THE LEVER SLOT. A DIFFERENT
R POSITION WILL PREVENT THE CORRECT OPERATION OF THE DOOR
R DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION CYLINDER IN THE EMERGENCY
R MODE.

R (a) Make sure that the release lever (1) aligns with the flanged nut
R of the valve guide (11).

R (b) Move the release lever (1) against the spring load of the valve
R guide (11) until it can engage into the guide (4).

R (c) Move the release lever (1) to its fully extended position and
R hold it.

R (d) Make sure that the recess of the knurled screw (13) can fully
R engage in the rear bore of the release lever (1).

R (e) Tighten the knurled screw (13) and safety it with lockwire,
R MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the lever pin (14).

R (12) Fill the gas bottle to the pressure shown on the pressure gage
R (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-600-802).

R (13) Remove the PIN - RIGGING (701-2978000) from the percussion housing
R (5).
R


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 228
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-20-00-942-053

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.
R

R (2) Make sure that the special precautions after work on the door are
R done (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-802).

R (3) Close the related emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-801).

(4) Close the access door 811.

R (5) Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and support equipment used
R during this procedure.

Subtask 52-20-00-865-057

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-20-00-860-060

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 229
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 TASK 52-20-00-480-801

Installation of the Ballast Weight at the Emergency Exit Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

98F52207519000 1 BALLAST WEIGHT - EMERGENCY EXITS

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-23-53-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door

R 25-62-42-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-991-013 Fig. 206

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-20-00-860-079

A. Get Access

(1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the

related emergency exit door.

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the emergency
exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

(3) Remove the escape facility (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-000-801).

(4) Remove the door lining of the Emergency Exit Door(s) (Ref. TASK 25-
23-53-000-801)


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 230
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-20-00-480-051

A. Installation of the Ballast Weight

(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 52-20-00-991-013)

(1) Install the BALLAST WEIGHT - EMERGENCY EXITS (98F52207519000) (4), as

follows:

(a) Put the ballast weight (4) with the fittings (2) on the hooks
(3).

(b) Install the threaded pins (1).


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 231
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Ballast Weight - Slide
Figure 206/TASK 52-20-00-991-013


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 232
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 TASK 52-20-00-080-801

Removal of the Ballast Weight from the Emergency Exit Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

98F52207519000 1 BALLAST WEIGHT - EMERGENCY EXITS

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-23-53-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door

25-62-42-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-991-013 Fig. 206

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-20-00-860-081

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE is in
position at the related emergency exit door.

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
emergency exit (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 233
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-20-00-080-051

A. Removal of the Ballast Weight

(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 52-20-00-991-013)

(1) Remove the BALLAST WEIGHT - EMERGENCY EXITS (98F52207519000) (4), as

follows:

(a) Remove the threaded pins (1).

(b) Remove the ballast weight (4) from the emergency exit door.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-20-00-860-082

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

(1) Install the door lining of the Emergency Exit Door(s) (Ref. TASK 25-
23-53-400-801)

(2) Install the escape facility (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-400-801).

(3) Do the special precautions after you do work on the emergency exit
door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-802).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-20-00

Page 234
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT EMERGENCY EXIT - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
________________________________________________________________

1. _______
General
R The aircraft has two emergency exit doors (door 3L and door 3R), one on each
R side of the cabin. They are installed in Zone 260 between FR53.5A and
R FR53.7A. The emergency exit door (3L) is a mirror-image of the emergency
R exit door (3R). Both doors have the same structure and mechanisms.
R The emergency exit doors (3L/3R) are of the plug-type design and open out
R and parallel to the fuselage. You can operate them from the inside and the
R outside of the aircraft.
R The doors are used for the easy evacuation of the passengers and the crew in
R an emergency only. An emergency escape facility (Ref. 25-62-00) is kept in a
R container which is attached to the lower part of each emergency exit
R door(3L/3R).

2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)

3. Description
___________

R NOTE : The description which follows is related to the LH emergency exit

____
R door (3L) (installed on the left of the fuselage, here referred to as
R emergency door). It is an example which you can also use for the RH
R emergency door (3R).

R Emergency Exit Door (3L)

R The emergency door (3L) is of the fail-safe plug-type design. It has an
R emergency escape slide which is kept in a container attached to the lower
R part of the door.
R The emergency door (3L) opens out and parallel to the fuselage. It is
R possible to open the emergency door (3L) in winds up to 40 knots. You can
R leave the door latched open (or close it) in winds of up to 60 knots without
R structural damage.
The emergency exit door (3L/3R) has a free passage of 1630.0 mm (64.1732
in.) in height and 615.4 mm (24.2283 in.) in width. The weight of the
emergency exit door (3L/3R) without emergency escape slide and door lining
is approximately 77 kg (169.7558 lb).
The emergency exit door (3L/3R) has two operation modes:
- normal operation (the door is opened and closed manually),
- emergency operation (an emergency operation cylinder opens the door and
releases the emergency escape slide).
Normal operation of the emergency exit door (3L/3R) is possible from inside
and outside the aircraft.
Emergency operation of the emergency exit door (3L/3R) is only possible from
inside the cabin. An attempted emergency operation from outside the cabin
causes a normal operation of the door.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 1
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
R Emergency Exit - General View
R Figure 001 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 2
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
R Emergency Exit - General View
R Figure 001 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 3
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 The emergency exit door (3L/3R) has proximity switches which show if it is
fully closed and locked. The operation mode (that is the condition of the
emergency escape-slide release-mechanism) is also monitored. The Doors and
Escape Slides Control System (DSCS) (Ref. 52-71-00) monitors the position of
each emergency exit door (3L/3R) and gives the necessary warnings.
A visual indication is also given at each door, to show:
- the LOCKED/UNLOCKED position of the door,
- the ARMED/DISARMED condition of the emergency escape slide.

4. _____________________
Component Description

R A. Door Structure
R (Ref. Fig. 002)
R The primary components of the emergency exit door (3L/3R) structure are:
R - an outer skin (chemically etched),
R - an inner skin (formed from sheet),
R - vertical edge members (formed from sheet),
R - upper and lower members (milled from plate),
R - horizontal beams (milled from plate),
R - vertical frames (formed from sheet or milled from plate).
These formed and milled components are made of aluminum alloy. Rivets
attach the primary components of the door structure together. Bolts and
rivets attach the fittings and the components of the electrical and
mechanical systems to the door structure.
The inner skin, the horizontal beams and the vertical frames have cutouts
which give you access to the components. They also decrease the weight of
the door.
The outer skin has two openings. One opening is for the door window,
(Ref. 56-30-00), the other is for the external control handle. A
pressure-tight box covers the opening to seal it.
Two hoisting points, with hoisting lugs, are installed in the door
structure. Self-adhesive disks are put on to the hoisting points to make
a smooth surface with the outer skin of the door.

B. Door Lining and Insulation

(Ref. Fig. 001)
There is a lining on the inner side of the door which gives insulation
against heat and sound. The lining is installed in several pieces. Quick
release pins and VELCRO tape attach them to the inner door structure. The
material and color of the lining is the same as that in the cabin.

C. Door Seal
(Ref. Fig. 003)
The emergency exit door (3L/3R) has a round hose-type seal which is made
of silicone rubber. It is installed at the edge of the door, on the inner
face of the outer skin. Retainers with bolts and nuts hold the door seal
in position.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 4
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
R Door Structure
R Figure 002


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 5
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Seal, Stop Fittings and Rollers
Figure 003


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 6
Apr 01/03
R  
THY 
 The door seal has holes which make sure that the pressure in the seal is
R the same as that in the cabin. When the emergency exit door (3L/3R) is
R closed, a sealing section on the door frame compresses the door seal. The
R differential pressure between the cabin and the outside inflates the door
R seal to make it pressure-tight.

R D. Door Fittings
R The emergency exit door (3L/3R) has:
- stop fittings,
- rollers.

(1) Stop Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 003)
R There are six adjustable door stop fittings on each side of the
R emergency exit door (3L/3R). When the door is closed, they touch
R mating stop fittings, which are attached to the door frame. They take
the load when the cabin is pressurized. The door stop fittings are
made of titanium alloy, which is forged. Bolts attach the door stop
fittings to the ends of the horizontal beams of the door structure.

(2) Rollers
(Ref. Fig. 003)
There are two rollers on each side of the emergency door. They engage
in guide fittings which are attached to the door frame. The rollers
align the door when it is lifted or lowered.

R E. Door Suspension
(Ref. Fig. 004, 005)
The suspension has:
- a support arm,
- guide arms,
- a door buffer,
- a door stay mechanism.

(1) Support Arm

R A support arm holds the emergency exit door (3L/3R) when it is open.
R Support arm fittings attach the support arm to one side of the door
R frame. An upper and a lower connection link attach the support arm to
the door structure, at the center of the door. The lower connection
R link is also connected with the lifting shaft of the emergency exit
R door (3L/3R). The lower connection link is one which you can adjust.
A mid connection link also connects the support arm with the
actuating rod of the door damper and emergency operation cylinder.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 7
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 Door Suspension
Figure 004


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 8
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Stay Mechanism
Figure 005


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 9
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
R (2) Guide Arms
R Two guide arms are attached to the upper part of the emergency exit
R door (3L/3R) and to the door frame. They make sure that the door
R moves parallel to the fuselage when you open it.

(3) Door Buffer

A door buffer is attached to the inner face of the support arm. It
has the function of a shock absorber when the door is fully opened or
R closed. It prevents structural damage to the fuselage and the
R emergency exit door (3L/3R).

(4) Door Stay Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 005)
A door stay mechanism is installed in the support arm. It has a hook
which holds the emergency door in position when it is fully opened (a
tension spring keeps the hook latched to a pin which is installed in
the door frame). You press the pushbutton on the upper side of the
support arm to release the door stay mechanism.

F. Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 006)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 006A)

**ON A/C ALL

A door damper and emergency operation cylinder (referred to as the damper

cylinder) is attached to the support arm. Its primary components are:
- a hydraulic damping system,
- an operating rod,
- a percussion mechanism,
- a shear pin,
- a gas cylinder (filled with nitrogen),
- a pressure gage,
- a charging valve.
The damper cylinder has a pressure gage, which is temperature
compensated. It indicates the pressure in the gas cylinder. If the
pressure is too low it is possible to refill the cylinder through the
charging valve.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 10
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
Figure 006


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 11
Jan 01/99
 
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
R Figure 006A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-00

Page 12
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 The Cabin Intercomunication Data System (CIDS) (Ref. 23-73-00) also
monitors the pressure in the cylinder. If there is a low pressure an
indication is given on the Programming and Indication Module (PIM) of the
Forward Attendants Panel (FAP) (Ref. 52-71-00).
The damper cylinder has two functions:

(1) Normal Operation

During normal operation of the door, it controls the speed with which
the door moves (this is important if the wind speed is high).

(2) Emergency Operation

During emergency operation, the door damper helps to open the door
(the door damper is then an actuator).

R G. Door Locking Mechanism

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 007)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 007A)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 008)

**ON A/C ALL

The door locking mechanism locks and unlocks the emergency exit door
(3L/3R). It also causes the operation of two proximity switches. Two
safety springs (which move overcenter) hold the door locking mechanism in
the LOCKED or UNLOCKED position.
There is an internal and an external control handle for manual operation
of the door locking mechanism. Splined shafts connect the two control
handles to a gear-box. The gear-box makes sure that the external control
handle does not move when the internal control handle is operated. Rods
connect the gear-box to the other components of the door locking
mechanism.
The other components of the door locking mechanism are:
- a lifting shaft,
- a lowering shaft,


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 13
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Locking Mechanism on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 007

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 14
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Door Locking Mechanism
R Figure 007A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-00

Page 15
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Door Locking Mechanism on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 008

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 16
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 - a locking shaft,
- a switch mechanism.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(1) Lifting Shaft

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2001 to 2166

____

R (Ref. Fig. 009)

The lifting shaft lifts the door (so that the door stop fittings move
clear of the door-frame stop fittings). Two bearings with lifting
arms support the lifting shaft in the door structure.
Two tension springs are installed between the lifting shaft and the
door structure. They decrease the force necessary to lift the
emergency exit door (3L/3R). You can adjust the tension of the
springs with washers.

**ON A/C 151-199,

(1) Lifting Shaft

R (Ref. Fig. 009A)
The lifting shaft lifts the door (so that the door stop fittings move
clear of the door-frame stop fittings). Two bearings with lifting
arms support the lifting shaft in the door structure. A lever
connects the lifting shaft to the torque shaft and the torsion bar
spring. They decrease the force necessary to lift the emergency exit
door (3L/3R).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(2) Lifting Shaft

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
subsequent

R (Ref. Fig. 010)

The lifting shaft lifts the door (so that the door stop fittings move
clear of the door-frame stop fittings). Two bearings with lifting
arms support the lifting shaft in the door structure. A lever
connects the lifting shaft to the torque shaft and the torsion bar
spring. They decrease the force necessary to lift the emergency exit
door (3L/3R).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 17
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Lifting Shaft on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
R Figure 009

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 18
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Lifting Shaft
R Figure 009A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-00

Page 19
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Lifting Shaft on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 010

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 20
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

(3) Lowering Shaft

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 011)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 011A)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 012)

**ON A/C ALL

The lowering shaft makes sure that the emergency exit door (3L/3R)
stays in the lifted position when it is open. Two bearings support
the lowering shaft in the door structure. A guide roller, which comes
out of the door structure, is installed on one end of the lowering
shaft. On the other end of the lowering shaft there is a crank lever
with a rod and a tension spring. The rod is attached to a safety
catch which blocks the gear-box (and thus the door locking mechanism)
when the emergency exit door (3L/3R) is open.

R (4) Locking Shaft

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 013)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 013A)

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 21
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Lowering Shaft on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
R Figure 011

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 22
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Lowering Shaft
R Figure 011A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-00

Page 23
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Lowering Shaft on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 012

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 24
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Locking Shaft on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
R Figure 013

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 25
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Locking Shaft
R Figure 013A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-00

Page 26
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 014)

**ON A/C ALL

The locking shaft keeps the emergency exit door (3L/3R) in the closed
position with a locking hook. This engages with a lock fitting in the
door frame when the door is closed. A rod connects the locking hook
to a lever assembly which is installed on the locking shaft. An arm
with an indication plate is attached to the lever assembly. It shows
when the door is locked and unlocked. When the emergency exit door
(3L/3R) is locked, a spring unit holds the locking shaft in an
overcenter position.
A link lever assembly and connection plate (which is for the
R attachment of the guide arm lining) are installed on the door
R structure and connected to the locking hook. This lets the guide arm
lining move when the door is lifted and lowered.
A proximity switch is installed at the locking shaft. A target lever,
with the related target, is attached to the end of the locking shaft.
As the locking shaft turns, the target moves to or away from a
proximity sensor. The proximity sensor is installed on the door
structure.

(5) Switch Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 015)
The switch mechanism operates a proximity switch. It is installed in
the fuselage above the emergency exit door (3L/3R).
An operating lever is attached to the lower end of a connecting rod
in the door frame. The upper end of the rod is attached to a bracket
assembly. A target is installed on the end of the bracket assembly.
As the door closes, the locking hook pushes against the operating
lever. The lever moves the rod (and thus the target) to the proximity
sensor and causes the spring to expand.
When the door is opened, the tension in the spring causes the target
to move away from the sensor.

R H. Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 016)

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 27
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Locking Shaft on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 014

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 28
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Switch Mechanism
R Figure 015


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 29
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
R Figure 016


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 30
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 016A)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 017)

**ON A/C ALL

The emergency escape-slide release-mechanism (referred to as release

mechanism) helps to open the door in an emergency and releases the
emergency escape slide.
The main components of the release mechanism are:
- an emergency control handle,
- a locking unit with an intermediate drive shaft,
- a girt bar with linkage guides,
- a safety pin.

(1) Emergency Control Handle

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 018)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 018A)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 019)

**ON A/C ALL

The emergency control handle controls the operation of the release

mechanism. It has two positions:
- DISARMED (for normal operation of the door),
- ARMED (for emergency operation of the door).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 31
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism
R Figure 016A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-00

Page 32
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 017


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 33
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Emergency Control Handle and Locking Unit on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
R Figure 018

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 34
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Emergency Control Handle and Locking Unit
R Figure 018A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-00

Page 35
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Emergency Control Handle and Locking Unit on Door Serial No. 2167 and
subsequent
R Figure 019


R EFF :

001-099, 101-149, 

52-22-00 Page 36
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 A cam and cam disk connect the emergency control handle with the
external control handle of the emergency exit door (3L/3R). When a
person operates the external control handle (with the emergency
control handle in the ARMED position) the cam returns the emergency
control handle to the DISARMED position.
A rod also connects the emergency control handle to the intermediate
drive shaft of the locking unit.

R (2) Locking Unit with Intermediate Drive Shaft

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 018)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 018A)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 019)

**ON A/C ALL

The locking unit connects the release mechanism with the lifting
shaft of the door locking mechanism. When the emergency control
handle is in the DISARMED position (and the emergency exit door
(3L/3R) is open) the locking unit blocks the release mechanism. When
the emergency control handle is in the ARMED position the release
mechanism can operate.
A safety spring is installed between the intermediate drive shaft and
the door structure. The spring holds the release mechanism in the
ARMED or DISARMED position.
R A proximity switch monitors the position of the emergency control
R handle. A target, which is attached to the intermediate drive shaft,
moves to or away from a proximity sensor. The sensor is attached to a
mounting bracket on the door structure.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 37
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (3) Girt Bar with Linkage Guides

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 020)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 020A)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 021)

**ON A/C ALL

The emergency escape slide (which is kept in a container at the lower

part of the door) is attached to the girt bar. The girt bar locks the
emergency escape slide to the door (DISARMED) or to the cabin floor
(ARMED).
Rods and bellcranks connect the locking unit with two linkage guides.
The linkage guides are attached to the lower part of the door
structure. Each linkage guide has a lock jaw which holds the girt bar
when the release mechanism is disarmed. There are two sliders on each
end of the girt bar. They lock it to the locking fittings on the
cabin floor when the release mechanism is armed.

(4) Safety Pin

R (Ref. Fig. 001)
The safety pin keeps the emergency control handle in the DISARMED
R position. It is installed in the door structure and is put in
R position after every flight. The safety pin stops the accidental
R movement of the emergency control handle from the DISARMED to the
ARMED position.

5. Operation
_________

A. Opening of the Door (3L/3R) from the Passenger Compartment in Armed Mode

NOTE : If there is residual pressure in the cabin, a red warning light

____
(installed in the door window) will flash. If this occurs you must
not open the door.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 38
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Girt Bar on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
R Figure 020


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 39
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Girt Bar
R Figure 020A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-00

Page 40
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Girt Bar on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
Figure 021


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 41
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 You can open the emergency exit door (3L/3R) manually from inside and
outside the aircraft. The door is operated normally when the emergency
control handle is in the DISARMED position (so that the release mechanism
does not operate).
When the internal or the external control handle is operated the gear-box
transmits the movement to the other components of the locking mechanism.
The external control handle does not move when the internal control
handle is operated.
The two spring units leave the overcenter position and allow the locking
shaft to turn. As the locking shaft turns it lowers the locking hook
until it moves clear of the door-frame lock fitting.
The indication plate (on the lever assembly of the locking shaft) shows
that the emergency exit door (3L/3R) is unlocked.
Simultaneously, the two proximity switches send a (door open) signal to
the DSCS.
The locking shaft also lowers the guide arm lining to permit the movement
of the guide arm.
Rods and bellcranks transmit the movement of the internal and external
control handle from the gear-box to the lifting shaft. The lifting arms
of the lifting shaft (which support the door (3L/3R) in roller fittings
attached to the door frame) move the emergency exit door (3L/3R) a small
distance into the cabin and then upwards. The rod which connects the
lifting shaft with the support arm helps to lift the emergency exit door
(3L/3R).
As the lifting shaft turns, it compresses the spring of the locking unit
and the pawl engages with the notched sleeve. The emergency control
handle is then locked in the DISARMED position.
The two tension springs (attached to the lifting shaft) help to lift the
emergency exit door (3L/3R). They decrease the force necessary to operate
the internal and the external control handles.
As the emergency exit door (3L/3R) is lifted and moved out, the guide
roller of the lowering shaft moves clear of the lowering stop. The spring
causes the lowering shaft to turn. The safety catch then engages with the
stop lever of the gear-box. The gear-box is thus blocked and the door is
kept in the lifted position.
The door (3L/3R) is fully lifted when:
- the door stop fittings are clear of the door-frame stop fittings,
- the lifting arms are clear of door-frame roller fittings,
- the guide roller of the lowering shaft is clear of the lowering stop.
It is only possible to push the emergency exit door (3L/3R) open when it
is fully lifted. The door then moves parallel to the fuselage.
The door buffer, which is attached to the support arm, prevents
structural damage to the emergency exit door (3L/3R) or the fuselage.
The damper cylinder controls the speed with which the emergency exit door
(3L/3R) moves. Hydraulic fluid is forced through a restrictor in the
hydraulic damper as the operating rod extends.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 42
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 When the emergency exit door (3L/3R) is fully open, the door stay
mechanism in the support arm locks it to the door frame and holds it
open. The hook of the door stay mechanism engages with a pin on the lower
attachment fitting of the support arm. A tension spring keeps the hook
engaged.

B. Closing the Emergency Exit Door (3L/3R)

When the emergency exit door (3L/3R) is fully open you push the
pushbutton of the door stay mechanism (on the support arm). This
disengages the hook of the door stay mechanism from the pin and permits
the movement of the emergency exit door (3L/3R). The damper cylinder
controls the speed with which the door moves.
As the door closes the guide roller of the lowering shaft contacts the
lowering stop of the door frame. This causes the lowering shaft to turn
(against the tension from the spring) and lift the safety catch clear of
the stop lever. You can then lower the emergency exit door (3L/3R).
The lifting arms of the lifting shaft engage with the roller fittings of
the door frame.
When the internal or the external control handle is lowered, movement is
transmitted to the gear-box. The gear-box causes the lifting shaft to
turn. The lifting arms lower the door so that the door stop fittings
engage with the door-frame stop fittings.
The pawl of the locking unit disengages from the notched sleeve and
unlocks the emergency handle of the escape slide. You can then move the
emergency handle to the ARMED position.
The locking shaft turns when the emergency door is closed and causes the
operation of the two proximity switches. The switches send a (door
closed) signal to the DSCS.
The locking hook lifts to engage with the lock fitting of the door frame.
The two spring units move overcenter and keep the locking mechanism in
the locked position. The indication plate (on the lever assembly of the
locking shaft) shows that the emergency exit door (3L/3R) is locked.
The locking shaft also lifts the guide arm lining so that it is in line
with the cabin lining.
When the emergency exit door (3L/3R) is closed and locked, you must move
the emergency handle to the ARMED position.
Rods and bellcranks transmit the movement of the emergency handle to the
linkage guides. They move the sliders (which are attached to the two ends
of the girt bar) to the end of the locking fittings on the cabin floor,
where they engage. The lock jaws release the girt bar, which they hold
during normal operation of the emergency exit door (3L/3R).
When the emergency handle is moved from the DISARMED to the ARMED
position, the target (of the proximity switch) moves away from the
sensor. This sends a SLIDE ARMED signal to the DSCS which then gives the
necessary warnings.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 43
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 C. Operation (Emergency Mode)

(1) Opening the Emergency Exit Door (3L/3R) from inside

For an emergency operation of the emergency exit door (3L/3R), the
emergency handle is in the ARMED position (so that the release
mechanism can operate). Initial movement of the internal control
handle opens the door. The emergency operation cylinder then pushes
the door to the fully open position and releases the emergency escape
facility.
It can do this automatically in winds of up to 25 knots. In winds
above 25 knots additional manual help is necessary to open the
emergency exit door (3L/3R).
During emergency operation the damper cylinder has the function of an
actuator. Rods and bellcranks transmit the movement of the lifting
shaft to the stop lever, which operates the release lever of the
damper cylinder. If the safety pin (of the damper cylinder) is not in
position, the release lever operates the percussion mechanism. The
gas in the gas cylinder then expands into the damper cylinder. The
operating rod is forced to extend and thus helps to push the door
open.
As the emergency exit door (3L/3R) opens, the escape facility (which
is attached to the girt bar) is released and inflated automatically
(Ref. 25-62-00).
When the door is fully open, the pressure in the damper cylinder
decreases so that it is possible (after approximately 3 seconds) to
close the door manually.

(2) Opening the Emergency Exit Door (3L/3R) from Outside

Operation of the external control handle automatically moves the
emergency handle from the ARMED to the DISARMED position. The cam and
cam disk, which connect the emergency handle with the external
control handle, move the emergency handle to the DISARMED position.
The target of the proximity switch moves to the sensor. This sends a
SLIDE DISARMED signal to the DSCS which stops the necessary warnings.

(3) Closing the Emergency Exit Door (3L/3R)

After an emergency operation of the emergency exit door (3L/3R), it
is necessary to remove the inflated emergency escape facility (Ref.
25-62-00). It is then possible to close the door manually. The
procedure is the same as in normal operation of the door.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 44
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT EMERGENCY EXIT - SERVICING
________________________________________________

TASK 52-22-00-600-801

Discharging/Charging of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder (Door

3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific extension adapter with an union, dia. 0.30 inch and
32 threads per inch.
R No specific filling system (Dry air or Nitrogen) equipped with a
R pressure gage
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
98F52107520000 1 WRENCH - EMERGENCY EXIT DOOR DAMPER

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-22-00-991-012-A Fig. 301


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 301
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-00-861-052

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-22-00-010-062

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-22-00-865-054

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-22-00-010-063

D. Get Access

(1) Open the emergency exit door (referred to as door) (Ref. TASK 52-20-
00-010-801) to get access to the door damper and emergency operation
cylinder (referred to as cylinder):
- FOR 360RH5
open the door 834
- FOR 360RH6
open the door 844

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 302
Jan 01/05
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

R
R (Ref. Fig. 301/TASK 52-22-00-991-012-A)
R

Subtask 52-22-00-614-050

A. Discharging of the Cylinder

WARNING : DO NOT LET HIGH PRESSURE GAS TOUCH YOUR SKIN. GAS BUBBLES IN
_______
YOUR BLOOD CAN KILL YOU.

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED TORQUE TO THE NUT OF THE
_______
FILLING VALVE.
OVERTORQUE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE VALVE, AND WILL THUS CAUSE
LEAKAGE OF NITROGEN FROM THE CYLINDER.

(1) Remove the blanking cap (3) from the filling valve (1).

(2) Put the WRENCH - EMERGENCY EXIT DOOR DAMPER (98F52107520000) in

position to the filling valve nut (2).

(3) Slowly loosen the filling valve nut (2) to decrease the pressure in
the cylinder as required.

(4) TORQUE the filling valve nut (2) to 1.0 m.daN (88.49 lbf.in) when the
pressure gage shows the correct pressure.

NOTE : When the pressure is decreased to zero, you can tighten the
____
filling valve nut (2) with your hand.

(5) Remove the WRENCH - EMERGENCY EXIT DOOR DAMPER from the filling valve
nut (2).

(6) Install the blanking cap (3) on the filling valve (1).
R


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 303
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Charging/Discharging of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
R Figure 301/TASK 52-22-00-991-012-A

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 304
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-00-614-051-A

B. Charging of the Cylinder

WARNING : DO NOT LET HIGH PRESSURE GAS TOUCH YOUR SKIN. GAS BUBBLES IN
_______
YOUR BLOOD CAN KILL YOU.

WARNING : DO NOT FILL THE DOOR-DAMPER AND EMERGENCY-OPERATION CYLINDER TO

_______
A PRESSURE OF MORE THAN 123 BAR (1783 PSI). TOO MUCH PRESSURE
WHEN YOU FILL THE CYLINDER CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED TORQUE TO THE NUT OF THE
_______
FILLING VALVE.
OVERTORQUE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE VALVE, AND WILL THUS CAUSE
LEAKAGE OF NITROGEN FROM THE CYLINDER.

(1) Remove the blanking cap (3) from the filling valve (1).

R (2) Connect a filling system (Dry air or Nitrogen) equipped with a

R pressure gage to the filling valve (1) as follows:

(a) Install the extension adapter with an union, dia. 0.30 inch and
32 threads per inch. to the filling valve (1).

(3) Loosen the filling valve nut (2) with the WRENCH - EMERGENCY EXIT
DOOR DAMPER (98F52107520000) to open the filling valve (1).

(a) Connect the extension adapter to the filling system.

(4) Fill the cylinder with the correct pressure as follows:

(a) Carefully open the control valve of the filling system and close
it when the pressure gage shows 55 bar (797.7073 psi).

(b) After 3 sec. open the control valve again and close it when the
pressure gage shows 83 bar (1203.8129 psi).

(c) After 3 sec. open the control valve again and close it when the
pressure gage shows 123 bar (1783.9637 psi).

NOTE : The cylinder is correctly pressurized when the pointer of

____
the pressure gage is in the green area (121 bar (1754.9561
psi) and 125 bar (1812.9712 psi)).

(d) Tighten the filling valve nut (2) with your hand.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 305
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (5) Remove the extension adapter from the filling valve (1) when the
pointer of the pressure gage is in the green area and stable.

(6) TORQUE the filling valve nut (2) to 1.0 m.daN (88.49 lbf.in) with the
WRENCH - EMERGENCY EXIT DOOR DAMPER (98F52107520000).

(7) Install the blanking cap (3) from the filling valve (1).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-00-865-055

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-22-00-410-061

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-
00-860-802).

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT YOU TURN THE RELEASE LEVER BACK TO THE
_______
DISARMED POSITION.
IF YOU DO NOT, THE ESCAPE-SLIDE RELEASE SYSTEM STAYS ON. IF
YOU THEN CONNECT AN INFLATION RESERVOIR TO THE SYSTEM, THE
INFLATION RESERVOIR WILL IMMEDIATELY OPERATE. THIS CAN
CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND/OR DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT.

(3) Make sure that the applicable door is closed (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-
801).

(4) Make sure that the access door 811 is closed.

(5) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-22-00-862-051

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 306
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT EMERGENCY EXIT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________________________________

TASK 52-22-00-820-801

Adjustment of the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

NOTE : The adjustment/test procedure must only be done after maintenance

____
work when it is necessary to do door rigging, e.g. replacement of
components or malfunction of the door.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific feeler gage
No specific spring balance
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE
98D52003002000 1 TOOL - COVER PLATE PRE-CRUSHING

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116

R Material No. 05-027
R Material No. 09-013
Material No. 16-001
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
C Z-16.127
CORROSION INHIBITING BRUSH CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 501
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536

POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2 lockwasher 52-22-31 01 -030

4 cotter pin 52-22-04 03 -200
8 cotter pin 52-22-12 03 -060
9 cotter pin 52-22-04 03 -200
19 washers 52-22-04 04 -100
21 cotter pin 52-22-04 04 -070

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-11-28-650-803 Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control from the Panel

990VU
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
28-25-00-650-801 Pressure Defuel Procedure
52-20-00-080-801 Removal of the Ballast Weight from the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-480-801 Installation of the Ballast Weight at the Emergency
Exit Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 502
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-00-720-802 Functional Test of the Emergency Exit Door (Door

3L/3R)
52-22-21-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism of the
Emergency Exit Doors (Door 3L/3R) (for corrective
action)
52-22-00-991-001 Fig. 501
52-22-00-991-002 Fig. 502
52-22-00-991-003 Fig. 503
52-22-00-991-004 Fig. 504
52-22-00-991-005 Fig. 505
52-22-00-991-006 Fig. 506
52-22-00-991-007 Fig. 507

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-00-991-008 Fig. 508

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-00-991-008-A Fig. 508A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-00-991-017 Fig. 509

**ON A/C ALL

52-22-00-991-009 Fig. 510

52-22-00-991-019 Fig. 511

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-00-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 503
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-00-860-052

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the trim tank is without fuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-650-
801).

Subtask 52-22-00-010-055

C. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-22-00-865-050

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

R Subtask 52-22-00-860-054

R E. Install the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-480-801).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-22-00-820-050

A. Door Adjustment at the Support Arm Connection Links

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-22-00-991-001, 502/TASK 52-22-00-991-002)

(1) Slowly close the door and make sure that the lifting shaft rollers
(10) engage in the center of the roller fittings (9).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 504
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Adjustment at the Support Arm Connection Links
Figure 501/TASK 52-22-00-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 505
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Vertical Clearances between the Door and the Fuselage
Figure 502/TASK 52-22-00-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 506
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (2) If the offset is more than 0.80 mm (0.0314 in.), adjust as follows.

(a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the nuts (12) and (14).

(b) Adjust the length of the rod (13) (between the lifting shaft (11)
and the lower connection link) until the offset is in the given
limits.

(c) If the adjustment of the rod (13) does not give the correct
offset, change the adjustment washers in the upper and/or lower
connection link.

1
_ Install the hoisting sling to the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-
940-801).

2
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (4).

3
_ Remove the nuts (5), the washers (6), the bolts (8) and the
washers (7).

4
_ Disconnect the guide arms (1) and remove the bush (3).

5
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (21).

6
_ Remove the nut (20) and the washer (17).

7
_ Carefully remove the bolt (16) and the washers (17), (18) and
(19).

8
_ Replace the adjustment washers (19) with new washers (19) of a
different thickness.

9
_ Install the washers (19), (18) and (17) and the bolt (16).

NOTE : Make sure that the clearance
a
is max. 0.5 mm (0.0196
____
in.).

10
__ Install the washer (17) and the nut (20).

11
__ TORQUE the nut (20) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

12
__ Safety the nut (20) with a new cotter pin (21).

NOTE : If necessary do the same adjustment again at the lower

____
connection link.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 507
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 13
__ Install the bush (3).

14
__ Put the guide arms (1) in position and install the washers
(7), the bolts (8), the washers (6) and the nuts (5).

15
__ TORQUE the nuts (5) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

16
__ Safety the nuts (5) with the new cotter pin (4).

17
__ Remove the hoisting sling (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-940-801).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (12) and (14) to between 0.6 and 0.7 m.daN (53.09
and 61.94 lbf.in).

(e) Safety the nuts (12) and (14) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).

(3) Close the door and make sure that the clearances
b
and
d
are
correct.
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-22-00-991-002)

NOTE : Make sure that a minimum clearance of 0.20 mm (0.0078 in.) is

____
between all stop screws and stop fittings during door
lowering.

(a) The clearances
b
between the door beams 1 and 6 and the fwd and
aft fuselage frames (FR53.5A) and (FR53.7A) is 70 +1.5 -1.5 mm
(2.7559 +0.0590 -0.0590 in.).

(b) The clearance
d
between the door skin and the fuselage skin is
4.0 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0590 in.).

(4) If necessary do the adjustment of the washers (19) (at the

support-arm connection links) again.

Subtask 52-22-00-820-051

B. Adjustment of the Upper and Lower Guide Arm

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-22-00-991-003, 504/TASK 52-22-00-991-004)

(1) Open the door and remove the lower guide arm (7).

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (9).

(b) Remove the nut (10), the washer (11), the bolt (14) and the
washer (13).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 508
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Upper and Lower Guide Arm Adjustment
Figure 503/TASK 52-22-00-991-003


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 509
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Emergency Exit Door Adjustment Position
Figure 504/TASK 52-22-00-991-004


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 510
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (c) Disconnect the lower guide arm (7) and remove the bush (8).

(2) Move the door until it is approximately 80.0 mm (3.1496 in.) away
from the fuselage skin.

(3) Make sure that the dimension
a
between the fuselage and the fwd and
aft edges of the door is 80 +2 -2 mm (3.1496 +0.0787 -0.0787 in.).

NOTE : Measure the dimension
a
at the approximate horizontal center

____
line of the door.

(4) If the dimension
a
is not in the given limits, adjust as follows.

(a) Loosen the nuts (1) of the upper guide-arm fitting (2) (fuselage
side).

(b) Move the guide arm fitting (2) on the serrated plates (5) and (6)
until the dimension
a
is correct.

(c) TORQUE the nuts (1) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(5) Move the door until it is approximately 80.0 mm (3.1496 in.) away
from the fuselage skin.

(6) Install the lower guide arm (7) to the door attach fitting (12).

(a) Install the bush (8).

(b) Put the guide arm (7) in position and install the washer (13),
the bolt (14), the washer (11) and the nut (10).

NOTE : Make sure that you can install the bolt (14) smoothly.
____

(c) If you cannot install the bolt (14) smoothly, adjust as follows.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3) of the lower guide-arm fitting (4)
(fuselage side).

2
_ Move the guide arm fitting (4) on the serrated plates (5) and
(6) until you can install the bolt (14) smoothly.

3
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 511
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (e) Safety the nuts (10) with the new cotter pin (9).

Subtask 52-22-00-820-052

C. Adjustment of the Stop Fittings and the Upper and Lower Guide Fittings
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-22-00-991-005)

NOTE : Deviation to the reference door stop rigging values is acceptable

____
on in-service aircraft, as they can fluctuate from initial value
due to temperatur and loading of aircraft.

(1) Close the door and make sure that the door stop fittings (1) touch
the fuselage stop fittings (5). If less than two stop fittings (1)
and (5) on each side do not touch, continue as follows.

NOTE : Make sure that a minimum clearance of 0.20 mm (0.0078 in.) is

____
between all stop screws and stop fittings during door
lowering.

(a) Open the door and identify the related position of the serrations
on the plates (8) and (9) and the upper and lower guide fittings
(6) and (14).

(b) Loosen the nuts (10) and move the guide fittings (6) and (14)
outboard on the serrated plates (8) and (9) until a minimum of
two stop fittings on each side touch.

(c) Set the clearance
e
of min. 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and max. 0.6 mm
(0.0236 in.) between the roller (12) and the guide fitting (14).
Use a feeler gage.

(d) Set the clearance
e
of min. 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) between the
rollers (7) and the guide fittings (6). Use a feeler gage.

(e) Lightly tighten the nuts (10).

(2) Close the door and make sure that:

R - minimum two stop bolts (4) on each side touch the stop fittings
R (5),
- the stop bolts (4) which do not touch the stop fittings (5), have a
clearance
a
(see detail
A
) of max. 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

(3) If less than two stop bolts on each side do not touch the stop
fittings and/or the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust as follows.

(a) Open the door.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 512
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (b) Release the lockwashers (2).

(c) Remove the nuts (3) and the lockwashers (2). Discard the
lockwashers (2).

(d) Close the door.

(e) Turn the stop bolts (4) until they touch the related stop
fittings (5).

(f) Turn the other stop bolts (4) to give the clearance
a
.

(g) Make sure that the offset of the door to the fuselage is:
- at the fwd edge (section F-F) 0 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0590 -
0.0590 in.),
- at the aft edge (section E-E) 0 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0590 -
0.0590 in.).

NOTE : If necessary, adjust the stop bolts until the offset is

____
correct.

(h) Make sure that the dimension
c
(see detail
C
) is max. 6.0 mm
(0.2362 in.).

NOTE : If the dimension
c
is not correct, turn all of the stop
____
bolts to the initial dimension
b
and do the adjustment
again.

(i) Install a new lockwasher (2).

(j) Install the nuts (3).

(k) TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 2 and 2.2 m.daN (14.74 and 16.22
lbf.ft).

(l) Safety the nuts (3) with the lockwashers (2).

(4) Make sure that:

- the offset of the stop bolts to the stop fittings is 0 +1.0 -1.0 mm
(0.0000 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.) (see detail
B
),
- there is a clearance of 2.9 +3.9 -1.6 mm (0.1141 +0.1535 -0.0629
in.) between the bottom of the door and the scuff plate (see detail

D
).

NOTE : If necessary adjust the
door closed position
of the door

____
locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-22-21-820-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 513
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Stop and Guide Fittings
Figure 505/TASK 52-22-00-991-005- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 514
Apr 01/94
R  
THY 
 Stop and Guide Fittings
Figure 505/TASK 52-22-00-991-005- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 515
Apr 01/94
R  
THY 
 (5) Open the door and TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN
(39.82 and 44.24 lbf.in).

(6) Make sure that:

- there is a clearance of min. 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) between the stop
bolts (4) (of the door stop fittings (1) and the fuselage stop
fittings (5) (as the stop fittings start to overlap when you close
the door),
- the clearances
e
are correct.

(a) If necessary, do the adjustment of the stop fittings again.

(7) Make sure that the rollers (7) and (13) engage smoothly in the guide
fittings (6) and (14). If necessary adjust as follows.

(a) Open the door and remove the stop (11) and the adjustment washers
(12) from the upper guide fittings (14).

(b) Install the stop (11) (without the adjustment washers).

(c) Put the door in the
high closed
position.

(d) Loosen the nuts (10) of the upper and lower guide fittings (6)
and (14).

(e) Move the guide fittings on the serrated plates until the
clearance
f
is min. 0.20 mm (0.0078 in.).

NOTE : Prevent movement of the guide fittings in the

____
inboard/outboard direction.

(f) Lightly tighten the nuts (10) and open the door.

(g) TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(h) Close the door and measure the clearance
g
between the stops
(11) and the rollers (13). Use a feeler gage.

(i) Open the door and remove the stops (11).

(j) Install the stops (11) with the adjustment washers (12) of the
correct thickness to give a clearance
g
of max. 0.2 mm (0.0078
in.).

(k) TORQUE the nut of the stops (11) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN
(39.82 and 44.24 lbf.in).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 516
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (8) Close the door and make sure that the clearance
d
(between the
rollers (7) and the lower guide fittings (6)) is max. 4.5 mm (0.1771
in.). If necessary adjust as follows.

(a) Open the door and loosen the nuts (10) of the lower guide
fittings (6).

(b) Close the door and move the guide fittings (6) on the serrated
plates until the clearance
d
is correct.

NOTE : 1. Identify the related position of the serrations on the

____
plates (8) and (9) and the guide fittings (6) before you
do the adjustment.

2. Prevent movement of the guide fittings in the

inboard/outboard direction during the adjustment.

(c) If the clearance
e
is not in the given limit, decrease the
clearance
d
until the clearance
e
is correct.

(d) Lightly tighten the nuts (10) and open the door.

(e) TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

Subtask 52-22-00-820-053

D. Adjustment of the Door Latches

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-22-00-991-006)

(1) Close the door and make sure that the clearances
a
and
b
(between
the door latches (7) and the rollers (8)) are between 0.1 mm (0.0039
in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.). Use a feeler gage.

(2) If the clearance
b
is not correct, adjust as follows.

(a) Remove the lockwire from the nuts (2) and (6).

(b) Loosen the nuts (2) and (6).

(c) Adjust the rod (5) until the clearance
b
is correct.

(d) Tighten the nuts (2) and (6).

(e) Safety the nuts (2) and (6) with the MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 517
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Door Latches
Figure 506/TASK 52-22-00-991-006


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 518
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (3) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust as follows.

(a) Open the door and loosen the nuts (11).

(b) Close the door and move the latch fittings (1) on the serrated
plates (9) and (10) until the clearance
a
is correct.

(c) Lightly tighten the nuts (11).

(d) Open the door and TORQUE the nuts (11) to between 0.45 and 0.5
m.daN (39.82 and 44.24 lbf.in).

Subtask 52-22-00-820-054

E. Adjustment of the Girt Bar Fittings

(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 52-22-00-991-007)

(1) Close the door.

(2) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) from the emergency
control handle (7).

(3) Operate the emergency control handle (7) (move it from the
DISARMED

to the
ARMED
position and then back to the
DISARMED
position) and
make sure that the force necessary to move it in each direction is
max. 10 daN (22.4808 lbf). Use a spring balance.

(4) If the force measured is more than 10 daN (22.4808 lbf), adjust as
follows.

(a) Put the emergency control handle (7) to the neutral position
(between
ARMED
and
DISARMED
).

(b) Move the slider (2) in the jaw (1) until the clearances
a
are
equal.

(c) Put the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

(d) Open the door.

(e) Loosen the bolts (8) and move the girt bar fitting (3) on the
serrated plate (4) until the clearances
b
are equal.

(f) TORQUE the bolts (8) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 519
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
R Girt Bar Fittings
Figure 507/TASK 52-22-00-991-007


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 520
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 (g) Do the adjustment of the clearances
a
again and then make sure
that the clearances
b
are correct.

(h) Close the door and put the emergency control handle to the

ARMED
position.

(i) Push back the sliders (2) until they touch face
c
of the
linkage guide (5).

(j) Make sure that the clearance
d
(between the sliders (2) and the
stops (6)) is between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.8 mm (0.0314
in.).

(k) If the clearance
d
is not in the given limit:

1
_ Put the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position
and open the door.

2
_ Loosen the bolts (8) until you can move the girt bar fitting
(3) in the fwd/aft direction only.

NOTE : Do not change the position of the girt bar fitting (3)
____
on the serrated plate (4).

3
_ Move the fwd girt bar fitting to its most fwd position and the
aft girt bar fitting to its most aft position.

4
_ Close the door and put the emergency control handle to the

ARMED
position.

5
_ Push back the sliders (2) until they touch face
c
of the
linkage guide (5).

6
_ Put the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position
and open the door.

7
_ TORQUE the bolts (8) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(l) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) around the girt
bar fittings (3) and the heads of the bolts (8).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 521
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-22-00-820-055

F. Adjustment of the Lowering Stop and Torsion Springs

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2001 to 2166

____

(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 52-22-00-991-008, 509/TASK 52-22-00-991-017)

(1) Adjustment of the lowering stop.

(a) Lift the door and then lower it again.

(b) During the lowering procedure, make sure that the clearance
a

between the hook (4) and the roller (5) (on the gearbox) is min.
1.0 mm (0.0393 in.).

(c) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust the lowering stop (2)
in the outboard direction.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3).

2
_ Move the lowering stop (2) outboard on the serrated plate (1).

3
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and make sure that the clearance
a
is
correct.

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(d) Lift the door and move it to the open position.

(e) Make sure that the hook (4) engages with the roller (5) before
the door disengages from the guide fittings. If necessary, adjust
the lowering stop (2) in the inboard direction.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3).

2
_ Move the lowering stop (2) inboard on the serrated plate (1).

3
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and make sure that the hook engages
correctly.

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 522
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Lowering Stop and Torsion Spring on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 508/TASK 52-22-00-991-008

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 523
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Lowering Stop and Torsion Bar
Figure 508A/TASK 52-22-00-991-008-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-00

Page 524
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
 Lowering Stop and Torsion Bar on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 509/TASK 52-22-00-991-017

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 525
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
 (2) Adjustment of the torsion springs.

(a) Operate the interior control handle (use a spring balance) and
make sure that:
- the force necessary to lift the door is not more than 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf),
- the force necessary to lower the door is not more than 18 daN
(40.4656 lbf).

(b) If the forces are not correct:

- remove the lockwire from the tension bolts (6),
- turn the tension bolts (6) to adjust the tension springs (8).

NOTE : To increase the force you turn the tension bolt clockwise,
____
to decrease the force you turn it counterclockwise.

(c) If the forces are still not correct, adjust the washers (7).

NOTE : Do the adjustment for one spring at a time and after each
____
adjustment do a check of the force necessary to lift and
lower the door.

1
_ Remove the tension bolt (6), the collar (8) and the bush (9).

2
_ Adjust the washers (7) as necessary.

3
_ Install the bush (9), the collar (8) and the tension bolt (6).

4
_ Safety the tension bolt (6) with the MISCELLANEOUS (Material
No. 19-010).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-22-00-820-055-A

F. Adjustment of the Lowering Stop and Torsion Bar Spring

(Ref. Fig. 508A/TASK 52-22-00-991-008-A)

(1) Adjustment of the lowering stop.

(a) Lift the door and then lower it again.

(b) During the lowering procedure, make sure that the clearance
a

between the hook (4) and the roller (5) (on the gearbox) is min.
1.0 mm (0.0393 in.).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 526
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (c) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust the lowering stop (2)
in the outboard direction.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3).

2
_ Move the lowering stop (2) outboard on the serrated plate (1).

3
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and make sure that the clearance
a
is
correct.

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(d) Lift the door and move it to the open position.

(e) Make sure that the hook (4) engages with the roller (5) before
the door disengages from the guide fittings. If necessary, adjust
the lowering stop (2) in the inboard direction.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3).

2
_ Move the lowering stop (2) inboard on the serrated plate (1).

3
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and make sure that the hook engages
correctly.

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

5
_ Make sure that the clearance
b
is max. 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).

(2) Adjustment of the torsion bar spring.

(a) Operate the interior control handle and make sure that the force
necessary to lift and lower the door is not more than 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf). Use a spring balance.

NOTE : The difference permitted in the forces necessary to lift

____
and lower the door is 3 daN (6.7442 lbf).

(b) If the forces are not correct, adjust the tension bolt (8).

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the tension bolt (8).

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-00

Page 527
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 2
_ Turn the tension bolt (8) to adjust the force.

NOTE : To increase the force you turn the tension bolt

____
clockwise, to decrease the force you turn it
counterclockwise.

3
_ Safety the tension bolt (8) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010) (7).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-22-00-820-058

G. Adjustment of the Lowering Stop and Torsion Bar Spring

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
subsequent

(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 52-22-00-991-017)

(1) Adjustment of the lowering stop.

(a) Lift the door and then lower it again.

(b) During the lowering procedure, make sure that the clearance
a

between the hook (4) and the roller (5) (on the gearbox) is min.
1.0 mm (0.0393 in.).

(c) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust the lowering stop (2)
in the outboard direction.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (3).

2
_ Move the lowering stop (2) outboard on the serrated plate (1).

3
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and make sure that the clearance
a
is
correct.

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(d) Lift the door and move it to the open position.

(e) Make sure that the hook (4) engages with the roller (5) before
the door disengages from the guide fittings. If necessary, adjust
the lowering stop (2) in the inboard direction.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 528
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 1
_ Loosen the nuts (3).

2
_ Move the lowering stop (2) inboard on the serrated plate (1).

3
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and make sure that the hook engages
correctly.

4
_ TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

5
_ Make sure that the clearance
b
is max. 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).

(2) Adjustment of the torsion bar spring.

(a) Operate the interior control handle and make sure that the force
necessary to lift and lower the door is not more than 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf). Use a spring balance.

NOTE : The difference permitted in the forces necessary to lift

____
and lower the door is 3 daN (6.7442 lbf).

(b) If the forces are not correct, adjust the tension bolt (8).

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the tension bolt (8).

2
_ Turn the tension bolt (8) to adjust the force.

NOTE : To increase the force you turn the tension bolt

____
clockwise, to decrease the force you turn it
counterclockwise.

3
_ Safety the tension bolt (8) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010) (7).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-22-00-820-056

R H. Adjustment of the Door Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 510/TASK 52-22-00-991-009)

R (1) Open the door against the fuselage and make sure that:
R - the door stay mechanism locks the door in the open position
R - the locking hook (20) touches the locking roller (21)
R - the clearance between the door buffer (15) and the fuselage skin is
R between 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.) and 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 529
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Door Buffer and Door Stay Mechanism
R Figure 510/TASK 52-22-00-991-009- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 530
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Door Buffer and Door Stay Mechanism
R Figure 510/TASK 52-22-00-991-009- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 531
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (2) If necessary, adjust the washers (4) and (5) in the door buffer.

R (a) Move the door away from the fuselage.

R (b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (8).

R (c) Remove the nut (7), the washer (9) and the spherical cup (6).

R (d) Remove the bolt (1), the washer (2), the door buffer (15) and the
R spherical cup (14).

R (e) Remove the guide bush (3) and the washers (13) and (4).

R (f) Remove the guide bush (10) and the washers (11) and (5).

R (g) Adjust the washers (4) and (5).

R (h) Install the washers (5) and (11) and the guide bush (10).

R (i) Install the washers (4) and (13) and the guide bush (3).

R (j) Install the spherical cup (14), the door buffer (15), the washer
R (2) and the bolt (1).

R (k) Install the spherical cup (6), the washer (9) and the nut (7).

R (l) Open the door and make sure that the clearance between the door
R buffer (15) and the fuselage is correct. If necessary do the
R adjustment again.

R (m) TORQUE the nut (7) to between 0.88 and 0.98 m.daN (77.87 and
86.72 lbf.in).

R (n) Safety the nut (7) with a new cotter pin (8).
R

Subtask 52-22-00-820-060

J. Check of the Preload of the Cover Plate

(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 52-22-00-991-019)

(1) Measure the preload of the cover plate (2) as follows. Use the TOOL -
COVER PLATE PRE-CRUSHING (98D52003002000) (1).

(a) Open the door.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 532
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Cover Plate
R Figure 511/TASK 52-22-00-991-019


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 533
Jan 01/01
 
THY 
 (b) Put the tool (1) in position at points 1 to 9, measure the
distance
a
and write down.

(2) Close the door.

(a) Put the tool (1) in position at points 1 to 9, measure the

distance
b
and write down.

(3) Calculate the preload (
a
-
b
).

(a) Make sure that the preload is max. 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

(b) If the preload is not in the tolerance, correct the preload. To

do this manually bend the cover plate (2).

NOTE : Bend marks at the cover plate are permitted, if the

____
preload tolerance is correct.

Subtask 52-22-00-720-051

K. Do the functional test of the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
720-802).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-00-410-055

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

R (2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R (a) Apply a layer of the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and
R the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
R which attach components directly to the door structure.

R (b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
R bolts which are in the door mechanism.

R (c) Apply a layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to

R the installed components.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 534
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (3) Remove the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-080-801).

R (4) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-
R 00-860-802).

R (5) Close the access door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-801).

R (6) Remove the access platform(s).

R (7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
R standard tools and all other items.
R

Subtask 52-22-00-865-051

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-22-00-410-060

C. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

(1) Close the access door 811.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) If necessary, refuel the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-803).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 52-22-00-862-050

D. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 535
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 TASK 52-22-00-720-802

R Functional Test of the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific soft pencil
No specific spring balance
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-11-28-650-803 Pressure Refuel with Automatic Control from the Panel

990VU
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
25-62-00-860-801 Safety the Pack-Assembly
25-62-00-860-803 Arm the Pack-Assembly
28-25-00-650-801 Pressure Defuel Procedure
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-00-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 536
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-00-860-053

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the aircraft is:

- unloaded,
- without fuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-650-801).

Subtask 52-22-00-010-057

C. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-22-00-865-052

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-22-00-010-058

E. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the related door.

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

(3) Safety the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 537
Jan 01/01
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-22-00-720-052

R A. Functional Test of the Emergency Exit Door

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Attach a spring balance to the The force necessary to lift the door is
interior control handle and lift not more than 15 daN (33.7213 lbf).
the door.

2. Attach a spring balance to the The force necessary to lower the door
interior control handle and lower is not more than 18 daN (40.4656 lbf).
the door.

3. Put the door in the
high closed

position and move it out until
the guide rollers leave the guide
fittings.

Put a load on the interior The interior control handle is locked

control handle of 10 daN (22.4808 in the open position.
lbf).

4. With the door in the
high The emergency control handle is blocked
closed
position. in the
DISARMED
position.

5. Open the door to be clear of the

fuselage.

Turn the lowering shaft with your The door stays in the high position.
hand until it touches the
lowering stop.

6. Close and lock the door. The interior control handle stays in
the locked position.

7. Pull the interior control handle
until it is 14 mm (0.5511 in.)
away from the locked position. Do
the measurement at the handle
bar.
You can see the line which divides the
red and green areas of the locking
indicator.

8. Close and lock the door.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 538
Jan 01/03
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9. Make a horizontal line on the
door and the fuselage
approximately 180 mm (7.0866 in.)
from the lower edge of the door.
Use a soft pencil.

R 10. Operate the interior control The door is lifted a minimum of 33 mm

R handle and put the door in the (1.2992 in.).

high closed
position.

R 11. Lower the door and then operate The door is lifted a minimum of 33 mm
R the exterior control handle to (1.2992 in.).
put the door in the
high
closed
position.

12. Lift and lower the door again The lines you made on the door and
two times and then lock the fuselage are level to a limit of 0 +1 -
door. 1 mm (0.0000 +0.0393 -0.0393 in.).

13. Close the door and remove the

PIN - SAFETY SLIDE
(98A52107632000).

14. Put the emergency control handle The girt bar engages smoothly in the
to the
ARMED
position. girt bar fittings.

15. Slowly lift the door with the The emergency control handle moves to
exterior control handle. (and is locked in) the
DISARMED

position.

16. Lower and lock the door with the The exterior control handle is closed
exterior control handle. and level with the fuselage.

The handle flap is level with the

contour of the exterior control handle.

The interior control handle stays in

the locked position.

17. Lift the door with the exterior The exterior control handle moves
control handle and slowly lower quickly to the locked position.
it again with the interior
control handle.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 539
Jan 01/03
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
The locking indicator shows
LOCKED
.

18. Lift the door with the interior The interior control handle moves
control handle and slowly lower quickly to the locked position.
it again with the exterior
control handle.

The locking indicator shows
LOCKED
.

19. Attach a spring balance to the The force necessary is not more than 10
emergency control handle and daN (22.4808 lbf).
move it from the
ARMED
to the

DISARMED
position.

20. Move the emergency control The force necessary is not more than 10
handle from the
DISARMED
to daN (22.4808 lbf).
the
ARMED
position.

21. Install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

22. Unlock the door with the The door locking mechanism operates
interior control handle. smoothly.

23. Lift the door with the interior The lifting action of the door is
control handle. smooth.

24. Lower the door with the exterior The lowering action of the door is
control handle. smooth.

25. Lock the door with the exterior The locking mechanism operates
control handle. smoothly.

26. Attach the spring balance to the The force necessary to push the door
interior control handle and open open is not more than 15 daN (33.7213
the door. lbf).

The door stay mechanism is locked.

27. Unlock the door stay mechanism The force necessary to push the door to
and close and lock the door. the
high closed
position is not more
than 15 daN (33.7213 lbf).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 540
Jan 01/01
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
28. Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE
and put the emergency control
handle to the
ARMED
position.
29. Put the door in the
high
closed
position.
30. Lower and lock the door, put the
emergency control handle to the

DISARMED
position and install
the safety pin.
31. Lift the door and push it open.
32. Push the door closed.
33. Do a check of the vertical
clearance between the door and
the fuselage skin.
34. Do a check of the clearance
between the bottom of the door
and the scuff plate.
35. Do a visual check of:
- the external skin,
- the door buffer,
- the door seal,
- the guide rollers,
- the door and fuselage stop
fittings.






















































EFF :

ALL
R 
THY
RESULT
The dimension between the release lever
(of the door damper and emergency
operation cylinder) and the stop on the
door is 5 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.1968 +0.0196-
0.0196 in.).
The movement of the door is damped just
before the end of its travel.
The movement of the door is damped just
before the end of its travel.
The vertical clearance is 4.0 +1.5 -1.5
mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0590 in.).
The clearance is 2.9 +3.9 -1.6 mm
(0.1141 +0.1535 -0.0629 in.).
The result is:
- no damage,
- no signs of ageing,
- no damage,
- free movement,
- no damage or signs of wear.
 52-22-00

Page 541
Jan 01/01


 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-00-410-056

A. Close Access

(1) Arm the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-803).

(2) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-
00-860-802).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-22-00-865-053

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-22-00-860-051

C. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration

(1) Close the access door 811.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) If necessary, refuel the aircraft (Ref. TASK 12-11-28-650-803).

(4) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

(5) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 542
Jan 01/01
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-22-00-710-801

R Operational Check of Door Unlocking/Locking, Door Opening/Closing from Inside

R and the Outside and Door Latching in fully open Position (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 522200-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door

52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-00-010-050

A. Get access to the cabin

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-22-00-710-050

A. Operational Check of the Door Unlocking/Locking, the Door Opening/Closing

from the Inside and the Outside and Door Latching in fully open Position

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY
OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY
PIN INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) Open the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-010-801).

(2) Make sure that the unlocking, the opening and the latching of the
door in the open position is correct.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 543
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 (3) Close the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-801).

(4) Make sure that the unlatching, the closing and the locking of the
door is correct.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-00-410-050

A. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 544
Jan 01/01
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-22-00-710-802

Operational Test of Interlock Mechanism, Door Damping and Escape Slide

Release-Mechanism Disarming

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 522200-04

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door

52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-22-00-820-801 Adjustment of the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)
52-22-14-000-801 Removal of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder (360RH5,360RH6) from the Emergency Exit Door
(Door 3L/3R)
R 52-22-14-400-801 Installation of the Door Damper and Emergency
R Operation Cylinder (360RH5,360RH6) in the Emergency
R Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)
52-22-22-820-801 Adjustment of the Emergency Escape-Slide
Release-Mechanism of the Emergency Exit Door (Door
3L/3R)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 545
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-00-010-052

A. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the related door.

(2) Get access to the cabin.

(3) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-22-00-710-051

A. Operational Check of the Interlock Mechanism, Door Damping and the

R Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism Arming/Disarming

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY
OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY
PIN INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

R (1) Operational Test of the Interlock Mechanism

R (a) Move the control handle upward until the door lifts.

(b) Push the door outboard until it is free from the fuselage
opening.

R (c) Try to move the control handle down.

NOTE : The movement of the control handle is blocked and the door
____
does not lower.

R (d) If you can move the control handle down, adjust the lowering stop
R of the door mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-820-801).

R (e) Pull the door fully inboard and move the control handle door
R downward until the door lowers.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 546
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
R (2) Damping Check of the Door Damper and the Emergency Operation Cylinder

(a) Damping Check during the Opening Procedure

NOTE : You must wait a minimum of 5 minutes between the extension

____
R and the retraction to get a correct indication. This time
R is necessary for the door damper to return to its
R hydraulic balance condition.

R 1
_ Operate the control handle until the door lifts.

R 2
_ Push the door outboard until the door guide rollers are free
R from the fuselage guide fittings.

3
_ Move the door very quickly in the open direction and make sure
that a damping effect occurs.

R NOTE : The door moves with the same speed into its open
____
R position. Immediately before the door bumper touches
R the fuselage, the damping effect reduces the open speed
R almost to zero.

4
_ If a damping effect does not occur, make sure that the length
R of the door damper is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-22-14-
R 400-801).

R 5
_ If the length is correctly adjusted but the damping effect
R does not occur, replace the door damper (Ref. TASK 52-22-14-
000-801).

(b) Damping Check during the Closing Procedure

NOTE : You must wait a minimum of 5 minutes between the extension

____
and the retraction to get correct indication. This time is
necessary for the door damper to return to its hydraulic
balance condition.

1
_ Make sure that the door stay mechanism is released.

2
_ Move the door very quickly in the close direction and make
sure that a damping effect occurs.

R NOTE : The door moves with the same speed into its close
____
R position. Immediately before the door guide rollers
R engage with the fuselage guide fittings the damping
R effect reduces the close speed almost to zero.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 547
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 3
_ If a damping effect does not occur, make sure that the length
R of the door damper is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-22-14-
R 400-801).

R 4
_ If the length is correctly adjusted but the damping effect
R does not occur, replace the door damper (Ref. TASK 52-22-14-
R 000-801) (Ref. TASK 52-22-14-400-801).

(3) Arming/Disarming Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

(a) Make sure that the door is correctly closed and locked (Ref. TASK
52-20-00-410-801).

(b) Make sure that the sliders of the girt bar assembly fully engage
in the girt bar fittings on the floor panels.
R

R (c) If necessary, adjust the girt bar fittings (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
820-801).

R (d) Put the emergency control handle into the DISARMED position and
make sure that it moves freely.

R (e) Push the door outboard until it is free from the fuselage
opening.

R (f) Make sure that the sliders of the girt bar engage correctly with
the jaws of the girt bar assembly (Ref. TASK 52-22-22-820-801).

(4) Close the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-00-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-
00-860-802).

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 548
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 TASK 52-22-00-710-803

Operational Check of the Escape Slide Disarming when the Door is opened from
the Outside (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 522200-05

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-62-00-860-801 Safety the Pack-Assembly

25-62-00-860-803 Arm the Pack-Assembly
52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-00-010-053

A. Get Access

(1) Get access to the cabin.

(2) Do the special precautions before work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-
00-860-801).

(3) Safety the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 549
Jan 01/05
R  
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-22-00

Page 550
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 (4) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the
related door.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-22-00-710-052

A. Operational Check of the Escape Slide Disarming when the Door is opened
from the Outside

(1) Make sure that the door is closed and locked (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-
801).

(2) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) and put the emergency
control handle in the
ARMED
position.

(3) Slowly lift the external control handle and make sure that the
emergency control handle moves to the
DISARMED
position.

(4) Fully open the door and make sure that the girt bar is correctly
attached to the door.

(5) Close the door.

(6) Install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE with the emergency control handle in
the
DISARMED
position.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-00-410-053

A. Close Access

(1) Arm the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-803).

(2) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-
00-860-802).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 551
Jan 01/03
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-22-00-710-804

Operational Check to ensure that the Escape-Slide Arming Lever is locked in the
DISARMED Position when the Door is open (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 522200-06

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door

52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-00-010-054

A. Get access to the cabin


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 552
Jan 01/03
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-22-00-710-053

A. Operational Check to ensure that the Escape-Slide Arming Lever is locked

in the DISARMED Position when the Door is open

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY
OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY
PIN INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) Open the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-010-801).

(2) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) from the emergency
control handle.

(3) Try to move the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

NOTE : The locking unit should lock the emergency control handle in
____
the
DISARMED
position.

(4) Install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

(5) Close the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-00-410-054

A. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 553
Jan 01/03
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-22-00-720-801

Functional Check of the Locking Mechanism (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 522200-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN (48 LBF)

R 98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door

R 52-22-21-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism of the
R Emergency Exit Doors (Door 3L/3R) (for corrective
R action)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-00-010-051

A. Get access to the cabin

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-22-00-720-050

A. Functional Check of the Door Locking Mechanism (Type
1
Door)

R

(1) Make sure that the emergency exit door is closed (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-
410-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 554
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
R (2) Make sure that the emergency-escape slide-handle is in the DISARMED
R position and the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE is installed.

R (3) Attach a SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN (48 LBF) to the inner control handle.

R (4) Operate the interior control handle and make sure that:
R - the force necessary to lift the door is not more than 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf)
- the force necessary to lower the door is not more than 18 daN
(40.4656 lbf).

R (5) If necessary adjust the door locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-22-21-
R 820-801).
R

R (6) Remove the spring balance from the inner control handle.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-00-410-051

A. Put the Aircraft back to its Initial Configuration


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 555
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT EMERGENCY EXIT - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________________________

TASK 52-22-00-200-801

Check to Confirm the Presence of the Door Stop Fittings (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Refer to the MPD TASK: 522200-07

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door

52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
52-22-00-991-011 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-00-010-060

A. Open the applicable emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-010-801).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-22-00-991-011)

Subtask 52-22-00-210-051

A. Make sure that all stop fittings (door and frame) are serviceable and
free from cracks and other damage.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-00-410-058

A. Close the applicable emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 601
Jan 01/03
 
THY 
R Door Stop Fittings
Figure 601/TASK 52-22-00-991-011


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 602
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 TASK 52-22-00-200-802

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Internal Structure of the Emergency Exit Door
(Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 522202-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific masking paper
No specific masking tape

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533

R 1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-006 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 603
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-23-53-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door

25-23-53-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door
R 25-62-42-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities
25-62-42-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities
52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-00-010-061

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the emergency exit door.

(2) Open the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-010-801).

(3) Do the special precautions before you start the work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

(4) Remove the lining of the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 25-23-53-000-
801).

(5) Remove the emergency escape facility from the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-
42-000-801).

(6) Remove the door insulation.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 604
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-00-110-051

B. Cleaning of the Structure

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), if
necessary.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-22-00-210-052

A. Visual inspection of the internal structure of the door.

(1) Make sure that there are no signs of corrosion, cracks, scratches on:
- the inner skin
- the vertical frame segment
- the vertical edge member
- the beam.

Subtask 52-22-00-916-050

R B. Application of Temporary Protection

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEMS.

_______
MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPORARY PROTECTION DOES NOT GET :
- ON COMPOSITE PARTS, CONTROL CABLES, PULLEYS, TEFLON BEARINGS,
- ON LUBRICATED SURFACES,
- IN DRAIN VALVES OR OTHER ORIFICES.
TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON OR IN THESE PARTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

R CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY STORAGE PRESERVATION ON THE DOOR CONTROL

_______
R MECHANISMS. THIS IS BECAUSE STORAGE PRESERVATION CAN PREVENT
R CORRECT OPERATION OF THE MECHANISMS.

R (1) Apply masking paper or masking tape to the equipment and fittings
R installed adjacent to the inspection area, if necessary.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 605
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
R (2) Apply a layer of the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) or
R STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the inspection area.

(3) Remove the masking paper or the masking tape.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-00-410-059

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Install the door insulation.

(3) Install the emergency escape facility on the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-
42-400-801).

(4) Install the lining of the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 25-23-53-
400-801).

(5) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-
00-860-802) .

(6) Close the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-801).

(7) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 606
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 TASK 52-22-00-200-803

R Inspection/Check of the Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder of the

Emergency Exit Doors (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-10-00-600-802 Discharging/Charging of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder
52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-00-991-013 Fig. 602

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-00-991-013-A Fig. 602A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-00-861-053

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 607
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-00-010-064

B. Get Access

WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOORS WHILE THE RED WARNING
_______
LIGHT FLASHES, IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES, REMAINING
PRESSURE COULD CAUSE DOOR TO OPEN SUDDENLY AND COULD:
- KILL OR CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONS
- CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50
KNOTS.

R (1) Open the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-010-801) to get
R access to the door damper and emergency operation cylinder (referred
R to as door damper).
R

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-22-00-210-053

R A. Inspection of the Door Damper

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-22-00-991-013)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 602A/TASK 52-22-00-991-013-A)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 608
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder of the Emergency Exit Doors
Figure 602/TASK 52-22-00-991-013

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 609
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Damper and Emergency-Operation Cylinder of the Emergency Exit Doors
Figure 602A/TASK 52-22-00-991-013-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-00

Page 610
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
R **ON A/C ALL

R (1) Do a visual inspection of the door damper as follows:

R (a) Make sure that there is no fluid leakage around the door damper.

R (b) Make sure that there are no corrosion, cracks or dents on the
R door damper.

R (c) Make sure that the attachment components are correctly installed.

R (d) Make sure that the paint of the door damper is not damaged.

R (2) Do a pressure check of the door damper as follows:

R (a) Make sure that the pointer in the pressure gage is in the green
R zone.

R NOTE : Bubbles in the pressure gage with a maximum diameter equal

____
R to the dial itself are permitted.
R If the oil level, in the pressure gauge, is not sufficient
R to have the pointer in the liquid (with the dial
R horizontal) you must discard the pressure gage.

R (b) If the pressure is not correct, pressurize the door damper.

R (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-600-802)
R

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-00-410-062

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

R (2) Close the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-801).

R

R (3) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-
00-860-802).

R (4) Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and support equipment used
R during this procedure.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 611
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-00-862-052

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 612
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

TASK 52-22-00-200-804

R Detailed Visual Inspection of the Striker Mechanism at the Door Damper and
R Emergency Operation Cylinder for Corrosion (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 522200-08

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN

R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R 701-2978000 1 PIN - RIGGING

R B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533

1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 613
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R C. Expendable Parts

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 9 seal 52-11-14 02 -040

R 9 seal 52-11-14 02A-040
R 9 seal 52-11-14 02B-040
R 10 packings 52-11-14 02 -030
R 10 packings 52-11-14 02A-030
R 10 packings 52-11-14 02B-030

R D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
25-23-53-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door
25-23-53-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door
52-10-00-600-802 Discharging/Charging of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder
52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
R CMM 521104 (for corrective action)
R CMM 522214 (for corrective action)
52-22-00-991-014 Fig. 603

3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 52-22-00-861-054

R A. Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 614
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-00-010-065

B. Get Access

WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOORS WHILE THE RED WARNING
_______
LIGHT FLASHES, IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES, REMAINING
PRESSURE COULD CAUSE DOOR TO OPEN SUDDENLY AND COULD:
- KILL OR CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONS
- CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50
KNOTS.

R (1) Open the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-010-801) to get
R access to the door damper and emergency operation cylinder (referred
R to as door damper).
R

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

(3) Remove the upper lining of the door support arm (Ref. TASK 25-23-53-
000-801).

Subtask 52-22-00-110-052

C. Cleaning of the Structure

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), if
necessary.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 615
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

R Subtask 52-22-00-220-050

R A. Inspection of the Striker Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 52-22-00-991-014)

R (1) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (701-2978000) (2) is installed in
R the percussion housing (4).

R (2) Set the release lever (1) from its straight position to its stowed
R position as follows:

R (a) Loosen the knurled nut (14) and retract the release lever (1)
R until it does not engae in the guide (3).

R (b) Turn the release lever (1) to 90 degrees in its stowed position
R and tighten the knurled nut (14).

R (3) Open the filling valve (5) to release the pressure from the door
R damper (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-600-802).

R (4) Remove the valve guide (12) from the percussion housing (4) as
R follows:

R (a) Remove the screws (13) from the valve guide (12).

R (b) Carefully remove the valve guide (12) from the percussion housing
R (4).

R (5) Do an inspection of the striker (11) as follows:

R (a) Make sure that there is no corrosion on the striker tip.

R (b) Make sure that the striker (11) moves satisfactorily into the
R valve guide (12).

R (c) If necessary, replace the striker (11) (Ref. CMM 522214) or (Ref.
R CMM 521104).

R (6) Prepare the valve guide (12) as follows:

R (a) Replace the packings (10) of the valve guide (12).

R (b) Replace the seal (9) of the striker (11).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 616
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R Striker Mechanism of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
Figure 603/TASK 52-22-00-991-014


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 617
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R (7) Install the valve guide (12) as follows:

R CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY MORE THAN THE SPECIFIED TORQUE TO THE SCREWS
_______
R OF THE GUIDE. OVERTORQUE WILL CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE DIAPHRAGM
R AND WILL THUS CAUSE LEAKAGE OF NITROGEN FROM THE CYLINDER.

R (a) Make sure that the diaphragm (8) is not damaged.

R (b) Put the valve guide (12) on the percussion housing (4) and
R install the screws (13).

R (c) TORQUE the screws (13) to between 0.4 and 0.5 m.daN (35.39 and
R 44.24 lbf.in).

R NOTE : When the screws (13) are torqued, there is a clearance of

____
R between 03. mm (0.1181 in.) and 0.4 mm (0.0157 in.)
R between the valve guide (12) and the percussion housing
R (4).

R (8) Set the release lever (1) from its stowed position to its straight
R position as follows:

R (a) Loosen the knurled nut (14) and turn the release lever (1) to 90
R degrees in its straight position.

R (b) Make sure that the release lever (1) aligns with the flanged nut
R of the valve guide (12).

R (c) Carefully extend the release lever (1) until it can engage into
R the guide (3).

R (d) Extend the release lever (1) until the knurled nut can engage
R into its center hole.

R (e) Tighten the knurled nut (14) to attach the release lever (1) in
R this position.

R (9) Fill the door damper to the correct pressure (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-600-
R 802).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 618
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-00-410-063

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

R (2) Install the upper lining of the door support arm (Ref. TASK 25-23-53-
400-801).
R

R (3) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-
00-860-802).

R (4) Close the related emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-801).

R (5) Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and support equipment used
R during this procedure.

R Subtask 52-22-00-862-053

R B. De-energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-00

Page 619
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 52-22-00-200-805

Functional Check and Lubrication of Door Girt Bar Slider Mechanism

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 522200-09

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 FLASHLIGHT
No specific 1 SCREWDRIVER - FLAT HEAD

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 04-017A
R SILICONE GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-004 USA MIL-C-16173 GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE COMPOUND (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 620
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-52-600-809 Lubrication of the Slider Mechanism on all Pax/Crew

and Emergency Exit Doors
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
25-62-00-010-801 Removal of the Decorative-Covers
25-62-00-410-801 Installation of the Decorative-Covers
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
R CMM 52-12-16 (for corrective action)
R 25-62-42-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilities (for corrective
action)
25-62-42-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities (for corrective
action)
52-22-00-991-020 Fig. 604

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-00-861-055

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-22-00-010-066

B. Get Access

WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOORS WHILE THE RED WARNING
_______
LIGHT FLASHES, IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES, REMAINING
PRESSURE COULD CAUSE DOOR TO OPEN SUDDENLY AND COULD:
- KILL OR CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONS
- CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEMS.

_______
MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPORARY PROTECTION DOES NOT GET :
- ON COMPOSITE PARTS, CONTROL CABLES, PULLEYS, TEFLON BEARINGS,
- ON LUBRICATED SURFACES,
- IN DRAIN VALVES OR OTHER ORIFICES.
TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON OR IN THESE PARTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 621
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50
KNOTS.

(1) Get access to the cabin.

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

(3) Remove the decorative cover of the escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-
010-801).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-22-00-210-054

A. Functional Check and Lubrication of Door Girt Bar and Slider Mechanism
(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 52-22-00-991-020)

WARNING : MAKE SURE THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER CYLINDER IS
_______
IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
TO MAKE SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND OR DAMAGE.

(1) Make sure that the door is closed and locked.

(2) Put the slide control handle to the ARMED position.

(3) Put a SCREWDRIVER - FLAT HEAD approximate 250 mm (9.8425 in.) long
between the pawl (2) and the guide pin (5) (see Gap
a
). Use a
FLASHLIGHT to help you see the Gap
a
.

(4) Turn the screwdriver and operate the pawl (2) of the slider against
the spring mechanism, from the locked to the unlocked position.

(5) Release the screwdriver and make sure that the spring mechanism
causes the pawl (2) to return to the locked position.

(6) If the spring mechanism does not operate correctly:

- replace the slider (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-000-801) and (Ref. TASK 25-
62-42-400-801)
R - repair the slider (Ref. CMM 52-12-16).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 622
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Girt Bar and Slider
Figure 604/TASK 52-22-00-991-020


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 623
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 (7) Lubricate the mating surfaces of the sliders (4) and the girt bar (3)
with the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-600-
809).

R NOTE : It is permitted to apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-

____
R 017A) as an alternative to the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-
004).

(8) Apply a layer of the corrosion preventive compound, STORAGE

PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-004) on the spring guide (1) and the
pawl (2) to make sure that they move freely (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-600-
809).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-00-410-064

A. Close Access

(1) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-
00-860-802).

(2) Install the decorative cover of the escape slide (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-
410-801).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

Subtask 52-22-00-862-054

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 624
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 TASK 52-22-00-200-806

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Door Stop Assemblies on the Emergency Exit
Door (3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 522203-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533

1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

25-23-48-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Emergency

Exit
25-23-48-400-801 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the
Emergency Exit
52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 625
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-31-000-801 Removal of the Door, Latch and Stop Fittings (Door

3L/3R)
52-22-31-400-801 Installation of the Door, Latch and Stop Fittings
(Door 3L/3R)
R 52-22-00-991-011 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-00-010-067

A. Get Access

WARNING : DO NOT OPEN THE PASSENGER/CREW DOORS WHILE THE RED WARNING
_______
LIGHT FLASHES, IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES, REMAINING
PRESSURE COULD CAUSE DOOR TO OPEN SUDDENLY AND COULD:
- KILL OR CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSONS
- CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50
KNOTS.

R (1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 4M (13 FT) in position at the related

R emergency exit door.

R (2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the emergency
R exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

R (3) Open the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-010-801).

(4) Remove the door frame lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 626
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-00-110-053

B. Cleaning of the Structure

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), if
necessary.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-22-00-210-055

A. Detailed Visual Inspection of the Door Stop Assemblies of the Emergency

Exit
R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-22-00-991-011)

R (1) Examine the door stop fittings as follows:

R

R (a) Make sure that all stop bolt assemblies are serviceable and
R tight.
R

R (b) Make sure that all door stop fittings are correctly tightened and
R have no cracks and other damage.
R

R (c) If necessary, replace the applicable door stop fitting (Ref. TASK
R 52-22-31-000-801) and (Ref. TASK 52-22-31-400-801).

R (2) Examine all stop fittings of the door frame as follows:

R (a) Make sure that all door stop fittings are correctly tightened and
R have no cracks and other damage.

R (b) If necessary, replace the applicable stop fitting (Ref. TASK 52-
R 22-31-000-801) and (Ref. TASK 52-22-31-400-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 627
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-00-410-065

A. Close Access

(1) Install the door frame lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-801).

(2) Close the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-801).

(3) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-
00-860-802).

(4) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(5) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 628
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-22-00-200-807

General Visual Inspection of the Door 3 (Emergency/Passenger/Crew Door) Skin,

External Surface

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 522201-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

51-73-11-300-801 Repair of Minor Damage on Aluminum Clad Components

51-73-11-300-804 Repair of Dents in Skin Panels
51-75-12-300-801 Repair of Paint Damage on Aluminum and Composite
Material (more than the Topcoat)
51-75-12-300-803 Repair of Paint Damage (Topcoat Only)
ASRM 52-22-00-101
ASRM 52-22-00-201 (for corrective action)
52-22-00-991-021 Fig. 605
52-22-00-991-024 Fig. 606

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-00-941-050

A. Put the ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the closed
door 3 (AFT passenger/crew door) 834 (844).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 629
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-22-00-210-056

A. General Visual Inspection Procedure - Door 3 Type A or Type I (as

applicable)
(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 52-22-00-991-021, 606/TASK 52-22-00-991-024)

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Examine the external surface of the door 3 for scratches, dents and
damage to the surface protection:

(a) If you find damage to the surface protection only:

1
_ Find the dimensions of the damage and the allowable limits
(Ref. ASRM 52-22-00-101).

a
_ If the damage is less than the limits, repair it (Ref. TASK
51-75-12-300-803) or (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-801).

b
_ If you find damage that is more than the limits, repair it
(Ref. ASRM 52-22-00-201).

(b) If you find other damage:

1
_ Find the dimensions of the damage and the allowable limits
(Ref. ASRM 52-22-00-101).

a
_ If you find damage that is less than the limits, repair it
(Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-801) or (Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-
804).

b
_ If you find damage that is more than the limits, repair it
(Ref. ASRM 52-22-00-201).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-00-942-050

A. Remove the equipment

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 630
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 Door 3 (Emergency/Passenger/Crew Door) External Surface - Type A
Figure 605/TASK 52-22-00-991-021


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 631
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 Door 3 (Emergency/Passenger/Crew Door) External Surface - Type I
Figure 606/TASK 52-22-00-991-024


EFF :

ALL  52-22-00

Page 632
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 EXIT - EMERGENCY - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________

TASK 52-22-11-000-801

Removal of the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific blanking caps
No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific nut (NAS 509-4)
No specific support
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

R
25-23-53-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door
R 25-62-42-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilties
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
R 52-20-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling
52-22-11-991-002 Fig. 401
52-22-11-991-003 Fig. 402
52-22-11-991-004 Fig. 403


EFF :

ALL  52-22-11

Page 401
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-11-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-22-11-010-050

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-22-11-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU CAB EMER LT 3WL C03
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41
742VU EMER CAB LT 1WL E70
742VU EMER CAB LT 2WL E69

R Subtask 52-22-11-010-052

R D. Get Access

R (1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the

R related door.

R (2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the emergency
R exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

R (3) Remove the escape facility (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-000-801).

R (4) Remove the door lining of the emergency exit door(s) (Ref. TASK 25-
R 23-53-000-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-11

Page 402
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-22-11-020-050

A. Removal of the Door

(1) Install the hoisting sling to the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-940-801).

(2) Disconnect the electrical cable harness 5897VB (5898VB).

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-11-991-002)

(a) At the support arm (see detail
B
).

1
_ Remove the nuts (12) and the washers (11).

2
_ Remove the bolts (9) and the washers (10).

3
_ Remove the P-clips (13) from the cable harness (7).

(b) At the door frame (see detail
D
).

1
_ Remove the bolt (22), the washer (23) and the distance piece
(24).

2
_ Remove the P-clip (13) from the cable harness (7).

(c) Disconnect the electrical connector 360RH5A (360RH6A) (8).

(d) Disconnect the electrical connector 3650VC (3660VC) (6).

(e) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(f) Attach the cable harness (7) to the door structure.

(3) Disconnect the upper and lower guide arms.

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-11-991-002)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (19).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-11

Page 403
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Guide Arms and Cable Attachment
R Figure 401/TASK 52-22-11-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-22-11

Page 404
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 (b) Remove the nuts (20) and the washers (21).

(c) Remove the bolts (14) and the washers (15).

(d) Disengage the guide arms (17) and remove the bushes (16) and
(18).

(e) To prevent damage, attach the guide arms to the door frame
structure.

(4) Disconnect the door damper and emergency operation cylinder.

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-11-991-003)

(a) Install the nut (NAS 509-4) (88) to safety the spring rod (87).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (86).

(c) Remove the nut (85) and the washer (83).

(d) Disconnect the spring rod (87) and remove the washer (82).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (84).

(f) Remove the nut (79) and the washer (80).

(g) Remove the bolt (89), the lockwasher (90) and the sleeve (81).

(h) Disengage the end fitting from the gimbal (91).

(5) Remove the gimbal (91) from the door.

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-11-991-003)

(a) Remove the nuts (78), the washers (77) and the bolts (75).

(b) Remove the flange (76).

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (96).

(d) Remove the nut (95) and the washer (94).

(e) Remove the gimbal (91) together with the washer (92) and the bush
(93).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-11

Page 405
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Door Damper Connection Linkage
R Figure 402/TASK 52-22-11-991-003


EFF :

ALL  52-22-11

Page 406
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 (6) Disconnect the support arm.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-11-991-004)

(a) Remove the screws (43), the washers (42) and disconnect the
bonding straps (41).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (51).

(c) Remove the nuts (52) and the washers (50).

(d) Remove the bolts (46), the washers (47) and the bushes (48).

(e) Carefully move the support arm from the door and remove the
washers (33) and (34).

NOTE : The washers (34) are available in different thicknesses,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.

(f) Remove the hinge pins (30), the yokes (45) and the washers (31),
(32) and (35).

NOTE : The washers (32) are available in different thicknesses,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.

(7) Carefully move the door away from the fuselage and put it on a
support.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-11

Page 407
Apr 01/97
R  
THY 
 Door Attachment to the Support Arm
Figure 403/TASK 52-22-11-991-004- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-11

Page 408
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Attachment to the Support Arm
Figure 403/TASK 52-22-11-991-004- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-11

Page 409
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 TASK 52-22-11-400-801

Installation of the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116

PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-11

Page 410
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

19 cotter pin 52-22-04 03 -200

32 washer 52-22-04 04 -100
51 cotter pins 52-22-04 04 -070
84 cotter pin 52-22-04 01 -080
96 cotter pin 52-22-04 01 -080

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-52-600-807 Lubrication of the Teleskopic Arm and Exterior

Control Handle
20-28-00-912-802 Electrical Bonding of Components with Conductive
Screws and Bolts and Bonding Straps
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
25-23-48-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Emergency
Exit
R
25-23-53-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door
R
R 25-62-42-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilties
R 52-10-00-410-801 Closing of the Passenger/Crew Door
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
R 52-20-00-080-801 Removal of the Ballast Weight from the Emergency Exit
R Door
R 52-20-00-480-801 Installation of the Ballast Weight at the Emergency
R Exit Door
R 52-20-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling
52-22-00-720-802 Functional Test of the Emergency Exit Door (Door
3L/3R)
52-22-00-820-801 Adjustment of the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)
52-22-14-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder (360RH5,360RH6) Door Type 1 (Door 3L/3R)
52-22-21-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism of the
Emergency Exit Doors (Door 3L/3R)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-11

Page 411
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-22-22-820-801 Adjustment of the Emergency Escape-Slide

Release-Mechanism of the Emergency Exit Door (Door
3L/3R)
R 52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System
R 52-71-00-710-802 Operational Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Warning
System
52-22-00-820-801 Adjustment of the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)
(for corrective action)
52-22-11-991-002 Fig. 401
52-22-11-991-003 Fig. 402
52-22-11-991-004 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-11-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the door lining is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-53-000-
801).

(3) Make sure that the escape facility is removed from the door
(Ref. TASK 25-62-42-000-801).

(4) Make sure that the door frame linings are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
48-000-801).

(5) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

(6) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-11

Page 412
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-11-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU CAB EMER LT 3WL C03
R 721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41
742VU EMER CAB LT 1WL E70
742VU EMER CAB LT 2WL E69

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-22-11-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Make sure that the hoisting sling is attached to the door (Ref. TASK
52-20-00-940-801).

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(5) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-11

Page 413
Apr 01/94
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-11-420-050

R B. Installation of the Door

(1) Carefully move the door into the installation position.

R (2) Attach the support arm to the door as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-11-991-004)

R (a) Install the washers (31), (32) and (35) and the yokes (45) on the
R support arm.

NOTE : The washers (32) are available in different thicknesses,

____
install them as identified in the removal procedure.

(b) Make sure that the clearance
a
(see section C-C) is 0.05 +0.05-
0 mm (0.0019 +0.0019 -0.0000 in.).
R

R (c) If the clearance
a
is not correct, install a new washer (32) of
R a different thickness.

R (d) Install the hinge pins (30).

R (e) Put the door in position on the support arm and install the
washers (33) and (34).

NOTE : The washers (34) are available in different thicknesses,

____
install them as identified in the removal procedure.

R (f) Install the bushes (48), the washers (47) and the bolts (46).

R (g) Install the washers (50) and the nuts (52).

R (3) Install the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-480-801).

R

R (4) Put the door in position in the door frame as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-11-991-004)

(a) Operate the hoist until the weight of the door is on the support
arm.

(b) Pull the exterior control handle of the door into the fully open
position.

(c) Close the door but do not lock it.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-11

Page 414
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (d) Make sure that:
- the lifting arms (of the lifting shaft) engage correctly in the
R roller fittings on the door fram,.
- the vertical clearances between the door and the fuselage are
R 4.0 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.1574 +0.0590 -0.0590 in.) and parallel,
- the clearances
b
(see section D-D) are correct.
R

R (e) If necessary adjust the support arm and/or the connection links
R (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-820-801).

R (f) TORQUE the nuts (52) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

R (g) Safety the nuts (52) with the new cotter pins (51).

R (h) Put the bonding straps (41) in position on the support arm and
install the washers (42) and the screws (43) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-802).

R (5) Install the gimbal (91) in the door fitting as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-11-991-003)

R (a) Install the gimbal (91) with the bush (93) and the washer (92).

(b) Install the flange (76).

(c) Install the bolts (75), the washers (77) and the nuts (78).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (78) to between 0.25 and 0.29 m.daN (22.12 and
25.66 lbf.in).

(e) Install the washer (94) and the nut (95).

(f) TORQUE the nut (95) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

(g) Safety the nut (95) with the new cotter pin (96).

R (6) Connect the door damper and emergency operation cylinder as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-11-991-003)

(a) Put the end fitting in position on the gimbal (91).

(b) Install the sleeve (81), the lockwasher (90) and the bolt (89).

(c) Install the washer (80) and the nut (79).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-11

Page 415
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (d) Install the spring rod (87), the washers (82) and (83) and the
nut (85).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (79) and (85) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN
(25.66 and 30.08 lbf.in).

(f) Safety the nut (79) with the new cotter pin (84).

(g) Safety the nut (85) with the new cotter pin (86).

(h) Remove the nut (88) from the spring rod (87).

R (7) Connect the upper and lower guide arms to the door as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-11-991-002)

(a) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- REMOVE IT IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH YOUR SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

R 1
_ Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the
R bushes (18) and (16).

(b) Install the bushes (18) and (16).

(c) Put the guide arms (17) in position in the door fittings.

(d) Install the washers (15) and the bolts (14).

(e) Install the washers (21) and the nuts (20).

(f) TORQUE the nuts (20) to between 0.29 and 0.34 m.daN (25.66 and
30.08 lbf.in).

(g) Safety the nuts (20) with a new cotter pin (19).

R (8) Install the cable harness 5797VB (5798VB) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-11-991-002)

(a) At the support arm (see detail
B
).

1
_ Install the P-clips (13) on the cable harness (7).

2
_ Install the washers (10) and the bolts (9).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-11

Page 416
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 3
_ Install the washers (11) and the nuts (12).

(b) At the door frame (see detail
D
).

1
_ Install the P-clip (13) on the cable harness (7).

2
_ Install the spacer (24), the washer (23) and the bolt (22).

(c) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(d) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(e) Connect the electrical connector 3650VC (3660VC) (6).

(f) Connect the electrical connector 360RH5A (360RH6A) (8).

(9) Remove the hoisting sling from the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-940-801).

Subtask 52-22-11-820-050

C. Do an adjustment/test of:

(1) The emergency exit door 834 (844) (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-820-801).

(2) The door locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-22-21-820-801).

(3) The door damper and emergency operation cylinder (Ref. TASK 52-22-14-
820-801).

(4) The emergency escape-slide release-mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-22-22-820-

801).

Subtask 52-22-11-720-050

D. Do the functional test of the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
720-802).

Subtask 52-22-11-865-052

E. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ, 1WL, 2WL, 3WL


EFF :

ALL  52-22-11

Page 417
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-11-710-050

R F. Test Procedure

R (1) Do the operational test of the door monitoring system (Ref. TASK 52-
71-00-710-801).

R (2) Do the operational test of the escape-slide warning system (Ref. TASK
52-71-00-710-802).

NOTE : Do these tests only for the emergency exit door 834 (844).
____

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-11-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

R (2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R (a) Apply a layer of the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and
R the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
R which attach components directly to the door structure.

R (b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
R bolts which are in the door mechanism.

R (c) Apply a layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to

R the installed components.

(d) Lubricate the external control handle (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-600-

807).

R (3) Remove the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-080-801).

R (4) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

R (5) Close the access door (Ref. TASK 52-10-00-410-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-11

Page 418
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (6) Remove the access platform(s).

R (7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R

Subtask 52-22-11-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-11

Page 419
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 SUSPENSION - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________

TASK 52-22-12-000-801

R Removal of the Suspension of the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

25-23-48-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Emergency
Exit
25-23-53-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
R 52-22-11-000-801 Removal of the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)
52-22-14-000-801 Removal of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
R Cylinder (360RH5,360RH6) from the Emergency Exit Door
R (Door 3L/3R)
52-22-12-991-001 Fig. 401
52-22-12-991-002 Fig. 402
52-22-12-991-003 Fig. 403
52-22-12-991-004 Fig. 404

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-12-991-005 Fig. 405


EFF :

ALL  52-22-12

Page 401
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-12-991-005-A Fig. 405A

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R 52-22-12-991-007 Fig. 406

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-12-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)

Subtask 52-22-12-010-050

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-22-12-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-22-12-010-051

D. Get Access

(1) Open the emergency exit doors 834 and 844 (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-010-
801).

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the doors
(Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-12

Page 402
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (3) Remove the door linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-53-000-801).

(a) For the LH door remove the panels 834MZ, 834QZ.

(b) For the RH door remove the panels 844MZ, 844QZ.

R (4) Remove the door frame linings 261TX, 261UX, 261SX, 262TX, 262UX,
262SX (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-801).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-22-12-020-050

A. Removal of the Door Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-12-991-001)

(1) Remove the door damper and emergency operation cylinder (Ref. TASK
52-22-14-000-801).

(2) Remove the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-11-000-801).

(3) Remove the support arm from the door frame.

(a) Remove the screws (12), the washers (11) and disconnect the
bonding straps (10).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (6).

(c) Remove the nuts (7) and the washers (8).

(d) Hold the support arm so that it can not fall.

(e) At the lower attach fitting remove the bolt (4) and the
lockwasher (9).

(f) At the upper attach fitting remove the bolt (4) and the washer
(3).

(g) Remove the support arm from the attach fittings.

(h) Remove the bushes (1), (2) and (5) from the support arm.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-12

Page 403
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Support Arm
Figure 401/TASK 52-22-12-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-22-12

Page 404
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-12-020-051

B. Removal of the Door Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-12-991-002)

(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (23).

(2) Remove the nut (24), the washer (25) and the spherical cup (26).

(3) Remove the bolt (31), the washer (32), the stop (33) and the
spherical cup (34).

(4) Remove the guide bush (35) and the washers (36) and (37).

(5) Remove the guide bush (27) and the washers (28) and (29).

(6) Remove the nuts (22).

(7) Remove the bolts (20), the washers (21) and the stop fitting (38).

Subtask 52-22-12-020-052

C. Removal of the Door Stay Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-12-991-003)

(1) Remove the pushbutton rod assembly.

(a) Remove the screws (40) and the handle (41).

(b) Remove the pushbutton rod (42) and the spring (43) from the
support arm.

(2) Remove the locking device.

(a) Remove the bolts (46) and the washers (45).

(b) Remove the locking device (47) together with the washers (44)
from the support arm.

NOTE : The washers (44) are available in different thicknesses,

____
identify them for the installation procedure.

(c) Remove the rod (48) from the support arm.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-12

Page 405
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Buffer
Figure 402/TASK 52-22-12-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-22-12

Page 406
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Stay Mechanism
Figure 403/TASK 52-22-12-991-003


EFF :

ALL  52-22-12

Page 407
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-12-020-053

D. Removal of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-12-991-004)

NOTE : The removal procedure for the upper and lower guide arms is the
____
same.

(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin (55).

(2) Remove the nut (54) and the washer (53).

(3) Remove and discard the cotter pin (56).

(4) Remove the nut (57) and the washer (58).

(5) Hold the guide arm (62) and remove the bolt (61) and the washer (60).

(6) Disengage the guide arm (62) from the door fitting (63) and remove
the bush (59).

(7) Remove the guide arm (62) together with the washer (52) from the door
frame fitting (51).

Subtask 52-22-12-020-054

R E. Removal of the Guide Arm Hinge-Fitting

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-22-12-991-005)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 52-22-12-991-005-A)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-22-12-991-007)

**ON A/C ALL

(1) Remove the nuts (70).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-12

Page 408
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Upper and Lower Guide Arms
Figure 404/TASK 52-22-12-991-004


EFF :

ALL  52-22-12

Page 409
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Guide Arm Hinge-Fitting on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 405/TASK 52-22-12-991-005

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-12

Page 410
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Guide Arm Hinge-Fittings
R Figure 405A/TASK 52-22-12-991-005-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-12

Page 411
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Door Buffer on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
Figure 406/TASK 52-22-12-991-007

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-12

Page 412
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (2) Remove the bolts (73) and the washers (72).

(3) Remove the bolts (74), the washers (72) and the fitting (71).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-12

Page 413
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-22-12-400-801

Installation of the Suspension of the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116

PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

6 cotter pins 52-22-04 04 -230

23 cotter pin 52-22-12 03 -060
55 cotter pin 52-22-04 03 -050
56 cotter pin 52-22-04 03 -200


EFF :

ALL  52-22-12

Page 414
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-912-802 Electrical Bonding of Components with Conductive

Screws and Bolts and Bonding Straps
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
25-23-48-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Emergency
Exit
25-23-48-400-801 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the
Emergency Exit
25-23-53-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door
25-23-53-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-22-00-720-802 Functional Test of the Emergency Exit Door (Door
3L/3R)
52-22-11-400-801 Installation of the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)
52-22-14-400-801 Installation of the Door Damper and Emergency
Operation Cylinder (360RH5,360RH6) in the Emergency
Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)
52-22-12-991-001 Fig. 401
52-22-12-991-002 Fig. 402
52-22-12-991-003 Fig. 403
52-22-12-991-004 Fig. 404

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-12-991-005 Fig. 405

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-12-991-005-A Fig. 405A

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R 52-22-12-991-007 Fig. 406


EFF :

ALL  52-22-12

Page 415
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-12-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the emergency exit door is open (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-
010-801).

NOTE : This is not necessary for the installation of the support arm
____
as the door is removed.

(3) Make sure that you do the special precautions before work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

(4) Make sure that the door linings are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-53-000-
801).

(5) Make sure that the door frame linings are removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
48-000-801).

(6) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

(7) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

Subtask 52-22-12-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41


EFF :

ALL  52-22-12

Page 416
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-22-12-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

Subtask 52-22-12-420-050

R B. Installation of Guide Arm Hinge-Fittings

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-22-12-991-005)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 52-22-12-991-005-A)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-22-12-991-007)

**ON A/C ALL

(1) Put the fitting (71) in position on the door.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-12

Page 417
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (2) Install the washers (72) and the bolts (73).

(3) Install the nuts (70).

Subtask 52-22-12-420-051

C. Installation of the Upper and Lower Guide Arms

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-12-991-004)

NOTE : The installation procedure for the upper and lower guide arm is
____
the same.

(1) Install the guide arm (62) together with the washer (52) on the door
frame fitting (51).

(2) Install the washer (53) and the nut (54).

(3) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- REMOVE IT IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH YOUR SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

(a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the bush (59).

(4) Install the bush (59).

(5) Put the guide arm (62) in position in the door fitting (63) and
install the washer (60) and the bolt (61).

(6) Install the washer (58) and the nut (57).

(7) Safety the nut (57) with the new cotter pin (56).

(8) Safety the nut (54) with the new cotter pin (55).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-12

Page 418
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-12-420-052

D. Installation of the Door Stay Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-12-991-003)

(1) Install the locking device.

(a) Install the rod (48) in the support arm.

(b) Put the locking device (43) together with the washers (44) in
position on the support arm and install the washers (45) and the
bolts (46).

(2) Install the pushbutton rod assembly.

(a) Install the spring (43) and the pushbutton rod (42) in the
support arm.

(b) Put the handle (41) in position on the support arm and install
the screws (40).

Subtask 52-22-12-420-053

E. Installation of the Door Buffer

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-12-991-002)

(1) Put the stop fitting (38) in position on the support arm and install
the bolts (20) together with the washers (21).

(2) Install the nuts (22).

(3) TORQUE the nuts (22) to between 0.44 and 0.49 m.daN (38.93 and 43.36
lbf.in).

(4) Install the guide bush (27) together with the washers (28) and (29).

(5) Install the guide bush (35) together with the washers (36) and (37).

(6) Install the bolt (31) together with the washer (32), the stop (33)
and the spherical cup (34).

(7) Install the spherical cup (26), the washer (25) and the nut (24).

(8) TORQUE the nut (24) to between 0.88 and 0.98 m.daN (77.87 and 86.72
lbf.in)

(9) Safety the nut (24) with the new cotter pin (23).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-12

Page 419
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-12-420-054

F. Installation of the Door Support Arm

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-12-991-001)

(1) Install the support arm to the door frame.

(a) Install the bushes (2), (3) and (7) in the support arm.

(b) Put the support arm in position on the attach fittings.

(c) At the upper attach fitting install the washer (12) and the bolt
(1).

(d) At the lower attach fitting install the lockwasher (8) and the
bolt (1).

(e) Install the washers (4) and the nuts (5).

(f) TORQUE the nuts (5) to between 0.54 and 0.59 m.daN (47.78 and
52.21 lbf.in).

(g) Safety the nuts (5) with the new cotter pins (6).

(h) Put the bonding straps (9) in position on the support arm and
install the washers (10) and the screws (11) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-802).

(2) Install the door damper and emergency operation cylinder (Ref. TASK
52-22-14-400-801).

(3) Install the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-11-400-801).

Subtask 52-22-12-720-050

G. Do the functional test of the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
720-802).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-12-865-052

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-12

Page 420
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-12-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Apply a layer of the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and
the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
which attach components directly to the door structure.

(b) Apply the zinc chromate putty, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No.
05-002) to the nuts and bolts which are in the door mechanism.

(c) Apply a layer of the rust inhibitor, SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material

No. 05-027) to the installed components.

(3) Install the door linings (Ref. TASK 25-23-53-400-801).

(a) For the LH door install the panels 834MZ, 834QZ.

(b) For the RH door install the panels 844MZ, 844QZ.

(4) Install the door frame linings 261TX, 261UX, 261SX (Ref. TASK 25-23-
48-400-801) 262TX, 262UX, 262SX.

(5) Do the special precautions after work on the doors (Ref. TASK 52-20-
00-860-802).

(6) Close the emergency exit doors 834 and 844 (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-
801).

(7) Close the access door 811.

(8) Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and support equipment used
during this procedure.

Subtask 52-22-12-862-051

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-12

Page 421
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 ______________________________________________________________
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION (360RH5,360RH6)
____________________
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

TASK 52-22-14-000-801

Removal of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder (360RH5,360RH6)

from the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
R No specific warning note
No specific NAS 509-4
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

25-62-00-860-801 Safety the Pack-Assembly
52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-22-14-991-002 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-14-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-14

Page 401
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-14-010-050

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-22-14-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-22-14-010-051

D. Get Access

(1) Open the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-010-801):

- FOR 360RH5
open the door 834
- FOR 360RH6
open the door 844

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

(3) Safety the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-801).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
R - THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
R THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
R CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
R INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-14

Page 402
Apr 01/97
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-14-020-050

R A. Removal of the Damper Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-14-991-002)

(1) Disconnect the electrical connector (12).

(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(3) Install the nut NAS 509-4 (11) to safety the spring rod (10).

(4) Remove and discard the cotter pin (1) and (9).

(5) Remove the nut (2), (8), the washer (3), (7) and disconnect the
spring rod (10) from the door fitting and remove the washer (6).

(6) Remove the bolt (21) together with the spring rod (10) and the washer
(5) from the telescopic rod.

(7) Remove the bush (4).

(8) Remove the nuts (15), the attachment bolts (14), the washers (13) and
the damper cylinder from the door.

R (9) If you will install the same damper cylinder again, do the subsequent
R procedure:

R (a) Make sure that the lockwire on the nut (30) of the eye-end is not
R damaged.

R (b) Measure the distance between the two eye-ends of the removed
R damper cylinder (cylinder length) and record it.

R (c) Put the warning note on the removed damper cylinder to make sure
R that:
R - the cylinder length stays the same,
R - the lockwire on the nut (30) of the eye-end is not damaged.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-14

Page 403
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
R Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder
Figure 401/TASK 52-22-14-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-22-14

Page 404
Apr 01/00
 
THY 
 TASK 52-22-14-400-801

Installation of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder

(360RH5,360RH6) in the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 CALIPER
R No specific 1 GAGE - FEELER
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 1.00 to 10.00 m.daN
(8.00 to 75.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 cotter pin 52-22-04 22 -150

9 cotter pin 52-22-04 21 -580


EFF :

ALL  52-22-14

Page 405
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23-73-00-861-801 Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System

(CIDS)
23-73-00-862-801 De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System
(CIDS)
24-41-00-861-801 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power A
24-41-00-862-801 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power A
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
25-62-00-860-801 Safety the Pack-Assembly
25-62-00-860-803 Arm the Pack-Assembly
52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-22-14-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
R Cylinder (360RH5,360RH6) Door Type 1 (Door 3L/3R)
52-22-14-991-002 Fig. 401
52-22-14-991-005 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-14-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the emergency exit door is open (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-
010-801):
- FOR 360RH5
the door 834
- FOR 360RH6
the door 844

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-14

Page 406
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 (4) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

Subtask 52-22-14-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-22-14-860-051

C. Preparation for Installation

(1) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

(2) Make sure that the pack assembly is safe (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-
801).

(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(5) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(6) Make sure that the pressure in the gas bottle is correct.

NOTE : If necessary adjust the pressure in the gas bottle.

____

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-14

Page 407
Jul 01/01
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-14-560-050

A. Preparation of the Replacement Component

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-14-991-002, 402/TASK 52-22-14-991-005)

(1) Adjust the length of the damper cylinder as follows:

NOTE : The adjustment procedure that follows is only required if:

____
- you install the initial damper cylinder and the warning note
attached during the removal procedure is missing,
- the length of the initial damper cylinder is not the same as
recorded on the warning note,
- the lockwire on the nut (30) of the eye-end is damaged.
This procedure is not necessary if you install a new or
serviceable replacement damper cylinder.

(a) Compress the damper cylinder fully.

(b) Move the piston rod 5.0 mm (0.1968 in.) out of the damper
cylinder.

R (c) Measure the dimension
A
. Use a CALIPER. The dimension
A
must
be 250.0 +0.5 -0.5 mm (9.8425 +0.0196 -0.0196 in.).

(d) If the dimension
A
is not in the given limits adjust the length
as follows:

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nut (30).

2
_ Loosen the nut (30).

3
_ Turn the eye end until the dimension
A
is correct.

4
_ Tighten and TORQUE the nut (30) to between to 4.4 m.daN (32.44
lbf.ft) and 4.9 m.daN (36.1356 lbf.ft).

5
_ Safety the nut (30) with lockwire MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).

(2) Adjust the gap
B
between the support arm and the bellcrank as
follows:

(a) Put the bellcrank and the telescopic rod in position and install
the bush (4), the washer (5) and the bolt (21).

(b) Install the washer (3) and the nut (2).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-14

Page 408
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Door Damper and Emergrncy Operation Cylinder
R Figure 402/TASK 52-22-14-991-005


EFF :

ALL  52-22-14

Page 409
Jul 01/01
 
THY 
 (c) Install the washer (6) and the spring rod (10) on the door
fitting.

(d) Install the washer (7) and the nut (8).

(e) Remove the nut (11).

(f) Move the door into the door frame until the upper guide rollers
contact the guide fittings. Do not lower the door.

R (g) Compress the telescopic rod and measure the gap
B
. Use a GAGE -
R FEELER. The gap
B
must be between 1.2 mm (0.0472 in.) and 1.3
mm (0.0511 in.).

(h) If the gap
B
is not in the given limits adjust as follows:

(i) Fully open the door and remove the nut (31), the washer (32), the
stop bolt (35)and the washers (33) and (34).

(j) Adjust the washers (33) and (34) as necessary to give the correct
clearance.

(k) Install the washers (33) and (34), the stop bolt (35), the washer
(32) and the nut (31).

(l) TORQUE the nut (31) to between to 0.9 m.daN (79.64 lbf.in) and to
1.0 m.daN (88.49 lbf.in).

(3) Remove the bolt (21) and the spring rod (10) as follows:

(a) Install the nut (11).

(b) Remove the nuts (2), (8) and the washers (3), (7).

(c) Remove the bolt (21) together with the spring rod (10), the
washers (5), (6) and the bush (4).

Subtask 52-22-14-420-050

B. Installation of the Damper Cylinder

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-14-991-002)

(1) Put the damper cylinder in position in the support arm and install
the washers (13) and the attachment bolts (14).

(2) Install the nuts (15).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-14

Page 410
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (3) Install the eye end of the damper cylinder in the telescopic rod and
install the bush (4).

(4) Put the bellcrank in position and install the washer (5) and the bolt
(21).

(5) Install the washer (3) and the nut (2).

(6) Install the spring rod (10) together with the washer (6) on the door
fitting.

(7) Install the washer (7) and the nut (8).

(8) Remove the nut (11).

(9) TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.3 and 0.35 m.daN (26.54 and 30.97
lbf.in).

(10) TORQUE the nut (2) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and 95.57
lbf.in).

(11) Safety the nut (8) with the new cotter pin (9).

(12) Safety the nut (2) with the new cotter pin (1).

(13) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(14) Connect the electrical connector (12).

Subtask 52-22-14-820-051

C. Do an adjustment/test of the door damper and emergency operation cylinder

(Ref. TASK 52-22-14-820-801).

Subtask 52-22-14-865-052

D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ


EFF :

ALL  52-22-14

Page 411
Jul 01/04
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-14-710-050

E. Do an Operational Test of the CIDS Connection

(1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).

(2) Energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-861-801).

(3) On the Programming and Indication Module (PIM):

- push the hardkey
DOORS
,
- make sure that the indication
CHECK DOOR PRESSURE
is not shown.

(4) De-energize the Cabin Intercommunication Data System (CIDS)

(Ref. TASK 23-73-00-862-801).

(5) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-14-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Arm the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-803).

(2) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-
00-860-802).

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(4) Close the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-801):

- FOR 360RH5
close the door 834
- FOR 360RH6
close the door 844

(5) Close the access door 811.

(6) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-14

Page 412
Jul 01/04
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-14-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-14

Page 413
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 ______________________________________________________________
CYLINDER - DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION (360RH5,360RH6)
_______________
ADJUSTMENT/TEST

TASK 52-22-14-820-801

Adjustment of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation Cylinder (360RH5,360RH6)

Door Type 1 (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific measuring equipment
No specific sharp pencil
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
701-2978000 1 PIN - RIGGING
98A52107632000 1 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
25-23-53-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door
25-23-53-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door
25-62-00-860-801 Safety the Pack-Assembly
25-62-00-860-803 Arm the Pack-Assembly
52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door


EFF :

ALL  52-22-14

Page 501
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit

Door
52-22-14-991-001 Fig. 501

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-14-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

R Subtask 52-22-14-010-052

R B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

R (1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

R (2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-22-14-865-053

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-22-14-010-053

D. Get Access

(1) Open the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-010-801):

- FOR 360RH5
open the door 834
- FOR 360RH6
open the door 844

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

(3) Safety the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-14

Page 502
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (4) Put a warning notice in position at the bottom of the access platform
to tell persons to keep away from the door area.

(5) Remove the door lining from the support arm (Ref. TASK 25-23-53-000-
801):
- FOR 360RH5
remove 834MZ
- FOR 360RH6
remove 844MZ

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-22-14-820-050

R A. Adjustment of the Cylinder Kinematics

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-22-14-991-001)

(1) At the Percussion Mechanism

(a) Fully close and lock the door.

(b) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE and move the emergency control
handle to the
ARMED
position.

(c) Slowly lift the door to its highest position and hold it, do not
push it open (high and closed position).

(d) Make sure that the PIN - RIGGING (7) is installed.

(e) Loosen the knurled screw (12).

(f) Move the release lever (13) forward until it touches the stop
(11).

(g) Make a mark where the lower edge of the release lever (13)
touches the stop (11). Use a sharp pencil.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-14

Page 503
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 Cylinder Kinematics
Figure 501/TASK 52-22-14-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-22-14

Page 504
Oct 01/94
R  
THY 
 (h) Move the release lever (13) back to the disarmed position and
tighten the knurled screw (12).

(i) Lower and lock the door.

(j) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position and
install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

(k) Measure the distance between the pencil mark and the highest
point of the stop (11). Use the measuring equipment.

R (l) If the dimension
a
is not 5 +0.5 -0.5 mm (0.1968 +0.0196 -

R 0.0196 in.), adjust as follows.

1
_ Fully open the door.

2
_ Remove the nut (8).

3
_ Remove the stop (11) and the lockwasher (10).

4
_ Adjust the washers (9) as necessary to give the correct
dimension.

5
_ Install the lockwasher (10) and the stop (11).

6
_ Install the nut (8).

7
_ TORQUE the nut (8) to between 0.49 and 0.59 m.daN (43.36 and
52.21 lbf.in).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-14-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Install the door lining to the support arm (Ref. TASK 25-23-53-400-
801):
- FOR 360RH3
install 834MZ
- FOR 360RH4
install 844MZ

(2) Arm the pack assembly (Ref. TASK 25-62-00-860-803).

(3) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-
00-860-802).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-14

Page 505
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 (4) Remove the warning notice(s).

(5) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(6) Close the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-801):

- FOR 360RH5
close the door 834
- FOR 360RH6
close the door 844

(7) Close the access door 811.

(8) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-22-14-865-054

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-22-14-862-051

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).
R


EFF :

ALL  52-22-14

Page 506
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 SEAL - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________

TASK 52-22-18-000-801

Removal of the Door Seal (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific warning notice

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-22-18-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-18-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-18

Page 401
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-18-865-050

R B. Get access to the avionics compartment. Then open, safety and tag
R this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-22-18-010-051

R C. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the related door.

(2) Open the emergency exit door 834 and 844 (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-010-
801).

(3) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-22-18-020-050

A. Removal of the Door Seal

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-18-991-001)

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY
OPERATION CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY
PIN INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) Remove the nuts (4).

(2) Remove the screws (5) and the retainers (2), (3), (7) and (8) (refer
to detail
B
).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-18

Page 402
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
 Door Seal
Figure 401/TASK 52-22-18-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-22-18

Page 403
Apr 01/94
R  
THY 
 (3) Remove the screws (6) and the retainers (1), (7) and (10) (refer to
detail
C
).

NOTE : Identify the screws (5) and (6) for the installation
____
procedure.

(4) Remove the door seal (9).

(5) Put a warning notice in position on the door to tell persons that the
door seal is removed.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-18

Page 404
Jul 01/02
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-22-18-400-801

Installation of the Door Seal (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific lint-free cloth
No specific nonmetallic scraper
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-011 USA MIL-G-4343

SILICONE GREASE PNEUMATIC SYST AND SEALS
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-18

Page 405
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
51-75-12-300-801 Repair of Paint Damage on Aluminum and Composite
Material (more than the Topcoat)
52-20-00-010-801 Opening of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-22-18-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-18-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the related
door.

(3) Make sure that the emergency exit door is open (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-
010-801).

(4) Make sure that the special precautions before work on the door are
done (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

(5) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

R (6) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-18

Page 406
Apr 01/95
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-18-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-22-18-860-051

C. Preparation for Installation

(1) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(a) Clean the countersinks with a nonmetallic scraper and CLEANING

AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-18

Page 407
Apr 01/94
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
R - THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
R THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
R - THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
R CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
R INSTALLED.
R THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
R IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-22-18-420-050

A. Installation of the Door Seal

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-18-991-001)

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Put the door seal (9) in position on the emergency/exit door.

(2) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the countersinks before
you install the screws (5) and (6).

(3) Install the retainers (2), (3), (7) and (8) with the screws (5) (as
identified) and the nuts (4) (refer to detail
B
).

(4) Install the retainers (1), (7) and (10) with the screws (6) (as
identified) and the nuts (4) (refer to detail
C
).

NOTE : Make sure that the door seal (9) is installed correctly.
____

(5) TORQUE the nuts (4) to between 0.25 and 0.30 m.daN (22.12 and 26.54
lbf.in).

(6) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-011) to the door seal (9).

(7) Remove the unwanted sealant from the door and/or the adjacent area
with a lint-free cloth.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-18

Page 408
Oct 01/97
 
THY 
 (8) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and STRUCTURE
PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts (4).

(9) Do a repair of the paint damage caused to the outer skin of the door
by the removal/installation of the screws (5) and (6) (Ref. TASK 51-
75-12-300-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-18-865-052

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-22-18-410-052

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).

R (3) Close the emergency exit door 834 and 844 (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-
801).

(4) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-
00-860-802).

R (5) Close the access door 811.

(6) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-22-18-862-050

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-18

Page 409
Apr 01/95
 
THY 
 MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________

TASK 52-22-21-000-801

Removal of the Door Locking Mechanism from the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
98A52108004001 2 SLING - PASSENGER DOOR
R 98A52108007000 1 TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS
R 98A52207597000 2 SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY EXIT
98A52207597001 1 SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY EXIT

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

25-23-53-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door
25-62-42-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilties
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-001 Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 401
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-21-991-001-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-026 Fig. 402

R
52-22-21-991-002 Fig. 403

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-22-21-991-002-B Fig. 403A

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R Post SB 52-4082 For A/C 001-099,101-149,

R 52-22-21-991-002-A Fig. 403B

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R Post SB 52-4082 For A/C 151-199,

R 52-22-21-991-002-C Fig. 403C

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-003 Fig. 404

R
52-22-21-991-004 Fig. 405

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-21-991-004-A Fig. 405A


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 402
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-005 Fig. 406

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-21-991-005-A Fig. 406A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-006 Fig. 407

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-21-991-006-A Fig. 407A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-007 Fig. 408

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-21-991-007-A Fig. 408A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-009 Fig. 409

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-21-991-009-A Fig. 409A


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 403
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-010 Fig. 410

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-21-991-010-A Fig. 410A

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-012 Fig. 411

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-22-21-991-012-A Fig. 411A

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-024 Fig. 412

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-22-21-991-024-A Fig. 412A

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R 52-22-21-991-044 Fig. 413

R 52-22-21-991-028 Fig. 414
R 52-22-21-991-029 Fig. 415

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-22-21-991-008 Fig. 416


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 404
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R 52-22-21-991-030 Fig. 417

R 52-22-21-991-031 Fig. 418
R 52-22-21-991-032 Fig. 419

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-22-21-991-011 Fig. 420

R 52-22-21-991-025 Fig. 421

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R 52-22-21-991-033 Fig. 422

R 52-22-21-991-034 Fig. 423
R 52-22-21-991-035 Fig. 424

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-22-21-991-014-A Fig. 425A

R 52-22-21-991-013-A Fig. 426A

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R 52-22-21-991-036 Fig. 427

R 52-22-21-991-045 Fig. 428
R 52-22-21-991-039 Fig. 429
R 52-22-21-991-046 Fig. 430

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-21-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 405
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-21-010-050

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-22-21-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-22-21-010-051

D. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the related door.

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

(3) Remove the escape facility from the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-000-
801).

(4) Remove the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-53-000-801).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 406
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-22-21-941-050

A. Preparation for Removal

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2001 to 2166

____

(1) Install the SLING - PASSENGER DOOR (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-940-801).

(2) Unload the torsion springs.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-21-991-001)

NOTE : This is only necessary for the removal of:

____
- the external control handle,
- the gearbox and locking hook,
- the twin lever,
- the lifting shaft,
- the upper and lower connection links.

(a) Remove the lockwire from the tension bolts (3).

(b) Loosen the tension bolts (3) until the springs (2) are unloaded.

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-22-21-941-050-A

A. Preparation for Removal

R (1) Install the SLING - PASSENGER DOOR on the opened door to safety it in
R its lifted positon (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-940-801).

R (2) Release the pre-tension of the torsion bar (1) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-22-21-991-001-A)

R NOTE : This procedure is only necessary for the removal of:

____
R - the external control handle
R - the gearbox
R - the twin lever
R - the lifting shaft
- the upper and lower connection links.

R (a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the tension bolt (3) and the
R lead seal rivet (5).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 407
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Tension Bolt on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 401/TASK 52-22-21-991-001

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 408
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Tension Bolt
Figure 401A/TASK 52-22-21-991-001-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 409
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Loosen the tension bolt (3) until the torsion bar (1) is without
R pre-tension.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-22-21-941-051

R B. Preparation for Removal

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
R subsequent.

R (1) Install the SLING - PASSENGER DOOR on the opened door to safety it in
R its lifted positon (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-940-801).

R (2) Release the pre-tension of the torsion bar (1) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-21-991-026)

R NOTE : This procedure is only necessary for the removal of:

____
R - the external control handle
R - the gearbox
R - the twin lever
R - the lifting shaft
R - the upper and lower connection links.

R (a) Remove and discard the lockwire from the tension bolt (3) and the
R lead seal rivet (5).

R (b) Loosen the tension bolt (3) until the torsion bar (1) is without
R pre-tension.
R

Subtask 52-22-21-020-050

C. Removal of the Door Locking Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2001 to 2166

____

NOTE : For the removal procedure use the special tools from the TOOL SET-
____
R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 410
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Tension Bolt on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
Figure 402/TASK 52-22-21-991-026

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 411
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (1) Remove the lining hinge arms and the locking hooks.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-21-991-002)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R Post SB 52-4082 For A/C 001-099,101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 403B/TASK 52-22-21-991-002-A)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(a) Remove the nuts (27), the bolts (28) and the lever assemblies
(29).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (20).

(c) Remove the nut (21), the washer (22), the bolt (26) and the
washer (25).

R (d) Disconnect the pushrod (16) and remove the washer (18) and the
R bush (19).
R

(e) Remove the nut (23), the bolt (24) and the plate assembly (39).

(f) Remove and discard the cotter pins (10).

(g) Remove the nuts (11) and the washers (12).

(h) Remove the bolts (31), the washers (32), the pushrod (16) and the
bushes (14) and (15).

(i) Disconnect the pushrod (30) and remove the bushes (14) and (15).

(j) Remove and discard the cotter pin (37).

(k) Remove the nut (36), the bolt (33) and the washer (34).

(l) Remove the bush (35), the washer (38) and the locking hook (13).

(2) Remove the indicator cover.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-21-991-003)

(a) Remove the nuts (49) and the washers (46).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 412
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Locking Hook and Lining Hinge Arms on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 403/TASK 52-22-21-991-002

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 413
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Locking Hook and Lining Connection Plate
R Figure 403A/TASK 52-22-21-991-002-B

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 414
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Locking Hook and Lining Hinge Arms on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
R Figure 403B/TASK 52-22-21-991-002-A


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 415
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Locking Hook and Lining Connection Plate
R Figure 403C/TASK 52-22-21-991-002-C


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 416
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Indicator Cover
Figure 404/TASK 52-22-21-991-003


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 417
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 (b) Remove the bolts (47), the washers (46), the indicator cover (45)
and the spacer (48).

(3) Remove the locking-shaft bellcrank assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-22-21-991-004)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (60) and (70).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (73).

2
_ Remove the nuts (72), the bolts (63) and the washers (71) and
(64).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrods (60) and (70) and remove the bushes
(61) and (62).

(b) Disconnect the spring rod cylinder (85).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (73).

2
_ Remove the nut (72), the bolt (63) and the washers (71), (82)
and (64).

3
_ Disconnect the spring rod (85) and remove the bushes (83) and
(84).

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (74).

(d) Remove the nut (75), the washers (76) and (77), the lever (78),
the key (67) and the washer (79).

(e) Remove the shaft (65), the bush (80), the washers (81) and (68),
the key (66) and the bellcrank (69).

NOTE : Identify the washers (81) for the installation procedure.

____

(4) Remove the lowering shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-22-21-991-005)

(a) Open the door to release the tension of the spring (114).

(b) Remove the spring (114).

1
_ Remove the nut (122) and the bolt (121).

2
_ Remove the spring (114) from the bolt (111).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 418
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 Locking-Shaft Bellcrank Assembly on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 405/TASK 52-22-21-991-004

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 419
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Locking Shaft Assembly
Figure 405A/TASK 52-22-21-991-004-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 420
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Lowering Shaft on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 406/TASK 52-22-21-991-005


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 421
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 3
_ Remove the nut (113), the bolt (111) and the washer (112).

(c) Disconnect the pushrod (95).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (119).

2
_ Remove the nut (120), the bolt (124), the washer (123) and
disconnect the pushrod (95).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (115).

(e) Remove the nut (116) and the washer (117).

(f) Remove the lever (94) and the key (118).

(g) Remove and discard the cotter pin (96).

(h) Remove the nut (97) and the washer (98).

(i) Remove the lever (100) and the key (99).

(j) Remove the roller assembly from the lever (100).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (106).

2
_ Remove the nut (105) and the washer (104).

3
_ Remove the bolt (102) together with the bush (101) and the
roller (103).

(k) Remove the nuts (93), the bolts (91), the screw (90) and the
bearing flange (92).

(l) Remove the nuts (107), the bolts (109), the bearing flange (110)
and the lowering shaft (108).

(5) Remove the internal control handle and shaft assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-22-21-991-006)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (144).

(b) Remove the nut (142) and the washers (143).

NOTE : Identify the number of the washers (143) for the

____
installation procedure.

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 422
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Lowering Shaft Assembly
Figure 406A/TASK 52-22-21-991-005-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 423
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Internal Control Handle on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 407/TASK 52-22-21-991-006


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 424
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 (c) Identify the position of the internal control handle (140) and
then remove it.

(d) Remove the spring rod (157).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (152).

2
_ Remove the nuts (153) and the washers (154).

3
_ Remove the bolts (156) and (161) and the spring rod (157).

(e) Remove the nuts (135) and the bolts (141) and (145).

(f) Identify the position of the couplings (150) and (134) and the
washer(s) (151).

(g) Remove the nuts (132), the washers (133) and the bolts (147).

(h) Move the splined shaft (136) rearward to move apart the couplings
(150) and (134) and remove the washers (151).

(i) Identify the number of washers (133) and (151) for the
installation procedure.

(j) Remove the coupling (150) together with the splined shaft (136)
and the bearing housing (139) from the door.

(k) Identify the position of the coupling (150) on the splined shaft
(136).

(l) Remove the nut (149) and the washer (148).

(m) Remove the coupling (150), the spacers (131) and (146), the
bearing housing (139) and the splined bush (138) from the splined
shaft (136).

(n) Identify the position of the coupling (134) and the lever (155)
on the gear box shaft (130).

(o) Remove the nut (149) and the washer (148).

(p) Remove the coupling (134), the lever (155) and the spacer (131)
from the gear box shaft (130).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 425
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (6) Remove the external control handle.
(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-22-21-991-007)

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the tension springs.

(b) Remove the screws (191), the panel (190) and the seal (192).

(c) Remove the internal control handle and shaft assembly.

(d) Remove the pushrods (176), (181) and (183).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (189).

2
_ Remove the nut (188) and the washer (187).

3
_ Remove the bolt (185), the washer (186) and disconnect the
pushrod.

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (171).

(f) Remove the nut (170) and the washer (172).

(g) Remove the nuts (182) and the screws (184). Use the tool
98A52207597106 from the tool set SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY EXIT
(98A52207597001).

(h) Remove the nuts (178), the bolts (180) and the gearbox mounting
flange (179).

(i) Move the gearbox (177) rearward until you can remove the external
control handle (173).

(j) Identify the position of the external control handle (173) for
the installation procedure.

(k) Remove the external control handle (173), the splined bush (174)
and the washer (175).

(l) Remove the gearbox (177) from the door.

(7) Remove the twin lever.

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-22-21-991-009)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (206).

(b) Remove the nuts (205) and the washers (204).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 426
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
R Internal Control Handle and Spring Box Assembly
Figure 407A/TASK 52-22-21-991-006-A


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 427
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 External Control Handle and Gearbox on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 408/TASK 52-22-21-991-007


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 428
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-22-21

Page 429
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R External Control Handle
R Figure 408A/TASK 52-22-21-991-007-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 430
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R External Control Handle
R Figure 408A/TASK 52-22-21-991-007-A22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 431
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Twin Lever on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 409/TASK 52-22-21-991-009

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 432
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (c) Remove the bolt (203), the washer (204) and disconnect the
pushrod (200).

(d) Remove the bolt (207), the washer (204) and disconnect the
pushrod (216).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (215).

(f) Remove the nut (214) and the washer (213).

(g) Remove the bolt (210), the bush (211), the twin lever (202), and
the washers (208) and (209).

(h) Remove the bush (201) from the support (212).

(8) Remove the lifting shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-22-21-991-010)

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and the there is
no load on the tension springs.

(b) Disconnect the pushrods (233), (259) and (260) (see detail
B
)

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (251).

2
_ Remove the nut (252), the bolt (255) and the washers (253) and
(254).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrod and remove the bushes (256) and (257).

(c) Remove the tension springs (234) (see detail
C
).

1
_ If necessary remove the lockwire from the tension bolt (249).

2
_ Remove the tension bolt (249), the washer (250) and the spacer
(247).

3
_ Remove the bushe (248) from the lever (236).

4
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (244).

5
_ Remove the pin (241), the tension spring (234) and the roller
(245).

(d) Remove the nuts (240), the bolts (239) and the two halves of the
bearing housing (238).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 433
Jan 01/06
R  
THY 
R Twin Lever Assembly
Figure 409A/TASK 52-22-21-991-009-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 434
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Lifting Shaft on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 410/TASK 52-22-21-991-010

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 435
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (e) Remove the nuts (232), the bolts (230) and the washers (231) from
the levers (235), (236) and (261).

(f) Remove the roller assembly from the lifting arms (276).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (279).

2
_ Remove the nut (278) and the washer (278).

3
_ Remove the bolt (263), the bushe (265), the roller (264) and
the sealing cap (266).

(g) Remove the nuts (273), the bolts (275) and the washers (274) from
the lifting arms (276).

(h) Remove the nuts (269) and the bolts (268).

(i) Remove the bearing flange (267), the washers (270) and (271) and
the shaft (272).

(j) Remove the lifting shaft (258) from the door.

(k) Remove the bearing (237), the lifting arms (276) and the levers
(235), (236) and (261) from the lifting shaft (258).

(9) Remove the upper connection link.

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-22-21-991-012)

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the tension springs.

(b) Disconnect the upper connection link from the support arm.

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (351).

2
_ Remove the nut (352) and the washer (350).

3
_ Remove the bolt (347), the washer (348) and the bushes (349).

4
_ Disconnect the upper connection link and remove the washers
(343) and (344).

NOTE : The washers (344) are available in different

____
thicknesses, identify them for the installation
procedure.

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 436
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 5
_ Remove the hinge pin (340), the yoke (346) and the washers
(341), (342) and (345).

NOTE : The washers (342) are available in different

____
thicknesses, identify them for the installation
procedure.

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (298).

(d) Remove the pin (301), the washer (299) and disconnect the pushrod
(304).

(e) Remove the nut (297) the bolt (293), and disconnect the bonding
straps (296) and (305).

(f) Remove and discard the cotter pin (290).

(g) Remove the nut (292) and the washer (291).

(h) Remove the shaft (303), the connection link (295) and the washers
(294) and (302).

NOTE : Identify the number and position of the washers (294) and
____
(302) for the installation procedure.

(10) Remove the lower connection link.

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-22-21-991-012)

(a) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no
load on the tension springs.

(b) Disconnect the lower connection link from the support arm.

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (351).

2
_ Remove the nut (352) and the washer (350).

3
_ Remove the bolt (347), the washer (348) and the bushes (349).

4
_ Disconnect the upper connection link and remove the washers
(343) and (344).

NOTE : The washers (344) are available in different

____
thicknesses, identify them for the installation
procedure.

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 437
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Lifting Shaft Assembly
R Figure 410A/TASK 52-22-21-991-010-A12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 438
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Lifting Shaft Assembly
R Figure 410A/TASK 52-22-21-991-010-A22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 439
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Upper Connection Link on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 411/TASK 52-22-21-991-012

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 440
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 5
_ Remove the hinge pin (340), the yoke (346) and the washers
(341), (342) and (345).

NOTE : The washers (342) are available in different

____
thicknesses, identify them for the installation
procedure.

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (318).

(d) Remove the nut (319), the bolt (324) and the washers (320) and
(323).

(e) Disconnect the pushrod (317) and remove the bushes (321) and
(322).

(f) Remove the bolt (328) the washer (327), and disconnect the
bonding straps (326) and (325).

(g) Remove and discard the cotter pin (316).

(h) Remove the nut (315) and the washer (314).

(i) Remove the shaft (310), the connection link (312) and the washers
(311) and (313).

NOTE : Identify the number and position of the washers (311) and
____
(313) for the installation procedure.

(11) Remove the sensor actuation assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-22-21-991-024)

(a) Remove the spring (363).

(b) Remove the the circlips (360) and the washers (361).

(c) Remove the pin (370) and disconnect the pushrod (369).

(d) Remove the pin (368), the bushes (374) and the actuating lever
(367).

(e) Remove the pins (371), the bushes (365), the roller (366) and the
pushrod (369).

(f) Remove the pin (372) together with the bushes (362) and the
target lever assembly (364).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 441
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Upper Connection Link
R Figure 411A/TASK 52-22-21-991-012-A


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 442
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Sensor Actuation Assembly on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 412/TASK 52-22-21-991-024

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 443
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (g) Remove the pin (372) together with the bushes (365) and the
roller (373).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-22-21-020-050-A

R C. Removal of the Locking Shaft Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 52-22-21-991-002-B)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R Post SB 52-4082 For A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 403C/TASK 52-22-21-991-002-C)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 52-22-21-991-004-A)

R

R (1) Remove the lining connection plate (19) as follows:

R

R (a) Remove the nuts (12), the washers (13) and the bolts (14) to
R disconnect the hinge arms (11) from the structure brackets (15).

R (b) Hold the lining connection plate (19) and remove the nut (22),
R the washer (21) and the bolt (20).

R (c) Remove the lining connection plate (19) from the door structure.

R (2) If required, remove the hinge lever (23) as follows:

R (a) Disconnect the lower end of the push rod (30) from the hinge
R lever (23) as follows:
R

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (28) from the nut (27).
R

R 2
_ Remove the nut (27), the washers (26) and (24) and the bolt
R (25) from the hinge lever (23).
R


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 444
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R 3
_ Remove the lower end of the push rod (30) from the hinge lever
R (23) and collect the washer (31) and the bush (29).
R

R (3) Remove the locking hook (42) from the door structure as follows:

R (a) Disconnect the upper end of the push rod (30) from the locking
R hook (42) as follows:
R

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (49) from the nut (48).
R

R 2
_ Remove the nut (48) and the washers (47) and (46) and the bolt
R (45) from the locking hook (42).

R 3
_ Remove the upper end of the push rod (30) from the locking
R hook (42) and collect the bush (50) and the washer (51).

R (b) Disconnect the upper end of the connection rod (36) from the
R locking hook (42) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (40) from the nut (39).
R

R 2
_ Remove the nut (39), the washers (41) and (43) and the bolt
R (44) from the locking hook (42).

R 3
_ Remove the upper end of the connection rod (36) from the
R locking hook (42) and collect the bush (37) and the washer
R (38).
R

R (c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (53) from the nut (52).

R (d) Remove the nut (52), the bolt (56) and the washer (55) from the
R door structure.

R (e) Remove the bush (54), the washer (57) and the locking hook (42)
R from the door structure.

R (4) If required, remove the indicator cover (81) as follows:

R (a) Hold the the indicator cover (81) and remove the nuts (86), the
R washers (85) and (82) and the screws (83).
R


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 445
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Remove the indicator cover (81) and the spacers (84) from the
R door structure.
R

R (5) Remove the locking shaft (87) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 52-22-21-991-004-A)

R (a) Remove the lower end of the connection rod (36) from the
R bellcrank lever (75) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (79) from the nut (80).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (80), the washers (78) and (77) and the bolt
R (76).

R 3
_ Disconnect the connection rod (36) from the bellcrank lever
R (75).

R (b) Remove the upper end of the control rod (89) from the bellcrank
R lever (75) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (90) from the nut (91).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (91), the washers (92) and (93) and the bolt
R (94).

R 3
_ Disconnect the control rod (89) from the bellcrank lever (75).

R (c) Remove the spring cover (65) from the spring fitting (103) as
R follows:

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE SPRING. ITS

_______
R TENSION CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (100) from the nut (101).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (101) and the washer (102) from the bolt (62).

R 3
_ Hold the spring cover (65) in position and remove the bolt
R (62) with the washer (63) from the spring fitting (103).

R 4
_ Disconnect the spring cover (65) from the spring fitting (103)
R and carefully release the spring (66).

R 5
_ Remove the bushes (64) and (99) from the spring fitting (103).

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 446
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Sensor Actuation Assembly
R Figure 412A/TASK 52-22-21-991-024-A


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 447
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R 6
_ Remove spring cover (65) from the spring housing (98) and
R disassemble the spring (66).

R (d) Remove the spring housing (98) from the bellcrank lever (75) as
R follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (97) from the nut (95).
R

R 2
_ Remove the nut (95), the washers (96) and (68) and the bolt
R (67).

R 3
_ Disconnect the spring housing (98) from the bellcrank lever
R (75).

R (e) If required, remove the nut (61) and the spring fitting (103)
R from the beam.

R (f) Remove and discard the cotter pin (71) from the nut (70).

R (g) Remove the nut (70) and the washer (69) from the locking shaft
R (87).
R

R (h) Move the locking shaft (87) rearward until it comes free from the
R structural bearing (72).

R (i) Collect the washers (73) and (74).

R (j) Move the locking shaft (87) rearward until it comes free from the
R door structure.

R (k) Collect the washer (88) and the bellcrank lever (75).
R

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-22-21-020-051

R D. Removal of the Locking Shaft Assembly

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
R subsequent

R (Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-22-21-991-044, 414/TASK 52-22-21-991-028)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 448
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Locking Hook and Lining Hinge Arms on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 413/TASK 52-22-21-991-044


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 449
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Locking Shaft on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 414/TASK 52-22-21-991-028


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 450
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (1) Remove the lining connection plate (19) as follows:

R (a) Remove the nuts (12), the washers (13) and the bolts (14) to
R disconnect the hinge arms (11) from the structure brackets (15).

R (b) Hold the lining connection plate (19) and remove the nut (22),
R the washer (21) and the bolt (20).

R (c) Remove the lining connection plate (19) from the door structure.

R (2) If required, remove the hinge lever (23) as follows:

R (a) Disconnect the lower end of the push rod (30) from the hinge
R lever (23) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (28) from the nut (27).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (27), the washers (26) and (24) and the bolt
R (26) from the hinge lever (23).

R 3
_ Remove the lower end of the push rod (30) from the hinge lever
R (23) and collect the washer (31) and the bush (29).

R (3) Remove the locking hook (42) from the door structure as follows:

R (a) Disconnect the upper end of the push rod (30) from the locking
R hook (42) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (49) from the nut (48).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (48) and the washers (47) and (46) and the bolt
R (45) from the locking hook (42).

R 3
_ Removet the upper end of the push rod (30) from the locking
R hook (42) and collect the bush (50) and the washer (51).

R (b) Disconnect the upper end of the connection rod (36) from the
R locking hook (42) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (40) from the nut (39).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (39), the washers (41) and (43) and the bolt
R (44) from the locking hook (42).

R 3
_ Remove the upper end of the connection rod (36) from the
R locking hook (42) and colloect the bush (37) and washer (38).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 451
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (53) from the nut (52).

R (d) Remove the nut (52), the bolt (56) and the washer (55) from the
R door structure.

R (e) Remove the bush (54), the washer (57) and the locking hook (42)
R from the door structure.

R (4) Remove the locking shaft (87) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-22-21-991-028)

R (a) If required, remove the nuts (86), the washers (85) and (82), the
R srews (83), the indicator cover (81) and the spacers (84) from
R the door structure.

R (b) Remove the lower end of the connection rod (36) from the
R bellcrank lever (75) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (79) from the nut (80).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (80), washers (78) and (77), the bolt (76) and
R disconnect the connection rod (36) from the bellcrank lever
R (75).

R (c) Remove the upper end of the control rod (89) from the bellcrank
R lever (75) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (90) from the nut (91).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (91), washers (92) and (93), the bolt (94) and
R disconnect the control rod (89) from the bellcrank lever (75).

R (d) Remove the spring cover (65) from the spring fitting (103) as
R follows:

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE SPRING. ITS

_______
R TENSION CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (100) from the nut (101).

R 2
_ Hold the spring cover (65) in position and remove the nut
R (101), the washers (102) and (63) and the bolt (62) from the
R spring fitting (103).

R 3
_ Disconnect the spring cover (65) from the spring fitting (103)
R and carefully release the spring (66).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 452
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R 4
_ Remove spring cover (65) from the spring housing (98) and
R disassemble the spring (66).

R (e) Remove the spring housing (98) from the bellcrank lever (75) as
R follows:

R 1
_ Cut and remove the cotter pin (97) from the nut (95).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (95), the washers (96) and (68), the bolt (67)
R and disconnect spring housing (98) from the bellcrank lever
R (75).

R (f) Remove and discard the cotter pin (71) from the nut (70).

R (g) Remov the nut (70) and the washer (69) from the locking shaft
R (87).

R (h) Move the locking shaft (87) rearward until it comes free from the
R structural bearing (72) and collect the washers (73) and (74).

R (i) Move the locking shaft (87) rearward until it comes free from the
R door structure and collect the washer (88) and and the bellcrank
R lever (75).
R

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R Subtask 52-22-21-020-070

R E. Removal of the Lowering Shaft Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-22-21-991-005-A)

R (1) Make sure that the door is open to release the tension of the spring
R (111).

R (2) Disconnect the spring (111) from the crank lever (140) and the bolt
R (141).

R (3) If required, remove the nut (143), the washer (142) and the bolt
R (141) from the door structure.

R (4) Disconnect the upper end of the link rod (133) from the crank lever
R (140) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (130) from the nut (131).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 453
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Remove the nut (131), the washers (132) and (134) and the bolt
R (135).

R (c) Remove the link rod (133) from the crank lever (140).

R (5) Remove the nut (136) and the washer (137) and disassemble the crank
R lever (140) and the distance bush (139) from the lowering shaft
R (112).

R (6) Remove the nut (117), the washer (118) and the roller lever (119)
R from the lowering shaft (112).

R (7) If required, remove the roller (116) from the roller lever (119) as
R follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (122) from the nut (123).

R (b) Remove the nut (123), the washer (121), the bolt (115), the
R roller (116) and the bush (120) from the roller lever (119).

R (8) Remove the nuts (127), the washers (126) and (125), the bolts (124)
R and the flange bearing (129) from the door structure.

R (9) Remove the lowering shaft (112) from the flange bearing (114).

R (10) If required, remove the nuts (113), the bolts (138) and the flange
R bearing (114) from the door structure.

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R Subtask 52-22-21-020-071

R F. Removal of the Lowering Shaft Assembly

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
R subsequent.

R (Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 52-22-21-991-029)

R (1) Make sure that the door is open to release the tension of the spring
R (111).

R (2) Disconnect the spring (111) from the crank lever (140) and the bolt
R (142).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 454
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Lowering Shaft on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 415/TASK 52-22-21-991-029


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 455
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (3) If required, remove the nut (143), the washer (142) and the bolt
R (141) from the door structure.

R (4) Disconnect the upper end of the link rod (133) from the crank lever
R (140) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (130) from the nut (131).

R (b) Remove the nut (131), the washers (132) and (134) and the bolt
R (135).

R (c) Remove the link rod (133) from the crank lever (140).

R (5) Remove the nut (136) and the washer (137) and disassemble the crank
R lever (140) and the distance bush (139) from the lowering shaft
R (112).

R (6) Remove the nut (117), the washer (118) and the roller lever (119)
R from the lowering shaft (112).

R (7) If required, remove the roller (116) from the roller lever (119) as
R follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (122) from the nut (123).

R (b) Remove the nut (123), the washer (121), the bolt (115), the
R roller (116) and the bush (120 )from the roller lever (119).

R (8) Remove the nuts (127), the washers (126) and (125), the bolts (124)
R and the flange bearing (129) from the door structure.

R (9) Remove the lowering shaft (112) from the flange bearing (114).

R (10) If required, remove the nuts (113), the bolts (138) and the flange
R bearing (114) from the door structure.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 456
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 151-199,

R Subtask 52-22-21-020-072

R G. Removal of the Door Handle Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 407A/TASK 52-22-21-991-006-A, 408A/TASK 52-22-21-991-007-A,
416/TASK 52-22-21-991-008)

R (1) Remove the internal control handle (159) from the inner handle shaft
R (158) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (160) from the nut (161).

R (b) Remove the nut (161) and the washers (162) and (163) from the
R inner handle shaft (158).

R (c) Move the internal control handle (159) rearward until it is free
R from the inner handle shaft (158).

R (2) Remove the spring box assy (169) as follows:

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE SPRING. ITS

_______
R TENSION CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.

R (a) Remove the eye-end of the spring box assy (169) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (166) from the nut (167).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (167) and the washer (168) from the bolt (151).

R 3
_ Hold the spring box assy (169) in position and remove the bolt
R (151) with the washers (154) and (152) from the fitting (153).

R 4
_ Carefully release the spring box assy (169).

R (b) Remove the fork-end of the spring box assy (169) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (157) from the nut (156).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (156), the washer (155) and the bolt (165) and
R disconnect the spring box assy (169) from the spring lever
R (164).

R (3) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no load
R on the tension bar (5).

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 457
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Gear Box with External Control Handle
R Figure 416/TASK 52-22-21-991-008

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 458
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (4) Remove the screws (172) and the seal cover (171) from the door
R structure to get access to the gearbox assembly.
R (Ref. Fig. 408A/TASK 52-22-21-991-007-A)

R (5) Disconnect the lower end of the connection rod (133) from the latch
R hook (183) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (186) from the pin (184).

R (b) Remove the washer (185) and the pin (184) and disconnect the
R connection rod (133) from the latch hook (183).

R (6) Disconnect the lower end of the push rod (89) from the double lever
R (176) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (174) from the nut (173).

R (b) Remove the nut (173), the washers (175) and (188), and the bolt
R (187).

R (c) Remove the push rod (89) from the double lever (176).

R (7) Disconnect the upper end of the control rod (180) from the double
R lever (176) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (177) from the nut (178).

R (b) Remove the nut (178), the washers (179) and (181), and the bolt
R (182).

R (c) Remove the control rod (180) from the double lever (176).

R (8) Remove the inner handle shaft (158) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (192) from the nut (191).

R (b) Remove the nut (191), the washers (193) and (194), the double
R lever (176) and the washer (195) from the inner handle shaft
R (158).

R (c) Move the inner handle shaft (158) rearward until the sleeve (200)
R and the washers (201) and (202) come free from the flange bearing
R (206).

R (d) Continue to move the inner handle shaft (158) rearward until it
R disengages from the gearbox (209).

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 459
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (e) Collect the gearwheel (196), the double lever (197) and the
R washer (208).

R NOTE : The inner handle shaft (158) can only be fully removed
____
R from the door structure if the gearbox (209) is removed.

R (9) Remove the external control handle (214) and the gearbox (209) as
R follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 52-22-21-991-008)

R (a) Open the lockwasher (225) to release the special nut (224).

R (b) Loosen the the special nut (224) with the spanner 98A52207597106.

R NOTE : The spanner is part of the SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY EXIT

____
R (98A52207597000).

R (c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (211) from the nut (213).

R (d) Remove the nut (213) and the washer (212) from the outer handle
R shaft (226).

R (e) Remove the nuts (220) and the bolts (221) and disassemble the
R gearbox flange bearing (222) from the door structure.

R (f) Hold the gearbox (209) and remove the nuts (219) and the bolts
R (218).

R (g) Turn the gearbox (209) outboard until the outer handle shaft
R (226) comes free from the door structure.

R (h) Hold the external control handle (214) and move the outer handle
R shaft (226) rearward until it comes free from the external
R control handle (214).

R NOTE : Do not fully remove the outer handle shaft (226) during
____
R this movement.

R (i) Remove the gearbox (209) and the external control handle (214)
R from the door structure.

R (10) If required, remove the inner handle shaft (158) as follows:

R (a) Remove the nut (198), the washers (199) and the bolt (203) from
R the spring lever (164).

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 460
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Move the spring lever (164) from its splined area of the inner
R handle shaft (158).

R (c) Move the inner handle shaft (158) forward until its splined end
R comes free from the door structure to remove it.

R (d) Remove the spring lever (164) from the inner handle shaft (158).

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R Subtask 52-22-21-020-073

R H. Removal of the Door Handle Mechanism

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
R subsequent.

R (Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 52-22-21-991-030, 418/TASK 52-22-21-991-031, 419/TASK

52-22-21-991-032)

R (1) Remove the internal control handle (159) from the inner handle shaft
R (158) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (160) from the nut (161).

R (b) Remove the nut (161) and the washers (162) and (163) from the
R inner handle shaft (158).

R (c) Move the internal control handle (159) rearward until it is free
R from the inner handle shaft (158).

R (2) Remove the spring box assy (169) as follows:

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE SPRING. ITS

_______
R TENSION CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.

R (a) Remove the eye-end of the spring box assy (169) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (166) from the nut (167).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (167) and the washer (168) from the bolt (151).

R 3
_ Hold the spring box assy (169) in position and remove the bolt
R (151) with the washers (154) and (152) from the fitting (153).

R 4
_ Carefully release the spring box assy (169).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 461
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Internal Control Handle on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 417/TASK 52-22-21-991-030


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 462
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-22-21

Page 463
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Inner Handle Shaft on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 418/TASK 52-22-21-991-031- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 464
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Inner Handle Shaft on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 418/TASK 52-22-21-991-031- 22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 465
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Gear Box with External Control Handle on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 419/TASK 52-22-21-991-032

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 466
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Remove the fork-end of the spring box assy (169) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (157) from the nut (156).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (156), the washer (155) and the bolt (165) and
R disconnect the spring box assy (169) from the spring lever
R (164).

R (3) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no load
R on the tension bar (5).

R (4) Remove the screws (172) and the seal cover (171) from the door
R structure to get access to the gearbox assembly.
R (Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 52-22-21-991-031)

R (5) Disconnect the lower end of the connection rod (133) from the latch
R hook (183) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (186) from the pin (184).

R (b) Remove the washer (185) and the pin (184) and disconnect the
R connection rod (133) from the latch hook (183).

R (6) Disconnect the lower end of the push rod (89) from the double lever
R (176) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (174) from the nut (173).

R (b) Remove the nut (173), the washers (175) and (188), and the bolt
R (187).

R (c) Remove the push rod (89) from the double lever (176).

R (7) Disconnect the upper end of the control rod (180) from the double
R lever (176) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (177) from the nut (178).

R (b) Remove the nut (178), the washers (179) and (181), and the bolt
R (182).

R (c) Remove the control rod (180) from the double lever (176).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 467
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (8) Remove the inner handle shaft (158) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (192) from the nut (191).

R (b) Remove the nut (191), the washers (193) and (194), the double
R lever (176) and the washer (195) from the inner handle shaft
R (158).

R (c) Move the inner handle shaft (158) rearward until the sleeve (200)
R and the washers (201) and (202) come free from the flange bearing
R (206).

R (d) Continue to move the inner shaft shaft handle (158) rewards until
R it disengages from the gearbox (209).

R (e) Collect the gearwheel (196), the double lever (197) and the
R washer (208).

R NOTE : The inner handle shaft (158) can only be fully removed
____
R from the door structure if the gearbox (209) is removed.

R (9) Remove the external control handle (214) and the gearbox (209) as
R follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 52-22-21-991-032)

R (a) Open the lockwasher (225) to release the special nut (224).

R (b) Loosen the the special nut (224) with the spanner 98A52207597106.

R NOTE : The spanner is part of the SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY EXIT

____
R (98A52207597000).

R (c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (211) from the nut (213).

R (d) Remove the nut (213) and the washer (212) from the outer handle
R shaft (226).

R (e) Remove the nuts (220) and the bolts (221) and disassemble the
R gearbox flange bearing (222) from the gearbox (209).

R (f) Hold the gearbox (209) and remove the nuts (219) and the bolts
R (218).

R (g) Turn the gearbox (209) inboard until the outer handle shaft (226)
R comes free from the door structure.

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 468
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (h) Hold the external control handle (214) and move the outer handle
R shaft (226) rearward until it comes free the external control
R handle (214).

R NOTE : Do not fully remove the outer handle shaft (226) during
____
R this movement.

R (i) Remove the gearbox (209) and the external control handle (214)
R from the door structure.

R (10) If required, remove the inner handle shaft (158) as follows:

R (a) Remove the nut (198), the washers (199) and the bolt (203) from
R the spring lever (164).

R (b) Move the spring lever (164) from its splined area of the inner
R handle shaft (158).

R (c) Move the inner handle shaft (158) forward until its splined end
R comes free from the door structure to remove it.

R (d) Remove the spring lever (164) from the inner handle shaft (158).

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R Subtask 52-22-21-020-074

R J. Removal of the Lifting Shaft Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-22-21-991-009-A, 410A/TASK 52-22-21-991-010-A)

R (1) Remove the twin lever (247) as follows:

R (a) Disconnect the lower end of the control rod (180) from the twin
R lever (247) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (236) from the nut (237).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (237), the washers (238) and (239), and the
R bolt (240)

R 3
_ Remove the control rod (180) from the twin lever (247).

R (b) Disconnect the upper end of the connection rod (244) from the
R twin lever (247) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (241) from the nut (242).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 469
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R 2
_ Remove the nut (242), the washers (243) and (246), and the
R bolt (245).

R 3
_ Remove the connection rod (244) from the twin lever (247).

R (c) Remove the twin lever (247) from the beam bracket (231) as
R follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (234) from the nut (233).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (233), the washer (232), the bolt (235) and the
R twin lever (247) from the beam bracket (231).

R (2) Disconnect the lower end of the connection rod (244) from the shaft
R lever (283) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 410A/TASK 52-22-21-991-010-A)

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (266) from the nut (267).

R (b) Remove the nut (267), the washers (268) and (269) and the bolt
R (270).

R (c) Remove the connection rod (244) from the shaft lever (283).

R (3) Disconnect the upper end of the push rod (272) from the bellcrank
R lever (276) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (274) from the nut (275).

R (b) Remove the nut (275), the washers (273) and (284) and the bolt
R (285).

R (c) Remove the push rod (272) from the bellcrank lever (276) and
R collect the washer (271).

R (4) Disconnect the lower end of the link rod (280) from the the bellcrank
R lever (276) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (277) from the nut (278).

R (b) Remove the nut (278), the washers (279) and (281) and the bolt
R (282).

R (c) Remove the link rod (280) from the bellcrank lever (276).

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 470
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (5) Remove the support levers (262) from the lifting shaft (252) as
R follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (258) from the nuts (260).

R (b) Remove the nuts (260) and the washers (261) from the lifting
R shaft (252).

R (c) Move the support levers (262) off the splined ends of the lifting
R shaft (252).

R (6) If necessary, disassemble the support levers (262) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (253) from the nuts (254).

R (b) Remove the nuts (254), the washers (255), the bushes (259), the
R rollers (256) and the bolts (257).

R (7) Carefully remove the bearings (251) from the lifting shaft (252) and
R the door structure.

R (8) Remove the lifting shaft (252) as follows:

R (a) Remove the nut (295), the washer (294) and the bolt (291) from
R the bellcrank lever (276).

R (b) Remove the nut (292), the washer (293) and the bolt (296) from
R the shaft lever (283).

R (c) Open the lockwasher (264) to release the special nut (263).

R (d) Loosen the special nut (263) with the spanner 98A52207597106.

R NOTE : The spanner is part of the SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY EXIT

____
R (98A52207597000).

R (e) Remove the nuts (286), the washers (287) and the bolts (289) from
R the bearing flange (288).

R (f) Move the lifting shaft (252) rearward and remove the special nut
R (263), the lockwasher (264), the spacer (265) and the bearing
R flange (288).

R (g) Move the lifting shaft (252) forward through the door structure
R and remove the bellcrank lever (276) and the shaft lever (283).

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 471
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (9) Remove the fork-end (2) from the torque shaft lever (313) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 52-22-21-991-011)

R (a) Remove the tension bolt (3) and the washer (4) from the fork-end
R (2).

R (b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (307) from the nut (308).

R (c) Remove the nut (308), the washers (309) and (310), and the bolt
R (311).

R (d) Remove the fork-end (2) from the torque shaft lever (313).

R (10) Disconnect the lower end of the push rod (272) from the bellcrank
R lever (316) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (304) from the nut (305).

R (b) Remove the nut (305), the washers (306) and (303), and the bolt
R (302).

R (c) Remove the push rod (272) from the bellcrank lever (316).

R (11) Remove the torsion bar (1) as follows:

R (a) Remove the clamp (315) and the bush halves (314) from the torsion
R bar (1).

R (b) Remove the circlips (301) from the door structure.

R (c) Move the torsion bar (1) until it comes free from the door
R structure.

R (12) Remove the nuts (332), the washers (331) and (330), the bolts (329)
R and the flange bearing (333) from the door structure.
R (Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 52-22-21-991-025)

R (13) Remove the torque shaft (312) from the door structure.

R (14) Remove the torsion shaft (317) as follows:

R (a) Remove the nut (328), the washer (327) and the bolt (326) from
R the bellcrank lever (316).

R (b) Remove the nuts (325), the washers (324) and (323), the bolts
R (322) and the bearing flange (321) from the door structure.

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 472
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Torsion Bar and Torque Shaft Assembly
R Figure 420/TASK 52-22-21-991-011

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 473
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Torsion Shaft Assembly
R Figure 421/TASK 52-22-21-991-025

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 474
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (c) Move the torsion shaft (317) forward and disassemble the
R bellcrank lever (316).

R (d) Remove the torsion shaft (317) from the door structure.

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R Subtask 52-22-21-020-075

R K. Removal of the Lifting Shaft Assembly

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
R subsequent.

R (Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 52-22-21-991-033, 423/TASK 52-22-21-991-034)

R (1) Remove the twin lever (247) as follows:

R (a) Disconnect the lower end of the control rod (180) from the twin
R lever (247) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (236) from the nut (237).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (237), the washers (238) and (239), and the
R bolt (240)

R 3
_ Remove the control rod (180) from the twin lever (247).

R (b) Disconnect the upper end of the connection rod (244) from the
R twin lever (247) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (241) from the nut (242).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (242), the washers (243) and (246), and the
R bolt (245).

R 3
_ Remove the connection rod (244) from the twin lever (247).

R (c) Remove the twin lever (247) from the beam bracket (231) as
R follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (234) from the nut (233).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (233), the washer (232), the bolt (235) and the
R twin lever (247) from the beam bracket (231).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 475
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Twin Lever on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 422/TASK 52-22-21-991-033


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 476
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Lifting Shaft on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 423/TASK 52-22-21-991-034


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 477
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (2) Disconnect the lower end of the connection rod (244) from the shaft
R lever (283) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 52-22-21-991-034)

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (266) from the nut (267).

R (b) Remove the nut (267), the washers (268) and (269) and the bolt
R (270).

R (c) Remove the connection rod (244) from the shaft lever (283).

R (3) Disconnect the upper end of the push rod (272) from the bellcrank
R lever (276) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (274) from the nut (275).

R (b) Remove the nut (275), the washers (273) and (284) and the bolt
R (285).

R (c) Remove the push rod (272) from the bellcrank lever (276) and
R collect the washer (271).

R (4) Disconnect the lower end of the link rod (280) from the the bellcrank
R lever (276) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (277) from the nut (278).

R (b) Remove the nut (278), the washers (279) and (281) and the bolt
R (282).

R (c) Remove the link rod (280) from the bellcrank lever (276).

R (5) Remove the support levers (262) from the lifting shaft (252) as
R follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (258) from the nuts (260).

R (b) Remove the nuts (260) and the washers (261) from the lifting
R shaft (252).

R (c) Move the support levers (262) off the splined ends of the lifting
R shaft (252).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 478
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (6) If necessary, disassemble the support levers (262) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (253) from the nuts (254).

R (b) Remove the nuts (254), the washers (255), the bushes (259), the
R rollers (256) and the bolts (257).

R (7) Carefully remove the bearings (251) from the lifting shaft (252) and
R the door structure.

R (8) Remove the lifting shaft (252) as follows:

R (a) Remove the nut (295), the washer (294) and the bolt (291) from
R the bellcrank lever (276).

R (b) Remove the nut (292), the washer (293) and the bolt (296) from
R the shaft lever (283).

R (c) Open the lockwasher (264) to release the special nut (263).

R (d) Loosen the special nut (263) with the spanner 98A52207597106.

R NOTE : The spanner is part of the SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY EXIT

____
R (98A52207597000).

R (e) Remove the nuts (286), the washers (287) and the bolts (289) from
R the bearing flange (288).

R (f) Move the lifting shaft (252) rearward and remove the special nut
R (263), the lockwasher (264), the spacer (265) and the bearing
R flange (288).

R (g) Move the lifting shaft (252) forward through the door structure
R and remove the bellcrank lever (276) and the shaft lever (283).

R (9) Remove the fork end (2) from the torque shaft lever (313) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 52-22-21-991-035)

R (a) Remove the tension bolt (3) and the washer (4) from the fork end
R (2).

R (b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (307) from the nut (308).

R (c) Remove the nut (308), the washers (309) and (310), and the bolt
R (311).

R (d) Remove the fork end (2) from the torque shaft lever (313).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 479
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Torsion Bar and Torque Shaft on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 424/TASK 52-22-21-991-035


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 480
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (10) Disconnect the lower end of the push rod (272) from the bellcrank
R lever (316) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (304) from the nut (305).

R (b) Remove the nut (305), the washers (306) and (303), and the bolt
R (302).

R (c) Remove the push rod (272) from the bellcrank lever (316).

R (11) Remove the torsion bar (1) as follows:

R (a) Remove the clamp (315) and the bush halves (314) from the torsion
R bar (1).

R (b) Remove the circlips (301) from the door structure.

R (c) Move the torsion bar (1) until it comes free from the door
R structure.

R (12) Remove the nuts (332), the washers (331) and (330), the bolts (329)
R and the flange bearing (333) from the door structure.

R (13) Remove the torque shaft (312) from the door structure.

R (14) Remove the torsion shaft (317) as follows:

R (a) Remove the nut (328), the washer (327) and the bolt (326) from
R the bellcrank lever (316).

R (b) Remove the nuts (325), the washers (324) and (323), the bolts
R (322) and the bearing flange (321) from the door structure.

R (c) Move the torsion shaft (317) forward and disassemble the
R bellcrank lever (316).

R (d) Remove the torsion shaft (317) from the door structure.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 481
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 151-199,

R Subtask 52-22-21-020-076

R L. Removal of the Upper and Lower Connection Links

R (Ref. Fig. 411A/TASK 52-22-21-991-012-A, 425A/TASK 52-22-21-991-014-A,
426A/TASK 52-22-21-991-013-A)

R (1) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no load
R on the torsion bar (1).

R (2) Remove the upper and lower connection links (384) and (349) from the
R support arm (364) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 425A/TASK 52-22-21-991-014-A)

R NOTE : The removal procedures for the upper and lower connection
____
R links (349) and (384) are the same. Thus, the removal of the
R upper connection link (349) only is described here.

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (361) from the nut (362).

R (b) Remove the nut (362), the washers (375) and (372), the bushes
R (374) and (373) and the bolt (371).

R (c) Disconnect the upper connection link (349) and remove the washers
R (365) and (366).

R NOTE : The washers (365) are available in different thicknesses.

____
R Identify them for the installation procedure.

R (d) Remove the hinge pin (363), the yoke (369) and the washers (367),
R (368) and (370).

R NOTE : The washers (367) and (370) are available in different

____
R thicknesses. Identify them for the installation procedure.

R (3) Remove the upper connection link (349) from the door structure as
R follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 411A/TASK 52-22-21-991-012-A)

R (a) Remove the nut (351) and the bolt (343) and disconnect the
R bonding straps (344) and (352) from the upper connection link
R (349).

R (b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (341) from the nut (342).

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 482
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Upper and Lower Connection Linkage to the Support Arm
R On Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
R Figure 425/TASK 52-22-21-991-014


R EFF :

001-099, 101-149, 

52-22-21 Page 483
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Upper and Lower Connection Linkage to the Support Arm
R Figure 425A/TASK 52-22-21-991-014-A


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 484
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Lower Connection Link on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
R Figure 426/TASK 52-22-21-991-013

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 485
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Lower Connection Link
R Figure 426A/TASK 52-22-21-991-013-A


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 486
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (c) Remove the nut (342) and the washer (353) from the shaft bolt
R (350).

R (d) Hold the upper connection link (349) and remove the shaft bolt
R (350) and the washers (345), (346) and (347).

R NOTE : The washers (345), (346) and (347) are available in

____
R different thicknesses. Identify them for the installation
R procedure.

R (e) Remove the upper connection link (349) from the door structure.

R (4) Remove the lower connection link (384) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 426A/TASK 52-22-21-991-013-A)

R (a) Disconnect the upper end of the link rod (280) from the lower
R connection link (384) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (395) from the nut (394).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (394), the washers (393) and (392), and the
R bolt (391).

R 3
_ Remove the link rod (280) from the lower connection link
R (384).

R (b) Remove the nut (390), the washer (398) and the bolt (399) and
R disconnect the bonding strap (397) from the lower connection link
R (384).

R (c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (387) from the nut (388).

R (d) Remove the nut (388) and the washer (389) from the shaft bolt
R (381).

R (e) Hold the lower connection link (384) and remove the shaft bolt
R (381) and the washers (385), (386), (383) and (382).

R NOTE : The washers (385), (386), (383) and (382) are available in
____
R different thicknesses. Identify them for the installation
R procedure.

R (f) Remove the lower connection link (384) from the door.


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 487
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R Subtask 52-22-21-020-077

R M. Removal of the Upper and Lower Connection Links

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
R subsequent.

R (Ref. Fig. 427/TASK 52-22-21-991-036, 428/TASK 52-22-21-991-045, 429/TASK

52-22-21-991-039)

R (1) Make sure that the hoisting sling is installed and there is no load
R on the torsion bar (1).

R (2) Remove the upper and lower connection links (384) and (349) from the
R support arm (364) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 428/TASK 52-22-21-991-045)

R NOTE : The removal procedure for the upper and lower connection links
____
R (349) and (384) are the same. Thus, the removal of the upper
R connection link (349) is only described here.

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (361) from the nut (362).

R (b) Remove the nut (362) and the washers (375) and (372), the bushes
R (374) and (372) and the bolt (371).

R (c) Disconnect the upper connection link (349) and remove the washers
R (365) and (366).

R NOTE : The washers (365) are available in different thicknesses.

____
R Identify them for the installation procedure.

R (d) Remove the hinge pin (363), the yoke (369) and the washers (367),
R (368) and (370).

R NOTE : The washers (367) and (370) are available in different

____
R thicknesses. Identify them for the installation procedure.

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 488
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Upper Connection Link on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 427/TASK 52-22-21-991-036

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 489
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Upper and Lower Connection Linkage at the Support Arm on Door Serial No. 2167
R Figure 428/TASK 52-22-21-991-045

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 490
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Lower Connection Link on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 429/TASK 52-22-21-991-039

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 491
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (3) Remove the upper connection link (349) from the door structure as
R follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 427/TASK 52-22-21-991-036)

R (a) Remove the nut (351) and the bolt (343) and disconnect the
R bonding straps (344) and (352) from the upper connection link
R (349).

R (b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (341) from the nut (342).

R (c) Remove the nut (342) and the washer (353) from the shaft bolt
R (350).

R (d) Hold the upper connection link (349) and remove the shaft bolt
R (350) and the washers (345), (346) and (347).

R NOTE : The washers (345), (346) and (347) are available in

____
R different thickness. Identify them for the installation
R procedure.

R (e) Remove the upper connection link (349) from the door structure.

R (4) Remove the lower connection link (384) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 429/TASK 52-22-21-991-039)

R (a) Disconnect the upper end of the link rod (280) from the the lower
R connection link (384) as follows:

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (395) from the nut (394).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (394), the washers (393) and (392), and the
R bolt (391).

R 3
_ Remove the link rod (280) from the lower connection link
R (384).

R (b) Remove the nut (390), the washer (398) and the bolt (399) and
R disconnect the bonding strap (397) from the lower connection link
R (384).

R (c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (387) from the nut (388).

R (d) Remove the nut (388) and the washer (389) from the shaft bolt
R (381).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 492
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (e) Hold the lower connection link (384) and remove the shaft bolt
R (381) and the washers (385),(386), (383) and (382).

R NOTE : The washers (385),(386), (383) and (382) are available in

____
R different thicknesses. Identify them for the installation
R procedure.

R (f) Remove the lower connection link (384) from the door .

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R Subtask 52-22-21-020-078

R N. Removal of the Sensor Actuation Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 412A/TASK 52-22-21-991-024-A)

R (1) Remove the spring (415) from the rollers (405) and (417).

R (2) Remove the actuation lever (420) as follows:

R (a) Remove the circlip (424), the washer (425) and the pin (427) from
R the door frame fitting (426).

R (b) DRemove the actuation lever (420) and the bushes (423) from the
R door frame fitting (426).

R (c) Remove the circlip (422), the washer (421) and the pin (431) and
R disconnect the push rod (428) from the actuation lever (420).

R (3) Remove the push rod (428) from the target lever (419) as follows:

R (a) Remove the circlip (411), the washer (410) and the pin (418) from
R the target lever (419).

R (b) Disconnect the push rod (428) and the bushes (429) from the
R target lever (418).

R (4) Remove the target lever (419) from the switch bracket (401) as
R follows:

R (a) Remove the circlip (409), the washer (408) and the pin (407) from
R the switch bracket (401).

R (b) Remvoe the target lever (418) and the bushes (414) from the
R switch bracket (401).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 493
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (5) Remove the circlip (413), the washer (412) and the pin (430) from the
R switch bracket (401) and disassemble the roller (417) and the bushes
R (416).

R (6) Remove the circlip (403), the washer (402) and the pin (406) from the
R switch bracket (401) and collect the roller (405) and the bushes
R (404).

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R Subtask 52-22-21-020-079

R P. Removal of the Sensor Actuation Assembly

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
R subsequent.

R (Ref. Fig. 430/TASK 52-22-21-991-046)

R (1) Remove the spring (415) from the rollers (405) and (417).

R (2) Remove the actuation lever (420) as follows:

R (a) Remove the circlip (424), the washer (425) and the pin (427) from
R the door frame fitting (426).

R (b) Remove the actuation lever (420) and the bushes (423) from the
R door frame fitting (426).

R (c) Remove the circlip (422), the washer (421) and the pin (431) and
R disconnect the push rod (428) from the actuation lever (420).

R (3) Remove the push rod (428) from the target lever (419) as follows:

R (a) Remove the circlip (411), the washer (410) and the pin (418) from
R the target lever (419).

R (b) Disconnect the push rod (428) and the bushes (429) from the
R target lever (419).

R (4) Remove the target lever (418) from the switch bracket (401) as
R follows:

R (a) Remove the circlip (409), the washer (408) and the pin (407) from
R the switch bracket (401).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 494
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Sensor Actuation Assembly on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 430/TASK 52-22-21-991-046


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 495
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Remove the target lever (419) and the bushes (414) from the
R switch bracket (401).

R (5) Remove the circlip (413), the washer (412) and the pin (430) from the
R switch bracket (401) and disassemble the roller (417) and the bushes
R (416).

R (6) Remove the circlip (403), the washer (402) and the pin (406) from the
R switch bracket (401) and collect the roller (405) and the bushes
R (404).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 496
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 52-22-21-400-801

Installation of the Door Locking Mechanism in the Emergency Exit Door (Door
3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific lint-free cloth
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
R 98A52207597000 2 SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY EXIT
98A52207597001 1 SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY EXIT

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 497
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 11-008

(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
10 cotter pin 52-22-11 03 -250
10 cotter pin 52-22-21 02 -070
R
20 cotter pin 52-22-11 03 -240
R 28 cotter pin 52-22-11 23 -160
R 40 cotter pin 52-22-21 32 -020
R 49 cotter pin 52-22-11 23 -160
R 53 cotter pin 52-22-21 32 -020
R 71 cotter pin 52-22-21 33 -040
73 cotter pin 52-22-21 03 -130
74 cotter pin 52-22-21 03 -130
R 79 cotter pin 52-22-21 33 -040
R 90 cotter pin 52-22-21 33 -040
96 cotter pin 52-22-21 05 -060
R 97 cotter pin 52-22-21 33 -040
R 100 cotter pin 52-22-21 33 -040
106 cotter pin 52-22-21 05 -130
115 cotter pin 52-22-21 05 -190
119 cotter pin 52-22-21 04 -110
R 122 cotter pin 52-22-21 35 -060
R 130 cotter pin 52-22-21 35 -190
144 cotter pin 52-22-21 07 -160
152 cotter pin 52-22-21 07 -260
R 157 cotter pin 52-22-21 37 -130
R 160 cotter pin 52-22-21 37 -130
R 166 cotter pin 52-22-21 37 -130
171 cotter pin 52-22-21 10 -440
R 174 cotter pin 52-22-21 33 -040

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 498
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 177 cotter pin 52-22-21 36 -020

R 186 cotter pin 52-22-21 35 -190
189 cotter pin 52-22-21 04 -110
R 192 cotter pin 52-22-21 37 -130
206 cotter pin 52-22-21 06 -100
208 washers 52-22-21 06 -420
R 211 cotter pin 52-22-21 37 -130
215 cotter pin 52-22-21 06 -100
R 234 cotter pin 52-22-21 36 -090
R 236 cotter pin 52-22-21 36 -020
R 241 cotter pin 52-22-21 36 -020
244 cotter pin 52-22-21 12 -390
R
251 cotter pin 52-22-21 06 -100
R 253 cotter pins 52-22-21 06 -100
R 253 cotter pins 52-22-21 44 -060
R 258 cotter pins 52-22-21 44 -110
R 266 cotter pin 52-22-21 36 -020
270 washer 52-22-21 12 -440
271 washer 52-22-21 12 -450
R 274 cotter pin 52-22-21 43 -030
R 277 cotter pin 52-22-21 43 -030
290 cotter pin 52-22-21 11 -260
298 cotter pin 52-22-21 04 -110
R 304 cotter pin 52-22-21 43 -030
R 307 cotter pin 52-22-21 42 -060
R 315 clamp 52-22-21 42 -140
316 cotter pin 52-22-21 11 -260
318 cotter pin 52-22-21 04 -110
R 341 cotter pin 52-22-21 40 -220
351 cotter pin 52-22-04 04 -070
R 361 cotter pin 52-22-04 04 -070
371 cotter pin 52-22-04 04 -070
R 387 cotter pin 52-22-21 41 -240
R 395 cotter pin 52-22-21 43 -030
R

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 499
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-21-11-911-801 Tightening Torques of the Standard Threaded Fasteners

20-28-00-912-802 Electrical Bonding of Components with Conductive
Screws and Bolts and Bonding Straps
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
25-23-53-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door
25-23-53-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door
25-62-42-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilties
25-62-42-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities
R
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
R 52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
R Door
52-20-00-940-801 Installation/Removal of the Hoisting Sling
52-22-00-720-802 Functional Test of the Emergency Exit Door (Door
3L/3R)
52-22-21-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism of the
Emergency Exit Doors (Door 3L/3R)
52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System
52-71-00-710-802 Operational Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Warning
System
R 52-71-12-820-801 Adjustment of the Proximity Sensors at the Locking
R Mechanism

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-002 Fig. 403

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-22-21-991-002-B Fig. 403A

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R Post SB 52-4082 For A/C 001-099,101-149,

R 52-22-21-991-002-A Fig. 403B

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page A400
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R Post SB 52-4082 For A/C 151-199,

R 52-22-21-991-002-C Fig. 403C

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-003 Fig. 404

R
52-22-21-991-004 Fig. 405

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-21-991-004-A Fig. 405A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-005 Fig. 406

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-21-991-005-A Fig. 406A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-006 Fig. 407

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-21-991-006-A Fig. 407A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-007 Fig. 408


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page A401
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-21-991-007-A Fig. 408A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-009 Fig. 409

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-21-991-009-A Fig. 409A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-010 Fig. 410

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-21-991-010-A Fig. 410A

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-012 Fig. 411

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-22-21-991-012-A Fig. 411A

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-024 Fig. 412


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page A402
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-22-21-991-024-A Fig. 412A

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R 52-22-21-991-044 Fig. 413

R 52-22-21-991-028 Fig. 414
R 52-22-21-991-029 Fig. 415

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-22-21-991-008 Fig. 416

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R 52-22-21-991-030 Fig. 417

R 52-22-21-991-031 Fig. 418
R 52-22-21-991-032 Fig. 419

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-22-21-991-011 Fig. 420

R 52-22-21-991-025 Fig. 421

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R 52-22-21-991-033 Fig. 422

R 52-22-21-991-034 Fig. 423
R 52-22-21-991-014 Fig. 425

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-22-21-991-014-A Fig. 425A


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page A403
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R 52-22-21-991-013 Fig. 426

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-22-21-991-013-A Fig. 426A

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R 52-22-21-991-036 Fig. 427

R 52-22-21-991-045 Fig. 428
R 52-22-21-991-039 Fig. 429
R 52-22-21-991-046 Fig. 430
R 52-22-21-991-040 Fig. 431

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-21-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the related
door.

(3) Make sure that the escape facility is removed (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-
000-801).

(4) Make sure that the door lining is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-53-000-
801).

(5) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page A404
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (6) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

Subtask 52-22-21-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-22-21-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Clean all components which are coated with

Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-008) and a lint-free cloth.

(b) Clean all other components with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004) and a lint-free cloth.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page A405
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (c) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bushes, the
bolts and all parts that move.

(4) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-22-21-420-050

B. Installation of the Door Locking Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2001 to 2166

____

NOTE : For the installation procedure use the special tools from the
____
SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY EXIT (98A52207597001).

NOTE : Unless specified, TORQUE all nuts and bolts (Ref. TASK 20-21-11-
____
911-801).

(1) Install the locking hooks and lining hinge arms.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-21-991-002)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R Post SB 52-4082 For A/C 001-099,101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 403B/TASK 52-22-21-991-002-A)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(a) Install the locking hook (13) together with the washer (38) and
the bush (35).

(b) Install the washer (34), the bolt (33) and the nut (36).

(c) Safety the nut (36) with a new cotter pin (10).

(d) Install the bushes (14) and (15) in the locking hook (13).

(e) Put the pushrods (16) and (30) in position and install the bolts
(31) and the washers (32).

(f) Install the washers (12) and the nuts (11).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page A406
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (g) Safety the nuts (11) with a new cotter pin (10).

(h) Put the cover plate assembly (39) in position and install the
bolt (24) and the nut (23).

R (i) Install the bush (19).

(j) Put the pushrod (16) and the washer (18) in position and install
the washer (25) and the bolt (26).

(k) Install the washer (22) and the nut (21).

(l) Safety the nut (21) with a new cotter pin (20).

(m) Put the lever assemblies (29) in position and install the bolts
(28) and the washers (27).

(2) Install the locking-shaft bellcrank assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-22-21-991-004)

(a) Put the bellcrank (69) and the wahers (68) and (81) in position
and install the shaft (65) and the key (66).

NOTE : Install the washers (81) as identified in the removal

____
procedure.

(b) Install the bush (80), the key (67) and the washer (79).

(c) Install the lever (78), the washers (77) and (76) and the nut
(75).

(d) Safety the nut (75) with a new cotter pin (74).

(e) Install the spring rod cylinder (85).

1
_ Install the bushes (83) and (84).

2
_ Put the spring rod cylinder (85) in position and install the
washer (64) and the bolt (63).

3
_ Install the washers (82) and (71) and the nut (72).

(f) Install the pushrods (60) and (70).

1
_ Install the bushes (61) and (62).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A407
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 2
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the washers (64) and
the bolts (63).

3
_ Install the washers (71) and the nuts (72).

(g) Safety the nuts (72) with a new cotter pin (73).

(3) Install the indicator cover.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-21-991-003)

(a) Put the indicator cover (45) and the spacer (48) in position and
install the washers (46) and the bolts (47).

(b) Install the washers (46) and the nuts (49).

(4) Install the lowering shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-22-21-991-005)

(a) Put the bearing flange (92) in position and install the screw
(90), the bolts (91) and the nuts (93).

(b) Install the lowering shaft (108), the bearing flange (110), the
bolts (109) and the nuts (107).

(c) Install the roller assembly on the lever (100).

1
_ Install the bolt (102) together with the bush (101) and the
roller (103).

2
_ Install the washer (104) and the nut (105).

3
_ Safety the nut (105) with a new cotter pin (106).

(d) Put the lever (100) in position on the lowering shaft (108).

(e) Align the keyways and install the key (99), the washer (98) and
the nut (97).

(f) Safety the nut (97) with a new cotter pin (96).

(g) Put the lever (94) in position on the lowering shaft (108).

(h) Align the keyways and install the key (118), the washer (117) and
the nut (116).

(i) Safety the nut (116) with a new cotter pin (115).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A408
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (j) Put the pushrod (95) in position and install the washer (123),
the bolt (124) and the nut (120).

(k) Safety the nut (120) with a new cotter pin (119).

(l) Install the bolt (111), the washer (112) and the nut (113).

(m) Install the spring (114) in the bolt (111).

(n) Put the spring (114) in position in the lever (94) and install
the bolt (121) and the nut (122).

(5) Install the external control handle and gearbox.

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-22-21-991-007)

(a) Put the gearbox (177) in position in the door and install the
washer (175), the splined bush (174) and the external control
handle (173).

NOTE : Install the external control handle (173) as identified in

____
the removal procedure.

(b) Seal the gearbox mounting flange (179).

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- REMOVE IT IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH YOUR SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

1
_ Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the gearbox
mounting flange (179).

(c) Install the gearbox mounting flange (179), the bolts (180) and
the nuts (178).

(d) Install the screws (184) and the nuts (182).

(e) Install the washer (172) and the nut (170).

(f) Safety the nut (172) with a new cotter pin (171).

(g) Install the pushrods (176), (181) and (183).

1
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the washers (186),
the bolts (185), the washers (187) and the nuts (188).

2
_ Safety the nuts (188) with a new cotter pin (189).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A409
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (h) Put the seal (192) together with the panel (190) in position and
install the screws (191).

(6) Install the internal control handle and shaft assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-22-21-991-006)

(a) Install the lever (155) and the coupling (134) (as identified)
together with the spacer (131) on the gearbox shaft (130).

(b) Install the washer (148) and the nut (149).

(c) Install the spacer (146), the coupling (150) (as identified) on
the splined shaft (136).

(d) Install the washer (148) and the nut (149).

(e) Seal the bearing housing (139).

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
IF YOU DO:
- REMOVE IT IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
- WASH YOUR SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

1
_ Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the bearing
housing (139).

(f) Install the spacer (131), the splined bush (138) and the bearing
housing (139) on the splined shaft (136).

(g) Install the splined shaft (136) in the door and align the
couplings (134) and (150) together with the washer(s) (151).

NOTE : Install the correct number of washers (151) as identified

____
in the removal procedure.

(h) Install the bolts (147), the washers (133) (as identified) and
the nuts (132).

(i) Install the bolts (141) and (145) and the nuts (135).

(j) Put the spring rod (157) in position on the lever (155) and
install the bolt (156), the washer (154) and the nut (153).

(k) Put the spring rod (157) in position at the mounting (158) and
install the bolt (161), the washer (154) and the nut (153).

(l) Safety the nuts (153) with a new cotter pin (152).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A410
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (m) Install the internal control handle (140) (as identified) on the
splined shaft (136).

(n) Install the washers (143) (as identified) and the nut (142).

(o) Make sure that the clearance
a
is min. 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.).

(p) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust the washers (151) as
follows.

1
_ Remove the nuts (132), the washers (133) and the bolts (147).

2
_ Move the splined shaft rearward to move apart the couplings
(134) and (150).

3
_ Remove or install the washers (151) as necessary for the
correct clearance
a
.

4
_ Align the couplings (134) and (150) together with the washers
(151) and install the bolts (147), the washers (133) (as
necessary) and the nuts (132).

(q) Make sure that the clearance
a
is correct, if necessary do the
adjustment again.

(r) Safety the nut (142) with a new cotter pin (144).

(7) Install the twin lever.

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-22-21-991-009)

(a) Install the bush (201) in the support (212).

(b) Put the twin lever (202) and the washers (208) and (209) in
position and in install the bush (211), the bolt (210), the
washer (213) and the nut (214).

(c) Make sure that the clearance
a
is max. 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).

(d) If the clearance
a
is not correct, remove the twin lever (202)
and install it again with new washers (208) of a different
thickness.

(e) Safety the nut (214) with a new cotter pin (215).

(f) Put the pushrod (216) in position and install the washer (204)
and the bolt (207).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A411
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (g) Put the pushrod (200) in position and install the washer (204)
and the bolt (203).

(h) Install the washers (204) and the nuts (205).

(i) Safety the nuts (205) with a new cotter pin (206).

(8) Install the lifting shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-22-21-991-010)

(a) Install the lifting arms (276), the levers (235), (236), (261)
and (262) and the bearing (237) on the lifting shaft (258).

(b) Put the lifting shaft (258) in position in the door.

(c) Install the shaft (272), the washers (271) and (270), the bearing
flange (267), the bolts (268) and the nuts (269).

NOTE : Do not tighten the nuts (269).

____

(d) Align the bearing (237) with the two halves of the bearing
housing (238) and install the bolts (239) and the nuts (240).

NOTE : Do not tighten the nuts (240).

____

(e) Tighten the nuts (240) and (269) in a clockwise sequence.

(f) Put the lifting arms (276) and the levers (235), (236), (261) and
(262) in the correct position and install the washers (231), the
bolts (230) and the nuts (232).

(g) Make sure that the clearance
a
is max. 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.).

(h) If the clearance
a
is not correct, change the washers (270) and
(271).

1
_ Remove the nuts (269), the bolts (268) and the bearing flange
(267).

2
_ Remove or install the washer (270) and the washer (271) as
necessary.

3
_ Install the bearing flange (267), the bolts (268) and the nuts
(269).

4
_ Tighten the nuts (269) in a clockwise sequence.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A412
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (i) Make sure that the clearance
a
is correct, if necessary do the
adjustment again.

(j) Install the roller assembly to the lifting arms (276).

1
_ Install the sealing cap (266), the bush (265), the roller
(264) and the bolt (263).

2
_ Install the washer (277) and the nut (278).

3
_ TORQUE the nut (278) to 0.62 m.daN (54.86 lbf.in).

(k) Install the tension springs (234).

1
_ Put the roller (245) together with the tension spring (234) in
position in the attach fitting and install the pin (241), the
washer (243) and a new cotter pin (244).

2
_ Install the bush (248) in the lever (236).

3
_ Put the tension spring (234) in position and install the
tension bolt (249), the washer (250) and the spacer (247).

(l) Install the pushrods (233), (259) and (260).

1
_ Install the bushes (256) and (257).

2
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the washers (254) and
the bolts (255).

3
_ Install the washers (253) and the nuts (252).

4
_ Safety the nuts (252) with a new cotter pin (251).

(9) Install the upper connection link.

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-22-21-991-012)

(a) Put the upper connection link (295) together with the washers
(294) and (302) in position and install the shaft (303).

NOTE : Install the washers (294) and (302) as identified in the

____
removal procedure.
Make sure that the washers (294) and (302) are installed
correctly on the shaft (303).

(b) Install the washer (291) and the nut (292).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A413
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (c) Safety the nut (292) with a new cotter pin (290).

(d) Put the bonding straps (296) and (305) in position and install
the bolt (293) and the nut (297) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

(e) Put the pushrod (304) in position and install the pin (301), the
washer (299) and a new cotter pin (298).

(f) Install the upper connection link to the support arm

R (Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 52-22-21-991-014)

1
_ Install the washers (341), (342) and (345), the yoke (346) and
the hinge pin (340) in the support arm.

NOTE : The washers (342) are available in different

____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

2
_ Put the upper connection link in position on the support arm
and install the washers (343) and (344).

NOTE : The washers (344) are available in different

____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

3
_ Install the bushes (349), the washer (348) and the bolt (347).

4
_ Install the washer (350) and the nut (352).

5
_ TORQUE the nut (352) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

6
_ Safety the nut (352) with a new cotter pin (351).

(10) Install the lower connection link.

R (Ref. Fig. 426/TASK 52-22-21-991-013)

(a) Put the lower connection link (312) together with the washers
(311) and (313) in position and install the shaft (310).

NOTE : Install the washers (311) and (313) as identified in the

____
removal procedure.
Make sure that the washers (311) and (313) are installed
correctly on the shaft (310).

(b) Install the washer (314) and the nut (315).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A414
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (c) Safety the nut (315) with a new cotter pin (316).

(d) Put the bonding straps (325) and (326) in position and install
the bolt (328) and the washer (327) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

(e) Install the bushes (321) and (322).

(f) Put the pushrod (317) in position and install the bolt (324) the
washer (323).

(g) Install the washer (320) and the nut (319).

(h) Safety the nut (319) with a new cotter pin (318).

(i) Install the lower connection link to the support arm.

R (Ref. Fig. 425/TASK 52-22-21-991-014)

1
_ Install the washers (341), (342) and (345), the yoke (346) and
the hinge pin (340) in the support arm.

NOTE : The washers (342) are available in different

____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

2
_ Put the lower connection link in position on the support arm
and install the washers (343) and (344).

NOTE : The washers (344) are available in different

____
thicknesses, install them as identified in the removal
procedure.

3
_ Install the bushes (349), the washer (348) and the bolt (347).

4
_ Install the washer (350) and the nut (352).

5
_ TORQUE the nut (352) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
95.57 lbf.in).

6
_ Safety the nut (352) with a new cotter pin (371).

(11) Install the sensor actuation assembly.

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-22-21-991-024)

(a) Install the bushes (365), the roller (373), the pin (372), the
washer (361) and the circlip (360).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A415
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 (b) Install the bushes (362), the target lever assembly (364), the
pin (372), the washer (361) and the circlip (360).

(c) Install the bushes (365) in the target lever assembly (364).

(d) Put the pushrod (369) in position and install the pin (371), the
washer (361) and the circlip (360).

(e) Install the roller (366), the pin (371), the washer (361) and the
circlip (360).

(f) Install the bushes (374), the actuating lever (367), the pin
(368), the washer (361) and the circlip (360).

(g) Put the pushrod (369) in position and install the pin (368), the
washer (361) and the circlip (360).

(h) Install the spring (363).

(12) Remove the hoisting sling from the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-940-801).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-22-21-420-050-A

R B. Installation of the Locking Shaft Assembly

R
R (Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 52-22-21-991-002-B)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R Post SB 52-4082 For A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 403C/TASK 52-22-21-991-002-C)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 52-22-21-991-004-A)

R

R (1) If removed, install the hinge lever (23) as follows:

R (a) Put the hinge lever (23) in the structure fitting (34) and
R install the bolt (35), the washer (33) and the nut (32).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page A416
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Connect the lower end of the push rod (30) to the hinge lever
R (23) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the push rod (30) with the bush (29) and the washer (31)
R in the hinge lever (23).

R 2
_ Install the bolt (25), the washers (24) and (26) and the nut
R (27).

R 3
_ Tighten the nut (27) and safety it with a new cotter pin (28).

R (2) Install the lining connection plate (19) as follows:

R (a) If removed, put the hinge arms (11) in position at the lining
R connection plate (19).

R (b) Install the hinge bolts (16), the washers (17) and the nuts (18).
R

R (c) Put the hinge arms (11) in the structure brackets (15) and
R install the bolts (14), the washers (13) and the nuts (12).

R (d) Put the hinge lever (23) in position at the lining connection
R plate (19).

R (e) Install the bolt (20), the washers (21) and the nuts (22).

R (3) Install the locking hook (42) as follows:

R

R (a) Put the locking hook (42) and the washer (57) in position at the
R door structure and install the bush (54).

R (b) Install the bolt (56), the washer (55) and the nut (52).

R (c) Safety the nut (52) with a new cotter pin (53).

R (4) Connect the upper end of the push rod (30) to the locking hook (42)
R as follows:
R

R (a) Put the push rod (30), with the bush (50) and the washer (51) in
R position in the locking hook (42).

R (b) Install the bolt (45), the washers (46) and (47), and the nut
R (48).
R


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page A417
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (c) Safety the nut (48) with a new cotter pin (49).

R (5) Connect the upper end of the connection rod (36) to the locking hook
R (42) as follows:

R (a) Put the connection rod (36), the bush (37) and the washer (38) in
R position in the locking hook (42).

R (b) Install the bolt (44), the washers (41) and (43), and the nut
R (39).

R (c) Safety the nut (39) with a new cotter pin (40).
R

R (6) Install the locking shaft (87) as follows:

(Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 52-22-21-991-004-A)

R (a) Move the locking shaft (87) into the door structure and assemble
R the washer (88) on the shaft end.

R (b) Put the bellcrank lever (75) and the washers (74) and (73) in
R position and move the locking shaft (87) into the structural
R bearing (72).
R

R (c) Install the washer (69) and the nut (70) on the locking shaft
R (87).

R (d) Safety the nut (70) with a new cotter pin (71).
R

R (7) Install the spring housing (98) on the bellcrank lever (75) as
R follows:
R

R (a) Put the spring housing (98) on the bellcrank lever (75) and
R install the bolt (67), the washers (68) and (96), and the nut
R (95).
R

R (b) Safety the nut (95) with a new cotter pin (97).

R (8) If removed, install the spring fitting (103) and the nut (61) on the
R beam.


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page A418
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (9) Install the spring cover (65) on the spring fitting (103) as follows:

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE SPRING. ITS

_______
R TENSION CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.

R (a) Put the spring (66) in the spring housing (98).

R (b) Install the bushes (64) and (99) in the spring fitting (103).

R (c) Press the spring (66) together and put the spring cover (65) in
R the spring fitting (103).

R (d) Install the bolt (62), the washers (63) and (102), and the nut
R (101).

R (e) Safety the nut (101) with a new cotter pin (100).
R

R (10) Install the upper end of the control rod (89) on the bellcrank lever
R (75) as follows:
R

R (a) Put the control rod (89) on the bellcrank lever (75) and install
R the bolt (94), the washers (93) and (92) and the nut (91).
R

R (b) Safety the nut (91) with a new cotter pin (90).

R (11) Install the lower end of the connection rod (36) on the bellcrank
R lever (75) as follows:

R (a) Put the connection rod (36) on the bellcrank lever (75) and
R install the bolt (76), the washers (77) and (78), and the nut
R (80).

R (b) Safety the nut (80) with a new cotter pin (79).

R (12) If removed, install the indicator cover (81) with the spacers (84),
R the washers
R
R (82) and (85), the bolts (83) and the nuts (86) on the door
R structure.
R


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page A419
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-22-21-420-051

R C. Installation of the Locking Shaft Assembly

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
R subsequent

R (Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-22-21-991-044)

R (1) If removed, install the hinge lever (23) as follows:

R (a) Put the hinge lever (23) in the structure fitting (34) and
R install the bolt (35), the washer (33) and the nut (32).

R (b) Connect the lower end of the push rod (30) to the hinge lever
R (23) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the push rod (30) with the bush (29) and the washer (31)
R in the hinge lever (23).

R 2
_ Install the bolt (25), the washers (24) and (26) and the nut
R (27).

R 3
_ Tighten the nut (27) and safety it with a new cotter pin (28).

R (2) Install the lining connection plate (19) as follows:

R (a) If removed, put the hinge arms (11) in position at on the lining
R connection plate (19).

R (b) Install the hinge bolts (16), the washers (17) and the nuts (18).

R (c) Put the hinge arms (11) in the structure brackets (15) and
R install the bolts (14), the washers (13) and the nuts (12).

R (d) Put the hinge lever (23) in position to the lining connection
R plate (19).

R (e) Install the bolt (20), the washers (21) and the nuts (22).

R (3) Install the locking hook (42) as follows:

R (a) Put the locking hook (42) in position at the door structure and
R install the bush (54).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A420
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Install the bolt (56), the washer (55) and the nut (52).

R (c) Safety the nut (52) with a new cotter pin (53).

R (4) Connect the upper end of the push rod (30) to the locking hook (42)
R as follows:

R (a) Put the push rod (30) in position with the bush (50) and the
R washer (51).

R (b) Install the bolt (45) and the washers (46) and (47), and the nut
R (48).

R (c) Safety the nut (48) with a new cotter pin (49).

R (5) Connect the upper end of the connection rod (36) to the locking hook
R (42) as follows:

R (a) Install in the locking hook (42).

R (b) Put the connection rod (36) in position with the bush (37) and
R the washer (38).

R (c) Install the bolt (44), the washers (41) and (43), and the nut
R (39).

R (d) Safety the nut (39) with a new cotter pin (40).

R (6) Install the locking shaft (87) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-22-21-991-028)

R (a) Move the locking shaft (87) into the door structure and assemble
R the washer (88) on the shaft end.

R (b) Put the bellcrank lever (75) and the washers (74) and (73) in
R position and move the locking shaft (87) into the structural
R bearing (72).

R (c) Install the washer (69) and the nut (70) on the locking shaft
R (87).

R (d) Safety the nut (70) with a new cotter pin (71).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A421
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (e) Install the spring housing (98) on the bellcrank lever (75) as
R follows:

R 1
_ Put the spring housing (98) on the bellcrank lever (75) and
R install the bolt (67), the washers (68) and (96), and the nut
R (95).

R 2
_ Safety the nut (95) with a new cotter pin (97).

R (f) If removed, install the spring fitting (103) and the nut (61) on
R the beam.

R (g) Install the spring cover (65) on the spring fitting (103) as
R follows:

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE SPRING. ITS

_______
R TENSION CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.

R 1
_ Put the spring (66) in the spring housing (98).

R 2
_ Install the bushes (64) and (99) in the spring fitting (103).

R 3
_ Press the spring (66) together and put the spring cover (65)
R in the spring fitting (103).

R 4
_ Install the bolt (62), the washers (63) and (102), and the nut
R (101).

R 5
_ Safety the nut (101) with a new cotter pin (100).

R (h) Install the upper end of the control rod (89) on the bellcrank
R lever (75) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the control rod (89) on the bellcrank lever (75) and
R install the bolt (94), the washers (93) and (92) and the nut
R (91).

R 2
_ Safety the nut (91) with a new cotter pin (90).

R (i) Install the lower end of the connection rod (36) on the bellcrank
R lever (75) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the connection rod (36) on the bellcrank lever (75) and
R install the bolt (76), the washers (77) and (78), and the nut
R (80).

R 2
_ Safety the nut (80) with a new cotter pin (79).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A422
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (7) If removed, install the indicator cover (81) with the spacer (84),
R the washers (82) and (85), the bolts (83) and the nuts (86) on the
R door structure.
R

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R Subtask 52-22-21-420-060

R D. Installation of the Lowering Shaft Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-22-21-991-005-A)

R (1) If removed, install the bearing flange (114) with the bolts (138) and
R the nuts (113).

R (2) Install the lowering shaft (112) into the bearing flange (114).

R (3) Install the bearing flange (129) with the bolts (124), the washers
R (125) and (126) and the nuts (127).

R (4) If removed, install the roller (116) on the roller lever (119) as
R follows:

R (a) Install the roller (116) with the bush (120), the bolt (115), the
R washer (121) and the nut (123).

R (b) Tighten the nut (123) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (122).

R (5) Put the roller lever (119) on the lowering shaft (112) and install
R the washer (118) and the nut (117).

R (6) Assemble the crank lever (140) and the distance bush (139) on the
R lowering shaft (112) and install the washer (137) and the nut (136).

R (7) Install upper end of the link rod (133) on the crank lever (140) as
R follows:

R (a) Put the link rod (133) in position and install the bolt (135),
R the washers (134) and (132), and the nut (131).

R (b) Safety the nut (131) with a new cotter pin (130).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page A423
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (8) If removed, install the bolt (141), the washer (142) and the nut
R (143) on the door structure.

R (a) Install the spring (111) on the bolt (141) and the crank lever
R (140).

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R Subtask 52-22-21-420-061

R E. Installation of the Lowering Shaft Assembly

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
R subsequent.

R (Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 52-22-21-991-029)

R (1) If removed, install the bearing flange (114) with the bolts (138) and
R the nuts (113).

R (2) Install the lowering shaft (112) into the bearing flange (114).

R (3) Install the bearing flange (129) with the bolts (124), the washers
R (125) and (126) and the nuts (127).

R (4) If removed, install the roller (116) on the roller lever (119) as
R follows:

R (a) Install the roller (116) with the bush (120), the bolt (115), the
R washer (121) and the nut (123).

R (b) Tighten the nut (123) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (122).

R (5) Put the roller lever (119) on the lowering shaft (112) and install
R the washer (118) and the nut (117).

R (6) Assemble the crank lever (140) and the distance bush (139) on the
R lowering shaft (112) and install the washer (137) and the nut (136).

R (7) Install upper end of the link rod (133) on the crank lever (140) as
R follows:

R (a) Put the link rod (133) in position and install the bolt (135),
R the washers (134) and (132), and the nut (131).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page A424
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Safety the nut (131) with a new cotter pin (130).

R (8) If removed, install the bolt (141), the washer (142) and the nut
R (143) on the door structure.

R (a) Install the spring (111) on the bolt (141) and the crank lever
R (140).

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R Subtask 52-22-21-420-062

R F. Installation of the Door Handle Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 407A/TASK 52-22-21-991-006-A, 408A/TASK 52-22-21-991-007-A,
416/TASK 52-22-21-991-008)

R (1) If removed, install the inner handle shaft (158) temporarily as

R follows:

R (a) Install the spring lever (164) on the inner handle shaft (158).

R (b) Put the inner handle shaft (158) in the door structure and make
R sure that its splined end engages in the left door frame.

R (2) Install the external control handle (214) and the gearbox (209) as
R follows:

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
R IF YOU DO:
R - REMOVE IT IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
R - WASH YOUR SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

R (a) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the mounting

R flange of the gearbox (209).

R (b) Put the gearbox (209) in position and make sure that the external
R handle shaft (226) engages in the door structure.

R (c) Install the washers (215), (216) and (217) on the splined end of
R the external handle shaft (226).

R (d) Put the external control handle (214) in position on the door
R structure.

R (e) Move the external handle shaft (226) in the forward direction
R until it engages with the external control handle (214).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page A425
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (f) Turn the gearbox (209) inboard and attach it with the bolts (218)
R and the nuts (219).

R (g) Assemble the gearbox flange bearing (222) on the gearbox (209)
R and attach it with the bolts (221) and the nuts (220).

R (h) Install the lockwasher (225) and the special nut (224) on the
R external control shaft (226).

R (i) Tighten the special nut (224) with the spanner 98A52207597106 and
R safety it with the lockwasher (225).

R NOTE : The spanner is part of the SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY EXIT.

____

R (j) Install the washer (212) and the nut (213) on the external
R control shaft (226) to attach the external control handle (214).

R (k) Tighten the nut (213) and safety it with a new cotter pin (211).

R (3) Install the inner handle shaft (158) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 408A/TASK 52-22-21-991-007-A)

R (a) Put the washer (208) in position on the inner handle shaft (158).

R (b) Move the inner handle shaft (158) until it engages in the gearbox
R (209).

R (c) Put the roller lever (197) and the gearwheel (196) in position
R and move the inner handle shaft (158) forward.

R (d) Put the washer (195) and the double lever (176) in position and
R install the washers (193) and (194) and the nut (191).

R (e) Safety the nut (191) with a new cotter pin (192).

R (f) Put the spring lever (164) in its installation position and
R install the bolt (203), the washers (199) and the nuts (198).

R (g) Assemble the shim washers (201) and (202) and the sleeve (200) on
R the splined end of the inner handle shaft (158).

R (h) Put the flange bearing (206) on the door frame and attach it with
R the bolts (204), the washers (205) and the nuts (207).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page A426
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (4) Install the upper end of the control rod (180) on the double lever
R (176) as follows:

R (a) Put the control rod (180) on the double lever (176) and install
R the bolt (182), the washers (181) and (179), and the nut (178).

R (b) Tighten the nut (178) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (177).

R (5) Install the lower end of the push rod (89) on the double lever (176)
R as follows:

R (a) Put the push rod (89) on the double lever (176) and install the
R bolt (187), the washers (188) and (175), and the nut (173).

R (b) Tighten the nut (173) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (174).

R (6) Install the lower end of the connection rod (133) on the latch hook
R (183) as follows:

R (a) Put the connection rod (133) on the latch hook (183) and install
R the pin (184) and the washer (185).

R (b) Safety the pin (184) with a new cotter pin (186).

R (7) Install the inner control handle (159) on the inner handle shaft
R (158) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 407A/TASK 52-22-21-991-006-A)

R (a) Put the inner control handle (159) in position and install the
R washers (162) and (163) and the nut (161).

R (b) Measure the clearance A between the inner control handle (159)
R and the heads of the flange bearing bolts (204).

R NOTE : The clearance A must be between 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) and
____
R 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.).

R (c) If the clearance A is not correct, add or remove the shim
R washers (201) and (202) as required.

R (d) Tighten the nut (161) and safety it with a new cotter pin (160).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page A427
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (8) Install the spring box assy (169) as follows:

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE SPRING. ITS

_______
R TENSION CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.

R (a) Install the fork-end of the spring box assy (169) on the spring
R lever (164) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the spring box assy (169) on the spring lever (164) and
R install the bolt (165), the washer (155) and the nut (156).

R 2
_ Safety the nut (156) with a new cotter pin (157).

R (b) Install the eye-end of the spring box assy (169) on the fitting
R (153) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the spring box assy (169) on the fitting (153) and install
R the bolt (151), the washers (152), (154) and (168), and the
R nut (167).

R 2
_ Safety the nut (167) with a new cotter pin (166).

R (9) Put the seal cover (171) in its installation position and attach it
R with the screws (172).

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R Subtask 52-22-21-420-063

R G. Installation of the Door Handle Mechanism

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
R subsequent.

R (Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 52-22-21-991-030, 418/TASK 52-22-21-991-031, 419/TASK

52-22-21-991-032)

R (1) If removed, install the inner handle shaft (158) temporarily as

R follows:

R (a) Install the spring lever (164) on the inner handle shaft (158).

R (b) Put the inner handle shaft (158) in the door structure and make
R sure that its splined end engages in the left door frame.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page A428
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (2) Install the external control handle (214) and the gearbox (209) as
R follows:

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE COMPOUND ON YOUR SKIN.

_______
R IF YOU DO:
R - REMOVE IT IMMEDIATELY WITH A CLEAN CLOTH
R - WASH YOUR SKIN WITH SOAP AND RINSE WITH CLEAN WATER.

R (a) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the mounting

R flange of the gearbox (208).

R (b) Put the gearbox (208) in position and make sure that the external
R handle shaft (226) engages in the door structure.

R (c) Install the washers (215), (216) and (217) on the splined end of
R the external handle shaft (226).

R (d) Put the external control handle (214) in position on the door
R structure.

R (e) Move the external handle shaft (226) in the forward direction
R until it engages with the external control handle (214).

R (f) Turn the gearbox (209) inboard and attach it with the bolts (218)
R and the nuts (219).

R (g) Assemble the gearbox flange bearing (222) on the gearbox (209)
R and attach it with the bolts (221) and the nuts (220).

R (h) Install the lockwasher (225) and the special nut (224) on the
R external control shaft (226).

R (i) Tighten the special nut (224) with the spanner 98A52207597106 and
R safety it with the lockwasher (225).

R NOTE : The spanner is part of the SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY EXIT.

____

R (j) Install the washer (212) and the nut (213) on the external
R control shaft (226) to attach the external control handle (214).

R (k) Tigthen the nut (213) and safety it with a new cotter pin (211).

R (3) Install the inner handle shaft (158) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 52-22-21-991-031)

R (a) Put the washer (208) in position on the inner handle shaft (158).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A429
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Move the inner handle shaft (158) until it engages in the gearbox
R (209).

R (c) Put the roller lever (197) and the gearwheel (196) in position
R and move the inner handle shaft (158) forward.

R (d) Put the washer (195), the double lever (176) in position and
R install the washers (193) and (194) and the nut (191).

R (e) Safety the nut (191) with a new cotter pin (192).

R (f) Put the spring lever (164) in its installation position and
R install the bolt (203), the washers (199) and the nuts (198).

R (g) Assemble the shim washers (201) and (202) and the sleeve (200) on
R the splined end of the inner handle shaft (158).

R (h) Put the flange bearing (206) on the door frame and attach it with
R the bolts (204), the washers (205) and the nuts (207).

R (4) Install the upper end of the control rod (180) on the double lever
R (176) as follows:

R (a) Put the control rod (180) on the double lever (176) and install
R the bolt (182), the washers (181) and (179), and the nut (178) .

R (b) Tighten the nut (178) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (177).

R (5) Install the lower end of the push rod (89) on the double lever (176)
R as follows:

R (a) Put the push rod (89) on the double lever (176) and install the
R bolt (187), the washers (188) and (175), and the nut (173) .

R (b) Tighten the nut (173) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (174).

R (6) Install the lower end of the connection rod (133) on the latch hook
R (183) as follows:

R (a) Put the connection rod (133) on the latch hook (183) and install
R the pin (184) and the washer (185).

R (b) Safety the pin (184) with a new cotter pin (186).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A430
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (7) Install the inner control handle (159) on the inner handle shaft
R (158) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 52-22-21-991-030)

R (a) Put the inner control handle (159) in position and install the
R washers (162) and (163) and the nut (161)

R (b) Measure the clearance A between the inner control handle (159)
R and the heads of the flange bearing bolt (204).

R NOTE : The clearance A must be between 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) and
____
R 1.5 mm (0.0590 in.).

R (c) If the clearance A is not correct, add or remove the shim
R washers (201) and (202) as required.

R (d) Tighten the nut (161) and safety it with a new cotter pin (160).

R (8) Install the spring box assy (169) as follows:

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE SPRING. ITS

_______
R TENSION CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.

R (a) Install the fork-end of the spring box assy (169) on the spring
R lever (164) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the spring box assy (169) on the spring lever (164) and
R install the bolt (165), the washer (155) and the nut (156).

R 2
_ Safety the nut (156) with a new cotter pin (157).

R (b) Install the eye-end of spring box assy (169) on the fitting (153)
R as follows:

R 1
_ Put the spring box assy (169) on the fitting (153) and install
R the bolt (151), the washers (152), (154) and (168), and the
R nut (167).

R 2
_ Safety the nut (167) with a new cotter pin (166).

R (9) Put the seal cover (171) in its installation position and attach it
R with the screws (172).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A431
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 151-199,

R Subtask 52-22-21-420-064

R H. Installation of the Lifting Shaft Assembly

R (1) Install the torsion shaft (317) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-22-21-991-009-A, 410A/TASK 52-22-21-991-010-
R A, 420/TASK 52-22-21-991-011, 421/TASK 52-22-21-991-025)

R (a) Put the torsion shaft (317) in position at the door structure and
R install the bellcrank lever (316) and the washer set (334).

R (b) Make sure that the marks of the bellcrank lever (316) and the
R torsion shaft (317) align.

R (c) Move the torsion shaft (317) rearward until it engages with the
R door structure.

R (d) Put the flange bearing (321) on the torsion shaft (317) and
R install the bolts (322), the washers (323) and (324), and the
R nuts (325).

R (e) Attach the bellcrank lever (316) with the bolt (326), the washer
R (327) and the nut (328).

R (2) Put the torque shaft (312) in position in the door structure.

R (3) Put the flange bearing (333) on the torque shaft (312) and attach it
R with the bolts (329), the washers (330) and (331) and the nuts (332).

R (4) Install the torsion bar (1) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 52-22-21-991-011)

R (a) Move the torsion bar (1) into the torque shaft (312 ) and make
R sure that its mark aligns with the flange bearing mark.

R (b) Move the torsion bar (1) forward until it engages with the
R torsion shaft (317).

R (c) Put the bush halves (314) in position and install the new clamp
R (315).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page A432
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (5) Install the lower end of the push rod (272) on the bellcrank lever
R (316) as follows:

R (a) Put the push rod (272) on the bellcrank lever (316) and install
R the bolt (302), the washers (303) and (306), and the nut (305).

R (b) Safety the nut (305) with a new cotter pin (304).

R (6) Install the fork-end (2) on the torque shaft lever (313) as follows:

R (a) Put the fork-end (2) on the torque shaft lever (313) and install
R the bolt (311), the washers (310) and (309), and the nut (308).

R (b) Safety the nut (308) with a new cotter pin (307).

R (c) Put the washer (4) in position and install the tension bolt (3)
R in the fork-end (2).

R (7) Install the lifting shaft (252) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 410A/TASK 52-22-21-991-010-A)

R (a) Move the lifting shaft (252) from the forward side into the door
R structure.

R (b) Assemble the bellcrank lever (276) and the shaft lever (283) on
R the splined end of the lifting shaft (252).

R (c) Move the lifting shaft (252) rearward until you can install the
R flange bearing (288), the spacer (265), the lockwasher (264) and
R the special nut (263).

R (d) Put the flange bearing (288) in position and install the bolts
R (289), the washers (287) and the nuts (286).

R (e) Move the lifting shaft (252) rearward until it engages correctly
R with the flange bearing (288).

R (f) Put the spacer (265), the lockwasher (264) and the special nut
R (263) in their installation position on the lifting shaft (252).

R (g) Tighten the special nut (263) and safety it with the lockwasher
R (264).

R (h) Install the bearings (251) on the lifting shaft (252) and make
R sure that they engage correctly in the door structure.


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page A433
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (8) If necessary, assemble the support levers (262) as follows:

R (a) Put the bushes (259) and the rollers (256) on the support levers
R (262) and install the bolts (257), the washers (255) and the nuts
R (254.)

R (b) Safety the nuts (254) with the new cotter pins (253).

R (9) Install the support levers (262) on the lifting shaft (158) as
R follows:

R (a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the splined ends
R of the lifting shaft (252).

R (b) Put the support levers (262) on the lifting shaft (252) and make
R sure that their marks align.

R (c) Install the washers (261) and the nuts (260) on the lifting shaft
R (252)

R (d) Safety the nuts (260) with the new cotter pins (258).

R (10) Install the lower end of the link rod (280) on the bellcrank lever
R (276) as follows:

R (a) Move the bellcrank lever (276) to its marked position on the
R lifting shaft (252) and install the bolt (291), the washer (294)
R and the nut (295).

R (b) Put the link rod (280) on the bellcrank lever (276) and install
R the bolt (282), the washers (281) and (279), and the nut (278).

R (c) Safety the nut (278) with a new cotter pin (277).

R (11) Install the upper end of the push rod (272) on the bellcrank lever
R (276) as follows:

R (a) Put the push rod (272) in the bellcrank lever (276) and install
R the bolt (285), the washers (284), (271) and (273), and the nut
R (275).

R (b) Safety the nut (275) with a new cotter pin (274).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page A434
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (12) Install the lower end of the connection rod (244) on the shaft lever
R (283) as follows:

R (a) Move the shaft lever (283) to its marked position on the lifting
R shaft (252) and install the bolt (296), the washer (293) and the
R nut (292).

R (b) Put the connection rod (244) on the shaft lever (283) and install
R the bolt (270), the washers (269) and (268), and the nut (267).

R (c) Safety the nut (267) with a new cotter pin (266).

R (13) Install the twin lever (247) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-22-21-991-009-A)

R (a) Put the twin lever (247) in position at the beam bracket (231)
R and install the bolt (235), the washer (232) and the nut (233).

R (b) Safety the nut (233) with a new cotter pin (234).

R (c) Install the upper end of the connection rod (244) on the twin
R lever (247) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the connection rod (244) on the twin lever (247) and
R install the bolt (245), the washers (246) and (243), and the
R nut (242).

R 2
_ Safety the nut (242) with a new cotter pin (241).

R (d) Install the lower end of the control rod (180) on the twin lever
R (247) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the control rod (180) on the twin lever (247) and install
R the bolt (240), the washers (239) and (238), and the nut
R (237).

R 2
_ Safety the nut (237) with a new cotter pin (236).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page A435
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R Subtask 52-22-21-420-065

R J. Installation of the Lifting Shaft Assembly

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
R subsequent.

R (1) Install the torsion shaft (317) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 431/TASK 52-22-21-991-040)

R (a) Put the torsion shaft (317) in position at the door structure and
R install the bellcrank lever (316) and the washer set (324) .

R (b) Make sure that the marks of the bellcrank lever (316) and the
R torsion shaft (317) align.

R (c) Move the torsion shaft (317) rearward until it engages wiht the
R door structure.

R (d) Put the flange bearing (321) on the torsion shaft (317) and
R install the bolts (322), the washers (323) and (324), and the
R nuts (325).

R (e) Attach the bellcrank lever (316) with the bolt (326), the washer
R (327) and the nut (328) on the torsion shaft (317).

R (2) Put the torque shaft (312) in position in the door structure.

R (3) Put the flange bearing (333) on the torque shaft (312) and attach it
R with the bolts (329), the washers (330) and (331) and the nuts (332).

R (4) Install the torsion bar (1) as follows:

R (a) Move the torsion bar (1) into the in the torque shaft (312 ) and
R make sure that its mark aligne with the flange bearing mark.

R (b) Move the torsion bar (1) forward until it engages with the
R torsion shaft (317).

R (5) Put the bush halves (314) in positon and install the new clamp (315).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A436
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Torsion Shaft Assembly on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
R Figure 431/TASK 52-22-21-991-040


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A437
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (6) Install the lower end of the bearing rod (272) on the bellcrank lever
R (316) as follows:

R (a) Put the bearing rod (272) on the bellcrank lever (316) and
R install the bolt (302), the washers (303) and (306), and the nut
R (305).

R (b) Safety the nut (305) with a new cotter pin (304).

R (7) Install the fork end (2) on the torque shaft lever (313) as follows:

R (a) Put the fork end (2) on the torque shaft lever (313) and install
R the bolt (311), the washers (310) and (309), and the nut (308).

R (b) Safety the nut (308) with a new cotter pin (307).

R (c) Put the washer (4) in position and install the tension bolt (3)
R in the fork end (2).

R (8) Install the lifting shaft (252) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 52-22-21-991-034)

R (a) Move the lifting shaft (252) from the forward side into the door
R structure.

R (b) Assemble the bellcrank lever (276) and the shaft lever (283) on
R the splined end of the lifting shaft (252).

R (c) Move the lifting shaft (252) rearward until you can install the
R flange bearing (288), the spacer (265), the lockwasher (264) and
R the special nut (263).

R (d) Put the flange bearing (288) in position and install the bolts
R (289), the washers (287) and the nuts (286).

R (e) Move the lifting shaft (256) rearward until it engages correctly
R with the flange bearing (288).

R (f) Put the spacer (265), the lockwasher (264) and the special nut
R (263) in their installation position on the lifting shaft (252).

R (g) Tighten the special nut (263) and safety it with the the
R lockwasher (264).

R (9) Install the bearings (251) on the lifting shaft (252) and make sure
R that they engage correctly in the door structure.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A438
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (10) If necessary, assemble the support levers (262) as follows:

R (a) Put the bushes (259) and the rollers (256) on the support levers
R (262) and install the bolts (257), the washers (255) and the nuts
R (254.)

R (b) Safety the nuts (254) with the new cotter pins (253).

R (11) Install the support levers (262) on the lifting shaft (158) as
R follows:

R (a) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the splined ends
R of the lifting shaft (252).

R (b) Put the support levers (262) on the lifting shaft (252) and make
R sure that their marks align.

R (c) Install the washers (261) and the nuts (260) on the lifting shaft
R (252)

R (d) Safety the nuts (260) with a new cotter pins (258).

R (12) If necessary, assemble the support levers (262) as follows:

R (a) Install the bushes (259), the rollers (256), the bolts (257), the
R washers (255) and the nuts (254).

R (b) Safety the nuts (254) with new cotter pins (253).

R (13) Install the upper end of the link rod (280) on the bellcrank lever
R (276) as follows:

R (a) Move the bellcrank lever (276) to its marked position on the
R lifting shaft (252) and install the bolt (291), the washer (294)
R and the nut (295).

R (b) Put the link rod (280) on the bellcrank lever (276) and install
R the bolt (282), the washers (281) and (279), and the nut (278).

R (c) Safety the nut (278) with a new cotter pin (277).

R (14) Install the upper end of the push rod (272) on the bellcrank lever
R (276) as follows:

R (a) Put the push rod (272) in the bellcrank lever (276) and install
R the bolt (285), the washers (284), (271) and (273), and the nut
R (275).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A439
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (b) Safety the nut (275) with a new cotter pin (274).

R (15) Install the lower end of the connection rod (244) on the shaft lever
R (283) as follows:

R (a) Move the shaft lever (283) to its marked position on the lifting
R shaft (252) and install the bolt (296), the washer (293) and the
R nut (292).

R (b) Put the connection rod (244) on the shaft lever (283) and install
R the bolt (270), the washers (269) and (268), and the nut (267).

R (c) Safety the nut (267) with a new cotter pin (266).

R (16) Install the twin lever (247) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 52-22-21-991-033)

R (a) Put the twin lever (247) in position at the beam bracket (231)
R and install the bolt (235), the washer (232) and the nut (233).

R (b) Safety the nut (233) with a new cotter pin (234).

R (c) Install the upper end of the connection rod (244) on the twin
R lever (247) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the connection rod (244) on the twin lever (247) and
R install the bolt (245), the washers (246) and (243), and the
R nut (242).

R 2
_ Safety the nut (242) with a new cotter pin (241).

R (d) Install the lower end of the control rod (180) on the twin lever
R (247) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the control rod (180) on the twin lever (247) and install
R the bolt (240), the washers (239) and (238), and the nut
R (237).

R 2
_ Safety the nut (237) with a new cotter pin (236).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A440
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 151-199,

R Subtask 52-22-21-420-066

R K. Installation of the Upper and Lower Connection Links

R (1) Install the upper connection link (349) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 411A/TASK 52-22-21-991-012-A)

R (a) Put the upper connection link (349) with the washers (345), (346)
R and (347) in their installation positions and install the shaft
R bolt (350).

R (b) Make sure that the quantities of the washers (345), (346) and
R (347) are the same, as identified during the removal procedure.

R (c) Install the washer (353) and the nut (342) on the shaft bolt
R (350).

R (d) Safety the nut (342) with a new cotter pin (341).

R (e) Put the bonding straps (352) and (344) in position and install
R the bolt (343) and the nut (351) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

R (2) Install the lower connection link (384) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 426A/TASK 52-22-21-991-013-A)

R (a) Put the lower connection link (384) with the washers (382),
R (383), (385) and (386) in their installation positions and
R install the shaft bolt (381).

R (b) Make sure that the quantities of the washers (382), (383), (385)
R and (386) are the same, as identified during the removal
R procedure.

R (c) Install the washer (389) and the nut (388) on the shaft bolt
R (381).

R (d) Safety the nut (388) with a new cotter pin (387).

R (e) Put the bonding straps (397) and (396) in position and install
R the bolt (399) and the nut (390) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page A441
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (f) Install the upper end of the link rod (280) on the lower
R connection link (384) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the link rod (280) on the lower connection link (384) and
R install the bolt (391), the washers (392) and (393), and the
R nut (394).

R 2
_ Safety the nut (394) with a new cotter pin (395).

R (3) Install the upper and lower connection links (349) and (384) on the
R support arm (364) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 425A/TASK 52-22-21-991-014-A)

R NOTE : The installation procedures for the upper and lower connection
____
R links (349) and (384) are the same. Thus, the installation of
R the upper connection link (349) only is described here.

R (a) Put the washers (368), (370) and (367) and the yoke (369) in the
R support arm (364) and install the hinge pin (363).

R (b) Make sure that the thickness of the washers (367) and (370) are
R the same as identified during the removal procedure.

R (c) Move the support arm (364) until the yoke (369) engages with the
R upper connection link (349).

R (d) Put the washers (365) and (366) between the yoke (369) and the
R upper connection link (349) and install the bushes (373) and
R (374).

R (e) Install the bolt (371), the washers (372) and (375), and the nut
R (362).

R (f) TORQUE the nut (362) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
R 95.57 lbf.in) and safety it with a new cotter pin (361).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page A442
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R Subtask 52-22-21-420-067

R L. Installation of the Upper and Lower Connection Links

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
R subsequent.

R (1) Install the upper connection link (349) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 427/TASK 52-22-21-991-036)

R (a) Put the upper connection link (349) with the washers (345), (346)
R and (347) in their installation positions and install the shaft
R bolt (350).

R (b) Make sure that the quantities of the washers (345), (346) and
R (347) are the same, as identified during the removal procedure.

R (c) Install the washer (353) and the nut (342) on the shaft bolt
R (350).

R (d) Safety the nut (342) with a new cotter pin (341).

R (e) Put the bonding straps (352) and (344) in position and install
R the bolt (343) and the nut (351) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

R (2) Install the lower connection link (384) as follows:

R (Ref. Fig. 429/TASK 52-22-21-991-039)

R (a) Put the lower connection link (384) with the washers (382) and
R (383) in their installation positions and install the shaft bolt
R (381).

R (b) Make sure that the quantities of the washers (382) and (383) are
R the same, as identified during the removal procedure.

R (c) Install the washer (389) and the nut (388) on the shaft bolt
R (381).

R (d) Safety the nut (388) with a new cotter pin (387).

R (e) Put the bonding straps (397) and (396) in position and install
R the bolt (399) and the nut (390) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A443
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (f) Install the upper end of the link rod (280) on the lower
R connection link (384) as follows:

R 1
_ Put the link rod (280) on the lower connection link (384) and
R install the bolt (391), the washers (392) and (393), and the
R nut (394).

R 2
_ Safety the nut (394) with a new cotter pin (395).

R (3) Install the upper and lower connection links (349) and (384) to the
R support arm (364) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 428/TASK 52-22-21-991-045)

R NOTE : The installation procedure of the upper and lower connection

____
R links (349) and (384) are the same. Thus, the installation of
R the upper connection link (349) is only described here.

R (a) Put the washers (368), (370) and (367) and the yoke (369) in the
R support arm (364) and install the hinge pin (363).

R (b) Make sure that the thickness of the washers (367) and (370) are
R the same as identified during the removal procedure.

R (c) Move the support arm (364) until the yoke (369) engages with the
R upper connection link (349).

R (d) Put the washers (365) and (366) between the yoke (369) and the
R upper connection link (349) and install the bushes (373) and
R (374).

R (e) Install the bolt (371), the washers (372) and (375), and the nut
R (362).

R (f) TORQUE the nut (362) to between 0.98 and 1.08 m.daN (86.72 and
R 95.57 lbf.in) and safety it with a new cotter pin (361).

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R Subtask 52-22-21-420-068

R M. Installation of the Sensor Actuation Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 412A/TASK 52-22-21-991-024-A)

R (1) Put the bushes (404), the roller (405) on the switch bracket (401)
R and attach them with the pin (406), the washer (402) and the circlip
R (403).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page A444
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (2) Put the bushes (416), the roller (417) on the target lever (419) and
R attach them with the pin (430), the washer (412) and the circlip
R (413).

R (3) Install the target lever (419) on the switch bracket (401) as
R follows:

R (a) Put the bushes (414) and the target lever (419) in position and
R attach them with the pin (407) and the washer (408).

R (b) Safety the pin (407) with the the circlip (409).

R (4) Install the push rod (428) on the target lever (419) as follows:

R (a) Put the bushes (429) in position on the target lever (419).

R (b) Put the push rod (428) on the target lever (419) and install the
R pin (418) and the washer (410).

R (c) Safety the pin (418) with the circlip (411).

R (5) Install the actuation lever (420) on the door frame fitting (426) as
R follows:

R (a) Put the lower eye-end of the push rod (428) on the actuation
R lever (420) and install the pin (431), the washer (421) and the
R circlip (422).

R (b) Install the bushes (423) in the door frame fitting (426).

R (c) Put the actuation lever (420) in position and attach it with the
R pin (427), the washer (425) and the circlip (424).

R (6) Install the spring (415) as follows:

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE SPRING. ITS

_______
R TENSION CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.

R (a) Install the spring (415) between the rollers (405) and (417).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page A445
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R Subtask 52-22-21-420-069

R N. Installation of the Sensor Actuation Assembly

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
R subsequent.

R (Ref. Fig. 430/TASK 52-22-21-991-046)

R (1) Put the bushes (404), the roller (405) on the switch bracket (401)
R and attach them with the pin (406), the washer (402) and the circlip
R (403).

R (2) Put the bushes (416), the roller (417) on the target lever (419) and
R attach them with the pin (430), the washer (412) and the circlip
R (413).

R (3) Install the target lever (419) on the switch bracket (401) as
R follows:

R (a) Put the bushes (414) and the target lever (418) in position and
R attach them with the pin (407) and the washer (408).

R (b) Safety the pin (407) with the the circlip (409).

R (4) Install the push rod (428) on the target lever (419) as follows:

R (a) Put the bushes (429) in position on the target lever (419).

R (b) Put the push rod (428) on the target lever (419) and install the
R pin (418) and the washer (410).

R (c) Safety the pin (418) with the circlip (411).

R (5) Install the actuation lever (420) on the door frame fitting (426) as
R follows:

R (a) Put the lower eye-end of the push rod (428) on the actuation
R lever (420) and install the pin (431), the washer (421) and the
R circlip (422).

R (b) Install the bushes (423) in the door frame fitting (426).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page A446
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R (c) Put the actuation lever (420) in position and attach it with the
R pin (427), the washer (425) and the circlip (424).

R (6) Install the spring (415) as follows:

R WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE SPRING. ITS

_______
R TENSION CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.

R (a) Install the spring (415) between the rollers (405) and (417).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-22-21-820-050

R P. Adjustment

(1) Do the adjustment of the door locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-22-21-
820-801).

(2) Do the adjustment of the actuation clearance of the proximity sensor

21MJ (20MJ) (Ref. TASK 52-71-12-820-801).

Subtask 52-22-21-720-050

R Q. Do the functional test of the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
720-802).

Subtask 52-22-21-865-052

R R. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-22-21-710-050

R S. Operational Test

(1) Do the operational test of the door warning system (Ref. TASK 52-71-
00-710-801).

(2) Do the operational test of the escape-slide warning system (Ref. TASK
52-71-00-710-802).

NOTE : Do these tests only for the emergency exit door 834 (844).
____


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page A447
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-21-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and

STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
which attach components directly to the door structure.

(b) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
bolts which are in the door mechanism.

(c) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the

installed components.

(3) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-53-400-801).

(4) Install the escape facility on the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-400-801).

R (5) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-
R 00-860-802).

(6) Close the access door 811.

(7) Remove the access platform(s).

(8) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 52-22-21-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page A448
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 MECHANISM - DOOR LOCKING - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________________

TASK 52-22-21-820-801

Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism of the Emergency Exit Doors (Door
3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific feeler gage
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
98A52108007000 1 TOOL SET - R/I PASSENGER/CREW DOORS
98A52207597001 1 SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY EXIT

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116

PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687
LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 501
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

28 cotter pin 52-22-21 10 -210

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-20-00-080-801 Removal of the Ballast Weight from the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-480-801 Installation of the Ballast Weight at the Emergency
Exit Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-22-00-720-802 Functional Test of the Emergency Exit Door (Door
3L/3R)
52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System
52-71-00-710-802 Operational Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Warning
System
R 52-71-12-820-801 Adjustment of the Proximity Sensors at the Locking
R Mechanism

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-016 Fig. 501

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-21-991-016-A Fig. 501A

**ON A/C ALL

52-22-21-991-017 Fig. 502

52-22-21-991-018 Fig. 503


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 502
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-21-991-037 Fig. 504

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-21-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-22-21-010-052

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-22-21-865-053

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

R Subtask 52-22-21-860-054

R D. Install the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-480-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 503
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-22-21-820-051

A. Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2001 to 2166

____

NOTE : The overcenter adjustment gage (30), the rigging pins and all
____
other special tools are taken from the SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY
EXIT (98A52207597001).

(1) Door Locking Mechanisn

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-22-21-991-016)

(a) Lift, lower and lock the door.

(b) Make sure that the overcenter indicators (13) are aligned.

NOTE : The indicators are on the gear box (14) and the bellcrank
____
(21).

(c) If the overcenter indicators (13) do not align, adjust the

pushrods (1) and (4) as necessary.

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (2), (3) and (6).

2
_ Loosen the nuts and adjust the pushrods (1) and (4) until the
overcenter indicators are aligned.

(d) Make sure that the clearance
b
between the internal control
handle (17) and the door structure is 50 +0.8 -0.8 mm (1.9685
+0.0314 -0.0314 in.).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 504
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (e) If the clearance
b
is not in the given limit, continue as
follows.

1
_ Loosen the screws (16) and move the stop (15) outboard.

2
_ Measure the clearance
b
.

3
_ If the clearance
b
is still not correct, adjust the pushrods
(1) and (4).

4
_ When the clearance
b
is correct, move the stop (15) until it
touches the internal control handle (17) and tighten the
screws (16).

5
_ Tighten the nuts (2), (3) and (6).

(f) Make sure that:

- the overcenter indicators (13) are aligned,
- the clearance
b
is correct.
If necessary, do the adjustment again.

(g) Open the door.

(h) Make sure that the dimension
c
, between the lower edge of the
guide roller (29) and the upper edge of the roller (30) (on the
end of the lifting shaft), is 226.6 +0.5 -0.5 mm (8.9212 +0.0196-
0.0196 in.).

(i) If the dimension
c
is not correct, continue as follows.

1
_ Close the door to get access to the stop (9).

2
_ Remove the nut (12), the washer (11), the stop (9) and the
adjustment washers (10).

3
_ Install the stop (9) (without the adjustment washers (10)),
the washer (11) and the nut (12).

4
_ Lift the door with the internal control handle (17) until the
dimension
c
is correct.

5
_ Measure the distance between the stop (9) and the twin lever
(5) for the subsequent installation of the correct number of
adjustment washers (10).

6
_ Close the door and remove the nut (12), the washer (11) and
the stop (9).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 505
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Door Locking Mechanism on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 501/TASK 52-22-21-991-016- 12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 506
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Door Locking Mechanism on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 501/TASK 52-22-21-991-016- 22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 507
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 7
_ Install the stop (9) together with the correct number of
adjustment washers (10), the washer (11) and the nut (12).

8
_ Tighten the nut (12).

(j) Open the door until the roller (19) engages in the hook (20).

(k) Make sure that the clearance
a
between the hook (20) and the
roller (19) is max. 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).

(l) If the clearance
a
is more than 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.), adjust as
follows.

1
_ Close the door.

2
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (28).

3
_ Loosen the nut (27) and move the roller (19) one notch in the
direction of the hook (20).

4
_ Tighten the nut (27).

5
_ Safety the nut (27) with a new cotter pin (28).

(m) If the clearance
a
is less than 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) or you have
already done the adjustment of the roller (19), continue as
follows.

1
_ Open the door.

2
_ Loosen the nuts (3) and (6).

3
_ Adjust the pushrod (4) until the clearance
a
is correct.

4
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and (6).

(n) Make sure that:

- with the door open, the clearance
a
and the dimension
c
are
correct,
- with the door closed, the clearance
b
is correct and the
overcenter indicators (13) are aligned.
If these conditions are not correct, do the necessary adjustment
again.

(o) Safety the nuts (2), (3) and (6) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 508
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (2) Adjustment of the Door Locking Overcenter-Position
(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-22-21-991-017)

(a) Adjust the stop (40) to get a maximum clearance to the bellcrank
(36) when the door is closed.

1
_ Open the door to get access to the stop (40).

2
_ Remove the nut (37), the stop (40), the washers (38) and the
adjustment washers (39).

3
_ Install the stop (40) and the nut (37).

(b) Close and lock the door.

(c) Remove the pushrod (44).

(d) Put the overcenter adjustment gage (35) in the position of the
removed pushrod (44) and install the rigging pins (43) and (45).

NOTE : Install the lower rigging pin (43) first.

____

(e) If you cannot install the rigging pin (45) adjust the pushrod
(1).

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (2).

2
_ Loosen the nuts (2).

3
_ Adjust the pushrod (1) until you can install the rigging pin
(45).

NOTE : Make sure that the contact surface
A
of the

____
overcenter adjustment gage (35) is on the locking shaft
and not on the hub of the bellcrank (36).

(f) Adjust the stop (40) until it touches the bellcrank (36) to get
the overcenter dimension
b
of 3.0 +0.5 -0 mm (0.1181 +0.0196 -
0.0000 in.).

1
_ Measure the clearance between the stop (40) and the bellcrank
(36).

NOTE : Subtract 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) for the subsequent

____
installation of the correct number of adjustment
washers (39).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 509
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
R Door Locking Mechanism
R Figure 501A/TASK 52-22-21-991-016-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 510
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Door Locking Mechanism
R Figure 501A/TASK 52-22-21-991-016-A22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 511
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Door Locking Overcenter Position
Figure 502/TASK 52-22-21-991-017


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 512
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 2
_ Remove the rigging pins (43) and (45) and the overcenter
adjustment gage (35).

3
_ Open the door.

4
_ Remove the nut (37) and the stop (40).

5
_ Install the stop (40), the washer (38), the correct number of
adjustment washers (39) and the nut (37).

6
_ Tighten the nut (37).

(g) Tighten the nuts (2).

(h) Safety the nuts (2) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

(i) Install the pushrod (44).

(j) Make sure that the clearances
c
and
d
are between 0.1 mm
(0.0039 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.). If necessary adjust the
pushrod (44).

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (46) and (47).

2
_ Loosen the nuts (46) and (47) and adjust the pushrod (44)
until the clearances
c
and
d
are correct.

3
_ Tighten the nuts (46) and (47).

4
_ Safety the nuts (46) and (47) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).

(k) Lift the internal control handle until you can install a feeler
gage of 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) between the stop (40) and the
bellcrank (36).

(l) Make sure that the line which divides the green and red area of
the bellcrank (36) is level with the upper edge of the indicator
window (42). If necessary adjust as follows.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (41) and move the indicator window (42) to the
correct position.

2
_ Tighten the nuts (41).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 513
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (3) External Control Handle
(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-22-21-991-018)

(a) Close and lock the door.

(b) Pull and push the external control handle (51) at the point
X
.

(c) Make sure that the travel
b
of the external control handle (51)
is between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

(d) If the travel
b
is not in the given limit, adjust as follows.

1
_ Unlock the external control handle (51).

2
_ Loosen the nut (61).

3
_ Turn the eccentric roller (62).

4
_ Tighten the nut (61).

(e) Make sure that the travel
b
is correct, if necessary do the
adjustment of the eccentric roller (62) again.

(f) Make sure that the external control handle (51) is aligned with
the contour of the door.

(g) If the tolerance is more than 0 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0590 -

0.0590 in.), adjust as follows.

1
_ Measure the diference between the external control handle (51)
and the contour of the door.

2
_ Open the external control handle (51).

3
_ Remove the nuts (64), the screws (66), the hook fitting (56)
and the shims (65).

4
_ Adjust the shims (65) as necessary.

5
_ Install the shims (65), the hook fitting (56), the screws (66)
and the nuts (64).

6
_ Tighten the nuts (64).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 514
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 External Control Handle
Figure 503/TASK 52-22-21-991-018


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 515
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
 (h) Make sure that:
- the travel
b
is correct,
- the external control handle (51) is aligned with the contour of
the door.
If these conditions are not correct, do the necessary adjustment
again.

(i) Make sure that the clearance
a
between the lever (52) and the
stop (53) is between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

(j) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust as follows.

1
_ Remove the plug (50).

2
_ Remove the lockwire from the nut (54).

3
_ Loosen the nut (54).

4
_ Turn the adjustment screw (55) to get the correct clearance

a
.

NOTE : The external control handle (51) must touch the

____
eccentric roller (62).

5
_ Tighten the nut (54).

6
_ Safety the nut (54) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

7
_ Install the plug (50).

(k) Open the door with the external control handle (51).

(l) Close the door with the internal control handle (12) and make
sure that:
- the flap (63) goes automatically to the locked position with a
click,
- the flap (63) is aligned with the contour of the external
control handle (51).

(m) If the flap (63) is not in the locked position, adjust as

follows.

1
_ Open the door.

2
_ Remove the nuts (57), the screws (59), the stop (60) and the
shims (58).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 516
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 3
_ Adjust the shims (58) as necessary.

4
_ Install the shims (58), the stop (60), the screws (59) and the
nuts (57).

5
_ Tighten the nuts (57).

(n) Make sure that the condition of the flap (63) is correct, if
necessary do the adjustment again.

(4) Do a check, and if necessary adjust, the actuation clearance of the

proximity sensor 21MJ (20MJ) (Ref. TASK 52-71-12-820-801).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-22-21-820-051-A

A. Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism

NOTE : The overcenter adjustment gage (30), the rigging pins and all
____
other special tools are taken from the SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY
EXIT (98A52207597001).

(1) Door Locking Mechanisn

(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-22-21-991-016-A)

(a) Lift, lower and lock the door.

(b) Make sure that the overcenter indicators (13) are aligned.

NOTE : The indicators are on the gear box (14) and the bellcrank
____
(21).

(c) If the overcenter indicators (13) do not align, adjust the

pushrods (1) and (4) as necessary.

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (2), (3) and (6).

2
_ Loosen the nuts and adjust the pushrods (1) and (4) until the
overcenter indicators are aligned.

(d) Make sure that the clearance
b
between the internal control
handle (17) and the door structure is 50 +0.8 -0.8 mm (1.9685
+0.0314 -0.0314 in.).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 517
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (e) If the clearance
b
is not in the given limit, continue as
follows.

1
_ Loosen the screws (16) and move the stop (15) outboard.

2
_ Measure the clearance
b
.

3
_ If the clearance
b
is still not correct, adjust the pushrods
(1) and (4).

4
_ When the clearance
b
is correct, move the stop (15) until it
touches the internal control handle (17) and tighten the
screws (16).

5
_ Tighten the nuts (2), (3) and (6).

(f) Make sure that:

- the overcenter indicators (13) are aligned,
- the clearance
b
is correct.
If necessary, do the adjustment again.

(g) Open the door.

(h) Make sure that the dimension
c
, between the lower edge of the
guide roller (29) and the upper edge of the roller (30) (on the
end of the lifting shaft), is 226.6 +0.5 -0.5 mm (8.9212 +0.0196-
0.0196 in.).

(i) If the dimension
c
is not correct, continue as follows.

1
_ Close the door to get access to the stop (9).

2
_ Remove the nut (12), the washer (11), the stop (9) and the
adjustment washers (10).

3
_ Install the stop (9) (without the adjustment washers (10)),
the washer (11) and the nut (12).

4
_ Lift the door with the internal control handle (17) until the
dimension
c
is correct.

5
_ Measure the distance between the stop (9) and the twin lever
(5) for the subsequent installation of the correct number of
adjustment washers (10).

6
_ Close the door and remove the nut (12), the washer (11) and
the stop (9).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 518
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 7
_ Install the stop (9) together with the correct number of
adjustment washers (10), the washer (11) and the nut (12).

8
_ Tighten the nut (12).

(j) Open the door until the roller (19) engages in the hook (20).

(k) Make sure that the clearance
a
between the hook (20) and the
roller (19) is max. 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).

(l) If the clearance
a
is more than 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.), adjust as
follows.

1
_ Close the door.

2
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (28).

3
_ Loosen the nut (27) and move the roller (19) one notch in the
direction of the hook (20).

4
_ Tighten the nut (27).

5
_ Safety the nut (27) with a new cotter pin (28).

(m) If the clearance
a
is less than 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) or you have
already done the adjustment of the roller (19), continue as
follows.

1
_ Open the door.

2
_ Loosen the nuts (3) and (6).

3
_ Adjust the pushrod (4) until the clearance
a
is correct.

4
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and (6).

(n) Make sure that:

- with the door open, the clearance
a
and the dimension
c
are
correct,
- with the door closed, the clearance
b
is correct and the
overcenter indicators (13) are aligned.
If these conditions are not correct, do the necessary adjustment
again.

(o) Safety the nuts (2), (3) and (6) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 519
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (p) Make sure that:
- with the door closed, the clearance between the hook (31) and
(32) is 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.) minimum.
- with the door closed, the clearance between the rod (22) and
the leever (23) is 6.7 +2.0 -2.0 mm (0.2637 +0.0787 -0.0787
in.).

(2) Adjustment of the Door Locking Overcenter-Position

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-22-21-991-017)

(a) Adjust the stop (40) to get a maximum clearance to the bellcrank
(36) when the door is closed.

1
_ Open the door to get access to the stop (40).

2
_ Remove the nut (37), the stop (40), the washers (38) and the
adjustment washers (39).

3
_ Install the stop (40) and the nut (37).

(b) Close and lock the door.

(c) Remove the pushrod (44).

(d) Put the overcenter adjustment gage (35) in the position of the
removed pushrod (44) and install the rigging pins (43) and (45).

NOTE : Install the lower rigging pin (43) first.

____

(e) If you cannot install the rigging pin (45) adjust the pushrod
(1).

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (2).

2
_ Loosen the nuts (2).

3
_ Adjust the pushrod (1) until you can install the rigging pin
(45).

NOTE : Make sure that the contact surface
A
of the

____
overcenter adjustment gage (35) is on the locking shaft
and not on the hub of the bellcrank (36).

(f) Adjust the stop (40) until it touches the bellcrank (36) to get
the overcenter dimension
b
of 3.0 +0.5 -0 mm (0.1181 +0.0196 -
0.0000 in.).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 520
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 1
_ Measure the clearance between the stop (40) and the bellcrank
(36).

NOTE : Subtract 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) for the subsequent

____
installation of the correct number of adjustment
washers (39).

2
_ Remove the rigging pins (43) and (45) and the overcenter
adjustment gage (35).

3
_ Open the door.

4
_ Remove the nut (37) and the stop (40).

5
_ Install the stop (40), the washer (38), the correct number of
adjustment washers (39) and the nut (37).

6
_ Tighten the nut (37).

(g) Tighten the nuts (2).

(h) Safety the nuts (2) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

(i) Install the pushrod (44).

(j) Make sure that the clearances
c
and
d
are between 0.1 mm
(0.0039 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.). If necessary adjust the
pushrod (44).

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (46) and (47).

2
_ Loosen the nuts (46) and (47) and adjust the pushrod (44)
until the clearances
c
and
d
are correct.

3
_ Tighten the nuts (46) and (47).

4
_ Safety the nuts (46) and (47) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).

(k) Lift the internal control handle until you can install a feeler
gage of 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) between the stop (40) and the
bellcrank (36).

(l) Make sure that the line which divides the green and red area of
the bellcrank (36) is level with the upper edge of the indicator
window (42). If necessary adjust as follows.


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 521
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 1
_ Loosen the nuts (41) and move the indicator window (42) to the
correct position.

2
_ Tighten the nuts (41).

(3) External Control Handle

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-22-21-991-018)

(a) Close and lock the door.

(b) Pull and push the external control handle (51) at the point
X
.

(c) Make sure that the travel
b
of the external control handle (51)
is between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

(d) If the travel
b
is not in the given limit, adjust as follows.

1
_ Unlock the external control handle (51).

2
_ Loosen the nut (61).

3
_ Turn the eccentric roller (62).

4
_ Tighten the nut (61).

(e) Make sure that the travel
b
is correct, if necessary do the
adjustment of the eccentric roller (62) again.

(f) Make sure that the external control handle (51) is aligned with
the contour of the door.

(g) If the tolerance is more than 0 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0590 -

0.0590 in.), adjust as follows.

1
_ Measure the diference between the external control handle (51)
and the contour of the door.

2
_ Open the external control handle (51).

3
_ Remove the nuts (64), the screws (66), the hook fitting (56)
and the shims (65).

4
_ Adjust the shims (65) as necessary.

5
_ Install the shims (65), the hook fitting (56), the screws (66)
and the nuts (64).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 522
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 6
_ Tighten the nuts (64).

(h) Make sure that:

- the travel
b
is correct,
- the external control handle (51) is aligned with the contour of
the door.
If these conditions are not correct, do the necessary adjustment
again.

(i) Make sure that the clearance
a
between the lever (52) and the
stop (53) is between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

(j) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust as follows.

1
_ Remove the plug (50).

2
_ Remove the lockwire from the nut (54).

3
_ Loosen the nut (54).

4
_ Turn the adjustment screw (55) to get the correct clearance

a
.

NOTE : The external control handle (51) must touch the

____
eccentric roller (62).

5
_ Tighten the nut (54).

6
_ Safety the nut (54) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

7
_ Install the plug (50).

(k) Open the door with the external control handle (51).

(l) Close the door with the internal control handle (12) and make
sure that:
- the flap (63) goes automatically to the locked position with a
click,
- the flap (63) is aligned with the contour of the external
control handle (51).

(m) If the flap (63) is not in the locked position, adjust as

follows.

1
_ Open the door.


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-21

Page 523
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 2
_ Remove the nuts (57), the screws (59), the stop (60) and the
shims (58).

3
_ Adjust the shims (58) as necessary.

4
_ Install the shims (58), the stop (60), the screws (59) and the
nuts (57).

5
_ Tighten the nuts (57).

(n) Make sure that the condition of the flap (63) is correct, if
necessary do the adjustment again.

(4) Do a check, and if necessary adjust, the actuation clearance of the

proximity sensor 21MJ (20MJ) (Ref. TASK 52-71-12-820-801).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-22-21-820-052

B. Adjustment of the Door Locking Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
subsequent

NOTE : The overcenter adjustment gage (30), the rigging pins and all
____
other special tools are taken from the TOOL SET - R/I
PASSENGER/CREW DOORS (98A52108007000).

(1) Door Locking Mechanisn

(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-22-21-991-037)

(a) Lift, lower and lock the door.

(b) Make sure that the overcenter indicators (13) are aligned.

NOTE : The indicators are on the gear box (14) and the bellcrank
____
(21).

(c) If the overcenter indicators (13) do not align, adjust the

pushrods (1) and (4) as necessary.

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (2), (3) and (6).

2
_ Loosen the nuts and adjust the pushrods (1) and (4) until the
overcenter indicators are aligned.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 524
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-22-21

Page 525
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Locking Mechanism on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
Figure 504/TASK 52-22-21-991-037- 12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 526
Jan 01/03
 
THY 
 Door Locking Mechanism on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
Figure 504/TASK 52-22-21-991-037- 22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 527
Jan 01/03
 
THY 
 (d) Make sure that the clearance
b
between the internal control
handle (17) and the door structure is 50 +0.8 -0.8 mm (1.9685
+0.0314 -0.0314 in.).

(e) If the clearance
b
is not in the given limit, continue as

follows.

1
_ Loosen the screws (16) and move the stop (15) outboard.

2
_ Measure the clearance
b
.

3
_ If the clearance
b
is still not correct, adjust the pushrods
(1) and (4).

4
_ When the clearance
b
is correct, move the stop (15) until it
touches the internal control handle (17) and tighten the
screws (16).

5
_ Tighten the nuts (2), (3) and (6).

(f) Make sure that:

- the overcenter indicators (13) are aligned,
- the clearance
b
is correct.
If necessary, do the adjustment again.

(g) Open the door.

(h) Make sure that the dimension
c
, between the lower edge of the
guide roller (29) and the upper edge of the roller (30) (on the
end of the lifting shaft), is 226.6 +0.5 -0.5 mm (8.9212 +0.0196-
0.0196 in.).

(i) If the dimension
c
is not correct, continue as follows.

1
_ Close the door to get access to the stop (9).

2
_ Remove the nut (12), the washer (11), the stop (9) and the
adjustment washers (10).

3
_ Install the stop (9) (without the adjustment washers (10)),
the washer (11) and the nut (12).

4
_ Lift the door with the internal control handle (17) until the
dimension
c
is correct.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 528
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 5
_ Measure the distance between the stop (9) and the twin lever
(5) for the subsequent installation of the correct number of
adjustment washers (10).

6
_ Close the door and remove the nut (12), the washer (11) and
the stop (9).

7
_ Install the stop (9) together with the correct number of
adjustment washers (10), the washer (11) and the nut (12).

8
_ Tighten the nut (12).

(j) Open the door until the roller (19) engages in the hook (20).

(k) Make sure that the clearance
a
between the hook (20) and the
roller (19) is max. 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.).

(l) If the clearance
a
is more than 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.), adjust as
follows.

1
_ Close the door.

2
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (28).

3
_ Loosen the nut (27) and move the roller (19) one notch in the
direction of the hook (20).

4
_ Tighten the nut (27).

5
_ Safety the nut (27) with a new cotter pin (28).

(m) If the clearance
a
is less than 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) or you have
already done the adjustment of the roller (19), continue as
follows.

1
_ Open the door.

2
_ Loosen the nuts (3) and (6).

3
_ Adjust the pushrod (4) until the clearance
a
is correct.

4
_ Tighten the nuts (3) and (6).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 529
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (n) Make sure that:
- with the door open, the clearance
a
and the dimension
c
are
correct,
- with the door closed, the clearance
b
is correct and the
overcenter indicators (13) are aligned.
If these conditions are not correct, do the necessary adjustment
again.

(o) Safety the nuts (2), (3) and (6) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).

(p) Make sure that:

- with the door closed, the clearance between the hook (31) and
(32) is 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.) minimum.
- with the door closed, the clearance between the rod (22) and
the leever (23) is 6.7 +2.0 -2.0 mm (0.2637 +0.0787 -0.0787
in.).

(2) Adjustment of the Door Locking Overcenter-Position

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-22-21-991-017)

(a) Adjust the stop (40) to get a maximum clearance to the bellcrank
(36) when the door is closed.

1
_ Open the door to get access to the stop (40).

2
_ Remove the nut (37), the stop (40), the washers (38) and the
adjustment washers (39).

3
_ Install the stop (40) and the nut (37).

(b) Close and lock the door.

(c) Remove the pushrod (44).

(d) Put the overcenter adjustment gage (35) in the position of the
removed pushrod (44) and install the rigging pins (43) and (45).

NOTE : Install the lower rigging pin (43) first.

____

(e) If you cannot install the rigging pin (45) adjust the pushrod
(1).

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (2).

2
_ Loosen the nuts (2).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 530
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 3
_ Adjust the pushrod (1) until you can install the rigging pin
(45).

NOTE : Make sure that the contact surface
A
of the

____
overcenter adjustment gage (35) is on the locking shaft
and not on the hub of the bellcrank (36).

(f) Adjust the stop (40) until it touches the bellcrank (36) to get
the overcenter dimension
b
of 3.0 +0.5 -0 mm (0.1181 +0.0196 -
0.0000 in.).

1
_ Measure the clearance between the stop (40) and the bellcrank
(36).

NOTE : Subtract 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) for the subsequent

____
installation of the correct number of adjustment
washers (39).

2
_ Remove the rigging pins (43) and (45) and the overcenter
adjustment gage (35).

3
_ Open the door.

4
_ Remove the nut (37) and the stop (40).

5
_ Install the stop (40), the washer (38), the correct number of
adjustment washers (39) and the nut (37).

6
_ Tighten the nut (37).

(g) Tighten the nuts (2).

(h) Safety the nuts (2) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

(i) Install the pushrod (44).

(j) Make sure that the clearances
c
and
d
are between 0.1 mm
(0.0039 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.). If necessary adjust the
pushrod (44).

1
_ Remove the lockwire from the nuts (46) and (47).

2
_ Loosen the nuts (46) and (47) and adjust the pushrod (44)
until the clearances
c
and
d
are correct.

3
_ Tighten the nuts (46) and (47).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 531
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 4
_ Safety the nuts (46) and (47) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No.
19-010).

(k) Lift the internal control handle until you can install a feeler
gage of 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) between the stop (40) and the
bellcrank (36).

(l) Make sure that the line which divides the green and red area of
the bellcrank (36) is level with the upper edge of the indicator
window (42). If necessary adjust as follows.

1
_ Loosen the nuts (41) and move the indicator window (42) to the
correct position.

2
_ Tighten the nuts (41).

(3) External Control Handle

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-22-21-991-018)

(a) Close and lock the door.

(b) Pull and push the external control handle (51) at the point
X
.

(c) Make sure that the travel
b
of the external control handle (51)
is between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

(d) If the travel
b
is not in the given limit, adjust as follows.

1
_ Unlock the external control handle (51).

2
_ Loosen the nut (61).

3
_ Turn the eccentric roller (62).

4
_ Tighten the nut (61).

(e) Make sure that the travel
b
is correct, if necessary do the
adjustment of the eccentric roller (62) again.

(f) Make sure that the external control handle (51) is aligned with
the contour of the door.

(g) If the tolerance is more than 0 +1.5 -1.5 mm (0.0000 +0.0590 -

0.0590 in.), adjust as follows.

1
_ Measure the diference between the external control handle (51)
and the contour of the door.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 532
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 2
_ Open the external control handle (51).

3
_ Remove the nuts (64), the screws (66), the hook fitting (56)
and the shims (65).

4
_ Adjust the shims (65) as necessary.

5
_ Install the shims (65), the hook fitting (56), the screws (66)
and the nuts (64).

6
_ Tighten the nuts (64).

(h) Make sure that:

- the travel
b
is correct,
- the external control handle (51) is aligned with the contour of
the door.
If these conditions are not correct, do the necessary adjustment
again.

(i) Make sure that the clearance
a
between the lever (52) and the
stop (53) is between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.).

(j) If the clearance
a
is not correct, adjust as follows.

1
_ Remove the plug (50).

2
_ Remove the lockwire from the nut (54).

3
_ Loosen the nut (54).

4
_ Turn the adjustment screw (55) to get the correct clearance

a
.

NOTE : The external control handle (51) must touch the

____
eccentric roller (62).

5
_ Tighten the nut (54).

6
_ Safety the nut (54) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010).

7
_ Install the plug (50).

(k) Open the door with the external control handle (51).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-21

Page 533
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (l) Close the door with the internal control handle (12) and make
sure that:
- the flap (63) goes automatically to the locked position with a
click,
- the flap (63) is aligned with the contour of the external
control handle (51).

(m) If the flap (63) is not in the locked position, adjust as

follows.

1
_ Open the door.

2
_ Remove the nuts (57), the screws (59), the stop (60) and the
shims (58).

3
_ Adjust the shims (58) as necessary.

4
_ Install the shims (58), the stop (60), the screws (59) and the
nuts (57).

5
_ Tighten the nuts (57).

(n) Make sure that the condition of the flap (63) is correct, if
necessary do the adjustment again.

(4) Do a check, and if necessary adjust, the actuation clearance of the

proximity sensor 21MJ (20MJ) (Ref. TASK 52-71-12-820-801).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-22-21-720-051

C. Do the functional test of the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
720-802).

Subtask 52-22-21-865-054

D. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 534
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-21-710-051

E. Operational Test

(1) Do the operational test of the door warning system (Ref. TASK 52-71-
00-710-801).

(2) Do the operational test of the escape-slide warning system (Ref. TASK
52-71-00-710-802).

NOTE : Do these tests only for the emergency exit door 834 (844).
____

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-21-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

R (2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R (a) Apply a layer of the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and
R the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
R which attach components directly to the door structure.

R (b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
R bolts which are in the door mechanism.

R (c) Apply a layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to

R the installed components.

R (3) Remove the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-080-801).

R (4) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-
R 00-860-802).

R (5) Close the access door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-801).

R (6) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 535
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.
R

Subtask 52-22-21-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-21

Page 536
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE RELEASE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_________________________________________________________________

TASK 52-22-22-000-801

Removal of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism from the Emergency Exit

Door (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
98A52107632000 2 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

25-23-53-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door
R 25-62-42-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilties
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-22-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-22-991-001-A Fig. 401A


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 401
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-22-991-002 Fig. 402

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-22-991-002-A Fig. 402A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-22-991-003 Fig. 403

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-22-991-003-A Fig. 403A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-22-991-004 Fig. 404

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-22-991-004-A Fig. 404A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-22-991-005 Fig. 405

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-22-991-005-A Fig. 405A


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 402
Jan 01/01
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-22-991-006 Fig. 406

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-22-991-006-A Fig. 406A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-22-991-011 Fig. 407

52-22-22-991-012 Fig. 408
52-22-22-991-013 Fig. 409
52-22-22-991-014 Fig. 410
52-22-22-991-015 Fig. 411
52-22-22-991-016 Fig. 412

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-22-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-22-22-010-050

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 403
Jan 01/01
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-22-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-22-22-010-051

D. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the related door.

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

(3) Remove the escape facility from the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-000-
801).

(4) Remove the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-53-000-801).

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 404
Oct 01/98
R  
THY 
R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-22-22-020-050

A. Removal of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2001 to 2166

____

(1) Remove the release mechanism and emergency control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-22-991-001)

(a) Remove the screws (33), the cover (32) and the seal (31).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (7).

(c) Remove the nut (6), the washer (5), the bolt (29) and the washer
(30).

(d) Disconnect the pushrod (2) and remove the bushes (1) and (3).

(e) Remove the roller assembly from the lever (13).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (10).

2
_ Remove the nut (11) and the washer (12).

3
_ Remove the bolt (16), the roller (15) and the bush (14).

(f) Remove and discard the cotter pin (21).

(g) Remove the nut (22) and the washer (20).

(h) Loosen the nut (19 and remove the lever (13).

NOTE : Identify the position of the lever (13) for the

____
installation procedure.

(i) Remove the nuts (8) and the bolts (28).

(j) Remove the nut (24), the washer (25) and the bolt (26).

(k) Remove the nuts (18) and the screws (9).

(l) Remove the release mechanism (27) together with the emergency
control handle (4) from the door.

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 405
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Release Mechanism and Emergency Control Handle on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 401/TASK 52-22-22-991-001

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 406
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (2) Remove the stop lever and bellcrank unit.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-22-991-002)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (44) and (45) and remove the pushrod
(47).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (53).

2
_ Remove the nuts (54), the washers (55), the bolts (59) and the
washers (58).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrods and remove the bushes (56) and (57).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (40).

(c) Remove the nut (41) and the washer (42).

(d) Remove the bolt (49), the washer (48) and the bellcrank unit
(46).

(e) Remove the nuts (43), the bolts (52), the washers (51) and the
stop lever (50).

(3) Remove the locking unit and intermediate drive shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-22-991-003)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (79) and (105) (see detail
B
).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (106).

2
_ Remove the nuts (107), the washers (108), the bolts (108) and
the washers (109).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrods and remove the bushes (111) and (112).

(b) Remove the spring rod (75).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (71).

2
_ Remove the nuts (72) and the washers (73).

3
_ At the lower attach fitting (77):
- remove the bolt (82) and the washer (73),
- disconnect the spring rod (75) and remove the washers (73)
and (80) and the bushes (74) and (81).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 407
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Release Mechanism and Emergency Control Handle
Figure 401A/TASK 52-22-22-991-001-A


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 408
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 Stop Lever and Bellcrank Unit on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 402/TASK 52-22-22-991-002

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 409
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Stop Lever and Bellcrank Unit
Figure 402A/TASK 52-22-22-991-002-A


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 410
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 Locking Unit on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 403/TASK 52-22-22-991-003

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 411
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 4
_ At the intermediate drive shaft (104):
- remove the bolt (78) and the washer (73),
- remove the spring rod (75) and the bushes (74) and (76).

(c) Remove the spring rod (89).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (71).

2
_ Remove the nuts (83) and the washers (84).

3
_ Remove the bolts (85) and the washers (84).

4
_ Remove the spring rod (89) and the bushes (87) and (88).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (90).

(e) Remove the nut (91), the washer (92), the sleeve (93) and the
latch (94).

(f) Remove the bolt (99) and the washers (95), (96) and (98).

(g) Remove the nuts (100) and the bolts (102) together with the
fitting (97) and the shims (101).

NOTE : Identify the position of the shims (101) for the

____
installation procedure.

(h) Remove the intermediate drive shaft (104) and the washers (103)
from the door.

(4) Remove the middle bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-22-991-004)

(a) Remove the pushrods (133), (153) and (155) (see detail
C
).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (139).

2
_ Remove the nuts (140), the washers (138), the bolts (136) and
the washers (137).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrods and remove the bushes (141) and (142).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (160).

(c) Remove the nut (159), the washer (158), the bolt (121) and the
washer (120).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 412
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Locking Unit
Figure 403A/TASK 52-22-22-991-003-A


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 413
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R Bellcrank Unit - Lateral and Mid on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 404/TASK 52-22-22-991-004


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 414
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (d) Remove the bellcrank (154) together with the spacers (156) and
(150) and the washers (151), (152) and (157).

(e) Remove the nuts (147), the bolts (148) and the bearing flange
(149).

(5) Remove the lateral bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-22-991-004)

(a) Remove the pushrods (128) and (133) (see detail
C
).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (139).

2
_ Remove the nuts (140), the washers (138), the bolts (136) and
the washers (137).

3
_ Disconnect the pushrods and remove the bushes (141) and (142).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (122).

(c) Remove the nut (123) and the washer (124).

(d) Remove the bolt (135), the washers (134), (125), (126), the
spacer (127) and the bellcrank (129).

(e) Remove the bush (132).

(6) Remove the sliders and the girt bar.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-22-991-004)

(a) Close and lock the door.

(b) Put the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

(c) Open the door.

(d) Push the hooks (145) to release the sliders (144) and move the
sliders (144) to the middle of the door until they disengage from
the girt bar fittings (143).

(e) Lift the girt bar (146) and the sliders (144).

(f) Push the hooks (145) to release the sliders (144) and push the
sliders (144) to the ends of the girt bar (146).

(g) Remove the sliders (144) and the girt bar (146) from the door.

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 415
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (7) Remove the linkage guide.
(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-22-22-991-005)

(a) Close and lock the door.

(b) Move the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position and
open the door.

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (191).

(d) Remove the nut (192), the washer (193), the bolt (197) and the
washer (196).

(e) Disconnect the pushrod (198) and remove the bushes (194) and
(195).

(f) Remove the conical pin (185) from the lever (187).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (190).

2
_ Remove the nut (189), the washer (188), the conical pin (185)
and the washer (186).

(g) Remove and discard the cotter pin (179).

(h) Remove the nut (178), the washer (177), the bolt (175) and the
washer (176).

(i) Remove the nuts (183), the bolts (200) and the washers (199).

(j) Remove and discard the cotter pin (170).

(k) Remove the nut (171) and the washer (172).

(l) Pull out the bolt (181) as far as possible and remove the linkage
guide (184) together with the fork end (174).

(m) Remove the spacer (182) and the fork end (184) from the linkage
guide (184).

(n) Remove the spacer (173), the bolt (181) and the washer (180) from
the fork end (174).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 416
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Bellcrank Unit - Lateral and Mid
Figure 404A/TASK 52-22-22-991-004-A


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 417
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 Linkage Guide on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 405/TASK 52-22-22-991-005

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 418
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 (8) Remove the emergency control-handle blanking-device.
(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-22-22-991-006)

(a) Put a warning notice on the outside of the door to tell persons
not to open the door.

(b) Close the door.

(c) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) (220) and move the
emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

(d) Remove the nut (216), the washer (215) and the pin (213).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pin (217).

(f) Remove the washer (218).

(g) Remove the
DISARMED
placard (210) from the tube assembly (219).

(h) Remove the pin (211) together with the lever (212) and the spring
(214).

(i) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position and
install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-22-22-020-050-A

R A. Removal of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

(1) Remove the release mechanism and emergency control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-22-22-991-001-A)

R (a) Remove the screws (16), the washers (17) and the cover (18).

R (b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (3).

R (c) Remove the nut (4), the washer (2), the bolt (15) and the washer
R (14).

R (d) Disconnect the pushrod (5) and remove the bushes (1) and (20).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 419
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R Linkage Guide
Figure 405A/TASK 52-22-22-991-005-A


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 420
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 Emergency Control-Handle Blanking-Device on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 406/TASK 52-22-22-991-006

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 421
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R (e) Remove the actuating lever (11).
R

R 1
_ Remove the nut (9) and the washer (10).

R 2
_ Remove the bolt (12) and the washer (10).

R 3
_ Remove the actuating lever (11).

R NOTE : Identify the position of the lever (11) for the

____
R installation procedure.

R (f) Remove the nuts (8) and the washers (7).

R (g) Remove the bolts (6) and the washers (7).

R

R (h) Remove the release mechanism (13) together with the emergency
R control handle from the door.

(2) Remove the stop lever and bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-22-22-991-002-A)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (44) and (45).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (40).

2
_ Remove the nuts (41), the washers (42) and the bolts (49).

R (b) Remove the pushrod (47).

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (53).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (54), the washers (55), the bolt (59), the
R pushrod (47) and the bushing (56).

(c) Remove the bellcrank unit (46).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (40).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (41), washer (42), bolt (49), washers (48, 60)
R and the bellcrank unit (46).

3
_ Remove the bush (61).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 422
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 (d) Remove the nuts (43), the washers (51), the bolts (52) and the
stop lever (50).

(3) Remove the locking unit and intermediate drive shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 52-22-22-991-003-A)

R (a) Disconnect the springrod.

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (73).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (74), the washer (75) and the bolt (77).

R 3
_ Disconnect the spring-housing (103) and the spring (102) from
R the housing-assy (101).

R 4
_ If necessary remove and discard the cotter pin (73), remove
R the nuts (74, 70), washers (75, 71), bolt (76), bushes (98,
R 99), the support (72) and the housing- assy (101).

R (b) Remove the pushrods (96, 78, 79).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (73).

R 2
_ Remove the nuts (74), washers (75), the washers (100) and the
R bolts (77).

(c) Remove the nuts (89), the washers (90) and the bolts (91) from
the levers (92, 93, 94).

R NOTE : Identify the position of the levers (92, 93, 94) for the
____
R installation procedure.

R (d) Remove the bolt (81), the washers (82) and the locking unit (80).

(e) Remove the nuts (86), the washers (85), the bolts (83), the
washers (84) and the flange (87).

(f) Remove the intermediate drive shaft (95) and the washers (88)
from the door.

R (g) Remove the levers (92, 93, 94) from the intermediate drive shaft
R (95).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 423
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 (4) Remove the middle bellcrank unit.
(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-22-22-991-004-A)

R (a) Remove the pushrods (140), (141) and (142) (see detail
D
).

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (124).

R 2
_ Remove the nuts (125), washers (126), bolts (127) and the
R washers (143).
R

R (b) Remove the nuts (136), washers (137), bolts (138) and the the
R bellcrank (139).
R

(5) Remove the lateral bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-22-22-991-004-A)

R (a) Remove the pushrods (134) and (135) (see detail
C
).

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (124).

R 2
_ Remove the nuts (125), washers (126), bolts (127) and the
R washers (143).
R

R (b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (128).

R (c) Remove the nut (129), washers (130, 131), bolt (132) and the
R bellcrank (133).
R

(6) Remove the sliders and the girt bar.

(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-22-22-991-004-A)

(a) Close and lock the door.

R

R (b) Move the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position and
R open the door.

R (c) Push the hooks (121) to release the sliders (122) and move the
R sliders (122) to the middle of the door until they disengage from
R the girt bar fittings (120).

R (d) Lift the girt bar (123) with the sliders (122) from the girt bar
R fitting (120).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 424
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R (7) Remove the linkage guide.
R
(Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 52-22-22-991-005-A)

(a) Close and lock the door.

(b) Move the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position and
open the door.

R (c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (177).

R (d) Remove the nut (176), washer (175), bolt (174) and washer (183)
R and disconnect the pushrod (178).
R

R (e) Remove the nut (172), washer (171), bolt (170) and the linkage
R guide (173).
R

R (f) Remove the conical pin (182) from the lever (173).

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (180).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (179), the washer (181) and the conical pin
R (182).

(8) Remove the emergency control-handle blanking-device.

(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-22-22-991-006-A)

(a) Put a warning notice on the outside of the door to tell persons
not to open the door.

(b) Close the door.

(c) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) (213) and move the
emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

(d) Remove the nut (215), the washer (211), the bolt (214), the
washers (211, 212), the spring (216) and the lever (210).

(e) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position and
install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 425
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 Emergency Control-Handle Blanking-Device
Figure 406A/TASK 52-22-22-991-006-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 426
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-22-22-020-051

B. Removal of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
subsequent

(1) Remove the release mechanism and emergency control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-22-22-991-011)

(a) Remove the screws (16), the washers (17) and the cover (18).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (3).

(c) Remove the nut (4), the washer (2), the bolt (15) and the washer
(14).

(d) Disconnect the pushrod (5) and remove the bushes (1) and (20).

(e) Remove the actuating lever (11).

1
_ Remove the nut (9) and the washer (10).

2
_ Remove the bolt (12) and the washer (10).

3
_ Remove the actuating lever (11).

NOTE : Identify the position of the lever (11) for the

____
installation procedure.

(f) Remove the nuts (8) and the washers (7).

(g) Remove the bolts (6) and the washers (7).

(h) Remove the release mechanism (13) together with the emergency
control handle from the door.

(2) Remove the stop lever and bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-22-22-991-012)

(a) Disconnect the pushrods (44) and (45).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (40).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 427
Oct 01/99
R  
THY 
R Release Mechanism and Emergency Control Handle on Door Serial No. 2167 and
subsequent
Figure 407/TASK 52-22-22-991-011


EFF :

001-099, 101-149, 

52-22-22 Page 428
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 Stop Lever and Bellcrank Unit on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
Figure 408/TASK 52-22-22-991-012


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 429
Oct 01/99
R  
THY 
 2
_ Remove the nuts (41), the washers (42) and the bolts (49).

(b) Remove the pushrod (47).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (53).

2
_ Remove the nut (54), the washers (55), the bolt (59), the
pushrod (47) and the bushing (56).

(c) Remove the bellcrank unit (46).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (40).

2
_ Remove the nut (41), washer (42), bolt (49), washers (48, 60)
and the bellcrank unit (46).

3
_ Remove the bush (61).

(d) Remove the nuts (43), the washers (51), the bolts (52) and the
stop lever (50).

(3) Remove the locking unit and intermediate drive shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-22-22-991-013)

(a) Disconnect the springrod.

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (73).

2
_ Remove the nut (74), the washer (75) and the bolt (77).

3
_ Disconnect the spring-housing (103) and the spring (102) from
the housing-assy (101).

4
_ If necessary remove and discard the cotter pin (73), remove
the nuts (74, 70), washers (75, 71), bolt (76), bushes (98,
99), the support (72) and the housing- assy (101).

(b) Remove the pushrods (96, 78, 79).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (73).

2
_ Remove the nuts (74), washers (75), the washers (100) and the
bolts (77).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 430
Oct 01/99
R  
THY 
R Locking Unit on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
Figure 409/TASK 52-22-22-991-013


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 431
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 (c) Remove the nuts (89), the washers (90) and the bolts (91) from
the levers (92, 93, 94).

NOTE : Identify the position of the levers (92, 93, 94) for the
____
installation procedure.

(d) Remove the bolt (81), the washers (82) and the locking unit (80).

(e) Remove the nuts (86), the washers (85), the bolts (83), the
washers (84) and the flange (87).

(f) Remove the intermediate drive shaft (95) and the washers (88)
from the door.

(g) Remove the levers (92, 93, 94) from the intermediate drive shaft
(95).

(4) Remove the middle bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-22-22-991-014)

(a) Remove the pushrods (140), (141) and (142) (see detail
D
).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (124).

2
_ Remove the nuts (125), washers (126), bolts (127) and the
washers (143).

(b) Remove the nuts (136), washers (137), bolts (138) and the the
bellcrank (139).

(5) Remove the lateral bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-22-22-991-014)

(a) Remove the pushrods (134) and (135) (see detail
C
).

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (124).

2
_ Remove the nuts (125), washers (126), bolts (127) and the
washers (143).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (128).

(c) Remove the nut (129), washers (130, 131), bolt (132) and the
bellcrank (133).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 432
Oct 01/99
R  
THY 
R Bellcrank Unit - Lateral and Mid on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
Figure 410/TASK 52-22-22-991-014


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 433
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R (6) Remove the sliders and the girt bar.
R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-22-22-991-014)

R (a) Close and lock the door.

R (b) Move the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position and
R open the door.

R (c) Push the hooks (121) to release the sliders (122) and move the
R sliders (122) to the middle of the door until they disengage from
R the girt bar fittings (120).

R (d) Lift the girt bar (123) with the sliders (122) from the girt bar
R fitting (120).

R (7) Remove the linkage guide.

R (Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-22-22-991-015)

R (a) Close and lock the door.

R (b) Move the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position and
R open the door.

R (c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (177).

R (d) Remove the nut (176), washer (175), bolt (174) and washer (183)
R and disconnect the pushrod (178).

R (e) Remove the nut (172), washer (171), bolt (170) and the linkage
R guide (173).

R (f) Remove the conical pin (182) from the lever (173).

R 1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pin (180).

R 2
_ Remove the nut (179), the washer (181) and the conical pin
R (182).

R (8) Remove the emergency control-handle blanking-device.

R (Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-22-22-991-016)

R (a) Put a warning notice on the outside of the door to tell persons
R not to open the door.

R (b) Close the door.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 434
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R Linkage Guide on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
Figure 411/TASK 52-22-22-991-015


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 435
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 Emergency Control-Handle Blanking-Device on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
Figure 412/TASK 52-22-22-991-016


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 436
Jul 01/99
R  
THY 
R (c) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) (213) and move the
R emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

R (d) Remove the nut (215), the washer (211), the bolt (214), the
R washers (211, 212), the spring (216) and the lever (210).

R (e) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position and
R install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 437
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 52-22-22-400-801

Installation of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism in the Emergency

Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific lint-free cloth
98A52107632000 2 PIN - SAFETY SLIDE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-001 F AIR-4205

WHEEL BEARING MINERAL GREASE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I
SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-008
(USE 11-008A) (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 438
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 16-001

ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

3 cotter pin 52-22-22 33 -010

7 cotter pin 52-22-22 03 -100
10 cotter pin 52-22-22 06 -230
21 cotter pin 52-22-22 06 -160
40 cotter pin 52-22-22 03 -100
40 cotter pin 52-22-22 33 -010
53 cotter pin 52-22-22 03 -100
53 cotter pin 52-22-22 33 -010
71 cotter pin 52-22-22 02 -230
73 cotter pin 52-22-22 34 -010
90 cotter pin 52-22-22 05 -130
106 cotter pin 52-22-22 02 -130
122 cotter pin 52-22-22 10 -140
124 cotter pin 52-22-22 36 -170
128 cotter pin 52-22-22 36 -170
139 cotter pin 52-22-22 09 -100
160 cotter pin 52-22-22 10 -140
170 cotter pin 52-22-22 11 -080
177 cotter pin 52-22-22 36 -170
179 cotter pin 52-22-22 11 -080
180 cotter pin 52-22-22 37 -020
190 cotter pin 52-22-22 11 -180
191 cotter pin 52-22-22 09 -100
217 cotter pin 52-12-22 02 -660


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 439
Jul 01/02
R  
THY 
 D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
25-23-53-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door
25-23-53-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door
R 25-62-42-000-801 Removal of the Escape Facilties
R 25-62-42-400-801 Installation of the Escape Facilities
52-10-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-20-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-22-00-720-802 Functional Test of the Emergency Exit Door (Door
3L/3R)
52-22-14-820-801 Adjustment of the Door Damper and Emergency Operation
Cylinder (360RH5,360RH6) Door Type 1 (Door 3L/3R)
52-22-22-820-801 Adjustment of the Emergency Escape-Slide
Release-Mechanism of the Emergency Exit Door (Door
3L/3R)
R 52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System
R 52-71-00-710-802 Operational Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Warning
System

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-22-991-001 Fig. 401

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-22-991-001-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-22-991-002 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 440
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-22-991-002-A Fig. 402A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-22-991-003 Fig. 403

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-22-991-003-A Fig. 403A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-22-991-004 Fig. 404

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-22-991-004-A Fig. 404A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-22-991-005 Fig. 405

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-22-991-005-A Fig. 405A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-22-991-006 Fig. 406


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 441
Jul 01/99
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-22-991-006-A Fig. 406A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-22-991-011 Fig. 407

52-22-22-991-012 Fig. 408
52-22-22-991-013 Fig. 409
52-22-22-991-014 Fig. 410
52-22-22-991-015 Fig. 411
52-22-22-991-016 Fig. 412

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-22-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the related
door.

(3) Make sure that the escape facility is removed from the door
(Ref. TASK 25-62-42-000-801).

(4) Make sure that the door lining is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-53-000-
801).

(5) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

(6) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 442
Jul 01/99
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-22-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : BEFORE YOU START WORK ON THE DOOR MAKE SURE THAT:
_______
- THE EMERGENCY CONTROL HANDLE IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH
THE SAFETY PIN INSTALLED.
- THE PERCUSSION LEVER OF THE DOOR DAMPER AND EMERGENCY OPERATION
CYLINDER IS IN THE DISARMED POSITION WITH THE SAFETY PIN
INSTALLED.
THIS MAKES SURE THAT THE DOOR DOES NOT OPEN SUDDENLY.
IF THE DOOR OPENS SUDDENLY IT CAN CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

Subtask 52-22-22-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-20-00-860-801).

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Clean all components which are coated with

Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No.
11-008) and a lint-free cloth.

(b) Clean all other components with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004) and a lint-free cloth.

(c) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all of the bushes
and the bolts before you install them.

(3) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(4) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 443
Jul 01/99
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-22-22-420-050

R B. Installation of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2001 to 2166

____

(1) Install the release mechanism and emergency control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-22-991-001)

(a) Put the release mechanism and emergency control handle in

position and install the screws (9) and the nuts (18).

(b) Install the bolt (26), the washer (25) and the nut (24).

(c) Install the bolts (28) and the nuts (8).

(d) Install the lever (13) (as identified in the removal procedure)
and tighten the nut (19).

(e) Install the washer (20) and the nut (22).

(f) Safety the nut (22) with a new cotter pin (21).

(g) Install the roller assembly on the lever (13).

R 1
_ Install the bolt (16), the roller (15) and the bush (14).

2
_ Install the washer (12) and the nut (11).

3
_ Safety the nut (11) with a new cotter pin (10).

(h) Install the bushes (1) and (3).

(i) Put the pushrod (2) in position on the control handle (4) and
install the bolt (29), the washers (30) and (5) and the nut (6).

(j) Safety the nut (6) with a new cotter pin (7).

R (k) Put the cover (32), the seal (31) in position and install the
R screws (33).
R

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 444
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (2) Install the stop lever and bellcrank unit.
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-22-991-002)

R (a) Install the stop lever (50), the bolts (52), the washers (51) and
R the nuts (43).

R (b) Install the bellcrank unit (46), the bolt (49), the washers (48)
R and (42) and the nut (41).

(c) Install the pushrods (44), (45) and (47).

1
_ Install the bushes (56) and (57).

2
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (59), the
washers (58) and (55) and the nuts (54).

3
_ Safety the nuts (54) with a new cotter pin (53).

(d) Safety the nut (41) with a new cotter pin (40).

(3) Install the locking unit and intermediate drive shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-22-991-003)

(a) Install the intermediate drive shaft (104) and the washers (103)
in the door fitting (70).

(b) Put the fitting (97) in position on the shaft (104) and then
R install the fitting (97), the shims (101) (as identified), the
R bolts (102) and the nuts (100).

(c) Install the sleeve (93) in the latch (94).

R (d) Put the latch (94), the washers (95) and (96) in position and
R install the bolt (99), the washers (98) and (92) and the nut
(91).

(e) Safety the nut (91) with a new cotter pin (90).

(f) Install the spring rod (89).

1
_ Install the bushes (87) and (88).

2
_ Put the spring rod (89) in position and install the bolts
(85), the washers (84) and the nuts (83).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 445
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (g) Install the spring rod (75).

1
_ At the intermediate drive shaft (104):
R - install the bushes (74) and (76)
- put the spring rod in position and install the bolt (78) and
the washer (73).

2
_ At the lower attach fitting (77):
R - install the bushes (74) and (81)
R - put the spring rod with the washers (73) and (80) in
R position and install the bolt (82) and the washer (73).

3
_ Install the washers (73) and the nuts (72).

(h) Safety the nuts (72) and (83) with a new cotter pin (71) .

(i) Install the pushrods (79) and (105) (see detail
B
).

1
_ Install the bushes (111) and (112).

2
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (110), the
washers (108) and (109) and the nuts (107).

3
_ Safety the nuts (107) with a new cotter pin (106).

(4) Install the middle bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-22-991-004)

(a) Put the bearing flange (149) in position and install the bolts
(148) and the nuts (147).

(b) Install the spacer (156) in the bellcrank (154).

R (c) Put the bellcrank (154), the washers (151), (152) and (157) in
R position.
R

(d) Install the spacer (150), the bolt (121), the washers (120) and
(158) and the nut (159).

(e) Safety the nut (159) with a new cotter pin (160).

(f) Install the pushrods (133), (153) and (155) (see detail
C
).

1
_ Install the bushes (141) and (142).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 446
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 2
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (136), the
washers (137) and (138) and the nuts (140).

3
_ Safety the nuts (140) with a new cotter pin (139).

(5) Install the lateral bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-22-991-004)

(a) Install the bush (132) in the door structure.

(b) Install the spacer (127) in the bellcrank (129).

R (c) Put the bellcrank (129), the washers (125) and (126) in position
R and install the bolt (135), the washers (134) and (124) and the
nut (123).

(d) Safety the nut (123) with a new cotter pin (122).

(e) Install the pushrods (133) and (128) (see detail
C
).

1
_ Install the bushes (141) and (142).

2
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (136), the
washers (137) and (138) and the nuts (140).

(f) Safety the nuts (140) with a new cotter pin (139).

(6) Install the sliders and the girt bar.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-22-991-004, 405/TASK 52-22-22-991-005)

(a) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R 1
_ Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-001) to the sliders
R (144), the girt bar (146), the girt bar fittings (143) and the
conical pin (185).

R (b) Put the girt bar (146) in its correct installation position on
R the sliders (144).

R NOTE : The chamfer on the girt bar end must be at the bottom of
____
R the girt bar (146).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 447
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
R (c) Push the hook (145) and fully engage the sliders (144) on the
girt bar (146).

R (d) Put the girt bar (146) with the sliders (144) in the girt bar
R fittings (143).
R

R (e) Push the hooks (145) and fully install the sliders (144) in the
girt bar fittings (143).

R (f) Move the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

R (g) Slowly close the door and make sure that the conical pin (185)
(of the linkage guide (184)) correctly engages with the sliders
(144).

R (h) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

R (i) Slowly open the door and make sure that the girt bar (146) is
attached to the door.

(7) Install the linkage guide.

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-22-991-004, 405/TASK 52-22-22-991-005)
R

R (a) Make sure that the emergency control handle is in the
ARMED

R position and the door is open.

R (b) Install the bolt (181) and the washer (180) in the fork end
(174).

R (c) Put the fork end (174) in position and install the spacer (173),
the washer (172) and the nut (171).

R (d) Put the linkage guide (184) in position and install the spacer
(182), the washer (176), the bolt (175), the washer (177) and the
nut (178).

R (e) Install the bolts (200), the washers (199) and the nuts (183).

R (f) Safety the nut (171) with a new cotter pin (170).

R (g) Safety the nut (178) with a new cotter pin (179).

R (h) Install the bushes (194) and (195).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 448
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
R (i) Put the pushrod (198) in position and install the bolt (197) and
the washer (196).

R (j) Install the washer (193) and the nut (192).

R (k) Safety the nut (192) with a new cotter pin (191).

R (l) Install the conical pin (185), the washers (186) and (188) and
the nut (189).

R (m) Safety the nut (189) with a new cotter pin (190).

R (n) Slowly close the door and make sure that the conical pin (185)
(of the linkage guide (184)) correctly engages with the sliders
(144).

R (o) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

(8) Install the emergency control-handle blanking-device.

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-22-22-991-006)

(a) Make sure that:

R - the door is closed
R - the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (220) is removed
- the emergency control handle is in the
ARMED
position.

R (b) Put the lever (212) with the spring (214) in position in the tube
R assembly (219).

(c) Install the pin (211) through the tube assembly (219), the spring
(214) and the lever (212).

(d) Install the washer (218) and a new cotter pin (217).

(e) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

(f) Move the lever (212) with your hand until you can install the PIN
- SAFETY SLIDE (220).

(g) Install the bolt (213), the washer (215) and the nut (216).

(h) Adjust the bolt (213) until it touches the emergency control
handle.

(i) Install a new
DISARMED
placard (210) on the tube assembly

(219).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 449
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (j) Remove the warning notice(s).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-22-22-420-050-A

R B. Installation of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

(1) Install the release mechanism and emergency control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-22-22-991-001-A)

(a) Put the release mechanism (13) with the emergency control handle
in position and install the screws (6), washers (7) and nuts (8).

(b) Install the lever (11) (as identified in the removal procedure)
and install the screw (12), the washers (10) and the nut (9).

(c) Install the bushing (1).

(d) Put the pushrod (5) in position on the control handle (19) and
install the bolt (15), washer (14), washer (2) and nut (4).

(e) Safety the nut (4) with a new cotter pin (3).

(f) Put the cover (18) in position and install the washers (17) and
screws (16).

(2) Install the stop lever and bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-22-22-991-002-A)

R (a) Install the stop lever (50), the bolts (52), the washers (51) and
R the nuts (43).

(b) Install the bellcrank unit (46).

1
_ Install the bushing (61).

2
_ Put the bellcrank unit (46) in position and install the
washers (48, 60), the bolt (49), the washer (42) and the nut
(41).

(c) Safety the nut (41) with a new cotter pin (40).

(d) Install the pushrod (47).

1
_ Install the bushing (56).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 450
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 2
_ Put the pushrod (47) in position and install the bolt (59),
the washers (55) and the nut (54).

3
_ Safety the nut (54) with a new cotter pin (53).

(e) Install the pushrods (44) and (45).

1
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (49), the
washers (42) and the nuts (41).

R 2
_ Safety the nuts (41) with a new cotter pin (40).

(3) Install the locking unit and intermediate drive shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 52-22-22-991-003-A)

(a) Put the levers (92, 93, 94) in position on the intermediate drive
shaft (95).

(b) Install the intermediate drive shaft (95) and the washers (88) in
the door.

(c) Put the fitting (87) in position and install the washers (84,
85), the bolts (83) and the nuts (86).

(d) Put the levers (92, 93, 94) in position and install the bolts
(91), the washers (90) and the nuts (89).

(e) Put the locking unit (80) in position and install the washers
(82) and the bolts (81).

(f) Install the spring rod.

1
_ Put the support (72) in position and install the washer (71)
and the nut (70).

2
_ Install the bushes (98, 99).

R 3
_ Put the housing-assy (101) in position and install the bolt
R (76), washer (75) and nut (74).

4
_ Put the spring-housing (103) and the spring (102) in position
and install bolt (77), washer (75) and nut (74).

5
_ Safety the nuts (74) with a new cotter pin (73).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 451
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (g) Install the pushrods (96, 79, 78).

1
_ Put the pushrods (96, 79, 78) in position and install the
bolts (77), washers (100, 75) and nuts (74).

2
_ Safety the nuts (74) with a new cotter pin (73).

(4) Install the middle bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-22-22-991-004-A)

(a) Put the bearing flange (139) in position and install the bolts
(138), washers (137) and nuts (136).

(b) Put the pushrods (140, 141, 142) in position and install the
bolts (127), the washers (143) and (126) and the nuts (125).

(c) Safety the nuts (125) with a new cotter pin (124).

(5) Install the lateral bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-22-22-991-004-A)

(a) Put the bellcrank (129) in position and install the bolt (132),
washers (131) and (130) and the nut (129).

(b) Safety the nut (129) with a new cotter pin (128).

(c) Install the pushrods (134) and (135) (see detail
C
).

R 1
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the washers (143) the
R washers (126) and the nuts (125).

(d) Safety the nuts (125) with a new cotter pin (124).

(6) Install the sliders and the girt bar.

(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-22-22-991-004-A, 405A/TASK 52-22-22-991-005-
A)

(a) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R 1
_ Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the sliders
R (122), the girt bar (123), the girt bar fittings (120) and the
conical pin (182).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 452
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
R (b) Put the girt bar (123) in its correct installation position on
R the sliders (122).

R NOTE : The chamfer on the girt bar end must be at the bottom of
____
R the girt bar (123).

R (c) Push the hook (121) and fully engage the sliders (122) on the
girt bar (123).

R (d) Put the girt bar (123) together with the sliders (122) in the
girt bar fittings (120).

R (e) Push the hooks (121) and fully install the sliders (122) in the
girt bar fittings (123).

R (f) Move the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

R (g) Slowly close the door and make sure that the conical pin (182)
(of the linkage guide (173)) correctly engages with the sliders
(122).

R (h) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

R (i) Slowly open the door and make sure that the girt bar (123) is
attached to the door.

(7) Install the linkage guide.

(Ref. Fig. 404A/TASK 52-22-22-991-004-A, 405A/TASK 52-22-22-991-005-
A)
R

R (a) Make sure that the emergency control handle is in the
ARMED

R position and the door is open.

R (b) Install the conical pin (182), the washer (181) and the nut
(179).

R (c) Safety the nut (179) with a new cotter pin (180).

R (d) Put the linkage guide (173) in position and install the bolt
(170), the washer (171) and the nut (172).

R (e) Put the pushrod (178) in position and install the bolt (174), the
washer (183), the washer (175) and the nut (176).

R (f) Safety the nut (176) with a new cotter pin (177).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 453
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
R (g) Slowly close the door and make sure that the conical pin (182)
(of the linkage guide (173)) correctly engages with the sliders
(122).

R (h) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

(8) Install the emergency control-handle blanking-device.

(Ref. Fig. 406A/TASK 52-22-22-991-006-A)

(a) Make sure that:

R - the door is closed
R - the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (213) is removed
- the emergency control handle is in the
ARMED
position.

R (b) Put the lever (210), the spring (216) and the washers (211, 212)
R in position and install the bolt (214), the washer (211) and the
nut (215).

(c) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position

until you can install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (213).

(d) Remove the warning notice(s).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-22-22-420-051

C. Installation of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
subsequent

(1) Install the release mechanism and emergency control handle.

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-22-22-991-011)

(a) Put the release mechanism (13) with the emergency control handle
in position and install the screws (6), washers (7) and nuts (8).

(b) Install the lever (11) (as identified in the removal procedure)
and install the screw (12), the washers (10) and the nut (9).

(c) Install the bushing (1).

(d) Put the pushrod (5) in position on the control handle (19) and
install the bolt (15), washer (14), washer (2) and nut (4).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 454
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (e) Safety the nut (4) with a new cotter pin (3).

(f) Put the cover (18) in position and install the washers (17) and
screws (16).

(2) Install the stop lever and bellcrank unit.

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-22-22-991-012)

(a) Install the stop lever (50) together with the bolts (52), the
washers (51) and the nuts (43).

(b) Install the bellcrank unit (46).

1
_ Install the bushing (61).

2
_ Put the bellcrank unit (46) in position and install the
washers (48, 60), the bolt (49), the washer (42) and the nut
(41).

(c) Safety the nut (41) with a new cotter pin (40).

(d) Install the pushrod (47).

1
_ Install the bushing (56).

2
_ Put the pushrod (47) in position and install the bolt (59),
the washers (55) and the nut (54).

3
_ Safety the nut (54) with a new cotter pin (53).

(e) Install the pushrods (44) and (45).

1
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the bolts (49), the
washers (42) and the nuts (41).

2
_ Safety the nuts (51) with a new cotter pin (40).

(3) Install the locking unit and intermediate drive shaft.

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-22-22-991-013)

(a) Put the levers (92, 93, 94) in position on the intermediate drive
shaft (95).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 455
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-22-22

Page 456
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
R (b) Install the intermediate drive shaft (95) and the washers (88) in
R the door.

R (c) Put the fitting (87) in position and install the washers (84,
R 85), the bolts (83) and the nuts (86).

R (d) Put the levers (92, 93, 94) in position and install the bolts
R (91), the washers (90) and the nuts (89).

R (e) Put the locking unit (80) in position and install the washers
R (82) and the bolts (81).

R (f) Install the spring rod.

R 1
_ Put the support (72) in position and install the washer (71)
R and the nut (70).

R 2
_ Install the bushes (98, 99).

R 3
_ Put the housing-assy (101) in position and install the bolt
R (76), washer (75) and nut (74).

R 4
_ Put the spring-housing (103) and the spring (102) in position
R and install bolt (77), washer (75) and nut (74).

R 5
_ Safety the nuts (74) with a new cotter pin (73).

R (g) Install the pushrods (96, 79, 78).

R 1
_ Put the pushrods (96, 79, 78) in position and install the
R bolts (77), washers (100, 75) and nuts (74).

R 2
_ Safety the nuts (74) with a new cotter pin (73).

R (4) Install the middle bellcrank unit.

R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-22-22-991-014)

R (a) Put the bearing flange (139) in position and install the bolts
R (138), washers (137) and nuts (136).

R (b) Put the pushrods (140, 141, 142) in position and install the
R bolts (127), the washers (143) and (126) and the nuts (125).

R (c) Safety the nuts (125) with a new cotter pin (124).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 457
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R (5) Install the lateral bellcrank unit.
R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-22-22-991-014)

R (a) Put the bellcrank (129) in position and install the bolt (132),
R washers (131) and (130) and the nut (129).

R (b) Safety the nut (129) with a new cotter pin (128).

R (c) Install the pushrods (134) and (135) (see detail
C
).

R 1
_ Put the pushrods in position and install the washers (143, the
R washers (126) andthe nuts (125).

R (d) Safety the nuts (125) with a new cotter pin (124).

R (6) Install the sliders and the girt bar.

R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-22-22-991-014, 411/TASK 52-22-22-991-015)

R (a) Apply the special materials.

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
R SPECIAL MATERIAL.
R THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R 1
_ Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the sliders
R (122), the girt bar (123), the girt bar fittings (120) and the
R conical pin (182).

R (b) Push the hook (121) and fully engage the sliders (122) on the
R girt bar (123).

R (c) Put the girt bar (123) together with the sliders (122) in the
R girt bar fittings (120).

R (d) Push the hooks (121) and fully install the sliders (122) in the
R girt bar fittings (123).

R (e) Move the emergency control handle to the
ARMED
position.

R (f) Slowly close the door and make sure that the conical pin (182)
R (of the linkage guide (173)) correctly engages with the sliders
R (122).

R (g) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

R (h) Slowly open the door and make sure that the girt bar (123) is
R attached to the door.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 458
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R (7) Install the linkage guide.
R (Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-22-22-991-014, 411/TASK 52-22-22-991-015)

R NOTE : Make sure that the emergency control handle is in the
ARMED

____
R position and the door is open.

R (a) Install the conical pin (182), the washer (181) and the nut
R (179).

R (b) Safety the nut (179) with a new cotter pin (180).

R (c) Put the linkage guide (173) in position and install the bolt
R (170), the washer (171) and the nut (172).

R (d) Put the pushrod (178) in position and install the bolt (174), the
R washer (183), the washer (175) and the nut (176).

R (e) Safety the nut (176) with a new cotter pin (177).

R (f) Slowly close the door and make sure that the conical pin (182)
R (of the linkage guide (173)) correctly engages with the sliders
R (122).

R (g) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position.

R (8) Install the emergency control-handle blanking-device.

R (Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-22-22-991-016)

R (a) Make sure that:

R - the door is closed,
R - the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (213) is removed,
R - the emergency control handle is in the
ARMED
position.

R (b) Put the lever (210) together with the spring (216) and the
R washers (211, 212) in position and install the bolt (214), the
R washer (211) and the nut (215).

R (c) Move the emergency control handle to the
DISARMED
position

R until you can install the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (213).

R (d) Remove the warning notice(s).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 459
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-22-22-820-050

D. Adjustment

(1) Do the adjustment of the emergency escape-slide release mechanism

(Ref. TASK 52-22-22-820-801).

(2) Do the adjustment of the door damper and emergency operation cylinder
(Ref. TASK 52-22-14-820-801).

Subtask 52-22-22-720-050

E. Do the functional test of the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
720-802).

Subtask 52-22-22-865-052

F. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-22-22-710-050

G. Operational Test

(1) Do the operational test of the door monitoring system (Ref. TASK 52-
71-00-710-801).

(2) Do the operational test of the escape-slide warning system (Ref. TASK
52-71-00-710-802).

NOTE : Do these tests only for the emergency exit door 834 (844).
____

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 460
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-22-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and

STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
which attach components directly to the door structure.

(b) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
bolts which are in the door mechanism.

(c) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the

installed components.

(3) Install the door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-53-400-801).

(4) Install the escape facility on the door (Ref. TASK 25-62-42-400-801).

(5) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-10-
00-860-802).

(6) Close the access door 811.

(7) Remove the access platform(s).

(8) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 52-22-22-862-050

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 461
Jul 01/99
R  
THY 
 MECHANISM - EMERGENCY ESCAPE SLIDE RELEASE - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________________________

TASK 52-22-22-820-801

Adjustment of the Emergency Escape-Slide Release-Mechanism of the Emergency

Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
98A52207597000 2 SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY EXIT
98A52207597001 2 SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY EXIT

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 08-074
MASKING TAPE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 501
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-20-00-080-801 Removal of the Ballast Weight from the Emergency Exit
Door
52-20-00-410-801 Closing of the Emergency Exit Door
52-20-00-480-801 Installation of the Ballast Weight at the Emergency
Exit Door
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
52-22-00-720-802 Functional Test of the Emergency Exit Door (Door
3L/3R)
52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System
52-71-00-710-802 Operational Check of the Escape-Slide Release-Warning
System
52-71-11-000-802 Removal of the Proximity Sensors from the Escape
Slide Release Mechanism (30MJ,
31MJ,32MJ,33MJ,36MJ,37MJ)
52-71-12-000-802 Removal of the Proximity Sensors from the Escape
Slide Release Mechanism
52-71-12-400-802 Installation of the Proximity Sensors on the Escape
Slide Release Mechanism
R 52-71-12-820-802 Adjustment of the Proximity Sensor at the Slide
R Release Mechanism

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-22-991-008 Fig. 501

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-22-991-008-A Fig. 501A


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 502
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-22-991-010 Fig. 502

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-22-991-010-A Fig. 502A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-22-991-009 Fig. 503

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-22-22-991-009-A Fig. 503A

52-22-22-991-022 Fig. 504

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-22-22-991-017 Fig. 505

52-22-22-991-018 Fig. 506
52-22-22-991-019 Fig. 507
52-22-22-991-020 Fig. 508

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-22-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 503
Jan 01/03
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-22-010-052

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-22-22-865-053

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

R Subtask 52-22-22-860-055

R D. Install the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-480-801).

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-22-22-820-051

A. Adjustment of the Control Handle Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2001 to 2166

____

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-22-22-991-008, 502/TASK 52-22-22-991-010)

NOTE : The rigging pin (56) is part of the SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY EXIT
____
(98A52207597001).

(1) Remove the proximity switch 34MJ or 35MJ to get sufficient clearance
during the adjustment procedure (Ref. TASK 52-71-12-000-802).

(2) Move the control handle (1) to the DISARMED position so that it
touches the the rubber stop (51).

(3) Move the inboard lever in its up position so that the door lifts.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 504
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (4) Move the outboard lever (12) outboards between 30 and 90 degree so
that:
- the roller (54) moves freely in the circular segment of the cam
plate (53).
- the stop screw (63) of the support lever (52) touches the driver
lever (64).

NOTE : A clearance of max. 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) between the stop screw
____
(63) and the driver lever (64) is permitted.

(5) If not, adjust the stop screw (63) as follows:

(a) Move the outboard lever (12) down to get access to the stop screw
(63).

NOTE : Make sure that the control handle (1) is in the DISARMED
____
position.

(b) Remove the nut (60), the stop screw (63), the washer (61) and the
shim washers (62).

(c) Add shim washers (62) as necessary so that:

- the roller (54) moves freely in the circular segment of the cam
plate (53)
- the stop screw (63) touches the driver lever (64) when the
control handle (1) is in the DISARMED position.

NOTE : A clearance of max. 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) between the stop

____
screw (63) and the driver lever (64) is permitted.

(d) Install the stop screw (63) with the correct quantity of the shim
washers (62), the washer (61) and the nut (60).

(6) Move the inboard lever down so that the door lowers.

(7) Make sure that the control handle (1) is in the DISARMED position
so that it touches the rubber stop (51).

(8) Put the rigging pin (56) into the rigging holes of the door structure
and the bellcrank lever (7).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (56) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 505
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
R Adjustment of the Linkage Rods on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 501/TASK 52-22-22-991-008- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 506
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Linkage Rods on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 501/TASK 52-22-22-991-008- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 507
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Control Handle Mechanism
Figure 501A/TASK 52-22-22-991-008-A12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 508
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Control Handle Mechanism
Figure 501A/TASK 52-22-22-991-008-A22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 509
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Control Handle on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 502/TASK 52-22-22-991-010


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 510
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 (9) If you cannot install the rigging pin (56) freely, adjust the length
of the handle rod (6) as follows:

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(4) and the lock nuts (3).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (3) and turn the rod body (5) until you can
install the rigging pin (56) freely.

NOTE : Make sure that the control handle (1) touches the rubber
____
stop (51).

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (5) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod eye-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod eye-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (3) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (4).

(10) Remove the rigging pin (56) from the bellcrank lever (7).

(11) Make sure that the control handle (1) is in the
DISARMED
position
so that it touches the rubber stop (51) and install the PIN - SAFETY
SLIDE (57) in the fuselage fitting (59).

(12) Measure the gap X between the plastic stop (58) of the control
handle (1) and the safety slide pin (57).

NOTE : The gap X must be between 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) and 1.5 mm
____
(0.0590 in.).

(13) If the gap X is out of tolerance, continue as follows:

(a) Remove the screws (67), the plastic stop (58) and the shim
washers (65) and (66) from the control handle (1).

(b) Add or remove the quantity of the shim washers (65) and (66) as
necessary until the gap X is correct.

(c) Attach the plastic stop (58) with the correct quantity of the
shim washers (65) and (66) and the screws (67) on the control
handle (1).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 511
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (14) Install the proximity switch 34MJ or 35MJ (Ref. TASK 52-71-12-400-
802) and adjust it correctly (Ref. TASK 52-71-12-820-802).

Subtask 52-22-22-820-053

B. Adjustment of the Linkage Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2001 to 2166

____

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-22-22-991-008, 502/TASK 52-22-22-991-010)

NOTE : The rigging pins (13), (21) and (33) are part of the SETTING GAGE-
____
EMERGENCY EXIT (98A52207597001).

(1) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (98A52107632000) (57) and move the
control handle (1) to the ARMED position.

NOTE : Make sure that the control handle (1) touches the support stop
____
(2) on the door structure.

(2) Put the rigging pin (13) into the rigging holes of the twin lever
(14) and the lever housing (15).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (13) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(3) If you cannot install the rigging pin (13) freely, adjust the length
of the control rod (10) as follows:

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(9) and the lock nuts (8).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (8) and turn the rod body (11) until you can
install the rigging pin (13) freely.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (11) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod eye-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod eye-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (8) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (9).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 512
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (4) Put the rigging pin (21) into the rigging holes of the support
fitting (22) and the bellcrank lever (20).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (21) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(5) If you cannot install the rigging pin (21) freely, adjust the length
of the actuation rod (16) as follows:

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(17) and the lock nuts (18).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (18) and turn the rod body (19) until you
can install the rigging pin (21) freely.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (19) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod eye-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod eye-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (18) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (17).

(6) Put the rigging pin (33) into the rigging holes of the bearing
fitting (32) and the double lever (31).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (33) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(7) If you cannot install the rigging pin (33) freely, adjust the length
of the connetion rod (23) as follows:

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (21) is installed into the
____
bellcrank fitting (22).

(a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(25) and the lock nuts (24).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (24) and turn the rod body (26) until you
can install the rigging pin (33) freely.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 513
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (26) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod eye-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod eye-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (24) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (25).

(8) Remove the rigging pins (13), (21) and (33).

Subtask 52-22-22-820-054

C. Adjustment of the Girt Bar Assembly

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2001 to 2166

____

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-22-22-991-008, 503/TASK 52-22-22-991-009)

(1) Move the control handle (1) to the DISARMED position and move the
inboard lever up so that the door lifts.

(2) Make sure that the sliding surfaces of the sliders (45) and the girt
bar (42) are lubricated with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004).

(3) Make sure that:

- the guide arms pins (48) touch the pawls (46) and
- the sliders (45) touch the stops (44) of the girt bar (42).
- the overlap Y from the slider surface (62) to the guide arm (61)
has the same dimension at each side.

(4) If not, adjust the length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (30)
and (34) as follows:

NOTE : The adjustment of the rear girt bar rod (34) and forward girt
____
bar rod (30) is the same. Therefore only the adjustment of the
forward girt bar rod (30) is given.

(a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(28) and the lock nuts (29).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (29) and turn the rod body (27) so that
- the guide arms pins (48) touch the pawls (46),
- the sliders (45) touch the stops (44) of the girt bar (42).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 514
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
R Adjustment of the Girt Bar Linkage
Figure 502A/TASK 52-22-22-991-010-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 515
Jan 01/03
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Girt Bar Assembly on Door Serial No. 2001 to 2166
Figure 503/TASK 52-22-22-991-009


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 516
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 (c) Measure the overlap Y from the slider surface (41) to the guide
fitting (49).

NOTE : The overlap Y must be the same dimension on the forward
____
and rear assembies.

(d) If the overlap Y is not the same at each assemby, adjust the
length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (30) and (34) as
necessary.

NOTE : If you decrease (extend) the length at one girt bar rod,
____
you must also extend (decrease) the length of the other.
The adjustment of the girt bar rods must be equal but
opposite in direction.

(e) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (27) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod eye-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod eye-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(f) Tighten the lock nuts (29) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (28).

(5) Move the inboard lever down to lower the door.

(6) Make a reference mark on the floor panel and the girt bar (42) with
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).

NOTE : These marks define the center position of the girt bar (42)
____
necessary for further adjustment in the armed condition.

(7) Move the control handle (1) to the ARMED position.

(8) Install the rigging pin (21) into the bellcrank lever (20) and the
rigging pin (33) into the double lever (31).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pins (21) and (33) move into the
____
rigging holes freely.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 517
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (9) Make sure that the reference mark on the girt bar (42) aligns with
the reference mark on the floor panel (center position of the girt
bar).

NOTE : If necessary, move the girt bar (42) to its center position.
____

(10) Make sure that the sliders (45) touch the guide pins (48).

NOTE : If necessary, manually push the sliders (45) against the guide
____
pins (48) so that they have contact.

(11) Measure the offset Z between the slider (45) and the girt bar end
(43).

NOTE : The offset Z must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 1.5 mm
____
(0.0590 in.)

(12) If the offset Z is out of tolerance, continue as follows:

(a) Manually hold the girt bar (42) and keep it in its center
position as adjusted before.

(b) Adjust the length of the forward and/or rear girt bar rods (30)
and/or (34) until the offset Z is correct.

(13) Remove the rigging pins (21) and (33).

R (14) Move the control handle (1) to the DISARMED position and move the
R inboard lever up so that the door lifts.

NOTE : In this case, it is not necessary that the sliders (45) touch
____
the stops (44) of the girt bar (42).

(15) Move the girt bar (42) in the forward and rear direction to make sure
that the guide fittings (49) remain engaged with the slider surface
(41).

NOTE : This movement can cause an asymmetrical position of the girt

____
bar (42) which is permitted.

(16) If the sliders disengage, repeat the adjustment procedure from the
center position (refer to step 5)) to make sure that the offset Z
is correct.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 518
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-22-22-820-051-A

A. Adjustment of the Control Handle Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-22-22-991-008-A, 503A/TASK 52-22-22-991-009-A)

NOTE : The rigging pin (36) is part of the SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY EXIT
____
(98A52207597000)

(1) Remove the target (13) from the target lever (21) to get sufficient
clearance during the adjustment procedure (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-000-
802).

NOTE : The target (13) is part of the proximity switch 34MJ or 35MJ.
____

(2) Move the control handle (1) in the DISARMED position so that it
touches the the rubber stop (31).

(3) Move the inboard lever in its up position so that the door lifts.

(4) Move the outboard lever (12) outboards between 30 and 90 degree so
that:
- the roller (34) moves freely in the circular segment of the cam
plate (33).
- the stop screw (43) of the support lever (32) touches the driver
lever (44).

NOTE : A clearance of max. 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) between the stop screw
____
(43) and the driver lever (44) is permitted.

(5) If not, adjust the stop screw (43) as follows:

(a) Move the outboard lever (12) down to get access to the stop screw
(43).

NOTE : Make sure that the control handle (1) is in the DISARMED
____
position.

(b) Remove the nut (40), the stop screw (43), the washer (41) and the
shim washers (42).

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 519
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Control Handle
Figure 503A/TASK 52-22-22-991-009-A


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 520
Jan 01/03
 
THY 
 (c) Add shim washers (42) as necessary so that:
- the roller (34) moves freely in the circular segment of the cam
plate (33)
- the stop screw (43) touches the driver lever (44) when the
control handle (1) is in the DISARMED position.

NOTE : A clearance of max. 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) between the stop

____
screw (43) and the driver lever (44) is permitted.

(d) Install the stop screw (43) with the correct quantity of the shim
washers (42), the washer (41) and the nut (40).

(6) Move the inboard lever down so that the door lowers.

(7) Make sure that the control handle (1) is the
DISARMED
position and
touches the rubber stop (31).

(8) Put the rigging pin (36) into the rigging holes of the door structure
and the bellcrank lever (7).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (36) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(9) If you cannot install the rigging pin (36) freely, adjust the length
of the handle rod (6) as follows:

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(4) and the lock nuts (3).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (3) and turn the rod body (5) until you can
install the rigging pin (36) freely.

NOTE : Make sure that the control handle (1) touches the rubber
____
stop (31).

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (5) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod eye-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod eye-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (3) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (4).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 521
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (10) Remove the rigging pin (36) from the bellcrank lever (7).

(11) Make sure that the the control handle (1) is in the
DISARMED

position so that it touches the rubber stop (31) and install the PIN-
SAFETY SLIDE (37) into the fuselage fitting (39).

(12) Measure the gap X between the plastic stop (38) of the control
handle (1) and the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (37).

NOTE : The gap X must be between 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) and 1.5 mm
____
(0.0590 in.).

R (13) If the gap X is out of tolerance, continiue as follows:

(a) Remove the screws (47), the plastic stop (38) and the shim
washers (45) and (46) from the control handle (1).

(b) Add or remove the quantity of the shim washers (45) and (46) as
necessary until the gap X is correct.

(c) Attach the plastic stop (38) with the correct quantity of the
shim washers (45) and (46) and the screws (47) on the control
handle (1).

(14) Install the target (13) on the target lever (21) (Ref. TASK 52-71-12-
400-802) and adjusted it correctly (Ref. TASK 52-71-12-820-802).

Subtask 52-22-22-820-053-A

B. Adjustment of the Linkage Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-22-22-991-008-A, 502A/TASK 52-22-22-991-010-A)

NOTE : The rigging pins (20), (56) and (62) are part of the SETTING GAGE-
____
EMERGENCY EXIT (98A52207597000).

(1) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (37) and move the control handle (1) in
the ARMED position.

NOTE : Make sure that the control handle (1) touches the support stop
____
(2) on the door structure.

(2) Put the rigging pin (20) into the rigging holes of the door structure
and the target lever (21).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (20) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 522
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (3) If you cannot install the rigging pin (20) freely, adjust the length
of the connection rod (10) as follows:

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(9) and the lock nuts (8).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (8) and turn the rod body (11) until you can
install the rigging pin (20) freely.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (11) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod fork-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (8) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (9).

(4) Remove the rigging pin (20) from the target lever (21).

(5) Move the control handle (1) in the DISARMED position and move the
inboard lever up so that the door lifts.

(6) Make sure that the notch of the locking arm (18) engages with the
nose of the cam (19).

(7) Carefully move the control handle (1) into the ARMED direction to
make sure that:
- the control handle (1) is blocked and
- the distance W between the control handle (1) and the door
structure is not more than 15.0 mm (0.5905 in.).

(8) If not, adjust the length of the blocking rod (14) as follows:

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(16) and the lock nuts (15).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (15) and turn the rod body (17) until the
control handle (1) is blocked in the DISARMED position.

(c) Lightly move the control handle (1) in the DISARMED direction
until you can feel a resistance force.


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 523
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (d) Measure the distance W between the control handle (1) and the
door structure which must not more than 15.0 mm (0.5905 in.).

(e) If the distance W is more, turn the rod body (17) to adjust the
length of the blocking rod (14) correctly.

(f) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (17) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod fork-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(g) Tighten the lock nuts (15) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (16).

(9) Move the inboard lever down to lower the door and put the control
handle (1) in the ARMED position.

(10) Put the rigging pin (20) into the rigging holes of the door member
and the target lever (21).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (20) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(11) Put the rigging pin (56) into the rigging holes of the bellcrank
fitting (55) and the bellcrank lever (61).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (56) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(12) If you cannot install the rigging pin (56) freely, adjust the length
of the control rod (51) as follows:

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(53) and the lock nuts (52).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (52) and turn the rod body (54) until you
can install the rigging pin (56) freely.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (54) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 524
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes
____
then the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod fork-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (52) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (53).

(13) Put the rigging pin (62) into the rigging holes of the bearing
fitting (64) and the double lever (65).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (62) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(14) If you cannot install the rigging pin (62) freely, adjust the length
of the girt bar rod (60) as follows:

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (56) is installed into the
____
bellcrank fitting (45).

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(58) and the lock nuts (57).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (57) and turn the rod body (59) until you
can install the rigging pin (62) freely.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (59) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod fork-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (57) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (48).

(15) Remove the rigging pins (20),(56) and (62) from the door member, the
bellcrank fitting (55) and the bearing fitting (64).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 525
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-22-820-054-A

C. Adjustment of the Girt Bar Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 52-22-22-991-010-A, 504/TASK 52-22-22-991-022)

(1) Move the control lever (1) in the DISARMED position and move the
inboard lever up so that the door lifts.

(2) Make sure that the sliding surfaces of the sliders (77) and the girt
bar (73) are lubricated with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004).

(3) Make sure that:

- the guide pins (76) touch the pawls (78) and
- the sliders (77) touch the stops (79) of the girt bar (73).
- the overlap Y from the slider surface (72) to the guide arm (71)
has the same dimension at each side.

(4) If not, adjust the length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (69)
and (63) as follows:

NOTE : The adjustment of the rear girt bar rod (63) and the forward
____
girt bar rod (69) is the same. Therefore only the adjustment
of forward girt bar rod (69) is given.

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(67) and the lock nuts (66).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (66) and turn the rod body (68) so that
- the guide pins (76) touch the pawls (78) and
- the stops (79) touch the sliders (77).

(c) Measure the overlap Y from the slider surface (72) to the guide
arm (71).

NOTE : The overlap Y must be the same size on both sides.
____

(d) If the overlap Y is not the same on both sides, change the
R length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (69) and (63) as
R required.

NOTE : If you decrease (extend) the length of one girt bar rod,
____
you must also extend (decrease) the length of the other.
The adjustment of the girt bar rods must be equal but in
the opposite direction.


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 526
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Girt Bar Assembly
Figure 504/TASK 52-22-22-991-022


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 527
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 (e) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (68) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod fork-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(f) Tighten the lock nuts (66) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (67).

(5) Move the inboard lever down to lower the door.

(6) Make a reference mark on the floor panel and the girt bar (73) with
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).

NOTE : These marks define the center position of the girt bar (73)
____
necessary for further adjustment in the armed condition.

(7) Move the control handle (1) to the ARMED position.

(8) Install the rigging pin (56) into the bellcrank lever (61) and the
rigging pin (62) into the double lever (65).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pins (56) and (62) move into the
____
rigging holes freely.

(9) Make sure that the reference mark on the girt bar (73) aligns with
the reference mark on the floor panel (center position of the girt
bar).

NOTE : If necessary, move the girt bar (73) to its center position.
____

(10) Make sure that the sliders (77) touch the guide pins (76).

NOTE : If necessary, manually push the sliders (77) against the guide
____
pins (76) so that they have contact.

(11) Measure the offset Z between the slider (77) and the girt bar end
(75).

NOTE : The offset Z must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 1.5 mm
____
(0.0590 in.).


EFF :

151-199,  52-22-22

Page 528
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (12) If the offset Z is out of tolerance, continues as follows:

(a) Manually hold the girt bar (73) and keep it in its center
position as adjusted before.

(b) Adjust the length of the forward and/or rear girt bar rods (69)
and/or (63) until the offset Z is correct.

(13) Remove the rigging pins (56) and (62).

(14) Move the control handle (1) in the DISARMED position and move the
inboard lever up so that the door lifts.

NOTE : In this case, it is not necessary that the sliders (77) touch
____
the stops (79) of the girt bar (73).

(15) Move the girt bar (73) in the forward and rear direction to make sure
that the guide arms (71) remain engaged with the slider surface (72).

NOTE : This movement can cause an asymmetrical position of the girt

____
bar (73) which is permitted.

(16) If the sliders (77) disengage repeat the adjustment procedure from
the center position (refer to step (5)) to make sure that the offset
Z is correct.

R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-22-22-820-052

D. Adjustment of the Control Handle Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
subsequent

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-22-22-991-017, 506/TASK 52-22-22-991-018)

R **ON A/C ALL

NOTE : The rigging pin (36) is part of the SETTING GAGE - EMERGENCY EXIT
____
(98A52207597000)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 529
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Control Handle Mechanism on Door Serial No. 2167 and
subsequent
Figure 505/TASK 52-22-22-991-017- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

001-099, 101-149, 

52-22-22 Page 530
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
R Adjustment of the Control Handle Mechanism on Door Serial No. 2167 and
subsequent
Figure 505/TASK 52-22-22-991-017- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

001-099, 101-149, 

52-22-22 Page 531
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 Adjustemnt of the Control Handle on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
Figure 506/TASK 52-22-22-991-018


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 532
Apr 01/03
R  
THY 
 (1) Remove the target (13) from the target lever (21) to get sufficient
clearance during the adjustment procedure (Ref. TASK 52-71-11-000-
802).

NOTE : The target (13) is part of the proximity switch 34MJ or 35MJ.
____

(2) Move the control handle (1) to the DISARMED position so that it
touches the the rubber stop (31).

(3) Move the inboard lever in its up position so that the door lifts.

(4) Move the outboard lever (12) outboards between 30 and 90 degree so
that:
- the roller (34) moves freely in the circular segment of the cam
plate (33).
- the stop screw (43) of the support lever (32) touches the driver
lever (44).

NOTE : A clearance of max. 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) between the stop screw
____
(43) and the driver lever (44) is permitted.

(5) If not, adjust the stop screw (43) as follows:

(a) Move the outboard lever (12) down to get access to the stop screw
(43).

NOTE : Make sure that the control handle (1) is in the DISARMED
____
position.

(b) Remove the nut (40), the stop screw (43), the washer (41) and the
shim washers (42).

(c) Add shim washers (42) as necessary so that:

- the roller (34) moves freely in the circular segment of the cam
plate (33)
- the stop screw (43) touches the driver lever (44) when the
control handle (1) is in the DISARMED position.

NOTE : A clearance of max. 0.3 mm (0.0118 in.) between the stop

____
screw (43) and the driver lever (44) is permitted.

(d) Install the stop screw (43) with the correct quantity of the shim
washers (42), the washer (41) and the nut (40).

(6) Move the inboard lever down so that the door lowers.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 533
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (7) Make sure that the control handle (1) is the
DISARMED
position and
touches the rubber stop (31).

(8) Put the rigging pin (36) into the rigging holes of the door structure
and the bellcrank lever (7).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (36) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(9) If you cannot install the rigging pin (36) freely, adjust the length
of the handle rod (6) as follows:

(a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(4) and the lock nuts (3).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (3) and turn the rod body (5) until you can
install the rigging pin (36) freely.

NOTE : Make sure that the control handle (1) touches the rubber
____
stop (31).

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (5) to examine the correct
installation of the rod eye-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod eye-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod eye-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (3) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (4).

(10) Remove the rigging pin (36) from the bellcrank lever (7).

(11) Make sure that the the control handle (1) is the
DISARMED
position
so that it touches the rubber stop (31) and install the PIN - SAFETY
SLIDE (37).

(12) Measure the gap X between the plastic stop (38) of the control
handle (1) and the safety slide pin (37).

NOTE : The gap X must be between 0.5 mm (0.0196 in.) and 1.5 mm
____
(0.0590 in.).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 534
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R (13) If the gap X is out of tolerance, continiue as follows:

(a) Remove the screws (47), the plastic stop (38) and the shim
washers (45) and (46) from the control handle (1).

(b) Add or remove the quantity of the shim washers (45) and (46) as
necessary until the gap X is correct.

(c) Attach the plastic stop (38) with the correct quantity of the
shim washers (45) and (46) and the screws (47) on the control
handle (1).

(14) Install the target (13) on the target lever (21) (Ref. TASK 52-71-12-
400-802) and adjusted it correctly (Ref. TASK 52-71-12-820-802).

Subtask 52-22-22-820-055

E. Adjustment of the Linkage Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial No. 2167 and

____
subsequent.

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-22-22-991-017, 506/TASK 52-22-22-991-018, 507/TASK

52-22-22-991-019)

R **ON A/C ALL

NOTE : The rigging pins (20), (56) and (62) are part of the SETTING GAGE-
____
EMERGENCY EXIT (98A52207597000).

(1) Remove the PIN - SAFETY SLIDE (37) and move the control handle (1) to
the ARMED position.

NOTE : Make sure that the control handle (1) touches the support stop
____
(2) on the door structure.

(2) Put the rigging pin (20) into the rigging holes of the door structure
and the target lever (21).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (20) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 535
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Girt Bar Linkage on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
Figure 507/TASK 52-22-22-991-019


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 536
Jan 01/03
R  
THY 
 (3) If you cannot install the rigging pin (20) freely, adjust the length
of the connection rod (10) as follows:

(a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(9) and the lock nuts (8).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (8) and turn the rod body (11) until you can
install the rigging pin (20) freely.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (11) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod fork-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (8) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (9).

(4) Remove the rigging pin (20) from the target lever (21).

(5) Move the control handle (1) in the DISARMED position and move the
inboard lever up so that the door lifts.

(6) Make sure that the notch of the locking arm (18) engages with the
nose of the cam (19).

(7) Carefully move the control handle (1) into the ARMED direction to
make sure that:
- the control handle (1) is blocked and
- the clearance W between the control handle (1) and the door
structure is not more than 15.0 mm (0.5905 in.).

(8) If not, adjust the length of the blocking rod (14) as follows:

(a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(16) and the lock nuts (15).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (15) and turn the rod body (17) until the
control handle (1) is blocked in the DISARMED position.

(c) Lightly move the control handle (1) to the DISARMED direction
until you can feel a resistance.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 537
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (d) Measure the clearance W between the control handle (1) and the
door structure which must not more than 15.0 mm (0.5905 in.).

(e) If the clearance W is more, turn the rod body (17) to adjust
the length of the blocking rod (14) correctly.

(f) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (17) to examine the correct
installlation of the rod fork-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod fork-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(g) Tighten the lock nuts (15) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (16).

(9) Move the inboard lever down to lower the door and put the control
handle (1) in the ARMED position.

(10) Put the rigging pin (20) into the rigging holes of the door member
and the target lever (21).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (20) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(11) Put the rigging pin (56) into the rigging holes of the bellcrank
fitting (55) and the bellcrank lever (61).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (56) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(12) If you cannot install the rigging pin (56) freely, adjust the length
of the control rod (51) as follows:

(a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(53) and the lock nuts (52).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (52) and turn the rod body (54) until you
can install the rigging pin (56) freely.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (54) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 538
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes
____
then the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod fork-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (52) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (53).

(13) Put the rigging pin (62) into the rigging holes of the bearing
fitting (64) and the double lever (65).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (62) moves into the rigging
____
holes freely.

(14) If you cannot install the rigging pin (62) freely, adjust the length
of the girt bar rod (60) as follows:

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pin (56) is installed into the
____
bellcrank fitting (45).

(a) If necessary, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(58) and the lock nuts (57).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (57) and turn the rod body (59) until you
can install the rigging pin (62) freely.

(c) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (59) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod fork-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(d) Tighten the lock nuts (57) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (48).

(15) Remove the rigging pins (20),(56) and (62) from the door member, the
bellcrank fitting (55) and the bearing fitting (64).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 539
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-22-820-056

F. Adjustment of the Girt Bar Assembly

NOTE : This procedure is applicable on door serial no. 2167 and

____
subsequent.

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 52-22-22-991-019, 508/TASK 52-22-22-991-020)

R **ON A/C ALL

(1) Move the control lever (1) in the DISARMED position and move the
inboard lever up so that the door lifts.

(2) Make sure that the sliding surfaces of the sliders (77) and the girt
bar (73) are lubricated with COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004).

(3) Make sure that:

- the guide pins (76) touch the pawls (78) and
- the sliders (77) touch the stops (79) of the girt bar (73).
- the overlap Y from the slider surface (72) to the guide arm (71)
has the same dimension at each side.

(4) If not, adjust the length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (69)
and (63) as follows:

NOTE : The adjustment of the rear girt bar rod (63) and the forward
____
girt bar rod (69) is the same. Therefore only the adjustment
of forward girt bar rod (69) is given.

(a) If required, cut and remove the lockwire from the safety devices
(67) and the lock nuts (66).

(b) Loosen the lock nuts (66) and turn the rod body (68) so that
- the guide pins (76) touch the pawls (78) and
- the sliders (77) touch the stops (79).

(c) Measure the overlap Y from the slider surface (72) to the guide
arm (71).

NOTE : The overlap Y must be the same size on both sides.
____

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 540
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Girt Bar Assembly on Door Serial No. 2167 and subsequent
Figure 508/TASK 52-22-22-991-020


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-22-22

Page 541
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 (d) If the overlap Y is not the same on both sides, change the
R length of the forward and rear girt bar rods (69) and (63) as
R required.

NOTE : If you decrease (extend) the length of one girt bar rod,
____
you must also extend (decrease) the length of the other.
The adjustment of the girt bar rods must be equal but in
the opposite direction.

(e) Put the lockwire, MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) into the
inspection holes of the rod body (68) to examine the correct
installation of the rod fork-ends.

NOTE : If the lockwire goes through one of the inspection holes

____
then the applicable rod fork-end is not correctly
installed. In this case, turn the rod fork-end in and
repeat the adjustment procedure.

(f) Tighten the lock nuts (66) and safety them with lockwire,
MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010) on the safety devices (67).

(5) Move the inboard lever down to lower the door.

(6) Make a reference mark on the floor panel and the girt bar (73) with
BONDING AND ADHESIVE COMPOUNDS (Material No. 08-074).

NOTE : These marks define the center position of the girt bar (73)
____
necessary for further adjustment in the armed condition.

(7) Move the control handle (1) to the ARMED position.

(8) Install the rigging pin (56) into the bellcrank lever (61) and the
rigging pin (62) into the double lever (65).

NOTE : Make sure that the rigging pins (56) and (62) move into the
____
rigging holes freely.

(9) Make sure that the reference mark on the girt bar (73) aligns with
the reference mark on the floor panel (center position of the girt
bar).

NOTE : If necessary, move the girt bar (73) to its center position.
____

(10) Make sure that the sliders (77) touch the guide pins (76).

NOTE : If necessary, manually push the sliders (77) against the guide
____
pins (76) so that they have contact.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 542
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (11) Measure the offset Z between the slider (77) and the girt bar end
(75).

NOTE : The offset Z must be between 0.2 mm (0.0078 in.) and 1.5 mm
____
(0.0590 in.).

(12) If the offset Z is out of tolerance, continues as follows:

(a) Manually hold the girt bar (73) and keep it in its center
position as adjusted before.

(b) Adjust the length of the forward and/or rear girt bar rods (69)
and/or (63) until the offset Z is correct.

(13) Remove the rigging pins (56) and (62).

(14) Move the control handle (1) in the DISARMED position and move the
inboard lever up so that the door lifts.

NOTE : In this case, it is not necessary that the stops (79) of the
____
girt bar (73) touch the sliders (77).

(15) Move the girt bar (73) in the forward and rear direction to make sure
that the guide arms (71) remain engaged with the slider surface (72).

NOTE : This movement can cause an asymmetrical position of the girt

____
bar (73) which is permitted.

(16) If the sliders (77) disengage repeat the adjustment procedure from
the center position (refer to step (5)) to make sure that the offset
Z is correct.
R

Subtask 52-22-22-720-051

G. Do the functional test of the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-
720-802).

Subtask 52-22-22-865-054

H. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 543
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-22-22-710-051

J. Operational Test

(1) Do the operational test of the door monitoring system (Ref. TASK 52-
71-00-710-801).

(2) Do the operational test of the escape-slide warning system (Ref. TASK
52-71-00-710-802).

NOTE : Do these tests only for the emergency exit door 834 (844).
____

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-22-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Apply the special materials.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE

_______
SPECIAL MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(a) Apply a layer of the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and
the STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts
which attach components directly to the door structure.

(b) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the nuts and
bolts which are in the door mechanism.

(c) Apply a layer of the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to

the installed components.

(3) Remove the ballast weight (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-080-801).

(4) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-
00-860-802).

(5) Close the access door (Ref. TASK 52-20-00-410-801).

(6) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 544
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 (7) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

Subtask 52-22-22-862-051

B. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-22

Page 545
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 FITTINGS - DOOR, LATCH AND STOP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________

TASK 52-22-31-000-801

R Removal of the Door, Latch and Stop Fittings (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

25-23-48-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Emergency
Exit
25-23-53-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door
30-46-11-000-801 Removal of the Heated Slide Fitting (electrical part)
52-10-00-860-801 Special Precautions before Work on the Passenger/Crew
Door
52-12-12-000-801 Removal of the Suspension of the MID Passenger/Crew
R Door (Door 2L/2R)
R 52-22-11-000-801 Removal of the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)
R 52-22-12-000-801 Removal of the Suspension of the Emergency Exit Door
R (Door 3L/3R)
52-22-31-991-002 Fig. 401
52-22-31-991-003 Fig. 402
52-22-31-991-004 Fig. 403
52-22-31-991-005 Fig. 404
52-22-31-991-006 Fig. 405
52-22-31-991-007 Fig. 406


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 401
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-31-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-22-31-010-050

B. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Put the access platform in position below the access door 811.

(2) Open the access door 811.

Subtask 52-22-31-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41

Subtask 52-22-31-010-051

D. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the related door.

(2) Do the special precautions before you start work on the door
(Ref. TASK 52-10-00-860-801).

(3) Remove the related door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-53-000-801).

(4) Remove the related door frame lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-000-801).

(5) For the removal of the support arm fittings.

(a) Remove the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-11-000-801).

(b) Remove the support arm (Ref. TASK 52-22-12-000-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 402
Jan 01/01
R  
THY 
 (6) For the removal of the girt bar fittings:

(a) Remove the electrical harness (Ref. TASK 30-46-11-000-801).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-22-31-020-050

A. Removal of the Door Latch and Stop Fittings

(1) Remove the door and fuselage stop fittings (7) and (11).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-31-991-002)

(a) Release the lockwasher (5).

(b) Remove the nuts (4), the lockwasher (5) and the adjustable bolt
R (6) from the door stop fitting (7).

R (c) Discard the lockwasher (5).

R (d) Remove the nuts (3), the bolts (1), the washers (2) and the door
stop fitting (7).

R (e) Remove the nuts (8), the bolts (10), the washers (9) and the
fuselage stop fitting (11).

(2) Remove the lowering stop (17).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-31-991-003)

R (a) Remove the nuts (18), the bolts (15), the washers (16) and the
R lowering stop (17).

(3) Remove the roller fitting (22).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-31-991-003)

(a) Remove the nuts (21), the bolts (19), the washers (20) and the
roller fitting (22).

(4) Remove the fitting (31) and the roller (29).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-31-991-003)

(a) Remove the nuts (32), the bolts (30) and the fitting (31) with
the guide roller (29).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (35).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 403
Jan 01/03
 
THY 
 Door and Fuselage Stop Fittings
Figure 401/TASK 52-22-31-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 404
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Lower Stop, Roller, Girt Bar Fittings and Fittings with Guide Roller
Figure 402/TASK 52-22-31-991-003


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 405
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 (c) Remove the nut (34), the washer (33), the bolt (28), the roller
(29) and the bush (36).

(5) Remove the girt bar fitting (25).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-31-991-003)

(a) Remove the old sealant from the bolts (27) and the girt bar
fitting (25).

R (b) Remove the bolts (27), the washers (26), the girt bar fitting
R (25) and the serrated plate (23).

R (c) Remove the nut plate (24).

(6) Remove the upper guide fittings (43).

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-31-991-004)

(a) Remove the nuts (44), the fitting (43), the serrated plate (42),
the bolts (40) and the washer (41).

(7) Remove the lower guide fittings (48).

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-31-991-004)

(a) Remove the nuts (49), the fitting (48), the serrated plate (47),
the bolts (45) and the washers (46).

(8) Remove the latch fitting (60) with the roller (71).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-31-991-005)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (75).

(b) Remove the nut (74), the washer (73), the bolt (55), the bush
(72) and the roller (71).

(c) Remove the nuts (79), the bolts (76), the washers (77), the
fitting (60) and the serrated plate (78).

(9) Remove the upper support arm fitting (103).

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-22-31-991-006)

(a) Remove the nuts (104), the bolts (106), the washers (105), the
fitting (103) and the plate (102).

(10) Remove the lower support arm fitting (89).

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-22-31-991-006)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (93).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 406
Jan 01/03
 
THY 
R Upper and Lower Guide Fittings
Figure 403/TASK 52-22-31-991-004


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 407
Oct 01/93
 
THY 
R Latch Fittings with Roller
Figure 404/TASK 52-22-31-991-005


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 408
Oct 01/93
 
THY 
 Upper and Lower Support Arm Fitting
Figure 405/TASK 52-22-31-991-006


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 409
Jan 01/01
R  
THY 
 (b) Remove the nut (94), the washer (95), the bolt (101), the washer
(100), the spacer (98) and the roller (97).

(c) Remove the nuts (92) and (90), the bolts (85) and (87), the
washers (86) and (88), the fitting (89) and the plate (91).

R (11) Remove the guide arm fittings (113) and (118).

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-22-31-991-007)

(a) Remove the guide arms (Ref. TASK 52-12-12-000-801).

(b) Remove the nuts (115), the washers (111) and (114), the bolts
(110) and (116), the fittings (113) and (118) and the serrated
plates (112) and (119).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 410
Jan 01/03
 
THY 
 Guide Arm Fittings
Figure 406/TASK 52-22-31-991-007


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 411
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 TASK 52-22-31-400-801

Installation of the Door, Latch and Stop Fittings (Door 3L/3R)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 05-027
RUST INHIBITOR(FOR CORROSION USE 15-004)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 09-013 C Z-16.127
CORROSION INHIBITING BRUSH CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-001
ANTI-CORROSION PRIMER (POLYURETHANE ) (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-002 GB BAEP 3536
POLYURETHANE TOPCOAT GREY (FOR INTERNAL APPLIC.)
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 412
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

5 lockwasher 52-22-31 01 -030

35 cotter pin 52-22-31 01 -100
75 cotter pin 53-36-04 60 -060
93 cotter pin 53-36-04 62 -080

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
25-23-48-000-801 Removal of the Door Frame Linings of the Emergency
Exit
25-23-48-400-801 Installation of the Door Frame Linings of the
Emergency Exit
25-23-53-000-801 Removal of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door
25-23-53-400-801 Installation of the Lining of the Emergency Exit Door
30-46-11-000-801 Removal of the Heated Slide Fitting (electrical part)
30-46-11-400-801 Installation of the Heated Slide Fitting (electrical
part)
52-20-00-860-802 Special Precautions after Work on the Emergency Exit
Door
R 52-22-00-820-801 Adjustment of the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)
R 52-22-11-000-801 Removal of the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)
R 52-22-11-400-801 Installation of the Emergency Exit Door (Door 3L/3R)
52-22-12-000-801 Removal of the Suspension of the Emergency Exit Door
R (Door 3L/3R)
52-22-12-400-801 Installation of the Suspension of the Emergency Exit
R Door (Door 3L/R)
52-22-31-991-002 Fig. 401
52-22-31-991-003 Fig. 402
52-22-31-991-004 Fig. 403
52-22-31-991-005 Fig. 404
52-22-31-991-006 Fig. 405
52-22-31-991-007 Fig. 406


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 413
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-22-31-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the related door lining is removed (Ref. TASK 25-23-
53-000-801).

(3) Make sure that the related door frame lining is removed (Ref. TASK
25-23-48-000-801).

(4) For the installation of the support arm fittings:

(a) Make sure that the emergency exit door is removed (Ref. TASK 52-
22-11-000-801).

(b) Make sure that the support arm is removed (Ref. TASK 52-22-12-
000-801).

(5) For the installation of the girt bar fittings:

(a) Make sure that the electrical harness is removed (Ref. TASK 30-
46-11-000-801).

(6) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the access
door 811.

(7) Make sure that the access door 811 is open.

Subtask 52-22-31-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
721VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 3MJ N12
722VU DOORS & SLIDES CTL 2MJ P41


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 414
Jan 01/02
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-22-31-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Remove the old sealant from the latch and stop fittings.

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Clean the contact areas of the latch and stop fittings and the
structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004).

(4) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

Subtask 52-22-31-420-050

B. Installation of the Door Latch and Stop Fittings

(1) Install the door and fuselage stop fittings (11) and (7).
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-22-31-991-002)

(a) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the contact

area of the fittings (11) and (7) and the bolts (1) and (10).

(b) Put the fittings (11) in position and install the washers (9),
the bolts (10) and the nuts (8).

(c) TORQUE the nuts (8) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in).

(d) Put the fitting (7) in position and install the washers (2), the
bolts (1) and the nuts (3).

(e) TORQUE the nuts (3) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and 70.79
lbf.in).

(f) Install the bolt (6) to the door stop fitting (7) and adjust to
give an initial dimension of 16.5 mm (0.6496 in.) (see detail

C
).

(g) Install a new lockwasher (5) and the nut (4).

(h) Adjust the door stop fitting (7) (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-820-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 415
Jan 01/01
R  
THY 
 (i) TORQUE the nut (4) to between 2.0 and 2.2 m.daN (14.74 and 16.22
lbf.ft).

(j) Safety the nut (4) with the lockwasher (5).

(2) Install the lowering stop (17).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-31-991-003)

(a) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the

contact area of the lowering stop (17) and the serrated plate.

R (b) Put the lowering stop (17) in position and install the washers
R (16), the bolts (15) and the nuts (18).

(c) Adjust the lowering stop (17) (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-820-801).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (18) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(3) Install the roller fitting (23).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-31-991-003)

(a) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the contact

area of the fitting (22).

R (b) Put the fitting (22) in position and install the washers (20),
R the bolts (19) and the nuts (21).

(c) TORQUE the nuts (21) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(4) Install the roller (29) and the fitting (31).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-31-991-003)

(a) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the

long end of the bush (36).

(b) Install the bush (36), the roller (29) and the bolt (28) in the
fitting (31).

(c) Install the washer (33) and the nut (34).

(d) TORQUE the nut (34) to 0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in) max. and turn
back to the next cotter pin hole.

(e) Install a new cotter pin (35)


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 416
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (f) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the contact
area of the fitting (31).

(g) Put the fitting (31) in position and install the bolts (30) and
the nuts (32).

(h) TORQUE the nuts (32) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and
70.79 lbf.in).

(5) Install the girt bar fitting (25).

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-22-31-991-003)

(a) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the

contact area of the fitting (25) and the serrated plate (23).

(b) Put the fitting (25) and the nut plate (24) in position and
install the washers (26) and the bolts (27).

(c) Adjust the girt bar fitting (25) (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-820-801).

(d) TORQUE the bolts (27) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(6) Install the upper guide fitting (43).

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-31-991-004)

(a) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the

contact area of the fitting (43) and the serrated plate (42).

(b) Put the serrated plate (42) and the fitting (43) in position and
install the washers (41), the bolts (40) and the nuts (44).

(c) Adjust the upper guide fitting (43) (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-820-801).

(d) TORQUE the nuts (44) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(7) Install the lower guide fitting (48).

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-22-31-991-004)

(a) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the

contact area of the fitting (48) and the serrated plate (47).

(b) Put the serrated plate (47) and the fitting (48) in position and
install the washer (46), the bolts (45) and the nuts (49).

(c) Adjust the lower guide fitting (48) (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-820-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 417
Jan 01/01
R  
THY 
 (d) TORQUE the nuts (49) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(8) Install the latch fitting (60) and the roller (71).
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-22-31-991-005)

(a) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bolt
(55), the bush (72) and the roller (71).

(b) Install the roller (71), the bush (72), the bolt (55), the washer
(73) and the nut (74).

(c) TORQUE the nut (74) to 0.35 m.daN (30.97 lbf.in) max. and turn it
back to the next cotter pin hole.

(d) Install a new cotter pin (75)

(e) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the

contact area of the fitting (60) and the serrated plate (78).

(f) Put the serrated plate (78) and the fitting (60) in position and
install the washers (77, the bolts (76) and the nuts (79).

(g) Adjust the latch fitting (60) (Ref. TASK 52-22-00-820-801).

(h) TORQUE the nuts (79) to between 0.45 and 0.5 m.daN (39.82 and
44.24 lbf.in).

(9) Install the upper support arm fitting (103).

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-22-31-991-006)

(a) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the

contact area of the fitting (103) and the plate (102).

(b) Put the plate (102> and the fitting (103) in position and install
the washers (105), the bolts (106) and the nuts (104).

(10) Install the lower support arm fitting (89).

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-22-31-991-006)

(a) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the

contact area of the fitting (89) and the plate (91).

(b) Put the plate (91> and the fitting (89) in position and install
the washers (88) and (86), the bolts (85) and (87) and the nuts
(90) and (92).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 418
Jan 01/01
R  
THY 
 (c) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the bolt
(101), the roller (97) and the spacer (98).

(d) Install the spacer (98), the roller (97), the washers (95) and
(100), the bolt (101) and the nut (94).

(e) Install a new cotter pin (93)

(11) Install the guide arm fittings (105) and (106).

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-22-31-991-007)

(a) Apply a layer of COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the

contact area of the fittings (113) and (118) and the serrated
plates (112) and (119).

(b) Put the serrated plates (112) and (119) and the fitting (113) and
(118) in position and install the washers (111) and (114) the
bolts (110) and (116) and the nuts (115).

(c) TORQUE the nuts (115) to between 0.7 and 0.8 m.daN (61.94 and
70.79 lbf.in).

(d) Adjust the guide arm fittings (113) and (118) (Ref. TASK 52-22-
00-820-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-22-31-865-052

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
2MJ, 3MJ

Subtask 52-22-31-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) around the edges of of
the installed latch and stop fittings.

(3) Apply a layer of STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No. 16-001) and STRUCTURE
PAINTS (Material No. 16-002) to the nuts and bolts which attach
components directly to the door and the fuselage structure.


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 419
Jan 01/01
R  
THY 
 (4) Apply a layer of SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-027) to the
installed components.

(5) Do the special precautions after work on the door (Ref. TASK 52-20-
00-860-802).

(6) Install the related door lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-53-400-801).

(7) Install the related door frame lining (Ref. TASK 25-23-48-400-801).

(8) For the support arm fittings:

(a) Install the support arm (Ref. TASK 52-22-12-400-801).

(b) Install the emergency exit door (Ref. TASK 52-22-11-400-801).

(9) For the girt bar fittings:

(a) Install the electrical harness (Ref. TASK 30-46-11-400-801).

R

(10) Remove the ground support and maintenance equipment, the special and
standard tools and all other items.

(11) Remove the access platform(s).

(12) Close the access door 811.

Subtask 52-22-31-862-050

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-22-31

Page 420
Jul 01/01
 
THY 
 CARGO - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________

1. _______
General
R The aircraft has three lower-deck cargo-compartment-doors (referred to as
R cargo doors). They give you access to the three cargo compartments for the
R loading and unloading of cargo and baggage. The cargo doors are installed on
R the lower right side of the fuselage.
R The FWD and the AFT cargo doors (Z821 and Z822) open out and away from the
R fuselage. They are locked and unlocked manually from outside of the
R aircraft. There is a cargo-compartment door hydraulic system which opens and
R closes the doors.
R The BULK cargo door (Z823) opens up into the fuselage. You can operate it
R from the inside and the outside of the aircraft. It is locked and unlocked
R manually.

2. Component
__________________
Location
R (Ref. Fig. 001)

3. ___________
Description
R The main components are:
R - FWD cargo-compartment door (Ref. 52-31-00),
R - AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. 52-32-00),
R - BULK cargo-compartment door (Ref. 52-33-00),
R - cargo-compartment door hydraulic system (Ref. 52-36-00).

A. FWD Cargo-Compartment Door (Z821)

The FWD cargo-compartment door is installed on the right side of the
lower fuselage between FR20 and FR26. The door opens hydraulically to the
outside and gives you access to the FWD cargo compartment.
The door is locked and unlocked manually. There is a latching and a
locking mechanism which keeps it in the closed and locked position.

B. AFT Cargo-Compartment Door (Z822)

The AFT Cargo-Compartment Door is installed on the right side of the
lower fuselage between FR59 and FR65. The door opens hydraulically to the
outside and gives you access to the AFT cargo compartment.
The door is locked and unlocked manually. There is a latching and a
locking mechanism which keeps it in the closed and locked position.

C. BULK Cargo-Compartment Door (Z823)

The BULK cargo-compartment door is installed on the right side of the
lower fuselage between FR67 and FR69. The door opens up into the fuselage
and gives you access to the BULK cargo compartment. It is locked and
unlocked manually. There is a locking mechanism which keeps the door in
the closed and locked position.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 1
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Cargo Compartment Doors - Location
Figure 001


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 2
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 D. Cargo-Compartment Door Hydraulic-System
The cargo-compartment door hydraulic-system controls the operation of the
FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors. The hydraulic system of each door
has a hydraulic actuator and a manual selector valve.
The Yellow auxiliary hydraulic-system supplies the doors with hydraulic
pressure.

4. _____________________
Component Description

R A. FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

R The structure of the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors is made of
R aluminum alloy components. Both doors have a special door seal because
R they are installed in the pressurized zone of the fuselage.
R Hinge arms attach the upper edge of the FWD and AFT cargo-compartment
R doors to the fuselage. Both doors have latches which lock them to the
R fuselage when they are closed. They have a latching and a locking
R mechanism which keep them in the closed and locked position. Handles are
R installed on the outside of each door for the manual operation of the
R mechanisms.
R The two cargo doors are operated hydraulically and controlled
R electrically.

B. BULK Cargo-Compartment Door

The structure of the BULK cargo-compartment door is made of aluminum
alloy components. The door has a special door seal because it is
installed in the pressurized zone of the fuselage.
The BULK cargo-compartment door is of the plug-type design. Hinges attach
the upper edge of the door to the fuselage. The door has a locking
mechanism which keeps it in the closed and locked position. Handles are
installed on the outside and on the inside of the door for the manual
operation of the locking mechanism.
The operation of the BULK cargo door is mechanical.

C. The Doors and Escape Slides Control System (DSCS) (Ref. 52-71-00)
The DSCS monitors the position of the doors. Proximity switches on each
door identify if the related door is open or fully closed and locked.
They send signals to the DSCS which:
- causes the ECAM system to give the necessary door warnings,
- prevents the pressurization of the aircraft if a door is not fully
closed and locked.
- sends the necessary door open/door closed signal to the
cargo-compartment door hydraulic-system.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 3
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 5. _________
Operation
Only the BULK cargo-compartment door is operated manually and opens up into
the fuselage. It is mechanically locked and unlocked from the inside or the
outside of the aircraft.
The FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors are operated hydraulically and open
away from the fuselage. They are locked and unlocked mechanically from
R outside the aircraft. The hydraulic operation systems (Ref. 52-36-00) of the
R FWD and AFT cargo-compartment doors are controlled electrically. The related
R electrical control systems are part of the DSCS (Ref. 52-71-00), which
contains the logic of the cargo door opening.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 4
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 CARGO - MAINTENANCE PRACTICES
_____________________________

TASK 52-30-00-010-801

Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors with the Yellow Electric
Pump

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. MOVEMENT
OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES CAN BE DANGEROUS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50 KNOTS.

CAUTION : YOU MUST CLOSE THE DOOR BEFORE THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 60 KNOTS
_______
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.

CAUTION : WHEN YOU OPEN AND CLOSE THE CARGO DOORS, MAKE SURE THAT THE ACCESS
_______
PLATFORM IS AT THE CORRECT HEIGHT. IF IT IS TOO HIGH, IT WILL PREVENT
FREE MOVEMENT OF THE DOORS.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory Cargo-Compartment Doors with the Yellow

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 3.80 m (12 ft. 6 in.)


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 201
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-29-611-805 Fill the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic

Service Cart
24-41-00-861-801 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power A
24-41-00-862-801 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power A
29-14-00-614-804 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with
external bench
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-991-001 Fig. 201
52-30-00-991-002 Fig. 202

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-860-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is
pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).

(2) Make sure that the level of the hydraulic fluid in the reservoir is
correct (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-805).

(3) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

801).

Subtask 52-30-00-865-056

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 202
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-30-00-010-060

C. Get Access

CAUTION : WHEN YOU OPEN AND CLOSE THE CARGO DOORS, MAKE SURE THAT THE
_______
ACCESS PLATFORM IS AT THE CORRECT HEIGHT. IF IT IS TOO HIGH, IT
WILL PREVENT FREE MOVEMENT OF THE DOORS.

R (1) Put the adjustable access platform in position at the FWD or AFT
R cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door).

(2) Open the subsequent access doors:

- 122CR for the FWD cargo door.
- 152NR for the AFT cargo door.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-30-00-991-001, 202/TASK 52-30-00-991-002)

Subtask 52-30-00-869-059

A. Opening of the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM. MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES CAN BE
DANGEROUS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.

WARNING : STOP THE OPENING PROCEDURE IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES.
_______
RESIDUAL PRESSURE COULD CAUSE THE DOOR TO OPEN WITH A SUDDEN
FORCE AND INJURE PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.

WARNING : DO NOT OPERATE THE FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR AND THE P/B SW
_______
THAT CONTROLS THE YELLOW LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVE AT THE SAME
TIME.
IF YOU OPERATE THEM AT THE SAME TIME :
-YOU CAN CAUSE UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY.
-YOU WILL GET A WTB MANUAL RELEASE FAULT INDICATION.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50
KNOTS.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 203
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 Normal Operation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
Figure 201/TASK 52-30-00-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 204
Apr 01/99
R  
THY 
 Normal Operation of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
Figure 202/TASK 52-30-00-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 205
Apr 01/99
R  
THY 
 (1) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle to the UNLOCKED
position.

(2) Make sure that all indicator flags are out.

(3) Press the pushbutton on the top of the latching handle and pull the
latching handle from the recess to the UNLATCHED position.

(4) Make sure that the applicable cargo door can open freely.

(5) Move the door operation lever (on the applicable door operation
panel) to the OPEN position and hold it there until the green
indicator light comes on.

NOTE : The green indicator light shows that:

____
- the applicable cargo door is in its fully opened position,
- the door actuator is in its extended position and internally
locked.

(6) Release the door operation lever when the green indicator light is
on.

NOTE : The lever must go back automatically to the STOP position. If

____
not, put it manually to the STOP position to prevent a
permanent operation of the Yellow hydraulic pump.

R (7) If necessary, install the applicable safety equipment (Ref. TASK 52-
R 30-00-480-801)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-30-00-410-059

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Close the subsequent access doors as required:

(a) 122CR for the FWD cargo door.

(b) 152NR for the AFT cargo door.

(c) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 206
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-30-00-862-052

B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 207
Jan 01/02
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-30-00-010-801- 01

Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors with the Yellow Engine
Driven Pump of the Engine No. 3

CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50 KNOTS.

CAUTION : YOU MUST CLOSE THE DOOR BEFORE THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 60 KNOTS
_______
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To open the cargo-compartment doors with the Yellow engine-driven pump with
dry-motoring the engine No. 3, if the Yellow electric pump is not available.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 3.80 m (12 ft. 6 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-29-611-805 Fill the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic

Service Cart
24-41-00-861-801 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power A
24-41-00-862-801 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power A
29-14-00-614-804 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with
external bench
R 52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
71-00-00-720-802 Dry Motoring Check


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 208
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-860-074

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is
pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).

(2) Make sure that the level of the hydraulic fluid in the reservoir is
correct (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-805).

(3) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

801).

Subtask 52-30-00-865-064

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

Subtask 52-30-00-010-072

C. Get Access

(1) Put the adjustable access platform in position at the FWD or AFT
cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door).

(2) Open the subsequent access doors:

- 122CR for the FWD cargo door.
- 152NR for the AFT cargo door.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-30-00-869-069

A. Opening of the FWD or AFT Cargo-Compartment Door

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM. MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES CAN BE
DANGEROUS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 209
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 WARNING : STOP THE OPENING PROCEDURE IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES.
_______
RESIDUAL PRESSURE COULD CAUSE THE DOOR TO OPEN WITH A SUDDEN
FORCE AND INJURE PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.

WARNING : DO NOT OPERATE THE FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR AND THE P/B SW
_______
THAT CONTROLS THE YELLOW LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVE AT THE SAME
TIME.
IF YOU OPERATE THEM AT THE SAME TIME :
-YOU CAN CAUSE UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY.
-YOU WILL GET A WTB MANUAL RELEASE FAULT INDICATION.

CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50
KNOTS.

NOTE : If you put the aircraft nose into the wind, the maximum wind speed
____
can be 50 knots.

(1) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle to the UNLOCKED
position.

(2) Make sure that all indicator flags are out.

(3) Press the pushbutton on the top of the latching handle and pull the
latching handle from the recess to the UNLATCHED position.

(4) Make sure that the applicable cargo door can open freely.

(5) Do the dry-motoring of the engine No. 3 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-720-802)

to pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system.

NOTE : Obey the time limits during the dry-motoring.

____

(6) Move the door operation lever (on the applicable door operation
panel) to the OPEN position and hold it there until the green
indicator light comes on.

NOTE : The green indicator light shows that:

____
- the applicable cargo door is in its fully opened position,
- the door actuator is in its extended position and internally
locked.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 210
Jan 01/02
R  
THY 
 (7) Release the door operation lever when the green indicator light is
on.

NOTE : The lever must go back automatically to the STOP position. If

____
not, put it manually to the STOP position.

(8) Stop the dry-motoring of the engine No. 3 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-720-
802).

R (9) If necessary, install the applicable safety equipment (Ref. TASK 52-
R 30-00-480-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-30-00-410-071

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Close the subsequent access doors as required:

(a) 122CR for the FWD cargo door.

(b) 152NR for the AFT cargo door.

(c) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-30-00-862-053

B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 211
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 TASK 52-30-00-410-801

Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors with the Yellow Electric
Pump

WARNING : BLEED THE DOOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BEFORE YOU CLOSE THE CARGO DOOR IF :
_______
- THE DOOR WAS OPEN DURING MAINTENANCE ON THE YELLOW HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM, AND/OR
- THE DOOR IS OPEN FOR MORE THAN 12 HOURS.
IF YOU DO NOT BLEED THE DOOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM, THE CARGO DOOR CAN
FALL SUDDENLY (WHEN YOU PUT THE OPERATION LEVER IN THE CLOSED
POSITION) AND CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

CAUTION : YOU MUST CLOSE THE DOOR BEFORE THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 60 KNOTS
_______
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. MOVEMENT
OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES CAN BE DANGEROUS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 3.80 m (12 ft. 6 in.)


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 212
Jan 01/02
R  
THY 
 B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-29-611-805 Fill the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic

Service Cart
24-41-00-861-801 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power A
24-41-00-862-801 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power A
29-14-00-614-804 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with
external bench
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
R 52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-870-801 Bleeding of the Door Hydraulic System with Cargo
Compartment Door(s) open
52-30-00-991-001 Fig. 201
52-30-00-991-002 Fig. 202

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-860-054

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is
pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).

(2) Make sure that the level of the hydraulic fluid in the Yellow
reservoir is correct (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-805).

(3) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

801).

Subtask 52-30-00-010-061

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the adjustable access platform is in position at the
FWD or AFT cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door).

(2) Open the subsequent access doors as required:

- 122CR for the FWD cargo door.
- 152NR for the AFT cargo door.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 213
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-30-00-865-057

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 201/TASK 52-30-00-991-001, 202/TASK 52-30-00-991-002)

Subtask 52-30-00-080-054

A. Removal of the Safety Devices

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM. MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES CAN BE
DANGEROUS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.

WARNING : BLEED THE DOOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BEFORE YOU CLOSE THE CARGO DOOR
_______
IF :
- THE DOOR WAS OPEN DURING MAINTENANCE ON THE YELLOW HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM, AND/OR
- THE DOOR IS OPEN FOR MORE THAN 12 HOURS.
IF YOU DO NOT BLEED THE DOOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM, THE CARGO DOOR
CAN FALL SUDDENLY (WHEN YOU PUT THE OPERATION LEVER IN THE
CLOSED POSITION) AND CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) If necessary, do the bleed procedure (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-870-801).

NOTE : Make sure that the opened cargo door is safetied with the
____
support struts (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).

(2) Make sure that the installed safety equipment is removed before you
start to close the cargo door. (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-801)


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 214
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-30-00-869-060

B. Closing of the FWD or AFT Cargo Door

WARNING : DO NOT OPERATE THE FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR AND THE P/B SW
_______
THAT CONTROLS THE YELLOW LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVE AT THE SAME
TIME.
IF YOU OPERATE THEM AT THE SAME TIME :
-YOU CAN CAUSE UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY.
-YOU WILL GET A WTB MANUAL RELEASE FAULT INDICATION.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM. MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES CAN BE
DANGEROUS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.

R CAUTION : YOU MUST CLOSE THE DOOR BEFORE THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 60
_______
R KNOTS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT
R STRUCTURE.

(1) Make sure that the manually operated YZ-latches of the door sill
latches are in their lifted position.

(2) Make sure that the applicable cargo door can close freely.

(3) Move the door operation lever (on the door operation panel) to the
CLOSE position and hold it there until the applicable cargo door is
fully closed.

(4) Release the door operation lever when the cargo door is fully closed.

R NOTE : The door operation lever must go back automatically to the

____
R STOP position. If it does not, put it manually to the STOP
R position to prevent a permanent operation of the Yellow
R hydraulic pump.

(5) Push the latching handle to the LATCHED position.

R NOTE : Manually latch the hydraulically closed cargo door in not more
____
R than 3 sec. maximum. This prevents movement of the unlatched
R cargo door in the open direction because of its weight.

(6) Press the pushbutton on the top of the latching handle and push it
fully into its recess.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 215
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (7) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle down to the
LOCKED position.

R (8) Make sure that the indicator flags align with the surface of the
R access panels.
R

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-30-00-860-055

A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

801).

Subtask 52-30-00-410-060

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Close the subsequent access doors as required:

- 122CR for the FWD cargo door.
- 152NR for the AFT cargo door.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 216
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 TASK 52-30-00-410-801- 01

Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors with the Yellow Engine
Driven Pump of the Engine No. 3

WARNING : BLEED THE DOOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BEFORE YOU CLOSE THE CARGO DOOR IF :
_______
- THE DOOR WAS OPEN DURING MAINTENANCE ON THE YELLOW HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM, AND/OR
- THE DOOR IS OPEN FOR MORE THAN 12 HOURS.
IF YOU DO NOT BLEED THE DOOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM, THE CARGO DOOR CAN
FALL SUDDENLY (WHEN YOU PUT THE OPERATION LEVER IN THE CLOSED
POSITION) AND CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

CAUTION : YOU MUST CLOSE THE DOOR BEFORE THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 60 KNOTS
_______
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To close the cargo-compartment doors with the Yellow engine-driven pump with
dry-motoring the engine No. 3, if the Yellow electric pump is not available.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 3.80 m (12 ft. 6 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-29-611-805 Fill the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic

Service Cart
24-41-00-861-801 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power A
24-41-00-862-801 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power A
29-14-00-614-804 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with
external bench
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
R 52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 217
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-870-801 Bleeding of the Door Hydraulic System with Cargo

Compartment Door(s) open
71-00-00-720-828 Dry Motoring Engine

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-860-075

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is
pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).

(2) Make sure that the level of the hydraulic fluid in the Yellow
reservoir is correct (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-805).

(3) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-

801).

Subtask 52-30-00-010-073

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the adjustable access platform is in position at the
FWD or AFT cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door).

(2) Open the subsequent access doors as required:

- 122CR for the FWD cargo door.
- 152NR for the AFT cargo door.

Subtask 52-30-00-865-065

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 218
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-30-00-080-060

A. Removal of the Safety Devices

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM. MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES CAN BE
DANGEROUS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.

WARNING : BLEED THE DOOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BEFORE YOU CLOSE THE CARGO DOOR
_______
IF :
- THE DOOR WAS OPEN DURING MAINTENANCE ON THE YELLOW HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM, AND/OR
- THE DOOR IS OPEN FOR MORE THAN 12 HOURS.
IF YOU DO NOT BLEED THE DOOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM, THE CARGO DOOR
CAN FALL SUDDENLY (WHEN YOU PUT THE OPERATION LEVER IN THE
CLOSED POSITION) AND CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) If necessary, do the bleed procedure (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-870-801).

R NOTE : Make sure that the opened cargo door is safetied with the
____
R support struts(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801)

R (2) Make sure that the installed safety equipment is removed before you
R start to close the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-801).
R

Subtask 52-30-00-869-070

B. Closing of the FWD or AFT Cargo Door

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM. MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES CAN BE
DANGEROUS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.

WARNING : DO NOT OPERATE THE FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR AND THE P/B SW
_______
THAT CONTROLS THE YELLOW LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVE AT THE SAME
TIME.
IF YOU OPERATE THEM AT THE SAME TIME :
-YOU CAN CAUSE UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY.
-YOU WILL GET A WTB MANUAL RELEASE FAULT INDICATION.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 219
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 CAUTION : YOU MUST CLOSE THE DOOR BEFORE THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 60
_______
KNOTS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT
STRUCTURE.

(1) Make sure that the manually operated YZ-latches of the door sill
latches are in their lifted position.

(2) Make sure that the applicable cargo door can close freely.

(3) Do the dry-motoring of the engine No. 3 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-720-828)

to pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system.

NOTE : Obey the time limits during the dry-motoring.

____

(4) Move the door operation lever (on the door operation panel) to the
CLOSE position and hold it there until the applicable cargo door is
fully closed.

(5) Release the door operation lever when the cargo door is fully closed.

NOTE : The door operation lever must go back automatically to the

____
STOP position. If not, put it manually to the STOP position.

(6) Push the latching handle to the LATCHED position.

NOTE : Manually latch the hydraulically closed cargo door within 3

____
sec. maximum. This prevents that the unlatched cargo door
moves in the open direction due the own gravity.

(7) Press the pushbutton on the top of the latching handle and push it
fully into its recess.

(8) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle down to the
LOCKED position.

(9) Stop the dry-motoring of the engine No. 3 (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-720-
828).

(10) Make sure that the indicator flags are aligned with the surface of
the access panels.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 220
Jan 01/02
R  
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-30-00-410-072

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Close the subsequent access doors as required:

- 122CR for the FWD cargo door.
- 152NR for the AFT cargo door.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-30-00-860-076

B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-

801).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 221
Jan 01/02
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-30-00-010-802

Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors with the Hand Pump

CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50 KNOTS.

CAUTION : YOU MUST CLOSE THE DOOR BEFORE THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 60 KNOTS
_______
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific adjustable access platform 3.80 m (12 ft. 6 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-29-611-805 Fill the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic

Service Cart
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
29-14-00-614-804 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with
external bench
R 52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-991-003-A Fig. 203
52-30-00-991-004-A Fig. 204


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 222
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-860-057

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is
pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).

(2) Make sure that level of the hydraulic fluid in the Yellow reservoir
is correct (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-805).

Subtask 52-30-00-861-050

B. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-30-00-010-062

C. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 197CB.

(2) Open the access door 196BB.

R (3) Put the adjustable access platform in position at the FWD or AFT
R cargo compartment door (referred to as (cargo door).

(4) Open the subsequent access doors as required:

- 122CR for the FWD cargo door.
- 152NR for the AFT cargo door.

(5) Put the access platform in position at the avionics compartment door
811.

(6) Open the avionics compartment door 811 and set the light switch 5LS
on the avionics rack 802VU to ON.

(7) Open the avionics compartment door 132AZ to get access to the circuit
breaker panel 5002VE.

(8) On the panel 5022VE set the light switch CARGO COMPT LIGHT to the ON
position.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 223
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (9) Open the access panel 132UC of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

NOTE : The circuit breaker 1MJ must be open to simulate a

____
R malfunction of the electrical door control system or of the
R Yellow electrical pump.

Subtask 52-30-00-865-058

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 52-30-00-991-003-A, 204/TASK 52-30-00-991-004-A)

Subtask 52-30-00-869-061-A

A. Opening of the FWD or AFT Cargo Door

WARNING : STOP THE OPENING PROCEDURE IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES.
_______
RESIDUAL PRESSURE COULD CAUSE THE DOOR TO OPEN WITH A SUDDEN
FORCE AND INJURE PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.

NOTE : Two persons are necessary for this procedure.

____

(1) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle to the UNLOCKED
position.

(2) Make sure that all indicator flags are out.

(3) Press the pushbutton on the top of the latching handle and pull it to
the UNLATCHED position.

(4) Move the door operation lever (on the door operation panel) to the
OPEN position and hold it there during the operation of the hand
pump.

NOTE : The door operation lever must go back automatically to the

____
STOP position when you release it. If not, put it manually to
the STOP position.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 224
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Manual Operation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
Figure 203/TASK 52-30-00-991-003-A


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 225
Jan 01/02
R  
THY 
 Manual Operation of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
Figure 204/TASK 52-30-00-991-004-A


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 226
Jan 01/02
R  
THY 
 (5) Remove the hand pump lever 5205JM from the ground service panel of
the Green hydraulic system.

(6) Make sure that the applicable cargo door can open freely.

(7) Install the hand pump lever on the hand pump 7155JE (part of the
Yellow ground service panel) and operate it until the cargo door is
fully opened.

NOTE : When the cargo door is fully open, you can feel a large
____
increase in force on the hand pump lever.

(8) Put the hand pump lever back to its storage position and close the
access door 197CB.

(9) If necessary, install the applicable safety equipment (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-480-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-30-00-865-059

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

Subtask 52-30-00-410-061

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 196BB.

(3) Close the subsequent access doors:

- 122CR for the FWD cargo door.
- 152NR for the AFT cargo door.

(4) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the avionics
compartment door 811.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 227
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (5) Close the access panel 132UC of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(6) On the panel 5022VE set the light switch CARGO COMPT LIGHT to the OFF
position.

(7) Close the avionics compartment door 132AZ.

(8) Set the light switch 5LS on the avionics rack 802VU to OFF and close
the avionics compartment door 811.

(9) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-30-00-862-050

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 228
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-30-00-410-802

Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors with the Hand Pump

WARNING : BLEED THE DOOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BEFORE YOU CLOSE THE CARGO DOOR IF :
_______
- THE DOOR WAS OPEN DURING MAINTENANCE ON THE YELLOW HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM, AND/OR
- THE DOOR IS OPEN FOR MORE THAN 12 HOURS.
IF YOU DO NOT BLEED THE DOOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM, THE CARGO DOOR CAN
FALL SUDDENLY (WHEN YOU PUT THE OPERATION LEVER IN THE CLOSED
POSITION) AND CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES ARE
_______
CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC SYSTEM. MOVEMENT
OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES CAN BE DANGEROUS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.

CAUTION : YOU MUST CLOSE THE DOOR BEFORE THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 60 KNOTS
_______
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
No specific adjustable access platform 3.80 m (12 ft. 6 in.)


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 229
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-870-801 Bleeding of the Door Hydraulic System with Cargo
Compartment Door(s) open
52-30-00-991-003-A Fig. 203
52-30-00-991-004-A Fig. 204

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-861-051

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-30-00-010-063

B. Get Access

(1) Open the access door 197CB.

(2) Open the access door 196BB.

(3) Put the adjustable access platform in position at the FWD or AFT
cargo compartment door (referred to as cargo door).

(4) Open the subsequent access doors as required:

- 122CR for the FWD cargo door.
- 152NR for the AFT cargo door.

(5) Put the access platform in position at the avionics compartment door
811.

R (6) Open the avionics compartment door 811 and set the light switch 5LS
R on the avionics rack 802VU to ON.

(7) Open the avionics compartment door 132AZ to get access to the circuit
breaker panel 5002VE.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 230
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (8) On the panel 5022VE set the light switch CARGO COMPT LIGHT to the ON
position.

(9) Remove the access panel 132UC of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

NOTE : The circuit breaker 1MJ must be open to simulate a

____
malfunction of the electrical door control system or of the
Yellow electrical pump.

Subtask 52-30-00-865-060

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 203/TASK 52-30-00-991-003-A, 204/TASK 52-30-00-991-004-A)

Subtask 52-30-00-480-058

A. Removal of the Safety Devices

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM. MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES CAN BE
DANGEROUS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.

WARNING : BLEED THE DOOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM BEFORE YOU CLOSE THE CARGO DOOR
_______
IF :
- THE DOOR WAS OPEN DURING MAINTENANCE ON THE YELLOW HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM, AND/OR
- THE DOOR IS OPEN FOR MORE THAN 12 HOURS.
IF YOU DO NOT BLEED THE DOOR HYDRAULIC SYSTEM, THE CARGO DOOR
CAN FALL SUDDENLY (WHEN YOU PUT THE OPERATION LEVER IN THE
CLOSED POSITION) AND CAUSE INJURY AND/OR DAMAGE.

(1) If necessary, do the bleed procedure (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-870-801).

NOTE : Make sure that the opened cargo door is safetied with the
____
support struts (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 231
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (2) Make sure that the installed safety equipment is removed before you
start to close the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-801).

Subtask 52-30-00-869-062-A

B. Closing of the FWD or AFT Cargo Door

WARNING : MAKE SURE THAT THE TRAVEL RANGES OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
_______
ARE CLEAR BEFORE YOU PRESSURIZE/DEPRESSURIZE A HYDRAULIC
SYSTEM. MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES CAN BE
DANGEROUS AND/OR CAUSE DAMAGE.

CAUTION : YOU MUST CLOSE THE DOOR BEFORE THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 60
_______
KNOTS TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT
STRUCTURE.

NOTE : Two persons are necessary for this procedure.

____

(1) Make sure that the manually operated YZ-latches of the door sill
latches are in their lifted position.

(2) Move the door operation lever (on the door operation panel) to the
CLOSE position and hold it there during the operation of the hand
pump.

NOTE : The door operation lever must go back automatically to the

____
STOP position when you release it. If not, put it manually to
the STOP position.

(3) Make sure that the cargo door can close freely.

(4) Install the hand pump lever on the hand pump 7155JE (part of the
ground service panel of the Yellow hydraulic system) and operate it
until the cargo door is fully closed.

(5) Push the latching handle to the LATCHED position.

NOTE : Manually latch the hydraulically closed cargo door within 3

____
sec. maximum. This prevents that the unlatched cargo door
moves in the open direction due to the own gravity.

(6) Press the pushbutton on the top of the latching handle and push it
fully into its recess.

(7) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle down to the
LOCKED position.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 232
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (8) Make sure that the indicator flags are aligned with the surface of
the access panels.

(9) Put the hand pump lever back to its storage position and close the
access door 197CB.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-30-00-865-061

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02

Subtask 52-30-00-410-062

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Close the access door 196BB.

(3) Close the subsequent access doors:

- 122CR for the FWD cargo door.
- 152NR for the AFT cargo door.

(4) Close the access panel 132UC of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(5) On the panel 5022VE set the light switch CARGO COMPT LIGHT to the OFF
position.

(6) Close the avionics compartment door 132AZ.

(7) Set the light switch 5LS on the avionics rack 802VU to OFF and close
the avionics compartment door 811.

(8) Remove the access platform(s).

Subtask 52-30-00-862-051

C. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 233
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-30-00-010-803

Opening of the BULK Cargo-Compartment Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R
R Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 3.70 m (12 ft. 2 in.)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-010-064

A. Put the access platform in position at the Bulk cargo-compartment door

(referred to as Bulk cargo door).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-30-00-869-063

A. Opening of the Bulk Cargo Door

(1) Push the button of the external door handle to release it from its
recess.

(2) Move the internal or external door handle to the OPEN position.

(3) Push the Bulk cargo door partly inboard and put the door handle to
the LOCKED position. If you use the external door handle, push it
into its recess.

(4) Move the Bulk cargo door manually inboard until the hook engages with
the hook arrester of the fuselage crossbeam.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-30-00-410-069

A. Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 234
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 TASK 52-30-00-410-803

Closing of the BULK Cargo-Compartment Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 3.7 m (12 ft. 2 in.)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-010-065

A. Put the access platform in position at the Bulk cargo-compartment door

(referred to as Bulk cargo door).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-30-00-869-064

A. Closing of the Bulk Cargo Door

(1) Push the button of the external door handle to release it from its
recess.

(2) Move the external door handle to the OPEN position and hold the Bulk
cargo door to prevent that it falls.

(3) Move the Bulk cargo door down into the opening and put the door
handle into the LOCKED position.

(4) Push the external door handle into its recess.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-30-00-410-064

A. Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 235
Apr 01/99
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-30-00-010-804

Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors with a Crane

CAUTION : DO NOT OPEN THE DOOR IF THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 40 KNOTS TO
_______
PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE. IF THE
AIRCRAFT IS PUT INTO THE WIND THE MAXIMUM WIND SPEED CAN BE 50 KNOTS.

CAUTION : YOU MUST CLOSE THE DOOR BEFORE THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 60 KNOTS
_______
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific crane with a min. capacity of 210.0 kg (463.0 lb.)

No specific adjustable access platform 3.8 m (12 ft. 6 in.)
No specific adjustable access platform 5.7 m (18 ft. 8 in.)
98A52307529002 1 SLING - CARGO DOORS

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment

52-30-00-991-005 Fig. 205


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 236
Apr 01/99
R  
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-010-066

A. Get Access

(1) Put the adjustable access platform in position at the FWD or AFT
cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door).

(2) Put a crane with a min. capacity of 210.0 kg (463.0 lb.) in position
at the applicable cargo door.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 52-30-00-991-005)

Subtask 52-30-00-480-062

A. Installation of the SLING - CARGO DOORS (98A52307529002) on the

applicable Cargo Door

(1) Attach the ring of the SLING - CARGO DOORS to the crane.

(2) Remove the plastic cap from the lower hoist fitting.

(3) Install the hoisting lug with the eye-end outboard into the lower
hoist fitting.

(4) Attach the fastener of the sling to the eye-end of the hoisting lug.

(5) Put the other sling ends on the crane.

Subtask 52-30-00-869-066

B. Procedure to Open the FWD or AFT Cargo Door with a Crane

WARNING : STOP THE OPENING PROCEDURE IF THE RED WARNING LIGHT FLASHES.
_______
RESIDUAL PRESSURE COULD CAUSE THE DOOR TO OPEN WITH A SUDDEN
FORCE AND INJURE PERSONS AND/OR DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.

(1) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle to the UNLOCKED
position.

(2) Make sure that all indicator flags are out.

(3) Press the pushbutton on the top of the latching handle and pull it to
the UNLATCHED position.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 237
Apr 01/99
R  
THY 
 Auxiliary Operation
Figure 205/TASK 52-30-00-991-005


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 238
Apr 01/99
R  
THY 
 (4) If the door actuator is installed, continue as follows:

(a) For the FWD cargo door open the access door 122CR.

(b) For the AFT cargo door open the access door 152NR.

(c) Turn the door operation lever (on the door operation panel) to
the OPEN position and hold it there during the auxiliary
operation.

NOTE : The door operation lever must go back automatically to the

____
STOP position when you release it. If not, put it manually
to the STOP position.

(5) Operate the crane to lift the cargo door to the fully open position.

R NOTE : Make sure that the travel range of the cargo door is free.
____

(6) Install the support struts to hold the cargo door in the fully open
position (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).

Subtask 52-30-00-080-058

C. Removal of the SLING - CARGO DOORS (98A52307529002) from the FWD or AFT
Cargo Door.

(1) Put the adjustable access platform in position at the applicable

cargo door.

(2) Remove the fastener of the sling from the eye-end of the lower
hoisting lug.

(3) Remove the hoisting lug from the lower hoist fitting.

(4) Install the plastic cap in the lower hoist fitting.

(5) Remove the ring of the sling from the crane.

Subtask 52-30-00-410-068

D. Close Access

(1) Remove the crane from the cargo door area.

(2) For the FWD cargo door close the access door 122CR.

(3) For the AFT cargo door close the access door 152NR.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 239
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-30-00

Page 240
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 TASK 52-30-00-410-804

Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors with a Crane

CAUTION : YOU MUST CLOSE THE DOOR BEFORE THE WIND SPEED IS MORE THAN 60 KNOTS
_______
TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE DOOR OR TO THE AIRCRAFT STRUCTURE.

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific crane with a min. capacity of 210.0 kg (463.0 lb.)

No specific adjustable access platform 3.8 m (12 ft. 6 in.)
98A52307529002 1 SLING - CARGO DOORS

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment

52-30-00-991-005 Fig. 205

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-010-067

A. Get Access

(1) Put the adjustable access platform in position at the FWD or AFT
cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door).

(2) Put a crane with a min. capacity of 210.0 kg (463.0 lb.) in position
at the applicable cargo door.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 241
Apr 01/99
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 205/TASK 52-30-00-991-005)

Subtask 52-30-00-480-063

A. Installation of the SLING - CARGO DOORS (98A52307529002) on the

applicable Cargo Door

(1) Attach the ring of the SLING - CARGO DOORS to the crane.

(2) Remove the plastic cap from the lower hoist fitting of the opened
cargo door.

(3) Install the hoisting lug with the eye-end outboard into the lower
hoist fitting.

(4) Attach the fastener of the sling to the eye-end of the hoisting lug.

(5) Attach the fastener of the other sling ends on the crane.

(6) Operate the crane until the sling on the cargo door is tight to take
the load off the support struts.

Subtask 52-30-00-869-067

B. Procedure to Close the FWD or AFT Cargo Door

(1) Make sure that the manually operated YZ-latches of the door sill
latches are in their lifted position.

(2) Remove the support struts from the opened cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-080-801).

(3) If the door actuator remains installed, continue as follows:

(a) For the FWD cargo door open the access door 122CR.

(b) For the AFT cargo door open the access door 152NR.

(c) Turn the door operation lever (on the door operation panel) to
the CLOSE position and hold it there during the auxiliary
operation.

NOTE : The door operation lever must go back automatically to the

____
STOP position when you release it. If not, put it manually
to the STOP position.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 242
Apr 01/99
R  
THY 
 (4) Operate the crane to move the cargo door slowly to the closed
position until the sling is not tight.

(5) Push the cargo door manually into the fully closed position until you
can latch the cargo door correctly.

(6) Push the latching handle to the LATCHED position.

(7) Press the pushbutton on the top of the latching handle and push it
fully into its recess.

(8) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle down to the
LOCKED position.

(9) Make sure that the indicator flags are aligned with the surface of
the access panels.

Subtask 52-30-00-080-059

C. Removal of the SLING - CARGO DOORS from the FWD or AFT Cargo Door

(1) Remove the fastener of the sling from the eye-end of the lower
hoisting lug.

(2) Remove the hoisting lug from the lower hoist fitting.

(3) Install the plastic cap in the lower hoist fitting.

(4) Remove the ring of the sling from the crane.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-30-00-410-065

A. Close Access

(1) Remove the crane from the cargo door area.

(2) Make sure that the subsequent access doors are closed.

(a) For the FWD cargo door close the access door 122CR.

(b) For the AFT cargo door close the access door 152NR.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 243
Apr 01/99
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-30-00-480-801

Installation of the Safety Support Equipment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 5.20 m (17 ft. 1 in.)

98A52307628000 1 LOCK - SAFETY, CARGO DOOR ACTUATORS
R 98F52308227002 2 SUPPORT STRUT - CARGO DOOR
R 98F52308279000 2 BAR - R/I ACTUATOR

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-991-006 Fig. 206
52-30-00-991-007 Fig. 207
52-30-00-991-010 Fig. 208

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-010-068

A. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD or AFT cargo compartment door ( referred to as cargo
door) as required (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801).

(2) Put the adjustable access platform in position at the FWD or AFT
cargo door.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 244
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-30-00-480-061

R A. Installation of the Safety Support Equipment

R NOTE : You must use the SUPPORT STRUT - CARGO DOOR (98F52308227002) or
____
R the BAR - R/I ACTUATOR (98F52308279000) if you remove the door
R actuator or the associated attachment fittings.

(1) Installation of the LOCK - SAFETY, CARGO DOOR ACTUATORS

(98A52307628000) on the Door Actuator
(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 52-30-00-991-006)

(a) Remove the knurled screws and open the safety lock.

(b) Put the safety lock on the piston of the door actuator and close
the safety lock.

(c) Install the knurled screws and tighten them.

R (2) Installation of the SUPPORT STRUT - CARGO DOOR (98F52308227002) or

R BAR - R/I ACTUATOR (98F52308279000)
(Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 52-30-00-991-007, 208/TASK 52-30-00-991-010)

(a) Put the lower end of the support struts at the fuselage frame and
install the pip-pin in the attachment hole.

(b) Loosen the jam nuts to adjust the length of the support struts.

R (c) Put the upper ends of the support struts on the support fitting
R at the lateral edge members of the cargo door.

(d) Turn the spindle until the holes in the upper ends and the holes
in the support fittings are aligned.

(e) Install the pip-pins in the support fittings to attach the upper
ends to the lateral edge members.

(f) Tighten the jam nuts to keep the length of the support struts
constant.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 245
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Safety Lock
Figure 206/TASK 52-30-00-991-006


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 246
Apr 01/99
R  
THY 
 Support Struts
Figure 207/TASK 52-30-00-991-007


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 247
Apr 01/99
R  
THY 
 Support Bars
Figure 208/TASK 52-30-00-991-010


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 248
Apr 01/99
R  
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-30-00-410-066

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 249
Apr 01/99
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-30-00-080-801

Removal of the Safety Support Equipment

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 5.20 m (17 ft. 1 in.)

98A52307628000 1 LOCK - SAFETY, CARGO DOOR ACTUATORS
R 98F52308227002 2 SUPPORT STRUT - CARGO DOOR
R 98F52308279000 2 BAR - R/I ACTUATOR

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-991-006 Fig. 206
52-30-00-991-007 Fig. 207
52-30-00-991-010 Fig. 208

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-010-069

A. Put the adjustable access platform in position at the FWD or AFT cargo
door


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 250
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-30-00-080-057

A. Removal of the Safety Support Equipment

(1) Removal of the LOCK - SAFETY, CARGO DOOR ACTUATORS (98A52307628000)

from the Door Actuator
(Ref. Fig. 206/TASK 52-30-00-991-006)

(a) If necessary, fully open the applicable cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-010-801) to make sure that the piston of the door actuator
does not jam the LOCK - SAFETY, CARGO DOOR ACTUATORS.

(b) Remove the knurled screws, open the safety lock and remove it
from the door actuator piston.

(c) Close the safety lock and install the knurled screws.

R (2) Removal of the SUPPORT STRUT - CARGO DOOR (98F52308227002) or the BAR
- R/I ACTUATOR (98F52308279000)
(Ref. Fig. 207/TASK 52-30-00-991-007, 208/TASK 52-30-00-991-010)

(a) Make sure that there is no load on the SUPPORT STRUT - CARGO DOOR
or BAR - R/I ACTUATOR.

(b) If necessary, open the applicable cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
010-801) to take the load from the SUPPORT STRUT - CARGO DOOR.

(c) Pull on the ring of the pip-pin and remove the upper support
strut ends from the lateral edge members.

(d) Pull on the ring of the pip-pin and remove the lower support
strut ends from the fuselage frames.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-30-00-410-067

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 251
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 TASK 52-30-00-870-801

Bleeding of the Door Hydraulic System with Cargo Compartment Door(s) open

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This procedure is recommended if the FWD and/or AFT cargo compartment

R door(s) remain open during any maintenance procedure on the Yellow hydraulic
R system.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 5.20 m (17 ft. 1 in.)

No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98F52308227002 1 SUPPORT STRUT - CARGO DOOR

B. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

4 cotter pin 52-36-02 04 -082

4 cotter pin 52-36-02 04A-082
4 cotter pin 52-36-04 04 -082
4 cotter pin 52-36-04 04A-082


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 252
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-912-802 Electrical Bonding of Components with Conductive

Screws and Bolts and Bonding Straps
29-00-00-863-803 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Ground Hydraulic Supply
29-00-00-864-803 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System (Pressurized
with the Hydraulic Ground Supply)
52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-991-011 Fig. 209

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-860-072

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the opened FWD or AFT cargo compartment door (referred
to as cargo door) is safetied with the SUPPORT STRUT - CARGO DOOR
(98F52308227002) (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).

(2) Make sure that the adjustable access platform is in position at the
applicable cargo door.

(3) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 253
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-30-00-870-050

R A. Bleeding Procedure
(Ref. Fig. 209/TASK 52-30-00-991-011)

R (1) Disconnect the applicable door actuator (10) from the cargo door
R structure as follows:

(a) Remove the screw (8), the washer (9) and the bonding strap (6)
from the eye-end (7).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (4) from the nut (5).

(c) Temporarily attach the door actuator (10) to the fuselage so that
it cannot fall down when you remove the bolt (1).

(d) Remove the nut (5), the washer (3) and the bolt (1) from the
actuator attachment fitting (2).

(e) Disconnect the eye-end (7) of the door actuator piston from the
actuator attachment fitting (2).

(2) Bleed the door hydraulic system as follows:

R

R (a) Make sure that the applicable door actuator is kept in a

R horizontal position and that the hydraulic hoses are not stressed
R during the bleeding procedure.

R (b) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-803).

R (c) Move the door operation lever to the CLOSE position until the
door actuator is fully retracted (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

R (d) Move the door operation lever to the OPEN position until the door
actuator is fully extended (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801).

NOTE : Make sure that the travel range of the door actuator is
____
free during this bleeding procedure.

R (e) Move the door operation lever to the CLOSE position until the
door actuator is fully retracted (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 254
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R Disconnection of the Door Actuator
Figure 209/TASK 52-30-00-991-011


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 255
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
R (f) Extend and retract the door actuator ten times.
R

R (g) Make sure that the door actuator is in its fully extended
R position when the bleeding procedure is finished.

R (h) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803).

R (3) Attach the door actuator (10) to the FWD cargo door as follows:

(a) Make sure that the bores of the eye-end (7) and the actuator
attachment fitting (2) are aligned.

(b) Put the eye-end (7) in position at the actuator attachment

fitting (2) and install the bolt (1), the washer (3) and the nut
(5).

(c) TORQUE the nut (5) to between 1.95 and 2.0 m.daN (14.38 and 14.74
R lbf.ft) and safety it with the new cotter pin (4).

R (4) Attach the door actuator (10) to the AFT cargo door as follows:

R (a) Make sure that the bores of the eye-end (7) and the actuator
R attachment fitting (2) are aligned.

R (b) Put the eye-end (7) in position at the actuator attachment

R fitting (2) and install the bolt (1), the washer (3) and the nut
R (5).

R (c) TORQUE the nut (5) to between 1.95 and 2.0 m.daN (14.38 and 14.74
R lbf.ft) and safety it with the new cotter pin (4).

R (5) Attach the bonding strap (6) with the screw (8) and the washer (9) to
R the eye-end (7) of the applicable door actuator (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-802).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 256
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-30-00-860-073

A. Close Access

(1) Remove the SUPPORT STRUT - CARGO DOOR (98F52308227002) from the
applicable cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-801).

(2) Close (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801) and open (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-
801) the applicable cargo door to make sure that it operates
correctly.

(3) Close and lock the applicable cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-
801).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 257
Apr 01/99
 
THY 
 CARGO - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_________________________________

TASK 52-30-00-040-801

Deactivation of the Inoperative Cargo Door Actuator (2502MJ, 2504MJ)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-30-02

Cargo
Cargo Door Actuator

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking plugs

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific pressure plugs
FOR FIN 2502MJ
No specific access platform 4.50 m (14 ft. 9 in.)
FOR FIN 2504MJ
No specific access platform 4.50 m (14 ft. 9 in.)
No specific access platform 5.20 m (17 ft. 1 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-12-29-611-805 Fill the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir with a Hydraulic

Service Cart
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
29-00-00-863-803 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Ground Hydraulic Supply
29-00-00-864-803 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System (Pressurized
with the Hydraulic Ground Supply)
29-14-00-614-803 Depressurization of the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir
R with Ground Equipment
29-14-00-614-804 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with
external bench


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 401
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

31-60-00-860-801 EIS Start Procedure

52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-804 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with a Crane
52-36-18-000-801 Removal of the Door Actuators (2502MJ, 2504MJ)
FOR FIN 2502MJ
52-30-00-010-804 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with a Crane
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
FOR FIN 2504MJ
52-30-00-010-804 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with a Crane
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-010-070

A. Get Access

(1) FOR 2502MJ

(a) Make sure that the FWD cargo compartment door (referred to as
cargo door) is fully opened (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-804) and
safetied with the support struts (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).

(b) Put the access platform in position below the circuit breaker
panel 5002VE.

(c) Open the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(2) FOR 2504MJ

(a) Make sure that the AFT cargo compartment door (referred to as
cargo door) is fully opened (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-804) and
safetied with the support struts (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).

(b) Put the access platform in position below the circuit breaker
panel 5002VE.

(c) Open the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 402
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
R (d) Put the higher access platform in position below the AFT door
actuator.

Subtask 52-30-00-860-058

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803).

(2) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-803).

(3) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)

(4) FOR 2502MJ

- Set the light switch 6LU on the FWD service panel 5022VE to ON.

(5) FOR 2504MJ

- Set the light switch 30LU on the AFT service panel 5024VE to ON.

Subtask 52-30-00-941-050

C. Put the warning notices in the subsequent positions to tell persons not
to pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system:
- in the cockpit on the hydraulic section of the overhead panel 245VU
- on the access door 196BB that covers the ground service panel of the
Yellow hydraulic system

Subtask 52-30-00-010-071

D. Get Access to the Avionics Compartment

(1) Open the avionics compartment door 132AZ.

(2) Set the light switch 5LS at the avionics rack 802VU to ON.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 403
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-30-00-865-062

E. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
722VU HYD PUMP Y SVCE 10JJ N46
722VU HYD PUMP Y CTL 9JJ R36
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

4. Procedure
_________

WARNING : OBEY THE HYDRAULIC SAFETY PROCEDURES.

_______
WORK ON THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS CAN BE DANGEROUS.

Subtask 52-30-00-040-050

A. Deactivation of the Door Actuator 2502MJ or 2504MJ

(1) Remove the flexible hoses from the ports of the defective door
actuator(s).

(2) Install the blanking plugs on the open ends of the door actuator
ports.

(3) Install the pressure plugs on the open ends of the flexible hoses.

(4) If necessary, remove the damaged or inoperative door actuator from

the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-36-18-000-801).

Subtask 52-30-00-865-063

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
722VU HYD PUMP Y SVCE 10JJ N46
722VU HYD PUMP Y CTL 9JJ R36
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 404
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-30-00-860-059

C. Preparation for the Test

(1) Do the EIS start procedure (EWD DU, SD DU only)

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-801).

(2) Remove the warning notices from the access panel 196BB and from the
cockpit overhead panel 285VU.

(3) Pressurize the reservoirs of the hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).

(4) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-803).

Subtask 52-30-00-790-050

D. Leak Check

(1) Turn the selector of the door operation panel to the OPEN position
and hold it for three seconds to bleed the extension line.

(2) Turn the selector of the door operation panel to the CLOSE position
and hold it for three seconds to bleed the retraction line.

(3) Examine the pressure plugs on the ends of the flexible hoses to make
sure that there are no leaks.

(4) Examine the Yellow reservoir level on the HYD page of the lower
display unit of the ECAM system.

(5) If necessary, fill the Yellow reservoir to its normal fill level
R (Ref. TASK 12-12-29-611-805).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-30-00-860-060

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

(1) Set the light switch 5LS at the avionics rack 802VU to OFF.

(2) FOR 2502MJ

- Set the light switch 6LU on the FWD service panel 5022VE to OFF.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 405
Jul 01/94
 
THY 
 (3) FOR 2504MJ
- Set the light switch 30LU on the AFT service panel 5024VE to OFF.

Subtask 52-30-00-410-070

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Close the avionics compartment door 132AZ.

(3) Close the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(4) Remove the safety support equipment (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-801).

(5) Remove the access platform(s).

(6) Close the cargo door with the crane (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-804).

Subtask 52-30-00-860-071

C. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

(1) Install a temporary placard in the cockpit to warn the flight crew
that the door actuator is isolated.

R (2) Make an entry in the logbook to record the deactivation.

R

(3) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801)


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 406
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 TASK 52-30-00-440-801

Reactivation of the Cargo Door Actuator (2502MJ, 2504MJ)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-30-02

R Cargo
Cargo Door Actuator

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific container
FOR FIN 2502MJ
No specific access platform 4.50 m (14 ft. 9 in.)
FOR FIN 2504MJ
No specific access platform 5.20 m (17 ft. 1 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-010-804 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with a Crane
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-36-18-400-801 Installation of the Door Actuators (2502MJ, 2504MJ)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-860-061

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Open the FWD or AFT cargo compartment door with the crane (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-010-804) and safety it with the support struts (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-480-801).

(2) FOR 2502MJ

- put the access platform below the flexible hoses.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 407
Oct 01/96
 
THY 
 (3) FOR 2504MJ
- put the access platform in position below the flexible hoses.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-30-00-440-050

A. Reactivation of the Cargo Door Actuator (2502MJ, 2504MJ)

(1) Put a container under the flexible hoses to collect the unwanted
hydraulic fluid.

(2) Remove the pressure plugs from the flexible hoses.

(3) Install a serviceable door actuator (Ref. TASK 52-36-18-400-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-30-00-860-070

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

(1) Remove the temporary installed placard from the cockpit.

R (2) Make an entry in the logbook to record the reactivation.

R


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 408
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 TASK 52-30-00-040-802

Deactivation of the Inoperative Latching Unit/Latch Fitting Components

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-30-04

R Cargo
R Cargo Door Latching Hooks,
R spools and Bolts

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 3.20 m (10 ft. 6 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-31-21-000-804 Removal of the Latching Shaft Assembly
52-31-32-000-801 Removal of the Latch Fitting Components
52-32-32-000-801 Removal of the Latch Fitting Components

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-860-062

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment door (referred to as
cargo door) is correctly closed and locked (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-
801).

(2) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the closed cargo
door.

(3) Pull the locking handle up in the UNLOCKED position.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 409
Oct 01/96
 
THY 
 (4) Remove the access panels 821AR and 821BR or 822AR and 822BR from the
cargo door.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-30-00-280-050

A. Inspection Procedure

(1) Examine each latching unit to make sure that the latching hook
engages correctly with the related eccentric bush (spool).

(2) Pull the latching handle to the UNLOCKED position and examine each
latching unit to make sure that it operates correctly.

NOTE : The applicable cargo door starts to open because of the force
____
of gravity.

Subtask 52-30-00-040-051

B. Deactivation Procedure

(1) If you can not latch the FWD Cargo Door remove as necessary:
- the damaged or inoperative latching unit (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-
804).
- the damaged or inoperative components of the latch fitting
(Ref. TASK 52-31-32-000-801).

(2) If you can not latch the AFT Cargo Door remove as necessary:
- the damaged or inoperative latching unit.
- the damaged or inoperative components of the latch fitting
(Ref. TASK 52-32-32-000-801).

Subtask 52-30-00-210-050

C. General Visual Inspection of the Remaining Latching Units/Latch Fittings

(1) Examine the remaining latching units of the FWD or AFT cargo door as
follows:

(a) Make sure that the latching hooks are without damage.

(b) Make sure that the pivot bolts are in position and you can not
turn them by hand.

(c) Make sure that the bellcrank bolts are in position and without
damage.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 410
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 (2) Examine the remaining latch fitting components of the FWD or AFT
cargo door as follows:

(a) Make sure that the ecceentric bushes are without damage.

(b) Make sure that the eccentric bolts are in position and that the
related nuts are correctly safetied with a cotter pin.

(c) Make sure that the latch fittings of the fuselage are without
damage.

Subtask 52-30-00-710-051

D. Operational Test of the Partly Deactivated Door Mechanism

R (1) Close and latch the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(2) Examine that each latching hook engages correctly with the eccentric
bush of the latch fitting.

(3) Make sure that the locking handle is in the UNLOCKED position.

(4) Install the access panels 821AR and 821BR or 822AR and 822BR.

R (5) Move the locking handle down in the LOCKED position.

R (6) Make sure that the indicator flags are in line with the contour of
R the access panels.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-30-00-860-063

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Make sure that the applicable cargo door is correctly closed and
locked (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(4) Install a temporary placard in the cockpit to warn the flight crew
that one of the latching units/latch fitting components is isolated.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 411
Jul 01/94
 
THY 
R (5) Make an entry in the logbook to record the deactivation.
R


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 412
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 TASK 52-30-00-440-802

Reactivation of the Latching Unit/Latch Fitting Components

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-30-04

R Cargo
R Cargo Door Latching Hooks,
R spools and Bolts

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-21-400-804 Installation of the Latching Shaft Assembly
52-31-32-400-801 Installation of the Latch Fitting Components
52-32-21-400-804 Installation of the Latching Shaft Assembly
52-32-32-400-801 Installation of the Latch Fitting Components

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-860-068

A. Open the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801)

and install the actuator safety lock on the cargo door actuator
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-30-00-440-052

A. Reactivation of the Latching Unit/Latch Fitting Components

(1) At the FWD cargo-compartment door:

(a) If removed, install the latching unit (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-400-

804).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 413
Oct 01/96
 
THY 
 (b) If removed, install the latch fitting components (Ref. TASK 52-
31-32-400-801).

(2) At the AFT cargo-compartment door:

(a) If removed, install the latching unit (Ref. TASK 52-32-21-400-

804).

(b) If removed, install the latch fitting components (Ref. TASK 52-
32-32-400-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-30-00-860-069

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

(1) Remove the temporary installed placard from the cockpit .

R (2) Make an entry in the logbook to record the reactivation.

R


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 414
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 TASK 52-30-00-040-803

Deactivation of the Inoperative Door Hinge Connection

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-30-05

R Cargo
Cargo Door Hinge Arm or Hinge Bolt

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 5.20 m (17 ft. 1 in.)

98A52208001001 1 R/I TOOLS - CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-991-009 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-860-064

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment door (referred to as
cargo door) is correctly closed and locked (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-
801).

(2) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the closed cargo
door.

(3) Remove as necessary the upper access panels 132AR, 132BR, 132CR,
132DR, 132ER, 132FR, 132GR, 132HR, 132JR, 132KR, 132LR from the
fuselage above the FWD cargo door.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 415
Oct 01/96
 
THY 
 (4) Remove as necessary the upper access panels 152AR, 152BR, 152CR,
152DR, 152ER, 152FR, 152GR, 152HR, 152JR, 152KR, 152LR from the
fuselage above the AFT cargo door.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-30-00-040-052

A. Deactivation of the Inoperative Hinge Bolt

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-30-00-991-009)

(1) Remove and discard the cotter pin from the nut.

(2) Remove the nut and the washer from the hinge bolt.

(3) Remove the grease nipple from the hinge bolt.

R (4) Put the extraction shaft of the R/I TOOLS - CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS
R (98A52208001001)in the nipple hole of the hinge bolt.

R (5) Assemble the extraction tool of the R/I TOOLS - CARGO COMPARTMENT
R DOORS and remove the hinge bolt from the hinge fitting.

Subtask 52-30-00-210-052

B. General Visual Inspection

(1) Make sure that the other hinge bolts are correctly installed.

(2) Make sure that you can not turn the other hinge bolts with your hand.

(3) Make sure that the other hinge arms and the hinge fittings are
without damage.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-30-00-860-065

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Install the removed access panel on the fuselage above the cargo
door.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 416
Jul 01/94
 
THY 
 Door Hinge Connection
Figure 401/TASK 52-30-00-991-009


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 417
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 (3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Make sure that the applicable cargo door is correctly closed and
locked (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

R (5) Make an entry in the logbook to record the deactivation.

R


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 418
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 TASK 52-30-00-440-803

Reactivation of the Door Hinge Connection

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MMEL TASK: 52-30-05

Cargo
Cargo Door Hinge Arm or Hinge Bolt

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 5.20 m (17 ft. 1 in.)

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
98A52208001001 1 R/I TOOLS - CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-31-00-710-801 Operational Test of the FWD Cargo Compartment Door
52-32-00-710-801 Operational Test of the AFT Cargo Compartment Door


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 419
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-860-066

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the FWD or AFT cargo-compartment door (referred to as
cargo door) is correctly closed and locked (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-
801).

(2) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the closed cargo
door.

(3) Remove as necessary the upper access panels 132AR, 132BR, 132CR,
132DR, 132ER, 132FR, 132GR, 132HR, 132JR, 132KR, 132LR from the
fuselage above the FWD cargo door.

(4) Remove as necessary the upper access panels 152AR, 152BR, 152CR,
152DR, 152ER, 152FR, 152GR, 152HR, 152JR, 152KR, 152LR from the
fuselage above the AFT cargo door.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-30-00-910-050

A. Preparation for the Installation of the Hinge Bolt

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Make sure that the bushes in the hinge fitting are in the correct
condition.

(4) Make sure that the hinge fitting is clean and in the correct
condition.

(5) Make sure that the lubrication channels of the hinge bolt and the
grease nipples are free.

(6) Install the grease nipple in the hinge bolts.

(7) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the shaft of the hinge
bolt and to the bushes of the hinge fitting.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 420
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-30-00-440-051

B. Reactivation of the Hinge Bolt

(1) Install the new hinge bolt at the hinge fitting as follows:

R (a) Assemble the protective cover of the R/I TOOLS - CARGO

R COMPARTMENT DOORS (98A52208001001) on the hinge bolt to protect
its threads during the installation.

(b) Install the hinge bolt in hinge fitting and make sure that it is
in the correct position.

(2) If it is difficult to install a hinge bolt , use the insertion tool

R of the R/I TOOLS - CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS (98A52208001001).

(a) Put the insertion shaft in the protective cover.

(b) Assemble the insertion tool and install the hinge bolt in the
hinge fitting.

(c) Remove the insertion shaft from the protective cover.

(3) Remove the protective cover from the hinge bolt.

(4) Install the washer and the nut on the hinge bolt.

(5) TORQUE the nut to to 0.49 m.daN (43.36 lbf.in) and safety it with new
cotter pin.

Subtask 52-30-00-710-053

C. Do an operational test (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-710-801) or (Ref. TASK 52-32-

00-710-801) to make sure that the applicable cargo door operates
satisfactorily.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-30-00-860-067

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Install the removed access panels on the fuselage above the cargo
door.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 421
Jul 01/94
 
THY 
 (3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Make sure that the applicable cargo door is correctly closed and
locked (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(5) Remove the temporary installed placard from the cockpit.

R (6) Make an entry in the logbook to record the reactivation.

R


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 422
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 TASK 52-30-00-040-804

Visual Check of the Locked Cargo Doors with Inoperative Indication Flags

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-10

R Cargo Doors Indicating Flags

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice

No specific adjustable access platform 3.80 m (12 ft. 6 in.)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-860-080

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Put the adjustable access platform in position at the FWD or AFT
cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door).

(2) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle to the UNLOCKED
position.

(3) Visually examine which indicator flag does not operate.

(4) Remove the access panels 821AR and 821BR or 822AR and 822BR as
required.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-30-00-210-053

A. Visual Check Procedure

(1) Move the locking handle down to the LOCKED position.

(2) Make sure that all latching hooks engage with the related latch
fitting in the door sill area of the fuselage.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 423
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
R (3) Make sure that all safety cams of the locking shaft engage with the
R recess of the related latching hooks.

R (4) Do a check of the removed access panels to identify the inoperative

R indicator flag.

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 52-30-00-860-081

R A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

R (1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
R items.

R (2) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle to the UNLOCKED
R position.

R (3) Install the access panels 821AR and 821BR or 822AR and 822BR.

R (4) Push the locking handle to the LOCKED position to make sure that the
R applicable cargo door is correctly closed and locked.

R (5) Remove the access platform(s).

R (6) Install a temporary warning notice in the cockpit to warn the flight
R crew that one or more of the indicator flags are inoperative.

R (7) Make an entry in the logbook to record the inoperative indicator

R flag.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 424
Apr 01/00
 
THY 
 TASK 52-30-00-440-804

Reactivation of the Inoperative Indication Flags

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Refer to the CDL TASK: 52-10

R Cargo Doors Indicating Flags

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 3.80 m (12 ft. 6 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-30-00-010-076

A. Put the adjustable access platform in position at the FWD or AFT

cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-30-00-440-053

A. Reactivation of the Inoperative Indication Flags

(1) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle of the applicable
cargo door to the UNLOCKED position.

(2) Visually examine which indicator flag does not operate.

(3) Replace the access panels 821AR, 821BR, 822AR or 822BR as required.


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 425
Jul 01/02
 
THY 
R (4) Push the locking handle of the applicable cargo door down to the
R LOCKED position.

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 52-30-00-410-075

R A. Close Access

R (1) Make sure that the applicable cargo door is correctly closed and
R locked (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

R (2) Remove the warning note from the cockpit.

R (3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-30-00

Page 426
Apr 01/00
 
THY 
 FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________

1. _______
General
R The FWD cargo-compartment door Z821 (referred to as cargo door) is installed
R on the right side of the lower fuselage between FR20 and FR26. The cargo
R door opens hydraulically to the outer side and gives you access to the FWD
R cargo compartment.
R The cargo door has a manually operated locking and latching mechanism to
R keep it in the closed and locked position.
R

2. __________________
Component Location
R

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 001)

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

R The main components of the cargo door are:

R - door structure,
R - door lining/insulation,
R - door seal,
R - door fittings,
R - door mechanism.

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 001A, 002)

R The main components of the cargo door are the :
R - door structure,
R - door lining/insulation,
R - door seal,
R - door fittings,
R - door mechanism,
R - proximity switches.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 1
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
R General View - Inside - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
R Figure 001


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 2
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
R General View - Inside
R Figure 001A


EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 3
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 General View - Outside
R Figure 002


EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 4
Jan 01/99
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 003)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and subsequent.
____

The main components of the cargo door are the:

- door structure,
- door lining/insulation,
- door seal,
- door fittings,
- door mechanism,
- proximity switches.

**ON A/C ALL

3. ___________
Description
R The cargo door is 2739 mm (107.8347 in.) in width and 2385 mm (93.8976 in.)
R in height.
R Ten hinge arms connect the cargo door to the fuselage. Hinge bolts attach
R them to hinge brackets which are installed in the door frame. The hinge arms
R transmit the load (when the aircraft is pressurized) from the cargo door to
R the fuselage.
R The cargo door is locked and unlocked manually. A hydraulic actuator unit
R (Ref. 52-36-00) opens and closes the door. It is controlled from a panel on
R the outside of the aircraft. The panel is installed in the lower part of the
R fuselage near the opening of the cargo door.
R It is possible to open the cargo door at wind speeds of up to 40 knots. You
R can leave the cargo door open (or close it) at wind speeds of up to 60
R knots.
R If there is no electrical power available you can use a hand pump (Ref.
R 52-36-00) to operate the cargo door. The hand pump is installed on the
R Yellow hydraulic panel in the belly fairing.
R The cargo door has proximity switches which identify if it is fully closed
R and locked. The proximity switches are part of the Doors and Escape Slides
R Control System (DSCS) (Ref. 52-71-00). This monitors the position of the
R cargo door and gives indications in the cockpit.
R The cargo door has mechanical indicators which you can see from outside the
R aircraft. They show you when the cargo door is not fully locked.

4. _____________________
Component Description

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 5
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 General View - Inside - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 003

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 6
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

A. Door Structure
(Ref. Fig. 004, 005, 006)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

The primary structure of the cargo door has:

- an outer skin (formed from sheet),
- an inner skin (formed from sheet),
- side edge members (formed from sheet),
- upper corner pieces (formed from sheet),
- lower corner pieces (milled from plate),
- horizontal beams (formed from sheet),
- vertical frames (milled from plate).

**ON A/C 151-199,

A. Door Structure
(Ref. Fig. 004, 005A, 006)
The primary structure of the cargo door includes the subsequent
components:
- an outer skin (formed from sheet),
- an inner skin (formed from sheet),
- side edge members (formed from sheet),
- upper corner pieces (cast aluminum),
- lower corner pieces (formed from sheets),
- horizontal beams (formed from sheet ,
- vertical frames (milled from plate).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

B. Door Structure

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(Ref. Fig. 007)

The primary structure of the cargo door includes the subsequent
components:
- an outer skin (formed from sheet)
- an inner skin (formed from sheet)
- side edge members (formed from sheet)
- upper corner pieces (cast aluminum)


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 7
Jan 01/05
R  
THY 
R Door Structure
R Figure 004

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 8
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Drain Valves - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 005

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 9
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Drain Valves
Figure 005A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 10
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Outside View of partly opened Cargo Door
Figure 006


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 11
Jan 01/05
R  
THY 
R Drain Valves - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 007


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 12
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 - lower corner pieces (formed from sheets)
- horizontal beams (formed from sheet
- vertical frames (milled from plate).
These formed and milled components are made from aluminum alloy. Rivets
attach them together to make a torsion-resistant door. Bolts and rivets
attach the fittings and the components of the electrical and mechanical
systems to the door structure.
The cargo door has a pressure-tight structure. In the lower part of the
cargo door the pressure area changes from the outer skin to the inner
skin. This gives you access to the door mechanism from the outside.
The outer skin is chemically etched. There is a recess in the lower right
side of the outer skin. This is for the installation of the locking
handle and the latching handle.
A red warning light 103MJ (Ref. 52-71-00) is installed in the recess
behind the locking handle. It warns you if there is a residual pressure
in the cargo compartment.

**ON A/C 151-199,

These formed and milled components are made from aluminum alloy. Rivets
holds them together to make a torsion-resistant door. Bolts and rivets
attach the fittings and the components of the electrical and mechanical
systems to the door structure.
The cargo door has a pressure-tight structure. In the lower part of the
cargo door the pressure area changes from the outer skin to the inner
skin. This gives you access to the door mechanism from the outside. An
access panel covers this opening of the cargo door.
There is a recess in the lower right side of the outer skin. This is for
the installation of the locking handle and the latching handle.
A red warning light 103MJ (Ref. 52-71-00) is installed in the recess
behind the locking handle. It warns you if a residual pressure is in the
cargo compartment.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

These formed and milled components are made from aluminum alloy. Rivets
holds them together to make a torsion-resistant door. Bolts and rivets
attach the fittings and the components of the electrical and mechanical
systems to the door structure.
The cargo door has a pressure-tight structure. In the lower part of the
cargo door the pressure area changes from the outer skin to the inner


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 13
Jan 01/05
R  
THY 
 skin. This gives you access to the door mechanism from the outside. An
access panel covers this opening of the cargo door.
There is a recess in the lower right side of the outer skin. This is for
the installation of the locking handle and the latching handle.
A red warning light 103MJ (Ref. 52-71-00) is installed in the recess
behind the locking handle. It warns you if there is residual pressure is
in the cargo compartment.

**ON A/C ALL

There are four access panels in the lower part of the outer skin. Two of
the panels give you access to the handle area. The other two panels give
you access to the door mechanism. Fittings for the attachment of the
access panels are installed on the lower door structure.
The cargo door has a two-piece inner skin which is joined at FR22A. The
inner skin has cutouts which give you access to the components. The
cutouts also decrease the weight of the door.
The vertical frames are milled to match the contour of the fuselage. The
upper part of the frames are extended to form the hinge arms. The lower
part of the frames are machined into fork ends for the installation of
the door mechanism. The upper part of FR22A is machined to form the
actuator attachment fitting.
Three hoisting point provisions are installed in the door structure. A
blanking plug covers each hoisting point. You can remove the blanking
plugs and install a hoisting lug and sling to lift the door with a crane.
Self-adhesive disks are put on the hoisting points to make a smooth
surface with the outer skin.
Piston-type drain valves are installed on beam 4 of the pressure-tight
structure to drain condensed water outboard . The drain valves open when
the aircraft is on ground and the differential pressure keeps them closed
during flight.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

C. Door Lining/Insulation
(Ref. Fig. 001)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

There is a lining on the inner side of the door which gives insulation
against heat and sound. The lining is installed in two pieces. Quick
release pins and VELCRO tape attach them to the inner door structure. The
material and color of the lining is the same as that which is in the FWD
cargo compartment.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 14
Jan 01/05
R  
THY 
 D. Door Seal
(Ref. Fig. 008)
The door has a round hose-type seal which is made of silicone rubber.
Retainers and screws attach it to the inner door structure. The door seal
has holes which make sure the pressure in the seal is the same as that in
the cargo compartment. When the cargo door is closed the seal is
compressed against a sealing section on the fuselage frame. This makes
the cargo compartment pressure-tight and prevents the penetration of
water.

**ON A/C 151-199,

C. Door Lining and Insulation

(Ref. Fig. 001A)
To protect the cargo door against fire ,a door lining is installed on the
inner door skin with quick-release fasteners and VELCRO-tape. The door
R lining is in two sections and made of prepreg layers. This material and
R the color of the linings are the same as the lining of the cargo
compartment.
To protect the cargo compartment against heat and sound, a self-adhesive
insulation mat is attached on each lining. The mat is made of
polyethylene foam.
(Ref. Fig. 008A)
The cargo door has a round hose-type seal which is made of silicone
rubber. It is installed in a retainer made of aluminum alloy. Rivets
attach the retainer to the inner door structure. The door seal has holes
which keeps the pressure in the seal the same as that in the cargo
compartment. When the cargo door is closed the seal is compressed against
a sealing section on the fuselage frame. This makes the cargo compartment
pressure-tight and prevents the penetration of water.

D. Not Applicable

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

E. Door Lining and Insulation

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(Ref. Fig. 003)


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 15
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Door Seal - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
R Figure 008

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 16
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 Door Seal
R Figure 008A


EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 17
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 To protect the cargo door against fire, a door lining is installed on the
inner door skin with quick-release fasteners and VELCRO-tape. The door
R lining is in two sections and made of prepreg layers. This material and
R the color of the linings are the same as the lining of the cargo
compartment.
To protect the cargo compartment against heat and sound, a self-adhesive
insulation mat is attached on each lining. The mat is made of
polyethylene foam.
(Ref. Fig. 009)
The cargo door has a round hose-type seal which is made of silicone
rubber. It is installed in a retainer made of aluminum alloy. Rivets
attach the retainer to the inner door structure. The door seal has holes
which keep the pressure in the seal the same as that in the cargo
compartment. When the cargo door is closed the seal is compressed against
a sealing section on the fuselage frame. This makes the cargo compartment
pressure-tight and prevents the penetration of water.

F. Door Fittings

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

The main door fittings are:

- an actuator attachment fitting,
- stop bolts,
- support strut fittings,

(1) Actuator Attachment Fitting

(Ref. Fig. 004)
The actuator attachment fitting is part of the upper end of FR22A. It
is located between beam 1 and beam 2 on the inner side of the cargo
door. Bolts attach the actuator unit to this fitting and to the
related fitting on the door frame of the fuselage.

(2) Stop Bolts

(Ref. Fig. 008)
The stop bolts are installed to the door on beam 5. When the door is
closed they touch a related fitting on the door frame of the
fuselage. You can adjust the stop bolts to keep the cargo door in
line with the fuselage contour.

(3) Support Strut Fitting

(Ref. Fig. 010)
The cargo door has two support strut fittings.They are installed on
the door structure at either end of beam 2. You can install support
struts in the support struts fitting and the related fittings on the
door frame. This will hold the cargo door open during maintenance
procedures.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 18
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Door Seal - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 009


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 19
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 Support Strut Fitting
R Figure 010

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 20
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 151-199,

R F. Door Fittings
The main door fittings are:
- an actuator attachment fitting,
- stop bolts,
- support strut fittings,

(1) Actuator Attachment Fitting

R (Ref. Fig. 004)
The actuator attachment fitting is part of the upper end of FR22A. It
is between beam 1 and beam 2 on the inner side of the cargo door.
Bolts attach the actuator unit to this fitting and to the related
fitting on the door frame of the fuselage.

(2) Stop Bolts

R (Ref. Fig. 008A)
The stop bolts are installed to the door on beam 5. When the door is
closed they touch a related fitting on the door frame of the
fuselage. You can adjust the stop bolts to keep the cargo door in
line with the fuselage contour.

(3) Support Strut Fitting

(Ref. Fig. 001A)
The two support strut fittings are part of the horizontal beam 2 and
are used for the attachment of the special support struts. These
struts, installed between the support struts fitting and the opposite
fuselage fittings hold the cargo door in the open position during
maintenance procedures.

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R G. Door Fittings

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
R subsequent.

R The main door fittings are:

R - an actuator attachment fitting
R - stop bolts
R - support strut fittings.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 21
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R (1) Actuator Attachment Fitting
R The actuator attachment fitting is part of the upper end of FR22A. It
R is between beam 1 and beam 2 on the inner side of the cargo door.
R Bolts attach the actuator unit to this fitting and to the related
R fitting on the door frame of the fuselage.

R (2) Stop Bolts

R (Ref. Fig. 009)
R The stop bolts are installed on the door on beam 5. When the door is
R closed they touch a related fitting on the door frame of the
R fuselage. You can adjust the stop bolts to keep the cargo door in
R line with the fuselage contour.

R (3) Support Strut Fitting

R (Ref. Fig. 003)
R The two support strut fittings are part of the horizontal beam 2 and
R are used for the attachment of the special support struts. These
R struts, installed between the support struts fitting and the opposite
R fuselage fittings, hold the cargo door in the open position during
R maintenance procedures.

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R H. Proximity Switches
R (Ref. Fig. 011)
The proximity switches of the cargo door include the target and the
sensor which has a separated electronic system.

The proximity switch 8MJ monitors the position of the locking handle. The
sensor is installed on a bracket in the recess of the latching handle
behind the locking handle. The target is installed on the lower left edge
of the locking handle.
The proximity switch 6MJ monitors the position of the cargo door. The
sensor is installed on a bracket in the door sill area of the fuselage
near FR25A. The target is attached on the target lever of the switch
mechanism.

These two proximity switches send information to the door and

escape-slide control-system when the cargo door is opened or closed and
locked (Ref. 52-71-00).

The proximity switch 38MJ operates the door control system which energize
the door hydraulic system. The sensor is attached to a bracket on the
horizontal beam 4 near FR25. The target is installed on the support lever
which is part of rear latching shaft.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 22
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 Proximity Switches
R Figure 011


EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 23
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

R J. Door Mechanism

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 012)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 012A)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 013)

**ON A/C ALL

The components of the door mechanism are:

- a locking handle and linkage assembly,
- a latching handle assembly,
- a latching mechanism,
- a locking mechanism,
- an interlock mechanism,
- a switch mechanism.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(1) Locking Handle and Linkage Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 014)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

The locking handle is installed in the lower right side of the cargo
door between FR20B and FR21. A flap which is spring-loaded is
installed in the handle. When you push the flap inboard you can pull
the handle to the horizontal (fully open) position.
A proximity switch is installed at the handle. A target is attached
to the bottom left side of the handle. When the handle is operated
the related target moves to or away from a proximity sensor. The
proximity sensor is installed on beam 3A of the door structure.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 24
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Door Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
R Figure 012

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 25
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 Door Mechanism
R Figure 012A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 26
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 Door Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 013


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 27
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Locking Handle and Linkage Assembly - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
R Figure 014

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 28
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Two gas spring units keep the handle in both positions (fully open
and fully closed). The spring units are installed between a crank
lever (on the locking handle shaft) and a fitting on the door
structure.
The linkage assembly transmits the movement of the handle to the
components of the locking mechanism. A double lever assembly connects
the locking handle to the linkage assembly. Two pushrods connect the
double lever assembly through a swivel shaft to a shaft lever on the
locking shaft.

**ON A/C 151-199,

(1) Locking Handle and Linkage Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 014A)
The locking handle is installed in the lower right side of the cargo
door between FR20B and FR21. A handle flap which is spring-loaded is
installed in the locking handle. When you push the handle flap
inboard you can pull the locking handle to the horizontal (UNLOCKED)
position.
Two gas spring units keep the locking handle in the UNLOCKED or
LOCKED position. They are installed between the double lever assembly
and a fitting on the door structure.
The linkage assembly includes the double lever assembly, the
connection rods and the bellcrank shaft. The connection rods connect
the double lever assembly via the bellcrank shaft to the locking
shaft.
The movement of the locking handle causes the double lever assembly
to turn via the locking handle shaft. The connection rods transmit
this movement to the locking shaft.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(2) Locking Handle and Linkage Assembly

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

R (Ref. Fig. 015)

The locking handle is installed in the lower right side of the cargo
door between FR20B and FR21. A handle flap which is spring-loaded is
installed in the locking handle. When you push the handle flap
inboard you can pull the locking handle to the horizontal (UNLOCKED)
position.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 29
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Locking Handle and Linkage Assembly
R Figure 014A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 30
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Locking Handle and Linkage Assy - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 015

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 31
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Two gas spring units keep the locking handle in the UNLOCKED or
LOCKED position. They are installed between the double lever assembly
and a fitting on the door structure.
The linkage assembly includes the double lever assembly, the
connection rods and the bellcrank shaft. The connection rods connect
the double lever assembly via the bellcrank shaft to the locking
shaft.
The movement of the locking handle causes the double lever assembly
to turn via the locking handle shaft. The connection rods transmit
this movement to the locking shaft.

(3) Latching Handle Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 016)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

The latching handle assembly is installed in the lower right side of

the cargo door behind the locking handle. A pivot pin attaches a
latching handle to the door structure.

NOTE : You only have access to the latching handle when the locking
____
handle is in the fully open position.

There is a catch which safeties the handle when it is in the fully

closed position. The catch engages on a pin installed in the door
structure. You press a pushbutton on the handle to release the catch.
The lower part of the handle is machined into a fork end for the
installation of a spring unit. The spring unit keeps the handle in
both positions (fully open and fully closed). It is installed between
the latching handle and the door structure.
A connecting rod transmits the movement of the handle to the latching
mechanism. A shaft lever attaches one end of the connecting rod to
the latching shaft. The other end is attached to the bellcrank of the
latching handle.

**ON A/C 151-199,

(3) Latching Handle Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 016A)
The latching handle assembly is installed in the lower right side of
R the cargo door. It includes the latching handle, the catch, the
R connection rod and the gas spring. If you get access to the latching
handle move the locking handle to its UNLOCKED position.
A catch pin safeties the latching handle into the line of the door
contour via the catch if the cargo door is correctly latched. If you
R press the pushbutton on the latching handle this releases the catch.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 32
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Latching Handle Assembly - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
R Figure 016

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 33
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Latching Handle Assembly
R Figure 016A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 34
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 The gas spring keeps the latching handle in the overcenter position
when it is moved fully down or up. The gas spring is installed
between the latching handle and the door structure.
The connection rod transmits the movement of the latching handle to
the forward latching shaft via the drive shaft lever. This causes the
latching shaft to turn.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(4) Latching Handle Assembly

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

R (Ref. Fig. 017)

The latching handle assembly is installed in the lower right side of
the cargo door. It includes the latching handle, the catch, the
connection rod and the gas spring. To get access to the latching
handle, the locking handle is moved to its UNLOCKED position.
A catch pin safeties the latching handle into the line of the door
contour via the catch if the cargo door is correctly latched. If you
press the pushbutton on the latching handle the catch is released.
The gas spring keeps the latching handle in the overcenter position
when it is moved fully down or up. The gas spring is installed
between the latching handle and the door structure.
The connection rod transmits the movement of the latching handle to
the forward latching shaft via the drive shaft lever. This causes the
latching shaft to turn.

(5) Latching Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 018)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

The latching mechanism is installed in the lower part of the cargo

door between beam 4 and beam 5. You operate it with the latching
handle.
The main components are:
- a latching shaft,
- ten shaft levers with the related link rods,
- ten latch assemblies, which have a hook (latch), a bellcrank and a
link.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 35
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Latching Handle Assy - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 017


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 36
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Latching Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
R Figure 018

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 37
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 The latching shaft is a multi-sectioned shaft assembly. Eighteen
cardan joints connect the sections together. The shaft levers and the
related link rods connect the latch assemblies to the latching shaft.
Each latch assembly is installed in the fork end of a vertical frame
(which is part of the door structure). Pivot pins attach the hook and
the bellcrank to the vertical frame. A link connects the hook to the
bellcrank.
The hooks engage with eccentric bolts installed in side-spool
fittings on the door frame of the fuselage. They transmit the load
(when the aircraft is pressurized) from the cargo door to the
fuselage.
The bellcranks are in an overcenter position when the cargo door is
fully latched. Stop bolts, which are attached to the door structure,
let you adjust the overcenter position of the bellcranks.
A target lever with the related target is installed on the end of the
latching shaft at FR25. As the latching shaft turns the target moves
to or away from a proximity sensor. The proximity sensor is installed
on beam 4 of the door structure.

**ON A/C 151-199,

(5) Latching Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 018A)
The latching mechanism which is installed in the lower part of the
cargo door between beam 4 and beam 5 includes the subsequent
components:
- the forward latching shaft with the four shaft levers, the drive
shaft lever and the inner support,
- the rear latching shaft with the six shaft levers, the support
lever and the outer support,
- ten latch assemblies, which includes the latching hook, the
bellcrank, the link and the connection rod.
The forward and rear latching shaft are connected via the torque tube
assy. The shaft levers transmit the movement of the latching shafts
to the latching assemblies to operate the latching hooks. The
latching hooks engage with or disengage from the latch fittings
mounted in the door sill area of the fuselage.
The support lever with the related target is installed on the end of
the latching shaft at FR25. As the latching shaft turns, the target
moves to or away from the related proximity sensor 38MJ.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 38
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Latching Mechanism
R Figure 018A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 39
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(6) Latching Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

R (Ref. Fig. 019)

The latching mechanism is installed in the lower part of the cargo
door between beam 4 and beam 5 and includes the subsequent
components:
- the forward latching shaft with the four shaft levers, the drive
shaft lever and the inner support
- the rear latching shaft with the six shaft levers, the support
lever and the outer support
- ten latch assemblies, which include the latching hook, the
bellcrank, the link and the connection rod.
The forward and rear latching shaft are connected via the torque tube
assy. The shaft levers transmit the movement of the latching shafts
to the latching assemblies to operate the latching hooks. The
latching hooks engage with or disengage from the latch fittings
mounted in the door sill area of the fuselage.
The support lever with the related target is installed on the end of
the latching shaft at FR25. As the latching shaft turns, the target
moves to or away from the related proximity sensor 38MJ.

(7) Locking Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 020)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

The locking mechanism is installed parallel to and below the latching

mechanism in the lower part of the door. You operate it with the
locking handle. Its functions are to lock the latching shaft and to
show you if the cargo door is correctly locked.
The main components are:
- a locking shaft,
- ten safety cams,
- ten indicator flags.
The locking shaft is a multi-sectioned shaft assembly. Eighteen
universal joints connect the sections of the shaft together. The
safety cams are installed on the locking shaft and are located at
each hook. They engage with, or disengage from, a recess in the
hooks. The engaged safety cams prevent the operation of the hooks.

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 40
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Latching Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 019


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 41
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Locking Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
R Figure 020

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 42
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 The indicator flags are installed in the door structure near to each
hook. The indicator flags are spring-loaded to the open position and
are controlled with the safety cams. When the cargo door is locked
the indicator flags are in line with the door contour.

**ON A/C 151-199,

(7) Locking Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 020A)
The locking mechanism is installed parallel to and below the latching
mechanism in the lower part of the door. Its functions are, to lock
the latching mechanism and to show that the cargo door is correctly
locked.
The main components of the locking mechanism are:
- the multi-joined locking shaft with five torque tubes and five
joint fork assemblies including the safety cams
- the locking shaft with five safety cams
- the indicator flags which are in the access panels 821AR and 821BR
The multi-joined locking shaft and the rear locking shaft are
connected with the torque tube. The movement of the locking shaft
causes the safety cams to engage with, or disengage from the recess
of the latching hooks. The engaged safety cams prevent the operation
of the hooks. At the same time the safety cams operate the indicator
flags which move in line with the door contour or come out.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(8) Locking Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

R (Ref. Fig. 021)

The locking mechanism is installed parallel to and below the latching
mechanism in the lower part of the door. Its functions are, to lock
the latching mechanism and to show that the cargo door is correctly
locked.
The main components of the locking mechanism are:
- the multi-joined locking shaft with five torque tubes and five
joint fork assemblies including the safety cams
- the locking shaft with five safety cams
- the indicator flags which are in the access panels 821AR and 821BR.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 43
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Locking Mechanism
R Figure 020A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 44
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Locking Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 021


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 45
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 The multi-joined locking shaft and the rear locking shaft are
connected to the torque tube. The movement of the locking shaft
causes the safety cams to engage with, or disengage from the recess
of the latching hooks. The engaged safety cams prevent the operation
of the hooks. At the same time the safety cams operate the indicator
flags which move in line with the door contour or come out.

(9) Interlock Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 022)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

The interlock mechanism is installed in the lower part of FR22A. It

blocks the latching shaft after a short movement of the cargo door in
the open direction. It makes sure you cannot close the latching and
locking handles when the cargo door is still opened.
The main components are:
- a lever,
- a connecting rod,
- a tension spring,
- a bellcrank and catch.
The lever is installed in the lower part of the frame adjacent to the
latching hook. The rod connects the lever to a bellcrank which is
installed in the fork end of the frame below the latching shaft. The
catch is installed on the bellcrank. It locates on a cam which is
machined into the shaft lever on the latching shaft. The spring is
installed between the bellcrank and a fitting on the frame.

(10) Switch Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 023)
The switch mechanism is installed at the end of the locking
mechanism.
The main components are:
- a link assembly with a target lever and the related target,
- a cam shaft with a double lever and cam,
- a spring unit.
The link assembly is installed between the locking shaft and the cam
shaft. A shaft lever connects one end of the link assembly to the
locking shaft. The other end is attached to the double lever on the
cam shaft.
The link assembly transmits the movement of the locking shaft to the
target lever and the cam shaft. The related target moves to or away
from a proximity sensor which is installed in the door frame of the
fuselage.
The spring unit is installed between the double lever and the end of
the locking shaft. The spring unit holds the switch mechanism (and
thus the locking mechanism) in the locked or unlocked position.

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 46
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Interlock Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
R Figure 022

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 47
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Interlock Mechanism
R Figure 022A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 48
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Switch Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
R Figure 023

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 49
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 A sequence cam (which engages with the end of the latching shaft) is
also installed on the crank shaft. It prevents the return movement of
the locking handle when the latching handle is in the unlocked
position.

**ON A/C 151-199,

(9) Interlock Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 022A)
The interlock mechanism is installed in the lower part of FR22A. It
includes the interlock lever, the spring-loaded bellcrank and the
interlock shaft with the latch.
The spring-loaded bellcrank operates the interlock shaft so that the
latch engages with the cam of the shaft lever (part of the latching
shaft). This causes a blockage of the latching mechanism when the
cargo door is still open.
If the interlock lever touches the integrated stop (part of the latch
fitting), the bellcrank operates the interlock shaft. The interlock
shaft turns so that the latch disengages to release the blockage of
the latching mechanism.

(10) Switch Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 023A)
The switch mechanism is installed at the end of the locking mechanism
R and have the subsequent main components:
- the connection rod with a target lever and the related target
- the cam shaft with a double lever and sequence cam
- the gas spring unit.
The connection rod connects the shaft lever of the rear locking shaft
and the double lever of the cam shaft.
The connection rod transmits the movement of the locking shaft to the
target lever and the cam shaft. The related target moves to or from
the proximity sensor 6MJ installed in the door sill area of the
fuselage.
The gas spring unit is installed between the double lever and the
journal end of the rear locking shaft. The gas spring unit holds the
switch mechanism in the overcenter position.
The sequence cam of the cam shaft engages with the shaft lever of the
rear latching shaft. This causes the locking handle to block as soon
as the latching Handle is in the UNLATCHED position.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 50
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Switch Mechanism
R Figure 023A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 51
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(11) Interlock Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(Ref. Fig. 024)

The interlock mechanism is installed in the lower part of FR22A. It
includes the interlock lever, the spring-loaded bellcrank and the
interlock shaft with the latch.
The spring-loaded bellcrank operates the interlock shaft so that the
latch engages with the cam of the shaft lever (part of the latching
shaft). This causes a blockage of the latching mechanism when the
cargo door is still open.
If the interlock lever touches the integrated stop (part of the latch
fitting), the bellcrank operates the interlock shaft. The interlock
shaft turns so that the latch disengages to release the blockage of
the latching mechanism.

(12) Switch Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 025)
The switch mechanism is installed at the end of the locking mechanism
R and has the subsequent main components:
- the connection rod with a target lever and the related target
- the cam shaft with a double lever and sequence cam
- the gas spring unit.
The connection rod connects the shaft lever of the rear locking shaft
and the double lever of the cam shaft.
The connection rod transmits the movement of the locking shaft to the
target lever and the cam shaft. The related target moves to or from
the proximity sensor 6MJ installed in the door sill area of the
fuselage.
The gas spring unit is installed between the double lever and the
journal end of the rear locking shaft. The gas spring unit holds the
switch mechanism in the overcenter position.
The sequence cam of the cam shaft engages with the shaft lever of the
rear latching shaft. This causes the locking handle to block as soon
as the latching handle is in the UNLATCHED position.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 52
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Interlock Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 024


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 53
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Switch Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 025

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 54
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

5. _________
Operation
(Ref. Fig. 026)

A. Release Mode
To operate the door mechanism, push the spring-loaded handle flap inboard
to get access the locking handle. Pull the locking handle away from the
fuselage to its horizontal position to release the latching mechanism.
This causes the related target to move away from the proximity sensor 8MJ
which sends a signal to the DSCS. The ECAM system in the cockpit shows
then the related warning.
The linkage assembly transmits the movement of the locking handle to turn
the locking shaft. The gas spring units are in the overcenter position to
hold the locking handle in its horizontal position.
As the locking shaft turns, the safety cams move away from the recess of
the latching hooks. The indicator flags move out from the door contour to
show that the cargo door is unlocked.
At the same time, the journal end of the rear locking shaft operates the
connection rod of the switch mechanism. This causes the related target
lever to move and the related target does not align with the proximity
R sensor 6MJ. It sends a signal to the DSCS and the ECAM system in the
R cockpit shows then the related warning.
Furthermore, the double lever turns the cam shaft and its safety cam
engages with the shaft lever at FR25. The gas spring unit holds the
double lever in this position to block the locking mechanism of the
opened cargo door.
The gas spring unit holds the switch mechanism in this position to block
the locking mechanism of the opened cargo door.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

When the locking handle is in the fully open position you have access to
the latching handle.

NOTE : Do not operate the latching handle if the red indicator light
____
103MJ flashes as an overpressure may exist in the cargo
compartment.

When you press the pushbutton on the latching handle the catch releases.
You then pull the handle down to the unlatched position. The spring unit
extends to hold the handle in this position. The connecting rod transmits
the movement of the handle to the components of the latching mechanism.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 55
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Function of the Locking and Latching Mechanism
R Figure 026


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 56
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 The latching shaft turns in the release direction. The shaft levers and
link rods transmit this movement to the latch assemblies. The bellcranks
then leave the overcenter positions causing the hooks to disengage from
the eccentric bolts.
The door is then open and moves a small distance away from the fuselage.
This movement causes the operation of the interlock mechanism at FR22A.
The lever (which is in contact with the eccentric bolt when the door is
closed) moves slowly out against the tension of the spring. The rod
transmits this movement through the bellcrank to the catch. The catch
engages with the cam on the shaft lever to block the latching shaft.
The target lever at the end of the latching shaft moves the related
target to the proximity sensor. A signal is sent to the DSCS which starts
the electrical control system of the cargo door (Ref. 52-71-00).
R A signal is also sent to the system which controls the pressurization of
R the aircraft.

**ON A/C 151-199,

When the locking handle is in the UNLOCKED position you have access to
the latching handle.

If the red indicator light 103MJ flashes because of residual pressure in

the cargo compartment, stop the open procedure immediately.

To pull the latching handle down to the UNLATCHED position, press the
pushbutton to release the handle catch . The operation of the latching
handle causes the latching shaft to turn in the release direction. The
shaft levers transmit this movement to the latch assemblies and the
latching hooks disengage from the latch fittings.

The cargo door moves a small distance away from the fuselage due to its
own weight. This movement causes the interlock lever not to touch the
integrated stop of the latch fitting. The latch of the interlock
mechanism engages with the cam of the shaft lever to block the latching
shaft.
The support lever at the end of the rear latching shaft moves the related
target to the proximity sensor 38MJ. A signal is sent to the DSCS which
starts the electrical control system of the cargo door (Ref. 52-71-00).
R A signal is also sent to the system which controls the pressurization of
R the aircraft.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 57
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

When the locking handle is in the UNLOCKED position you have access to
the latching handle.

If the red indicator light 103MJ flashes because of residual pressure in

the cargo compartment, stop the open procedure immediately.

To pull the latching handle down to the UNLATCHED position, press the
pushbutton to release the handle catch . The operation of the latching
handle causes the latching shaft to turn in the release direction. The
shaft levers transmit this movement to the latch assemblies and the
latching hooks disengage from the latch fittings.

The cargo door moves a small distance away from the fuselage because of
its own weight. This movement causes the interlock lever not to touch the
integrated stop of the latch fitting. The latch of the interlock
mechanism engages with the cam of the shaft lever to block the latching
shaft.
The support lever at the end of the rear latching shaft moves the related
target to the proximity sensor 38MJ. A signal is sent to the DSCS which
starts the electrical control system of the cargo door (Ref. 52-71-00).
R A signal is also sent to the system which controls the pressurization of
R the aircraft.

B. Locking Mode

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

As the cargo door closes, the lever of the interlock mechanism pushes
against the eccentric bolt and moves slowly inboard. This movement is
transmitted through the rod and bellcrank to the catch. The catch lifts
to release the blocked position of the latching shaft. Simultaneously,
the spring is expanded and put under tension.
When the cargo door is closed you can push the latching handle back into
its recess. The spring unit compresses to hold the handle in the locked
position. The catch engages with the pin to safety the handle in this
position. The connecting rod transmits the movement of the handle to the
components of the latching mechanism.
The latching shaft turns into the locked position. The shaft levers and
link rods transmit this movement to the latch assemblies. The bellcranks
move overcenter causing the hooks to engage on the eccentric bolts.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 58
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 The target lever at the end of the latching shaft moves the target away
from the proximity sensor. A signal is sent to the DSCS which stops the
electrical control system of the cargo door (Ref. 52-71-00).

**ON A/C 151-199,

B. Locking Mode
When the cargo door nearly closes, the interlock lever (part of the
interlock mechanism) touches the integrated stop (part of the latch
fitting) in the door sill area. This causes the bellcrank to operate the
interlock shaft which turns the latch inboard. If the cargo door is fully
closed, the latch disengages from the cam of the shaft lever to release
the blockage of the latching mechanism.
To engage the latching hooks on their latch fittings, push the latching
handle into its recess. The catch of the latching handle engages with the
catch pin of the door structure to hold the latching handle in the LOCKED
position.
The connection rod transmits the movement of the latching handle to the
latching shaft which turns into the latched position. The shaft levers
transmit this movement to the latch assemblies and the latching hooks
engage on the latch fitting.
The support lever at the end of the rear latching shaft turns the target
away from the proximity sensor 38MJ. A signal is sent to the DSCS which
stops the electrical control system of the cargo door (Ref. 52-71-00).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

C. Locking Mode

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

When the cargo door is almost closed, the interlock lever (part of the
interlock mechanism) touches the integrated stop (part of the latch
fitting) in the door sill area. This causes the bellcrank to operate the
interlock shaft which turns the latch inboard. If the cargo door is fully
closed, the latch disengages from the cam of the shaft lever to release
the blockage of the latching mechanism.
To engage the latching hooks on their latch fittings, push the latching
handle into its recess. The catch of the latching handle engages with the
catch pin of the door structure to hold the latching handle in the LOCKED
position.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 59
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 The connection rod transmits the movement of the latching handle to the
latching shaft which turns into the latched position. The shaft levers
transmit this movement to the latch assemblies and the latching hooks
engage on the latch fitting.
The support lever at the end of the rear latching shaft turns the target
away from the proximity sensor 38MJ. A signal is sent to the DSCS which
stops the electrical control system of the cargo door (Ref. 52-71-00).
When the latching handle is in the locked position you can operate the
locking handle.
You must push the locking handle back to its recess in the cargo door.
This moves the related target to the proximity sensor, a signal (cargo
door closed) is sent to the DSCS.
The bellcrank moves overcenter and the spring units extend to hold the
handle in the closed position. The rod and lever assembly transmit the
movement of the handle to the components of the locking mechanism.
The locking shaft turns and moves the safety cams into the recesses of
the hooks. This locks the hooks and blocks any further movement of the
latching mechanism. The safety cams also move the indicator flags back
into their recesses and level with the cargo door contour. This gives you
a visual indication that the cargo door is locked.
Simultaneously, the switch mechanism at the end of the locking mechanism
is activated. The link assembly transmits the movement of the locking
shaft to the target lever. The related target moves to the proximity
sensor, a signal (cargo door closed) is sent to the DSCS. The DSCS
monitors both (cargo door closed) signals and causes the visual warning
in the cockpit to go off. The spring unit extends to hold the switch
mechanism (and thus the locking mechanism) in the locked position.
The cargo door is correctly latched and locked when both operating
handles and all indicator flags are in line with the outer contour.

**ON A/C 151-199,

R When the latching handle is in the LATCHED position, push the locking
R handle down to the LOCKED position. The linkage assembly of the locking
mechanism transmits this movement and the locking shaft turns. This
causes:
R - the safety cams to engage in the recess of the latching hooks to block
R them
- the indicator flags to move inboard and align with the access panels
- the switch mechanism to operate and the target lever aligns the target
with the proximity sensor 6MJ in the door sill area.
When the locking handle aligns with the door contour, their target
operates the proximity sensor 8MJ. The proximity sensors 6MJ and 8MJ send
a signal to the DSCS which operates the ECAM system in the cockpit. Thus,
the cockpit crew can see that the cargo door is correctly closed and
locked.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 60
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________

TASK 52-31-00-710-801

Operational Test of the FWD Cargo Compartment Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.5 m (8 ft. 2 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-801 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the

External Power A
24-41-00-862-801 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the
External Power A
29-00-00-863-803 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Ground Hydraulic Supply
29-00-00-864-803 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System (Pressurized
with the Hydraulic Ground Supply)
31-60-00-860-801 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-802 EIS Stop Procedure
52-31-00-991-005 Fig. 501


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 501
Jul 01/96
R  
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-00-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Put the access platform in position at the FWD cargo-compartment door
(referred as to cargo door).

(2) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-801).

(3) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-803).

(4) Do the EIS start procedure (EWD DU, SD DU only)

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-801).

Subtask 52-31-00-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-31-00-710-050

A. Do this test:
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-31-00-991-005)

WARNING : DO NOT OPERATE THE FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR AND THE P/B SW
_______
THAT CONTROLS THE YELLOW LEAK MEASUREMENT VALVE AT THE SAME
TIME.
IF YOU OPERATE THEM AT THE SAME TIME :
-YOU CAN CAUSE UNWANTED MOVEMENT OF THE FLIGHT CONTROL SURFACES
WHICH CAN CAUSE INJURY.
-YOU WILL GET A WTB MANUAL RELEASE FAULT INDICATION.

NOTE : During the cargo door movement the OFF legend of the HYD/LEAK
____
MEASUREMENT VALVES pushbutton switch on the cockpit overhead panel
R 285VU is on. This tells you that the yellow leak-measurement
R valves are automatically closed.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 502
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Handling Components of FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
Figure 501/TASK 52-31-00-991-005


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 503
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

WARNING : STOP THE OPENING

_______
PROCEDURE IF THE RED
WARNING LIGHT FLASHES.
RESIDUAL PRESSURE COULD
CAUSE THE DOOR TO OPEN
WITH A SUDDEN FORCE AND
INJURE PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.

R - push the handle flap in and - the safety cams of the locking shaft
R pull the locking handle away release the latching hooks,
from the cargo door in the - the indicator flags of the access
UNLOCKED position. panels 821AR and 821BR come in view.

On the lower display unit of the ECAM

system:
- the symbol of the FWD cargo door is
shown in amber.

On the cargo door:

- press the pushbutton of the
latching handle and move it
fully down.
- the latching hooks disengage from the
latch fittings,
- the cargo door starts to open because
of the force of gravity,
- the interlock mechanism engages with
an audible click.

On the lower display unit of the ECAM

system:
- the symbol for the FWD cargo door
stays amber.

2. On the door operation panel: On the cargo door:

- move the door operation lever - the door actuator extends and the
to the OPEN position and hold cargo door moves in the open
it. direction.

- release the door operation - the cargo door stops and stays in
lever. this position.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 504
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- move the door operation lever - the cargo door moves in the open
to the OPEN position again and direction.
hold it.

R On the door operation panel:

- the green indicator light 58MJ comes
on when the door actuator is extended
and locked.

3. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- examine the cargo door while it - the cargo door must open smoothly and
moves. easily.

4. On the door operation panel: On the cargo door:

- release the door operation - the cargo door stays in the fully
lever when the green indicator open position.
light 58MJ is on.

On the door operation panel:

R - move the door operation lever - the selector is not in the CLOSE
R to the CLOSE direction and hold position,
R it. - the green indicator light goes off
R when the door actuator moves from the
R locked position.

On the cargo door:

- set the door operation lever to - the door actuator retracts and the
the fully CLOSE position and cargo door moves in the close
hold it. direction.

R - release the door operation - the cargo door stops and stays in
R lever when the cargo door is in this position.
a position in which you can do
an interlock mechanism check.

5. On the cargo door:

R - start to push the latching - you cannot move the latching handle
R handle from the UNLATCHED to because the latch of the interlock


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 505
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the LATCHED position. mechanism blocks the cam of the
latching shaft.

- press the actuation lever of - the blockage of the latching shaft is

the interlock mechanism released.
outboard.

- push the latching handle up to - the door mechanism is in the LATCHED

the LATCHED position. condition.

6. On the door operation panel:

- set the door operation lever in - the cargo door must stay in the same
the OPEN or CLOSE position. position.

7. On the cargo door:

R - press the actuation lever of - the interlock mechanism is in the

R the interlock mechanism released condition.
R outboard.

R - pull the latching handle down - the door mechanism is in the

R to the UNLATCHED position. UNLATCHED condition.

8. On the door operation panel:

R - move the door operation lever - the cargo door moves in the close
R into the CLOSE position. direction,
R - the interlock mechanism does not
R block the latching shaft, when the
R cargo door is fully closed.

9. On the cargo door:

- examine the cargo door during - the cargo door must close smoothly
the movement. and easily.

10. On the door operation panel:

- release the door operation - the cargo door stays in the closed
lever when the cargo door is position.
fully closed.

11. On the cargo door:


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 506
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the latching handle up to - the latching hooks engage with the
the LATCHING position. latch fittings,
- the cargo door is in the fully closed
position,

On the lower display unit of the ECAM

system:
- the symbol for the FWD cargo door
stays amber.

- push the locking handle down - the symbol for the FWD cargo door
to the LOCKED position. changes to green.

On the cargo door:

R - the locking handle is flush with the
R outer skin and locked.
R - all indicator flags are flush with
R the outer skin of the access panels
R 821AR and 821BR.

- examine the cargo door seal of - the door seal is compressed around
the closed cargo door. its length.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-00-860-053

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

(1) Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-802).

(2) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803).

(3) De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits

(Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-801).

(4) Close the access panel 122CR.

(5) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 507
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 TASK 52-31-00-720-801

Functional Test of the FWD Cargo Compartment Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 523100-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustment gage

No specific spring balance up to 20 daN (44.9618 lbf)
No specific access platform 2.50 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
98A52307587000 1 DEVICE - ADJUSTMENT, FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR
R 98F52308353000 1 ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR BELLCRANK
R 98F52308354000 1 ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR SHAFT LEVER
R 98F52308355000 2 ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR SEQUENCE LEVER
R 98F52308356000 2 ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR INTERLOCK MECHANISM
R 98F52308357000 2 ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR LATCHING MECHANISM
R 98F52308358000 2 ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR LATCHING MECHANISM

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 09-018 USA AMS 3267/3

CORROSION INHIBITING LOW ADHESION SEALANT
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 508
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12-22-52-600-801 Lubrication of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door Hinge

R Arm Bearings, Locking Mechanism, Latching Mechanism
R and Interlock Mechanism
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
29-00-00-863-803 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
29-14-00-614-804 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with
external bench
52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
R 52-31-21-400-801 Installation of the Locking Handle Mechanism and the
R Related Linkage Mechanism
R 52-31-21-400-803 Installation of the Latching Handle Assembly
52-31-11-820-802 Adjustment of the Door Mechanism (for corrective
action)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-00-991-001 Fig. 502

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-31-00-991-001-A Fig. 502A

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-00-991-002 Fig. 503

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-31-00-991-002-A Fig. 503A


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 509
Jan 01/99
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-00-991-003 Fig. 504

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-00-991-003-A Fig. 504A

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R 52-31-00-991-014 Fig. 505

R 52-31-00-991-015 Fig. 506
R 52-31-00-991-016 Fig. 507
52-31-00-991-004 Fig. 508

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-00-991-004-A Fig. 508A

**ON A/C ALL

52-31-00-991-006 Fig. 509

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-00-991-017 Fig. 510


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 510
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-00-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Put the access platform below the closed FWD cargo-compartment door
(referred to as cargo door)

(2) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(3) Make sure that the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is
pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).

(4) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-803).

Subtask 52-31-00-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle away from the
cargo door in the UNLOCKED position.

(2) Remove the access panels 821AR and 821BR to get access to the
latching and locking mechanism of the cargo door.

(3) Push the locking handle down to the LOCKED position.

(4) Open the access panel 122CR to get access to the door operation
panel.

Subtask 52-31-00-865-050

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 511
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-00-720-050

R A. Test of the Locking Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-31-00-991-001)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

R (2) Do this test to make sure that the subsequent items are correct:
R - operation force of latching handle
R - position of the sequence assembly

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- pull up the locking handle to
the UNLOCKED position and
measure the force which is
necessary with a spring balance
up to 20 daN (44.9618 lbf).
- the safety cams of the locking shaft
release the latching hooks.
- the force must be between 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf) and 10 daN (22.4808
lbf).

- measure the clearance between - the clearance must be between 2.0 mm

the safety cam of the locking (0.0787 in.) and 2.4 mm (0.0944 in.).
shaft and the latching hook

- pull down the locking handle to
the LOCKED position and measure
the force which is necessary
with a spring balance up to 20
daN (44.9618 lbf).
- the safety cams of the locking shaft
engage with the latching hooks
- the force must be between 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf) and 10 daN (22.4808
lbf).

- install the rigging pin - the rigging pin must go into and out
ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR of the rigging hole of the door frame
SEQUENCE LEVER (98F52308355000) freely.
in the rigging holes of the
sequence lever and the door
frame and remove it.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 512
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
R Check of the Locking Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 502/TASK 52-31-00-991-001


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 513
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- examine the position of the - the locking handle must be in line
locking handle. with the cargo door contour.

(3) If the operation force of the locking handle is too great, lubricate
the linkage mechanism and the locking shaft assembly (Ref. TASK 12-
22-52-600-801).

(4) If the operation force of the locking handle is too low, replace the
gas springs of linkage mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-400-801).

(5) If necessary, adjust the locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-

802)

Subtask 52-31-00-720-051

R B. Test of the Latching Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-31-00-991-002)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

R (2) Do this test to make sure that the subsequent items are correct:
R - overcenter positions (check of dead centers)
R - operation force of latching handle

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On each frame of the cargo door: On each frame of the cargo door:

- install the rigging pin of
ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR
SHAFT LEVER (98F52308354000) in
the rigging hole below the
latching shaft and remove it.
- the rigging pin must go freely into
and out of the rigging hole of the
shaft lever bolt.

- install the rigging pin of
ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR
BELLCRANK (98F52308353000) in
the rigging hole behind the
locking shaft and remove it.
- the rigging pin must go freely into
and out of the rigging hole of the
bellcrank pin.

2. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 514
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
R Check of the Locking Mechanism
R Figure 502A/TASK 52-31-00-991-001-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 515
Jan 01/99
 
THY 
R Dead Center Check of the Latching Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 503/TASK 52-31-00-991-002


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 516
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- pull up the locking handle to - the safety cams of the locking shaft
the UNLOCKED position release the latching hooks.

- press the push button of the
latching handle down and pull
the latching handle down to the
UNLATCHED position,
- measure the operation force
which is necessary with a
spring balance up to 20 daN
(44.9618 lbf).
- the latching hooks disengage from the
latch fittings and the cargo door
moves in the open direction.
- the interlock mechanism engages with
an audible click,
- the force must be less than 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf).

3. On the door operation panel:

- set the door operation lever to - the cargo door actuator retracts and
the CLOSE position and hold it. closes the cargo door.

4. On the cargo door:

- push the latching handle up to
the LATCHED position and
measure the force which is
necessary with a spring balance
up to 20 daN (44.9618 lbf).
- the latching hooks engage with the
latch fittings and the catch locks
the latching handle.
- the force must be less than 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf).

- push down the locking handle to - the locking handle must be in line
the LOCKED position. with the cargo door contour.
- the safety cams of the locking shaft
engage with the latching hooks.

(3) If the operation force of the latching handle is too great, lubricate
the subsequent components (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-600-801):
- the surface of the eccentric bushes in the door sill area,
- the inner surface of the latching hooks.

(4) If necessary, adjust the latching mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-

802)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 517
Jan 01/00
 
THY 
R

R Subtask 52-31-00-720-052

R C. Clearance Check between the Latching Hooks and the Eccentric Bushes
R (Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-31-00-991-003)

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

R (1) Make sure that the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801) is
R correctly closed and locked.

R (2) Do this test:

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

R - unlock and unlatch the cargo - the cargo door starts to open because
R door. of the force of gravity.
R - measure the clearance between - the minimum clearance must be 1.0 mm
R the top of each latching hook (0.0393 in.).
R and the related eccentric bush
R when the cargo door moves
R slowly out.

R 2. On the door operation panel: On the cargo door:

R - set the lever to the OPEN - the cargo door actuator extends to
R position and hold it until the open the cargo door to the required
R cargo door is in the vertical position.
R position.

R 3. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

R - measure the clearance between - the maximum distance must be less
R the latching hooks and the than 35.0 mm (1.3779 in.).
R lower edge of the cargo door.

R (3) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
R (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801) when the test is completed.

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 518
Jan 01/00
 
THY 
 Dead Center Check of the Latching Mechanism
Figure 503A/TASK 52-31-00-991-002-A


EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 519
Jan 01/00
R  
THY 
 Clearance Check of the Latching Hooks - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 504/TASK 52-31-00-991-003

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 520
Jan 01/00
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-00-720-050-A

R A. Test of the Locking Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 52-31-00-991-001-A)

(1) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

R (2) Do this test to make sure that the subsequent items are correct:
R - operation force of latching handle
R - position of the sequence assembly

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- pull up the locking handle to
the UNLOCKED position and
measure the force which is
necessary with a spring balance
up to 20 daN (44.9618 lbf)
- the safety cams of the locking shaft
release the latching hooks.
- the force must be between 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf) and 10 daN (22.4808
lbf)

- measure the clearance between - the clearance must be min. 2.0 mm

the safety cam of the locking (0.0787 in.)
shaft and the latching hook

- pull down the locking handle to
the LOCKED position and measure
the force which is necessary
with a spring balance up to 20
daN (44.9618 lbf)
- the safety cams of the locking shaft
engage with the latching hooks
- the force must be between 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf) and 10 daN (22.4808
lbf)

- install the rigging pin - the rigging pin must go into and out
ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR of the rigging hole of the door frame
SEQUENCE LEVER (98F52308355000) freely
in the rigging holes of the
double lever and the door frame
and remove it

- examine the position of the - the locking handle must be in line

locking handle. with the cargo door contour.

(3) If the operation force of the locking handle is too great, lubricate
the linkage mechanism and the locking shaft assembly (Ref. TASK 12-
22-52-600-801).


EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 521
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (4) If the operation force is too low, replace the gas springs of the
linkage mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-400-801).

(5) If necessary, adjust the locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-

802).

Subtask 52-31-00-720-051-A

B. Test of the Latching Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 503A/TASK 52-31-00-991-002-A)

(1) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

R (2) Do this test to make sure that the subsequent items are correct:
R - overcenter positions (check of dead centers)
R - operation force of latching handle

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the frame FR21 of the cargo On the frame FR21 of the cargo door:
door:

- install the rigging pin of - the rigging pin must go freely into
ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR and out of the rigging hole of the
LATCHING MECHANISM shaft lever bolt
(98F52308357000) in the rigging
hole below the latching shaft
and remove it

- install the rigging pin of - the rigging pin must go freely into
ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR and out of the rigging hole of the
LATCHING MECHANISM bellcrank pin
(98F52308358000) in the rigging
hole behind the locking shaft
and remove it

2. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- pull up the locking handle to - the safety cams of the locking shaft
the UNLOCKED position release the latching hooks

- press the push button of the - the latching hooks disengage from the
latching handle down and pull latch fittings and the cargo door


EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 522
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R the latching handle down to the moves in the open direction
R UNLATCHED position - the interlock mechanism engages with
R an audible click,

R - measure the operation force - the force must be between 15 daN

R which is necessary with a (33.7213 lbf) and 2 daN (4.4961 lbf)
R spring balance up to 20 daN
(44.9618 lbf)

R 3. On the door operation panel: On the cargo door:

R

R - set the door operation lever to - the cargo door actuator retracts and
R the CLOSE position and hold it. closes the cargo door.

R 4. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

R

R - push the latching handle up to
R the LATCHED position and
R measure the force which is
R necessary with a spring balance
R up to 20 daN (44.9618 lbf)
- the latching hooks engage with the
latch fittings and the catch locks
the latching handle
- the force must be between 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf) and 2 daN (4.4961 lbf)

R - push down the locking handle to - the locking handle must be in line
R the LOCKED position. with the cargo door contour.
R - the safety cams of the locking shaft
R engage with the latching hooks.

R (3) If the operation force of the latching handle is too great, lubricate
R the subsequent components (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-600-801):
R - the surface of the eccentric bushes in the door sill area,
R - the inner surface of the latching hooks.

R (4) If the operation force is too low, replace the gas spring of the
R latching handle (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-400-803).

R (5) If necessary, adjust the latching mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-

802)

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 523
Jan 01/00
 
THY 
R Subtask 52-31-00-720-052-A

R C. Clearance Check between the Latching Hooks and the Eccentric Bushes
R (Ref. Fig. 504A/TASK 52-31-00-991-003-A)

R (1) Make sure that the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801) is
R correctly closed and locked.

R (2) Do this test:

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

R - unlock and unlatch the cargo - the cargo door starts to open because
R door. of the force of gravity.
R - measure the clearance between - the minimum clearance must be 1.0 mm
R the top of each latching hook (0.0393 in.).
R and the related eccentric bush
R when the cargo door moves
R slowly out.

R 2. On the door operation panel: On the cargo door:

R - set the lever to the OPEN - the cargo door actuator extends to
R position and hold it until the open the cargo door to the required
R cargo door is in the vertical position.
R position.

R 3. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

R - measure the clearance between - the maximum distance must be less
R the latching hooks and the than 35.0 mm (1.3779 in.).
R lower edge of the cargo door.

R (3) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
R (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801) when the test is completed.


EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 524
Jan 01/00
 
THY 
 Clearance Check of the Latching Hooks
Figure 504A/TASK 52-31-00-991-003-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 525
Jan 01/00
 
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-31-00

Page 526
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-00-720-054

R D. Test of the Locking Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-31-00-991-014)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(2) Do this test:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- pull up the locking handle to
the UNLOCKED position and
measure the force which is
necessary with a spring balance
up to 20 daN (44.9618 lbf)
- the safety cams of the locking shaft
release the latching hooks.
- the force must be between 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf) and 10 daN (22.4808
lbf)

R - measure the clearance between - the clearance must be min. 2.0 mm

the safety cam of the locking (0.0787 in.).
shaft and the latching hook

R - pull down the locking handle to
R the LOCKED position and measure
the force which is necessary
with a spring balance up to 20
daN (44.9618 lbf)
- the safety cams of the locking shaft
engage with the latching hooks
- the force must be between 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf) and 10 daN (22.4808
lbf)

- install the rigging pin (part - the rigging pin must go into and out
of the ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO of the rigging hole of the door frame
DOOR SEQUENCE LEVER freely
(98F52308355000)) in the
rigging holes of the double
lever and the door frame and
remove it


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 527
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Check of the Locking Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 505/TASK 52-31-00-991-014


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 528
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- examine the position of the - the locking handle must be in line
locking handle with the cargo door contour

(3) If the operation force of the locking handle is too great, lubricate
the linkage mechanism and the locking shaft assembly (Ref. TASK 12-
22-52-600-801).

(4) If the operation force is too low, replace the gas springs of the
linkage mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-400-801).

(5) If necessary, adjust the locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-

802).

Subtask 52-31-00-720-055

R E. Test of the Latching Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-31-00-991-015)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(2) Do this test:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the frame FR21 of the cargo On the frame FR21 of the cargo door:
door:

- install the rigging pin of - the rigging pin must go freely into
ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR and out of the rigging hole of the
LATCHING MECHANISM shaft lever bolt
(98F52308357000) in the rigging
hole below the latching shaft
and remove it


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 529
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Dead Center Check of the Latching Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1253 and
subsequent
R Figure 506/TASK 52-31-00-991-015


EFF :

001-099, 101-149, 

52-31-00 Page 530
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- install the rigging pin of
ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR
LATCHING MECHANISM
(98F52308358000) in the rigging
hole behind the locking shaft
and remove it
2. On the cargo door:
- pull up the locking handle to
the UNLOCKED position
- press the push button of the
latching handle down and pull
the latching handle down to the
UNLATCHED position
- measure the operation force
which is necessary with a
spring balance up to 20 daN
(44.9618 lbf)
3. On the door operation panel:
- set the door operation lever to
the CLOSE position and hold it.
4. On the cargo door:
- push the latching handle up to
the LATCHED position and
measure the force which is
necessary with a spring balance
up to 20 daN (44.9618 lbf)
- push down the locking handle to
the LOCKED position.






















































EFF :

001-099, 101-149,
R 
THY
RESULT
- the rigging pin must go freely into
and out of the rigging hole of the
bellcrank pin
On the cargo door:
- the safety cams of the locking shaft
release the latching hooks
- the latching hooks disengage from the
latch fittings and the cargo door
moves in the open direction
- the interlock mechanism engages with
an audible click,
- the force must be between 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf) and 2 daN (4.4961 lbf)
On the cargo door:
- the cargo door actuator retracts and
closes the cargo door.
On the cargo door:
- the latching hooks engage with the
latch fittings and the catch locks
the latching handle
- the force must be between 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf) and 2 daN (4.4961 lbf)
- the locking handle must be in line
with the cargo door contour.
- the safety cams of the locking shaft
engage with the latching hooks.
 52-31-00

Page 531
Jan 01/02


 (3) If the operation force of the latching handle is too great, lubricate
the subsequent components (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-600-801):
- the surface of the eccentric bushes in the door sill area,
- the inner surface of the latching hooks.

(4) If the operation force is too low, replace the gas spring of the
latching handle (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-400-803).

(5) If necessary, adjust the latching mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-

802)

R Subtask 52-31-00-720-057

R F. Clearance Check between the Latching Hooks and the Eccentric Bushes
R (Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 52-31-00-991-016)

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
R subsequent.

R (1) Make sure that the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801) is
R correctly closed and locked.

R (2) Do this test:

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R ACTION RESULT
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

R - unlock and unlatch the cargo - the cargo door starts to open because
R door. of the force of gravity.
R - measure the clearance between - the minimum clearance must be 1.0 mm
R the top of each latching hook (0.0393 in.).
R and the related eccentric bush
R when the cargo door moves
R slowly out.

R 2. On the door operation panel: On the cargo door:

R - set the lever to the OPEN - the cargo door actuator extends to
R position and hold it until the open the cargo door to the required
R cargo door is in the vertical position.
R position.

R 3. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

R - measure the clearance between - the maximum distance must be less
R the latching hooks and the than 35.0 mm (1.3779 in.).
R lower edge of the cargo door.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 532
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Clearance Check of the Latching Hooks - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 507/TASK 52-31-00-991-016

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 533
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 (3) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801) when the test is completed.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-31-00-480-050

G. Preparation for the Test of the Interlock Mechanism

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 52-31-00-991-004)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 508A/TASK 52-31-00-991-004-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 52-31-00-991-006)

(1) Open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) until you get access
to its inner skin.

(2) Remove the screws, the washers and the access cover from the inner
side of the cargo door at FR22A.

(3) Attach the adjustment gage to the fuselage stop brackets of the door
sill area between FR22 and FR23 .

NOTE : The thickness of the adjustment gage must be between 14.2 mm

____
(0.5590 in.) and 14.8 mm (0.5826 in.).

R (4) Close the cargo door and install the DEVICE - ADJUSTMENT, FWD CARGO
R COMPARTMENT DOOR (98A52307587000) on the fuselage/ cargo door as
R follows:

R (a) Put the fwd support assy on the latch fitting at FR21 and attach
R it with the clamp screw.
R

R (b) Put the mid support assy on the latch fitting at FR22A and attach
R it with the clamp screw.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 534
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 Check of the Interlock Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 508/TASK 52-31-00-991-004

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 535
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 Check of the Interlock Mechanism
Figure 508A/TASK 52-31-00-991-004-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 536
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
R Installation of the Adjustment Tools
Figure 509/TASK 52-31-00-991-006


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 537
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
R (c) Put the aft support assy on the latch fitting at FR24 and attach
R it with the clamp screw.
R

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-00-720-053

H. Test of the Interlock Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 52-31-00-991-004)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Turn the adjustment srews of the fwd, mid and aft support assy so
that the cargo door is in the start position for this test.

NOTE : In this case, the clearance between the adjustment gage and
____
the stop bolts must be more than 12.0 mm (0.4724 in.).

(2) Do this test:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- measure the distance between - the clearance must be between 1.0 mm
the cam of the latching shaft (0.0393 in.) and 1.4 mm (0.0551 in.).
lever and the latch of the
interlock mechanism.

- turn the adjustment scews to - the actuation lever must touch the
close the cargo door integrated stop of the latch assembly

- install the rigging pin - the rigging pin must go into the
ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR rigging hole of the latch freely.
INTERLOCK MECHANISM
(98F52308356000) in the rigging
hole behind the latching shaft.

(3) Adjust the interlock mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-802),if:

- you can not install the rigging pin;
- the actuation lever does not touch the integrated stop of the latch
assembly.

(4) Remove the rigging pin from the latch of the interlock mechanism when
the test is completed.

(5) Remove the DEVICE - ADJUSTMENT, FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR

(98A52307587000) from the fuselage/cargo door.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 538
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (6) Open the cargo door to install the access cover (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
010-801).

(7) Install the access cover on the inner side of the cargo door as
follows:

(a) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) around the mating
surface of the access cover.

(b) Attach the access cover with the screws and the washers on the
inner skin.

(c) Remove the unwanted sealant around the access cover.

(d) Let the sealant dry and protect it with STRUCTURE PAINTS
(Material No. 16-003).

(8) Remove the adjustment gage from the fuselage stop brackets of the
door sill area.

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-00-720-053-A

H. Test of the Interlock Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 508A/TASK 52-31-00-991-004-A)

(1) Turn the adjustment srews of the fwd, mid and aft support assy so
that the cargo door is in the start position for this test.

NOTE : In this case, the clearance between the adjustment gage and
____
the stop bolts must be more than 12.0 mm (0.4724 in.).

(2) Do this test:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- measure the distance between - the clearance must be between 2.0 mm

the cam of the latching shaft (0.0787 in.) and 2.4 mm (0.0944 in.)
lever and the latch of the
interlock mechanism

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 539
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- turn the adjustment scews to - the actuation lever must touch the
close the cargo door integrated stop of the latch assembly

- install the rigging pin - the rigging pin must go in the

ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR rigging hole of the latch freely.
INTERLOCK MECHANISM
(98F52308356000) in the rigging
hole behind the latching shaft.

(3) Adjust the interlock mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-802),if:

- you can not install the rigging pin;
- the actuation lever does not touch the integrated stop of the latch
assembly.

(4) Remove the rigging pin from the latch of the interlock mechanism when
the test is completed.

(5) Remove the DEVICE - ADJUSTMENT, FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR

(98A52307587000) from the fuselage/cargo door.

(6) Open the cargo door to install the access cover (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
010-801).

(7) Install the access cover on the inner side of the cargo door as
follows:

(a) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) around the mating
surface of the access cover.

(b) Attach the access cover with the screws and the washers on the
inner skin.

(c) Remove the unwanted sealant around the access cover.

(d) Let the sealant dry and protect it with STRUCTURE PAINTS
(Material No. 16-003).

(8) Remove the adjustment gage from the fuselage stop brackets of the
door sill area.

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-00

Page 540
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-00-720-056

J. Test of the Interlock Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 510/TASK 52-31-00-991-017)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Turn the adjustment srews of the fwd, mid and aft support assy so
that the cargo door is in the start position for this test.

NOTE : In this case, the clearance between the adjustment gage and
____
the stop bolts must be more than 12.0 mm (0.4724 in.).

(2) Do this test:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- measure the distance between - the clearance must be between 2.0 mm

the cam of the latching shaft (0.0787 in.) and 2.4 mm (0.0944 in.)
lever and the latch of the
interlock mechanism

- turn the adjustment scews to - the actuation lever must touch the
close the cargo door integrated stop of the latch assembly

- install the rigging pin - the rigging pin must go in the

ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR rigging hole of the latch freely.
INTERLOCK MECHANISM
(98F52308356000) in the rigging
hole behind the latching shaft.

(3) Adjust the interlock mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-802),if:

- you can not install the rigging pin;
- the actuation lever does not touch the integrated stop of the latch
assembly.

(4) Remove the rigging pin from the latch of the interlock mechanism when
the test is completed.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 541
Jan 01/02
R  
THY 
 Check of the Interlock Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 510/TASK 52-31-00-991-017

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-00

Page 542
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 (5) Remove the DEVICE - ADJUSTMENT, FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR
(98A52307587000) from the fuselage/cargo door.

(6) Open the cargo door to install the access cover (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
010-801).

(7) Install the access cover on the inner side of the cargo door as
follows:

(a) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) around the mating
surface of the access cover.

(b) Attach the access cover with the screws and the washers on the
inner skin.

(c) Remove the unwanted sealant around the access cover.

(d) Let the sealant dry and protect it with STRUCTURE PAINTS
(Material No. 16-003).

(8) Remove the adjustment gage from the fuselage stop brackets of the
door sill area.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-00-860-051

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Close the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801) when the functional
test is completed.

(3) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 543
Jan 01/02
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-00-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Install the access covers 821AR and 821BR.

(2) Push the locking handle down to the LOCKED position to lock the cargo
door correctly.

(3) Make sure that the access panel 122CR is closed.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 544
Jan 01/02
 
THY 
 FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________

TASK 52-31-00-220-801

Detailed Visual Inspection of the FWD Cargo Compartment Door, Internal

Structure

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 523102-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific masking paper
No specific masking tape
No specific access platform 4.50 m (14 ft. 9 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533

R 1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-006 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 601
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-15-000-801 Removal of the Protection Linings
52-31-15-400-801 Installation of the Protection Linings
SRM 51-73-00
SRM 51-74-00
SRM 52-30-00
52-31-00-991-007 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-00-010-051

A. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the FWD cargo compartment door
(referred to as FWD cargo door).

(2) Remove the access panels 821AR and 821BR.

(3) Open the FWD cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801).

(4) Remove the access cover of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

Subtask 52-31-00-481-050

B. Install the safety support equipment on the FWD cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-480-801).

Subtask 52-31-00-860-054

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(2) Set the light switch 6LU at the FWD service panel 5022VE to ON.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 602
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 (3) Remove the protection lining from the FWD cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
31-15-000-801).

Subtask 52-31-00-865-052

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

Subtask 52-31-00-110-050

E. Cleaning of the Structure

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), if
necessary.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-31-00-991-007)

Subtask 52-31-00-220-050

A. Detailed Visual Inspection of the Internal Structure of the FWD Cargo

Door

(1) Examine the inner side of the outer skin, the edge members, the inner
skin and the retainers (of the door seal) for scratches, dents and
corrosion.

(a) If you find a scratch,

- determine the extent of the damaged area (Ref. SRM 52-30-00),
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. SRM 51-
73-00).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 603
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Inspection of Internal Door Structure
Figure 601/TASK 52-31-00-991-007


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 604
Jan 01/94
 
THY 
 NOTE : When the scratch is greater than the limit, repair the
____
affected component (Ref. SRM 52-30-00).

(b) If you find a dent,

- determine the extent of the damaged area (Ref. SRM 52-30-00),
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. SRM 51-
73-00).

NOTE : When the dent is greater than the limit, repair the
____
affected component (Ref. SRM 52-30-00).

(c) If you find corrosion,

- determine the extent of the corroded area (Ref. SRM 52-30-00),
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. SRM 51-
74-00).

NOTE : When the corroded area is greater than the limit, repair
____
the affected component (Ref. SRM 52-30-00).

(2) Examine the horizontal beams, the door frames and the corner pieces
of the cargo door (machined parts) for scratches, dents and
corrosion.

(a) If you find a scratch,

- determine the extent of the damaged area (Ref. SRM 52-30-00),
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. SRM 51-
73-00).

NOTE : When the scratch is greater than the limit, repair the
____
affected component (Ref. SRM 52-30-00).

(b) If you find a dent,

- determine the extent of the damaged area (Ref. SRM 52-30-00),
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. SRM 51-
73-00).

NOTE : When the dent is greater than the limit, repair the
____
affected component (Ref. SRM 52-30-00).

(c) If you find corrosion,

- determine the extent of the corroded area (Ref. SRM 52-30-00),
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. SRM 51-
74-00).

NOTE : When the corroded area is greater than the limit, repair
____
the affected component (Ref. SRM 52-30-00).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 605
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-00-916-050

B. Application of Temporary Protection

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEMS.

_______
MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPORARY PROTECTION DOES NOT GET :
- ON COMPOSITE PARTS, CONTROL CABLES, PULLEYS, TEFLON BEARINGS,
- ON LUBRICATED SURFACES,
- IN DRAIN VALVES OR OTHER ORIFICES.
TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON OR IN THESE PARTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

(1) Cover the equipment and fittings adjacent to the area with masking
paper or masking tape, if necessary.

(2) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) or

STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the inspection area.

(3) Remove the masking paper or the masking tape.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-00-860-055

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration

(1) Install the protection lining (Ref. TASK 52-31-15-400-801).

(2) Close the access cover of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(4) Set the light switch 6LU at the FWD service panel 5022VE to OFF.

(5) De-energize the ground service network

Subtask 52-31-00-081-050

B. Remove the safety support equipment at the FWD cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-080-801).

Subtask 52-31-00-865-053

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MJ


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 606
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-00-410-051

D. Close Access

(1) Close the FWD cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(2) Install the access panels 821AR and 821BR.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 607
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-31-00-220-802

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Hinge Arms of the FWD Cargo Compartment Door
at FR20B to FR25

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 523104-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific masking paper
No specific masking tape
No specific access platform 4.50 m (14 ft. 9 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533

R 1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-006 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 608
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

51-75-12-300-801 Repair of Paint Damage on Aluminum and Composite

Material (more than the Topcoat)
52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
SRM 517300
SRM 517400
SRM 523000
52-31-00-991-008 Fig. 602

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-00-010-052

A. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the FWD cargo door.

(2) Remove the access panels 132AR to 132LR.

(3) Open the FWD Cargo Compartment Door (referred to as FWD cargo door)
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801).

(4) Remove the access cover from the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

Subtask 52-31-00-481-051

B. Install the safety support equipment on the FWD cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-480-801).

Subtask 52-31-00-860-056

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(2) Set the light switch 6LU at the FWD service panel 5022VE to ON.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 609
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-00-865-054

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

Subtask 52-31-00-110-051

E. Cleaning of the Structure

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), if
necessary.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-31-00-991-008)

Subtask 52-31-00-220-051

A. Detailed Visual Inspection of the Hinge Arms

(1) Examine the hinge arms for corrosion, cracks and other damage.

(a) If you find corrosion

- determine the extend of the corroded area (Ref. SRM 523000).
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. SRM
517400).

NOTE : When the corroded area is greater than the limit, repair
____
the affected internal attachment area.

(b) If you find a crack, repair it immediately (Ref. SRM 517300).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 610
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Inspection of the Hinge Arms
Figure 602/TASK 52-31-00-991-008


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 611
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 (c) Make sure that the paint coat in the internal attachment area is
in good condition (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-801).

Subtask 52-31-00-916-051

B. Application of Temporary Protection

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEMS.

_______
MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPORARY PROTECTION DOES NOT GET :
- ON COMPOSITE PARTS, CONTROL CABLES, PULLEYS, TEFLON BEARINGS,
- ON LUBRICATED SURFACES,
- IN DRAIN VALVES OR OTHER ORIFICES.
TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON OR IN THESE PARTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

(1) Cover the equipment and fittings adjacent to the area with masking
paper or masking tape, if necessary.

(2) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) or

STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the inspection area.

(3) Remove the masking paper or the masking tape.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-00-860-057

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration

(1) Close the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(3) Set the light switch 6LU at the FWD service panel 5022VE to OFF.

(4) De-energize the ground service network

Subtask 52-31-00-081-051

B. Remove the safety support equipment at the FWD cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-080-801).

Subtask 52-31-00-865-055

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MJ


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 612
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-00-410-052

D. Close Access

(1) Close the FWD cargo compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(2) Install the access panels 132AR to 132LR.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 613
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-31-00-220-803

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Latching Hooks of the FWD Cargo Compartment
Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Refer to the MPD TASK: 523103-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific lint-free cloth
No specific masking paper
No specific masking tape
No specific access platform 4.50 m (14 ft. 9 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 11-002 USA MIL-PRF-680

DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHITE SPIRIT)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-006 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 614
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

51-73-11-300-802 Repair of Minor Damage on Unclad Components

52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-21-000-804 Removal of the Latching Shaft Assembly
52-31-00-991-018 Fig. 603

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-00-010-054

A. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD Cargo Compartment Door (referred to as FWD cargo door)
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) and safety it with the applicable safety
support equipment (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).

(2) Put an access platform in position at the FWD cargo door.

(3) Remove the access cover from the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

Subtask 52-31-00-860-061

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(2) Set the light switch 6LU at the FWD service panel 5022VE to ON.

Subtask 52-31-00-865-058

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 615
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 52-31-00-991-018)

Subtask 52-31-00-615-050

A. Cleaning Procedure

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(1) Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002)
and a lint-free cloth .

Subtask 52-31-00-220-052

B. Detailed visual Inspection of the Latching Hooks of the FWD Cargo

Compartment Door

(1) Examine the inner surface of each latching hook for wear, chafe marks
and cracks.

(a) If you find any marks, measure the depth of the damage.

NOTE : Marks up to a depth of 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) are permitted.

____

(b) If the depth of a mark is between 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) and 0.3 mm
(0.0118 in.), remove the damage (Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-802).

(c) If the latching hook has marks with a depth of more than 0.3 mm
(0.0118 in.), replace it (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-804).

(d) If you find a crack, replace the latching hook (Ref. TASK 52-31-
21-000-804).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 616
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 Inspection of the Latching Hook
Figure 603/TASK 52-31-00-991-018


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 617
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-00-916-052

C. Application of Temporary Protection

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEMS.

_______
MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPORARY PROTECTION DOES NOT GET :
- ON COMPOSITE PARTS, CONTROL CABLES, PULLEYS, TEFLON BEARINGS,
- ON LUBRICATED SURFACES,
- IN DRAIN VALVES OR OTHER ORIFICES.
TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON OR IN THESE PARTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

(1) Cover the equipment and fittings adjacent to the area with masking
paper or masking tape, if necessary.

(2) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) or

STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the inspection area.

(3) Remove the masking paper or the masking tape.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-00-860-062

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration

(1) Close the access cover of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(3) Set the light switch 6LU at the FWD service panel 5022VE to OFF.

(4) De-energize the ground service network

Subtask 52-31-00-865-059

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MJ


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 618
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-00-410-054

C. Close Access

(1) Remove the applicable safety support equipment(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-

080-801).

(2) Close the FWD cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 619
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-31-00-210-801

General Visual Inspection of the FWD Cargo Compartment Door, External Surface

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Refer to the MPD TASK: 523101-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 4.70 m (15 ft. 5 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

51-75-12-300-801 Repair of Paint Damage on Aluminum and Composite

Material (more than the Topcoat)
51-75-12-300-803 Repair of Paint Damage (Topcoat Only)
ASRM 51-73-11-001
ASRM 52-30-00
ASRM 52-30-00-001
52-31-00-991-019 Fig. 604

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-00-010-055

A. Put an access platform in position below the closed FWD Cargo Compartment
Door.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 620
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 52-31-00-991-019)

Subtask 52-31-00-210-050

A. General Visual Inspection Procedure

R

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Examine the external surface of the FWD cargo compartment door for
scratches, dents, cracks and damage to the surface protection.

(3) If you find scratches:

- determine the extent of the damaged area and the allowable damage
limits (Ref. ASRM 52-30-00-001),
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. ASRM 51-73-
11-001).

NOTE : When the scratch is greater than the limit, repair the
____
affected component (Ref. ASRM 52-30-00).

R (4) If you find cracks:

- determine the extent of the damaged area and the allowable damage
limits (Ref. ASRM 52-30-00-001),
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. ASRM 51-73-
11-001).

R NOTE : When the crack is greater than the limit, repair the affected
____
R component (Ref. ASRM 52-30-00).

(5) If you find dents:

- determine the extent of the damaged area and the allowable damage
limits (Ref. ASRM 52-30-00-001),
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. ASRM 51-73-
11-001).

NOTE : When the dent is greater than the limit, repair the affected
____
component (Ref. ASRM 52-30-00).

(6) If you find damage to the surface protection, repair it in accordance

with the paint system (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-803) or (Ref. TASK 51-
75-12-300-801), as necessary.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 621
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 FWD Cargo Compartment Door, External Surface
Figure 604/TASK 52-31-00-991-019


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 622
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-00-410-055

A. Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 623
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-31-00-250-801

Special Detailed Inspection of the Actuator Attach Fitting of the FWD Cargo
Compartment Door at FR22A

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 523105-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 4.50 m (14 ft. 9 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-15-000-801 Removal of the Protection Linings
52-31-15-400-801 Installation of the Protection Linings
NTM 523105
52-31-00-991-009 Fig. 605

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-00-010-053

A. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD Cargo Compartment Door (referred to as FWD cargo door)
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801).

(2) Put an access platform in position at the FWD cargo door.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 624
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 (3) Remove the access cover from the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

Subtask 52-31-00-481-052

B. Install the safety support equipment from the FWD cargo door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-480-801).

Subtask 52-31-00-860-058

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(2) Set the light switch 6LU at the FWD service panel 5022VE to ON.

(3) Remove the protection lining as far as necessary from the FWD cargo
door (Ref. TASK 52-31-15-000-801).

Subtask 52-31-00-865-056

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 52-31-00-991-009)

Subtask 52-31-00-250-050

A. Do a NDT inspection at the actuator attach fitting (Ref. NTM 523105).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-00-860-059

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration

(1) Install the protection lining (Ref. TASK 52-31-15-400-801).

(2) Close the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 625
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Inspection of the Actuator Attach Fitting
Figure 605/TASK 52-31-00-991-009


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 626
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 (4) Set the light switch 6LU at the FWD service panel 5022VE to OFF.

(5) De-energize the ground service network

Subtask 52-31-00-081-052

B. Remove the safety support equipment at the FWD cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-080-801).

Subtask 52-31-00-865-057

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MJ

Subtask 52-31-00-410-053

D. Close Access

(1) Close the FWD cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(2) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 627
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-31-00-280-801

Calculation Procedure for Structural Deviations of FWD Cargo Compartment Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To make sure that the aerodynamic requirements of the FWD Cargo Compartment
Door are satisfactory although one or more of the measurement points are out
of tolerance.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-11-820-804 Adjustment of Gaps at FWD Cargo-Compartment Door

52-31-11-820-805 Adjustment of Skin Offset at FWD Cargo-Compartment
Door
52-31-00-991-010 Fig. 606
52-31-00-991-011 Fig. 607

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-00-860-060

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the gaps of the FWD cargo compartment door are
satisfactory (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-804).

(2) Make sure that the skin offset of the FWD cargo compartment door is
satisfactory (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-805).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 628
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 52-31-00-991-010, 607/TASK 52-31-00-991-011)

Subtask 52-31-00-280-050

A. Calculation Procedure

(1) Determination of the Structural Deviations

(a) Write the values of the skin offset (MVS), measured at the
measurement points L,M,N,P,R and S into the TABLE 1.

(b) Calculate the difference values (DVS) of the skin offset in

accordance with the subsequent formula:
I I
R I MEASUREMENT VALUE minus NOMINAL VALUE = DIFFERENCE VALUE I
I MVS minus NVS = DVS I
I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _I

EXAMPLE:
0.2mm (0.008in.) minus -1.7mm (0.067in.) = 1.9mm (0.075in.)
-1.0mm (0.039in.) minus -1.7mm (0.067in.) = 0.7mm (0.028in.)
-2.4mm (0.094in.) minus -1.7mm (0.067in.) = - 0.7mm (0.028in.)

(2) Aerodynamic Definition of Skin Offset

(a) If the calculation gives a negative difference value then:

- the cargo door is in the fuselage contour during the flight;
- the related measurement point at FR20 is OUT-OF-WIND;
- the related measurement point at FR25A is INTO-WIND.

(b) If the calculation gives a positive difference value then:

- the cargo door is out of the fuselage contour during the
flight;
- the related measurement point at FR20 is INTO-WIND;
- the related measurement point at FR25A is OUT-OF-WIND.

(3) Calculation of the different Parasitic Drags (PD)

(a) Write all the different values (DVS) with the correct
mathematical symbol into the TABLE 2.

(b) Write all the gap values (MVG), measured at the measurement
points L,M, N,P,R and S into the table 2.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 629
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Aerodynamic Definition of Skin Offset
Figure 606/TASK 52-31-00-991-010


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 630
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 Summary Table for Structural Deviations
Figure 607/TASK 52-31-00-991-011


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 631
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 (c) Determine the parasitic drags for the skin-offsets (PDS) in
accordance with the subsequent TABLE 3.

(d) Write these PDS values into the TABLE 2 and add them together.

(e) Determine the parasitic drags for the gaps (PDG) in accordance
with the subsequent TABLE 4.

(f) Write these PDG values into the TABLE 2 and add them together.

(4) Calculation of the Tolerable Deviations

(a) Add the sum of the PDS and the sum of the PDG together to get the
criterion for the tolerable deviations.

(b) If the criterion is less than 44, the cargo door fulfils the
aerodynamic requirements.

Subtask 52-31-00-970-050

B. Value Tables of Parasitic Drags

(1) TABLE 3: Parasitic Drags for Skin Offset

------------------------------------ ------------------------------------
I DVS I PDS I PDS I I DVS I PDS I PDS I
I mm (in.) I Into I Out of I I mm (in.) I Into I Out of I
I I Wind I Wind I I I Wind I Wind I
I-------------I---------I----------I I-------------I---------I----------I
I 0.0 (0.004) I 0.00 I 0.00 I I 2.6 (0.102) I 9.30 I 4.20 I
I 0.1 (0.004) I 0.25 I 0.13 I I 2.7 (0.106) I 9.80 I 4.40 I
I 0.2 (0.008) I 0.05 I 0.26 I I 2.8 (0.110) I 10.20 I 4.60 I
I 0.3 (0.012) I 0.75 I 0.40 I I 2.9 (0.114) I 10.60 I 4.80 I
I 0.4 (0.016) I 1.00 I 0.53 I I 3.0 (0.118) I 11.20 I 5.00 I
I 0.5 (0.020) I 1.25 I 0.66 I I 3.1 (0.122) I 11.70 I 5.22 I
I 0.6 (0.024) I 1.50 I 0.80 I I 3.2 (0.126) I 12.20 I 5.44 I
I 0.7 (0.028) I 1.75 I 0.93 I I 3.3 (0,130) I 12.70 I 5.66 I
I 0.8 (0.032) I 2.00 I 1.06 I I 3.4 (0.134) I 13.20 I 5.88 I
I 0.9 (0.035) I 2.30 I 1.20 I I 3.5 (0.138) I 13.70 I 6.10 I
I 1.0 (0.039) I 2.60 I 1.32 I I 3.6 (0.142) I 14.20 I 6.32 I
I 1.1 (0.043) I 3.00 I 1.49 I I 3.7 (0.146) I 14.70 I 6.54 I
I 1.2 (0.047) I 3.40 I 1.66 I I 3.8 (0.150) I 15.20 I 6.76 I
I 1.3 (0.051) I 3.80 I 1.83 I I 3.9 (0.153) I 15.70 I 7.00 I
I 1.4 (0.055) I 4.20 I 2.00 I I 4.0 (0.157) I 16.20 I 7.20 I
I 1.5 (0.059) I 4.60 I 2.17 I I 4.1 (0.161) I 16.70 I 7.42 I
I 1.6 (0.063) I 5.00 I 2.34 I I 4.2 (0.165) I 17.20 I 7.64 I
I 1.7 (0.067) I 5.40 I 2.50 I I 4.3 (0.169) I 17.70 I 7.86 I


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 632
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 ------------------------------------ ------------------------------------
I DVS I PDS I PDS I I DVS I PDS I PDS I
I mm (in.) I Into I Out of I I mm (in.) I Into I Out of I
I I Wind I Wind I I I Wind I Wind I
I-------------I---------I----------I I-------------I---------I----------I
I 1.8 (0.071) I 5.80 I 2.68 I I 4.4 (0.173) I 18.20 I 8.08 I
I 1.9 (0.075) I 6.20 I 2.85 I I 4.5 (0.177) I 18.70 I 8.30 I
I 2.0 (0.079) I 6.60 I 3.00 I I 4.6 (0.181) I 19.20 I 8.52 I
I 2.1 (0.083) I 7.00 I 3.20 I I 4.7 (0.185) I 19.70 I 8.74 I
I 2.2 (0.087) I 7.50 I 3.40 I I 4.8 (0.189) I 20.20 I 8.96 I
I 2.3 (0.090) I 8.00 I 3.60 I I 4.9 (0.193) I 20.70 I 9.20 I
I 2.4 (0.094) I 8.40 I 3.80 I I 5.0 (0.197) I 21.50 I 9.40 I
I 2.5 (0.098) I 8.90 I 4.00 I I ---- I ---- I ---- I
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 633
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 (2) TABLE 4: Parasitic Drags for Gaps

----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------

I MVG I PDG I I MVG I PDG I
I mm (in.) I I I mm (in.) I I I
I-------------I-------I I ------------I-------I
I 0.0 (0.004) I 0.00 I I 4.1 (0.161) I 2.17 I
I 0.1 (0.004) I 0.05 I I 4.2 (0.165) I 2.23 I
I 0.2 (0.008) I 0.10 I I 4.3 (0.169) I 2.28 I
I 0.3 (0.012) I 0.16 I I 4.4 (0.173) I 2.33 I
I 0.4 (0.016) I 0.21 I I 4.5 (0.177) I 2.40 I
I 0.5 (0.020) I 0.26 I I 4.6 (0.181) I 2.45 I
I 0.6 (0.024) I 0.32 I I 4.7 (0.185) I 2.50 I
I 0.7 (0.028) I 0.37 I I 4.8 (0.189) I 2.55 I
I 0.8 (0.032) I 0.42 I I 4.9 (0.193) I 2.60 I
I 0.9 (0.035) I 0.48 I I 5.0 (0.197) I 2.65 I
I 1.0 (0.039) I 0.53 I I 5.1 (0.200) I 2.70 I
I 1.1 (0.043) I 0.58 I I 5.2 (0.204) I 2.75 I
I 1.2 (0.047) I 0.64 I I 5.3 (0.208) I 2.80 I
I 1.3 (0.051) I 0.69 I I 5.4 (0.212) I 2.86 I
I 1.4 (0.055) I 0.74 I I 5.5 (0.216) I 2.90 I
I 1.5 (0.059) I 0.80 I I 5.6 (0.220) I 3.00 I
I 1.6 (0.063) I 0.85 I I 5.7 (0.224) I 3.05 I
I 1.7 (0.067) I 0.90 I I 5.8 (0.228) I 3.10 I
I 1.8 (0.071) I 0.95 I I 5.9 (0.232) I 3.15 I
I 1.9 (0.075) I 1.00 I I 6.0 (0.236) I 3.20 I
I 2.0 (0.079) I 1.05 I I 6.1 (0.240) I 3.25 I
I 2.1 (0.083) I 1.10 I I 6.2 (0.244) I 3.30 I
I 2.2 (0.087) I 1.16 I I 6.3 (0.248) I 3.35 I
I 2.3 (0.090) I 1.22 I I 6.4 (0.252) I 3.40 I
I 2.4 (0.094) I 1.27 I I 6.5 (0.256) I 3.45 I
I 2.5 (0.098) I 1.32 I I 6.6 (0.260) I 3.50 I
I 2.6 (0.102) I 1.38 I I 6.7 (0.264) I 3.55 I
I 2.7 (0.106) I 1.43 I I 6.8 (0.268) I 3.60 I
I 2.8 (0.110) I 1.48 I I 6.9 (0.272) I 3.65 I
I 2.9 (0.114) I 1.53 I I 7.0 (0.276) I 3.70 I
I 3.0 (0.118) I 1.60 I I 7.1 (0.280) I 3.77 I
I 3.1 (0.122) I 1.64 I I 7.2 (0.283) I 3.85 I
I 3.2 (0.126) I 1.70 I I 7.3 (0.287) I 3.90 I
I 3.3 (0.130) I 1.75 I I 7.4 (0.291) I 3.95 I
I 3.4 (0.134) I 1.80 I I 7.5 (0.295) I 4.00 I
I 3.5 (0.138) I 1.85 I I 7.6 (0.299) I 4.05 I
I 3.6 (0.142) I 1.90 I I 7.7 (0.303) I 4.10 I
I 3.7 (0.146) I 1.96 I I 7.8 (0.307) I 4.15 I
I 3.8 (0.150) I 2.01 I I 7.9 (0.311) I 4.20 I
I 3.9 (0.153) I 2.06 I I 8.0 (0.315) I 4.25 I
I 4.0 (0.157) I 2.10 I I 8.1 (0.319) I 4.30 I
I MVG I PDG I
mm (in.) I I
I-------------I-------I
I 8.2 (0.323)I 4.35 I
I 8.3 (0.327)I 4.40 I
I 8.4 (0.331)I 4.45 I
I 8.5 (0.335)I 4.50 I
I 8.6 (0.339)I 4.55 I
I 8.7 (0.343)I 4.60 I
I 8.8 (0.346)I 4.65 I
I 8.9 (0.350)I 4.70 I
I 9.0 (0.354)I 4.77 I
I 9.1 (0.358)I 4.85 I
I 9.2 (0.362)I 4.90 I
I 9.3 (0.366)I 4.95 I
I 9.4 (0.370)I 5.00 I
I 9.5 (0.374)I 5.05 I
I 9.6 (0.378)I 5.10 I
I 9.7 (0.382)I 5.15 I
I 9.8 (0.386)I 5.20 I
I 9.9 (0.390)I 5.25 I
I 10.0 (0.394)I 5.30 I
I 10.1 (0.398)I 5.35 I
I 10.2 (0.401)I 5.40 I
I 10.3 (0.405)I 5.45 I
I 10.4 (0.409)I 5.50 I
I 10.5 (0.413)I 5.55 I
I 10.6 (0.417)I 5.60 I
I 10.7 (0.421)I 5.65 I
I 10.8 (0.425)I 5.70 I
I 10.9 (0.429)I 5.75 I
I 11.0 (0.433)I 5.80 I
I 11.1 (0.437)I 5.87 I
I 11.2 (0.441)I 5.95 I
I 11.3 (0.445)I 6.00 I
I 11.4 (0.449)I 6.05 I
I 11.5 (0.453)I 6.10 I
I 11.6 (0.457)I 6.15 I
I 11.7 (0.461)I 6.20 I
I 11.8 (0.465)I 6.25 I
I 11.9 (0.469)I 6.30 I
I 12.0 (0.473)I 6.35 I
I I I
I I I


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 634
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 TASK 52-31-00-220-804

R Detailed Inspection of the FWD Cargo Compartment Door, Door Frame C20B Between
R Beam 3 and Beam 4

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 523106-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific masking paper
No specific masking tape
No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533

1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-006 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 635
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R C. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

R 24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
R 52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
R with the Yellow Electric Pump
R 52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
R 52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
R with the Yellow Electric Pump
R 52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
R SRM 51-73-00
R SRM 51-74-00
R SRM 52-30-00
R 52-31-00-991-025 Fig. 608

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 52-31-00-010-059

R A. Get Access

R (1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the FWD
R cargo compartment door (referred to as FWD cargo door).

R (2) Remove the access panel 821CR.

R (3) Open the FWD cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801).

R (4) Remove the access cover of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

R Subtask 52-31-00-481-056

R B. Install the safety support equipment on the FWD cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
R 30-00-480-801).

R Subtask 52-31-00-860-069

R C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Energize the ground service network

R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)

R (2) Set the light switch 6LU at the FWD service panel 5022VE to ON.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 636
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-00-865-066

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02

Subtask 52-31-00-110-054

E. Clean the Inspection Area

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Clean the inspection area with the CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-
004) and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
003).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 608/TASK 52-31-00-991-025)

Subtask 52-31-00-220-055

R A. Detailed Visual Inspection of the FWD Cargo Door at Door Frame C20B.

R (1) Examine the surfaces of door frame C20B between beam 3 and beam 4 for
R scratches, dents and corrosion.

(a) If you find a scratch,

- measure the damaged area (Ref. SRM 52-30-00),
- remove the damage if it is less than the limit (Ref. SRM 51-73-
00).
- if the damage is more than the limit, repair the component
(Ref. SRM 52-30-00).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 637
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R FWD Cargo-Compartment Door, Door Frame C20B
R Figure 608/TASK 52-31-00-991-025


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 638
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R (b) If you find a dent,
R - measure the damaged area (Ref. SRM 52-30-00),
R - remove the damage if it is less than the limit (Ref. SRM 51-73-
R 00).
R - if the dent is more than the limit, repair the component (Ref.
R SRM 52-30-00).

R (c) If you find corrosion,

R - measure the corroded area (Ref. SRM 52-30-00),
R - remove the damage if it is less than the limit (Ref. SRM 51-74-
R 00).
R - if the corroded area is more than the limit, repair the
R component (Ref. SRM 52-30-00).

R Subtask 52-31-00-916-055

R B. Application of Temporary Protection

R CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEMS.

_______
R MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPORARY PROTECTION DOES NOT GET :
R - ON COMPOSITE PARTS, CONTROL CABLES, PULLEYS, TEFLON BEARINGS,
R - ON LUBRICATED SURFACES,
R - IN DRAIN VALVES OR OTHER ORIFICES.
R TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON OR IN THESE PARTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

R (1) If necessary, put masking paper or masking tape on the equipment and
R fittings adjacent to the inspection area.

R (2) Apply a layer of the temporary protective compound, STORAGE

R PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) or the STORAGE PRESERVATION
R (Material No. 15-006) to the inspection area.

R (3) Remove the masking paper or the masking tape.

R 5. Close-up
________

R Subtask 52-31-00-860-070

R A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration

R (1) Close the access cover of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

R (2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
R items.

R (3) Set the light switch 6LU at the FWD service panel 5022VE to OFF.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 639
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
R (4) De-energize the ground service network
R (Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

R Subtask 52-31-00-081-056

R B. Remove the safety support equipment at the FWD cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
R 30-00-080-801).

R Subtask 52-31-00-865-067

R C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
R breaker(s):
R 1MJ

R Subtask 52-31-00-410-059

R D. Close Access

R (1) Close the FWD cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

R (2) Install the access panel 821CR.

R (3) Remove all the fixtures, tools, test and support equipment used
R during this procedure.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 640
Jan 01/04
 
THY 
 TASK 52-31-00-220-806

Measurement of Wear Limits at Eccentric Bushes

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-31-32-000-801 Removal of the Latch Fitting Components
52-31-32-400-801 Installation of the Latch Fitting Components
52-31-00-991-027 Fig. 609

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-00-010-061

A. Get Access

R (1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the FWD
R cargo-compartment door.

R (2) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801).

(3) Remove the applicable eccentric bush from the door frame fitting
(Ref. TASK 52-31-32-000-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 641
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-31-00-220-057

A. Detailed Visual Inspection of the Eccentric Bushes

(Ref. Fig. 609/TASK 52-31-00-991-027)

(1) Examine the inner and outer surfaces of the eccentric bush for wear,
chafe marks and cracks.

(2) If you find wear or chafe marks, measure the thickness of the
eccentric bush.

(a) If the thickness is less than permitted, replace the applicable

eccentric bush.

(3) If you find a crack, replace the applicable eccentric bush.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-00-410-061

A. Close Access

(1) Install the eccentric bush in the door frame fitting (Ref. TASK 52-
31-32-400-801).

R (2) Close the FWD cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801) .

R (3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 642
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R Wear Limits of the Eccentric Bushes
R Figure 609/TASK 52-31-00-991-027


EFF :

ALL  52-31-00

Page 643
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 DOOR - CARGO COMPARTMENT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________

TASK 52-31-11-000-801

Removal of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific crane with a min. capacity of 210.0 kg (463.0 lbs)
No specific tape
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 4.50 m (14 ft. 9 in.)
98A52208001001 1 R/I TOOLS - CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS
98A52307529002 1 SLING - CARGO DOORS

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

29-00-00-864-803 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System (Pressurized
with the Hydraulic Ground Supply)
29-14-00-614-803 Depressurization of the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir
R with Ground Equipment
52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-804 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with a Crane
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-11-991-001 Fig. 401
52-31-11-991-002 Fig. 402
52-31-11-991-003 Fig. 403


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 401
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-11-991-004 Fig. 404

52-31-11-991-005 Fig. 405

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-11-010-050

A. Get Access

R (1) Put the access platform in position at the FWD cargo compartment door
(referred to as cargo door).

(2) Remove the upper access covers 132AR, 132BR, 132CR, 132DR, 132ER,
132FR, 132GR, 132HR, 132JR, 132KR, 132LR from the fuselage above the
cargo door.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

R (4) Open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) and safety it with
R the applicable safety supports (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).

Subtask 52-31-11-860-050

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803).

(2) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-803).

(3) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)

(4) Set the light switch 6LU at the FWD service panel 5022VE to ON.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 402
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-11-010-051

C. Get Access

(1) Open the avionics compartment door 132AZ and set the light switch 5LS
at the avionics rack 802VU to ON.

(2) Put the access platform in position below the circuit breaker panel
5002VE .

(3) Open the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(4) Remove the ceiling panel 132CC to get access to the receptacle 5116VA
at the crossbeam FR20.

Subtask 52-31-11-865-050

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
722VU HYD PUMP Y SVCE 10JJ N46
722VU HYD PUMP Y CTL 9JJ R36
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

Subtask 52-31-11-941-050

E. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the warning notices in the subsequent positions to tell persons
not to pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system:
- in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 245VU of the overhead
panel,
- on the ground service panel of the Yellow hydraulic system.

(2) Move the latching handle to its LATCHED position and push the locking
handle down to prevent damage during the removal.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 403
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-31-11-020-050

A. Removal of the Cargo Door Components

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-11-991-001, 402/TASK 52-31-11-991-002, 403/TASK
52-31-11-991-003)

(1) Remove the bonding straps from the fuselage area at FR21 and FR24
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-31-11-991-002)

(a) Remove the screws (30) and the washers (28),(29) from the door
frame of the fuselage.

(b) Disconnect the bonding straps (27) from the door frame of the
fuselage.

(2) Remove the wire harness 5796VB from the door frame area of the
fuselage
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-11-991-001)

(a) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the receptacle (1)
at the crossbeam FR20.

(b) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(c) Cut and remove the tie-wrap of the cable clamp (3) and disconnect
the wire harness 5796VB from the cable clamp (3).

(d) Remove the screw (7) and the washer (8) from the bracket (12) to
disconnect the clamp (9) from the spacer (11).

(e) Remove the spacer (11) and the clamp (9) from the bracket (12).

(f) Remove the clamp (9) and the related rubber sleeve (10) from the
wire harness 5796VB.

(g) Remove the nuts (15), the washers (14) and the bolts (13) and
disconnect the ring (6) and the bracket (12) from the door frame
(4).

(h) Move the twin gasket (5) apart and remove both parts from the
wire harness 5796VB.

(i) Move the connector (2) through the cut-out of the door frame (4).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 404
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
R Electrical Components
Figure 401/TASK 52-31-11-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 405
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 Door Hinge Connection
Figure 402/TASK 52-31-11-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 406
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Hinge Connection and Door Actuator Attachment
Figure 403/TASK 52-31-11-991-003


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 407
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 (j) Attach the wire harness 5796VB temporarily with tape on the cargo
door.

(3) Disconnect the door actuator 2502MJ from the cargo door structure
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-31-11-991-003)

(a) Remove the nut (36), the washer (37), the bolt (39) and the
bonding strap (38) from the actuator attachment fitting (44).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (40) from the nut (41).

(c) Safety the door actuator 2502MJ so that it cannot fall when you
remove the actuator bolt (35).

(d) Remove the nut (41) and the washer (42) from the actuator bolt
(35).

(e) Remove the actuator bolt (35) and disconnect the piston end of
the door actuator (43) from the actuator attachment fitting (44).

(4) Prepare the cargo door for the removal

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-31-11-991-004)

(a) Remove the support struts (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-801) and close
the cargo door with the crane (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-804).

NOTE : Do not lock the cargo door at this stage.

____

(b) Attach the SLING - CARGO DOORS (98A52307529002) to a crane with a

min. capacity of 210.0 kg (463.0 lbs) and put it in position to
the cargo door.

(c) Remove the self-adhesive PVC disks (51) from the plastic plugs
(52).

(d) Remove the plastic plugs (52) from the upper hoist fittings (53)
and install the hoisting lugs (54) with the eye-ends outboard.

(e) Attach the fasteners (55) of the SLING - CARGO DOORS to the
eye-ends of the hoisting lugs (54).

NOTE : Make sure that the remaining fastener is attached on the

____
ring (56).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 408
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Installation of Cargo Door Sling
Figure 404/TASK 52-31-11-991-004


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 409
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-11-020-051

B. Removal of the FWD Cargo Door

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-31-11-991-002, 403/TASK 52-31-11-991-003, 405/TASK
52-31-11-991-005)

CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CONNECTIONS ARE DISCONNECTED BEFORE YOU
_______
LIFT THE COMPONENT WITH THE HOIST.
TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS.

(1) Firstly remove the hinge bolts (26) at FR21 and FR24A to make the
removal of the other hinge bolts easier.

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (23) from the nuts (22).

(b) Remove the nuts (22), the washers (21) and the spacers (20) from
the hinge bolts (26).

(c) Put the protective cover (61) which is part of the R/I TOOLS -
CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS (98A52208001001) on the hinge bolts (26).
If necessary use the lever (62).

(d) Remove the hinge bolts (26) from the hinge fittings (24).

(2) If a hinge bolt is difficult to remove, use the extraction tool (68)
which is part of the R/I TOOLS - CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS.

NOTE : The extraction tool (68) contains the two extraction shafts
____
R (63), the distance sleeves (64), the thrust assembly (65) and
R the special nut (66).

(a) Remove the grease nipple (25) from the applicable hinge bolt
(26).

(b) Put the extraction shaft (63) into the nipple hole of the hinge
bolt (26).

NOTE : At FR22A use the longer extraction shaft and the larger
____
protective cover.

(c) Assemble the extraction tool (68) and remove the hinge bolts (26)
from the hinge fittings (24).

(3) Install the center pins (60) which are part of the R/I TOOLS - CARGO
COMPARTMENT DOORS in the hinge fittings (24) at FR21 and FR24.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 410
Oct 01/99
 
THY 
R Extraction/Insertion Tools for Hinge Bolts
Figure 405/TASK 52-31-11-991-005


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 411
Oct 01/99
 
THY 
 (4) Remove the remaining hinge bolts (26) from the hinge fittings (24).

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (23) from the nuts (22).

(b) Remove the nuts (22), the washers (21) and the spacers (20) from
the hinge bolts (26).

NOTE : The spacers (20) are not installed at FR22A and FR25.
____

(c) Install the protective cover (61) on the hinge bolts (26). If
necessary, use the lever (62).

(d) Remove the hinge bolts (26) and the spacers (32),(33),(34) which
are installed only at FR22A.

(5) Make sure that the cargo door hangs in the vertical position.

(6) Operate the crane to make sure that the SLING - CARGO DOORS are tight
and to take the load off the center pins (60).

(7) Remove the center pins (60) from the hinge fittings (24) at FR21 and
FR24A.

(8) Carefully remove the cargo door from the fuselage and put it in a jig
or on a soft and clean base pad.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-11-942-050

A. Preparation of the Cargo door for Stowage

(1) Remove the ring (56) of the SLING - CARGO DOORS from the crane.

(2) Remove the fasteners (55) of the SLING - CARGO DOORS from the eye-end
of the hoisting lugs (54).

(3) Remove the hoisting lugs (54) from the upper hoist fittings (53) and
install the plastic plugs (52).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 412
Oct 01/94
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-31-11-400-801

Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific crane with a min. capacity of 210.0 Kg (463.0 lbs.)

No specific grease gun
No specific tie-wrap
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 4.5 m (14 ft. 9 in.)
No specific 1 SPRING BALANCE 20 DAN (48 LBF)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98A52208001001 1 R/I TOOLS - CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS
98A52307529002 1 SLING - CARGO DOORS

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-052
SELF-ADHES.PVC DISKS FOR HOISTING POINT BLANKING
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 413
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23 cotter pins 52-31-12 01 -010

R 40 cotter pin 52-36-02 04 -082
R 40 cotter pin 52-36-02 04A-082

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-912-802 Electrical Bonding of Components with Conductive

Screws and Bolts and Bonding Straps
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
29-00-00-863-803 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
29-00-00-864-803 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System (Pressurized
with the Hydraulic Ground Supply)
29-14-00-614-803 Depressurization of the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir
with Ground Equipment
29-14-00-614-804 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with
external bench
52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-11-820-804 Adjustment of Gaps at FWD Cargo-Compartment Door
52-31-11-820-805 Adjustment of Skin Offset at FWD Cargo-Compartment
Door
52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System
52-71-00-710-803 Operational Check of the Residual-Pressure Warning
System (with Functional Test of the Pressure Switch
40MJ)
52-71-00-710-804 Operational Test of the Electrical Control System for
the FWD (AFT) Cargo-Compartment Door
52-31-11-991-001 Fig. 401
52-31-11-991-002 Fig. 402
52-31-11-991-003 Fig. 403
52-31-11-991-004 Fig. 404


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 414
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-11-991-005 Fig. 405

52-31-11-991-006 Fig. 406

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-11-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the Yellow hydraulic system is depressurized

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803)

(2) Make sure that the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is
depressurized
(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-803)

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position.

(4) Make sure that the warning notices are in position.

(5) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(6) Make sure that the avionics compartment door 132AZis opened.

(7) Make sure that the light switch 6LU on the FWD service panel 5022VE
is in the ON position.

Subtask 52-31-11-865-052

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
722VU HYD PUMP Y SVCE 10JJ N46
722VU HYD PUMP Y CTL 9JJ R36
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 415
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-31-11-210-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-31-11-991-002, 403/TASK 52-31-11-991-003, 405/TASK
52-31-11-991-005)

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Make sure that the bushes in the hinge fittings (24) are not damaged.
If necessary, remove the minor damage.

(4) Make sure that the hinge fittings (24) and the related hinge bolts
(26) are clean and in the correct condition.

(5) Make sure that the lubrication channel of the hinge bolts (26) and
the grease nipples (25) are free.

(6) Install the grease nipples (25) in the applicable hinge bolts (26).

(7) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the shafts of the hinge
bolts (26) and into the bushes of the hinge fittings (24).

(8) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the shaft of the
actuator bolt (35).

(9) Assemble the protective covers (61) on the hinge bolts (26) to
protect their threads during the installation.

(10) Prepare the replacement cargo door for the installation

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-31-11-991-004)

(a) Attach the ring (56) of the SLING - CARGO DOORS (98A52307529002)
R to the crane with a min. capacity of 210.0 Kg (463.0 lbs.) and
put it in position to the replacement cargo door.

(b) Remove the plastic plugs (52) from the upper hoist fittings (53)
and install the hoisting lugs (54) with the eye-end outboard.

(c) Attach the fasteners (55) of the SLING - CARGO DOORS to the
eye-ends of the hoisting lugs (54).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 416
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-11-420-050

B. Installation of the Cargo Door

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-31-11-991-002, 403/TASK 52-31-11-991-003, 405/TASK
52-31-11-991-005)

(1) Operate the crane carefully to lift the replacement cargo door to its
vertical installation position at the fuselage.

(2) Make sure that the bores of the hinge arms (31) and the related hinge
fittings (24) are aligned.

(3) Install the center pins (60) which are part of the R/I TOOLS - CARGO
COMPARTMENT DOORS (98A52208001001) in the hinge fittings (24) at FR21
and FR24A.

(4) Install the hinge bolts (26) in all remaining hinge fittings (24) .

NOTE : Do not install the hinge bolt (26) in the hinge fitting (24)
____
of FR22A at this stage.

(5) Make sure that all hinge bolts (26) are in their correct installation
position.

(6) If it is difficult to install a hinge bolt (26), use the insertion

tool (71) which is part of the R/I TOOLS - CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS
(98A52208001001).

NOTE : The insertion tool (71) contains the two insertion shafts
____
(69), the distance sleeves (70), the thrust assembly (65) and
the special nut (66).

(a) Put the insertion shaft (69) into the protective cover (61).

NOTE : At FR22 use the longer insertion shaft and larger the
____
protective cover.

(b) Assemble the insertion tool (71) and install the hinge bolt (26)
in the hinge fitting (24).

(c) Remove the insertion shaft (69) from the protective cover (61).

(7) Remove the center pins (60) from the hinge fittings (24) at FR21 and
FR24A and install the related hinge bolts (26).

(8) Remove the protective cover (61) from the hinge bolts (26).

(9) Install the spacers (20), the washers (21) and the nuts (22) on each
hinge bolt (26). Do not torque the nuts (22) at this stage.

NOTE : The spacers (20) are not installed at FR25.

____


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 417
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-11-820-050

C. Adjustment of the Cargo Door Position

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-31-11-991-003, 406/TASK 52-31-11-991-006)

(1) Put the cargo door in its installation position and so that the
lateral gaps A and B are correct.

(2) Measure the gap C between the hinge fitting (24) and the hinge arm
(31) at FR22A to determine the thickness of the spacers
(32),(33),(34).

(3) Select the necessary quantity of the spacers (32),(33),(34) for the
gap C to compare with the values in the subsequent table Selection
of Spacers.

(4) Install the hinge bolt (26), the spacers (32),(33),(34), the washer
(21) and the nut (22) at the hinge fitting (24) at FR22A.

(5) Measure the gaps D between the other hinge arms (31) and the
related hinge fittings (24).

NOTE : The minimum gap D must be 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.).

____

(6) Complete the installation of the hinge bolts (26).

(a) TORQUE the nuts (22) to 0.49 m.daN (43.36 lbf.in) and if
necessary turn them back to the next cotter pin hole.

(b) Safety the nuts (22) with new cotter pins (23).

Subtask 52-31-11-910-050

D. Table for the Selection of the Spacers (Item 32 thru Item 34)

GAPS C in mm (in.) | ITEM 32 | ITEM 33 | ITEM 34 | THICKNESS

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.4 - 0.5 | 1 | - | - | 0.3
0.5 - 0.6 | - | 1 | - | 0.4
0.6 - 0.7 | - | - | 1 | 0.5
0.7 - 0.8 | 2 | - | - | 0.6
0.8 - 0.9 | 1 | 1 | - | 0.7
0.9 - 1.0 | - | 2 | - | 0.8
1.0 - 1.1 | - | 1 | 1 | 0.9
1.1 - 1.2 | - | - | 2 | 1.0


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 418
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
R Gaps - Cargo Door/Fuselage
Figure 406/TASK 52-31-11-991-006


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 419
Jul 01/01
 
THY 
 GAPS C in mm (in.) | ITEM 32 | ITEM 33 | ITEM 34 | THICKNESS
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1.2 - 1.3 | 1 | 2 | 1 | 1.1
1.3 - 1.4 | 1 | 1 | 1 | 1.2
1.4 - 1.5 | 1 | - | 2 | 1.3
1.5 - 1.6 | - | 1 | 2 | 1.4
1.6 - 1.7 | - | - | 3 | 1.5
1.7 - 1.8 | 2 | - | 2 | 1.6
1.8 - 1.9 | 1 | 1 | 2 | 1.7
1.9 - 2.0 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 1.8
2.0 - 2.1 | - | 1 | 3 | 1.9
2.1 - 2.2 | - | - | 4 | 2.0
2.2 - 2.3 | 2 | - | 3 | 2.1
2.3 - 2.4 | - | 1 | 3 | 2.2
2.4 - 2.5 | 1 | - | 4 | 2.3
2.5 - 2.6 | - | 1 | 4 | 2.4
2.6 - 2.7 | - | - | 5 | 2.5
2.7 - 2.8 | 2 | - | 4 | 2.6
2.8 - 2.9 | 1 | 1 | 4 | 2.7
2.9 - 3.0 | 1 | - | 5 | 2.8
3.0 - 3.1 | - | 1 | 5 | 2.9
3.1 - 3.2 | - | - | 6 | 3.0
3.2 - 3.3 | 2 | - | 5 | 3.1
3.3 - 3.4 | 1 | 1 | 5 | 3.2
3.4 - 3.5 | 1 | - | 6 | 3.3
3.5 - 3.6 | - | 1 | 6 | 3.4
3.6 - 3.7 | - | - | 7 | 3.5
3.7 - 3.8 | 2 | 1 | 6 | 3.6
3.8 - 3.9 | 1 | 1 | 6 | 3.7
3.9 - 4.0 | 1 | - | 7 | 3.8
4.0 - 4.1 | - | 1 | 7 | 3.9
4.1 - 4.2 | - | - | 8 | 4.0
4.2 - 4.3 | 2 | - | 7 | 4.1
4.3 - 4.4 | 1 | 1 | 7 | 4.2
4.4 - 4.5 | 1 | - | 8 | 4.3
4.5 - 4.6 | - | 1 | 8 | 4.4
4.6 - 4.7 | - | - | 9 | 4.5

NOTE : The THICKNESS column refers the total thickness of the applicable
____
washers in mm (in.).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 420
Jul 01/01
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-11-420-051

R E. Final Installation of the Cargo Door

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-11-991-001, 402/TASK 52-31-11-991-002, 403/TASK
52-31-11-991-003)

(1) Operate the crane to lift the cargo door slowly in its correct opened
position.

R (2) Install the applicable safety supports to safety the cargo door in
R its opened position (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).

(3) Connect the door actuator 2502MJ on the cargo door structure.

R (a) Put the piston end of the door actuator (43) on the actuator
R attachment fitting (44) and install the actuator bolt (35).

(b) Install the washer (42) and the nut (41) on the actuator bolt
(35).

R (c) TORQUE the nut (41) to between 1.95 and 2.0 m.daN (14.38 and
R 14.74 lbf.ft) and if necessary turn it back to the adjacent
R cotter pin hole.

R (d) Safety the nut (41) with the new cotter pin (40).

(e) Install the bonding strap (38) with the bolt (39), the washer
(37) and the nut (36) on the actuator attachment fitting (44)
(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

(4) Install the bonding straps (27) on the fuselage area at FR21 and FR24
with the screw (30) and the washers (28),(29) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-
912-802).

(5) Install the wire harness 5796VB in the door frame area of the
fuselage as follows:

(a) Remove the temporarily attached wire harness 5796VB from the
cargo door and move the connector (2) through the door frame
cut-out.

R (b) Install the clamp (9) together with the rubber sleeve (10) on the
R wire harness 5796VB.

R (c) Install the twin gaskets (5) on the wire harness 5796VB.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 421
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (d) Put the ring (6) with the bracket (12) on the door frame (4) and
attach them with the bolts (13), the washers (14) and the nuts
(15).

(e) Measure the distance A at the wire harness 5796VB between the
clamp (16) of the cargo door and the clamp (9).

NOTE : The distance A must be between 450.0 mm (17.7165 in.)

____
and 470.0 mm (18.5039 in.).

(f) Put a mark on the wire harness 5796VB to identify the correct
installation position of the clamp (9).

(g) Set the clamp (9) to the mark at the wire harness 5796VB.

(h) Install the spacer (11) and the clamp (9) with the screw (7) and
the washer (8) on the bracket (12).

(i) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(j) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(k) Connect the connector (2) of the wire harness 5796VB to the
receptacle (1) at the crossbeam FR20.

R (l) Attach the wire harness 5796VB with the tie-wrap to the cable
R clamp (3) of the door frame.

Subtask 52-31-11-860-052

F. Preparation for the Test

(1) Remove the warning notice(s).

(2) Remove the fasteners (55) of the SLING - CARGO DOORS from the eye-end
of the hoisting lugs (54).

(3) Remove the crane from the cargo door area.

(4) Make sure that the locking handle is in its UNLOCKED position and the
latching handle in its UNLATCHED position.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 422
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-11-865-051

G. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MJ, 9JJ, 10JJ.

Subtask 52-31-11-640-050

H. Use a grease gun to lubricate all hinge bolts (26) with COMMON GREASE
(Material No. 04-004).

Subtask 52-31-11-720-050

R J. Test Procedure

(1) Pressurize the reservoirs of the hydraulic systems

R (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).

(2) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

R (Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-803).

(3) Remove the safety supports (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-801) and close the
cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

NOTE : The cargo door must close smoothly and easily.

____

(4) Latch and lock the closed cargo door. Make sure that the force
necessary to operate the latch handle and the locking handle is less
than 18.0 daN (40.4656 lbf).

R (5) Make sure that all the indicator flags are aligned with the contour
R of the access panels 821AR and 821BR.

(6) Adjust the skin offset between the loftline of the cargo door and the
fuselage structure (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-805).

(7) Make sure that the lateral gaps between the cargo door and the
fuselage are correct (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-804).

(8) Make sure that the cargo door seal is compressed around its length
when the cargo door is closed and locked.

(9) Unlock and unlatch the cargo door and measure the force necessary to
R operate the latch handle and the locking handle. Use a SPRING BALANCE
R 20 DAN (48 LBF) to do this.
R

R (10) The force necessary must be less than 18.0 daN (40.4656 lbf).

R (11) Make sure that you can see all the indicator flags.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 423
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R (12) Open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801).

NOTE : The cargo door must move smoothly and easily.

____

R (13) Make sure that the green indicator light of the door operation panel
comes on when the cargo door is fully opened.

R (14) Make sure that the subsequent systems of the FWD cargo-compartment
R door operate satisfactory:
- the door warning system (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-710-801)
R - the residual-pressure warning system (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-710-803)
R - the door control system (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-710-804).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-11-942-051

A. Complete the installation of the cargo door.

(1) Remove the ring (56) of the SLING - CARGO DOORS from the crane.

(2) Remove the hoisting lugs (54) from the upper hoist fittings (53) and
install the plastic plugs (52).

(3) Put the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-052) (51) on the plastic
plugs (52).

Subtask 52-31-11-860-053

B. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Set the light switch 5LS on the avionics rack 802 VU to OFF and close
the avionics compartment door 132AZ.

(3) Close the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(4) Install the ceiling panel 132CC.

(5) Set the light switch 6LU on the FWD service panel 5022VE to Off.

(6) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 424
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-11-410-050

C. Close Access

(1) Close and lock the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(2) Put the access platform in position at the cargo door.

(3) Install the upper access covers 132AR, 132BR, 132CR, 132DR, 132ER,
132FR, 132GR, 132HR, 132JR, 132KR, 132LR on the fuselage above the
cargo door.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 425
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 DOOR - CARGO COMPARTMENT - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
__________________________________________

TASK 52-31-11-820-804

Adjustment of Gaps at FWD Cargo-Compartment Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 4.60 m (15 ft. 1 in.)

R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

7 cotter pin 52-31-12 01 -010

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

28-25-00-650-801 Pressure Defuel Procedure

52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-31-00-280-801 Calculation Procedure for Structural Deviations of
FWD Cargo Compartment Door
52-31-11-400-801 Installation of the FWD Cargo-Compartment Door

**ON A/C 001-003,

52-31-11-991-007 Fig. 501


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 501
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 004-099, 101-149, 151-199,

52-31-11-991-007-A Fig. 501A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-11-860-056

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
door) is correctly closed and locked (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(2) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the closed cargo
door.

(3) Remove the upper access panels 132AR, 132BR, 132CR, 132DR, 132ER,
132FR, 132GR, 132HR, 132JR, 132KR, 132LR from the fuselage above the
cargo door.

(4) To remove the access panel 821AR/821BR pull the locking handle in the
UNLOCKED position.

(5) Remove the access panel 821AR and 821BR from the cargo door.

(6) Make sure that the aircraft is without fuel (Ref. TASK 28-25-00-650-
801) and unloaded.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-31-11-820-052

A. Adjustment of the Lateral Gaps A,B,C and G,H,J

**ON A/C 001-003,

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-31-11-991-007)


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 502
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Measurement of Gaps - FWD Cargo Door/Fuselage
Figure 501/TASK 52-31-11-991-007

R

EFF :

001-003,  52-31-11

Page 503
Apr 01/96
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 004-099, 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-31-11-991-007-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(1) Measure the lateral gaps between the cargo door and the door frame.

(2) If these gaps are larger or smaller than permitted, remove the hinge
bolt (3) at FR 22A as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (7) from the nut (6).

(b) Remove the nut (6) and the washer (5) from the hinge bolt (3).

(c) Remove the hinge bolt (3) and the spacer set (4) from the hinge
fitting (2).

(3) Put the cargo door in a position so that the lateral gaps are correct
and equal.

(4) Measure the gaps between the hinge fitting (2) and the hinge arm (1)
at FR22A to determine the correct thickness of the spacer set (4).

(5) Select the necessary quantity of spacers for the correct thickness of
the spacer set (4) (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-400-801).

(6) Install the hinge bolt (3) at FR 22A as follows:

(a) Install the hinge bolt (3) together with the spacer set (4) in
position at the hinge fitting (2).

(b) Install the washer (5) and the nut (6) on the hinge bolt (3).

(c) TORQUE the nut (6) to 0.49 m.daN (43.36 lbf.in) and if necessary
turn it back to the next cotter pin hole.

(d) Safety the nut (6) with the new cotter pin (7).

(7) If one value of the lateral gaps A,B,C,G,H and J remains
out of tolerance, do the calculation procedure for structural
deviations (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-280-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 504
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Measurement of Gaps - FWD Cargo Door/Fuselage
Figure 501A/TASK 52-31-11-991-007-A

R

EFF :

004-099, 101-149, 151-199,  52-31-11

Page 505
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-11-220-051

B. CLearance Check of the Cargo Door

**ON A/C 001-003,

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-31-11-991-007)

R **ON A/C 004-099, 101-149, 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 501A/TASK 52-31-11-991-007-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(1) Install the access panels 821AR and 821BR on the closed cargo door

NOTE : Make sure that the locking handle is in the UNLOCKED position.
____

(2) Make sure that the lower gaps D,E,F between the access panels
821AR and 821BR and the fuselage are correct.

(3) Install the upper access panels 132AR, 132BR, 132CR, 132DR, 132ER,
132FR, 132GR, 132HR, 132JR, 132KR, 132LR at the fuselage above the
cargo door.

(4) Make sure that the gap K between the cargo door and the upper
access panels is correct.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-11-860-057

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Make sure that the applicable cargo door is correctly closed and
locked (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 506
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 TASK 52-31-11-820-805

Adjustment of Skin Offset at FWD Cargo-Compartment Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific measurement gauge

No specific adjustable access platform 4.60 m (15 ft. 1 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

11 cotter pins 52-31-32 01 -010

19 tab washer 52-31-31 01 -170

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-31-00-280-801 Calculation Procedure for Structural Deviations of
FWD Cargo Compartment Door
52-31-11-991-008 Fig. 502


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 507
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-11-860-058

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
door) is correctly closed and locked (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(2) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the closed cargo
door.

(3) To remove the access panel 821AR/821BR pull the locking handle in the
UNLOCKED position.

(4) Remove the access panel 821AR and 821BR from the closed cargo door.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-31-11-820-059

R A. Adjustment of the Skin Offset

R (Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-31-11-991-008)

R (1) Measure the skin offsets L,M,N,P,R,S between the external

R contour of the cargo door and the fuselage contour.

R (2) If the skin offsetsR and S are out of tolerance, continue as
R follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (11) from the nut (12) at each
R fuselage fitting.

R (b) Loosen the nuts (12) and remove the eccentric bolts (13) from the
R serrated plate of each fuselage fitting.

R (c) Adjust the skin offset R at FR 25A as follows:

R 1
_ Turn the eccentric bolt (13) as required and assemble it into
R the serrated plate of the fuselage fitting correctly.

R 2
_ Make sure that the gap U between the latching hook (15) and
R the eccentric bush (14) is within the limit.

R NOTE : Make sure that the flat of the eccentric bush (14) is
____
R parallel to the inner face of the latching hook (15).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 508
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-31-11

Page 509
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Skin Offset - FWD Cargo Door/Fuselage
R Figure 502/TASK 52-31-11-991-008- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 510
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
R Skin Offset - FWD Cargo Door/Fuselage
R Figure 502/TASK 52-31-11-991-008- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 511
Oct 01/00
 
THY 
 If required, turn the eccentric bush (14) with your
hand.

(d) Adjust the skin offset S at FR 20A as follows:

1
_ Turn the eccentric bolt (13) as required and assemble it into
the serrated plate of the fuselage fitting correctly.

2
_ Make sure that the gap U between the latching hook (15) and
the eccentric bush (14) is within the limit.

NOTE : Make sure that the flat of the eccentric bush (14) is
____
parallel to the inner face of the latching hook (15).
If required, turn the eccentric bush (14) with your
hand.

(e) Install the remaining eccentric bolts (13) as follows:

R 1
_ Assemble the eccentric bolts (13) into the serrated plates of
R the fuselage fittings.

NOTE : Firstly install the eccentric bolt (13) in the center

____
and than from forward to rearward.

2
_ Make sure that the gaps U are within the limit.

(f) TORQUE all nuts (12) to 0.49 m.daN (43.36 lbf.in) and safety them
with the new cotter pins (11).

(g) Put a measurement gauge on each latching hook (15) and measure
the distance V between the hook top and the eccentric bush
(14).

NOTE : Make sure that the distance V between the top of the
____
latching hook (15) and the eccentric bush (14) is within
the tolerance.

(3) If one value of the skin offset L,M,N,P,R and S is out of
tolerance, do the calculation procedure for structural deviations
(Ref. TASK 52-31-00-280-801).

(4) Install the access panels 821AR and 821BR on the closed cargo door.

NOTE : Make sure that the locking handle is in the UNLOCKED position.
____


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 512
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (5) Make sure that the skin offset between the access panels and the
fuselage is correct.

NOTE : The panels should be in line with the fuselage contour. The
____
permitted tolerance is between 2.3 mm (0.0905 in.) and -1.7 mm
(-0.0669 in.).

Subtask 52-31-11-820-060

B. Adjustment of Stop Bolts

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-31-11-991-008)

(1) Measure the clearance T between the stop fittings (17) and the stop
bolts (16).

NOTE : The clearance T must be between 0.9 mm (0.0354 in.) and 1.2
____
mm (0.0472 in.).

(2) If the clearance T is out of tolerance, adjust the stop bolt (16)
as follows:

(a) If necessary, release the tab washer (19).

(b) Loosen the nut (18) at the inner side of the cargo door.

(c) If required, replace the tab washer (19).

(d) Turn the stop bolt (16) until the clearance T is correct.

(e) Tighten the nut (18) and safety it with the tab washer (19).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-11-860-059

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Make sure that the applicable cargo door is correctly closed and
locked (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 513
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-31-11-820-802

Adjustment of the Door Mechanism

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustment gage

No specific wooden or plastic scraper
No specific access platform 2.50 m (8 ft. 2 in.)
98A52307587000 1 DEVICE - ADJUSTMENT, FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR
98F52308353000 1 ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR BELLCRANK
98F52308354000 1 ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR SHAFT LEVER
98F52308355000 2 ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR SEQUENCE LEVER
98F52308356000 2 ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR INTERLOCK MECHANISM
98F52308357000 2 ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR LATCHING MECHANISM
98F52308358000 2 ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR LATCHING MECHANISM

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lockwire, corrosion resistance steel, dia. 0.8 mm

(0.032 in.)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-018 USA AMS 3267/3
CORROSION INHIBITING LOW ADHESION SEALANT
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-016 USA BOEING BAC 5000 BAC 5504 BAC 5750
CLEANING SOLVENT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 514
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 19-010 USA AMS 5687

LOCKWIRE STAINLESS STEEL ANNEALED 0.8MM DIA
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

45 cotter pins 52-31-11 05 -050

47 lock washer 52-31-11 05 -050
59 cotter pin 52-31-21 03 -410
74 cotter pin 52-31-21 04 -100
83 cotter pins 52-31-21 04 -230
97 cotter pin 52-31-21 12 -030

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-71-13-000-801 Removal of the Proximity Sensors
(6MJ,8MJ,26MJ,28MJ,38MJ,39MJ)
52-71-13-400-801 Installation of the Proximity Sensors
(6MJ,8MJ,26MJ,28MJ,38MJ,39MJ)

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-11-991-009 Fig. 503

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-11-991-009-A Fig. 503A


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 515
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-11-991-010 Fig. 504

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-11-991-010-A Fig. 504A

**ON A/C ALL

52-31-11-991-011 Fig. 505

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-11-991-012 Fig. 506

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-11-991-012-A Fig. 506A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-11-991-019 Fig. 507

52-31-11-991-013 Fig. 508

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-11-991-013-A Fig. 508A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-11-991-020 Fig. 509

52-31-11-991-021 Fig. 510
52-31-11-991-022 Fig. 511
52-31-11-991-023 Fig. 512


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 516
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-11-991-014 Fig. 513

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-11-991-014-A Fig. 513A

**ON A/C ALL

52-31-11-991-016 Fig. 514

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-11-991-015 Fig. 515

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-11-991-015-A Fig. 515A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-11-991-024 Fig. 516

52-31-11-991-025 Fig. 517

**ON A/C ALL

52-31-11-991-017 Fig. 518

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-11-010-052

A. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
door) is correctly closed and locked (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(2) Put the access platform in position below the closed cargo door.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 517
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 (3) To remove the access panels 821AR/821BR pull the locking handle in
the UNLOCKED position.

(4) Remove the access panels 821AR and 821BR from the cargo door.

(5) If necessary, remove the access panels 821CR and 821DR around the
latching handle.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-11-820-054

A. Adjustment of the Latching Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-31-11-991-009, 504/TASK 52-31-11-991-010)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Disconnect the latching handle from the latching shaft as follows:

(a) Cut and remove the cotter pin (59) from the nut (58).

(b) Remove the nut (58),the washer (57),the bolt (54) and the bush
(55) from the drive shaft lever (56).

(2) Adjust the lower dead center on each frame as follows:

R (a) Install the rigging pin (34) ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR
R BELLCRANK (98F52308353000) into the rigging hole of the door
R frame so that it goes freely into the bellcrank bolt (33).
R

(b) Remove the stop bracket (41) to release the stop bolt (36) as
follows:

1
_ Remove and discard the cotter pins (45) from the nuts (44).

2
_ Remove the nuts (44), the washers (43), the bolts (42) and the
stop bracket (41).

3
_ If necessary, bend the lock washer (47).

NOTE : In this case, replace the lock washer (47).

____

4
_ Release the jam nut (46).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 518
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 5
_ Cut and remove the lockwire from the stop bolt (36) and the
stop bracket (41).

(c) Temporary install the stop bracket (41) again to adjust the stop
bolt (36).

(d) Turn the stop bolt (36) until it touches the bellcrank (35).

(e) Remove the temporarily installed stop bracket (41) to safety the
stop bolt (36) as follows:

1
_ Tighten the jam nut (46) and safety it with the new lock
washer (46).

2
_ Safety the stop bolt (36) with lockwire, corrosion resistance
steel, dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.) on the stop bracket (41).

(f) Install the stop bracket (41) as follows:

1
_ Put the stop bracket (41) in position and attach it with the
bolts (42), the washers (43) and the nuts (44).

2
_ Safety the nuts (44) with the new cotter pins (45).

(g) Examine that the stop bolt (36) touches the bellcrank (35).

(3) After the lower dead center is correct, adjust the length of the link
rod (37) on each door frame:

(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the jam nuts (38) and the
locking devicees (39).

(b) Loosen the upper and lower jam nuts (38) of the link rod (37).

(c) Turn the turnbuckle (40) until you can install the rigging pin
(31) ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR SHAFT LEVER (98F52308354000) in
the bolt of the latching shaft lever (32).

(d) Tighten the jam nuts (38).

(e) Safety the jam nuts (38) with new lockwire, corrosion resistance
steel, dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.) on the locking devices (39).

(4) Adjust the length of the connection rod (53) as follows:

(a) Make sure that the rigging pins (31) and (34) are installed
correctly in the door frame.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 519
Jul 01/01
R  
THY 
 Adjustment of the Latching Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 503/TASK 52-31-11-991-009- 12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 520
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Latching Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 503/TASK 52-31-11-991-009- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 521
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 Adjustment of Latching Mechanism
Figure 503A/TASK 52-31-11-991-009-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-11

Page 522
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Latching Shaft - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 504/TASK 52-31-11-991-010


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 523
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 (b) Make sure that the latching handle is in the LATCHED position.

(c) If necessary, bend the tab of the lock washer (52) to release the
jam nut (51).

(d) Turn the eye-end (50) so that its hole aligns with the hole of
the drive shaft lever (56).

(e) Tighten the jam nut (51) and safety it with the lock washer (52).

(f) Remove the rigging pins (31) and (34).

(5) Connect the latching handle on the latching shaft as follows:

(a) Install the bush (55), the bolt (54), the washer (57) and the nut
(58) to connect the eye-end (50) with the drive shaft lever(56).

(b) Tighten the nut (58) and safety it with the new cotter pin (59).

(6) Remove the rigging pins (31) and (34) from the door structure.

Subtask 52-31-11-820-056

B. Adjustment of the Locking Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-31-11-991-011, 506/TASK 52-31-11-991-012)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial number 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Measure the lateral gaps A and B between the locking handle (66)
and the cutout of the cargo door.

NOTE : The lateral gaps A and B should be the same size
____
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-31-11-991-011)

(2) If the lateral gaps A and B are out of tolerance, decrease the
pre-tension of the gas spring unit (81) as follows:

(a) Push the handle flap in and pull the up the locking handle (67)
to the UNLOCKED position.

(b) Remove the proximity sensor 8MJ from the handle recess of the
cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-000-801).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 524
Jul 01/01
R  
THY 
 Adjustment of the Latching Shaft
Figure 504A/TASK 52-31-11-991-010-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-11

Page 525
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Locking Handle
Figure 505/TASK 52-31-11-991-011

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 526
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Locking Shaft - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 506/TASK 52-31-11-991-012


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 527
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 (c) Remove the nut (64), the washer (63), the screw (61) and the
handle stop (62) from the handle recess.

(d) Pull the latching handle down to the UNLATCHED position

(e) Set the locking handle (67) inboard to remove the load from the
gas spring unit (81).

(f) Remove and discard the cotter pins (83).

(g) Remove the washers (84) and the pin (85) to disconnect the gas
spring unit (81) from the attachment fitting (82).

(3) Adjust the position of the locking handle (67) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (74) from the nut (75).

(b) Remove the nut (75), the washer (76), the bolt (79) and the
sleeve (77) from the shaft lever (86).

(c) Disconnect the bellcrank lever (80) from the shaft lever (86).

(d) Remove the nut (87), the washer (88) and the taper pin (78) from
the shaft lever (86).

(e) Remove the shaft lever (86) from the shaft (66).

(f) Remove the nuts (70), the washers (69) and the bolts (65) from
the shaft (66).

(g) Remove the shaft (66) from the locking handle (67) and keep the
washers (71),(72) and (73) and the shim (68).

(h) Add or remove the washers (71),(72) and (73) and shim (68) in
accordance with the table below.

(i) Install the shaft (66) together with the shim (68) and the
correct quantity of the washers (71),(72) and (73) to the locking
handle (67).

(j) Make sure that the lateral gaps A and B are adjusted
correctly.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 528
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 (k) Attach the shaft (66) with the bolts (65), the washers (69) and
the nuts (70) to the locking handle (67).

NOTE : Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on the

____
shafts of the bolts (65) before you install them.

(l) Put the shaft lever (86) on the shaft (66) and attach it with the
taper pin (78), the washer (88) and the nut (87).

(m) Put the bellcrank lever (80) on the shaft lever (86) and install
the sleeve (77), the bolt (79), the washer (76) and the nut (75).

(n) Tighten the nut (75) and safety it with the new cotter pin (74).

(4) Set the gas spring unit (81) in the pre-tension condition as follows:

(a) Make sure that the locking handle (67) is down in the LOCKED
position.

(b) Put the gas spring unit (81) in position on the attachment
fitting (82) and install the pin (85).

(c) Safety the pin with the washers (84) and the new cotter pins
(83).

(d) Move the locking handle (67) up to the UNLOCKED position.

(e) Put the handle stop (62) in position and attach it with the screw
(61), the washer (63) and the nut (64).

(f) Install the proximity sensor 8MJ in the handle recess of the of
the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-400-801).

(5) Examine the skin offset between the contour of the locking handle
(66) and the cutout of the cargo door.

NOTE : The locking handle and the skin contour of the cargo door must
____
be in line.

(6) Adjust the skin offset as follows:

(a) Pull the locking handle (67) in the UNLOCKED position.

(b) Loosen the nut (64) and turn the eccentric washer (62) as
required.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 529
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 (c) Push the locking handle (67) down and make sure that it is in
line with the cargo door contour.

(d) Pull up the locking handle (67) and tighten the bolt (64).

(7) Measure the gap C between each safety cam (95) of the locking shaft
and the latching hook (96).
(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-31-11-991-012)

NOTE : The gap C must be between 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) and 2.4 mm
____
(0.0944 in.).

(8) If the gap C is out of tolerance, adjust the length of the
connection rod assembly (90) as follows:

(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the jam nuts (91) and the safety
devices (92).

(b) Loosen the jam nuts (91).

R (c) Turn the connection rod (93) until the dimension for the gap C
R is correctly adjusted.

(d) Tighten the jam nuts (91).

(e) Safety the jam nuts (91) with lockwire, corrosion resistance
steel, dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.) on the safety devices (92).

(9) When you can not get the required clearance C aft of FR22A ,
disconnect the tube coupling (100) between FR22A and FR23 as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 52-31-11-991-019)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (97) from the nuts (98).

(b) Remove the nuts (98), the washers (99) and the bolts (103) from
the tube coupling (100).

(c) Disconnect the torsion tube halves (101) and (102) and keep the
serrated washer (104).

(d) Turn the torsion tube (102) until you can adjust the gap C
correctly.

(e) Put the serrated washer (104) between the torsion tube halves
(101) and (102) and install the bolts (103), the washers (99) and
the nuts (98).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 530
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Locking Shaft
Figure 506A/TASK 52-31-11-991-012-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-11

Page 531
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Locking Shaft
Figure 507/TASK 52-31-11-991-019

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 532
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 (f) Tighten the nuts (98) and safety them with new cotter pin (97)

(10) Move the locking handle down to the LOCKED position to make sure that
the cargo door is correctly locked.

(11) Adjust the length of the connection rod assembly (112) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 52-31-11-991-013)

(a) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(b) Cut and remove the lockwire from the jam nuts (113) and the
safety devices (114).

(c) Loosen the jam nuts(113).

R (d) Install the rigging pin (111) ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR
R SEQUENCE LEVER (98F52308355000) in the sequence lever (110).
R

(e) Turn the turnbuckle (115) until you can move the rigging pin
(111) freely in the rigging hole of FR25.

(f) Tighten the jam nuts (113) and safety them with lockwire,
corrosion resistance steel, dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.) to the safety
devices (114).

(g) Remove the rigging pin (111) from the sequence lever (110).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-11-820-054-A

A. Adjustment of the Latching Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 503A/TASK 52-31-11-991-009-A, 504A/TASK 52-31-11-991-010-A)

(1) Disconnect the latching handle from the latching shaft as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (59) from the nut (58).

(b) Remove the nut (58),the washers (57) and (54) ,the bolt (53) and
the bush (55) from the drive shaft lever (56).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 533
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Sequence Shaft - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 508/TASK 52-31-11-991-013

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 534
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
R (2) Install the rigging pin (31) ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR LATCHING
R MECHANISM (98F52308357000) in the bolt of the latching shaft lever
R (32) on FR21.
R

(3) Adjust the lower dead center on each frame as follows:

R (a) Install the rigging pin (34) ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR
R LATCHING MECHANISM (98F52308358000) into the rigging hole of the
R door frame so that it goes freely into the bellcrank pin (33).
R

(b) If you can not install the rigging pin (34), adjust the length of
the link rod (37) on each door frame as follows:

1
_ Cut and remove the lockwire from the jam nuts (38) and the
locking devices (39).

2
_ Loosen the upper and lower jam nuts (38) of the link rod (37).

3
_ Turn the turnbuckle (40) until the bellcrank (35) touches the
stop bolt (36).

4
_ Make sure that you can install the rigging pin (34) in the
bellcrank pin (33).

(c) Tighten the jam nuts (38).

(d) Safety the jam nuts (38) with new MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010) on the locking devices (39).

(4) Adjust the length of the connection rod (49) as follows:

(a) Make sure that the rigging pins (31) and (34) are installed
correctly in the door frame.

(b) Make sure that the latching handle is in the LATCHED position.

(c) If necessary, bend the tab of the lock washer (52) to release the
jam nut (51).

(d) Turn the eye-end (50) so that its hole aligns with the hole of
the drive shaft lever (56).

(e) Tighten the jam nut (51) and safety it with the lock washer (52).


EFF :

151-199,  52-31-11

Page 535
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 (5) Connect the latching handle on the latching shaft as follows:

(a) Install the bush (55), the bolt (54), the washer (57) and the nut
(58) to connect the eye-end (50) with the drive shaft lever (56).

(b) Tighten the nut (58) and safety it with the new cotter pin (59).

(6) Remove the rigging pins (31) and (34) from the door structure.

Subtask 52-31-11-820-056-A

B. Adjustment of the Locking Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-31-11-991-011, 506A/TASK 52-31-11-991-012-A)

(1) Measure the lateral gaps A and B between the locking handle (66)
and the cutout of the cargo door.

NOTE : The lateral gaps A and B must be the same size
____
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-31-11-991-011)

(2) If the lateral gaps A and B are out of tolerance, decrease the
pre-tension of the gas spring unit (81) as follows:

(a) Push the handle flap in and pull the up the locking handle (67)
to the UNLOCKED position.

(b) Remove the proximity sensor 8MJ from the handle recess of the
cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-000-801).

(c) Remove the nut (64), the washer (63), the screw (61) and the
handle stop (62) from the handle recess.

(d) Pull the latching handle down to the UNLATCHED position

(e) Set the locking handle (67) inboard to remove the load from the
gas spring unit (81).

(f) Remove and discard the cotter pins (83).

(g) Remove the washers (84) and the pin (85) to disconnect the gas
spring unit (81) from the attachment fitting (82).


EFF :

151-199,  52-31-11

Page 536
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 (3) Adjust the position of the locking handle (67) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (74) from the nut (75).

(b) Remove the nut (75), the washer (76), the bolt (79) and the
sleeve (77) from the shaft lever (86).

(c) Disconnect the bellcrank lever (80) from the shaft lever (86).

(d) Remove the nut (87), the washer (88) and the taper pin (78) from
the shaft lever (86).

(e) Remove the shaft lever (86) from the shaft (66).

(f) Remove the nuts (70), the washers (69) and the bolts (65) from
the shaft (66).

(g) Remove the shaft (66) from the locking handle (67) and keep the
washers (71),(72) and (73) and the shim (68).

(h) Add or remove the washers (71),(72) and (73) and shim (68) refer
to the table below.

(i) Install the shaft (66) together with the shim (68) and the
correct quantity of the washers (71),(72) and (73) to the locking
handle (67).

(j) Make sure that the lateral gaps A and B are adjusted
correctly.

(k) Attach the shaft (66) with the bolts (65), the washers (69) and
the nuts (70) to the locking handle (67).

NOTE : Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on the

____
shafts of the bolts (65) before you install them.

(l) Put the shaft lever (86) on the shaft (66) and attach it with the
taper pin (78), the washer (88) and the nut (87).

(m) Put the bellcrank lever (80) on the shaft lever (86) and install
the sleeve (77), the bolt (79), the washer (76) and the nut (75).

(n) Tighten the nut (75) and safety it with the new cotter pin (74).


EFF :

151-199,  52-31-11

Page 537
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 (4) Set the gas spring unit (81) in the pre-tension condition as follows:

(a) Make sure that the locking handle (67) is down in the LOCKED
position.

(b) Put the gas spring unit (81) in position on the attachment
fitting (82) and install the pin (85).

(c) Safety the pin with the washers (84) and the new cotter pins
(83).

(d) Move the locking handle (67) up to the UNLOCKED position.

(e) Put the handle stop (62) in position and attach it with the screw
(61), the washer (63) and the nut (64).

(f) Install the proximity sensor 8MJ in the handle recess of the of
the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-400-801).

(5) Examine the skin offset between the contour of the locking handle
(66) and the cutout of the cargo door.

NOTE : The locking handle and the skin contour of the cargo door must
____
be in line.

(6) Adjust the skin offset as follows:

(a) Pull the locking handle (67) in the UNLOCKED position.

(b) Loosen the nut (64) and turn the eccentric washer (62) as
required.

(c) Push the locking handle (67) down and make sure that it is in
line with the cargo door contour.

(d) Pull up the locking handle (67) and tighten the bolt (64).

(7) Measure the gap C between each safety cam (95) and the related
latching hook (96).
(Ref. Fig. 506A/TASK 52-31-11-991-012-A)

NOTE : The gap C must be min. 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.)

____

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-11

Page 538
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 (8) If the gap C is out of tolerance, adjust the length of the
connection rod assembly (90) as follows:

(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the jam nuts (91) and the safety
devices (92).

(b) Loosen the jam nuts (91).

R (c) Turn the connection rod (93) until the dimension for the gap C
R is correctly adjusted.

(d) Tighten the jam nuts (91).

(e) Safety the jam nuts (91) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010)
on the safety devices (92).

(9) Move the locking handle down to the LOCKED position to make sure that
the cargo door is correctly locked.

(10) Adjust the length of the connection rod assembly (112) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 508A/TASK 52-31-11-991-013-A)

(a) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(b) Cut and remove the lockwire from the jam nuts (113) and the
safety devices (114).

(c) Loosen the jam nuts (113).

(d) Install the rigging pin (111) ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR
SEQUENCE LEVER (98F52308355000) in the double lever (110).

(e) Turn the turnbuckle (115) until you can move the rigging pin
(111) freely in the rigging hole of FR25.

(f) Tighten the jam nuts (113) and safety them with MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (114).

(g) Remove the rigging pin (111) from the double lever (110).


EFF :

151-199,  52-31-11

Page 539
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Sequence Shaft
Figure 508A/TASK 52-31-11-991-013-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-11

Page 540
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-11-820-061

C. Adjustment of the Latching Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 52-31-11-991-020, 510/TASK 52-31-11-991-021)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Disconnect the latching handle from the latching shaft as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (59) from the nut (58).

(b) Remove the nut (58),the washers (57) and (54) ,the bolt (53) and
the bush (55) from the drive shaft lever (56).

(2) Install the rigging pin (31) ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR LATCHING
MECHANISM (98F52308357000) in the bolt of the latching shaft lever
(32) on FR21.

(3) Adjust the lower dead center on each frame as follows:

(a) Install the rigging pin (34) ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR
LATCHING MECHANISM (98F52308358000) into the rigging hole of the
door frame so that it goes freely into the bellcrank pin (33).

(b) If you can not install the rigging pin (34), adjust the length of
the link rod (37) on each door frame as follows:

1
_ Cut and remove the lockwire from the jam nuts (38) and the
locking devices (39).

2
_ Loosen the upper and lower jam nuts (38) of the link rod (37).

3
_ Turn the turnbuckle (40) until the bellcrank (35) touches the
stop bolt (36).

4
_ Make sure that you can install the rigging pin (34) in the
bellcrank pin (33).

(c) Tighten the jam nuts (38).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 541
Jul 01/01
R  
THY 
 Adjustment of Latching Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 509/TASK 52-31-11-991-020


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 542
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 Adjustment of Latching Shaft - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 510/TASK 52-31-11-991-021


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 543
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 (d) Safety the jam nuts (38) with new MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010) on the locking devices (39).

(4) Adjust the length of the connection rod (49) as follows:

(a) Make sure that the rigging pins (31) and (34) are installed
correctly in the door frame.

(b) Make sure that the latching handle is in the LATCHED position.

(c) If necessary, bend the tab of the lock washer (52) to release the
jam nut (51).

(d) Turn the eye-end (50) so that its hole aligns with the hole of
the drive shaft lever (56).

(e) Tighten the jam nut (51) and safety it with the lock washer (52).

(5) Connect the latching handle on the latching shaft as follows:

(a) Install the bush (55), the bolt (54), the washer (57) and the nut
(58) to connect the eye-end (50) with the drive shaft lever (56).

(b) Tighten the nut (58) and safety it with the new cotter pin (59).

(6) Remove the rigging pins (31) and (34) from the door structure.

Subtask 52-31-11-820-062

D. Adjustment of the Locking Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 52-31-11-991-022)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Measure the lateral gaps A and B between the locking handle (66)
and the cutout of the cargo door.

NOTE : The lateral gaps A and B must be the same size
____

(2) If the lateral gaps A and B are out of tolerance, decrease the
pre-tension of the gas spring unit (81) as follows:

(a) Push the handle flap in and pull the up the locking handle (67)
to the UNLOCKED position.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 544
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 Adjustment of the Locking Shaft - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 511/TASK 52-31-11-991-022


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 545
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 (b) Remove the proximity sensor 8MJ from the handle recess of the
cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-000-801).

(c) Remove the nut (64), the washer (63), the screw (61) and the
handle stop (62) from the handle recess.

(d) Pull the latching handle down to the UNLATCHED position

(e) Set the locking handle (67) inboard to remove the load from the
gas spring unit (81).

(f) Remove and discard the cotter pins (83).

(g) Remove the washers (84) and the pin (85) to disconnect the gas
spring unit (81) from the attachment fitting (82).

(3) Adjust the position of the locking handle (67) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (74) from the nut (75).

(b) Remove the nut (75), the washer (76), the bolt (79) and the
sleeve (77) from the shaft lever (86).

(c) Disconnect the bellcrank lever (80) from the shaft lever (86).

(d) Remove the nut (87), the washer (88) and the taper pin (78) from
the shaft lever (86).

(e) Remove the shaft lever (86) from the shaft (66).

(f) Remove the nuts (70), the washers (69) and the bolts (65) from
the shaft (66).

(g) Remove the shaft (66) from the locking handle (67) and keep the
washers (71),(72) and (73) and the shim (68).

(h) Add or remove the washers (71),(72) and (73) and shim (68) refer
to the table below.

(i) Install the shaft (66) together with the shim (68) and the
correct quantity of the washers (71),(72) and (73) to the locking
handle (67).

(j) Make sure that the lateral gaps A and B are adjusted
correctly.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 546
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 (k) Attach the shaft (66) with the bolts (65), the washers (69) and
the nuts (70) to the locking handle (67).

NOTE : Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) on the

____
shafts of the bolts (65) before you install them.

(l) Put the shaft lever (86) on the shaft (66) and attach it with the
taper pin (78), the washer (88) and the nut (87).

(m) Put the bellcrank lever (80) on the shaft lever (86) and install
the sleeve (77), the bolt (79), the washer (76) and the nut (75).

(n) Tighten the nut (75) and safety it with the new cotter pin (74).

(4) Set the gas spring unit (81) in the pre-tension condition as follows:

(a) Make sure that the locking handle (67) is down in the LOCKED
position.

(b) Put the gas spring unit (81) in position on the attachment
fitting (82) and install the pin (85).

(c) Safety the pin with the washers (84) and the new cotter pins
(83).

(d) Move the locking handle (67) up to the UNLOCKED position.

(e) Put the handle stop (62) in position and attach it with the screw
(61), the washer (63) and the nut (64).

(f) Install the proximity sensor 8MJ in the handle recess of the of
the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-400-801).

(5) Examine the skin offset between the contour of the locking handle
(66) and the cutout of the cargo door.

NOTE : The locking handle and the skin contour of the cargo door must
____
be in line.

(6) Adjust the skin offset as follows:

(a) Pull the locking handle (67) in the UNLOCKED position.

(b) Loosen the nut (64) and turn the eccentric washer (62) as
required.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 547
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 (c) Push the locking handle (67) down and make sure that it is in
line with the cargo door contour.

(d) Pull up the locking handle (67) and tighten the bolt (64).

(7) Measure the gap C which must be min. 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) between
each safety cam (95) and the related latching hook (96).
(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 52-31-11-991-022)
which must be min. 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.)

(8) If the gap C is out of tolerance, adjust the length of the
connection rod assembly (90) as follows:

(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the jam nuts (91) and the safety
devices (92).

(b) Loosen the jam nuts (91).

R (c) Turn the connection rod (93) until the dimension for the gap C
R is correctly adjusted.

(d) Tighten the jam nuts (91).

(e) Safety the jam nuts (91) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-010)
on the safety devices (92).

(9) Move the locking handle down to the LOCKED position to make sure that
the cargo door is correctly locked.

(10) Adjust the length of the connection rod assembly (112) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 512/TASK 52-31-11-991-023)

(a) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(b) Cut and remove the lockwire from the jam nuts (113) and the
safety devices (114).

(c) Loosen the jam nuts (113).

(d) Install the rigging pin (111) ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR
SEQUENCE LEVER (98F52308355000) in the double lever (110).

(e) Turn the turnbuckle (115) until you can move the rigging pin
(111) freely in the rigging hole of FR25.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 548
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Sequence Shaft - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 512/TASK 52-31-11-991-023

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 549
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 (f) Tighten the jam nuts (113) and safety them with MISCELLANEOUS
(Material No. 19-010) to the safety devices (114).

(g) Remove the rigging pin (111) from the double lever (110).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-31-11-910-052

E. Table for the Selection of the Washers (69),(70),(71) and the Shims (61)
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-31-11-991-011)

| MEASURED GAPS A | QUANTITY OF WASHERS | QUANTITY |

| in mm (in.) | ITEM 69 | ITEM 70 | ITEM 71 | OF SHIMS |
|-------------------------|---------|---------|---------|----------|
| 1.8 - 2.2 (0.07 - 0.09) | - | - | 3 | - |
| 2.2 - 2.6 (0.09 - 0.10) | - | 1 | 2 | 1 |
| 2.6 - 3.0 (0.10 - 0.12) | - | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| 3.0 - 3.4 (0.12 - 0.13) | 1 | 1 | 1 | 3 |
| 3.4 - 3.8 (0.13 - 0.15) | 1 | 2 | - | 4 |
| 3.8 - 4.2 (0.15 - 0.17) | 2 | 1 | - | 5 |
| > 4.2 ( > 0.17) | 3 | - | - | 6 |

Subtask 52-31-11-480-052

F. Preparation for the Adjustment of the Interlock Mechanism

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 513/TASK 52-31-11-991-014)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 513A/TASK 52-31-11-991-014-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. 514/TASK 52-31-11-991-016)

(1) Open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) until you get access
to its inner skin.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 550
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Shim Set Thickness - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 513/TASK 52-31-11-991-014

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 551
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Shim Set Thickness
Figure 513A/TASK 52-31-11-991-014-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-11

Page 552
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 Installation of Adjustment Tool
Figure 514/TASK 52-31-11-991-016


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 553
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 (2) Remove the screws (120), the washers (121) and the access panel (122)
from the inner side of the cargo door at FR22A.

(3) Attach the adjustment gage (142) at the fuselage stop brackets (141)
between FR22 and FR23.

NOTE : The thickness of the adjustment gage must be between 14.2 mm

____
(0.5590 in.) and 14.8 mm (0.5826 in.) to put the cargo door in
a special position for the adjustment of the interlock
mechanism.

(4) Close the cargo door to install the DEVICE - ADJUSTMENT, FWD CARGO
COMPARTMENT DOOR (98A52307587000) on the fuselage/ cargo door:

(a) Install the fwd support assy (148) at FR21.

(b) Install the mid support assy (147) at FR22A.

(c) Install the aft support assy (146) at FR24.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-11-820-057

G. Adjustment of the Interlock Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 513/TASK 52-31-11-991-014, 515/TASK 52-31-11-991-015)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Turn the adjustment screws (144) and (145) of each support assy
(146),(147),(148) so that the stop bolts (143) does not touch the
adjustment gage (142).

NOTE : In this case, the clearance between the adjustment gage (142)
____
and the stop bolts (143) must be more than 12.0 mm (0.4724
in.).

(2) Measure the gap D between the cam of the latching shaft lever (129)
and the latch (127).

NOTE : The gap D must be between 1.0 mm (0.0393 in.) and 1.4 mm
____
(0.0551 in.).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 554
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Link Rod - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 515/TASK 52-31-11-991-015


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 555
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 (3) If the gap D is out of tolerance, change the thickness of the shim
set (128) as follows:

(a) Remove the nut (125), the washer (126) and the bolt (130).

(b) Remove the latch (127) from the interlock shaft (131).

(c) Add or remove a shim as required to get the correct thickness of

the shim set (128).

(d) Put the latch (127) in position at the interlock shaft (131) and
install the bolt (130), the washer (126) and the nut (125).

(4) Turn the adjustment screws (144) and (145) of each support assy
(146),(147),(148) until the stop bolts (143) touch the adjustment
gage (142)

R (5) Install the rigging pin (132) ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR INTERLOCK
R MECHANISM (98F52308356000) in the rigging hole at FR22A and the
R interlock shaft (129).
(Ref. Fig. 515/TASK 52-31-11-991-015)
R

(6) If you can not install the rigging pin (132), decrease the length of
the link assy rod (133) (refer to the adjustment step below).

(7) Examine the actuation lever (124) which should touch the integrated
stop (123) of the latch assembly.

(8) If not, adjust the length of the link rod assy (133) as follows:

(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the jam nuts (134) and the
safety devices (135).

(b) Loosen the jam nuts (134).

(c) Turn the link rod (136) as required until the actuation lever
(124) touches the integrated stop (123) of the latch assembly.

(d) Tighten the jam nuts (134).

(e) Safety the jam nuts (134) with lockwire, corrosion resistance
steel, dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.) on the safety device (135).

(9) Remove the rigging pin (132) from the door structure.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 556
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 (10) Remove the DEVICE - ADJUSTMENT, FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR
(98A52307587000) from the cargo door.

(11) Open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) to install the
access cover.

(12) Install the access cover (122) on the inner side of the cargo door:

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU
_______
R DO:
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS
_______
FROM THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED
AREA.

(a) Remove the old sealant from the access cover (122) and the cargo
door structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016) and a
wooden or plastic scraper.

(b) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) around the mating
surface of the access cover (122).

(c) Attach the access cover (122) with the screws (120) and the
washer (121) on the inner skin.

(d) Remove the unwanted sealant around the access panel (122).

(e) Let the sealant dry and protect it with STRUCTURE PAINTS
(Material No. 16-003)

(13) Remove the adjustment gage (142) from the fuselage stop brackets
(143).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 557
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (14) Close and lock the cargo door correctly (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-11-820-057-A

G. Adjustment of the Interlock Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 513A/TASK 52-31-11-991-014-A, 515A/TASK 52-31-11-991-015-A)

(1) Turn the adjustment screws (144) and (145) of each support assy
(146),(147) and (148) so that the stop bolts (143) does not touch the
adjustment gage (142).

NOTE : In this case, the clearance between the adjustment gage (142)
____
and the stop bolts (143) must be min. 10.0 mm (0.3937 in.).

(2) Measure the gap D between the cam of the latching shaft lever (129)
and the latch (127).

NOTE : The gap D must be between 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) and 2.4 mm
____
(0.0944 in.).

(3) If the gap D is out of tolerance, change the thickness of the shim
set (128) as follows:

(a) Remove the nut (125), the washer (126) and the bolt (130).

(b) Remove the latch (127) from the interlock shaft (131).

(c) Add or remove a shim as required to get the correct thickness of

the shim set (128).

(d) Put the latch (127) in position at the interlock shaft (131) and
install the bolt (130), the washer (126) and the nut (125).

(4) Turn the adjustment screws (144) and (145) of each support assy
(146),(147) and (148) until the stop bolts (143) touch the adjustment
gage (142).

R (5) Install the rigging pin (132) ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR INTERLOCK
R MECHANISM (98F52308356000) in the rigging hole at FR22A and the
R interlock shaft (129).
(Ref. Fig. 515A/TASK 52-31-11-991-015-A)
R

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 558
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Link Rod
Figure 515A/TASK 52-31-11-991-015-A


EFF :

151-199,  52-31-11

Page 559
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 (6) If you can not install the rigging pin (132), decrease the length of
the link assy rod (133) (refer to the adjustment step below).

(7) Examine the actuation lever (124) which must touch the integrated
stop (123) of the latch assembly.

(8) If not, adjust the length of the link rod assy (133) as follows:

(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the jam nuts (134) and the
safety devices (135).

(b) Loosen the jam nuts (134).

(c) Turn the rod (136) as required until the actuation lever (124)
touches the integrated stop (123) of the latch assembly.

(d) Tighten the jam nuts (134).

(e) Safety the jam nuts (134) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010) on the safety device (135).

(9) Remove the rigging pin (132) from the door structure on FR22A.

(10) Remove the DEVICE - ADJUSTMENT, FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR

(98A52307587000) from the cargo door.

(11) Open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) to install the
access cover (122).

(12) Install the access cover (122) on the inner side of the cargo door as
follows:

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-11

Page 560
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU
_______
R DO:
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS
_______
FROM THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED
AREA.

(a) Remove the old sealant from the access cover (122) and the cargo
door structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016) and a
wooden or plastic scraper.

(b) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) around the mating
surface of the access cover (122).

(c) Attach the access cover (122) with the screws (120) and the
washer (121) on the inner skin.

(d) Remove the unwanted sealant around the access panel (122).

(e) Let the sealant dry and protect it with STRUCTURE PAINTS
(Material No. 16-003)

(13) Remove the adjustment gage (142) from the fuselage stop brackets
(143).

(14) Close and lock the cargo door correctly (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-11-820-063

H. Adjustment of the Interlock Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 516/TASK 52-31-11-991-024, 517/TASK 52-31-11-991-025)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Turn the adjustment screws (144) and (145) of each support assy
(146),(147) and (148) so that the stop bolts (143) does not touch the
adjustment gage (142).

NOTE : In this case, the clearance between the adjustment gage (142)
____
and the stop bolts (143) must be min. 10.0 mm (0.3937 in.).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 561
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Adjustment of the Shim Set Thickness - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 516/TASK 52-31-11-991-024


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 562
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 Adjustment of the Link Rod - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 517/TASK 52-31-11-991-025


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 563
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 (2) Measure the gap D between the cam of the latching shaft lever (129)
and the latch (127).

NOTE : The gap D must be between 2.0 mm (0.0787 in.) and 2.4 mm
____
(0.0944 in.).

(3) If the gap D is out of tolerance, change the thickness of the shim
set (128) as follows:

(a) Remove the nut (125), the washer (126) and the bolt (130).

(b) Remove the latch (127) from the interlock shaft (131).

(c) Add or remove a shim as required to get the correct thickness of

the shim set (128).

(d) Put the latch (127) in position at the interlock shaft (131) and
install the bolt (130), the washer (126) and the nut (125).

(4) Turn the adjustment screws (144) and (145) of each support assy
(146),(147) and (148) until the stop bolts (143) touch the adjustment
gage (142).

R (5) Install the rigging pin (132) ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR INTERLOCK
R MECHANISM (98F52308356000) in the rigging hole at FR22A and the
R interlock shaft (129).
(Ref. Fig. 517/TASK 52-31-11-991-025)
R

(6) If you can not install the rigging pin (132), decrease the length of
the link assy rod (133) (refer to the adjustment step below).

(7) Examine the actuation lever (124) which must touch the integrated
stop (123) of the latch assembly.

(8) If not, adjust the length of the link rod assy (133) as follows:

(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the jam nuts (134) and the
safety devices (135).

(b) Loosen the jam nuts (134).

(c) Turn the rod (136) as required until the actuation lever (124)
touches the integrated stop (123) of the latch assembly.

(d) Tighten the jam nuts (134).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 564
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 (e) Safety the jam nuts (134) with MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-
010) on the safety device (135).

(9) Remove the rigging pin (132) from the door structure on FR22A.

(10) Remove the DEVICE - ADJUSTMENT, FWD CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR

(98A52307587000) from the cargo door.

(11) Open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) to install the
access cover (122).

(12) Install the access cover (122) on the inner side of the cargo door as
follows:

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU
_______
R DO:
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS
_______
FROM THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED
AREA.

(a) Remove the old sealant from the access cover (122) and the cargo
door structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016) and a
wooden or plastic scraper.

(b) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) around the mating
surface of the access cover (122).

(c) Attach the access cover (122) with the screws (120) and the
washer (121) on the inner skin.

(d) Remove the unwanted sealant around the access panel (122).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-11

Page 565
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (e) Let the sealant dry and protect it with STRUCTURE PAINTS
(Material No. 16-003)

(13) Remove the adjustment gage (142) from the fuselage stop brackets
(143).

(14) Close and lock the cargo door correctly (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-31-11-820-058

J. Adjustment of the Indicator Flags

(Ref. Fig. 518/TASK 52-31-11-991-017)

(1) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801).

(2) Install the access panels 821AR and 821BR on the cargo door.

(3) Push the locking handle down to the LOCKED position.

(4) Make sure that the indicator flags (152) are in line with the contour
of the access panels (150).

(5) If necessary, turn the adjustment screw (151) until the related
indicator flag (152) comes in line with the access panel (150).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-11-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) If still removed, install the access panels 821AR and 821BR on the
cargo door.

(2) If removed, install the access panels 821CR and 821DR around the
latching handle.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 566
Apr 01/01
R  
THY 
 Adjustment of the Indicator Flag
Figure 518/TASK 52-31-11-991-017


EFF :

ALL  52-31-11

Page 567
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 PROTECTION - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________

TASK 52-31-15-000-801

Removal of the Protection Linings

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self-Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 4.50 m (14 ft. 9 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-15-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-15-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-31-15-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door)

(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) and install the actuator safety lock
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-15

Page 401
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 (2) Put the access platform in position below the circuit breaker panel
5002VE.

(3) Set the light switch 6LU on the FWD service panel 5022VE to ON.

(4) Open the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

Subtask 52-31-15-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-15-991-001)

Subtask 52-31-15-020-050

A. Removal of the Protection Linings

(1) Remove the screws (7) and the washers (6) from the protection linings
(1),(2).

(2) Carefully disengage the VELCRO tapes (5) and remove the protection
linings (1) and (2) from the cargo door (3).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-15

Page 402
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Protection Linings
Figure 401/TASK 52-31-15-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-31-15

Page 403
Jan 01/94
 
THY 
 TASK 52-31-15-400-801

Installation of the Protection Linings

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self-Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 4.50 m (14 ft. 9 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-15-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-15-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
door) is fully opened (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) and the actuator
safety lock is installed (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).

(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the cargo
door.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-15

Page 404
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 (3) Make sure that the ground service network is energized
(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(4) Make sure that the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE
is removed.

(5) Make sure that the light switch 6LU on the FWD service panel 5022VE
is in the ON position.

Subtask 52-31-15-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-31-15-420-050

A. Installation of the Protection Linings

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-15-991-001)

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(4) Put the protection linings (1) and (2) in position on the cargo door
(3) and engage the VELCRO-tapes (5).

(5) Install the screws (7) and the washers (6) to safety the protection
linings (1) and (2) on the cargo door (3).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-15

Page 405
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-15-865-052

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MJ

Subtask 52-31-15-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Close the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(3) Set the light switch 6LU on the FWD service panel 5002VE to OFF.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

(5) Remove the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-801) and
close the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

Subtask 52-31-15-862-050

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-15

Page 406
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 SEAL - DOOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
__________________________________

TASK 52-31-18-000-801

Removal of the Door Seal

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific tape
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 4.50 m (14 ft. 9 in.)
98F52308279000 1 BAR - R/I ACTUATOR

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-18-991-002 Fig. 401
52-31-18-991-003 Fig. 402

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-18-991-001 Fig. 403


EFF :

ALL  52-31-18

Page 401
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-18-991-001-A Fig. 403A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-18-991-004 Fig. 404

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-18-010-050

A. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door) as

required (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801)

(2) Install the BAR - R/I ACTUATOR (98F52308279000) to hold the cargo
door open (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).

(3) Put the access platform in position below the cargo door.

(4) Open the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(5) Open the avionics compartment door 132AZ.

Subtask 52-31-18-860-052

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) On the FWD service panel 5022VE set the CARGO COMPT LIGHT switch
(6LU) to ON.

(3) On the avionics rack 802VU set the DOME LIGHT switch (5LS) to ON.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-18

Page 402
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-18-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
722VU HYD PUMP Y SVCE 10JJ N46
722VU HYD PUMP Y CTL 9JJ R36
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

Subtask 52-31-18-941-050

D. Put the warning notices in the subsequent position to tell persons not to
pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system:
- in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 245VU of the overhead panel,
- on the ground service panel of the Yellow hydraulic system.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-31-18-010-051

A. Removal of the Components for Access

(1) Disconnect the piston of the door actuator 2502MJ from the actuator
fitting of the cargo door as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-18-991-002)

(a) Remove the screw (28), the washer (27) and the bonding strap (25)
from the piston eye-end (26).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (23) from the nut (24).

(c) Temporarily attach the door actuator 2502MJ so that it cannot

fall down when you remove the actuator bolt (29).

(d) Remove the nut (24) and the washer (22) from the actuator bolt
(29).

(e) Remove the actuator bolt (29) and disconnect the piston eye-end
(26) from the actuator attachment fitting (21).

(2) Remove the screws (48) and the washers (46) and disconnect the
bonding straps (47) from the door frame (34) at FR21 and FR24.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-18

Page 403
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Actuator 2502MJ
R Figure 401/TASK 52-31-18-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-31-18

Page 404
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 (3) Remove the wire harness 5796VB from the door frame area of the
fuselage at FR20 as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-31-18-991-003)

(a) Disconnect the electrical connector (32) from the receptacle (31)
at the crossbeam FR20.

(b) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(c) Cut and remove the tie-wrap of the cable clamp (33) and
disconnect the wire harness 5796VB from the cable clamp (33).

(d) Remove the screw (37) and the washer (38) from the bracket (42)
to disconnect clamp (39) from the spacer (41).

(e) Remove the spacer (41) and the clamp (39) from the bracket (42).

(f) Remove the clamp (39) and the related rubber sleeve (10) from the
wire harness 5796VB.

(g) Remove the nuts (45), the washers (44) and the bolts (43) and
disconnect the ring (36) and the bracket (42) from the door frame
(34).

(h) Move the twin gasket (35) apart and remove both parts from the
wire harness 5796VB.

(i) Move the connector (32) through the cut-out of the door frame
(34).

(j) Attach the wire harness 5796VB temporarily with tape on the cargo
door.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-18-020-050

B. Removal of the Door Seal

R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-31-18-991-001)

R NOTE : This procedure is applicale for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Remove the screws (6) and the washers (7) from the retainers
(3),(4),(5),(8),(9),(10),(11) and (12).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-18

Page 405
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R Wire Harness 5796VB
Figure 402/TASK 52-31-18-991-003

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-18

Page 406
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R Door Seal - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
R Figure 403/TASK 52-31-18-991-001

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-18

Page 407
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 (2) Remove the retainers together with the door seal (2) from the inner
skin of the cargo door (1).

NOTE : Identify all retainers to make the installation easier.

____

(3) Remove the door seal (2) from the retainers.

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-18-020-050-A

B. Removal of the Door Seal

R (Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 52-31-18-991-001-A)

CAUTION : DO NOT USE A SHARP TOOL FOR THE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE

_______
DOOR SEAL. SHARP TOOLS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE DOOR SEAL.

(1) Remove the flat part of the door seal (1) from the retainer (2) of
the cargo door structure with a suitable tool.

(2) Remove the door seal (1) from the retainer (2).

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R Subtask 52-31-18-020-051

R C. Removal of the Door Seal

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-31-18-991-004)

R CAUTION : DO NOT USE A SHARP TOOL FOR THE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE

_______
R DOOR SEAL. SHARP TOOLS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE DOOR SEAL.

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
R subsequent.

R (1) Remove the flat part of the door seal (1) from the retainer (2) of
R the cargo door structure with a suitable tool.

R (2) Remove the door seal (1) from the retainer (2).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-18

Page 408
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R Door Seal
Figure 403A/TASK 52-31-18-991-001-A


EFF :

151-199,  52-31-18

Page 409
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
R Door Seal - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 404/TASK 52-31-18-991-004


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-18

Page 410
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 52-31-18-400-801

Installation of the Door Seal

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R NOTE : This task can contribute to fuel savings.

____

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific pure Talcum Powder

No specific tie-wrap
No specific warning notices
No specific wooden or plastic scraper
No specific access platform 4.60 m (15 ft. 1 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533
1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-31-18

Page 411
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720

COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23 cotter pin 52-36-02 04 -082

23 cotter pin 52-36-02 04A-082

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-912-802 Electrical Bonding of Components with Conductive

Screws and Bolts and Bonding Straps
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-18-991-002 Fig. 401
52-31-18-991-003 Fig. 402

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-18-991-001 Fig. 403

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-18-991-001-A Fig. 403A


EFF :

ALL  52-31-18

Page 412
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-18-991-004 Fig. 404

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-18-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
door) is partly opened (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) and the BAR - R/I
ACTUATOR (98F52308279000) are installed (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).

(2) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position at the cargo door.

(4) Make sure that the cargo compartment light is on.

(5) Make sure that the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE
is opened.

(6) Make sure that the warning notices are in position.

Subtask 52-31-18-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
722VU HYD PUMP Y SVCE 10JJ N46
722VU HYD PUMP Y CTL 9JJ R36
5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02


EFF :

ALL  52-31-18

Page 413
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-18-910-050

A. Preparation for Installation

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-31-18-991-001)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial number 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Remove the old sealant from all retainers and the inner skin of the
cargo door.

NOTE : Use a wooden or plastic scraper and CLEANING AGENTS (Material

____
No. 11-004).

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) on the shafts of the screws
(6).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-18-910-050-A

A. Preparation for Installation

(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 52-31-18-991-001-A)

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-18

Page 414
Oct 01/99
R  
THY 
R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R Subtask 52-31-18-910-052

R B. Preparation for Installation

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-31-18-991-004)

R WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
R MATERIAL.
R THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
R subsequent.

R (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

R area.

R Subtask 52-31-18-420-050

R C. Installation of the Door Seal

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

R (1) Install the curved retainers (3),(5),(9),(10) with the washers (7)
R and the screws (6) on the cargo door (1).

R NOTE : Do not tighten the screws (6) at this time.

____

R (2) Put the door seal (2) in position on the cargo door (1) and assemble
R it on the retainers (3),(5),(9),(10).

R (3) Assemble the remaining retainers (4),(8),(10),(12) on the door seal

R (2).

R (4) Make sure that the attachment holes of the retainers

R (4),(8),(10),(12) are aligned with the holes of the cargo door
R structure.

R (5) Attach the retainers (4),(8),(10),(12) with the washers (7) and the
R screws (6).

R (6) TORQUE all screws (6) to between 0.17 and 0.20 m.daN (15.04 and 17.69
lbf.in).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-18

Page 415
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 (7) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) to the junctions and gaps
between all retainers (3),(4),(5),(8),(9),(10),(11),(12).

(8) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) between the corner of
all retainers and the inner skin of the cargo door (1).

(9) Allow the sealant bead to dry and protect it with STRUCTURE PAINTS
(Material No. 16-003).

(10) Protect the door seal (2) with pure Talcum Powder.

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-18-420-050-A

R C. Installation of the Door Seal

(Ref. Fig. 403A/TASK 52-31-18-991-001-A)

CAUTION : DO NOT USE A SHARP TOOL FOR THE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE

_______
DOOR SEAL. SHARP TOOLS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE DOOR SEAL.

R (1) Put the color marked corner areas of the replacement door seal (1) in
R the top and bottom corners of the retainers (2).

NOTE : Make sure that the areas marked with UP and DOWN are in the
____
correct position.

R (2) Install the flat part of the door seal (1) into the retainer (2) with
R a suitable tool.

R (3) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal (1) are in their
R correct position on the inner side of the cargo door.

R NOTE : If the door seal is not installed in the correct position, it

____
R cannot inflate correctly during the flight. If this occurs,
R the cabin pressure can decrease and cause a disruption of the
R flight.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-18

Page 416
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-18-420-051

D. Installation of the Door Seal

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-31-18-991-004)

CAUTION : DO NOT USE A SHARP TOOL FOR THE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION OF THE

_______
DOOR SEAL. SHARP TOOLS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE DOOR SEAL.

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Put the color marked corner areas of the replacement door seal (1) in
the top and bottom corners of the retainers (2).

NOTE : Make sure that the areas marked with UP and DOWN are in the
____
correct position.

(2) Install the flat part of the door seal (1) into the retainer (2) with
a suitable tool.

(3) Make sure that the inflation holes of the door seal (1) are in their
correct position on the inner side of the cargo door.

NOTE : If the door seal is not installed in the correct position, it

____
cannot inflate correctly during the flight. If this occurs,
the cabin pressure can decrease and cause a disruption of the
flight.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-31-18-410-050

R E. Installation of the Components to Close Access

(1) Install the wire harness 5796VB in the door frame area of the
fuselage as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-31-18-991-003)

(a) Remove the temporarily attached wire harness 5796VB from the
R cargo door and move the connector (32) through the cut-out of the
R door frame (24).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-18

Page 417
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (b) Install the clamp (39) together with the rubber sleeve (40) on
the wire harness 5796VB.

R (c) Install the twin gaskets (35) on the wire harness 5796VB.

(d) Put the ring (36) with the bracket (42) on the door frame (34)
and attach them with the bolts (43), the washers (44) and the
nuts (45).

(e) Measure the distance A at the wire harness 5796VB from the
clamp (49) of the cargo door and the clamp (39).

NOTE : The distance A must be between 450.0 mm (17.7165 in.)

____
and 470.0 mm (18.5039 in.).

(f) Put a mark on the wire harness 5796VB to identify the correct
position of the clamp (39).

(g) Set the clamp (39) to the mark at the wire harness 5796VB.

(h) Install the spacer (41) and the clamp (39) with the screw (37)
and the washer (38) on the bracket (42).

(i) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(j) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the
correct condition.

(k) Connect the connector (32) of the wire harness 5796VB to the
receptacle (31) at the crossbeam FR20.

R (l) Attach the wire harness 5796VB with the tie-wrap to the cable
R clamp (33) of the door frame.

(2) Install the bonding straps (47) on the fuselage area at FR21 and FR24
with the screw (48) and the washers (46) (Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-
802).

(3) Connect the door actuator 2502MJ on the cargo door structure as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-18-991-002)

R (a) Put the piston eye-end (26) in the actuator attachment fitting
R (21) and install the actuator bolt (29).

(b) Install the washer (22) and the nut (24) on the actuator bolt
(29).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-18

Page 418
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R (c) TORQUE the nut (24) to between 1.95 and 2.0 m.daN (14.38 and
R 14.74 lbf.ft) and if necessary turn it back to the adjacent
R cotter pin hole.

R (d) Safety the nut (24) with the new cotter pin (23).

(e) Install the bonding strap (25) with the screw (28) and the washer
(27) on the piston eye-end (26)(Ref. TASK 20-28-00-912-802).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-18-865-052

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MJ, 9JJ, 10JJ

Subtask 52-31-18-860-051

B. Put the system back to its operational configuration.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) On the avionics rack 802VU set the DOME LIGHT switch (5LS) to OFF and
close the avionics compartment door 132AZ.

(3) Close the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(4) On the FWD service panel 5022VE set the CARGO COMPT LIGHT switch
(6LU) to OFF.

(5) Remove the warning notice(s).

(6) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

Subtask 52-31-18-410-051

C. Close Access

(1) Remove the BAR - R/I ACTUATOR from the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-080-801).

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Close the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-18

Page 419
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 MECHANISM - DOOR LATCHING/LOCKING - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________________________

TASK 52-31-21-000-801

Removal of the Locking Handle Assembly and the Related Linkage Mechanism

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.60 m (8 ft. 6 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-71-13-000-801 Removal of the Proximity Sensors

(6MJ,8MJ,26MJ,28MJ,38MJ,39MJ)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-001 Fig. 401

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-31-21-991-001-A Fig. 401A

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-002 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 401
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-002-A Fig. 402A

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R 52-31-21-991-014 Fig. 403

R 52-31-21-991-015 Fig. 404

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-21-010-050

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position below the closed FWD
cargo-compartment door (referred as to cargo door).

(2) Remove the access covers 821CR and 821DR around the latching handle.

(3) For access to the lower part of the locking mechanism do the
subsequent steps:

(a) Pull the locking handle to the UNLOCKED position.

(b) Remove the access cover 821AR from the cargo door.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 402
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-860-058

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Disconnect the latching handle (37) from the drive shaft lever (30)
as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-21-991-001)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (36) from the nut (35).

(b) Remove the nut (35), the washer (34) and the bolt (31) together
with the bush (32) from the drive shaft lever (30).

(c) Remove the eye-end (33) from the fork-end of the drive shaft
lever (30).

(2) Remove the proximity sensor 8MJ (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-000-801) from the
handle recess of the cargo door.

(3) Decrease the pre-tension of the gas spring unit (62) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-31-21-991-002)

(a) Push the handle flap in and pull up the locking handle (1) to the
UNLOCKED position.

(b) Remove the nut (27), the washer (26), the screw (24) and the
handle stop (25) from the handle recess.

(c) Pull the latching handle down to the UNLATCHED position.

(d) Set the locking handle (1) inboard to remove the load from the
gas spring unit (62).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pins (59) from the pin (61).

(f) Remove the washers (60) and the pin (61) to disconnect the gas
spring unit (62) from the attachment fitting (63).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 403
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R Locking Handle Assembly - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 401/TASK 52-31-21-991-001

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 404
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R Locking Handle Assembly
R Figure 401A/TASK 52-31-21-991-001-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page 405
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Linkage Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 402/TASK 52-31-21-991-002- 12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 406
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R Linkage Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 402/TASK 52-31-21-991-002- 22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 407
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-860-058-A

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Disconnect the latching handle (37) from the drive shaft lever (30)
as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-31-21-991-001-A)

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (37) from the nut (36).

(b) Remove the nut (36), the washer (35) and the bolt (31) together
with the bush (33) and the washer (32) from the drive shaft lever
(30).

(c) Remove the eye-end (34) from the fork-end of the drive shaft
lever (30).

(2) Remove the proximity sensor 8MJ (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-000-801) from the
handle recess of the cargo door.

(3) Decrease the pre-tension of the gas spring unit (62) as follows:
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-31-21-991-002-A)

(a) Push the handle flap in and pull up the locking handle (1) to the
UNLOCKED position.

(b) Remove the nut (27), the washer (26), the screw (24) and the
handle stop (25) from the handle recess.

(c) Pull the latching handle down to the UNLATCHED position.

(d) Set the locking handle (1) inboard to remove the load from the
gas spring unit (62).

(e) Remove and discard the cotter pins (59) from the pin (61).

(f) Remove the washers (60) and (64) and the pin (61) to disconnect
the gas spring unit (62) from the attachment fitting (63).

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page 408
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R Subtask 52-31-21-860-060

R C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
R subsequent.

R (1) Disconnect the latching handle (37) from the drive shaft lever (30)
R as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-31-21-991-014)

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (37) from the nut (36).

R (b) Remove the nut (36), the washer (35) and the bolt (31) together
R with the bush (33) and the washer (32) from the drive shaft lever
R (30).

R (c) Remove the eye-end (34) from the fork-end of the drive shaft
R lever (30).

R (2) Remove the proximity sensor 8MJ (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-000-801) from the
R handle recess of the cargo door.

R (3) Decrease the pre-tension of the gas spring unit (62) as follows:
R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-31-21-991-015)

R (a) Push the handle flap in and pull up the locking handle (1) to the
R UNLOCKED position.

R (b) Remove the nut (27), the washer (26), the screw (24) and the
R handle stop (25) from the handle recess.

R (c) Pull the latching handle down to the UNLATCHED position.

R (d) Set the locking handle (1) inboard to remove the load from the
R gas spring unit (62).

R (e) Remove and discard the cotter pins (59) from the pin (61).

R (f) Remove the washers (60) and (64) and the pin (61) to disconnect
R the gas spring unit (62) from the attachment fitting (63).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 409
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R Linkage Mechanism
R Figure 402A/TASK 52-31-21-991-002-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page 410
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Linkage Mechanism
R Figure 402A/TASK 52-31-21-991-002-A22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page 411
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R Locking Handle Assembly - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 403/TASK 52-31-21-991-014


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 412
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-31-21

Page 413
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R Linkage Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 404/TASK 52-31-21-991-015- 12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 414
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R Linkage Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 404/TASK 52-31-21-991-015- 22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 415
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-31-21-020-050

A. Removal of the Locking Handle Assembly

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-21-991-001)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-31-21-991-001-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(1) Remove the bellcrank (17) from the shaft lever (18) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (12) from the nut (13).

(b) Remove the nut (13), the washer (14) and the bolt (16) from the
shaft lever (18).

(c) Remove the sleeve (15) and disconnect the shaft lever (18) from
the bellcrank (17).

(2) Remove the locking handle assembly (1) as follows:

(a) Remove the nut (19), the washer (20) and the taper pin (11) from
the shaft lever (18).

(b) Remove the shaft lever (18) from the shaft (3).

(c) Remove the nuts (4) and (21), the washers (5) and (22) and the
bolts (2) and (7) from the shafts (3) and (6).

(d) Support the locking handle assembly (1) and remove the shafts (3)
and (6), the washers (8),(9) and (10) and the shim (23).

(e) Remove the locking handle assembly (1) from the handle recess.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 416
Jul 01/99
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-051

B. Removal of the Linkage Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-31-21-991-002)

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Remove the gas spring unit (62) and the bellcrank (17) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (12) and (54) from the nuts
(13) and (55).

(b) Remove the nut (13), the washer (14) and the bolt (16) from the
shaft lever (18).

(c) Remove the sleeve (15) and disconnect the bellcrank (17) from the
shaft lever (18).

(d) Support the bellcrank (17) and remove the nut (55), the washer
(56) and the bolt (58) from the lever (52).

(e) Remove the sleeve (57) and disconnect the bellcrank (17) from the
lever (52).

(f) If neceesary, remove the cotter pins (59),the washers (60) and
the pin (61 ) to disconnect the gas spring unit (62) from the
bellcrank (17).

(2) Remove the double lever assembly (40) as follows:

(a) Make sure that the locking handle (1) is removed from the handle
recess.

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (41) from the nut (42).

(c) Remove the nut (42), the washer (43), the bush (44) and the bolt
(48) from the lever (50).

(d) Disconnect the upper eye-end of the connection rod (65) from the
fork-end of the lever (50).

(e) Remove the nuts (47), the washers (46), the spacers (45) and the
taper pins (51) to disconnect the levers (50) and (52) from the
lever shaft (53).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 417
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 (f) Move the lever shaft (53) rearward so that you can remove the
levers (50) and (52).

(g) Remove the lever shaft (53) from the bearing at FR20B.

(3) Remove the connection rods (65) and (66) as follows:

NOTE : The subsequent steps describe the complete removal of the

____
connection rods (65) and /or (66).

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (41),(72),(73) and (78) from
the nuts (42),(71),(74) and (79).

(b) Remove the nut (79), the washer (80), the bush (81) and the bolt
(83) from the bellcrank lever assembly (82).

(c) Disconnect the lower eye-end of the connection rod (65) from the
fork-end of the bellcrank lever assembly (82).

(d) Remove the nut (42), the washer (43), the bush (44) and the bolt
(48) from the lever (50).

(e) Support the connection rod (65) and disconnect its upper eye-end
from the fork-end of the lever (50).

(f) Remove the nut (71), the washer (70), the bush (69) and the bolt
(67) from the drive shaft lever (68).

(g) Disconnect the lower eye-end of the connection rod (66) from the
fork-end of the drive shaft lever (68).

(h) Remove the nut (74), the washer (75), the bush (76) and the bolt
(77) from the bellcrank lever assembly (82).

(i) Support the connection rod (66) and disconnect its upper eye-end
from the fork-end of the bellcrank lever assembly (82).

(4) Remove the bellcrank lever assembly (82) as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (84), the washers (85) and the bolts (86) from
the edge member of FR20A.

(b) Support the bellcrank lever assembly (82) and disconnect the
bearing bracket (87) from the edge member.

(c) Move the bellcrank lever assembly (82) in the forward direction
until it comes free from the structural bearing at FR20B.

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 418
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 (d) Remove the bellcrank lever assembly (82) together with the
washers (88) from the cargo door structure.

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-051-A

B. Removal of the Linkage Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-31-21-991-002-A)

(1) Remove the gas spring unit (62) and the bellcrank (17) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (12) and (54) from the nuts
(13) and (55).

(b) Remove the nut (13), the washer (14) and the bolt (16) from the
shaft lever (18).

(c) Remove the sleeve (15) and disconnect the bellcrank (17) from the
shaft lever (18).

(d) Support the bellcrank (17) and remove the nut (55), the washer
(56) and the bolt (58) from the lever (52).

(e) Remove the sleeve (57) and disconnect the bellcrank (17) from the
lever (52).

(f) If neceesary, remove the cotter pins (59),the washers (60) and
the pin (61 ) to disconnect the gas spring unit (62) from the
bellcrank (17).

(2) Remove the double lever assembly (40) as follows:

(a) Make sure that the locking handle (1) is removed from the handle
recess.

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (41) from the nut (42).

(c) Remove the nut (42), the washers (43) and (44) and the bolt (48)
from the lever (50).

(d) Disconnect the upper fork-end of the connection rod (65) from the
eye-end of the lever (50).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 419
Jul 01/99
R  
THY 
 (e) Remove the nuts (47), the washers (46), the spacers (45) and the
taper pins (51) to disconnect the levers (50) and (52) from the
lever shaft (53).

(f) Move the lever shaft (53) rearward so that you can remove the
levers (50) and (52).

(g) Remove the lever shaft (53) from the bearing at FR20B.

(3) Remove the connection rods (65) and (66) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (41),(72),(73) and (78) from
the nuts (42),(71),(74) and (79).

(b) Remove the nut (79), the washers (80) and (81) and the bolt (83)
from the bellcrank lever (82).

(c) Disconnect the lower fork-end of the connection rod (65) from the
eye-end of the bellcrank lever (82).

(d) Remove the nut (42), the washers (43) and (44) and the bolt (48)
from the lever (50).

(e) Support the connection rod (65) and disconnect its upper fork-end
from the eye-end of the lever (50).

(f) Remove the nut (71), the washers (69) and (70) and the bolt (67)
from the drive shaft lever (68).

(g) Disconnect the lower fork-end of the connection rod (66) from the
eye-end of the drive shaft lever (68).

(h) Remove the nut (74), the washer (75), the bush (76) and the bolt
(77) from the bellcrank lever (82).

(i) Support the connection rod (66) and disconnect its upper fork-end
from the eye-end of the bellcrank lever (82).

(4) Remove the bellcrank lever (82) as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (84), the washers (85) and the screws (86) from
the bearing bracket (87).

(b) Support the bellcrank lever (82) and disconnect the bearing
bracket (87) from the edge member FR20A.

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page 420
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 (c) Move the bellcrank lever (82) in the forward direction until it
comes free from the structural bearing at FR20B.

(d) Remove the bellcrank lever (82) together with the washers (88)
from the cargo door structure.

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R Subtask 52-31-21-020-064

R C. Removal of the Linkage Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-31-21-991-015)

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
R subsequent.

R (1) Remove the gas spring unit (62) and the bellcrank (17) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (12) and (54) from the nuts
R (13) and (55).

R (b) Remove the nut (13), the washer (14) and the bolt (16) from the
R shaft lever (18).

R (c) Remove the sleeve (15) and disconnect the bellcrank (17) from the
R shaft lever (18).

R (d) Support the bellcrank (17) and remove the nut (55), the washer
R (56) and the bolt (58) from the lever (52).

R (e) Remove the sleeve (57) and disconnect the bellcrank (17) from the
R lever (52).

R (f) If neceesary, remove the cotter pins (59),the washers (60) and
R the pin (61 ) to disconnect the gas spring unit (62) from the
R bellcrank (17).

R (2) Remove the double lever assembly (40) as follows:

R (a) Make sure that the locking handle (1) is removed from the handle
R recess.

R (b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (41) from the nut (42).

R (c) Remove the nut (42), the washers (43) and (44) and the bolt (48)
R from the lever (50).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 421
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R (d) Disconnect the upper fork-end of the connection rod (65) from the
R eye-end of the lever (50).

R (e) Remove the nuts (47), the washers (46), the spacers (45) and the
R taper pins (51) to disconnect the levers (50) and (52) from the
R lever shaft (53).

R (f) Move the lever shaft (53) rearward so that you can remove the
R levers (50) and (52).

R (g) Remove the lever shaft (53) from the bearing at FR20B.

R (3) Remove the connection rods (65) and (66) as follows:

R (a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (41),(72),(73) and (78) from
R the nuts (42),(71),(74) and (79).

R (b) Remove the nut (79), the washers (80) and (81) and the bolt (83)
R from the bellcrank lever (82).

R (c) Disconnect the lower fork-end of the connection rod (65) from the
R eye-end of the bellcrank lever (82).

R (d) Remove the nut (42), the washers (43) and (44) and the bolt (48)
R from the lever (50).

R (e) Support the connection rod (65) and disconnect its upper fork-end
R from the eye-end of the lever (50).

R (f) Remove the nut (71), the washers (69) and (70) and the bolt (67)
R from the drive shaft lever (68).

R (g) Disconnect the lower fork-end of the connection rod (66) from the
R eye-end of the drive shaft lever (68).

R (h) Remove the nut (74), the washer (75), the bush (76) and the bolt
R (77) from the bellcrank lever (82).

R (i) Support the connection rod (66) and disconnect its upper fork-end
R from the eye-end of the bellcrank lever (82).

R (4) Remove the bellcrank lever (82) as follows:

R (a) Remove the nuts (84), the washers (85) and the screws (86) from
R the bearing bracket (87).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 422
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R (b) Support the bellcrank lever (82) and disconnect the bearing
R bracket (87) from the edge member FR20A.

R (c) Move the bellcrank lever (82) in the forward direction until it
R comes free from the structural bearing at FR20B.

R (d) Remove the bellcrank lever (82) together with the washers (88)
R from the cargo door structure.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 423
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 52-31-21-400-801

Installation of the Locking Handle Mechanism and the Related Linkage Mechanism

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific wooden or plastic scraper

No specific access platform 2.60 m (8 ft. 6 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-005 USA MIL-S-81733 CLASS C
CORROSION INHIBITIVE INTERFAY SEALANT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-016 USA MIL-PRF-81733D TYPE II CLASS B
CORROSION INHIBITING FILLET CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-018 USA AMS 3267/3
CORROSION INHIBITING LOW ADHESION SEALANT
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-016 USA BOEING BAC 5000 BAC 5504 BAC 5750
CLEANING SOLVENT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 424
Apr 01/03
 
THY 
 C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

12 cotter pin 52-31-21 04 -100

R 12 cotter pin 52-31-21 39 -010
36 cotter pin 52-31-21 03 -410
37 cotter pin 52-31-21 03 -410
R 37 cotter pin 52-31-21 35 -010
41 cotter pin 52-31-21 04 -100
R 41 cotter pin 52-31-21 39 -010
54 cotter pin 52-31-21 04 -100
R 54 cotter pin 52-31-21 39 -010
59 cotter pins 52-31-21 04 -180
R 59 cotter pins 52-31-21 39 -130
72 cotter pin 52-31-21 04 -100
R 72 cotter pin 52-31-21 39 -010
73 cotter pin 52-31-21 04 -100
R 73 cotter pin 52-31-21 39 -010
78 cotter pin 52-31-21 04 -100
R 78 cotter pin 52-31-21 39 -010

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-31-00-720-801 Functional Test of the FWD Cargo Compartment Door
52-31-11-820-802 Adjustment of the Door Mechanism
52-71-13-400-801 Installation of the Proximity Sensors
(6MJ,8MJ,26MJ,28MJ,38MJ,39MJ)
52-71-13-820-801 Adjustment of the Actuation Clearance of the
Proximity Sensors (6MJ,8MJ,26MJ, 28MJ,38MJ,39MJ)

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-001 Fig. 401


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 425
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-001-A Fig. 401A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-002 Fig. 402

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-002-A Fig. 402A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-014 Fig. 403

52-31-21-991-015 Fig. 404

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-21-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that access platform is in position below the closed FWD
cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door).

(2) Make sure that the access panels 821AR, 821CR and 821DR are removed
from the closed cargo door.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 426
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-910-050

A. Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(2) Remove the old sealant from the bearing bracket (87) and the edge
member with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016) and a wooden or
plastic scraper.

(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Make sure that the bushes (32),(44),(69),(76) and (81) and the
sleeves (15) and (57) are in the correct condition.

(5) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) to the shafts of the bolts
(2),(7) and (86).

(6) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the contact

surfaces of the bearing bracket (87).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 427
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (7) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all surfaces of parts
which move.

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-910-050-A

A. Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(2) Remove the old sealant from the bearing bracket (87) and the edge
member with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016) and a wooden or
plastic scraper.

(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Make sure that the bushes (33) and the sleeves (15) and (57) are in
the correct condition.

(5) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) to the shafts of the bolts (2)
and (7) and the screws (86).

(6) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) to the contact

surfaces of the bearing bracket (87).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 428
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (7) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all surfaces of parts
which move.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-910-057

B. Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(2) Remove the old sealant from the bearing bracket (87) and the edge
member with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016) and a wooden or
plastic scraper.

(3) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(4) Make sure that the bushes (33) and the sleeves (15) and (57) are in
the correct condition.

(5) Apply SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) to the shafts of the bolts (2)
and (7) and the screws (86).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 429
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (6) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) to the contact
surfaces of the bearing bracket (87).

(7) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all surfaces of parts
which move.
R

Subtask 52-31-21-420-050

C. Installation of the Locking Handle Assembly

R
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-21-991-001)
R

(1) Install the locking handle assembly (1) in the handle recess of the
carg door as follows:

(a) Put the locking handle assembly (1) in position and install the
shafts (3) and (6), the washers (8),(9) and (10) and the shim
(23).

(b) Make sure that the lateral gaps A and B between the locking
handle assembly (1) and the cargo door structure are correct.

NOTE : The lateral gaps A and B should be equal and between
____
2.2 mm (0.0866 in.) and 3.8 mm (0.1496 in.).

(c) If the lateral gaps A and B are out of tolerance, change the
quantity of the washers (8),(9) and (10) and the shim (29) as
required.

NOTE : Change the quantity of the washers (8),(9) and (10) as

____
well as the shims (23) as required in accordance with the
table below.

(d) Install the bolts (7), the washers (5) and the nuts (4) to attach
the shaft (6) to the locking handle (1).

(e) Install the bolts (2), the washers (22) and the nuts (21) to
attach the shaft (3) to the locking handle (1).

(f) Put the shaft lever (18) on the shaft (3) and attach it with the
taper pin (11), the washer (20) and the nut (19).

(g) Put the bellcrank (17) in the shaft lever (18) and install the
bolt (16), the sleeve (15), the washer (14) and the nut (13).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 430
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (h) Tighten the nut (13) and safety it with the new cotter pin (12).

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R Subtask 52-31-21-420-050-A

R C. Installation of the Locking Handle Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-31-21-991-001-A)

R (1) Install the locking handle assembly (1) in the handle recess of the
R carg door as follows:

R (a) Put the locking handle assembly (1) in position and install the
R shafts (3) and (6), the washers (8),(9) and (10) and the shim
R (23).

R (b) Make sure that the lateral gaps A and B between the locking
R handle assembly (1) and the cargo door structure are correct.

R NOTE : The lateral gaps A and B must be equal and between 2.2
____
R mm (0.0866 in.) and 3.8 mm (0.1496 in.).

R (c) If the lateral gaps A and B are out of tolerance, change the
R quantity of the washers (8),(9) and (10) and the shim (29) as
R necessary.

R NOTE : To change the quantity of the washers (8),(9) and (10) and
____
R of the shims (23) as necessary, you must refer to the
R table below.

R (d) Install the bolts (7), the washers (5) and the nuts (4) to attach
R the shaft (6) to the locking handle (1).

R (e) Install the bolts (2), the washers (22) and the nuts (21) to
R attach the shaft (3) to the locking handle (1).

R (f) Put the shaft lever (18) on the shaft (3) and attach it with the
R taper pin (11), the washer (20) and the nut (19).

R (g) Put the bellcrank (17) in the shaft lever (18) and install the
R bolt (16), the sleeve (15), the washer (14) and the nut (13).

R (h) Tighten the nut (13) and safety it with the new cotter pin (12).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 431
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-31-21-910-054

D. Table for the Selection of the Washers and the Shims

| MEASURED GAPS A | QUANTITY OF WASHERS | QUANTITY |

| in mm (in.) | ITEM 8 | ITEM 9 | ITEM 10 | OF SHIMS |
|-------------------------|---------|---------|---------|----------|
| 1.8 - 2.2 (0.07 - 0.09) | - | - | 3 | - |
| 2.2 - 2.6 (0.09 - 0.10) | - | 1 | 2 | 1 |
| 2.6 - 3.0 (0.10 - 0.12) | - | 2 | 1 | 2 |
| 3.0 - 3.4 (0.12 - 0.13) | 1 | 1 | 1 | 3 |
| 3.4 - 3.8 (0.13 - 0.15) | 1 | 2 | - | 4 |
| 3.8 - 4.2 (0.15 - 0.17) | 2 | 1 | - | 5 |
| > 4.2 ( > 0.17) | 3 | - | - | 6 |

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-051

E. Installation of the Linkage Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-31-21-991-002)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Install the bellcrank lever assembly (82) as follows:

(a) Put the bellcrank lever assembly (82) with the washers (88) in
position so that it engages with the structural bearing bracket
at FR20B.

(b) Put the bearing bracket (87) on the edge member at FR20A so that
it engages with the bellcrank lever assembly (82).

(c) Attach the bearing bracket (87) with the bolts (86), the washers
(85) and the nuts (84).

(d) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-016) around the bearing
bracket (87) and let it dry.

(e) Remove the unwanted sealant around the bearing bracket (87).

(f) Protect the bead of sealant with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No.
16-003).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 432
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (2) Install the double lever assembly (40) as follows:

(a) Move the lever shaft (53) in position to the bearing at FR20B.

(b) Put the levers (50) and (52) in position and move the lever shaft
(53) forward to assemble them.

(c) Make sure that the holes for the taper pins on the levers (50)
and (52) and the lever shaft (53) are aligned.

(d) Install the taper pins (51), the spacers (45), the washers (46)
and the nuts (47) to connect the levers (50) and (52) to the
lever shaft (53).

(e) Put the upper eye-end of the connection rod (65) in position in
the fork-end of the lever (50).

(f) Attach the connection rod (65) and the lever (50) with the bolt
(48), the bush (44), the washer (43) and the nut (42).

R (g) Tighten the nut (42) and safety it with the new cotter pin (41).

(3) Install the connection rods (65) and (66) as follows:

NOTE : The subsequent steps describe the complete installation the

____
connection rods (65) and/or (66).

(a) Put the upper eye-end of the connection rod (66) in position in
the fork-end of the bellcrank lever assembly (82).

(b) Install the bolt (77), the bush (76), the washer (75) and the nut
(74) on the bellcrank lever assembly (82).

R (c) Tighten the nut (74) and safety it with the new cotter pin (73).

(d) Put the lower eye-end of the connection rod (66) in position in
the fork-end of the drive shaft lever (68).

(e) Install the bolt (67), the bush (69), the washer (70) and the nut
(71) on the drive shaft lever (68).

(f) Tighten the nut (71) and safety it with the new cotter pin (72).

(g) Put the upper eye-end of the connection rod (65) in position in
the fork-end of the lever (50).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 433
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (h) Install the bolt (48), the bush (44), the washer (43) and the nut
(42) on the lever (50).

(i) Tighten the nut (42) and safety it with the new cotter pin (41).

(j) Put the lower eye-end of the connection rod (65) in position to
the fork-end of the bellcrank lever assembly (82).

(k) Install the bolt (83), the bush (81), the washer (80) and the nut
(79) on the bellcrank lever assembly (82).

(l) Tighten the nut (79) and safety it with the new cotter pin (78).

(4) Install the gas spring units (62) and the bellcrank (17) as follows:

(a) If required, attach the gas spring units (62) on the bellcrank
(17) with the pin (61), the washers (60) and the new cotter pins
(59).

(b) Put the bellcrank (17) in position to the lever (52) and install
the sleeve (57).

(c) Install the bolt (58), the washer (56) and the nut (55) to the
lever (52).

(d) Tighten the nut (55) and safety it with the new cotter pin (54).

(e) Put the bellcrank (17) in position to the shaft lever (18) and
install the sleeve (15).

(f) Install the bolt (16), the washer (14) and the nut (13) to the
shaft lever (18).

(g) Tighten the nut (13) and safety it with the new cotter pin (12).

(h) Put the gas spring unit (62) in position to the attachment
fitting (63) and install the pin (61).

(i) Safety the pin (61) with the washers (60) and the new cotter pins
(59).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 434
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-051-A

R E. Installation of the Linkage Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-31-21-991-002-A)

(1) Install the bellcrank lever (82) as follows:

(a) Put the bellcrank lever (82) with the washers (88) in position so
that it engages with the structural bearing bracket at FR20B.

(b) Put the bearing bracket (87) on the edge member at FR20A so that
it engages with the bellcrank lever (82).

(c) Attach the bearing bracket (87) with the screws (86), the washers
(85) and the nuts (84).

(d) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) around the bearing
bracket (87) and let it dry.

(e) Remove the unwanted sealant around the bearing bracket (87).

(f) Protect the bead of sealant with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No.
16-003).

(2) Install the double lever assembly (40) as follows:

(a) Move the lever shaft (53) in position to the bearing at FR20B.

(b) Put the levers (50) and (52) in position and move the lever shaft
(53) forward to assemble them.

(c) Make sure that the holes for the taper pins on the levers (50)
and (52) and the lever shaft (53) are aligned.

(d) Install the taper pins (51), the spacers (45), the washers (46)
and the nuts (47) to connect the levers (50) and (52) to the
lever shaft (53).

(e) Put the upper fork-end of the connection rod (65) in position to
the eye-end of the lever (50).

(f) Attach the connection rod (65) and the lever (50) with the bolt
(48), the washers (43) and (44) and the nut (42).


EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page 435
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R (g) Tighten the nut (42) and safety it with the new cotter pin (41).

(3) Install the connection rods (65) and (66) as follows:

(a) Put the upper fork-end of the connection rod (66) in position to
the eye-end of the bellcrank lever assembly (82).

(b) Install the bolt (77), the washers (75) and (76) and the nut (74)
on the bellcrank lever (82).

R (c) Tighten the nut (74) and safety it with the new cotter pin (73).

(d) Put the lower fork-end of the connection rod (66) in position to
the eye-end of the drive shaft lever (68).

(e) Install the bolt (67), the washers (69) and (70) and the nut (71)
on the drive shaft lever (68).

R (f) Tighten the nut (71) and safety it with the new cotter pin (72).

(g) Put the upper fork-end of the connection rod (65) in position to
the eye-end of the lever (50).

(h) Install the bolt (48), the washers (43) and (44) and the nut (42)
on the lever (50).

R (i) Tighten the nut (42) and safety it with the new cotter pin (41).

(j) Put the lower fork-end of the connection rod (65) in position to
the eye-end of the bellcrank lever (82).

(k) Install the bolt (83), the washers (80) and (81) and the nut (79)
on the bellcrank lever (82).

R (l) Tighten the nut (79) and safety it with the new cotter pin (78).

(4) Install the gas spring units (62) and the bellcrank (17) as follows:

(a) If required, attach the gas spring units (62) on the bellcrank
R (17) with the pin (61), the washers (60) and the new cotter pins
R (59).

(b) Put the bellcrank (17) in position to the lever (52) and install
the sleeve (57).

(c) Install the bolt (58), the washer (56) and the nut (55) to the
lever (52).

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page 436
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R (d) Tighten the nut (55) and safety it with the new cotter pin (54).

(e) Put the bellcrank (17) in position to the shaft lever (18) and
install the sleeve (15).

(f) Install the bolt (16), the washer (14) and the nut (13) to the
shaft lever (18).

R (g) Tighten the nut (13) and safety it with the new cotter pin (12).

(h) Put the gas spring unit (62) in position to the attachment
fitting (63) and install the pin (61) and the washers (64).

R (i) Safety the pin (61) with the washers (60) and the new cotter pins
R (59).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-063

F. Installation of the Linkage Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-31-21-991-015)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Install the bellcrank lever (82) as follows:

(a) Put the bellcrank lever (82) with the washers (88) in position so
that it engages with the structural bearing bracket at FR20B.

(b) Put the bearing bracket (87) on the edge member at FR20A so that
it engages with the bellcrank lever (82).

(c) Attach the bearing bracket (87) with the screws (86), the washers
(85) and the nuts (84).

(d) Apply a bead of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-005) around the bearing
bracket (87) and let it dry.

(e) Remove the unwanted sealant around the bearing bracket (87).

(f) Protect the bead of sealant with STRUCTURE PAINTS (Material No.
16-003).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 437
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (2) Install the double lever assembly (40) as follows:

(a) Move the lever shaft (53) in position to the bearing at FR20B.

(b) Put the levers (50) and (52) in position and move the lever shaft
(53) forward to assemble them.

(c) Make sure that the holes for the taper pins on the levers (50)
and (52) and the lever shaft (53) are aligned.

(d) Install the taper pins (51), the spacers (45), the washers (46)
and the nuts (47) to connect the levers (50) and (52) to the
lever shaft (53).

(e) Put the upper fork-end of the connection rod (65) in position to
the eye-end of the lever (50).

(f) Attach the connection rod (65) and the lever (50) with the bolt
(48), the washers (43) and (44) and the nut (42).

(g) Tighten the nut (42) and safety it with the new cotter pin (41).

(3) Install the connection rods (65) and (66) as follows:

(a) Put the upper fork-end of the connection rod (66) in position to
the eye-end of the bellcrank lever assembly (82).

(b) Install the bolt (77), the washers (75) and (76) and the nut (74)
on the bellcrank lever (82).

(c) Tighten the nut (74) and safety it with the new cotter pin (73).

(d) Put the lower fork-end of the connection rod (66) in position to
the eye-end of the drive shaft lever (68).

(e) Install the bolt (67), the washers (69) and (70) and the nut (71)
on the drive shaft lever (68).

(f) Tighten the nut (71) and safety it with the new cotter pin (72).

(g) Put the upper fork-end of the connection rod (65) in position to
the eye-end of the lever (50).

(h) Install the bolt (48), the washers (43) and (44) and the nut (42)
on the lever (50).

(i) Tighten the nut (42) and safety it with the new cotter pin (41).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 438
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 (j) Put the lower fork-end of the connection rod (65) in position to
the eye-end of the bellcrank lever (82).

(k) Install the bolt (83), the washers (80) and (81) and the nut (79)
on the bellcrank lever (82).

(l) Tighten the nut (79) and safety it with the new cotter pin (78).

(4) Install the gas spring units (62) and the bellcrank (17) as follows:

(a) If required, attach the gas spring units (62) on the bellcrank
(17) with the pin (61), the washers (60) and the new cotter pins
(59).

(b) Put the bellcrank (17) in position to the lever (52) and install
the sleeve (57).

(c) Install the bolt (58), the washer (56) and the nut (55) to the
lever (52).

(d) Tighten the nut (55) and safety it with the new cotter pin (54).

(e) Put the bellcrank (17) in position to the shaft lever (18) and
install the sleeve (15).

(f) Install the bolt (16), the washer (14) and the nut (13) to the
shaft lever (18).

(g) Tighten the nut (13) and safety it with the new cotter pin (12).

(h) Put the gas spring unit (62) in position to the attachment
fitting (63) and install the pin (61) and the washers (64).

(i) Safety the pin (61) with the washers (60) and the new cotter pins
(59).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 439
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-21-860-059

G. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Set the gas spring units (62) in the pre-tension condition as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-31-21-991-002)

(a) Make sure that the locking handle assembly (1) is in the LOCKED
position.

(b) Put the gas spring units (62) in position on the attachment
fitting (63) and install the pin (61).

(c) Safety the pin (61) with the the washers (60) and the new cotter
pins (59).

(d) Move the locking handle assembly (1) to the UNLOCKED position.

(e) Put the handle stop (25) in position and attach it with the screw
(24), the washer (26) and the nut (27).

(2) Install the proximity sensor 8MJ (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-400-801) in the
handle recess of the cargo door.

(3) Connect the latching handle (37) on the drive shaft lever (30) as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-21-991-001)

(a) Make sure that the locking handle assembly (1) is in the UNLOCKED
position.

(b) Move the latching handle (37) up to the LATCHED position.

(c) Put the the eye-end (33) on the fork-end of the drive shaft lever
(30).

(d) Install the bolt (31) together with the bush (32), the washer
(34) and the nut (35) to the drive shaft lever (30).

(e) Tighten the nut (35) with the new cotter pin (36).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 440
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-860-059-A

G. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

R (1) Put the gas spring units (62) in the pre-tension condition as
R follows:
(Ref. Fig. 402A/TASK 52-31-21-991-002-A)

(a) Make sure that the locking handle assembly (1) is in the LOCKED
position.

(b) Put the gas spring units (62) in position on the attachment
fitting (63) and install the pin (61) and the washers (64).

R (c) Safety the pin (61) with the the washers (60) and the new cotter
R pins (59).

(d) Move the locking handle assembly (1) to the UNLOCKED position.

(e) Put the handle stop (25) in position and attach it with the screw
(24), the washer (26) and the nut (27).

(2) Install the proximity sensor 8MJ (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-400-801) in the
handle recess of the cargo door.

R (3) Connect the latching handle (38) to the drive shaft lever (30) as
R follows:
(Ref. Fig. 401A/TASK 52-31-21-991-001-A)

(a) Make sure that the locking handle assembly (1) is in the UNLOCKED
position.

(b) Move the latching handle (38) up to the LATCHED position.

(c) Put the the eye-end (34) on the fork-end of the drive shaft lever
(30).

(d) Install the bolt (31) together with the bush (33), the washers
R (32) and (35) and the nut (36) on the drive shaft lever (30).

R (e) Tighten the nut (36) with the new cotter pin (37).

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page 441
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-860-061

H. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Set the gas spring units (62) in the pre-tension condition as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-31-21-991-015)

(a) Make sure that the locking handle assembly (1) is in the LOCKED
position.

(b) Put the gas spring units (62) in position on the attachment
fitting (63) and install the pin (61) and the washers (64).

(c) Safety the pin (61) with the the washers (60) and the new cotter
pins (59).

(d) Move the locking handle assembly (1) to the UNLOCKED position.

(e) Put the handle stop (25) in position and attach it with the screw
(24), the washer (26) and the nut (27).

(2) Install the proximity sensor 8MJ (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-400-801) in the
handle recess of the cargo door.

(3) Connect the latching handle (37) on the drive shaft lever (30) as
follows:
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-31-21-991-014)

(a) Make sure that the locking handle assembly (1) is in the UNLOCKED
position.

(b) Move the latching handle (38) up to the LATCHED position.

(c) Put the the eye-end (34) on the fork-end of the drive shaft lever
(30).

(d) Install the bolt (31) together with the bush (33), the washers
(32) and (35) and the nut (36) to the drive shaft lever (30).

(e) Tighten the nut (36) with the new cotter pin (37).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 442
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-21-820-054

J. Adjustment Procedure

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Adjust the length of the connection rods (65) and (66) (Ref. TASK 52-
31-11-820-802) to make sure that the locking shaft assembly operates
satisfactorily.

(2) Adjust the skin offset of the locking handle assembly (1) as follows:

(a) Pull the locking handle assembly (1) to the LOCKED position and
examine the skin offset.

NOTE : The skin offset is correct, if the contours of the locking

____
handle assembly (1) and the cargo door structure are
aligned.

(b) To adjust the skin offset, pull up the locking handle assembly
(1) to the UNLOCKED position again.

(c) Loosen the nut (27), turn the handle stop (28) as required and
tighten the nut (27) again.

(d) Move the locking handle assembly (1) to the LOCKED position and
make sure that the handle skin offset is correctly adjusted.

(3) Make sure that the gaps between the locking handle (1) and the cargo
door are correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-802).

(4) Make sure that the clearance between the target and the related
proximity sensor 8MJ is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-820-
801).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-820-054-A

J. Adjustment Procedure

(1) Adjust the length of the connection rod (66) (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-
802) to make sure that the locking shaft assembly operates
satisfactorily.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 443
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 (2) Adjust the skin offset of the locking handle assembly (1) as follows:

(a) Pull the locking handle assembly (1) to the LOCKED position and
examine the skin offset.

NOTE : The skin offset is correct, if the contours of the locking

____
handle assembly (1) and the cargo door structure are
aligned.

(b) To adjust the skin offset, pull up the locking handle assembly
(1) to the UNLOCKED position again.

(c) Loosen the nut (27), turn the handle stop (28) as required and
tighten the nut (27) again.

(d) Move the locking handle assembly (1) to the LOCKED position and
make sure that the handle skin offset is correctly adjusted.

(3) Make sure that the gaps between the locking handle (1) and the cargo
door are correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-802).

(4) Make sure that the clearance between the target and the related
proximity sensor 8MJ is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-820-
801).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-820-057

K. Adjustment Procedure

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Adjust the length of the connection rod (66) (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-
802) to make sure that the locking shaft assembly operates
satisfactorily.

(2) Adjust the skin offset of the locking handle assembly (1) as follows:

(a) Pull the locking handle assembly (1) to the LOCKED position and
examine the skin offset.

NOTE : The skin offset is correct, if the contours of the locking

____
handle assembly (1) and the cargo door structure are
aligned.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 444
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 (b) To adjust the skin offset, pull up the locking handle assembly
(1) to the UNLOCKED position again.

(c) Loosen the nut (27), turn the handle stop (28) as required and
tighten the nut (27) again.

(d) Move the locking handle assembly (1) to the LOCKED position and
make sure that the handle skin offset is correctly adjusted.

(3) Make sure that the gaps between the locking handle (1) and the cargo
door are correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-802).

(4) Make sure that the clearance between the target and the related
proximity sensor 8MJ is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-820-
801).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-31-21-720-053

L. Do the functional test to make sure that the force necessary to operate
the locking handle is correct (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-720-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-21-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Install the access panels 821CR and 821DR on the cargo door.

(2) If removed, install the access panel 821AR on the cargo door.

NOTE : Make sure that the locking handle is in the UNLOCKED position.
____

(3) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 445
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-31-21-000-802

Removal of the Locking Shaft Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.60 m (8 ft. 6 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-003 Fig. 405

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-003-A Fig. 405A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-016 Fig. 406

52-31-21-991-004 Fig. 407

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-004-A Fig. 407A


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 446
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-017 Fig. 408

52-31-21-991-005 Fig. 409

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-005-A Fig. 409A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-018 Fig. 410

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-21-010-051

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position below the closed FWD
cargo-compartment door (referred as to cargo door).

(2) Pull the locking handle up to the UNLOCKED position.

(3) Remove the access covers 821AR and 821BR from the cargo door.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 447
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-053

A. Removal of the Torsion Shaft or the Torsion Shaft Coupling

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-31-21-991-003)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Remove the torsion shaft (100) or the torsion shaft coupling (101)
between the joint fork (97) and the joint shaft (93) as follows:

NOTE : The torsion shaft coupling (101) is only installed between

____
FR23 and FR22A.

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (96) from the nuts (95).

(b) Remove the nuts (95), the washers (94), the bolts (91) and the
sleeves (92) from joint shaft (93) and the joint fork (97).

(c) Disengage the torsion shaft (100) or the torsion shaft coupling
(101) from the joint shaft (93) and the joint fork (97).

(d) If required, remove the pivot pins (99) and the blocks (98) from
the torsion shaft (100) or the torsion shaft coupling (101).

(2) If required, disassemble the torsion tube coupling (101) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (107) from the nuts (108).

(b) Remove the nuts (108), the washers (109) and the bolts (102) from
the torsion shaft halves (103) and (106).

(c) Disconnect the torsion shaft halves (103) and (106) and remove
the serrated washer (105) and the sleeve (104).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 448
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Torsion Shaft and Torsion Shaft Coupling - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 405/TASK 52-31-21-991-003

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 449
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-053-A

A. Removal of the multi-joined Torsion Shaft between FR23 and FR20B

(Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 52-31-21-991-003-A)

(1) Remove the torsion shaft (100) between the joint fork (97) and the
joint shaft (93) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (96) from the nuts (95).

(b) Remove the nuts (95), the washers (94), the bolts (91) and the
sleeves (92) from joint shaft (93) and the joint fork (97).

(c) Disengage the torsion shaft (100) from the joint shaft (93) and
the joint fork (97).

(d) If required, remove the pivot pins (99) and the blocks (98) from
the torsion shaft (100).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-065

B. Removal of the multi-joined Torsion Shaft between FR23 and FR20B

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-31-21-991-016)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Remove the torsion shaft (100) between the joint fork (97) and the
joint shaft (93) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (96) from the nuts (95).

(b) Remove the nuts (95), the washers (94), the bolts (91) and the
sleeves (92) from joint shaft (93) and the joint fork (97).

(c) Disengage the torsion shaft (100) from the joint shaft (93) and
the joint fork (97).

(d) If required, remove the pivot pins (99) and the blocks (98) from
the torsion shaft (100).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 450
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Torsion Shaft
Figure 405A/TASK 52-31-21-991-003-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page 451
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Torsion Shaft and Torsion Shaft Coupling - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 406/TASK 52-31-21-991-016

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 452
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-21-020-054

C. Removal of a Typical Joint Fork Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-31-21-991-004)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Remove the joint fork assembly (116) at FR20B as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (72) from the nut (71).

(b) Remove the nut (71), the washer (70), the bolt (67) and the bush
(69) from the drive shaft lever (68).

(c) Disconnect the lower eye-end of the connection rod (66) from the
fork-end of the drive shaft lever (68).

(d) Remove the nuts (111), the washers (112) and the taper pins (115)
from the drive shaft lever (68) and the safety cam (114).

(e) Move the joint shaft (93) in the rear direction and disassemble
the drive shaft lever (68) and the safety cam (114).

(2) Remove the joint fork assembly (116) from the door frame as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (111), the washers (112) and the taper pins (113)
and (115) from the joint fork (101) and the safety cam (114).

(b) Move the joint shaft (93) in the rear direction to disassemble
the joint fork (97) and the safety cam (114).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-054-A

C. Removal of a Typical Joint Fork Assemblies between FR22A and FR20B

(Ref. Fig. 407A/TASK 52-31-21-991-004-A)

(1) Remove the joint fork assembly (116) at FR20B as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (72) from the nut (71).

(b) Remove the nut (71), the washers (69) and (70) and the bolt (67)
from the drive shaft lever (68).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 453
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Joint Fork Assembly with the Forward Shaft Lever - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 407/TASK 52-31-21-991-004

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 454
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Joint Fork Assembly with the Forward Shaft Lever
Figure 407A/TASK 52-31-21-991-004-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page 455
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (c) Disconnect the lower fork of the connection rod (66) from the
eye-end of the drive shaft lever (68).

(d) Remove the nuts (111), the washers (112) and the taper pins (115)
from the drive shaft lever (68) and the safety cam (114).

(e) Move the joint shaft (93) in the rear direction and disassemble
the drive shaft lever (68) and the safety cam (114).

(2) Remove the joint fork assemblies (116) from the door frames as
follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (111), the washers (112) and the taper pins (113)
and (115) from the joint fork (97) and the safety cam (114).

(b) Move the joint shaft (93) in the rear direction to disassemble
the joint fork (97) and the safety cam (114).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-066

D. Removal of a Typical Joint Fork Assemblies between FR22A and FR20B

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-31-21-991-017)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Remove the joint fork assembly (116) at FR20B as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (72) from the nut (71).

(b) Remove the nut (71), the washers (69) and (70) and the bolt (67)
from the drive shaft lever (68).

(c) Disconnect the lower fork of the connection rod (66) from the
eye-end of the drive shaft lever (68).

(d) Remove the nuts (111), the washers (112) and the taper pins (115)
from the drive shaft lever (68) and the safety cam (114).

(e) Move the joint shaft (93) in the rear direction and disassemble
the drive shaft lever (68) and the safety cam (114).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 456
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Joint Fork Assembly with the Forward Shaft Lever - Door Serial No. 1253 and
subsequent
Figure 408/TASK 52-31-21-991-017


EFF :

001-099, 101-149, 

52-31-21 Page 457
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 (2) Remove the joint fork assemblies (116) from the door frames as
follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (111), the washers (112) and the taper pins (113)
and (115) from the joint fork (97) and the safety cam (114).

(b) Move the joint shaft (93) in the rear direction to disassemble
the joint fork (97) and the safety cam (114).

Subtask 52-31-21-020-055

E. Removal of the Aft Lever Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-31-21-991-005)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Decrease the pre-tension of the gas spring unit (135) as follows:

(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the safety device (262).

(b) Loosen the jam nuts (261) and turn the turnbuckle (263)
counterclockwise to extend the connection rod assembly (136).

(c) Stop the procedure until there is no load in the gas spring unit
(135).

(2) Remove the connection rod assembly (136) from the shaft lever (127)
as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (131) from the nut (132).

(b) Remove the nut (132), the washer (133), the bush (134), the
bearing washer (138) and the bolt (137) from the shaft lever
(127).

(c) Disconnect the lower eye-end of the connection rod assy (136)
from the fork-end of the shaft lever (127).

(3) Remove the gas spring unit (135) from the journal end (128) as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (130) from the journal end
(128).

(b) Remove the washer (129) from the journal end (128).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 458
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 Aft Lever Shaft Assembly - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 409/TASK 52-31-21-991-005

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 459
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (c) Carefully remove the lower eye-end of the gas spring unit (135)
from the journal end (128).

(4) Remove the AFT lever shaft assembly from the door frame as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (122), the washers (123) and the taper pins (126)
from the shaft lever (127).

(b) Remove the nut (122), the washer (123) and the taper pin (126)
from the safety cam (125).

(c) Remove the journal end (128) and the shaft lever (127) from the
lever shaft (121).

(d) Move the lever shaft (121) in the forward direction until it
comes free and disassemble the safety cam (125) and the washers
(124).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-055-A

E. Removal of the rear Locking Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-31-21-991-005-A)

(1) Decrease the pre-tension of the gas spring unit (135) as follows:

(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the safety device (262).

(b) Loosen the jam nuts (261) and turn the turnbuckle (263)
counterclockwise to extend the connection rod (136).

(c) Stop the procedure until there is no load in the gas spring unit
(135).

(2) Remove the connection rod (136) from the shaft lever (127) as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (131) from the nut (132).

(b) Remove the nut (132), the washer (133), the bush (134), the
bearing washer (138) and the bolt (137) from the shaft lever
(127).

(c) Disconnect the lower eye-end of the connection rod (136) from the
fork-end of the shaft lever (127).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 460
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (3) Remove the gas spring unit (135) from the journal end (128) as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (130) from the journal end
(128).

(b) Remove the washer (129) from the journal end (128).

(c) Carefully remove the lower eye-end of the gas spring unit (135)
from the journal end (128).

(4) Remove the rear locking shaft (120) as follows:

(a) Remove the nut (274), the washer (273), the screw (271) and the
cover (272) from the edge member FR25A.

(b) Remove the nuts (121), the washers (122) and the taper pins (126)
from the shaft lever (127) of FR25 and the joint fork (97) of
FR23.

(c) Remove the journal end (128), the shaft lever (127) and the joint
fork (97) from the locking shaft (120).

(d) Remove the nuts (121), the washers (122) and the taper pins (125)
from the safety cams (123).

(e) Move the locking shaft (121) in the rear direction so that you
can collect the safety cams (123) and the washers (124).

NOTE : The spacers (124) are only installed at FR25

____

(f) Remove the locking shaft (120) from the edge member FR25A.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-067

F. Removal of the rear Locking Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-31-21-991-018)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 461
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Locking Shaft Assembly
Figure 409A/TASK 52-31-21-991-005-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page 462
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Locking Shaft Assembly
Figure 409A/TASK 52-31-21-991-005-A22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page 463
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R Locking Shaft Assembly - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 410/TASK 52-31-21-991-018- 12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 464
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
R Locking Shaft Assembly - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 410/TASK 52-31-21-991-018- 22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 465
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 (1) Decrease the pre-tension of the gas spring unit (135) as follows:

(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the safety device (262).

(b) Loosen the jam nuts (261) and turn the turnbuckle (263)
counterclockwise to extend the connection rod (136).

(c) Stop the procedure until there is no load in the gas spring unit
(135).

(2) Remove the connection rod (136) from the shaft lever (127) as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (131) from the nut (132).

(b) Remove the nut (132), the washer (133), the bush (134), the
bearing washer (138) and the bolt (137) from the shaft lever
(127).

(c) Disconnect the lower eye-end of the connection rod (136) from the
fork-end of the shaft lever (127).

(3) Remove the gas spring unit (135) from the journal end (128) as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (130) from the journal end
(128).

(b) Remove the washer (129) from the journal end (128).

(c) Carefully remove the lower eye-end of the gas spring unit (135)
from the journal end (128).

(4) Remove the rear locking shaft (120) as follows:

(a) Remove the nut (274), the washer (273), the screw (271) and the
cover (272) from the edge member FR25A.

(b) Remove the nuts (121), the washers (122) and the taper pins (126)
from the shaft lever (127) of FR25 and the joint fork (97) of
FR23.

(c) Remove the journal end (128), the shaft lever (127) and the joint
fork (97) from the locking shaft (120).

(d) Remove the nuts (121), the washers (122) and the taper pins (125)
from the safety cams (123).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 466
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 (e) Move the locking shaft (121) in the rear direction so that you
can collect the safety cams (123) and the washers (124).

NOTE : The spacers (124) are only installed at FR25

____

(f) Remove the locking shaft (120) from the edge member FR25A.

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 467
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 52-31-21-400-802

Installation of the Locking Shaft Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.60 m (8 ft. 6 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific lockwire, corrosion resistant steel, dia. 0.8mm

R (0.032 in.)
Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I
SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

72 cotter pin 52-31-21 04 -100

72 cotter pin 52-31-21 39 -010
96 cotter pin 52-31-21 12 -020
96 cotter pin 52-31-21 50 -010
107 cotter pin 52-31-21 12 -020
130 cotter pin 52-31-21 12 -020
130 cotter pin 52-31-21 49 -010
131 cotter pin 52-31-21 12 -020


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 468
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 131 cotter pin 52-31-21 49 -050

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-31-00-720-801 Functional Test of the FWD Cargo Compartment Door
52-31-11-820-802 Adjustment of the Door Mechanism
52-71-13-820-801 Adjustment of the Actuation Clearance of the
Proximity Sensors (6MJ,8MJ,26MJ, 28MJ,38MJ,39MJ)

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-003 Fig. 405

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-003-A Fig. 405A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-016 Fig. 406

52-31-21-991-004 Fig. 407

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-004-A Fig. 407A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-017 Fig. 408

52-31-21-991-005 Fig. 409


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 469
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-005-A Fig. 409A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-018 Fig. 410

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-21-860-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the closed
FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door).

(2) Make sure that the access panels 821AR and 821BR are removed from the
closed cargo door.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-31-21-910-053

A. Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 470
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

(1) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(2) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(3) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(4) Make sure that the sleeves (92) of the universal joints are in the
correct condition.

(5) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all surfaces of parts
which move.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-055

B. Installation of a Typical Joint Fork Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 52-31-21-991-004)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Install the joint fork assembly (116) at FR20B as follows:

(a) Put the safety cam (114) in position on the door frame.

(b) Move the joint shaft (93) in the door frame so that the safety
cam (114) engages and put the drive shaft lever (68) in position.

(c) Make sure that the taper pin holes of the joint shaft (93), the
safety cam (114) and the drive shaft lever (68) are aligned.

(d) Install the taper pin (115), the washer (112) and the nut (111)
to connect the safety cam (114) to the joint shaft (93).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 471
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 (e) Install the taper pins (115), the washers (112) and the nuts
(111) to connect the drive shaft lever (68) to the joint shaft
(93).

(f) Connect the lower eye-end of the connection rod (66) with the
fork-end of the drive shaft lever (68).

(g) Install the bolt (67), the bush (69), the washer (70) and the nut
(71) at the drive shaft lever (68).

(h) Tighten the nut (71) correctly and safety it with the new cotter
pin (72).

(2) Install the joint fork assembly (116) at each door frame as follows:

(a) Put the safety cam (114) in position on the door frame.

(b) Move the joint shaft (93) in the door frame so that the safety
cam (114) engages and their taper pin holes are aligned.

(c) Install the taper pin (115), the washer (112) and the nut (111)
to connect the safety cam (114) to the joint shaft (93).

(d) Assemble the joint fork (97) on the joint shaft (93) so that the
taper pin holes are aligned.

(e) Install the taper pin (113), the washer (112) and the nut (111)
to connect the joint fork (97) to the joint shaft (93).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-055-A

B. Installation of a Typical Joint Fork Assembly between FR23 and FR20B

(Ref. Fig. 407A/TASK 52-31-21-991-004-A)

(1) Install the joint fork assembly (116) at FR20B as follows:

(a) Put the safety cam (114) in position on the door frame.

R (b) Move the joint shaft (93) in the door frame until it engage with
R the safety cam (114).

R (c) Put the drive shaft lever (68) in position on the joint shaft
R (93).
R


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 472
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R (d) Make sure that the taper pin holes of the joint shaft (93), the
R safety cam (114) and the drive shaft lever (68) align.

R (e) Install the taper pin (115), the washer (112) and the nut (111)
to connect the safety cam (114) to the joint shaft (93).

R (f) Install the taper pins (115), the washers (112) and the nuts
R (111) to connect the drive shaft lever (68) with the joint shaft
R (93).

R (g) Connect the lower eye-end of the connection rod (66) with the
fork-end of the drive shaft lever (68).

R (h) Install the bolt (67), the washers (69) and (70) and the nut (71)
at the drive shaft lever (68).

R (i) Tighten the nut (71) correctly and safety it with the new cotter
R pin (72).

(2) Install the joint fork assembly (116) at each door frame as follows:

(a) Put the safety cam (114) in position on the door frame.

R (b) Move the joint shaft (93) in the door frame until it engages with
R the safety cam (114) and their taper pin holes align.

(c) Install the taper pin (115), the washer (112) and the nut (111)
to connect the safety cam (114) to the joint shaft (93).

R (d) Install the joint fork (97) on the joint shaft (93) until the
R taper pin holes align.

(e) Install the taper pin (113), the washer (112) and the nut (111)
to connect the joint fork (97) to the joint shaft (93).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-064

C. Installation of a Typical Joint Fork Assembly between FR23 and FR20B

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-31-21-991-017)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 473
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (1) Install the joint fork assembly (116) at FR20B as follows:

(a) Put the safety cam (114) in position on the door frame.

(b) Move the joint shaft (93) in the door frame so that the safety
cam (114) engages and put the drive shaft lever (68) in position.

(c) Make sure that the taper pin holes of the joint shaft (93), the
safety cam (114) and the drive shaft lever (68) are aligned.

(d) Install the taper pin (115), the washer (112) and the nut (111)
to connect the safety cam (114) to the joint shaft (93).

(e) Install the taper pins (115), the washers (112) and the nuts
(111) to connect the drive shaft lever (68) to the joint shaft
(93).

(f) Connect the lower eye-end of the connection rod (66) with the
fork-end of the drive shaft lever (68).

(g) Install the bolt (67), the washers (69) and (70) and the nut (71)
at the drive shaft lever (68).

(h) Tighten the nut (71) correctly and safety it with the new cotter
pin (72).

(2) Install the joint fork assembly (116) at each door frame as follows:

(a) Put the safety cam (114) in position on the door frame.

(b) Move the joint shaft (93) in the door frame so that the safety
cam (114) engages and their taper pin holes are aligned.

(c) Install the taper pin (115), the washer (112) and the nut (111)
to connect the safety cam (114) to the joint shaft (93).

(d) Assemble the joint fork (97) on the joint shaft (93) so that the
taper pin holes are aligned.

(e) Install the taper pin (113), the washer (112) and the nut (111)
to connect the joint fork (97) to the joint shaft (93).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 474
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-21-420-057

D. Installation of the Aft Lever Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-31-21-991-005)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Install the AFT lever shaft assembly at FR25 as follows:

(a) Put the safety cam (125) together with the washers (124) in
position to the door frame.

(b) Move the joint shaft (121) in the door frame so that the safety
cam (125) engages and their taper pin holes are aligned.

(c) Install the taper pin (126), the washer (123) and the nut (122)
to connect the safety cam (125) to the joint shaft (121).

(d) Assemble the shaft lever (127) and the journal end (128) on the
joint shaft (121) so that their taper pin holes align.

(e) Install the taper pins (126), the washers (123) and the nuts
(122) in the shaft lever (127).

(2) Install the connection rod assembly (136) on the shaft lever (127) as
follows:

(a) Put the lower eye-end of the connection rod assembly (136) to the
fork-end of the shaft lever (127).

(b) If necessary, turn the turnbuckle of the connection rod assembly

(136) until their attachment holes align.

(c) Install the bolt (137), the bearing washer (138), the bush (134),
the washer (133) and the nut (132) on the shaft lever (127).

(d) Tighten the nut (132) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(131).

(3) Install the spring unit (135) to the journal end (128) as follows:

(a) Carefully assemble the lower eye-end of the spring unit (135) to
the journal end (128).

(b) Add the washer (129) on the journal end (128) and install a new
cotter pin (130).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 475
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-057-A

D. Installation of the rear Locking Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-31-21-991-005-A)

(1) Install the rear locking shaft (120) as follows:

(a) Move the rear locking shaft (120) into the edge member FR25A.

R (b) Put the safety cams (123) together with the washers (124) in
R position on the door frame.

NOTE : The spacers (124) are only installed at FR25.

____

R (c) Move the locking shaft (120) forward until it engages with the
R safety cams (123) engages and their taper pin holes align.

(d) Install the taper pins (125), the washers (122) and the nuts
(121) to connect the safety cams (123) to the locking shaft
(120).

R (e) Install the shaft lever (127), the journal end (128) and the
R joint fork (97) on the locking shaft (120).

(f) Make sure that their taper pin holes align.

(g) Install the taper pins (126), the washers (122) and the nuts
(121) to connect the joint fork (97) to the locking shaft (120)
at FR23.

(h) Attach the journal end (128) and the shaft lever (127) to the
R locking shaft (120) with the taper pins (126), the washers (123)
R and the nuts (122).

(i) Install the cover (272) with the screw (271), the washer (273)
and the nut (274) on the edge member at FR 25A.

R (2) Install the connection rod (136) on the shaft lever (127) as follows:

R (a) Put the lower eye-end of the connection rod assembly (136) in
R position on the fork-end of the shaft lever (127).

(b) If necessary, turn the turnbuckle of the connection rod (136)

until their attachment holes align.

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page 476
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (c) Install the bolt (137), the bearing washer (138), the bush (134),
the washer (133) and the nut (132) on the shaft lever (127).

R (d) Tighten the nut (132) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (131).

R (3) Install the spring unit (135) on the journal end (128) as follows:

R (a) Carefully install the lower eye-end of the spring unit (135) on
R the journal end (128).

R (b) Put the washer (129) on the journal end (128) and safety it with
R the new cotter pin (130).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-065

E. Installation of the rear Locking Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 410/TASK 52-31-21-991-018)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Install the rear locking shaft (120) as follows:

(a) Move the rear locking shaft (120) into the edge member FR25A.

(b) Put the safety cams (123) together with the washers (124) in
position to the door frame.

NOTE : The spacers (124) are only installed at FR25.

____

(c) Move the locking shaft (120) in the forward direction so that the
safety cams (123) engages and their taper pin holes are aligned.

(d) Install the taper pins (125), the washers (122) and the nuts
(121) to connect the safety cams (123) to the locking shaft
(120).

(e) Assemble the shaft lever (127), the journal end (128) and the
joint fork (97) to the locking shaft (120).

(f) Make sure that their taper pin holes align.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 477
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (g) Install the taper pins (126), the washers (122) and the nuts
(121) to connect the joint fork (97) to the locking shaft (120)
at FR23.

(h) Attach the journal end (128) and the shaft lever (127) to the
locking shaft (1201) with the taper pins (126), the washers (123)
and the nuts (122).

(2) Install the connection rod (136) to the shaft lever (127) as follows:

(a) Put the lower eye-end of the connection rod assembly (136) in
position to the fork-end of the shaft lever (127).

(b) If necessary, turn the turnbuckle of the connection rod (136)

until their attachment holes align.

(c) Install the bolt (137), the bearing washer (138), the bush (134),
the washer (133) and the nut (132) on the shaft lever (127).

(d) Tighten the nut (132) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(131).

(3) Install the spring unit (135) to the journal end (128) as follows:

(a) Carefully assemble the lower eye-end of the spring unit (135) to
the journal end (128).

(b) Add the washer (129) on the journal end (128) and safety it with
the new cotter pin (130).

Subtask 52-31-21-420-056

F. Installation of the Torsion Tube Coupling or the Torsion Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 52-31-21-991-003)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) If required, assemble the torsion tube coupling (101) as follows:

(a) Put the sleeve (104) and the serrated washer (105) in position to
the torsion tube half (103).

(b) Connect the torsion tube halves (103) and (106) with the bolts
(102), the washers (109) and the nuts (108).

NOTE : Make sure that the fork-ends of the torsion tube halves
____
(103) and (106) are aligned.

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 478
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (c) Tighten the nuts (106) and safety them with the new cotter pin
(107).

(2) Install a the torque shaft (100) or the torque shaft coupling (101)
between the joint shaft (93) and the joint fork (97).

NOTE : The torsion shaft coupling (101) is only installed between

____
FR23 and FR22A.

(a) If removed, attach the blocks (98) to the torsion shaft (100) or
the torsion shaft coupling (101) with the pivot pins (99).

(b) Engage the torsion shaft (100) or the torsion shaft coupling
(101) to the joint fork (97) and the joint shaft (93).

(c) Install the sleeves (92), the bolts (91), the washers (94) and
the nuts (95).

(d) Tighten the nut (95) and safety it with the new cotter pin (96).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-056-A

R F. Installation of the Torsion Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 405A/TASK 52-31-21-991-003-A)

(1) Install a the torque shaft (100) between the joint shaft (93) and the
joint fork (97) as follows:

(a) If removed, attach the blocks (98) to the torsion shaft (100)
with the pivot pins (99).

(b) Engage the torsion shaft (100) to the joint fork (97) and the
joint shaft (93).

(c) Install the sleeves (92), the bolts (91), the washers (94) and
the nuts (95).

R (d) Tighten the nut (95) and safety it with the new cotter pin (96).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 479
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-066

G. Installation of the Torsion Shaft Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 52-31-21-991-016)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Install a the torque shaft (100) between the joint shaft (93) and the
joint fork (97) as follows:

(a) If removed, attach the blocks (98) to the torsion shaft (100)
with the pivot pins (99).

(b) Engage the torsion shaft (100) to the joint fork (97) and the
joint shaft (93).

(c) Install the sleeves (92), the bolts (91), the washers (94) and
the nuts (95).

(d) Tighten the nut (95) and safety it with the new cotter pin (96).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-31-21-820-053

H. Adjustment Procedure

(1) Set the gas spring unit (135) in the pre-tension condition as
follows:

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 409/TASK 52-31-21-991-005)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 409A/TASK 52-31-21-991-005-A)


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 480
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

(a) Make sure that the locking handle is in the LOCKED position.

(b) Install the rigging pin (268) in the sequence lever (250).

(c) Turn the turnbuckle (263) until you can move the rigging pin
(268) freely in the rigging hole of the door frame FR25.

R (d) Tighten the jam nuts (261) and safety them with lockwire,
R corrosion resistant steel, dia. 0.8mm (0.032 in.) to the safety
device (262).

(e) Remove the rigging pin (268) from the sequence Lever (250).

(2) Make sure that the locking mechanism is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK
52-31-11-820-802).

(3) Make sure that the clearance between the target and the proximity
sensor 6MJ is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-820-801).

Subtask 52-31-21-720-052

J. Do the functional test (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-720-801) to make sure that the
locking mechanism operates satisfactorily.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-21-410-053

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Install the access panels 821AR and 821BR on the cargo door.

NOTE : Make sure that the locking handle is in the UNLOCKED position.
____

(3) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 481
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 TASK 52-31-21-000-803

Removal of the Latching Handle Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.60 m (8 ft. 6 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-006 Fig. 411

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-006-A Fig. 411A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-019 Fig. 412


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 482
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-21-010-052

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position below the closed FWD
cargo-compartment door (referred as to cargo door).

(2) Pull the locking handle up to the UNLOCKED position.

(3) Remove the access panels 821AR and 821BR from the cargo door.

(4) Remove the access panels 821CR and 821DR around the latching handle.

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-056

A. Removal of the Latching Handle Assy

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-31-21-991-006)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) If necessary, remove the locking device of the catch (156) to release
the latching handle assy (37) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (141) from the nut (142).

(b) Remove the nut (142), the washer (143) and the bolt (144) from
the door frame.

(2) Remove the connection rod (33) from the drive shaft lever (30) as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (36) from the nut (35).

(b) Remove the nut (35), the washer (34), the bush (32) and the bolt
(31) from the drive shaft lever (30).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 483
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Latching Handle Assembly - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 411/TASK 52-31-21-991-006

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 484
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (c) Disconnect the lower eye-end of the connection rod (33) from the
fork-end of the drive shaft lever (30).

(3) Remove the spring unit (152) from the door frame as follows:

(a) Remove and disconnect the cotter pin (150) from the nut (149).

(b) Remove the nut (149), the washer (148), the bush (147) and the
bolt (145) with the washer (146) from the door frame.

(c) Disconnect the upper eye-end of the spring unit (152) from the
door frame.

(4) Remove the latching handle assy (37) from the cargo door structure as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (155) from the nut (154).

(b) Remove the nut (154) and the washer (153) from the handle lever
bolt (151).

(c) Support the latching handle assy (37) and remove the handle lever
bolt (151) and the washer (160) from the door frame.

(d) Remove the latching handle assy (37) from the door frame.

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-056-A

A. Removal of the Latching Handle Assy

(Ref. Fig. 411A/TASK 52-31-21-991-006-A)

(1) If necessary, remove the locking pin (143) to release the catch (157)
as follows:

R (a) Remove the retaining ring (141) and the washer (142) from the
R locking pin (143).

(b) Remove the locking pin (143) from the door frame.

(2) Remove the connection rod (34) from the drive shaft lever (30) as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (37) from the nut (36).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 485
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Latching Handle Assembly
Figure 411A/TASK 52-31-21-991-006-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page 486
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (b) Remove the nut (36), the washers (36) and (32) the bush (33) and
the bolt (31) from the drive shaft lever (30).

(c) Disconnect the lower eye-end (159) from the fork-end of the drive
shaft lever (30).

(3) Remove the gas spring unit (152) from the door frame as follows:

R (a) Remove the retaining ring (144) and the washer (145) from the pin
R (146).

(b) Remove the pin (146) from the door frame and collect the spacers
(153).

(c) Remove the upper eye-end of the gas spring unit (152) from the
door frame.

(4) Remove the latching handle assembly (38) from the door structure as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (156) from the nut (155).

(b) Remove the nut (155) and the washer (154) from the handle lever
bolt (151).

(c) Support the latching handle assy (38) and remove the handle lever
bolt (151) from the door frame.

(d) Remove the latching handle assy (38) from the door frame.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-068

B. Removal of the Latching Handle Assy

(Ref. Fig. 412/TASK 52-31-21-991-019)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) If necessary, remove the locking pin (143) to release the catch (157)
as follows:

R (a) Remove the retaining ring (141) and the washer (142) from the
R locking pin (143).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 487
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Latching Handle Assembly - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 412/TASK 52-31-21-991-019


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 488
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 (b) Remove the locking pin (143) from the door frame.

(2) Remove the connection rod (34) from the drive shaft lever (30) as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (37) from the nut (36).

(b) Remove the nut (36), the washers (36) and (32) the bush (33) and
the bolt (31) from the drive shaft lever (30).

(c) Disconnect the lower eye-end (159) from the fork-end of the drive
shaft lever (30).

(3) Remove the gas spring unit (152) from the door frame as follows:

R (a) Remove the retaining ring (144) and the washer (145) from the pin
R (146).

(b) Remove the pin (146) from the door frame and collect the spacers
(153).

(c) Remove the upper eye-end of the gas spring unit (152) from the
door frame.

(4) Remove the latching handle assembly (38) from the door structure as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (156) from the nut (155).

(b) Remove the nut (155) and the washer (154) from the handle lever
bolt (151).

(c) Support the latching handle assy (38) and remove the handle lever
bolt (151) from the door frame.

(d) Remove the latching handle assy (38) from the door frame.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 489
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 52-31-21-400-803

Installation of the Latching Handle Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.60 m (8 ft. 6 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

36 cotter pin 52-31-21 03 -410

36 cotter pin 52-32-21 03 -410
R 37 cotter pin 52-32-21 35 -010
141 cotter pin 52-31-21 03 -410
150 cotter pin 52-31-21 03 -410
155 cotter pin 52-31-21 03 -470
156 cotter pin 52-32-21 03 -470
R 156 cotter pin 52-32-21 35 -070
160 lock washer 52-32-21 03 -300
R 160 lock washer 52-32-21 37 -200


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 490
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-31-00-720-801 Functional Test of the FWD Cargo Compartment Door
52-31-11-820-802 Adjustment of the Door Mechanism
52-71-13-820-801 Adjustment of the Actuation Clearance of the
Proximity Sensors (6MJ,8MJ,26MJ, 28MJ,38MJ,39MJ)
R

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-017 Fig. 408

52-31-21-991-006 Fig. 411

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R 52-31-21-991-006-A Fig. 411A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-21-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the closed
FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door).

(2) Make sure that the access panels 821AR and 821BR are removed from the
closed cargo door.

(3) Make sure that the access panels 821CR and 821DR are removed around
the latching handle.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 491
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-31-21-910-051

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all surfaces of parts
which move.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-052

B. Installation of the Latching Handle Assy

(Ref. Fig. 411/TASK 52-31-21-991-006)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Install the latching handle assy (37) at the door frame as follows:

(a) Put the latching handle assy (37) in position to the door frame
and install the handle lever bolt (151) and the washer (160).

(b) Install the washer (153) and the nut (154) to the handle lever
bolt (151).

(c) Tighten the nut (154) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(155).

(2) Connect the spring unit (152) to the door frame as follows:

(a) Install the bush (147) to the door frame.

(b) Move the upper eye-end of the spring unit (152) to the door frame
and install the bolt (145) with the washer (146).

(c) Install the washer (148) and the nut (149) to the bolt (145).

(d) Tighten the nut (149) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(150).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 492
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 (3) Install the connection rod (33) to the drive shaft lever (30) as
follows:

(a) Put the eye-end (158) in positoin to the fork-end of the drive
shaft lever (30).

(b) If necessary, adjust the length of the connection rod (33) as

follows:

1
_ Loosen the jam nut (157) to release the eye-end (158).

2
_ Turn the eye-end (158) until it engages with the fork-end of
the drive shaft lever (30).

3
_ Tighten the jam nut (157) and safety it with the lock washer
(159) after the final adjustment.

(c) Install the bush (32), the bolt (31), the washer (34) and the nut
(35).

(d) Tighten the nut (35) and safety it with the new cotter pin (36).

(4) If removed, install the locking device of the catch (156) as follows:

(a) Install the bolt (144), the washer (143) and the nut (142) in the
door frame.

(b) Tighten the nut (142) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(141).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-052-A

B. Installation of the Latching Handle Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 411A/TASK 52-31-21-991-006-A)

R (1) Install the latching handle assembly (38) on the door structure as
R follows:

(a) Put the latching handle assembly (38) in position at the door
structure and install the handle lever bolt (151).
R

R (b) Make sure that the head of the handle lever bolt (151) engages
R with the anti-rotation web of the door structure.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 493
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R (c) Put the washer (154) and the nut (155) on the handle lever bolt
R (151).

R (d) Tighten the nut (155) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (156).

(2) Attach the gas spring unit (152) to the door structure as follows:

(a) Put the upper eye-end of the gas spring unit (152) together with
the spacers (153) in position and install the pin (146).

(b) Install the washers (145) and the retaining rings (144) on the
pin (146).

R (3) Install the connection rod (34) on the drive shaft lever (30) as
R follows:

R (a) Put the eye-end (159) in position on the fork-end of the drive
R shaft lever (30) so that their attachment holes are aligned.

(b) If necessary, loosen the jam nut (158) and turn the eye-end (159)
until the attachment holes are aligned.
R

R (c) Tighten the jam nut (158) and safety it with the new lock washer
R (160) after the final adjustment of the latching mechanism.

R (d) Install the bush (33), the bolt (31), the washers (33) and (35)
R and the nut (36).

R (e) Safety the nut (36) with the new cotter pin (37) after the final
R adjustment of the latching mechanism.

(4) If removed, put the locking pin (143) into the door structure and
safety it with the washers (142) and the retaining ring (141).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-067

C. Installation of the Latching Handle Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 408/TASK 52-31-21-991-017)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 494
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (1) Install the latching handle assembly (38) to the door structure as
follows:

(a) Put the latching handle assembly (38) in position at the door
structure and install the handle lever bolt (151).

NOTE : Make sure that the head of the handle lever bolt (151)
____
engages with the anti-rotation web integrated in the door
structure.

(b) Install the washer (154) and the nut (155) to the handle lever
bolt (151).

(c) Tighten the nut (155) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(156).

(2) Attach the gas spring unit (152) to the door structure as follows:

(a) Put the upper eye-end of the gas spring unit (152) together with
the spacers (153) in position and install the pin (146).

(b) Install the washers (145) and the retaining rings (144) on the
pin (146).

(3) Install the connection rod (34) to the drive shaft lever (30) as
follows:

(a) Put the eye-end (159) in position to the fork-end of the drive
shaft lever (30) so that their attachment holes are aligned.

(b) If necessary, loosen the jam nut (158) and turn the eye-end (159)
until the attachment holes are aligned.

NOTE : Tighten the jam nut (158) and safety it with the new lock
____
washer (160) after the final adjustment of the latching
mechanism.

(c) Install the bush (32), the bolt (31), the washer (34) and the nut
(35).

(d) Safety the nut (35) with the new cotter pin (36) after the final
adjustment of the latching mechanism.

(4) If removed, put the locking pin (143) into the door structure and
safety it with the washers (142) and the retaining ring (141).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page 495
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-31-21-820-050

D. Adjustment Procedure

(1) Make sure that the latching mechanism is correctly adjusted

(Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-802).

(2) Make sure that the clearance between the target and the proximity
sensor 38MJ is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-820-801).

Subtask 52-31-21-720-050

E. Do the functional test (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-720-801) to make sure that the
latching mechanism operates satisfactorily.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-21-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Install the access panels 821AR and 821BR at the cargo door.

NOTE : Make sure that the locking handle is in the UNLOCKED position.
____

(3) Install the access panels 821CR and 821DR around the latching handle
assembly.

(4) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(5) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 496
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-31-21-000-804

Removal of the Latching Shaft Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.60 m (8 ft. 6 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-21-000-802 Removal of the Locking Shaft Assembly

52-32-21-000-802 Removal of the Locking Shaft Assembly

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-007 Fig. 413

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-007-A Fig. 413A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-020 Fig. 414

52-31-21-991-008 Fig. 415

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-008-A Fig. 415A


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 497
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-21-991-012 Fig. 416

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-025 Fig. 417

52-31-21-991-021 Fig. 418
52-31-21-991-009 Fig. 419

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-009-A Fig. 419A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-022 Fig. 420

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-21-010-053

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position below the closed FWD
cargo-compartment door (referred as to cargo door).

(2) Pull the locking handle up to the UNLOCKED position.

(3) Remove the access covers 821AR and 821BR from the cargo door.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 498
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-057

A. Removal of the Drive Shaft Assy and the Typical Torque Tube Assy
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-31-21-991-007)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Remove the connection rod (33) from the drive shaft lever (30) as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (36) from the nut (35).

(b) Remove the nut (35), the washer (34) and the bolt (31) from the
drive shaft lever (30).

(c) Disconnect the lower eye-end of the connection rod (33) from the
fork-end of the drive shaft lever (30).

(2) Remove the drive shaft lever (30) or the torque shaft assembly (163)
as follows:

NOTE : The drive shaft lever (30) is only installed between FR20B and
____
FR21.

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (36) from the nut (35).

(b) Remove the nut (35) and the washer (34) and the bolt (31).

(c) Disconnect the drive shaft lever (30) or the torque shaft
assembly (163) from the adjacent inner support (166) and the
outer support (167),

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page 499
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Torsion Shaft Assembly - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 413/TASK 52-31-21-991-007

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A400
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-057-A

A. Removal of the Drive Shaft Lever and the Torque Tube Assembly
(Ref. Fig. 413A/TASK 52-31-21-991-007-A)

(1) Remove the connection rod (34) from the drive shaft lever (30) as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (37) from the nut (36).

(b) Remove the nuts (36), the washer (35), the bush (33), the washer
(32) and the bolt (31) from the drive shaft lever (30).

(c) Disconnect the lower eye-end of the connection rod (34) from the
fork-end of the drive shaft lever (30).

(2) Remove the torque tube assembly (163) to disconnect the forward and
rear latching shaft as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (165) from the nuts (164).

(b) Remove the nuts (164) and the washers (162) from the bolts (161).

(c) Remove the bolts (161) and disconnect the torque tube assembly
(163) from the inner support (166) and the outer support (167).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-069

B. Removal of the Drive Shaft Lever and the Torque Tube Assembly
(Ref. Fig. 414/TASK 52-31-21-991-020)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Remove the connection rod (34) from the drive shaft lever (30) as
follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (37) from the nut (36).

(b) Remove the nuts (36), the washer (35), the bush (33), the washer
(32) and the bolt (31) from the drive shaft lever (30).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A401
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Torsion Shaft Assembly
Figure 413A/TASK 52-31-21-991-007-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page A402
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Torsion Shaft Assembly - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 414/TASK 52-31-21-991-020


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A403
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 (c) Disconnect the lower eye-end of the connection rod (34) from the
fork-end of the drive shaft lever (30).

(2) Remove the torque tube assembly (163) to disconnect the forward and
rear latching shaft as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (165) from the nuts (164).

(b) Remove the nuts (164) and the washers (162) from the bolts (161).

(c) Remove the bolts (161) and disconnect the torque tube assembly
(163) from the inner support (166) and the outer support (167).

Subtask 52-31-21-020-058

C. Removal of the Support Assembly and the Related Latch Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 52-31-21-991-008)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Partly remove the locking shaft assembly to get access to the
applicable latch assembly (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-802).

(2) Disconnect the latch assembly (190) from the door frame as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (178) from the nut (179).

(b) Remove the nut (179), the washer (180) from the hook bolt (181).

(c) Support the bellcrank (199) and remove the hook bolt (181) from
the doorframe.

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (177) from the nut (176).

(e) Bent the lockwasher (174) to release the pivot pin (173).

(f) Remove the nut (176) and the washer (175) from the pivot bolt
(173).

(g) Support the bellcrank (199) and remove the pivot bolt (173)
together with the lockwasher (174) from the door frame.

(3) Remove the support assembly from the door frame as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (172), the washers (171) and the taper pins (169)
from the shaft lever (170).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A404
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 Support Assembly with Latch Assembly - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 415/TASK 52-31-21-991-008

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A405
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (b) Move the inner support (166) or the support lever (183) rearward
until it comes free from the door frame.

(c) Support the shaft lever (170) and remove the outer support (167)
and the spacers (168) from the door frame.

NOTE : The spacers (168) are only installed at FR21.

____

(d) Remove the latch assembly (190) together with the shaft lever
(170) from the door frame.

(4) If required, remove the nuts (186), the washers (185), the target
(184) and the bolts (182) from the shaft lever (183).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-058-A

C. Removal of the forward Latching Shaft and the related Latch Assemblies
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 52-31-21-991-012)

(1) Partly remove the applicable joint fork assemblies to get access to
the latch assemblies (190) of the forward latching shaft (170)
(Ref. TASK 52-32-21-000-802).

(2) Remove the nut (186) and the washer (185) and the bellcrank stop bolt
(182) from each door frame.

(3) Remove the nut (274), the washer (275), the screw (277) and the cover
(276) from the edge member FR20A.

(4) Remove the nut (273), the washer (272) and the bolt (271) from the
door frame FR21.

(5) Disconnect the latch assembly (190) from the door frame as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (178) from the nut (179).

(b) Remove the nut (179) and the washer (180) from the hook bolt
(181).

(c) Support the latching hook (209) and remove the hook bolt (181)
from the door frame.

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (177) from the nut (176).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A406
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-31-21

Page A407
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Rear Latching Shaft Assembly with Latch Assembly
Figure 415A/TASK 52-31-21-991-008-A12 (SHEET 1)


EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page A408
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 Rear Latching Shaft Assembly with Latch Assembly
Figure 415A/TASK 52-31-21-991-008-A22 (SHEET 2)


EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page A409
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 Forward Latching Shaft Assembly with Latch Assembly
Figure 416/TASK 52-31-21-991-012- 12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page A410
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Forward Latching Shaft Assembly with Latch Assembly
Figure 416/TASK 52-31-21-991-012- 22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page A411
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (e) Remove the nut (176) and the washers (175) and (191) from the
pivot bolt (174).

(f) Support the bellcrank (199) and remove the pivot bolt (174) from
the door frame.

(6) Remove the forward latching shaft (170) as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (172), the spacers (171) and the taper pins (169)
from the shaft levers (173).

(b) Move the inner support (166) in the rear direction until it comes
free from the door frame FR22.

(c) Support the shaft lever (173) and move the latching shaft (170)
in the forward direction untill it comes free from the door frame
FR22.

(d) Collect the spacers (168) and remove the latch assembly (190)
from the door frame FR22.

(e) Support the shaft levers (173) and move the latching shaft (170)
in the forward direction untill it comes free from the edge
member FR20A.

(f) Remove the latch assemblies (190) from the door frames.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-070

D. Removal of the forward Latching Shaft and the related Latch Assemblies
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 52-31-21-991-025)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Partly remove the applicable joint fork assemblies to get access to
the latch assemblies (190) of the forward latching shaft (170)
(Ref. TASK 52-32-21-000-802).

(2) Remove the nut (186) and the washer (185) and the bellcrank stop bolt
(182) from each door frame.

(3) Remove the nut (274), the washer (275), the screw (277) and the cover
(276) from the edge member FR20A.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A412
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-31-21

Page A413
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Forward Latching Shaft Assembly with Latch Assembly - Door Serial No. 1253 and
subsequent
Figure 417/TASK 52-31-21-991-025- 12 (SHEET 1)


R EFF :

001-099, 101-149, 

52-31-21 Page A414
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Forward Latching Shaft Assembly with Latch Assembly - Door Serial No. 1253 and
subsequent
Figure 417/TASK 52-31-21-991-025- 22 (SHEET 2)


R EFF :

001-099, 101-149, 

52-31-21 Page A415
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (4) Remove the nut (273), the washer (272) and the bolt (271) from the
door frame FR21.

(5) Disconnect the latch assembly (190) from the door frame as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (178) from the nut (179).

(b) Remove the nut (179) and the washer (180) from the hook bolt
(181).

(c) Support the latching hook (209) and remove the hook bolt (181)
from the door frame.

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (177) from the nut (176).

(e) Remove the nut (176) and the washers (175) and (191) from the
pivot bolt (174).

(f) Support the bellcrank (199) and remove the pivot bolt (174) from
the door frame.

(6) Remove the forward latching shaft (170) as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (172), the spacers (171) and the taper pins (169)
from the shaft levers (173).

(b) Move the inner support (166) in the rear direction until it comes
free from the door frame FR22.

(c) Support the shaft lever (173) and move the latching shaft (170)
in the forward direction untill it comes free from the door frame
FR22.

(d) Collect the spacers (168) and remove the latch assembly (190)
from the door frame FR22.

(e) Support the shaft levers (173) and move the latching shaft (170)
in the forward direction untill it comes free from the edge
member FR20A.

(f) Remove the latch assemblies (190) from the door frames.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A416
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-063

E. Removal of the rear Latching Shaft and the related Latch Assemblies
(Ref. Fig. 415A/TASK 52-31-21-991-008-A)

(1) Partly remove the applicable joint fork assemblies to get access to
the latch assemblies (190) of the rear latching shaft (280)
(Ref. TASK 52-32-21-000-802).

(2) Remove the nut (287), the washer (288), the screw (290) and the cover
(291) from the edge member FR25A.

(3) Remove the nut (186), the washer (185) and the bellcrank stop bolt
(182) from the door frame.

(4) Disconnect the latch assembly (190) from the door frame as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (178) from the nut (179).

(b) Remove the nut (179) and the washer (180) from the hook bolt
(181).

(c) Support the latching hook (209) and remove the hook bolt (181)
from the door frame.

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (177) from the nut (176).

(e) Remove the nut (176) and the washers (175) and (191) from the
pivot bolt (174).

(f) Support the bellcrank (199) and remove the pivot bolt (174) from
the door frame.

(5) Remove the rear latching shaft (280) as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (172), the spacers (171) and the taper pins (169)
from the shaft levers (173).

(b) Remove the support lever (281) in the rear direction until it
comes free from the latching shaft (280).

(c) Move the outer support (167) in the forward direction until it
comes free from the latching shaft (280).

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page A417
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (d) Support the shaft lever (173) and move the latching shaft (280)
in the rear direction untill it comes free from the edge member
FR25A.

(e) Remove the latch assemblies (190) from the door frames.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-071

F. Removal of the rear Latching Shaft and the related Latch Assemblies
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 52-31-21-991-021)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Partly remove the applicable joint fork assemblies to get access to
the latch assemblies (190) of the rear latching shaft (280)
(Ref. TASK 52-32-21-000-802).

(2) Remove the nut (287), the washer (288), the screw (290) and the cover
(291) from the edge member FR25A.

(3) Remove the nut (186), the washer (185) and the bellcrank stop bolt
(182) from the door frame.

(4) Disconnect the latch assembly (190) from the door frame as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (178) from the nut (179).

(b) Remove the nut (179) and the washer (180) from the hook bolt
(181).

(c) Support the latching hook (209) and remove the hook bolt (181)
from the door frame.

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (177) from the nut (176).

(e) Remove the nut (176) and the washers (175) and (191) from the
pivot bolt (174).

(f) Support the bellcrank (199) and remove the pivot bolt (174) from
the door frame.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A418
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-31-21

Page A419
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Support Assembly with Latch Assembly - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 418/TASK 52-31-21-991-021- 12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A420
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Support Assembly with Latch Assembly - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 418/TASK 52-31-21-991-021- 22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A421
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (5) Remove the rear latching shaft (280) as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (172), the spacers (171) and the taper pins (169)
from the shaft levers (173).

(b) Remove the support lever (281) in the rear direction until it
comes free from the latching shaft (280).

(c) Move the outer support (167) in the forward direction until it
comes free from the latching shaft (280).

(d) Support the shaft lever (173) and move the latching shaft (280)
in the rear direction untill it comes free from the edge member
FR25A.

(e) Remove the latch assemblies (190) from the door frames.

Subtask 52-31-21-020-061

G. Disassembly of the Latch Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 52-31-21-991-009)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Remove the connection rod (196) as follows:

NOTE : The cam shaft lever (211) is only install at FR22A.

____

(a) Disconnect the upper eye-end of the connection rod (196) from the
fork-end of the shaft lever (170) or the cam shaft lever (211).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pins (191) and (203) from the nuts
(192) and (202).

(c) Remove the nut (202), the washer (201), the bolt (197) and the
bush (198) from the bellcrank (199).

(d) Disconnect the lower eye-end of the connection rod (196) from the
fork-end of the bellcrank (199).

(e) Remove the retaining ring (207) and the washer (208) and the pin
(210) from the latching hook (209).

(f) Disconnect the link (200) from the latching hook (209).

(g) Remove the retaining ring (206), the washer (205) and the pin
(204) from the bellcrank (199).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A422
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 Latch Assembly - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 419/TASK 52-31-21-991-009


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A423
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 (h) Disconnect the link (200) from the bellcrank (199).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-061-A

G. Disassembly of the Latch Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 419A/TASK 52-31-21-991-009-A)

(1) Remove the connection rod (196) as follows:

NOTE : The cam shaft lever (211) is only install at FR22A.

____

(a) Bent the lock washer (193) to release the nut (192).

(b) Remove the nut (192), the washer (193), the bolt (197) and the
bush (194) from the shaft lever (173) or the cam shaft lever
(211).

(c) Disconnect the upper eye-end of the connection rod (196) from the
fork-end of the shaft lever (173) or the cam shaft lever (211).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (203) from the nut (202).

(e) Remove the nut (202), the washer (201), the bolt (197) and the
bush (198) from the bellcrank (199).

(f) Disconnect the lower eye-end of the connection rod (196) from the
fork-end of the bellcrank (199).

(g) Remove the retaining ring (207) and the washer (208) and the pin
(210) from the latching hook (209).

(h) Disconnect the link (200) from the latching hook (209).

(i) Remove the retaining ring (206), the washer (205) and the pin
(204) from the bellcrank (199).

(j) Disconnect the link (200) from the bellcrank (199).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A424
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 Latch Assembly
Figure 419A/TASK 52-31-21-991-009-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page A425
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-072

H. Disassembly of the Latch Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 52-31-21-991-022)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Remove the connection rod (196) as follows:

NOTE : The cam shaft lever (211) is only install at FR22A.

____

(a) Bent the lock washer (193) to release the nut (192).

(b) Remove the nut (192), the washer (193), the bolt (197) and the
bush (194) from the shaft lever (173) or the cam shaft lever
(211).

(c) Disconnect the upper eye-end of the connection rod (196) from the
fork-end of the shaft lever (173) or the cam shaft lever (211).

(d) Remove and discard the cotter pin (203) from the nut (202).

(e) Remove the nut (202), the washer (201), the bolt (197) and the
bush (198) from the bellcrank (199).

(f) Disconnect the lower eye-end of the connection rod (196) from the
fork-end of the bellcrank (199).

(g) Remove the retaining ring (207) and the washer (208) and the pin
(210) from the latching hook (209).

(h) Disconnect the link (200) from the latching hook (209).

(i) Remove the retaining ring (206), the washer (205) and the pin
(204) from the bellcrank (199).

(j) Disconnect the link (200) from the bellcrank (199).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A426
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Latch Assembly - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 420/TASK 52-31-21-991-022

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A427
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 52-31-21-400-804

Installation of the Latching Shaft Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.60 m (8 ft. 6 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

36 cotter pin 52-31-21 03 -410

165 cotter pin 52-31-21 01 -090
174 lockwasher 52-31-21 18 -100
177 cotter pin 52-31-21 18 -060
R 177 cotter pin 52-31-21 61 -060
177 cotter pin 52-32-21 18 -060
R 177 cotter pin 52-32-21 61 -060
R 177 cotter pin 52-32-21 61A-060
178 cotter pin 52-31-21 18 -060
R 178 cotter pin 52-31-21 61 -110


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A428
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

178 cotter pin 52-32-21 18 -060

191 cotter pin 52-31-21 18 -010
203 cotter pin 52-31-21 18 -160
203 cotter pin 52-31-21 18 -180
R 203 cotter pin 52-31-21 63 -010

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-31-00-720-801 Functional Test of the FWD Cargo Compartment Door
52-31-11-820-802 Adjustment of the Door Mechanism
52-31-21-400-802 Installation of the Locking Shaft Assembly
52-32-21-400-802 Installation of the Locking Shaft Assembly
52-71-13-820-801 Adjustment of the Actuation Clearance of the
Proximity Sensors (6MJ,8MJ,26MJ, 28MJ,38MJ,39MJ)

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-007 Fig. 413

52-31-21-991-008 Fig. 415

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-008-A Fig. 415A

52-31-21-991-012 Fig. 416

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-025 Fig. 417

52-31-21-991-021 Fig. 418
52-31-21-991-009 Fig. 419

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A429
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-009-A Fig. 419A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-022 Fig. 420

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-21-820-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the closed
FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door).

(2) Make sure that the access panels 821AR and 821BR are removed from the
closed cargo door.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-31-21-910-052

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all surfaces of parts
which move.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A430
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-060

B. Assembly of the Latch Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 52-31-21-991-009)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Assemble the latching hook (209), the link (200) and the bellcrank
(199) as follows:

(a) Put the link (200) in position to the bellcrank (199) and install
the pin (204) and the washer (205).

(b) Safety the pin (204) with the retaining ring (206).

(c) Put the latching hook (209) in position to the link (200) and
install the pin (210) and the washer (208).

(d) Safety the pin (210) with the retaining ring (207).

(2) Install the connection rod (190) as follows:

(a) Put the lower eye-end of the connection rod (196) in the fork-end
of the bellcrank (199).

(b) Install the bush (198), the bolt (197), the washer (201) and the
nut (202) to connect the connection rod (196) to the bellcrank
(199).

(c) Tighten the nut (202) correctly and safety it with the new cotter
pin (203).

(d) Put the upper eye-end of the connection rod (196) in the fork-end
of the shaft lever (170) or the cam shaft lever (211).

NOTE : The cam shaft lever (211) is only installed at FR22A.

____

(e) Install the bush (194), the bolt (195), the washers (193) and the
nut (192) to connect the shaft lever (170) to the connection rod
(196).

(f) Tighten the nut (192) correctly and safety it with the new cotter
pin (191).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A431
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-060-A

B. Assembly of the Latch Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 419A/TASK 52-31-21-991-009-A)

(1) Assemble the latching hook (209), the link (200) and the bellcrank
(199) as follows:

(a) Put the link (200) in position at the bellcrank (199) and install
the pin (204) and the washer (205).

(b) Safety the pin (204) with the retaining ring (206).

(c) Put the latching hook (209) in position at the link (200) and
install the pin (210) and the washer (208).

(d) Safety the pin (210) with the retaining ring (206).

(2) Install the connection rod (196) as follows:

(a) Put the lower eye-end of the connection rod (196) in position in
the fork-end of the bellcrank (199).

(b) Install the bush (198), the bolt (197), the washer (201) and the
nut (202) on the bellcrank (199).

R (c) Safety the nut (202) with the new cotter pin (203).

(d) Put the upper eye-end of the connection rod (196) in the fork-end
of the shaft lever (173) or the cam shaft lever (211).

NOTE : The cam shaft lever (211) is only installed at FR22A.

____

(e) Install the bolt (195), the new lock washer (193) and the nut
(192).
R

R (f) Make sure that the outer tab of the lock washer (193) engages in
R the attachment hole of the shaft lever (173) or the cam shaft
lever (211).

R (g) Bend the lock washer (193) to safety the nut (192).

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page A432
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-068

C. Assembly of the Latch Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 420/TASK 52-31-21-991-022)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Assemble the latching hook (209), the link (200) and the bellcrank
(199) as follows:

(a) Put the link (200) in position at the bellcrank (199) and install
the pin (204) and the washer (205).

(b) Safety the pin (204) with the retaining ring (206).

(c) Put the latching hook (209) in position at the link (200) and
install the pin (210) and the washer (208).

(d) Safety the pin (210) with the retaining ring (206).

(2) Install the connection rod (196) as follows:

(a) Put the lower eye-end of the connection rod (196) in position in
the fork-end of the bellcrank (199).

(b) Install the bush (198), the bolt (197), the washer (201) and the
nut (202) on the bellcrank (199).

(c) Safety the nut (202) with the new cotter pin (203).

(d) Put the upper eye-end of the connection rod (196) in the fork-end
of the shaft lever (173) or the cam shaft lever (211).

NOTE : The cam shaft lever (211) is only installed at FR22A.

____

(e) Install the bolt (195), the new lock washer (193) and the nut
(192).

NOTE : Make sure that the outer tab of the lock washer (193)
____
engages in the attachment hole of the shaft lever (173) or
the cam shaft lever (211).

(f) Bent the lock washer (193) to safety the nut (192).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A433
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-21-420-053

D. Installation of the Support Assembly and the Related Latch Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 415/TASK 52-31-21-991-008)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Install the support assembly on the door frame as follows:

(a) Put the shaft lever (170) together with the spacers (168) in
position to the door frame and move the outer support (167) into
the door frame.

NOTE : The spacers (168) are only installed at FR21.

____

(b) Move the inner support (166) or the support lever (183) into the
outer support (167) and make sure that the taper pin holes are
aligned.

NOTE : The support lever is only installed at FR25.

____

(c) Install the taper pins (169), the washers (171) and the nuts
(172) on the shaft lever (170).

(2) Install the latch assembly (190) to the door frame as follows:

(a) Put the bellcrank (199) in position and install the pivot bolt
(173) together with the new lockwasher (174), the washer (175)
and the nut (176).

(b) Tighten the nut (176) correctly and safety it with the new cotter
pin (177).

(c) Safety the pivot bolt (173) with the lockwasher (174).

(d) Put the latching hook (209) in position and attach it with the
hook bolt (181), the washer (180) and the nut (179).

NOTE : Make sure that the hook bolt (181) is correctly installed.
____

(e) Tighten the nut (179) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(178).

(3) Install the partly removed locking shaft assembly (Ref. TASK 52-31-
21-400-802).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A434
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-053-A

D. Installation of the rear Latching Shaft and the related Latch Assemblies
(Ref. Fig. 415A/TASK 52-31-21-991-008-A)

(1) Install the rear latching shaft (280) as follows:

(a) Move the latching shaft (280) through the cutout of the edge
member FR25A into the sliding bearing of each door frame.

(b) During this movement, install the related shaft levers (173) on
the latching shaft (280) so that their taper pin holes aligns.

(c) Move the outer support (167) into the latching shaft (280) at
FR22A until their taper pin holes aligns.

(d) Move the support lever (281) into the latching shaft (280) at
FR25 until their taper pin holes aligns.

(e) Install the taper pins (169), the spacers (171) and the nuts
(172) on the shaft levers (173).

(2) Install the latch assembly (190) on the door frame as follows:

(a) Put the bellcrank (199) in position and install the pivot bolt
(174), the washers (175) and (191) and the nut (176).

R NOTE : Make sure that the pivot bolt (174) engages correctly with
____
R the anti-rotation web (183) of the door frame.

(b) Tighten the nut (176) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(177).

(c) Put the latching hook (209) in position and install the hook bolt
(181), the washer (180) and the nut (179).

R NOTE : Make sure that the hook bolt (181) engages correctly with
____
R the anti-rotation web (184) of the door frame.

(d) Tighten the nut (179) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(178).

(3) Put the cover (291) in the edge member FR25A and attach it with the
screw (290), the washer (288) and the nut (287).


EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page A435
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (4) Install the not fully removed locking shaft assembly (Ref. TASK 52-
32-21-400-802).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-069

E. Installation of the rear Latching Shaft and the related Latch Assemblies
(Ref. Fig. 418/TASK 52-31-21-991-021)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Install the rear latching shaft (280) as follows:

(a) Move the latching shaft (280) through the cutout of the edge
member FR25A into the sliding bearing of each door frame.

(b) During this movement, assemble the related shaft levers (173) on
the latching shaft (280) so that their taper pin holes aligns.

(c) Move the outer support (167) into the latching shaft (280) at
FR22A so that their taper pin holes aligns.

(d) Move the support lever (281) into the latching shaft (280) at
FR25 so that their taper pin holes aligns.

(e) Install the taper pins (169), the spacers (171) and the nuts
(172) on the shaft levers (173).

(2) Install the latch assembly (190) on the door frame as follows:

(a) Put the bellcrank (199) in position and install the pivot bolt
(174), the washers (175) and (191) and the nut (176).

R NOTE : Make sure that the pivot bolt (174) engages correctly with
____
R the anti-rotation web (183) of the door frame.

(b) Tighten the nut (176) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(177).

(c) Put the latching hook (209) in position and install the hook bolt
(181), the washer (180) and the nut (179).

R NOTE : Make sure that the hook bolt (181) engages correctly with
____
R the anti-rotation web (184) of the door frame.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A436
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (d) Tighten the nut (179) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(178).

(3) Put the cover (291) in the edge member FR25A and attach it with the
screw (290), the washer (288) and the nut (287).

(4) Install the partly removed locking shaft assembly (Ref. TASK 52-32-
21-400-802).

Subtask 52-31-21-420-054

F. Installation of the Drive Shaft Lever and the Torque Shaft Assembly
(Ref. Fig. 413/TASK 52-31-21-991-007)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Install the torque shaft assembly (163) or the drive shaft lever (30)
to the inner support (166) and the outer support (167) as follows:

NOTE : The drive shaft lever (30) is only installed between FR21 and
____
FR21B.

(a) Put the torque shaft assembly (163) or the drive shaft lever(30)
in position and install the bolts (161), the washers (162) and
the nuts (164).

(b) Tighten the nuts (164) and safety them with the new cotter pin
(165).

(2) Install the connection rod (33) on the drive shaft lever (30) as
follows:

(a) Put the lower eye-end of the connection rod (33) in position to
the lever of the drive shaft lever (30).

(b) Install the bush (32), the bolt (31), the washer (34) and the nut
(35).

(c) Tighten the nut (35) and safety it with the new cotter pin (36).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A437
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-054-A

F. Installation of the forward Latching Shaft and the related Latch

Assemblies
(Ref. Fig. 416/TASK 52-31-21-991-012)

(1) Install the forward latching shaft (170) as follows:

(a) Move the latching shaft (170) through the cutout of the edge
member FR20A into the sliding bearing of each door frame.

(b) During this movement, assemble the shaft levers (173), the drive
shaft lever (30) and the spacers (168) in the correct sequence on
the latching shaft (170).

NOTE : The spacers (168) are only installed at FR22.

____

(c) Move the shaft levers (173) and the drive shaft lever (30) in the
correct position until their taper pin holes align.

(d) Install the taper pins (187), the spacers (188) and the nuts
(189) on the drive shaft lever (30).

(e) Move the inner support (166) into the end of the latching shaft
(170) until their taper pin holes align.

(f) Install the taper pins (169), the spacers (171) and the nuts
(172) on the shaft levers (173).

(2) Install the latch assembly (190) on the door frame as follows:

(a) Put the bellcrank (199) in position and install the pivot bolt
(174), the washers (175) and (191) and the nut (176).

R (b) Make sure that the pivot bolt (174) engages correctly with the
R anti-rotation web (183) of the door frame.

(c) Tighten the nut (176) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(177).


EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page A438
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (d) Put the latching hook (209) in position and install the hook bolt
(181), the washer (180) and the nut (179).

R NOTE : Make sure that the hook bolt (181) engages correctly with
____
R the anti-rotation web (184) of the door frame.

(e) Tighten the nut (179) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(178).

(3) Install the bellcrank stop bolt (182) with the washer (186) and the
nut (185) in each door frame.

(4) Install the travel limit bolt (271) with the washer (272) and the nut
(273) on the door frame FR21.

(5) Put the cover (276) in edge member FR20A and attach it with the screw
(277), the washer (275) and the nut (274).

(6) Install the not fully removed joint fork assemblies (Ref. TASK 52-32-
21-400-802).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-070

G. Installation of the forward Latching Shaft and the related Latch

Assemblies
(Ref. Fig. 417/TASK 52-31-21-991-025)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Install the forward latching shaft (170) as follows:

(a) Move the latching shaft (170) through the cutout of the edge
member FR20A into the sliding bearing of each door frame.

(b) During this movement, assemble the shaft levers (173), the drive
shaft lever (30) and the spacers (168) in the correct sequence on
the latching shaft (170).

NOTE : The spacers (168) are only installed at FR22.

____

(c) Put the shaft levers (173) and the drive shaft lever (30) in the
correct position so that their taper pin holes aligns.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A439
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (d) Install the taper pins (187), the spacers (188) and the nuts
(189) on the drive shaft lever (30).

(e) Move the inner support (166) into the end of the latching shaft
(170) until their taper pin holes aligns.

(f) Install the taper pins (169), the spacers (171) and the nuts
(172) on the shaft levers (173).

(2) Install the latch assembly (190) on the door frame as follows:

(a) Put the bellcrank (199) in position and install the pivot bolt
(174), the washers (175) and (191) and the nut (176).

R NOTE : Make sure that the pivot bolt (174) engages correctly with
____
R the anti-rotation web (183) of the door frame.

(b) Tighten the nut (176) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(177).

(c) Put the latching hook (209) in position and install the hook bolt
(181), the washer (180) and the nut (179).

R NOTE : Make sure that the hook bolt (181) engages correctly with
____
R the anti-rotation web (184) of the door frame.

(d) Tighten the nut (179) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(178).

(3) Install the bellcrank stop bolt (182) with the washer (186) and the
nut (185) in each door frame.

(4) Install the travel limit bolt (271) with the washer (272) and the nut
(273) on the door frame FR21.

(5) Put the cover (276) in edge member FR20A and attach it with the screw
(274), the washer (275) and the nut (274).

(6) Install the partly removed joint fork assemblies (Ref. TASK 52-32-21-
400-802).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A440
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-31-21-820-052

H. Adjustment Procedure

(1) Make sure that the latching and the interlock mechanisms are
correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-802).

(2) Make sure that the clearance between the target and the proximity
switch 38MJ is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-71-13-820-801).

Subtask 52-31-21-720-051

J. Do the functional test (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-720-801) to make sure that the
latching mechanism operates satisfactorily.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-21-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Install the access panels 821AR and 821BR at the cargo door.

NOTE : Make sure that the locking handle is in the UNLOCKED position.
____

(3) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A441
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 TASK 52-31-21-000-805

Removal of the Interlock Mechanism

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific adjustable access platform 4.60 m (15 ft. 1 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

29-00-00-864-803 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System (Pressurized
with the Hydraulic Ground Supply)
29-14-00-614-803 Depressurization of the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir
with Ground Equipment
52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-21-000-804 Removal of the Latching Shaft Assembly

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-009 Fig. 419

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-009-A Fig. 419A

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A442
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-011 Fig. 421

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-011-A Fig. 421A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-024 Fig. 422

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-21-010-054

A. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door)

(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) and safety it with the actuator safety
lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801) .

(2) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the cargo door.

(3) Remove the screws (220) together with the washers (221) and
disassemble the access cover (222) from the inner side of the cargo
door at FR22A.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 419/TASK 52-31-21-991-009)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 419A/TASK 52-31-21-991-009-A)


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A443
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

(4) Remove the access panels 821AR and 821BR from the cargo door.

Subtask 52-31-21-860-054

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-803).

(2) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803).

(3) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(4) Set the light switch 6LU on the FWD service panel 5022VE to ON.

(5) Open the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

Subtask 52-31-21-865-051

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-059

A. Removal of the Interlock Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 52-31-21-991-011)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Remove the support assembly and the latching unit from FR22A
(Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-804).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A444
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Interlock Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 421/TASK 52-31-21-991-011

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A445
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (2) Disassemble the latch (225) from the interlock shaft (227) as
follows:

(a) Remove the nut (223), the washer (224) and the bolt (228) from
the interlock shaft (227).

(b) Remove the latch (225) and the shims (226) from the interlock
shaft (227).

(3) Remove the interlock spring (235) as follows:

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE SPRING. ITS

_______
TENSION CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (229) from the nut (230).

(b) Remove the nut (230) and the washer (231) from the bolt (233).

(c) Hold the groove bush (232) to prevent a sudden retraction of the
interlock spring (235).

(d) Remove the bolt (233) together with the washer (231) from the
interlock shaft lever (234) to disassemble the groove bush (232).

(e) Disassemble the upper end of the interlock spring (235) from the
groove bush (235).

(f) Disassemble the lower end of the interlock spring (235) from the
door frame.

(g) Disconnect the upper eye-end of the connection rod (236) from the
fork-end of the interlock shaft lever (234).

(4) Support the interlock shaft (227) and move the interlock shaft lever
(234) rearward from the door frame.

(5) Remove the interlock lever (245) from the door frame as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (237) from the nut (238).

(b) Remove the nut (238), the washers (239), the bush (240) and the
bolt (242) with the washer (241) from the interlock lever (245).

(c) Disconnect the lower eye-end of the connection rod (236) from the
fork-end of the interlock lever (245).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A446
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 (d) Support the interlock lever (245) and remove the screw (243) from
the door frame.

(e) If necessary, remove the bushes (244) from the interlock lever
(245).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-059-A

A. Removal of the Interlock Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 421A/TASK 52-31-21-991-011-A)

(1) Remove the support assembly and the latching unit from FR22A
(Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-804).

(2) Disassemble the latch (225) from the interlock shaft (227) as
follows:

(a) Remove the nut (223), the washer (224) and the bolt (228) from
the interlock shaft (227).

(b) Remove the latch (225) and the shims (226) from the interlock
shaft (227).

(3) Remove the interlock spring (235) as follows:

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE SPRING. ITS

_______
TENSION CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (229) from the nut (230).

(b) Remove the nut (230) and the washer (231) from the bolt (233).

(c) Hold the groove bush (232) to prevent a sudden retraction of the
interlock spring (235).

(d) Remove the bolt (233) together with the washer (231) from the
interlock shaft lever (234) to disassemble the groove bush (232).

(e) Disassemble the upper end of the interlock spring (235) from the
groove bush (235).

(f) Disassemble the lower end of the interlock spring (235) from the
frame fitting (246).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A447
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Interlock Mechanism
Figure 421A/TASK 52-31-21-991-011-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page A448
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (g) Disconnect the upper eye-end of the connection rod (236) from the
fork-end of the interlock shaft lever (234).

(4) Support the interlock shaft (227) and move the interlock shaft lever
(234) rearward from the door frame.

(5) Remove the interlock lever (245) from the door frame as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (237) from the nut (238).

(b) Remove the nut (238), the washers (239), the bush (240) and the
bolt (242) with the washer (241) from the interlock lever (245).

(c) Disconnect the lower eye-end of the connection rod (236) from the
fork-end of the interlock lever (245).

(d) Support the interlock lever (245) and remove the screw (243) from
the door frame.

(e) If necessary, remove the bushes (244) from the interlock lever
(245).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-073

B. Removal of the Interlock Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 52-31-21-991-024)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Remove the support assembly and the latching unit from FR22A
(Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-804).

(2) Disassemble the latch (225) from the interlock shaft (227) as
follows:

(a) Remove the nut (223), the washer (224) and the bolt (228) from
the interlock shaft (227).

(b) Remove the latch (225) and the shims (226) from the interlock
shaft (227).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A449
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 Interlock Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 422/TASK 52-31-21-991-024

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A450
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (3) Remove the interlock spring (235) as follows:

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE SPRING. ITS

_______
TENSION CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (229) from the nut (230).

(b) Remove the nut (230) and the washer (231) from the bolt (233).

(c) Hold the groove bush (232) to prevent a sudden retraction of the
interlock spring (235).

(d) Remove the bolt (233) together with the washer (231) from the
interlock shaft lever (234) to disassemble the groove bush (232).

(e) Disassemble the upper end of the interlock spring (235) from the
groove bush (235).

(f) Disassemble the lower end of the interlock spring (235) from the
frame fitting (246).

(g) Disconnect the upper eye-end of the connection rod (236) from the
fork-end of the interlock shaft lever (234).

(4) Support the interlock shaft (227) and move the interlock shaft lever
(234) rearward from the door frame.

(5) Remove the interlock lever (245) from the door frame as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (237) from the nut (238).

(b) Remove the nut (238), the washers (239), the bush (240) and the
bolt (242) with the washer (241) from the interlock lever (245).

(c) Disconnect the lower eye-end of the connection rod (236) from the
fork-end of the interlock lever (245).

(d) Support the interlock lever (245) and remove the screw (243) from
the door frame.

(e) If necessary, remove the bushes (244) from the interlock lever
(245).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A451
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 52-31-21-400-805

Installation of the Interlock Mechanism

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific wooden or plastic scraper

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-018 USA AMS 3267/3
CORROSION INHIBITING LOW ADHESION SEALANT
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-016 USA BOEING BAC 5000 BAC 5504 BAC 5750
CLEANING SOLVENT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A452
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

229 cotter pin 52-31-21 19 -110

R 229 cotter pin 52-31-21 65 -010
237 cotter pin 52-31-21 19 -110
R 237 cotter pin 52-31-21 65 -010

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
29-00-00-863-803 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Ground Hydraulic Supply
29-14-00-614-804 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with
external bench
52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-00-720-801 Functional Test of the FWD Cargo Compartment Door
52-31-11-820-802 Adjustment of the Door Mechanism
52-31-21-400-804 Installation of the Latching Shaft Assembly

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-011 Fig. 421

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-011-A Fig. 421A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-024 Fig. 422


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A453
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-21-860-055

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
door) is fully opened (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) and the actuator
safety lock is installed (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).

(2) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the circuit
breaker panel 5002VE.

(3) Make sure that the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE
is removed.

(4) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(5) Make sure that the light switch 6LU on the FWD service panel 5002VE
is in the ON position.

Subtask 52-31-21-865-052

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A454
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-31-21-910-055

A. Preparation for Installation

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU DO:
_______
- FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
- GET MEDICAL AID.

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS FROM
_______
THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE
SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED AREA.

(1) Remove the old sealant from the access cover (222) and the cargo door
structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016) and a wooden or
plastic scraper.

(2) Make sure that the parts retained from the removed component are
clean and in the correct condition.

(3) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(4) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all surfaces of parts
which move.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A455
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-058

B. Installation of the Interlock Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 421/TASK 52-31-21-991-011)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Put the interlock shaft lever (234) and the interlock shaft (227) in
position to the door frame.

(2) Move the interlock shaft lever (234) forward until it engages with
the interlock shaft (227).

(3) Install the connection rod (236) and the interlock spring (235) to
the interlock shaft lever (234) as follows:

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE SPRING. ITS

_______
TENSION CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.

(a) Assemble the upper end of the interlock spring (235) to the
groove bush (232).

(b) Attach the lower end of the interlock spring (235) to the door
frame.

(c) Put the connection rod (236) to the interlock shaft lever (234)
and install the bolt (233) with the washer (231).

(d) Put the groove bush (232) in position to the bolt (233) and
assemble the two parts.

(e) Install the washer (231) and the nut (230) on the bolt (233).

(f) Tighten the nut (230) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(229).

(4) Install the interlock lever (245) to the door frame as follows:

(a) If removed, install the bushes (244) to the interlock lever

(245).

(b) Put the interlock lever (245) in position to the door frame and
attach it with the screw (243).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A456
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (c) Put the lower eye-end of the connection rod (236) into the
fork-end of the interlock lever (245).

(d) Install the bolt (242) together with the washer (241), the bush
(240), the washer (238) and the nut (239).

(e) Tighten the nut (238) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(237).

(5) Assemble the latch (225) to the interlock shaft (227) as follows:

(a) Put the shims (226) and the latch (225) in position to the
interlock shaft (227).

(b) Install the bolt (228), the washer (224) and the nut (223) and
tighten it.

(6) Install the latching unit and the support assembly to FR22A
(Ref. TASK 52-31-21-400-804).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-058-A

B. Installation of the Interlock Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 421A/TASK 52-31-21-991-011-A)

(1) Put the interlock shaft lever (234) and the interlock shaft (227) in
R position on the door frame.

(2) Move the interlock shaft lever (234) forward until it engages with
the interlock shaft (227).

R (3) Install the connection rod (236) and the interlock spring (235) on
R the interlock shaft lever (234) as follows:

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE SPRING. ITS

_______
TENSION CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.

R (a) Attach the upper end of the interlock spring (235) to the groove
R bush (232).

(b) Attach the lower end of the interlock spring (235) to the frame
fitting (246).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A457
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R (c) Put the connection rod (236) on the interlock shaft lever (234)
R and install the bolt (233) with the washer (231).

R (d) Put the groove bush (232) in position on the bolt (233) and
R assemble the two parts.

(e) Install the washer (231) and the nut (230) on the bolt (233).

R (f) Tighten the nut (230) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (229).

R (4) Install the interlock lever (245) on the door frame as follows:

R (a) If removed, install the bushes (244) on the interlock lever

R (245).

R (b) Put the interlock lever (245) in position on the door frame and
R attach it with the screw (243).

(c) Put the lower eye-end of the connection rod (236) into the
fork-end of the interlock lever (245).

(d) Install the bolt (242) together with the washer (241), the bush
R (240), the washer (239) and the nut (238).

R (e) Tighten the nut (238) and safety it with the new cotter pin
R (237).

R (5) Attach the latch (225) to the interlock shaft (227) as follows:

R (a) Put the shims (226) and the latch (225) in position on the
R interlock shaft (227).

(b) Install the bolt (228), the washer (224) and the nut (223) and
tighten it.

R (6) Install the latching unit and the support assembly at FR22A
R (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-400-804).

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page A458
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-071

C. Installation of the Interlock Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 422/TASK 52-31-21-991-024)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Put the interlock shaft lever (234) and the interlock shaft (227) in
position to the door frame.

(2) Move the interlock shaft lever (234) forward until it engages with
the interlock shaft (227).

(3) Install the connection rod (236) and the interlock spring (235) to
the interlock shaft lever (234) as follows:

WARNING : BE CAREFUL WHEN YOU REMOVE OR INSTALL THE SPRING. ITS

_______
TENSION CAN CAUSE INJURY TO PERSONS.

(a) Assemble the upper end of the interlock spring (235) to the
groove bush (232).

(b) Attach the lower end of the interlock spring (235) to the frame
fitting (246).

(c) Put the connection rod (236) to the interlock shaft lever (234)
and install the bolt (233) with the washer (231).

(d) Put the groove bush (232) in position to the bolt (233) and
assemble the two parts.

(e) Install the washer (231) and the nut (230) on the bolt (233).

(f) Tighten the nut (230) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(229).

(4) Install the interlock lever (245) to the door frame as follows:

(a) If removed, install the bushes (244) to the interlock lever

(245).

(b) Put the interlock lever (245) in position to the door frame and
attach it with the screw (243).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A459
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (c) Put the lower eye-end of the connection rod (236) into the
fork-end of the interlock lever (245).

(d) Install the bolt (242) together with the washer (241), the bush
(240), the washer (238) and the nut (239).

(e) Tighten the nut (238) and safety it with the new cotter pin
(237).

(5) Assemble the latch (225) to the interlock shaft (227) as follows:

(a) Put the shims (226) and the latch (225) in position to the
interlock shaft (227).

(b) Install the bolt (228), the washer (224) and the nut (223) and
tighten it.

(6) Install the latching unit and the support assembly to FR22A
(Ref. TASK 52-31-21-400-804).

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-31-21-820-055

D. Adjustment Procedure

(1) Adjust the clearance between the cam shaft lever of the support
assembly and the latch (225) (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-802).

(2) Adjust the length of the connection rod (236) (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-
820-802).

Subtask 52-31-21-720-054

E. Do the functional test (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-720-801) to make sure that the
interlock mechanism operates satisfactorily.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A460
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-21-410-054

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Install the access cover (222) on the inner side of the cargo door as
follows:

(a) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) to the mating

surface of the access cover (222).

(b) Attach the access cover (222) with the screws (220) and the
washers (221) on the inner skin.

(c) Remove the unwanted sealant around the access cover (222).

(d) Let the sealant dry and protect it with STRUCTURE PAINTS
(Material No. 16-003).

(3) Close the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

Subtask 52-31-21-860-056

B. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

(1) Set the light switch 6LU on the FWD service panel 5022VE to OFF.

(2) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

(3) Pressurize the reservoirs of the hydraulic systems

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).

(4) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-803).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A461
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-21-865-053

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02

Subtask 52-31-21-410-055

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Install the access covers 821AR and 821BR.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Close the cargo door correctly (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A462
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 TASK 52-31-21-000-806

Removal of the Target Mechanism and the Sequence Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.60 m (8 ft. 6 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-31-21-000-804 Removal of the Latching Shaft Assembly

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-010 Fig. 423

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-010-A Fig. 423A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-023 Fig. 424

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A463
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-21-010-055

A. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position below the closed FWD
cargo-compartment door (referred as to cargo door).

(2) Pull the locking handle up to the UNLOCKED position.

(3) Remove the access covers 821AR and 821BR from the cargo door.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-31-21-020-060

A. Removal of the Target Mechanism

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 52-31-21-991-010)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 423A/TASK 52-31-21-991-010-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(1) Decrease the pre-tension of the gas spring unit (135) as follows:

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 52-31-21-991-010)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 423A/TASK 52-31-21-991-010-A)

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A464
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-31-21

Page A465
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Target Mechanism and Sequence Assembly - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 423/TASK 52-31-21-991-010- 12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A466
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Target Mechanism and Sequence Assembly - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 423/TASK 52-31-21-991-010- 22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A467
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Target Mechanism and Sequence Assembly
Figure 423A/TASK 52-31-21-991-010-A12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page A468
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Target Mechanism and Sequence Assembly
Figure 423A/TASK 52-31-21-991-010-A22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-21

Page A469
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the safety device (262).

(b) Loosen the jam nuts (261) and turn the turnbuckle (263)
counterclockwise to extend the connection rod (136).

(c) Stop the procedure until there is no load in the gas spring unit
(135).

(2) Remove the connection rod (136) from the shaft lever (127) and the
sequence lever (250) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (131) and (258) from the nuts
(132) and (257).

(b) Remove the nut (132), the washer (133), the bush (134), the
bearing washer (138) and the bolt (137) from the shaft lever
(127).

(c) Disconnect the lower eye-end of the connection rod assy (136)
from the fork-end of the shaft lever (127).

(d) Remove the nut (257), the washer (256), the bush (255) and the
bolt (254) from the sequence lever (250).

(e) Remove the upper eye-end (260) from the fork-end of the sequence
lever (250).

(3) If required, remove the nuts (268), the washers (267), the bolts
(265) and the target (266) from the lever (264).

(4) Remove the gas spring unit (135) from the sequence lever (250) and
the journal end (128) as follows:

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pin (251) from the pin (253).

(b) Remove the washer (252) and the pin (253) and disconnect the gas
spring unit (135) from the sequence lever (250).

(c) Remove and discard the cotter pin (130) from the journal end
(128).

(d) Remove the washer (129) and the gas spring unit (135) from the
journal end (128).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A470
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-062

B. Removal of the Sequence Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 52-31-21-991-010)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Remove the support assembly and the latch assembly from the door
frame FR25 (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-804).

(2) Remove the sequence lever (250) from the sequence shaft (260) as
follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (267), the washers (266) and the taper bolts
(265) from the sequence lever (250).

(b) Move the sequence lever (250) in the rear direction until it
comes free from the sequence shaft (260).

(3) Remove the sequence shaft (260) from the door frame FR25 as follows:

(a) Remove the nut (264), the washer (263) and the taper bolt (262)
from the sequence cam (261).

(b) Move the sequence shaft (260) in the forward direction until it
comes free and remove the sequence cam (261).

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-062-A

B. Removal of the Sequence Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 423A/TASK 52-31-21-991-010-A)

(1) Remove the rear latching shaft and the related latch assembly from
the door frame FR25 (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-804).

(2) Remove the double lever (250) from the cam shaft (260) as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (267), the washers (266) and the taper bolts
(265) from the cam lever (250).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A471
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (b) Move the double lever (250) in the rear direction until it comes
free from the cam shaft (260).

(3) Remove the cam shaft (260) from the door frame FR25 as follows:

(a) Remove the nut (264), the washer (263) and the taper bolt (262)
from the safety cam (261).

(b) Move the cam shaft (260) in the forward direction until it comes
free and remove the safety cam (261).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-020-074

C. Removal of the Sequence Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 52-31-21-991-023)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Remove the rear latching shaft and the related latch assembly from
the door frame FR25 (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-804).

(2) Remove the double lever (250) from the cam shaft (260) as follows:

(a) Remove the nuts (267), the washers (266) and the taper bolts
(265) from the cam lever (250).

(b) Move the double lever (250) in the rear direction until it comes
free from the cam shaft (260).

(3) Remove the cam shaft (260) from the door frame FR25 as follows:

(a) Remove the nut (264), the washer (263) and the taper bolt (262)
from the safety cam (261).

(b) Move the cam shaft (260) in the forward direction until it comes
free and remove the safety cam (261).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A472
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-31-21

Page A473
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Target Mechanism and Sequence Assembly - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 424/TASK 52-31-21-991-023- 12 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A474
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Target Mechanism and Sequence Assembly - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 424/TASK 52-31-21-991-023- 22 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A475
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 52-31-21-400-806

Installation of the Target Mechanism and the Sequence Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 2.60 m (8 ft. 6 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific lockwire, corrosion-resistant steel, dia. 0.8 mm

(0.032 in.)
Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I
SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

130 cotter pin 52-31-21 12 -020

R 130 cotter pin 52-31-21 49 -130
131 cotter pin 52-31-21 12 -270
R 131 cotter pin 52-31-21 49 -050
251 cotter pins 52-31-21 12 -020
R 251 cotter pins 52-31-21 49 -010
258 cotter pin 52-31-21 12 -270
R 258 cotter pin 52-31-21 49 -050


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A476
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-31-00-720-801 Functional Test of the FWD Cargo Compartment Door
52-31-21-400-804 Installation of the Latching Shaft Assembly
52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-010 Fig. 423

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-31-21-991-010-A Fig. 423A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-31-21-991-023 Fig. 424

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-21-860-057

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the access platform is in position below the closed
FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door).

(2) Make sure that the locking handle is in the UNLOCKED position.

(3) Make sure that the access panels 821AR and 821BR are removed.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A477
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-31-21-910-056

A. Preparation for Installation

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Apply COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to all surfaces of parts
which move.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-059

B. Installation of the Sequence Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 52-31-21-991-010)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Install the sequence shaft (260) in the door frame as follows:

(a) Put the sequence cam (261) in position on the door frame.

(b) Move the sequence shaft (260) in the door frame so that the
sequence cam (261) engages and the taper pin holes are aligned.

(c) Install the taper pin (262), the washer (263) and the nut (264)
to connect the sequence cam (261).

(2) Install the sequence lever (250) on the sequence shaft (260) as
follows:

(a) Put the sequence lever (250) in position on the sequence shaft
(260) and make sure that the taper pin holes are aligned.

(b) Install the taper pins (265), the washers (266) and the nuts
(267) to connect the sequence lever (250).

(3) Install the latch assembly and the support assembly (Ref. TASK 52-31-
21-400-804).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A478
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-059-A

B. Installation of the Sequence Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 423A/TASK 52-31-21-991-010-A)

(1) Install the cam shaft (260) in the door frame as follows:

(a) Put the safety cam (261) in position on the door frame.

(b) Move the cam shaft (260) in the door frame so that the safety cam
(261) engages and the taper pin holes are aligned.

(c) Install the taper pin (262), the washer (263) and the nut (264)
to connect the safety cam (261).

(2) Install the double lever (250) on the cam shaft (260) as follows:

(a) Put the double lever (250) in position on the cam shaft (260) and
make sure that the taper pin holes are aligned.

(b) Install the taper pins (265), the washers (266) and the nuts
(267) to connect the double lever (250).

(3) Install the latch assembly and the support assembly (Ref. TASK 52-31-
21-400-804).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-21-420-072

C. Installation of the Sequence Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 424/TASK 52-31-21-991-023)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Install the cam shaft (260) in the door frame as follows:

(a) Put the safety cam (261) in position on the door frame.

(b) Move the cam shaft (260) in the door frame so that the safety cam
(261) engages and the taper pin holes are aligned.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A479
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (c) Install the taper pin (262), the washer (263) and the nut (264)
to connect the safety cam (261).

(2) Install the double lever (250) on the cam shaft (260) as follows:

(a) Put the double lever (250) in position on the cam shaft (260) and
make sure that the taper pin holes are aligned.

(b) Install the taper pins (265), the washers (266) and the nuts
(267) to connect the double lever (250).

(3) Install the latch assembly and the support assembly (Ref. TASK 52-31-
21-400-804).
R

Subtask 52-31-21-420-061

D. Installation of the Target Mechanism

R
(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 52-31-21-991-010)
R

(1) Install the connection rod (136) on the shaft lever (127) and the
sequence lever (250) as follows:

(a) If removed, install the target (266), the bolts (265), the
washers (267) and the nuts (268) on the target lever (264).

(b) Put the connection rod (136) in position so that

- its target lever (264) is in the cut-out of the door structure,
- its upper eye-end (260) engages with the fork-end of the
sequence lever (250).

(c) Install the bolt (254), the bush (255), the washer (256) and the
nut (257) to the sequence lever (250).

(d) Safety the nut (257) with the new cotter pin (258).

(e) Put the eye-end of the target lever (264) in position to the
fork-end of the shaft lever (127).

(f) Install the bolt (137), the bearing washer (138), the bush (134),
the washer (133) and the nut (132) on the shaft lever (127).

(g) Safety the nut (132) with the new cotter pin (131).


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-31-21

Page A480
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 (2) Install the gas spring unit (135) to the sequence lever (250) and the
journal end (128) as follows:

(a) Put the lower eye-end of the gas spring unit (135) in position to
the journal end (128).

(b) Install the washer (129) to the journal end (128) and safety it
with the new cotter pin (130).

(c) Put the upper eye-end of the gas spring unit (135) in position to
the fork-end of the sequence lever (250).

(d) Install the pin (253) to the fork-end and safety it with the
washers (252) and the new cotter pins (251).

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R Subtask 52-31-21-420-061-A

R D. Installation of the Target Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 423A/TASK 52-31-21-991-010-A)

R (1) Install the connection rod (136) on the shaft lever (127) and the
R sequence lever (250) as follows:

R (a) If removed, install the target (266), the bolts (265), the
R washers (267) and the nuts (268) on the target lever (264).

R (b) Put the connection rod (136) in position so that

R - its target lever (264) is in the cut-out of the door structure,
R - its upper eye-end (260) engages with the fork-end of the
R sequence lever (250).

R (c) Install the bolt (254), the bush (255), the washer (256) and the
R nut (257) on the sequence lever (250).

R (d) Safety the nut (257) with the new cotter pin (258).

R (e) Put the eye-end of the target lever (264) in position on the
R fork-end of the shaft lever (127).

R (f) Install the bolt (137), the bearing washer (138), the bush (134),
R the washer (133) and the nut (132) on the shaft lever (127).

R (g) Safety the nut (132) with the new cotter pin (131).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A481
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R (2) Install the gas spring unit (135) on the sequence lever (250) and the
R journal end (128) as follows:

R (a) Put the lower eye-end of the gas spring unit (135) in position on
R the journal end (128).

R (b) Install the washer (129) on the journal end (128) and safety it
R with the new cotter pin (130).

R (c) Put the upper eye-end of the gas spring unit (135) in position on
R the fork-end of the sequence lever (250).

R (d) Install the pin (253) on the fork-end and safety it with the
R washers (252) and the new cotter pins (251).

R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-31-21-820-056

E. Adjustment of the Connection Rod Assembly

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 423/TASK 52-31-21-991-010)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 423A/TASK 52-31-21-991-010-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(1) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(2) Install the rigging pin (268) in the sequence lever (250).

(3) Turn the turnbuckle (263) until you can move the rigging pin (268)
freely in the rigging hole of the door frame FR25.

(4) Tighten the jam nuts (261) and safety them with lockwire, corrosion-
resistant steel, dia. 0.8 mm (0.032 in.) to the safety devices (262).

(5) Remove the rigging pin (268) from the sequence lever (250).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A482
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-31-21-720-055

F. Test Procedure

(1) Do a functional test of the locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-31-00-

720-801) to make sure that the switch mechanism operates
satisfactorily.

(2) Do a operational test to make sure that the proximity switch 6MJ
operates satisfactory (Ref. TASK 52-71-00-710-801).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-21-410-056

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Install the access panels 821AR and 821BR at the cargo door.

NOTE : Make sure that the locking handle is in the UNLOCKED position.
____

(3) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(4) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-21

Page A483
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 FITTINGS - ACTUATOR AND STOP - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________

TASK 52-31-31-000-801

Removal of the Stop Bolts

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific adjustable access platform 4.5 m (14 ft. 9 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-31-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-31-010-050

A. Get Access

(1) Remove the access covers 821AR and 821BR from the FWD
cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door).

R NOTE : Make sure that the locking handle is in the UNLOCKED position.
____

R (2) Open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-31

Page 401
Oct 01/94
 
THY 
R (3) Safety the opened cargo door with the support equipment (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-480-801).

(4) Put the adjustable access platform in position below the circuit
breaker panel 5002VE.

Subtask 52-31-31-860-050

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Set the light switch 6LU on the FWD service panel 5022VE to ON.

(3) Open the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

Subtask 52-31-31-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-31-991-001)

Subtask 52-31-31-020-050

A. Removal of the Stop Bolts

(1) Release the tab washers (2) which safety the stop bolts (1).

(2) Remove the nuts (3) from the stop bolts (1).

(3) Remove the stop bolts (1) and the tab washers (2) from the cargo
door.

(4) Remove and discard the tab washers (2) from the stop bolts (1).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-31

Page 402
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
R Stop Bolts
Figure 401/TASK 52-31-31-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-31-31

Page 403
Jan 01/94
 
THY 
 TASK 52-31-31-400-801

Installation of the Stop Bolts

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustable access platform 4.5 m (14 ft. 9 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116

PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005A AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-006 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 2 tab washer 52-31-11 31 -020

2 tab washer 52-31-31 01 -170


EFF :

ALL  52-31-31

Page 404
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-11-820-805 Adjustment of Skin Offset at FWD Cargo-Compartment
Door
52-31-31-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-31-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(2) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
door) is opened (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) and the support
equipment is installed (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).

(3) Make sure that the adjustable access platform is in position.

(4) Make sure that the light switch 6LU is in the ON position.

Subtask 52-31-31-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R


EFF :

ALL  52-31-31

Page 405
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-31-991-001)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-31-420-050

A. Installation of the Stop Bolts

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Put a new tab washer (2) on each replacement stop bolt (1).

(4) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of the
stop bolts (1).

(5) Install the stop bolts (1) together with the tab washers (2) on the
cargo door (4).

(6) Install the nuts (3) on the stop bolts (1) but do not tighten them at
this time.

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R Subtask 52-31-31-420-050-A

R A. Installation of the Stop Bolts

R (1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

R (2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

R area.

R (3) Put a new tab washer (2) on each replacement stop bolt (1).

R (4) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threads of the
R stop bolts (1).

R (5) Install the stop bolts (1) together with the tab washers (2) on the
R cargo door (4).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-31

Page 406
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R (6) Install the nuts (3) on the stop bolts (1) but do not tighten them at
R this time.

R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-31-31-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MJ

Subtask 52-31-31-820-050

C. Adjustment of the Stop Bolts

(1) Remove the access platform to prevent damage on the cargo door during
the adjustment of the stop bolts (1).

NOTE : If necessary, put the access platform in position as required.

____

(2) Remove the support equipment (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-801) and close
the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(3) Make sure that the skin offset between the cargo door and the
fuselage is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-805).

(4) Measure the gaps between the stop bolts (1) and the stop fittings (5)
of the fuselage.

NOTE : The gaps must be between 0.9 mm (0.0354 in.) and 1.2 mm
____
(0.0472 in.).

(5) If the gaps are out of tolerance, turn the stop bolts (1) until the
gaps are correctly adjusted.

(6) Tighten the nuts (3) and safety the stop bolts (1) with the tab
washers (2).

(7) Open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) and safety it again
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-31

Page 407
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-31-916-050

A. Protective Treatments

(1) Apply SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the threaded ends of
the stop bolts (1).

(2) Apply STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005A) or STORAGE

PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the stop bolts (1) and the
adjacent cargo door structure.

Subtask 52-31-31-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Install the access covers 821AR and 821BR.

NOTE : make sure that the locking handle is in the UNLOCKED position.
____

(3) Close the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(4) Set the light switch 6LU on the FWD service panel 5022VE to OFF.

(5) Remove the support equipment (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-801).

(6) Remove the access platform(s).

(7) Close the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

Subtask 52-31-31-862-050

C. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-31

Page 408
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 FITTINGS - DOOR FRAME - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
____________________________________________

TASK 52-31-32-000-801

Removal of the Latch Fitting Components

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 4.50 m (14 ft. 9 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-32-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-32-861-050

A. Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

Subtask 52-31-32-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo door)

(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) and install the actuator safety lock
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-32

Page 401
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 (2) Put the access platform in position below the circuit breaker panel
5002VE.

(3) Set the light switch 6LU on the FWD service panel 5022VE to ON.

(4) Open the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(5) Remove the access panels 821AR, 821BR.

Subtask 52-31-32-865-050

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-31-32-020-050

A. Removal of the Latch Fitting Components

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-32-991-001)

(1) Make a color mark on the serrated plate (4) and the eccentric bolt
(5) and (13) so that you can find their correct installation position
more easily again.

NOTE : This procedure is not necessary when the center punches of

____
these components are aligned.

(2) Remove and discard the cotter pins (1),(10) from the nuts (2),(9).

(3) Remove the nut (9) and the washer (8) from the eccentric bolt (5) and
(13).

(4) Remove the nuts (2) and the washers (3) from the special bolts (7)
and (12).

(5) Support the eccentric bush (11) and remove the eccentric bolt (5) and
(13) together with the serrated plate (4) from the latch fitting (6).

(6) Disengage the serrated plate (4) from the eccentric bolt (5) and
(13).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-32

Page 402
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Latch Fitting Components
Figure 401/TASK 52-31-32-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-31-32

Page 403
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 (7) Remove the special bolts (7) and (12) from the latch fitting (6).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-32

Page 404
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-31-32-400-801

Installation of the Latch Fitting Components

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific grease gun

No specific access platform 4.50 m (14 ft. 9 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
(0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 09-013 C Z-16.127
CORROSION INHIBITING BRUSH CONSISTENCY
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005A AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-006 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1 cotter pins 52-31-32 01 -170

R 1 cotter pins 52-31-32 21 -170
10 cotter pin 52-31-32 01 -050
R 10 cotter pin 52-31-32 21 -050


EFF :

ALL  52-31-32

Page 405
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-00-720-801 Functional Test of the FWD Cargo Compartment Door
52-31-11-820-802 Adjustment of the Door Mechanism
52-31-11-820-805 Adjustment of Skin Offset at FWD Cargo-Compartment
Door
52-31-32-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-31-32-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the FWD cargo-compartment door (referred to as cargo
door) is fully opened (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) and the actuator
safety lock is installed (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).

(2) Make sure that the access platform is below the circuit breaker panel
5002VE.

(3) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(4) Make sure that the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE
is removed.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-32

Page 406
Jul 01/06
R  
THY 
 (5) Make sure that the light switch 6LU on the FWD service panel 5022VE
is in the ON position.

(6) Make sure that the access panels 821AR, 821BR are removed.

Subtask 52-31-32-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-31-32-991-001)

Subtask 52-31-32-910-050

A. Preparation for Installation

R

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R CAUTION : WHEN YOU INSTALL THE ECCENTRIC BUSHES, MAKE SURE THAT THEY ALL
_______
R HAVE THE SAME PARTNUMBER. IF THEY DO NOT HAVE THE SAME
R PARTNUMBER, FATIGUE DAMAGE TO THE LOCKING HOOKS CAN OCCUR.

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Do a visual inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent

area.

(3) Apply the COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004) to the inner side of
the eccentric bush (11) and to the shafts of the eccentric bolts (5)
and (13).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-32

Page 407
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (4) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the mating area of the
serrated plate (4).

R (5) Apply the SPECIAL MATERIALS (Material No. 05-002) to the shafts of
R the special bolts (7) and (12).

Subtask 52-31-32-420-050

B. Installation of the Lock Fitting Components

CAUTION : WHEN YOU INSTALL THE ECCENTRIC BUSHES, MAKE SURE THAT THEY ALL
_______
HAVE THE SAME PARTNUMBER. IF THEY DO NOT HAVE THE SAME
PARTNUMBER, FATIGUE DAMAGE TO THE LOCKING HOOKS CAN OCCUR.

(1) Install the special bolts (7) and (12) into the latch fitting (6).

(2) Put the eccentric bush (11) in position in the latch fitting (6) and
install the eccentric bolt (5) or (13).

NOTE : The eccentric bolt (13) is only installed at FR 22A.

____

(3) Make sure that the slot of the eccentric bush (11) engages with the
head of the special bolt (12).

(4) Put the serrated plate (4) in position untill it engages with the
special bolts (7) and (12) and the eccentric bolt (5) or (13).

(5) Make sure that the color marks or the center punch marks are align
after the assembly of the eccentric bolt (5) or (13) and the serrated
plate (4).

(6) Install the washers (3) and the nuts (2) on the special bolts (7) and
(12) but do not tighten the nuts (2) at this step.

(7) Install the washer (8) and the nut (9) on the eccentric bolt (5) but
do not tighten the nut (9) at this time.

Subtask 52-31-32-820-050

C. Adjustment of the Lock Fitting Components

(1) Remove the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-801) and
close the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(2) Make sure that the skin offset between the cargo door and the
fuselage contour is correctly adjusted (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-805).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-32

Page 408
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (3) Do a clearance check between each latching hook and the related
eccentric bushes (11) (Ref. TASK 52-31-11-820-802).

(4) Open the cargo door and make sure that the clearance of the released
latching hooks and the related eccentric bushes (11) are correct
(Ref. TASK 52-31-00-720-801).

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-31-32-420-051

D. Final Installation of the Lock Fitting Components

(1) Make sure that the cargo door is fully opened (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
010-801) and the actuator safety lock is installed (Ref. TASK 52-30-
00-480-801).

(2) TORQUE the nuts (2) to between 0.15 and 0.17 m.daN (13.27 and 15.04
lbf.in) and safety them with new cotter pins (1).

(3) TORQUE the nut (9) to 0.49 m.daN (43.36 lbf.in) and safety it with
new cotter pin (10).

(4) Prepare the subsequent components as follows:

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(a) Apply a bead of the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) around the
serrated plate (4).

(b) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the nuts (2).

(c) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005A) or STORAGE

PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the metal surfaces of the
lock fitting components which have no other surface protection.


EFF :

ALL  52-31-32

Page 409
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R **ON A/C 151-199,

R Subtask 52-31-32-420-051-A

R D. Final Installation of the Latch Fitting Components

R (1) Make sure that the cargo door is fully opened (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
R 010-801) and the actuator safety lock is installed (Ref. TASK 52-30-
R 00-480-801).

R (2) TORQUE the nuts (2) to between 0.15 and 0.17 m.daN (13.27 and 15.04
R lbf.in) and safety them with new cotter pins (1).

R (3) TORQUE the nut (9) to 0.49 m.daN (43.36 lbf.in) and safety it with
R new cotter pin (10).

R (4) Prepare the subsequent components as follows:

R WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
R MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
R AREA.
R THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
R IRRITANTS.
R OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
R PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
R DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
R DO NOT SMOKE.
R DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
R GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R (a) Apply a bead of the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) around the
R serrated plate (4).

R (b) Apply the SEALANTS (Material No. 09-013) to the nuts (2).

R (c) Apply the STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005A) or STORAGE

R PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the metal surfaces of the
R lock fitting components which have no other surface protection.

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-31-32

Page 410
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
R **ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-31-32-640-050

A. Use the grease gun to lubricate the eccentric bolts (5) or (13) with
COMMON GREASE (Material No. 04-004).

Subtask 52-31-32-865-052

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MJ.

Subtask 52-31-32-410-050

C. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Close the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(3) Set the light switch 6LU on the FWD service panel 5002VE to OFF.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

(5) Remove the actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-801) and
close the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(6) Install the access panels 821AR, 821BR.

Subtask 52-31-32-862-050

D. De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-31-32

Page 411
Jul 01/06
 
THY 
 AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
______________________________________________________

1. _______
General
R The AFT cargo-compartment door Z822 (referred to as cargo door) is installed
R on the right side of the lower fuselage between FR59 and FR65. It opens
R hydraulically to the outer side and gives you access to the AFT cargo
R compartment.
R The cargo door has a manually operated locking and latching mechanism to
R keep it in the closed and locked position.
R

2. __________________
Component Location
R

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 001)

R NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

R The main components of the AFT cargo door are:

R - door structure,
R - door lining/insulation,
R - door seal,
R - door fittings,
R - door mechanism.

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 001A)

R The main components of the AFT cargo door are the:
R - door structure,
R - door lining/insulation,
R - door seal,
R - door mechanism,
R - door fittings,
R - proximity switches.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 1
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
R General View - Inside - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
R Figure 001


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 2
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 INTENTIONALLY BLANK

R



 52-32-00

Page 3
Oct 01/98
 
THY 
R General View of Cargo Door
R Figure 001A (SHEET 1)


EFF :

151-199,  52-32-00

Page 4
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
R General View of Cargo Door
R Figure 001A (SHEET 2)


EFF :

151-199,  52-32-00

Page 5
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 002)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and subsequent.
____

The main components of the AFT cargo door are the:

- door structure,
- door lining/insulation,
- door seal,
- door mechanism,
- door fittings,
- proximity switches.

**ON A/C ALL

3. ___________
Description
R The AFT cargo door is 2773 mm (109.1732 in.) in width and 2544 mm (100.1575
R in.) in height.
R Ten hinge arms connect the cargo door to the fuselage. Hinge bolts attach
R them to hinge brackets which are installed in the door frame. The hinge arms
R transmit the load (when the aircraft is pressurized) from the cargo door to
R the fuselage.
R The cargo door is locked and unlocked manually. A hydraulic actuator unit
R (Ref. 52-36-00) opens and closes the cargo door. It is controlled from a
R panel on the outside of the aircraft. The panel is installed in the lower
R part of the fuselage near the opening of the cargo door.
R It is possible to open the cargo door at wind speeds of up to 40 knots. You
R can leave the cargo door open (or close it) in winds of up to 60 knots.
R If there is no electrical power available you can use a hand pump (Ref.
R 52-36-00) to operate the cargo door. The hand pump is installed on the
R Yellow hydraulic panel in the belly fairing.
R The cargo door has proximity switches which identify if it is fully closed
R and locked. The proximity switches are part of the Doors and Escape Slides
R Control System (DSCS) (Ref. 52-71-00). This monitors the position of the
R doors and gives indications in the cockpit.
R The cargo door has mechanical indicators which you can see from outside the
R aircraft. They show you when the cargo door is not fully locked.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 6
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 4. _____________________
Component Description

R A. Door Structure
(Ref. Fig. 003)

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 004)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 004A)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 005)

R **ON A/C ALL

R (Ref. Fig. 006)

The primary structure of the AFT cargo door has:
- an outer skin (formed from sheet),
- an inner skin (formed from sheet),
- side edge members (formed from sheet),
- upper corner pieces (cast aluminum),
- lower corner pieces (formed from sheet),
- horizontal beams (formed from sheet),
- vertical frames (milled from plate).
These formed and milled components are made from aluminum alloy. Rivets
holds them together to make a torsion-resistant door. Bolts and rivets
attach the fittings and the components of the electrical and mechanical
systems to the door structure.
The cargo compartment door has a pressure-tight structure. In the lower
part of the door the pressure area changes from the outer skin to the
inner skin. This gives you access to the door mechanism from the outside.
The outer skin is chemically etched. There is a recess in the lower right
side of the outer skin. This is for the installation of the locking
handle and the latching handle.
A red warning light 104MJ (Ref. 52-71-00) is installed in the recess
behind the locking handle. It warns you if residual pressure is in the
AFT cargo compartment.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 7
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 General View of Cargo Door - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 002 (SHEET 1)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 8
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 General View of Cargo Door - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 002 (SHEET 2)

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 9
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
R Door Structure
R Figure 003

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 10
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Drain Valve - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 004

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 11
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 Drain Valves
R Figure 004A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-32-00

Page 12
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 Drain Valves - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 005

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 13
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Outside View of Cargo Door
Figure 006


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 14
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

There are four access panels in the lower part of the outer skin. Two of
the panels give you access to the handle area. The other two panels give
you access to the door mechanism. Fittings for the attachment of the
access panels are installed on the lower door structure.
The door has a two-piece inner skin. It has cutouts which give you access
to the components. The cutouts also decrease the weight of the door.
The vertical frames are milled to match the contour of the fuselage. The
upper part of the frames are extended to form the hinge arms. The lower
part of the frames are machined into fork ends for the installation of
the door mechanism. The upper part of FR62A is also machined to form the
actuator attachment fitting.
Three hoisting points are installed in the door structure. A blanking
plug is installed in each hoisting point. You can remove the blanking
plugs and install a hoisting lug and sling to lift the door with a crane.
Self-adhesive disks are put on the hoisting points to make a smooth
surface with the outer skin.
Drain holes with flap-type drain valves are installed on beam 4. They let
rain and condensed water drain from the door. The drain valves are open
when the aircraft is on ground, differential pressure keeps them closed
during flight.

**ON A/C 151-199,

There are four access panels in the lower part of the outer skin. Two of
the panels give you access to the handle area. The other two panels give
you access to the door mechanism. Fittings for the attachment of the
access panels are installed on the lower door structure.
The cargo door has a two-piece inner skin. It has cutouts which give you
access to the components. The cutouts also decrease the weight of the
door.
The vertical frames are milled to match the contour of the fuselage. The
upper part of the frames are extended to form the hinge arms. The lower
part of the frames are machined into fork ends for the installation of
the door mechanism. The upper part of FR62A is also machined to form the
actuator attachment fitting.
Three hoisting points are installed in the door structure. A blanking
plug is installed in each hoisting point. You can remove the blanking
plugs and install a hoisting lug and sling to lift the door with a crane.
Self-adhesive disks are put on the hoisting points to make a smooth
surface with the outer skin.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 15
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 Two piston-type drain valves are installed on beam 4 of the
pressure-tight structure to drain condensed water drain outboard. The
drain valves open when the aircraft is on ground and the differential
pressure keeps them closed during flight.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

There are four access panels in the lower part of the outer skin. Two of
the panels give you access to the handle area. The other two panels give
you access to the door mechanism. Fittings for the attachment of the
access panels are installed on the lower door structure.
The cargo door has a two-piece inner skin. It has cutouts which give you
access to the components. The cutouts also decrease the weight of the
door.
The vertical frames are milled to match the contour of the fuselage. The
upper part of the frames are extended to form the hinge arms. The lower
part of the frames are machined into fork ends for the installation of
the door mechanism. The upper part of FR62A is also machined to form the
actuator attachment fitting.
Three hoisting points are installed in the door structure. A blanking
plug is installed in each hoisting point. You can remove the blanking
plugs and install a hoisting lug and sling to lift the door with a crane.
Self-adhesive disks are put on the hoisting points to make a smooth
surface with the outer skin.
Two piston-type drain valves are installed on beam 4 of the
pressure-tight structure to drain condensed water outboard. The drain
valves open when the aircraft is on the ground and the differential
pressure keeps them closed during flight.

**ON A/C ALL

B. Door Lining/Insulation

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 001)

**ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 001A)


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 16
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

There is a lining on the inner side of the cargo door which gives
R protection against fire. The door lining is in two sections and made of
R prepreg layers. Quick release pins and VELCRO tape attach them to the
inner door skin. The material and color of the door linings are the same
as that which is in the AFT cargo compartment. To protect the cargo
compartment against heat and sound, a self adhesive insulation mat is
attached on each lining. The mat is made of polyethylene foam.

C. Door Seal
(Ref. Fig. 007)
The door has a round hose-type seal which is made of silicone rubber. It
is installed in a C-Section which is made of aluminum alloy. Rivets
attach the C-Section to the inner door structure. The door seal has holes
which make sure the pressure in the seal is the same as that in the cargo
compartment. When the door is closed the seal is compressed against a
sealing section on the fuselage frame. This makes the cargo compartment
pressure-tight and prevents the penetration of water.

**ON A/C 151-199,

D. Proximity Switches
(Ref. Fig. 008)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

The proximity switches of the cargo door include the target and the
sensor which has a separated electronic system.

The proximity switch 28MJ monitors the position of the locking handle.
The sensor is installed on a bracket in the recess of the latching handle
behind the locking handle. The target is installed on the lower left edge
of the locking handle.
The proximity switch 26MJ monitors the position of the cargo door. The
sensor is installed on a bracket in the door sill area of the fuselage
near FR64A. The target is attached on the target lever of the switch
mechanism.

These two proximity switches send information to the door and

escape-slide control-system when the cargo door is opened or closed and
locked (Ref. 52-71-00).


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 17
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Door Seal
R Figure 007

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 18
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Proximity Switches
R Figure 008

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-32-00

Page 19
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 The proximity switch 39MJ operates the door control system which energize
the door hydraulic system. The sensor is attached to a bracket on the
horizontal beam 4 near FR64A. The target is installed on the support
lever which is part of rear latching shaft.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

E. Proximity Switches
R (Ref. Fig. 009)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

The proximity switches of the cargo door include the target and the
sensor which has a separated electronic system.

The proximity switch 28MJ monitors the position of the locking handle.
The sensor is installed on a bracket in the recess of the latching handle
behind the locking handle. The target is installed on the lower left edge
of the locking handle.
The proximity switch 26MJ monitors the position of the cargo door. The
sensor is installed on a bracket in the door sill area of the fuselage
near FR64A. The target is attached on the target lever of the switch
mechanism.

These two proximity switches send information to the door and

escape-slide control-system when the cargo door is opened or closed and
locked (Ref. 52-71-00).

The proximity switch 39MJ operates the door control system which
energizes the door hydraulic system. The sensor is attached to a bracket
on the horizontal beam 4 near FR64A. The target is installed on the
support lever which is part of rear latching shaft.

**ON A/C ALL

F. Door Fittings
The main door fittings are:
- an actuator attachment fitting,
- stop bolts,
- support strut fittings,
- guide fittings.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 20
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Proximity Switches - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 009

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 21
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (1) Actuator Attachment Fitting
(Ref. Fig. 003)
The actuator attachment fitting is part of the upper end of FR62A. It
is between beam 1 and beam 2 on the inside of the door. Bolts attach
the actuator unit to this fitting and to the related fitting on the
door frame of the fuselage.

(2) Stop Bolts

R (Ref. Fig. 007)
The stop bolts are installed to the door on beam 5. When the door is
closed they touch a related fitting on the door frame of the
fuselage. You can adjust the stop bolts to keep the door in line with
the fuselage contour.

(3) Support Strut Fitting

The door has two support strut fittings. They are installed on the
two outer frames of the inner door structure. You can install support
struts in the support strut fittings and the related fittings on the
door frame. This will hold the door open during maintenance
procedures.

(4) Guide Fittings

R (Ref. Fig. 010)
The door has four guide fittings which are installed at beam 1A and
beam 4. Bolts attach them to the side edge members and to the outer
skin. You can adjust the guide fittings with a shim plate. The shim
plate is installed between the fitting and the side edge member of
the door. As the door closes, the guide fittings contact the related
fittings on the door frame. This lets the door locate correctly in
the door frame of the fuselage.

R G. Door Mechanism

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 011)

R **ON A/C 151-199,

R (Ref. Fig. 011A)

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

R (Ref. Fig. 012)


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 22
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Guide Fittings
R Figure 010

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 23
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
R Figure 011

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 24
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Mechanism
R Figure 011A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-32-00

Page 25
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Door Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 012


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 26
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

The components of the door mechanism are:

- a locking handle and linkage assembly,
- a latching handle assembly,
- a latching mechanism with switch assembly,
- a locking mechanism,
- an interlock mechanism,
- a switch mechanism.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(1) Locking Handle and Linkage Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 013)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

The locking handle is installed in the lower right side of the door.
A flap which is spring-loaded is installed in the handle. When you
push the flap inboard you can pull the handle to the horizontal
(fully open) position.
A proximity switch is installed at the handle. A target is attached
to the bottom left side of the handle. When the handle is operated
the related target moves to or away from a proximity sensor. The
proximity sensor is installed on beam 3A of the door structure.
Two gas spring units keep the handle in both positions (fully open
and fully closed). The spring units are installed between a crank
lever (on the locking handle shaft) and a fitting on the door
structure.
The linkage assembly transmits the movement of the handle to the
components of the locking mechanism. A double lever assembly connects
the locking handle to the linkage assembly. Two pushrods connect the
double lever assembly through a swivel shaft to a shaft lever on the
locking shaft.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 27
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Locking Handle and Linkage Assembly - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
R Figure 013

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 28
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 151-199,

(1) Locking Handle and Linkage Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 013A)

The locking handle is installed in the lower right side of the cargo
door between FR60A and FR60. A handle flap which is spring-loaded is
installed in the locking handle. When you push the handle flap
inboard you can pull the locking handle to the horizontal (UNLOCKED)
position.
The gas spring units keep the locking handle in the UNLOCKED or
LOCKED position. They are installed between the double lever assembly
and a fitting on the door structure.
The linkage assembly includes the double lever assembly, the
connection rods and the bellcrank shaft. The connection rods connect
the double lever assembly via the bellcrank shaft to the multi-joined
locking shaft.
The movement of the locking handle causes the double lever assembly
to turn via the locking handle shaft. The connection rods transmit
this movement to the drive shaft lever of the multi-joined locking
shaft.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(2) Locking Handle and Linkage Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 014)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

The locking handle is installed in the lower right side of the cargo
door between FR60A and FR60. A handle flap which is spring-loaded is
installed in the locking handle. When you push the handle flap
inboard you can pull the locking handle to the horizontal (UNLOCKED)
position.
The gas spring units keep the locking handle in the UNLOCKED or
LOCKED position. They are installed between the double lever assembly
and a fitting on the door structure.
The linkage assembly includes the double lever assembly, the
connection rods and the bellcrank shaft. The connection rods connect
the double lever assembly via the bellcrank shaft to the multi-joined
locking shaft.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 29
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Locking Handle and Linkage Assembly
R Figure 013A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-32-00

Page 30
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Locking Handle and Linkage Assembly - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 014

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 31
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 The movement of the locking handle causes the double lever assembly
to turn via the locking handle shaft. The connection rods transmit
this movement to the drive shaft lever of the multi-joined locking
shaft.

(3) Latching Handle Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 015)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

The latching handle assembly is installed in the lower right side of

the door behind the locking handle. A pivot pin attaches a latching
handle to the door structure.

NOTE : You only have access to the latching handle when the locking
____
handle is in the fully open position.

There is a catch which safeties the handle when it is in the fully

closed position. The catch engages on a pin installed in the door
structure. You press a pushbutton on the handle to release the catch.
The lower part of the handle is machined into a fork end for the
installation of a spring unit. The spring unit keeps the handle in
both positions (fully open and fully closed). It is installed between
the latching handle and the door structure.
A connecting rod transmits the movement of the handle to the
components of the latching mechanism. A shaft lever attaches one end
of the connecting rod to the latching shaft. The other end is
attached to the bellcrank of the latching handle.

**ON A/C 151-199,

(3) Latching Handle Assembly

(Ref. Fig. 015A)
The latching handle assembly is installed in the lower right side of
R the cargo door. It includes the latching handle, the catch, the
R connection rod and the gas spring. If you get access to the latching
handle move the locking handle its the UNLOCKED position.
R A catch pin safeties the latching handle into the line of the door
R contour via the catch if the cargo door correctly latched. If you
R press the pushbutton on the latching handle this releases the catch.
The gas spring keeps the latching handle in overcenter position when
the it is moved fully down or up. The gas spring is installed between
the latching handle and the door structure.
The connection rod transmits the movement of the latching handle to
the forward latching shaft via the drive shaft lever. This causes the
latching shaft turns.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 32
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Latching Handle Assembly - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
R Figure 015


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 33
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Latching Handle Assembly
R Figure 015A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-32-00

Page 34
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(4) Latching Handle Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 016)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

The latching handle assembly is installed in the lower right side of

the cargo door. It includes the latching handle, the catch, the
connection rod and the gas spring. To get access to the latching
handle, move the locking handle to its UNLOCKED position.
A catch pin safeties the latching handle into the line of the door
contour via the catch if the cargo door correctly latched. If you
press the pushbutton on the latching handle this releases the catch.
The gas spring keeps the latching handle in overcenter position when
the it is moved fully down or up. The gas spring is installed between
the latching handle and the door structure.
The connection rod transmits the movement of the latching handle to
the forward latching shaft via the drive shaft lever. This causes the
latching shaft to turn.

(5) Latching Mechanism with Switch Assembly

R (Ref. Fig. 017)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

The latching mechanism is installed in the lower part of the door

between beam 4 and beam 5. You operate it with the latching handle.
The main components are:
- a latching shaft,
- ten shaft levers with the related link rods,
- ten latch assemblies, which have a hook (latch), a bellcrank and a
link.
The latching shaft is a multi-sectioned shaft. Eighteen cardan joints
connect the sections together. The shaft levers and the related link
rods connect the latch assemblies to the latching shaft. Each latch
assembly is installed in the fork end of a vertical frame (which is
part of the door structure). Pivot pins attach the hook and the
bellcrank to the vertical frame. A link connects the hook to the
bellcrank.
The hooks engage with eccentric bolts installed in side-spool
fittings on the door frame of the fuselage. They transmit the load
(when the aircraft is pressurized) from the door to the fuselage.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 35
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Latching Handle Assembly - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 016

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 36
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Latching Mechanism with Switch Assembly - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
R Figure 017


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 37
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 The bellcranks are in an overcenter position when the door is fully
latched. Stop bolts, which are attached to the door structure, let
you adjust the overcenter position of the bellcranks.

**ON A/C 151-199,

(5) Latching Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 015A, 017A, 018A)
The latching mechanism which is installed in the lower part of the
cargo door between beam 4 and beam 5 includes the subsequent
components:
- the forward latching shaft with the five shaft levers, the drive
shaft lever and the inner support,
- the rear latching shaft with the five shaft levers, the support
lever and the outer support,
- ten latch assemblies, which includes the latching hook, the
bellcrank and the link and the connection rod.
The forward and rear latching shaft are connected via the torque tube
assy. The shaft levers transmit the movement of the latching shafts
to the latching assemblies to operate then latching hooks. The
latching hooks engages with or disengages from the latch fittings
mounted in the door sill area of fuselage.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(6) Latching Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 016, 019, 020)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

The latching mechanism which is installed in the lower part of the

cargo door between beam 4 and beam 5 includes the subsequent
components:
- the forward latching shaft with the five shaft levers, the drive
shaft lever and the inner support
- the rear latching shaft with the five shaft levers, the support
lever and the outer support
- ten latch assemblies, which include the latching hook, the
bellcrank and the link and the connection rod.
The forward and rear latching shafts are connected via the torque
tube assy. The shaft levers transmit the movement of the latching
shafts to the latching assemblies to operate the latching hooks. The
latching hooks engage with or disengage from the latch fittings
mounted in the door sill area of the fuselage.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 38
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Latching Mechanism
Figure 017A


EFF :

151-199,  52-32-00

Page 39
Jan 01/06
 
THY 
 Switch Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
R Figure 018


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 40
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Switch Mechanism
R Figure 018A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-32-00

Page 41
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Switch Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 019


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 42
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Latching Mechanism with Switch Assembly - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 020

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 43
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 The switch assembly is installed at the end of the latching mechanism
on FR64A.
A target lever with the related target is installed to the door
structure. A link rod and shaft lever connect the target lever to the
end of the latching shaft. As the latching shaft turns the target
moves to or away from a proximity sensor. The proximity sensor is
installed on beam 4 of the door structure.

(7) Locking Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 021)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

The locking mechanism is installed parallel to and below the latching

mechanism in the lower part of the door. You operate the locking
mechanism with the locking handle. Its functions are to lock the
latching mechanism and to show you if the door is correctly locked.
The main components are:
- a locking shaft which has ten safety cams,
- ten indicator flags.
The locking shaft is a multi-sectioned shaft. Eighteen universal
joints connect the sections of the shaft together. The safety cams
are installed on the locking shaft and are located at each hook. They
engage with, or disengage from, a recess in the hooks. The engaged
safety cams prevent the operation of the hooks.
The indicator flags are installed in the door structure near to each
hook. The indicator flags are spring-loaded to the open position and
are controlled with the safety cams. When the cargo door is locked
the indicator flags are level with the door contour.

**ON A/C 151-199,

The target assembly is installed at the end of the rear latching

R shaft at FR64A. It includes the target lever with the related target
R and the connection rod . The lever of the latching shaft moves the
connection rod so that the target operates the related proximity
sensor 39MJ.

(7) Locking Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 021A)
The locking mechanism is installed
mechanism in the lower part of the
the latching mechanism and to show
locked.
The main components of the locking
parallel to and below the latching
door. Its functions are, to lock
that the cargo door is correctly
mechanism are:


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 44
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Locking Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
R Figure 021


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 45
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Locking Mechanism
R Figure 021A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-32-00

Page 46
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 - the multi-joint locking shaft with ten torque tubes and ten joint
fork assemblies with the related safety cams
- the indicator flags which are in the access panels 822AR and 822BR.
The movement of the locking shaft causes the safety cams to engage
with, or disengage from the recess of the latching hooks. The engaged
safety cams prevent the operation of the hooks. At the same time the
safety cams operate the indicator flags which move in line with the
door contour or come out.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(8) Locking Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 022)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

The locking mechanism is installed parallel to and below the latching

mechanism in the lower part of the door. Its functions are, to lock
the latching mechanism and to show that the cargo door is correctly
locked.
The main components of the locking mechanism are:
- the multi-joint locking shaft with ten torque tubes and ten joint
fork assemblies with the related safety cams
- the indicator flags which are in the access panels 822AR and 822BR.
The movement of the locking shaft causes the safety cams to engage
with, or disengage from the recess of the latching hooks. The engaged
safety cams prevent the operation of the hooks. At the same time the
safety cams operate the indicator flags which move in line with the
door contour or come out.

(9) Interlock Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 023)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

The interlock mechanism is installed in the lower part of FR62A and

blocks the latching shaft after a short movement of the door in the
open direction. It makes sure you cannot close the latching and
locking handles when the door is in any open position. Thus, the
proximity switch at the locking handle cannot move to the target

NEAR
position (door closed signal).
The main components are:
- a lever,
- a connecting rod,
- a tension spring,

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 47
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Locking Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 022

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 48
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Interlock Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1253
R Figure 023

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 49
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 - a bellcrank and catch.
The lever is installed in the lower part of the frame adjacent to the
latching hook. The rod connects the lever to a bellcrank which is
installed in the fork end of the frame below the latching shaft. The
catch is installed on the bellcrank. It locates on a cam which is
machined into the shaft lever on the latching shaft. The spring is
installed between the bellcrank and a fitting on the frame.

(10) Switch Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 018)
The switch mechanism is installed at the end of the locking
mechanism.
The main components are:
- a link assembly with a target lever and the related target,
- a crank shaft with a double lever and cam,
- a spring unit.
The link assembly is installed between the locking shaft and the
crank shaft. A shaft lever connects one end of the link assembly to
the locking shaft. The other end is attached to the double lever on
the crank shaft.
The link assembly transmits the movement of the locking shaft to the
target lever and the crank shaft. The related target moves to or away
from a proximity sensor which is installed in the door frame of the
fuselage.
The spring unit is installed between the lever unit and the door
structure. The spring unit holds the switch mechanism (and thus the
locking mechanism) in the locked or unlocked position.
A cam (which engages with the end of the latching shaft) is also
installed on the crank shaft. It prevents the return movement of the
locking handle when the latching handle is in the unlocked position.

**ON A/C 151-199,

(9) Interlock Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 023A)
The interlock mechanism is installed in the lower part of FR62A. It
includes the interlock lever, the spring-loaded bellcrank and the
interlock shaft with the latch. The spring-loaded bellcrank operates
the interlock shaft so that the latch engages the cam of the shaft
lever (part of the latching mechanism). This causes a blockage of the
latching mechanism when the cargo door is still open.
If the interlock lever touches the integrated stop (part of the latch
fitting), the bellcrank operates the interlock shaft. The interlock
shaft turns so that the latch disengages to release the blockage of
the latching mechanism.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 50
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Interlock Mechanism
R Figure 023A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-32-00

Page 51
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (10) Switch Mechanism
(Ref. Fig. 018A)
The switch mechanism is installed at the end of the locking mechanism
and have the subsequent main components:
- the connection rod with the target lever and the related target,
- the cam shaft with the double lever and the safety cam,
- the gas spring unit.
The connection rod is installed between the shaft lever of the
locking shaft and the double lever of the cam shaft.
The operation lever transmits the movement of the locking shaft to
the target lever and the cam shaft. The related target moves to or
away from a proximity sensor 28MJ installed in the door sill area of
the fuselage.
The gas spring unit is installed between the double lever and the
R door frame fitting. The spring unit holds the switch mechanism in the
R overcenter position.
A safety cam of the cam shaft engages with the shaft lever of the
latching shaft. It prevents the return movement of the locking handle
when the latching handle is in the unlocked position.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(11) Interlock Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 024)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

The interlock mechanism is installed in the lower part of FR62A. It

includes the interlock lever, the spring-loaded bellcrank and the
interlock shaft with the latch. The spring-loaded bellcrank operates
the interlock shaft so that the latch engages the cam of the shaft
lever (part of the latching mechanism). This causes a blockage of the
latching mechanism when the cargo door is still open.
If the interlock lever touches the integrated stop (part of the latch
fitting), the bellcrank operates the interlock shaft. The interlock
shaft turns so that the latch disengages to release the blockage of
the latching mechanism.

(12) Switch Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 019)
The switch mechanism is installed at the end of the locking mechanism
and has the subsequent main components:
- the connection rod with the target lever and the related target
- the cam shaft with the double lever and the safety cam
- the gas spring unit.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 52
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Interlock Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
R Figure 024

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 53
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 The connection rod is installed between the shaft lever of the
locking shaft and the double lever of the cam shaft.
The operation lever transmits the movement of the locking shaft to
the target lever and the cam shaft. The related target moves to or
away from a proximity sensor 28MJ installed in the door sill area of
the fuselage.
The gas spring unit is installed between the double lever and the
door frame fitting. The spring unit holds the switch mechanism in the
overcenter position.
A safety cam of the cam shaft engages with the shaft lever of the
latching shaft. It prevents the return movement of the locking handle
when the latching handle is in the unlocked position.

**ON A/C ALL

5. _________
Operation
R (Ref. Fig. 025)

A. Release Mode
To operate the door mechanism, push the spring-loaded handle flap inboard
to get access the locking handle. Pull the locking handle away from the
fuselage to its horizontal position to release the latching mechanism.
This causes the related target to move away from the proximity sensor 8MJ
which sends a signal to the DSCS. The ECAM system in the cockpit shows
then the related warning.
The linkage assembly transmits the movement of the locking handle to turn
the locking shaft. The gas spring units are in the overcenter position to
hold the locking handle in its horizontal position.
As the locking shaft turns, the safety cams move away from the recess of
the latching hooks. The indicator flags move out from the cargo door
contour to show that the cargo door is unlocked.
At the same time, locking shaft operates the connection rod of the switch
mechanism.This causes the related target lever to move and the target
does not align with the proximity sensor 26MJ. It sends a signal to the
DSCS and the ECAM system in the cockpit shows then the related warning.
Furthermore, the double lever turns the cam shaft and its safety cam
engages with the shaft lever at FR64. The gas spring unit holds the
double lever in this position to block the locking mechanism of the
opened cargo door.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 54
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Function of Latching and Locking Mechanism
R Figure 025


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 55
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

When the locking handle is in the fully open position you have access to
the latching handle.

NOTE : Do not operate the latching handle if the red indicator light
____
104MJ flashes as an overpressure may exist in the cargo
compartment.

When you press the pushbutton on the latching handle the catch releases.
You then pull the handle down to the unlatched position. The spring unit
extends to hold the handle in this position. The connecting rod transmits
the movement of the handle to the components of the latching mechanism.
The latching shaft turns in the release direction. The shaft levers and
link rods transmit this movement to the latch assemblies. The bellcranks
then leave the overcenter position causing the hooks to disengage from
the eccentric bolts.
The door is then open and moves a small distance away from the fuselage.
This movement causes the operation of the interlock mechanism at FR62A.
The lever (which is in contact with the eccentric bolt when the door is
closed) moves slowly out against the tension of the spring. The rod
transmits this movement through the bellcrank to the catch. The catch
engages with the cam on the shaft lever to block the latching shaft.
The switch assembly at the end of the latching shaft moves the related
target to the proximity sensor. A signal is sent to the DSCS which starts
the electrical control system of the cargo door (Ref. 52-71-00).
A signal is also sent to the system which controls the pressurisation of
the aircraft.

B. Locking Mode

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

As the cargo door closes, the lever of the interlock mechanism pushes
against the eccentric bolt and moves slowly inboard. This movement is
transmitted through the rod and bellcrank to the catch. The catch lifts
to release the blocked position of the latching shaft. Simultaneously,
the spring is expanded and put under tension for when the door is
re-opened.
When the cargo door is closed you can push the latching handle back into
its recess. The spring unit compresses to hold the handle in the locked
position. The catch engages with the pin to safety the handle in this
position. The connecting rod transmits the movement of the handle to the
components of the latching mechanism.

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 56
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 The latching shaft turns into the latched position. The shaft levers and
link rods transmit this movement to the latch assemblies. The bellcranks
move overcenter causing the hooks to engage on the eccentric bolts.
The switch assembly at the end of the latching shaft moves the related
target away from the proximity sensor. A signal is sent to the DSCS which
stops the electrical control system of the cargo door (Ref. 52-71-00).

**ON A/C 151-199,

When the locking handle is in the UNLOCKED position you have access to
the latching handle.

If the red indicator light 104MJ flashes because of residual pressure in

the AFT cargo compartment, stop the open procedure immediately.

To pull the latching handle down to the unlatched position, press the
pushbutton to release the handle catch . The operation of the latching
handle causes the latching shaft to turn in the release direction. The
shaft levers transmit this movement to the latch assemblies and the
latching hooks disengage from the latch fittings.

The cargo door moves a small distance away from the fuselage due to its
own weight. This movement causes the interlock lever not to touch with
the integrated stop of the latch fitting. The latch of the interlock
mechanism engages with the cam of the shaft lever to block the latching
shaft.
The target assembly at the end of the rear latching shaft moves the
related target to the proximity sensor 398MJ. A signal is sent to the
DSCS which starts the electrical door control system (Ref. 52-71-00)
which operates the door hydraulic system.

B. Locking Mode
When the cargo door nearly closes, the interlock lever (part of the
interlock mechanism) touches the integrated stop (part of the latch
fitting) in the door sill area. This causes the bellcrank to operate the
interlock shaft which turns the latch inboard. If the cargo door is fully
closed, the latch disengages from the cam of the shaft lever to release
the blockage of the latching mechanism.
To engage the latching hooks on their latch fittings, push the latching
handle into its recess. The catch of the latching handle engages with the
catch pin of the door structure to safety the latching handle in the
UNLOCKED position.
The connection rod transmits the movement of the latching handle to the
latching shaft which turns into the latched position. The shaft levers
transmit this movement to the latch assemblies so that the latching hooks
engage on the latch fitting.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 57
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 The support lever at the end of the rear latching shaft turns the target
away from the proximity sensor 39MJ. A signal is sent to the DSCS which
stops the electrical control system of the cargo door (Ref. 52-71-00).

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

C. Locking Mode

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

When the cargo door is almost closed, the interlock lever (part of the
interlock mechanism) touches the integrated stop (part of the latch
fitting) in the door sill area. This causes the bellcrank to operate the
interlock shaft which turns the latch inboard. If the cargo door is fully
closed, the latch disengages from the cam of the shaft lever to release
the blockage of the latching mechanism.
To engage the latching hooks on their latch fittings, push the latching
handle into its recess. The catch of the latching handle engages with the
catch pin of the door structure to safety the latching handle in the
UNLOCKED position.
The connection rod transmits the movement of the latching handle to the
latching shaft which turns into the latched position. The shaft levers
transmit this movement to the latch assemblies so that the latching hooks
engage on the latch fitting.
The support lever at the end of the rear latching shaft turns the target
away from the proximity sensor 39MJ. A signal is sent to the DSCS which
stops the electrical control system of the cargo door (Ref. 52-71-00).
When the latching handle is in the latched position you can operate the
locking handle.
You must push the locking handle back to its recess in the cargo door.
This moves the related target to the proximity sensor, a signal (cargo
door closed) is sent to the DSCS.
The bellcrank moves overcenter and the spring units extend to hold the
handle in the closed position. The rod and lever assembly transmit the
movement of the handle to the components of the locking mechanism.
The locking shaft turns and moves the safety cams into the recesses of
the hooks. This locks the hooks and blocks any further movement of the
latching mechanism. The safety cams also move the indicator flags back
into their recesses and level with the cargo door contour. This gives you
a visual indication that the cargo door is locked.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 58
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Simultaneously, the switch mechanism at the end of the locking mechanism
is activated. The link assembly transmits the movement of the locking
shaft to the target lever. The related target moves to the proximity
sensor, a signal (cargo door closed) is sent to the DSCS. The DSCS
monitors both (cargo door closed) signals and causes the visual warning
in the cockpit to go off. The spring unit extends to hold the switch
mechanism (and thus the locking mechanism) in the locked position.
The cargo door is correctly latched and locked when both operating
handles and all indicator flags are in line with the outer contour.

**ON A/C 151-199,

R When the latching handle is in the LATCHED position, push the locking
R handle down to the LOCKED position. The linkage assembly of the locking
mechanism transmits this movement and the locking shaft turns. This
causes:
R - the safety cams to engage in the recess of the latching hooks to block
R them
- the indicator flags to move inboard and align with the access panel
- the switch mechanism to operate and the target lever aligns the target
with the proximity sensor 26MJ in the door sill area.
When the locking handle aligns with the door contour, their target
operates the proximity sensor 28MJ. The proximity sensors 26MJ and 28MJ
send a signal to the DSCS which operates the ECAM system in the cockpit.
Thus, the cockpit crew can see that the cargo door is correctly closed
and locked.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 59
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
____________________________________________

TASK 52-32-00-710-801

Operational Test of the AFT Cargo Compartment Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 3.20 m (10 ft. 6 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
29-00-00-863-803 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Ground Hydraulic Supply
29-00-00-864-803 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System (Pressurized
with the Hydraulic Ground Supply)
31-60-00-860-801 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-802 EIS Stop Procedure
52-32-00-991-005 Fig. 501

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-32-00-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Put the access platform below the closed AFT cargo compartment door
(referred as to cargo door).

(2) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 501
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (3) Pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system
(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-863-803).

(4) Do the EIS start procedure (EWD DU, SD DU only)

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-801).

Subtask 52-32-00-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Push the handle flap in and pull the locking handle away from the
cargo door in the UNLOCKED position.

(2) Remove the access panels 822AR and 822BR to get access to the
latching and locking mechanism of the cargo door.

(3) Open the access panel 152NR to get access to the door operation
panel.

Subtask 52-32-00-865-051

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-32-00-710-050

A. Do this test:
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 52-32-00-991-005)

R NOTE : During the cargo door movement the OFF legend of the HYD/LEAK
____
R MEASUREMENT VALVES/Y pushbutton switch on the overhead panel 285VU
is on. This tells you that the yellow leak-measurement valves are
automatically closed.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 502
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Handling Components of AFT Cargo-Compartment Door
Figure 501/TASK 52-32-00-991-005


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 503
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

WARNING : STOP THE OPENING

_______
PROCEDURE IF THE RED
WARNING LIGHT FLASHES.
RESIDUAL PRESSURE COULD
CAUSE THE DOOR TO OPEN
WITH A SUDDEN FORCE AND
INJURE PERSONS AND/OR
DAMAGE THE AIRCRAFT.

R - push the handle flap in and - the safety cams of the locking shaft
R pull the locking handle away release the latching hooks,
R from the cargo door in the - the indicator flags of the access
R UNLOCKED position. panels 822AR and 822BR come into
R view.

On the lower display unit of the ECAM

system:
- the symbol of the AFT cargo door is
shown in amber.

On the cargo door:

- press the pushbutton of the - the latching hooks disengage from the
latching handle and move it latch fittings,
fully down. - the cargo door starts to open because
of the force of gravity.

On the lower display unit of the ECAM

system:
- the symbol for the AFT cargo door
stays amber.

2. On the door operation panel: On the cargo door:

- move the door operation lever - the door actuator extends and the
to the OPEN position and hold cargo door moves in the open
it. direction.

- release the door operation - the cargo door stops and stays in
lever. this position.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 504
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- move the door operation lever - the cargo door moves in the open
in the OPEN position again and direction.
hold it.

R On the door operation panel:

- the green indicator light 59MJ comes
on when the door actuator is extended
and locked.

3. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- examine the cargo door during - the cargo door must open smoothly and
the movement. easily.

4. On the door operation panel: On the cargo door:

- release the door operation - the cargo door stays in the fully
lever when the green indicator open position.
light 59MJ is on.

On the door operation panel:

R - move the door operation lever - the selector is not in the CLOSE
R in the CLOSE direction and hold position,
R it. - the green indicator light goes off
R when the door actuator moves from the
R locked position.

On the cargo door:

- set the door operation lever to - the door actuator retracts and the
the fully CLOSE position and cargo door moves in the close
hold it. direction.

R - release the door operation - the cargo door stops and stays in
R lever when the cargo door is in this position.
a position in which you can do
an interlock mechanism check.

5. On the cargo door:

R - start to push the latching - you cannot move the latching handle
R handle from the UNLATCHED to because the latch of the interlock


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 505
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
the LATCHED position. mechanism blocks the cam of the
latching shaft.

- press the lever of the - the blockage of the latching shaft is

interlock mechanism outboard. released.

- push the latching handle up to - the door mechanism is in the LATCHED

the LATCHED position. condition.

6. On the door operation panel:

- set the door operation lever in - the cargo door must stay in the same
the OPEN or CLOSE position. position.

7. On the cargo door:

R - press the lever of the - the interlock mechanism is the

R interlock mechanism outboard. released condition.

- pull the latching handle down - the door mechanism is in the

to the UNLATCHED position. UNLATCHED position.

8. On the door operation panel:

- move the door operation lever
into the CLOSE position.
- the cargo door moves in the close
direction,
- the interlock mechanism does not
block the latching shaft, when the
cargo door is fully closed.

9. On the cargo door:

- examine the cargo door during - the cargo door must close smoothly
the movement. and easily.

10. On the door operation panel:

- release the door operation - the cargo door stays in the closed
lever when the cargo door is position.
fully closed.

11. On the cargo door:


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 506
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- push the latching handle up to - the latching hooks engage with the
the LATCHING position. latch fittings,
R - the cargo door is in the fully closed
R position.

On the lower display unit of the ECAM

system:
- the symbol for the AFT cargo door
stays amber.

- push the locking handle down - the symbol for the AFT cargo door
to the LOCKED position. changes to green.

On the cargo door:

R - the locking handle is flush with the
R outer skin and locked.
R - all indicator flags are flush with
R the outer skin of the access panels
R 822AR and 822BR.

- examine the cargo door seal of - the door seal is compressed around
the closed cargo door. its length.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-32-00-860-053

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

(1) Do the EIS stop procedure

(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-802).

(2) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-862-801).

(3) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803).

(4) Close the access panel 152CR.

(5) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 507
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 TASK 52-32-00-720-801

Functional Test of the AFT Cargo Compartment Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 523200-02

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adjustment gage

No specific spring balance up to 20 daN (44.9618 lbf)
No specific wooden or plastic scraper
No specific access platform 3.20 m (10 ft. 6 in.)
98A52307579000 1 DEVICE - ADJUSTMENT, AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR
R 98F52308353000 1 ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR BELLCRANK
R 98F52308354000 1 ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR SHAFT LEVER
R 98F52308356000 2 ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR INTERLOCK MECHANISM
R 98F52308357000 2 ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR LATCHING MECHANISM
R 98F52308358000 2 ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR LATCHING MECHANISM

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 09-018 USA AMS 3267/3

CORROSION INHIBITING LOW ADHESION SEALANT
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 11-016 USA BOEING BAC 5000 BAC 5504 BAC 5750
CLEANING SOLVENT (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 16-003 F ASNB70720
COATING (OBSOLETE USE 16-021) (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 508
Apr 01/01
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 12-22-52-600-802 Lubrication of the Telescopic Arm and Exterior

Control Handle
12-22-52-600-808 Lubrication of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Door Hinge
Arm Bearings, Locking, Latching and Interlock
Mechanism
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
29-14-00-614-804 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with
external bench
52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-32-21-400-801 Installation of the Locking Handle Assembly and the
Related Linkage Mechanism
52-32-21-400-803 Installation of the Latching Handle Assembly
52-32-11-820-802 Adjustment of the Door Mechanism (for corrective
action)

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-32-00-991-001 Fig. 502

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-32-00-991-001-A Fig. 502A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-32-00-991-010 Fig. 503

52-32-00-991-002 Fig. 504

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-32-00-991-002-A Fig. 504A


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 509
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-32-00-991-003 Fig. 505

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-32-00-991-003-A Fig. 505A

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-32-00-991-012 Fig. 506

52-32-00-991-004 Fig. 507

**ON A/C 151-199,

52-32-00-991-004-A Fig. 507A

**ON A/C ALL

52-32-00-991-006 Fig. 508

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

52-32-00-991-013 Fig. 509


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 510
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-32-00-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Put the access platform below the closed AFT cargo compartment door (
referred as to cargo door).

(2) Make sure that the ground service network is energized

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)

(3) Make sure that the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system is
pressurized (Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-804).

Subtask 52-32-00-010-051

B. Get Access

(1) To remove the access panels 822AR/822BR, pull the locking handle to
the UNLOCKED position.

(2) Remove the access panels 822AR and 822BR to get access to the
latching and locking mechanism of the cargo door.

(3) Open the access panel 152NR to get access to the door operation
panel.

Subtask 52-32-00-865-050

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 511
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-32-00-720-050

A. Test of the Locking Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 52-32-00-991-001)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for doors with serial Nos. 1001 thru
____
1252.

(1) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(2) Do this test to make sure that the subsequent items are correct:
- the operation force of the latching handle
- the position of the sequence assembly.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- pull up the locking handle to - the safety cams of the locking shaft
the UNLOCKED position release the latching hooks. COL2

- measure the force which is - the force must be between 15 daN

necessary with a spring balance (33.7213 lbf) and 10 daN (22.4808
up to 20 daN (44.9618 lbf) lbf).

- measure the clearance between - the clearance must be between 2.4 mm

the safety cam of the locking (0.0944 in.) and 2.8 mm (0.1102 in.).
shaft and the latching hook

- measure the clearance between - the clearance must be between 2.6 mm

the sequence cam and the shaft (0.1023 in.) and 3.0 mm (0.1181 in.).
lever of the latching shaft.

- push down the locking handle to - the safety cams of the locking shaft
the LOCKED position engage with the latching hooks


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 512
Jan 01/07
R  
THY 
R Check of the Locking Mechanism - Door Serial Nos. 1001 thru 1252
Figure 502/TASK 52-32-00-991-001


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 513
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R - measure the force which is - the force must be between 15 daN
R necessary with a spring balance (33.7213 lbf) and 10 daN (22.4808
up to 20 daN (44.9618 lbf). lbf).
R

R - examine the position of the - the locking handle must align with
R locking handle. the cargo door contour.

R (3) If the operation force of the locking handle is more than the limits,
R lubricate the linkage mechanism and the locking shaft (Ref. TASK 12-
R 22-52-600-808).

R (4) If the operation force is less than the limits, replace the gas
R springs of the linkage mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-32-21-400-801).

(5) If necessary, adjust the locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-32-11-820-

802)

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-32-00-720-050-A

A. Test of the Locking Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 502A/TASK 52-32-00-991-001-A)

(1) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 514
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Check of the Locking Mechanism
Figure 502A/TASK 52-32-00-991-001-A


EFF :

151-199,  52-32-00

Page 515
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (2) Do this test to make sure that the subsequent items are correct:
R - the operation force of the latching handle
R - the position of the sequence assembly.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

R - pull up the locking handle to - the safety cams of the locking shaft
R the UNLOCKED position release the latching hooks

R - measure the force which is - the force must be between 15 daN

R necessary with a spring balance (33.7213 lbf) and 10 daN (22.4808
up to 20 daN (44.9618 lbf) lbf)
R

R - measure the clearance between - the clearance must be a minimum of

R the safety cam of the locking 2.3 mm (0.0905 in.)
shaft and the latching hook
R

- measure the clearance between - the clearance must be between 2.5 mm

the sequence cam and the shaft (0.0984 in.) and 3.1 mm (0.1220 in.)
lever of the latching shaft

R - push down the locking handle to - the safety cams of the locking shaft
R the LOCKED position engage with the latching hooks

R - measure the force which is - the force must between 15 daN

R necessary with a spring balance (33.7213 lbf) and 10 daN (22.4808
up to 20 daN (44.9618 lbf) lbf)
R

R - examine the position of the - the locking handle must align with
R locking handle. the cargo door contour.

R (3) If the operation force of the locking handle is more than the limits,
R lubricate the linkage mechanism and the locking shaft (Ref. TASK 12-
R 22-52-600-808).

R (4) If the operation force is less than the limits, replace the gas
R springs of the linkage mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-32-21-400-801).

(5) If necessary, adjust the locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-32-11-820-

802)

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-32-00

Page 516
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-32-00-720-054

B. Test of the Locking Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 52-32-00-991-010)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

R (2) Do this test to make sure that the subsequent items are correct:
R - the operation force of the latching handle
R - the position of the sequence assembly.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

R - pull up the locking handle to - the safety cams of the locking shaft
R the UNLOCKED position release the latching hooks

R - measure the force which is - the force must be between 15 daN

R necessary with a spring balance (33.7213 lbf) and 10 daN (22.4808
up to 20 daN (44.9618 lbf) lbf)
R

R - measure the clearance between - the clearance must be a mnimum of 2.3

the safety cam of the locking mm (0.0905 in.)
shaft and the latching hook
R

- measure the clearance between - the clearance must be between 2.5 mm

the sequence cam and the shaft (0.0984 in.) and 3.1 mm (0.1220 in.)
lever of the latching shaft

R - push down the locking handle to - the safety cams of the locking shaft
R the LOCKED position engage with the latching hooks

R - measure the force which is - the force must between 15 daN

R necessary with a spring balance (33.7213 lbf) and 10 daN (22.4808
up to 20 daN (44.9618 lbf) lbf)


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 517
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Check of the Locking Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 503/TASK 52-32-00-991-010


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 518
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R

R - examine the position of the - the locking handle must align with
R locking handle. the cargo door contour.

R (3) If the operation force of the locking handle is more than the limits,
R lubricate the linkage mechanism and the locking shaft (Ref. TASK 12-
R 22-52-600-808).

R (4) If the operation force is less than the limits, replace the gas
R springs of the linkage mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-32-21-400-801).

(5) If necessary, adjust the locking mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-32-11-820-

802)

Subtask 52-32-00-720-051

C. Test of the Latching Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 52-32-00-991-002)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(2) Do this test to make sure that the subsequent items are correct:
- overcenter positions (check of dead centers)
- operation force of latching handle

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On each frame of the cargo door:
- install the rigging pin
ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR
SHAFT LEVER (98F52308354000) in
the rigging hole below the
latching shaft and remove it.
On each frame of the cargo door:
- the rigging pin must go freely into
and out of the rigging hole of the
shaft lever bolt.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 519
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Dead Center Check of the Latching Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 504/TASK 52-32-00-991-002


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 520
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- install the rigging pin - the rigging pin must go freely into
ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR and out of the rigging hole of the
BELLCRANK in the rigging hole bellcrank pin
behind the locking shaft and
remove it.

2. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- pull up the locking handle to - the safety cams of the locking shaft
the UNLOCKED position release the latching hooks.

- press the push button of the
latching handle down and pull
the latching handle down to the
UNLATCHED position.
- measure the operation force
which is necessary with a
spring balance up to 20 daN
(44.9618 lbf).
- the latching hooks disengage from the
latch fittings and the cargo door
moves in the open direction.
- the interlock mechanism engages with
an audible click.
- the force must be less than 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf).

3. On the door operation panel:

- set the lever to the CLOSE - the cargo door actuators retract and
position and hold it. close the cargo door.

4. On the cargo door:

- push the latching handle up to
the LATCHED position and
measure the force which is
necessary with a spring balance
up to 20 daN (44.9618 lbf).
- the latching hooks engage with the
latch fittings and the catch locks
the latching handle.
- the force must be less than 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf).

- push down the locking handle to - the locking handle must be in line
the LOCKED position. with the cargo door structure.
- the safety cams of the locking shaft
engage with the latching hooks.

(3) If the operation force of the latching handle is to great, lubricate

the subsequent components (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-600-808):
- the surface of the eccentric bushes in the door sill area.
- the inner surface of the latching hooks.

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 521
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (4) If necessary, adjust the latching mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-32-11-820-
802)

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-32-00-720-051-A

R C. Test of the Latching Mechanism

R (Ref. Fig. 504A/TASK 52-32-00-991-002-A)

(1) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(2) Do this test to make sure that the subsequent items are correct:
R - the overcenter positions (check of dead centers)
R - the operation force of the latching handle.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the frame FR60A of the cargo On the frame FR60A of the cargo door:
door:

R - install the rigging pin - the rigging pin must go freely into
R ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR and out of the rigging hole of the
R LATCHING MECHANISM shaft lever bolt
(98F52308357000) in the rigging
hole below the latching shaft
and remove it

R - install the rigging pin - the rigging pin must go freely into
R ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR and out of the rigging hole of the
R LATCHING MECHANISM bellcrank pin
(98F52308358000) in the rigging
hole behind the locking shaft
and remove it

2. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- pull up the locking handle to - the safety cams of the locking shaft
the UNLOCKED position release the latching hooks

- press the push button of the - the latching hooks disengage from the
latching handle down and pull latch fittings and the cargo door
the latching handle down to the moves in the open direction


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 522
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Dead Center Check of the Latching Mechanism
Figure 504A/TASK 52-32-00-991-002-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-32-00

Page 523
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R UNLATCHED position - the interlock mechanism engages with
R a click

- measure the operation force - the force must be between 15 daN

which is necessary with a (33.7213 lbf) and 2 daN (4.4961 lbf)
spring balance up to 20 daN
(44.9618 lbf)

3. On the door operation panel: On the cargo door

- set the door operation lever to - the cargo door actuator retracts and
the CLOSE position and hold it closes the cargo door

4. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- push the latching handle up to
the LATCHED position and
measure the force which is
necessary with a spring balance
up to 20 daN (44.9618 lbf)
- the latching hooks engage with the
latch fittings and the catch locks
the latching handle
- the force must be between 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf) and 2 daN (4.4961 lbf)

R - push down the locking handle to - the locking handle must align with
R the LOCKED position the cargo door contour
- the safety cams of the locking shaft
engage with the latching hooks

R (3) If the operation force of the latching handle is more than the
R limits, lubricate the subsequent components (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-600-
R 802):
- the surface of the eccentric bushes in the door sill area,
- the inner surface of the latching hooks.

R (4) If the operation force is less than the limits, replace the gas
R spring of the latching handle (Ref. TASK 52-32-21-400-803).

R (5) If necessary, adjust the latching mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-32-11-820-

R 802)

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-32-00

Page 524
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-32-00-720-055

R D. Test of the Latching Mechanism

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(2) Do this test:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the frame FR60A of the cargo On the frame FR60A of the cargo door:
door:

R - install the rigging pin - the rigging pin must go freely into
R ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR and out of the rigging hole of the
R LATCHING MECHANISM shaft lever bolt
(98F52308357000) in the rigging
hole below the latching shaft
and remove it

R - install the rigging pin - the rigging pin must go freely into
R ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR and out of the rigging hole of the
R LATCHING MECHANISM bellcrank pin
(98F52308358000) in the rigging
hole behind the locking shaft
and remove it

2. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- pull up the locking handle to - the safety cams of the locking shaft
the UNLOCKED position release the latching hooks

- press the push button of the - the latching hooks disengage from the
latching handle down and pull latch fittings and the cargo door
the latching handle down to the moves in the open direction
R UNLATCHED position - the interlock mechanism engages with
R a click

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 525
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- measure the operation force - the force must be between 15 daN
which is necessary with a (33.7213 lbf) and 2 daN (4.4961 lbf)
spring balance up to 20 daN
(44.9618 lbf)

3. On the door operation panel: On the cargo door

- set the door operation lever to - the cargo door actuator retracts and
the CLOSE position and hold it closes the cargo door

4. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- push the latching handle up to
the LATCHED position and
measure the force which is
necessary with a spring balance
up to 20 daN (44.9618 lbf)
- the latching hooks engage with the
latch fittings and the catch locks
the latching handle
- the force must be between 15 daN
(33.7213 lbf) and 2 daN (4.4961 lbf)

R - push down the locking handle to - the locking handle must align with
R the LOCKED position the cargo door contour
- the safety cams of the locking shaft
engage with the latching hooks

R (3) If the operation force of the latching handle is more than the
R limits, lubricate the subsequent components (Ref. TASK 12-22-52-600-
R 808):
- the surface of the eccentric bushes in the door sill area,
- the inner surface of the latching hooks.

R (4) If the operation force is less than the limits, replace the gas
R spring of the latching handle (Ref. TASK 52-32-21-400-803).

R (5) If necessary, adjust the latching mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-32-11-820-

R 802)

Subtask 52-32-00-720-052

E. Clearance Check between the Latching Hooks and the Eccentric Bushes
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 52-32-00-991-003)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Make sure that the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801) is
correctly closed and locked.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 526
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Clearance Check of the Latching Hooks - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 505/TASK 52-32-00-991-003

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 527
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (2) Do this test:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- unlock and unlatch the cargo - the cargo door starts to open because
door and hold it in its closed of the force of gravity
position.

- measure the clearance between - the minimum clearance must be 1.5 mm

the top of each latching hook (0.0590 in.)
and the related eccentric bush
when the cargo door moves
slowly out

2. On the door operation panel: On the cargo door:

- set the lever to the OPEN - the cargo door actuator extends to
position and hold it until the open the cargo door to the required
cargo door is in the vertical position
position

3. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- measure the clearance between - the max. distance must be less than
the latching hooks and the 35.0 mm (1.3779 in.).
lower edge of the cargo door.

(3) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801) when the test is completed.

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-32-00-720-052-A

E. Clearance Check between the Latching Hooks and the Eccentric Bushes
(Ref. Fig. 505A/TASK 52-32-00-991-003-A)

(1) Make sure that the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801) is
correctly closed and locked.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 528
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Clearance Check of the Latching Hooks
Figure 505A/TASK 52-32-00-991-003-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-32-00

Page 529
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (2) Do this test:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- unlock and unlatch the cargo - the cargo door starts to open because
door and hold it in its closed of the force of gravity
position.

- measure the clearance between - the minimum clearance must be 1.5 mm

the top of each latching hook (0.0590 in.)
and the related eccentric bush
when the cargo door moves
slowly out

2. On the door operation panel: On the cargo door:

- set the lever to the OPEN - the cargo door actuator extends to
position and hold it until the open the cargo door to the required
cargo door is in the vertical position
position

3. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- measure the clearance between - the max. distance must be less than
the latching hooks and the 35.0 mm (1.3779 in.).
lower edge of the cargo door.

(3) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801) when the test is completed.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-32-00-720-057

F. Clearance Check between the Latching Hooks and the Eccentric Bushes
(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 52-32-00-991-012)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Make sure that the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801) is
correctly closed and locked.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 530
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Clearance Check of the Latching Hooks - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 506/TASK 52-32-00-991-012

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 531
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (2) Do this test:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- unlock and unlatch the cargo - the cargo door starts to open because
door and hold it in its closed of the force of gravity
position.

- measure the clearance between - the minimum clearance must be 1.5 mm

the top of each latching hook (0.0590 in.)
and the related eccentric bush
when the cargo door moves
slowly out

2. On the door operation panel: On the cargo door:

- set the lever to the OPEN - the cargo door actuator extends to
position and hold it until the open the cargo door to the required
cargo door is in the vertical position
position

3. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- measure the clearance between - the max. distance must be less than
the latching hooks and the 35.0 mm (1.3779 in.).
lower edge of the cargo door.

(3) Make sure that the cargo door is correctly closed and locked
(Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801) when the test is completed.

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 52-32-00-480-050

G. Preparation for the Test of the Interlock Mechanism

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 52-32-00-991-004)

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 532
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Check of the Interlock Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1001 to 1252
Figure 507/TASK 52-32-00-991-004

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 533
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 151-199,

(Ref. Fig. 507A/TASK 52-32-00-991-004-A)

**ON A/C ALL

(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 52-32-00-991-006)

(1) Open the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) until you get access
to its inner skin.

(2) Remove the screws, the washers and the access cover from the inner
side of the cargo door at FR62A.

(3) Attach the adjustment gage to the fuselage stop brackets of the door
sill area between FR62 and FR63 .

NOTE : The thickness of the adjustment gage must be between 14.5 mm

____
(0.5708 in.) and 15.1 mm (0.5944 in.).

(4) Close the cargo door and install the DEVICE - ADJUSTMENT, AFT CARGO
COMPARTMENT DOOR (98A52307579000) on the fuselage/ cargo door as
follows:

(a) Put the fwd support assy on the latch fitting at FR60A and attach
it with the clamp screw.

(b) Put the mid support assy on the latch fitting at FR62A and attach
it with the clamp screw.

(c) Put the aft support assy on the latch fitting at FR64A and attach
it with the clamp screw.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 534
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Check of the Interlock Mechanism
Figure 507A/TASK 52-32-00-991-004-A

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-32-00

Page 535
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Installation of the Adjustment Tools
Figure 508/TASK 52-32-00-991-006

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 536
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-32-00-720-053

H. Test of the Interlock Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 52-32-00-991-004)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1001 to 1252.
____

(1) Turn the adjustment scews of the fwd,mid and aft support assy so that
the cargo door is in the start position for this test.

NOTE : In this case, the clearance between the adjustment gage and
____
the stop bolts must be more than 12.0 mm (0.4724 in.).

(2) Do this test:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- measure the distance between - the clearance must be between 1.0 mm
the cam of the latching shaft (0.0393 in.) and 1.4 mm (0.0551 in.).
lever and the latch of the
interlock mechanism.

- carefully close the cargo door - the actuation lever engages with the
until the stop bolts touch the pin of the latch assembly.
adjustment gage.

- install the rigging pin - the rigging pin must go freely into
ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR the rigging hole of the latch.
INTERLOCK MECHANISM in the
rigging hole behind the
latching shaft.

(3) Adjust the interlock mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-32-11-820-802) if:

- you can not install the rigging pin;
- the actuation lever does not touch the integrated stop of the latch
assembly.

(4) Remove the rigging pin from the latch of the interlock mechanism when
the test is completed.


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 537
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (5) Remove the DEVICE - ADJUSTMENT, AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR
(98A52307579000) from the fuselage/cargo door.

(6) Open the cargo door to install the access cover (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
010-801).

(7) Install the access cover on the inner side of the cargo door as
follows:

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU
_______
R DO:
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS
_______
FROM THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED
AREA.

(a) Remove the old sealant from the access cover and the cargo door
structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016) and a wooden
or plastic scraper.

(b) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) around the mating
surface of the access cover.

(c) Attach the access cover with the screws and the washers on the
inner skin.

(d) Remove the unwanted sealant around the access cover.

(e) Let the sealant dry and protect it with STRUCTURE PAINTS
(Material No. 16-003).

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 538
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (8) Remove the adjustment gage from the fuselage stop brackets of the
door sill area.

**ON A/C 151-199,

Subtask 52-32-00-720-053-A

H. Test of the Interlock Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 507A/TASK 52-32-00-991-004-A)

(1) Turn the adjustment scews of the fwd,mid and aft support assy so that
the cargo door is in the start position for this test.

NOTE : In this case, the clearance between the adjustment gage and
____
the stop bolts must be more than 12.0 mm (0.4724 in.).

(2) Do this test:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- measure the distance between - the clearance must be between 2.0 mm

the cam of the latching shaft (0.0787 in.) and 2.4 mm (0.0944 in.)
lever and the latch of the
interlock mechanism

- carefully close the cargo door - the actuation lever engages with the
until the stop bolts touch the pin of the latch assembly
adjustment gage

- install the rigging pin - the rigging pin must go freely in the
ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR rigging hole of the latch.
INTERLOCK MECHANISM in the
rigging hole behind the
latching shaft.

(3) Adjust the interlock mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-32-11-820-802) if:

- you can not install the rigging pin
- the actuation lever does not touch the integrated stop of the latch
assembly.

(4) Remove the rigging pin from the latch of the interlock mechanism when
the test is completed.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 539
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (5) Remove the DEVICE - ADJUSTMENT, AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR
(98A52307579000) from the fuselage/cargo door.

(6) Open the cargo door to install the access cover (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
010-801).

(7) Install the access cover on the inner side of the cargo door as
follows:

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU
_______
R DO:
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS
_______
FROM THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED
AREA.

(a) Remove the old sealant from the access cover and the cargo door
structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016) and a wooden
or plastic scraper.

(b) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) around the mating
surface of the access cover.

(c) Attach the access cover with the screws and the washers on the
inner skin.

(d) Remove the unwanted sealant around the access cover.

(e) Let the sealant dry and protect it with STRUCTURE PAINTS
(Material No. 16-003).

R

EFF :

151-199,  52-32-00

Page 540
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (8) Remove the adjustment gage from the fuselage stop brackets of the
door sill area.

**ON A/C 001-099, 101-149,

Subtask 52-32-00-720-056

J. Test of the Interlock Mechanism

(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 52-32-00-991-013)

NOTE : This procedure is applicable for door serial No. 1253 and
____
subsequent.

(1) Turn the adjustment scews of the fwd,mid and aft support assy so that
the cargo door is in the start position for this test.

NOTE : In this case, the clearance between the adjustment gage and
____
the stop bolts must be more than 12.0 mm (0.4724 in.).

(2) Do this test:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On the cargo door: On the cargo door:

- measure the distance between - the clearance must be between 2.0 mm

the cam of the latching shaft (0.0787 in.) and 2.4 mm (0.0944 in.)
lever and the latch of the
interlock mechanism

- carefully close the cargo door - the actuation lever engages with the
until the stop bolts touch the pin of the latch assembly
adjustment gage

- install the rigging pin - the rigging pin must go freely in the
ADJUSTMENT TOOL - CARGO DOOR rigging hole of the latch.
INTERLOCK MECHANISM in the
rigging hole behind the
latching shaft.

(3) Adjust the interlock mechanism (Ref. TASK 52-32-11-820-802) if:

- you can not install the rigging pin
- the actuation lever does not touch the integrated stop of the latch
assembly.

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 541
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Check of the Interlock Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1253 and subsequent
Figure 509/TASK 52-32-00-991-013


EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 542
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (4) Remove the rigging pin from the latch of the interlock mechanism when
the test is completed.

(5) Remove the DEVICE - ADJUSTMENT, AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR

(98A52307579000) from the fuselage/cargo door.

(6) Open the cargo door to install the access cover (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
010-801).

(7) Install the access cover on the inner side of the cargo door as
follows:

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK
AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN
IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

R WARNING : DO NOT GET THE FLUID ON YOUR SKIN OR IN YOUR EYES. IF YOU
_______
R DO:
R - FLUSH IT AWAY WITH CLEAN WATER
R - GET MEDICAL AID.

CAUTION : USE ONLY THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS AND OBEY THE INSTRUCTIONS
_______
FROM THE MANUFACTURERS. OTHER MATERIALS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO
THE SURFACE PROTECTION OF THE COMPONENTS AND THE RELATED
AREA.

(a) Remove the old sealant from the access cover and the cargo door
structure with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-016) and a wooden
or plastic scraper.

(b) Apply a layer of SEALANTS (Material No. 09-018) around the mating
surface of the access cover.

(c) Attach the access cover with the screws and the washers on the
inner skin.

(d) Remove the unwanted sealant around the access cover.

R

EFF :

001-099, 101-149,  52-32-00

Page 543
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 (e) Let the sealant dry and protect it with STRUCTURE PAINTS
(Material No. 16-003).

(8) Remove the adjustment gage from the fuselage stop brackets of the
door sill area.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-32-00-860-051

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration.

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(2) Close the cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801) when the functional
test is completed.

(3) De-energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801)

Subtask 52-32-00-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Install the access covers 822AR and 822BR.

(2) Push the locking handle down to the LOCKED position to lock the cargo
door correctly.

(3) Make sure that the access panel 152NR is closed.

(4) Remove the access platform(s).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 544
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Dead Center Check of the Latching Mechanism - Door Serial No. 1253 and
subsequent
Figure 510/TASK 52-32-00-991-011


EFF :

001-099, 101-149, 

52-32-00 Page 545
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 AFT CARGO COMPARTMENT DOOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
_____________________________________________

TASK 52-32-00-220-801

Detailed Visual Inspection of the AFT Cargo Compartment Door, Internal

Structure

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 523202-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific masking paper
No specific masking tape
No specific access platform 4.50 m (14 ft. 9 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533

R 1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-006 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 601
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-15-000-801 Removal of the Protection Linings
52-31-15-400-801 Installation of the Protection Linings
SRM 51-73-00
SRM 51-74-00
SRM 52-30-00
52-32-00-991-007 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-32-00-010-052

A. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the AFT cargo compartment door
(referred to as AFT cargo door).

(2) Remove the access panels 822AR and 822BR.

(3) Open the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801).

(4) Remove the access cover of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

Subtask 52-32-00-481-050

B. Install the safety support equipment from the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-480-801).

Subtask 52-32-00-860-054

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(2) Set the light switch 30LU at the AFT service panel 5024VE to ON.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 602
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 (3) Remove the protection lining from the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
31-15-000-801).

Subtask 52-32-00-865-052

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

Subtask 52-32-00-110-050

E. Cleaning of the Structure

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), if
necessary.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 52-32-00-991-007)

Subtask 52-32-00-220-050

A. Detailed Visual Inspection of the Internal Structure of the AFT Cargo

Door

(1) Examine the inner side of the outer skin, the edge members, the inner
skin and the retainers (of the door seal) for scratches, dents and
corrosion.

(a) If you find a scratch,

- determine the extent of the damaged area, (Ref. SRM 52-30-00)
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. SRM 51-
73-00).


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 603
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Inspection of the Internal Door Structure
Figure 601/TASK 52-32-00-991-007


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 604
Jan 01/94
 
THY 
 NOTE : When the scratch is greater than the limit, repair the
____
affected component (Ref. SRM 52-30-00).

(b) If you find a dent,

- determine the extent of the damaged area (Ref. SRM 52-30-00),
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. SRM 51-
73-00).

NOTE : When the dent is greater than the limit, repair the
____
affected component (Ref. SRM 52-30-00).

(c) If you find corrosion,

- determine the extent of the corroded area (Ref. SRM 52-30-00),
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. SRM 51-
74-00).

NOTE : When the corroded area is greater than the limit, repair
____
the affected component (Ref. SRM 52-30-00).

(2) Examine the horizontal beams, the door frames and the corner pieces
of the AFT cargo door (machined parts) for scratches, dents and
corrosion.

(a) If you find a scratch,

- determine the extent of the damaged area (Ref. SRM 52-30-00),
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. SRM 51-
73-00).

NOTE : When the scratch is greater than the limit, repair the
____
affected component (Ref. SRM 52-30-00).

(b) If you find a dent,

- determine the extent of the damaged area (Ref. SRM 52-30-00),
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. SRM 51-
73-00).

NOTE : When the dent is greater than the limit, repair the
____
affected component (Ref. SRM 52-30-00).

(c) If you find corrosion,

- determine the extent of the corroded area (Ref. SRM 52-30-00),
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. SRM 51-
74-00).

NOTE : When the corroded area is greater than the limit, repair
____
the affected component (Ref. SRM 52-30-00).


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 605
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-32-00-916-050

B. Application of Temporary Protection

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEMS.

_______
MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPORARY PROTECTION DOES NOT GET :
- ON COMPOSITE PARTS, CONTROL CABLES, PULLEYS, TEFLON BEARINGS,
- ON LUBRICATED SURFACES,
- IN DRAIN VALVES OR OTHER ORIFICES.
TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON OR IN THESE PARTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

(1) Cover the equipment and fittings adjacent to the area with masking
paper or masking tape, if necessary.

(2) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) or

STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the inspection area.

(3) Remove the masking paper or the masking tape.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-32-00-860-055

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration

(1) Install the protection lining (Ref. TASK 52-31-15-400-801).

(2) Close the access cover of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(4) Set the light switch 30LU at the AFT service panel 5024VE to OFF.

(5) De-energize the ground service network

Subtask 52-32-00-081-050

B. Remove the safety support equipment at the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-080-801).

Subtask 52-32-00-865-053

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MJ


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 606
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-32-00-410-051

D. Close Access

(1) Close the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(2) Install the access panels 822AR and 822BR.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 607
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-32-00-220-802

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Hinge Arms of the AFT Cargo Compartment Door
at FR60 to FR64A

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 523204-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific masking paper
No specific masking tape
No specific access platform 4.50 m (14 ft. 9 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R Material No. 11-004 USA MIL-T-81533

R 1.1.1TRICHLOROETHANE (METHYL CHLOROFORM)
R (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-006 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
R Material No. 19-003 USA AMS 3819
R LINT-FREE COTTON CLOTH (Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 608
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

51-75-12-300-801 Repair of Paint Damage on Aluminum and Composite

Material (more than the Topcoat)
52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
SRM 517300
SRM 517400
SRM 523000
52-32-00-991-008 Fig. 602

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-32-00-010-053

A. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the AFT cargo compartment door
(referred to as AFT cargo door).

(2) Remove the access panels 152AR to 152LR.

(3) Open the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801).

(4) Remove the access cover of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

Subtask 52-32-00-481-051

B. Install the safety support equipment from the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-480-801).

Subtask 52-32-00-860-056

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(2) Set the light switch 30LU at the AFT service panel 5024VE to ON.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 609
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-32-00-865-054

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

Subtask 52-32-00-110-051

E. Cleaning of the Structure

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

(1) Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-004)
and a lint-free cotton cloth MISCELLANEOUS (Material No. 19-003), if
necessary.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 602/TASK 52-32-00-991-008)

Subtask 52-32-00-220-051

A. Detailed Visual Inspection of the Hinge Arms

(1) Examine the hinge arms for corrosion, cracks and other damage.

(a) If you find corrosion

- determine the extend of the corroded area (Ref. SRM 523000).
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. SRM
517400).

NOTE : When the corroded area is greater than the limit, repair
____
the affected internal attachment area.

(b) If you find a crack, repair it immediately (Ref. SRM 517300).


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 610
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Inspection of the Hinge Arms
Figure 602/TASK 52-32-00-991-008


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 611
Jan 01/05
 
THY 
 (c) Make sure that the paint coat in the internal attachment area is
in good condition (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-801).

Subtask 52-32-00-916-051

B. Application of Temporary Protection

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEMS.

_______
MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPORARY PROTECTION DOES NOT GET :
- ON COMPOSITE PARTS, CONTROL CABLES, PULLEYS, TEFLON BEARINGS,
- ON LUBRICATED SURFACES,
- IN DRAIN VALVES OR OTHER ORIFICES.
TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON OR IN THESE PARTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

(1) Cover the equipment and fittings adjacent to the area with masking
paper or masking tape, if necessary.

(2) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) or

STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the inspection area.

(3) Remove the masking paper or the masking tape.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-32-00-860-057

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration

(1) Close the access cover of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(3) Set the light switch 30LU at the AFT service panel 5024VE to OFF.

(4) De-energize the ground service network

Subtask 52-32-00-081-051

B. Remove the safety support equipment at the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-080-801).

Subtask 52-32-00-865-055

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MJ

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 612
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-32-00-410-052

D. Close Access

(1) Close the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(2) Install the access panels 152AR to 152LR.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

R

EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 613
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 **ON A/C 001-003,

TASK 52-32-00-220-803

Detailed Visual Inspection of the AFT Cargo Compartment Door at the lower
Corner between FR 64A and FR65

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 523210-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific masking paper
No specific masking tape
No specific access platform 4.50 m (14 ft. 9 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 15-005 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2

CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-006 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

001-003,  52-32-00

Page 614
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-15-000-801 Removal of the Protection Linings
52-31-15-400-801 Installation of the Protection Linings
SRM 51-73-00
SRM 52-30-00
52-32-00-991-016 Fig. 603

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-32-00-010-055

A. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the AFT cargo compartment door
(referred to as AFT cargo door).

(2) Remove the access panels 822AR and 822BR from the AFT cargo door.

(3) Open the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801).

(4) Remove the access cover of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

Subtask 52-32-00-481-053

B. Install the safety support equipment on the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-480-801).

Subtask 52-32-00-860-062

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(2) Set the light switch 30LU at the AFT service panel 5024VE to ON.


EFF :

001-003,  52-32-00

Page 615
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 (3) Remove the protection lining from the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
31-15-000-801).

Subtask 52-32-00-865-058

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-32-00-220-052

A. Detailed Visual Inspection of the Lower Corner at the AFT Cargo Door
(Ref. Fig. 603/TASK 52-32-00-991-016)

(1) Examine the inner skin from the inner and outer side for cracks
between the beam 4 and beam 5 of the frames FR64A and FR65.

(2) If you find a crack,

- determine the extent of the damaged area, (Ref. SRM 52-30-00)
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. SRM 51-73-
00).

NOTE : When the crack is greater than the limit, repair the affected
____
component (Ref. SRM 52-30-00).

Subtask 52-32-00-916-052

B. Application of Temporary Protection

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEMS.

_______
MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPORARY PROTECTION DOES NOT GET :
- ON COMPOSITE PARTS, CONTROL CABLES, PULLEYS, TEFLON BEARINGS,
- ON LUBRICATED SURFACES,
- IN DRAIN VALVES OR OTHER ORIFICES.
TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON OR IN THESE PARTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

(1) Cover the equipment and fittings adjacent to the area with masking
paper or masking tape, if necessary.

(2) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) or

STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the inspection area.


EFF :

001-003,  52-32-00

Page 616
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Inspection of the Lower Corner at the AFT Cargo Compartment Door
Figure 603/TASK 52-32-00-991-016

R

EFF :

001-003,  52-32-00

Page 617
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 (3) Remove the masking paper or the masking tape.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-32-00-860-061

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration

(1) Install the protection lining (Ref. TASK 52-31-15-400-801).

(2) Close the access cover of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(4) Set the light switch 30LU at the AFT service panel 5024VE to OFF.

(5) De-energize the ground service network

Subtask 52-32-00-081-053

B. Remove the safety support equipment at the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-080-801).

Subtask 52-32-00-865-059

C. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

Subtask 52-32-00-410-054

D. Close Access

(1) Close the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(2) Install the access panels 822AR and 822BR on the closed AFT cargo
door.

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

001-003,  52-32-00

Page 618
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 **ON A/C ALL

TASK 52-32-00-220-804

Detailed Visual Inspection of the Latching Hooks of the AFT Cargo Compartment
Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 523203-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific lint-free cloth
No specific masking paper
No specific masking tape
No specific access platform 4.50 m (14 ft. 9 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 11-002 USA MIL-PRF-680

DRY CLEANING SOLVENT (VARSOL/WHITE SPIRIT)
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-005 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 2
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 15-006 AIB TN 10138 TYPE I GRADE 3
CORROSION PREVENTIVE TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE COMPOUND
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 619
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

51-73-11-300-802 Repair of Minor Damage on Unclad Components

52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-21-000-804 Removal of the Latching Shaft Assembly
52-32-00-991-017 Fig. 604

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-32-00-010-056

A. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the AFT cargo compartment door
(referred to as AFT cargo door).

(2) Open the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) and safety it
with the applicable safety support equipment (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-
801).

(3) Remove the access cover of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

Subtask 52-32-00-860-063

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(2) Set the light switch 30LU at the AFT service panel 5024VE to ON.

Subtask 52-32-00-865-060

C. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 620
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 604/TASK 52-32-00-991-017)

Subtask 52-32-00-615-050

A. Cleaning Procedure

WARNING : USE SOLVENTS/CLEANING AGENTS, SEALANTS AND OTHER SPECIAL

_______
MATERIALS ONLY WITH A GOOD FLOW OF AIR THROUGH THE WORK AREA.
THESE MATERIALS ARE POISONOUS AND FLAMMABLE AND SKIN IRRITANTS.
OBEY THE MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS.
PUT ON PROTECTIVE CLOTHING.
DO NOT GET THEM IN YOUR MOUTH.
DO NOT SMOKE.
DO NOT BREATHE THE GAS.
GET MEDICAL HELP IF YOUR SKIN OR EYES BECOME IRRITATED.

WARNING : OBEY THE MANUFACTURER
S INSTRUCTIONS WHEN YOU USE THE SPECIAL
_______
MATERIAL.
THIS MATERIAL IS DANGEROUS.

(1) Clean the inspection area with CLEANING AGENTS (Material No. 11-002)
and a lint-free cloth .

Subtask 52-32-00-220-053

B. Detailed visual Inspection of the Latching Hooks of the AFT Cargo

Compartment Door

(1) Examine the inner surface of each latching hook for wear, chafe marks
and cracks.

(a) If you find any marks, measure the depth of the damage.

NOTE : Marks up to a depth of 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) are permitted.

____

(b) If the depth of a mark is between 0.1 mm (0.0039 in.) and 0.3 mm
(0.0118 in.), remove the damage (Ref. TASK 51-73-11-300-802).

(c) If the latching hook has marks with a depth of more than 0.3 mm
(0.0118 in.), replace it (Ref. TASK 52-31-21-000-804).

(d) If you find a crack, replace the latching hook (Ref. TASK 52-31-
21-000-804).


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 621
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 Inspection of Latching Hook
Figure 604/TASK 52-32-00-991-017


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 622
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-32-00-916-053

C. Application of Temporary Protection

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON THE OXYGEN SYSTEMS.

_______
MAKE SURE THAT THE TEMPORARY PROTECTION DOES NOT GET :
- ON COMPOSITE PARTS, CONTROL CABLES, PULLEYS, TEFLON BEARINGS,
- ON LUBRICATED SURFACES,
- IN DRAIN VALVES OR OTHER ORIFICES.
TEMPORARY PROTECTION ON OR IN THESE PARTS CAN CAUSE DAMAGE.

(1) Cover the equipment and fittings adjacent to the area with masking
paper or masking tape, if necessary.

(2) Apply a layer of STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-005) or

STORAGE PRESERVATION (Material No. 15-006) to the inspection area.

(3) Remove the masking paper or the masking tape.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-32-00-860-064

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration

(1) Close the access cover of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(2) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(3) Set the light switch 30LU at the AFT service panel 5024VE to OFF.

(4) De-energize the ground service network

Subtask 52-32-00-865-061

B. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MJ


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 623
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 Subtask 52-32-00-410-055

C. Close Access

(1) Remove the applicable safety support equipment (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-
080-801).

(2) Close the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 624
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-32-00-210-801

General Visual Inspection of the AFT Cargo Compartment Door Skin, External
Surface

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 523201-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific access platform 4.70 m (15 ft. 5 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

51-75-12-300-801 Repair of Paint Damage on Aluminum and Composite

Material (more than the Topcoat)
51-75-12-300-803 Repair of Paint Damage (Topcoat Only)
ASRM 51-73-11-001
ASRM 52-30-00
ASRM 52-30-00-001
52-32-00-991-018 Fig. 605

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-32-00-010-057

A. Put an access platform in position below the closed AFT Cargo Compartment
Door.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 625
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 605/TASK 52-32-00-991-018)

Subtask 52-32-00-210-050

A. General Visual Inspection Procedure of the AFT Cargo Compartment Door

R

(1) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(2) Examine the external surface of the door skin for scratches, dents,
cracks and damage to the surface protection.

(3) If you find scratches:

- determine the extent of the damaged area and the allowable damage
limits (Ref. ASRM 52-30-00-001),
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. ASRM 51-73-
11-001).

NOTE : When the scratch is greater than the limit, repair the
____
affected component (Ref. ASRM 52-30-00).

(4) If you find cracks:

- determine the extent of the damaged area and the allowable damage
limits (Ref. ASRM 52-30-00-001),
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. ASRM 51-73-
11-001).

NOTE : When the crack is greater than the limit, repair the affected
____
component (Ref. ASRM 52-30-00).

(5) If you find dents:

- determine the extent of the damaged area and the allowable damage
limits (Ref. ASRM 52-30-00-001),
- remove the damage when it is less than the limit (Ref. ASRM 51-73-
11-001).

NOTE : When the dent is greater than the limit, repair the affected
____
component (Ref. ASRM 52-30-00).

(6) If you find damage to the surface protection, repair it in accordance

with the paint system (Ref. TASK 51-75-12-300-803) or (Ref. TASK 51-
75-12-300-801), as necessary.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 626
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 AFT Cargo Compartment Door Skin, External Surface
Figure 605/TASK 52-32-00-991-018


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 627
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-32-00-410-056

A. Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 628
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-32-00-250-801

Special Detailed Inspection of the Actuator Attach Fitting of the AFT Cargo
Compartment Door at FR62A

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 523205-01

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

No specific access platform 4.50 m (14 ft. 9 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-31-15-000-801 Removal of the Protection Linings
52-31-15-400-801 Installation of the Protection Linings
NTM 523205
52-32-00-991-009 Fig. 606

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-32-00-010-054

A. Get Access

(1) Put an access platform in position at the AFT cargo compartment door
(referred to as AFT cargo door).

(2) Open the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 629
Jul 01/05
R  
THY 
 (3) Remove the access cover of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

Subtask 52-32-00-481-052

B. Install the safety support equipment from the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK
52-30-00-480-801).

Subtask 52-32-00-860-058

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Energize the ground service network

(2) Set the light switch 30LU at the AFT service panel 5024VE to ON.

(3) Remove the protection lining from the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
31-15-000-801).

Subtask 52-32-00-865-056

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 606/TASK 52-32-00-991-009)

Subtask 52-32-00-250-050

A. Do a NDT inspection at the actuator attach fitting (Ref. NTM 523205).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-32-00-860-059

A. Put the aircraft back to its operational configuration

(1) Install the protection lining (Ref. TASK 52-31-15-400-801).

(2) Close the access cover of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 630
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 Inspection of the Actuator Attach Fitting
Figure 606/TASK 52-32-00-991-009


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 631
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 (3) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tools and other
items.

(4) Set the light switch 30LU at the AFT service panel 5024VE to OFF.

(5) De-energize the ground service network

Subtask 52-32-00-081-052

B. Remove the safety support equipment at the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-
30-00-080-801).

Subtask 52-32-00-865-057

C. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1MJ

Subtask 52-32-00-410-053

D. Close Access

(1) Close the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801).

R

R (2) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 632
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 TASK 52-32-00-280-801

Calculation Procedure for Structural Deviations of AFT Cargo Compartment Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-32-11-820-801 Adjustment of the Gaps at the AFT Cargo-Compartment

Door
52-32-11-820-803 Adjustment of the Skin Offset at the AFT
Cargo-Compartment Door
52-32-00-991-014 Fig. 607
52-32-00-991-015 Fig. 608

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-32-00-860-060

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Make sure that the gaps of the AFT cargo compartment door are
satisfactory (Ref. TASK 52-32-11-820-801).

(2) Make sure that the skin offset of the AFT cargo compartment door is
satisfactory (Ref. TASK 52-32-11-820-803).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 607/TASK 52-32-00-991-014, 608/TASK 52-32-00-991-015)

Subtask 52-32-00-280-050

A. Calculation Procedure

(1) Determination of the Structural Deviations

(a) Write the values of the skin offset (MVS), measured at the
measurement points L,M,N,P,R and S into the TABLE 1.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 633
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
R Aerodynamic Definition of Skin Offset
Figure 607/TASK 52-32-00-991-014


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 634
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 Summary Table for Structural Deviations
Figure 608/TASK 52-32-00-991-015


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 635
Jul 01/03
R  
THY 
 (b) Calculate the difference values (DVS) of the skin offset in
accordance with the subsequent formula:
I I
R I MEASUREMENT VALUE minus NOMINAL VALUE = DIFFERENCE VALUE I
I MVS minus NVS = DVS I
I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _I

EXAMPLE:
0.2mm (0.008in.) minus -1.7mm (0.067in.) = 1.9mm (0.075in.)
-1.0mm (0.039in.) minus -1.7mm (0.067in.) = 0.7mm (0.028in.)
-2.4mm (0.094in.) minus -1.7mm (0.067in.) = - 0.7mm (0.028in.)

(2) Aerodynamic Definition of Skin Offset

(a) If the calculation gives a negative difference value then:

- the cargo door is in the fuselage contour during the flight;
- the related measurement point at FR20 is OUT-OF-WIND;
- the related measurement point at FR25A is INTO-WIND.

(b) If the calculation gives a positive difference value then:

- the cargo door is out of the fuselage contour during the
flight;
- the related measurement point at FR20 is INTO-WIND;
- the related measurement point at FR25A is OUT-OF-WIND.

(3) Calculation of the different Parasitic Drags (PD)

(a) Write all the different values (DVS) with the correct
mathematical symbol into the TABLE 2.

(b) Write all the gap values (MVG), measured at the measurement
points L,M, N,P,R and S into the table 2.

(c) Determine the parasitic drags for the skin-offsets (PDS) in

accordance with the subsequent TABLE 3.

(d) Write these PDS values into the TABLE 2 and add them together.

(e) Determine the parasitic drags for the gaps (PDG) in accordance
with the subsequent TABLE 4.

(f) Write these PDG values into the TABLE 2 and add them together.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 636
Jan 01/07
 
THY 
 (4) Calculation of the Tolerable Deviations

(a) Add the sum of the PDS and the sum of the PDG together to get the
criterion for the tolerable deviations.

(b) If the criterion is less than 27, the cargo door fulfils the
aerodynamic requirements.

Subtask 52-32-00-970-050

B. Value Tables of Parasitic Drags

(1) TABLE 3: Parasitic Drags for Skin Offset

------------------------------------ ------------------------------------
I DVS I PDS I PDS I I DVS I PDS I PDS I
I mm (in.) I Into I Out of I I mm (in.) I Into I Out of I
I I Wind I Wind I I I Wind I Wind I
I-------------I---------I----------I I-------------I---------I----------I
I 0.0 (0.004) I 0.00 I 0.00 I I 2.6 (0.102) I 6.90 I 3.20 I
I 0.1 (0.004) I 0.18 I 0.096 I I 2.7 (0.106) I 7.25 I 3.35 I
I 0.2 (0.008) I 0.36 I 0.19 I I 2.8 (0.110) I 7.60 I 3.50 I
I 0.3 (0.012) I 0.54 I 0.28 I I 2.9 (0.114) I 7.95 I 3.65 I
I 0.4 (0.016) I 0.72 I 0.38 I I 3.0 (0.118) I 8.30 I 3.80 I
I 0.5 (0.020) I 0.90 I 0.48 I I 3.1 (0.122) I 8.67 I 3.95 I
I 0.6 (0.024) I 1.08 I 0.57 I I 3.2 (0.126) I 9.04 I 4.11 I
I 0.7 (0.028) I 1.26 I 0.67 I I 3.3 (0,130) I 9.41 I 4.27 I
I 0.8 (0.032) I 1.44 I 0.77 I I 3.4 (0.134) I 9.78 I 4.43 I
I 0.9 (0.035) I 1.62 I 0.86 I I 3.5 (0.138) I 10.15 I 4.60 I
I 1.0 (0.039) I 1.80 I 0.96 I I 3.6 (0.142) I 10.52 I 4.74 I
I 1.1 (0.043) I 2.10 I 1.09 I I 3.7 (0.146) I 10.89 I 4.90 I
I 1.2 (0.047) I 2.40 I 1.22 I I 3.8 (0.150) I 11.26 I 5.06 I
I 1.3 (0.051) I 2.70 I 1.36 I I 3.9 (0.153) I 11.63 I 5.22 I
I 1.4 (0.055) I 3.00 I 1.50 I I 4.0 (0.157) I 12.00 I 5.38 I
I 1.5 (0.059) I 3.30 I 1.63 I I 4.1 (0.161) I 12.39 I 5.54 I
I 1.6 (0.063) I 3.60 I 1.76 I I 4.2 (0.165) I 12.78 I 5.71 I
I 1.7 (0.067) I 3.90 I 1.90 I I 4.3 (0.169) I 13.17 I 5.87 I
I 1.8 (0.071) I 4.20 I 2.03 I I 4.4 (0.173) I 13.56 I 6.04 I
I 1.9 (0.075) I 4.50 I 2.16 I I 4.5 (0.177) I 13.95 I 6.21 I
I 2.0 (0.079) I 4.80 I 2.30 I I 4.6 (0.181) I 14.34 I 6.37 I
I 2.1 (0.083) I 5.15 I 2.45 I I 4.7 (0.185) I 14.73 I 6.54 I
I 2.2 (0.087) I 5.50 I 2.60 I I 4.8 (0.189) I 15.12 I 6.70 I
I 2.3 (0.090) I 5.65 I 2.75 I I 4.9 (0.193) I 15.51 I 6.87 I
I 2.4 (0.094) I 6.20 I 2.90 I I 5.0 (0.197) I 15.90 I 7.04 I
I 2.5 (0.098) I 6.55 I 3.05 I I ---- I ---- I ---- I
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 637
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
 (2) TABLE 4: Parasitic Drags for Gaps

----------------------- ----------------------- -----------------------

I MVG I PDG I I MVG I PDG I
I mm (in.) I I I mm (in.) I I I
I-------------I-------I I ------------I-------I
I 0.0 (0.004) I 0.00 I I 4.0 (0.157) I 1.58 I
I 0.2 (0.008) I 0.08 I I 4.2 (0.165) I 1.66 I
I 0.4 (0.016) I 0.16 I I 4.4 (0.173) I 1.74 I
I 0.6 (0.024) I 0.24 I I 4.6 (0.181) I 1.82 I
I 0.8 (0.032) I 0.32 I I 4.8 (0.189) I 1.90 I
I 1.0 (0.039) I 0.395I I 5.0 (0.197) I 1.97 I
I 1.2 (0.047) I 0.47 I I 5.2 (0.205) I 2.05 I
I 1.4 (0.055) I 0.55 I I 5.4 (0.213) I 2.13 I
I 1.6 (0.063) I 0.63 I I 5.6 (0.220) I 2.21 I
I 1.8 (0.071) I 0.71 I I 5.8 (0.228) I 2.29 I
I 2.0 (0.079) I 0.80 I I 6.0 (0.236) I 2.35 I
I 2.2 (0.087) I 0.87 I I 6.2 (0.244) I 2.50 I
I 2.4 (0.094) I 0.95 I I 6.4 (0.252) I 2.53 I
I 2.6 (0.102) I 1.03 I I 6.6 (0.260) I 2.60 I
I 2.8 (0.110) I 1.10 I I 6.8 (0.268) I 2.68 I
I 3.0 (0.118) I 1.18 I I 7.0 (0.276) I 2.76 I
I 3.2 (0.126) I 1.26 I I 7.2 (0.283) I 2.84 I
I 3.4 (0.134) I 1.34 I I 7.4 (0.291) I 2.92 I
I 3.6 (0.142) I 1.42 I I 7.6 (0.299) I 3.00 I
I 3.8 (0.150) I 1.50 I I 7.8 (0.307) I 3.08 I
I MVG I PDG I
mm (in.) I I
I-------------I-------I
I 8.0 (0.315)I 3.16 I
I 8.2 (0.323)I 3.24 I
I 8.4 (0.331)I 3.32 I
I 8.6 (0.339)I 3.40 I
I 8.8 (0.346)I 3.48 I
I 9.0 (0.354)I 3.55 I
I 9.2 (0.362)I 3.63 I
I 9.4 (0.370)I 3.71 I
I 9.6 (0.378)I 3.80 I
I 9.8 (0.386)I 3.87 I
I 10.0 (0.394)I 3.95 I
I 10.2 (0.401)I 4.03 I
I 10.4 (0.409)I 4.11 I
I 10.6 (0.417)I 4.19 I
I 10.8 (0.425)I 4.27 I
I 11.0 (0.433)I 4.34 I
I 11.2 (0.441)I 4.42 I
I 11.4 (0.449)I 4.50 I
I 11.6 (0.457)I 4.60 I
I 11.8 (0.465)I 4.66 I


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 638
Jul 01/03
 
THY 
R TASK 52-32-00-220-805

R Measurement of Wear Limits at Eccentric Bushes

R 1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Self Explanatory

R 2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

R A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R No specific 1 ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE

R B. Referenced Information

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R REFERENCE DESIGNATION
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors

R with the Yellow Electric Pump
R 52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
R with the Yellow Electric Pump
R 52-32-32-000-801 Removal of the Latch Fitting Components
R 52-32-32-400-801 Installation of the Latch Fitting Components
R 52-32-00-991-023 Fig. 609

R 3. __________
Job Set-up

R Subtask 52-32-00-010-061

R A. Get Access

R (1) Put an ACCESS PLATFORM 5M (16 FT)- ADJUSTABLE in position at the AFT
R cargo-compartment door.

R (2) Open the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801).

R (3) Remove the applicable eccentric bush from the door frame fitting
R (Ref. TASK 52-32-32-000-801).


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 639
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-32-00-220-056

A. Detailed Visual Inspection of the Eccentric Bushes

(Ref. Fig. 609/TASK 52-32-00-991-023)

(1) Examine the inner and outer surfaces of the eccentric bush for wear,
chafe marks and cracks.

R (2) If you find wear or chafe marks, measure the thickness of the
R eccentric bush.
R

R (a) If the thickness is less than permitted, replace the applicable

R eccentric bush.

R (3) If you find a crack, replace the applicable eccentric bush.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-32-00-410-060

A. Close Access

(1) Install the eccentric bush in the door frame fitting (Ref. TASK 52-
32-32-400-801).

(2) Close the AFT cargo-compartment door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-801) .

(3) Remove the access platform(s).


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 640
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
R Wear Limits of the Eccentric Bushes
R Figure 609/TASK 52-32-00-991-023


EFF :

ALL  52-32-00

Page 641
Jul 01/04
 
THY 
 DOOR - CARGO COMPARTMENT - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________

TASK 52-32-11-000-801

Removal of the AFT Cargo-Compartment Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific crane with a min. capacity of 210 kg (463.0 lbs.)
No specific tape
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 4.5 m (14 ft. 9 in.)
No specific adjustable access platform 5.2 m (17 ft. 1 in.)
98A52208001001 1 R/I TOOLS - CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS
98A52307529002 1 SLING - CARGO DOORS

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network

29-00-00-864-803 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System (Pressurized
with the Hydraulic Ground Supply)
29-14-00-614-803 Depressurization of the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir
R with Ground Equipment
52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-804 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with a Crane
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-32-11-991-001 Fig. 401
52-32-11-991-002 Fig. 402


EFF :

ALL  52-32-11

Page 401
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-32-11-991-003 Fig. 403

52-32-11-991-004 Fig. 404
52-32-11-991-005 Fig. 405

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 52-32-11-010-050

A. Get Access

(1) Put the adjustable access platform in position at the AFT cargo
compartment door (referred to as cargo door).

(2) Remove the access covers 152AR, 152BR, 152CR, 152DR, 152ER, 152FR,
152GR, 152HR, 152JR, 152KR, 152LR from the fuselage above the AFT
cargo door

(3) Remove the access platform(s).

(4) Open the AFT cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) and safety it
with the support struts (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).

Subtask 52-32-11-860-050

B. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Depressurize the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-00-00-864-803).

(2) Depressurize the reservoir of the Yellow hydraulic system

(Ref. TASK 29-14-00-614-803).

(3) Energize the ground service network

(Ref. TASK 24-42-00-861-801).

(4) Set the light switch 30LU at the AFT service panel 5024VE to ON.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-11

Page 402
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-32-11-010-051

C. Get Access

(1) Open the FWD cargo door (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-010-801) and install the
actuator safety lock (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-480-801).

(2) Open the avionics compartment door 132AZ and set the light switch 5LS
at the avionics rack 802VU to ON.

(3) Put the lower access platform in position below the circuit breaker
panel 5002VE.

(4) Open the access panel of the circuit breaker panel 5002VE.

(5) Remove the ceiling panel 152MC to get access to the receptacle 5117VC
at the crossbeam FR60.

Subtask 52-32-11-865-050

D. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION FIN LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
722VU HYD PUMP Y SVCE 10JJ N46
722VU HYD PUMP Y CTL 9JJ R36
R 5002VE CARGO DOOR CTL 1MJ A02
R

Subtask 52-32-11-941-050

E. Safety Precautions

(1) Put the warning notice in the subsequent position to tell persons not
to pressurize the Yellow hydraulic system:
- in the cockpit on the hydraulic section 245VU of the overhead
panel.
- on the ground service panel of the Yellow hydraulic system.

(2) Move the latching handle to the LATCHED position and push the locking
handle down to prevent damage during the removal.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-11

Page 403
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 52-32-11-020-050

A. Removal of the Cargo Door Components

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-32-11-991-001, 402/TASK 52-32-11-991-002, 403/TASK
52-32-11-991-003)

(1) Remove the bonding straps from the fuselage area at FR60 and FR64
(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-32-11-991-002)

(a) Remove the screws (30) and the washers (28),(29) from the door
frame of the fuselage.

(b) Disconnect the bonding straps (27) from the door frame of the
fuselage.

(2) Remove the wire harness 5896VB from the door frame area of the
fuselage
(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 52-32-11-991-001)

(a) Disconnect the electrical connector (2) from the receptacle (1)
at the crossbeam FR60.

(b) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(c) Remove the screw (7) and the washer (8) from the bracket (12) to
disconnect the clamp (9) from the spacer (11).

(d) Remove the spacer (11) and the clamp (9) from the bracket (12).

(e) Remove the clamp (9) and the rubber sleeve (10) from the wire
harness 5896VB.

(f) Remove the nuts (3), the washers (14) and the bolts (13) and
disconnect the bracket (12) and the ring (6) from the door frame
(4).

(g) Move the twin gaskets (5) apart and remove both parts from the
wire harness 5896VB.

(h) Move the connector (2) through the cut-out of the door frame (4).

(i) Attach the wire harness 5896VB temporarily with tape to the cargo
door.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-11

Page 404
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
R Wire Harness 5896VB
Figure 401/TASK 52-32-11-991-001


EFF :

ALL  52-32-11

Page 405
Jul 01/99
 
THY 
 Typical Door Hinge Connection
Figure 402/TASK 52-32-11-991-002


EFF :

ALL  52-32-11

Page 406
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Door Actuator and Door Hinge Connection
Figure 403/TASK 52-32-11-991-003


EFF :

ALL  52-32-11

Page 407
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 (3) Disconnect the door actuator 2504MJ from the cargo door structure.
(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 52-32-11-991-003)

(a) Remove the nut (35), the washer (36), the bolt (38) and the
bonding strap (37) from the actuator attachment fitting (43).

(b) Remove and discard the cotter pin (39) from the nut (40).

(c) Remove the nut (40) and the washer (41) from the actuator bolt
(44).

(d) Safety the door actuator 2504MJ so that it cannot fall when you
remove the actuator bolt (44).

(e) Remove the actuator bolt (44) and disconnect the piston end of
the door actuator (42) from the actuator attachment fitting (43).

(4) Prepare the cargo door for the removal

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-32-11-991-004)

(a) Remove the support struts (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-080-801) and close
the cargo door with the crane (Ref. TASK 52-30-00-410-804).

NOTE : Do not lock the cargo door at this stage.

____

(b) Attach the SLING - CARGO DOORS (98A52307529002) to the crane with
a min. capacity of 210 kg (463.0 lbs.) and put it in position at
the cargo door.

(c) Remove the self-adhesive PVC disks (51) from the plastic plugs
(52).

(d) Remove the plastic plugs (52) from the upper hoist fittings (53)
and install the hoisting lugs (54) with the eye-end outboard.

(e) Attach the fasteners (55) of the SLING - CARGO DOORS to the
eye-end of the upper hoisting lugs (54).

NOTE : Make sure that the remaining fastener is attached on the

____
ring (56).


EFF :

ALL  52-32-11

Page 408
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Support Equipment
Figure 404/TASK 52-32-11-991-004


EFF :

ALL  52-32-11

Page 409
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 Subtask 52-32-11-020-051

B. Removal of the Cargo Door

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 52-32-11-991-002, 403/TASK 52-32-11-991-003, 405/TASK
52-32-11-991-005)

R CAUTION : MAKE SURE THAT ALL THE CONNECTIONS ARE DISCONNECTED BEFORE YOU
_______
R LIFT THE COMPONENT WITH THE HOIST.
R TO AVOID DAMAGE TO THE AIRCRAFT SYSTEMS.

(1) Firstly remove the hinge bolts (26) at FR60A and at FR64 to make the
removal of the other hinge bolts easier.

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (23) from the nuts (22).

(b) Remove the nuts (22) and the washers (21) from the hinge bolts
(26).

R (c) Install the protective cover (61) which is part of the R/I TOOLS-
R CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS (98A52208001001) on the hinge bolt (26).
If necessary, use the lever (62).

(d) Remove the hinge bolts (26) from the hinge fittings (24).

(2) If a hinge bolt (26) is difficult to remove, use the extraction tool
R (68) of the R/I TOOLS - CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS.

NOTE : The extraction tool (68) contains the two extraction shafts
____
(63), the distance sleeves (64), the thrust assembly (65), the
special nut (66) and the box wrench (67).

(a) Remove the grease nipple (25) from the applicable hinge bolt
(26).

(b) Put the extraction shaft (63) into the nipple hole of the hinge
bolt (26).

(c) Assemble the extraction tool (68) and remove the hinge bolt (26)
from the related hinge fitting (31).

R (3) Install the center pins (60) which are part of the R/I TOOLS - CARGO
R COMPARTMENT DOORS in the hinge fittings atFR60 and FR64.


EFF :

ALL  52-32-11

Page 410
Jul 01/94
 
THY 
 Extraction/Insertion Tools for Hinge Bolts
Figure 405/TASK 52-32-11-991-005


EFF :

ALL  52-32-11

Page 411
Jan 01/93
 
THY 
 (4) Remove the remaining hinge bolts (26) from the hinge fittings (24).

(a) Remove and discard the cotter pins (23) from the nuts (22).

(b) Remove the nuts (22) and the washers (21) from the hinge bolts
(26).

(c) Install the protective cover (61) on the hinge bolts (26). If
necessary, use the lever (62).

(d) Remove the hinge bolts (26) and the spacers (32),(33),(34) which
are installed only at FR62A.

(5) Make sure that the cargo door hangs in the vertical position.

(6) Operate the crane to make sure that the SLING - CARGO DOORS is tight
and to take the load off the center pins (60).

(7) Remove the center pins (60) from the hinge fittings (24) at FR60 and
FR64.

(8) Carefully remove the cargo door from the fuselage and put it in the
applicable jig or on a soft and clean base pad.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 52-32-11-942-050

A. Preparation of the Cargo Door for Stowage

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 52-32-11-991-004)

(1) Remove the ring (56) of the SLING - CARGO DOORS from the crane.

(2) Remove the fasteners (55) of the SLING - CARGO DOORS from the eye-end
of the hoisting lugs (54).

(3) Remove the hoisting lugs (54) from the upper hoist fittings (53) and
install the plastic plugs (52).


EFF :

ALL  52-32-11

Page 412
Oct 01/94
R  
THY 
 TASK 52-32-11-400-801

Installation of the AFT Cargo Compartment Door

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific crane with a min. payload of 210.0 kg (463.0 lbs.)

No specific grease gun
No specific warning notices
No specific access platform 4.5 m (14 ft. 9 in.)
No specific access platform 5.2 m (17 ft. 1 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 1.20 m.daN
R (0.00 to 9.00 lbf.ft)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.20 to 3.60 m.daN
(2.00 to 26.00 lbf.ft)
98A52208001001 1 R/I TOOLS - CARGO COMPARTMENT DOORS
98A52307529002 1 SLING - CARGO DOORS

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. 04-004 USA MIL-PRF-23827 TYPE I

SYNTH.ESTER BASED GREASE HIGH PRESSURE
(Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-002 USA MIL-P-8116
PUTTY, ZINC CHROMATE GENERAL PURPOSE (Ref. 20-31-00)
Material No. 05-052
SELF-ADHES.PVC DISKS FOR HOISTING POINT BLANKING
(Ref. 20-31-00)


EFF :

ALL  52-32-11

Page 413
Jul 01/05
 
THY 
 C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

23 cotter pins 52-32-12 01 -010

R 39 cotter pin 52-36-04 04 -082
R 39 cotter pin 52-36-04 04A-082

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20-28-00-912-802 Electrical Bonding of Components with Conductive

Screws and Bolts and Bonding Straps
24-42-00-861-801 Energize the Ground Service Network
24-42-00-862-801 De-energize the Ground Service Network
29-00-00-863-803 Pressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System with the
Electric Pump
29-00-00-864-803 Depressurize the Yellow Hydraulic System (Pressurized
with the Hydraulic Ground Supply)
29-14-00-614-803 Depressurization of the Yellow Hydraulic Reservoir
with Ground Equipment
29-14-00-614-804 Pressurization of the Hydraulic Reservoirs with
external bench
52-30-00-010-801 Opening of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-080-801 Removal of the Safety Support Equipment
52-30-00-410-801 Closing of the FWD and AFT Cargo-Compartment Doors
with the Yellow Electric Pump
52-30-00-480-801 Installation of the Safety Support Equipment
52-32-11-820-801 Adjustment of the Gaps at the AFT Cargo-Compartment
Door
52-32-11-820-803 Adjustment of the Skin Offset at the AFT
Cargo-Compartment Door
52-71-00-710-801 Operational Check of the Door Monitoring System
52-71-00-710-803 Operational Check of the Residual-Pressure Warning
System (with Functional Test of the Pressure Switch
40MJ)
52-71-00-710-804 Operational Test of the Electrical Control System for
the FWD (AFT) Cargo-Compartment Door
52-32-11-991-001 Fig. 401
52-32-11-991-002 Fig. 402
52-32-11-991-003 Fig. 403